;
3
?
+4
»
me
xe
oP ar
aa
Besa Asana
od
rae
oe)
Se Ta
fod: .%)
fe
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF LONDON
FOR THE YEAR
PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,
AND SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE,
LONDON:
MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER,
PATERNOSTER ROW,
Labs ft
OF THE
COUNCIL AND OFFICERS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
1881.
COUNCIL.
Proressor W. H. Frowrr, LL.D., F.R.S., President.
Masor-Gen. Tur Lorp ABInGER,
C.B.
Masor-Gen. Henry Crier, R.A.,
F.R.S.
Cuartes Drumuonn, Esq., Trea-
surer.
Sr JosepH Farrer, K.C.S.L.,
F.R.S.
Joun P. Gasstot, Esq.
F. DuCanr Gopman, Esq.
Lr.-Cot. H. H. Gopwry-AtstEn,
F.R.S.
Cot. J. A. Grant, C.B., F.R.S.
Arraur Grote, Esq., Vice-Pre-
sident.
Dr. A. Ginruer, F.R.S.
PRINCIPAL
P. L. Scrater, Esq., M.A.,
Dr. Epwarp Hamitton, Vice-
President.
E. W. H. Hotpsworts, Esq.
Rosert Hunson, Esq., F.BS.,
Vice-President.
Proressor Newron, F.R.S.
Lievt.-Cor. Srr Caries Rots-
sELL, Bart., M.P.
Ossert Satvin, Esq., F.R.S.
Paine Luriey Scrarer, Esq.,
M.A., Pu.D., F.R.S., Secretary.
Rr. Hon: George Scrarer-Boorn,
M.P.
JosppH TRAVERS Satu, Esq.
Tue Lorp WALSINGHAM.
OFFICERS.
Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary.
W. A. Forsus, Esq., B.A., Prosector.
Mz. A. D. Barrierr, Superintendent of the Gardens.
Me. F. H. Warernouse, Librarian.
Mr. W. J. WitraMs, Chief Clerk.
LIST
CONTRIBUTORS,
With References to the several Articles contributed by each.
Page
Batrour, F. M., M.A., F.R.S., Fellow of Trinity College,
Cambridge.
On the Evolution of the Placenta, and on the possibility
of employing the characters of the Placenta in the Classifi-—
cation of the Mammalia....... emp ne peed AS asain artie dats 210
On the Development of the Skeleton of the Paired Fins of
Elasmobranchii, considered in relation to its Bearings on the
Nature of the Limbs of the Vertebrata. (Plates LVII. &
PUTS evs ep es Sense RoS: +> Sas BP ee citys satiate mots 656
Barttett, A. D., Superintendent of the Society’s Gardens.
Remarks upon the Habits of the Darter (Plotus anhinga). 247
Bett, F. Jerrrey, M.A., F.Z.8., Professor of Comparative
Anatomy in King’s College, London.
Account of the Echinodermata collected during the Survey
of H.M.S. ‘Alert’ in the Straits of Magellan and on the
Coast of Patagonia. (Plates VIII. & IX.)............. ih Oe
Observations on the Characters of the Echinoidea,—IV.
The Echinometride ; their Affinities and Systematic Position 410
Description of a new Species of the Genus Mespilia .... 433
Le)
we oe
/2- 2G.
;
/, é
iv
Contributions to the Systematic Arrangement of the Aste-
roidea.—I. The Species of the Genus Asferias. (Plates
GV IE, 6 RU VILE). . ocnce oss cnnle e/a nee ena
Bennett, Greorce J., C.M.Z.S.
Observations on the Habits of the Echidna hystrix of
Aorstralias os Ses on es 3s SA ee a ree eee eee
Buanrorp, W. T., F.R.S., F.Z.S., &e.
On a Collection of Reptiles and Frogs chiefly from Sin-
gapore. (Plates XX., XXI.)
Notes on the Lizards collected in Socotra by Prof. I.
Bayley Balfour. (Plate XLII.)
» 8S Sas ss 6 © vim c= C18. = Baie! sl eiie me
Ble ole; wee) oye. .6, ee) she we ie ene ete
On a Collection of Persian Reptiles recently added to the
British Museum. (Plate LIX.) ...
Bock, Cart.
List of Land and Freshwater Shells collected in Sumatra
and Borneo, with Descriptions of new Species. (Plate LV.)
Boutencer, G. A., Aide-Naturaliste at the Royal Museum
of Belgium.
Description of a new Species of Hnyalius in the Brussels
Museum. (Plate XXVI.)
On the Lizards of the Genera Lacerta and Acanthodactylus.
(Plates LXIII., LXIV.)
Description of a new Species of Anolis from Yucatan.
Ce
Butter, ArtHur Garpiner, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c., Assistant
Keeper, Zoological Department, British Museum.
Account of the Lepidoptera, Orthoptera, and Hemiptera
collected during the Survey of H.MLS. ‘ Alert’ in the Straits
of Magellan and on the Coast of Patagonia
On the Lepidoptera collected in Socotra by Prof. I. Bayley
Balfour.® “(Plate XVEIL-):4 6. 20a tie stere Gite ie Ciera rei
Page
492
737
215
464
628
246
739
921
82
175
v
Page
On a Collection of Lepidoptera from Western India,
Beloochistan, and Afghanistan ............eeeeeeeceess 602
Burter, Artuur G., F.L.S., F.Z.8., &c., and Fenton,
MonTAGueE.
On Butterflies from Japan, with which are incorporated
Notes and Descriptions of new Species by MontaGur Fenton 846
CampripcGeE, Rev. O. Pickarp, M.A., C.M.Z.S., Hon. Mem.
New-Zealand Institute.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a Hymenopterous para-
Bitic. Puseet. «she ks cs cen beret sero tee. Seetemie atk 259
Ona new Spider of the Family Theraphoside. (Plate
PE) akece sie SS) Re meeting Carer esas 682
On some new Genera and Species of Araneidea. (Plate
Cocks, ALFRED Heneace, F.Z.S.
Note‘on the Breeding affilte Otters. ..0....0.0.005 0005 249
Co..LettT, Rosert, C.M.Z.S.
On Halicherus grypus, and its Breeding on the Fro Islands
off Throndhjems-fjord in Norway.............-+. Ey ee 380°
Crane, AGNES.
Notes on the Habits of the Manatees (Manatus australis)
in Captivity in the Brighton Aquarium ..........-++--- 456
Day, Francis, F.Z.8.
On the Range of Apogon ellioti .....-6- eee eens eee ee 650
Disrant, W. L.
Additions to the Rhynchotal Fauna of the Ethiopian
Region. (Plate XXXI.) ..... Sees b Woke tick min iaens ehieleietA ® 8 270
vi
Dorson, G. E., M.A., M.B., F.L.S., &e.
Notes on the Anatomy of the Hrinaceide ............ 389
On the Structure of the Pharynx, Larynx, and Hyoid
Bones in the Epomophori; with Remarks on its Relation to
the Hebits of these Avminials... 2). )s")50s ss cere etter ere 685
Notes on the Muscular Anatomy of Cercopithecus calli-
DPTEMES eet atc sa Ct ve nieve ay ele alec os ee bs Rete Cheer eee 812
Dresser, H. E., F.Z.S.
Exhibition of examples of Sawicola deserti and FPicus
pubescens—the former shot in Clackmannanshire, the latter
Or PIRNER. So oe as's weeks Scie (eho ee ease te Ra eee 453
Ewes, Henry J., F.L.S., F.Z.S., &e.
On the Butterflies of Amurland, North China, and Japan 856
Fenton, Montague, and Burier, Artuur G., F.L.S.,
F.Z.8., &e.
On Butterflies from Japan, with which are incorporated
Notes and Descriptions of New Species by Monracur
PEN ROW: ¢.Jecisy bodies tees ote det <anl> eee eee 846
Fuiercuer, J. J., M.A. (Syd.), B. Sc. (Lond.), and Lisrer,
J. J., B.A., F.Z.S., St. John’s College, Cambridge,
Demonstrator of Comparative Anatomy in the University
of Cambridge.
On the Condition of the Median Portion of the Vaginal
Apparatus in the Macropodide ..........5..%.....2.. 976
Friower, Wiiuiam Henry, LL.D., F.R.S., F.L.S., President
of the Society, Conservator of the Museum of the Royal
College of Surgeons, and Hunterian Professor.
On the Elephant Seal, Mucrorhinus leoninus (Linn.).... 145
Notes on the Habits of the Manatees... =e. 453
Forses, Witiiam ALexANnper, B.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S.
Prosector to the Society.
vii
Page
On some Points in the Anatomy of the Koala (Phascol-
GHELOS CLAPEPMS 2G. Sits t thst RET REE of ES Lele Sard aitasg 180
Note on Mr. Bartlett’s Communication on the Habits of the
PI APGCHAMR PE ata ek. Pena. . chinks 28, FU, Soe heb oe Bao
Contributions to the Anatomy of Passerine Birds. —Part 1V.
On some Points in the Anatomy of the Genus Conopophaga,
Bud its-systematic POstON’ . 2350665 ose ce coe wee es op 435
Notice of a Memoir on the external form and on the
anatomy of the Californian Sea-lion (Otaria gillespit)...... 453
Notes on the Anatomy and Systematic Position of the
Jaganas (Parrida) ...... SEN rae ieee ata k ae Oo
On the Petrel called Thalassidroma nereis by Gould, and
HES PAMTITIEGL Sips 2) Seas ah semester 'ay seat ered tote ee teonerras geese sae tees 735
On the Conformation of the Thoracic End of the Trachea
nbHes< a RAtiCE DILUS, that AEE oils ke Ss oe clacbieon ae aS
Note on the Structure of the Palate in the Trogons (T7o-
BOM coe e's airs 5: 6s SEMEN SO se Seg les suis agiyeares. OOO
Note on the Systematic Position of Hupetes macrocercus . 837
Observations on the Incubation of the Indian Python
(Python molurus), with special regard to the alleged Increase
of Temperature during that process.. ...........e00 ees 960
Frenze1, Dr. A. of Freiberg, Saxony.
Letter from, addressed to the Secretary, concerning the
breeding of some Parrots of the Genus Eelectus in captivity. 916
Gopwin-Avusten, Lieut.-Col. H. H., F.R.S., F.Z.S., &c.
On the Land Shells of the Island of Socotra collected by
Prof. I. Bayley Balfour.—Part I. Cyclostomacee. (Plates
RN Ee EPIL) ate. eee we sso spew eae ecaise co aieatareie es ome 251
On the Land Shells of the Island of Socotra collected by
Professor I. Bayley Balfour.—Part II. Helicacew. (Plates
aM M MBSE XE 2 Sie. Sane, < john. stain nai sige pv Mb ns seen 801
vill
Page
Ginruer, Atsert, M.D., Ph.D., F.RS., F.Z.8., Keeper
of the Zoological Department, British Museum.
Account of the Reptiles, Batrachians, and Fishes collected
during the Survey of H.M.S. ‘Alert’ in the Straits of
Magellan and on the Coast of Patagonia. (Plates I., II.).. 18
Notes on the Species of Rhynchocyon and Petrodromus
(Gili 5 Seo 6) AE) aR anes yx fok hoe
Descriptions of the Amphisbzenians and Ophidians col-
lected by Prof. I. Bayley Balfour in the Island of Socotra.
(Babes X Tes KLE) i Posse oe cure oar anlaue meee ee ee 461
Exhibition of a specimen of a Mediterranean fish (Schedo-
philus medusophagus) captured at Portrush, in Ireland .... 734
Harruavs, Dr. G., F.M.Z.S8.
On the Birds collected in Socotra and Southern Arabia by
Dr -tmi-Riebeck, “(Plate UXO.) (cn... me eee 953
Hartiavus, Dr. G., F.M.Z.S., and Scuater, P. L., M.A,,
Ph.D., F.R.S., &e.
On the Birds collected in Socotra by Prof. I. Bayley
Balfour: (Plates KV.=X VIL) (2 sae ss owe eee DES
Hotpsworrn, E. W. H., F.Z.S., &e.
Exhibition of an example of White’s Thrush, killed near
Ashburton; Devon’. :':.2'.0<. cs s4 oe «vce ee Cane
Jacospy, Martin.
Desciiptions of new Genera and Species of Phytophagous
Coleoptertt:.:......2) geben Sasori ee eines eee 439
JEFFREYS, J. Gwyn, LL.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S. \
On the Mollusca procured during the ‘Lightning’ and
‘Porcupine ’ Expeditions, 1868-70.—Part III. (Plate LXI.) 693
ix
Page
On the Mollusca procured during the ‘ Lightning’ and
‘Porcupine’ Expeditions, 1868-70.—Part IV. (Plates
Lp eel Bp. EN Si Rae OR SSS oe ee Pe a . 922
Kirsy, W. F., Assistant in the Zoological Department,
British Museum.
On the Hymenoptera collected by Prof. J. Bayley Balfour
in Socotra
Ce
. 649
Layarp, E. L., C.M.G., F.Z.8., &c., H.B.M. Consul in New
Caledonia.
Note on Ceeliavis layardi, Angas.......+.... rakes oh 839
Lister, J. J., B.A., F.Z.S., St. John’s College, Cambridge,
Demonstrator of Comparative Anatomy in the University
of Cambridge, and Fietcuer, J. J., M.A. (Syd.),
B.Sc. (Lond.)
On the Condition of the Median Portion of the Vaginal
Apparatus in the Macropodidee
\ RE EEE te iN 976
Markuam, Ciements R., C.B., F.R.S., Sec. R.G.S., F.LS.,
&e.
On the Whale-Fishery of the Basque Provinces of Spain . 969
Meyer, Dr. A. B., Director of the Royal Zoological Museum,
Dresden, C.M.Z.S.
On a new Species of Helectus from the Timorlaut Islands. 917
Miers, Epwarp J., F.LS., F.Z.S., Assistant in the Zoological
Department, British Museum. .
Account of the Crustacea collected during the Survey of
H.M.S. ‘Alert’ in the Straits of Magellan and on the
Coast of Patagonia. (Plate VII.)
Mors, A. G.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the eggs of the Red-
necked Phalarope and other specimens.... ......+2ee++++ 409
Page
Moore, FREDERIC, F.Z.S.
Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Asiatic Nocturnal
Lepidoptera. (Plates XXXVII., XXXVIII.)............ 326
Nation, Prof. W., of Lima, C.M.Z.S., and Scuater, P. L., M.A.,
Ph.D., F.R.S.
On the Birds of the Vicinity of Lima, Peru. By P. L.
Scrater. With Notes on their Habits, by Prof. W.
Narron.—Patt V. (Plate XLVI.) sooo. cet ome sete
Newron, Aurrep, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S., Professor of
Zoology and Comparative Anatomy in the University
of Cambridge.
Exhibition of (on behalf of Prof.. Alphonse Milne-
Edwards), and remarks upon, an egg of Cariama cristata .. ]
Note on the Generic Name Hypherpes................ 438
Exhibition of a specimen of Hmberiza rustica, shot in
Workshire ‘y.)022.0.2965 40 Gta! 5 38 UH Yee, Sec
O’Suaucunessy, A. W. E., Assistant in the Natural-History
Departments of the British Museum.
An Account of the Collection of Lizards made by Mr.
Buckley in Ecuador, and now in the British Museum, with
Descriptions of the new Species. (Plates XXII.-XXYV.) ..
Parker, W.N., Assistant in the Biological Laboratory of the
Royal School of Mines.
Note on some Points in the Anatomy of the Czecum in
the Rabbit ars ee and Hare (Lepus timidus).
(Plate LIII.).. ee a ie
Ramsay, Epwarp P., C.M.ZS.
Note on Pycnoptilus floccosus, Gould ..........-+-+-+ 839
Ripey, Stuart O., B.A., F.L.S.
Account of the Polyzoa collected during the Survey of
H.MSS. ‘Alert’ in the Straits of Magellan and on the Coast
of Patagonia,, “(Plate Vib):.../...0¢ ascaeun okapedin die oeaede ee
ai Page
Account of the Ccelenterata collected during the Survey of
H.M.S. ‘ Alert’ in the Straits of Magellan and on the Coast
Biba arOnne., NOP IAGO WL), cacti a wanna mas ain, xjsy0 ae LOL
Account of the Spongida collected during the Survey of
H.MLS. ‘Alert’ in the Straits of Magellan and on the Coast
Oicutseniias CEintey Ok, Ne)i fis ajc na ws eee eyes tn gt OF
Saunpers, Howarp, F.Z.S., F.L.S.
Exhibition of some eggs of Dromas ardeola..........-- 259
Scuarer, Puinie Lutuey, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to
the Society.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a skin of a Merganser
(Mergus australisy.. osc. c ed Cele eet ladles hasiaieiisiion 1
Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in
December FSO crore v's tehete's Hares a ce we oie www Aen eURR TNE 165
On some Birds collected by Mr. E. F. im Thurn in British
Guiana 5 os citer ts SRR SN a aio anes Gass ofa oT Qs, ato mete vein fate 212
Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in
January 1881. (Plate MRP). eS Ie so eeWieles! a 5) 258
Exhibition of, and and remarks upon, the eggs of Opis-
thocomus cristatus and Coturnix delegorgit ........00.008 259
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a large Spider of the
Me cara RGM rakes pate wiali. on eeu ape NON Acie ae CaaS a we 5) ee
Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in
February 188] ..-..... ccc ere reeset ese e cece nese 409
Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in
Matennlor le eek ei 4.8. sips dee <seenes ae Sama uO
Note on the weights and measurements of the Indian
Elephants in the Society’s Menagerie .... «+ -+++e+++ eee 450
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some bird-skins brought
home by the ‘ Challenger’ Expedition.........+.... 000+ 451
Exhibition and descriptions of two new Birds from New
Britain, (Plate KXXIX.) 1... cece cc cece cece seeere - 451
xii
Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in
April 1881. (Plate LIV.) ...... 6. cess ee eee ee eee ee
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a skin of a Chrysotis
from St. Lucia, West Indies.......... Shs eee sa
Remarks upon the Insectarium lately opened in the
Society’s Gardens .... 12.00. eee ce ee ee ee cere eet
Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in May
clos eae Caan
On the Generic Divisions of the Bucconide, together with
the Description of a new Species of the Genus Nonnula....
Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in
June, July, August, September, and October 1881........
Exhibition of a Specimen of the Glossy Ibis (Plegadis
falcinellus) shot at Dogmersfield Park, Hampshire........
Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in
(November [S80 ov. Cred: ex adep en sens spupe oles een
Exhibition of two Skins of a Rail from Macquarie Island
Scrater, P. L., M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., &c., and Harriavs,
Dr. G., F.M.Z.S.
On the Birds collected in Socotra by Prof. I. Bayley
Balfour; . (Plates: XV. WLL)), 5 ends oi Sacctais Gheis ae cee
Scuater, Putiip Lutiry, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., and Nation,
Prof. W., of Lima, C.M.Z.S.
On the Birds of the Vicinity of Lima, Peru. By P. L.
Scitater. With Notes on their Habits, by Prof. W.
Natron=—Part Vi (Plate V1) ee os eee aes
Scuuty, Joun, F.Z.S., F.L.S.
On the Mammals of Gilgit ....
Srrzsoum, Henry, F.ZS., F.L.S.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, specimens of the Rusty
Grackle and Pallas’s Great Grey Shrike, shot near Cardiff, .
Page
626
967
968
165
484
2 197
968
Xili
Setous, F. C.
On the South-African Rhinoceroses. (Plate LXII.)....
Field-notes on the Antelopes of Central South Africa,
made during eight years spent in many different districts of
PHS COURT... 1 Welate RVs )iece reese stesso se si aie ata
Suarpg, R. Bownter, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c., Senior Assistant,
Zoological Department, British Museum.
Account of the Birds collected during the Survey of
H.M.S. ‘Alert’ in the Straits of Magellan and on the
Coast of Patagonia....
On a new Genus of Timeliide from Madagascar, with
Remarks on some other Genera. (Plate XIX.) ..........
A Note on Rhipidura preisst (Cap. 0... 5. <->,» 00 08
Exhibition of an example of Sabine’s Snipe
Exhibition of a specimen of Podilyméus podiceps, said to
have been killed near Weymouth
On some Flycatchers lately added to the Collection of the ~
British Museum. (Plate LXVII.)
On the Birds of Sandakan, North-east Borneo
A Note on the Genera Schenicola and Catriscus
ee ee were
SHELLEY, Caprain G. E., F.Z.S.
List of Birds recently collected by Dr. Kirk in Eastern
puliiedias (Ch iaveri EES ye remain. Ses sek as oo << .
Situ, Enear A., F.Z.S.
Account of the Mollusca and Molluscoida collected during
the Survey of H.M.S. ‘Alert’ in the Straits of Magellan
and on the Coast of Patagonia. (Plates III.-V.)........
On a Collection of Shells from Lakes Tanganyika and
Nyassa and other Localities in East Africa. (Plates XXXII.
23,9 1559) Re er SR ONT chic? fac. Reyne
On the Genus Gouldia of C. B. Adams, and on a new
Species of Orassatella
725
748
561
22
276
xiv
Page
Noteion Cypred decipiens s,s 3: .s Vanya c sale orien va 558
Descriptions of two new Species of Shells from Lake Tan-
ROAAEY RED Sys cree tcSeecs at sa 6 4, OP x a nip oat a oath rel eee ean 558
Notes on the Genus Chilina, with a List of the known
SHEEIEH fot ais. 1. xd nev se > tied pin he ema eet 2 eee en
Sowersy, G. B., Jun.
Description of eight new Species of Shells. (Plate LVI.). 635
SrotzmAN, J., and TaczAnowsk1, L., C.M.Z.S.
Notice sur la Loddigesia mirabilis (Bourc.) ............ 827
TaczanowskI, L., C.M.Z.S.
Description d’une nouvelle Belette du Pérou septentrional. 647
Description d’une nouvelle espéce du genre Mustela du
Péroumordeorientalie sores. Fo SS Fa, SR Se 835
TaezanowskI, L., C.M.Z.S., and StrouzMANN, J.
Notice sur la Loddigesia mirabilis (Bourc.)............ 827
Tuomas, OLpriexD, F.Z.S.
Account of the Mammalia collected during the Survey of
H.M.S. ‘Alert’ in the Straits of Magellan and on the Coast
Of Patacaria 5k d's tein ise pusls apeci: shoes eee aaa 3
On the Indian Species of the Genus Mus. (Plates L., LI.) 521
Tristram, Rey. H. B., M.A. F.R.S., C.M.Z.S.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the skin and eggs of a
Darter, and ayskin,of-a Cormorant, J..% .f..161. bi. dels, tere eeter ets 120
Description of a new Fruit-pigeon of the Genus Carpo-
phaga from the Louisiade Archipelago... .........+...... 996
Watsincuam, Tuomas, Lord, F.Z.S.
On some North-American Tineide. (Plates XXXV.,
PR SV yi eee sd eyabvetctate. Sas) lea eee Sanaa © ae sees 301
XV
Page
WaTERHOUSE, Cares Owen, Zoological Department, British
Museum.
Account of the Coleoptera collected during the Survey of
H.M.S. ‘ Alert’ in the Straits of Magellan and on the Coast
aE eM eee gee csi saline Jee cies sins heaee eeiea OO
On the Coleopterous Insects belonging to the family His-
pide collected by Mr. Buckley in Ecuador. (Plate XXX.) . 260
On the Coleopterous Insects collected by Prof. I. Bayley
Balfour in the Island of Socotra. (Plate XLIIL)........ 469
Warxins, WiLuiAM.
Report on the Insect-House in the Society’s Gardens.... 819
Watson, Morrison, M.D., F.Z.S., Professor of Anatomy, The
Owens College, Manchester.
Additional Observations on the Anatomy of the Spotted
Hyena. (Plate XLIX.) .......... ela Sipe pl <b}~ <= o Je oly 516
Westrwoop, Professor J. O., M.A., F.L.S., &e.
Descriptions of some new Exotic Species of Moths.
LR GT TSE 99.0) WO) ae er eee 141
Observations on two Species of Indian Butterflies (Papilio
castor and P. pollux). (Plates XLIV., XLV.) .......... 479
ERRATA.
Page 274, line 21 from the bottom, for Prrascenisca read Prta-
SCELIS.
,, 276, ,, 19 from the top, for Petascelisca read Petascelis.
» 682, ,, 12 from the top, for Plate LI. read Plate LIT.
» 602, ,, 9 from the top, for THAatacrocorax read PHaracro-
CORAX.
» 746, ,, 7 from the bottom, for iornatus read dorsalis.
» 925,%,, 22 from the bottom, for Scpoprcutarta read Scrost-
CULARIA.
Plate VI. fig. 4. The mouth of Lepralka appressa, var. vinosa is
incorrectly represented; the description, p. 51,
is correct,
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF LONDON
FOR THE YEAR
1881.
(PLATES.
PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,
AND SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE.
LONDON:
MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER,
PATERNOSTER ROW.
, i" WA CW dae
MAS otra le
“1 aE ea aes
List OF PLATES:
1881.
Pilate Page
I. Fishes of the‘ Alert’ Survey. Neophrynichthys latus. .
II. Fishes of the ‘ Alert’ Survey. A. Melanostigma gelati- } 18
nosum ; B. Gymnelis pictus ; C, D. Maynea patagonica
III.
IV.} Mollusca of the ‘ Alert’ Survey..........0. eee e00, 22
V.
VI. Polyzoa and Corals of the ‘ Alert’ Survey............ 44
VII. Crustacea of the ‘ Alert’ Survey. [email protected] 61
- Echinodermata of the ‘ Alert’ Survey .............. 87
*- | Sponges of the * Alert” § 107
x1, J Sponges of the ‘ Alert’ Survey ......... «| Serer Or
XII. Fig. 1. Saturnia iole. Fig. 2. S.arnobia. Fig. 3.
S. sciron. Fig. 4. Castnia erycina .........00. 141
XIII. Fig. 1. Saturnia argiphontes. Fig. 2. S. sergestus.
Bigs: Gi 1S: hyperbias Ailes. dca es ete tka ee 2
XIV. Rhynchocyon chrysopygus Petreroreteagee ee tre ley fe tats oot 163
XV. Fig. 1. Cisticola incana. Fig. 2. Ste a halfouri . .
VL. Passer tnsilarig OEP ee eis es veal. : 165
XVII. Rhynchostruthus socotranus ...... 0. cece ee ees
ey Miles Sacotenm Eutterdiogms: cis deca sade oe'S2 Co bant es 175
MIX... Neomixis striatiquld™. 20820 8 6 ec as thes ES
XX. Cylindrophis lineatus ........ 0... cece ee cee eens
XXI. Fig. 1. Simotesdennysi. Fig. 2. Ophites subcinctus,
Fig. 3. Rhacophorus dennysi. Fig. 4. Rana macro-
don . ats Soehococe sc
XXII. Fig. 1. @rreouiedra (Pincadaetyiti) Petionlatee Hig: 2.)
Leposoma buckleyi. Vig. 3. Cercosaura (Priono-
GARbUINS) TARICULG +. 0s a u's hase ae ede
XXIII. Fig. 1. Ecpleopus (Euspondylus) guentheri. Fig. 2.
Goniodactylus concinnatus. es 3. Goniodactylus -22
buckley . .
XXIV. Fig. 1. Anolis Pealengen. Fig 2. 'Bhipatias Garena
XXV. Fig. 1. Enyalius prestabilis. Fig. 2. Hoplocercus
GNNUIATIS 2.0 ecesceee Spron ccicaintinln co enre Onan
215
1V
Plate Page
XXVI. Enyalius oshaughnessyt .....sseeeee cer reeceee cess 246
Peart Socotran Land Shells) (2.60 on «jereinlers) stein) oletele) oietereisls 251
XXIX. Pithecia-albinasa ........... Aenea Toc oa onic 258
XXX. Hispide from Ecuador ..........2.eceeeesscceess 260
KXXI. ‘New Africam:Hhynchota .f.2%. bee oh ss eens 270
XXXII.
XXXII. | Shells’ from! MasteAfricay shin sitacil cire selene oioreneeee 276
XXXIV.
Vv
pave New North-American Tineidw...........0eeeeeeee 301
it New, AsiatieMepidapterainsccic sles s c ott cere atete 326
XXXIX. Ortygocichla rubiginosa.....seseeesescnscavsosace 452
Ka Wty Op eS WLU GD Vee yasote) oe lola) -lafele\ stalstatels: seb isiels (»/ viet \ 461
NGG Lay yAMINCNIS! SOCOLTE. Vs van iaeledeqen\ayareletey® 1 eh- go laieleliehalr) «7 a)els
Bie Me Rristus aiesugnis) Vat1<< syeisie eietale ate) erslelee b: 464
», 2. Hemidactylus hommolepis.........1+seeeeee
MGI. Coleoptera trom Socotra yereje . siceselsisye-t s\n scl eels) eras 469
XLIV. Figs.1,2,3. Papilio castor. Fig. 4. P.pollux ....
Fig. 5. P. pollux (gynandromorphous).......+++ 479
XLV. Papilio pollux, var. dravidarum ...........00000 05
MLV: Buanremon Manonts Sommers « sors ieee sx onteas « ate) eteeee 4384
MEVIL.~ Bios: 15 Va. Astemasphhinptt o. os cosines = ajeinele
» 2, 2a. A.mermis. Figs. 3, 3a. A. verrilli .... 492
XLVIII. Fig. 4, Asterias spirabilis. Figs. 5, 5a, A. rollestoni.
Bigs 103005100, Agaponicd! (a. «\-\ej-teae «leis stele se
XLIX. Anatomy of Spotted Hyzna.........-.... eee ee ee 516
Li. Mus Glangordt ice 6+ sists See oct vv L521
LI. Indian species of Mus (emia a RidetiavshatensireevarerNe tacos
LID. Bigs L.Sigmodus scopifronsis.:.jerewee 2-2 alee era
$5). 2a; LAY DAT GUS NIVELGUTUALUS, Fe lorcybrect< «teaiete) | eae 561
TUL” “Anatomy: of Ei cpisi: stermmetatet ovals e\erets eteiieuel sie tctaevedes oleilets 624
GIN (Orge betsd same MAAC SO
LV. New Shells from Sammie a Busca hie Mate era 628
LVI. New Shells from various localities ..............+5 635
TV ae.
LVI. } Fins of Blasmiobranels) aij. tteoue cc cic’ ezareralete audersiaie sic > 656
LUX. -Aguma mensic dep rrielecuais) sere siete /otpe\ie ieee iain 671
LX... commana: Str aalingtmiiisls ail aeleweiels +2 skies oe 682
LXI. Mollusea of the ‘ Lightning’ and ‘ Porcupine’ Expedi- 693
UO CEES sso ooo duidbid sob CURD qua or 4 uooeaomts
LXII. Horns of Rhinoceros bicornis ..............00000> 725
LXIIT. Fig. 1. Acanthodactylus bedriage. Fig. 2. A. seutel->
WOEUS 5 ox Schott mets totes poay Sepak, congas js EE UETAMA ce tS |
Fig. 3. A. micropholis. Fig. 4. A. syriacus ........ >739
LXIV. Fig. 1. Acanthodactylus tristrami. Fig.2. A. boskianus |
Fig. 3. A, cantori, | Fig. 4. A. vulgaris............ J
Plate
LXV.
LXVI.
LXVII.
LXVIII. l
LXIX. |
LXX.
LXXI.
LXXII.
CUTTER AC OSBORN GaCarO SoM eee
INGVOVATANGINGAI ciccc see ests vis vias 47018 Samed 4 alserony ©
Rhipidura macgillivrayt. ... 0.0. cece eee eee eens
SOCOnTAMUANG SS HELISiacc so ate Gass alow eis ee ee ease
Mollusca of the ‘ Lightning ’ and ‘ Porcupine’ Expedi-
NGI > REA olG. Hone 6 paDeD Oe DT atd DOO OU OnN OC
rte aha P
42 rai i
a ae oP
»~* ‘ J 4 ‘ «< =
wi? eho? ue
ry - ~'e 3
> tne
rare!
¥ © = ; Bie
. ) x .
<9
ate ae
+<
<
% cy
baa]
Fa) kas
Thi tio
Relea
LIST OF WOODCUTS.
1881.
Page
Left ear of Hesperomys coppingert ..cccssvecccccccsvceuscesues 4
Right foot of Hesperomys coppingert ..... ccc cecsevencevacceaes AL
AVN ea OL Caste ery ClNG, . Aacaievalsvexerti sei ys) adler SeleeRee Me eae 142
Side view of upper teeth of adult male Elephant Seal ............ 150
Side view of lower teeth of adult male Elephant Seal ......... ale LOL
AC HAN Of Lee LUIS UN CULALUS cass axeusie. HelayAds aoa ales wore Melee ee 168
Head, wing, and right foot of Rhynchostruthus socotranus ........ 170
iiveror Koala, vtrom a bOVe;-.. caskets Scieteonln tl dalle ances 186
Wtimeron Koala, from: blows. .<.s,sjej- ahesstels)atertfel os eteleve Kis avy Sete eae 187
Head of Harpiocephalus tubimaris si ccccccicsvcceccecedeccdcues 200
Pecth.ok Arincola blanfords) 2 Aawiais vais Dawa des 4d eeue | . 206
Hind foot:af Asvrcola Glan fords... sce sjxc0 on ueisenansd anit eve 206
Bilin ohied Geleusw tient mvc oii, $A Ss Se a ee 214
Neuration of wines Of Aitole Belle. 6 oc. oetsicd sets sue ulc ot pe 'e'e . 824
Nueration of wings of Heliodines reesella .... csc cece cecesececeees 524
Crown of first upper molar of Gymnura rafflesit.........000 cee 391
Stomach of Gymnura rafflesi ...... ppatalieiedelsveyons, aoleiba weet ete sarot 398
Stomach of Hrinaceus CwrOp@us .ivecseccccccccccusccccvvccces 398
Toiyen Of Gani GAPleEsey. i jeteimare a ialcjelelsl ole clelele pets aa eto eele ents 599
iver of Lrenaceus, Cuopaeusi. spleen wanes os bo nldenieea sete rene 399
Nitin eS TOfAG YUU A TAHICRetanee ccc tiotcs sees ce eee seh detec 400
Lungs of Erinaceus ewropeus ...sessseveees ADoDOGHE ele jeisie sleleteys 400
Uterus and vagina of Gymnura rafflestt 6.6.6 eee e cence 401
Uterus and vagina of Erinaceus europ@us ..civcccccecccecncuens 401
SkullNom Princes. eurOpeus scan pcss es tole seats Oecnembeces coed 403
Slaull of Hrinaceus blanfordt 2.26. eecevecesacrcrevees Topo 403
Radius of Spherechinus granularts .....csccresescccvcrescccees 430
Sternum of Conopophaga lineata .........cevevevsccsescvecces 436
Sketch of the Manatee in the Brighton Aquarium..............., 457
Head-shields of Pachycalamus brevis .iccecccececesccevnccceues 461
Foot of Hemidactylus homerolepis ......0.ccccccreccesevcccssens 465
Head of Eremias balfourt .....6eee scene GresePaiGRrTe ar etetaiel aYeies asthe .. 468
Cc
Page
SRT AG HOH NGIOG. Gn Cok tin BECO H DONO OGLE. Bon ont HOLL tution eo 559
Paramelania crassigranwlatd vic. c eect eee e ees eigeee Mouse aetracrard 560
Shallots Parner gaan va ina.c sowie sd a dhwis.2p5s eltienol late see ote pt eee 643
Sternum and shoulder-girdle of Metopidius albinucha ............ 645
Wing-bones of Metopidius albinucha.........cccec cere c ev aeneeee 646
Pectoral fins and girdle of an adult of Scylliwm canicula .......... 663
Right pelvic fin and part of pelvic girdle of an adult female of
SCY UMM CANUCUI Oars resivn tok clete aa eters oye! oVeloha eta) elels)« anes mt eheye eiseal ote 663
lead! of Scimcus COMMOSUTIS. sce css caw ev sas eioere/seiyeere ys) diaxnsetontele 677
Hleadiot Catachlcena Qiacenia a ec uant ethene 0 eis:e:3-sys ria s/olsttla visas eres 679
lead of. 71d Opis Lem OTAleSe «tele a ohs}o-xinious !vile nlo[o1ove oleic feleashsieneheaeeee 681
Scales of Hydrophisitemporaues cis siaisics cies s.0.s 000 ols ssn sais 681
Hyoid bones and muscles of Epomophorus frangueti ........e eens 686
Hyoid bones and larynx of Epomophorus franqueti .... 0... eens 687
Head and neck of Epomophorus franquett 6... ccc cece eee e eee nes 689
Vertical and longitudinal section through the centre of the larynx
Of EDOM OPhOrUs FRANG UEC vaiarsss\orarcyn sie rnfe syajets ciateata eieees Meera 690
Hyoid bones and muscles of Epomophorus macrocephalus .......4.. 691
lions :Of (COD Us VORAOMI tey .1ap leiniels chal <pevouss Wats sexe <tohohel eae eet cleat) Aen 760
Bill, wing, tail, and foot of Micromonacha lanceolata............65 776
Bill, wing, tail, and foot of Hapaloptila castanead .......0. eevee (eds
Bifurcating trachea of Struthio camelus ...csvecececccescsneaees 779
Bifurcating trachea of Apteryx mantelli ........ ES Odor h. luo 781
Bifurcating trachea of Caswarius galeatus .....e cee eee cece eseene 783
Bifureating trachea of Rhea americand....sccricecccees ctowetehaye, ash 785
Flexor muscles of right foot of Cercopithecus callitrichus ........45 815
Adductor muscles and flexores breves of right foot of Cercopithecus
COUBER ACIS TS ste Beavis oleae ia Stato fe 0% 5 ye bolas) eh PO Meorneectehal Salon eae RMN: 816
Loddigesia mirabilis (Jeune male). ........ cc. cede cc scseerenene 833
Palate Of PLA OMACTUS IROCINNON ~ > «ism. «levels nies ore shi tine ete shel eee 837
Diagram showing the temperature-curves of the male and female
Gncubating) Pythons . ave ati neat larels oh Matera Teenie este totem 963
Vaginal apparatus of Macropus rufus ......cce cece cece e eens nnes 985
Generative organs of a young Halmaturus ualabatus ...........+4. 988
Vaginal apparatus of Dendrolagus inustus .......+5 eter in Sabir 989
Urogenital organs of young Macropus rufts ..... 0c eee eee e eens 995
PROCEEDINGS
OF TIE
SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
January 4, 1881.
Professor Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
Mr. Sclater exhibited a skin of the Southern Merganser (Mergus
australis, Hombr. et Jacq. Voy. au Péle Sud, Zool. iii. p. 152, Atlas,
t. 31. fig. 2), from the Auckland Islands, belonging to the collec-
tion of Baron Anatole von Hiigel.
Baron A. von Hiigel had obtained two examples of this very scarce
bird from the Auckland Islands when in New Zealand in 1875, and
had presented one of them to the British Museum. The other was
now exhibited. The acquisition of these birds had been already
recorded by Baron A. von Hiigel inthe Ibis for 1875 (p. 392), but had
been overlooked by Mr. Sclater in his recent paper on the Anatidee
(P. Z. S. 1880, p. 513).
Mr. Sclater observed that, though the colouring of the plate in
the ‘ Voyage au Pole Sud’ seemed rather too bright, there could be
no question, he thought, of Baron A. Von Hiigel’s bird being referable
to the same species. Mergus australis appeared to come nearest to
Mergus brasiliensis, as already indicated by Hombron and Pucheran,
but differed in its brown head, the longitudinal (not transverse) mark-
ings below, and longer bill. As regards the form of the tail, com-
mented on by Hombron and Pucheran, there seemed to be little
difference between the two species.
Prof. Newton, M.A., F.R.S., exhibiting, on behalf of Prof.
Alphonse Milne-Edwards, For. Mem. Z. S., an egg of Cariama
cristata, remarked :—
“This rare egg was lately sent to me by M. Alphonse Milne-
Edwards, that I might exhibit it to the Society. He writes to me :—
‘L’ceuf de Cariama dont je vous ai parlé a été pondu A la Menagerie
au Muséum cet été. La ponte est de 2 ceufs. Le male et la femelle
couvent successivement. Une éclosion aeu lieu au bout de 29 jours.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1881, No. I. 1
2 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [Jan. 4,
Le jeune était couvert de duvet gris, relevé de taches d’un brun foncé.
Malheureusement il a été mangé par le pére, et les observations n’ ont
pu étre continuées.’
“The egg unfortunately arrived broken. It is white, very sparsely
blotched with reddish-brown, a few of the markings taking the
form of irregular hair-like lines, and measures 2°24 by 1°62 in.
Thienemann, in his ‘ Fortpflanzungsgeschichte der gesammten
Vogel,’ has figured what he professes to call a specimen of this egg
(tab. Ixxii. fig. 14); but, as is well known, the letterpress of that
work is incomplete, and no one can say whether the specimen was
genuine. In like manner M. des Murs, in his ‘Oologie Ornitho-
logique,’ has described the egg of this species (p. 368); but, again,
evidence as to the authenticity of the specimen is not forthcoming.
On the receipt of this egg from M. Milne-Edwards, I at once be-
thought me of an egg which had long been known to me as existing
in the collection of Mr. H. F. Walter F.Z.S.; and that gentleman
has been so kind as to send it to me for exhibition to-night. This
specimen is considerably larger than that laid in captivity, and also is
more highly coloured. In appearance it at once calls to mind eggs
of the Rallide, while the egg from Paris can hardly be said to show
such an affinity. It is to be hoped that before long greater success
may attend the attempts at inducing this interesting form to breed,
either in the Jardin des Plantes or the Gardens of our Society, so
that some more distinct conclusion may be drawn, from the evidence
thus to be obtained, as to the affinities of Cariama.”
The following papers were read :—
1. Account of the Zoological Collections made during the
Survey of H.M.S. ‘Alert’ in the Straits of Magellan
and on the Coast of Patagonia. Communicated by
Dr. Aubert Gintuer, F.R.S., F.Z.S., Keeper of the
Zoological Department, British Museum.
[Received November 4, 1880.]
(Plates I.—X1.)
I. Mammalia, by Otprietp Tuo- VII. Coleoptera, by O. O. WATER-
MAS, p. 3. HouSsE, p. 80.
II. Birds, by R. B. Suarrs, p. 6. VIII. Lepidoptera, Orthoptera, and
Ill. Reptiles, Batrachians, and Hemiptera, by A. G. Burt-
Fishes, by Dr. A. Giinrusr, LER, p. 82.
p- 18. IX. Echinodermata, by F. J. Brut,
TY. Mcllusca and Moluscoida, by p. 87.
EK. A. Smiru, p. 22. X. Celenterata and Spongiide,
V. Polyzoa, by 8. O. Riprzy, p. 44. by 8. O. Rinuey, p. 101.
VI. Crustacea, by E. J. Mirrs, p.61.
The collections described in the following series of papers were
made by Dr. R. W. Copprncer, Staff-Surgeon of H.M.S. ‘ Alert,’
during the cruise of that ship on the coasts of the southern ex-
1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ALERT.’ 3
tremity of the American continent, and transmitted to the British
Museum by command of the Lords Commissioners of the Ad-
miralty.
The collections arrived in two consignments—the first in September
1879, and the second in July 1880. With regard to the former,
Dr. Coppinger writes :—‘‘The specimens were obtained, with few
exceptions, in the western portion of the Magellan region, and in
the immediate neighbourhood of the Madre-de-Dios archipelago,
off the west coast of Patagonia. They will be found duly labelled
as to the localities in which they were obtained ; and“I may add that
all of the specimens which are not otherwise noted were found in
the living state.” The second consignment consisted of specimens
partly collected in the same district, partly more northwards, as far
as Coquimbo. It contained also some dredgings and pelagic animals
from the Atlantic, which do not come within the scope of this
Report ; and a series of fossils from Sandy Point and Quiriquina
Island, which were delivered to the Department of Geology.
Dr. Coppinger was fully aware of the special interest attached to
the marine fauna of these coasts. Essentially antarctic im its char-
acter, it comprises a number of forms closely allied to, nay, even
identical with, arctic animals, such as he himself had observed
and assisted to collect during the voyage to the Polar Seas, under
the command of Capt. Sir G. Nares. He directed his attention
especially to the marine Invertebrata ; and consequently the majority
of novelties will be found in those classes; yet also the series of
marine Vertebrates, small as it is, contains forms of no small interest
which had escaped the notice of his immediate predecessors the
naturalists of H.M.SS. ‘ Nassau’ and ‘Challenger.’ The best thanks
of zoologists are due to the Lords of the Admiralty, from whom Dr.
Coppinger has received every encouragement in making this valu-
able contribution to our knowledge of the Antarctic fauna.
The various parts of the collection have been examined and de-
scribed by the staff of the Zoological Department ; and for the con-
venience of the student-of this fauna it seems desirable to give the
results of these examinations in a connected form and systematic
order.
I. MAMMALIA.
By OuprieLp Tuomas.
The Mammalia collected by Dr. Coppinger are few in number;
but they include specimens of a new and handsome species of
Hesperomys, which I propose to name after the collector, and a
series of skulls of some of the Magellan Seals. The species are as
follows :—
1. Lurra retina, Mol.
Two skulls, a skeleton, and two skins from Magellan Straits and
the west coast of Patagonia.
1*
4 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [Jan. 4,
2. OcMoRHINUS LEPTONYX (Blainv.).
~ Stenorhynchus leptonyx, auct.
One skull from the Falkland Isles.
38. OrariA suBATA, Desm.
Four skulls from the Magellan Straits. One of these skulls,
apparently rather aged, has only five teeth on each side above and
below, as in the genus Zalophus ; it has, however, the concave palate
and other characters of this genus. There is no appearance of there
ever having been a sixth pair of teeth; but its absence is no doubt
only an individual variation.
4. ARCTOCEPHALUS AUSTRALIS, Zimm.'
The skin of a young specimen “ six weeks old,”’ and five skulls
from the Magellan Straits.
5. Hesprromys (CALomys) COPPINGERI, Sp. n.
A skin from Tom Bay, and two specimens in spirit ‘‘ caught with
trap on a wooded islet about one acre in extent ” in Cockle Cove,
(Feb. 9, 1879).
Fur very long and soft, fully half an inch in length on the back.
Ears rather short, nearly hidden in the fur. Whiskers of medium
length, the shorter lower ones forming a thick shining white fringe
along the upper lip. On the head and back the wool-hair is of a
deep slaty blue for nine tenths of its length; then follows a subter-
minal band of yellow; and the extreme tip is black. Mixed with
Pig. 7. Fig. 2.
Left ear of Hesperomys coppingert. Right foot of Hesperomys coppingeri.
this wool-hair there are a considerable number of longer black hairs,
the resulting general colour beig very similar to that of the common
Water-vcle (Arvicola amphibius, L.). The dark colour of the
- upperside extends on the limbs to the wrists and ankles, the feet
being covered with short shining white hairs. The ears are thickly
clothed with short woolly hairs similar in colour to the fur of the
back. On the sides the yellow tips of the hairs gradually become
lighter, and on the belly they are nearly pure white, the basal
portion of the fur, however, from the chin to the anus, still being
slate-coloured.
1 Of. J. A. Allen, N. Amer. Pinnipeds, p. 210, 1880,
aS eee eS ee? eee ee
1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ ALERT.’ 5
The tail is very long and but scantily haired; on the upperside
the scales are grey and the hairs dark reddish brown, on the lower
the scales are pale yellow and the hairs white ; along the centre of
the underside, however, ‘there is a distinct narrow line of dark-
brown hairs, contrasting with the white ones on either side.
The ears possess, at about one third the height of the inner
margin, a small projecting lobule, which seems to be present in many
species of this genus, and to be well worthy of notice, as being
very constant in the species in which it is found. The foot-pads
are small but distinct, and the surface of the palms and the distal
half of the soles are coarsely granulated, as shown in the woodcut.
The skull is that of a typical Hesperomys, but shows only a very
faint trace of the supraorbital ridges supposed to be characteristic
of the subgenus Calomys, to which, however, the species undoubtedly
belongs, as proved by its long tail and murine form.
The following are the dimensions of the two spirit specimens,
both of which are adult males :—
a. b.
inches. inches.
Length of head and body .......... ACS eda?
e CVU PES Ske See ae eee Os 64 61
3 CH BENS eet en tS ages axe 1-4
53 CARER Nt.. sca bas oie Miss’ «, Seaewe O:n5.. 0753
= hind foot without claws.... 1°3 1°22
Distance from muzzle to ear-orifice..... 1:08
Measurements of skull of 6 :—
inch
1 Si) 2 es ah er ARE ae a 12
STORED Pete Papen IO hoes Peis SOS | AT PBA SS 0°65
Breadth between orbits’ 22.0.0). 028. PE 0-16
oe iC MERIES Sie. LOL tere Ls iad. OF AR, 0-4
5 lower jaw, from condyle to.tip of incisors .. 0°76
The species to which H. coppingeri appears most nearly allied are
H. lutescens, Gay’, and H. philippii, Landb.’, both from Chili.
The first, however, is much larger, being 5°7 inches in length, while
its tail is only as long as the trunk. Moreover the skull, as figured
by Gay, possesses strong supraorbital ridges, while our three
specimens of JH. coppingeri, as stated above, show but little trace of
them. 4H. philippii, though somewhat similar in size and colour,
may be readily distinguished by the extreme shortness of its tarsus
(0°8in.); and by the character of its fur, which is described as being
short and fine, while that of H. coppingeri, as mentioned above, is
particularly long and soft.
6. Heserromys (HAaBROTHRIX) XANTHORHINUS, Waterh.
A skin from Monteith Bay, and a specimen in spirit from Sandy
Point.
1 Hist. Chile, i. p. 118; Atlas, pl. vii. fig. 2.
2 Wiegm. Archiv, 1858, i. p. 80. _
6 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [Jan. 4,
7. CrENOMYS MAGELLANICUS, Benn.
A spirit specimen from Pechett Harbour.
8. Ocropon preGus, Mol.
Two skins from Coquimbo (June 1879).
9. Myororamus coypu, Mol.
Askin from Swallow Bay (March 21, 1880), and askin and skeleton
from Talcahuano, Concepcion (September 1879).
10. Puysatus, sp.
A cervical vertebra and two tympanic bones of a species of this
genus, obtained at Point Rosario, are in the collection, but are not
sufficient to enable me to identify the species.
Besides these specimens, Dr. Coppinger discovered, in caves on
the cliffs, various human and mammalian remains, of which, we
may hope, he himself will give an account, with full details of the
circumstances under which they were found.
II. BIRDS.
By R. Bowp.er SHarprr.
Although the region in which Dr. Coppinger has been working
has already received considerable attention from ornithologists, so
that no novelties are to be expected, yet the careful way in which
Dr. Coppinger has prepared and labelled his specimens, and the
localities and dates he gives, render his collections very interesting.
The following extracts are taken from one of his letters, in
which he alludes to the localities where his first collection was
- obtained. Writing from Coquimbo in June 1879, Dr. Coppinger
observes :—“ The collection of birds will appear, at first sight, very
incomplete, at least when compared with those which have been
been made by ships previously employed in surveying in the Ma-
gellan region. I wish, therefore, to call attention to the circum-
stance that the surveying operations of the ‘ Alert’ have hitherto
been confined to the archipelago fringing the west coast of Pata-
gonia, and chiefly to the neighbourhood of the Trinidad Channel in
50° S. latitude, where the rainfall is excessive, and the Bird-fauna
scanty as compared with that part of the Magellan region situated
to the eastward of Port Famine and Sandy Point.”
A few eggs were also sent by Dr. Coppinger; but they call for
very few remarks, having already in most cases been described by
Professor Newton (Ibis, 1870, p. 501).
In the present paper I have referred to the three essays published
in the ‘ Ibis’ by Messrs. Sclater and Salvin, as follows :—
1. “List of Birds collected in the Straits of Magellan by Dr.
Cunningham, with remarks on the Patagonian Avifauna,” Ibis,
1868, pp. 183-189.
1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ALERT.’ fi
2. “Second list of Birds collected by Dr. Cunningham,’’ Ibis,
1869, pp. 283-286.
3. “Third list of Birds collected by Dr. Cunningham,” Ibis,
1870, pp. 499-504.
I have also referred to the paper by the same gentlemen on the
birds collected in Antarctic America during the voyage of H.M.S.
‘ Challenger,’ P. Z. S. 1878, pp. 431-438.
Where the species do not occur in any of the above lists, I have
referred to the ‘Nomenclator Avium Neotropicalium’ of the same
authors; and the classification followed is that of the latter work.
1. Turpus MAGELLANICUS, King; Seebohm, Cat. B. v. p. 224.
Turdus falklandicus, Q. & G. apud Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1868,
p. 186; iid. P. Z. S. 1878, p. 431.
No. 31. g ad.: Cockle Cove, Straits of Magellan. Bill yellow:
iris yellow.
No. 21. g juv.: Tom Bay, Straits of Magellan, February 24,
1879. Legs yellow; bill yellow; claws black.
No. 117. 2 ad.: Cockle Cove, October 17, 1879. Bill yellow;
eyes dark ; legs and feet yellow.
2. Mimus toenca (Mol.); Scl. & Saly. Ibis, 1870, p. 499.
No. 95. 9 : Coquimbo, July 1879. Gizzard containing seeds,
leaves, grass, and bones.
3. Puryerius GAyi (Eyd. & Gerv.); Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1868,
p- 186, 1869, p. 285; iid. P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 432.
No. 53. 6: Tom Bay, January 18, 1879.
4. Puryeitus Fruticeti (Kittl.); Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1868,
p. 185.
No. 108. ¢: Coquimbo, August 25, 1879. Eyes dark brown;
bill yellow ; legs yellow.
No. 111. Coquimbo, June 1879. Stomach very muscular,
apparently containing seeds.
_ 5. ZonorricuiaA CANICAPILLA, Gould; Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1868,
p- 185; iid. Ibis, 1869, p. 284; iid. P. Z.S. 1878, p. 432.
No. 110. Puerto Bueno, November 1879. Iris brown; bill
black ; legs light grey.
6. Drvca ertsea, Less. ; Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1870, p. 499.
No. 109. 2: Coquimbo, June 1879.
7. STURNELLA MILITARIS (L.); Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1863, p- 186.
No. 29. g: Peckett Harbour, Straits of Magellan, January 4,
1879.
8. Curazus aTeRRIMUs (Kittl.); Sel. & Salv. Ibis, 1869, p. 283 ;
iid. P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 432.
8 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [ Jan. 4,
No. 18. ¢: Tom Bay, March 6, 1879. Eyes dark, eyelids black ;
feet and legs black ; bill black.
No. 85. g: Isthmus Bay, Straits of Magellan, January 11,
1879.
An egg, much broken, is also forwarded. It is pure white, and
measures, axis 1*1 inch, diam. 0°8.
9. CENTRITES NIGER (Bodd.); Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1868, p. 187 ;
lid. P. Z. S. 1878, p. 432.
No. 33. Cape Gregory, January 1, 1879.
10. AN&ZRETES PARVULUs (Kittl.); Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1869,
p. 283; iid. P.Z.S. 1878, p. 432.
No. 36. ¢: Malaspina Islands, Trinidad Channel, February 16,
1879. Bill and legs black.
11. Preroprocuus ALBICOLLIs, Kittl.; Scl. & Salv. Nomencl.
Av. Neotr. p. 76.
No. 96. g: Coquimbo, August 5, 1879. Eyes dark brown;
legs and bill black.
12. Geosirra cunicuLaRiA (V.); Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1870,
p- 499.
No. 106. $: Coquimbo, Juue 1879.
13. TazniopreRA pyropsr, Kittl.; Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1868,
p- 187.
No. 97. 2: Skyring Water, March 1880. Iris light yellow;
bill black ; legs and feet black.
14. AGRIORNIS MARITIMA, Lafr. et d’Orb.; Scl. & Salv. Ibis,
1868, p. 185.
No. 94. 9: Coquimbo, June 1879. Stomach containing re-
mains of insects (locusts).
15. Muscisax1coLa MENTALIS (Lafr. et d’Orb.); Scl. & Salv.
Ibis, 1868, p. 187.
No. 112. Coquimbo, June 1879.
16. CrncLopgs Fuscus (V.); Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1868, p. 186.
No. 47. g: Peckett Harbour, January 4, 1879.
No. 104. g: Coquimbo, June 1879. From sea-shore rocks.
17. CincLopEs paTacHuonicus (Gm.); Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1868,
p. 186, 1869, p. 283; iid. P.Z.S. 1878, p. 433.
No. 49. g: Tom Bay, January 23, 1879.
No. 50. Elizabeth Island, January 6, 1879.
No. 20. Twenthu Island, Trinidad Channel, February 25, 1879.
1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ ALERT.’ 9
18. UpucertTHiA puMETORIA, Geoffr. et d’Orb.; Scl. & Salv.
Ibis, 1868, p. 187.
No. 105. 2: Coquimbo, June 1879. Legs greyish pink.
19. Oxyurus sprnicaupAa (Gm.); Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1868,
p- 185; iid. P.Z.S. 1868, p. 433.
No. 115. ¢: Port Riofrio, west coast of Patagonia.
No. 38. Trinidad Channel, February 1879.
20. PyGaRRHICUS ALBIGULARIS (King); Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S.
1878, p. 433.
No. 114. Skyring Water, Magellan’s Straits, March 1880. Iris
black ; bill and legs horn-colour.
21. EusrerHanus GALERITUS (Mol.); Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1869,
p- 283; iid. P. Z. S. 1878, p. 433.
No. 35. 2: Cockle Cove, February 9, 1879.
22. Paracona e1eas (Mol.); Sel. & Salv. Ibis, 1870, p. 499.
No. 113. Coquimbo, August 25, 1879. Eyes black; bill and
legs black.
23. CeryLe sTELLATA (Meyen) ; Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1868, p. 187,
1869, p. 283; iid. P. Z.S. 1878, p. 434.
No. 25. ¢: Cockle Cove, February 7, 1879.
A, Sternum. (Tom Bay.)
24. Srenopsis BrFasciaTA (Gould); Scl. & Salv. Nomencl. Av.
Neotr. p. 96.
No. 107. 9: Coquimbo, June 1879. Eyes yellow.
25. ZENAIDA MACULATA (V.): Scl..& Salv. Nomencl. Av. Neotr.
p. 132.
No. 118. ¢: Coquimbo, June 1879. Bill dark ; legs red.
26. RurnoGrypuus aura (L.); Sharpe, Linn. Soc. Journ. xiii.
p- 21.
Cathartes aura (L.); Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1869, p. 284; iid. P.Z.S.
1878, p. 435.
a. 3: Tom Bay, April 11, 1879. Iris dark; eyelids and cere
flesh-colour ; bill horn-colour ; legs dirty yellow.
6. 2: Tom Bay, April 11, 1879. Eyes dark; skin of head and
neck light red: legs and feet dirty grey.
A, Trachea. -
The two specimens sent by Dr. Coppinger would appear, from a
comparison of the skins, to be of the same species as the ordinary
Rhinogryphus aura of North America. I have already determined
Chilian specimens in the British Museum as belonging to the last-
named species ; and, as far as I can now judge from the increased
series in that collection, the grey-winged Vultures are confined to
10 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [Jan. 4
the Falkland Islands. I presume that Dr. Coppinger’s specimens
are a pair, male and female being shot on the same day—the difference
in the colour of the soft parts being a very noticeable feature ; while
I must at the same time admit that the female with her “ light
red” head has more grey edgings to the wing-feathers than the
male, and thus shows an approach to R. falklandicus.
27. InycTeR CHIMANGO (V.); Sharpe, Cat. B.i. p. 41.
Milvago chimango (V.); Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1868, p. 187 ; iid.
P. Z.S. 1878, p. 435.
No. 6. ¢: Cockle Cove, February 9, 1879. Legs olive-green,
claws black ; irides dark grey ; cere grey.
No. 82. ¢: Talcahuano, September 1879. Eyes light brown ; legs
grey ; bill grey and white.
28. Potysorvus THARUS (Mol.); Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 31; Sel.
& Salv. Ibis, 1868, p. 188, 1870, p. 499; iid. P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 435.
No. 57. ¢ juv.: Port Henry, Straits of Magellan, January 25,
1879. Cere fleshy grey ; eyes black.
No. 14. Q juv.: Port Henry, January 25, 1879. Cere orange ;
tarsi grey and yellow.
No. 12. 2 ad.: Tom Bay, March 1879. Bill grey; cere orange-
yellow ; tarsi grey ; feet yellow; claws black.
29. Circus crinrrEvs, V.; Sharpe, Cat. B.i. p. 56.
No. 83. 9: Coquimbo, June 1879. Legs and feet yellow; claws
black. Stomach containing remains of birds.
30. CERCHNEIS CINNAMOMINA (Sw.); Sharpe, Cat. B. 1. p. 439.
Tinnunculus sparverius (L.); Sel. & Salv. Ibis, 1868, p. 188,
1870, p. 499; iid. P.Z.8. 1878, p. 434.
No. 119. Q: Coquimbo, June 1879. Legs grey; feet yellow;
bill blue. Stomach containing remains of birds.
31. Buso MAaGELLANICus (Gm.); Sharpe, Cat. B. ii. p. 29;
Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1868, p. 188.
No. 45. ¢: Cape Gregory, Straits of Magellan, January 1879.
Trides golden yellow; horns prominent ; claws black.
No. 44. 2: Port Henry, Straits of Magellan, January 28, 1879.
No. 138. g: Mayne Harbour, Straits of Magellan, January 1879.
The female.is a much darker bird than the male, suggesting
almost the possibility of its being in melanistic plumage ; the general
aspect of the upper surface is almost uniform; and the centre tail-
feathers have nocross bars at all. Inthe male the light cross bands
are seven in number, without counting the whitish apical band.
32. Speoryro cunicuLarRiA (Mol.); Sharpe, Cat. B. ii. p. 142.
Pholeoptyne cunicularia (Mol.); Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1868, p. 188.
No. 120. 9: Coquimbo, June 1879. Eyes yellow; feet grey in
front, yellow behind ; bill horn-colour.
1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S, ‘ ALERT.’ 11
33. GuaucipIuM NANUM (King); Sharpe, Cat. B. ii. p. 190;
Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1868, p. 188.
No. 30. Sandy Point, January 1879.
34. PHALACROCORAX MAGELLANICUs (Gm.); Scl. & Salv. Ibis,
1870, p- 499.
No. 7. 2: Trinidad Channel, February 27, 1879. Iris reddish
brown ; lids and wattled skin of a blood-red colour; legs grey in
front, dusky black behind.
35. PHALACROCORAX IMPERIALIs (King) ; Scl. & Salv. P. Z.S.
1878, p. 652.
P. carunculatus (Gm.), iid. Ibis, 1869, p. 284, 1870, p. 499.
No. 40. 9: Tom Bay, April 4, 1879. Iris brown; cere dark
grey; eyelids dark grey; legs and feet light grey anteriorly, and
dark grey posteriorly.
36. CEsTRELATA DEFILIPPIANA, Salvad. & Gigl.; Salv. in
Rowley’s Orn. Mise. i. p. 255, pl. x xxiii.
No. 64. g¢: St. Ambrose, July 21, 1879. Bill black; tarsi
lavender-coloured.
37. THALASS@CA TENUIROSTRIS, Audub.; Sharpe, Rep. Trans.
Venus Exp., B. Kerguel. p. 23.
Fulmarus glacialoides (Smith) ; Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1868, p. 189.
Thalasseeca glucialoides (Smith) ; Salv. P. Z.S. 1878, p. 736.
No. 63. ¢: Valparaiso, August 4, 1879. Legs grey, with blue
stains; bill grey, with blue patches.
A. Sternum.
38. OCEANITES GRALLARIA (V.).
Fregata grallaria (V.); Salv. P. Z. 8S. 1868, p. 735.
Thalassidroma gracilis, Elliot, Ibis, 1859, p. 391.
7. segethi, Ph. & Landb. Arch. f. Naturg. 1850, p. 282.
No. 65. @Q: off St. Ambrose, July 20,1879. Bill and feet black.
Mr. Salvin has already suggested the identity of the Chilian birds
described by Mr. Elliot and Drs. Philippi and Landbeck with O.
leucogastra of Gould( T. grallaria, V.); and from the specimen now
sent by Dr. Coppinger, I must say that I can see no difference at all.
39. OceanirEs oceanica (Kuhl); Sharpe, Report Trans. of
Venus Exped. Birds, p. 32 ; Salvin, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 735.
No. 37. ¢: lat. 9° 47'S., long. 33° 5' W., November 8, 1878.
Caught at sea.
40. OssIFRAGA GIGANTEA (Gm.); Sharpe, Report Trans. of
Venus Exped., Birds, p. 142; Salvin, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 737.
No. 4. o: Tom Bay, April 13, 1879. Bill light grey ; iris
dark brown; eyelids black ; legs and feet dark grey.
12 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [Jan. 4,
No. 61. g: Valparaiso, August 4, 1879. Legs black.
No. 126 $?: Valparaiso, August 18, 1879.
A, Sternum.
uf
41. DiomMEDEA MELANOPHRYS, Temm.; Salv. P. Z. 8S. 1878,
p- 740.
No. 86. ¢: Valparaiso, August 13, 1879. Bill grey, with dark
tips ; feet light grey ; iris dark brown.
A. Trachea.
42. PELECANOIDES URINATRIX (Gm.); Sharpe, Report Trans.
of Venus Exped., Birds, p. 14.
P. garnoti (Less.) ; Salvin, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 739.
No. 34. 9: Antonio Islands, Trinidad Channel, February 17,
1879. Eyes black; bill black; legs slate-colour. Stomach con-
taining small Crustacea.
No. 96. 9: Cockle Cove, October 16, 1879. Bill black; iris
dark brown ; legs and feet slate-coloured.
The following are the dimensions of the adult specimen :—total
length 8°5 inches, culmen 0°75, wing 4°9, tail 1-7, tarsus 1. These
measurements exceed those of the specimens already in the Museum
from the Straits of Magellan, and appear to be intermediate between
the ordinary P. urinatrix and the larger P. garnoti, which, after all,
does not seem to be a very distinct species.
43. Daprion CApPENsIs (L.) ; Sharpe, Report Trans. of Venus
Exped., Birds, p. 19; Salvin, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 737.
No. 2. gd: off Tres Montes, May 10, 1879. Iris dark brown;
bill and legs black ; eyelids black.
3: off St. Ambrose, July 20, 1879. Iris dark grey.
No. 135. ¢: lat. 31° 52’S., long. 18° 37' W. Iris dark grey.
A. Sternum.
44, MasaquEus QUINOCTIALIS (L.); Salvin, P. Z. S. 1878,
p- 737.
No. 132. g: Valparaiso, August 1879. Eyes dark brown; bill
grey and black; legs black.
No. 62. 9: Valparaiso, August 13,1879. Same soft parts as ¢.
No. 139. ¢: Valparaiso, August 18, 1879.
45. ATTAGIS FALKLANDICA (Gm.); Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1868,
p- 188.
No. 24. g: Cockle Cove, February 14, 1879. Shot on summit
of mountain.
46. Nycricorax ogscurus (Licht.); Scl. & Salv. Ibis 1868,
p- 189, 1869, p. 285; iid. P. Z.S. 1878, p. 436.
No. 54. 2 ad.: Cockle Cove, February 11, 1879. Iris orange ;
legs dark grey ; bill horn-colour.
1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ ALERT,’ 13
. No. 5. Young: Neesham Cove, Trinidad Channel, February 28,
1879. Iris orange; bill black above, greenish yellow beneath ;
eyelids greenish yellow ; legs dark grey in front, yellow behind.
No. 55. ¢ juv.: Cockle Cove, February 12, 1879. Bill black ;
cere green; iris and legs as in No. 5.
47. BerRNIcLA ANTARCTICA (Gm.); Scl. & Salv. P.Z.S. 1878,
p- 437.
Chloephaga antarctica, iid. Ibis, 1869, p. 284, 1870, p. 499.
No. 59. ¢ : Port Henry.
No. 43. 9: Port Henry, February 1879.
No. 79. Pull.: Straits of Magellan, November 1879. Eyes dark
grey; bill black ; legs and feet dark brown.
48. CHLOEPHAGA POLIOCEPHALA, Sclater; Scl. & Salv. Ibis,
1868, p. 189, 1870, p. 489; iid. P. Z.S. 1878, p. 436.
No. 11. 9: Neesham Cove, Trinidad Channel, February 28,
1879. Iris dark brown; bill horn-colour; legs black in front,
orange at back.
No. 123. ¢: Alert Bay, December 3, 1879. Bill black; eyes
dark brown; legs orange, black down the front.
No. 90. 2 pull.: Port Henry, December 3, 1879. Eyes brown;
legs dark grey ; bill horn-colour.
49. TACHYERES CINEREUS (Gm.); Scl. & Salv. P. Z.S. 1878,
p- 437.
Micropterus cinereus (Gm.); Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1868, p. 189,
_ 1870, p. 499.
No. 52. 9: Puerto Bueno. Legs and feet yellow; bill greenish
olive; eyes black. Shot on freshwater lake near the sea.
No. 60. Walney Sound, February 4, 1879. Weight 102 lb.
Crop full of entire mussels and prawns. Stink intense.
No. 58. Elizabeth Island, January 3, 1879.
No. 89. ¢ pull.: Tom Bay, November 30, 1879.
A, Skull. Cockle Cove.
_B. Skeleton. Tom Bay, February 24, 1879.
50. ANAS cristata, Gm.; Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1870, p. 499.
No. 15. 9: Port Rosario, March 15, 1879.
No. 3. 9: Cockle Cove, February 7, 1879. Iris blood-red ; legs
dark grey ; upper mandible horn-colour, lower one flesh-colour.
No. 130. ¢: Tom Bay, November 29, 1879. Eyes yellowish
red; bill black.
The egg is creamy buff, and measures—axis 2°4 inches, diam. 1°65.
51. MARECA SIBILATRIX (Poeppig); Scl. & Salv. P. Z.S. 1876,
p- 395.
Mareca chiloensis, Eyton ; Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1869, p. 284.
No. 76. 2: Coquimbo, June 1879.
14 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [Jan. 4, ©
52. Cyenus niGRICOLLIs (Gm.) ; Scl. & Saly. Ibis, 1869, p. 284.
No. 129. ¢: Hugh Bay, west coast of Patagonia, December 20,
1879. Bill blue with red crest ; iris brown; legs and feet light
grey.
A, Sternum. Oct. 1879.
53. Darina spintcaupA(V.); Scl. & Salv. Nomencl. Av. p. 130.
a. No. 78. g: Talcahuano, September 1879. Bill yellow, with
black culmen ; eyes brown; legs and feet grey and black.
54, QUERQUEDULA CYANOPTERA (V.); Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1868,
p- 189.
a. No. 138. $: Talcahuano, September 10, 1879. Iris yellow ;
bill black ; legs and feet yellow; nails dark.
b. No. 71. d: Talcahuano, September 1879. Eyes yellow; bill
black ; legs yellow.
ec. No. 72. 9: Talcahuano, September 22, 1879. Eyes brown;
bill dark, with grey patches; legs light brown.
55. QUERQUEDULA OXYPTERA (Meyen) ; Scl. & Salv. Nomencl.
Av. Neotr. p. 129.
a. No. 75. d+: Port Gallant, west coast of Patagonia, February
1880. Iris dark brown; bill yellow on sides, black culmen; legs
and feet light grey.
6. No. 74. 9: Cockle Cove, October 1879. Bill yellow, with
black culmen; eyes yellow; legs and feet grey.
56. RatLus antTarcticus, King; Scl. & Salv. P.Z.S. 1878,
p- 437.
No. 8. 9: Tom Bay, April 13,1879. Eyes dark red; legs red;
bill with greenish lustre.
No. 123. g: Mayne Harbour, March 1880. Iris red; bill dark
green; legs and feet red.
57. Fuxtica LeucopyerA, Hartl.; Scle & Salv. Nomencl. Av.
Neotr. p. 140.
No. 80. g: Talcahuano, September 18, 1879. Bill yellow, with
dark red patch on culmen; eyes yellow; legs olive-green; claws
horn-colour.
58. VANELLUS OCCIDENTALIS, Harting; Scl. & Salv. P.Z.S.
1878, p. 437.
Vanellus cayenennsis, Scl. & Saly. Ibis, 1869, p. 284 (nec Gm.).
No. 56. Peckett Harbour, January 4, 1879.
No. 79. gd: Talcahuano, Chili, September 22, 1879. Iris, pupil
dark red; bill lilac, with black tips; eyelids lilac; legs rose-colour,
with grey feet.
1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ALERT.’ 15
59. EvpromrAs mopgEstTA (Licht.); Sel. & Salv. Ibis, 1868,
p- 188, 1870, p. 500; iid. P. Z.S. 1878, p. 488.
No. 19. Ad.: Tom Bay, February 1879.
No. 28. ¢ juv.: Puerto del Morro, February 5, 1879.
No. 102. ¢ juv.: Port Henry, January 28, 1879. Eyes black;
legs grey; bill horn-colour.
No. 98. 3: Cockle Cove, October 16, 1879. Iris dark brown;
bill dark; legs light grey.
60. Aictauitis nrvosa (Cass.); Scl. & Salv. Nomencl. Av.
Neotr. p. 143.
No. 103. ¢: Coquimbo, June 1879.
61. SrrepsILAs INTERPRES (L.); Scl. & Saly. Nomencl. Av.
Neotr. p. 143.
No. 116. ¢: Talcahuano, September 9, 1879. Iris brown; bill
horn-colour ; legs and feet red.
62. Apuriza virGata (Lath.); Scl. & Salv. Nomencl. Av. Neotr.
p- 143.
No. 25. o: Van Islands, Trinidad Channel, February 15, 1879.
Iris black ; eyelids black; legs olive-green; claws black. In flocks,
as if about to migrate.
63. Hamatorus LEucopus (Garnot); Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1878,
p- 437.
No. 23. 9: Cape Sambo, Trinidad Channel, March 3, 1879.
Iris bright yellow; eyelids yellow; feet and legs flesh-coloured ;
claws black.
No. 133. g¢: Tom Bay, January 16, 1879. Iris and eyelid
brilliant yellow; tarsi grey; bill orange.
No. . ¢: Tom Bay, January 16, 1879. Bill orange-red.
No. 92. g juv.: Hugh Bay, December 27, 1879. Iris orange;
legs and feet grey; bill orange, the base black.
A. Skeleton. West coast of Patagonia.
64. Hamarorus ater (V.); Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1870, p. 499;
iid, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 438.
No. 22. 9: Port Henry, January 29, 1879. Eyes black; eye-
lids orange-red; bill orange-red ; feet grey.
65. GALLINAGO PARAGUALE (V.); Scl. & Salv. P.Z.S. 13868,
p. 189; iid. P. Z. S. 1878, p. 438.
No. 27. 2: Cockle Cove, February 7, 1879.
66. GALLINAGO STRICKLANDI, Gray ; Scl. & Salvy. Nomencl. Av.
Neotr. p. 145.
No. 121. 9: Swallow Bay, March 14, 1880. Eyes dark; legs
and feet greyish yellow. Weight 9 oz.
16 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [Jan. 4,
67. RHYNCHZA SEMICOLLARIS (V.); Scl. & Saly. Nomencl. Av.
Neotr. p. 145.
No. 101. 2: Coquimbo, June 1879. Tarsi green; tips of bill
yellow.
68. Trinca Fuscicotuis (V.); Scl. & Salv. P.Z.S. 1878,
p. 438.
No. 46. 2 in winter plumage: Peckett Harbour, January 4,
1879.
69. Cauipris ARENARIA (L.); Scl. & Salv. Nomencl. Av. Neotr.
p- 143.
No. 99. 2: Talcahuano, September 1879. Bill, legs, and feet
black ; eyes brown.
70. GAMBETTA MELANOLEUCA (Gm.); Scl. & Salv. Nomencl.
p- 145.
Nos. 125,77. gd: Talcahuano, April 1880. Iris dark; bill horn-
colour ; legs and feet yellow.
71. Numenius Huupsonicus (L.); Sel. & Salv. Nomencl. Av.
Neotr. p. 146.
No. 78. 2: Talcahuano, September 1879. Legs and feet grey ;
bill horn-colour ; eyes dark brown.
72. STERNA HIRUNDINACEA, Less.; Saunders,. P. Z.S. 1876,
p- 647.
Sterna cassini, Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1870, p. 500.
a. No. 81. ¢: Tom Bay, November 30, 1879. Bill, legs, and
feet red.
6. No. 93. Spull.: Tom Bay, November 29, 1879.
ce. $: Cockle Cove, October 16, 1879. Bill and legs red; claws
black ; iris dark.
73. ANOUS CINEREUS, Gould; Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 272.
No. 66. 2: off St. Ambrose, July 21, 1879. Bill black; legs
nearly black; eyes dark.
74. Larus Guaucopes, Meyen; Scl. & Salv. P.Z.S. 1871,
p- 578; Saunders, P. Z. S. 1872, p. 203.
No. 51. ¢: Cape Gregory, January 1, 1879.
7h. LARUS CIRRHOCEPHALUS, Vieill.; Scl. & Saly. P. Z. S. 1871,
p-. 578; Saunders, P. Z. 8S. 1878, p. 204.
No. 69. $ hiem.: Taleahuano, September 10, 1879. Bill dark
red; legs and feet orange-red ; iris brown.
No. 68. ¢ estiv.: Talcahuano, September 1879. Soft parts as
in No. 69; legs and feet red.
No. 87. ¢: Talcahuano, September 8, 1879. Iris hazel; eyelids
orange-red; bill dark red; legs and feet red.
1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ALERT.’ 17
Q. Skeleton. Talcahuano, September 1879.
The last bird still retains traces of white plumage amongst the
feathers of the head, while No. 69 is a winter-plumaged bird with
white head, on which a few dark feathers are just showing them-
selves.
76. Larus pominicaNnus (Licht.), Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1868,
p. 189, 1869, p. 284; Saunders, P. Z. S. 1877, p. 799.
No. 39. ¢ ad.: Tom Bay, April 5, 1879. Iris clear grey; eye-
lids red ; legs olive.
No. 17. & juv.: Cockle Cove, February 14,1879. Eyes black ;
bill black ; legs dark grey.
No. 16. ¢ juv.: Tom Bay, March 8, 1879. Iris dark brown ;
eyelids black ; bill black ; legs grey.
No. 70. 2 in changing plumage: Valparaiso, August 13, 1879.
Bill grey with black tip; eyes dark ; legs light grey ; claws black.
No. . 2 ad.: Peckett Harbour, Straits of Magellan, January 4,
1879. Bill yellow, the end of lower mandible red; eyelids red ;
eyes clear grey; legs greenish.
No. . ¢ juv.: Puerto Bueno, February 21, 1879. Iris dark
brown, the lids black ; feet grey.
No. 131. Puerto Bueno, February 20, 1879. Bill black; legs
dark grey.
No. . 6: Port Henry, January 28, 1879. Eyelids red ; irides
grey; bill yellow, tip of lower mandible red ; legs and feet olive-
green ; claws black.
77. STERCORARIUS CHILENSIS, Bp.; Saunders, P. Z.S. 1877,
p- 800.
Lestris antarctica (Less.); Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1869, p. 284.
No. 67. ¢: Straits of Magelheen, December 1879. Bill, legs, and
feet black ; eyes brown.
No. 134. 2 : Taleahuano, September 1879. Eyes dark brown ;
legs and feet black.
78. SPHENISCUS MAGELLANICUs (Forst.); Scl. & Salv. Ibis,
1869, p. 284; iid. P.Z.S. 1878, p. 653.
No. 42. Tom Bay, April 7, 1879. Iris brown; eyelids’ edges
black, not flesh-colour ; bill horn-colour ; feet in front black mottled
with white, behind black all over.
No. 1. g juv.: Tom Bay, February 17, 1879. Iris brown;
eyelids black ; bill black; legs grey spotted with black ; claws black.
No. 128. 2 : Tom Bay, April 5, 1879. Bill horn-colour ; iris
brown ; legs in front grey spotted with black ; behind black.
A. Trachea. B. Sternum.
79. PopicErs ROLLANDI (Q. et G.); Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1868,
p. 189, 1869, p. 84
No. 13. Summer plumage. Portland Bay, March 20, 1879.
Iris red ; bill black ; feet and legs black.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1881, No. II. 2
18 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [Jan. 4,
No. 48. Young ¢: Peckett Harbour, January 4, 1879.
No. 137. Picton Channel, March 31, 1879. Iris red; eyelids
black ; legs dark grey.
No. 84. Swallow Bay, March 14, 1880. Bill horn-colour ;
legs and feet olive-green.
No. 124. Port Riofrio, west coast of Patagonia, March 1880.
Iris red: bill horn-colour; legs and feet grey.
3d. Taleahuano, September 1879. Bill black; eyes red; legs
and feet grey.
81. Norwoprocta PERDIcARIA (Kittl.); Scl. & Salv. Nomencl.
Av. Neotr. p. 153.
No. 122. ¢ : Coquimbo, June 1879. Crop full of seeds.
III. REPTILES, BATRACHIANS, and FISHES.
By A. Gtnruer.
(Plates I., IT.)
A few Reprites only were collected, viz. Liodira gravenhorstii at
Talcahuano, and Liolemus nigromaculatus at Coquimbo, also a
specimen of Tachymenis chilenis from the latter locality.
The Barracuians proved to include more novelties :—
1. NANNOPHRYNE vaRrieGaTA (Gthr. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1870,
p- 401, pl. 30) was collected in several examples on the coast of
Trinidad Channel and at Puerto Bueno.
2. CysTIGNATHUS MACRODACTYLUS, Sp. 0.
Allied to C. dibronit from the Chonos archipelago, but with the
vomerine teeth in two short straight transverse lines immediately
behind the choanze. Head broad and depressed, with shelving sides
and obtusely rounded snout. Eyes of moderate size, equal to their
distance from the nostril. Tympanum small, scarcely half the size
of the eye. Skin of the upper parts smooth, or but little tubercular.
The three outer fingers are long, and, like the toes, truncated at the
tip; the third is the longest, the fourth longer than the second,
which, again, is considerably longer than the first. Two small meta-
tarsal tubercles ; the fifth toe scarcely longer than the third. Upper
and lateral parts mottled with brown; lower parts whitish, in the
male with a few brown spots on the sides of the abdomen. Male
with a large vocal sac, which extends to the sternal region.
: lines
Length of the body . 22 oss... es eee 2 os 15
Width of the cleft of the mouth..,.......... 5
Length of the fore limb ............ Poa ath pe
5 os EMD Saker OL Soie less cs cre a thes 33
55 ast) HELONG DREN ype om sun epysieps yee
% 53. clbnintdelimalpicescies iess.c aise aeetolaye ore 25
om » entire foot, including tarsus.... 12
is as) FOUTEIIEOE Seta ere oloter wece Ween iz
5 3 thirditcoe ooo. 4 Fees he te catere wre 5
1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ ALERT.’ 19
Three specimens, found in pools on the hills, 500 feet above the
sea, at Puerto Bueno.
3. CACOTUS COPPINGERI, Sp. n.
Snout broad, short (as long as the eye) and obtuse, with short
canthus rostralis; loreal region sloping. Vomeriue teeth in two trans-
verse series, very slightly oblique, and commencing from the front
margin of the choane, which are small. Tongue without any notch
behind. Skin smooth. ‘The length of the body equals the distance
between the vent and metatarsal tubercles. Subarticular tubercles
on the fingers and toes small; metatarsus with two small tubercles.
The length of the fourth toe is contained twice and one third in
that of the body ; the third and fifth toes equal in iength. Greenish
olive ; back, to the interorbital space, darker; a narrow dark band
along the canthus rostralis and across the tympanic region ; lower
parts whitish.
A single specimen was obtained at Port Riofrio (west coast of
Patagonia). Body 1% inch long.
4. CAcOTUS CALCARATUS, sp. 0.
Snout. rather short, somewhat longer than the eye, rather pointed,
with distinct canthus rostralis and subvertical loreal region. Vome-
rine teeth indistinct, in two very small groups between the choane,
which are very narrow. Tongue without any notch behind. Skin
smooth ; dorsal region with two linear ridges convergent behind ;
a short cutaneous spur at the heel is connected with the outer
metatarsal tubercle by a low uneven fold of the skin. The length
of the body is less than the distance between vent and metatarsal
tubercles. Subarticular tubercles well developed ; metatarsus with
two small tubercles. The length of the fourth toe is two fifths of
that of the body. Light brownish olive; a brown band from the
eye towards the side of the body ; a few small brown spots on the
loin.
A single specimen, 11 lines long, was obtained in Chiloe by Dr.
Cunningham. In the hope of obtaining another specimen before
describing it, I have allowed this specimen to remain undescribed
up to the present ; but as there is but small prospect of the species
being rediscovered for some time to come, I will not allow the present
opportunity to pass of describing it with its congener from the
mainland.
FisHEs.
1. ScyLL1uM CHILENSE, Guich. Puerto del Morio and Port-
land Bay.
2. PsAmMMoBaATIs RUDIS, Gthr. Trinidad Channel, in 30 fa-
thoms.
3. CALLORHYNCHUS aNTaARcTICUS, Lac. Francisco Bay.
4. Sepasres ocuxatus, C. V. Latitude Cove in 13 fathoms,
and Tom Bay in 15 fathoms. v
2
20 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [Jan. 4,
5. AGRIopUS PERUVIANUS, C. V. West coast of Patagonia.
6. Exeernus Mactovinus, C. V. Tom Bay, from a brackish
lagoon, and Cockle Cove.
7. Apuritis costo, Gthr. Portland Bay, Magellan’s Straits,
and Stanley Harbour, Falkland Islands.
8. CH@NICHTHYS EsOX, Gthr. Puerto Bueno.
9. NoroTHENIA MACROCEPHALA, Gthr. Puerto Bueno and
Trinidad Channel.
10. NororHENIA TESSELLATA, Rich. Puerto del Morio, Latitude
Cove, Puerto Bueno.
11. NoroTHENIA LONGIPES, Steind. Isthmus Bay, in 14 fa-
thoms.
12. NoTrorHENIA CORNUCOLA, Rich. Cockle Cove.
13. TrRacHuURUS TRACHURUS, L. Francisco Bay.
14. NeopurynicutHys Latus, Hutton. (Plate I.)
Of this very interesting fish, which was discovered only a few
years ago by Mr. Hutton in New-Zealand, a specimen 16 inches
long is in the collection. Fortunately, by the kindness of Mr.
Hutton, I am in a position to compare the American specimen with
one obtained on the New-Zealand coast. Structurally they are iden-
tical; only some small tentacles are developed in the American
specimen above the eye and on some parts of the body. The colo-
ration is a blackish brown, marbled with lighter brown and grey.
These differences are not sufficient to indicate specific distinctness.
The specimen was obtained in Swallow Bay (Magellan’s Straits).
15. Lycopes tatirans, Jen. Portland Bay.
16. Maynea pataconica, Cunningham, Trans. Linn. Soe.
xxvii. 1871, p. 472. (Plate II. figs. C and D.)
Of this fish a second, much younger specimen was discovered by
Dr. Coppinger at Port Rosario. It is 34 inches long, and marked
by fourteen broad blackish-brown cross bands, of which there is no
trace in the adult specimen. The fact that the same style of colo-
ration obtains in the young stage of Gymnelis pictus (which also
otherwise is so closely allied to Maynea) renders it all but certain that
G. pictus is likewise an Antarctic species. We figure it here side by
side with its nearest allies (Plate II. fig. B.).
Me tanostiema, g. n. Lycodid.
This genus agrees with Gymnelis and Maynea in the absence of
ventral fins, and technically may be distinguished from both by the
much more elongate teeth, which in the jaws, as well as on the vomer
and palatines, stand in a single series. However, there are other
“SOLV'I SAHLHOINAMHAOUN
(ABAING ,J4a]y aU} fo SEUSTY)
“UN, pi] PP ‘Ustequtyy, 3 YW
-durt ‘soig ureqUTpy
"VOINODVIVd VANAVN AO 'SMLOId STISNWAD A ‘WASONILWIED VASISONVTAN'V
(Aaaing Way, 24} JO Se4stA)
“UR % PP Use Y
1881. ] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ALERT.’ 21
striking differences, which will be mentioned in the subsequent de-
scription. The fish is evidently habitually living at a greater depth
than that at which Dr. Coppinger happened to obtain the single
specimen in his collection.
17. MrELANosTIGMA GELATINOSUM. (Plate II. fig. A.)
The whole body is enveloped in a loose delicate skin, like Liparis.
Head large, deep, compressed, with obtuse snout. Hye large, two
sevenths of the length of the head, and longer than the snout. Cleft
of the mouth rather oblique, but the lower jaw does not project be-
yond the upper. Lips not fleshy. Inside of the mouth, gill-openings,
and vent black. ‘The gill-opening is reduced to a very narrow fora-
men above the base of the pectoral fin. The origin of the dorsal
fin and the root of the pectoral are enveloped in the loose skin of
the body. The dorsal fin seems to commence above the middle of
the pectoral, is low at first, but becomes considerably higher pos-
teriorly. Pectoral very narrow, consisting of a few rays only.
Upper parts tinged with a purplish grey; sides marbled with the
same colour, which towards the end of the tail becomes more in-
tense, almost black.
Total length of the specimen 53 inches; distance of the snout
from the gill-opening 4, from the vent 14.
The specimen was obtained on January 15, 1880, at Tilly Bay,
in the Straits of Magellan, in 24 fathoms.
18. HrppoGLossinaA MACROPS, Steindachn. ‘Trinidad Channel.
19. H1pPpoGLOSSINA MICROPS, sp. n.
D. 72. A. 56. V. 1/5. The height of the body is contained twice
and one third in the total length (without caudal), the length of
the head thrice and one half. The eyes are, compared with those of
Hippoglossina macrops, small, equal to the length of the snout, and
two ninths of that of the head; the upper is slightly in advance of
the lower; the space between them is flat, half as wide as the
vertical diameter of the eye, and covered with minute scales. Mouth
wide, the maxillary extending beyond the middle of the orbit. An-
terior curve of the lateral line semicircular. Dorsal fin commencing
above the eye, of moderate height; pectoral fin half the length
of the head ; ventrals well developed, symmetrically placed, greyish,
finely mottled with brown.
A single specimen, 4 inches long, was obtained on the west coast
of Patagonia.
20. GALAXIAS ATTENUATUS, Jen. Puerto Bueno.
21. GALAXIAS COPPINGERI, sp. 0.
D.12. A.17. Body elongate, its depth in front of the dorsal
being one tenth of the total length (without caudal), the length of
the head two ninths. Snout rather broad, with the jaws equal in
length ; cleft of the mouth rather narrow, the maxillary extending
to below the front margin of the orbit. Eye rather large, a little
22 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING (Jan. 4,
shorter than the snout, and two sevenths of the length of the head.
The length of the pectoral fin is one half of the distance of its root
from the ventral, and that of the ventral one half of the distance of
its root from the anal. Caudal fin truncate. Yellowish olive, trunk
marbled with blackish.
One specimen, 3 inches long, from Alert Bay.
22. HAPLOCHITON ZEBRA, Jen. East Bay; freshwaters at Tom
Bay.
23. OPpHICHTHYS DICELLURUS, Rich. Coquimbo.
24. MyxiNneE AUSTRALIS, Jen.
IV. MOLLUSCA ann MOLLUSCOIDA.
By Evear A. Suiru.
(Plates ILI.-V.)
The collection of Mollusca contains several very interesting
species, notably a new Cephalopod (Rossia patagonica), an unde-
scribed Lamellaria, a very beautiful Trochus, and a new genus of
Conchifera, besides several other species either new to science or to
the fauna of Patagonia.
To avoid repetition of the localities in extenso a numbered list of
the various Stations is here appended.
List of Stations.
. Trinidad Channel, 30 fathoms ; bottom sandy.
. Port Rosario, 2-30 fathoms ; bottom, sand and rock.
. Tom Bay, 1-30 fathoms ; bottom, rock, kelp, and mud.
. Van Island, Trinidad Channel ; on rocks in shallow water.
. Portland Bay, St. Andrews Sound, 10 fathoms ; bottom, hard
sand.
6. Elizabeth Island, 6 fathoms ; bottom, sand.
7. Sandy Point, 9-10 fathoms; bottom, sand.
8. Peckett’s Harbour.
Nos. 1 to 5 are situated on the west of Southern Patagonia, in the
neighbourhood of the island Madre de Dios, and nos. 6, 7 and 8 in
the eastern part of the Straits of Magellan. Other localities men-
tioned are situated in South Patagonia. ;
OPN
I. CepPHALOPODA.
4.9. (gf Rossta paraconica, sp. n. (Plate III. figs. 3, 3a.)
?r>/¥ Animal, viewed dorsally, of a purplish slate-colour. This is com-
posed of avast aggregation of minute irregularly shaped dots set
upon a pale buff ground, which is more apparent upon the fins, as
there the dotting is less dense. Lower or ventral surface of a
reddish-purple color and the dotting more defined than above.
The underside of the head light buff, with only a few large subcir-
PY. - 1881 .PL Te
Mintern Bros. imp.
AH Searle del. et ith.
MOLLUSCA OF ALERT” SURVEY.
P'Z.S 188! PLiv,
————
A.H. Searle delethth Mintern Bros.imp.
MOLLUSCA OF “ALERT SURVEY.
PZ.S.1881.A1V.
i
“AH Searle deletlith. Mantern Bros imp
MOLLUSCA OF ALERT” SURVEY
1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S, ‘ALERT.’ 23
cular spots, of the same hue as those on the body. The lower
surface of the fins and the funnel are of a plain buff. The abdomen
or body is in form like a short sack, narrowing and rounded at the
the end, about half as long again as broad. Its margin is produced
to an obtuse point over the back of the neck, which marks the
termination of the horny shell; and on the underside there is a wide
sinuation beneath the siphon.
The fins are moderately large, being to the length of the body
as 5 to 7 ; but the line of junction is somewhat less, for they extend
forward about a line and a half beyond the point of contact. In
form they are irregularly semicircular, and are placed rather far
apart, but yet not absolutely along the side. Their surface, both
above and beneath, exhibits fine striea which radiate from the body.
The head is large, as broad as the body. The eyes are situated
at the sides of the head, and are protected by a thin transparent
panbrane, and the lower margin is probably partly contractile over
the eye.
The arms do not vary much in length ; but the dorsal and ventral
pairs are a trifle shorter than the two lateral pairs. They are
rather slender, and taper to a fine point, scarcely have any interbra-
chial connecting membrane at their base; and between the ventral
pair there is a total absence of it.
The suckers are large, subspherical, raised upon prominences,
connected by exéessively short peduncles, and armed with very small
simple-edged horny rings. They are arranged in two alternating
rows, except upon that which is the right arm of the dorsal pair when
the lower or ventral surface is towards the eye, or the left one when
viewed from above; upon this there are four series at the central
part, but fewer at the base and the extremity; the suckers too are
much smaller than those upon the rest of the brachia, with the
exception of the other dorsal one, upon which they are also equally
small.
The tentacular arms are slender,.twice as long as the others, and
emerge between the ventral and next pair of arms, between which
there is a greater development of connecting membrane than is
found between the other brachia. They are provided at the ends
with numerous crowded cup-like acetabula, raised upon longer foot-
stalks than those connecting the suckers of the other arms. They
are flat-topped, with a raised outer rim and a sunken lid, and the
horny margin of the orifice is minutely dentate. Shell or gladius
very minute.
The measurements are :—Length of body 21 millims., diam. 14 ;
length of fins 14 millims., diam. 8; length of longest arm 17
millims. ; length of tentacular arm 36 millims. ; length from the end
of the body to the base of the ventral pair of arms 27 millims. ; the
same to the base of the dorsal pair 29 millims.; diam. of one of the
largest spherical suckers 14 millim.; diam. of one of the small ones
on the right dorsal arm $ millim.
Hab. Stations 1 and 5.
This is a very remarkable little creature, and at once recognized
24 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [Jan. 4,
by the peculiarity of one of the arms possessing a double set of
suckers.
Lotico PaTaGonica, sp. n. (Plate III. figs. 2-2 d.)
Body cylindrical, tapering gradually behind, about four times as
long as broad. Upper margin produced to an acute point on the
dorsal side, broadly sinuated beneath. Fins occupying a little less
than half the length of the body, rhomboidal, with the lateral angles
only slightly rounded, joining the body without any superior slit.
Head a little narrower than the body. Of the arms the upper or
dorsal pair are the smallest and shortest, with an acute membranous
inner edge. Second pair rather longer and thicker, having the inner
or upper edge more rounded than the outer, which is acutely carinate.
Third or lower lateral pair largest and longest of all, rounded on
the upperside, and bearing a broad membranous expansion on the
lower edge extending from the tip to the base, where it joins a
similar membrane running up the side of the basal arms. These
are nearly as thick as the preceding but rather shorter, and have a
very acute carinated inner edge. Cupules on the upper and lower
pairs rather smaller than those on the lateral pairs. Horny rings
very oblique, furnished on one side with five or six rather squarely
cut teeth. Buccal membrane produced into seven prominent lobes,
whereof the two subbasal pair are the most conspicuous, within
bearing a few minute suckers upon very long pedicles.
Tentacular arms slender, tapering at the ends. Club but little
expanded, furnished with four rows of cups, whereof the two inner
are vastly larger than the outer; they alternate with each other and
also with the small outer cups, so that the latter on one side are
on the same transverse line as the more remote series of large ones.
The length of the club is about five twelfths of the entire length of
the tentacle. The horny ring has about from twenty to twenty-four
blunt teeth.
The colour of the two specimens is purplish buff, varied with
numerous close-set, generally ovate, largish spots of a purple tint, and
of different sizes, upon the back, the sides, and crown of the head.
Ventral surface and beneath the fins destitute of spotting.
Shell pennate ; shaft thin, roundly keeled exteriorly and grooved
on the opposite side; expanded portion or vane rather broad,
equalling in this respect rather less than one sixth of the length.
Dimensions. Length of body 62 millims., width 14; fins 27
long and 30 in diameter across the back from one lateral angle to
the other ; tentacles 38 long; longest arm 27.
Hab. Alert Harbour, Trinidad Channel, west coast of Patagonia.
Only one species of this genus has been hitherto recorded trom
the west coast of the South-American continent, namely Loligo
gahi, found on the Chilian coast. In that species the fins are
considerably shorter in proportion to the length of the body, join
the back nearer the centre, and have rounded upper and lateral
angles. The arms, too, offer certain differences; and the number of
teeth on the horny rings of the larger cups on the tentacular club is
1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ ALERT.’ 25
greater in L. gahi, and their form, judging from the figure of them,
more acute.
The form and attachment of the fins to the back are very similar
in L. brasiliensis and L. patagonica. The former, however, is a
broader species, has a differently shaped shell, and several other
differences.
ONYCHOTEUTHIS INGENS, sp. n. (Plate III. figs. 1-1 d.)
Hab. Port Riofrio, west coast of Patagonia.
The head only of a species of this genus was sent by Dr. Cop-
pinger. It differs in certain particulars from the known species, and
is especially interesting on account of its great size.
Description. Of the arms, the upper or dorsal pair are most
slender and the shortest, the two lateral pairs about equal in thick-
ness, the upper pair having a slight advantage in length, in this
respect agreeing with the lower or ventral pair, which, however, are
a trifle broader at the base than any. The latter arms have a re-
markably broad and almost flat outer surface, and are roundly angled
at the margins; the sides are flattened and converge, so that the
innerside, likewise flat, becomes but little broader than half the out-
side; the outer margin is provided with a broad membranous ex-
pansion, which apparently extends to the extremity of the arm: it
is widest at the base, where it connects the adjoining arm, gradually
narrowing towards the tip. Lower lateral pair also furnished with a
membrane on the upperside, which, however, is very much the broad-
est near the middle of the arm. The upper lateral pair are provided
with a membrane on the lower side ; but it is very narrow; and the
dorsal pair are destitute of any. ‘The suckers are arranged in two
alternating series, commencing a short distance (about an inch) from
the base of the arms. They are subspherical, shortly pedunculated,
provided with simple-edged horny rings, largest towards the middle
of the arms and gradually diminishing towards the tip, those upon
the ventral pair being a trifle smaller than those upon the other arms,
and the largest upon the lower lateral pair.
Tentacular arms are in length with respect to the sessile arms as
5 to 3. They are compressedly rounded, thickish, equalling in the
greatest diameter the basal arms ; they narrow very gradually towards
the extremity, with the terminal club scarcely at all widened and
occupying just one fifth of the entire length of the arm. Along one
side from the base to the end runs a very small membrane. The
extremity of the club is much compressed. The hooks are in two
alternating series of fourteen each, those of one row being decidedly
larger than those of the other, especially the fifth to the tenth hooks,
which are very formidable. The cups of the carpal group are ten in
number, with about eleven interjacent tubercles, the whole occupying
a surface of an elongate-oval form. The cups of the terminal group
are thirteen or fourteen in number, and contiguous to one another,
and all open, with horny rings.
The horny mandibles are black, the upper one considerably the
longer, narrower, and more hooked.
26 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING (Jan. 4,
The odontophore consists of sixty-two rows of teeth, each row
composed of a transverse series of seven. The central tooth is the
largest, having a large acutish central prong and a small subbasal
one on each side. The next tooth on either side is considerably
smaller, with an acute central fang, and a smaller somewhat hooked
one on the outside, and none on the inner. The two outer teeth are
long, simple, curved and acute, the outermost having a slight sinu-
ation in the outer curved edge.
The colour of the specimen as preserved in spirit is brownish
purple, slightly paler on the inner surface of the arms. The minute
dotting so general in this order of Mollusca is scarcely observable in
the head before me.
Dimensions. Length of tentacles 450 millims., of ventral arms 270.
Affinities and Differences. At present only a single species has been
described from the Patagonian region. This is the Onychoteuthis
fusiformis of Gabb', “said to have been caught off Cape Horn.”
This is a very small animal in comparison with that here described,
and, judging from the description, is a distinct species, and not the
young form of that now described. The formula of the relative
length of the arms is different ; and in O. fusiformis the lowermost
or ventral pair of arms are destitute of a marginal membrane,
whilst in O. ingens this feature is strongly developed. The cupules
are described by Gabb as being ‘‘arranged in a double series,
without being either in pairs, nor yet alternating;” on the contrary,
in the present species they are most regularly alternating. The
tentacles have a different proportional length in relation to the
club at the end, in the one form (O. fusiformis) being as 3 to 1,
in the other as 5 to 1. Besides these distinctions, there are pro-
bably others, in the number of hooks on the club, the number of
the cups at the extremity of it, the presence of tubercula between the
cupules of the carpal group, and in the odontophore, all of which are
passed over in the description of the Cape-Horn species.
The well known O. banksii is also a smaller animal, with compressed
lower lateral arms. The formula of relative length is different, the
number of hooks on the club smaller, and the cupules of the carpal
group fewer ; those on the arms, too, differ in form; and the odon-
tophore offers certain distinctions.
II. GASTROPODA.
a. Marine.
PLEUROTOMA, Sp. inc.
Hab. Wolsey anchorage, 17 fathoms, brought up on the anchor.
A single dead specimen of a very interesting form. It apparently
belongs to the typical group of the genus, with the slit in the middle
of the lip. The apex, consisting of one whorl and a half, is large
for the size of the shell, and globose. The rest of the whorls have a
strong beaded keel round the middle, and a smaller and less distinctly
1 Proc. Californian Acad. Nat. Sci. 1862, p. 171.
1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.-S. ‘ALERT.’ 27
beaded one just beneath the suture. ‘The last whorl has two pro-
minent simple keels round the middle, and indications of one or two
below. The canal is short, and the columella tortuous. The colour
is probably faded. In its present condition the shell is white, with
the exception of the keel at the suture, which has traces of a pale
lurid hue. It is 10 millims.tin length ; but it is questionable if that is
the ultimate dimension to which it would attain.
Pievrotoma (BELA) CUNNINGHAMI, sp.n. (Plate IV. fig. 1.)
Shell ovately fusiform, turreted, purple brown with pale coste.
Whorls 6-7 ; the two apical rather large, smooth, rounded ; the
rest concavely sloping above, curved slightly at the sides, and con-
tracted at the base, strongly plicate and minutely spirally striated.
Plicze or costz about twelve in number, nearly obsolete at the upper
part and not reaching the suture; those on the last whorl attenuate
inferiorly and disappear at a shallow furrow around the base; beneath
the sulcus is an oblique raised ridge. Aperture oblong, dark purplish
brown, occupying about two fifths of the entire length. Columella
suberect, rounded, whitish, callous. Sinus distinct, but not deep,
situate on the concavity at the top of the labrum. The latter is
minutely crenate by the exterior fine striz. The basal canal is short,
wide, and pale at the extreme margin. Length 10 millims., diam. 4,
aperture 4 long, 13 wide.
Operculum elongate pyriform; nucleus terminal.
Hab. Puerto Bueno, 2 to 7 fathoms, rocky bottom, and Station 2.
Some worn specimens of this species were obtained by Dr. Cunning-
ham during the voyage of H.M.S. ‘ Nassau ;’ and it is with his name
that I feel much pleasure in associating this interesting form. Those
collected by Dr. Coppinger are in good condition, and exhibit a well
defined superior sinus, which is decidedly deeper than in the boreal
types of the Bela group of Pleurotoma.
Pireuvroroma (MANGELIA?) COPPINGERI, sp. n. (Plate IV.
fig. 2.)
Shell small, elongate, subfusiform, dark purplish brown, paler at
the apex. Whorls 63, divided by a deep suture; the first one and
a half forming the nucleus, large, semiglobose, smooth; the rest
slightly convex and longitudinally ribbed. Costze stout, broader
than the interstices, suberect, a little arcuated; those on the body
whorl become obsolete a trifle below the middle, whence downward
the whorl is transversely finely striated, the strie at the extremity
being closer together than those above. Aperture small, ovate,
occupying about one third of the entire length. Columella arcuate,
covered with a thin callosity. Labrum thickened, with a very faint
sinus a little below the suture. Basal channel short, distinct, ob-
lique. Length 63 millims., diam. 23.
Hab, Wolsey anchorage, 17 fathoms, mud and gravel bottom.
Only a single specimen was obtained, which hardly presents the
character of the sinus in the labrum satisfactorily.
28 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [Jan. 4,
LACHESIS MERIDIONALIS, sp.n. (Plate IV. fig. 3.)
Shell small, whitish, cancellated, turreted. Whorls 6; two apical
very large, smooth, convex; the rest also convex, longitudinally
ribbed and transversely lirate. Costee subequal to the interstices,
about thirteen on a whorl, finer at the upper end than beneath,
where they become almost obsolete. Spiral lire four in number—
one around the lower part of the whorls, bordering the narrow deep
suture, and scarcely at all affected by the longitudinal costz ; the
three others, of which the two lower are much the more conspicuous
and coarsely tuberculous upon the ribs, are situated upon the convex
portion of the volutions. Last whorl considerably contracted below
the middle, encircled by nine transverse ridges, whereof the four
upper correspond to those upon the other whorls, the five lower
being simple, non-tuberculous, and finer. Aperture small. Colu-
mella obliquely arcuate, roundly subtruncate at the base. Canal
short, oblique, feebly recurved. Length 4} millims., diam. 13,
aperture 17 long.
Hab. Boija Bay, Straits of Magellan, 20 fathoms, on a bottom
composed of dead shells and stones.
This species is remarkable for the large smooth nuclear whorls,
the convexity and coarse cancellation of those which follow, its
narrow form, and the small size of the aperture; the increase in
the width of the volutions is very gradual.
TROPHON GEVERSIANUS, Pallas.
Hab. Stations 6 and 7.
One specimen from Elizabeth Island is very interesting, as showing
the great variation to which this species is subject. It is nearly
smooth, displaying no indication of cancellation, and exhibiting only
faint transverse grooving.
TROPHON LACINIATUS, Martyn.
Hab. Stations 1, 2, 7; also Cockle Cove, 2-32 fathoms.
TROPHON Crispus, Couthouy.
Hab, Station 7 and Puerto Bueno, 2—7 fathoms, rocky bottom.
TROPHON MURICIFORMIS, King.
Hab. Stations 2, 3, and 7; also Puerto Bueno, 2-7 fathoms,
bottom rocky.
This species has been described under the names Fusus liratus,
Couthouy, F. corrugatus, Reeve, and F. albidus, Philippi; all of
these, however, are subsequent to King’s description in the ‘ Zoolo-
gical Journal’ for 1830.
TROPHON FIMBRIATUS, Hupé. (Plate IV. fig. 4.)
Fusus fimbriatus, Hupé, Gay’s Hist. de Chile, vol. viii. p. 165,
Atlas, pl. 4. figs. 7-7 6.
Shell fusiform, white. _Whorls probably about 8, obliquely
sloping above, and rounded somewhat at the lower part, longitu-
1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ ALERT.’ 29
dinally plicated, spirally ridged, and everywhere ornamented very
beautifully with very numerous close raised lamellze or lines of growth.
The longitudinal folds or coste are oblique, attenuated above, and
rapidly widening inferiorly ; they number 9-10 on the penultimate,
and about one more on the last whorl, on which, a little below the
middle, they become obsolete. The spiral lire are for the most part of
about equal thickness, and vary in number from about 7 to 9 on the
upper volutions, and from 16 to 20 on the last; the one at the extremity,
which, as it were, forms the cauda, is twice or thrice as thick as the
rest. Aperture ovate, white, together with the canal occupying
rather more than half the entire Jength. Columella arcuate above,
and of a pale greenish tint. Labrum frilled at the margin. Canal
oblique, recurved, rather shorter than the aperture. Length 30
millims., diam. 12 ; aperture and canal 16 long and 6 wide.
Another specimen is 26 millims. long, 11 broad; and its aperture
with the canal has a length of 16 millims., and a width of 6.
Operculum brownish yellow, somewhat ovate, not acute at the
nuclear end.
Hab. Station 6.
This is a very beautiful species on account of the charming nature
of the sculpture, in which respect it resembles 7’. crispus of Couthouy,
which, however, is easily distinguished by the very different form
of the whorls. The figure in Gay’s work represents the cost
narrower and more sharply defined than in the specimens which I
identify with this species.
EvurTseia ATRATA, sp.n. (Plate IV. fig. 5.)
Shell ovately fusiform, purplish black. Whorls 7-8; nuclear
ones rather large, smooth ; the rest convex, with a slight depression
at the upper part, longitudinally strongly ribbed and finely spirally
striated. Costee narrow beneath the suture, and vanishing on the
last whorl a little below the middle. Aperture less than half the
shell in length, ovate, continued beneath into a short, narrowish,
oblique deep canal, of the same colour as the exterior. Labrum
arcuate, thickened by the last rib, with a small tubercle at the com-
mencement of the canal. Columella covered with a thin enamel,
which is whitish inferiorly, arched in the middle. Length 16 mil-
lims., diam. 7 ; aperture 7 long, 3 wide.
Haé. Station 5 and Puerto Bueno, 2-7 fathoms, bottom rocky ;
also Boija Bay, 20 fathoms, on a stony and shelly bottom.
The principal characteristic of this species is the intensity of the
purplish-black colouring. Four of the specimens have furnished
resting places for a small Hermit-crab.
EUTHRIA MERIDIONALIS, sp.n. (Plate IV. fig. 6.)
Shell fusiformly ovate, small, brown, pale at the apex. Whorls
6; apical one smooth, whitish, convex; the rest only slightly
convex, longitudinally costate, and transversely sulcate. Suture
searcely oblique, rather deep. Costz a little slanting, somewhat
arcuate, about 14 on the last whorl, which do not attain quite to the
30 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING {Jan. 4,
lower extremity. Sulci narrow, rather deep, cutting through the
costze, not nearly as broad as the interstices, 4 to 5 in number on
the upper whorls, and about 18 on the last, whereof those around
the extremity are finest and closest together. Aperture elongate-
ovate, produced beneath into a short, oblique, recurved canal, and
equalling about two fifths of the whole length of the shell. Labrum
simple, thickened exteriorly by the last rib. Columella covered with
a thin, smooth, whitish callosity, arcuate at the middle. Length 9
millims., diam. 31, aperture nearly 4 long and 13 broad.
Hab. Stations 5 and 7.
There are but two examples of this little species, one not quite
mature, and the other at some time inhabited by a Paguroid crusta-
cean. ‘The latter circumstance may to some extent have caused the
absorption of any liree or denticules within the labrum, if such ever
existed. The first sulcus beneath the suture cuts off the tops of the
cost, which consequently present the appearance of squarish nodules.
Nassa (TriTIA) COPPINGERI, sp. n. (Plate IV. fig. 7.)
Shell ovate, whitish, with a broad purplish-brown band at the top
of the whorls, and two others on the last, the upper one around the
middle, and the other somewhat below. Whaorls 6, a little convex,
narrowly tabulated above, with a granulous clathrated sculpture ;
this consists of longitudinal and transverse ridges: the former are
not quite so distinct as the latter, are nodulous at the points of
contact, about 18 in number on the penultimate whorl, and
about 24 on the last, those near the labrum being closer to-
gether than the rest. The spiral ridges are flattened at the top,
with the edges sharply defined by the intervening grooves ; they are
four in number on the upper whorls, and seven on the last ; below
the seventh the whorl has a rather broad deep sulcation, beneath
which comes the raised ridge common to the genus. Aperture
nearly half the length of the shell, bluish white, exhibiting the ex-
ternal banding. Columella very arcuate in the middle, covered with
a thin white callosity, which projects rather prominently into the
aperture towards the base. Labrum not thickened exteriorly, armed
within with five lire. Length 133 millims., diam. 7, aperture 64
long and 31 broad.
Operculum triangularly subcircular, with a few minute serrations
on the inner margin towards the nucleus.
Hab. Station 3.
Only one specimen of this species was collected. It is remark-
able for its coarsely granular surface and the stoutness of the spire.
? Nassa ( ?) THNIOLATA, Philippi. (Plate IV. fig. 8.)
Buccinum teniolatum, Phil. Archiv f. Naturgeschichte, 1845,
p- 69 ; Gay’s Chile, vol. viii. p. 207, Atlas, pl. 4. figs. 9-9 6.
Hab. Stations 2 and 3; ‘‘Chonos Is.” (Philippi).
There are seven specimens, all immature, which may possibly be
the young of this species. They do not, however, present six trans-
1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ALERT.’ 3]
verse ridges, but only five, on the upper whorls; they are only
slightly rounded, become nodulous on crossing the longitudinal
coste, and are very finely striated in a spiral or transverse direction.
The largest example is only 11 millims. long, whilst that described
by Philippi had a length of 163.
Monoceros caucar, Martyn.
Hab. Station 1; and Francisco Bay, shallow water.
CoNCHOLEPAS PERUVIANA, Lamarck.
Hab. Station 4.
RANELLA VEXILLUM, Sowerby.
Synon. Triton ranelliformis, King, = Ranella kingii, D’Orbigny,
perhaps = R. tumida, Dunker, and Bursa (Apollon) proditor,
Frauenfeld.
Hab. Tom Bay and Trinidad Channel.
Dunker’s R. tumida was described from specimens from New
Zealand. I have compared series from that country, received from
different sources, with several specimens from Patagonia and Chili.
The result at present is, that I cannot detect any substantial diffe-
rence between the two local forms. This is very remarkable, as I
am not aware of any other mollusk having been shown to be com-
mon to these two localities. The variety (proditor) from St. Paul’s
Island, in the Indian Ocean, is also very closely related to, if not
conspecific with, the South-American shell; but the form is a little
narrower, and the penultimate whorl is conspicuously broad.
PRIENE MAGELLANICA, Chemnitz.
Triton cancellatum, Lamarck.
Hab. Puerto Bueno, Trinidad Channel, Tom Bay, and Portland
Bay.
This species is included in the list of Japanese Fuside given by
A. Adams in the ‘Journal’ of the Linn. Soc. 1864, vol. vii. p. 106.
Reeve also states that it is found at Kamtschatka; and Carpenter
observes (Suppl. Report Moll. West Coast N. A., from the Report
Brit. Assoc. 1863, p. 534) that ‘‘ P. cancellata is the Cape-Horn
species. Some specimens in alcohol in Sir EK. Belcher’s collection,
however, said to be from Icy Cape, greatly resemble the southern
shell.”’ If, indeed, this species inhabits such remote parts of the
globe as Japan and the Straits of Magellan, it is most unaccountable.
The operculum is ovate, with an almost terminal nucleus; and
the internal scar has a subcentral nucleus, with concentric lines of
growth placed obliquely across the surface. The outer marginal
thickening is moderately broad.
I think that the Chemnitzian name magellanica must be retained
for this species. It has priority over the Murex magellanicus of
Gmelin, which is the Trophon geversianus of Pallas ; and it appears
to me that Lamarck very unnecessarily substituted a fresh name
(Triton cancellatum) for this species. Besides, Gmelin had already
32 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [Jan. 4
employed that name for what appears to be a species of Triton,
judging from the figure cited in Knorr’s ‘Vergniigen,’ vol. ii.
a7 IES:
Ceriturum (Birrium) caLatum, Couthouy.
Hab. Boija Bay, 20 fathoms (Coppinger); ‘‘ Orange Harbour,
Terra del Fuego” (Couthouy).
Of the three series of granules encircling the whorls, the upper-
most is the finest, and the lowermost the coarsest.
This species is figured in the Atlas to Wilkes’s Exploring Expedi-
tion (figs. 174-174 d).
Trocuita (CLYPEOLA) CORRUGATA, Reeve.
Hab. Stations 6 and 7.
To this species probably belong Trochus pileus, Lamarck, Tro-
chatella pileolus, d’Orbigny, and Calyptrea costellata, Philippi.
CREPIPATELLA DILATATA, Lamarck.
Hab. Station 5.
These specimens differ from those found more north in being
entirely destitute of colour, like C. pallida, Broderip ; but in other
respects there appears to be no difference. :
LAMELLARIA PATAGONICA, sp. n. (Plate IV. figs. 9, 9a, 9 0.)
Peronia, sp., Cunningham, Nat. Hist. Straits of Magellan, 1871,
plate before p. 75, fig. 1, and p. 449 ; id. Trans. Linn. Soe. vol. xxvii.
p- 484, pl. 58, figs. 4 a—d.
‘*Mantle of a dirty yellow colour, marked with lines and blotches
of light vandyke-brown, and its undersurface around the foot was
marked with light-coloured strie’’’. Animal high, convex, ex-
hibiting to some extent the form of the shell, owing to the thinness
of the mantle which envelops it. Foot somewhat truncate in front,
gradually tapering towards the other end, which is rounded. Ten-
tacles shortish. Eyes apparently sessile, situated at the outer bases
. of the tentacles. The teeth on the lingual ribbon in three series :
the central with two equal diverging shanks, joined at the apex,
which is recurved, with a small tooth on the middle of the cutting-
edge and still smaller ones on each side; the lateral teeth are
acute at the tip, recurved, very finely serrate on the outer side,
the serration being restricted to the central portion, also with an
inner lateral prominence separated in part from the tooth by a
sutural line, more strongly serrated than the outer edge, the den-
ticles being apparently seven in number.
From his description it will be seen that the character of the odon-
tophore is very similar to that of L. producta (Troschel, ‘ Gebiss
der Schnecken,’ i. pl. xvi. fig. 4); but the shanks of the median
tooth are not unequal, and the lateral teeth are more hooked at the
tips. The horny oral process is composed of two pieces, very similar
to those of L. perspicua (Troschel, /. c. fig. 1) ; it is nearly black at
1 Dr. Cunningham’s description from the live animal.
1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ ALERT.’ 33
the narrow end, and is 23 millims. in length and 2 broad; the
portion inserted in the tissue is larger than the exposed part, the line
of demarcation being well defined ; the exposed tip exhibits parallel
lines of growth.
Shell large, very fragile, globose, transparent hyaline, with a slight
milky cloudiness, exhibiting very fine strize of growth. Whorls 33,
very convex, and rapidly enlarging, separated by a deep suture.
Spire moderately raised. Aperture exceedingly large, wider than
long, oblique. Columella very arcuate, visibly perspectively spiral
to the apex, coated with an excessively thin callosity. Greatest
diam. 25 millims., height (when resting upon the front of the body-
whorl and the basal margin of the aperture) 13 ; aperture 173 wide,
153 long.
Hab. Station 1; Shell Bay (Cunningham).
There are two species of Lamellaria mentioned by H. & A. Adams
(Gen. Rec. Moll. i. p. 201) of which I can find no published de-
scriptions. They are Z. antarctica, Couthouy, and L. pretenuis of
the same author, either of which names would be very applicable to
the species now described.
’ Dr. Cunningham says:—The animal possessed the power of
shortening and elongating the tentacles. At times it crawled along
the sides of the glass, filled with sea-water, in which it was kept, on
its large muscular foot, the shape of which underwent constant
changes ; and at others it floated on the surface of the water, with the
foot uppermost.”
CoLLONIA CUNNINGHAM], sp. n. (Plate IV. figs. 10, 10 a.)
Shell small, subglobose, perforate in the young state, when adult
imperforate, of a rose-madder colour. Whorls 43; apical one
whitish, the rest convex and finely spirally striated, also marked with
faint oblique lines of growth. Suture rather deep. Last whorl ob-
liquely descending near the lip, somewhat flattened beneath near the
centre. Aperture obliquely subcircular, iridescent within. Colu-
mella pearly, spread over the umbilicus. Labrum with a narrow
pinkish margin within. Height 43 millims., greatest diam. 5, smallest
diam. 44.
Opereulum circular, consisting of six whorls, which are most
easily seen on the inner suface. The outside is somewhat thickened
by a shelly deposit.
Hab. Stations 5 and 2, and Wolsey anchorage, 17 fathoms, mud
and gravel bottom.
Named after Dr. R. O. Cunningham, whose labours on the
Patagonian fauna are well known and highly appreciated.
Trocuvus (PHOTINULA) CHRULESCENS, King.
Hab. Stations 6 and 7.
Trocuvus (PHoTINULA) vioLAcEvs, King,
Hab. Stations 2, 5, 6, 7, and Puerto Bueno, 2=7 fms.
Proc. Zoo~. Soc.—1881, No. III. 3
34 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [Jan. 4,
Trocuus (CHLOROSTOMA) ATER, Lesson.
Hab. Station 4.
Trocuus (CHLOROSTOMA), Sp., jun.
Hab. Station 2. ;
Three specimens, apparently immature, are closely allied to 7.
luctuosus, @’Orb., = T'. bicarinatus, Pot. & Mich.
Trocuvus (Z1zirpHINUS) CONSIMILIS, sp.n. (Plate IV. fig. 11.)
Shell pyramidal, of a very pretty purplish lilac colour, encircled
with pale transverse ridges. Whorls 7; the nuclear one rounded,
white; the rest flat, with three to four strong spiral lire, whereof
the uppermost, or the two uppermost, are more or less granulous.
The interstices are smooth, with the exception of oblique lines of
growth. Suture marked by a thread-like keel. Last whorl acutely
angled below the middle, with a flattish base, which has two or three
sulci near the angle, and two white or pale lilac liree encircling the
umbilical region. Aperture somewhat obliquely quadrangular ;
columella pearly, margined with a white callosity. Height 11 millims.,
greatest diam. of base 9, smallest 8.
Hab. Station 5; and Cockle Cove, between tide-marks.
A very pretty species, easily recognized by its colour and sculp-
ture, and recalling to some extent the northern 7’, alabastrum, Beck.
SIPHONARIA LESKONI, jun.
Hab. Station 3.
FissuRELLA PictTa, Gmelin.
Hab. Stations 3 and 5.
FisSURELLA, ALBA, Philippi.
Hab. Station 7.
DENTALIUM, sp.
Hab. Station 5.
I am not aware of any species of Dentalium having been recorded
from this region. The single shell obtained is a dead specimen, quite
straight, very slowly enlarging, and exhibiting only lines of imere-
ment and no longitudinal stiiz. It has a length of 29 millims., and
is 2 in diameter at the oral orifice.
ParEeLia (NACELLA) MYTILINA, Gmelin.
Hab. Tom Bay, on rocks at low water.
This variable species was also collected at Kerguelen Island ; and
in a paper in the ‘ Philosophical Transactions,’ upon the Mollusca
collected during the Transit-of-Venus Expedition to that region,
I have given comparative remarks upon the different varieties which
have been described as distinct species.
PATELLA (PATINELLA) NEA, Martyn.
Haé. Trinidad Channel, on rocks.
i ate eel
——
antl
1881. ] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ALERT.’ 35
Tecrura (Pitipium) coppinGERt, sp. n. (Plate IV. figs. 12,
12a.)
Shell cap-shaped, thin, sculptured with numerous fine, thread-like,
granulous lire radiating from the apex to the margin, and with fine
concentric lines of growth. The colour is dirty white, varied with
two or three bands of a pale slate-colour which encircle the shell at
irregular intervals, and are interrupted by the radiating lire, which
are white. This feature is more apparent within the shell, where the
surface is very smooth and shining. Margin nearly simple, very
faintly crenulated by the extremities of the ridges, roundly ovate in
form. Apex rather acute, not greatly curved down, and very near
the anterior end. Length 54 millims., diam. 41, height 23.
Hab. Station 7.
This is the southern representative of the northern Tectura
(Pilidium) fulva of Miiller. It is rather more circular than the latter ;
and the colour of the single specimen at hand is different.
CuiTon Bowenu, King.
Hab. Cockle Cove, 2~32 fathoms., mud bottom:
Cuiton (CALLocHiTon) ILLUMINATUS, Gray.
Hab. Station 6.
Cuiton (PLAxrPHoRA) CARMICHAELIS, Gray.
Hab. Stations 3 and 6.
Cuiron (Tonicra) rasticiatus, Gray.
Hab. Tom Bay, on the shore.
Curron (IscoNocuiron) imiTaToR, sp. n. (Plate IV. figs.
13=13e.)
Shell elongate ovate, moderately elevated, subangularly arched at
the middle, dirty white. Valves narrow, with a single notch on each
side, exhibiting small slightly raised lateral areas, which towards the
margin have a few transverse strong grooves or marks of growth.
Front margin sloping very slightly on each side from the middle in
a posterior direction; hind margin straight. Sculpture consisting
of close flat granulation, exhibiting a somewhat serial arrangement.
Laminz of insertion very thin, with a wide sinus between them.
Anterior valve sculptured like the others, with fourteen fissures
within, the thirteen teeth between them being sharp and straight-
edged. Posterior valve with a central mucro, from which there is a
faint ridge on each side to the lateral extremity, also marked with
concentric lines of growth at intervals, and with the inner marginal
fissures twelve in number. Scales of the mantle minute, imbricating,
ovate, arranged lengthways; under the microscope they appear
avery coarsely transversely grooved. Length 11 millims., diam. of
fourth valve 5.
Hab. Tom Bay, on the shore. =
This species is very like the northern C, aldus; and C. viridulus of
36 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING (Jan. 4,
Couthouy appears to be another closely allied species; but in each
instance there are differences in detail of sculpture which may separate
the three forms.
Doris, sp.
Hab. Port Bermejo, at the southern end of Madré Island, W.
coast of Patagonia.
A single specimen was obtained by Dr. Coppinger. It closely
resembles the British D. tuberculata, a species already recorded
from Kerguelen’s Land.
b. Terrestrial.
Heuix (Parva) coppincent, sp.n. (Plate IV. figs. 14, 14a.)
Shell minute, discoid, umbilicated, pale luteous. Spire scarcely
raised above the last whorl. Suture deep. Whorls 33, slowly
enlarging, ornamented with most delicate slender and close-set cos-
telize or raised lines of growth, and with very numerous fine spiral
elevated lines between the costelle, visible only under the micro-
scope. Umbilicus moderately small, equalling about 4 of the basal
diameter. Aperture lunate; lip simple. Greatest diam. 13 millim.,
height 1.
Hab. Tom Bay, found on a rotten tree.
This minute species is remarkable for the fine riblets and the
beautiful spiral sculpture, the latter being vastly finer than the
former.
Hewrx (PATuLa) MAGELLANICA, sp.n. (Plate IV. figs. 15-156.)
This species resembles the preceding in general aspect. The colour
is the same; but the whorls increase more rapidly, and are only 23
in number. The longitudinal riblets are excessively slender, and
both finer and more numerous than in H. coppingeri. This species
also is without spiral sculpture. Umbilicus rather more open, and
the body-whorl beneath narrower than in that species ; but above it
is broader. Suture the same. Aperture a trifle larger. Diam. 12
millim., height 1.
Hab. With the preceding.
H. lyrata, Couthouy, from Tierra del Fuego, apparently belongs
to the same group, and is closely related.
Hexix (Zonites ?) ORDINARIA, sp.n. (Plate IV. figs. 16, 16a.)
Shell small, umbilicated, thin, glossy, discoid, transparent. Whorls
33, convex, margined at the suture, rather slowly enlarging, faintly
striated by the lines of growth. The margination of the whorls
forms a distinct channel at the suture. Spire depressed, scarcely _
raised above the last whorl, which is rounded at the periphery. Um-
bilicus rather open, exhibiting two of the upper volutions. Aperture
large, lunate. Peristome thin, simple, a little reflexed at the
umbilicus. Greatest diam. 3 millims., height 14.
Hab. Tom Bay, attached to the frond of a fern.
1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ ALERT. 37
Apparently distinct, although a near relation to H. savatilis
of Couthouy, from Tierra del Fuego.
SuccINEA PATAGONICA, sp. n. (Plate IV. figs. 17, 17a.)
Shell ovate, somewhat ventricose, greenish yellow, with the apex
light scarlet. Whorls 3, very convex ; the last somewhat elongated,
striated by the lines of growth, and separated by a deepish suture.
Mouth ovate, equalling rather more than two thirds of the entire
length. Columellar margin obliquely arcuate, with a thinly reflexed
enamel extending to the termination of the outer margin. Length
122 millims., diam. from lip to opposite side of the whorl 8, aper-
ture 9 long and 6 broad. Another specimen is 9 millims. long, 63
broad, and its aperture has a length of 63 and a width of 5.
Hab. Cockle Cove, found on dead leaves; also shores of ‘I'rinidad
Channel and Puerto Bueno.
This species is mainly distinguished from 8, magellanica of Gould
by its scarlet apical whorl, the second or penultimate being rather
less shouldered; and the suture, too, is scarcely as deep.
ce. Fluviatile.
CHILINA AM@NA, sp.n. (Plate IV. figs. 18, 18a.)
Shell very fragile, ovate, acute above, greenish yellow, with trans-
verse bands of dark reddish brown, more or less arrow-head-shaped
spots or marks, which sometimes flow into one another from band to
band, thus forming longitudinal zigzag streaks. Of these series of
spots the body-whorl has five—one immediately beneath the suture,
and the others at subequal distances ; that which is a little above the
middle of the whorl and runs into the suture of the penultimate whorl
is, inthe eight specimens before me, narrower than the bands imme-
diately above and beneath it. The whorls are well rounded, about six
in number, and striated with the lines of growth. Aperture inversely
subauriform, coated with a thin bluish-white enamel, but exhibiting
the exterior banding, and, as a rule, occupying about 3 of the entire
length of the shell. Columella a little oblique and arcuate, with a
single fold at the upper part, white, somewhat reflexed beneath
the fold, and with a thin callosity above it. Length 26 millims.,
diam. 11, aperture 144 long and 6 broad.
Hab. From a lake near Tom Bay.
The spire in this species is quite as long as in C. parchappi,
d’Orbigny, from which species it differs in the brightness and distinct-
ness of coloration, the greater convexity and shouldering of the
whorls, and the different character of the columella. C. pulchra,
@’Orb., is more like in colour; but its form is much more stumpy,
and the columella and the fold upon it are considerably thicker and
heavier than in the present species.
Ill. CoNCHIFERA.
VENUS, sp., jun.
Hab. Station 2. f
Of this species there are two specimens, which apparently are im-
38 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [Jan. 4,
mature. They are of a rounded, somewhat triangular form, radiately
finely striated, and with a few concentric raised lamelle.
VENUS, Sp., jun.
Hab, Station 2.
Another apparently young form, a little broader than the prece-
ding, without the radiating striee, and more inequilateral. Both are
white.
CHIONE Gayl, Hupé.
Venus gayi, Hupé, Gay’s Historia de Chile, vol. viii. p. 337,
Atlas, pl. 6. f. 5 a-e.
Shell trigonally ovate, thickish, a little inequilateral, light brown,
rather coarsely concentrically sulcate, and under the lens most
minutely radiately striate. Valves moderately convex, white within,
very finely crenulated all round the margin, except on the ligamentai
slope. Teeth in right valve three, central and posterior one bifid and
subequal; in left valve three, central one bifid and the largest.
Anterior muscular scar elongate, truncated at the upper end;
posterior shorter, pyriform. Pallial sinus moderate. Lunule
elongate-cordate, defined by deeply incised lines. Diam. 20 millims.,
length 163, thickness 10.
Hab. Station 5; and Boija Bay, 20 fms., on a shelly and stony
bottom.
There are four specimens of this simple species, which is consider-
ably like C. mesodesma of Quoy and Gaimard.
In d’Orbigny’s collection there are two specimens of this species
marked, in his own handwriting, “‘ V. modesta, Callao, Pérou.”
These, no doubt, are those which he mentions in the ‘ Voyage dans
YAmérique méridionale,’ vol. v. p. 563, under the name of VY.
cumingii. Having compared them with the type of modesta, Sowerby,
for which he substitutes the preceding name, they prove to be totally
distinct in form, colour, and sculpture. They exhibit one slight
difference from those obtained by Dr. Coppinger. The lunule is
brownish red, and on the ligamental slope there are a few irregular
angular lines.
CHIONE, sp., jun.
Hab. Station 2.
Only a single specimen is in the collection. Itis of a transversely
oval form, rather strongly concentrically suleated, whitish, with a
purplish stain posterior to the umbo, which is rather excentric.
DipLoponTA LAMELLATA, sp.n. (Plate V. figs. I-Ie.)
Shell thin, white, transverse, rounded anteriorly, and curvedly
truncate behind, exhibiting an obtuse dorsal angle. Valves
sculptured with concentric fine raised lamella, which are by degrees
further apart as they approach the margin; between these very
feeble lines of growth are to be seen; near the posterior end there
is a slightly depressed portion of the valves. Umbones prominent,
1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ALERT.’ 39
acute. Lunule narrow. Ligamental area lanceolate, twice as long
as the ligament. Hinge with two teeth in each valve, whereof the
anterior in the right valve and the posterior in the left are bifid,
Anterior scar narrow, elongate, running some way from the upper
front margin downwards; posterior scar broader, roundly ovate.
Pallial line simple, joining the front scar at its upper end. Interior
of valves exhibiting an irregular corrugation or punctation. Width
93 millims., length 8, thickness 33.
Hab. Station 5.
This pretty species is very different from most others of the genus
in being sculptured with raised lamellee,
Macrra (Murrnta) tevicarno, sp. n. (Plate V. figs. 2-2 b.)
Shell ovate, subtrigonal, inequilateral, livid from the centre of the
valves to the umbones, elsewhere white, covered with a greyish-olive
epidermis. Valves moderately convex, with a faint ridge or angula-
tion from the umbo to the hinder extremity, which is very
slightly angulated, and with a shallow depression nearer the dorsal
line, marked by a wrinkling of the epidermis. Interior white.
The sculpture consists of concentric strie, very fine near the apex,
and rather coarse towards the outer margin. Umbones small, acute,
not far apart, situated a little anteriorly. Hinge remarkable on
account of the small size of the cartilage-pit; and the whole con-
struction of the hinge is slight. Pallial sinus rather deep, but not
acute. Diam. 56 millims., length 44, thickness 22.
Hub. Cockle Cove, 7 fathoms., mud.
M. edulis of King appears to be the nearest ally of this species,
which differs especially in having a much smaller cartilage-pit, a less
deep pallial sinus. The form also is more transverse and the dorsal
slopes less arcuate, thus giving a more triangular appearance to the
outline.
NvucvuLa PIsuM, var.
Hab. Station 2.
A single specimen of this species is of a rather narrower and more
triangular form than normal examples.
Lrpa tuGcupris, A. Adams.
Hab. Station 2; and Wolsey anchorage, 17 fathoms, mud and
gravel.
MALLETIA MAGELLANICA, Smith, (Plate V. figs. 3, 3 a.)
Hab. Station 3, Mayne Harbour, 9 fathoms, greenish mud; and
Cockle Cove, 2-32 fathoms, mud.
The typical specimens of this species were collected somewhat
south of the above localities at Otter Island. One of those just
received is a very fine example, being 38 millims. broad, with a
length of 20; and the beaked end is remarkably acute.
40 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING (Jan. 4,
SAXICAVA, sp.
Hab. Station 7.
There are two apparently young specimens of a species of this
genus. They may possibly belong to S. antarctica, Philippi, who
says (‘Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte,’ 1845, p. 52) that it is almost
impossible to separate the young of the common Greenland species
(S. arctica) from the young of the Patagonian form. As far as
the character of the shell can determine the species, I confess that
the two little specimens from the Straits of Magellan appear to be
merely the immature state of the northern shell.
Panpora (KENNERLIA) BRAZILIENSIS, Gould. (Plate V. figs.
4-4 ¢.)
Pandora braziliensis, Gould, Sowerby, Conch. Icon. pl. 2. f. 15.
Shell somewhat ovate, truncate on the hinge side. Lower or left
valve deep, convex, thickish, whitish, with a shallow depression from
the umbo to the anterior part of the ventral margin, parting off about
one sixth of the valve into a sort of wing, which has a less length
than rest of the valve; and consequently the ventral margin is in-
terrupted and does not form a regular curve. Down the posterior
dorsal slope are three slight keels, situated close together and not
far from the edge. Sculpture consisting of coarsish concentric lines
of growth ; and radiating from the umbo towards the ventral margin
a few rather indistinct very slightly elevated ridges may be observed.
Interior whitish, pearly, iridescent. Scars small, subcircular, marked
with a few transverse concentric layers of growth. Anterior
thickening of the hinge-line stout, dentiform, adjoining the front
scar, posterior also rather strong and projecting, forming an oblique
boundary to the cartilage. The latter is supported or strengthened
by a narrow delicate ossicle. Upper, right, or flat valve sculptured
with fine concentric lines of growth and also with arcuate brown radia-
ting strise. The anterior part is also parted off, as in the lower valve,
by an indistinct depression from the apex to the front part of the
ventral margin. Posterior dorsal slope nearly at right angles to the
rest of the surface of the valve, forming an acute angle. Interior
exhibiting about the central portion a few radiating shallow punc-
tured striz. Scars similar to those of the other valve. Teeth two,
one very strong, the other thin, narrow, diverging, forming a base for
the cartilage. Pearl beautifully iridescent. Width 215 millims.,
length 16, thickness 6.
Hab. Station 2.
This species is considerably like P. wardiana, A. Adams, from
Mantchuria; but when closely compared together there appear
several differences by which they can be distinguished. The form
is not precisely similar ; the position of the scars is different ; and the
dentition is much stronger in the present species, although a smaller
shell. As far as I can ascertain, Gould has not published this name ;
but the valve figured in Sowerby’s characteristically slovenly mono-
graph is labelled in the Cumingian collection P, Jdraziliensis,
1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S, ‘ALERT.’ 41
Gould, and agrees exactly with the single shell above described. In
assigning P. wardiana to Carpenter, and California as its locality,
Sowerby has exhibited a great want of care.
LoRIPES PERTENUIS, sp. n. (Plate V. fig. 5.)
Shell very thin, compressed, obliquely subcircular, white, inequi-
lateral. Valves conceutrically finely striated, with a shallow groove
running from the umbo down to the posterior end, but at a very
little distance from the dorsal margin, and with a second depression
bordering the dorsal edge. Umbones acute, rather prominent,
situated very much forward. Hinge absolutely toothless. Interior
of valves exhibiting traces of iridescence. Width 10 millims.,
length 9, thickness 43.
Hab. Straits of Magellan.
This species is remarkable for its extreme fragility and the shallow
depressions down the posterior dorsal slope.
KELLIA MAGELLANICA, sp. n. (Plate V. figs. 6-6 0.)
Shell equivalve, subequilateral, white, covered with a yellowish-
olive epidermis, for the most part worn off, of an ovate form, a trifle
natrowing anteriorly, the outline being interrupted by the pro-
minence of the umbones, rather ventricose. Sculpture consisting
of rather coarse concentric lines of growth. Umbones rather acute
and prominent, somewhat curved anteriorly. Interior of valves of
a bluish white, except at the margin, where the epidermis is narrowly
reflexed within. Hinge composed of two stout teeth in the right
valve—one immediately beneath the umbo, and the second rather
widely separated from it by the intervening cartilage. Also two
teeth beneath the apex in the left valve, and a third corresponding
to the second tooth in the other valve, also parted off from the others
by the internal ligament. Scars and pallial line indistinct ; the
latter appears quite simple. Width 84 millims., length 73, thick-
ness 5.
Hab. Station 6.
This species is very much like the British K. suborbicularis, yet
on close investigation appears distinct. It is more solid, has a
stouter epidermis, stronger teeth, and the form is not quite the same,
K. bullata, Philippi, also a Magellan species, must be very nearly
allied to the present ; yet the form, as described in the ‘ Archiv fiir
Naturgeschichte,’ appears to differ. K. magellanica is almost equi-
lateral, whilst A. dud/ata is said to be “ vorn weit linger als hinten.”
ASTARTE MAGELLANICA, sp. n. (Plate V. fig. 7.)
Shell small, subequilateral, elevated, subpyriform, and not very
tumid, concentrically sulcated; beaks prominent, acute, curving
considerably anteriorly. Lunule indistinct. The dorsal slope on
that side rather incurved, posterior one regularly curved, basal
margin broadly arcuate. Concentric waves numerous, close-set,
very fine upon the umbones, gradually increasing in stoutness,
attenuating at the sides, Epidermis thin, greenish yellow. Interior
42 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [Jan. 4,
dirty whitish, marked with irregular, concentric, subtranslucid
zones ; impressions shallow, the anterior rather narrower than the
posterior ; above the former is a second separate minute subcireular
pit and a similar one joining the upper margin of the latter. Basal
margin of valves minutely dentate within. Teeth of right valve two :
the anterior, or that nearest the side towards which the beak
curves, very small, conical ; the other elongate, bifid. In the other
valve two teeth also, the anterior bifid, stouter and shorter than the
posterior, which is simple. Anterior dorsal margin of right valve and
posterior of the left grooved to receive a thin corresponding
elongate lamella on the opposite margins of the respective valves.
Length 5 millims., width 45, diameter 2.
Hab. Boija Bay, Straits of Magellan, 20 fathoms, on a bottom
composed of stones and dead shells.
The discovery of this species in antarctic latitudes is especially
interesting, being another instance of the occurrence of a genus in
antarctic regions which is peculiarly boreal in its distribution.
A, longirostra, dOrbigny, from the Falkland Islands, is allied to
this species. It is, however, more beaked, much more finely
sculptured, and has a smooth margin to the valves.
Carpira (ACTINOBOLUS) VELUTINUS, sp.n. (Plate V. fig. 8.)
Shell equivalve, rather inequilateral, globose, as long as broad,
whitish, clothed with a thickish velvety pilose dirty brownish
epidermis, sculptured with about twenty elevated rounded and some-
what granulous coste, which are furthest apart anteriorly, and
more approximated on the hinder slope of the valves; the inter-
stices are about as broad as the ribs. Umbones prominent, much
incurved. Lunule very deep, shortly cordiform. Central tooth in
right valve very strong, triangular, striated at the sides. Left valve
with a deep central triangular pit, which receives the tooth of the
other valve, and a tooth on each side, whereof the anterior is small,
rather acute and prominent, and the other elongate, thin, striated on
the outer side. Anterior scar elongate, twice as long as broad,
posterior much shorter. Margin of the valves dentate within.
Interior bluish white near the margin, and feebly tinted with yellow
or rose in the concavity. Width 19 millims., length 19, thick-
ness 143.
Hab. Station 2; and Wolsey anchorage, 17 fathoms.
C. spurca, Sowerby, is the nearest ally of this species. It is,
however, of a longer and squarer form ; and the epidermis is different.
Carpita (AcCTINOBOLUS) ComPREsSUS, Reeve.
Hab. Station 5, and Boija Bay, 20 fms., on a stony and shelly
bottom. Valparaiso (Reeve).
CaRDITELLA, 0. g.
Shell exteriorly like Cardita. Hinge composed of two cardinal
teeth in the left valve and one in the other. Each valve also has two
lateral teeth, one nearly marginal on the one side, the other on the
1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ ALERT.” 43
opposite side being well within the outer edge, with a groove be-
tween it and the margin for the reception of the submarginal tooth
of the other valve. External ligament small, yet distinct. Internal
eartilage minute, placed immediately beneath the apex of the valves.
Pallial line simple.
To this genus belong Cardita tegulata, Reeve, and C. semen,
Reeve, the former from Valparaiso, the latter from Bolivia.
CARDITELLA PALLIDA, sp. n. (Plate V. figs. 9-9 0.)
Shell triangularly ovate, equilateral, small, compressed, white,
clothed with a very thin pale-olive epidermis, with 14 or 15 flattish
radiating ribs about twice as broad as the sulci between them; also
concentrically sulcated aud striated. The fine sulci cut through the
costee, and, being rather close together, produce upon them, toward
the ventral margin, transversely oblong granules. Higher up the
ribs become narrower, and consequently the granules are not so large
or so wide. Interior of valves dentate at the margin. ‘Two lateral
teeth in each valve, one marginal, the other within the margin.
One cardinal tooth in right valve, and two in the lett. Ligament small,
external. Also a very minute internal cartilage, immediately below
the apex of the umbo. Muscular scars subcireular. Pallial line
indistinct, but apparently simple. Length 44 millims., diam. 5,
thickness 2}.
Hab. Station 2.
Cardita flabellum, Reeve, is almost precisely like this species
exteriorly; but the lateral teeth in the former are much more delicate,
the internal ligament considerably larger, and the cardinal teeth are
not quite the same as in the specimens above described, consisting
of a single tooth bordering one side of the cartilage-pit and two
diverging ones united above on the other. In addition to these
differences, C. flabellum has no external ligament. For it I propose
the generic name of Carditopsis. C. tegulata, Reeve, is more in-
equilateral, less triangular, and has only twelve radiating ribs.
Myri.us FiscHERIANUs, Tapparone-Canefri, Viaggio della Ma-
genta, p. 138, pl. iv. f. 1-10.
Hab. Tom Bay, ona stranded mass of kelp.
Care must be taken not to confound this species with the large
Chilian species W/. chorus, Molina. It differs from it in form very
considerably. The greatest width in M. chorus is from the dorsal
angle to the opposite margin, which is remarkably straight. In
the present species, on the other hand, the greatest breadth occurs
considerably lower down, and the ventral border exhibits a_ regular
though slight curve. ‘The muscular scars, too, offer excellent dif-
ferences. The anterior subumbonal is very indistinct and almost
apical in MV. chorus, and that on the opposite or ligamental side is
rather remote from the umbo and of a broad ovate form; whilst in
M. fischerianus the former is very distinct, deep, subtriangular, and
more remote from the apex, and the latter is quite narrow and
nearer the umbo. The large anterior scar of Molina’s species is less
44 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [ Jan. 4,
circular at the lower end than that of this species ; and the extension
of it upward is irregular, there being a part of it which extends at an
angle within the valve. ;
These differences appear constant in the four specimens of M. fis-
cherianus and the eleven of WM. chorus which I have examined.
The latter species is figured in Cunningham’s ‘ Natural History of
the Straits of Magellan,’ on a plate opposite p. 155, under the name
of Mytilus chilensis. This is not, however, the M. chilensis, Hupé.
The largest specimen of MW. fischerianus is 125 millims. long.
Myri.uvs, sp., Jun.
Hab. Station 7.
There are two apparently young shells which I cannot identify
with any described species. They are remarkable on account of the
great breadth, which is about the same as thelength. ‘The sculpture
too is very curious; it consists of 15 to 20 very thread-like lirz
which radiate from the apex to the outer margin. The texture is
thin, semitransparent, bluish white ; and the surface is clothed with a
thin pale-olive epidermis.
Myrinus MAGELLANICUs, Chemnitz.
Hab. Station 3.
Pecren pATAGONTCus, King.
Hab. Stations 1, 2, 3, 6, and Puerto Bueno, 2-7 fathoms, rocky
bottom.
BRACHIOPODA.
WaALpDHEIMIA DILATATA, Lamarck.
Hab. Stations 2, 3, 5, 7, and Cockle Cove, 2-32 fathoms, mud.
One of the specimens from Portland Bay is very fine, having a
diameter of 50 millims.
WALDHEIMIA MAGELLANICA, Chemnitz.
Hab. Stations 2, 5, and 7.
V. POLYZOA.
By Sruart O. Ripiey.
(Plate VI.)
For the systematic arrangement of the species here described,
Mr. Hincks’s most valuable recent work on the British Marine
Polyzoa has been chiefly followed; the key to the generic re-
lations of the species is therefore to be found there. I have
hesitated to name many new species, preferring in some cases to
designate as varieties forms which, were the known variability of
recent forms and the number of readily identifiable and largely
described fossil ones less than they are, would probably have been
set down with little doubt as distinct species.
P Z.S 1881 P1V1.
Edwin Wilson. del et hth. Mintern Bros imp
POLYZOA:.AND CORALS OF SALERT” SURVEY.
1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ALERT.’ 45
With regard to the fauna of the southern coasts of South America,
we have already, in the British Museum Catalogue of 1852-75,
had considerable insight into it, thanks chiefly to the collections
brought home by Mr. Darwin; and a statement of its richness in its
more equatorial parts has been placed on record by the late Dr.
Willimoes-Suhm in a preliminary Report! on the observations made
on the ‘Challenger,’ referring to dredgings made off the Brazils.
This latter statement is fully borne out by the contents of the
present valuable collection. A striking instance in point is that of a
haul taken at Victoria Bank, off Brazil, of which the Polyzoan contents
could be contained in a pill box, but which included seven species,
among them several of the relatively bulky species of the genus Celle-
pora, and a representative of a new genus. A few shreds of a thin
Fucus from Elizabeth Island in the Straits(6 fathoms depth) produced
no Jess than 99 colonies or portions of colonies, representing nine
species. In the new species assigned to Chaunosia, Busk, we have
the interesting case of a fellow being found to a species from across
the Atlantic at the opposite mainland, the Cape of Good Hope.
Species known as fossils have appeared in the shape of Cellepora
tubigera, Busk (already known from European seas), and the beauti-
ful Discoporella grignonensis, Busk, not previously known in the
recent state.
One species (a new one) belongs to the Endoprocta (Pedicellina) ,
none to the Ctenostomata ; six to the Cyclostomata (of which three
are T'ubulipore, one a Discoporella, one a Diastopora, one an Id-
monea). Of the Chilostomata but one species of the Articulata
(Busk, Cat. Mus. Brit.) occurs; the rest, numbering 25 species,
belong exclusively to the generally more highly calcified group
Inarticulata (Busk, J. c.). This is rather striking, considering the
abundance in which the Catenicellide and kindred forms occur off
Australia ; but it serves to draw attention to the fact that the facies
of the fauna is Atlantic rather than Australian or Novo-Zelandian.
CHILOSTOMATA.
Canpa? sp.
A few badly preserved fragments from Victoria Bank®, off S.E.
Brazil, 39 fms.
CHAUNOSIA FRAGILIS, sp. n. (Plate VI. fig. 1.)
Chaunosia, Busk, Quart. Journ. Mier. Sci. (n. s.) vil. p. 241.
Zoarium horny, with the exception of the calcareous distal portion
of the spines. Zooecia erect, distinct, crowded, each standing at the
junction of four uniting branches of the tubular stolon, which is their
only point of attachment ; somewhat convex behind and at the sides,
straight in front, where they appear to lie open by a space of about
three fourths of the breadth of the front of the cell; tapering
1 Proc. Roy. Soe. xxiv. p. 572.
2? Not marked in the usual maps; its position is lat. 20° 42' §., long,
37° 27' W.
46 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [Jan. 4,
slightly to upper end from short distance above base ; a prominent
horny ridge at upper end ; beset at the sides with tubular, partly cal-
careous, brittle unbranched spines, which show a strong constriction
of their internal cavity at the point of junction of the horny and cal-
careous substances, viz. at about one fifth of their length from the base:
about fifteen spines are arranged down each side of the cell. Stolon
creeping on foreign bodies. Tentacles between twenty and thirty
in number. A gizzard present. No special ocecium observed.
Maximum length of zocecium, exclusive of spines, 1°25 millim.,
maximum exclusive breadth *5 millim.; maximum length of spines
‘7 millim.
Examined. From spirit, in glycerine and after treatment with
acid.
Hab. Sandy Point, 7-10 fathoms.; on large flexible worm-tube
with Halecium, Sertularella, &c.
Oés. This species appears to be distinguished from C. hirtissima,
Busk, by the unbranched character of the spines, by the sessile
form of the colony, replacing the Flustra-like branching of that
species ; the cell is also about one third larger than appears to be the
size of C. hirtissima (although one of the figures given of that
species differs in proportion, probably by an error, from the other
two), which seems to be about °83 millim. long. The method of
basal attachment is not given with sufficient plainness by Busk ; but
it appears probable that it resembles that of our species, and that
the tubular processes proceed from the base alone, and not from the
sides of the cell as in Diachoris. The back of the cell is bare of
spines, thus differing again from C. hirtissima.
It is noticeable that both species are from the South Atlantic,
C. hirtissima being from the Cape of Good Hope.
MErMBRANIPORA LACROIXI, Audouin.
Flustra lacroii, Audouin, in Savigny’s ‘ Egypte.’
Membranipora lacroivi, Busk, Cat. Mus. Brit. ii. p. 60, pls. Ixix.,
cix. fig. 1.
The outline of the cells and the calcareous part of the surface
corresponds well with pl. Ixix. fig. 4 of Busk, Cat. Mar. Polyz.
Brit. Mus. ; but it has, besides, pear-shaped apertures surrounded
by distinct rims, in the spaces between the cells; they vary in
position ; and there are from one to two at each side of the cell ; other
spaces, whose walls are simply formed by the edges of the cells, also
occur irregularly. The spine on each side above the mouth is often
present.
Examined. Dry.
Hab. Victoria Bank, 8.E. Brazil, 33 fathoms, on Cellepora.
MEMBRANIPORA CURVIROSTRIS, Hincks.
Membranipora curvirostris, Hincks, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.
ser. 3, ix. p. 29, pl. vii. fig. 4; Hist. Brit. Mar. Polyz. p. 153,
pl. xx. figs. 5 and 6.
A small colony on Fucus corresponds very well with the latter
1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ALERT.’ 47
description and figures, except that the two oral spines are not
observed, that the lamina appears (perhaps delusively) to be often
calcified at its margin, and that the ocecium has a rather thick front
edge, which is mesially pointed.
Hab. Hotspur Bank (off Brazilian coast, long. 35° 46! W., lat.
17° 32' S.), 35 fathoms.
CRIBRILLINA RADIATA, Moll.
“ Eschara radiata, Moll, Seerinde.’’
Cribrillina radiata, Hincks, Hist. Brit. Mar. Polyz. p. 181,
pl. xxv. figs. 1-9.
Of the “form radiata” of Hincks, op. cit. p. 188, with glisten-
ing surface, and well represented by pl. xxv. fig. 3, op. cit., except
that a single pore below the mouth is the rule, instead of the
two small ones there represented.
Hab. Victoria Bank, off S.E, Brazil, 33 fathoms, on Cellepora.
GIGANTOPORA, g. n.
Growth encrusting. Zoceciasalient, ventricose, minutely roughened
and punctured. Above true mouth, which is terminal, not hori-
zontal, is an enlarged tubular prolongation of the peristome directed
upwards and outwards, terminated by a secondary aperture; an
avicularium or vibraculum at one or both sides of this. On front
face of zocecium proper a large roundish special pore at least half as
broad transversely as the cell itself.
GIGANTOPORA LYNCOIDES, sp. n. (Plate VI. fig. 3.)
Zocecia grouped round a centre, incontact with those in front of and
behind them ; ventricose, surface glistening, minutely roughened and
punctate. Special pore at about middle of front of cell, transversely
elongated, with projecting smooth lips, rounded at ends, equal in
transverse diameter to at least half that of the cell itself. Peri-
stomial neck ventricose, diminishing in diameter from middle towards
the secondary orifice; roughened similarly to the cell; bent forward
at an angle of about 30°, flattened from front to back; rim thick,
prolonged before and behind into angular point; on edge of each
lateral depression a pear-shaped opening, in which is inserted a
horny vibraculoid seta, ending in a fine point, equal in length to about
that of the peristomial neck, projecting straight upwards in same
direction as the neck. Ocecium small, globose, recumbent at back
of cell proper, punctate.
Full length of cell about 1-065 millim., extreme breadth (at lower
end) about ‘532 millim.
Examined. In the dry state.
Hab. Victoria Bank (off S.E. Brazil), 33 fathoms. On a Nullipore
incrusting a small univalve shell, and bearing many strong processes,
between which the small zoarium of about 20 cells lies.
Obs. Under this genus must also be ranked Hippothoa fenestrata,
Smitt (“ Flor. Bryoz.,” Sv. Akad. Handl. xi. No. 4, p. 47, pl. vi.
48 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [Jan. 4,
fig. 142), from Florida and perhaps also the Pacific. Prof. Smitt evi-
dently merely placed the species under Hippothoa provisionally. It
comes near to the present species, differing from it in the apparently
orbicular outline of the secondary orifice, and in the position of the
lateral avicularia (of which only one may be present) at the lower
end of the peristomial prolongation, and in the smoothness of the
peristome. Itshould therefore stand as Gigantopora fenestrata, Smitt.
The present new species is a beautiful and striking form; the hya-
line character of the shell, the curiously dumbbell-like outline of the
large front pore (which is apparently its normal form, though it
shows great variations from this, being almost orbicular in some
cases) with its distinct rim, the bilabiate aperture of the secondary
orifice, and the slender upwardly-projecting vibracula, all give it a
remarkable appearance.
The question of affinity is a difficult one. The pore differs from
that of Anarthropora; and Smittia, which has a similar peristomial
lip, wants the special pore ; while Microporella, on the other hand, has
the pore, but wants thelip. Probably the pore is a character of much
deeper importance than the lip, derived, as Smitt has shown it, by
the example of Porellina (Lepralia) ciliata, to be, from the infra-
oral sinus. Therefore perhaps it is best to refer it to the Micropo-
rellide rather than to the Escharide, with which, however, it would
seem to have some points of affinity.
Porina GALEATA, Busk.
Lepralia galeata, Busk, Cat. Polyz. Mus. Brit. ii. p. 66, pl. xciv.
figs. 1, 2.
Hab. Elizabeth Island, Straits of Magellan, 6 fathoms, on thin
sea-weed; Sandy Point, 7-10 fathoms, on Pecten-valve.
ScHIZOPORELLA MARSUPIUM, Macgillivray. (Plate VI. fig. 6.)
Lepralia marsupium, Macgillivray, Tr. Phil. Inst. Victoria, pt. i.
vol. ix. p. 136.
Zoarium incrusting; cells adnate, radiating in more or less
straight lines from a centre. Zocecia distinct, convex, separated
by thin raised lines; broad, with sharp inferior lateral angles,
rounded above, hyaline ; surface glistening, very minutely punctate,
and also bearing about 12 very shallow and indistinct pits of small
size, scattered. Orifice semilunar, rounded above, with sharp inferior
angles, lower lip straight, sinus shallow, rectangular ; from 2 to 3
blunt spines round orifice. Below orifice a very distinctly cireum-
scribed semilunar area, entirely occupied by a large and very pro-
minent avicalarian rostrum, convex immediately below mouth ;
opening large, circular, partially visible from above. Ovicell small,
subglobular, minutely punctate, hyaline and glistening, marked by
concentric lines.
One specimen.
Hab. Elizabeth Island, 6 fathoms, on thin seaweed.
1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ ALERT.’ 49
Obs. This species agrees with Z. marsupium, Macgillivray, as
described from Victoria in Joc. cit., in every particular of the short
description ; but that description is so short as to need the present
fuller account. It resembles Schizoporella (Lepralia) venusta,
Norman, in many points, but wants the rectangular area above the
mouth, with its avicularium.
SCHIZOPORELLA HYALINA, Linné.
Cellepora hyalina, Linné, Syst. Nat. (12) p. 1286.
Schizoporella hyalina, Hincks, Hist. Brit. Mar. Polyz. p. 271,
pl. xviii. fig. 8-10.
(i.) Ordinary form. Nine small colonies, from Elizabeth Island
(Straits of Magellan), 6 fathoms, on Fucus. One ditto from Port-
land Bay (S.W. Chili), 10 fathoms, on Fucus.
(ii.) Var. tuberculata, Hincks (Hist. Brit. Mar. Polyz. p. 272)
Four small colonies on Fucus, and one of doubtful origin ; all from
Elizabeth Island, 6 fathoms.
(ili.) Var. inerassata, Hincks (J. c. supra). Three colonies from
Elizabeth Island, 6 fathoms, on Fucus.
SCHIZOPORELLA SPINIFERA, Johnston ?
Lepralia spinifera, Johnston, Brit. Zooph. (2) p. 324, pl. lvii.
fig. 6.
Schizoporella spinifera, Hincks, Hist. Brit. Mar. Polyz. p. 241,
pl. xxxv. figs. 6-8.
To this species is referred with much doubt a patch of a smali-
celled incrusting form, with very convex cells; the articulations of
4 or 5 spines, now gone, are seen on the sometimes somewhat raised
peristome. Surface covered with indistinct puncta ; sinus large and
vounded, the margin at its upper angles drawn up into two vertical
points. A large median avicularium on a slight elevation just below
the mouth, the mandible pointing downwards. No ovicells.
Hab. 'Tom Bay, S.W. Chili, 0-30 fathoms, on dead Retepora.
ScHIZOPORELLA? sp.
A glossy, obscurely punctured species without avicularia, with a
shallow small sinus, and a short pointed rostrum on the lower edge
of the mouth, and 7 to 8 slender spines on the raised peristome ;
zocecia convex ; no ocecia. Incrusting.
Hab. Same as preceding.
ScCHIZOPORELLA LABIOSA, Busk.
Lepralia labiosa, Busk, Cat, Polyz. Brit. Mus. p. 82, pl. Ixxxiv.
figs. 4, 5.
This species should be described as having the surface of the cell
either tuberculated regularly around a median ridge, or indented by
large, mostly elongated grooves which radiate from a median ridge
or bare surface which extends about halfway down the cell from below
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1881, No. IV. 4
50 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [Jan. 4,
the lip. The lip undergoes great variations even in the same colony.
In young colonies, and in some parts of old ones, the thickened ridge
investing its edge is almost wanting. Again, it may appear from
the front either asa straight line, asa two-horned ridge, or asa
ridge produced mesially into a single point.
The depth of the grooves of the surface also varies greatly, so
that the surface appears either (i.) as beset with round, more or less
elongated tubercles arranged round the median ridge, or (ii.) as
grooved, the substance between the depressions not being thus divided
into tubercles; in some specimens, too, the tuberculation itself is almost
obliterated, apparently by thickening layers added from the exterior.
As the grooved and tuberculated cells sometimes occur in the same
colonies, it is probable that the latter (the only ones originally figured
and described), being, as they are, particularly thick-walled specimens,
are produced from the former by the thickening of the cell-wall!
and consequent greater or less obliteration of the spaces (the last
stage in this process being the obliteration of the tubercles them-
selves), owing perhaps to age. (Cf. Hincks on the development of
the zocecium, Hist. Brit. Mar. Polyzoa, p. 184, where he explains
the origin and changes of the primary ridges and furrows.)
Hab. Elizabeth Island, 6 fathoms, incrusting a mass of Balani
and enveloping stem of Sertularia. Sandy Poimt, 7-10 fathoms,
grom large flexible worm-tube and Balanus on the same.
RHYNCHOPORA BISPINOSA, Johnston.
Lepralia bispinosa, Johnston, Brit. Zooph. (2) p. 326, pl. lvii.
fig. 10.
Rhynchopora bispinosa, Hincks, Hist. Brit. Mar. Polyz. p. 385,
p. xl. fig. 1.
Eschara unicornis, Hutton ?, Cat. Mar. Moll. N. Zealand, p. 99.
To this species are referred with some doubt two colonies of Escha-
roid form, consisting of narrow, strap-shaped branching growths, the
branches not anastomosing. The denticle within the mouth is very
small and sometimes absent; the suboral umbo is often somewhat
eccentric, but usually high and truncate; there is sometimes a
mound-like swelling bearing an avicularium on the opposite side of
the mouth to the umbo; the two supraoral spines are short and
often stout; the surface is rough and regularly covered with large
punctures and small avicularia (?) ; the cells are strongly convex and
cover both sides of the fronds.
Hab. Victoria Bank, off S.E. Brazil, 33 fathoms.
LEPRALTA.
Lepralia s. str. (as limited by Smitt and Hincks).
LEPRALIA MONOCEROs, Busk, Cat. Polyz. Brit. Mus. p. 72,
pl. xcili. figs. 5, 6.
The punctures of the surface generally present a small tubercle
1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ALERT.’ 51
projecting into them from the side, giving them more or less of a
crescentic appearance. One specimen, which was taken from the
base of a Sponge and grew partially over an Jdmonca, was bent over
on itself, so that the two halves appeared inclined to unite back to
back and form an Escharoid frond; but there was a space between
them, which was perhaps originally partially filled with the substance
of the Sponge.
Hab. Elizabeth Island, 6 fathoms; Sandy Point, 7-10 fathoms;
on flexible worm-tube and Balanus sessile on the same. Also Tom
Bay, near Madre de Dios archipelago, 0-30 fathoms, on base of
Sponge.
Obs. The different specimens vary much in the distinctness of the
cells and the number and regularity of the punctures.
LEpPRALIA APPRESSA, Busk, var. noy. vinosA. (Plate VI. fig. 4.)
Lepralia pertusa, Manzoni? Sitzungsb. Ak. Wien, lix. (2) p. 520,
pl. ii. fig. 11 (Pliocene).
Lepralia adpressa, Busk, Cat. Polyz. Brit. Mus. p. 82, pl. cii.
figs. 3, 4, pl. ii. fig. 11.
Zocecia distinct, moderately to broadly ovate, or obscurely penta-
gonal, slightly convex, closely adnate to surface as a compact zoarium.
Mouth defined by a slightly salient narrow rim, well arched above,
constricted towards lower angles by two rounded processes projecting
into the aperture; lower lip entire, somewhat irregular in outline,
slightly projecting outwards. Surface of zocecium covered with
obscure tubercles, arranged in a series round edge of cell and over
the surface, sometimes in transverse series across the cell; surface
granular. Colour of zocecia, with the exception of the rim of the
mouth (which is white or brownish) and the apices of the tubercles
(which appear white), puce (or crimson-purple) ; colour faint on
oldest parts of zoarium. Ocecium small, slightly convex, minutely
roughened, not tuberculated, subcircular, brownish.
Hab. Portland Bay, 8.W. Chili, 10 fathoms, on shell of Crepipa-
tella.
Obs. This species resembles L. data, Busk., and Z. adpressa,
Busk (lately united by Hincks, in Hist. Brit. Mar. Polyzoa, under
the latter name), so closely in all essential characters except the
colour, that I have hesitated to give it a new appellation. However,
as compared with the type specimen of L. adpressa and the figures
of L. lata, the aperture of the mouth is seen to be much less clearly
defined, the lower lip being very indistinct, and the mouth is consi-
derably smaller. These characters may be due to thickening of the
wall to some extent; but still the colour remains. But as Lepralia
(Microporella, Hincks) violacea, Johnst., may vary from dark purple
to cream-colour, and Lepralia (Mucronella, Hincks) coccinea, Abild.,
with age from grey to red, it appears not safe to depend on this alone
as a specific character. It is noteworthy that it adheres to the
practice of its allies, of growing on a shell.
4*
52 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING (Jan. 4,
SMITTIA LANDSBOROVI, Johnston.
Lepralia landsborovii, Johnston, Brit. Zooph. (2) i. p. 310,
pl. liv. fig. 9.
Smittia landsborovi, Hincks, Hist. Brit. Mar. Polyz. p. 341,
pl. xlviil. figs. 6-9.
A small colony, or part of one, discovered among an immense
number of Zubulipore. Sessile. Cells thin, hyaline, punctured all
over, oval or narrow-pentagonal; bounding lines faint or absent.
Six strong spimes on margin. Avicularium small, on lip of mouth,
sometimes absent.
Hab. Elizabeth Island, 6 fathoms, on Fucus.
Lepralia reticulata, Macgillivray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (1) ix.
p- 467.
SMITTIA RETICULATA, Macgillivray ?, var.
Smittia reticulata, Hincks, Hist. Brit. Mar. Polyz. p. 346,
pl. xlviii. figs. 1-5.
Part aof colony. Margin of mouth generally complete below,
subjacent denticle seldom seen. Cells outlined by distinct raised
line. Oval median avicularium included in an area bounded by a
line descending from the sides of the month, longitudinal in direction,
sometimes absent. Cell equally punctured all over. Spines on
border of mouth 4 or 5, the median ones less robust than the lateral
ones. Lower lip prominent. Ocecium absent.
Hab. Elizabeth Island, 6 fathoms, on Fucus.
Obs. In the punctuation of the entire surface and in the larger
number of spines this appears to differ materially from S. reticulata,
but it is at any rate closely allied to it.
SMITTIA AFFINIS, Hincks, var. nov. ACUMINATA.
Lepralia affinis, Hincks, Ann. & Mag. N. H. (3) ix. p. 206,
pl. xu. fig. 2.
Smittia affinis, Hincks, Hist. Brit. Mar. Polyzoa, p. 348, pl. xlix.
figs. 10, 11.
Zocecia ovate or distinctly pentagonal (the upper angles rounded),
separated by slender raised lines ; surface covered with moderately
large punctures radiating obscurely from centre; peristome thin and
depressed below, thick above, where 4 to 5 strong spines spring
from it; below and within inferior edge of peristome 3 denticles, the
median one generally hammer-shaped, the others simply acute.
A circular avicularium may be present immediately below the lower
lip, on aslightly raised boss. Ocecia globose, somewhat more broad
than long, with a semicircular crown of large punctures on the upper
surface; the peristome is prolonged into a pointed lip on each side of
the front of the cell (similar ones sometimes occur in the same
position in the zocecium), and is often indented by a sinus which
occurs in its lip. One of the zoaria formsa circular patch ; the other
is imperfect. The specimens agree in all other points with Hincks’s
description (@. ¢.).
ees
1881. ] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ ALERT.’ 53
Hab. Elizabeth Island, 6 fathoms, on Fucus, in company with
Schizoporella hyalina. Two colonies. ;
Obs. Were it not for the fact that only one specimen of the ori-
ginal species has occurred on which to base its characters, it would
have seemed advisable to make a new species of this, in consideration
of its being spined.
SMiITTIA TRIsPINOsA, Johnston, var. nov. LIGULATA. (Plate VI.
fig. 9.) ;
Discopora trispinosa, Johnston, Edin. Phil. Journ, xiii. p. 222.
Lepralia trispinosa, Busk, Cat. Brit. Mus. Polyzoa, ii. p. 70,
Smittia trispinosa, Hincks, Hist. Brit. Mar. Polyzoa, p. 353,
pl. xlix. figs. 1-8.
A yellowish patch embracing the base of a colony of a branching
Cellepora. The cells are markedly diamond-shaped ; the surface is
much perforated, a marginal series of larger perforations being
distinguishable from the rest ; a raised line is irregularly present
around the cells. The lower side of the mouth is much raised, each
of the inferior angles being occupied by a smooth swelling, often of
different sizes on the two sides ; sinus small. A very peculiar, long,
narrow, strap-shaped avicularium extends from close to one or both
sides of the mouth downwards to a distance of about half the total
length of the cell ; the mandible points downwards ; a few elongated
or oval small avicularia sometimes present on the sides or behind
the mouth. Surface hyaline. Ovicell globular, but flattened, upper
edge bearing a semicircle of large punctures. Spines absent or
broken off.
Hab. Victoria Bank, off 8.E. Brazil, 33 fathoms, on Cellepora,
Obs. The long avicularium described evidently represents the large
triangular form described by Hincks (J. c.) as sometimes present ; for
it is sometimes replaced by such a one of almost the normal
characters. A similarly placed but generally broader form occurs
in a specimen described as Lepralia reticulata, var. inequalis, by
Mr. A. W. Waters, from Naples.
RETEPORA CELLULOSA, Oken ?
Frondipora cellulosa, Oken? “ Lehrbuch Nat. 63.” bs
Retepora cellulosa, Lamarck, Hist. Anim. s. Vert. ed. 2, il. p. 276.
A small and worn fragment without ocecia perhaps represents this
species ; but spines and long rostrum are alike absent. Most cells,
however, could not have had a long rostrum, but are in the con-
dition represented by plate exxiii. fig. 7 of the Brit.-Mus. Catalogue
of Polyzoa, vol. ii., with the addition of avicularia.
Hab. Borja Bay (north-western part of Straits of Magellan),
20 fathoms.
RETEPORA ALTISULCATA, sp. n. (Plate VI. fig. 5.)
Frond flattish, slightly undulated;. fenestrae elongate-oval,
generally about equal in diameter to the reticulations, which are
almost cylindrical. Zocecia crowded, oblong. Surface marked with
54 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING (Jan. 4,
shallow pits. Mouth entire, transversely elongated, subhorizontal,
the lower lip being salient but not toothed. A round avicularium
below or on the edge of mouth, on a small rostrum.
Ocecium elongate, with a deep broad sinus penetrating into it
from the mouth. Dorsal surface minutely roughened, but shining ;
the outlines of the cells marked by shallow grooves ; asmall rounded
avicularium on most cells.
Hab. Tom Bay, S.W. Chili, 0-30 fathoms.
Six broken fragments, probably all belonging to one colony, re-
present the species. It is distinguished from R. beaniana, King
(Hincks), by the sinus (not a slit) of the ovicell, and by the incon-
stancy of the position of the suboral rostrum, which is most usually
separated by a considerable gap from the mouth.
CELLEPORA TUBIGERA, Busk.
Cellepora tubigera, Busk, Crag Polyzoa (Mon. Palseont. Soc.),
p. 60, pl. ix. figs. 8, 10.
The sinus of the mouth is sometimes small and on a level with
the mouth (as in Lepralia trispinosa, Johnston, &c.); otherwise it
forms a great vertical gap in the peristome. The rostrum is some-
times pointed and bearing an avicularium on its inner aspect (as in
C. pumicosa), sometimes broad at the apex ; it is sometimes placed
laterally with regard to the cell, and sometimes at some distance
from it. The cells are rough or smooth, much or little punctured.
The ovicells are globose, smooth, with a few slight ridges running
usually across their breadth,. or-with a crown of punctures on the
upper surface from which ‘radiate slight ridges. There are large long
avicularia between the cells, generally on special raised but flattened
bosses. Two young and nine adult colonies occur in this collec-
tion, embracing Sertularian and Tubularian stems, exactly after the
manner of C. pumicosa.
Hab. Trinidad Channel (off Madre-de-Dios Islands), S.W. Chili.
One group, consisting of one young and two adult colonies, from
30 fathoms ; for the rest the depth is not known. All on Sertularian
stems, with one doubtful exception.
CELLEPORA BILABIATA, Busk.
Cellepora bilabiata, Busk, Voy. of Rattlesnake, p. 382.
Two colonies, one forming almost a perfect hemisphere, the other
flattened, uneven. Both lips of the elevated peristome sometimes
bear avicularia. From the “ scutiform area ’’ (which is really formed,
as shown by varieties, from a sinus which once extended into it from
the mouth) of the small ovicell no grooves appear to extend in this
case. The species is nearly related to C. ¢twbigera, Busk.
Hab. Elizabeth Island, 6 fathoms.
CELLEPORA MAMMILLATA, Busk.
Cellepora mammillata, Busk, Cat. Mar. Polyz. Brit. Mus. p. 87,
pl. xx. figs. 3-5.
The specimen, which, owing to its growth over a pedicelled knoh
1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ALERT.’ 55
of calcareous substance, is button-like in shape, agrees in its ma-
millation with the type specimen, but, instead of being white or
grey, is dark brown, almost of the colour of C. fusca, Busk. It dif-
fers from the type in not showing the hood-like enlargements of the
rostrum (possibly ocecia) which occur “at intervals in that spe-
cimen ; the rostra taper elegantly to a point, instead of being blunt ;
the spines, described as at the opposite side of the mouth, and which
appear to be ‘‘spathulate”’ avicularian rostra, are present in much
greater numbers here, and generally at the sides of the mouth—not
at the opposite end to the rostrum. The surface of the cell is per-
forated by immense numbers of small punctures with regularity ;
this is also the case in the type specimen, though not described or
figured in loc. cit. As the original specimen has somewhat the ap-
pearance of having been partially bleached, its original colour very
likely approximated to that of the specimen now described.
Hab. Victoria Bank, off S.E. Brazil, 33 fathoms.
CELLEPORA TURRITA, Smitt.
Lepralia turrita, Smitt, Floridan Bryozoa, in K. Svensk. Akad.
Handl. (n. s.) xi. p. 65, pl. xi. figs. 226-228.
A single specimen, consisting of a stout cylindrical branch with
incipient smaller branches, 17 millims. long by 5 in greatest breadth,
stout, tapering to a blunt point. The number of distinct marginal
tuberosities varies from two to four; and they are unequal in size, one
being generally of especial stoutness; and one, a mere inequality,
bears a horizontal avicularium of some size; the large strong spa-
thulate avicularia are numerous in the somewhat large spines between
the zocecia, and occasional small sessile ones occur in the walls of the
cells; the ovicells, which are numerous, bear small scattered punc-
tures.
This form differs somewhat from Smitt’s specimens, chiefly in the
ramose instead of sessile habit ; the cells appear to be less crowded,
and the number of spines less constant, while the marginal avicula-
rium forms a constant character.
Hab. Victoria Bank, off S.E. Brazil, 33 fathoms ; broken from
larger colony.
CELLEPORA DICHOTOMA, Hincks.
Cellepora dichotoma, Hincks,Aun. N. H., ser. 3, ix. p. 305, pl. xii.
figs. 7, 8.
Two specimens, respectively about 3 and 3 inch high. The smaller
is the more slender, and shows approximately dichotomous branching ;
the other is less regular. In the smaller one the margin of the
mouth is well defined, though sometimes produced into a few points
besides the low rostrum ; the avicularia are circular and slightly ele-
vated. In the larger specimen the projections round the mouth are
‘onger, and the avicularia are sometimes spatulate.
Hab. Victoria Bank, S.E. Brazil, 33 fathoms,
56 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING (Jan. 4,
CycLOSTOMATA.
IpMONEA MILNEANA, d’Orbigny.
Idmonea milneana, @’Orbigny, Voy. Amér. mérid. p. 20, pl. ix.
figs. 17-21; Busk, Cat. Mar. Polyz. Brit, Mus. pt. iii. p. 12,
1. Xi.
‘ Tubulipora transversa, Lamarck ?, Anim, s. Vert. (1) il. p. 162.
Idmonea transversa, M.-Edwards?, Ann. Sci. Nat. (2) ix. p. 218,
pl. ix. fig. 3.
This is certainly the species described and figured by Busk. His
description requires emendation by the substitution of “thin” for
‘“‘thick’? as a character of the margin of the cells, and by the
insertion of ‘a long backwardly directed spine on the hack of the
main aud sometimes of the smaller branches.’ One such spine, and
perhaps the trace of another, broken off, occurs on the specimens
already in the Museum. In the two reiatively smaller specimens in
this collection they are more abundant ; in one case the two primary
divisions of the stem each bears one; and of their branches, one of
the one and doth of the other bear them. They are strong; and the
maximum length appears to be about 3 millims. As pointed out by
Haswell (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, iv. p. 351) in a specimen
assigned by him with doubt to this species, the “dots” of Busk’s
description are certainly raised. But the truth lies between the two ;
for they are also perforated in their centre in the original British-
Museum specimen and the Magellan one. The alternating character
of the lateral series of cells, which is very slightly marked in the
Patagonian specimens alluded to (from which the account in the
British-Museum Catalogue was in part written), and which is almost
lost sight of in d’Orbigny’s account, is here strongly marked. The
longitudinal striation and the concentric lines on the back are also
well marked here.
Hab. Tom Bay, near Madre-de-Dios Islands, S.W. Chili, 0-30
fathoms, embedded in base of a horny Sponge, partially overgrown
by Lepralia monoceros and a creeping calcareous Sponge.
Obs. This may possibly prove, as Busk says, to be I. transversa,
Milne-Edwards ; but the habit of growth as figured by M.-Edwards,
and the locality (Mediterranean) as given by Lamarck, are against
the idea.
Smitt, in his ‘Floridan Bryozoa,’ remarks on this species that
the typical number of cells in the transverse rows is ¢hree, varying
to two or even one in the lower parts. In the present specimens:
the number never falls below three, and is as often four as three,
if not oftener. He has also observed “ radiciform pillars” at the
back of the branches of one of his specimens; but there their ends
were expanded into clasping processes and attached it to a foreign
body, whereas in the Chilian specimen they end simply.
Driasrorora PATINA, Lamarck.
Tubulipora patina, Lamarck, Anim. s. Vert. (2) ii. p. 244.
Diastopora patina, Smitt. Gify. K. Vetens. Ak. Férh. 1866,
p- 397, pl. viii. figs. 13-15.
1 881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ ALERT.’ 57
The erect portion of the cell appears to be obscurely annulated,
a very slight annular depression connecting the serially arranged
puncta. A somewhat injured dry specimen on indurated clay.
Hab. Lat. 50° 35! S., long. 66° 31' W. (open sea off S.E. Pata-
gonia), 58 fathoms.
LICHENOPORA GRIGNONENSIS, Busk. (Plate VI. fig. 2.)
Tubulipora grignonensis, Milne-Edwards?, Mém. Tubulipores,
Ann. Sci. Nat. (2) viii. p. 333, pl. xiii. fig. 2.
Discoporella grignonensis, Busk, Crag Polyzoa, p. 116, pl. xx.
fig. 4.
ee noe, Defrance ; Hincks, Hist. Brit. Mar. Polyz. p. 471.
Zoarium simple, closely adnate. Lamina very narrow, thin, almost
entirely occupied by ridges indicating rudimentary zocecia. Zoa-
rium strongly convex from the centre to the lamina, circular in
outline. Zocecia partially arranged in radiating series (the series
generally interrupted by the occurrence of intermediate cells) around
a small central space ; orifices raised, considerably so near the centre ;
the entire front of the peristome wanting, posterior part horseshoe-
shaped, margin obscurely roughened ; sides faintly ridged longitu-
dinally, and bearing from three to about ten seattered delicate pointed
spines not exceeding half the diameter of the cell in length. Inter-
spaces between zocecia and the central area crossed by a network of
trabeculze, enclosing polygonal spaces with rounded angles; those
between the zocecia vary in diameter from one half the breadth to the
same breadth, that of the orifices of the zocecia, those in the centre
varying from that diameter to twice its size, and partially tympanized
by a calcareous septum with a central perforation; also from the
points of junction of the trabeculee which form them projects oc-
casionally a slender spine like those on the walls of the zocecia.
Oeecial orifice slightly raised, being surrounded by a thin, narrow,
forwardly sloping rim perforated by a single circle of about six
small punctures ; diameter of opening about twice that of a zocecium ;
margin finely dentate.
Hab. Sandy Point, 9-10 fathoms, on piece of a Selachian’s egg.
_ Four colonies occur, representing three different stages, the latest
with fifty-three or more well-developed zocecial openings, the
earliest with only about a dozen openings, scarcely raised above the
general surface, the lamina being about twice as broad as in the
oldest specimen. In this young specimen, too, the cancelli have
hardly appeared, the surface between the cells bearing only an occa-
sional puncture. The development of the spines can be traced from
a stage in which they are mere short blunt tubercles to that in which
they have the adult proportions. It is also interesting to note that
in the same stage (the middle one of the three here represented), in
which the zocecia are 2 millims. in greatest diameter, the longitudinal
ridges, so indistinct in the oldest specimen, project boldly trom the
zocecial wall and sometimes form prominent crenations on the margin.
The three young colonies have a somewhat oval outline; the older
58 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [Jan. 4,
one is almost perfectly circular ; it is 2} millims. in diameter, the
youngest is 1 millim. in greatest diameter.
Obs. The nearest recent ally of this species appears to be Disco-
porella complicata, Haswell (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. iv. p. 354),
from Port Jackson, New South Wales. It has the spines on the
wall of the cell and the trabecule with ¢heir spines; but the spines
are apparently found also between the cells. Its main points of
difference from this species are the roundness of the cell-orifice,
which has the peristome entire, and the presence of secondary can-
celli between the cancelli of the sides, of which no trace occurs here,
though, as has been described for this species, the central cancelli
are partially tympanized and have a secondary opening below.
In spite of the absence in the somewhat too small drawing given
by Milne-Edwards (J. c.) of the immense sinus which extends down
the front of the cell in the recent specimens, it is possible that his
species is identical with the present one, as with the power employed
by him it would not necessarily catch the eye. The median cycles of
tubes are depicted there as longer than in the recent specimens ; but
that is probably due to its being an older specimen. The peculiar
trabeculated structure of the surface is slightly indicated in his figure,
and the continuation of the rudimentary tubes onto the lamina is
distinctly insisted upon. Busk’s figures give a much better idea of
this species; but here again the trabecule between the cells are
much broader than in the recent specimen. The marginal spines
of the young cell probably represent the longer peristomial spines
of adult specimens of L. hispida, Fleming.
TUBULIPORA SERPENS, Linné.
Tubipora serpens, Linné, Syst. Nat. (12) p. 1271.
Alecto disposita, Hutton’, Cat. Mar. Mollusca N. Z. p. 103.
Tubulipora serpens, Busk, Cat. Polyz. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 25, pl. xxii.
Tdmonea serpens, Hincks, Hist. Brit. Mar. Polyz. p. 453, pl, Ixi.
figs. 2, 3, pl. lx. fig. 2.
Sometimes with a small bare lamina outside the zocecia. No
purple colour observed. Colour dead white, owing to the very
numerous minute punctures.
Hab. Elizabeth Island, Straits of Magellan, 6 fathoms; twenty-
five colonies or parts of colonies on a thin Fucus.
TUBULIPORA ORGANIZANS, d’Orbigny ?
Tubulipora organizans d’Orbigny, Voy. Amér. mérid. Zooph.
p- 19, pl. ix. figs. 1-3.
Tubulipora organizans, Busk?, Phil. Trans. elxviii. p. 193, pl. x.
figs. 20-25.
This species appears to be represented by eighteen colonies or parts
of colonies ; they consist of broad elongated masses, either simple or
with branches of the same character given off laterally or grouped
round a common centre. The largest colony measures 8 millims. at
its greatest length. he lobes consist each of a broad flattened mar-
1881. ] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ ALERT,’ 59
ginal portion and asuddenly rising median convex ridge, which only
occupies about one third of the total breadth of the lobe. A clear
space of about the breadth of a single cell is left down the middle
of the lobes ; and on each side of it are ranged the regular, outwardly
and forwardly diverging transverse lines of cells. These lines are
slightly but constantly subalternate, the line on the one side being
slightly in advance of or behind the corresponding one on the
other. The transverse lines on each side have from three to five
cells on the ridge and one or two on the horizontal lamina. The
cells project by a long perpendicular portion; they are subopaque
and white, the surface faintly marked with rings of growth; the
punctures are small and numerous and not prominent. The cells on
the ridge are variously united together, either three or two together,
but occasionally quite distinct; those on the lamina are distinct
from those of the ridge, and from each other. In the case of the
united cells the uniting substance connects them generally from their
mouths downwards. The transverse series of cells are wniserial, and
present no such trifoliate outline as is given by d’Orbigny’s figures
2 and 3, from which the present species also diverges by having a
distinct median line devoid of cells, as described above. A short
trumpet-shaped opening, observed near the end of a lobe, and
somewhat flattened, its long diameter being about twice that of
an ordinary cell, appears to represent the ocecial opening. The ends
of the lobes are not expanded as in 7. flabellaris (Busk).
This species does not correspond closely with d’Orbigny’s figures ;
but the chief difference is the linear, not trifoliate arrangement of the
triple groups of cells.
Hab. Elizabeth Island, 6 fathoms, on Fucus, with Tudbulipora
serpens, Schizoporella hyalina, and one or two other species of
Tubulipora, &e.
TUBULIPORA DICHOTOMA, d’Orbigny. var. nov. SERIALIS. (Plate
VI. fig. 10.)
Criserpia dichotoma, d’Orbigny, pars, Voy. Amér. mérid., Zooph.
p- 19, pl. ix. figs. 7-10.
Tubulipora dichotoma, Busk, Cat. Polyz. Brit. Mus, iii. p. 27.
Tubulipora organizans, Busk, Phil. Trans. clxvii. p. 193, pl. x.
figs. 20-25 (pars ?).
Colony convex, elongated, dichotomously branched or incipiently
symmetrically bifid; lobes rising from base with hardly any lateral
lamina ; cells extending across top of ridge, arranged in more or less
distinct transverse rows, cells distinct (rarely two may be seen joined)
from one another. Surface of colony subopaque, white, thickly
covered with minute punctures surrounded by salient rims, the cells
less thickly covered by similar punctures. Cells moderately thin,
curving suddenly upward so as to stand almost perpendicular, free
for a distance of from 3 to 5 diameters; opaque white, of moderate
diameter, faintly marked by concentric rings. Ends of lobes more
or less expanded and often swollen; at this part the tubes lose
most of their regular radiate arrangement,
60 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [Jan. 4,
Hab. Elizabeth Island, Straits of Magellan, 6 fathoms, on Fucus.
Three colonies or parts of colonies.
Obs. In some specimens the regularity of the arrangement of the
cells in transverse rows and the length of the free portion of the
cells is greater than in others. The most characteristic points appear
to be the moderate expansion of the head of the lobes, the continua-
tion of the transverse series of cells over the top of the ridge and
consequent absence of a median bare line, and the distinctness of the
cells in the rows. D’Orbigny’s figures represent the form with the
shorter cells and less regular transverse series of cells; the alterna-
tive form here described may be called var. sertalis in contrast. A
specimen assigned with doubt to this species consists of a broad
expanded lobe, and bears a flattened trumpet-shaped ocecial orifice
having exactly the characters of ‘that described above in 7. organizans,
d’Orbigny.
ENDOPROCTA.
PEDICELLINA AUSTRALIS, sp. n. (Plate VI. fig. 8.)
Individuals arranged with great regularity along the creeping
stolon, 1°8 millim. apart from each other. Length of pedicel and
body together about 2°5 millims., body 1 millim. Tentacles about 12
in number, subequal, length about half that of body, slender.
Pedicel, diameter (in glycerine, under cover-glass) just above
base *35 millim., tapering to about *25 when within 3 diameters
of the body, ultimately constricted to °1 millim. at junction with
body. Body subtransparent. Colour whitish, with the exception
of the stomach, which is yellowish. Shape of body subglobular
when closed, superior margin straight and crenated by about 60
small inequalities.
Stolon regular in its diameter, viz. ‘17 millim. A transverse
septum, of which, as in the case of that of the pedicel just below
the body, the cuticle forms a part, occurs at each side of the point
of origin of an individual, generally at about ‘5 millim. from this.
Examined. In spirit and in glycerine.
Hab. Sandy Point, in company with a Halecium, creeping over
large flexible worm-tube, 7-10 fathoms.
Obs. About a square inch or 13 inch of the tube is covered by
the creeping stolon ; the specimens are very well preserved in spirit ;
but, unfortunately, the individuals are all more or less closed. In
the cases in which the tentacles were extended, the disk was not
expanded ; so that the origin of the tentacles from it was uot clearly
seen. It is perhaps most closely allied to P. americana, Leidy, but
approaches most nearly to P. belgica, Van Beneden, of any of the
European species, as far as the account of that species goes.
It differs from the latter species in the proportiona! length of the
tentacles to the body, whichis only about 1: 2, as against the almost
1:1 of that species; in the proportional shortness of the pedicel
to the body, which is 1°5 millim. to 1 millim. against 2°85 millims. to
‘55 millim., which is the case in P. belgica. The individuals are 1°8
millim. from each other, arranged along the tubular stolon, and not
1881. THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ALERT.’ 61
crowded into a “moss’’-like tuft as in P. belgica. ‘The absolute total
length is nearly one third less than that of P. belgica ; the stolon is of
regular diameter. There is no median dilatation of the pedicel. The
description of P. americana, Leidy (J. Ac. Philad. ili. p. 142) recalls
in some particulars the present form, viz. its smooth undilated
pedicels, the body with crenated border concentrically striated,
and the 12 tentacles; but it is only 4 of a line high, z. e. about *7
millim., whereas this is 1°5 millim. without the head; the relative
positions of the intestine and stomach in the figure differ from
those of our species.
_ The species described by Studer from Kerguelen Island (Archiv
f, Naturg. 1878, p. 124) as “‘ Pedicellina an nov. sp? Die Winder
der 2 mm. hohen gestielten Becher sind volkommen glatt ”’ is very
likely identical with P. australis. A species is also mentioned with-
out name by Joliet (Compt. Rend. 1879, Febr., p. 392), from the
island of St. Paul, north-east of Kerguelen Island.
CRUSTACEA.
By Epwarp J. Mirrs, F.L.S., F.Z.S.
(Plate VI1.)
The Crustacean fauna of the Straits of Magellan and of the adjacent
coasts aud islands has been more thoroughly investigated than that of
many other parts of the South-American continent, as, not to mention
various species described by Guérin-Méneville, Milne-Edwards,
White, and other authors, considerable collections were made in
these regions by the naturalists of the United-States Exploring Ex-
pedition under Commodore Wilkes, U.S.N., and described by Dana
in his great work’. More recently Dr. Cunningham has published
an account of the collections made by him during the voyage
of H.M.S. ‘ Nassau,’ wherein will be found a list, accompanied by
notes, of the Crustacea and Cirripedia, most of which were collected
on the southern, south-eastern, and south-western American coasts”.
The collection received from Dr. Coppinger contains, as was to
be anticipated, many species well known to science, but also several
which are apparently undescribed, and others of which the range has
not hitherto been ascertained to extend in a southerly direction as
far as the Magellan Straits ; moreover the localities, depth of water,
and the nature of the sea-bottom have in nearly all cases been
carefully noted.
The Crustacea of the Magellan Straits are essentially Antarctic in
character : many of the species are known to occur at New Zealand,
the Auckland and Kerguelen Islands, and, no doubt, range through-
out the whole extent of the Southern Ocean ; others, however, occur
on the Chilian coast or even further north. Although the Crustacea
1 U.S. Exploring Expedition, xiii., xiv., Crustacea, parts 1, 2 (1852, 1853).
2 Trans, Linn. Soe. xxvii. p. 465 (1871).
62 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING (Jan. 4,
of Antarctic South America bear a great resemblance to those of the
Arctic Seas, and are in many cases congeneric with them, with a
few somewhat doubtful exceptions the same species do not occur in
the Northern and Southern seas’.
1 See, however, Lilljeborg, Nova Acta Soc. Upsaliensis, ser. 3, vi. (1866),
“ On the Lysianassa magellanica, M.-Edwards, &e.” I may add that Mr.T. W.
Kirk, Transactions New-Zealand Institute, xi. pp. 302-401 (1878), has recently
identified several Decapoda and Edriophthalmia occurring in the New-Zealand
seas with well-known North-European species; but his identifications seem to
me to require confirmation, as it is not stated whether they have been made
after comparison with European examples or from the descriptions of authors
only. Yet more recently, Mr. G. M. Thomson (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vi. p. 4,
1880) has described a variety of the Arctic Husirus cuspidatus (which does not
differ sufficiently to be distinguished specifically) from Dunedin Harbour, New
Zealand,
Besides the Crustacea obtained on the South-American coasts, the following
species were dredged by Dr. Coppinger in the North Atlantic. Amongst them is
one apparently new to science, belonging to the very interesting genus Glau-
cothoé of Milne-Edwards, a genus previously unrepresented in the British-
Museum collection, and which, although Macruran in its organization, and
placed by Milne-Edwards and Dana in the Thalassinidea, presents many affinities
with the Paguridea, and is allied to the genus Pomatocheles described by me
(P. Z. 8. 1879, p. 49, pl. iii. fig. 2).
HERBSTIA OVATA.
Micropisa ovata, Stimpson, Pr. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil. p. 217 (1857); A. M.-
Edwards, N. A. Mus. H. N. iy, p. 51, pl. xvi. figs. 1, 2 (1868).
Two males and a female of this pretty little species were collected at St.
Vincent (Cape-Verds) on a sandy bottom. When received, although they had
been for some time in spirit, they were of a bright rose-colour.
GLAUCOTHO ROsTRATA, sp. u. (Plate VII. figs. 1-5).
Carapace as in the Pagurid, with the cervical and other sutures distinctly
marked, inflated over the branchial regions, and with a median, triangular, sub-
acute rostriform process; posteriorly the carapace is much broader than the
first postabdominal segment. The postabdominal segments are smooth; the
second to fifth narrowed on the sides, and these segments are each furnished
with a pair of simple articulated appendages; the ventral surface of the post-
abdomen is closed by a soft and membranaceous skin, as in the Paguridz. The
terminal segment is twice as long as broad, suboblong, rounded and fringed
with long plumose hairs at its distal end. The eyes are subcylindrical ; the an-
tennules are short, geniculated; and the flagellum is fringed with long hairs on
its under surface. The basal scale of the antennx is obsolete. The outer
maxillipedes are short and subpediform. ‘The anterior legs are equal, and ter-
minate in perfectly formed but rather slender chelz, the palms of which are
compressed, the fingers acute at their apices, and slightly denticulated on their
inner margins ; the second and third legs are slender, and reach considerably
beyond the first legs, their terminal joints being styliform and nearly straight;
the fourth and fifth legs are shaped as in the Paguride ; the penultimate joint
of the fourth legs is somewhat dilated and compressed, and armed with a series
of acute serrately disposed teeth on its inferior margin ; the dactylus is strong,
arcuate, and acute. The fifth legs are very slender, and the perfectly-formed
didactyle chelz with which they are terminated very small; the fingers are un- .
armed, and fringed on their outer surface with fine hairs. The terminal joint
of the second to fifth postabdominal appendages is fringed with long, flexible
plumose hairs. The rami of the uropoda are similarly ciliated, and unequal in
size, the inner and smaller being regularly oval, the outer suboblong and
obliquely truncated at its distal end. Length 4 inch.
re
P.Z.S.1881. Pl. VI.
J
¥
r,
+
:
Mintern Bros amp
‘ CRUSTACEA OF ‘ALERT’ SURVEY.
1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ ALERT.’ 63
Systematic List of the Species’.
DECAPODA,
1. Eurypodius latreillei, Guérin. Sandy Point, Puerto Bueno, Trinidad
Channel.
*2, Inachoides microrhynchus, M.-Hdw. and Lucas. Coquimbo.
3. Hpialtus dentatus, M.-Edwards. Trinidad Channel.
*4, marginatus, Bell. Taleahuano.
*5, Pugettia, sp. South Atlantic.
6. Pisoides edwardsii (Bell). Puerto Rosario, Trinidad Channel.
7. Cancer plebejus, Peeppig. Picton Channel, Talcahuano,
*8, edwardsii, Bell. Talcahuano.
——, var. annulipes, n. Trinidad Channel,
*10. Paraxanthus hirtipes, M.-Edw. and Lucas. Talecahuano.
*11, Actea rufo-punctata (M.-Edw.). Hotspur Bank, 8. Atlantic.
12. Platyonychus bipustulatus, M.-Edw. Trinidad Channel.
13. Peltarion spinulosum, White. Sandy Point, Cockle Cove, Puerto Bueno.
14. Gomeza serrata, Dana. Elizabeth Island, Trinidad Channel, Puerto
Rosario.
15. Acanthocyclus gayi, M.-Edw. and Lucas. Isthmus Bay.
*16. Leptograpsus variegatus (Fabr.). St.-Ambrose Island, 8. Pacific.
*17. Chasmognathus granulatus, Dana. Monte Video, Rat Island.
*18. Sesarma angustipes, Dana, ? Monte Video, Rat Island.
19. Halicarcinus planatus (Fabr.). Elizabeth Island, Cockle Cove, Sandy
Point, Trinidad Channel.
*20. Pinnixa transversalis, M.-Edw. and Lucas. Coquimbo.
*21. Hepatus chiliensis, M.-Edw. Coquimbo.
*22. Platymera gaudichaudii, M.-Edw. Coquimbo.
23. Lithodes antarcticus, Jacq.and Lucas. Puerto Bueno, Alert Bay, Trinidad
Channel, Neesham Cove.
24. Paralomis verrucosus (Dana). Puerto Bueno, Trinidad Channel.
25. Eupagurus comptus, White. Sandy Point, Cockle Coye, Puerto Bueno,
Puerto Rosario, Portland Bay.
26. Munida gregaria (Fabr.). Sandy Point, Cockle Cove, Trinidad Channel.
*27. Callianassa uncinata, Talcahuano.
28. Alpheus scabrodigitus (Dana). Portland Bay, Borja Bay, Trinidad
Channel,
29. ,sp. Portland Bay.
30. Pandalus paucidens. Tom Bay, Trinidad Channel.
The unique example, which is, I believe, a male and adult, was dredged at
Madeira, in 15-50 fathoms.
This species is distinguished from Glaucothoé peronii, M.-Edwards, by the
existence of a distinct rostriform process, the less-pyriform eyes, the equal cheli-
pedes, &e. G. peronii probably inhabited the Asiatic seas.
ScyLLARUS ARCTUS.
Cancer arctus, Linn. Syst. Nat. p. 1053 (1766).
Scyllarus arctus, Fabr. Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 398 (1798) ; M.-Edwards, Hist.
Nat. Cr. ii. p. 282 (1837); White, List Brit. Cr. Brit. Mus. p. 30 (1850); wdé
synon,
: Cancer ursus minor, Herbst, Nat. Krabben, ii. p. 83, pl. xxx. fig, 2 (1796).
Arctus wrsus, Dana, Cr. U.S. Expl. Exp. xiii. p. 516 (1852),
A specimen which I believe to be a very young example of this species was
dredged in the same locality as the Glaucothoé rostrata (@. e. at Madeira, in 15-
50 fathoms). The teeth of the median dorsal series are nearly obsolete, and
those of the anterior margin of the terminal antennal jointare blunt ; otherwise
this example resembles the adult S, arctws. Length barely ~ inch,
1 The species collected by Dr. Coppinger only at localities north of Patagonia
are distinguished by an asterisk.
64 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [Jan. 4,
STOMATOPODA.
31. Sguilla gracilipes, n. W. coast of Patagonia.
32. Pseudosquilla lessonii, M.-Edw. Coquimbo.
ANISOPODA.
33. Arcturus coppingeri, n. Trinidad Channel.
34. Serolis scythei, Liitken. Trinidad Channel.
IsopopA.
39. Idotea annulata, Dana. Port Henry.
36. Styloniscus magellanicus, Dana. Trinidad Channel, Tom Bay, Port
Henry, Cockle Cove.
37. Lironeca nove-zealandie, White (ined.), Miers. Portland Bay.
38. Alga punctulata, un. Wolsey Sound.
*39. Corallana acuticauda, n. Hotspur Bank.
40. Spheroma gigas. Sandy Point, Elizabeth Island, Silly Bay.
41. Dynamene darwinii, Cunningham. Elizabeth Island, Borja Bay.
CIRRIPEDIA.
42. Balanus levis, Bruguiére. Sandy Point.
Descriptions and Notes on Species.
DECAPODA.
EuRYPODIUS LATREILLEI.
Eurypodius latreillei, Guérin, Mém. du Muséum, xvi. p. 354,
pl. xiv. (1828) ; Icon. Crust. R. A. ii. pl. xi. fig. 1 (1829-44) ;
M.-Edw. H. N.C. i. p. 284 (1834); Cr. in Cuv. R. A. (ed. 3)
pl. xxxiv bis, fig. 1; Nicolet, in Gay’s Hist. de Chile, iti, p. 123
(1849) ; Dana, Cr. in U.S. Expl. Exp. xiii. p. 104, pl. iii. fig. 1
(1852) ; Cunningham, Trans. Linn. Soc. xxvii. p. 491 (1871).)
Eurypodius tuberculatus, Eyd. & Souleyet, Voy. Bonite, Zool. Cr.
p- 221, pl. i. figs. 7-9 (1841).
Lurypodius audouinii, M.-Ed. & Lucas in @’Orbigny, Voy. Amér.
mérid. vi. Cr. p. 3, pl. i. figs. 1-6 (1843) ; Dana, Cr. 2. ¢. p. 104
(1852) ; Nicolet, in Gay’s Hist. Chile, Zool. iii. p. 123 (1849) ;
Cunningham, Trans. Linn. Soe. xxvii. p. 491 (1871).
Eurypodius septentrionalis, Dana, Amer. J. Sci. & Arts (ser. 2)
xl. p. 270 (1851); U.S. Expl. Exp. Cr. i. p. 101, pl. ii. fig. 6
(1852); Cunningham, Trans. Linn. Soc. Zool. xxvii. p. 491
(1871).
Eurypodius brevipes, Dana, Amer. J. Sci. & Arts, xi. p. 270
(1851); Cr. Expl. Exp. xiii. 1, p. 193, pl. ii. fig. 7 (1852); Cun-
ningham, Trans. Linn. Soc. Zool. xxvii. p. 491 (1871).
I have been obliged to include all the specimens in the Museum
collection under the single heading of H. latreillei, because I find
myself unable to distinguish them by the characters usually employed
in descriptions, z. e. the comparative length of the penultimate and
antepenultimate joints of the ambulatory legs, the density of the pu-
bescence, the denticulations of the inner margins of the fingers, and
the tuberculation of the carapace. All of these characters appear to
be subject to considerable variation. There may possibly be two or
1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ALERT.’ 65
even more distinct species of this genus; but the series in the British-
Museum collection does not suffice to decide this question, by far the
greater number of specimens having been obtained at or near the
southern extremity of the American continent. Bell (Trans. Zool.
Soc. ii. p. 40, 1849) refers examples of Zurypodius from Brazil to
E. latreillei ; but I have seen no specimens from this locality.
In the great majority of specimens in the British-Museum col-
lection, the spines of the rostrum are robust, of moderate length, and
curve slightly downward; the spines on the branchial regions are
small or reduced to tubercles; and the penultimate joints of the
ambulatory legs are considerably dilated and longer than the ante-
penultimate joints. In younger individuals the joints of the legs and
rostral spines are slenderer. One adult male from Sandy Point, in
the series presented to the British Museum by Dr. Cunningham,
differs from all others in the collection in the greater development of
the anterior legs, in which the palm is turgid and the dactylus armed
with a very strong tubercle on its inner margin. In two examples
from Chili (one an adult male), which I at first thought might be
regarded as a distinct species, the branchial spines are somewhat more
developed, and the antepenultimate joints about equal the penulti-
mate joints in length, these latter being also less dilated than in
adult examples from the Straits of Magellan and Falkland Islands.
A better series of examples from Chili, however, is needed to prove
whether or not these characters are permanent. I have seen no ex-
amples in which the antepenultimate joints of the legs greatly
exceed the penultimate joints in length.
Dr. Cunningham in his Report (é. ¢. p. 491) retains no fewer
than four distinct species—Z. /atreillei, E. audouinii, L. septentrio-
nalis, and EF. brevipes.
The series collected by Dr. Coppinger includes :—several adult
males and females from Puerto Bueno, obtained at a depth of 4
fathoms, ona muddy bottom; a female and several young from Sandy
Point, at 7-10 fathoms; and one young individual obtained in
Trinidad Channel, at a depth of 30 fathoms.
INACHOIDES MICRORHYNCHUS.
Inachoides microrhynchus, Eydoux & Souleyet, Voy. Bonite,
Zool. Cr. p. 219 (1841); M.-Edw. & Lucas in d’Orbigny’s Voy.
Amér. mérid. vi. Cr. p. 4, pl. iv. fig. 2 (1843); Gay, Hist. de Chile,
Zool. iii. Cr. p. 126 (1849).
Xiphus margaritifére, Eyd. & Soul. Voy. Bonite, Zool. Cr. Atlas,
' pl. i. fig. 1 (1841).
Two males and a female were brought by Dr. Coppinger from
Coquimbo.
Both genus and species have been hitherto unrepresented in the
collection of the British Museum. ‘The adult male agrees very well
with Milne-Edwards and Lucas’s figure ; but the depressions separating
the regions of the carapace are not very strongly marked, as stated
in the description of these authors.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1881, No. V. ; 5
66 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING (Jan. 4,
EPpImaALTUS DENTATUS.
Epialtus dentatus, M.-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. i. p. 345 (1834);
Nicolet, in Gay’s Hist. de Chile, iii. p. 131 (1849) ; Cunningham,
lc. p. 491 (1871).
Inachus mitis, Péppig, Arch. f. Naturg. ii. p. 141 (1836); Gay,
Hist. de Chile, iii. p. 125 (1849).
A single small female is in the collection, obtained on the beach
in Trinidad Channel. Its occurrence at various widely separated
localities on the coast of Chili is noted by Dr. Cunningham.
EPpiALTUS MARGINATUS.
Epialtus marginatus, Bell, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 173 (1835), Trans.
Zool. Soc. ii. p. 62, pl. xi. fig. 4, 2, pl. xii. ¢ (1841); Smith,
Trans. Conn. Ac. ii. p. 33 (1869).
A female and young male are in the collection, from Tal-
cahuano.
PUGETTIA, sp.
A single female example is in the collection, which is distinguished
from P. richii and P. gracilis, Dana, its congeners of the American
coast, as follows :—The body is somewhat more elongated and convex
on the gastric region ; the lateral expansions or lobes of the carapace
are but little prominent, forming small, subconical, acute teeth ;
the spines of the rostrum are slender and but little divergent. The
example is a small one ; and being of the female sex it would not
be desirable to constitute it the type of a new species. If distinct,
as is probably the case, it may be named P. australis.
It was obtained at a depth of 28 fathoms, on a bottom of black
sand, in lat. 36° 47'S., long. 55° 17' W., at the mouth of the Rio
de la Plata.
PIsoIDES EDWARDSI.
Hyas edwardsit, Bell, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 171 (1835), Trans.
Zool. Soe. ii. p. 49, pl. ix. fig. 5 (1841).
Pisoides tuberculosus, M.-Edw. & Lucas, in d’Orbigny’s Voy.
Amér. mérid. vi. Crust. p. 11, pl. v. fig. 1 (1843); Nicolet, in
Gay’s Hist. de Chile, iii. p. 134 (1849); A. M.-Edwards, Crust. in
Miss. Scientif. Mexique, p. 75, pl. xvi. fig. 5 (1875).
Pisoides edwardsii, Dana, Cr. in U.S. Expl. Exp. xiii. i. p. 87,
pl. i. fig. 2 (1852).
Two males were collected :—one at Trinidad Channel, at a depth
of 30 fathoms, on a sandy bottom; the other at Port Rosario, a
2-30 fathoms, on a bottom of sand and rock.
This is a very interesting addition to the Museum collection, as
both genus and species were hitherto unrepresented in it. It is one
of the few Magellan species having a considerable range to the
northward, having been obtained from Chili (Valparaiso), the Gala-
pagos, and Panama. Its occurrence in the Straits of Magellan is
now, I believe, for the first time recorded.
1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ALERT.’ 67
The examples before me differ from the description of Edwards
and Lucas, in the third joint of the legs not being armed with
any prominent spines, and in this joint in the ambulatory legs
being less dilated and compressed; but this may probably be due to
the greater age of Dr. Coppinger’s specimens. The carapace is
densely pubescent; the chelee naked, and of a bright rose-colour.
Length of largest individual about 14 inch.
Two Californian species described with doubt as belonging to this
genus by Mr. Lockington, Pr. Cal. Ac. Sci. vii. pp. 66, 67 (1876),
under the names of Pisoides? celatus and P.? tumidus, belong, as I
learn from a MS. note of the author, to Microphrys—the former
being identical with Mierophrys platysoma, as noted by Streets and
Kingsley.
* CANCER PLEBEJUS.
Cancer plebejus, Péppig, Arch. f. Naturg. p. 134 (1836); A. M.-
Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. i. p. 188 (1865).
A young male individual was taken in Picton Channel, at a depth
of 6 fathoms, on a bottom of sand. Two females were dredged at
Talcahuano.
CANCER EDWARDSI.
Cancer edwardsii, Bell, Trans. Zool. Soc. i. p. 338, pl. xliv. (1835);
A. M.-Edw. N. Arch. Mus. H. N. i. p. 123 (1865) ; Cunningham,
i.e. p. 491 (1871).
Platycarcinus edwardsii, Gay, Hist. de Chile, iii. p. 144 (1849).
A young male was taken at Talcahuano, in which the coloration
is of the normal type.
CANCER EDWARDSI, var. ANNULIPES, n.
A young male was found on the beach in Trinidad Channel. In
its convex carapace, and in the form of the teeth of the antero-lateral
margins and of the anterior legs, this species agrees well with normal
specimens of the Chilian C. edwardsii. It differs, however, remarkably
in the coloration, which is very well preserved in the specimen (a
dried one). The prevailing colour is light yellow, varied with
blotches of dark purplish brown ; and the joints of the legs are regu-
larly annulated with broad bands of the same colour. Length
about 2 inches, breadth 3.
PaRAXANTHUS HIRTIPES.
Paraxanthus hirtipes, M.-Edw. & Lucas, in d’Orbigny’s Voy.
Amér. mérid. vi. Crust. p. 18 (1843); Nicolet, in Gay’s Hist. de
Chile, iii. p. 141 (1849).
A female is in the collection from Talcahuano.
I may take this opportunity of noting that two young specimens
received from Mr. Lockington, and labelled by him “ Xanthodes
hemphilliana,” appear to belong to this species. Mr. Lockington
has since identified the types of X. hemphilliana with Lophoxanthus
5*
68 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING (Jan. 4,
bellus (Xantho bellus, Stimpson), to which species also his X. leuco-
manus is to be referred.
ACTHA RUFOPUNCTATA.
Xantho rufopunctatus, M.-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. 1. p. 389
1834).
Actea rufopunctata, A. M.-Edwards, N. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat.
i. p. 268, pl. xviii. fig. 1 (1865); Heller, Cr. stidl. Europa, p. 70
(1865).
A female of very small size (breadth only 3 lines), but laden with
ova, is in the collection, which apparently belongs to this species.
A. rufopunctata, which was originally described from the Red Sea,
has a wide Indo-Pacific distribution. Dr. Coppinger’s specimen
was dredged at a depth of 35 fathoms, amid coral on the Hotspur
Bank, lat. 17° 32! S., long. 35° 45! W. Hence (if the example be
correctly determined) it would appear that its range extends into the
South Atlantic.
PLATYONYCHUS BIPUSTULATUS.
Platyonychus bipustulatus, M.-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. i.
p. 437, pl. xvii. figs. 7-10 (1834) ; Gay, Hist. de Chile, ili. p. 148
(1849) ; A. M.-Edw. Arch. Mus. H. N. x. p. 413 (1861); Miers,
Zool. Kreb. & Terror, Crust. p. 2, pl. i. fig. 1 (1874); Cat. New-
Zeal. Crust. p. 32 (1876), wbt synon.
Platyonychus purpureus, Dana, Cr. U.S. Explor. Exped. xiii.
p. 291, pl. xviii. fig. 3 (1852); Cunningham, Trans. Linn. Soc.
Zool. xxvii. p. 492 (1871).
A female individual was obtained in shallow water in Trinidad
Channel. Dr. Cunningham records it from Coquimbo and Luco
Bay; andit is widely distributed through the Chilian, Australian,
Indian, and Japanese seas.
PELTARION SPINULOSUM.
Atelecyclus spinulosus, White, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (ser. 1) xii.
p- 345 (1843). ;
Peltarion spinulosum, White, List Crust. Brit. Mus. p. 52 (1847) ;
Dana, U.S. Explor. Exped. xiii. Crust. i. p. 304, pl. xviii. fig. 6
(1852); Cunningham, 7. c. p. 494 (1871).
Peltarion magellanicus, Jacq. & Lucas, Voy. Pole Sud, Zool. iit.
Crust. p. 83, pl. vill. fig. 1 (1853).
Several specimens of this common inhabitant of the Falkland
Islands and Patagonian seas were collected. The localities are: —Sandy
Point, 9-10 fathoms, bottom sand, one female; Cockle Cove, on a
muddy bottom, one male; Puerto Bueno, 2-7 fathoms, bottom
rocky, three females.
GoOMEZA SERRATA.
Gomeza serrata, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp. xiii. Crust. i. p. 305,
pl. xviii. fig. 7 (1852).
A male of this species (which is probably rare, as it was not met
1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ALERT.’ 69
with by Dr. Cunningham) was obtained at Elizabeth Island in
6 fathoms, another in Trinidad Channel in 4 fathoms, and two others
in Puerto Rosario in 2-30 fathoms. Dana’s specimen was obtained
by Lieut. Case on the coast of Patagonia at a depth of 50 fathoms,
and was only 14 line in length; the length of the largest individual
collected by Dr. Coppinger is 5 lines. It was previously unrepresented
in the British-Museum collection.
ACANTHOCYCLUS GAYI.
Acanthocyclus gayi, M.-Edw. & Lucas, in d’Orbigny’s Voy. Amér.
mérid. vi. Cr. p. 20, pl. xv. fig. 1 (1843); Nicolet in Gay’s Hist. Chile,
Zool. iii. Cr. p. 176 (1849); Dana, Cr. U.S. Expl. Exp. xiii. p. 295,
pl. xviii. fig. 4 (1852); Heller, Reise der Novara, Crust. p. 70 (1865);
Cunningham, /. c. p. 494 (1871).
? Plagusetes elatus, Heller, Verh. zool.-bot. Gesellsch. Wien, xii.
p. 522 (1862).
A single male individual is in the collection, obtained on the beach
at Isthmus Bay, in the Straits of Magellan. It has long been known
as inhabiting the Chilian seas, and was taken by Dr. Cunningham
plentifully at Lota.
LEPTOGRAPSUS VARIEGATUS.
Cancer variegatus, Fabr. Ent. Syst. i. p 450 (1793).
Grapsus variegatus, Latr. Hist. Crust. et Ins. vi. p. 71 (1803) ;
M.-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. ii. p. 87 (1837); Nicolet in Gay’s
Hist. de Chile, iii. p. 167 (1849); Miers, Cat. New-Zeal. Crust.
p- 36 (1876).
Grapsus personatus, Lam. Hist. Anim. sans Vert. v. p. 249 (1818).
Grapsus strigilatus, White, in Gray’s Zool. Miscell. p. 78 (1842).
Grapsus planifrons, Dana, Proc, Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil. p. 249 (1851);
U.S. Expl. Exp. xiii. Cr. i. p. 338, pl. xxi. fig. 3(1852) ; Cunning-
ham, /. c. p. 493 (1871).
Leptograpsus gayi, M.-Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat. ser. 3, Zool. xx.
p- 172 (1853).
Two females were obtained on the shore at the island of St.
Ambrose, in the South Pacific. This locality is of interest, as never
having been previously visited by the carcinological collector. This
species, however, is known to range from the Australian to the
Chilian seas.
CHASMOGNATHUS GRANULATUS.
Chasmagnathus granulatus, Dana, Pr. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil. p. 251
(1851); U.S. Exp]. Exp. xiii. Cr. i. p. 364, pl. xxiii. fig. 6 (1852);
M.-Edw. Ann. Sci. Nat. sér. 3, Zool. xx. p. 200 (1853).
flelice granulata, Smith, Trans. Conn. Acad. ii. p. 37 (1869).
Three examples (males), in somewhat mutilated condition, were
collected at Rat Island, Monte Video. Dana’s specimens were from
Rio de Janeiro; from which locality are specimens in the British-
Museum collection, from the Smithsonian Institution. Professor
Smith (/. c.) gives Rio Grande as a locality for the species.
70 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [Jan. 4,
SESARMA ANGUSTIPES ’
Sesarma angustipes, Dana, U.S. Explor. Exped. xiii. Cr. i. p. 358,
pl. xxii. fig. 7 (1852) ?; Cunningham, Trans. Linn. Soc. Zool. xxvii.
p- 493 (1871); Smith, Trans. Conn. Ac. ii. p. 37 (1869); nec
Stimpson, Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. New York, vii. p. 66 (1858).
To this species I refer, with considerable hesitation, a male
example collected at Rat Island, Monte Video, with Chasmognathus
granulatus. It is certainly not identical with specimens received
from the Smithsonian Institution, from Florida and the Tortugas,
under the name of S. angustipes (probably so named by Dr. Stimp-
son); but it appears to agree more nearly in the distinctly granulated
earapace and hand and mobile finger of the anterior legs with Dana’s
description than do these specimens. In these latter the hand and
fingers are nearly smooth, and the carapace is more convex toward
the antero-lateral angles. If the Floridan species be not the true
S. angustipes, Dana, it may be designated S. stimpsonii.
Dana gives merely South America as the habitat of S. angustipes.
Prof. S. I. Smith has pointed out that there can be little doubt
that Dana’s specimens were collected at Rio de Janeiro; a specimen
from this locality is also referred to this species by Dr. Cunningham,
which I have examined and find to be identical with the Monte-
Videan example. They come nearer to S. cinerea, Bose (of which
the Museum also possesses specimens from the Smithsonian Insti-
tution, from Carolina), being only distinguished by the more convex
and distinctly granulated carapace and strongly granulated hands.
HALIcaRCINUS PLANATUS-
Cancer planatus, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. p. 446 (1793).
Halicarcinus planatus, White, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist xviii. p. 178,
pl. ii. fig. 1 (1846); Cunningham, Trans. Linn. Soc. Zool. xxvii.
p- 492 (1871); Miers, Phil. Trans. elxviii. p. 201 (1879), ubi synon.
This widely spread inhabitant of the Antarctic region is very
common in the Straits of Magellan, where its occurrence at many
localities was noted by Dr. Cunningham. Dr. Coppinger’s specimens
were from Elizabeth Island, 6 fathoms, on a sandy bottom (two females);
Sandy Point, 9-10 fathoms (one female); Cockle Cove, 2-32 fathoms,
on a muddy bottom (one female) ; Trinidad Channel, 4 fathoms, on
a bottom of fine sand (one male and one young).
PINNIXA TRANSVERSALIS.
Pinnotheres transversalis, M.-Edw. & Lucas, in d’Orbigny’s Voy.
Amér. mérid. Cr. p. 23, pl. x. fig. 3 (1843); Gay, Hist. de Chile,
Zool. iii. Cr. p. 156 (1849) ; Cunningham, Trans. Linn. Soe. Zool.
xxvii. p. 492 (1871)?
Pinniza transversalis, M.-Edw. Aun. Sci. Nat. sér. 3, Zool. p. 220
(1853).
A male of rather small size is in the collection from Coquimbo,
This example agrees exactly with the description of M.-Edw. and
Lucas in possessing small and tomentose chelipedes, a transverse
1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ALERT.’ 71
raised line on the posterior part of the carapace, and in the greatly
dilated semicircular terminal joint of the postabdomen. Larger
specimens from Sandy Point, named P. transversalis by Dr. Cun-
ningham, differ in the obsolescence of the transverse raised line on
the carapace, the considerably dilated chelipedes with denticulate
dactyli, and the smaller, more transverse terminal joints of the post-
abdomen, and seem to be more nearly allied to P. faba.
The differences may be due to age, or may be of specific value.
HEPATUS CHILENSIS.
Hepatus chiliensis, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. ii. p. 117 (1837).
Hepatus chilensis, M.-Edw. & Lucas, in d’Orbigny’s Voy. Amér.
mérid. vi. part i. Cr. p. 28, pl. xiv. fig. 1 (1843); Nicolet, in Gay’s
Hist. de Chile, Zool. iii. Cr. p. 174 (1849) ; Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp.
xiii. Cr. i. p. 395, pl. xxv. fig. 3 (1852); Kinahan, Journ. Roy.
Dublin Soe. i. p. 345 (1858); Heller, Reise der Novara, Cr. p- 70
(1865) ; Cunningham, /. c. p. 493 (1871); Miers, Proc. Zool. Soc.
p- 656 (1877).
Four males were collected at Coquimbo, at a depth of 4 fathoms,
on a sandy bottom. The coloration in all is of the normal type.
PLATYMERA GAUDICHAUDI.
Platymera gaudichaudii, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Cr. ii. p. 108 (1837) ;
M.-Edw. & Lucas, in d’Orbigny’s Voy. Amér. mérid. Cr. p. 28, pl. xiii.
fig. 1 (1843); Gay, Hist. de Chile, Zool. iii. Cr. p. 172 (1849).
A young male was obtained at Coquimbo, length about 5 lines,
breadth (exclusive of lateral spines) about 7 lines. This example
differs from an adult male from Chili in the British-Museum col-
lection, in the form of the carapace, which in the young male is
much narrower in proportion to its length.
LiTHODES ANTARCTICUS.
Lithodes antarcticus, Jacq. & Lucas, Voy. Péle Sud, Zool. iii.
Cr. p. 90, pl. vii. fig. 1 and pl. viii. fig. 9 (1855) ; Nicolet, in Gay’s
Hist. Chile, Zool. iii. Cr. p. 182 (1849)'; Dana, Cr, U.S. Expl. Exp.
xill. p. 427, pl. xxvi. fig. 15 (1852); Cunningham, /. c. p. 494 (1871).
Two male examples of rather small size were collected—one from
Puerto Bueno in 4 fathoms, and the other from Neesham Cove,
Trinidad Channel, in shallow water; another and larger individual
is from Alert Bay, on the west coast of Patagonia. Dana records
this species from Fuegia, and Gay from Chiloe.
PARALOMIS VERRUCOSUS.
Lithodes verrucosus, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp. xiii. Cr. i. p. 428,
pl. xvi. fig. 16 (1852); Cunningham, /. c. p. 494 (1871).
Paralomis verrucosus, Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil. p. 231
(1858).
Four male individuals were collected at Puerto Bueno, at a depth
1 The figure in the Atlas of the ‘ Voyage au Pole Sud’ was published before
the description in Gay’s work,
ha ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING (Jan. 4,
of 4 fathoms, amid rock and kelp, and anotber at Trinidad Channel.
Dana records it from Fuegia; and Dr. Cunningham met with it in
great numbers at the Tyssen Islands, Falkland Sound, and mm the
eastern portion of the Straits of Magellan.
The rostrum terminates in a spine, behind and above which are
two smaller spines.
In the Paralomis granulosus (Lithodes granulosus, Jacq. & Lucas)
the rostrum is described as very short, obliquely truncated, distinctly
curved downwards towards the base, and surmounted by three spini-
form tuberculated teeth; in other respects it closely resembles this
species, and, like it, inhabits the Straits of Magellan. Has the
rostrum been broken off in the specimen described ?
In a very young example from the Antarctic seas, in the British-
Museum collection, the granulated and wart-like turbercles of the
carapace are closely crowded together, so that none of the smooth
under surface is visible, and the spines of the legs are much smaller.
EvpaGuRUS COMPTUS.
Pagurus comptus, White, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 122 (1847); id.
Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (ser. 2) i. p. 224 (1848).
Eupagurus comptus, Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil. p. 237
(1858); Miers, Zool. Erebus & Terr., Cr. p. 3, pl. ii. figs. 5, 5a
(1874).
Pagurus forceps, Cunningham, J. e. p. 495 (1871), nee Edwards.
To this species I refer nine specimens collected by Dr. Coppinger
at Sandy Poiut in 7-10 fathoms, inhabiting shells of the genera
Euthria, Natica, and Trophon ; also a specimen collected at Cockle
Cove, on a muddy bottom, depth 2-32 fathoms; one from Puerto
Bueno, at 4 fathoms; four obtained at Portland Bay on a hard
sandy bottom, depth 10 fathoms; and a young specimen obtained
at Port Rosario in 2-30 fathoms. These are the same species as
the individuals collected by Dr. Cunningham at Possession Bay and
Port Otway, in the Museum collection, and referred by him to P.
forceps. . forceps, however, appears to be distinguished by the
much shorter, broader, larger hand, and the much shorter and less
slender fingers of the left anterior leg. White’s typical specimen of
E. comptus was collected at the Falkland Islands.
Two varieties occur of this species. The typical form is readily dis-
tinguished by the form of the hand of the right anterior leg, which
(with the fingers closed) is of an ovate shape, narrower distally, finely
granulated externally, with a prominent granulated ridge on the
upper surface of the palm, and the ridges on its outer surface very
indistinct ; the arm has a granulo-spinulous line on its upper margin ;
the smaller hand is somewhat trigonous, with the fingers scarcely
longer than the palm; and the second and third legs are annulated with
red. Toit belong, besides White’s typical specimen, the one collected
by Dr. Coppinger at Puerto Bueno and one of those obtained by
Dr. Cunningham at Possession Bay. In the other, and apparently
commoner variety, the larger hand is shorter, of a much more oblong-
ovate form, the granulous ridges on the outer surface of the palm
1881. ] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ ALERT.” 73
are more distinct, and its lower margin is distinctly granulated. This
variety may be designated Eupayurus comptus, var. latimanus.
MunIDA GREGARIA.
Galathea yregaria, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. p. 473 (1793).
Grimothea gregaria, Leach, Dict. Sci. Nat. xviii. p. 50 (1820);
M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. ii. p. 277 (1837); id. in Cuv. R. A.
(ed. 3), Atlas, pl. xlvii. fig. 2; Dana, Cr. U.S. Expl. Exp. p. 483,
pl. xxxi. fig. 1 (1852); Cunningham, Trans. Linn. Soc. Zool. xxvii.
p- 496 (1871).
Munida subrugosa, Dana, 1. ¢. p. 479, pl. xxx. fig. 7 (1852);
Miers, Zool. Erebus and Terror, Cr. p. 3, pl. iii. fig. 2 (1874); id.
Cat. New-Zeal. Crust. p. 68 (1876).
Galathea subrugosa, Cunningham, /. c. p. 495 (1871).
In the ‘ Catalogue of New-Zealand Crustacea,’ I adduced certain
reasons for believing that the Munida subrugosa of White and or
Dr. Cunningham is nothing but the mature state of the long-known
and exceedingly common Patagonian species Grimothea gregaria,
Fabricius. There is considerable variation between younger and
older individuals in the length of the external maxillipedes, spines of
the antero-lateral angles of the carapace, and of the anterior legs. In
the typical specimens of M. subrugosa from the Auckland Islands the
rostrum is relatively longer and the antero-lateral marginal spines
somewhat less numerous (7-8) than in the Patagonian form ; but
the Museum has received adult specimens from New Zealand which
agree in all respects with examples from the Magellan Straits. I
was formerly inclined to think that the specimens referred by Dana
to M. subrugosa belonged to a distinct species ; but the larger series
of specimens now before me would seem to show that I was wrong
in that conclusion,
The examples collected by Dr. Coppinger are from Sandy Point
(seven females and one male), depth 7-10 fathoms, bottom sand and
dead acorn-shells ; Cockle Cove, 2-32 fathoms, bottom mud (male,
female, and young); Trinidad Channel, 4 fathoms (four males), bottom
sandy (in this locality it was seen in great shoals).
The males are generally of smaller size than the females.
CALLIANASSA UNCINATA.
Callianassa uncinata, M.-Kidwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. ii. p. 310,
pl. xxv. dis, fig. 1 (1837) ; Gay, Hist. de Chile, iii. p. 208 (1849) ;
A. M.-Edw. Ann. Sci. Nat. (ser. 4) xiv. p. 301, pl. xvi. fig. 1 (1860);
id. N. Archiv. Mus. Hist. Nat. vi. p. 23 (1870) ; Cunningham, J. ¢.
p- 494 (1871).
A single specimen, obtained at Talcahuano.
AuruHeEus (BeTaus) SCABRODIGITUS.
Beteus scabrodigitus, Dana, Cr. U.S. Explor. Exped. xiii. p. 560,
pl. xxv. fig. 12 (1852); Cunningham, J. c. p. 496 (1871).
A male which I refer to this species was collected at Portland
Bay at a depth of 10 fathoms ; another male and a female, plentifully
74 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [ Jan. 4,
laden with ova in an advanced stage, in Trinidad Channel; and an
adult male and female at Borja Bay, in 14 fathoms.
In these specimens the larger hand is somewhat slenderer and the
fingers less incurved than in Dana’s figure; and it is worthy of note
that the hand is nearly as much developed and the tubercles of the
fingers are as large in the female as in the examples I believe to be
males.
The specimens referred to A. scabrodigitus by Dr. Cunningham
differ even more markedly from Dana’s figure in the much longer,
slenderer hand and the entire absence of tubercles on the inner
margins of the fingers, and, it is very possible, may belong to a
distinct species; they are, moreover, of much larger size.
ALPHEUS, sp.
A specimen of an Alpheus was obtained at Portland Bay, at a
depth of 10 fathoms, on a bottom of hard sand, which I will not
regard as the type of a distinct species, on account of its small size.
It appears to belong to the same section of the genus and to be
nearly allied to 4. euchirus, Dana. Like it, the orbits are spinuliferous,
and the upper and lower margins of the larger hand are notched;
the smaller hand is also notched on its upper and lower margins,
and the dactylus is flattened, ovate, and clothed with long hairs;
there is a spine at the distal end of the third (but not the second)
joint of the third and fourth pairs of legs.
PANDALUS PAUCIDENS, sp. n. (Plate VII. figs. 6, 7.)
Carapace with a prominent antennal and a very small pterygo-
stomian spine. Rostrum slender, slightly longer than the antennal
scale, about $-toothed ; four of the dorsal teeth are on the carapace
in a median series ; the distal end of the rostrum is directed upward,
and is without teeth on its upper margin. Antennules considerably
longer than the rostrum. The postabdomen is strongly geniculated
beyond the third segment, which is unarmed on its dorsal surface.
The terminal segment in one specimen is broader, and its apex is
imperfect ; in the other it is very narrow and elongated, reaching
nearly to the end of the slender and narrow uropoda, and is tipped
with four cilia at its extremity. The outer maxillipedes (in the larger
individual) are robust, and reach (when thrown forward) slightly
beyond the antennal scale ; their terminal joints are slightly hairy.
The styliform terminal joints of the first legs are very slender and
acute. The rami of the uropoda are margined with long ciliz, and are
rounded at their distal ends ; the outer ramus is rather the broader,
with the sides parallel, the inner has the sides slightly convergent
to the apex. Length of larger specimen to end of rostrum rather
more than 14 inch.
Two individuals, apparently males, were collected :—one at Tom
Bay, on a bottom of rock, kelp, and mud; the other in Trinidad
Channel, in 30 fathoms, on a sandy bottom.
This species is principally distinguished by the small number of
teeth arming the margins of the rostrum. In the P. pubescentulus,
1881].] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ALERT. 79
Dana, from the Straits of Da Fuca, Oregon, the rostrum is ~-toothed,
and in the P. dane of Stimpson from Puget Sound, California,
3 3-toothed; in Pandalus franciscorum, Kingsley, also a Californian
species, 7 2-3-toothed, and in P. gurneyi, Stimpson, ** toothed.
In most of the species of the genus the teeth are much more nume-
rous. In one species, however, the P. leptorhynchus of Stimpson
(the only one, so far as I am aware, besides P. paucidens, described
from the Southern hemisphere) the rostrum is only 3-toothed; its
habitat is Port Jackson, in Australia.
STOMATOPODA.
SQUILLA GRACILIPES, sp. n. (Plate VII. fig. 8.)
I designate by the above name a specimen (young male) from
the west coast of Patagonia, which is allied in nearly all its characters
to Squilla armata, but is distinguished by the more numerous spines
of the dactyli of the raptorial limbs (which are ten in number), the
obsolescence of the median and submedian and faint definition of the
lateral carinze of the first to sixth postabdominal segments, and the
form of the terminal segment, which is as long as broad, smooth on
its upper surface, with the median carina less distinctly marked, and
with about 26 denticles between the submedian marginal spines
and about 18 on each side between these and the first lateral spines.
The outer spine of the distal prolongation of the base of the uropoda
is relatively much shorter than in 8. armata. Length 3+ inches.
PsEUDOSQUILLA LESSONII. -
Squilla cerisii, Guérin, Voy. Coquille, Crust. p. 40, pl. iv. fig. 1
(1830), S. lessonzi on plate.
Squilla spinifrons, Owen, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 6 (1832).
Squilla lessonii, M.-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Cr. ii. p- 527 (1837) ;
White, List Crust. Brit. Mus. p. 84 (1847).
Squilla monoceros, M.-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. ii. p. 526
(1837); Gay, Hist. Chile, Zool. iii. Cr. p. 224 (1849).
Pseudosquilla lessonii, Dana, Cr. U.S. Exp]. Exp. xiii. i. p. 622
(1852) ; Miers, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (ser. 5) v. p. 113 (1880).
Pseudosquilla marmorata, Lockington, Pr. Cal. Ac. Sci. p. 33
(1877).
A male and female were collected at Coquimbo.
ANISOPODA.
ARCTURUS COPPINGERI, sp. n. (Plate VII. fig. 9.)
The body is robust, and broadest at the fourth thoracie segment,
and is everywhere covered with close-set granules. Head with the
anterior margin deeply excavated. The median portion of each of
the thoracic segments is elevated, and forms a transverse ridge ex-
tending to the lateral margins of the segment; the ridge so formed
is narrowest in the middle, but at the lateral margins covers nearly the
76 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING (Jan. 4,
whole surface of the segments. The first and thesecond postabdominal
segments are similarly ridged, but firmly united together; the ter-
minal portion (formed of the coalescent remaining segments) is ovoid,
more closely and distinctly granulated than the rest of the body,
and terminates in two acute spines. ‘The eyes are placed in the
lateral margins of the head. Antennules very small. Antenne a
little longer than the body, with the last two joints of the peduncle
about equal; flagellum short, 9-jointed, the first joint as long as the
three following. The inferior margins of the last three joints of the
first to fourth pairs of legs (which increase successively in length)
are clothed with long close hairs. The dactyli of the fifth to seventh
legs are strong and slightly arcuated. The operculiform posterior
pair of postabdominal appendages are granulated on their outer
surface. Length 1 inch (exclusive of antenne).
A single female was obtained, at a depth of 30 fathoms, in Trinidad
Channel, on a sandy bottom.
This beautiful species is at once distinguished by the strongly
granulated body and the spines of the last postabdominal segment.
On account of the extreme brevity of the fourth segment of the
body, it would be placed in the subgenus Leachia were the character
valid even as a specific distinction; but the Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing
(Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, xv. p. 187, 1875) has pointed
out that in the case of Arcturus lineatus this segment, which is
elongated in the adult, is shorter in the young individual; there
can be no doubt therefore that Arcturus and Leachia must be
united.
SEROLIS SCYTHEI.
Serolis scythei, Liitken, Naturhist. Vidensk. Medelelser, p. 98,
pl. i. a. figs. 12, 13 (1858); Grube, Arch. f Naturg. xli. pp. 209,
220, pl. v. fig. 1. pl. vi. fig. 1 (1875).
Two males were obtained in Trinidad Channel, Straits of Magellan,
at 30 fathoms; and an adult female with ova, together with eight
smaller individuals, in 4 fathoms, at the same locality.
It is very nearly allied to 8S. paradoxa, Fabr. (S. fabricii, Leach),
which I have regarded as identical with 8. orbignyana, M.-Edwards,
and which is very common at the Magellan Straits and Falklands—
but appears to be constantly distinguished by the much greater
length of the cox, which in the second postabdominal segment
reach nearly to the end of the terminal segment.
IsOPODA.
IpoTEA ANNULATA?
’ Idotea annulata, Dana, Crust. U.S. Explor. Exped. xiv. p. 701,
pl. xlvi. fig. 3 (1853); Cunningham, J. ¢. p. 499 (1871).
To this species I refer, with some hesitation, four specimens col-
lected at Port Henry. They are of a uniform chestnut-brown
colour ; the anterior margin of the head is straight or very slightly
excavated ; the eyes are rather prominent, and situated on the sides
1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S, ‘ALERT.’ 77
of the head ; the flagellum of the antennze is 7-jointed, the last two
joints being little smaller than the preceding, and the terminal seg-
ment regularly rounded at its distal end. Dana’s specimens were
obtained in the Antarctic seas south of Australia.
Idotea argentea, Dana, which is apparently distinguished by its
colour and the form of the last two joints of the antennze, is never-
theless very nearly allied to this species.
SryLONISCUS MAGELLANICUS.
Styloniscus magellanicus, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp. xiv. Cr. ii.
p- 736, pl. xlviii. fig. 7 (1852).
One example of this curious little land Isopod was obtained on
shore at Trinidad Channel, one at Port Henry, one from Cockle
Cove, and one from the midden-heap of a Fuegian hut in Tom Bay.
LIRONECA NOVZ-ZEALANDIA.
Lironeca nove-zealandie, White, List Cr. Brit. Mus. p- 106
(1847) descript. nulla; Miers, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (ser. 4) xvii.
p. 227 1876); id. Cat. New.-Zeal. Crust. p. 106, pl. iii. fig. 2
(1876).
A female specimen was found attached to the mouth ofa fish in
Portland Bay, Straits of Magellan. Hence it is probable that this
species, like so many of the New-Zealand fauna, ranges throughout
the Antarctic region.
L. nove-zealandi@ is nearly allied to LZ. lata, Dana, from the
Sandwich Islands, but is distinguished by its less prominent head,
which is more deeply encased in the first segment of the body, and
by the shorter rami of the uropoda, which are nearly equal in size to
one another, and more acute than in L. data.
AGA PUNCTULATA, sp. n. (Plate VII. figs. 10-12.)
Body convex, closely punctulated ; posterior margins of the seg-
ments of the thorax and of the postabdomen clothed with scattered
hairs. Head transverse; the coxal joints or so-called epimera of
the second to sixth thoracic legs with the postero-lateral angles
acute, but not prolonged backward, and with the margins slightly
hairy. Postabdominal segments (the terminal excepted) very short ;
terminal segment somewhat hairy, smooth and unarmed, narrowing
posteriorly, and rounded at its distal extremity. Eyes (when viewed
from above) oblong, and extending along the lateral margins of the
head, but not along the anterior margin. Antennules short, reaching
to the postero-lateral angles of the head, with the first and second
joints considerably dilated. Antenne short, scarcely reaching to
the postero-lateral angles of the first thoracic segment ; flagellum 18 -
20-jointed. Penultimate joint of the first three pairs of thoracic limbs
without any process; dactyli strongly curved and acute. Rami of
the uropoda unequal ; the inner largest at its distal end and trun-
cated, the outer narrow-ovate and rounded. Length about 1 inch
2 lines.
78 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING (Jan. 4,
A single specimen was found attached to the fins of a mullet-like
fish in Wolsey Sound, in the Straits of Magellan.
This species externally somewhat resembles Pterelas magnificus,
Dana, but is destitute of the hatchet-like process on the penultimate
joint of the first three pairs of legs.
Alga belliceps, Stimpson, a Californian species, is distinguished
by its more pointed head, and by having only five distinguishable
postabdominal segments ; it is somewhat insufficiently characterized.
Alga nove-zealandie, Dana, is very briefly characterized, but is
distinguished by the much longer antennze, which in 4ga punctulata
are not longer than the breadth of the head. The two American
species described by Lockington as Aga harfordi and Aga alas-
kensis do not, I believe, belong to this genus ; the former is probably
a species of Cirolana.
CoRALLANA ACUTICAUDA, sp. n. (Plate VII. fig. 13.)
Body convex, segments punctulated; the last two thoracic seg-
ments and the postabdomen hairy. Head transverse; produced
anteriorly into a small median rostriform lobe that projects between
the bases of the antennules. Segments of the body subequal and
rounded, and not produced at the postero-lateral angles; first seg-
ment with its antero-lateral angles rounded and somewhat produced
anteriorly beneath the lateral margins of the head. Five segments
of the postabdomen are exposed (but scarcely distinguishable, on
account of the pubescence with which they are covered) ; the third
segment is produced on each side into a truncated and emarginate
postero-lateral lobe ; the terminal segment is rather small, triangu-
late, covered above with short, dense, close pubescence, but with a
smooth, naked, longitudinal median line. Eyes large, black, distinctly
faceted, and situate on the sides of the head. Antennules contiguous
at base, their basal joints considerably enlarged posteriorly (but not
anteriorly produced beyond the plane of the head), inserted into
semicircular cavities in the anterior margin of the head ; the follow-
ing joint slender; flagellum short, not reaching to the posterior
margin of the head. Antenne not in contact at their bases (which
are concealed beneath the enlarged basal joints of the antennules),
with the first three joints short, the fourth and fifth subequal, longer
and slender ; flagellum reaching to the posterior margin of the third
segment of the body. The coxe of the second and third legs are small
and rounded posteriorly, those of the following legs larger, with the
postero-lateral angles acute. The rami of the uropoda spring from
a broad base (which is produced at its distal and internal angle into
a strong acute lobe) ; the outer ramus is slender and acute, the inner
broad but narrowing to an acute apex ; both are ciliated on the mar-
gins. Length 7 lines.
The single example (a female) was dredged amid coral in 35 fathoms,
on the Hotspur Bank (S. Atlantic) in lat. 17° 32! S., long. 35°
45! W.
This species is distinguished from the various oriental forms enu-
merated by Schiddte and Meinert, Nat. Tidskr. 3 R. pp. 286, 299
1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ALERT.’ 79
(1879), by the form of the terminal segment, which is acute at its
distal end, and the greatly dilated basal joints of the antennules;
the outer ramus of the uropoda is not larger than the inner; the
frontal interantennulary process is obsolete.
SPH ROMA GIGAS.
Spheroma gigas, Leach, Dict. Sci. Nat. xii. p. 346 (1818); M.-
Edwards, Hist. Nat. Cr. iii. p. 205 (1840); Miers, Cat. New-Zeal.
Crust. p. 110 (1876).
Several specimens, all of small size, of this species, which is very
common in the Straits of Magellan and at the Falkland Islands, and
also occurs at the Auckland Islands and New Zealand, were collected
by Dr. Coppinger at Elizabeth Island (6 fms.) Sandy Point (9-10 fms.)
on a sandy bottom, and an adult male at Silly Bay.
DYNAMENE DARWINII.
Cymodocea darwinii, Cunningham, J. c. p. 499, pl. lix. fig. 1
(1871).
Two examples were obtained by Dr. Coppinger at Elizabeth
Island (6 fathoms), ona sandy bottom. It appears to be rare, as Dr.
Cunningham met with it only on the north coast of Eastern Fuegia and
in very small numbers. An adult example collected by Dr. Cun-
ningham, and preserved in the Museum collection, is a male. The
larger of the two obtained by Dr. Coppinger at Elizabeth Island is
apparently a female, and is of a bright rose-colour. In a small
example from Borja Bay (14 fathoms) the tubercle on the dorsal sur-
face of the terminal segment is less developed and the lateral lobes
of the fifth thoracic segment scarcely thickened.
CiIRRIPEDIA.
BALANUS L&VIS.
Balanus levis, Bruguiére, Encycl. Méth. pl. elxiv. fig. 1 (1789);
Darwin, Monog. Cirripedia, Balanide, p. 227, pl. iv. fig. 2 (1854),
ubi synon.
Several clusters of this species, which is very common and abundant
in the Magellan Straits, were collected at Sandy Point, at a depth of
7 fathoms, adhering to shells &c. All are of the typical variety.
Its range, according to Darwin, extends northward to Chili, Peru,
and California’.
1 Besides the species enumerated above, there are in the collection four small
specimens of a species of Amphipoda, allied in many of its characters to Oreho-
mene, obtained at Hlizabeth Island in 6 fathoms, and four specimens of a
Caligus (not the C. chemichthys, Cunningham) taken from a sea-water fish at
Puerto Bueno, in rather bad condition, which I do not venture to describe ; also,
among the surface-dredgings made at various localities in the North and South
Atlantic, larval stages of several species of Decapoda and Stomatopoda and a
few species of oceanic Copepoda,
80 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [Jan. 4,
VII. COLEOPTERA.
By Cuas. O. WaTeRHOUSE.
CaRABID&.
1. Carasus suTuRALIs, Fabr. Syst. El. i. p. 238.
Four specimens from Neesham Cove, Cockle Cove, Elizabeth
Island, and Swallow Bay.
2. BRACHYCG@LIA CONCOLOR, Sp. 0.
Cyaneo-nigra, subtus nigra, levis, nitida ; antennis pedibusque
piceo-nigris ; elytris striatis, striis fere levibus. Long. 8% mill.,
lat. 4 mill.
Very close to B. virescens, G. R. Waterh., but smaller, darker in
colour, and with the antennee and legs nearly black. Thorax
nearly of the same form, transverse, gently arcuate at the sides, but
with the posterior angles very slightly turned outwards and slightly
acute. The elytra are a little more ovate; 7. e. the broadest part is
rather further from the apex than in B. virescens ; each elytron has
nine striae, the five dorsal ones moderately strongly impressed and ex-
tending nearly to the apex, with no proper punctuation, the interstices
slightly convex, especially the fifth ; the sixth and seventh striz are
less distinct, and the eighth is only visible posteriorly ; the ninth is
very distinct and hasa series of distinct punctures. The prosternum
has a well-marked lanceolate impression between the coxze, very similar
to that in B. virescens. The median impressed line on the thorax
is shorter than in the specimens of B. virescens, rather broader in
front, and terminating rather abruptly some way from the anterior
margin. The anterior and intermediate tarsi are dilated in the same
way as in B. virescens.
A single male example taken at Puerto Bueno.
3. CasceLLius GRAVES, Curtis, Trans. Linn. Soc. xviii. p. 183,
pl. 15. f. B.
Cascellius nitidus, G. R. Waterh. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. vi.
1841, p. 255.
A careful examination of the type specimens of Cascellius gravesii,
Curtis, and C. nitidus, Waterh., has convinced me that they are
varieties of the same species. The striz of the elytra vary very
much, being sometimes almost effaced, and sometimes broken up
into well-marked elongate impressions. It was this last form which
my father considered the true C. gravesii, and from which he sepa-
rated C. nitidus as distinct. The type specimen of C. gravesit, how-
ever, has the strie lightly impressed. The series of specimens in
the British Museum show the intermediate forms.
Dr. Coppinger took a single specimen at Puerto Bueno’.
1 Tt may be well to note here that Cascellius kingti, Curtis, .c. p. 183,
pl. xv. f. A (omitted from Gemminger and y. Harold’s Catalogue of Coleoptera),
is the same as Feronia (Creobius) eydouxti, Guérin, Mag. Zool. 1838, p. 4,
t. 225. f.2. Hope’s paper was read on May Ist, 1888.
1681.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ ALERT.” 81
4. AnTARCTIA GLAUCA, Blanch. Voy. Pole Sud, iv. p. 39, t. 3.
f. 4.
Three specimens which, from description, appear to be referable to
this species. They were taken at Sandy Point on January 8th, 1879.
Dytiscip&.
5. Ruaytus parwinu, Babington, Trans. Ent. Soc. ili. 1841,
p. 8.
A single female example which I refer with some doubt to this
species. It is a trifle more parallel than the type specimen; and the
thorax is rather more dull. It was taken at Isthmus Bay.
6. RHANTUS MIXTUS, sp. n.
Ater ; clypeo capiteque antice piceo-fluvis ; thorace piceo-flavo,
margine antico punctato, basi medio nigra ; elytris politis, piceo-
nigris, crebre seriatim piceo-fiavo guttatis ; antennis, palpis, pedi-
bus prosternoque piceis. Long. 54 lin.
3. Very close to R. varius, Fabr. (Ent. Syst. i. p. 195), but
larger, darker in colour than that species usually is, and a little less
regularly elliptical. Head finely coriaceous, with an impressed line
within each eye. Thorax shining, a little wrinkled at the sides,
with an imperfect impressed median line; the middle portion of the
anterior margin is distinctly punctured, and this part is also
blackish ; the base is narrowly margined with black, the black is
more suffused in the middle ; the posterior angles are a trifle greater
than a right angle. Elytra very shining, nearly black, with closely
placed lines of small yellowish spots as in R. varius, but not so con-
Spicuous ; the margins are yellow; the extreme apex (which is
obliquely truncate) is margined with black ; there is a line of rather
close distinct punctures not far from the suture; and there is a second
very irregular line of similar punctures extending from within the
shoulder to near the apex. The whole of the underside is black,
except the front part of the prosternum and the sternal process.
The apical segment of the abdomen is densely longitudinally strigose,
the strize reach the base of the segment in the middle but not at the
sides. The legs are pitchy, the posterior tarsi being darker; the
intermediate femora and tibize are closely and rather roughly punc-
tured, more closely and more distinctly than in R. varius.
Four male examples, marked “Tom Bay, April 22, 1879.”
LuUCANID.
7. SCLEROSTOMUS FEMORALIS, Guérin, Rev. Zool. 1839, p. 303.
A single male example taken at Sandy Point.
MELOLONTHID2.
8. Sericorpes GLacrALis, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 35.
Sericoides reichei, Guérin, Rev. Zool. 1839, p. 301.
An imperfect specimen found at Skyring Water. It agrees well
Proc. Zooxu. Soc.—1881, No. VI. 6
82 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [Jan. 4,
with the Fabrician type of Melolontha glacialis now in the British
Museum from the Banksian Collection.
9, Lisrronyx TesTaceus, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 35.
Melolontha testacea, Fabr. l.c., 2.
Listronyx nigriceps, Guérin, Rev. Zool. 1839, p. 302, ¢.
A male example from Sandy Point. It agrees perfectly with
Guérin’s type specimen of Listronyx nigriceps now in the British-
Museum collection, which is undoubtedly the male of Melolontha
testacea, Fabr., the type of which is also in the Museum.
10. Cypuon pataGonica, Curtis, Trans. Linn. Soc. xviii. p. 199.
The single specimen found at Sandy Point by Dr. Coppinger dif-
fers from Curtis’s type in being uniform in colour, without the
fuscous mark on the thorax; it is, however, undoutebdly the same
species.
11. PHortinvus, sp.
A single example taken at Tom Bay. I am unable to determine
the species; it is broader than P. obscurus, Fabr., from Terra del
Fuego, which it resembles in colour, and is more like P. coruscus,
Linn.
TENEBRIONIDS.
12. Ematopera opesa, Guérin, Rev. Zool. 1841, p. 215.
A single specimen, marked “ Elizabeth Island, Jan. 1879.”
CuRCULIONIDS.
13. CyLINDRORRHINUS ANGULATUS, Guérin, Rev. Zool. 1841,
p- 217.
Two specimens from Elizabeth Island, Jan. 6, 1879.
14. Lopnotus Novipennis, Hope, Trans. Ent, Soc. i. p. 15,
pil. ‘i. f205
One specimen only, found at Port Gallant, “on board.”
CERAMBYCIDZ.
15. CALLISPHYRIS SCHYTHET, Philippi, Stet. Zeit. 1864, p. 380.
The specimen brought by Dr. Coppinger agrees very well with the
description of this species. Another specimen was received almost
simultaneously at the Museum from Peru.
VIII. LEPIDOPTERA, ORTHOPTERA ann HEMIPTERA.
By A. G. Butter.
A. LEPIDOPTERA.
Of the nine species of Lepidoptera obtained by Dr. Coppinger,
two appear to be new to science; and four others may be new, but
are too much worn for identification ; of the remaining three, one has
previously been recorded from the Straits, and two from Chili.
1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ALERT.’ 83
NYMPHALID&.
1, ARGYNNIS CYTHERIS, Drury.
Two pairs taken in Elizabeth Island in January 1879. The males
agree well with Drury’s figure and with Reed’s figure of 4. anna
(Blanchard); one of the females also agrees very fairly with
Blanchard’s figure of 4. /athonioides. The allied form, regarded by
Reed as the 4. cytheris of Drury, seems quite distinct, and must re-
tain the name of 4. montana given to it by Reed upon his plate.
PAPILIONIDE.
2. TarocHILa pEMopicE, Blanchard.
One female captured on the 6th of January in Elizabeth Island.
LASIOCAMPID.
3. PHRICODIA HUMERALIs, var., Walker.
A male caught on board in theStraits of Magellan, and two females
in Elizabeth Island on the 6th of January. These specimens are
altogether redder and darker than the typical form.
EPISEMID2.
4. Hexioryosvs’?, sp.
Puerto Bueno, Straits of Magellan, 20th of January, 1879. The
two examples of this species are so much rubbed that, although the
Moth appears to agree in structure with Heliophobus, it is quite im-
possible to decide whether or not it is referable to any known species.
APAMIIDE.
5. Mamestra?, sp.
The single example obtained, although evidently referable to a
well-marked species, is unfortunately too much worn for recognition ;
the antenne are wanting.
Straits of Magellan, exact locality not noted,
It is not impossible that this may prove to be an Agrotis when we
see a perfect specimen.
Nocruipz,
6. OcHROPLEURA MAGELLANICA, Sp. N.
Primaries chocolate-brown, with very slight purplish reflections,
the basal two thirds of costal border broadly pale sandy brown; the
orbicular and reniform spots of the same colour, with slightly darker
centres, the orbicular with oblique outer margin and confluent with
the costal border along its anterior margin: secondaries pale sericeous
greyish brown, with slightly darker diffused outer border and pale
sandy-yellow fringe: thorax chocolate-brown ; head, antennz, and
shoulders ochraceous ; abdomen fuliginous brown, whitish at the
base, and with ochraceous lateral fringes and anal tuft. Primaries
below pale fuliginous brown ; secondaries whitish, with pale fuliginous
6
84 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [Jan. 4,
costal border and discocellulars and yellowish fringe; body below
fuliginous brown. Expanse of wings | inch 9 lines.
The above description is made from a specimen obtained by Dr.
Cunningham at Sandy Point, Terra del Fuego, the five examples
sent home by Dr. Coppinger being all too much worn for description.
He notes the following habitats and dates of capture :— ;
amCoekle Cover) aes eke WAH. AS Fe Feb. 13, 1878.
b. Latitude Cove, flew on board........ Jan. 13, 1879.
ec. Puerto Bueno, flew on board ........ Jane VOys os
d. Tom Bay, flew on board............ Jan. 1879.
e. Wolsey Sound, W. coast of Patagonia,
flew on board.
ORTHOSIIDZ.
7. PACHNOBIA COPPINGERI, Sp. 0.
Allied to P. alpina. Primaries above ashy grey, slightly tinted
with pink at the base ; two subbasal spots, a broad internally bisi-
nuated, externally ill-defined belt (enclosing the orbicular spot) just
before the middle, and two subparallel angulated and zigzag discal
lines, dark slaty grey; discoidal spots brown, with whitish borders
and blackish margins; a marginal series of <-shaped black mark-
ings: secondaries pale sericeous smoky brown, becoming slightly
darker towards the outer margin; discocellulars dusky, costal border
ash-grey at apex; a marginal dark slaty-grey line formed of con-
fluent depressed-triangular spots; fringe traversed by a whitish
basal line: body grey; thorax slightly tinted with pink ; abdomen
with whitish basal tufts, anal tuft testaceous. Primaries below ash-
grey ; discal lines indicated, but less distinct than above, and not
zigzag : secondaries sericeous greyish white ; a discocellular spot and
arched discal stripe blackish; a slender blackish marginal line:
pectus white; legs ash-grey, tarsi of middle pair brown, tibiz and
tarsi of posterior pair almost wholly laky brown. Expanse of wings
1 inch 6 lines.
Puerto Bueno; flew on board, Jan. 19, 1879.
LARENTIIDZ.
8. Scorosta, sp.
One specimen, very much worn and rubbed, the pattern being
entirely lost.
Puerto Bueno, November 5, 1879.
9. CrpaRIA, sp.
A single shattered example, which appears to be allied to the
European C. fulvata.
Puerto Bueno.
The OrrHoprera are represented by five examples, three of which
are immature and referable apparently to a species of Xiphocera ;
the two others belong to the genera Cidipoda and Ctypohippus.
1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ ALERT.’ 85
Six Hemirrera were obtained, of which one appears to belong to
a new species of Sciocoris; three are referable to a known species
of Halobates, one is anew genus of Membracide, and one a small
Tassus.
A single ANopLURON was taken, referable to the genus Trinoton.
B. OrTHOPTERA.
XIPHOCERIDE.
1. X1PHOCERA, sp. inc. (immature).
«St. Vincent, near the beach, 24th October, 1878 ; Puerto Bueno,
Straits of Magellan, on shore near freshwater pools,”
CEDIPODID.
2. CEpIPODA AURIFERA.
Gdipoda aurifera, Walker, Derm. Salt. iv. p. 735 (1870).
Epacromia collecta, Walker, op. cit. v. p. 85 (1871).
St. Vincent, Cape-Verd Islands, from sandy patches, 24th October,
1878.
Walker at first rightly identified this species with the genus
CGidipoda, but remarked, ‘this species has some affinity to the
genus Hpacromia ;”” subsequently he described a smaller example as
an Epacromia, and observed that “this and the preceding species
differ much in structure from each other, and from the typical form
of Epacromia, and may be considered as the representatives of two
new genera.”
3. CTYPOHIPPUS ARENIVOLANS, Sp. 0.
Apparently nearest to “ Cdipoda ochraceipennis’’ of Blanchard,
from Chili; also somewhat similar to ‘‘ @. chloris.’ Head and pro-
notum greenish yellow, with a lateral longitudinal stripe of black,
varied with reddish brown; on the head this stripe encloses an
ochraceous line ; pronotum flat, slightly elevated at the sides, crossed
in the middle by a linear transverse impression, and with a central
longitudinal carina ; abdomen shining, olivaceous, banded indistinctly
with testaceous, and mottled at the sides with castaneous ; anterior
and middle pairs of legs castaneous, posterior legs with the femora
greenish testaceous, a series of black spots just above the infero-
exterior longitudinal carina towards the base ; tibia: and tarsi rust-red,
the spines tipped with black : tegmina with the basal six thirteenths
flesh-coloured, with a longitudinal internal green streak and two
transverse dark-brown bands, the inner one interrupted by the green
streak, the outer one abbreviated ; base slightly brown-speckled ;
remainder of tegmina hyaline white, with ochraceous veins, the cross
veinlets black here and there, so as to produce the effect of indistinct
greyish spots: wings hyaline white, slightly tinted with yellow to-
wards the base, and crossed from the posterior angle to the centre
of the anterior margin by a very slightly interrupted arched blackish
86 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [Jan. 4
band. Length of body 1 inch 1 line; expanse of tegmina 2 inches
4 lines.
St. Vincent, Cape-Verds, 24th October, 1878 ; from sandy
patches.
I found a second example of this species amongst the hetero-
geneous crowd of specimens placed by Walker under @dipoda flava
of Linnzus.
C. HEMIPTERA.
ScIocoRID&.
1. ScrocoRIs ODIOSUS, sp. N.
Testaceous, regularly spotted and streaked all over with dull greyish
brown; abdomen with regular black marginal spots; pectus longi-
tudinally banded with black; legs ochraceous; antennz orange ;
venter with a longitudinal streak of black on each side.
Dull, densely punctured ; head obtusely subconical, convex behind,
with marginal and dorsal longitudinal carinee, twice as long before
as behind the eyes, which are prominent; thorax octagonal, fully
twice as broad as long, deeply excavated in front to receive the head ;
the humeral angles armed with a short obtuse denticle ; scutellum
large, half as long again as broad, obtusely triangular ; legs smooth
and rather slender, tibize and tarsi covered rather densely with short
bristles ; ventral segments with their posterior angles slightly pro-
minent. Length of head 2 millims., of thorax in the middle 2, at
humeral angles 24, width 5 ; length of scutellum 3; of each tegmen
6; entire length of insect 8.
Monte Video (one specimen).
GERRIDE.
2. HALOBATES MICANS.
Halobates micans, Eschscholtz, Entomogr. p. 163, pl. 2. fig. 3.
Taken in the towing-net on the surface, 29th Oct. 1878. Lat.
8° 6! N., long. 25°33! W.
MEMBRACID.
METHILLE, g. n.
Nearer to Hille, Stal, than to any genus with which I am ac-
quainted, but altogether narrower, more depressed, the upper or
dorsal margin of the pronotum nearly parallel to the anterior margin
of the closed tegmina ; the head vertical, almost in a line with the
anterior margin of the pronotum, which projects slightly in front
of it; the pronotum not covering the mesonotum, its upper surtace
pentagonal; scutellum uncovered, triangular, very acute behind.
Type M. ecuneata.
This genus in many of its characters seems to agree with Meli-
zoderes of Spinola, with which, but for the figure, it might perhaps
have been identified ; but, in spite of the manifest incorrectness of
the illustration (which shows no trace of a scutellum, although the
1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ ALERT.’ 87
description says ‘‘escudo visible’’), I cannot believe it to be iden-
tical. The neuration is the same; but the head is not visible from
above, being entirely concealed by the conical and prominent anterior
margin of the pronotum.
3. METHILLE CUNEATA, Sp. n.
Fulvous, upper surface of the body with a central longitudinal
carina ; the head orange ; head, pronotum, mesonotum, and scutellum
finely granulose ; tegmina semitransparent, horn-yellow, darkest to-
wards the base and on the veins, the corium and clavus coarsely
punctured ; wings hyaline white, legs horn-yellow. Length of body
53 millims., expanse of tegmina 113.
‘Found on leaf of Campidium chilense, a leguminous creeping
plant, 14th April, 1879. Straits of Magellan.”
The genus Melizoderes is not quoted by Walker in the Supplement
to his ‘ Catalogue of Homoptera.’
IASsIDz&.
4. Iassus Lucipus?
Tassus lucidus, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1877, p. 91. no. 8.
Caught on board at sea, 27th October, 1878.
I can discover no difference between this example and that from
the Galapagos archipelago.
IX. ECHINODERMATA.
By F. Jerrrey Be tt.
(Plates VIII. & IX.)
The collection of Echinodermata which Dr. Coppinger has for-
warded presents some points of considerable interest. Of the Echi-
noidea there is one species which is apparently new to science;
the species Echinus magellanicus was found on the eastern side of
the coast of South America; the Ophiurida are represented by four
species, of which two, one of them an Astrophytid, appear to be
new to science; while the new species of Asterida seem to make it
necessary to direct attention to the fact that, if the number of new
species of Echinodermata appears to be disproportionately large as
compared with the Mollusca or Crustacea, it must be borne in mind
that Dr. Cunningham’s account of his collection, made in 1869, ter-
minates with the latter of these groups, and that therefore our
knowledge of the Echinoderm fauna of this region is in a less
advanced condition. The Holothuroida are feebly represented in
the present collection; and no specimen of the Crinoida has been
as yet forwarded to the Museum.
ECHINOIDEA.
ECHINOCIDARIS DUFRESNII, BJ.
A number of these interesting forms were forwarded by Dr. Cop-
pinger. As was natural, I examined them with eagerness in order
88 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [Jan. 4,
to find, if possible, some more exceptions to the rule of the presence
of four anal plates’; not one, however, was to be found among the
fourteen specimens I examined. The localities were :—
(1) Portland Bay, 10 fathoms; bottom, hard sand.
(2) Tom Bay, 0-30 fms.; bottom, rock, kelp, and mud.
(3) Cockle Cove, 2-32 fms. ; bottom, mud. :
(4) Port Rosario, 2-30 fms. ; bottom, sand and rock.
(5) Trinidad Channel, 30 fms. ; bottom, sand.
The smaller specimens varied considerably in colour; the light
green of the test and the purplish flesh-colour of the spines of the
ordinary specimens being in one case replaced by a light brown for
both test and spines; one or two examples had reddish patches on
the bare spaces of the interambulacral arez ; and in two cases the »
white pedicellariz, placed on a deep-green test, gave a rarely seen
appearance to the specimens; another example had the spines
white, with a deep rusty-brown patch in each bare interambulacral
space. None of the specimens was of a large size.
STRONGYLOCENTROTUS BULLATUS, n.sp. (Plate VIII. figs. 1, 2.)
Test rather thick and slightly pentagonal; superiorly to the
ambitus the primary tubercles of the interambulacral arez, which
are set in two rows, are of considerable size; generally eight pairs of
pores in each are, which is set more or less horizontally, and is
separated from the one above and below by a not very regular series
of small tubercles; the ambulacral area comparatively narrow; the
actinostome moderately small and very faintly notched; abactinal
system thickly covered with small tubercles; ocular plates all ex-
cluded from the anal system; madreporic body large; anal plates
large in size and small in number. Test brownish red; the spines
not long, and of a dirty or brownish yellow colour.
Straits cf Magellan.
The difficult genus Strongylocentrotus stands in need of a careful
revision; and it is necessary that I should point out some of the
reasons which induce me to look upon this species as new, though
this is by no means the place to undertake any thing like a general
review of the group. It seems, theu, to be the only species in which
all the ocular plates are excluded from the anal system—presenting
a considerable resemblance to S. franciscanus, in so far that the
primary tubercles of the interambulacral arez form, in both species,
two rows, and are considerably larger than any others on the test ; it
is distinguished not only by having the tubercles absolutely smaller,
but also by the fact that it is above rather than at the ambitus that
the largest tubercles are to be found. So, again, a resemblance is
to be seen to S. albus in the presence of tubercles separating the
1 P. Z.S. 1879, pt. iii. p. 486. I may here state that during the autumn of
1879 I took the opportunity to examine the few specimens of this genus that are
deposited in the Natural-History Museum at Brussels; but I was not able to
detect in any of them any indications as to the presence of more than four
plates.
Hanhart irap.
C.Berjeau del.etlith.
“ALERT SURVEY.
7
4a
CHINODERMATA 0
m
H
_
1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ALERT.’ 89
arcs of pores; but these tubercles are much smaller and much more
irregular in S. dullatus, and this new species has also a somewhat
larger mouth (actinostome), though it by no means has one so large
as has S. franciscanus. Turning from S.. albus, the presence of
which on the Chilian coast was signalized by Molina’, to S. gibbosus,
the other member of the genus which has been hitherto recorded
from this district, we find in it only four pairs of pores in each are,
while the much smaller test has a proportionally larger actinostome.
The following are the more important measurements of the largest
of the three specimens :—
Diameter of
a SN
actino- abactinal anal Poriferous Ambul. Interamb.
Length. Height. stome. system. system. zone. area. area.
108 49 25 20 11°5 75 24 40
It will be seen that the test is not high, that, although the ares of
pores are so nearly horizontal in direction, the ambulacral arez are
not very wide; they are, indeed, only provided with two rows of
primary tubercles, which are never very large, and, like those of the
interambulacral series, decrease to quite a small size on the greater
part of the actinal surface. The number of secondary tubercles (or,
rather, of large miliaries) is very much greater than in S. francis-
eanus ; and the scrobicular circle around which they form a ring in
the interambulacral, though not in the ambulacral arez, is not so
wide as in that species. There is no petaloid enlargement of the
poriferous zone around the actinostome ; the number of pores in an
are may be here and there reduced to seven. The large number of
small tubercles on the plates of the abactinal system is very striking,
as is, too, the large size of the anal and madreporic plates. The
auricles are well developed, and the space between the two halves
elongated and triangular. As in S. lividus, the dentary apparatus is
not as much as one half the height of the test; but the fenestrze
(or spaces between the alveoli) are proportionally much shorter,
and the radii are long enough to reach to the margin.
Three specimens were sent :—
(1) Trinidad Channel, shallow water.
(2) Tom Bay.
(3) Cockle Cove.
STRONGYLOCENTROTUS, sp. inc.? (Plate VIII. figs. 3, 4.)
This specimen is at once distinguished by the very remarkable
arrangement of the ares of pores, which are so little bent as to be
better indeed called rows, and are, above the ambitus, set very
* Molina, ‘ Saggio sulla Storia nat. del Chile,’ Bologna, 1782, p. 200.
* I was for a long time inclined to regard this specimen as a representative
of a new species; but a long and close study of other members of the genus has
convinced me that the form of the are of pores may vary very considerably
during growth, I give a full description and figure of it, to exhibit the marked
differences which obtain between it and the adult.
90 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [Jan. 4,
nearly vertically ; below the ambitus and approaching the actino-
stome the rows become considerably flattened out and take on a
more horizontal direction. Test not thick, very nearly circular, a
good deal flattened; spines rather long, greenish, with (when dry) a
reddish purplish tip; in each area there are two rows of primary
tubercles, of which the interambulacral are considerably the larger ;
in both sets the diminution in size on the actinal surface is very
rapid and very marked; a row of small tubercles, separating the two
rows of primary tubercles, extends from the actinostome to some
way above the ambitus, in the ambulacral area; there are but few
secondary tubercles, on each coronal plate ; and as the plates are high,
there is no appearance of crowding. ‘The poriferous zones are of a
greenish-grey colour, and the two inner or upper pairs of pores ©
are placed at a little distance from the outer or lower six pairs of
pores; the spaces between the primary tubercles of the ambulacral
area are of a reddish colour.
The actinostome is moderately large ; but there are no deep cuts,
and no large plates developed on the buccal membrane. As in S.
bullatus, the ridge connecting the auricles is exceedingly low; the
abactinal system is comparatively small, the number of anal plates
not small; the madreporic is not much larger than the genital
plates. As in S. budlatus, none of the ocular plates reaches the anal
area. I cannot say whether the presence of short white spinous
tubercles rising up so as to form a kind of anal tube is an individual
peculiarity of the specimen under description.
The following are the more important measurements :—
Diameter of
a ———EE
tA. ees
Diameter Height actino- abactinal anal Ambul. Interamb. Length
of test. of test. stome. system. system. area. area. of spine.
39 21 13 8°5 5 9 115 22
One specimen. Tom Bay, 0-30 fms. ; bottom, sand, kelp, and
mud.
EcHINUs MAGELLANICUs (Philippi).
E. magellanicus, Philippi, Archiv fiir Naturg. xxiii. p. 130
(1857).
Two species of the genus Hchinus have been recorded from the
Straits of Magellan, HZ. magellanicus and EF. margaritaceus. With-
out entering into any general discussion of their peculiarities, it will
be sufficient to point out (in consequence of the somewhat contra-
dictory statements that have been put out regarding them) that
E. magellanicus can be readily distinguished by its larger number
of primary tubercles. No specimens of LZ. margaritaceus were ob-
tained in this collection. Those of 2. magellanicus are all small
in size. They were taken at :—
(1) Tom Bay.
(2) Cockle Cove.
(3) Trinidad Channel.
1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ALERT.’ 91
(4) 36° 47'S., 55° 17' W. This is, I believe, the first recorded
notice of the presence of F. magellanicus in any other region than
the Straits of Magellan'; but the officers of the ‘ Challenger’ Expe-
dition dredged specimens from the Marion Islands and Prince
Edward’s Island, as well as at Station 147 (between Marion Islands
and the Crozets) and Station 315 (north of the Falkland Islands) *;
and the views of Studer as to the connexion in earlier periods of the
world’s history between such points as the southern portion of South
America, the Falkland Islands, South Georgia, and the Crozets are
thereby strengthened *—so far, that is, as forms with free-swim-
ming embryos can offer any evidence at all on the point.
(5) Some very small specimens, which are, I believe, the young
of this species, were obtained at Elizabeth Island.
ASTEROIDEA.
ASTERIAS.
The species of this genus which have come in this collection
afford no exception to the rule that in it the process of determining
the species is accompanied with very considerable difficulty.
Au opportunity may, perhaps, be now taken to point out that the
specific name mollis, applied by Studer to the new sexradiate form
which he found on the west of Kerguelen‘, cannot stand for it, as it
was used by Captain F. W. Hutton five years earlier for a quinque-
radiate form from New Zealand? (bien entendu that the difference in
the number of the rays is not the only one). I would suggest that
the name stwdert should replace mollis for the more lately described
species.
ASTERIAS BRANDTI, n. sp. (Plate IX. fig. 1.)
A single specimen of this species is, unfortunately, considerably
injured; of the two arms which have been broken off from the
disk, part of one has alone been preserved. Enough remains, how-
ever, to enable us to demonstrate a very remarkable similarity and a
very remarkable difference between this new species and the 4. meri-
dionalis of Perrier. In this latter, which was collected by the Ant-
arctic Expedition and has since been obtained from Kerguelen, the
greater part of the creature is covered by short delicate spines, each
of which is placed on a separate disk of its own. These disks are
completely free from granules; but each disk is frequently separated
1 During the Hassler Expedition specimens were taken at lat. 37° 42' S.
long. 56° 20' W.
* The specimens from these localities were determined by Prof. Alex. Agassiz.
3 Archiv fiir Naturg. xly. p. 140. Some time after writing the above I
found that Capt. F. W. Hutton had (Trans. N.Z. Inst. ix. p. 362) stated his
belief that his £. albocinetus is the same as EL. magellanicus. With this opinion
of Capt. Hutton’s I am not, as at present advised, disposed to disagree; but it
may be pointed out that we not only find in this species an interesting example
of geographical range, but are also able from it to point the moral of the
value of geographical terms as specific titles.
* Monatsber. Akad. Berl. 1877, p. 457.
* P.Z.S8. 1872, p. 812.
,
92 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [Jan. 4,
from those near it by small aggregations of large granules. Now in
A. brandti the spines are present and the disks are present, as are,
too, the granules, but the granules, instead of separating the disks,
are placed upon them. 4
The species may be thus defined:—Arms five, very long and
narrow, decreasing very gradually in width; they are largely covered
with disk-like plates which are covered by large granules, with a
short white spine in the centre. The adambulacral spines are in
two longitudinal rows and subequal ; the disk-like plates on either
side are closely packed ; and their spines are much longer and stouter
than those on the dorsal surface. Between these lateral rows, and
extending across the arm, there are about eleven disks, which form
fairly regular longitudinal rows along the arm. The exceedingly
small central disk is not distinguished by any special spines; the
madreporic plate is orbicular and near the margin of the disk.
Spines all white. R=86, r=7; or the greater is about twelve
times the length of the lesser radius.
One specimen. Trinidad Channel, 30 fms.; bottom, mud.
ASTERIAS ALBA, 0. sp. (Plate IX. fig. 2.)
Arms five, rather stout, narrowing rather rapidly toward the end.
Spines mere projections on the dorsal and lateral surfaces; adam-
bulacral spines in two rows, delicate and closely set; these are
flanked by two rows of stouter conical spines, which gradually
diminish in size as they approach the distal end of the arm. External
to these rows there is a bare band, which occupies the greater part
of the side of the arm, and is separated from the barely convex
dorsal portion by a somewhat indistinct line of short inconsiderable
spines. The spines on the dorsal surface are no better developed ;
and the most important series is the median row of small projections.
The species presents some resemblance to 4. antarctica; and this is
specially well seen in the reticulated appearance produced by the mode
of arrangement of the calcareous bars which make up the dermal
skeleton. The disk is very small, and not provided with any longer
spines than the rest of the animal. The madreporic body is of a
dead white and difficult to detect. R=73, r=10; therefore R=
tare
One specimen. Sandy Point, 7-10 fms.; bottom, dead acorn-
shells.
ASTERIAS OBTUSISPINOSA, Sp. 0. (Plate IX. fig. 3.)
This species is at once remarkable for its short blunt spines, and
for the fringe of short spines which surround the madreporic body ;
these are about twelve in number, while in the long-armed 4. spec-
tabilis of Philippi there are said to be eighteen. ‘The adambulacral
spines are arranged in two longitudinal rows, and are much less
strong than the other spines; those of the inner row are the
shorter. Beyond these there are three fairly regular rows of blunt
spines, the innermost of which only extends about halfway along
the arm. ‘The side of the arm, bare of spines, is limited below by
FZ. 106) Puan,
lar
NY
~
ibis.
Tn
TT LDRAL AS AAEIOR RS ©
Hanhart imp
Le
oe
ov arg
if) a? a
fo os0?
| pfy6 :
pARABE ates
Caras
On
wie
y wg
sett)
rg Ot
CBerjeau delet lth.
\-. <*> Pe
>
ALERT SURVEY.
%
ECHINODERMATA OF
i ated
1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ ALERT.’ 93
the outermost of these rows, in which the spines are ordinarily
arranged in pairs, and above by a row of, if any thing, shorter
spines ; these are sometimes, towards the apex of the arm, arranged
in pairs. On the dorsal face of the arm there are three sets of short
spines, arranged irregularly in pairs, and extending along the arm ;
the median row is by far the most regular. The arms are five in
number ; but one was broken off from the specimen under description;
of the four remaining two are white and two are black on their
dorsal surface; the rest of the creature is white, as are all the
spines. The disk is exceedingly small and is but sparsely provided with
spines; the radius of the disk is 14 millims., the length of the
longest arm 70 millims. ; so that R=5r.
One specimen. Sandy Point, 9-10 fathoms; bottom, sand.
ASTERIAS CUNNINGHAMI, Perrier.
A. cunninghami, Perrier, Rév. Stell. 1875, p. 75; Ann. Nat.
Hist. (4) xvii. p. 36.
General appearance not unlike that of A. rubens. Arms five,
elongated, gradually and regularly decreasing in width; disk small ;
madreporic plate obscure. A single row of adambulacral spines,
flanked by a double longitudinal row of spines, every two being
closely appressed ; the sides of the arms are occupied by a number
of small tubercles. On the dorsal surface of the arms the tubercles
are closely packed both towards the tip and the base, while they
are much more sparse in the middle third of arm and on the
central portion of the disk itself. Colour orange. 2=30, 7=8,
therefore R=3:75r. Breadth of arms at base 9 millims.
Three perfect specimens, of which one is much smaller than the
other two ; they are all smaller than the type specimen. Tom Bay,
0-30 fathoms; bottom, rock, kelp, and sand.
ASTERIAS RUPICOLA (?).
Asterias rupicola, Verrill, Bull. U.S. Nat. Museum, i. iii. p. 71.
There are in the British Museum tbree specimens, which were
collected by Dr. Cunningham, but to which no definite locality
is attached ; these specimens I now, though with very considerable
hesitation, assign to the Kerguelen form lately described by
Prof. Verrill, The hesitation is not due to any insufficiency on
the part of the description, which is by the hand of a master,
but from the fact that in some points, such as the propor-
tion of the greater and lesser radii and the breadth of the
arms at their base, the specimens now in hand have the arms
longer and more slender than those of Mr. Verrill’s specimens.
When, however, we take into account the appalling number of
specific terms which have been applied to forms belonging to
the genus As¢erias, we shall, I think, act more wisely if we re-
frain from adding to these synonyms on the score of differences in
character which may at some future time be shown to be due either
94 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [Jan. 4,
to differences in modes of preservation, or to be such as come within
the range of individual variations.
ASTERIAS NEGLECTA, sp. n. (Plate IX. fig. 4.)
The species now to be described is represented by a specimen
which was brought home by Dr. Cunningham, and which has as
yet remained undescribed. It resembles 4. meridionalis in having
a groove between the spines of the actinal and abactinal surfaces, in
which the papular spaces are largely developed; but it is more
closely similar to A. brandti in the characters of its abactinal
surface, for granules are developed on the spine-bearing plates.
Arms five, elongated, and tapering gradually ; the adambulacral
spines are arranged in two rows, are cylindrical in form, and are
about 2 millims. long at the middle of the arm; on either side of
these there are three or four irregular longitudinal rows of short
spines. The plates on the abactinal surface are richly covered with
granules ; these are closely set, are irregular in shape, and are each
provided with a single short spine, which is hardly lighter in colour
than the brown plate itself; the disks are somewhat irregularly
arranged in six rows; and occasionally there are two spines on one
disk. At the side of the arm and above the already mentioned
groove there is a row of spines: these are set singly at the base
of the arm; but they rapidly become double, and occasionally a
third spine appears. The deeply set madreporic plate is placed
quite at the edge of the central disk, on which the spine-bearing
plates frequently have two or even three spines developed. R=83;
r=12; or the greater radius is about seven times the less.
Greatest breadth of arm 19°5 millims.
One specimen, Gregory Bay. Coll. Cunningham *.
LaBipiAsTer, Liitken, 1871 (Vidensk. Medd. 1871, p. 289).
I have no hesitation in placing the specimen now to be described
in this genus; the only point in which it does not satisfy the
definition of Dr. Liitken is in the number of its arms. The learned
naturalist who defined this genus says ‘‘ brachia numerosa, triginta
vel pluria.”’ ‘The species now to be described has in all only twenty-
six arms’; but I cannot think that this difference is, at the utmost,
any more than a very poor specific character. The size of the
specimen collected by Dr. Cunningham is rather less than half that
of the one described by Liitken. If it is a different species from that
form, the specific characters are not as yet sufficiently well marked
to enable us to define it as such. I look upon it as a young
specimen of L. radiosus, Liitken ; if it shall turn out to be distinct,
1 I subjoin a list of the other species from this region which are represented
by specimens in the national collection :—
A. sulcifera, Perrier. Cape St. Vincent, Fuegia.
A, rugispina, Stimpson. Gregory Bay.
A. perrieri, Smith. Kerguelen.
A, meridionalis, Perrier. Kerguelen.
A. antarctica, Liitken.
2 So Studer found a specimen with 29 arms (MB. Akad. Berl. 1876, p. 457).
1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ALERT.’ 95
it will be easy enough to call it LZ. dwetkeni. I add the following
short description :—
Perfectly flat, with twenty-three completely developed and three
less-well-developed arms; brown above, with a dark line running
round the disk, cream-white below ; the arms are very slender, and
widest at some little distance from their point of insertion into the
disk. The small and white madreporic plate lies near the dark
circular line, and is fringed with a few spines. The spines on the
arms form a median and a lateral series; but the former does not
extend along the whole length of the ray ; the arms themselves have
the appearance of being ringed externally, owing to the transverse
disposition of these spines; single or bifurcate spines, not very
regularly arranged, are to be found on the disk, but are not
numerous. R=51°5, r=14.
Trinidad Channel, 30 fathoms.
It is of interest to point out that in the three partly developed
arms the ambulacral suckers are closely packed, and do not exhibit a
definitely paired so much asa pyenopod arrangement; and this,
which is characteristic of the adult Asterias, is pro tanto of value
in supporting Dr. Liitken’s view as to the affinities of the genus
now under examination. The fact of the presence of three arms
smaller than the rest should, further, be compared with the remarks
on this subject made by Dr. Liitken (and translated in Ann. & Mag.
Nat. Hist. ser. 4, xii. p. 336).
PENTAGONASTER SINGULARIS, M. & Tr.
Goniodiscus singularis, Miiller & Troschel, Archiv fiir Naturg.
(1843) ix. p. 116.
Pentagonaster singularis, Perrier, Rév. des Stell. p. 222.
One specimen, obtained in Tom Bay, 0-30 fathoms ; bottom,
rock, kelp, and mud.
This specimen is interesting as being intermediate in size between
the two specimens already possessed by the Museum, and collected
by Dr. Cunningham.
PENTAGONASTER PAXILLOSUS.
Astrogonium paxillosum, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1847, p. 79.
Pentagonaster paxillosus, Perrier, Rév. Stell. p. 221.
A small specimen (R=19, r=12; 20 infero-marginal plates),
collected by Dr. Cunningham at Sandy Point, must be referred to
this species. If it be distinct from it, the distinctive specific characters
are not differentiated ; the condition of the type specimen, which is
dry, prevents a determination of the question whether the Australian
form has a glassy spine at each angle of the mouth. If it shall
prove to be absent, that character might perhaps be shown to be
one of specific value, and would, at any rate, afford a point of
distinction between the South-American and the Australian form.
CALLIDERMA GRAYI, sp. n. (Plate VIII. fig. 5.)
Arms not long, interbrachial angle rounded; R=15, r=&. Ten
96 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING (Jan. 4,
marginal ossicles, in both upper and lower series, on the sides of each
arm; at the apex of the angle an azygos triangular “‘anticlinal ”
plate, as in Pentagonaster singularis. The plates vary considerably
in the extent to which they are covered with granules, the more
distal marginal ossicles having the granules confined to their borders,
while in the more internal they are better-developed. The infero-
marginal plates are richly covered with spiny tubercles, which are
developed into distinct spines, set in tufts, on the ventral ossicles of
the disk. On the borders of the ambulacral groove there is a
transverse row of three or four well-marked spines; at the oral angle
one spine is elongated and has a glassy appearance, so that it is
much more conspicuous than the corresponding spine in C. emma.
Abactinal surface blackish brown, with here and there lighter spots ;
marginal ossicles all white at the apex of the arm; but some of the
more internal are of a lightish brown; ventral surface light brown.
This species is an ally of the Calliderma emma of Dr. Gray, which
has been so beautifully figured by him in his ‘ Synopsis’ (pl. xv.).
One specimen from Sandy Point, 9-10 fathoms; bottom, sand.
A somewhat younger specimen of this species was collected by
Dr, Cunningham in the Straits of Magellan.
- CYCETHRA, nov. gen.
It seems to be necessary to establish a new genus for a specimen
which was taken in Trinidad Channel, and which, though generally
Goniasterid in character, seems, and that more especially at first
sight, to present a combination of characters.
The ambulacral grooves are exceedingly narrow, the actinostome
small, not widely open, the modified spines of the mouth-organs
generally Goniasterine in arrangement ; the ventral intermediate
plates continuous, but not imbricated, bearing short spines, which
in character and arrangement recall the same parts in Asterina.
Marginal plates almost completely confined to the sides of the arm
and disk ; th: ventro-marginal plates only just appearing on the
actinal surface, and the dorso-marginal on the abactinal only near
the tip of the arm; the plates are separated one from the other by
a horizontal as well as by vertical grooves. The whole of the
abactinal surface is covered with closely packed small ossicles,
among which there are no pore-areas. The central disk is large ;
the arms rather short and slender. No pedicellarize.
CYCETHRA SIMPLEX, sp. n. (Plate IX. figs. 5, 6.)
The following appear to be the specific characters of the specimen
obtained :—Adambulacral spinesina single row, not especially subequal,
diminishing in size as they pass to the apex of the arm. The spines
of both surfaces are short, blunt, almost granular; the marginal
plates, with the exception of those near the apex of the arm, are
distant almost their own breadth from one another. The ossicles of
the abactinal surface are small ; and their granules can hardly be said
to be produced into spines. The ocular plate is large and white ;
the madreporic plate is small and white, rather deeply sunken,
1381.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ALERT.’ 97
simply grooved, and not fringed with spines; it is situated not far
from the centre of the disk. R=36, r=13; the arms are 7°5
millims. wide at the point where they become free from the disk,
and 4 millims. at their tip ; the adambulacral spines do not exceed 2
millims. in length ; the interbrachial angles vary very greatly.
One specimen taken, at 30 fathoms, inTrinidad Channel.
ASTERINA FIMBRIATA, Perrier, Rév. des Stell. 1875, p. 307.
One small specimen, from Cockle Cove, and two still smaller, from
Sandy Point, are, with- some hesitation, referred to this species.
I have not seen M. Perrier’s type ; and the variation exhibited by the
species of this genus at various periods of their lives makes it
impossible to speak definitely unless one has in hand a considerable
series |.
ASTROPECTEN.
Two dried specimens of a species of this genus were obtained at
a depth of 48 fathoms, in lat. 32° 39’ S., and long. 50° 11' W.
They present a very remarkable resemblance to A. articulatus, Say,
as figured by Agassiz (‘ North-American Starfishes,’ pl. xix.) ; and
the two specimens also differ in just the same way from one
another as do two specimens mentioned by M. Perrier—in the fact,
namely, that in one some of the dorsal plates are provided with spines,
while from the other such spines are completely absent.
The specimens also differ somewhat trom one another in the
number of dorsal marginal plates. The length of the greater radius
of one specimen is 82 millims., and the number of plates 33 ; while
in the other there are 38 plates, with a greater radius of 81 millims.
In the case of both specimens the relation of the greater to the lesser
radius is much the same, & being equal to about 5°75 7, the lesser
radius in both specimens measuring 14 millims.
Two large sword-shaped spines, with which a smaller third one
is frequently associated, project upwards and forwards from the upper
margin of the ventro-marginal plate ; they are sufficiently long for
the first of each set to extend some way along the side of the dorso-
marginal plate next but one in front of it ; extending inwards towards
the ambulaeral groove, the plates bear, in a somewhat irregularly
double series, as many as seven well-developed spines in each set,
and in addition to these there are a number of smaller spines and
pedicellariz. From the middle of the arm the spines increase in
size towards the angle, and diminish towards the apex. ‘The spines
on the adambulacral plates are with difficulty distinguishable: they
are arranged in two rows; and those of the inner series are the
longer and stronger; there are generally three, more rarely only
two, on each plate.
1 Since writing the above, another example of the same species has been
received from Borja Bay, and I have also been able to see Prof. Perrier’s
valuable essay on the geographical distribution of the Asterida (Nouv. Arch,
du Mus. 1878); from this I gather that he seems to be satisfied as to the
presence of this species in the Chilian seas (cf. the remarks in the ‘ Révision,’
p. 308).
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1881, No. VII. 7
98 ZOOLUGICAL COLLECTIONS MAE DURING [Jan. 4,
The madreporic plate is obscured by the paxille, which are
nowhere arranged in regular rows. The interpaxillar area is 8
millims. wide at the base of the arm, and 1 millim. at the apex ; the
total width of the arm at the base is 15°5 millims., and at the tip
2°2 millims.
OpHIUROIDEA.
OpuHIuRIDA.
OPHIACTIS ASPERULA.
Ophiolepis asperula, Philippi, Archiv fiir Naturg. (1858), p. 267.
Ophiactis asperula, Liitken, Addit. ad Hist. Oph. ii. (1859),
p- 130, footnote.
Ophiactis magellanica, Ljungman, Vetensk. Akad. Forh. 1866,
. 164.
s Ophiactis asperula, Lyman, Bull. C. M. Z. vi. 2, p. 41.
(1) Port Rosario, 2-30 fms. ; bottom, sand and rock.
(2) Tom Bay, 0-30 fms.; bottom, rock, kelp, and mud.
(3) Elizabeth Island, 6 fms.; sandy bottom.
(4) Sandy Point, 9-10 fms. ; bottom, mud.
(5) Borja Bay, 14 fms. ; bottom, shell and stones.
OPpHIOSCOLEX COPPINGERI, sp. n. (Plate VIII. fig. 6.)
This species is to be at once distinguished by the irregular dis-
tribution of the uppermost row of arm-spines, which are, though
not regularly, set almost alternately in an upper and a lower plane.
The disk is rounded in the larger, subpentagonal in the smaller
specimen. Arms long, slender, delicately tapering, widest at the base,
with three lateral arm-spines, of which the uppermost, which is a
little the longest and of about the same length as an arm-joint, is
not always placed at the same level, but is not unfrequently higher
up or lower down on the side of the arm than is the corresponding
spine of the next joint. The three or four outer mouth-papillz are
short and spinous ; the most central is broadened out and pectinate
at its margin, closely resembling the teeth, of which there are at
least three in each jaw. The buccal shield is only visible when
the skin is removed, is somewhat ovoid, with the narrower end in-
ternal. There is a deep notch on the upperside of each arm-joint,
so that the dorsal plates are only near one another in the middle
line, but the calcareous plates do not here even touch one
another ; along the upper median line there runs a well-marked
groove, an indication of which, as passing all along the arm, can be
made out even before the skin is removed; the lower arm-plates
are regular and oblong. Genital slits rather long.
The following are the more important measurements of the
largest specimen :—Diameter of disk 20°5 millims. ; length (longest)
arm 80 millims.; breadth of arm (at base) 3 millims.; length of
genital slit 4 millims.
Three specimens, one with the disk injured, were collected at Tom
Bay, 0-30 fms. ; bottom, rock, kelp, and mud.
1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ ALERT.’ 99
ASTROPHYTIDA.
The two specimens of this group which were received from tne
Straits of Magellan belong to the genus Astrophyton ; and both
appear to be representatives of a species hitherto undescribed. So far
as I know, the only species which has yet been recorded as coming
from the same region is the A. pourtalesi of Lyman, which was
obtained off the eastern coast of Patagonia’ during the Hassler Expe-
dition. The species now to be described falls into the same group
as it, belonging, as it does, to the series which, as Prof. Lyman has
shown, is characteristic of the temperate seas, and in which the
forkings are, as compared with such forms as A. muricatum, few
and distant.
ASTROPHYTON LYMANIT, Sp. Nl.
Radial ribs prominent, compressed laterally, their narrow ridge
with short conical or rounded spiniform processes ; somewhat similar
spines are found in medium quantity projecting from the thick brown
skin of the interradial spaces. Madreporic body single, large ; the
tentacle-scales extend nearly as far as the mouth, and soon become
arranged by fours in each transverse row.
The following are the more important measurements :—Diameter
of disk 45 millims. ; breadth of arm withindisk 7°5 millims.; breadth
of arm just without disk 6 millims. ; greatest width of madreporic
body 4°5 millims. ; genital slits 4 millims. long.
millim.
Distance from mouth to Ist fork .............. 15:5?
3 $5 Us tetO) 2d ees oss. <ye «es a aiid. SUR
“A v8 2nd to 3rd ,, ...... Store nian ee pee |
33 3rd to 4th ,, ..... Sia aveteaereirie sien 2a
a5 5 Athi tapotlim 55 csc caress ate eis s incuneayee
Rs Pe HEM SGGIOGNT Pysh-varctiactiass, m0 ¥ quereine 28
- i Gtbiitige Able sare sUhiencds pererchoreescs oe 36
163°5
There are ordinarily two terminal branches of no great length.
The mouth-parts are all simple, spiniform, and rather numerous.
The madreporie body, which in the specimen under description is
broken up into several parts, is placed quite in the apex of the in-
terbrachial angle, so that it is almost semilunar in form ; in the dry
example, at any rate, it is quite easy to distinguish. The inner lip
of the genital slits is fringed with a few spines or spinous granules.
The dark-brown interradial spaces on the actinal surface contain,
except at their peripheral margin, a cousiderable number of small
white granules, and they are separated from the corresponding space
on the upper surface by a white calcareous band, altogether similar
to the band which forms the base of the radial triangular space, and,
like them, provided with some short blunt or conical projections ;
1 111, Cat. M. C. Z. viii. 2, p. 28. 2 Greatest length always given,
Pp g 7 y
100 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [Jan. 4,
there are, however, about twice as many of these projections in the
interradial as in the radial bands. There are no spines or other
processes on the dorsal aspect of the arm, which is only closely
granulated; no indication of any banded arrangement of the granules
in correspondence with the joints of the arms can be made out till
the third bifurcation is passed. The tentacle-scales are ordinarily
arranged in fours, and are short, spiniform, and subequal; the pore
nearest to the mouth seems to be always without the scale; the next
may or may not have one; the third has one; the fourth or fifth
pore has two, the seventh or eighth three, and the tenth or eleventh
four. The arms completely white, as are the radial ribs and the
edges of the genital slits; the rest of the disk is of a brown colour,
which is relieved by the white spinous granules.
The smaller of the two specimens of A. pourtalesi (Lyman) had
the diameter of its disk (63 millims.) nearly 20 millims. longer than
the specimen now under examination; and it is possible that the
affinity between the two species may hereafter be shown to be closer
than we are yet justified in supposing it to be. Whatever the result,
the suspicion induces me to place with A. /ymani a second and
smaller example of the same genus. It is to be distinguished from
it by several points, but every one of them may, I think, be more
rightly ascribed to differences in age and in sexual condition than to
inherited distinguishing characteristics :—
(1) The mouth-slits are very distinctly rounded ; and the whole
actinostome forms a rosette.
(2) The interbrachial spaces are sharply incised at the edge of
the disk. Wi ugh
(3) The radial ribs, though distinct, are not prominent; and the
granulation on them and on the interradial spaces of either surface
is less differentiated than in the larger form.
(4) Transverse bands of granules can be detected on the dorsal
surface of the arms quite close to the disk.
(5) The fifth difference lies in the smaller number of the tentacle-
scales ; and that is one of far greater importance than any of the pre-
ceding differences : most of the tentacle-scales are arranged three in
a row.
Perhaps a larger series may, contrary to what ordinarily happens,
enable us to definitely distinguish the two forms.
The larger specimen was taken in Trinidad Channel, at a depth
of 30 fathoms; bottom, sand. The smaller at Port Rosario, 2-30
fms. ; bottom, sand and rock.
HoLorTuHuRoOIDa.
As I have already remarked, this class is very feebly represented.
I have here only to direct attention to two species.
CUVIERIA ANTARCTICA.
This species, first described by Philippi (Arch. f. Nat. 1857,
p- 133), has since been recorded by Studer (Monatsb. Ak. Berl.
1881. ] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ALERT.’ 101
1876, p. 453), from ‘Tuesday Bay, Straits of Magellan. The difference
between the size of the largest specimen now under examination
and the object of Philippi’s description is considerable; the latter
measured 43 lines long and 3 lines broad, whereas that from Dr.
Coppinger is 43 millims. long and 25:25 millims. broad. Studer’s
specimens afford an intermediate size, for they were 40 millims. long
and 20 millims. broad. The other specimens give the following
measurements—5°5 millims. and 4°25 millims., and 4°5 and 3°25,
respectively, for their length and breadth,
(1) 2 small specimens, Portland Bay, 10 fms.
(2) 1 specimen, Latitude Cove.
CutropoTa PpurPuREA, Lesson, Cent. Zool. p. 155; Studer,
Sitzungsb. Akad. Berl. 1876, p. 454.
I refer to this species four small specimens which were collected
off Elizabeth Island in six fathoms of water. For tbe present I
must abstain from offering any opinion on the validity of the new
genus Sigmodota, which Herr Studer proposes for the reception of
this species.
X. CHLENTERATA.
By Stuart O. Riptey.
(Plate VI.)
ACTINOZOA.
ZOANTHARIA.
PARACTIS ALBA, Studer ?.
Paractis alba, Studer, M.B. Ak. Berlin, 1878, p. 545, pl. v. fig. 19.
Two specimens in spirit, without any distinct coloration, except
a faint cream-colour on the disk and tentacles. The tentacles are
present, in the least contracted of the two specimens, in numerous
cycles, short, thick, the central ones tipped by a slight distinct
point ; they decrease in size towards the margin of the disk. The
base appears to have been broader than the disk in life; and the
height of the body is about equal to the breadth of the base. The
sides of the body are smooth, with the exception of some more or
less distinct ridges which mark the position of the mesenteries.
Height of largest specimen 22 millims., extreme breadth of disk 19,
base 22.
Hab. Trinidad Channel, 8.W. Chili, 60 fathoms.
The identity of this species is doubtful. The tentacles occur in
only two cycles in Studer’s specimen ; in the longitudinal striation
of the body, however, it resembles this form.
PaRACTIS sp. inc.
One spirit specimen, coloured as the preceding species. The disk
is much everted, and touches the base; nearly half of its surface is
bare, the margin being occupied by two cycles of thick tentacles
102 ZGOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [Jan. 4,
and two of small ones, which are exterior; all are entirely retracted.
The sides of the body are almost hid by the disk in its present state :
they are about 5 millims. high; the base is 11, and the disk 13
broad. The only unevenness of the body-surface is an occasional
indication of the mesenteries.
Hab. Same as preceding.
It is obviously impossible to identify these specimens satisfactorily
by the few characters left to them.
Two other Actinians are represented, each by a minute specimen
from Coquimbo Bay, Chili. One is almost entirely black in spirit,
the other nearly white, apparently with black-tipped tentacles. They
answer to none of the species enumerated in Gay’s ‘ Chili’ with any
certainty ; possibly the light-coloured species may be Actinia nivea
of Lesson (Voy. de Coquille, Zooph. p. 80, pl. iii. fig. 8). The
depth is 4—8 fathoms.
AXOHELIA BRUEGGEMANNI, sp. n. (Plate VI. fig. 7.)
Corallum subcylindrical, branching. Coenenchyma compact ; sur-
face covered with minute pointed tubercles at some distance apart,
and marked by very slight and irregularly developed longitudinal
ridges. Calicles round or slightly oval, the long axis following that
of the corallum itself; maximum diameter 1 millim., generally more
or less raised above surface. Septa 8 in number, in one cycle, equal
in size, commencing outside the calicle as ridges, and projecting
above its edge as prominent square-topped teeth; at a distance
inwards varying from one fourth to half the radius they fall away
perpendicularly and join the columella; a second cycle is indicated
by a slight swelling in the calicular rim between each of the two
primaries. Columella mound-like, culminating in a short, sharp
median point. Interseptal spaces deep. Colour of corallum white.
Hab. Victoria Bank’, off S.E. Brazil, 33 fathoms; also (spe-
cimen already in British Museum) West Indies.
Obs. The specimen from the West Indies already in the Museum,
but not described, has the form of (apparently) two stems which
have fused laterally at one point. It bears several short tubercular
processes, and is forked at the upper end; it measures €0 millims.
in length by 10 in maximum thickness. The calicles differ from
those of the Brazilian specimen in being always round, in being
little, if at all, salient, and in the superior radial length of the
septa ; it also differs immensely from it in relative stoutness, as the
other measures only 15 millims. in length by 2 in thickness. In
both cases the stem has a somewhat oval section; the calicles are
between 1 and 2 millims. apart. The West-Indian specimen was
probably a dead one and somewhat overgrown; so it is fortunate
that one evidently taken alive has been secured. The differences
between the two are important, especially the shape of the calicles,
but apparently not sufficient to justify their separation. This species
is named after the lamented author who was the first to recognize
1 Not marked in the ordinary maps; its position is lat, 20° 42’S., long.
37° 27' W.
1881. ] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ALERT.’ 103
its specific distinctness. It differs from the rest of the genus in the
number of its septa.
ALCYONARIA.
PRIMNOELLA AUSTRALASIE, Gray.
Primnoa australasiea, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1849, p. 146, Radiata, pl. ii.
figs. 8, 9.
SBrtmnnelia australasie, Gray, P. Z.8, 1857, p. 286.
A single specimen, about 54 centims. long; in spirit. It agrees well
with the numerous specimens already in the Museum. Close to the
present base (which, however, is not the original base, as it has been
snapped off from a longer specimen) an empty shark’s egg is attached ;
its two fastenings having, apparently, modified the growth of thie
cortex at their point of attachment.
Hab. Trinidad Channel, S.W. Chili, 30 fathoms, sandy bottom.
HypDROZOA.
HyprorpEa.
Larora pumosa, Fleming.
Sertularia dumosa ?, Montagu ap. Fleming, Edin. Phil. Journ. ti.
. 83.
; Lafoéa dumosa, Hincks, Brit. Hydr. Zooph. i. p. 200, ii. pl. xli.
fig. 1.
Abundant in the creeping form. The calicle is simple, or else
possesses from 1 to 4 rings (old mouths) at different heights.
Hab. Trinidad Channel, S.W. Chili, 30 fathoms, on Sertularel(a.
EvupENDRIUM ARBUSCULUM, d’Orbigny ? (non T. 8. Wright).
Tubularia arbuscula, d’Orbigny, Voy. Amér. mérid. p. 28, pl. xiii.
figs. 11, 12.
The lower part of the stem is made up of contorted tubes, and the
colony resembles EZ. rameum closely in external appearance ; and is
apparently nearly related to it. D’Orbigny makes the stem of about
one diameter throughout, but as in the magnified drawing he depicts
part of it as thicker than the part below it, which is contrary
to analogy, it does not follow that his other figure is correct ;
according to that, the origin of the branchlets is dorsal or ventral,
not lateral, and they take a twist to the side on leaving it. The
stem in the present example is always ringed between the branches,
though to a varying extent, and the branchlets are annulated for
most of their length. Characters of polypites and gonophores
unknown. Maximum height about 80 millims. Several colonies
occur together.
Hab. Trinidad Channel, S.W. Chili, 30 fathoms, from stem of
seaweed?
Haecrum pELICcATULUM, Coughtrey.
Halecium delicatulum, Coughtrey, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4,
xvii. p. 26, pl. iii. figs. 4 & 5.
Several colonies, of 27 millims. height, appear to represent the above
104 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [Jan. 4,
species ; the stem is about 2 millims. thick at the base, and is strong
and of a dark-brown colour there, but pale yellow at the apex; the
pedicle of the hydrophores (4l/man) varies somewhat in length ; the
first cup, followed by a joint, is generally succeeded by a rather long
space devoid of cups, which then appear close together up to the
number of four in some cases, in others at intervals as great os that
between the first and second. Stem generally simple, but in the
largest ‘example (twisted round by several tubes, possibly foreign to it)
at the base.
Gonosome (not previously described). Gonophores inserted on
pedicle of hydrophores, just below the first joint, by a stalk; they
are transversely oval in outline, and have a thin, very pale capsule.
Hab. Sandy Point, 7-10 fathoms; on large worm-tube.
SERTULARELLA JOHNSTONI, Gray.
Sertularia johnstoni, Gray, Dieffenbach’s New Zealand, ii. p. 294.
Several specimens, generally pale brown in colour ; the hydrothece
moderately distant, and elongate and free to a great extent, tapering
almost from base, or slightly swollen just above it; lateral teeth
very small, lip sometimes ringed. Gonothecal tube varying from a
short and straight to a prominent trumpet-shaped opening. _Inter-
nodes generally include a large number of calicles, joints very
faintly marked ; oblique rings of stem scanty, often wanting.
A doubtful specimen from Sandy Point, 7-10 fathoms, has the
calicle considerably swollen at base, and bent outwards at a spot
about two thirds of its length from that point.
Hab. Trinidad Channel, S W. Chili, 30 fathoms; also Sandy
point, 7-10 fathoms, on large worm-tube.
SERTULARELLA POLYZONIAS.
Sertularella kerguelenensis, Allman, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser.
4, xvii. p. 113.
S. polyzonias, Allman, Phil. Trans. clxviii. p. 282, footnote.
Growing to upwards of an inch in height. The orifice of the
gonangium forms a very short tube; the annulation is continued to
within one quarter of the length from the pedicel. Several colonies.
Represents the southern variety now united to S. polyzonias.
Hab. Trinidad Channel, S.W. Chili, 30 fathoms., on a stiff stem
(Fucus?) ; and ? Sandy Point, 7-10 fathoms, on worm-tube (young,
without gonangia).
SERTULARIA TRISPINOSA.
Sertularia trispinosa, Coughtrey, Trans. N.Z. Inst. vil. p. 284,
pl. xx. figs. 14 & 15.
Rises from a creeping fibre. Growth upright; branches very
distinct, and given off equally on both sides. Maximum height
uite 100 millims. No gonangia observed.
Hab. Elizabeth Island, Straits of Magellan, 6 fathoms, on stem
of seaweed, in company with Polyzoa.
1881. ] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ALERT.’ 105
SERTULARIA FuSIFORMIS, Hutton? (non Hincks).
Sertularia fusiformis, Hutton, Trans. N.Z. Inst. v. p- 257;
Coughtrey, Trans. N.Z. Inst. vii. p. 285, pl. xx. figs. 21-23.
This species appears to be represented by four specimens. The
growth is very strong, and the calicles large (*425 millim. in diameter
at their middle); but they should be described as quadridentate,
though the interior and exterior teeth are very short. The crest,
described by Coughtrey on the upperside of the gonangium, is here, at
any rate, a tube which opens in the side of the gonangium. This is
certainly not the species assigned to Hutton’s species by Allman
(Journ. Linn. Soc. xii. p. 263) under the name of S. episcopus.
Hab. Trinidad Channel, 8.W. Chili, 0-30 fathoms, on coral &c.
HyDROCORALLIN.
LaBIopora ANTARCTICA, Gray.
Porella antarctica, Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, ix.
p- 482; P. Z. 8. 1872, p. 746, pl. Ixiv. fig. 4.
Labiopora' antarctica, Moseley, Phil. Trans. 1878, pt. ii. p. 476,
pl. xxxv. fig. 5.
A spirit specimen, the first obtained. It differs from the type
specimen somewhat in habit. Instead of originating by a very broad
stout stem, giving off stout branches which branch into rapidly
tapering pointed twigs, the frond commences to branch almost at its
base, the branches being cylindrical and only about half the diameter
of those of the type specimen, which is of about the same size; hence
their terminal divisions taper much less. The lips of the “ nariform
projections” are, as a rule, thicker than in the other case; and
hence their contained pores are scarcely visible tu the naked eye.
The specimen, which was obtained on the 29th of March, is well
provided with ampulle (absent in the type specimen), about one
millim. in diameter, projecting as low domes between the nariform
projections over the greater part of the branches, some having
already burst. The stock would therefore appear to be female ; but
examination of decalcified fragments failed to detect generative
organs with certainty. The ccenosarcal canals are from *035 to ‘07
millim. in diameter ; the meshes between them vary from the former
diameter to about °14 millim.
Hab. Trinidad Channel, S.W. Chili, 30 fathoms (coated with
Cellepora, Sertularians, &c.). (The type specimen was from a bank
to the east of Tierra del Fuego.)
1 Characters of the Genus Labiopora.—With Mr. Moseley’s concurrence,
I propose that the distinctive characters of the dactylopores of his genus should
be restated as follows :—‘‘ Dactylopores devoid of styles ; two kinds present, the
one opening on the general surface of the ccenosteum, the other within special
areas bounded hy nariform lips.” This change is necessitated by the discovery
of the following new species. The term “few” should be omitted from the
description of the branches, and also the statement that the nariform projections
are applied towards the tips of the branches and have their rounded margins
on this side.
106 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [Jan. 4,
LABIOPORA MOSELEYI, sp. n. (Plate VI. fig. 11.)
An upright well-branched frond, rising from a somewhat spreading
base and thick stem ; branches lying almost entirely in one plane,
all somewhat flattened from front to back except the terminal ones,
which are cylindrical and taper slightly to their generally somewhat
blunt points; anastomosis between branches frequent. Colour of
stem, base, and anterior and posterior aspects of main branches pale
vermilion in the dry state, the same parts of the terminal branches and
the lateral portions of the main ones deep vermilion. An anterior
clearly distinguishable from a posterior surface, by the development
on it of numerous tubercles, chiefly in the terminal branches, which
are very slightly indicated on the latter. Surface minutely reticulate,
covered (slightly on the anterior face of chief branches and stem,
thickly on lateral faces of main branches and on anterior and lateral
faces of terminal branches) with small rounded tubercles, varying in
height up to about °4 millim., the largest generally pierced by
dactylopores. Dactylopores differing little in size, 7. e. long diameter
from *] to‘l4 millim. ; either round or oval; of two kinds, either
(i) placed in the general surface of the corallum, or (ii) in the
side or near the apex of a tubercle, forming a slit in its side; the
tubercle in this case has a horseshoe-shaped outline, but with a
very thick convex side, as the dactylopore never occupies more than
half the apex of the tubercle, and is generally dominated by the
superior height of the apex of the tubercle; no styles visible. Gas-
tropores found accompanying dactylopores, also to some extent alone
on interior surface of the larger branches; round, provided with
deeply-set styles resembling camel’s-hair brushes, diameter from
32 to 35 millim., each generally accompanied by one tubercular
dactylopore and one to three surface ones. Male gonangium
spherical, closely packed with oval or globular refringent pale
reddish-yellow cells with transparent contents. Ccenosarcal canal-
system closely reticulate ; meshes generally about same diameter as
the canals which form them, viz. ‘035 to ‘07 millim.
Examined. Dry, and by decalcification and subsequent mounting
of pieces in glycerine.
Hab. Port Rosario, S.W. Chili (on the north side of chief island
of Madre-de-Dios archipelago), 2-10 fathoms, on a piece of cal-
careous rock.
Obs. This Coral is of great interest as being closely allied to the
preceding species, the only one known hitherto of the genus Ladiopora,
previously known only by a single dry specimen. It also is represented
by a single dry specimen, but of greater size, measuring 9°5 centims.
in extreme (present) height and 13-4 centims. in extreme present
breadth ; the contrast between the pale-red colour of the stem and
the deep colour of the branches gives it a fine appearance. The
gonangia were not found abundantly, perhaps owing to the early time
(March), at which it was taken. It differs from Z. antarctica in
having an anterior distinguished from a posterior surface, in the
small and uniform size of all the dactylopores, and in their being,
when present on the tubercles, mere excavations in their sides ; for the
=P, t Te oa ee ee
J
‘ ‘ ¢
:
\
: :
7 . ‘
>
= &N
es 3
be he, .
. “ ae ee
: ath Cces <
* 4 i Ble en 7: —"
\ , E = -
-
a ae vem
* r
e °
res > r "?
Ro aA ' Sighs.
P.Z. S.1881. Pl.
Mintern Bros. imp <a
Sa a ‘
SPONGES OF “ALERT” SURVEY.
1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ ALERT.’ 107
latter reason they are with difficulty distinguishable with a lens in
this position, though the naked eye is sufficient to make them out
in L. antarctica; the bareness of the stem and of the greater portion
of the chief branches is perhaps the most striking superficial point of
difference.
The species is dedicated to Mr. H. N. Moseley, to whom we owe
so much for conclusively determining the affinities of the group to
which it belongs. It seems in some respects to connect Errina with
Labiopora, representing a transition from the strongly to the feebly
labiate character of the chief dactylopores. The comparative absence
of prominent dactylopores from the anterior and posterior surfaces
of the frond would be an important character, were it not that both
this and the condition in which they are universally distributed are
found in Erring in the Museum collection. The colour, too, cannot
be appealed to, considering the variations which are shown in this
respect by the kindred genus Stylaster and (if H. fisswrata, Gray is
an Frrina, and if the figure by which we know it was taken from
a macerated specimen) by Hrrina itself.
XI. SPONGIDA.
By Stuart O. Ripiey.
(Plates X., XI.)
Horny and Siliceous Sponges of Magellan Straits, S.W. Chili, and
Atlantic off S.W. Brazil.
With regard to the technical nomenclature of the different parts of
the Sponges here described, the terms employed are used with the
meanings which they bear in Mr. Carter’s writings’. In measuring
the spicules with the view of stating the typical form and size, the
object has been to determine the average largest size of each de-
scribed form ; in each case at least five of the largest of each form
were picked out and measured in order to decide this point. The
diameter given for a spicule is the greatest diameter in each case,
except that of spinulates or similar furms, where the diameter given
is that of the body, not of the head; in the case of spined spicules
the base alone of the spines is included in the measurements.
Considerable details have been given under many of the species
with regard to the structure of allied forms elsewhere described
(chiefly by Bowerbank, Schmidt, and Lamarck). It should be ob-
served that these details are obtained from a fresh and independent
study (1) of actual type specimens or slides as far as these could be
fixed, in the case of the Bowerbankian species; (2) of the slides
and specimens furnished to the Museam by Prot. Schmidt himself,
in the case of the species described by him; (3) of a collection
which undoubtedly represents the type specimens, in the case of
Lamarckian species. The type specimen of Ciocalypta tuberculata,
Carter (see infrd), has also been carefully examined. In all these
1 Of. especially his “Notes Introductory to the Study” &e., Ann. N. H.
(4) xvi. pp. 1-40, 126-145, 177-200.
108 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [ Jan. 4,
cases, therefore, the descriptions here given may be considered, so
far as they go, as revisions of the species in question; I believe
that such revisions of many of the current species are urgently
needed.
Order CERATINA, Carter.
ApLysIna(?) REGULARIS, sp.n. (Plate X. fig. 1.)
Surface even, set with the slightly projecting ends of the primary
skeleton-fibres at intervals of about *5 millim. Vents inconspicuous.
Skeleton regular, of primary fibres at right angles to surface, average
greatest diameter 057 millim.; and of secondary fibres, parallel
to the surface at regular intervals between the primaries, average
greatest diameter about half that of the primaries. Primary fibre
pale amber-colour, composed of a multilaminar horny wall with a
thick innermost lamina, enclosing a faintly granular axis closely
resembling the wall in nature of substance ; axis about one third the
diameter of the fibre. Secondary fibre paler, geuerally fibrillated to
its centre.
Examined. In spirit and by mounting in balsam.
External Characters. Form incrusting. Consists of a sheet of sub-
stance about 2 millims. thick, with a level surface, spreading irregu-
larly over about one square English inch of an immense flexible
worm-tube. Texture soft, very elastic. Colour (in spirit) pale grey.
The surface appears glossy, and is set with a number of minute
projecting points, which occur with some regularity at about
4-millim. intervals over it.
Vents. None apparent. Pores scattered between surface-points,
04 to 1 millim. in diameter.
Main Skeleton. Composed of a set of primary fibres running out-
wards at right angles to surface, and projecting by attenuated points
to a distance of from ‘14 to *32 millim. from the surface (they are
distant from each other at the surface -35 to *7 millim.), of a
secondary set, connecting these, approximately at right angles to
them, distant from each other by ‘18 to‘36 millim., and of a tertiary
set, running parallel to the primary fibres and connecting the median
portions of the secondary fibres. This tertiary set is not always so
fully developed as to extend from the base to the surface of the
Sponge; but it is generally represented by a fibre or two in the in-
terval between each two primary fibres ; it may possibly prove to be
merely the young stage of the primary fibres, from which it differs
in its diameter and structure, being about half as broad as an average
primary fibre, and having but a thin uni- or bilaminar outer wall,
and pale yellow colour, also apparently in not terminating on the
surface by a point : it may give rise to a primary fibre.
Hab. Sandy Point, 7-10 fathoms, on worm-tube.
Obs. This is probably quite a young specimen; its habits and
size, as compared with those of the other members of the genus
Aplysina, seem to show this. The extremely slight difference in
appearance between the horny wall of the primary fibre and its
granular axis distinguishes it from most, if not all, other Aplysine.
P.Z.S.1881. Pl. X1
SPONGES OF ALERT” SURVEY. *
1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ ALERT.’ 109
The great regularity of its skeleton, and its distinction into two kinds
of fibres differentiates it from Dendrospongia, Hyatt, as well as from
the other known species of its genus. ‘The characters of the axial
fibre-substance distinguish it from Verongia, Bowerbank.
Order PSAMMONEMATA, Carter.
Hircrnta wisprpa, Lamarck (sp.).
Spongia hispida, Lamarck, Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. xx. p. 452.
External Characters’. The single (spirit) specimen agrees fairly
well with the characters assigned to this species by Lamarck (J. c.),
and with the specimen of the species already in the British Museum.
It being, however, evidently young, the branching character is no
more than indicated by the extension outwards of a rounded lobe
from each side; and as it is a well-preserved spirit specimen, the
small foramina of Lamarck’s description and of the dried specimen are
wanting. It is sessile by a broad base, and suboval in outline, the
Jong axis extending from side to side. Surface uneven, rendered
coarsely hispid by the projecting ends of the primary skeleton-fibres,
arranged at intervals of from °5 to 1:75 millim. (to 2 in the
dried state). Colour in spirit dark brown, slightly rufous; of dry
skeleton, pale yellow-brown.
Vents few, round ; diameter in spirit 1°5 millim., in dried specimen
2 to 3:5 millims. Pores?
Skeleton. Consists of a set of stout primary, generally sand-cored,
fibres running outwards from the interior, each terminating at right
angles to the surface in one of the surface-papille. These are con-
nected by a secondary set, consisting of an irregular network of
much finer, uncored fibres, meeting the primary fibres at acute
angles, and forming by their branching and anastomosis irregularly
diamond-shaped meshes. Surface network formed by secondary
fibres connected with the interior secondary-fibre network, and
laterally with the apices of the primary fibres. Primary fibres
cored by coarse foreign bodies, which are enveloped by pale-yellow
horny matter, but which generally occupy all the fibre except a slight
external film, and cause it to bulge largely at the sides; diameter
from *0507 to *235 millim. in the spirit, from *038 to 0834 in the dry
specimen. It should be noted with regard to this discrepancy that
the foreign bodies in the latter are much smaller than in the former,
and being many of them sponge-spicules, which protruded from the
fibre, were not included entirely in the estimate of the diameter as
given here. There is considerable irregularity as to whether the
fibre is cored throughout or not in this specimen, which may be due
to the reason suggested by Hyatt* for a similar fact observed in
Carteriospongia otahitica, viz. the relatively smaller amount of
accessible material for the core in the one case. Secondary fibres
obscurely striated, the external lamine denser than the internal ones,
' All the characters are taken from the spirit specimen, deviations in the dry
one being noticed.
? Mem. Bost. Soe. ii. pt. iv. p. 541.
110 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [Jan. 4,
sometimes giving somewhat the appearance of an Aplysina-fibre to
it; generally with a fine dark axial line (rarely seen in the dry
specimen); transparent, pale yellow; diameter ‘006334 to *038
millim. in the spirit, ‘006334 to ‘057 in the dry specimen.
Parenchyma brownish yellow, granular, subopaque in the spirit
Specimen; apparently represented by shreds of almost colourless
transparent material, carrying small and large foreigu bodies, in the
dry one.
a In spirit in the dried state, and by mounting in
balsam.
Hab. Tom Bay (Trinidad Channel, off chief island of Madre-de-
Dios archipelago), in S.W. Chili, 0-30 fathoms, on Idmonea
(Dr. Coppinger). ‘Southern Seas” (Péron et Lesueur, apud La-
marck').
Obs. Advantage has been taken of the discovery of a good spirit
specimen to give the characters of the sponge in full, as Lamarck’s
description is insufficient.
Order RHAPHIDONEMATA, Carter.
CHALINA COPPINGERI, sp. n. (Plate X. fig. 2.)
Sponge suboval, slightly compressed ; sessile by elongate base.
Colour bright amber-brown. Texture very elastic and soft. Sur-
face almost smooth. A single round vent on one side, 3 millims. in
diameter, penetrating deeply. Pores? Skeleton Chalinoid, very
regular. Main primary fibres running at right angles to surface,
from which they project by sharp points by’088 to °32 millim., spicu-
lated throughout with two or three series of axially placed spicules ;
diameter of fibre *07 to ‘089 millim. Secondary fibres at right
augles to the preceding, and of about the same diameter; spicula
1-serial ; both kinds of a pale amber-colour, very distinctly laminated.
A young, intermediate series of fibres, parallel to each of the pre-
ceding, occupies the wide spaces which exist between them, containing
one series of spicula; diameter of fibre ‘006334 to ‘03167 millim.
Dermal skeleton of same general structure as main skeleton, the
intermediate fibres form smaller and less regular meshes. Spicules
slender, smooth, acerate, straight or slightly curved, tapering to
sharp points from near to the ends, average maximum size ‘1013 by
0025 millim. ; sarcode transparent, almost colourless, with scattered
spicula.
Examined. In spirit and by mounting in balsam.
Hab. Victoria Bank’, off 8.E. Brazil, 39 fathoms; growing on
an erect calcareous Polyzoon. One specimen.
Obs. This Sponge is of the shape, and about two thirds the size, of
a hazel-nut; it has lost most of its sarcode, but is otherwise well
preserved. The MS. species C. argus, Schmidt, from Florida,
resembles it very closely in microscopic characters ; but the fibre is
1 Loe. cit. supra.
? This bank isnot marked in the ordinary maps ; its position is lat. 20° 42'S.,
long. 37° 27' W.
1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ALERT.’ 111
generally less thick than in our species. When the external characters
of this Sponge are known, it may perhaps prove to be identical with
our species.
Of several Sponges which have almost identically the same spicule
may be mentioned :—Spongia arborescens, Lamarck, said to inhabit
the ‘seas of America;’’ Chalina limbata, Bowerbank (Montagu?), and
C. gracilenta, Bowerbank, Britain. The latter is probably the nearest-
allied species which has been described, but differs in having the
spicules much more numerous in the fibres, in having a less elaborate
intermediate set of fibres, in the slightly inferior length (about ‘08
millim.) of the spicules, and the coating habit of growth.
The specific name has been given to it in honour of the discoverer,
Dr. R. W. Coppinger, who has, by the richness in species of this
valuable collection, and by the good condition in which he has sent
the specimens, made so important an addition to our knowledge of
the Sponge-fauna of a region in which. it has been hitherto almost
entirely uninvestigated.
SIPHONOCHALINA FORTIS, sp. n. (Plate X. fig. 3.)
Erect, tubular. Tube dilated in some parts. Mouth single,
unfringed. Main skeleton composed of a set of primary horny
fibres radiating from inner to outer surface, projecting from the
latter by short points, diameter from *14 to ‘25 millim.; and of a
secondary set at right angles to the former, diameter from ‘07 to
‘14 millim.; both sets amber-brown in colour, Primary fibres
cored by an axial series of proper spicules, 3 to 5 spicules broad,
often somewhat scattered ; secondary fibres cored by an axial series
of proper spicules, 1 to 2 spicules in breadth. Dermal skeleton
composed of a rectangular network of pale-brown fibre from °0095.
to ‘025 millim. in diameter, extending between points of primary
fibres, generally cored by 1 to 2 series of spicules. Parenchyma
transparent, almost colourless. Spicules of one kind in skeleton and
flesh, viz. smooth acerate, tapering to sharp points from about 23
diameters from the ends; size °07284 by ‘00739 millim.
Examined. Dry and by mounting in balsam.
External Characters. The single specimen consists of a tube which
has been torn from a larger mass, and might well, when perfect,
have had the general form of the specimen figured! as Callyspongia
bullata by Duchassaing de Fontbressin andG. Michelotti, and referred
by Schmidt’, with great probability, to a species of Siphonochalina.
The tube is 40 millims. in height, 17 millims. at its greatest, 11
millims. at its smallest diameter ; it has somewhat the outline of
an hour-glass, being constricted to 11 millims. at about 10 millims.
from the mouth ; it is circular, with walls varying from | to 4 millims.
thick. It has lost most of its sarcode and much of its dermal skeleton.
The edge of the mouth is level all round, and shows no trace of a
fringe of projecting fibres.
Vents. These are probably represented by the single mouth.
! Spong. Mer. Caraib., pl. x. fig. 5. 2 Spong. atl. Geb. p. 33.
112 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [Jan. 4,
Pores. The dermis is not sufficiently well preserved to show
them.
Hab, Portland Bay, Chili(in the channel between the chief island
of the Madre-de-Dios archipelago and the mainland), 10 fathoms.
Obs. The nearest identifiable ally of this Sponge appears to be
that described by Schmidt! as Siphonochalina bullata, which, as
already observed, it probably resembled closely in external characters.
It is not certain that that Sponge is identical with the Callyspongia
bullata of Duchassaing de Fontbressin and Michelotti; and it cer-
tainly is not the Spongia bullata of Lamarck, which those authors
consider their Sponge to be. The chief distinguishing characters of
the two Sponges are as follows :—
External Characters, Main Skeleton. Spicules.
Form tubular, perhaps Network open. Two Acerate, tapering ab-
rising from an en- sets of fibres regu- ruptly. Size ‘07284
Sip ret fortis larged base. larly arranged at by ‘0079 millim.
(Chili). right angles; fibres ;
from ‘07 to °25 mm. he
in diameter. f
(Several tubes rising Network close. Two Acerate, tapering ab-
S. bullata, Schmidt | from one base. sets of fibres regu- ruptly, size ‘076 by
(?Duch. et Mich.,non { larly arranged at 025337.
Lamk.), (West In- right angles; fibres
dies). 1 from :0355 to -1065
\ mm. in diameter.
CLADOCHALINA ARMIGERA, Schmidt (nou Duch. de Fontbressin
et Michelotti), var. PERGAMENTACEA, nov. (Plate X. fig. 4.)
Cladochalina armigera, O. Schmidt, Spong. atl. Geb. p. 35.
A fine dried speciinen appears to represent this species, although
it shows some important differences from it.
External Characters. Suberect, elongated, flattened from side to
side, the long diameter being about three times as great as the short
diameter ; the upper of the two edges bears most of the vents. It
is curiously bent to form an angle of 60° at about its middle, so that
the apex nearly touches the rock on which it stands. Surface even
except near the vents, and smooth, though finely striated by a sub-
dermal and a dermal network of coarser and finer fibres respectively.
Colour pale brown. Vents subcircular, long diameter from 1°5
to 3 millims., occurring at intervals of 8 to 15 millims. along the edges
of the Sponge; they stand out on small rounded eminences to a
height of about 1 millim. from the surface, and end in a reticulated
bottom at from 2 to 4 millims. below the edge. Pores?
Main Skeleton. Composed of a vertical (‘‘ deep”) set of strong
horny fibres, of *04434 millim. average diameter, coming from the
centre, giving off numerous smaller branches laterally, and meeting at
right angles a stout (‘‘ subdermal ”’) set of fibres, diameter ‘056 to
‘14 millim., which run along parallel with the surface, branching
and anastomosing so as to form the coarser meshes of the surface,
and havea tetra- to polygonal outline. Thesubdermal network forms
1 Spong. atl. Geb. p. 33.
1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ALERT. 113
an external framework, which is the main agent in giving the Sponge
its firmness. Arising from this subdermal network, and generally
closely enveloping it, is a much finer (“‘dermal”’) network or veil
(corresponding in relations to the veil on which Schmidt based his
genus Ditela, afterwards reunited to Spongia) ; its fibres are derived
from the upper surface of the subdermal fibres by smaller branches,
which branching out horizontally become much finer; the finest
form the finer part of the network, of which the coarser form the
supporting ribs; the diameter varies from ‘02534 millim. for the
coarsest to ‘00475 millim. for the finest fibres. ‘The “ veil,” how-
ever, at the free end and at the lower edge of the Sponge projects
beyond it as a loose envelope. The fibres are very transparent, of a
pale amber-colour of various shades, and are delicately laminated.
The vertical and smaller subdermal fibres are cored by a uni-
serial row of fine acerate spicules, placed end to end. In the freely
projecting parts of the veil the stouter dermal fibres may be cored by
spicules quinqueserially arranged ; the finer dermal fibres are cored by
uniserial acerates, although these are often wanting for considerable
tracts, or only present at intervals. Parenchyma transparent. The
‘spicules apparently sometimes occur singly or in groups in the
stout subdermal fibres; possibly others have been present and
been absorbed. Skeleton-spicules smooth, fine, acerate, tapering
somewhat gradually to sharp points, nearly straight; size ‘076 by
001267 millim. ; many of them have undergone more or less absorp-
tion. Flesh-spicules same as of skeleton.
Examined. In the dried state and by mounting in balsam.
Hab. Hotspur Bank, off east coast of Brazil (lat. 17° 32' S.,
long. 35° 46’ W.), 35 fathoms, on piece of calcareous rock.
Obs. As Schmidt’s account is very short, and as the specimen is well
preserved, the characters of the Sponge are given fully. The chief
differences between this specimen and Schmidt’s appear to be :—(1)
the superficial (not axial) position in the stout subdermal fibre of the
spicules in the former; (2) the inferior diameter of that fibre as
compared with the present specimen (being as 3 to 5); (3) the
branching of Schmidt’s specimen, and (4) its bearing (as appears
from his referring to Duch. de Fontbressin and Michelotti’s species)
small spinous processes on its surface; and (5), lastly, the superior
proportions of the spicules of Schmidt’s specimen, which measure
0887 by 00211 millim. These differences justify the separation of
this form at least as a well-marked variety, although our acquaintance
with the Chalinide appears to be too limited and their characters too
few to admit of distinguishing it as a species at present. Attention
is particularly called to the beauty and complexity of the arrange-
ment of the skeleton.
The above differences may be thus tabulated :—
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1881, No. VIII. 8
114 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING (Jan. 4,
External Characters. Skeleton. Spicules.
(Erect, branched; sur- Stoutest fibre super- Size ‘0887 by ‘00211
Cladochalinaarmigera,| face covered with ficially cored by millim.
Schmidt (Florida{ spines; vents scat- spicules; its maxi-
and Antilles). | tered, 3 millims. in mum diameter about
| diameter. 884 millim.
(Suberect, unbranched; Stoutest fibre some- Size ‘076 by -001267
as | surface smooth, only times cored, axially, millim.
C. armigera, var. Pe'- | vendered uneven by by spicules; max-
Tae (Atlan; 4 the two series of imuin diameter 14
tic, off Hast Brazil). | vents, 2to 3 millims. millim.
{in diameter.
Order EcuiNONEMATA, Carter.
PHAKELLIA EGREGIA, sp. n. (Plate X. fig. 6.)
Form erect, stipitate, ramose ; bases of branches flattened, ends
rounded. Surface hirsute, owing to freedom of echinating columns
from the axial skeleton for from *7 to 1°25 millim. of their length.
Colour (in spirit) yellowish white. Skeleton-axis typically Axinellid,
diameter about the same as the length of an echinating column;
longitudinal lines from *18 to ‘25 millim. apart, multispicular, com-
pact. Echinating columns very distinct, connected with each other
for about one third of their length by horizontal bars of single spicules,
and strongly echinated from their bases upwards. Parenchyma very
pale yellow, slightly granular.
Skeleton-spicules of four kinds, viz.:—(1)Setaceous acuate, smooth,
slightly curved, tapering to sharp point, very frequently swollen
near its base, size 1:207 by ‘01268 millim., springing from axis and
lying between echinating columns. (2) Stouter, smooth, slightly curved
acuate, tapering to less sharp point, size either ‘8875 by ‘019 millim.
from within echinating columns, or *38 by ‘07416 when echinating
the columns. (3) Smooth acuate, sharply bent at about one fourth of
its length from the base, tapering to sharp point, size 2534 by :0095
millim., forming the bulk of the echinating and axial meshwork spi-
cules. (4) Smooth acerate, sharply bent, tapering to sharp points,
size °304 by °01267 millim., forming part of the horizontal or cross
series of spicules, which lie between the echinating columns and
between the axial columns, not abundant. No flesh-spicules.
Examined. In spirit and by mounting in balsam.
External Characters. It is about 65 millims. high, and has a short
pedicel rising from a slight basal expansion. The branches lie ap-
proximately in one plane. It is firm in texture, owing to its well-
developed axis. The sarcode invests all but from *5 to ‘8 millim. of
the ends of the echinating columns. No oscula or pores were made
out. Skeleton very regular. The echinating spicules project in great
numbers from the columns at the usual acute angle. Spicules. The
thick long acuates apparently form the backbone of the echinating
columns, though they are not always to be made out : the shorter ones,
of nearly the same breadth, occur in small numbers among the
smaller echinating spicules. The small number of acerates present
may be due tothe youth of the specimen; they are to be made
1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ALERT.’ 115
out, however, in almost every piece examined, and aie well pre-
served and constant in their positions.
Hab. Sandy Point, 7-10 fathoms (on a piece of shell).
This specimen is finely preserved and is probably young.
Obs. The formation of the axial network mainly by short acuate
spicules, and echination of the axial column by isolated long acuates
in addition to the diverging columns, distinguish, at any rate by
the perfection to which they are here carried out, this species from
all the species which have been assigned to either of the closely
allied genera Phakellia and Dictyocylindrus. The absence of cylin-
drical spicules differentiatesit from P. ventilabrum and P. folium, Sdt.,
but can hardly be said to ally it very closely to the other two species,
P. robusta and P. tenax, which are similarly circumstanced ; for in
the one the long isolated acuates are wanting, and in the other a
small spined cylindrical echinates the fibres. The long acuate occurs,
however, in many other Axinellida. Probably Awinella cinnamomea,
Sdt., from the Adriatic and Algiers, is the species most closely allied
to ours, of known forms—though the short acuate is scarcely bent at
all as it is here, and it wants the very stout long and short acuates
which seem to connect this species with the Atlantic species 4. mas-
tophora, where these assume such a striking size.
Some of the chief differences between P. cinnamomea, Sdt., and
this Sponge may be thus stated :—
Shorter Slender
Acerate Spicules. Acuate. Stout Acuate.
(Sharply bent, tapering Very scarce; possibly Wanting.
radually. Size444 notproperto sponge;
Asinella cinnamomea,| © ae : :
rn 3 by ‘01267 millim. slightly bent. Size
Sdt. (Adriatic and 4 y ae "2837 i. “3863 i
aren) 01086 to ‘01267
; millim.
Phakellia — egregia { As in preceding. Size Veryabundant;sharp- ‘Iwo sizes occur.
(Straits of Magel- ‘304 by 01267 mm. —ly bent. Size +2534
lan). \ by °0095 millim.
Order HoLORRHAPHIDOTA, Carter.
CIOCALYPTA CALVA, sp. n. (Plate X. fig. 7.)
Massive. Surface smooth. Structure of Sponge cavernous.
Colour whitish. Skeleton of widely separate spiculo-fibres rising
from base, where they are contorted and form a layer. Fibres stout,
flattened, multispicular, spicules parallel in them ; at base containing
a margin of sarcode of one fourth of diameter of fibre, superiorly
becoming approximately Holorrhaphidote ; beginning to branch and
anastomose about halfway between base and dermis, ending in
dermal membrane in tufts of slightly diverging spicules, which
spread on the membrane without meeting neighbouring tufts.
Dermis otherwise naked, subopaque, thin, fragile. Skeleton-spi-
cule acuate, slightly bent, tapering from head to a sharp point, size
‘577 by *01267 millim. No flesh-spicule. fe
116 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING Jan. 4,
Examined. Tn spirit and by mounting in balsam.
External Characters. Sessile, forming a beehive-shaped mass
about 18 millims. deep by about 50 millims. long and 36 broad,
growing on the surface of a large flexible worm-tube. Surface
curved both actually and relatively to its base, so that the thickness
of the Sponge at the edges is almost nil. Surface slightly irregular,
owing to depressions between the ends of the skeleton-fibres, covered
externally by a dirty-white dermis of the same colour as the fibres.
Surface of dermis smooth.
Vents? Pores apparently represented by oval openings, from
‘633 to ‘16 millim. in diameter, occurring in groups.
Fibre resembling that of Desmacidon fruticosum, Johnston, in
amount of soft material, except at base, where the spicules lying in
the centre occupy only about half the diameter of the fibre, and give
it a strongly Chalinoid appearance. Spicules lying parallel in the
fibre, projecting from it only at the dermis. Soft material of
fibre granular, yellowish, subopaque, not resembling ordinary horny
fibre. Number of spicules in diameter of fibre varies from about
15 millims. in larger to 3 or 4 in small lateral fibres.
Parenchyma. Yellowish white, granular, adhering to fibres.
Dermai Membrane. Yellowish white, granular, in some parts pos-
sessing muscular or other fibres, apparently arising from beneath it.
Skeleton-spicule. Of one kind, acuate, slightly bent, tapering
gradually from a well-rounded head to a sharp point. Size 577
by :01267 millim.
Flesh-spicule. None.
Hob. Sandy Point, 7-10 fathoms ; on large worm-tube.
Obs. The strongly ceratinous character of the base of the fibres,
the absence of fistulee, and the absence of dense spicular axes from
which the fibres should radiate, all tend at first sight to separate
this species from the genus Ciocalypta, and, in fact, exclude it from
that genus, if we limit it to forms included by Dr. Bowerbank’s
diagnosis ; but the general structure of the fibre and the mode of
termination of its outer extremity, together with the general agree-
ment in the form of the spicules, ally it too closely to C. penicillus
and C. leet to allow of a distinct generic appellation at this time,
especially as the method of growth suggests that it may be merely
a young or sessile form of a species closely allied to C. Jeez. The
proportions of the skeleton-acuates are :—
C. penicillus, Bowerbank. Britain. 6035 by *02058 millim.
C. lee, Bowerbank. Britain. “0 (s<trgs OLY
C. calva, Magellan. °577 ,, ‘01267
2?
3
C. tuberculata’, Carter, is closely allied to these, but has a
skeleton-spicule ‘023223 millim. in diameter.
The specimen is remarkable for containing in its dermis a number
of spicules belonging to Hsperia magellanica’.
' Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, xviil. p. 255.
* Cf. Journ, Linn. Soc. (Zool.), xv. p. 149.
1881. ] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ ALERT.’ 117
EsPERIA MAGELLANICA, sp.n. (Plate X. fig. 5.)
Massive, subcylindrical. Surface and interior coloured by cells
containing a dark pigment. Dermis fragile, with a coarse skeletal
network. Main skeleton composed of a central irregular compact
meshwork, which sends ramifying and anastomosing fibres to the
dermis. Fibres of main and dermal skeleton stout, composed of
parallel spicula with a minimum of sarcode. Skeleton-spicules of
one form only, viz. spinulate, with a very slightly marked oval
head ; length -4615 to °544 millim., breadth ‘01267 millim. Paren-
chyma pale yellow to ochreous brown when dry, dirty white in spirit.
Flesh-spicules of two forms, viz.:—(i.) inequianchorate with the
large palm about 5® of the total length of the spicule, and its lower
angles turned upwards and inwards, length ‘0444 to °05384 millim.,
seattered ; and (ii.) minute acerate, generally in bundles of two to
four, sharply pointed, length :0444 to 0634, breadth about ‘001055
millim., scarce.
Examined. In spirit, in dried state, and mounted in balsam.
Lxternal Characters’. Form irregularly cylindrical, rounded off
rapidly below to a narrow base of attachment, and provided above
with a slight neck at about 30 millims. from the superior extre-
mity, where it is also rounded off. Below the neck the greatest
diameter is about 60 millims., above it about 45 millims.; total length
120 millims. Colour in life very variable, yellow or green; in spirit
grey, or dirty-white (in the dried specimens ranging from yellowish
white toanochreous brown). Surface entirely covered with mammi-
form papille, from 3 to 6 millims. in greatest diameter, often
coalescing into ridges; provided at the superior extremity with two
circular vent-openings, respectively 7 and 8 millinis. in diameter,
probably much larger in life. ‘Texture delicate, very readily com-
pressible. Pores?
Minute Structure of Surface. Surface covered by a fragile dermis, of
the thickness and texture (when wet) of blotting-paper, composed of a
single layer of more or less loose spiculo-fibre, with polygonal meshes
from *25 to *5 millim. in diameter, tympanized by avery pale brown
sarcode more or less interspersed with loose spicules and greenish-
brown granular cells, sometimes having the centre occupied by a
dark patch of pigment.
The minute acerates occur in bundles of two to four, occa-
sionally scattered ; they are straight and sharply pointed at both
ends. They are found at the sides of the dermal and main skeleton-
fibres. They are of scarce occurrence ; and for that reason and from
the need of an exceptionally good light for finding them, they
constitute an inconvenient character for reference. Probably they
invariably occur in the place of tricurvates in Lsperia, where these
are absent.
Hab. Sandy Point, 7-10 fathoms; bottom, dead Balani, some of
which are still, together with a good-sized Terebratula, embedded
in its base.
Seven dry specimens from Otter Island, Patagonia, representing
' These refer to the spirit specimen, except where otherwise stated.
118 [Jan. 4,
three specimens, were already in the Museum collection, and are evi-
dently pieces of those mentioned by Dr. Cunningham at p. 481 of his
‘Notes on the Natural History of the Strait of Magellan.’ The
following are their chief characters, arranged for comparison with
ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING
those of the type specimen.
It cannot, unfortunately, be deter-
mined which pieces formed part of the same original specimens :—
Subspinulate /Inequianchorate Bundles of
aaichie: a Aoule, Acerates. Other characters.
INO! Clie saaite. eVenes Shape as in type;) Shape as in | Scarce; ‘057 mm.| Surface ridged rather
‘497 mm. long by| type; ‘04434 | long. than papillose.
‘01267. mm, long.
INO2 shetensetarsscs IDO Near dienes ease Shapeasintype;| (Curved, very | Surface do.
‘05384 mm.| scarce; 07842
long. mm. long ?)
INOW Oye ernesteets en DD TRU OW. case eemsercit Shapeasintype;| ? Surface do.; vents?
04434 mm.
long.
INGHA Fasscectaasees Shape as in type ;| Shapeasintype;) Very scarce, gene-| Surface papillose in
‘4615 mm. by| ‘05067 mmz.| rally scattered;} one part, ridged in
‘01267 long. ‘06334 mm. long.) another.
No.) (5) (GQnost lof sAsneNoy Les. Asin No.1 ...| Very scarce; Surface the same; a
surface gone). 0423389 mm. large internal cavity.
long. Apparently 2 vents.
INO; 6 Saneenescsase ss Shape as in type;| Shapeasintype;) Very scarce ; Surface ridged. Vents
488 mm. by 047506 mm.| :044339 mm. 3?
01267, long. long.
INOS37 oanes Sey AsuneNo. Wl, tree Shape asintype;) Ditto. Surface ridged and
705067 = mm. papillose.
long.
Type specimen] *544 by ‘01267 | :0475mm.long.) Scarce; ‘(057 mm.) Surface mostly papil-
from Sandy Pt. | mm. | long. lose. Vents 2.
All possess an abundance of the characteristic dark pigment, but
concentrated at the centres of well-defined cells, whereas in the
spirit specimen from Magellan’s Straits it is generally, though not
always, scattered over the cells.
It is very probable that the wrinkled or ridged character pre-
sented by the dermis of most of the dried specimens is due to the
fact of their having been dried. In all cases except that of the
extraordinarily broad specimen No. 6, the external characters of
shape, surface-reticulation, and colour agree very closely in all the
dried specimens, and must be almost, if not quite, identical with
those which would be presented by the spirit specimen if it were
dried.
Obs. This Sponge belongs to the section of Esperia which is
devoid of bihamate flesh-spicules. It is to be wished that a distinct
genus were formed for the reception of the numerous forms which
belong to it. Possibly Rhaphidotheca, Kent, may ultimately be
found to satisfy the requirements of the case (cf. Mr. Carter’s re-
marks in the Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc. ii. p. 498); but until the
questions which are suggested by the description of the type species
1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ALERT.’ 119
of that genus are settled, it will be well to adhere to the more com-
prehensive term Esperia for these forms.
The nearest allies of this Sponge, of which intelligible descriptions
or specimens are available, appear to be :—
Spinulate spicule Sens
pene E * — anchorate.
Esperia nodosa, Schmidt, | 4117 by :011085 0577 mm. ‘057 mm.
Adr. Meer, Suppl.i.p.33 f mm.
Acerates,
(Adriatic).
E. bowerbanhi, id. Adr.] About same as ‘06334mm. Ditto.
Meer. p. 55 (Adriatic)... f preceding.
a a ae 399 by 0095mm. °05384mm. -0475 mm.
EL. rhopalophora and E. intermedia, Schmidt, from the North
Atlantic, may perhaps prove, when more fully described, to come
near this species. Rhaphidotheca affnis, Carter, from off the north
of Scotland, differs but slightly from it in the forms of its spicules ;
but their sizes are greater.
For details of appearance in life see Dr. Cunningham’s work on
the Straits of Magellan above mentioned.
ALEBION PROXIMUM, sp. n. (Plate X. fig. 8.)
Incrusting. Surface covered with numerous narrow conyolutions,
and minutely roughened ; vents scattered, ‘2 to ‘3 millim. in dia-
meter. Colour dark brown. Main skeleton composed of primary
columns of spiculo-fibre running from base towards surface ; fibres 5
to 6 spicules thick, crossed by secondary bars approximately at right
angles, bars 2 to 5 spicules thick. Dermal skeleton a regular poly-
gonal network of spiculo-fibre, 1 to 5 spicules thick, beneath which
he irregular tracts of cylindrical spicules. Spicules united in fibres
by a minimum of sarcode. Parenchyma very granular, reddish
brown. Skeleton-spicules of two kinds :—(i) acuate, covered from base
to apex with short spines, tapering from within about 5 diameters of
apex to a sharp point, size *15835 by ‘0095 millim., in main and der-
mal skeleton ; (ii) cylindrical, tapering from middle to a neck, termi-
nated by a distinctly spined head, at each end, size :15835 by +0079
millim., in subdermal tracts. Flesh-spicules of two kinds :—(i) inequi-
anchorate, upper palm conical in outline, inferior edges angulated,
shaft slender, lower palm small, triangular, terminated by a sharp
point, length °02534 millim., scattered; (ii.) bipociilate, exactly
similar to that of the British species Halichondria hyndmani,
Bowerbank, size ‘01056 millim. broad (from back of shaft to front
_ of the curves), scattered.
Examined. In spirit and by mounting in balsam.
External Characters. This species is represented by a specimen
coating one valve of a Pecten. It resembles Halichondria hyndmani
and other nearly allied British forms in its corrugated surface. At
the centre of the shell it is merely a brown film. The convolutions
are sometimes substellately arranged, and may be as much ag
120 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [Jan. 4,
2 millims. in height. Pores? Vents distant from each other by 2
to 7 diameters. Texture fragile.
Skeleton appears somewhat confused in transverse sections ; but
this is partly due to the opacity of the sarcode, which conceals in
part the relations of the fibres. Spicules aggregated loosely in
fibres. The colour of the parenchyma resembles that of most
Microcione and most of the British Halichondrie (Bowerbank)
which are related to this species.
Skeleton-spicules. The heads of the cylindricals are well marked,
being nearly as broad as the maximum diameter of the shaft ; their
external halves are covered with small but distinct spines. The
whole spicule presents an exaggerated form of the corresponding
type in 4. pattersoni, H. hyndinani, and H. ingalli (in which species
its head is faintly microspined). Flesh-spicules. 'Vhe inequiancho-
rate is of the same form, down to the inferior spine of the small
palm, as in the above-named species, as is the bipocillate (‘‘ bipo-
cillated anchorate’’ of Bowerbank, “ grotesque spicule” of Carter).
The latter, which was very seldom found in the microscopic mount-
ings, is decidedly larger than in any of the British allied species.
For further relations to these forms, see table of comparison (infrd)
with the ¢ype specimens of Bowerbank’s species.
Hab. Sandy Point, 7-10 fathoms (on a Pecten).
Spicules—Characters and Proportions.
: yet | Inequi- eae
Spined Acuate. Cylindrical, | Paver ee Bipocillate.
Alebion proximwn Slightly spined all} With distinct heads; As in British] As in British
(Straits of Magel-| over;taperingfrom| ‘15835 by :0079| species. species.
lan). near apex; *15835| mm. °025337mm.| *01056 mm.
by ‘0095 mm, long. broad.
A, (Halichondria) | Slightly spined all} Heads scarcely di-| ‘025337 long.| About -008
pattersoni, Bowk.| over; tapering from} stinguishable from mm. broad.
(Britain). near middle; 23436) shaft; °247 by
by 010537. 006334.
A. (H.) hyndmani,| Spines mostly near} Very slight, faintly] ‘02275 long. | 008445 mm.
Bowk, (Britain). base; tapering from! spined heads;"19636 broad.
middle; +228 by| by ‘038.
0095.
A.(H.) ingalli,Bowk.| Spines mostly near} Heads less visible} ‘01583 long. | -008445mm.
(Britain). base; tapering from] and less spinedthan broad.
middle; °152 by} in preceding ; 1457
006334. by 02534.
Alebion, Gray (P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 534) seems to be the only genus
at all correctly defined, of the four in which he has placed these and
the allied species ; the character of “ branching”’ should, however, be
omitted from it.
Probably Myzilla rubiginosa, Sdt., from the Adriatic, is allied to
these forms; but Schmidt does not mention any minute flesh-
spicules from it,
1881. ] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S, ‘ALERT.’ 121
HyMeEDEsMIA POLITA, sp. n. (Plate X. fig. 9.)
Incrusting, thin. Surface glabrous, with minute scattered points,
dark umber-browu. Vents chiefly grouped two or three together,
minute. Pores scattered. Main skeleton of short primary spicular
columns extending directly from base to surface, which break into a
slight brush just below surface, and slightly project from it ; bases
surrounded by groups of small spined acuate spicules. Dermal
skeleton of a thin loose spiculo-fibre connecting the primary columns.
Sarcode reddish brown. Main skeleton-spicules of two kinds :—
(i) Spined acuate, spines reaching to within one fourth of length of
the sharp apex, most strongly developed at base, size ‘25337 by
‘00887 millim.; (ii) smooth acuates tapering from head almost to
the apex, which is abruptly pointed, size +2407 by :0038 millim.
Dermal skeleton-spicules same as latter. The small spined acuates
are entirely spined, size *10135 by ‘006334 millim. Flesh-spicules
confined to dermis, of one kind, viz. equianchorates in rosette-like
groups, shaft slender, front palms entire, with a straight lower
edge, tubercle prominent, length ‘01267 millim.
Examined. In spirit and by mounting in balsam.
In ewternal characters the single specimen is incrusting, very
thin (about *6 millim. greatest thickness); surface slightly un-
even, glabrous, minutely punctate. Colour very dark umber-brown
in spirit. Vents chiefly in groups of 2 or 3, oval or circular, open-
ing obliquely to surface; diameter about °25 millim. Pores oval,
scattered, numerous, about ‘07 millim. in greatest diameter.
Skeleton. No distinct basal membrane. Some lines of fine
long acuates lie at the base. A set of distinct primary spicular
bundles spring from the base at from*18 to °36 millim. apart ; their
bases are surrounded by groups of spined acuate spicules; they
proceed to surface approximately at right angles to it; and their spi-
cules diverge laterally, echinating the fibre until just below the
surface, where they diverge slightly; the apices of the terminal
spicules project beyond the surface slightly.
Dermis. Lines of fine long subparallel acuate spicules extend
between the apices of the primary skeleton-columns, diverging from
one another where the lines are bent.
Hab. On a Balanus sessile on large worm-tube. Sandy Point,
7-10 fathoms.
Obs. It approaches Microciona tuberosa, Bowerbank, from the
Straits of Malacca, very closely in spiculation and some other
characters.
Microciona tuberosa, Bowk. Hymedesmia polita. (Ma-
(Straits of Malacca.) gellan.)
Sometimes basally micro- Always smooth. Length
1. Slender Acuate } spined very _ slightly. ‘2407 mm.; breadth -0088,
Spicule. Length :285 mm. ; breadth
00475.
Length '2487mm.; breadth length. Length +25337
095, mm,; breadth ‘00887,
2, Stout Long Only slightly uneven at base. Spined for at least half of
Acuate.
122
Microciona tubcrosa, Bowk.
(Straits of Malacca.)
Spined all over. Length
3. Small Spined ‘1077 mm. ; breadth ‘0079.
Acuate.
4, Equianchorate.
Very thinly incrusting?,
sending out at intervals
ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING
[ Jan. 4,
Hymedesmia polita.
gellan.)
Spined all over,
101385 =mm.;
‘006334.
(Ma-
Length
breadth
Same characters in both.
Incrusting. Echinating
columns buried in sarcode,
Habit cass ovssonnes. echinated columns about with the exception of ter-
34 mm. long. minal spicule-points.
Externally echinated by Smooth, except at points of
pernis small spined acuates; sar- projection of skeleton-
gates wip: code dark, not constantly bundles; slightly but con-
spicular. stantly spicular.
SArcode vescacsceses Granular, reddish brown. Granular, reddish brown.
This appears to be its nearest described ally; but it is placed
with Hymedesmia provisionally (in spite of its wanting the bihamate
spicule found in the type, H. zetlandica) in preference to Mywilla
and Microciona, owing to its fundamental divergence in spiculation
from the type species of those genera.
(Note. Any discrepancies between this account of M. tuéderosa and
that given by Dr. Bowerbank in his description in Proc. Zool. Soc.
1875, p. 281, are justified by an examination of the type specimen.
The “ somewhat complicated rete,” said to be formed by the “ ske-
leton-columns”’ (/. c.) appears to be not due to the sponge-skeleton,
but to an anastomosing mass of tubes formed probably by an arena-
ceous foraminifer ; for the axis of the ‘‘columns”’ is, as a rule, not
spicular, but formed of minute grains of sand.)
TRACHYTEDANIA ', n. gen.
Sponge. Main skeleton composed of vertical inferiorly distinct
spiculo-fibres, terminating on surface in radiating brushes ; spicula
siliceous, united by a minimum of sarcode, lying parallel in fibre, of
three forms, viz. spined acuate, smooth acuate, terminally or sub-
terminally inflated cylindricals. Flesh-spicules siliceous, slender,
acerate. Sarcode pale-coloured. A basal lamina of spicules may
be present.
This genus is based on the new species 7. spinata. It differs from
all the known species of Z'edania, Gray, in having three kinds of
skeleton-spicules, one of them being spined ; that genus, however,
seems to be the nearest genus at present defined.
TRACHYTEDANIA SPINATA, sp. n. (Plate X. fig. 10.)
Incrusting, laminar. Surface level, glabrous ; under lens seen to
be minutely but thickly pitted. Colour yellowish white. Vents?
Pores? Main skeleton a series of independent, approximately ver-
tical spiculo-fibres, about 3 to 6 spicules thick, rising from a basal
lamina of fine cylindrical spicules, and deflected laterally at surface,
there breaking up into a horizontal brush of somewhat radiating cylin-
1 Brom rpayds, rough, in allusion to the spined basal spicules, and Tedania,
the name of the allied genus.
1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ALERT.’ 123
drical spicules, which, with loose ones of the same kind, form the
dermal skeleton by the crossing of their ends. Main fibre, spicules
united somewhat loosely. Parenchyma compact, almost perfectly
colourless and transparent. Skeleton-spicules of three kinds, viz. :—
(i) acuate, covered with sparse, short spines for about 4 diameters,
from base, tapering to point gradually, size *1647 by 006334 millim.,
forming basal portion of vertical fibres; (ii) acuate, smooth, head
almost pointed, apex generally somewhat abruptly pointed, size +196
by 006334 millim., forming median portion of vertical fibre ;
(ii) cylindrical, smooth, of mainly uniform diameter throughout
up to the heads, which are slightly swollen, and then end in more
or less sharp hastate points, size ‘1774 to ‘18736 by :0038 mnillim.,
forming basal and dermal skeleton and summit of vertical fibres.
Flesh-spicules, besides the last-named, fine acuates, very slightly
blunted at base, tapering to very fine apex; size *152 by °0009
millim. ; scattered universally through sarcode.
Examined. In spirit and by mounting in balsam.
External Characters. The single specimen, which is extremely
well preserved, coats the valves of a Pecten, which was alive when
taken. It forms a thin film, varying in thickness from about +70
millim. to tissue-paper thickness. It fills up the depressions be-
tween the ribs, and thus presents a very smooth rounded contour ;
but the lens shows that it is covered with minute points and shallow
pits, the former probably representing the terminations of the pri-
mary skeleton-columns. Vents are possibly represented by two or
three irregular depressions or openings, ‘25 to*5 millim. in diameter,
near the thickest part of the sponge. Pores not found.
The skeleton is simple in structure, and represents the type as-
signed to Hymedesmia by Dr. Bowerbank. The basal lamina ig
composed of loosely aggregated spicules, about 3 or 4 spicules
thick. The composite structure of the vertical fibre is remarkable,
and well adapted to secure, by the spination of the basal spicules,
solidity of rooting, and, by its shading off into less stout spicules
above, pliability. No special cementing sarcode is apparent. The
structure of the dermal skeleton is essentially that of the Tedania,
though its connexion with the main skeleton is more marked than is
usual in that genus. The parenchyma is slightly yellow, but in
the almost entire absence of colour and of opacity resembles that of
the Renieridze in general. The two larger skeleton-spicules (acuates)
are probably varieties of one original type ; from its position, at the
base of the columns with the roughened end downwards, the spined
acuate is perhaps developed to suit the incrusting form of the
Sponge; otherwise it differs from the smooth form mainly in being
slightly shorter. The cylindricals are really sharply pointed ; but
the penultimate swelling is generally discernible, and sometimes gives
a fine spear-head outline to the head; they seem to be a further de-
velopment of the typical cylindrical form in the same direction as
that shown by Tedania tenuicapitata (sp. n.).
Hab. Portland Bay, Chili (opposite the. chief island of Madre-de-
Dios Archipelago), 10 fathoms, On both valves of small Pecten,
124 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [Jan. 4,
TEDANIA TENUICAPITATA, sp. n. (Plate XI. fig. 1.)
Massive, almost white. Surface bearing scattered shallow pits
from about ‘17 to 1 millim. in diameter. Texture very soft and
fragile. Vents small, scattered. Pores scattered. Main skeleton a
very loose network of spicules, with triangular to polygonal meshes,
extending from base to surface, crossed at nodes by spiculo-fibres lying
parallel to surface ; sides of meshes formed by groups of 2 to 5 acuate
spicules (sometimes of cylindrical spicules in whole or in part), scarcely
touching. Dermal skeleton composed of sheaves of 20 or more cylin-
drical spicules, closely aggregated at one end, and radiating outwards
with the other over the surface. Parenchyma very pale yellow to
colourless, finely granular. Skeleton-spicules of two kinds, viz. :—
(i) smooth curved acuate, tapering to a sharp point from a distance
of about 6 diameters from the point, size *38 by -01267 millim. ; and
(ii) cylindrical, double-headed, smooth, heads about one third as
broad again as shaft, and oval, drawn out to a point, occurring in
main skeleton, and alone forming dermal skeleton, size *2787 by
006334 millim. Flesh-spicules acerate, tapering from centre to
very fine points, roughened almost imperceptibly on surface, one
end slightly the stouter, scattered, size °316 by ‘0021114 millim.
Examined. In spirit, and by mounting in balsam.
External Characters. The single specimen forms a small subpyra-
midal mass, whose four uninjured faces form rounded angles of about
120° with one another. It appears to have been broken from a
mass sessile by a broad triangular base. Among the numerous
small pits of the surface, in which many of the pores are collected,
and between which the Sponge forms insignificant ridges, are dis-
tributed the five vents which are still left. Three of these are close
to the apex ; they open on the surface level, and penetrate straight
into the Sponge to a depth of 3 to 8 millims., where they suddenly
terminate ; they are oval, and 1°5 to 2 millims. in diameter. The
pores lie on the ridges and in the small surface-pits.
The main skeleton is very vague, the spicules of the fibre being
hardly in contact; it consists generally of the stout acuates; but
sometimes groups of 6 to 10 cylindricals take their places, or they
are mixed with a few of these ; a horizontal network of stout acuates
occurs throughout, but is especially developed just below the dermis.
The dermal-skeleton bundles appear to radiate from certain centres
with more or less regularity.
The parenchyma is very transparent, and is sufficiently well pre-
served to show, in Canada balsam, numerous round nuclei, of about
‘0095 millim. diameter, transparent, and nucleolated.
The cylindrical spicule differs from that of all hitherto recognized
species of the genus in being terminally pointed ; the heads are very
slightly marked and suboval in outline, and are not microspined
as in the Mediterranean and Malacca species already known. The
fine acerate has, as in other species, one end stouter than the other,
though very slightly so: the roughening of the surface is often im-
perceptible ; it takes the form, as far as can be made out, of sub-
spiral scratches.
1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ALERT.’ 125
Hab. Trinidad Channel, near Madre-de-Dios Islands, off S.W.
Patagonia, 30 fathoms.
Obs. The two already described species, Halichondria aspera
and Isodictya rudis, Bowerbank, both from the Straits of Malacca,
possibly merely varieties of one species, together with Tedania suc-
toria, Schmidt, from Iceland, resemble our species in important
points. It is also noteworthy that Schmidt refers (Spong. atl. Geb.
p. 43) to a shapeless white specimen of a Tedania from Rio de
Janeiro, to which he gives no name. Looking at the locality and
at this description, one would not be surprised to find that it proved
to be our species.
The two Malacca species have a most interesting relation to the
rest ; for with the terminally microspined heads of the cylindrical
spicule, characteristic of the Mediterranean Tedanie, they combine
a very marked roughening of the fine acerate—an irregularity of
the surface which is only possible to make out, in the case of 7’. tenui-
capitata, with very good light, and then not always, and which is,
so far as I am aware, peculiar to the acerates of this genus, being
wholly distinct from spination or ‘ microspination.”
Tedania suctoria, Schmidt, has cylindricals with two smooth heads,
as in our species; but they are not terminally pointed as here. It
is probably the most nearly allied of described species. Its spicule-
characters, for comparison with those of 7’. tenuicapitata, are :—
T. suetoria. (Iceland.)
tapering very gradually
from head. Size *5325
by °01583 mm.
{ Heads oval, rounded off
Cylindrical Bicapitate.. terminally. Size °38357
|. to 38 by 008445 mm.
Surface-roughness gene-
rally perceptible. Size
"2924 by 00285 mm.
Smooth Acuate Spicule. |
Fine Acerate ....... btiidc
( Main-skeleton fibres more
| compact. Dermal cylin-
4 dricals radiate more re-
ee ka a a | gularly; bundles larger
| and less distinct than in
\ the other species.
Skeleton
AMORPHINA §p. inc.
T. tenwicapitata.
(8.W. Chili.)
Beginning to taper about
G6 diam. fromend. Size
38 by ‘01267 mm.
Heads slightly oval,
pointed. Size ‘2787
by °006334 mm.
Surface-roughness rarely
perceptible with cer-
tainty. Size -316 by
002114 mm.
Skeleton-fibres as loose as
possible. Dermal cy-
lindricals in distinct
bundles, radiating each
from a separate point.
A minute, thin, incrusting patch on the worm-tube which bore
Alebion proximum. It is white; and thesarcode is granular, but almost
colourless ; the spicules are smooth, sharply bent acerates, ending
rather abruptly in points, and resembling those of A. genetrix,
Schmidt, but far smaller, and massed in flattened tracts.
Hab. Sandy Point, 7-10 fathoms.
126 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [Jan. 4,
RenierA ForTIOR, Schmidt? (Plate XI. fig. 3.)
Reniera fortior? O. Schmidt, Spong. atl. Geb. p. 40.
A poorly preserved spirit-specimen, which has lost most of the
dermal membrane and much of the internal sarcode.
Examined. In spirit and by mounting in balsam.
External Churacters. Form massive, irregular, subglobose, at-
tached by a short pedicel about one fourth as broad as the greatest
diameter of the Sponge. Texture very elastic. Colour semitrans-
parent dirty white; surface in present state chiefly regularly and
minutely hirsute.
Minute Surface-characters. Where the dermal membrane is pre-
sent, this consists of a very thin brownish-yellow lamina, resting on
the ends of the primary skeleton-columns, and formed by a skele-
ton network of 1- to 2-serial lines of fine acerate spicules, lying in a
fine fibre, with meshes of 14 to 2 spicules’ lengths in width, crossing
each other at acute angles, the intervals being more or less occupied
by fine and stouter acerates lying in the almost transparent, slightly
granular sarcode which fills them. Where this membrane is absent,
the ends of the skeleton-columns project as fine pencils.
Vents” apparently represented by 4 or 5 roundish apertures,
of about 1 millim. diameter each, situated on a somewhat concave
lateral surface ; they appear to lead directly inwards.
Pores? apparently scattered or aggregated in twos, oval ; largest
diameter °045 millim.
Main Skeleton. Composed, in the older parts, of Chalinoid fibre,
containing only about half its bulk of horny matter ; in the younger
parts a margin of this material is but rarely seen to surround the
spicular axis; possibly this is partly due to imperfect preservation.
Colour absent, or of the faintish possible tinge of yellow. Primary
fibres contain a 2- to 4-, generally 3-serial axis of moderately
stout, short acerate spicula; they run from the centre to the sur-
face, meeting the latter approximately at right angles, and are distant
from each other by 2 to 4 spicule-lengths. Secondary fibres at right
angles to the primaries, usually composed of a double series of iden-
tical spicules ; occur at intervals of 2 to 3 spicule-lengths.
Skeleton-spicules. Of one form—short stout acerate, slightly and
gradually bent, or with a slight angle, tapering gradually to the
points; size ‘13935 millim. long by 0094 broad.
Flesh- and Dermal Spicules. Of one form—short slender acerate,
slightly and gradually bent, tapering gradually to poits; size of
average largest ‘10135 millim. long by (0038 broad, in the case of
the dermal, :1077 long by '006334 broad, in the case of the flesh-
spicules, which latter are probably merely young skeleton-forms.
Hab. Elizabeth Island, Straits of Magellan (eastern portion),
sandy bottom, 6 fathoms.
Chalina granti, Bowerbank, strongly resembles this Sponge in its
chief essential characters; the main differences between the two are
those of degree rather than of kind. Thus the skeleton-spicule mea-
sures 133 by *01056 millim., and is of the same type of acerate,
though, as the measurements show, it is, although shorter, actually
1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ ALERT.’ 127
as well as relatively stouter than in our Sponge. Outward form
branching and fan-shaped. Its primary-skeleton fibres are far nearer
together than here ; in composition they are 1- to 2-spicular in some
parts, 2- to 3-spicular in others, while 2 to 3, occasionally 4, is the
proportion in the present species. The proportion of horny matter
in the fibre is generally, as here, only just sufficient to bind the spi-
cules into a pliable fibre.
The chief differences are shown in tabular form :—
Chalinula granti, | Reniera fortior,| Reniera fortior,
Bowerbank. Schinidt. Schmidt.
(S. of England.) (Antilles.) (Magellan.)
Skeleton-spicule .........sss00000 133 mm. by 13788 mm. 13935 mm. by
01056 mm. long. 0094 mm.
Composition of primary fibre...| 1 to 3 spicules 2 to 3 (occasion-
broad. ally 4) spicules
broad.
s » secondary fibre..| 1 spicule broad. 1 to 2 spicules
broad.
Average maximum distance be-
tween primary fibres......... ...| ‘142 mm. 284 mm.
External habit .........,...00000+ Of irregularly Amorphous. | Erect, subglobose.
shaped ana-
stomosing bran-
ches, subsessile.
R. fortior is only known to me by its description, as the Museum
possesses no specimen of it.
ScHMIDTIA AULOPORA, Schmidt, var.
Schmidtia aulopora, Schmidt, Spong. atl. Geb. p. 44, pl. v. fig. 8.
Thalysias subtriangularis, Duchassaing de Fontbressin et Miche-
lotti?, Spong. mer Caraib. p. 85, pl. i. fig. C., pl. xviii. fig. 1.
Isodictya mirabilis, Bowerbank?, P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 319, pl. xxviii.
External Characters. A single fistula, about 40 millims. long and
19 broad at the broken base, and 12 broad at the vent-opening.
It has evidently been torn off from a larger specimen, as the oblique
fracture of the base of the tube shows. The walls are thickest at
the base, viz. about 7 millims., and taper gradually up to the edge
of the mouth, where they are of the thickness of cardboard. The
whole tube tapers in breadth from base to mouth ; but the internal
diameter remains the same throughout. It presents a slight con-
striction or neck about 7 millims. below the mouth, below which
point it has obscure longitudinal ridges, which become more marked
as they approach the base, and are there accompanied by slight pa-
pillary eminences. Besides the large mouth or venté, there is a lateral
opening, about 3 millims. in diameter, leading upwards into the cavity
of the tube. The colour is a dark brown throughout. The sur-
face is regularly covered with minute points, between which lie the
pores. Texture subelastic; the interior of tube has a honeyecombed
128 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [Jan. 4,
surface, the openings being those of the excretory canals. Main ske-
leton of spiculo-fibre, the spicules united by a minimum of sarcode,
consisting of a primary set of fibres, from 6 to 10 spicules thick, at
right angles to the surface, from which they project (multiplying as
they approach the surface by Jranching), connected by a secondary set
at right angles to them, containing usually from three to four spicules
in their diameter, and by an irregular network of single spicules or
bispicular fibre, crossing the interspaces at various angles.
Dermal Skeleton. An irregular reticulation, 1 to 6 spicules thick,
lying between the points of the primary-skeleton fibres in superficial
pigmented layer. Parenchyma semiopaque, muddy-brown in colour.
Spicules—but one form for all parts, viz. a smooth acerate, slightly
bent at the middle, ending rather gradually ; size *17736 by ‘00887
millim. Embryos, apparently in the planula stage, lie embedded
near the interior surface of the Sponge ; they are oval; the greatest
diameter varies from *24 to °43 millim. In one place a dense mass
of about 15 occurred. As the specimen was taken on March 3rd,
1879, the sexual period is hereby fixed.
Examined. In spirit, and by mounting in balsam.
Hab. Trinidad Channel, Chili (just north of chief island of Madre-
de-Dios archipelago), 30 fathoms.
Obs. The specimen differs somewhat from the original specimens
of the species, though hardly enough for it to form a new species.
The chief differences are here tabulated :—
External Charac-
ters. Skeleton. Spicules.
(Massive, sub- Primary'linespro- Acerate, slightly
erect ; vents jectslightly from bent at middle,
S. aulopora, West- | along edge of surface; spicules taperingslowly off
Indian specimens{ column, in dis- 6- to 12-serial in to points. Size
(Schmidt). | tinct tubes. them; secondary ‘165 by ‘00792
Yellowish in lines5-to7-serial. mm.
\ dry state.
(Massive; vents Primary lines pro- As in preceding.
ondistinct tube ject considerably Size ‘17736 by
or tubes. Dull fromsurface;spi- ‘00887 mm.
|
S. aulopora, yar.,4 browninspirit. cules 6- to 10-
8.W. Chili, | serial; secondary
lines 3- to 9-
( serial.
The probable type specimen of Isodictya mirabilis, Bowerbank,
from the “‘ Kast Indies,’ has spicules measuring *1771 by ‘0079
millim., and agrees well (apart from the presence of the polyp-cells)
with Schmidt’s species in external characters, although the tendency
of the vents to become elevated on separate tubes towards the base
is but slightly marked. If the locality for that species is correct,
the distribution is a very wide one—assuming the identity of the
' Tt should be noted that the specimen from which the character was taken
was probably dried before being monnted; therefore the ends of the fibres
had probably been rubbed.
1881.} THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. © ALERT.’ 129
species. The skeleton, however, is less regularly rectangular ; and
the primary fibres appear to project but little.
VIOA CARTERI, sp.n, (Plate XI. fig. 2.)
Sponge composed of irregularly ramifying vesicular masses, lining
similarly shaped perforations in solid bodies. Body-wall and mem-
branes thin, carrying felted or fasciculated aggregations of the
skeleton-spicule. Vents scattered, papillary. Colour (in spirit)
vivid crimson. Skeleton-spicule smooth, stout, spinulate, slightly
curved, tapering to poiut; head spherical, exceeding the body in
diameter ; length ‘394 millim., breadth of body ‘0152 millim. Flesh-
spicules scattered, numerous, spiro-spinular (7. e. elongated, spiral,
spined), the curves deep, alternately angular and convex; spines long
and slender ; length -0412 millim., breadth (without spines) -00127
millim.
Examined. In spirit, and by mounting in balsam.
Hab. Victoria Bank, off 8. Brazil, lat. 20° 42! 8., long. 37° 27! W.,
caleareous rock, nuliipore (?) &c. ; bottom, dead coral; 39 fathoms.
One specimen (or possibly more in the single mass of rock) repre-
sents this species in the collection, spreading in the interior of a
flattish, irregularly excavated, calcareous mass, and appearing in
section at the broken edge of the mass, as well as indicating its pre-
sence by its various vents scattered over the surface; at these points
a dark-crimson central spot is seen, surrounded by a fainter colour,
apparently the result of the staining of the surrounding rock by the
Sponge.
External Form and Characters. 'To the above may be added that
it forms botryoidal irregular deep-lying masses, which ramify irre-
gularly to the exterior, by sending out long narrowing tubes which
end on the surface in the vents.
Obs. The coloration of this sponge is exactly the same as that of dry
specimens of Vioa johnstoni, Schmidt, or, rather, of the form wrongly
described under that name in 1870 by Schmidt (Atl. Geb. p. 5, pl.
vi. fig. 18), in which sponge, as in this, the tint is not permanently
altered by the action of potash; it is almost identical with that of
a reputed specimen of dicyonium purpureum, Lamk., in the national
collection referred to by Mr. Carter (Ann. & Mag. N. H. [4] xvi.
» 197).
; The generic name Vioa, put forth in 1833 by Nardo (Isis, 1833,
p- 523), for a genus said to be founded on “‘ Aleyonium asbestinum,
Linn.,” and adopted by Schmidt (Spong. adr. Meer.), is here used in
preference to Cliona, published in 1826 by Grant (Edin. New Philos,
Journ. i. p. 79); for this name, under the form Clione, was already
occupied, having been applied in 1774 by Pallas (Spicilegia Zool.
fase. x. p. 28) to a genus of Pteropodous Mollusca.
By the specific name the Sponge is dedicated to Mr. H. J. Carter,
whose work in this difficult genus has done so much to elucidate its
anatomy and determine its systematic position, and to whose assist-
ance in my work among the British-Museum sponges I am so much
indebted,
Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1881, No. IX, 9
130 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [Jan. 4,
The species appears to stand near to the sponge figured by Schmidt
as V. johnstonii in 1870 (J. e. supra), and there set down as a variety
of the form which he described in 1862 (Spong. adr. Meer. p. 78,
pl. vii. fig. 14), but which is obviously specifically distinct from
that of 1862, on the ground of its almost totally different spicu-
lation ; for to the latter are attributed acerate and stellate forms as its
complement, while the 1870 species’ possesses a spinulate and two
forms of spiro-spinular spicules (¢f. Carter, Ann. and Mag. N. H.
[5] iii. p. 149, who suggests this solution of the discrepancy between
the two descriptions). It differs from this species chiefly in the ab-
sence of ashort stout spirospinular flesh-spicule, and in the much
greater fineness of the thin spiro-spinular form (the diameter being as
1 to 3 and the length as 1 to 2 of those of that species).
It seems to be also not far removed from Clione lobata, Hancock
(Ann. and Mag. N. H. [2] iii. p. 343, pl. xii. figs. 4, 8, and
[3] xix. p. 239, pl. vii. fig. 6), but differs from it in the stoutness of
the spinulate spicule and the globose character of its head, and in
the greatly inferior diameter and the less frequent angulation of the
spiro-spinular spicule. That species is described as being dark in
colour when dry ; but as the colour when in spirit is not mentioned, it
is not safe to compare it with V. carterias to this point. Sollas’s C.
subulata’ differs from this, apart from the colour (which is unfortu-
nately not mentioned by him), in the greater stoutness of the body and
greater distinctness of the head of the spinulate ; its length and the
length and characters of the spiro-spinular agree almost exactly with
those of our species.
Relations of the Horny and Siliceous Sponges of Magellan’s Straits
and the neighbouring Coasts to those of other Seas.—I have gone some-
what more into details, in comparing the sponges described in this
paper with allied forms, than is usual in papers of this kind. But I felt
this to be desirable for two reasons :—Ist, because the characters of the
Sponge-fauna of these localities have hitherto been hardly investigated
at all, and it is therefore important to ascertain its relations to those
of other localities; 2nd, because in certain groups, chiefly in the
Renierida, the possible range of variation of individual species seems
to have been not clearly ascertained, owing mainly to the imper-
fection of our present knowledge of the relative classificatory values
of the different characters; and as the nearest allies of the species here
described were mostly from the Northern and Equatorial Atlantic, it
was to be expected that in the passage to the southera part of the
Atlantic Ocean we should find indications of the nature and extent
of the changes which species have undergone (if that is the right way
of expressing the relation) in making the same or the converse passage.
In the present state of our knowledge, the genera of the above
groups of sponges as a rule embrace many species and are widely dis-
tributed. ‘This is due probably to the want of a more minute sub-
division of the genera, but also certainly to some extent to the great
age of the group in time, and to its members being but little limited
1 This should be renamed, and would be well called Vioa schmidtit.
2 Ann. N. H. [5] i. p. 65, pl. ii. figs. 26-28.
1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ALERT.’ 131
in space by the natural barriers (wide and deep seas) which serve to
break up such groups as the marine Mollusca and Crustacea into a very
great number of comparatively distinct faunee. In this collection,
all the species but one have been assigned to genera already known
from the North Atlantic, and three of the four already described
species which occur in it were previously known as West-Indian forms,
while the species most nearly related to the new species are chiefly
Atlantic. When the Pacific sponges are as well known as those of
the Atlantic, we may expect, looking at the geographical relations be-
tween this district and the Pacific, to find a considerable though pro-
bably much slighter resemblance between them and the Magellan
forms. No detailed descriptions have been hitherto published of
any New-Zealand sponges; so that such descriptions will be received
with much attention when they appear, considering the intimate re-
lations which the Vertebrate and Invertebrate faunze of that district
bear to that of the one at present under consideration, as far as they
have been investigated. But indications are not wanting of a close
connexion between the sponges of the two localities.
The results arrived at by comparison of the species found here
with allied forms from other parts of the world may be conveniently
arranged thus :—
Species already known. Present locality. Originally described as} Original locality.
Pp y y.| Urigmally g
Hireinia hispida, | 8.W. Chili. | Spongia hispida, Lamk.| “Southern Seas.”
amk,
'Cladochalina armigera, Of E. Brazil. |C. armigera, Sdt. Florida and Antilles.
Sdt., var. pergamen-
taced.
Reniera fortior, Sdt.? | St. of Magellan.| 2. fortior, Sdt. Antilles.
Pan aulopora, | 8.W. Chili. S. aulopora, Sdt. W. Indies and Florida.
Sdt., var.
New species. Locality. |Nearest described allies. Locality.
Aplysina? regularis. | St. of Magellan. Not determined.
1Chalina coppingeri. | Off EB. Brazil. |C. gracilenta, Bowk. | Britain.
Siphonochalina fortis. | 8.W. Chili. S. bullata, Sdt. West Indies.
Phakellia egregia. | St. of Magellan. |Awinel/a cinnamomea, | Mediterranean.
Sdt.
Ciocalypta calva. | St. of Magellan.|C. deez, Bowk. Britain.
Esperia magellanica. | St. of Magellan.|Z. nodosa, Sdt. Adriatic.
Alebion proximum. St. of Magellan.| Halichondria patier+ | Britain.
soni, Bowk.
Hymedesmia polita, _\ St. of Magellan.) Microciona tuberosa, Straits of Malacca
| Bowk,
Trachytedania spinata.| 8.W. Chili. Atlantic Tedanie. Atlantic.
Tedania tenuicapitata.| S.W. Chili. |T. suctoria, Sdt. Teeland.
1Vioa carteri. Off 8.E. Brazil.|Cliona subulata, Sollas.| Hab. ?
Species undetermined.
Amorphine sp. St. of Magellan. ?
|
1 These species cannot be reckoned as belonging to the Magellanic fauna.
*
132 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [Jan. 4,
With regard to the amount of distinctness between the new species
and their nearest allies, the remarks or tables given under each sponge
should be consulted. It should be remembered, in estimating the
relations of this fauna, that comparatively few species have been in-
telligibly described from any seas but the Atlanticand Mediterranean ;
but even allowing for that, the fact that in but one case the nearest
ally is to be found outside those two areas speaks strongly for the
Atlantic facies of the Magellan and S.W. Chilian fauna.
Subclass CALCAREA.
The technical terms here used are those employed by Hiickel in his
‘Kalkschwamme,’ and with the meanings there applied to them,
The collection, it will be seen, contains the British form Clathrina
coriacea (hitherto known only from arctic and north temperate seas)
and the Australian species C. poterium as its sole representatives of
a Magellan fauna, Considering the number of dredgings in shallow
waters which have been taken here, this result may be considered as
probably showing the extreme poverty of this region in Calcisponges.
A striking contrast to this is furnished by the dredgings at the
Victoria Bank, a shoal to the north-east of Rio de Janeiro, which
was not visited by the ‘Challenger,’ and from which no Sponges
have hitherto been described. Of the four (or possibly five) species
which come from this locality, three are new, and a fourth has been
assigned with considerable doubt to one of the species obtained.
The well-known littoral habits of the Calcarea are thus brought
forcibly to mind; for had they been fitted to live in deeper waters, it is
almost inconceivable that more of them would not have spread fror
the mainland, whose fauna is already somewhat known. :
CLATHRINA CORIACEA, Johnston.
(Clathrina, Gray, P. Z.S. 1867, p. 557; Ascetta, Hackel, Kalk-
schwamme, ii. p. 14.)
Spongia coriacea, Montagu?, Wern. Mem. ii. p. 116.
Grantia coriacea, Johnston, Brit. Spong. p. 183, pl. xxi. fig. 9.
This species occurs ona few species of dead Letepora, forming
either (2) a minute tube (duloplegma form of Hackel) running over
the surface, expanding at intervals into a bulbiform dilatation, and
varying in diameter from ‘18 to 426 millim., or (4) apparently a
thin-walled sac of not less than 2°5 millims. extreme diameter. The
sarcode is coloured reddish brown by an unevenly distributed pig-
ment. The spicules agree with the common type figured by Hackel
in the ‘Kalkschwiimme,’ pl. v. fig. 2, differing slightly from it
in being sharply though abruptly pointed, and in being slightly
inequiradiate ; they measure :—in (a), basal ray 1267 to -14
millim., laterals ‘095 to *114 millim. long, diameter ‘00844 to 0095;
in (0), basal ray +114 to *2027, laterals -114 long, diameter :00844
to °0095 millim.
These measuremerts agree closely with those of the spicules of
Johnston’s specimens of Grantia coriacea. The distribution, already
1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ALERT.’ 133
increased by Carter (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, xx. pp. 38, 40)
to include the Arctic region, is now extended southwards and into
the Pacific.
Hab. Tom Bay (8. W. Chili), 0-30 fathoms; on dead Retepora,
CLATHRINA POTERIUM, Hiickel.
Ascetta primordialis, var. poterium, Hiickel, Kalkschwiimme, ii.
p- 17, pl. v. fig. 1, f-7.
Found in the form of a running tube (Auloplegma form), as in
(a) of the preceding species; diameter of tube 25 to °53 millim. ;
slightly pigmented with diffused red-brown pigment, concentrated
into a granular mass in some places (possibly due toa silicecus or a
horny sponge which grew in the neighbourhood). The triradiate
spicules are of two sizes, as shown by Hiickel for his Australian
variety poterium ; but they are connected by intermediate stages.
The large dermal form (which is occasionally bluntly pointed) varies
in the diameter of its rays from ‘019 to ‘02217 millim.; one ray is
usually about 7: 6 of the length of the other two, being from ‘13937
to 1774 millim. long, while the smaller rays are ‘1267 to ‘1584 in
length. The smaller, subdermal spicules have rays measuring about
118 and *1267 (respectively, in the one spicule) by :095 to :01056
millim. The largest of the larger triradiates only form a single
surface layer; the smaller subjacent forms are much more numerous.
The extreine diameter of the rays of the larger spicules is thus consi-
derably less than the average diameter given by Hiickel for the Aus-
tralian form, viz. ‘025 millim.; and the smaller spicule-rays are
considerably shorter in proportion to their length than in that form.
Hab. 'Tom Bay (S.W. Chili), 0-30 fathoms; on an [dmonea on
which a horny sponge was growing.
Obs. I have followed Hackel’s suggestion (p. 23, tom. cit.), and
advanced this form to the rank of a species, being justified, as I
consider, in this course by the fact that it is constant to its main
characters as described from the Australian specimens, even at the
great distance from which it is now recorded. It is distinguished
from 4. primordialis, Hiickel, by the minimum diameter of its largest
spicule-rays exceeding ‘02 millim., and by the possession of a special
dermal set of triradiate spicules considerably larger than those
subjacent to them.
NARDOA PELAGICA, sp.n, (Plate XI. fig. 4.)
(Nardoa, Schmidt, Adr. Spong. p. 18; Ascandra, Hiickel, Kalk-
schwiimme, ii. p. 80.)
Sponge forming a flattened cylinder, of about equal diameter
from the mouth to the base, which is almost flat. Length 19 mil-
lims. ; long and short diameters respectively 7 and 3 millims, Wall
1 millim. thick. Lip? Skeleton consisting of scattered stout acerates
piercing the wall from the dermal to the cloacal surface, of an
external layer of triradiates whose longest ray either points inwards
or towards the base, of a Jess number of similar spicules imme-
134 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING [ Jan. 4,
diately interior to these and similarly arranged, and a gastral layer
of sagittal triradiates, the basal ray pointing away from the gastral
surface, which is covered with quadriradiates. Body-acerates straight,
tapering from centre to sharp points, external end flattened, knife-
like, with a central thicker longitudinal ridge, minutely roughened ;
size 1:25 by :06334 millim. Fine linear spicules of lip smooth,
straight, size about °3 by 00475. ‘Triradiates smooth, external ones
irregular, angles about equal, all rays somewhat curved; rays re-
spectively ‘1013 to °20 millim., *23 to 4, *32 to-45 in length by ‘019
to *022 in breadth; intermediate triradiates sagittal, angles equal or
oral angle about 130°; basal ray *4624 by ‘03167 millim. ; lateral rays
curved, ‘2724 by ‘03167 millim. ; gastral triradiates sagittal, oral angle
160°, proportions and shape of rays the same as of intermediate
spicules. Quadriradiates, two sizes: (1) with characters of gastral
triradiate but with small straight apical ray ; (2) smaller, lateral rays
curved towards cloaca: sizes respectively, basal rays *38 by °03167
and ‘1267 by °0095 millim.; laterals 29 by -03167 and :1267 by
0095 millim.; apical ‘0565 by ‘01267 and °1267 by -0095 millim.
Ratio of thickness of stoutest acerate to stoutest triradiate 2:1.
Examined. In spirit and by sections in balsam.
Hab. Victoria Bank (off S.E. Brazil), 39 fathoms; bottom, coral.
Obs. One specimen represents this species ; the mouth is not well
preserved. It is covered in places with a brown coating of degene-
rate tissue. It belongs to the same group of the genus as NV. (ds-
candra) echinoides, Hiickel, from Java, which it resembles in its
flattened shape, and the form of the large acerate. But the largest
triradiates are more than twice the size of those of that species, and
two kinds of quadriradiate occur instead of one.
APHROCERAS SERICATUM, sp. n. (Plate XI. fig. 5.)
(Aphroceras, Gray, P. Z.8. 1858, p. 113; Leucandra, Hiickel,
Kalkschwiimme, ii. p. 110.)
Sponge tubular, elongate ; tube of almost equal diameter from
the slightly fringed mouth to near the rounded basal end; length
from 2 to 3 times as great as the maximum diameter. Canal-system
and spiculation that of Zeucandra, Hiickel. Wall about 1 millim.
thick, penetrated by long stout acerates measuring 2 to 3 millims.
by ‘06 to ‘073 millim., smooth, sharply pointed, slightly thicker
proximally, projecting from surface. Mouth fringed by a number of
slender acerates about ‘014 millim. in diameter, smooth and straight.
Internal triradiates sagittal, rays smooth, tapering to sharp points,
slightly undulating, oral angle varying from 110° to 160°, lateral
angles equal, basal ray measuring from *355 to 52 by ‘019 to 032,
the laterals slightly smaller ; external triradiates with aboral lateral
generally only about half the length of the sagittal. Quadriradiates,
rays smooth, gently curved and sharply pointed, facial rays each
measuring from ‘18 to ‘25 by 0095 millim., apical ray from °16
to *2 by :0095 millim. Ratio of diameter of stout acerate to
maximum diameter of rays of triradiate between 2 and 3:1. Colour
(in spirit) white.
1881. ] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ALERT.’ 135
Examined. In spirit, and by sections in balsam and in spirit.
Hab. Victoria Bank (off 8.E. Brazil), 39 fathoms; bottom,
coral. Six specimens, one young.
Obs. This Sponge shows a considerable amount of variation in
the size of the spicules in different specimens. One variety is espe-
cially well marked: its length is only twice as great as the breadth ;
its acerates reach the diameter of ‘09 millim. and length of 3-6
millims., its triradiates increasing proportionally in size, the diameter
reaching ‘05 millim. It appears to be most closely allied to A.
(Leucandra) asperum, Hiickel, from the Mediterranean, of described
species; but differs from it in the inferior ratio of the thickness of the
acerates to that of the triradiates, in the much thinner body-wall,
in the larger and more slender apical ray of the quadriradiate, and
in the formation of the oral fringe out of a special fine acerate form of
spicule.
APHROCERAS CAMINUS, Hickel (Plate XI. fig. 6), and var,
CRASSIOR, sp. nov. (Plate XI. fig. 7).
Leucandra caminus, Hiickel, Kalkschwiimme, ii. p. 175, pl. xxxi.
figs. la—1d, xxxvii. figs. 5 A, 5 B, 6.
Three specimens occur in this collection from the same locality,
two of which are apparently identical, and one differs considerably
fromthem. The arrangement of the canal-system has not been made
out very clearly ; but it appears to be of the “ traubenférmig ”’
type described by Hiickel (op. cit. vol. i. p. 233) in A. (L.) ananas,
Montagu, &c. with small circular cavities scattered through the
walls of the body.
The two specimens, which agree with each other and with Hickel’s
description, are ovate, 6 to 7 millims. long by about 4 millims.
broad ; the body-wall is 1:5 millim. thick at the sides; the mouth
is funnel-shaped owing to the downward convergence of the walls of
a slightly projecting ‘collar,’ which is 2°5 millims. across; the
body-cavity is about i millim. broad. The other specimen, which
may be termed var. crassior, is 7 millims. long by 4 broad; body-
wall 1°5 millim, thick at sides; mouth probably about the same
as in the normal forms (most of it has been broken away). The
microscopic characters are tabulated below. Var. erassior, how-
ever, has the triradiates much larger (maximum size of ray of those
of caminus='65 by ‘075 millim.), the angles are all equal, not
paired. The acerate is apparently longer; and the rays of the qua-
driradiates are straight, instead of the laterals and the apical being
bent (asin caminus). Perhaps therefore crassior constitutes another
species ; but in the face of the single imperfect specimen it will be
well to await better information.
136
Spicules......
Stout Acerate
ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING
A. caminus from off Brazil.
1-4 to 1:6 mm. by 04434, smooth,
straight, tapering to sharp
points,scattered,not projecting.
Fine Acerate of { About 14? mm. by :0095 to
“Collar”... |
Trivadiates .
i, Rays.sscesss {
ii. & iii. Rays l
Quadriradiates ...
01108, straight, smooth.
From outer surface to near inner
surface.
Basal aborally(?) placed, 497 mm.
to 53 by ‘057 to -075.
Laterals ‘59 mm. to 43 by 0475
to ‘057.
Rays tapering to sharp points
from near base, slightly undu-
lating. Gastrally-placed spi-
cules directed towards cloaca,
oral angle about 150° ; the rest
irregularly placed.
On gastral surface and aggregated
in groups in interior of wall,
Lateral rays ‘14 mm. by ‘01267,
or *228 by 019.
Basal, aborally placed, ‘14 mm,
to 19 by 01267.
Apical 076 mm. by -0095,
Rays smooth, tapering to sharp
points from base; basal and
oral lateral slightiy undulating,
[ Jan. 4,
Var. crassior.
About 2°5(?) mm. by ‘04434 to
06334, smooth, straight, taper-
ing from near middle,scattered,
not projecting.
About 1:25(?) mm. by ‘095,
straight, smooth.
From outer surface to nearinner
surface.
‘64mm. by 06334.
816 mm. by ‘06334.
Rays smooth, slightly undulating,
tapering to sharp points from
base; angles equal; spicules
variously placed.
On gastral surface and aggre-
gated in groups in interior of
wall.
Facials about ‘32 mm. by ‘019.
Apical *16(?) or 32 mm. by ‘019,
and some smaller ones like
those of the typical form.
Rays smooth, tapering to sharp
points from base, generally all
somewhat curved. Oral angle
the rest straight. Oral angle
. a either about 160° or 200°.
150° to 160°.
Examined, In spirit, and by sections in balsam.
Hab. Victoria Bank (off S.E. Brazil), 39 fathoms ; bottom, coral.
GRANTIA ATLANTICA, sp. n. (Plate XI. fig. 8.)
(Grantia, Fleming, Hist. Brit. Anim. p. 524. Sycandra, Hickel,
Kalkschwamme, ii. p. 291.)
Sponge forming a single oval tube. Walls very thick (about two
thirds the diameter of the cloaca) at centre, tapering to vent and closed
end. Colour yellowish white in spirit. Vent surrounded by slight
fringe of acerate spicules. Outer surface slightly roughened by points
of acerate spicules, &c.; inner surface similarly roughened by apical
rays of quadriradiates. Arrangement of canal-system agreeing with
that of Sycandra, Hackel ; the straight radial tubes extend to within
a short distance of the dermal surface ; they are hexagonal, and are
completely fused with each other by broad connexions ; this inter-
mediate substance is penetrated by narrow roundish “ intercanals ”
running parallel with the radial tubes. The dermal layer, interposed
between the ends of the radial tubes and the surface, consists of
stout triradiate spicules and the exterior ends of the acerates. The
substance of the wall between this and the cloacal surface is filled
with the bases of the acerates, and with some more slender triradiate
1881.] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ALERT.’ 137
spicules, whose sagittal rays lie between the radial canals, and whose
lateral rays serve to enclose them. The cloacal surface is formed of
a layer of mingled small and larger quadriradiate spicules.
Acerate Spicules. Straight, surface minutely rough, tapering to
sharp points from the centre. Average maximum size 2°1 by 095
millim., extending from just beneath the cloacal to about one fourth
of their length beyond dermal surface.
Stout Triradiates. Sagittal rays straight, surface slightly
roughened, tapering to approximately sharp points from the base,
forming three angles of about 120° each. Size of rays varying (ave-
rage maximum size): basal from +304 by :04434 millim. to 424
by *05067, laterals from *2217 by -038 to 3167 by :04434—the
proportion between the lengths of the two being thus 5: 3 or
4:3. The basal ray is generally parallel to the long axis of the
sponge, while one of the laterals projects from the dermal surface.
Slender Triradiates. Rays smooth, tapering from base to sharp
points ; the basal ray straight, the laterals either straight, or curving
slightly forwards, or slightly undulating ; the inwardly facing laterals
form an oral angle of from 160° to 180° with each other; the basal
points outwards ; lateral angles equal. Size of rays varying (average
maximum size): basal from °38 by 019 millim: to ‘3167 by -019,
laterals from +152 by -0158 to ‘139 by °158; the proportion between
the lengths of the rays is therefore 5: 2 or 7: 3.
Quadriradiates. Rays smooth, tapering from base to sharp
points; basal straight, laterals slightly curved, either to or from
cloacal surface, forming an oral angle of from 130° to 170°. Apical
ray straight, projecting into cloaca. Size of laterals almost con-
stant ; apicals and basals vary inversely in length with each other.
Basal ray either about *285 by -019 millim., or -04434 by :0095;
laterals (average maximum) “08235 by -0095 to ‘101 by -01267;
apical either ‘019 or -0507 by 006334.
Examined. In spirit and by sections mounted in balsam.
Hab. Victoria Bank (off S.E. Brazil), 39 fathoms ; bottom, dead
coral.
Obs. The species is represented by a single specimen 10 millims.
long by 5°5 in extreme breadth. The projection of the points of the
acerate and stout triradiate spicules from the surface is disguised to
some extent by an aggregation between them of a yellowish material,
which appears to be the result of desquamation of the surface tissues.
This species resembles Leucandra cyathus, Verrill', from Casco Bay,
U.S., in its spicule-characters, and differs from all the species
assigned to Sycandra in the ‘Kalkschwimme’ of Hickel by the
possession of a cortical layer of triradiates with rays at least twice as
stout as those of the triradiates forming the main substance of the
sponge.
1 Proc, Amer. Assoc. Ady. Science for 1873, p. 392,
138 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE DURING | Jan. 4,
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Puatz I.
(FisuEzs.)
Neophrynichthys latus, two fifths natural size, p. 20.
Puate II,
(Fisusgs. )
Fig. A. Melanostigma gelatinosum, p. 21.
. Gymnelis pictus, p. 20.
. Maynea patagonica ad., p. 20.
juy. p. 20,
All of the natural size.
Prater IIT.
(Monuusca.)
Fig. 1. Terminal club of tentacular arm of Onychoteuthis ingens, , 25.
la. Lateral view of one of the largest suckers,
14, A row of the teeth on the odontophore.
lec. Upper mandible.
1d. Lower mandible.
2. Dorsal view of Loligo patagonica, p. 24.
2a. Side view of upper part of the body.
2. Lower or ventral side.
2c, The shell.
2d. A section of the broadest part of the shaft.
3. Dorsal view of Rossia patagonica, p. 22.
3a. Ventral view of ditto.
Prarr IV.
(Motuvsca.)
. Plewrotoma (Bela) cunninghami, p. 27.
(Mangelia?) coppingeri, p. 27.
. Lachesis meridionalis, p. 28.
. Trophon fimbriatus, p. 28.
Euthria atrata, p. 29,
meridionalis, p. 29.
. Nassa (Tritia) coppingeri, p. 30.
- (—— ?) teniolata, p. 30.
9,94, 9b. Lamellaria patagonica, p. 82.
10, 10 a. Collonia cunninghami, p. 38.
ll. Trochus (Ziziphinus) consimilis, p. 34.
12, 12a, Tectura (Pilidivm) coppingeri, p. 35.
18, 13.4, b, ¢, d, e. Chiton (Ischnochiton) imitator, p. 35.
14, 14a. Helix (Patula) coppingeri, p. 36.
15, 15a, b. Helix (Patula) magellanica, p. 36.
16, 164. Helix (Zonites ?) ordinaria, p. 36.
17, 17a. Succinea patagonica, p. 37.
18, 18¢. Chilina amena, p. 37.
vow
Fie,
OO STS OVS Oho
Puate V.
(Motuvsc¢a.)
Fig. 1, 1 a, 0, ¢. Diplodonta lamellata, p. 38.
2, 2a, b. Mactra (Mulinia) levicardo, p. 39.
3, 3a. Malletia magellanica, p. 89.
4, 4a, b,c. Pandora (Kennerlia) braziliensis, p. 40.
5. Loripes pertenwis, p. 41.
6, 6 a, b. Kellia magellanica, p. 41.
7. Astarte magellanica, p. 41.
8. Curditu (Actinobolus) velutinus, p. 42,
9, 9a, 6, Carditella pallida, p. 48.
1881. ] THE SURVEY OF H.M.S. ‘ALERT.’ 139
Puate VI.
(PonyzoA AND Ca:LENTERATA.)
Fig. 1. Chaunosia fragilis, p.45. Zocecia X 40 diam,
a. From front; 6. From side.
. Lichenopora grignonensis, p. 57.
a. Portion of peripheral part of colony, viewed from above, x
26 diam.; b. Single zoccial tube from peripheral aspect, to show
the outwardly opening sinus in its wall, x 26 diam.
3. Gigantopora lyncoides, p. 47.
a. Two adjacent zoccia seen from front ; 4. Single zocecium seen
somewhat from the side: both x 40 diam,
4. Lepralia appressa, var, vinosa, p. D1.
Two zoecia, X 40 diam.
5. Retepora altisuleata, p. 53,
a. Two adjacent ocecia, X 40 diam.; 2. Portion of back, x 40
diam.; ¢. Avicularium from middle of front wall, x 80 diam.
6. Schizoporella marsupium, p. 48.
Group of two zoccia and one occium, 40 diam.
7. Avohelia brueggemanni, p. 102.
a. Part of branch of the Brazilian specimen, x 4 diam,; 0. Single
ealicle of the same specimen, X 26 diam.
8. Pedicellina australis, p. 60.
Full-grown zooid, with part of basal stolon, showing partial
expansion of the disk, x 17 diam.
9. Smittia trispinosa, var. ligulata, p. 58.
Two zoecia, X 40 diam.
10. Tubulipora dichotoma, var. serialis, p. 59.
Part of zoarium, x 30 diam.
11. Labiopora moseley?, p. 106.
a. End of small branch, x 4 diam.; 4. Portion of surface of the
same, X 40 diam.; c. Gonangium and surrounding tissue, from
decalcified fragment, mounted in glycerine, x 67 diam.
[N.B. It should be noted that the preparation from which the last drawing
was taken wes made from the dry specimen; hence the indistinctness of the
ccenosarcal canals. |
is)
Prats VII.
(Crustacka.)
Fig. 1. Glaucothot rostrata, sp. n., X 3 diam., p. 62.
. Frontal and antennal region of the same, x 9 diam.
. Fourth thoracic leg, x 12 diam.
Fifth thoracic leg, x 12 diam.
. Terminal segment and uropoda, X 12 diam.
Pandalus paucidens, sp. n., X 14 diam., p. 74.
. Rostrum of the same, x 3 diam.
. Terminal segment and uropoda of Sguilla gracilipes, sp. n., nat. size.,
WADA oto
id
. Arcturus coppingeri, sp. n., X 2 diam., p. 75.
. Aga punctulata, sp. n., X 1} diam., p. 77 .
. Anterior view of the head of the same, showing eyes and antenne,
x 3 diam.
. First thoracic leg of the same, X 3 diam.
. Terminal segment and uvopoda of Corallana acuticauda, sp.n., x 6
diam., p. 78.
re
i)
Poll ed
eb
Puare VIII.
(EcHINoDERMATA.)
Fig. 1. Apical area of Strongylocentrotus bullatus, slightly magnified, p. 88.
2, A small portion of the ambulacral area of the same, slightly mag-
nified.
3. Apical area of S., spec. juv., rather more highly magnified, p: 89,
140 ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS MADE BY H.M.S. ‘ALERT.’ [Jan. 4,
4,
5
6.
Fig. 1.
=I
igs)
pe}
10.
Fig. 1.
A portion of the ambulacral area of the same, rather more highly
magnified, p. 89.
. Calliderma grayi, abactinal surface, natural size, p. 95.
Ophioscolex coppingeri, side view of part of an arm, to show the spines,
magnified four times, p. 98.
Prats IX.
(EcuiNopErMATA. )
. Asterias brandti, sp. noy., X 2 diam., p. 91.
—— alba, sp. nov., X 2 diam., p. 92.
obtusispinosa, sp. nov., X 2 diam., p. 92.
neglecta, sp. nov., X 2 diam., p. 94.
. Cycethra simplex, sp. nov., nat. size, p. 96.
, actinal surface of ray, x 1$ diam.
Puate X,
(Svonerpa.)
Aplysina? regularis, p. 108.
a. Fibre of external portion of section taken perpendicular to
surface, X 34diam.; 0. Portion of skeleton, x 375 diam.
. Chalina coppingeri, p. 110.
Spicules, X 375 diam.
. Siphonochalina fortis, p. 111.
a. Fibre from section perpendicular to surface, x 54 diam.; 4.
Spicules, x 375 diam.
. Cladochalina armigera, var. pergamentacea, p. 112.
a. Fibre from section perpendicular to surface, x 34 diam.; 8.
Spicule, X 375 diam.
. Esperia magellanica, p. 117. Specimen from Sandy Point.
a. Entire Sponge, reduced to one third nat. size; 0. Main-skeleton
spicule, X 134 diam., and head, further enlarged, to show character
of central canal; c. Dermal-skeleton spicule, x 1384 diam.; d. In-
equianchorate flesh-spicule, from front and side, x 375 diam.;
e, Bundle of fine acerate spicules, x 375.
. Phakellia egregia, p. 114.
The various forms of spicules, x 67 diam.
. Ciocalypta calva, p. 115.
a. Part of fibre near its base, showing the imperfectly Holorrha-
phidote character of the fibre, x 67 diam.; 6. Skeleton-spicule,
< 134 diam., and head, further enlarged, to show character of
central canal.
. Alebion proximum, p. 119.
a, Skeleton-spicules; 4. Inequianchorate flesh-spicule, from front
and side; ¢. Bipocillate flesh-spicule: all x 375 diam.
. Hymedesmia polita, p. 121.
a. Smooth acuate spicules, x 134 diam., and head, further en-
larged; 0. Spined spicules, x 134 diam.; c. Inequianchorate flesh-
spicule, from front and side, x 375 diam.
Trachytedania spinata, p. 122.
a. Skeleton as seen in a perpendicular section of the entire thick-
ness of the sponge, X 34 diam. ; }. View of surface, showing dermal
skeleton and its connexion with the main skeleton, x 34 diam. ;
e. Spined, and d, smooth acuate spicules, X 34 diam.; e. Cylindrical
spicule, X 134diam., and head, further enlarged; f. Fine acuate,
134 diam.
Prats XI.
(Sronarpa.)
Tedania tenuicapitata, p. 124.
aandc, Acuate and acerate spicules, x 134 diam.; }. Cylindrical
spicule, x 124 diam., and extremities, further enlarged.
1881.} PROF. J. 0. WESTWOOD ON NEW EXOTIC MOTHS, 14]
2. Vioa carterz, p. 129.
a. Skeleton-spicule, x 134 diam.; J. Different forms of the flesh-
spicule, x 375 diam.
. Reniera fortior ?, p. 126.
a. External portion of section of skeleton perpendicular to sur-
face, X 34 diam.; 6. Main-skeleton spicule, x 375 diam.
4, Nardoa pelagica, p. 133.
a. Spicules of main wall in their natural mutual positions, as
seen in a section perpendicular to surface, x 34 diam.; 4. Portions
of two of the fine acerate spicules, x 67 diam.
5. Aphroceras sericatum, p. 134.
a. Spicules of main wall in their natural mutual positions, as in
fig. 4 a, X 34 diam.; b. Portions of fine acerate spicules, x 34 diam.
6. Aphroceras caminus, p. 135.
a. Spicules of main wall in their natural mutual positions, as in
fig.4, a, x 84 diam. ; b. Portions of fine acerate spicules, X 67 diam.
. Aphroceras caminus ?, var. crassior, p. 135,
a. Spicules of main wall in thei natural mutual positions, as in
fig. 4 a, X 34diam.; b. Portions of fine acerate spicules, x 67 diam.
8. Grantia atlantica, p. 136.
Spicules of main wall in their natural mutual positions, with
the exception of the acerate, which is displaced inwards, x 34 diam.
co
ba |
2. Descriptions of some new Exotic Species of Moths. By
J. O. Westwoop, M.A., F.L.S., &c.
[Received December 15, 1880. |
(Plates XII., XIII.)
Genus CastntA, Fabricius.
CASTNIA ERYCINA, sp. nov. (Plate XII. fig. 4.)
Species minima in genere: alis anticis nigro-fuscis, certo situ
metallice, basi chalybeo-, apice viridi-nitidis ; alis posticis supra
chalybeo-nigris, costa late sanguinea, dimidio postico late viridi-
argenteo, venis nigris diviso ; corpore antennisque nigris chalybeo
tinctis.
Expans. alarum anticarum lin. 19.
Hab. Eastern Ecuador (Buckley). In Mus. Salvin et Godman;
etiam in Mus. Hopeiano Oxonie.
This lovely little insect formed part of a collection of insects from
Eastern Ecuador, belonging to Messrs. Godman and Salvin, to whom
the Hopeian Collection is indebted for a specimen. It was at first
regarded as a butterfly and placed in the family Erycinidz, to some
of the species of which it bears a striking resemblance. The arrange-
ment of the veins of the wings, however, proves its position in the
genus Oastnia, with none of the species of which, however, does it
possess a very decided relationship. The branches of the postcostal
vein form an oblong cell in front of the anterior division of the dis-
coidal cell, which is closed in its upper part by the angulated base
of the two discocellular veins (See fig. 1, p. 142, b 5* and ¢ 3*),
The anal vein emits a short branch in the middle of its hinder margin,
Mr. Clarence Buckley, by whom this species was captured, informs
me that he took the specimens at Sarayacu, in a little clearing caused
142 PROF. J. 0. WESTWOOD ON NEW EXOTIC MOTHS. [Jan. 4,
by the fall of a tree, their habit being to sit with the wings open
(flat?) on the tops of young leaves, then to take a slow flight round the
clear space without fluttering the wings, and to settle again at the old
Fig. 1.
Wings of Castnia erycina.
place, whence, after remaining for a few minutes, they set off again for
another round. He only found the species in this one spot, although
there were plenty of similar open spaces caused by fallen trees in the
neighbourhood. The flight of all the Castnée@ is generally very rapid;
but in this one it is just the reverse, and they were very easy to take
either sitting or flying. He never took more than one any day ; and
sometimes for two or three weeks they seemed to disappear, when
suddenly one would be found in the same spot and on the same tree.
Genus Saturn, Fabricius.
SATURNIA ARNOBIA, Sp. nov. (Plate XII. fig. 2.).
S. alis anticis apice subacutis, posticis rotundatis, omnibus au-
rantiaco-fulvis fusco strigosis ocelloque medio, parvo, rotundato,
vitreo, fusco cincto, fere ejusdem magnitudinis ornatis ; anticis
fascia parum undulosa inter basin et ocellum, altera submedia
per ocellum currente, marginem internum attingente, tertiaque
magis obliqua ad apicem alarum extensa et cum priore ad mar-
ginem internum conneca ; alis posticis fascia media fusca a medio
marginis analis fere ad marginem costalem (pone medium ejus
extensa), parti supere ocelli insidente, strigaque undulosa
JSusco-rufa inter ocellum et marginem spatio inter strigam ex-
1881.] PROF, J. 0. WESTWOOD ON NEW EXOTIC MOTHS. 143
ternam et marginem undulis obscurioribus parum distinctis notato ;
antennis brevibus, breviter bipectinatis: alis subtus similiter
coloratis.
Expans. alarum anticarum une. 62.
Hab. in Calabar Africee tropicalis. In museo T. Chapman
Glasguee.
SATURNIA HYPERBIUS, Sp. nov. (Plate XIII. fig. 3.)
‘ Alis anticis ferruginosis, puncto minimo vitreo ad apicem cellule
discoidalis, striga fere recta obliqua pone medium ale cinerea,
area pone strigam magis aurantiaca, margine apicali plumbeo
tincto, ciliis rufis ; alis posticis fulvis, ocello mediocri medio cinereo
(medio albo) circulo nigro, striga angusta cinerea inter ocellum
et marginem posticum plumbescentem, ciliis rufis: alis subtus
saturatioribus, venis flavis, anticis macula rotunda nigra, medio
vitrea, ocello in posticis fere obliterato, strigaque pone medium
angustiore et minus distincta; corpore rufo, abdomine magis
Sulvo.
Expans. alarum anticarum fere une. 5.
Hab, in Africa meridionali (D. Buxton). In Mus. Hopeiano
Oxoniz.
Affinis Saturnia (Bunee) nictitanti, Fabr., Oliv.; antennee in nostro
individuo unico detritz.
SATURNIA SCIRON, sp. nov. (Plate XII. fig. 3.)
8. alis integris, rotundatis, pallide fusco-cervinis, omnibus ocello
rotundato mediocri ejusdem magnitudinis fusco, subtus luteo,
medio vitreo, supra lunula tenui fusca, intus albida, notatis ;
anticis striga perangusta lutea extus fusca, a medio marginis
internt fere ad apicem alarum extensa, parum undulosa, nubila-
que fusca transversa inter basin et medium alarum ; alis posticis
etiam nubila simili angulata inter basin et ocellum strigaque
pone ocellum fere obsoleta fuscescentibus ; antennis fulvis, pec-
tinibus brevibus, alternatim longioribus et brevioribus : alis subtus
pallide fusco-albidis ; anticis fasciis duabus undulosis obscuris
pone medium vix notatis, alteraque integra fere semicirculari
inter basin et ocellum alarum.
Expans, alarum anticarum une. 53.
Hab. in insula Malayana Waigiou (Wallace). In Mus. Hopeiano
Oxoniz.
SATURNIA SERGESTUS, sp. nov. (Plate XIII. fig. 2.)
S. alis anticis apice aculis, posticis rolundatis ; omnibus albido-
cervinis, ocello medio ovali fere ejusdem magnitudinis, carneo-
fusco, supra lunula tenui alba alteraque carnea superato, extus
semicirculo tenui nigro cingulato, medio ocelli vitreo, in alis
anticis majore ovali, in posticis parvo rotundato, maculaque
oblonga nigra, in his extus adjecta ; alis anticis prope basin striga
tenui transversa subcurvata nigricante alteraque brevi inter basin
alarum et ocellum transversa ; omnibus fascia tenui nigra com-
muni extus albo marginata, inter ocellum et marginem apicalem
i144 PROF. J. 0. WESTWOOD ON NEW EXOTIC MoTHs. [Jan. 4,
(fere angulum apicalem anticarum attingente), margine alarum
pone hanc fasciam magis fusco-vinoso ; antennis rufescentibus, bre-
viter pectinatis ; collo albo; corpore alis concolori.
Affinis 8. mylitte.
Expans. alarum anticarum une. 62.
Hab. in Japonia. In Mus. Hopeiano Oxonie.
SATURNIA IOLE, sp. nov. (Plate XII. fig. 1.)
S. alis anticis subfalcatis, apice rotundato, posticis elongatis an-
gustis, omnibus basi cinereo-fusca ; anticis fascia lata alba fere
mediana, lunula media angusta curvata ulba, medio vitreo,
spatio pone fasciam magis rufescente, ocello ovali prope apicem
ale parvo nigro, albo anguste cincto, strigaque tenui ab ejus
apice fere ad angulum posticum extensa cum margine ipso paral-
lela; alis posticis inter basin et medium lunula alba, postice in
JSasciam latam pallidam dilatata, ad angulum analem extensa,
ocellogue lunato albo, linea media vitrea, marginegue postico
luteo, in margine supero fascie insidente; alis posticis pone
Sasciam pallide fuscis, striga pallidiore margini parallela : corpus
Juscum, collari albo, abdomine albido, segmentis in media basi
Suscis ; antennis subfulvis, satis late bipectinatis.
Expans. alarum unc. 43.
Hab. in Assama Indiz orientalis. In Museo Hopeiano Oxonie.
Saturnia (EuD£ZMONIA) ARGIPHONTES. (Plate XIII. fig. 1.)
Eudemonia argiphontes, Maassen in litt., Kirby, Trans. Ent. Soc.
Lond. 1877, p. 20.
Afinis Bombyci brachyure, Drury (argus, Stoll), at major alisque
posticis in mare multo longioribus. Faunicolor, alis anticis fascia
- fusca valde obliqua prope basin, fere ad medium coste extensa,
alteraque fere recta inter medium et apicem per alas posticas ad
marginem analem extensa, spatio pone hanc fasciamein anticis
albo, cervino extus pallide tincto; spatio inter medium ale et
FSasciam guttis 5 vel 6 flavis fusco cinctis, medio cujusque minute
vitreo ; cauda alarum posticarum inter medium et partem dila-
tatam albida ; alis anticis feemine medio magis fulvescentibus,
Jfasciis duabus purpureo - fuscis, externa extus anguste albo
marginata, colore albo ad costam parum dilatato ; alis posticis in
femina cauda tantum dimidium ejus in mare equante, et parte
media ejusdem magis fusca instructis.
Expans. alarum unc. 3-33.
Long. cuud. alar. post. 3 une. 53, 2 une. 22.
Hab. Sierra Leone Africe tropicalis. In Mus. reg. Dublinensi.
The preceding description of both sexes and accompanying figure
of the male of this extraordinary species were made from the pair of
typical specimens in the Museum of the Royal Dublin Society, kindly
submitted to me by Mr. W. F. Kirby in 1877, since which period that
gentleman has published the following description of the species in
the ‘ Transactions of the Entomological Society of London’ :—
* Allied to brachyura, Drury (Argus, Stoll). Brown, @ paler.
Wings shaped as in braychura, and slightly scallopedas in that species ;
Hanhart uny
i H
1
| 1 SATURNIA IOLE. 3.SATURNIA SCIRON
Pe : ARNOBIA. 4.CASTNIA HYPERBIUS
|
OR, CR, Peay
Purkiss lith.
1] SATURNIA (4udemoamua) ARGIPHONTES.
¥ SERGESTUS
A
3 ‘ HYPERBIUS.
Hanhart imp
es OR ESS rer 7
1881.] | PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON THE ELEPHANT SEAL. 145
acommon dark stripe edged externally with whitish (at least on the
fore wing, where the costa is suffused with whitish between the
stripe and the apex) extends from the costa of the fore wings to the
inner margin of the hind wings at about two thirds of the length of
the wing ; near the base of the fore wings is a similar stripe, more
oblique, and diverging from the other, not reproduced below ; tails
of the same shape as in S. brachyura, and edged with darker, as are
also the fringes of the wings; a narrow pinkish line runs down the
greater portion of the tail in the male; the tails in the female are
much more broadly edged with darker for two thirds of their length ;
near the outer stripe of the fore wings runs a row of four small
vitreous spots, edged with yellow and black, within which are two
smaller detached spots in the female and one in the male; the
vitreous spots are Jarger, and the yellow edging less distinct in the
female than in the male; hind wings with five similar but smaller
spots within the stripe, placed irregularly. Underside similar, but
paler; basal stripe of fore wings absent. Body extending for half
the length of the hind wings in the male, and for three quarters in
the female, tails not included. Antennze with very distant pecti-
nations,”
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES,
Puare XII,
. Saturnia tole, p. 144,
—— arnobia, p. 142.
sciron, p. 143.
. Castnia erycina, p. 141,
Puiare XIII,
Fig. 1. Saturnia (Eudemonia) argiphontes, p, 144,
2 sergestus, p. 143.
3. —— hyperbius, p. 148,
3. On the Elephant Seal, Macrorhinus leoninus (Linn.).
By Witt1am Henry Fiower, LL.D., F.R.S., P.Z.S., &e.
[Received January 4, 1881.]
The Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons of England has
lately received from the Falkland Islands a very fine skull of an
adult Elephant Seal. As this is a larger specimen than any with
which I am acquainted, I have thought that it might interest the
Fellows of the Society to see it; and I have availed myself of the
opportunity afforded me by its exhibition to put together some notes
regarding certain points in the structure and affinities of an animal
which, notwithstanding its former abundance and wide distribution,
and its great zoological interest, is still very imperfectly known
anatomically, and very poorly represented in collections.
Proc, Zoou. Soc.— 1881, No. X. 10
146 PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON THE ELEPHANT SEAL. (Jan. 4,
The skull was presented by Mr. Herbert Mansel, at the kind
suggestion of Mr. F. Coleman, Secretary of the Falkland -Islands
Company, who has made such excellent use of his opportunities in
connexion with these islands to advance our knowledge of their
zoology. Mr. Mansel has been good enough to furnish me with
the following information about the animal from which the skuil
was obtained :—“I cannot now give you the exact date when the
Elephant was killed, but it was sometime in 1879. The particulars
of the capture are these. I was riding one afternoon along the
south coast of the east island, about 45 miles west of Stanley, the
privcipal settlement, when I perceived what I took to be a long boat
turned upside down on the beach. On approaching nearer I dis-
covered it was an enormous Seal asleep. I thought at first it was
dead ; but while watching I saw it half-open one eye. I then threwa
stone at it ; and when struck, it suddenly reared itself up on its flippers
to the height, I should think, of 8 or 10 feet, opening its enormous
mouth to its widest extent. After this I kept ata respectful distance,
pelting him until he thought he had enough of it, and he made
slowly for the water, making as much fuss as a large steamer. On
going back to the house, I mentioned what I had seen to one of my
men (an old inhabitant), who said it must have been an Elephant.
He had never seen one, but said he had heard old sealers say
they killed them by finding them asleep, giving them a poke in the
side, and on their rearing up in the manner described firing into
their mouth. He went out the next morning with his gun, and
found the animal in the same place, and despatched him in the
manner I have mentioned. I have been living in the Falkland
Islands upwards of five years, and during that time never saw or
heard of one having been seen, I may safely say one has not been
seen in the Islands for the last ten or twelve years. They were
never, I believe, plentiful, and now are extremely rare, as they were
much sought after by the sealers on account of the quantity of oil
they produced and the value of it, as it brought a much higher price
than the oil procured from other Seals. The Elephant in question
measured a little over 2] feet, and must have weighed several
tons.”
In response to further inquiries, Mr. Mansel adds :—‘‘ I did not
notice the proboscis while the animal was asleep, but when roused it
was inflated and very distinct, about a foot in length. The colour
was the same as that of most Phocidze, a dirty blue-black” '.
It will be observed that the attitude assumed by the animal when
disturbed, described by Mr. Mansel, corresponds very much with
that of the original figure of the so-called ‘‘ Sea Lyon” of Anson’, of
Juan Fernandez, upon which Linnezeus founded his Phoca leonina,
and the jaws and teeth of which, still preserved in the museum under
my charge, prove the identity of the species with that now under con-
sideration. The habit of raising the head and fore part of the body,
1 With regard to the occurrence of the Elephant Seal in the Falkland Islands
in former times, see Captain C, C. Abbott, P. Z. 8. 1868, p. 189.
2 «Voyage round the World,’ 1748.
1831.] PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON THE ELEPHANT SEAL. 147
and widely opening the mouth, is so noticed by Pernetty’. It may
be remarked that the accuracy of Anson’s figure as regards the atti-
tude assumed by the animal when attacked, though ridiculed by
Péron, is fully vindicated by Mr. Moseley in his interesting account
of the Sea-Elephants of Kerguelen’s Land °.
The skull appears to be that of an adult but by no means aged
individual. The sutures between the basi-sphenoid and the basi-
occipital on the one side, and the presphenoid on the other, are both
still open, as in all the skulls of Elephant Seals I have yet examined.
The crowns of the teeth are moderately worn; and the root of the
great upper canine has not yet closed in at the base, which, judging
from many specimens examined, it appears only to do in extreme
old age.
Its relative size to that of other known skulls of animals of the
same species may be estimated by the following figures, giving the
length from the fore end of the premaxillaries to the occipital con-
dyles in millimetres :-—
milli,
Skull presented by Mr. Mansel, No. 39214 .......... 564
The largest skull in the Museum of Comparative Zoology,
Cambridge, Mass., U.S. A., from Heard Island* .... 510
Largest skull in the Museum of Natural History, Paris*.. 508
Largest skull in the Berlin Museum, obtained in Kerguelen
by the German Trausit-of-Venus Expedition®........ 490
Skull in Mus. Roy. Coll. Surgeons, No. 3921, locality
MMMOWH A. 20h Gees i far: Sete! aknley to wags
Skull in Mus. Roy. Coll. Surgeons, No. 3920, locality
MLALTIOWIN hieseito. eerckces oot eT el anny yo 438
Largest skull in the British Museum .............. 22/3805
* «Torsquils apergoivent quelqu’un approcher deux, ils s’élévent ordinaire-
ment sur leurs deux pattes-nageoires, tels qu’on les voit dans la figure 1 Pl. IX.
Is ouvrent une gueule a recevoir, aisément une boule d'un pied de diamettre ;
et la tiennent ainsi béante, en gonflant Vespéce de trompe qu'ils ont sur le
nez.”—LHHistoire Tun Voyage aua Lles Malouines fait en 1763 § 1764, edit.
1770, tome ii. p. 45. The figure referred to is an unacknowledged copy of
that of Anson. A still older observer, W. Funnell, mate to Captain Dampier,
says, speaking of the “Sea-Lion”’ (as it was then generally called, because, as
the author conjectures, ‘‘ his Roaring is not unlike that of the Lion”) of Juan
Fernandez, in 1703 :—‘Tf they are hard pursued, they will turn about and
raise their Body up with their Fore-fins, and face you, standing with their
Mouth wide open upon their Guard: so that when we wanted to kill one to
make Oil, we used commonly to clapa Pistol just to his Mouth, as it stood open,
and fire it down his Throat.’—A Collection of Voyages, vol. iv. p. 15 (1729),
2 Notes by a Naturalist on the ‘Challenger’ (1879), p. 201.
8 J. A. Allen, ‘ History of North-American Pinnipeds’ (1880), p. 748.
-* For this information I am indebted to Dr. H. Gervais. It was brought
home in 1831 by D’Orbigny. That figured in Blainville’s ‘Ostéographie,’ if
not the same specimen, is of the same dimensions.
5 Kindly communicated to me by Dr. Peters.
6 The Museum of the University of Oxford possesses the anterior portion of
the skull of a young male from Burchell’s South-African collection, and the
complete skeleton of a still younger female. The species is at present not re-
presented in the excellent Osteological Museum at Cambridge. re
148 PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON THE ELEPHANT SEAL. [Jan. 4,
The dimension given above does not express the whole length of
the largest skull, though it does of the smaller ones, as in the older
animals the occipital ridges become so greatly developed as to pro-
ject backwards beyond the condyles. This takes place to such an
extent in the case of the new skull as to give an extreme length of
597 millimetres, or 234 inches. In very young skulls, on the
other hand, the most posteriorly projecting part is the middle of the
squama occipitis, at or above the upper margin of the foramen
magnum. ‘This expresses the preponderance of the brain-case over
the other parts of the skull at this stage of development. In the
next stage the growth of the condyles outruns that of the brain-
case; and finally the development of the great crests for muscular
attachment give a very different general aspect to the cranium.
The remaining principal dimensions of this skull are the follow-
ing :-—
millim
Extreme width across zygomatic arches ..........4..5 384
Width between occipital crests ........ Aan ae So
Greatest width of palate ............ ebls agels oatyeneeicp 184
Width of maxillze across middle of rostrum.,.......... 176
Width between outer sides of base of upper canines...... 158
Width between apices of upper canines..............-. 120
Width between outer sides of base of upper lateral inci-
BOTS a... ..i0.0nemeheans taeda, reunite aortas) aes 60
Width between outer sides of base of lower canines...... 93
Length of palate, from notch in middle line behind to
incisor teeth ............ SPs che Oech ASA. 3 cutee . 272
Length of ramus of lower jaw ......... ... ec <\ohin ol OO
Greatest width between condyles of lower jaw ........ 352
I have great hopes of obtaining, if not the whole skeleton, at
least some of the principal bones belonging to the skull now
described, as Mr. Mansel informs me that, after securing the head,
he left the remainder of the body above high-water mark at the
spot where it was killed. We shall then have the means of verifying
his estimate of 21 feet, which I presume includes the length of the
hind feet or flippers, and which will probably be not far from the
maximum to which the animal reaches.
It is probable that, as in many of the Pinnipedia, and indeed in
animals of almost all other groups, there is some variation in the
size attained by adult specimens; and the head, especially of the
males, continues to increase in magnitude some time after the animal
has apparently reached maturity, by the addition of bony outgrowths,
ridges, and crests for the attachment of muscles, and by the enlarge-
ment of the alveolar portions of the jaws for the support of the in-
creasing roots of the great canine teeth. But the statements of
those voyagers who ascribe a length of 25 or even 30 feet to some
individuals of this species must of course be taken with considerable
reserve, and require to be verified by the accurate measurements of
actual specimens, It would be strange if the natural tendency to
i le, el els ee |
1881.] PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON THE ELEPHANT SEAL. 149
exaggerate the size of every thing large had not had its influence in
this case, as it undoubtedly has with Cetaceans, Sirenians, and other
marine “ monsters.”
Skeletons are far more valuable than skins or stuffed specimens for
giving dimensions, as the latter are susceptible of considerable factitious
enlargement. Unfortunately there is not, as far as I can learn, any
skeleton of a perfectly adult male Elephant Seal in any museum in
Europe. The largest appears to be that at Berlin, of which I have
given the size of the skull above, and of which the stuffed skin,
according to Mr. J. W. Clark ', measures 14 feet 6 inches in length
from tip of nose to tip of tail, and 16 feet 33 inches to the extremity
of the hind flippers, taking the measurement along the curve of the
back. Dr. Peters gives the length of the vertebral column of this
specimen as 3700 millims.’, which, added to the length of the skull
(490 millims.), gives 4190 millims., or 13 feet 9 inches for the whole
length. Whether allowance has been made for the intervertebral
spaces or not I do not know. Mr. J. A. Allen gives the length of
the skeleton (nose to tail), allowing for the probable length of the
intervertebral cartilages, of a male, said to be adult, from Heard
Island, in the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Cambridge, Mass.,
as 4340 millims., or 14 feet 3inches*. The skull of this specimen is
480 millims. long. Skeletons of very young animals, between four
five feet in length, are common in museums.
Dentition.— Leaving out of consideration the exceedingly aberrant
and specialized Walrus, the teeth of the Elephant Seal are more
reduced in number, size, and form than those of any of the Pinnipedia,
the only other member of the group which agrees: with it in most of
these characteristies being the closely allied Cystophora of the
northern seas.
The dentition when complete is 7. 2, ¢. 1, pm. 4, m. +, though it
frequently happens that one or more of the true molars, especially
those of the upper jaw, are rudimentary or wanting. All the teeth,
even the canines, are remarkable for their comparatively small
enamel-covered crowns, and for the large size of their simple roots,
which continue to grow in width as well as length during the ado-
lescence of the animal, and are further enlarged in thickness by the
addition of a considerable layer of cementum to their outer surface.
In this character the teeth resemble those of many of the Odonto-
cetes, so much so that in the case of isolated fossil teeth of the Crag
formation it is often very difficult, if not impossible, to say whether
they belong to Cetaceans or to Seals. Although other Pinnipeds
show this peculiarity, it is carried to its greatest extent in the
Elephant Seal. ‘The very small size of all the teeth except the
canines, and more especially those of the molar series, IN proportion
to the great magnitude of the animal, is very striking. ‘They must,
in fact, be almost functionless.
? Nature, Sept. 2, 1875, p. 866.
2 Monatsb. der k. p. Akad. der Wissenschaft. zu Berlin, 1875, p. 393, foot-
note.
3 Op. cit. p. 749.
[Jan. 4,
T SEAL.
PROF, W. H. FLOWER ON THE ELEPHAN
150
O Of
‘ozis Teanga “(|
ST oTeuLe
SUL
uny oLoDyAy [vo
iS)
TO 17]003-34)
LI Le
queydory eyeur yNpe
1881.]
PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON THE ELEPHANT SEAL,
1
(Macrorhinus leoninus),
hant Seal, natural size,
f lower teeth of adult male Elephant Seal
A. Lower jaw, with milk-teeth of fotal female Elep
ylew 0
Side
152 PROF, W. H. FLOWER ON THE ELEPHANT SEAL, [Jan. 4,
The molars are reduced to the extreme of simplicity (see figs. 1
and 2, pp. 150, 151). Each has a single long, tapering root, shaped
somewhat like a carrot, having a thickened shoulder near the neck,
caused by the deposition of cementum, and which projects above the
alveolus in old animals. The root of the first upper molar is the
longest, measuring in the large skull as much as 60 millims. Each of
the others is shorter than the one in front of it, to the last, which is
not unfrequently rudimentary or absent. In the present case there is
no trace even of a socket, on the left side; though on the right side
there is a small shallow cavity, from which a tooth appears to have
been lost (fig. 1, *). In the lower jaw the roots are more equal, that of
the first being slightly the longest, and the fifth nearly as large as
any of the others. This, however, is absent, as well as that of the
upper jaw in No. 2921, which has thus 4 teeth of the molar series,
all premolars, according to what is now known of their homologies.
The crowns, when young, present traces only of the division into
pointed cusps or lobes, so characteristic of the molars of most Seals—
mere grooves upon the surface, becoming deeper towards the apex,
to which they converge, and marking off rudimentary cusps, more
distinct on the outer than the inner surface of the tooth. The fifth
molar in both upper and lower jaws is of more simple character than
the others, often only a simple cone.
In animals soon after birth these teeth are crowded together, the
first being placed in contact with the canine. In this stage the teeth
consist of little more than the crowns, the incisors and molars being all
equally developed and in their places, and the canines with their apices
only appearing above the level of the alveolus; the roots are only
commencing to calcify ; but as they grow in length and width, not only
does each require more room, but they become separated from one
another by intervals, which are most extended in the oldest indivi-
duals. The five molars of a very young male (No. 3934 a) occupy a
space from before backwards of 44 millims. In the largest skull
(3921 a) the same teeth are spread over 116 millims.
In an old skullin the Leiden Museum (of which, the hinder part
being broken away, I am not able to give the length) not only the
whole of the crowns, but even the necks, of all the molar teeth, except
the last upper one, have been worn away, and what appear at first sight
to be the crowns are merely rounded stumps of dentine and cementum,
of very much larger size than the real crowns of the teeth of the young
animal.
The sexes even of the youngest specimens can be recognized by the
comparatively small sizes of the crowns of the canines in the females.
In the males there is some difference in this respect, as the following
figures (measurements in millimetres) show, though the variations
are comprised within certain limits :—
1881.] PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON THE ELEPHANT SEAL. 153
Male.
Adult or nearly so.
Largest
Female. of! Mr.
Very | Very Mr. Mose-
young | young.| Anson’s. Mansel’s.|ley’s spe-
3934, 13934 Al 3923. |3920.! 3921.) 3921 A. | cimens.
Upper canine :—
Length of enamelled crown| 17 29 28 251} 30 241 261
Ant.-post. diameter at base 10 21 18 18 | 21 21 21
Transverse diameter at base 8 16 16 16] 18 18 20
Lower canine :-—
Length of enamelled crown | 15 29 28 231 31 251" aa
Ant.-post. diameter at base 10 21 20 19 | 23 22 b:
Transverse diameter at base 7 Sex 16 15 | 19 17
54 100 107 | 128 | 140
of upper canines at base of
enamelled surface...............
Width between outer borders |
44
T have examined many isolated canines of Elephant Seals, including
some which Mr. Moseley has been kind enough to put at my dis-
posal, which he selected as the largest he could find from a number
of skulls lying on the beach at Heard’s Island, and find none with
crowns materially larger than those mentioned above, or differing
greatly in the form or size of the root. I have, in fact, seen
no tooth which, crown and root together, measures in a straight
line between the apex of the crown and the middle of the root
more than 6 inches, or 150 millims., or which exceeds in greatest
diameter 1°6 inch, or 40 millims., though these dimensions are
very nearly reached in all the specimens which show signs of
maturity. I am therefore not disposed to attach the same import-
ance to Pernetty’s statement of teeth of this animal in the Falkland
Islands 7 inches long’ and 3 in diameter, which my friend Dr. Peters
does, and to infer from it the existence of a distinct species. It is,
of course, possible, though as yet without proof, that in former
times, before these animals were subjected to the severe struggle
for existence occasicned by the remorseless pursuit of the sealers,
many, or at least some favoured individuals, may have acquired a
much larger size than at present; but before accepting the state-
ment above quoted, it would be necessary to know whether the tooth
of a Sperm Whale, or some other Cetacean, may not have been
mistaken for that of a Sea-elephant.
1 Apex worn.
2 If measured along the curve, this would scacrely exceed the ordinary size as
to length ; but the “trois pouces de diamettre ” is difficult to understand,
especially as he adds, “Ce n’est pas une des plus grandes ;” and what does
Pernetty mean by “ nous en avons compté vingt-deux telles que celle-ci dans
la machoire d’un de ces lions, 4 laquelle il en manquoit encore cing ou six;
elles étoient solides dans toute leur longueur, et ne sailloient guére plus d’un
pouce ou d’un pouce & demi, hors de leurs alyéoles” ? (op. cit. p. 48). Surely it
must have been the jaw of an Orca, and not a Seal, that he was describing !
154 PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON THE ELEPHANT SEAL. [Jan. 4,
Milk-Dentition.—As is well-known, in the Seals generally the
milk-teeth are extremely rudimentary in size and form, and _per-
fectly functionless. They mostly never cut the gums, and are
actually absorbed before birth. In a specimen of Phoca vitulina,
which was born in the Society’s Gardens in 1868, and which
survived its birth exactly one week, the only traces of milk-teeth
remaining were small rudiments of the upper canine and one molar
on one side only. All the permanent teeth were in a nearly equal
state of development’. The same condition has been observed in
all the other species which have been examined. In Cystophora
cristata, the nearest ally of the Elephant Seal, the milk-teeth, as
observed by Reinhardt, are still more rudimentary’. On the other
hand, in the Eared Seals (Ofariid@), which more nearly approach the
terrestrial Carnivora in many points in their structure as well as
habits, the milk-teeth are better developed and less evanescent than
in the true Seals, the canines especially being of moderate size and
retained for several weeks.
In the youngest skulls of the Elephant Seal which I have been
able to examine, and which, from their size and general development, —
must be little more than new-born, the whole of the permanent
teeth are fully in place, except the great canines, of which the apices
only are appearing above the alveoli ; and I am not aware of any
observations upon the milk-teeth of these animals, except one, which
I was fortunate enough to make some years ago *, and which, from its
extremely interesting nature, may be worth repeating here, especially
as I am enabled to exhibit the specimen to the Society for comparison
with the huge skull and teeth of the adult animal (see figs. 1 and 2a,.
pp- 150, 151). A foetal Seal is preserved in the stores of the Museum
of the Royal College of Surgeons, only 11 inches (28 millims.) long
from nose to end of hind feet, whence obtained I am not able to
say, but which presents all the external characteristics of the species
under consideration, and which, it should be mentioned, is of the
female sex. It has no hair, except the whiskers and tufts over the eyes.
The five short conical nails are all developed upon the fore feet. On
the hind feet the position of all the nails is indicated by extremely
minute depressed dots in the skin a little distance from the end of the
skin of the toe; in the three middle toes, which are of nearly equal
length, these dots are scarcely 2 millims. from the extremity. In the
two outer, longer toes they are about 9 millims. from the end, and
more conspicuous than the inner ones. I mention these because it
is often stated that there are not even rudiments of claws on the
hind feet of the Elephant Seals.
The jaws contained a set of very minute calcified teeth, viz.
i. 2, c.1, m. 3, on each side, being the complete number of milk-teeth
which the species would have ; for the incisors and canines should
. 1 See W. H. Flower, ‘ Notes on the First or Milk-Dentition of the Mam-
malia,”’ Trans. Odontological Society, vol. iii. 1871, p. 211.
2 “Om Klapmydsen’s ufédte Unge og dens Melketandszt,” Naturbist. Vidensk,
Meddelelser for 1864.
3 See ‘ Journal of Anatomy and Physiology,’ yol. iii. 1869, p. 270.
1881.] PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON THE ELEPHANT SEAL. 155
be of the same number as the permanent set, and the milk-molars
of all Seals, and indeed of the Carnivora generally, are 3, corresponding
to the second, third, and fourth premolars of the second dentition.
There was, in addition, in the upper jaw a small cap of dentine, in the
situation of the apex of the first permanent premolar—a tooth which,
in its development, is almost coeval with the milk-teeth, and has no
predecessor. The permanent dental formula of the Elephant Seal
is thus determined to be 7. 2, c. +, p. 4, m. + = 30, as given above.
The incisors and canines are cylindrical, with rounded, rather
truncated crowns, and are open at the base. The upper canine, which
is the largest tooth, and of which the whole of the crown and greater
part of the root are calcified, measure 3 millims. in length and
1 millim. in greatest thickness. The second upper incisor is about
half this size, and the first still smaller. The molars consist only
of a rounded crown, scarcely more than | millim. in diameter, with
the commencement of a single root, which, however, is not calcified.
As the crowns of teeth, once calcified, never enlarge in diameter,
we may presume that these rudimentary teeth had attained their full
dimensions, except, perhaps, as to the length of the root in some of
them. They therefore, in contrast to the size of the animal and of
the permanent teeth, represent one of the most rudimentary con-
ditions in which it is possible to imagine the existence of a set of
milk-teeth complete as to number; and they form the last term
known at present of a series, beginning with the ordinary terrestrial
Carnivora, such as the Canide, and passing through the Bears, the
Otariidz, and the other known members of the Phocide. The step
from this condition to the completely monophyodont state of the
Cetacea is not very great. These teeth probably disappear long be-
fore birth ; but fcetal Elephant Seals at later stages of development
are greatly required, in order to trace the progress of dentition.
Auditory Ossicles.—The auditory ossicles of the Elephant Seal
have been described and figured in the elaborate memoir by Mr.
Alban Doran on these structures!, which merit more attention than
they have hitherto received as guides to affinity. Before the pub-
lication of this memoir, or the formation of such a collection as that
now to be seen in the Museum of the College of Surgeons, it was
impossible to appreciate their value, as it is only by studying the
modifications of any part ina tolerably extensive series of forms that
its essential characters can be deduced and separated froin those that
are variable and comparatively unimportant, and the true relative
value assigned to the different modifications met with.
The auditory ossicles of the Seals generally differ from those of
their allies, the terrestrial Carnivora, in their large size and the
massive and exuberant growth of the bone composing them. It is very
remarkable, and may perhaps indicate some, though not yet under-
stood, relation to the conditions under which these animals live, that
in this respect they resemble the other aquatic mammulia, the Cetacea
and the Sirenia.
But it is only in this, perhaps an adaptive character, that the
1 Trans Linn. Soc. 2ud series, Zoology, yol. i.
156 PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON THE ELEPHANT SEAL. [Jan. 4,
resemblance consists: the bones are constructed upon quite a different
type; and though the similarity is masked by this curious overgrowth
or hypertrophy of bone in certain parts, it can be shown, by the existence
of intermediate forms, that their resemblance is, on the whole, to those
of the land Carnivora. As might be expected, the intermediate forms
are found in the Otariide ; and nothing can display so strikingly
the importance of the characters derived from these bones than to
see the retention in Otaria, with the external pinna and scrotum,
and power of use of the hind limbs, an incus and stapes far more
resembling the corresponding bones in the Ursidee than in the Seals.
Macrorhinus, on the other hand, has extremely modified ossicula.
The stapes isa simple subcylindrical mass, and, being thicker and more
rounded towards the incudal than at the attached end, has almost
a bell- or bottle-shape, with scarcely a trace of division into crura.
In this respect it resembles that of the Walrus alone among the
Pinnipedia. The incus is a very remarkable bone, its ordinary cha-
racters being quite masked by the immeuse globular development of
the posterior and outer part of the body, or that which lies over the
processus brevis, and which throws the articular surface quite away
from its normal upward aspect. Owing to this bulky form of the
body, the bone is larger than that of any other known mammal,
except Manatus. A deep elongated pit or groove, running in the
internal face from the middle of the articular surface, is another
characteristic. A similar, though less extreme, dilatation of the
body is found in all the true Seals, but the peculiar pit only in the
Stenorhynchine ; indeed, as Mr. Doran has pointed out, it is to
the incus of these, rather than to the (in so many respects more
nearly allied) Cystophora, that this bone of Macrorhinus bears
most resemblance. After remarking that this bone is ‘‘ only a
caricature,” so to speak, of that of Phoca, as its posterior part
assumes and exaggerates the Phocine type, the form of the long
crus induces Mr. Doran te believe that the incus of MJacrorhinus is a
truly central form. But the form of this crus is obviously very
variable, even in the series of closely allied Seals figured at the
top line of plate lx. of the memoir; and it may be doubted whether
the peculiar long slender and subcylindrical limb of the incus in
Macrorhinus should be regarded as retention of a generalized form,
as it certainly is not exactly paralleled in any other. ,
The malleus also more resembles that of Stenorhynchus than that
of any of the other Seals.
Systematic Position and Affinities——In any natural arrange-
ment of the existing Pinnipeds, the Elephant Seal appears to me to
form the extreme term of the series, as it is the one which combines
in itself in the fullest degree all the characters by which the Seals
are distinguished from the terrestrial Carnivora. It is, if I may so
say, the most ‘‘seal-like ” of all the Seals. The Walrus as regards
its dentition is more highly specialized, but in a direction peculiar to
itself; and in other characters, as those of the limbs, it retains a
more generalized form. The Elephant Seal and, though perhaps to
a slightly less degree, the Bladdernose have kept nearer to the
1881.] PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON THE ELEPHANT SEAL. 157
direct line of modification, only carrying it out to a more complete
extent than have the ordinary Seals.
As far as our imperfect knowledge of its osteology allows us to
judge, in all points in the anatomy of the limbs in which the Pho-
cide differ from the land Carnivores, such as the general proportions
of the bones, especially the shortness of the femur, the want of
development of the calcaneal process, the articulation of the fifth
metacarpal with the proximal row of carpal bones, the Elephant
Seal presents the extreme of modification. The true Seals (Phocine)
have well developed claws on both the fore and hind feet ; and the
toes of the posterior limbs are subequal, the first and fifth being only
slightly longer than the others; and the interdigital menbrane does
not extend beyond the toes. In the Elephant Seal the claws of the
fore limb are reduced, and in the hind limb are absent or excessively
rudimentary ; the first and fifth toes of this limb are greatly enlarged
beyond the others, and the skin prolonged in lobes beyond the true
end of the digit, producing a much greater modification of the whole
foot from the terrestrial type, and causing a considerable superficial
resemblance to the forked caudal appendage of a Cetacean or Fish.
This character of the pedal extremity is possessed also by the Ste-
norhynchine, which are in many respects intermediate between the
Phocine and the Cystophorine. Another and still more important
character in the structure of the limbs, in which the Seals resemble
the Cetacea and differ from all other known mammals, is most
strongly marked in the Elephant Seals, as is well seen in the young
skeleton mounted in the Museum of the College of Surgeons. It is
that all the phalanges of both limbs (except the ungnal phalanges)
are ossified from three centres, an epiphysis being developed for
each extremity, instead of a single epiphysis at the proximal
extremity, as is the rule throughout the class. How far this
occurs in other Pinnipeds is not certainly known. Stenorhynchus
leptonyx, as shown in the not quite adult skeleton from New Zealand,
presented to the Museum of the College of Surgeons by Mr. W. L.
Crowther, F.R.C.S., resembles the Elephant Seal in this respect. In
the true Seals of our hemisphere (Phocine), if it occurs, it is as a much -
less obvious and more transient condition, as I have not been able to
detect the double epiphysis in any of the young skeletons in the
Museum’.
The modifications of the osszcuda auditus have been already referred
to as showing that the Elephant Seal presents an extreme form,
though here also Stenorhynchus is its nearest congener.
In the dentition also it has been shown that the characters by which
Seals differ from other mammals are carried to their fullest extent
in the Elephant Seal. ‘The Leopard Seals (Stenorhynchus) may be
regarded as showing the greatest perfection of the type, in the even
row of exactly similar, finely developed, and sharply cusped, two-
rooted molars; while in the Elephant Seal the same type has under-
1 In the pes of a young Phoca vitulina in the Oxford Museum there are traces
of epiphyses on the distal as well as the proximal end of the metacarpal of the
hallux,
158 PROF, W. H. FLOWER ON THE ELEPHANT SEAL. ([Jan. 4,
gone its greatest degradation, a few more stages of which would leave
the animal little better provided with these organs than are the
Ziphioid Cetaceans.
The form of the brain-cavity of the Elephant Seal, as shown by
the casts in the Museum of the College of Surgeons, is remarkable
for its great width posteriorly compared with its length, and presents
the greatest contrast, among the Seals, to that of O¢aria, which differs
but little from that of the terrestrial Carnivora. The short, globular
form of the brain, as well as the numerous and closely packed
convolutions of the surface of the hemispheres, is one of the many
characters by which the Seals resemble the Cetacea. There is much
in the general appearance of the skull of the Elephant Seal, espe-
cially the fore part, with its short nasal bones, broad depressed
muzzle, wide flat palate, and simple, conical, recurved teeth, which
presents some resemblance to the Carnivorous members of that group,
such as Orca; and it is singular, if only as a coincidence, that Mr.
Mansel’s large specimen shows a want of symmetry in the form of
the anterior nares, the ossified septum being bent to the right, which
recalls one of the peculiarities which distinguish the skull of most of
the toothed Whales’. In the small development of the coronoid process
of the lower jaw the Elephant Seal surpasses any of the Phocine
series, and is furthest removed from the land Carnivores.
As far as can be gathered from the narratives of those who have
had the opportunity of observing this animal alive, its habits confirm
the views derived from its structure. It appears to be more helpless
ou land and more active in the water than the other members of the
group’.
All the characters hitherto mentioned have been only modifications
or exaggerations of those met with in other Seals, and are shared by
some one or other of the group. There is one remarkable evidence of
specialization which it possesses in common only (with modifications
in detail) with its near ally Cystophora cristata—the dilatable sac
connected with the nasal passages, developed (like so many of the
singular pouches accessory to the respiratory organs) only in adult
males.
As I have had occasion to mention many structural points in
which the Elephant Seal appears to approach nearer than other
members of the group to the Cetacea, I must guard myself against
being supposed to inter that it is genealogically in any way a con-
uecting-link between the two. The Seals appear to me so distinctly
an offshoot of the terrestrial Carnivora, that any consanguinity between
them and the Cetacea must be excessively remote; and if the Ele-
phant Seal is the most modified and specialized of the group, and
1 Prof. Huxley points out several characters in which the Seal’s skull is “‘stri-
kingly Cetacean ” (‘ Manual of Anatomy of Vertebrated Animals,’ 1871, p 425).
* See Péron, ‘ Voyage de découverte aux Terres Australes,’ 1816, tome ii.
p- 49; also Scammon, ‘The Marine Mammals of the North-west Coast of
North America’ (1874), p. 117; Weddell, ‘A Voyage towards the South Pole’
(1825), p. 186. This is also the opinion of Mr. Moseley, one of the most
eapable and observing of naturalists who have come into contact with Sea
Elephants in their native haunts.
1881.] PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON THE ELEPHANT SEAL. 159
therefore, in all probability, a comparatively recent form, it must be
one of the most distant instead of nearest in true relationship, and all
its resemblances to the Cetacea must be purely analogical and adaptive
to existence under similar external conditions.
Apart from these speculations, the facts which have been brought
forward will, I think, be sufficient to induce practical zoologists to
revise their systematic classifications of the Pinnipeds, in which this
genus is almost invariably placed either in the middle of the group
or next to the Otariidz. I would suggest that it ought to be placed
as far as possible from the latter, the whole of the other Seals and
the Walrus coming between. After its most close ally, the Bladder-
nose (Oystophora cristata), the Leopard Seals of the southern
hemisphere ( Stenorhynchine) come nearest to it.
Generic und Specific Designation.—Since the dismemberment of
the Linnean genus Phoca by Nilsson in 1820, the Elephant Seal has
been placed by various authors either in the genus Cystophora (Nils-
son, 1820), Macrorhinus (F. Cuv. 1824), or Mirounga (Gray, 1827),
modified by its author in 1847 to Morunga. The latter, founded
upon a native Australian name mentioned by Pérou, is clearly inad-
missible, being exactly synonymous with Macrorhinus, which aute-
dates it by three years, and which is now very generally used by the
best authorities’.
The question between Cystophora and Macrorhinus depends upon
the varying estimate of the value to be assigned to a generic distinc-
tion. If the Bladdernose and the Elephant Seal are held to be
sufficiently distinct in their organization to require separate generic
appellations, the one will be called Cystophora and the other Ma-
crorhinus. If otherwise, they will be both included under Cystophora,
the older and equally appropriate designation, The differences
between them have been carefully pointed out in Allen’s recent
monograph, and chiefly consist in the comparatively larger size of
the crowns of the molar teeth, the frequent doubling of the root of
the posterior, and occasionally of the penultimate, upper molar in the
smaller species, combined with the greater prolongation of the palate
backwards, the presence of claws upon the hind limbs, the less emar-
gination of the distal border of the hind feet, the greater size of the
pelvis and posterior extremities generally (which, according to Allen,
are very feebly developed in the Elephant Seal), and the different form
of the nasal appendage of the adult males. Differences of the auditory
ossicles have also been pointed out by Mr. Doran. In all these
characters, it will be observed, the Elephant Seal has undergone a
further stage of specialization than the Bladdernose.
It is a case in which, if they had never been separated, I, for
one, should have been inclined to allow them to remain in the
1 Tt should be mentioned that F. Cuvier, as was his custom, only used the °
French form “ Macrorhine” in the article in the Mém. du Mus. 1824, xi. p. 200.
which gives some countenance to the citation of his first use of the genus Macro-
rhinus (as in Agassiz, ‘Nomenclator Zoologicus’) in the ‘ Dictionnaire des
Sciences Naturelles,’ xxxix. 1826, art. Phogue, and therefore to the priority of
Latreille’s use of the same name in the Fam. Nat. du Régne Animal, 1825, for
” a genus of Coleoptera.
160 PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON THE ELEPHANT SEAL. [Jan. 4,
same genus, especially as each subdivision contains but a single well-
marked species; but as the separation has now been so generally
adopted, and the name Macrorhinus has become so deeply rooted in
zoological literature, perhaps more inconvenience would result from an
attempt to reunite them than to retain them as distinct genera, and
we may be content to show their close affinities by their union in one
subfamily, Cystophorine.
The Elephant Seal has been known in zoological literature
by three specific names, viz. :—/eonina, Linn., founded on the so-
called ‘‘Sea-Lyon” of Juan Fernandez, described and figured in
Anson’s Voyage, 1748, and undoubtedly the species under considera-
tion ; elephantina, Molina, 1782, revived by Gray ; and proboscidea,
Péron, 1815. The former, though, perhaps, the least appropriate, is
clearly the first in point of time ; and as in using it we are not resus-
citating a name that has become obsolete, or been entirely superseded
by another that has met with general acceptance, it may be adopted
with equal respect to the laws of priority and convenience; in fact
all recent zoological literature shows that this name is gaining ground
over both the others which have been proposed as substitutes.
Unity or Plurality of Species.—The Elephant Seals which inhabit
the Pacific coast of North America, formerly abundant, but now
extremely reduced in numbers by the persecutions of the sealers,
are supposed by Theodore Gill to be specifically distinct from those
of the southern hemisphere, and have received the name of Macro-
rhinus angustirostris'.
In J. A. Allen’s valuable and exhaustive monograph on the North-
American Pinnipeds this distinction is adopted; but although the
author speaks of the two species as presumably distinct, he says that,
‘so far as can be determined by descriptions, the Northern and
Southern Sea-elephants differ very little in size, colour, or other
external features.” From evidence not very satisfactory, he supposes
the southern species to be on the whole somewhat the larger of
the two. The osteological characters upon which Gill bases his
distinction are derived from the comparison of the skull of a pro-
bably full-grown female Californian Seal with the figure given by
Gray in the ‘ Zoology of the Erebus and Terror,’ of a two-thirds
grown male (the one now in the British Museum) from the South
Seas. This is incorrectly described by Gray as an ‘“‘adult female ;”
and Gill has accepted this determination without question, although
the characters of the skull, as seen in the drawing, the unworn
condition and size of the canines, and open state of the sutures are
sufficient to throw much doubt upon it. Unfortunately there is
no skull of an adult female Sea-elephant in this country available
for comparison; but from what may be inferred from other species
of Seals, and from the evidence afforded by young specimens, it may
be considered almost certain that the very character on which Gill
has chiefly relied for specific distinction is a sexual one. The com-
parative narrowness of the muzzle is associated with the smaller deve-
1 Proc. Hssex Inst. vy. 1866, p. 13; Proc. Chicago Acad, Sci, i. 1866, p. 33,
ele
1881.] PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON THE ELEPHANT SEAL. 161
lopment of the canine teeth, as can be well seen in the figures of the
type skull of the female M. angustirostris, as given by Allen. On
comparing the upper surface of this with a series of male skulls, it
will be seen that the difference consists chiefly in the extent to which
the maxillee project beyond the sides of the preemaxillee, which in the
former is almost ni/, and in the latter very considerable, to allow
room for the roots of the great canines on each side of the preemaxille.
Even in the youngest skulls this difference in the sexes is seen.
The variations in the proportion of the breadth of the rostrum
measured at the middle, halfway between the nasal orifices and the
ends of the preemaxillee, in different specimens, are shown in the fol-
. lowing table :—
| Breadth of Proportion
Length of | “niddle of length of skull
skull. | rostrum. being 100.
mm. | mm.
Very young female, No. 3934, |
Mus. Roy, Coll. Surg. .........00. | 204 | 46 22°5
The type specimen of M. angusti-
rostris (according to Allen’s fig.),| |
Pesrvieed ess 499053008 PISS Calibooees| 04 Ws Lik: at Ae eset 24:3
Very young male, No.3934 a, Mus.
Roy, Coll. Surg........cccceeeeeeeee 233 | 59 25°3
Adult male, No. 8920, Mus. Roy.,
MGOU SUNG, crcccsp Rots acs statsessss 437 144 33°0
Adult male, No. 8921, Mus. Roy.
GOMA SAVER iii secedsaecnvdaososnese| 463 | 154 33°53
Adult male, No. 89214 ...........5 564 176 31:2
There is certainly one character by which the type specimen of
M. angustirostris, judging from Gill’s description and Allen’s figure,
differs from any of the skulls of southern Elephant Seals with
which I have compared it. This is the shorter antero-posterior
extent of the palate-bones, and the deeper emargination of their
hinder border. Before this distinction can be accepted as a specific
character, it should be known whether it is constant. There is
much variation in the size of the palate-bones of the southern forms:
the length from before backwards between the palato-maxillary
suture in the middle line and the spine in the large skull No. 3921
is but 35 millims.; in the somewhat smaller skull, No. 3920, the
same distance is as much as 51 millims.; and in the largest skull
(No. 39214) it is 65 millims., therefore about double that of the
skull which comes nearest to it in general size.
When the idea prevailed that each species was separately created
in the region which it inhabits, geographical reasons were stronger
than now for assigning specific distinction. But Allen fully admits,
indeed suggests himself, that the two presumed species, though long
isolated, have been derived from one stock, ‘‘the southern being an
Proc. Zoou, Soc.—1881, No. XI. 1]
162 PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON THE ELEPHANT SEAL. (Jan. 4,
offset of the northern, because the only other known species of the
Cystophoring is also northern.”
Now it seems to me that if we are to accept the presumption
that they are distinct upon geographical grounds alone, we must bid
adieu to what little still remains to us, after the revolution of the
last twenty years, of our conception and definition of a species.
For how long in time and how far in space must two branches of
one stock of animals be separated in order to constitute a claim to
specific distinction? 1 should answer this question by saying, only
either when they have become so far physiologically differentiated
as no longer to interbreed (a point on which it is, of course, ex-
tremely difficult to get evidence), or when permanent recognizable
differential structural characters have been established. Until we
are sure that they are either physiologically or morphologically
distinct we have no grounds for separating them. In fact, by
doing so, we are concealing or ignoring a most important zoological
fact, viz. that under certain circumstances members of a group may
become and remain for a long period of time isolated from the parent
stock without appreciable variation from the original type taking
place. Show any character in which the one has departed from
the other, however small, so that it be constant and universal,
then the case is altered, and it becomes a subject for consideration
whether the amount of variation is sufficiently great to be consistently
admitted as specific. But even this stage does not appear to be yet
reached in the case of the northern and southern Elephant Seals.
The evidence upon which Dr. Peters has based the four supposed
species of southern Elephant Seal, viz. leonina, falklandica, probo-
scidea, and kerguelensis, is still more shadowy ; but these were only
put forth by him as suggestions of possibilities, not as ascertained
facts.
P.S. Since the greater part of the above was written, I have heard
from my friend Prof. Turner of Edinburgh that he has in his hands
for description the skeletons of a male and of a female Elephant Seal
from Kerguelen, and a skull of a large male from Heard Island,
brought home by the ‘Challenger’ Expedition. The latter, Mr.
Moseley informs me, he selected as one of the largest out of hundreds
which lay on the beach at the time of the ‘Challenger’s’ visit, Feb. 6,
1874; it is, however, considerably smaller than the specimer
described above, having a condylo-premaxillary length of 20 inches
(485 millims.) and an extreme length of 19 inches (508 millims.).
It is to be hoped that this large additional material will soon be
made available for reference. A good figure of the skull of an adult
female is at present an especial desideratum.
1881. ] ON RHYNCHOCYON AND PETRODROMUS. 165
4. Notes on the Species of Rhynchocyon and Petrodromus.
By Dr. A. Ginrner, F.R.S., F.Z.S., Keeper of the
Zoological Department, British Museum.
[Received January 4, 1881.]
(Plate XIV.)
The specimens in the British Museum hitherto identified with
Rhynchocyon cirnei (Ptrs.) differ so conspicuously from that species
in their smaller size and greater length of tail, that I am inclined to
regard them as specifically distinct. Besides, they were obtained
ten degrees further north than R. cirnei. The type of a third, and
very distinct, species has been received quite recently from Dr. Kirk,
who obtained it from the vicinity of the river Mombaca.
The four species with which we are acquainted at present may be
diagnostically distinguished thus :—
_1. RuyNcHOoCcYON CIRNEI.
Rhynchocyon cirnei, Peters, Reise nach Mossamb., Siiugethiere,
p- 106, tab. 21-24.
Upper part of the head, back, and sides yellowish brown, with
numerous undulated, narrow, blackish transverse lines ; hairs on the
thigh posteriorly chestnut-brown; six longitudinal series of round
chestnut-brown spots on the back, the spots of the two middle series
connected by a dark longitudinal band, and the two bands confluent
in the sacral region; the spots of the outer series smaller and
fainter. Ears and postauricular region ferruginous. ower parts
greyish brown. ‘Tail blackish, terminal fourth white. Length to
the root of the tail 300 mill.', of the tail 220 mill.
Vertebree: 13 dorsal, 8 lumbar, 3 sacral, and 28 caudal.
Hab. Kast Africa, 17—18° S. lat. (Boror).
2. RHYNCHOCYON MACRURUS, sp. n.
Upper part of the head, the back, and the shoulder brownish
yellow, grizzled black ; sides of the body bright chestnut-red, shading
off into brown posteriorly; two black longitudinal bands in the
middle of the back, confluent behind, and connecting two series of
chestnut-brown spots; another series of similar spots on each side
of the back. Ears, postauricular region, and lower parts uniform
brownish grey. Tail blackish, with the terminal third white, the
extremity being black again. Length to the root of the tail
255 mill.’, of the tail 243 mill.
Vertebre : 13 dorsal, 7 lumbar, 3 sacral, and 28 caudal.
Hab. East Africa, 8° S. lat. (banks of the river Rovuma).
Of this species we possess a stuffed example (with the skull), ob-
* Peters says, ‘fast von der Grosse unseres Steinmarders.”
* The size of this species may be compared to that of a ae rat,
Nes
164 ON RHYNCHOCYON AND PETRODROMUS. [Jan. 4,
tained by Dr. Kirk about 100 miles inland, on the Rovuma river.
It is fully adult, sex unknown. A second example, sent by Dr.
Kirk in 1868, has been made into a skeleton; it is somewhat older
than the other, but shows the same proportion of the length of the
tail to that of the body. The skulls are of nearly the same size as
that of R. cirnei figured by Peters.
3. RHYNCHOCYON CHRYSOPYGUS, Sp. n. (Plate XIV.)
The upperside of the head is grizzled grey and brownish red; back
and sides of a uniform deep rich chestnut-brown, with six more or
less indistinct short black stripes in the middle of the back ; they
are very indistinct in the young. Sacral region golden yellow, pass-
ing into chestnut-red on the thighs. Lower parts chestnut-red,
less bright in the young than in the adult. Tail blackish, the ter-
minal two fifths white, the extremity being black again.
Spec. A., ad. B., ad. C., juv.
Length to the root of the tail. 285mm. 270mm. 255mm.
Length of the tail.......... 230 ,, 225965 200 ,,
Of this species we possess three skins, sent by Dr. Kirk; they
were obtained on the river Mombaca. ‘Two of the specimens are
fully adult; the third has still two-notched incisors, which seems to
be a peculiarity of the young of this geuus. The incisors of the
adult show a single notch. The skull is very similar to that of the
two preceding species, but has a conspicuously longer facial portion.
4. RHYNCHOCYON PETERSI.
Rhynchocyon petersi, Bocage, Jorn. Se. Lisb. 1880, p. 159.
Cheeks, ears, neck, fore part of the back, fore limbs, and a part
of the sides intensely ferruginous red; the remainder of the back
and sides, the upper part of the base of the tail, and the outer side
of the limbs deep black. Lower parts pale reddish. Head grizzled
grey and brown. ‘Tail ferruginous red above, white at its extremity.
An immature specimen, sent from Zanzibar, and now in the
Lisbon Museum, is 260 mill. long to the root of the tail, the tail
measuring 185 mill.
PETRODROMUS TETRADACTYLUS (Ptrs.).
This species extends northwards to the river Mombaca. A fine
adult specimen, probably a male, shows a very extraordinary de-
velopment of the hairs of the lower part of the tail. These hairs
are stiff, elastic bristles, 5 mill. long, with a swelling at the tip. It
is difficult to guess with any probability what may be the function
of this tail-brush.
Pon
mit
1881.] ON BIRDS FROM SOCOTRA. 165
January 18, 1881.
Prof, Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
The following report on the additions to the Society’s Mena-
gerie during the month of December 1880 was read by the
Secretary :—
The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-
gerie during the month of December 1880 was 104, of which 21
were by birth, 21 by presentation, 53 by purchase, 2 by exchange,
and 7 were received on deposit. The total number of departures
during the same period, by death and removals, was 129.
The most noticeable additions during the month were :—
1. A young female Red Wolf (Canis jubatus) from the Argentine
Republic, presented by Mr. W. Petty, of Monte Video, being the
second example of this scarce animal we have received.
2. A Pig from Brooker Island, Louisiade archipelago, presented
by Lieut. De Hoghton, of H.M.S. ‘ Beagle.’
I can only refer this Pig, which, I think, belongs to a wild
species, to Sus papuensis, although it does not well agree with
Lesson’s description and figure of that species.
The following papers were read :—
1. On the Birds collected in Svucotra by Prof. L B. Balfour.
By BP. L. Senarer,, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., and Dr.
(Gy. Harrcaus, F.M.Z.S.
[Received December 21, 1880, ]
(Plates XV.—XVII.)
The collection of birds which I now exhibit was made by Prof.
I, Bayley Balfour and his party (consisting of Alexander Scott,
botanical collector, and Lieut. Cockburn, of the 6th Regiment, and
attendants) between February 11th and March 30th, 1880. Prof.
Balfour landed at Gollonsir, at the extreme north-west end of the
island ; and after exploring the adjacent country to the S. and S.W.,
marched along the north coast to Hadibu, the capital.
Having established their depot on the Hadibu plain, about a mile
from the town, they spent the time until the 7th March in investi-
gating the magnificent Haggier range of hills shutting in on the
south the Hadibu plain.
On March 8th, leaving a Lascar in charge of the depdt at
Hadibu, they started upon a trip to the eastern end of the island,
going eastward along the northern side, and returning westward
by the southern side of the island. During this trip they reached
Ras Momé, the extreme eastern headland. The camp at Hadibu
was again entered on March 18th.
166 MESSRS. SCLATER AND HARTLAUB ON (Jan. 18,
As yet the party had not seen much of the southern parts of the
island ; so on March 22nd they left Hadibu on their last excursion.
Crossing the Haggier range, they emerged upon the southern shore
at Nogad, traversed the coast-line for some distance, and then re-
crossed the island, so as to come down upon Kadhab village on the
north side. They regained Hadibu on the 27th inst., and left for
Aden on March 28th’.
The collection contains 124 examples in skin, and two in spirit.
They are referable to 36 species, belonging to the following nine
Orders :—
Ex. Sp. Ex. Sp.
i. Passeres...... 83 17 vi. Columbee.... 16 2
a1. Picaniceime-eeene ons vil. Gallinee .... 1 1
iii. Accipitres.... 3 3 viii. Limicole.... 11 7
iv. Herodiones .. 2 2 ix. Gavie...... 4 2
vy. Anseres...... 4 l
Of these, seven of the Passeres appear to be new species.
i. PASSERES.
1. CisTICOLA INCANA, sp. nov. (Plate XV. fig. 1.)
Supra tota pallide et obsolete grisescenti-fusca, immaculata ; alis
totis dorso concoloribus ; pileo vie conspicue rufescente ; subtus
albida, cinerascenti lavata; loris albidis ; subalaribus et sub-
caudalibus albis; maxilla fusca, mandibula pallida, hujus apice
Juscescente ; rectricibus intermediis dorso concoloribus, latera-
lium parte apicali obscuriore, albido bimaculata ; pedibus pallidis.
Long. tota 4°4, ale 1:8, caude 1:8, tarsi 0°9 (poll. Angl.).
Of this little Cisticola there are three adult male specimens, all
alike in colour, and two nestlings. The beak is long, very straight,
slender and much compressed in the apical portion. Wings short,
obtuse, and weak. Feet rather large. This is apparently an unde-
scribed species.
‘Found on the higher grassy plains. Note a sharp ‘tt’ ”.—
i, BB.
2. DRYM@CA H&SITATA, Sp. Nov.
Supra notei plumis fuscis, late pallidius marginatis, uropygio subru-
fescente ; subtus pallide fusco-cinerascens immaculata ; subala-
ribus et subcaudalibus sordide isabellinis ; cauda gradata, rec-
tricibus fuscis, sub certa luce fasciolatis, ante apicem pallidum
late et obscure fusco adumbratis ; rostro fuscescente, mandibula
pallidiore ; pedibus carneo-pallidis. Long. tota 4:0, ale 1:9,
caude 1°6, tarsi 0-7.
This little Drymeea (with ten rectrices), of which there is but one
specimen in the collection, is so very like the well-known D. mada-
gascariensis, that at first sight we considered it to be identical. But
' See the Report of the Socotran Committee in Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1880,
p, 212,
J. Smit lith
Hanharl imp
I. CISTICOLA INCANA 2 CINNYRIS BALFOURI
with, nest
1881.] BIRDS FROM SOCOTRA. 167
after a more accurate study we have changed our opinion. The
Socotran species is altogether a smaller bird ; and the relative dimen-
sions are different, the tail being decidedly longer in D. hesitata.
It is also differently coloured, the tips of the rectrices not showing
a well-defined large white spot as in D. madagascariensis, but only a
narrow pale brown apical margin: this is constant. The feet are
conspicuously larger in the Madagascar bird.
So much, however, is certain, that D. hesitata comes nearer to the
Madagascar species than to any other!
“* Met with on the trees in the date-groves ; also on the shrubs on
the hill-slopes.”—J. B. B,
3. SAXICOLA ISABELLINA (Cretschm.).
Sazicola isabellina, Heuglin, Orn. N.A, i. p. 344.
One skin (female) of this Chat, a well-known species of Eastern
Africa and 8.E. Asia. ~
“Tn the valley Feragih and on the plain of Nogad, south side of
the island, Met with perched on the shrubs.’”—J. B. B.
4, SaxicoLa MontaANA, Gould.
Sawicola montana, Gould, B. Asia, pt. xvi. (1876).
Mr. Seebohm tells us that this Chat (of which five males and five
females are in the collection) is S. montana of Central Asia, and not,
as we should have been inclined to name it, S. deserti. The most
salient point of difference of these two nearly allied species is that
in S. montana the white on the basal portion of the inner webs of
the primaries and secondaries comes up to the shaft of the feather,
instead of being confined to the interior margin. S. montana breeds
in Tibet and Eastern Turkestan, but was obtained by Blanford in
Baluchistan in December and March.
“Common on the sands of the plains. Has a curious note,
between a croak and a hiss.’—JI. B. LB,
5, ANTHUS SORDIDUS, Riipp.
Anthus sordidus, Heuglin, Orn. N.A. i. p. 326.
Six skins of an Anthus in the collection come nearer to this species
of Africa and Western Asia than to any other described form.
They are, however, rather large in dimensions, and have the bill
large. Moreover the plumage of the back is more mottled (espe-
cially on the rump) than is usual in A. sordidus.
«On all the plains. Very common, and wonderfully tame.”—
_ a a rae 3B
6. Moracintua AuBaA, Linn.
Motacilla alba, Heuglin, Orn. N.A.i. p. 316. *
Four examples, apparently of this species.
‘Common on all the perennial streams, where they reach the
lower plains.” —J. B. B,
168 MESSRS, SCLATER AND HARTLAUB ON [Jan. 18,
7. BupyTEs FLAvus, Linn.
Budytes flavus, Heuglin, Orn. N.A. i. p. 320.
Three skins of this species or of the Indian form B. viridis. In
one skin there are traces of a yellowish stripe over the eye.
“Only seen on the mud-flats extending inland a short distance
from the head of Ghor Gharrieh.”—J. B. B.
8. LANIUS UNCINATUS, Sp. nov.
Supra lete et pure cinereus; fasciola frontali stricta fasciaque
lata arostro per oculum ducta circumscripte nigris ; alarum tectri-
cibus nigris; remigibus tertiariis nigris, limbo apicali albo;
remige primo spurio toto nigro, reliquis primariis nigris, in parte
basali late et oblique albis, scapis nigris ; primarii secundi pogonio
externo toto nigro ; subalaribus pure albis ; rectricibus 4 inter-
mediis nigris, limbo apicali viv conspicuo albo, sequentibus nigris,
apicibus latius albis, secunda pro maxima parte et externa tota
albis ; subtus dilute albido-cinerascens ; gula et subcaudalibus
dilutioribus ; rostro fortiter hamato et compresso, nigerrimo ;
pedibus nigris. Long. tota 8:0, ale 3°9, caude 4:0, tarsi 1:2.
Fem. obsoletius tincta et potius fusco-nigricans, ubi mas niger.
Head of Lantus uncinatus.
Nine examples of this apparently new Shrike are in the series.
It comes nearest to ZL. fallawz, but is remarkable for its much
hooked bill.
“A very solitary bird. Found on those parts of the island where
there are trees. None at the east extremity, nor on the Nogad
plain on the south side. Females I had some difficulty in getting.
The male perches on the top branches of the trees, and there utters a
melancholy note. Nom. vulg. ‘ Tavifi.’”—JI. B. B.
9. ZosTEROPS HABYSSINICA, Heuglin.
Zosterops habyssinica, Heuglin, Orn. N.A. i. p. 413.
A pair of this species; obtained the male on the 13th and the
female on the 6th of March.
*
J. Smit lith
PASSER
INSULARIS
P.Z.S.1881.PLXVI.
Hanhart imp
1881.] BIRDS FROM SOCOTRA. 169
10. CINNYRIS BALFOURI, sp. nov. (Plate XV. fig. 2.)
Supra obscure cinerascens, fusco maculata; pileo parum obscu-
riore, indistinctius maculato ; remigibus fuscis, in margine interno
vallidioribus ; subalaribus albido fuscoque variis ; fasciculis pecto-
ralibus lete sulphureis ; rectricibus obscure fuscis, extima albida,
secunde macula pogonii interni apicali magna alba; mento
nigro ; regione parotica infra albo marginata ; gutture in fundo
nigricante albo squamulato ; abdomine sordide albido ; subcauda-
libus albidis ; rostro nigro ; pedibus obscuris. Long. tota 5:0,
ale 2°5, caude 2:0. Fem. viv diversa. :
Five males and two females of this new Sunbird are in the series.
The species is remarkable for the entire absence of metallic colours in
the plumage. Capt. Shelley, our best authority on this lovely group,
writes to us, after examining the skins :—‘ The birds from Socotra
are true Sunbirds, belonging to the genus Cinnyris. Presuming
that they are in full plumage, I should refer them to my Oyano-
mitra or Olive Group (Monogr. Sunbirds, p. xxix), and place this
species in my key directly after C. obscura, and in the same section
‘a. No portion of the plumage metallic. Pectoral tufts yellow,’
p.xxix. It is a very distinct species ; and I should place it in a section
by itself next to C. obscura, p. 291; but it has no very close
affinities to that species.”
“Common in the interior of the island, on the hill-slopes and
higher plains, where there are plenty of shrubs. The female is diffi-
cult to get. The male clings to the topmost branches, whence he
gives out a very pretty note.”’—I. B. B.
A vest of this species is in the collection (see Plate XV.). It is
sewn on to a small pendent branch, and has a lateral opening half-
way up. It iscomposed of woolly pappus of plants and dry tendrils,
and is of the form usually met with in this group of birds.
11, Passer INSULARIS, sp. nov. (Plate XVI.)
Supra in fundo cinerascente maculis longitudinalibus nigris ; fascia
supraciliari postice dilatata dilute vulpino-rufa; regione paro-
tica alba; oculo nigro circumdato; gula nigra; ale tectricibus
minoribus dilute rufis; remigibus tertiariis pallide rufescenti
marginatis ; remigibus primariis et rectricibus fuscis, his pallidius
limbatis ; subalaribus albido fuscoque variis ; tergo, uropygio et
supracaudalibus viz maculatis ; subcaudalibus medio nigricantibus,
late albido marginatis; subtus sordide et obsolete grisescens,
nonnihil fulvescenti lavatus; gutture plus minus nigro-maculato ;
rostro nigro, pedibus fuscis. Long. tota 5*7, ale 2°9, caude 2°4,
tarsi 0°8. Fem. omnino obsoletius tincta; gula et regione malari
ex isabellino albidis; alarum tectricibus obsolete fusco-rufe-
scentibus ; remigibus tertiariis sordide fulvescenti limbatis ; subtus
unicolor grisescens.
There are eight specimens in the collection of this true Sparrow,
which apparently cannot be associated with any of the described
species. It comes very near to Passer motitensis, but differs in wanting
170 MESSRS. SCLATER AND HARTLAUB ON [Jan. 18,
the rufous colour of the interscapulium and rump, these parts being of
a sordid brownish ashy-grey ; the tail, rufescent in P. motitensis, is
dark fuscons in the Socotran species; and there are other minor
differences,
«Common all over the island. In Goahal valley I found them,
along with the next species, on a Euphorbiaceous shrub of the
genus Croton.”’—I. B. B.
12. RuYNCHOSTRUTHUS SOCOTRANUS, gen. et sp. nov. (Plate
XVII.)
Pie, 2.
Head, wing, and right foot of Rhynchostruthus socotranus,
RHYNCHOSTRUTHUS, gen. nov., ex fam. Fringillidarum.
Char. gen. Rostrum crassum, tumido-rolundatum, culmine distincto,
tomiis introrsum retractis, maxilla curvata, commissura curvata,
gonyde conspicue adscendente ; naribus in fossa basali positis, setis
brevibus incumbentibus obtectis. Ale longiuscule, caude dimi-
dium superantes, remigibus 1-3 ceteris longioribus, equalibus,
rem. Ato parum breviore. Cauda mediocris, equalis. Pedes medio-
cres, satis debiles ; digitus internus externo pauld brevior ; ungues
debiles.
SONVYLOOOS SNHINYLSOHONAHY
dozt JTEUUEH phe hiss cal L
1881. ] BIRDS FROM SOCOTRA, 171
RHYNCHOSTRUTHUS SOCOTRAN US, Sp.noy,
Supra obsolete fuscus, maculis obscurioribus conspicue varius,
pileo subrufescente, obscurius maculato ; remigibus tertiariis in
limbo externo dilute sulphureis ; tectricibus alarum majoribus palli-
diore flavo marginalis ; rectricibus, parte apicali excepta, in pogo-
nio externo lete flavo-limbatis, duabus intermediis subconcoloribus,
limbo flavo vix conspicuo; remigibus majoribus fuscis ; loris
nigricantibus; regione parotica late stramineo-pallescente ; gutture
pallido, fuscescenti vario ; pectore et abdomine in fundo sordide
albido, obsolete fusco striolatis vel maculatis ; crisso et subcauda-
libus immaculatis ; subalaribus sordide flavescenti-albidis, fusco
variegatis ; rostro plumbeo-nigricante, pedibus fuscis. Long.
tota 5°7, ale 3°3, caude 2°1, tarsi 0°7.
Of this very curious new form of Sparrow four males are in the
collection ; unfortunately no female. The thick Coccothraustine
bill renders it easily distinguishable from all other species of the
Passerine group.
“On the shrubs in the Goehel valley ; feeding on seeds of a species
of Croton.”’--I. B. B.
13, EMBERIZA SEPTEM-STRIATA (Riipp.).
Emberiza tahapisi, Heuglin, Orn. N.A. ii. p. 665.
One example, apparently of this species, in spirits.
** Met with in several places, hopping about on the stones in the
streams,’—J. B B.
14. AmMyDRUus BLYTHI, Scl.
Amydrus blythi, Heuglin, Orn, N.A. ii. p. 525.
Five males and six females of this fine species; hitherto only
known from Somali-land.
** Voice as fine as that of a Thrush. Scarce on the low grounds,
and there usually in pairs, except where there are groves of fig-trees or
tamarinds on the banks of the streams, as at Feraigeh on the south,
and Ma-dber on the north.
**Common on the high grounds in flocks, and there seen on the
faces of the cliffs in which they nest. Nom. vulg. ‘Shilhay.’ ’—
PeBS B:
15. AmMYDRUS FRATER, sp. nov.
Aineo-niger, cauda subrotundata ; rostro pro mole longiore quam in
A. blythi; remigibus primariis cinnamomeo-rufis, parte apicali
nigra valde extensa, in rem. | et 2 vie diversa ab A. blythi,
in rem. 3 et 4+ multo minore et equali modo extensa. Long.
tota 12°0, ale 6:0, caud@é 5:5, tarsi 14.
The occurrence of two typical species of Amydrus in so small an
island as Socotra is very curious; but there seems to be no doubt
about the fact. The bronze-green gloss of the plumage of A.
Frater is never seen in the steel-blue of A. dlythi; and still greater
is the difference in the colouring of the primaries. In the first
primary of A. frater the black apical portion occupies nearly the
172 MESSRS. SCLATER AND HARTLAUB ON (Jan. 18,
half of the whole length, and almost as much in the second; in the
two following this black portion is much smaller and of equal length.
All this is widely different in A. dly¢hi, Another difference between
the two Amydri of Socotra is a structural one: in A. blythi the tail
is cuneate, the median rectrices being much elongated ; in A. frater
it is a little rounded and much shorter.
Only one specimen, an adult male, shot on February 28th. Prof.
Balfour did not distinguish this bird from A. blythi.
16. Corvus umBrRinvus, Hedenb.
Corvus umbrinus, Heuglin, Orn. N.A. ii. p. 505.
Two examples. ;
‘«¢ About the centre of the island, common. None about Gollonsir
or at the extreme east. Very fearless, and not particular as to the
nature of the carrion. The Vultures always yield to them. Nom.
vulg. ‘Aadip.” ””—JI. B. B.
17, PyRRHULAUDA MELANAUCHEN (Cab.).
Coraphites melanauchen, Heugl. Orn. N.A. ii. p. 672.
Five males and four females of this Abyssinian species, which
extends far into Western Asia, and was obtained by Mr. Blanford in
Scinde in January 1876.
Very common on the low-lying plains on both sides of the
island. “Has a long wailing note, which one hears at daybreak, and
the last sound at sunset.” —J. B. B.
ii. PICARIA.
18. Cenrropus suPEerci.iosus, H. et Ehr.
Centropus superciliosus, Heugl. Orn. N.A. ii. p. 797.
A pair of this species.
«By no means common. One bird shot by Cockburn on the
limestone plain around Hadibu, close to the stream, sitting on top
of a date-palm; the other I obtained on the bank of a stream
between the Hadibu plain and Delishi, just at the back of Ras
Haulaf. The bird was in the water when I came up; I did not see
any except the two specimens.” —J. B. B.
iii, ACCIPITRES.
19. NEOPHRON PERCNOPTERUS (Linn.).
“Everywhere on the island.” —J. B. B.
20. FaLco PEREGRINUs, Tunst.
“By no means common. I only saw three individuals—one on
the granite hills uear the village of Kismaha, another near the
eastern extremity of the island, and a third (the one skinned) from
the granite hills above Hadibu.”—TI. B. B.
1881.] BIRDS FROM SOCOTRA. 173
21. TINNUNCULUS ALAUDARIUS (Gm.).
“This bird was shot by Cockburn on the Shaeb plain; I only saw
one other, on the plain about Gollonsir.’—ZJ. B. B.
iv. HERODIONES.
22. ARDEA GULARIS, Bose.
Ardea gularis, Heuglin, Orn. N.A. ii. p. 1059.
**Common on the margins of the shoals near the mouths of the
streams.” —J. B. B.
Only wings of this bird were brought home; but we think there
is uo doubt about the species.
23. PLAYALEA LEUCERODIA (Linn).
Platalea leucerodia, Heuglin, Orn. N.A. ii. p. 1122.
‘On the margins of stagnant pools in vicinity of villages on coast.
This specimen was shot at Cadhoop. There are no villages on the
south side of island.”—J. B. B.
v. ANSERES.
24. QuERQUEDULA CRECCA (Linn.).
“Specially prevalent on the Debeni river and Khorfariah. Some
were also seen on the river at Gollonsir. I have seen as many as
fourteen in a flock.” —J. B. B.
vi. COLUMB2.
25. TRERON WAALIA (Gm.).
Treron wlalia, Heugl. Orn. N.A. ii. p. 817.
** Most common about Feraigeh in the date-palm grooves. I did
see a few on the north side of the island near Kismaha. Nom, vulg.
** Mahabidat.”—J. B. B.
26. TurTuR SENEGALENSIS (Linn.).
Turtur senegalensis, Heuglin, Orn. N.A. ii. p. 841.
“Very common in all the date-palm groves and also amongst
the shrubs on the lower part of the hills.”—JZ. B. B.
vii. GALLIN i.
27. CoruRNIX coMMuNIs, Bonn,
‘On the plains at the east end of island I saw a brace of Quails,
of which one was obtained, Again, on the Hajad plain I sawa
brace, and on the Haggier ridge I saw one or two; but they were
not very common.’—J. B. B.
viii. LIMICOLA,
28. Cursorius GALLICus (Gm.).
“T only saw three of these birds on Cadhoop plain, and obtained
one.” —I, B. B,
174 ON BIRDS FROM SOCOTRA. (Jan. 18,
29, ASGiALiTIs CuRONICA (Beseke).
«Common on the streams.” —ZJ. B. B.
30. ANGIALITIS CANTIANA (Lath.).
«Common on the streams.’—Z. B. B.
31. Toranus CANESCENS (Gm.).
«¢ Abundant on the Deheni river.’—J. B. B.
32. TRINGOIDES HYPOLEUCUS (Linn.).
“ Met with on the upper part of the stream in Gollonsir valley.”
—Tl. B. B.
33. GALLINAGO GALLINAGO (Linn.).
One example of this species, preserved in spirit, is in the collection.
‘« Often seen in the marshes at the mouths of the rivers.” —J. B. B.
34. DRoMAS ARDEOLA, Payk.
‘“This bird was met with on the shore at the mouth of the river
at Gollonsir, where it was frequent.”’—J. B. B.
ix. GAVIA.
35. Larus AFFINIS, Reinhardt.
Larus affinis, Saunders, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 171.
«Common on the shore in the vicinity of ‘Cadhoop’ village. I
did not see them either near Gollonsir village or near Hadibu.”’—
IB. B.
Mr. Howard Saunders has kindly taken considerable trouble with
the single specimen of this Gull obtained. It is in immature plumage,
“an unusually large specimen, but not of Z. marinus, as a casual
observer might suppose.”
36. SrerNA BeRGII (Licht.).
Sterna bergii, Heuglin, Orn. N.A. il. p. 1436.
‘On shores at Cadhoop and between that village and Hadibu.
Common,”—J. B. B.
CONCLUSIONS AS TO THE SOCOTRAN AVIFAUNA.
The examination of the collection shows at once that, so far as one
can judge of it by its birds, Socotra, as might have been anticipated,
belongs to the same fauna as North-eastern Africa. The island has,
however, been sufficiently long separated from Cape Gardafui to
allow of a certain number of species becoming differentiated, unless
indeed, as is not improbable, these shall be hereafter found to exist
also in Somaliland, the ornithology of which is still very imperfectly
known to us.
Putting aside all the birds in the previous list, except the Passeres,
1881.] MR, A.G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM SOCOTRA. 175
Picarize, and Columbe, as being of wide distribution, we find that
out of the twenty birds of these three orders, all but seven are
mentioned in Heuglin’s ‘ Ornithologie Nordost-Africa’s.’ Of these
seven, six, as far as is at present known, are new species peculiar to
the island; but one is a Western Asiatic species, although very
closely allied to a prevailing North-east African form. Of the six
new species, one seems to be generically distinct from any thing yet
known, though our impression is that Rhynchostruthus will yet be
found on Cape Gardafui. The remaining five all belong to prevailing
North-east African genera.
2. On the Lepidoptera collected in Socotra by Prof. I. B.
Balfour. By Arruur G. Buiter, F.L.S. F.Z.8. &e.
[Received January 15, 1881.]
(Plate XVIII.)
The Lepidoptera collected by Professor Balfour consist of 24
specimens referable to 13 species, of which 11 are Rhopalocera ; 7 of
the species are new to science.
Of the known forms in this series one is cosmopolitan, two are
found in Europe, Asia, and Africa, one throughout Africa, one in
S.W. Africa and Abyssinia, and one (with trifling differences) in South
Africa. Of the new forms five are allied to previously recorded types
from the following localities—one from the Comoro Islands, one
from S.W. Africa, one from Zanzibar, and two from Arabia. With-
out the help of these last two, it would therefore be impossible for
any one not acquainted with it to guess at the locality from which
this collection had been obtained.
The following is a list of the species :—
RHOPALOCERA.
NYMPHALID.
Danais curysiprus (No. 706).
Papilio chrysippus, Linneus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 263 (1764).
A single female specimen of this widely distributed species was
obtained.
CaLYsISME SOCOTRANA, sp. n. (Plate XVIII. fig. 7.)
(gd No. 731, 2 716.)
Nearest to C. anynanafrom Johanna(Comoro group). Olive-brown ;
wings above with paler outer border traversed by a wavy submarginal
brown line; a black marginal line; fringe slightly darker than the
outer border: primaries crossed beyond the cell from costa to first
median branch by a slightly undulated pale-bordered dusky line ;
two ocelli of the ordinary type, one towards apex about a quarter
the size (i. e. half the diameter) of the other, which is placed on
176 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON [ Jan. 18,
the first median interspace: secondaries with a scarcely perceptible
small blind ocellus on the first median interspace. Wings below paler,
transversely striated with darker lines, the disk (particularly in the
female) suffused with lilacine grey, the ocelli with pale zones, and in
the male! with whitish instead of orange irides, those of the pri-
maries situated as on the upper surface, but the subapical one, parti-
cularly in the female, greatly reduced in size; the outer border with
sharply defined zigzag inner edge towards apex, in the female suf-
fused with ferruginous, the intersecting submarginal line being dark
ferruginous ; a broad central belt, the inner edge of which is obsolete
in the male but sharpely defined by a white-bordered ferruginous
line in the female; the outer edge slightly undulated and angulated
on all the wings, dark brown with pale border in the male, ferru-
ginous with white border in the female; secondaries with seven discal
ocelli, of which the second, third, and seventh are very small and the
fifth the largest. LExpanse of wings, ¢ 1 inch 6 lines, 2 1 inch
9 lines.
Two worn males and one fresh female were obtained.
CHARAXES BALFOURI, sp. n. (Plate XVIII. fig. 6.)
(No. 741.)
Allied to C. varanes, from which it differs as follows :—The outer
margins of all the wings dentated at the extremities of all the veins,
that of the secondaries with ¢wo ¢ails of the ordinary type, that at
the end of the first median branch being rather short (3 to 4 milli-
metres), and that at the end of the third branch of about double the
length, more slender and gradually tapering towards the point:
wiugs above deep mahogany red, rather paler on the basal half;
primaries with all the markings as in C. varanes, excepting that the
spots beyond the cell are not so black: secondaries with the rounded
black spots only distinct towards the apex ; outer border black with
a marginal series of pale blue lunules fringed with snow-white.
Body laky brown, prothorax and head olivaceous. Under surface of
wings very like C. varanes, but the general colour greener, most
like that of the darkest Natal specimens, the black characters on the
basal area better marked, the white stripe limiting the broad basal
area wider, more diffused externally, and distinctly angulated on all
the wings: the ocelli on the secondaries slightly narrower, and the
outer margin of these wings bordered with a series of large black
and white lunules. Exxpanse of wings 3 inches 8 lines.
One specimen of this extremely interesting species was cap-
tured.
The allied species C. varanes has hitherto been referred to the
genus Philognoma on account of its only having one peculiarly shaped
tail to the secondaries; but the arrival of this form from Socotra
necessitates its transfer to Charawes, since we now possess a species
with the structure of the latter genus, and the general character of
the supposed Philognoma.
’ Possibly owing to fading.
1881.] LEPIDOPTERA FROM SOCOTRA, , 177
PyRAMEIS CARDUI.
Papilio cardui, Linneeus, Fauna Suecica, p. 276, n. 1054 (1761).
A fragment of this cosmopolitan species.
AcR#A NEOBULE. (Plate XVIII. fig. 5.)
_ Acrea neobule, Doubleday & Hewitson, Gen. Diurn. Lep. pl. 19.
fig. 3 (1848).
(No. 746.)
One female of this species was caught ; it differs from specimens
which I have examined from the Congo and Abyssinia in the greater
size of all the black spots on its wings, and in having the base of
the secondaries black spotted with red, owing to the confluence of
the black markings. These differences, however, may be due to
simple variation ; and therefore it would not» e safe, with only one
specimen, to regard them as specific characters.
Hypantis corsa. (Plate XVIII. fig. 4.)
Hypanis cora, Feisthamel, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1850, p. 249.
~ (No. 726.)
A pair of this species, only differing from South-African specimens
in the slightly wider red-brown belts on the under surface of the
secondaries and the consequently narrower bands of white spots. It
would be impossible to decide from a single pair whether these
apparently trivial distinctions are constant and confined to the island
whence the specimens were obtained.
PAPILIONID.
TERACOLUS Nivevs, sp. n. (Plate XVIII. fig. 1.)
(2 No. 721.)
do. Nearest to 7’. evagore, demagore, and liagore, but differing
from all in the considerably smaller extent of the orange apical
patch on the primaries. Wings above snow-white; primaries above
with a narrow triangular orange apical patch from costa to third
median branch, bounded externally by five hastate black spots and
in front by an abbreviated black costal line: body black, thorax
clothed with silvery hairs, abdomen cream-coloured at the sides.
Under surface white, each wing with a small black dot at the end
of the cell, primaries indistinctly showing the orange of the upper
surface through their texture ; secondaries with a greyish costal spot,
and one or two dots of the same colour on the disk beyond the cell,
basi-abdominal area slightly speckled with black, Expanse of wings
1 inch 5 lines.
Q . Snow-white, base speckled with blackish : primaries above with
a dot at the end of the cell, four spots in an oblique series, more
than halfway between the cell and apex, and four or five squamose
marginal spots between the apex and the third median branch, black ;
secondaries with four decreasing marginal black spots between the
apex and the second median branch: body blackish, clothed with
Proc. Zooxu. Soc.—1881, No. XII. 12
178 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON (Jan. 16,
white hairs, but rather paler than in the male. Primaries below
white, a black dot at the end of the cell; four brownish spots in an
oblique series limiting the inner edge of the apical area, which is
cream-coloured and speckled with grey : secondaries cream-coloured,
speckled with grey ; a black dot at the end of the cell; an angulated
series of seven more or less distinct brownish spots across the disk :
body snow-white. Expanse of wings 1 inch 4 lines.
One pair of this pretty little species was obtained.
TERACOLUS CANDIDUS, sp.n. (Plate XVIII. fig. 2.)
(3s No. 701, 2 736.)
¢. Allied to the preceding, but smaller; the primaries with an
oblique subapical orange patch, five pyriform marginal black spots ;
secondaries with two apical marginal black dots: below much as in
T. niveus. Expanse of wings | inch 2 lines.
Q. Chiefly differs from the preceding in its smaller size.and less
pronounced markings. Expanse of wings 1 inch 2 lines.
Three males and one female obtained. I think it may prove to
be a variety of the preceding species, although the difference in the
coloration at the apex of the primaries in the male is very re-
markable.
CaTOPSILIA PYRENE (No. 711).
Colias pyrene, Swainson, Zool. Ill. i. pl. li. (1820-21).
One male specimen,
SyncHLOé ANOMALA, sp. n. (Plate XVIII. fig. 3.)
(No. 761.)
@. Most like S. protodice of North America, but larger than any
species of the group. Wings above white, speckled with black
scales at the base: primaries with the costal border to the end of
the cell heavily black-speckled ; a large subquadrate black spot on
the discocellulars ; a very irregular black discal band formed of
large oblong spots alternating with lunules, only separated from a
rather broad external border by a series of six unequal white spots ;
this border is broad at apex, and gradually tapers to the external
angle: secondaries with angular submarginal series of five black
spots (the first on costal border large and quadrate), separated from
a tapering brown border by spots of the ground-colour as in the
primaries : body above blackish, clothed with silky grey hairs ; pro-
thorax clothed in front with short brown hair ; palpi white, with
brown edges; antenne pale brown. Under surface white, broadly
but sparsely speckled with black scales towards the base: primaries
with the discocellular spot, discal band, and dusky basal half of
costa as above ; outer border obsolete, this part of the wing being,
however, apparently greyish owing to its semitransparency, and
slightly shot with pink: secondaries with slight pink reflections ;
the markings of the upper surface only indistinctly visible through
the texture of the wing: body below white. Expanse of wings
2 inches 6 lines.
>
1881.] LEPIDOPTERA FROM SOCOTRA. 179
One rather worn female.
The species is of the size and general form of Belenois abyssinica ;
but its pattern and coloration seem to ally it to the species of
Synchloé; the possession of a male specimen would satisfactorily
decide whether or not it is an unusually aberrant Belenois.
HEsPERIID2.
Hesperia JUCUNDA, sp. n. (Plate XVIII. fig. 8.)
(Nos. 751 ¢, 766 2.)
Dull blackish-brown: primaries shot with shining green and
bronzy brown towards the base; edge of costal margin yellow
towards the base, but white towards the apex; fringe of outer
margin snow-white: secondaries with costal border and anal
angle velvety black; the hairy clothing of the basal area
greenish grey, of the abdominal fold pale testaceous ; a patch of
ochreous hair just above the anal angle; fringe with an ochreous
basal line, externally snow-white to the first median branch, where
it changes to bright reddish orange: head and thorax very dark
green ; the palpi (excepting their terminal joint and external margin,
which are velvety black), a spot at the base of each antenna, and the
back of the head bright reddish orange ; abdomen dull black, with
greyish hind margins to the segments, anus surrounded by reddish-
orange hairs. Wings below greyish brown: primaries with a large
diffused purplish-black basal patch ; costal margin orange towards
the base, but afterwards white; an abbreviated line on the sub-
median vein, a second on the inner margin, and the fringe white :
secondaries with the fringe as above; a triangular spot within the
end of the cell, a large elongated patch enclosing a black spot on
the interno-median interspace, and an interrupted squamose streak
running upwards towards the apex from its external extremity
orange ; a circular spot near the outer margin on the interno-median
interspace, and a second at anal angle confluent with the fringe,
reddish orange: pectus blackish ; femora and tibie streaked with
pale buff and clothed with long reddish-orange hairs, venter black at
the sides, with two or three small orange dots ; a broad central
longitudinal reddish-orange stripe. Expanse of wings, ¢ 2 inches
6 lines, 2 2 inches 9 lines.
' Three males and one female.
- The female specimen is rather paler than the male ; but this may
be partly due to fading. The species comes nearest to H. ¢aranis.
HETEROCERA.
LiTHOSIIDZ.
DeE10PEIA PULCHELLA (No. 756).
- Tinea pulchella, Linnseus, Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 884, no. 349 (1766).
Two examples, one of which has the scarlet markings on the
primaries larger than usual.
12*
180 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE KOALA. [ Jan. 18,
HypRocAMPID2&.
OLiGostiGMA INCoMMODA, sp. n. (No. 540).
Nearest to O. curvifera of North America. Snow-white: the pri-
maries above crossed near the base by an angular brownish band
(probably pale orange with black margins in fresh examples) ;
second band pale orange with black margins, beginning beyond the
cell in the form of a 3, the lower extremity of which is carried below
the median vein to the origin of the first branch, where it turns off at
an angle, and runs transversely to the inner margin; a black-edged
transverse pale-orange spot closing the cell; a blackish-edged pale
orange sinuated submarginal band; outer border apparently pale
orange, edged internally with black scales: secondaries crossed near
the base and at the middle by bands of black scales; an irregular
black-edged orange discal band, its outer margin zigzag; outer
border pale orange, edged internally with black. Under surface
uniform snow-white. Expanse of wings 9 lines.
One female specimen so much rubbed that only familiarity with
the genus enables one to trace the direction of the bands on the
primaries.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVIII,
Fig. 1. Teracolus niveus, and & (upperside), p. 177.
2. Teracolus candidus (upperside), p. 178.
3. Synchloé anomala (both surfaces), p. 178.
4, Hypanis cora (underside), p. 177.
5. Acrea neobule (underside), p. 177.
6, Charaxes balfouri (both surfaces), p. 176.
7. Calysisme socotrana (both sur es p. 175,
8. Hesperia jucunda (both surfaces), p. 179,
3. On some Points in the Anatomy of the Koala (Phasco-
larctos cereus). By W. A. Forses, B.A., F.LS.,
F.Z.8., Prosector to the Society.
[Received January 17, 1881.]
On April 28th of last year (1880), as already recorded in the
Society’s Proceedings’, the Society purchased for its collection the
first living Koala (Phascolarctos cinereus) ever brought to Europe.
The animal, a young female, continued to do well and thrive after
its arrival at the Gardens, and on a diet of fresh Hucalyptus-leaves,
which were substituted after a while for the dried ones on which it
had been kept alive during the voyage and the first part of its stay
in this country, became daily in better condition and more active.
Being a pet animal, accustomed to being caressed, it was thought
better not to put it in a cage; so a room for its use was fitted up in
the Superintendent’s office. Here, under the charge of a special at-
' P. Z. 8. 1880, p. 355; where a woodcut of it, from the pencil of Mr. Redes
is given.
ant
Z.8. 1881. Pl. XVIIL
eh
Mintern Bros, imp.
ilgon del, et lith.
BUTTERFLIES.
SOCOTRAN
1881. ] MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE KOALA. 181
tendant, it slept, perched upon the branches of a tree erected for its
use, by day, whilst at night it wandered about the room. Very unfor-
tunately, on the night of the 14th of June it was accidentally killed,
whilst thus roaming about at night, by getting caught between the top
and bottom of a fixed washing-stand, which had been allowed to remain
in the room. It had apparently climbed up this and brought down
on its neck the heavy lid. Nobody being near, and in spite of
evidently determined struggles on its own part, it failed to relieve
itself, and so was found dead in the morning from asphyxia.
The death of this animal, so unfortunate for visitors to the
Society’s Gardens, has given me the opportunity of putting on record
some additional facts concerning the anatomy of the soft parts of
this species. Mr. W. Martin, in this Society’s ‘Proceedings’ for
18361, has described already some of the most striking features of
the animal’s organization; and in Prof. Owen’s ‘ Anatomy of Verte-
brates’ (vol. iii.) a few additional facts concerning it are also recorded.
More recently Mr. A. H. Young has described and figured the
male reproductive organs (Journ. Anat. Phys. xii. pp. 305-317,
pl. xviii.). All these anatomists, however, had only spirit-preserved
specimens to work on; a few additional observations from the fresh
specimen may therefore be worth putting on record, and the liver,
brain, and female reproductive organs described in particular, these
important parts of the system having been only imperfectly, or not
at all, described by my predecessors in this field.
The following dimensions were taken on the body of the animal :—
inches. millim,
Total length, from tip of nose to end of body .. 17°0 432
Mength ‘of eyes e027 P99) Mo SIH, PD hae 1:0 25
43 ear (Prater) 6, eS Soi. Base ee 205). (6G
9 Henad Sos eee? Jee ons 16s FEY EQ 100
5 Mudeinuzziew. ce. 28 et et 14 35
” CHING ESREMS Ware ten ec atet siete etal 2°65 67
Breadth across muzzle................0--005 1:0 25
ss PU OF MOULH I 2) ht. eee, OL) PPR OUT 1:3 33
Distance between cloaca and mamme.......... 1-25) 32
The tail is a mere stump above the cloaca, which latter is well
defined by a well-marked circular marginal fold of the integuments.
The hallux has no trace of athumb. The skin is generally flesh-
coloured; but the soles of the manus and pes, together with the
naked “muffle,” are black. _ The skin of the large and hairy ears is
flesh-coloured. There is a narrow naked ring round the eyes ; and
the irides are brown. The pupil isa vertical oval. The nostrils are
transversely oblique, the nasal septum measuring 32 millims. The
upper lip is split ; but the split does not quite, when the surrounding
parts are expanded, reach the nostrils. The skin is sparsely covered
with hairs between the rami of the mandible; for nearly two inches
behind it the skin is absolutely naked; and on the sides (running
1 P, Z.8. 1836, pp, 109-113.
182 MR, W. A. FORBES ON THE KOALA, (Jan. 18,
up towards the angle of the mouth) it is nearly so, a patch of black
hairs being developed just behind the mouth on the lower and outer
surface of this bare space.
The marsupial pouch in this young specimen is very imperfectly
developed. It appears asa small, oval, nearly naked space, measuring
about 0°8 inch both across and antero-posteriorly, with a well-marked
bounding-fold of integument on each side ; inside which is a smaller;
secondary one. The hairs of the surrounding parts more or less
radiate from this nude space, which lies between the epipubes (or so-
called ‘‘ marsupial bones”). The skin covering it is pinkish. The
teats are two’ in number, 15 millims. apart, and are situated at the
posterior and inner angles of the bounding-folds; they are covered
by fur. The lips of the pouch, it may be noted, look as much
downwards as forwards.
In an adult 2 Koala, 20} inches long, preserved in spirit, the
pouch is much better developed—its antero-posterior extent being
about 1-85 inch, whilst the breadth of the aperture is 1*4inch. It
admits (my) three median fingers, and extends widely outwards
into the groins, as far as the skin-fold between the knee and trunk.
The teats, two in number, are situated behind, on a level with the
posterior margin of the pouch’s mouth. The skin lining the pouch,
except just around the ventral opening of the pouch, is smooth
throughout.
The mucous membrane of the cheeks is smooth throughout ; the
skin is attached to the gum opposite the first palatal ridge, and again
opposite the posterior border of the first premolar. Between these
two attachments there is formed a sort of cheek-pouch, defined by a
distinct sphincter, and capable of receiving the end of the little
finger. This pouch extends upwards on the side of the skull, occu-
pying the somewhat oval space that exists, in the macerated skull, in
front of the zygoma; it is lined by smcoth, white, mucous mem-
brane °.
The palate presents 9 irregular raised ridges, best marked ante-
riorly. There is no uvula, and the narrow fauces are smooth. The
tongue quite fills up the space between the gums. It is parallel-
sided and elongated, but rounded off and thinner in front. It has a
single,- small, cireumvaljate papilla behind; the fungiform papille
are distributed chiefly along the sides of the upper surface. .
_ The salivary glands are well developed. The sublingual (which is
not mentioned by Martin in his description) is a long, narrow, and.
thin gland, somewhat foliaceous at the extremity, and about 2-7
inches in extent, lying deeply along the inner margin of the lower
jaw. The long duct of the submaxillary gland pierces it. I could
find no subzygomatic gland, as described by him (J. ec. p. 112).
On opening the abdominal cavity the stomach is visible in the
1 Prof. Owen (Anat. Vert. iii. p. 769) describes Phascolarctos as haying four
[two on each side” ] mammary glands.
? These pouches are also, I find, deseribed by Owen (Anat. Vert. iii. p. 385).
They also exist, though less well defined by a sphincter, in the Wombat; but I
cannot find them in the other Phalangers I have examined.
1881.] MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE KOALA. 183
epigastric and left hypochondriac regions, the pylorus being directed
towards the right side; andit is there in contact with the gall-bladder.
The liver does not appear. The commencement of the trans-
verse colon is visible, running downwards towards the left, be-
low, but parallel with, the greater curvature of the stomach. The
great omentum is attached to the transverse colon in the right hypo-
chondrium, and does not cover the mass of the viscera.. The greater
part of the rest of the abdominal cavity is occupied by the great,
longitudinally plicated, folds of the caecum and ceecum-like ascending
colon, a few folds of the small intestine appearing between the
transverse colon and a great fold, apparently the ceecum, which runs
transversely across the middle of the abdominal cavity. On turning
back these great superficial folds the end of the ceecum is seen pass-
ing downwards to the left of the rectum, behind the uteri and bladder,
to terminate, deep in the pelvic cavity, close to the cloaca! The
descending colon, which is narrow and of the ordinary appearance, is
very long, and is arranged on a broad mesocolon to the right of the
vertebral column, forming here a series of loose loops, which, how-
ever, are not closely coiled together on each other as in Ruminants.
The right kidney lies superficially to the liver. The duodenal loop
passes downwards and to the right, and overlies the right kidney,
but passes under the ascending colon just here.
The stomach is cylindrical and sac-like. Its length, moderately
distended, is about 3} inches; its greatest depth, opposite the pyloric
constriction, 14 inch. There is a well-marked cardiac fundus to the
left of the cesophagus, and the pyloric part is slightly bent on the
cardiac part ; this latter is marked off internally by a distinct fold
ot the mucous membrane, which is smooth and pale, with some slight
traces of rugze in the cardiac fundus.
. The most marked peculiarity of the Koala’s stomach is its pos-
session, as is well known, of a special gland-patch, similar to that
found in the Beaver’ and Wombat®*. This gland-patch forms a
slight elevation externally on the lesser curvature of the stomach,
just on the pyloric side of the entrance of the cesophagus. It is
somewhat saddle-shaped, with a transverse extent of 1*4 inch. In-
ternally it forms an eminence about the size of a florin, which includes
the entrance of the cesophagus. The mucous membrane on the
gland-patch, around the entrance of the cesophagus, is red and vas-
cular ; elsewhere in the stomach, as already stated, it is quite pale.
The openings of the gland-patch are about 30 in number, of varying
sizes, and irregularly arranged over the eminence. Some of the
openings of the gland are complicated, several smaller openings de-
bouching into a larger one; and the area occupied by the openings
is not symmetrical. The general appearance of this patch is well
represented by Sir Everard Home’s figure (/.c.) of that of the
Wombat. In this latter animal the general structure and form of
the stomach are also very like that here described ; but it is more
1 Cf, Owen, Anat. Vert. iii. p. 422. :
2 Home, Phil. Trans. 1808, p. 307, pl. ix,
184 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE KOALA. (Jan. 18,
globular, and therefore less cylindrical in shape, the cardiac and
pyloric openings being more approximated.
The small intestine is villous, but otherwise smooth. It is not
sacculated, and when spread out, after being cut, is 0°5 inch across.
At its commencement it is dilated for about two inches; there are no
Peyer’s patches ; its length is 115 inches. The large intestine is
very peculiar : for the first 283 inches or so of its length, which forms
the ascending colon, it is very capacious, and internally longitudinally
corrugated, like the caecum, which externally it much resembles, the
rugee of the interior appearing through the walls of the intestine,
and giving it a longitudinally striated appearance. These folds of
the mucous membrane, which might be called longitudinal valvule
conniventes, where best developed are about *2 inch in depth; they
are arranged longitudinally and are roughly parallel, though some-
what irregular in extent; they are separated from each other by
intervals of about the same extent (0°2inch). At the commence-
ment of the colon, which here, when cut open and spread out, is
3°75 inches broad, and of the cecum, there are about a dozen of
these folds very well marked. These continue throughout the
ascending, ecum-like, colon; but where it narrows to form the
transverse and descending parts they converge, and become more or
less blended with each other, forming linear elevations. They are
continued downwards as far as the rectum, but are reduced by that
time to five’. In the cecum, which is also very capacious, the same
arrangement of folds obtains: till‘within 18 inches of its apex, when
they gradually disappear; the ‘rest of the organ being thence onwards
quite smooth internally. The cacum, the curious position of the
caput of which has already been described, measures 46°75 inches in
length (nearly three times the length of the animal’s body !); the large
intestine 93°25 inches. In an adult female (203 inches long), pre-
served in spirit, the following were the intestinal measurements :—
inches
Small intestine ............ 111-15 ‘
eared +: 169°8
Crecuin 4) Geers Hf 66:0
Owen (Anat. Vert. iii. p. 420) gives 92, 125, and 77 inches
respectively. On each side at the junction of the ileum and colon
is a small patch of three glands. re
The liver of the Koala is of very remarkable form. It is repre-
1 Mr. Martin describes (J. c. p. 111) both colon and czeeumas sacculated ‘‘ by
a slight longitudinal (mesenteric) band of muscular fibres,” with indications of
a similar opposite band. I could find no traces of any such sacculation in the
fresh Koala examined by me; nor are they mentioned by Prof. Owen (Anat.
Vert. iii. p. 418). It is also to be noticed that Martin does not in any way
allude to the existence of the very remarkable folds of the interior of the caecum
and colon.
In Phalangista and Phascolomys an examination of fresh specimens has com-
pletely failed to exhibit any traces in either cxcum or colon of the longi-
tudinal folds here described. In the latter genus the colon is capacious at ts
commencement, and sacculated transversely, in a way that does not obtain in
either Phalangista or Phascolarctos.
188 1.] MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE KOALA. 185
sented, drawn to scale of 3 the natural size, in the accompanying
figures (1 and 2, pp. 186, 187). All four principal lobes are well
developed ; but those on the right are far larger than those on the
left, the left central being considerably the smallest of these. The
umbilical fissure is distinct, extending about halfway across the liver.
The right central lobe, which is broad transversely, and forms the
largest lobe, is divided very deeply by the large cystic fissure, which
extends on the thoracic surface nearly as far back as the umbilical
one, and allows the very large and elongated gall-bladder to appear
above. Both right and left lateral fissures are also (in this specimen)
well developed. The right lateral lobe is large and somewhat oval
in shape, but pointed below. The caudate is not present as a free
structure, but it is represented by a somewhat squared, diagonally
ridged elevation, lying to the right of the inferior cava, and broadly
attached to the substance of the right lateral lobe. The lower border
of this elevation is slightly excavated to receive the corresponding
kidney. The Spigelian is represented by a smaller thickening, ending
in a pointed and free apex, and lying to the left of the vena cava ; it
is united over this by hepatic tissue to the caudate. This liver is
further remarkable for the great tendency it has to subdivision,
numerous fissures, of varying sizes and depths, being developed along
the margin of the chief lobes. Their position and relative size will
be better understood from the figures than from any verbal descrip-
tion. They are more conspicuous on the visceral than the thoracic
surface. The nght half of the right central lobe has one such notch
on its right external border ; the other half 3, on the right internal
border ; the left central has 4, the left lateral 3, whilst the right
lateral is still more cut up by about 10. Finally, the caudate has 3
of these supplementary fissures.
The gall-bladder is remarkably long, projecting far beyond the
anterior margin of the liver, and, as already described, appearing
superficially. It is 2? inches long from its apex to the commence-
ment of its duct opposite the anterior margin of the left central lobe.
The free part is connected by a peritoneal investment to the sides of
the cystic fissure.
In a second liver of Phascolarctos examined (which, however,
having been extracted from a spirit-preserved animal, an adult Q, is
not so well preserved as might be wished) the same general features
obtain. The left lateral fissure, however, is less distinct, as is the
caudate ; and the left central lobe is smaller proportionally to the left
lateral. The Spigelian wants the pointed apex ; and the development
of secondary fissures seems to attain an even greater extent’.
1 In Phalangista vulpina the right central lobe is also, as in the Koala, the
biggest, and very deeply divided by a cystic fissure. The gall-bladder, however,
does not nearly reach the margin of the liver ; the left lateral lobe is much bigger
than the right lateral, which is as large as the left central ; the caudate is quite
free and narrow. All the lobes are remarkably distinct ; and their margins are
quite simple, with no trace of any such fissures as obtain in the Koala.
The liver of Cuscus maculatus is formed on a similar principle, though the
right central lobe is not bigger than the left lateral, and the gall-bladder reaches
to the liyer-margin. All the lobes are simple. The caudate and Spigelian,
186 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE KOALA. [Jan. 18,
The bile- and pancreatic ducts open into the duodenum 24 inches
from the pylorus. The pancreatic duct is dilated terminally into a
vesicle, which does not receive the bile-duct, the latter opening
alongside the former into the intestine.
Fig. 1.
Liver of Koala, from above; three fifths the natural size.
though small, are quite distinct. The livers of Belideus sciwreus and B. brevi-
ceps, Acrobata pygmea, and Dromicia (nana?), though differing among them-
selves considerably in the relative degree of development of their constituent
lobes, all agree in having a distinct and free caudate lobe, as well as a Spige-
lian, and in no system of secondary sulci attaining any degree of development. _
In Phascolomys wombat the left lateral lobe is the largest; the right central
is also large ; but the left central is very small, as is the right lateral fissure. The
umbilical fissure is distinct, as is the cystic fissure, which allows the gall-
bladder, which reaches to the anterior margin of the liver, to appear super-
ficially. There are no distinct caudate or Spigelian lobes, though the former
is indicated. There isa tendency, particularly on the left lateral and right
central lobes, to develop accessory sulci. As in the Koala, too, the small right
lateral lobe is pointed below, :
oo
1881.] MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE KOALA. 187
The spleen, as usual in Marsupials, is somewhat triradiate in
shape, being broader and forked at one end, tapering and more
pointed at the other. Its greatest length is 2; inches. There is
a lymphatic gland, the size of a pea, outside each marsupial bone,
The same, from below.
_ B.C. Right central lobe; Z.C. left central lobe; #.LZ. right lateral lobe; L.L.
left lateral lobe; C. caudate lobe; SP. Spigelian lobe; G.B. gall-
bladder; G.D. bile-duct; 7.J.f. right lateral fissure; 7./,f. left lateral
fissure; wf. umbilical fissure; ¢.f. cystic fissure; V.C. vena cava infe-
rior; V.P. vena porte; V.H. hepatic vein.
and a pair of similar ones, superficial, on the neck. The axillary
glands are large.
The heart is of the usual Marsupial type. The right auriculo-
ventricular valve is membranous, and nearly complete all round the
aperture, being largest on the right side. It is attached to two, or,
188 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE KOALA. [Jan. 18,
in one of my specimens, three columne carnee, which also decrease
in size from right to left. On the side corresponding with the
septum the valve is attached, not to a columna carnea, but by
chorde tendinee inserted on the septal wall. There is apparently
only a single opening for the coronary veins, just at the entrance of
the inferior cava into the auricle.
The aorta gives off, in the specimen which died in the Society’s
Gardens, three vessels from a common trunk, and then the left
subclavian, as in Phalangista and most other Marsupials’. In
another specimen, however, the arrangement is as in Man and as in
Phascolomys, the left carotid arising independently from the aortic arch.
Of the two vene azygos, each opening into the superior cava of its side,
the eft is much the larger, the right being formed mainly by vessels
derived from only the first few intercostal spaces, whilst below these the
veins of the right side pass over, behind the aorta, into the left azygos.
This is an arrangement I have found in several Marsupials examined,
including Phascolomys, Belideus, Cuscus, and Phalangista, though
not in Petrogale or Hypsiprymnus. In Phascolomys there exists a
commissural branch between the first intercostal vein on the right
side going to the left, and the last going to the right, vena azygos.
In the Hedgehog, and some other animals according to Prof.
Owen (Anat. Vert. ili. p. 553), the right is also smaller than the
left azygos, though usually the reverse condition holds; and in the
highest forms, where there is only one vena azygos, it is the right
that persists.
The external and internal iliac arteries come off separately from -
the aorta, there being no common iliac arteries. This disposition is, I
believe, nearly universal? in the Marsupials, but is by no means confined
to them, as I have found it in Tamandua, Tapirus, and Hyomoschus,
and Prof. Watson records it in Hyena crocuta (P. Z. 8. 1879, p. 89).
The lungs are simple in form. The right side has three, the left
two lobes; the lower lobes of each side being about equal in size,
and much larger than the others—half as big again as the upper,
or two upper, lobes. There is no azygos lobe at all.
The female generative organs of Phascolarctos have not been, so
far as I have been able to ascertain, hitherto described, though Mr.
A. H. Young has lately given us an excellent account, with figures,
of the corresponding system in the male. _ In their essential points
they differ in no important respect from those of the Wombat °.
1 PS. Feb. 11, 1881. In a fresh specimen of Belideus breviceps, which I
have just dissected, I find only one trunk arising from the aortic arch; this
splits up into 8 branches—a left innominate, dividing into the subelayian and
carotid branches for that side, a right carotid, and a right subclavian. More-
over, a8 in no other Marsupial known to me, there is only one anterior cava,
the right and left innominate veins joining to form a larger trunk, some 3 inch
long, which opens into the auricle.
* In a Cuscus maculatus that I dissected I found the abdominal aorta splitting
up into four trunks, the right and left external, and the right internal iliaes,
whilst from the remaining or median (caudal) one, the /eft internal iliac was
given off some way below the level of the other.
8 For description of these see Owen, P. Z. 8. 1836, p. 52, and Anat. Vert. iii.
p. 680 ef seg.
1881.] MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE KOALA. 189
The ovaries are rounded ovals in shape, considerably depressed,
and measuring about “45 inch along their greatest extent. They
are cut up by three or four sinuous fissures ; each of these lobes is
further subdivided into ovisacs, which are of large size fora Mammal,
though nothing like so big as the large ones figured by Prof. Owen
in Phascolomys. The ovaries are enveloped to some extent by the
fimbriated ends of the Fallopian tubes, and are enclosed, in common
with these, in pouches of delicate peritoneum. The fimbriated ends
of the oviducts are attached narrowly to the posterior part of the
ovary; they extend hence for about 0°5 inch to the ostium abdo-
minale.
The Fallopian tubes are little bent, and are of small calibre, passing
gradually into the larger, somewhat fusiform uteri, which, as usual
in the Marsupials, are quite separate from each other ; muscular,
thick-walled, and nearly straight, these open on a prominent, some-
what compressed nipple-like eminence, forming the os ¢ince, by a
small pore. The total length of the Fallopian tubes and uteri is
about 1:3 inch from the ostium at the commencement of the former.
The vaginz are also two in number, each being bent outwards in
a simple curve, and not communicating with its fellow at any point.
The lower part of each vagina is thick-walled, with but a small central
cavity, which opens into the urino-genital sinus by a small pore,
0:2 inch above the opening of the vesical urethra. Above they are
thin-walled; and from the internal side is developed a blind cu/-de-sac,
also thin-walled, communicating only with the vagina of its own side
and the corresponding uterus, there being a median septum between
the two culs-de-sac. No opening from the latter into the urino-genital
sinus exists in either specimen I have examined. From the os tince
there is prolonged downwards on each side a slightly elevated fold
of the mucous membrane, which separates off the vagina proper from
the more medianly placed cul-de-sac.
Both vaginze and culs-de-sac are lined by smooth mucous membrane,
with slight longitudinal ruge. The two uteri, as well as the vaginze
and their appendices, are united together by peritoneum. The two
ureters penetrate this to open into the neck of the bladder, beyond
the termination of the vaginal culs-de-sac. The length of the vaginze
is about 0°65 inch, measured in a straight line; that of the culs-de-
sac about 0°45 inch.
The urino-genital sinus is a tube, with moderately thick walls
and longitudinally plicated mucous membrane, of 1°3 inch in length,
It communicates below by a considerable aperture with the rectum,
and the cloaca so formed is surrounded by a common fold of muscles
and integument. A small, flattened, linguiform clitoris, not free at
its apex, with two grooves above and about 0:2 inch long, is de-
veloped on the anterior wall of the cloaca, beginning at the level
where the rectum and urino-genital canal meet.
A second specimen examined—an adult female that has been pre-
served in spirit, and which, judging from the condition of its mamme,
has been a mother—shows exactly the same relations of these parts
as that here described, the only differences being in the sizes of
190 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE KOALA. [Jan. 18,
some of the parts, due, no doubt, to age. The clitoris, however, is
free at the apex and slightly bilobed'.
The brain of the Koala is represented of the natural size in the
accompanying figures (figs. 3-6), of which that representing its
superior aspect was taken from the brain before being removed from
the cranial cavity, and therefore unaltered by displacement or
hardening in spirit. The other three figures are drawn from the
brain after hardening in alcohol for some months.
The cerebral hemispheres are remarkable for their simple surface,
which is broken up by no convolutions. Broadest behind, they
taper forwardly, and so are somewhat pyriform in outline when
viewed from above. They leave the corpora quadrigemina largely
exposed behind ; and in consequence the cerebellum is left entirely
uncovered: indeed, when the parts are undisturbed (fig. 3) it is
not even in contact with the cerebral hemispheres. The greatest
length of the cerebral hemispheres is about 1-2 inch ; their greatest
depth about 0-7 inch. Viewed from the side, their superior contour
is seen to be but little arched behind, whilst anteriorly it slopes down-
wards away rather suddenly towards the olfactory lobes. | These last
are not large, and but little exposed ; in fact, in the undisturbed state,
they are covered, when viewed from above, by the hemispheres.
The temporal lobe is small. Superiorly the hemispheres, save for
a few slight vascular impressions, are altogether smooth ; laterally,
a well-defined sulcus, running from the temporal lobe forwards, and
curved, first upwards and then downwards, is visible. Anteriorly,
this separates off the olfactory tract from the side walls of the hemi-
spheres. A slight indentation, about halfway along its course, at
the top of its upward convexity, may represent a rudimentary
Sylvian fissure. Just behind this isa second similar, though smaller,
impression. The olfactory ganglion is large, as is the tract.
Internally, the characteristic features of the Marsupial brain ® are
distinct, the corpus callosum being small and indistinct, and the ante-
rior commissure very large. The hippocampal sulcus is distinct and
1 In Phascolomys wombat, in a two-thirds grown female, I can detect no
differences of importance whatever from the type here described. The Fallopian
tubes are apparently longer, and their fimbriated extremities better developed.
The form of the ovaries, and the disposition of the uteri, vaginze, and urino-
genital sinus seem to be nearly precisely similar in the two genera.
In Phalangista vulpina, on the other hand, considerable differences occur.
The Fallopian tubes are shorter in proportion to the uteri, and are more conyo-
luted. The uteri are more distinct from the Fallopian tubes, are more capa-
cious, and strongly curyed outwards. ach os tince projects as a prominent
and quite free papilla into a common vaginal chamber, formed by the coalescence
and fusion of the two diverticula present in Phascolomys and Phascolarctos.
This chamber is capacious, and has only a very slight indication of a median
septum left.
In Belideus sciwreus the Fallopian tubes and uteri resemble those of Phalan-
gista. The vagine, however, are much longer and curved on themselves, much
as in the Kangaroos. ‘There are apparently two small culs-de-sac; but the
specimen examined does not allow me to say whether or no they unite. In
Petaurus (=Belideus?), according to Owen (Anat. Vert. ii. p. 682), where
the vagine are also long and curved, the cuw/s-de-sac remain separate.
» Vide Flower, Phil. Trans. 1865, p. 647.
1881.] MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE KOALA. 191
Fig. 8. Right half of Koala’s brain, from above, of the natural size; drawn
before removal from the skull.
Fig. 4. The same, from below.
Fig. 5. The same, from the side.
Fig. 6. Left cerebral hemisphere, ftom the inside, the optic thalamus being
cut short. «a.c. anterior commissure; 4. hippocampal sulcus,
192 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE KOALA. [Jan. 18,
deep, strongly curved, and continued forwards over the corpus
callosum onto the internal face of the hemispheres to a point about
0°15 inch in front of the anterior commissure. Behind is another
rather deep, f-shaped sulcus, which appears at both ends on the
prominent rounded margin of the hemispheres. The corpus fim-
briatum and fascia dentata are both distinct. The middle (grey)
commissure is very large. Of the corpora quadrigemina, the nates
are longer (from before backwards) than the ¢estes. The posterior
limb of the crucial impression is not as distinct as the fore one.
In the cerebellum the vermis is well-developed, as are the lateral
lobes and the flocculi, which have the form of projecting, rounded
lobes. The pons Varolii is narrow, the anterior pyramids well-defined,
and the corpora trapezoidea distinct.
As compared with Phascolomys, the principal points of difference
in the brain are the more richly convoluted hemispheres—a distinet
calloso-marginal sulcus being present, as well as others on the external
surface—and the non-projecting flocculi, of the latter. Phalangista
has nearly as simple a brain as the Koala; but the focculi project more,
A consideration of some of the facts on the visceral anatomy of
the Koala here stated appears to me to throw considerable light on
the classification of the Marsupials. Naturalists generally have
placed the Koala in, or close to, the Phalangistide ; whilst the
Wombats have been retained as a separate family or section, of
equal value with the former group, the Kangaroos being’ often,
indeed, interposed between the two’. Writing as long ago as 1846,
Mr. G. R. Waterhouse, in his ‘ Natural History of the Mammalia’
(vol. i.), though in that work keeping the Phascolomyide separate
from the Phalangistide, evidently did so with some hesitation. He
says (l. ¢. p. 16):—‘ Upon a careful examination of the Wombat,
I find so many points in common with the Phalangista group, that
it is so intimately connected with the Koala (which is more clearly
an aberrant Phalanger), as indicated by the structure of the stomach
and the deficiency in the number of the false molars, and the total
absence of tail, that I am inclined to regard the genus Phascolomys
as presenting an aberrant form only of the Phalangistide. That
the thumb should be reduced to a small size in this animal, which
differs from others of its (supposed) family in living upon the
ground, I am prepared for, since in the Dasyuride the same thing
takes place under similar circumstances. I am also prepared to find
in an herbivorous group like the Phalangistide a difference in the
structure of the molar teeth, in having them rooted in one case and
rootless in another, for such happens in other herbivorous groups of
the Mammalia.” Again, in a note on p. 257 :—‘ With regard to
the position of the Wombat and the Koala (Phascolarctus) in a
natural system, I may observe, in the first place, the Wombat
(ceteris paribus) shows some affinity to the Phalangistide in the
possession of a thumb, which, though short, is very broad and
sufficiently distinct. Then, beyond this, we have to add that the
1 Cf. Owen, ‘“ Classification of the Marsupialia,” P. Z. S. 1839, p.19; Sclater,
Rey. List of Vertebrata, 7th edition, 1879.
1881.] MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE KOALA. 193
limbs are equal, the tibia and fibula are widely separated, excepting,
of course, at the extremities; and the stomach is simple’, as in the
Phalanger group. On the other hand, we perceive in the Koala an
animal possessing all the essential characters of Phalangista, but in
which the stomach is provided with a peculiar glandular apparatus,
and the tail is wanting, as in the Wombat. The two animals agree,
moreover, very closely in the structure of the humerus; they agree
in the non-possession of a patella, in the absence of a ligamentum
teres*, and in the outermost of the articular surfaces of the upper
extremity of the tibia being continuous with the articular surface of
the fibula. The skull of the Koala, as compared with that of a
typical Phalangista, differs in having the posterior palatine openings
confined to the palatine bone, which is also the case in the Wombat ;
the lower jaw differs in the greater extent of the symphysis menti;
and, lastly, an approximation to that Rodent-like type of dentition
which is exhibited by the Wombat is perceptible in the Koala, in
the smaller development of the postevior incisors and canines of the
upper jaw, and the total absence of any of those premolars which,
in the typical Phalangers, intervene between the canine and the five
molars of the upper jaw, and the incisor and the corresponding
teeth in the lower jaw.” Dr. Murie, from his examination of the
osteology of the Wombats (P. Z. S. 1867, p. 815), appears also to
incline to Mr. Waterhouse’s view.
In the course of this paper I have already noted several other
points of resemblance between the Koala and Wombat, in the
presence in both of more or less distinct cheek-pouches, in the absence
of a distinct caudate lobe to the liver and the tendency of its lobes
to develop additional superficial sulci, and, finally, in the structure of
the female reproductive organs. In the Wombat, too, the first
traces of the syndactyle condition of the pes appears, both exter-
nally and also in the structure of the bones. But, to my mind, the
most convincing token of their affinity is their possession of the
peculiar gastric gland* already referred to and described. In no
other Marsupial is there any trace of such a structure visible, whilst
in the two forms under consideration its identity is almost precise.
That such a unique structure should have been independently de-
veloped in two forms unrelated to each other appears to me to be in
the highest degree improbable.
The main points of divergence from the Phalangers presented by
the Wombat are the peculiarities of its dentition, and its extra-
1 Isuppose by this is meant as opposed to the saccilated stomach of the
Kangaroos.
° As regards these last two characters, it must be observed that the first is a
character practically common to all Marsupials, excepting the Peramelidse
(ef. Flower, ‘ Osteology of Mammalia,’ 2nd ed. p. 306). As regards the alleged
absence of a ligamentum teres, I find it perfectly well developed in fresh
specimens of both Koala and Wombat; on the femur the depression for it,
though not distinct, is traceable.
° It would be interesting to investigate the histological structure of this
gland, with the object of determining whether or not the resemblance is more
an external.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1881, No. XIII. 13
194 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE KOALA. [Jan. 18,
ordinary cecum (see the description and figure by Prof. Flower,
Med. Times and Gazette, Dec. 14, 1872, p. 642). Inits teeth being
all rootless, as well as in the equality in the number of its incisors,
Phascolomys differs from all other Marsupials. But it is highly
probable that this peculiar Rodent-like dentition has been brought
about in accordance with its mode of life, and that therefore these
features, being adaptive, have in reality less importance in classifi-
cation than has been assigned to them. Moreover, in a very young
Wombat’s skull preserved in the Hunterian Museum (1795 p), in
which the first three molar teeth only in each jaw have cut the gum
and are quite unworn, each lobe of the teeth has two quite distinct,
though small cusps; hence the second and third teeth on each side
have four distinct cusps, and the anterior two, as in the Phalangers
generally. The cecum is no doubt peculiar, and quite unique
amongst Mammalia, any resemblance to the “ appendix vermi-
formis”’ of the highest Primates being fanciful. If in these points
sufficient reason is considered present for elevating the Wombats to
the position of a primary group of the Marsupials—whether such
group be called a tribe or a family is no matter—it should not be
forgotten that in some features Phascolarctos, too, is nearly as pecu-
liar as Phascolomys itself. /These are mainly :—the peculiar alisphe-
noidal bulla of the skull; the extraordinary complicated liver, with
the elongated gall-bladder; the immensely developed czecum and
cxecum-like ascending colon, with their longitudinal folds of mucous
membrane ; and the absence of an azygos lobe to the lungs, the
Wombats agreeing with the Phalangers in possessing one. Hence it
appears to me to be a more natural course to keep these three groups
together as subdivisions of a larger one, though whether that one be
called a family, or made into a larger section, will depend on the value
attached to those ideas by different naturalists. Adopting the former
as most convenient, they might be defined briefly as follows :—
PHALANGISTID.
Diprotodont Marsupialia, with clavicles, and not more than six
incisors above. The hallux present ; the 2nd and 3rd digits of the pes
smaller than the others, and more or less united together by integu-
ment. Stomach not sacculated. Czecum present. Glans penis
more or less bilobed ; vaginee provided with median eu/s-de-sac which
may unite.
1, PHALANGISTINZ.
Teeth rooted; superior=incisors 3.3; at least one small addi-
tional premolar on each side above. ‘Tail well developed. No
cheek-pouches. Stomach and ascending colon simple. Cacum
long, simple. Liver not complicated by secondary sulci, and with
distinct caudate and Spigelian lobes. Jungs with an azygos lobe.
Vaginal cu/s-de-sac coalesced (at least in Phalangista).
Phalangista, Cuscus, Belideus', Acrobata', Dromicia’.
1 For an opportunity of dissecting examples of these genera Iam indebted to
the liberality of our President.
Treas] ey)
ire at
A aye 4
ie}
y
;
-
F
= 7
2 ‘
' J ;
‘ 1
“4 a
. a
P
_
= 4
Poo EH
2 ‘A
P 7.8. 1661 Pl XD
JG Keulemans hth Hanhart imp
NEOMIXIS STRIATIGULA
1$81.] MR. SHARPE ON A NEW GENUS OF TIMELIID&. 195
2. PHASCOLARCTINE.
Teeth rooted ; superior incisors 3 . 3; additional premolars absent.
Tail rudimentary. Distinct cheek-pouches. Stomach with a cardiac
gland. Czecum very long; commencing colon cecum-like, both
being dilated and provided with numerous longitudinal folds of
mucous membrane. Liver very much complicated by secondary
sulei; caudate lobe not free; gall-bladder immensely elongated.
Lungs with no azygos lobe. Vaginal culs-de-sac free.
Phascolarctos.
3. PHASCOLOMYINS.
All teeth rootless; superior incisors 1.1; no additional pre-
molars. Tail and cheek-pouches rudimentary. Stomach as in
Phascolarctine. Czcum short, peculiar. Commencing colon trans-
versely sacculated. Liver somewhat complicated by secondary sulci ;
no distinct caudate lobe. Lungs with an azygos lobe. Vaginal culs-
de-sac free.
Phascolomys.
4. On a new Genus of Zimeliide from Madagascar, with
Remarks on some other Genera. By R. Bowpier
Suarre, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &c., Department of Zoology,
British Museum.
[Received January 6, 1881.]
(Plate XIX.)
The Rev. Deans Cowan last year forwarded to London a collec-
tion of birds, which arrived unfortunately in a bad condition, few
specimens having escaped the ravages of insects during the voyage.
Amongst the latter, Iam happy to say, were a few Timeliine birds,
which have added considerably to our series in the British Museum ;
and not the least interesting is an example referable to a new genus,
which I propose to term
NEOMIXIs, gen. nov.
Not distantly related to Miwornis, but easily distinguished by
the shape of the bill, which is conical and pointed, with a very sharp
culminal ridge, and scarcely any perceptible rictal bristles.
In Madagascar it finds its nearest ally in Bernieria, like which
genus it bas the culmen as long as the tarsus; but the pointed
conical bill is very different from the long thin bill of Bernieria.
The type is
NEOMIXIS STRIATIGULA, sp. n. (Plate XIX.)
Adult. General colour above olive-green, rather more yellowish
olive on the head, lower back, and rump, the hind neck somewhat
ashy ; lesser and median wing-coverts like the back, the greater
13*
196 MR. SHARPE ON A NEW GENUS OF TIMELUDA&. [Jan. 18,
coverts and quills light brown, edged with yellowish olive; tail-
feathers light brown, margined narrowly with yellowish olive ; lores
and a very faintly indicated eyebrow light yellow, in front of the eye
a dusky spot; cheeks and ear-coverts yellow, mottled with dusky
brown tips to the feathers; under surface of body yellow, passing
into white on the centre of the abdomen, the lower flanks light
ashy brown; the throat and fore neck streaked with dark brown
down the centres of the feathers; the breast mottled with larger
centres of dusky brown; under tail-coverts dusky brown, with dull
white tips; under wing-coverts and axillaries white washed with
yellow, the edge of the wing a little brighter yellow; quills brown
below, whitish along the edge of the inner web. Total length 4°5
inches, culmen 0°65, wing 2:0, tail 1:7, tarsus 0°65.
Hab. Fianarantsoa, Madagascar (Rev. D. Cowan).
A better arrangement of the genus Bernieria and its allies appears
to me to be somewhat as follows :—
a. Culmine tarsum equante, vel etiam longiore.
a’. Rostro brevi, conico, acuto, culmine haud fornicato,
HOMMIS INGEPTIS.....02.0-c00seeess-caeceaancussevecsncsececceonsss Neomivis.
U’. Rostro longiore, gracili, ad apicem decuryato et evi-
denter adunco. ........-1..06- deco daeba ChAW eect buiee enitexaclyrs Bernierta.
b. Tarso quam culmen longiore.
c. Vibrissis vix ullis, minimis ; fascia parva supra
nares, difficile invenienda; tarso integro .........s..45. Mystacornis.
d'. Vibrissis maximis, usque ad apicem rostri productis;
taTSIS INGEPTIS.........50-esccesestssvecaeessecenseedactsaeccnns Aanthomixis.
e’. Vibrissis parvis, debilibus, haud ultra nares productis ;
tAYSis INtELTIS........c6ccceeccessecnecnnetcnscooaeeeeeseescues Crossleyia.
f. Vibrissis parvis, debilibus, haud ultra nares productis ;
tarsis evidenter 4-scutatis .......:.cisceeseseee ee ee eeneeeees Oxylabes.
The large series of Mascarene Zimeliide now possessed by the
British Museum has enabled me to push my studies of these birds
much further; and I find that, as in many other cases of Madagas-
car birds, the Zimeliide of the island not only form an isolated
group, but are divisible into several genera, of which the compara-
tive characters are given above.
The following is a list of the species comprised under the above
headings :—
1. Neomixis striatigula, Sharpe (vide supra).
Bernieria madagascariensis (Gm.).
Mystacornis crossleyi (Grandid.).
Xanthomixis zosterops (Sharpe).
. Crossleyia wanthophrys (Sharpe).
_ [The Museum now contains four specimens of this curious bird
in addition to the original type (described, P. Z.S. 1875, p. 76,
as Owylabes canthophrys). The idea has been suggested to me that
it is the young bird of some other species ; but I think that this is
not likely to prove correct, as one of the specimens before me appears
to be a nestling. It is duller-coloured than the adults, more of an
olive-brown, the head scarcely darker, and the eyebrow almost im-
ot we OO tS
1881. ] DR. J. SCULLY ON THE MAMMALS OF GILGIT. 197
perceptible. Again, C. wanthophrys cannot be the young of Owylabes
madagascariensis, because of the different scutellation of the tarsi,
while, moreover, we have the young of tl‘2 latter bird in the British
Museum, and it differs only slightly from the old.]
6. Oxylabes madagascariensis (Gm.).
7. OXYLABES CINEREICEPS, sp. nov.
Olive-green, with narrow pale shaft-lines; wings and tail olive,
the edges to the primaries olive-yellow ; head and nape slaty grey,
lores dull white ; cheeks and sides of face creamy white ; ear-coverts
slaty grey ; throat and fore neck white; rest of under surface of
body yellow, olive on the sides; under tail-coverts olive-yellow ;
thighs olive-brown ; under wing-coverts olive-brown washed with
fawn-colour; edge of wing yellow; quills light brown below, ful-
vescent along the edge of the inner web. ‘Total length 5°6 inches,
culmen 0°55, wing 2°75, tail 2°83, tarsus 0°85.
Hab. Fianarantsoa, Madagascar (Rev. D. Cowan).
Notwithstanding the difference in the colouring of the two species,
O. cinereiceps seems to be strictly congeneric with O. madagasca:
riensis.
5, On the Mammals of Gilgit. By Joun Scutny.
[Received January 6, 1881. ]
The tract of country to be referred to in this paper may be
roughly defined as the basin of the Indus river within the limits
35° to 36° 30! N. lat. and 74° to 75° E. long.; it forms the north-
western portion of the territories of the Maharaja of Kashmir. My
observations refer principally to the Mammalian fauna of Gilgit, a
district which lies nearly due north of Srinagar, the capital of Kash-
mir, at a distance of about 230 miles by road ; but I also include
the Astor valley, and Nagar, Hunza, and Yassin, three small States
which adjoin Gilgit, and are tributary to Kashmir. My limits are
—on the south the Dorikun or Burzil Pass at the head of the Astor
valley, on the east the great bend of the Indus near Haramosh, on
the north the principality of Hunza, and on the west Yasin.
All this country is highly mountainous, and is intersected by nume-
rous narrow valleys, the streams of which are tributary to the Indus.
The lowest valleys are about 4500 feet above sea-level, while the
mountain ridges are of great height, with peaks from 15,000 to over
26,000 feet high. The lower parts of the valleys are very barren
and arid, their sides being formed by steep bare walls of gueiss ; the
cultivated portions are scattered and of small extent, on terraces of
the river-alluvium high above the main streams, or more generally
on alluvial fans at the mouths of lateral ravines. Above 8000 feet
the scenery changes greatly, and grass-covered downs and luxuriant
pine-forests abound; higher up still we find the region of snow-
covered peaks and mighty glaciers,
198 DR. J. SCULLY ON THE MAMMALS OF GILGIT. [Jan. 18,
Gilgit itself is a village on the banks of the Gilgit river, about
25 miles above the point where that stream falls into the Indus near
Bunji. At the point whe* Gilgit is situated, the valley is about a
couple of miles broad ; and cultivation is there carried on on a flat
bit of river-alluvium about 40 feet above the stream; the elevation
of Gilgit is 4890 feet above the sea. The climate of Gilgit is cha-
racterized by an extreme annual range of temperature, and by great
dryness. In summer the temperature in the shade is sometimes as
high as 109° F., and the heat is rendered very oppressive by the
glare and radiation from the bare rocky hill-sides which bound the
valley ; then in midwinter the cold is severe, the minimum tempe-
rature in the shade being often as low as 20° F., while the minimum
temperature of radiation occasionally falls to 4° F. From April
to September there are occasional light showers ; but the total annual
rainfall is little over 3 inches. Snow rarely falls in winter about
Gilgit itself, and then very quickly melts; but of course the snow-
fall is very heavy on all the hills about the valley at an elevation of
over 7000 feet.
The following notes on the Mammals of Gilgit are based on a
collection of about 200 specimens, which I made during a resi-
dence of nineteen months in that country. Examples of all the
species here enumerated were secured; and of most of them I ob-
tained large series. Of the thirty-three species in my list, thirty-
one occur in the immediate neighbourhood of Gilgit ; the remaining
two species, viz. Ovis poli and Arctomys caudatus, inhabit respec-
tively the extreme northern and southern limits of the tract included
in this paper, Ovis poli being found-in-Hunza and Arctomys cau-
datus at the head of the Astor valley, north of the Dorikun Pass.
All that has hitherto been published on the Mammals of Gilgit is
contained in two notes by Mr. W. T. Blanford, in the Journal of
the Asiatic Society of Bengal’, on some specimens collected by
Major Biddulph, and presented by that officer to the Indian Museum
in Caleutta. Mr. Blanford in these papers identifies eleven species,
which I would reduce to eight or nine. ‘"
I am indebted to Major Biddulph, who-has long resided in Gilgit,
for some interesting specimens of mammals collected. by him there,
and for some notes about the Ruminants of the region. I have also
to express my obligations to Mr. Oldfield Thomas, Dr. G. E. Dob-
son, and Mr. W. 'T. Blanford for assistance in the preparation of
this paper.
CHIROPTERA.
1, RHINOLOPHUs HIPPOSIDEROS (Bechstein).
Rhinolophus hipposideros, Dobson, Cat.. Chir, B. M. 1878,
p- 117.
This small nose-leafed Bat is fairly common in the warm valleys
of the Gilgit district during the summer months. Its vertical range
seems to be from about 4000 to 6000 feet above sea-level, and it is
1 Part II, 1877, pp. 323-327, and 1879, pp. 95-98,
e
1881.] DR. J. SCULLY ON THE MAMMALS OF GILGIT. 199
not met with above the latter elevation. It appears about the first
week in April, and is not seen after the beginning of October. This
Bat has a very powerful and long-sustained flight, and it frequently
enters rooms at night. It generally flies higher up in the air than
R. ferrum-equinum, and is perhaps more frequently found away
from dense tree-growth than that species. R. hipposideros has not,
I believe, been previously recorded from British India.
2. RHINOLOPHUS FERRUM-EQUINUM (Schreb.).
Rhinolophus ferrum-equinum, Dobson, Cat. Chir. B. M. p. 119.
This species was very common in the low hot valleys of the
Gilgit district from about the middle of April to the end of Sep-
tember, appearing a little later in spring and disappearing a little
earlier in autumn than R. hipposideros. Its flight appeared to be
less powerful than that of its smaller relative; and when it entered
a room at night it was more easily captured. Its vertical range in
the district seems to be from about 4500 to 5500 feet. Its favour-
ite haunts are orchards and clumps of mulberry trees, where insect
food is abundant; and in the close hot evenings in summer it could
always be found in the lowest parts of the valleys in such situations,
flying low down about the trees.
3. SYNOTUS DARJILINGENSIS (Hodgson).
Synotus darjilingensis, Dobson, Cat. Chir. B. M. p. 177.
This Bat was common in summer in the Gilgit district at an ele-
vation of 5000 feet. It made its appearance as early as the first
week in March, and was not seen after the first week in October.
It frequently enters rooms in the evening from 8 to 10 o’clock.
All the specimens collected differ frora S. arbastellus of Europe
in not having any projecting lobe on the outer margin of the ear ;
and in all of them the ear laid forward reaches beyond the end
of the muzzle.
4, PLecorus auritus (Linn.).
Plecotus auritus, Dobson, Cat. Chir. B. M. p. 178.
This large-eared Bat is not of frequent occurrence in Gilgit. I
obtained two specimens in September at an elevation of 5000 feet,
5. OTONYCTERIS HEMPRICHI (Peters).
Otonycteris hemprichi, Dobson, Cat. Chir. B. M. p. 182.
_ This fine species does not seem to be very common in the Gilgit
valley. A specimen was first obtained there by Major Biddulph in
July 1876; and the only specimen I secured was captured in Gilgit in
May. It was observed flying over a field about dusk; and its large
size at once attracted attention.
6. VESPERUGO DISCOLOR (Natt.).
Vesperugo discolor, Dobson, Cat. Chir. B. M. p. 204.
This Bat was only observed in summer, in well-wooded country,
200 DR. J. SCULLY ON THE MAMMALS OF GILGIT. (Jan. 18,
at elevations of from 10,000 to 11,000 feet. It only began its
flight about dusk, and flew high up and swiftly; so that it was
rather diffienlt to secure specimens. Two specimens were shot in
the Nultar valley in August.
7. VESPERUGO BOREALIS (Nilsson).
Vesperugo borealis, Dobson, Cat. Chir. B. M. p. 203.
Only one specimen of this Bat was obtained in the Gilgit district ;
I unfortunately omitted to record the date of its capture and the
elevation at which it was found.
8. VESPERUGO PIPISTRELLUS (Schreb.).
Vesperugo pipistrellus, Dobson, Cat, Chir. B, M. p, 223.
This was by far the commonest species of Bat found about Gilgit,
Even in the depth of winter a few were occasionally seen.
9. HARPIOCEPHALUS TUBINARIS, sp. nov.
Head and muzzle as in Harpiocephalus suillus. Ears moderate,
rounded off at the tips; the upper third of the outer margin slightly
emarginate, the middle third commencing by a moderate convexity,
then slightly convex opposite the middle of the tragus, and termi-
nating in a convex lobe in front of the base of the tragus; from
near the base of the inner margin of the ear-conch, opposite the
posterior angle of the eye, a small but distinct spur-like process
projects abruptly forwards. Tragus moderately long, tapering above,
Fig. 1.
Head of Harpiocephalus tubinaris, nat. size.
where it curves outwards; a small pointed lobule above the base of
the outer margin, succeeded by a well-marked emargination, imme-
diately above which the tragus attains its greatest width; inner
margin convex in its upper two thirds, nearly straight at the base ;
outer margin nearly straight below, the upper half concave.
Thumb long, with a strong claw. Wings from the side of the
proximal phalanx of the outer toe; extreme tip of tail projecting.
Distribution of the fur as in H. suillus: above blackish brown at
the base, the distal halves of the hairs pale greyish brown; below
dusky on basal halves, the tips being white; the superficial colour
of the fur is therefore greyish brown on the upper parts of the
animal, and white below,
1881. ] DR. J. SCULLY ON THE MAMMALS OF GILGIT. 201
The outer incisor is distinctly shorter than the inner, and does
not touch the canine. The first upper premolar is smaller than the
second ; but there is not quite such a disproportion in size between
these teeth as obtains in H. suéllus. In other respects the dentition
is the same as in the last-mentioned species.
Length,* head and body 1'8, tail 1-4, head 0':73, ear 0°55,
tragus 0°32, forearm 1''4, third finger 2'':55, fifth finger 2'-07,
thumb 0''45, tibia 0'-67, caleaneum 0'°57, foot and claws 0'°37.
The animal described above is, I think, distinct from all the
species of Harpiocephalus described in Dr. Dobson’s Catalogue of
Chiroptera; and I propose for it the name of H. tudinaris. It is
perhaps more nearly allied to H. swil/us than to any other known
species, but differs in having the upper third of the ear-conch less
emarginate, in possessing a spur on the inner margin of the ear, and
in the fur being very differently coloured. In the last two characters
it resembles H. leucogaster.
This Bat does not seem to be common in the district. I only
secured one specimen, which had entered my room in Gilgit at night
on the 20th August.
CARNIVORA.
10. Frnis uncra, Schreb.
Felis uncia, Schreber, Siugeth. i. p. 386 (1778, ex Buff.).
The Ounce is fairly common in the Gilgit district, in Hunza and
Nagar, and in Yassin. It is usually found high up in the hills,
about the grounds frequented by the Himalayan Ibex and Markhor ;
and it preyson these animals. It does not seem to be very shy ; and
Ihave known if to attack and kill ponies at pasture not very far
from human habitations. In winter it eccasionally descends as low
as an elevation of 6000 feet for a raid on sheep and goats, which it
slaughters wantonly. I procured several fine specimens of the
Ounce about Gilgit.
1]. Frnis tynx, Linn,
Felis lynx, Linneus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 62.
The Lynx is found in the same localities as the Ounce, but always
at a lower elevation and in rather greater numbers. It does not
frequent such open ground as the Ounce, and of course only preys
on the smaller wild mammals. It frequently haunts the outskirts of
villages at an elevation of about 5000 feet, and is a dreadful foe to
goats and sheep. A pair of these animals killed six sheep in one
night near Gilgit. My specimens agree with the European form of
Lynx, and not with the paler F’. isabellina of Blyth.
12. Canis Lupus, Linn.
Canis lupus, Linneeus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 58.
Wolves are found in the valley of the Gilgit river from Gakuch
to the Indus, and in all the smaller lateral valleys between those
two points. They usually go about in pairs or in small packs,
202 DR. J. SCULLY ON THE MAMMALS OF GILGIT. [Jan. 18,
hiding during the day in rocky ground or in the dry beds of smal
mountain-streams, In winter the Wolves frequently prowl about
houses during the night, to the great annoyance of the dogs; and
they often kill goats and sheep. The young are born early in
May.
My specimens of this animal from Gilgit have the upper carnas-
sial tooth slightly longer than the two upper molars, and are there-
fore probably distinct from C. pallipes and C. laniger, in which the
fourth upper premolar is shorter than the two upper molars
together (Blanford, P. A. S. B. i877, p. 116). _ In size and colora-
tion, moreover, the Gilgit Wolf agrees with the European species.
13. Cyon primavus, Hodgs.
Cuon primetus, Hodgson, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1833, p. 111; Asiatic
Researches, xvili. p. 221.
This species appears to be widely distributed in the Astor and
Gilgit districts, and is said to be found in Yassin and Chitral ; its
habits are very well known. A specimen from Gilgit agrees in all
particulars with examples from Nepal and other parts of the Hima-
layas. In all the skulls of this species which I have examined the
upper sectorial tooth is longer than the two upper molars taken
together ; the reverse is the case in C. alpinus of Pallas, from the
Altai.
14, VuLrpes MonTANA, Pearson.
Vulpes montana, Pearson, J. A. 8S. B. 1836, p. 313; Blanford,
J. A.S. B. 1877, ii. p. 324, and 1879, p. 95,
Foxes are very common in the Astor and Gilgit districts, in
Hunza, Nagar, Yassin, and Chitral. About Gilgit the Hill-Fox is
found on stony ground, in the vicinity of cultivation, at elevations of
from 5000 feet to 10,000 feet. The young are born in May.
In a large series of these Foxes which I have, there is great
variation in colour, some being pale yellowish fulvous above and
white below (V”. flavescens, Gray), while others are very dark and
rufous above, with the uncerparts black ; but all intermediate forms
occur. ‘There are also some minor differences in the skulls and in
the size of the teeth; but I cannot find that these are correlated
with the differences in colour of the pelage. According to Mr.
Blanford’s views there are in the Gilgit district, besides V. mon-
tana, three other species or races, viz. V. melanotus (2), V. griffithi,
and FV. flavescens ; but I doubt if these forms are more than varie-
ties. A fox shot by Major Biddulph in Chitral is not distinguishable
from some examples of V. montana from Simla.
15. Martes rorna (Erxl.).
Mustela foina, Erxleben, Syst. Reg. An. p. 458 (1777).
The Beech-Marten is common in the Gilgit district, and in
Hunza, Nagar, and Yassin, where great numbers are killed by the
natives for the sake of the fur, This Marten usually keeps high up
1881.] DR. J. SCULLY ON THE MAMMALS OF GILGIT. 203
in the hills, and is only rarely found in the vicinity of villages as
low as 5000 feet, In coloration and in dental and cranial charac-
ters my specimens from the Gilgit valley accord completely with
M. foina as defined by Mr. Alston (P. Z.S. 1879, p. 469).
16. Mustreia TEMON, Hodgs.
Mustela temon, Hodgson, J. A. 8. B. 1857, p. 207.
This yellow-bellied Weasel is fairly common in the Gilgit district
at elevations of from 6000 to 12,000 feet. Two specimens in my col-
lection from Gilgit agree well with Hodgson’s original description.
The figure of M. temon in Mr. Hodgson’s drawings, now in the British
Museum, shows that the type was rather darker on the upper surface
than my examples ; and this is also the case in a skin from Sikkim
or Tibet in Mr. Blanford’s collection; but the Gilgit and Sikkim
animals are certainly specifically identical.
I was disposed to identify this Weasel with M. a/pina, Gebler,
from the Altai (Moscou Mémoires, vi. 1823, p. 213); but Radde’s
figure and measurements of the skull of M/. alpina’ from the typical
locality seem to indicate a different species. A still older name,
which may have to be used for this species, is Mustela altaica, Pallas
(Zoogr. Rosso-Asiat. i. p. 98, 1811).
17. Lurra vuieAris, Erxl.
Lutra vulgaris, Erxleben, Syst. Reg. Anim. p. 448 (1777); Blan-
ford, J. A. S. B. 1877, ii, p. 324.
Otters are tolerably common in the Gilgit river and its tributaries.
Of the specimens of Otter which I obtained in the Gilgit district
two agree in all respects with the Common Otter of Europe. The
skull of one of these animals, a male, differs from the figure of the
type of LZ. nair, Cuv. (Anderson, Anatomical and Zoological Re-
searches in Western Yunnan, &c. pl. xi.), precisely in the points
mentioned by Dr. Anderson for the differentiation of Z. nair and
L. vulgaris.
18. Ursus 1saBeLLinus, Horsfield.
Ursus isabellinus, Horsfield, Linn. Trans. xv. 1827, p. 332.
Ursus leuconyx, Severtzoff, Turk. Jev. p. 80 (1873); Ann, &
Mag. Nat. Hist. 1876, xviii. p. 43.
Bears are common in the Astor valley and the Gilgit district,
where they are usually found above the forest-region. In October
numbers of these animals descend into the valleys as low as 6000 or
5000 feet to feed in the fields, and are then often killed by the pea-
sants. This Bear retires in winter to the shelter of rocks and caves,
and remains in a semitorpid state during the season of severe cold.
It becomes active again about March. Its usual food consists of
fruits and roots; and it appears also to be fond of insects; on the
grassy glades between the forests above Gilgit, at elevations of 9000
to 10,000 feet, the loose stones which lie about are constantly found
1 Reisen Siid. Ost-Sib. i. p. 50,
204 DR. J, SCULLY ON THE MAMMALS OF GILGIT. [Jan, 18,
to have been turned aside by Bears in their search for insects. The
natives add that this Bear will devour any carcass it may chance to
find in its wanderings.
In the Gilgit district the young are usually born about the middle
of May.
The Gileit Bear agrees well in external characters with Severtzoff’s
description of his Ursus leuconyx. The claws are pale horny or
quite white; and the length of half a dozen specimens, measured in
the flesh, varied from 4 feet 8 inches to 5 feet Sinches. There is, as
usual, considerable variation in the skulls. I was disposed at first
to consider U. leuconyx separable from U. isabellinus on account of
its smaller size, white claws, and more rufous-brown coloration ; but
I doubt if there be any constant distinction. U. isabellinus is
usually spoken of as a large Bear, equal in size to U. arctos. Jerdon
says (‘Mammals of India’) that a moderate-sized one measured
7 feet 6 inches ; and Kinloch (‘ Large Game of Thibet’) says that it
attains a length of 7 feet. In the original description of the species,
however, U. isabellinus is expressly said to be smaller than U. arctos,
the length of the skin which formed the type being 3 feet 10 inches
only. Again, U. isabellinus has pale horn-coloured claws very little
darker than in U. leuconyx. As to the colour of the fur, this varies
so much in both forms that no specific difference can be founded
upon it.
RODENTIA.
19, SctuROPTERUS FIMBRIATUS (Gray).
Sciuropterus fimbriatus, Gray, Mag. Nat. Hist. n.s. i. :p. 584
(1837).
This Flying Squirrel is not very common in the Gilgit district,
where it is confined to forest-country at elevations of from 8000 to
12,000 feet. All my specimens were procured in pine-forests.
20. ARCTOMYs CAUDATUS, Jacq.
Arctomys caudatus, Jacquemont, Voyage dans l’Iude, iv. p. 66
(1844).
This fine Marmot was only found on the southern limit of the
region included in this paper. On the Astor side of the Burzil Pass
the Long-tailed Marmot is found in considerable numbers; but I
have no evidence of its occurrence west of the Indus anywhere in
the vicinity of Gilgit.
21. Mus ALEXANDRINUS, Geoff.
Mus alexandrinus, Geoffroy, Descr. de Egypte, Hist. Nat. ii.
p: 733 (1812).
Mus rufescens, apud Jerdon, Mamm. of India, p. 199; Blanford,
JA. 8. B. ta 79s. pao 7p
Common throughout the inhabited parts of the Gilgit district,
from 4000 to 7000 feet above sea-level. It is chiefly a Field-Rat,
but often enters houses ; and its young are frequently found in sheds
1881. ] DR. J. SCULLY ON THE MAMMALS OF GILGIT. 205
and outhouses. The Gilgit Rat is not separable from the so-called
M. rufescens of Calcutta or M. robustus (Blyth) of Burma; and it
also agrees in all essential characters with M. alewandrinus (Geoff.).
A specimen of M, alexandrinus from Algeria, in the British Museum,
only differs from one of my Gilgit specimens in having rather
harsher fur.
22. Mus Artanus, Blanford.
Mus arianus, W.'T. Blanford, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1881, vii.
p. 162.
Mus erythronotus, W. 'T. Blanford, Zoology of Persia, 1876,
p- 54, pl.v.f.3; J. A. S. B. ii. 1879, p. 97, nee Temminck.
This long-tailed Field-Mouse, which is closely allied to M. sylva-
ticus (Linn.), is fairly common in the Gilgit district at elevations
of from 5000 to 10,000 feet. It is found on grassy downs in the
vicinity of forests, and about hedges in cultivated ground. In the
beginning of winter, after a few heavy falls of snow on the hills,
this Mouse often enters houses at night, and is then very bold and
troublesome.
23. Cricrrus pHavus, Pallas.
Cricetus pheus, Pallas, Zoogr. Rosso-Asiat. i. p. 163 (1811);
Blanford, J. A. 8. B. 1879, ii. p. 96.
This Hamster is found in the Gilgit district at elevations of 5000
to about 9000 feet. It is common in summer about pasture-
grounds and on the outskirts of pine-forests ; and it very commonly
enters shepherd’s huts, where, indeed, most of my specimens were
captured.
24. CricreTus ruLvus, Blanf.
Cricetus fulvus, Blanford, J. A.S. B. 1875, ii. p. 108; ibid. 1879,
p: 97.
This form occurs in the same localities as the preceding species,
and has the same habits; its young are born during the first week
in March. Gilgit specimens of this Hamster agree in dimensions
with typical examples from Eastern Turkestan ; but the colour of
the upper parts is greyer and less tinged with yellow.
25. CRICETUS ISABELLINUS, De Fil.
Cricetus isabellinus, De Filippi, Viaggio in Persia, 1865, p. 344.
Two specimens of a Hamster captured in the Nultar valley in
July, at an elevation of about 9000 feet, agree well with De Filippi’s
description of C. isabellinus. The length of the head and body in
my specimens, measured in the flesh, was 5°35 and 5°25, while the
type measured 5°9; but De Filippi no doubt took his measurement
from a skin, and the skin of the smaller of my two specimens now
measures 6 inches. This form seems to me only to differ from
C. fulvus in size; and I believe that both C. fulvus and C. isabel-
linus must be regarded as merely subspecies of C. pheus.
206 DR. J. SCULLY ON THE MAMMALS OF GiLGIT. [Jan. 18,
26. ARVICOLA BLANFORDI, Scully.
Arvicola blanfordi, Scully, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1880, vi. p.399.
Ears rather large, well haired, showing distinctly above the fur of
the head. ‘Tail long, always over one third, and usually about one
half the length of the head and body. Heel sparsely haired as far
as the posterior tubercle ; the rest of the sole quite naked. Fore foot
with five tubercles, arranged three and two; hind foot with six
tubercles, arranged two, two, one and one.
General colour of the fur above greyish brown with a slight
rufous tinge, the hairs deep slate-colour for the greater portion of
their length, the ends being pale brown with blackish tips. Under
surface greyish white, the hairs deep slaty at their base, with white
Fig. 2. Fig. 3.
Teeth of Arvicola blanfordi, Hind foot of
magnified. Arvicola blanfordi, nat. size.
a. Upper molar; 4. lower molar,
tips; along a line which separates the colour of the upper and lower
surfaces the tips of the hairs are isabelline. The feet are covered
with white hairs. Tail sullied white, with a dusky stripe along its
upper surface, which is most conspicuous near the tip.
The molar pattern is as follows :—
Upper I..... 5 spaces, 3 external and 3 internal angles.
> Th; ee 4 2) 3 ” 2 ” 3)
” III. a 3 9 3 > 3 ? ”
Lower I.. (tae ae 7" 4 » Ae
oP) II. i) 33 3 3 3 be) BB)
2 Ill. 3 23 3 » 3 2 22
‘_ ="
1881.] DR. J. SCULLY ON THE MAMMALS OF GILGIT. 207
The teeth ave very like those of 4. voylei ; but there are some diffe-
rences, of which the most obvious is that in A. blanfordi the an-
terior internal angle of the first upper molar is in advance of the
anterior external angle ; whereas the reverse is the case in A. royled.
The cemental prisms of the hinder upper molar are also differently
separated in the two species.
Arvicola blanfordi differs widely from A. roylei in colours and
proportions; in general coloration it approaches A. stracheyi
(Thomas), but is well distinguished from that species by the pattern
of its teeth and by its proportions. A. dlanfordi may be readily
known from all species of Arvico/a hitherto found in British India
by its long tail.
The following particulars were noted of a freshly killed male :—
Head and body 4:55 inches, tail 2°05, hairs at end of tail 0°2, fore
foot 0°4, hind foot 0°75, length of ear 0°7, breadth of ear 0°68.
Lips, hands, and feet flesh-colour, the nose a little darker; irides
blackish brown.
This Vole is very common in summer in the Nultar valley, near
Gilgit, at elevations of from 9000 to 10,000 feet; it is also found, I
believe, at similar elevations in the lower part of the Astor valley.
I obtained all my specimens of A. blanfordi on the outskirts of
forests where cattle were grazing, and about shepherds’ huts.
27. Lagomys macrotis, Giinther.
Lagomys macrotis, Giinther, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1875,
p. 231.
This species is fairly common in the Gilgit district at elevations
of from 10,000 to 13,000 feet, frequenting open stony ground near
the snow-line. Wherever found it occurs in numbers ; but it appears
to be very local in its distribution. A specimen obtained on the
hills above Gilgit only differs from the type of ZL. macrotis in being
greyer above, and having a well-marked rufous band across the
throat.
In the ‘Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal,’ ii. 1877, p. 326,
Mr. Blanford describes a specimen of Lagomys obtained by Major
Biddulph in the Gilgit district, and refers it doubtfully to LZ.
auritus.
28. Lepus TIBETANUS, Waterhouse.
Lepus tibetanus, Waterhouse, P. Z.S. 1841, p. 7.
This Hare is common in suitable localities in the Astor valley, the
whole of the Gilgit district, and in parts of Hunza, Nagar, and
Yassin. It oceurs on open stony ground in the valleys and on the
hill-sides, and commonly about tamarisk-growths along the banks of
streams; its vertical range in the Gilgit district seems to be from
5000 to about 11,000 feet. The young are born about the end of
March, and are often met with near the snow-line at that season.
The Gilgit Hare, of which I have collected a large series, agrees
well with Mr. Waterhouse’s original description of L. ¢ébetanus, and,
208 DR. J. SCULLY ON THE MAMMALS OF GILGIT. [Jan. 18,
in all external characters, with the type of that species preserved in
the British Museum.
In the ‘Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal,’ 1877, ii.
pp. 324-326, Mr. Blanford described, as a new species, a Hare ob-
tained by Major Biddulph in Yassin, under the name of L. biddulphi.
So far as it is possible to arrive at a conclusion on such a point with-
out actual examination of the type, I believe that L. biddulphi is the
same as L. tibetanus; and I will briefly give my reasons for this
opinion.
Mr. Blanford considers that Lepus biddulphi closely approaches
L. tibetanus, but differs in some cranial characters, which he details
at length, the skulls of Z. tibetanus which he uses for his com-
parison being those of the Hare inhabiting the Nubra valley in
Ladak. But the type of Z. tibetanus was obtained in the neighbour-
hood of Iskardo, a point midway between Yassin and the Nubra
valley ; so that if there be a specific difference between the Yassin
and Nubra Hares, it is quite as likely that the latter would require a
new name as the former: the skull of the type of L. tibetanus is
not available for examination. Further, there is now in the British
Museum a specimen of a Hare collected by Major Biddulph in
Yassin, in September 1876, at an elevation of 7000 feet. This must
have been obtained in the very same valley as the type of L. bid-
dulphi, and in the same month. This example agrees perfectly in
external characters with my Gilgit specimens, with the type of
L. tibetanus, and with the Nubra-valley Hare.
Dr. Giinther kindly allowed the skull of the Yassin Hare men-
tioned above and one of the Nubra specimens to be extracted for
examination ; and I found that the first agreed well with my Gilgit
specimens, and only differed slightly from the Nubra-valley skull in
having the posterior ends of the nasals less rounded and the parietals
a little flatter. In all these specimens the nasals extend backwards
some distance beyond the posterior terminations of the praemaxille.
I believe that the Hares from the Nubra valley, Iskardo, Gilgit,
and Yassin are not specifically separable.
UNGULATA.
29. Capra stprrica, Meyer.
Capra sibirica, Meyer, Zool. Annal. i. 397 (1794).
The Himalayan Ibex is common in the Astor valley, the Gilgit
district, Nagar, Hunga, and Yassin. It inhabits a higher zone than
the Markhor (Capra falconeri), well above the forest-region, where
occasional grassy slopes are to be found near the crests of the moun-
tains. In a large series of horns of this animal, from the countries
mentioned above, a considerable variation in curvature is found; and
in some specimens the points of the horns converge, while in others
they diverge; but these variations obviously do not indicate any
specific difference. The very dark Himalayan Ibex occasionally
mentioned by authors are merely old males in winter vesture, and
are not confined to any particular locality.
1881.] DR. J. SCULLY ON THE MAMMALS OF GILGIT. 209
30. Capra FALCONER], Hiigel.
Capra falconeri, Wagner, Miinch. gelehrte Anzeigen, ix. 1839,
p. 430.
This species is very common in the Astor valley and the Gilgit
district, usually keeping close to the forest-region, but descending in
the depth of winter as low as 5000 feet. It changes its quarters a
good deal according to season, and as a rule is not to be found in
those portions of the hills where the lowest valleys are higher than
8000 feet. It frequents most difficult ground, moves easily over
very steep rocky hill-sides, and far excels the Himalayan Ibex in
agility. The Gilgit Markhor is typical C. falconeri, the horns
having a very open spiral curve, but, of course, varying a little. A
specimen from Gilgit in Major Biddulph’s collection has the horns
with quite as open a spiral as is shown in the figure of Hiigel’s type
of C. falconeri. The Suliman Markhor (Capra megaceros of
Hutton) is apparently a separate form.
31. Ovis proxi, Blyth.
Ovis poli, Blyth, P.Z.8. 1840, p. 62; Biddulph, Proc. Asiat.
Soc. Bengal, 1879, p. 280.
This fine Sheep is found in the northern part of Hunza, on the
Shimshal Pamir. Judging from the number of heads sent in to
Gilgit, this animal must inhabit Hunza in great numbers. The
occurrence of this species south of the Mustagh range and the water-
shed of the Indus is a matter of great interest; it must now be
included in the list of Mammals of British India as commonly
understood.
32. Ovis vienu, Blyth.
Ovis vignei, Blyth, P. Z. 8. 1840, p. 70.
This Sheep is found in great numbers in the Gilgit district and
the Astor valley. It frequents the bare hill-sides below the forests,
and barren stony ground at the foot of the hills as low as 4500 feet.
Large herds are frequently seen; but, owing to the open ground
they frequent, it is very difficult to stalk them successfully. They
wander about much and swim well.
33. Moscuus MOSCHIFERUS, Linn..
Moschus moschiferus, Linnzeus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 91.
The Musk-Deer occurs in fair numbers in the Gilgit district, and
is more common in the Astor valley. Specimens from the vicinity
of Gilgit exhibit some variations in colour, such as have often been
noted with respect to this species in other parts of the Himalayas.
The Musk-Deer is, I believe, not found in Nagar, Hunza, or Yassin,
but is common in parts of Chitral.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1881, No. XIV. 14
210 MR. F. M. BALFOUR ON THE [Feb. I,
February 1, 1881.
Professor Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
The following papers were read :—
1. On the Evolution of the Placenta, and on the possibility
of employing the characters of the Placenta in the
Classification of the Mammalia. By F. M. Batrour,
M.A., F.R.S., Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge.
[Received January 22, 1881.]
From Owen’s observations on the Marsupials it is clear that the
yolk-sac in this group plays an important (if not the most important)
part, in absorbing the maternal nutriment destined for the foetus.
The fact that in Marsupials both the yolk-sac and the allantois are
concerned in rendering the chorion vascular, makes it @ priori pro-
bable that this was also the case in the primitive types of the
Placentalia ; and this deduction is supported by the fact that in the
Rodentia, Insectivora, and Cheiroptera this peculiarity of the foetal
membranes is actually found. In the primitive Placentalia it is also
probable that from the discoidal allantoic region of the chorion simple
foetal villi, like those of the Pig, projected into uterine crypts; but it
is not certain how far the umbilical region of the chorion, which was no
doubt vascular, may also have been villous. From such a primitive
type of foetal membranes divergences in various directions have
given rise to the types of foetal membranes found at the present day.
In a general way it may be laid down that variations in any
direction which tended to increase the absorbing capacities of the
chorion would be advantageous. There are two obvious ways in
which this might be done, viz. (1) by increasing the complexity of
the foetal villi and maternal crypts over a limited area, (2) by in-
creasing the area of the part of the chorion covered by the placental
villi. Various combinations of the two processes would also, of
course, be advantageous.
The most fundamental change which has taken place in all the
existing Placentalia is the exclusion of the umbilical vesicle from
any important function in the nutrition of the feetus.
The arrangement of the foetal parts in the Rodentia, Insectivora,
and Cheiroptera may be directly derived from the primitive form by
supposing the villi of the discoidal placental area to have become
more complex, so as to form a deciduate discoidal placenta, while the
yolk-sae still plays a part, though physiologically an unimportant
part, in rendering the chorion vascular.
In the Carnivora, again, we have to start from the discoidal pla-
centa, as evinced by the fact that in the growth of the placenta the
1881.] EVOLUTION OF THE PLACENTA. 211
allantoic region of the placenta is at first discoidal, and only becomes
zonary at a later stage. A zonary deciduate placenta indicates an
increase both in area and in complexity. The relative diminution
of the breadth of the placental zone in late foetal life in the zonary
placenta of the Carnivora is probably due to its being on the whole
advantageous to secure the nutrition of the foetus by ensuring a more
intimate relation between the foetal and maternal parts, than by in-
creasing their area of contact. The reason of this is not obvious, but,
as shown below, there are other cases where it is clear that a dimi-
nution in the area of the placenta has taken place, accompanied by
an increase in the complexity of its villi.
The second type of differentiation from the primitive form of
placenta is illustrated by the Lemuride, the Suide, and Manis.
In all these cases the area of the placental villi appears to have in-
creased so as to cover nearly the whole subzonal membrane, without
the villi increasing to any great extent in complexity. From the
diffused placenta covering the whole surface of the chorion, differ-
entiations appear to have taken place in various directions. The
placenta of Man and Apes, from its mode of ontogeny, is clearly
derived from a diffused placenta (very probably similar to that of
Lemurs) by a concentration of the fcetal villi, which are originally
spread over the whole chorion, to a disk-shaped area, and by an
increase in their arborescence. Thus the discoidal placenta of Mau
has no connexion with, and ought not to be placed in, the same
class as those of the Rodentia, Cheiroptera, and Insectivora.
The polycotyledonary forms of placenta are due to similar con-
centrations of the foetal villi of an originally diffused placenta.
In the Edentata we have a group with very varying types of
placenta. Very probably these may all be differentiations within
the group itself from a diffused placenta such as that found in
Manis. The zonary placenta of Orycteropus is capable of being
easily derived from that of Manis by the disappearance of the
foetal villi at the two poles of the ovum. The small size of the
umbilical vesicle in Orycteropus indicates that its discoidal placenta is
not, like that of the Carnivora, directly derived from a type with both
allantoic and umbilical vascularization of the chorion. The discoidal
and dome-shaped placentz of the Armadillos, Myrmecophaga, and
the Sloths may easily have been formed from a diffused placenta,
just as the discoidal placenta of the Simiidee and Hominide
appears to have been formed from a diffused placenta like that
of the Lemuride.
The presence of zonary placente in Hyrax and Elephas does not
necessarily afford any proof of affinity of these types with the Carni-
vora. A zonary placenta may be quite as easily derived from a
diffused placenta as from a discoidal placenta; and the presence
of two villous patches at the poles of the chorion in Elephas very
probably indicates that its placenta has been evolved from a dif-
fused placenta.
Although it would not be wise to attempt to found a classification
upon the placental characters alone, it may be worth while to make
14*
212 MR. SCLATER ON BIRDS FROM BRITISH GUIANA. [Feb. 1,
a few suggestions as to the affinities of the orders of Mammalia indi-
cated by the structure of the placenta. We clearly, of course, have to
start with forms which could not be grouped with any of the existing
orders, but which might be called the Protoplacentalia. They pro-.
bably had the primitive type of placenta described above: the
nearest living representatives of the group are the Rodentia, Insec-
tivora, and Cheiroptera. Before, however, these three groups had
become distinctly differentiated, there must have branched off from
the primitive stock the ancestors of the Lemuride, the Ungulata,
and the Edentata.
It is obvious on general anatomical grounds that the Monkeys
and Man are to be derived from a primitive Lemurian type; and
with this conclusion the form of the placenta completely tallies. The
primitive Edentata and Ungulata had no doubt a diffused placenta
which was probably not very different from that of the primitive
Lemurs ; but how far these groups arose quite independently from
the primitive stock, or whether they may have had a nearer common
ancestor, cannot be decided from the structure of the placenta. The
Carnivora were certainly an offshoot from the primitive placental type
which was quite independent of the three groups just mentioned ;
but the character of the placenta of the Carnivora does not indicate
at what stage in the evolution of the placental Mammalia a primitive
type of Carnivora was first differentiated.
No important light is thrown by the placenta on the affinities of
the Proboscidea, the Cetacea, or the Sirenia; but the character of
the placenta in the latter group favours the view of their being
related to the Ungulata.
2. On some Birds collected by Mr. E. F.im Thurn in British
Guiana. By P. L. Scrarer, M.A., Ph.D., F.RB.S.,
Secretary to the Society. ,
[Received January 17, 1881.]
Mr. Everard F. im Thurn having placed in my hands for deter-
mination a series of bird-skins collected by himself or under his
supervision in British Guiana in 1878 and 1879, I have had great
pleasure in putting names to these specimens. Amongst the
160 species, examples of which are in the collection, are some
which require a few. remarks for their better identification. These
are :—
1. ViREOLANIUS LEUCOTIS (Sw.).
Vireolanius leucotis, Salvin, Ibis, 1878, p. 443, pl. xi.
One example, obtained in June 1879 on the Mazaruni river by H.
Pauli, a collector employed by Mr. im Thurn.
The acquisition of this specimen is very satisfactory, as it enables
1881.] MR. SCLATER ON BIRDS FROM BRITISH GUIANA. 213
me to say that the supposed Guianan V/V. chlorogaster (cf. Salvin,
1. s. c.) is inseparable from V. deucotis, and that this species therefore
ranges from Cayenne and the Rio Negro to the Huallaga. Mr. im
Thurn’s specimen is inseparable from skins obtained by Mr. Buckley
at Sarayacu, Ecuador.
2. CYANICTERUS vENuSTUS, Bp.
Orthogonys cyanicterus, Scl. P. Z. 8. 1856, p. 122.
Cyanicterus venustus, Bp. Consp. i. p. 240 (1850).
Callithraupis cyanictera, Berl. orn. Centralbl. 1879, p. 63.
A single female example of this Tanager, obtained on the Maza-
runi river by the same collector.
Mr. im Thurn gives me the following note on this species :—‘‘ Two
examples of this bird were brought to me at the same time by Pauli;
but one of them, which was evidently a male, was afterwards com-
pletely destroyed by ants. When giving them to me, Pauli, who has
collected diligently in Guiana for upwards of forty years, told me
that he had only once before met with one of these birds, and that
was on the same river.”
3. ORCHESTICUS ATER.
Orchesticus ater, Sel. P. Z.S. 1856, p. 67.
Tanagra olivina, Scl. P.Z.S. 1864, p. 607, et 1873, p. 186,
pl. xxi. (jun.).
Graf von Berlepsch has convinced me of the fact, which I could at
first hardly believe, that my Tanagra olivina (ex Natt. MS.) is
merely the young bird of Orchesticus ater. Askin obtained by Mr.
im Thurn on the Corentyn river in November 1879 well serves to
confirm this excellent identification. The general plumage is green,
as in Tanagra olivina, so-called ; but the black colour is beginning
to show on the lores, throat, and upper wing-coverts.
4. AGELEUS IMTHURNI, Sp. Nov.
Thilius major, Bp. Compt. Rend. xxxvii. p. 833 (1853) ?
Nigerrimus unicolor, fasciculo plumarum azillari flavo ; rostro et
pedibus nigris: long. tota 10°4, ale 5°0, caude rotundate
rectr. med. 4°8, ext. 3°8, rostri 1:2, tarsi 1:2.
Hab, Guiana Brit. int. (¢m Thurn).
Mr. im Thurn’s series contains a single example of this fine and
well-marked Icterine bird, which is quitenewto me. It was obtained
by Mr.im Thurn himself at the Kaieteur Waterfall on the Potaro river
in November 1878. Though the generic divisions of the Icteridz are
alittle puzzling, I am disposed to place this along with the true
Agele@i, as arranged in the ‘ Nomenclator,’ next to d. thilius, of
Chili, from which it may be at once distinguished by its much
larger size, by the yellow colour being confined to the tuft of
axillary plumes, and by both upper and under wing-coverts being
black.
214 MR: SCLATER ON BIRDS FROM BRITISH GUIANA. [Feb. 1,
Bonaparte’s Thilius major may have been possibly founded upon
an example of this species; but the description is too short to be
certain; and, as I have been kindly informed by M. Alph. Dubois,
the type specimen (stated to be in the Brussels Museum) cannot be
found. I have therefore named this interesting addition to the
Guianan avifauna after its discoverer, who has supplied me with the
subjoined note on it.
Bill of Ageleus imthurni.
«« A considerable flock of these birds, numbering about 40, was
always to be found during the three days I remained in the neigh-
bourhood, in the trees on the edge of the forest round the open
plateau from which the Kaieteur falls. ‘They attracted considerable
attention by their incessant chattering, their note being like, but far
less shrill than, that of Cassicus persicus. These cries were kept
up throughout the day, and were almost the only bird-notes to be
heard about noon. ‘The Indians of my own party, who were not
from that district, had never seen the birds before; but some Acka-
wor Indians who lived in that neighbourhood declared that they
knew them well: this, as Indians are very careful observers of birds,
shows almost conclusively that the species is local in Guiana. Be-
tween us we secured three specimens.”
5. OcHTHECA MURINA, Sel.
Ochtheca murina, Scl. P. Z.S. 1871, p. 749.
An example from the Corentyn river, obtained in July 1879.
I am glad to have the habitat of this species confirmed, as it is by
Mr. im Thurn’s specimen, and by others collected in the same district,
I believe, by Mr. C. Barrington Brown, one of which is in my
collection.
6. HrrrROPELMA IGNICEPS, Scl.
Heteropelma igniceps, Scl. P. Z.8. 1871, p. 750.
” Three skins of this species were obtained by Mr. im Thurn on the
Corentyn river (1879) and one on the Essequibo. The two former
quite agree with my typical specimen; the latter has a rather paler
crest, and is probably a female.
Mr. im Thurn tells me that this bird is common enough through-
out the colony, not only near the coast, but also in the interior ; on
the Rupumini savannas, bordering on the Brazil, he has seen many
examples.
1881. ] ON REPTILES AND FROGS FROM SINGAPORE. 215
3. On a Collection of Reptiles and Frogs chiefly from Sin-
gapore. By W. T. Buanrorp, F.R.S., F.Z.S., &e.
[Received September 21, 1880. ]
(Plates XX. & XXL.)
Through the kinduess of Dr. N. B. Dennys, I have had an oppor-
tunity of examining a collection of Reptiles and Frogs made at Singa-
pore, and belonging to the Raffles Museum at that port. The
majority of the specimens were collected in the island of Singapore ;
but a few are from other localities; and in the case of some of the
Lizards and Frogs, I am not quite certain whence they were ori-
ginally obtained. Of all the Snakes (and these form the bulk of the
collection) the localities are appended. The number of new species
is small. It is evident that the Lizards and Frogs are but imper-
fectly represented ; but the Snakes probably comprise, as I learn
trom Dr. Dennys, nearly all the forms occurring at Singapore.
The following is a list of the species ; those on which remarks are
added are distinguished by an asterisk (*), The nomenclature is
in most cases that employed by Dr. Giinther in the ‘ Reptiles of
British India.’
REPTILIA.
LAcErTILIA.
Hydrosaurus salvator.
» Sp.
* Humeces chinensis.
Gecko guttatus.
Bronchocela eristatella.
Calotes versicolor.
OpuHIpIA.
Typhlina lineata. Macassar. *Ptyas mucosa. Hongkong.
Cylindrophis rufus. Singapore. | * korros. Singapore.
he? lineatus, sp. nov. Sin- Tropidonotus quincunciatus.
gapore. Hongkong.
Xenopeltis unicolor. Singapore. trianguligerus. Singapore.
*Oxycalamus longiceps. Singa- stolatus. Singapore,
pore. Hongkong.
Simotes octolineatus. Singa- | * rhodomelas. Macassar.
pore. Cerberus rhynchops. Singa-
i dennysi, sp. nov. Singa- pore.
pore. Homolopsis buccata. Singa-
Ablabes melanocephalus. Sin- pore.
gapore. Hipistes hydrinus. Singapore.
*Nymphophidium subannulatum Chrysopelea ornata. Singapore,
(Odontomus — subanvulatus, Macassar,
D. § B.) Singapore. Tragops prasinus. Singapore,
Compsosoma melanurum. Sin- Macassar.
gapore. Dipsas cynodon. Singapore,
‘Dendrophis picta. Singapore. Sarawak.
caudolineata. Singapore. dendrophila. Singapore.
216 MR. W. T. BLANFORD ON REPTILES [Feb. 1,
Lycodon aulicus. Singapore, Callophis intestinalis. Singa-
Macassar. pore, Macassar.
*Ophites subcinctus. Singapore. Platurus scutatus. Simgapore.
Python reticulatus. Singapore. | *Hydrophis stokesi. Singapore.
i: curtus. Singapore. - viperina. Macassar.
*Naja tripudians. Singapore. Pelamis bicolor. Singapore.
Ophiophagus elaps. Singapore, Trimeresurus gramineus. Sin-
Perak. gapore.
Bungarus fasciatus. Singapore. erythrurus. Singapore.
semifasciatus. Honkong. | *—— wagleri.
Singapore, Se-
Callophis bivirgatus. Singapore. langore.
AMPHIBIA.
BATRACHIA.
* Rana macrodon.
* Rhacophorus dennysi, sp. nov-
Megalophrys nasuta.
Bufo melanostictus.
HypROSAURUS, sp.
Two young specimens of Hydrosaurus, of nearly the same size (13
and 14 inches long), occur in the collection. One of these is an
undoubted example of the common JH. salvator; the other differs
somewhat both in the character of the head-scales and in coloration.
The general proportions and the scales of the body, tail, and limbs
appear similar in the two examples; there are about 80 transverse
rows of ventral shields between the gular fold and the loin in the
specimen agreeing with H. salvator, 77 in the other.
The differences in coloration, taken by themselves, would not be
of much importance, there being some variation in most Monitors.
The doubtful specimen is darker ; the alternating rings of dark brown
and white on the tail are more broken up into rows of spots; and
narrow white rings occur in the intervals between the broader
bands, whilst the white cross bands above the snout and the dark
cross bands on the chin are wanting ; they are, however, indicated on
the sides of the head.
The more important distinctions are that the scales on the crown
of the head in the abnormal specimen are smaller and marked by a
central depression, and the enlarged superciliary scales are more
numerous, 8 to 10 in number, instead of 5 or 6, and marked with
a few comparatively large impressed dots instead of several minute
spots. How far these characters are constant it is impossible
to say without more specimens. It is probable that the two speci-
mens are from different localities.
EUMECES CHINENSIS.
Tiliqua chinensis, Gray, Ann. Nat. Hist. ii. p. 289.
Mabouia chinensis, Ginther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 83.
There is a single specimen, without locality, which must, [ think,
be referred to this species, though it presents several peculiarities.
1881.] AND FROGS FROM SINGAPORE. 217
The colour of the back is uniformly brown, there being no trace of
the longitudinal pale bands usually found in this form; the pree-
frontal is wanting ; the two postfrontals are slightly unequal and
divided by a curved line ; they are in contact with the supranasal :
this is probably an individual peculiarity. There are also but 22
series of scales round the body instead of 24; about 34 occur in a
longitudinal line between the axils of the fore and hind legs as in
the type; and in other respects the specimen agrees with Chinese
examples.
I am by no means sure that this form and its allies are really con-
generic with EF. pavimentatus, the type of the genus Humeces. (See
Peters, Monatsbericht Akad. Berl. 1864, p. 48; Stoliczka, J. A.S.B.
1870, xxxix. pt. 2, p. 174, and 1872, xli. pt. 2, p. 121; Anderson,
P.A.S. B. 1871, xl. p. 181.) All these Scinks are very puzzling;
and the generic distinctions accepted, such as the differences between
smooth and keeled scales, transparent or scaly eyelid, presence or
absence of supranasal shieids, are scarcely of generic importance, and
are merely convenient guides to identification.
CYLINDROPHIS LINEATUS, sp. nov. (Plate XX.)
Head depressed, broad, short, the width between the eyes being
equal to the length from the eye to the tip of the snout. Each
frontal is as broad as long. The vertical is longer than broad, sub-
trapezoidal, the anterior margins meeting nearly at a right angle,
the posterior termination slightly rounded. Supraorbitals longer
than broad, each nearly equal in size to the vertical. Occipitals
more than half as large as the vertical. Postocular very small,
scarcely half the size of the first labial. Scales round the middle of
the body in 21 rows. Ventrals, where widest, in the middle of the
body, nearly twice the breadth of the scales on the sides; but the
rows on each side of the ventrals are rather broader than the lateral
and dorsal scales. Ventrals (from chin-shields to anal) 215, two
anals, subcaudals 9 besides the terminal scale.
Back longitudinally banded. A blackish-brown stripe, three scales
wide, runs down the middle of the back from head to tail, and is
bordered on each side by a narrower white band ; below this again
is a second, broad, blackish band of irregular width, with the lower
border waved. This longitudinal band is separated by a narrow
wavy white stripe from the transverse dark bands of the belly ; the
latter are wider than the alternating white bands; and, as in other
species of the genus, the bands on the opposite sides of the abdomen
do not precisely coincide. Head and tail yellowish white, with a
few blackish spots.
Only a single specimen is sent. This measures 25 inches, of which
the tail is 0°75 in. The Snake is probably rare.
Cylindrophis lineatus is distinguished from the three previously
known species of the genus by its coloration, no other form exhi-
1 It is difficult to say precisely where the true yentrals commence, as there
is a gradual passage from the small scales immediately behind the chin-shields
into the broader ventral shields.
218 MR. W. T. BLANFORD ON REPTILES [ Feb. 1,
biting longitudinal bands. It may be remarked that the distribu-
tion of colour appears to be very characteristic of the different forms
of Cylindrophis. But there are also structural peculiarities by
which the present form is separated from all previously described.
In the common species, C. rufus, all the head-shields are propor-
tionally shorter, the frontals are broader than long, and the distance
between the eyes more than the length of the snout. The ventral
shields also are considerably less developed.
In C. melanonotus the vertical is still longer than in C. lineatus,
the sides of that shield behind the lateral angles converging much
less rapidly, and the occipitals are much smaller, each being barely
half the size of the vertical. The coloration, too, is quite different,
the back being uniformly dark brown.
In C. maculatus, the only other species known, the vertical, as in
C. melanonotus, is bell-shaped instead of subtrapezoidal, and the
occipitals are proportionally larger, being equal to the vertical in
size; the frontals are sometimes longer than the vertical. The
dorsal coloration consists of two rows of large pale spots, one on
each side of the median dorsal line, the intervening space being dark
brown.
The different species of the genus may be thus differentiated :-—
A. The width between the eyes is more than the distance from the
eye to the end of the snout.
1. Cylindrophis rufus. Back dark, with imperfect pale rings.
2. C. melanonotus. Back uniformly dark-coloured.
B. The width between the eyes is equal to the distance from the
eye to the end of the snout.
3. C. maculatus. Back with large pale spots on a dark ground.
4. C. lineatus. Back longitudinally banded.
OxyCALAMUS LONGICEPS.
Calamaria longiceps, Cantor, J. A.S. B. 1847, xvi. p. 910, pl. xl.
fig. 1.
” Oxycalamus longiceps, Giinther, Rept. Brit. India, p. 199; Sto-
liczka, J. A. S. B. 1873, xlii. pt. 2, p. 120.
Two specimens of this Snake are sent; they measure 63 and
7 inches respectively. The nasal shield is single, as noted by Cautor
and Stoliczka ; but it is divided by a suture below the nostril. Ven-
trals 143 in one, 128 in the other, subcaudals 19 and 25 pairs.
Both specimens have an imperfect pale collar a little behind the
head ; and one has a light spot on the hinder part of the fifth labial,
extending to the occipital shield. Similar coloration is noted by
Stoliczka in a Penang specimen.
SIMOTES DENNYSI, sp. nov. (Plate XXI. fig. 1.)
Scales in 21 rows. General form stout and short, as in S. cochin- .
chinensis’ and S. catenifer*; the head broader than the neck.
1 Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 219, pl. xx. fig. C.
? Stoliczka, J. A. 8. B. 1873, xlii. pt. 2. p. 121, pl. xi. fig. 3.
1881.] AND FROGS FROM SINGAPORE. 219
Rostral well developed ; preefrontals more than half as large as
postfrontals, the suture between the former but little shorter than
that between the latter. Vertical large, pentagonal, the anterior
margin convex, lateral edges converging slightly behind, posterior
margins meeting at a right angle. Each occipital is both longer and
broader than the vertical, and is rounded behind.
Loreal well developed, about as high as broad. Two (or three)
preeoculars, the upper double the size of the lower ; two postoculars ;
temporals 2+, the upper anterior temporal shield in contact with
both postoculars ; two elongate temporals along the outer side of
each occipital. Upper labials 8, the seventh excluded from the
margin of the lip, the fourth and fifth (or on one side the fifth only)
entering the orbit. Two pairs of chin-shields, the posterior but
little shorter than the anterior.
Ventral shields 175; anal undivided; subcaudals in 50 pairs,
with a long terminal scale.
Back grey, with eleven dark-brown cross bands or large trans-
verse spots on the body, and four on the tail, all having very
irregular zigzag margins, and being, where widest, about half the
breadth of the interspaces; the latter are slightly spotted and
mottled with brown. On the head there is a broad dark cross band
between the anterior parts of the eye-orbits on the front part of the
vertical and on both pairs of frontals, and continued below the eye on
the fifth and sixth supralabials. Behind this is a pointed elongated
arrowhead-shaped dark mark, joining the anterior band on the
vertical shield, and bifurcating behind on the neck ; there is also an
oblique band just behind the angle of the mouth. Belly whitish,
with small quadrangular dark spots on the sides of every second or
third ventral.
A single specimen is sent; it is only 8 inches long, the tail mea-
suring 1.
This is another species of the peculiar group of Simotes com-
prising S. cochinchinensis, S. brevicauda *, S. catenifer, and S. an-
coralis*, It is distinguished from all by having the seventh supra-
labial shield shut out of the lip-margin, and from all but the first
by having twenty-one rows of scales. The coloration, too, differs
somewhat from that of S. cochinchinensis, in which the lower parts
are white.
NYMPHOPHIDIUM SUBANNULATUM.
Odontomus subannulatus, Dum. et Bibr. Erp. Gén. vii. p. 454 ;
Jan & Sordelli, Icon. Oph. 36° livr. pl. v. fig. 3.
I had already identified the single specimen in the collection with
the snake described by Duméril and Bibron, and figured by Jan’,
1 Steindachner, Novara Rept. p. 61, pl. iii. figs. 13-14.
2 Jan, Icon. Gen. Oph. 11¢ livr. pl. 6. fig. 2: see Stoliczka, J. A. S. B. 1873,
xlii. p. 122.
The specimen described by the first-named writers, the only one they had
seen, was from the Leyden Museum; and as Jan’s figure was taken from a
snake belonging to the same collection, it is probable that the same individual
was examined by both authors. The dimensions agree.
220 MR. W. T. BLANFORD ON REPTILES [ Feb. 1,
when Dr. Giinther called my attention to the dentition, and sug-
gested that the species might be a Nymphophidium. On comparing
it with the type of NV. maculatum in the British Museum, I found a
close agreement in all essential characters; but some differences in
the form of the head-shields and in the dentition show, I think, that
the species are distinct.
The pupil in the snake now described is distinctly vertical ; and
this character is shown in Jan’s figure of Odontomus subannulatus,
although it is not mentioned in Duméril and Bibron’s rather meagre
description.. From Giinther’s description of Mymphophidium, it
might be inferred that the pupil is round, as it is in Odontomus
as restricted by Giinther ; for the two genera are said to agree in every
respect except dentition. On examining the type of NV. maculatum
in the British Museum, however, I find that the pupils are ill-
preserved, and their form is not distinguishable; but in a second
specimen, procured from Dr. Bleeker for the same collection, the
pupil on one side is slightly elliptical. This very peculiar feature
of a vertical pupil has consequently to be added to the generic cha-
vacters. I find in the present specimen of N. subannulatum two
peculiar small conical white tooth-like projections from the base of
the skull, as in NV. maculatum. They are easily seen at the back of
the palate when the mouth is opened freely.
I add a description of the present snake, Duméril and Bibron’s
account being (as already noticed) imperfect.
Description.—Body and tail slender, compressed. Head much
broader than neck, flat, depressed. Pupil elliptical, vertical. Scales
of body but little longer than broad, smooth, in 15 rows. Ventrals
230, strongly angulate at the sides; anal undivided; subcaudals in
97 pairs. Maxillary teeth small and numerous, increasing slightly
in size behind ; the last is much larger and compressed, and projects
horizontally backwards.
Head-shields.—Rostral broader than high, scarcely extending to
the upper surface of the head. Anterior frontals as long as the
posterior, rounded in front, scarcely broader than long. Posterior
frontals much broader than long. Vertical elongate, the lateral
margins converging and slightly concave, posterior angle acute; the
length of the shield is but little less than that of an occipital; and
the postfrontals and vertical together considerably exceed the occi-
pitals in length. Nostril near the middle of a single rectangular
shield, succeeded behind by another elongate rectangular shield (the
loreal, or loreal and lower przeocular united), which extends to the
eye. A small preocular above the loreal, one postocular’. Tem-
porals 2+ 2. Supralabials 7, the third and fourth enter the orbit.
Colour (in spirit). The anterior portion of the back dark brown,
with subdistant pale cross bands, which become closer together
’ In this character the specimen appears to differ from the type, which is
figured with two postoculars. But on one side of the present example there is
a well-marked groove, if not an imperfect suture, separating the lower posterior
portion of the superciliary shield; and the postocular precisely corresponds to
the inferior postorbital of the figure.
1881.] AND FROGS FROM SINGAPORE. 221
behind, and then intersect the dark areas, until on the posterior part
of the back and tail there is a double row of brown spots. The white
bands expand at the side, and, except near the head, bifurcate around
adark spot. Lower parts whitish. Head with a rather broad central
dark band throughout the vertical and occipitals, and joined behind
to the large brown spot on the back of the neck ; the sides of the
vertical and occipitals, with the greater part of the sides of the head
and neck, are pale; but there is a dark patch on each superciliary
shield, another on the temporals on each side, and the greater part
of the snout in front of the eyes is dark brown.
Length of the specimen 13 inches, of which the tail is 3:1, or
nearly one fourth.
The principal characters by which this form may be distinguished
from N. maculatum are:—(1) The greater length of the vertical
shield: in N. maculatum the vertical is much shorter than an oc-
cipital, the latter being equal in length to the vertical and post-
frontals together ; in NV. subannulatum the vertical and postfrontals
together are much longer than an occipital. (2) Dentition, there
being only one larger tooth at the back of the jaw. In N. macula-
tum the nasals are described as separated by an indistinct suture ; but
I cannot detect with certainty a suture in the type; and in the
second specimen the nasal is certainly undivided '.
I think it not impossible that the genus Ulupe, described by me”
in 1878 from a Tenasserim specimen, is allied to Nymphophi-
dium. Ulupe has but 13 rows of scales round the body, and
there is no przocular above the elongate loreal; but in other respects
the genus approaches Nymphophidium very closely. I am far from
certain that I was right in assigning Ulupe to the Lycodontide, to
which, it should be remembered, Odontomus was referred by Duméril
and Bibron, although Giinther afterwards showed that the dentition
differed from the Lycodont type.
Pryas mucosa and Pr. xorros.
There are five specimens belonging to the genus Péyas. One has
15 scales round the middle of the body, two have 16, and two 17;
in the latter there are 3 loreals; all have the dorsal scales distinctly
keeled on the posterior portion of the body. I refer the first three
to Pt. korros, the latter two to Pt. mucosa; but I believe all to
belong to ove specific form and not to deserve to be distinguished,
except as varieties. Since determining the specimens, I have ascer-
tained that the individuals referred to Pt. mucosa are from Hong-
Kong.
TROPIDONOTUS RHODOMELAS.
Tropidonotus rhodomelas, Boie, Isis, 1827, p. 535; Schlegel,
Phys. Serp. i. p. 167, ii. p. 310, pl. xii. f, 10, 11.
1 In Jan's figure of Odontomus subannulatus a suture is shown below the
nostril, but not above. In the specimen examined by me there is on one side a
slight groove below the nostril, but no suture.
2 J, A. S. B. 1878, vol. xlvii. pt. 2, p. 128.
222 MR. W. T. BLANFORD ON REPTILES [Feb. 1,
Amphiesma rhodomelas, Duméril & Bibron, Erp. Gén. vii.
p- 737.
Xenodon rhodomelas, Giinther, Cat. Snakes B. M. 1858, p. 58.
Three specimens from Macassar, one quite small, only 8 inches long,
the other two 22 and 233 inches in length. In all there are two
preoculars, the lower being very small; one (the young) specimen
has three, the other two have each four postoculars’. In one example
there are eight supralabials on one side, the second being divided.
The loreal is about as high as broad, but only the binder part of the
upper margin slopes downwards, and the form of the shield appears
rather variable.
Ventrals 131, 133, and 134; anal divided; subcaudals 52 pairs
in two specimens, 55 in the third. These numbers are a little
higher than those given by Duméril and Bibron,
OpHITEs SUBCINCTUs, var. (Plate XXI. fig. 2.)
Besides two normal specimens of this species, there is in the col-
lection a young snake, 102 inches long (of which the tail measures
2), with smooth scales, and an undivided anal, but otherwise agreeing
with O. subcinctus, and having the same peculiar arrangement of
shields in the loreal region. In consequence of the scales being
smooth, I at first took this for an undescribed species of the genus
Lycodon, and had the accompanying figures of the head prepared,
but subsequently amongst some snakes from province Wellesley in
Malacca, collected by Mr. W. L. Distant, I found a much larger
specimen of Ophites subcinctus, in which the keels of the dorsal
scales were very faint in the hinder part of the body, and quite ab-
sent in the anterior portion. I therefore now consider the young
Singapore snake an abnormal specimen of the same species.
PYTHON CURTUS.
Python curtus, Schlegel, apud Hubrecht, Notes from the Museum
at Leyden, vol. i. p. 244 *.
This is a very remarkable species of Python ; and it is curious that
it should so long have escaped notice, Hubrecht’s description having
only been published last year. The specimen in the Leyden Museum
was from Sumatra.
P. curtus is remarkably stout for its length, its girth being pro-
portionally much greater than that of P. reticulatus and P. molurus.
The number of scales round the body is less, the ventrals and sub-
1 Duméril and Bibron say one pre-and two postoculars. Schlegel repre-
sents one pra- and four postoculars ; but the figure does not look very exact in
this respect. -
2 In the ‘Zoological Record’ for 1877 there is the following notice :—
** Python curtus, Schleg. Description and figure; A. Hubrecht, Ann. Mus.
Leyd. No. 1.” I learn that the work quoted has not been published; but a
titlepage and, I believe, the figure and description of the present species were
printed and a copy sent to the Recorder. In the ‘ Notes from the Museum at
Leyden,’ published in 1879, it is stated that the ‘Annals, which will contain a
full description and figure of this species, will be published shortly.
1881.] AND FROGS FROM SINGAPORE. 223
caudals are considerably less numerous, and the tail is much shorter.
The coloration, too, is different.
The following is a description of the specimen from Singapore :—
Three pairs of frontals; vertical divided; enlarged irregularly
shaped plates covering the occipital region. Nostril on the upper
surface of the head, between two plates, the hinder of which is very
small ; a row of small scales extends from the nostril to the eye.
Rostral and the two anterior upper labials on each side with deep
elongate pits ; ten upper labials ; the fifth and sixth enter the orbit.
Three or four of the anterior lower labials pitted; a longitudinal
groove along most of the posterior lower labial shields.
Seales in 55 rows round the middle of the body, the series on
each side of the ventrals being nearly half as broad as the latter. Ven-
trals 175; anal entire; subcaudals 32 pairs.
Colour (in spirit), The upper part of the head is uniformly earthy-
grey, almost ash-grey, with a narrow pale median streak running back
for some distance from the occiput ; upper labials the same; a dark
brown mark in front of the eye, continued behind the eye and ex-
panding into a broad brown band, dark at the edges, and especially
along the upper margin; this band runs down the side of the neck,
and is succeeded by a row of large brown dark-edged spots along
the anterior portion of the body. Back fawn-colour, with a row of
rather irregular pale spots along the middle; below the fawn-
coloured band and above the dark spots is a light belt with small
dark brown spots on many of the scales. The coloration of the
dorsal parts continues to the tail, which is dark brown above, light
brown below, pale on the sides. Lower parts, except of the tail,
white.
In the number of scales round the body, and of the ventrals and
subcaudals, this form closely resembles the West-African P. regius ;
but that species, like the other African Pythons, has the nostrils
laterally placed and the four anterior upper labials pitted, besides
other differences.
The single specimen received, which is in magnificent condition,
measures 55 inches in length, of which the tail is only 4; the
girth round the middle of the body is 8:5 inches. A specimen of
P. reticulatus, 67 inches long, has the tail 8:5 inches in length, ani
a girth of only 5:5 inches.
Dr. Dennys writes to me that he has seen but two specimens of
this Python, one of which escaped from its cage and was lost.
NAJA TRIPUDIANS.
Both the specimens in the collection are black throughout, with-
out any marks on the back of the hood, but with some pale spots on
the side of the neck and beneath it.
HypRopPHIS STOKESI.
Giinther (Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 363) speaks of the occurrence of
this species in the Chinese seas and the East Indian archipelago as
doubtful. I think, however, that two specimens sent must be re-
224 MR. W. T. BLANFORD ON REPTILES [Feb. 1,
ferred to this form, although they differ somewhat from the Austra-
lian types. One is a fine example, 64 inches long; the other is
young, and measures but 163 inches. Both have only 39 scales
round the neck, instead of from 43 to 47; but I can find no other
structural distinction, and a larger series would be necessary in order
to show whether this difference is constant. The larger specimen
has alternating black and yellow rings quite round the body; the
younger has the black rings not. quite perfect.
HyDROPHIS VIPERINA.
Hydrophis viperina, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 378 ; Anderson,
P. Z. 8. 1872, p. 400.
The single specimen sent is 26 inches long. The colour differs
but little from that of the much smaller type in the British Museum.
TRIMERESURUS WAGLERI.
There are two specimensof this Snake, 23 and 323 inches in length.
Both have 25 scales round the middle of the body. The prevailing
colour in both is gamboge-yellow ; the smaller has narrow yellow
rings alternating with much broader bands composed of pale greenish
scales with black margins; in the larger specimen the transverse
bands are very indistinct, black scales, yellow scales, and black-edged
scales being intermingled.
There is also a smaller Trimeresurus, 174 inches long, with but
21 rows of scales round the middle of the body, grass-green above,
with very minute subdistant spots, white in front, brown behind,
about 5 or 6 scales apart from each other, arranged in a line down
each side of the back. This agrees with 7’. maculatus, Gray, said by
Giinther, Rept. Brit. India, p. 388, to be the young of T. wagleri.
I find, however, in the British-Museum collection, specimens,
chiefly from Borneo, that appear to show a gradation between these
widely different forms. Two of the smaller specimens from Borneo,
with the coloration of 7’. maculatus, have, the one 21, the other 22
scales round the middle of the body. It is evident the number in
this species varies from 21 to 25, if T. maculatus is really the same
as T. wagleri. In all adult or nearly adult specimens of the latter
I find 25 rows of scales.
RHACOPHORUS DENNYSI, sp. nov. (Plate XXI. fig. 3.)
Size of R. maximus. Colour above, in spirits, dark violet, almost
slaty, below dirty white mottled with dusky, a brown spot behind
the occiput. The tympanum is very little smaller than the eye.
The nostril opens backward. The web between the toes without dark
spots and deeply emarginate; it extends to the pads at the end cf
all the toes of the hind feet; but it is very narrow near the end of
the fourth toe on each side. The fingers are incompletely webbed,
the web not extending to the end of any digit; the terminal pha-
lanx of the third or longest digit is quite free. The projection on
the inside of the inner finger is flat as in 2. reinwardti, and has not
a tubercle beneath it as in R. mavimus. Folds along the edges of
1381.] AND FROGS FROM SINGAPORE. 225
the limbs inconspicuous. The length of the manus from the wrist
to the tip of the longest finger is nearly equal to the width of the
head. Vomerine teeth in two straight ridges, nearly in the same
right line ; the distance of the two series apart is scarcely more than
half the length of each series ; the ridges commence from the anterior
inner margins of the inner nostrils.
inches,
Leneth of head and body, «.~ 6..2 04. whe yeep 4°5
is hind limb from anus to end of longest toe 6°75
be ROO Lig onc ied oats ass wis lla ween an 2
ATO Ee he ire ab betuhestei abuses oleae 1°45
This species much resembles the East-Himalayan and Assamese R.
maximus, which it equals or excels in size ; but the tympanum is
proportionally twice as large, and the webs of the feet are less
developed (they are shorter in the fore feet of R. maximus than in
those of R. reinwardti or R. malabaricus). From R. reinwardti
the new form is distinguished by size, coloration, and by the
fingers being imperfectly webbed.
The single specimen sent, Dr. Dennys informs me, was of a beau-
tiful emerald-green colour when alive, and belonged to a well-known
Chinese merchant named Whampoa, who refused an offer of five
hundred dollars for it. When the animal died, it was presented to
the Raffles Museum. It is said to have originally come from China ;
but the precise locality is not known.
In the smaller forms of Rhacophorus, the development of the folds
of skin along the sides of the limbs and above the anus is very re-
markable. Mr. Wood-Mason called my attention to this in the
case of R. maculatus (and I find the same in R. reinwardti), and
noticed that this form shows a passage towards the curious Flying
Frog of Borneo figured by Wallace in the ‘ Malay Archipelago,’ vol. i.
p- 60.
Rana Macropon. (Plate XXI. fig. 4.)
I am indebted to M. Boulenger for the identification of this
species. The specimens differ considerably from the descriptions
given by Duméril and Bibron’, and by Giinther?, both of whom
describe the tympanum as small. This character, however, is, I learn
from M. Boulenger, more variable than has hitherto been supposed ;
and as there is, in the British Museum, a specimen from Java, the
original locality of the species, that agrees with those from Singa-
pore, I accept M. Boulenger’s opinion. The following is a descrip-
tion of the Singapore specimens.
Head very broad and flat—the breadth across the gape being
greater than the distance from gape to muzzle, and equal to the
length of the hind foot in females, exceeding it by one eighth to
one tenthin males. Snout depressed, rounded at the end ; no trace
of canthus rostralis ; the nostrils near the end of the snout and dis-
tant from the eye, their distance apart being about half of the in-
1 Erp. Gén. viii. p. 382. 2 Brit.-Mus. Cat. Batr, Sal. p. 8.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.— 1881, No. XV. 15
226 ON REPTILES AND FROGS FROM SINGAPORE. [Feb., 1,
terval between nostril and eye. Eye of moderate size, the diameter
about equal to the length of the fourth finger. Tympanum distinct,
nearly as large asthe eye. Lower jaw with two prominent apophyses
in front, fitting into hollows inside the upper jaw ; in a female sent
these apophyses are inconspicuous. Vomerine teeth on two straight
ridges running obliquely back from the interior angle of the inner
nostrils, and converging behind so as to meet, if prolonged, nearly in
aright angle, but rather widely separated ; a strong osseous transverse
ridge behind the choanz. No vocal sac. A strong fold from behind
the eye running horizontally to over the tympanum, then turned down
at an obtuse angle and running to the shoulder. Posterior portion
of upper eyelid tubercular. Skin of body and limbs smooth. Limbs
stout, the tips of both toes and fingers slightly swollen ; the distance
from vent to knee is about half the length of the body from snout
to vent or a little more; from vent to metatarsal tubercle is longer than
the body. The metatarsal tubercle is elongate, not flattened. The
toes are scarcely fully webbed; the terminal two phalanges of the
fourth toe have ouly a narrow fringe along their sides, and the web
is deeply emarginate ; a narrow fold along the inside of the foot.
Colour (in spirits) light brown above, one specimen (a male) having
a pale stripe down the back, very little paler below, the sides and
lower portion of the limbs, the sides of the body, breast and chin
marbled with rich brown.
) g
inches. inches.
Length from nose to vent .......4...0005 6 4°9
5 OPM MM rn erect chad ots. sotiscens gies ott manes 2°6 1°7
BrendtinOrsnend cs eicce aye ese +t oud wpseeatn bute Sola ee
Tpemp te me MM Lee eee 5 a ek wig he wings 8°6 75
- LOLA Te) aoe aa MeMgeplniery yA sk agli 8) mea
Three specimens are sent—two apparently males, the third a
female. I believe all were obtained at Singapore; but I have not
heard positively that this was the case.
This form is closely allied to Rana fusca’, but has a much
broader head ; the eye is smaller, and the tympanum larger; the
muzzle is flatter, the nostrils nearer together, and the web between
the toes of the hind feet much less developed.
In the specimens of R. fusca from Penang, described by Stoliczka,
there does not appear to be any passage towards the Singapore form ;
for the toes are said to be fully webbed. Mr. Boulenger informs
me that he considers R. fusca also a variety of R. macrodon.
In the Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal for 1879, vol.
xviii. pt. 2, p. 130, I described a supposed new species of Hyp-
sirhina under the name of H. maculata. I overlooked the fact that
this name had previously been given by Duméril and Bibron to the
Chinese species H, bennetti. Under these circumstances I propose
to change the name of the Burmese form to Hypsirhina maculosa.
? Blyth, J. A. 8. B, xxiv. 1855, p. 719 (the volume is wrongly quoted by An-
derson as xxxiv); Theobald, “Cat. Rept.,” J. A. 8. B. 1868, extra number, p. 79;
Anderson, P. Z.8, 1871, p. 197; Stoliczka, J. A. S. B. 1878, xlii. pt. 2, p. 115.
SOLVANTIT SIHdO HaANTITAD
duar soug MIS TULyy
yr ye PP UTLetut yy H
XX Id 1881 S°Z'd
PIZ: 5. 188). Pl SO.
RMintern del et hth.
Mintern Bros. imp.
1. SIMOTES DENNYSI. 3.RHACOPHORUS DENNYSI.
2.0PHITES SUBCINCTUS. 4. RANA MACRODON.
1881.] MR. O'SHAUGHNESSY ON LIZARDS FROM ECUADOR. 227
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES,
Puarn XX,
Cylindrophis lineatus, sp. nov., p. 217; with outlines of head-shields, from
above.
Puate XXT.
Fig. 1. Simotes dennysi, sp. nov., view of head, p. 218; from above.
la. ——- ~—, outline of head-shields, side view.
2. Ophites subcinctus, var., p. 222; outline of head-shields, from above.
2a. ——-, var., outline of head-shields, side view,
3. Rhacophorus dennysi, sp. nov., p. 224; side of head,
3a. , fore foot, from below.
4. Rana macrodon, p. 225; head.
4a. , hind foot, from below.
All the above figures are of the natural size, except 1, la, 2, and 2a, which are
double the real dimensions.
4, An Account of the Collection of Lizards made by Mr.
Buckley in Ecuador, and now in the British Museum,
with Descriptions of the new Species. By the late A.
W. E. O’SHaveunessy, Esq., Assistant in the Natural-
History Departments, British Museum.
[Received January 19, 1881.]
(Plates XXII.-XXV.)
Of the zoological collections made by Mr. Buckley in Ecuador,
various sections of which have already formed the subjects of papers
in these ‘ Proceedings,’ not the least interesting is the collection of
Lizards, both on account of the number of new species it reveals, and
because of the fresh materials it affords for the study of those already
known. I have given a partial notice of this collection (P. Z.S.
1880, p. 491), confined, however, to a preliminary list of the species
of Anolis identified, and the description of a beautiful new one. I
now offer the results of a study of the whole collection, and have
thought it advisable not to restrict the present paper to the descrip-
tion of the new forms, but to enumerate all the species, for the pur-
pose of recording additional remarks and revisions which have
appeared necessary, and of thus making this contribution to the
Herpetology of Ecuador as complete as possible. A much earlier
collection, that of Mr. Fraser, afforded Dr. Giinther the opportunity,
in 1859, of describing and figuring a series of reptiles from the same
region (P. Z. S. 1859, p. 89); and his paper has, of course, been
frequently referred to.
I may point out that the family Cercosauride, our knowledge of
which, so imperfect before Prof. Peters’s admirable memoir in 1863,
had scarcely been increased since that date, has received some
remarkable accessions in the present collection; also that the genus
Enyalius has been further worked out, whilst a new form of the
curious genus Hoplocercus has been brought to light.
it ag
228 MR. A. W. E. O'SHAUGHNESSY ON [Feb. 1,
The specimens were collected at three distinct stations :—viz.
Canelos, Pallatanga, and Sarayacu.
TEJIDA.
1. CenrRopyx porsAlis, Giinther.
Monoplocus dorsalis, Giinther, P. Z.S. 1859, p. 404.
Centropyax pelviceps, Cope, Pr. Ac. Phil. 1868, p. 98.
? Centropyx altamazonicus, Cope, J. Ac. Phil. (n. s.) viii. 1876,
p. 162.
Two specimens, the largest measuring about 114 inches long,
from Canelos. Another good-sized specimen, from the Peruvian
Amazons, is also in the British Museum. By its keeled preeanal
scutes this species would be the C. altamazonicus, Cope, rather than
his CO. pelviceps; but I am inclined to think that the very small
specimen on which the former is founded will prove identical with
the latter. If so, both must be referred to the species described by
Dr. Giinther, also on a small type specimen, in which, after re-
newed examination, I do not find that the distinctions relied on by
Prof. Cope when describing C. pelviceps hold good, as I count
fourteen longitudinal series of ventrals in the middle of the body,
and can also distinguish femoral pores. The largest specimen from
Canelos has the sixteen ventral series characteristic of C. altama-
zonicus, though that species shows them already in a young speci-
men. I may add that Dr. Ginther’s type possesses the anal spurs
of this genus.
2. NEUSTICURUS ECPLEOPUS.
Neusticurus ecpleopus, Cope, J. Ac. Phil. 1876, p. 161; O’Shaugh.
Ann. N. H. ser. 5, vol. iv. p. 295 (1879).
Pallatanga.
CERCOSAURID&.
Emminia olivacea of Gray is a Cercosaura, as was rightly surmised
by Dr. Peters in 1863; moreover it is so closely related to Cereo-
saura ocellata, Wagier, that nothing but the conspicuous lateral
ocelli and the three additional femoral pores of that species separate
them. With regard to the preeanal scutes, 1 may mention that
another specimen from Para, which, some time since, I had occasion
to add to the named series in the British Museum, has the two large
plates figured by Peters as belonging to Wagler’s species, instead of
the four smaller marginal plates of Gray’s type ; but on this ground
alone I should not venture to separate it from C. olivacea, with
which it agrees exactly in every detail. It is perhaps superfluous
to state that no foundation for the peculiar position assigned to the
nostril by Dr. Gray is afforded by the specimen.
A similar variability in the arrangement of the preeanal scutes,
associated with an irregularity in the plates of the muzzle, is shown
in a series of four specimens, which, however, cannot be specifically
distinct, and are doubtless referable to the species described by Prof.
1881.] LIZARDS FROM ECUADOR. 229
Peters as Cercosaura (Pantodactylus) argulus. Although the
number and arrangement of the preeanal scutes affords a conspicu-
ous and important character in the family Cercosauride, and in many
cases a reliable one, sufficing, for instance, to distinguish several
species of Leposoma trom the original one of Spix, and from the new
one recently described by Prof. Peters, allowance must be made for
a certain amount of variation in this particular, more especially as
corresponding variations in other characteristic portions of the scu-
tellation are to be found in the Lizards of this and closely allied
South-American groups.
I have already noticed that the internasal plate is sometimes
entire and sometimes bisected in Neusticurus ecpleopus, Cope, although
this species was described by Prof. Cope as differing from N. bicari-
natus, L., in having it entire (see ‘Ann. N. H.’ Oct. 1879, p. 295).
I found also in N. dicarinatus an irregular additional prefrontal
plate associated with the cleft internasal. In the present series of
specimens of Cercosaura (Pantodactylus) argulus, the internasal
has a longitudinal cleft in a line with the suture of the fronto-nasals,
and occasionally the above-mentioned supernumerary plate is pre-
sent in exactly the same position as in Neusticus bicarinatus. ‘The
fronto-nasals are in that case reduced to smaller triangular and more
lateral plates, quite separated from each other, instead of being large
and extensively in contact. These two forms of arrangemeut of the
nasal shields are associated with two distinct types of przeanal scu-
tellation. One specimen with the additional prefrontal has four
narrow marginal preeanals; another with the normal nasal plates
has only two large rounded marginal preeanals, like Cercosaura ocel-
lata, while the others have the normal nasals and the four narrow
marginal preauals.
As Prof. Peters had only a single specimen from Bogota,
and those in the present collection from Ecuador show a range of
Variation within recognizable specific limits, I give the following
supplementary description :—
3. Cercosaura (PANTODACTYLUS) ARGULUS, Peters, Abh. Ak.
Berl. 1863, p. 184, pl. i. fig. 3.
Internasal broad, single, or bisected in a line with the suture of
the two good-sized fronto-nasals when these are extensively in con-
tact ; sometimes an intermediate small prefrontal joining the frontal
and the internasal. Frontal and fronto-parietals of the ordinary
shape, interparietal large, flanked by two large parietals, and fol-
lowed by a small occipital enclosed between two good-sized postoc-
cipital plates. Nasal rather large, followed by a single large frenal.
Supralabials six, none particularly elongate; infralabials five, the third
very elongate. Two pairs of large postmentals in contact, the third
smaller, separated by the group of large and small intervening gular
seales. Two contiguous rows of larger plates to the chest, where a
small collar is formed by a central and two lateral rounded plates.
Some convex scales behind the occiput ; scales of the back not very
narrow, keeled, pointed, the keels being slightly produced; on the
230 MR. A. W. E. O SHAUGHNESSY ON [Feb. 1,
sides small quadrate scales, in two rows to each of the dorsal rows.
Ventral plates large, in six longitudinal series, the middle ones
squarish, the outer rounded. Przeanal scutes four or six, arranged
as described above. Four series of square, smooth, inferior caudal
plates; those above elongated, keeled, without points. Tail gene-
rally with a lateral groove. Femoral pores six to nine.
Above light brown; head variegated with darker. A central dark
longitudinal stripe and a lateral one on each side, beneath which a
light vitta extends from the temporal region the whole length of the
side, again bordered inferiorly with black. Sides with a series of
eight or nine large ocelli black with white centres; another, pure
white, lower lateral stripe from the labials and beneath the eye.
Entire ventral surface yellowish; each ventral, anal, and lower
caudal scute with a central black dot. Tail above and below light
brown or yellowish, the dorsal tints fading and the stripes ceasing
over the rump.
millim
Potablenathw/)is0'.019 94 Et Mead od Ue a 102
Distance of tip of snout from ear-opening.. 12
mS i i, forelimb .. 18
ty % 35 Vent My es oe 4S
Lengthvofifore limbs aaah Poe ip AS
re fourth finger on fore limb...... 4
aa fine limb? yd Ba) eeeees 20
os thirdshindtoe.. 024. age: 43
A; fourth hind toe.............. 54
Beside the other differences noted above, Prof. Peters’s type spe-
cimen showed only two anterior lateral ocelli. Its locality is given
as the mountain region of Santa Fé de Bogota. Of the four col-
lected by Mr. Buckley in Ecuador, one is from Pallatanga, and
three are from Canelos.
4. CercosauRa (PANTODACTYLUS) RETICULATA, sp.n. (Plate
XXII. fig. 1).
Tnternasal broad, fronto-nasals pentagonal, with one side in con-
tact; frontal short ; frouto-parietals separate ; interparietal long and
straight ; parietals also with straight inner edge, broader than the
inter}arietal, and rounded externally; these three plates evenly
truncate on the posterior line of the head, and followed by two trans-
verse rows of small plates, preceding the regular scales of the nape,
there being no true occipital shields. Head-shields smooth, with-
out any ridges. Supraorbitals three. One frenal. Supralabials
seven, none of them elongate; infralabials six. Temporal scales ir-
regular, polygonal, rather large. A single mental shield behind the
symphysial, and four pairs of postmentals, the two first in contact,
the others separated by narrow intervening scales. A double series of
large gular shields ending in the very indistinct collar before the chest.
Scales of the entire upper surface and sides of the body very narrow,
elongate, and keeled, of the same type as those of C. schreibersii,
1881.] LIZARDS FROM ECUADOR. 231
but narrower. Sides of the neck and shoulder granular. Ventral
shields smooth, in eight longitudinal series, long, narrow, and dis-
tinetly rounded posteriorly. Four principal preanal shields—two
median, with their points touching, and two lateral. Tail continu-
ing the scutellation of the back and ventral surface, with a distinct
groove along the side. Second and fifth toes on fore foot nearly
equal ; fourth a little longer than the third.
Brown, variegated with black on the head, with close longitudinal
series of light black-edged ocelli or of light spots, in a black longi-
tudinal stripe on the back and sides of the body. Labials and chin-
shields spotted with black. Tail pale yellowish brown. Entire
undersurface yellowish.
millim
otah len ote itss2 «2 dail aging iiie eshte wie 114
Distance from tip of snout to ear-opening.. 10
f =, - forelimb .. 18
‘i 53 - WEltircuhd et owe
ERensth. of fore Jimbo afar ita peaesqarlaeaee
os fourth front toe.. ............ 3
a NING slam pacts sabes ene ari towns 18
as thirdihind toely> yenaaidad sae 4
5 fourthibind (toe ab ersea= ash aes 6
This species has the dorsal scutellation characteristic of the sub-
genus Pantodactylus ; but, as before remarked, the dorsal scales are
still narrower than in Cercosaura schreibersii, and more like those
of C. argulus, Peters, figured in ‘Abh. Ak. Berl.’ 1863, pl. i. fig. 3.
The narrow rounded ventral scales are a peculiar feature ; and so also
is the arrangement of the parietal head-shields, which is like that of
the genus Leposoma.
One specimen from Canelos.
Crercosaura, subg. n. PRIoNODACTYLUS.
Characters of Cercosaura and of the section Pantodactylus. Toes
of both fore and hind feet strongly toothed beneath.
5. CercosauRA (PRIONODACTYLUS) MANICATA, Subg. et sp. nn.
(Plate XXII. fig. 3.)
A single broad internasal, two fronto-nasals in contact, the rest of
the plates on the upper surface of the head as in C. schreibersii,
the interparietal being somewhat shorter. A single frenal, a large
triangular preeocular over the labials, and another similar canthal
plate before the supraorbitals. Six supralabials, the third, fourth,
and sixth elongate, continued in a series of longish smooth plates in
the same line as far as the ear-opening ; only four infralabials, the
third extremely elongate. A single broad mental plate behind the
symphysial, followed by two pairs of contiguous posterior plates, a
third pair being widely separated and forced into a lateral position
by two converging groups of large oval gular scales, the central and
lateral gular spaces being occupied by smaller rounded scales; a
232 MR. A. W. E. O SHAUGHNESSY ON [Feb. 1
double row of very large broad plates, increasing in size posteriorly,
leading to the chest.
Sides of the neck and of the body anteriorly granular. Back
eovered entirely with elongate narrow, strongly keeled scales, sharply
pointed posteriorly, in about eighteen longitudinal rows in the middle
of the body, and giving place to much smaller scales on the sides.
Ventral shields large and smooth, the middle ones square, the lateral
ones rounded, in six longitudinal series, with an additional small
external series on eaeh side. Three posterior very long przeanal
shields, the middle one very narrow and straight, the two outer ones
broader and rounded. Lower caudal plates smooth, the upper ones,
continued from the back, keeled. Limbs with large scutes on the
anterior surfaces, as in other Lizards of this group.
Fourth toe on the anterior limb a little longer than the third.
The scales beneath the toes with tooth-like projections ; so that all
the toes on both fore and hind feet are strongly pectinate.
Femoral pores twelve.
Dark greenish above (in spirits). The sides black, forming a broad
and well-defined stripe from the sides of the head to the tail, bounded
inferiorly by a narrow pure white stripe from the rostral to the hind
limb. A very remarkable pure white pateh covers a part of the fore
limb, including the first, second, and third toes, and reaching up the
wrist and along the anterior scutes of the inner surface of the arms
to the elbow. Another isolated white patch is seen on the fore part
of the upper arm, near the body. The rest of the front or upper
surfaces of the fore limb are dark brown, black in the vicinity of the
white patches, and including the two remaining toes. The hind
limbs are paler brown, with faint coloured ocelli. Lower surface of
the entire Lizard yellowish white, becoming bluish on the belly.
The upper surface of the trunk is variegated with dark spots and a
distinct zigzag pattern of light and dark brown extends the whole
length of the tail. The white lateral vitta on the head is rendered
more conspicuous by a short inferior streak of black along the labials,
and by the lower symphysial plate being black against the white of
the adjacent plates.
millim.
Total length ...... PN Sara ity Rites ft) Oe
Distance from tip of snout to ear-opening.. 16
33 33 5 CVC pane vepadanssts 6
43 3 ay fore limb .. 29
a» i 55 Venty <acink.« 70
Length of fore limb .......... aeihis'nte cats 25
: fourth front toe.............. 6
ne hind limb.......... fal eis n SDSL
a fourth hind toe.............. 10
Pe third hind toe .............. 8
Characters which render this species at once conspicuous are the
peculiar white markings and the toothed undersurface of the toes,
The latter feature seems sufficient at once to distinguish the present
1881.] LIZARDS FROM ECUADOR. 233
form from all the allied ones with which I have the means of com-
paring it. As in all other respects it is a Cereosaura, and would, on
account of its narrow elongate keeled dorsal scales, belong to the
subgenus Pantodactylus, from which it must be separated in conse-
quence of this peculiarity of the feet, I have formed a new subgenus
Prionodactylus for its reception.
Three rather large specimens from Canelos, and one from Palla-
tanga.
6. LeposoMA! CARINICAUDATUM.
Lepidosoma carinicaudatum, Cope, J. Ac. Phil. viii. 1876, p. 160.
Two good-sized specimens of this very striking species from Pal-
latanga and two from Canelos.
7. LEPOSOMA BUCKLEY], sp. nu. (Plate XXII. fig. 2.)
Rostral plate and symphysial plate of lower jaw broad, especially the
latter. A single internasal one third broader than long ; two trans-
verse fronto-nasals with their points in contact ; frontal moderate-
sized, triangular in front, truncated behind, longer than broad ; two
fronto-parietals ; the interparietal and two parietals are three longish
straight plates, nearly equal and uniform, evenly truncated behind
at the limit of the occipital region, and without any intervening
occipital plates. These three plates have their edges raised, forming
longitudinal ridges on the hinder portion of the head; and the
tendency to rugosity extends also to the fronto-parietals. Four
supraorbitals. ‘Two narrow oblique frenals, Five supralabials ; one,
extremely long, beneath the anterior part of the eye. Four infra-
labials. A single mental, followed by three pairs of large plates,
those of the first two pairs in contact, the third being separated by
smaller irregular-shaped plates, which go semicircularly round to-
wards the angle of the mouth.
Temporal scales convex. Ear-opening large, rounded in front,
truncate behind. Sides of neck to shoulder also covered with round
convex scales. The whole upper surface from the parietal plates,
and the sides of the body between the fore and hind limbs as far as
the abdomen, covered with elongate lanceolate keeled scales, the
points projecting. From the regular plates of the postmental re-
gion, uniform triangular pointed scales cover the whole of the space
as far as the chest, where they form a very indistinct collar not con-
tinued into any transverse fold on the side of the neck. Scales on
the chest and anterior part of ventral surface also pointed like those
of the throat; middle and posterior abdominal scales square, in eight
longitudinal series. Two small anterior and two large posterior
preeanal scutes, some smaller ones at the sides. Upper surface of
limbs with keeled scales. ‘Toes of fore limb very short, the inner
one minute, the third a little shorter than the fourth. Tail with
strongly keeled scales above, like the back, the keels showing a
1 See Prof. Peters’s recent rehabilitation of the old Spixian form of this
name, ‘M.B. Ak. Berl.’ 1880, p. 217.
234 MR. A, W. E. 0 SHAUGHNESSY ON [Feb. 1,
tendency to form ridges; those on the lower surface of the tail are
also keeled. Femoral pores fourteen.
Motalelength gosr4a 46 «hind te Bett ew wesnle 115
Distance from tip of snout to ear-opening.. 12
forelimb .. 21
<3 33 - vent ...... 50
Length: of fore ‘mbes 2.9 SOT TS
fourth front teeie = 2.) re
2? 33 2
22
yy hind limbjzcrenes specie 23: - 23
5 third: hindtoeo, 225 Sea 6
fourth hind toe.............. 7
Upper surface pale brown, with a longitudinal row of black spots
in middle of back. A light lateral stripe from the supraorbital angle,
along the parietal border and extreme edge of the dorsal surface, to
the tail. Sides of body black, variegated with blue or yellowish
spots on the neck. Entire mental region yellowish, without spots.
A dark coloration predominates over the whole inferior surface of
the throat (beginning from the last postmentals), of the body, limbs,
and tail. The scales are blackish at their root or for half their
length, and yellowish at the tips.
A single specimen from Canelos.
This is a third species of the genus Leposoma, bearing a resem-
blance to L. carinicaudatum, Cope, in the pointed and carinate scales,
and also in the large preeanal scutes, in which both species differ
from the‘L. scincoides, Spix,as figured by Peters in ‘Abh. Ak. Berl.’
1862 (1863), pl. 2. fig. 1. It has very much smaller scales, how-
ever, than the former species, in all the specimens of which I count
only nineteen round the body, while in the present there are not
less than thirty-four. This great difference is made by the scales
on the sides being much smaller in the species under consideration,
while in Z. carinicaudatum they are uniform with those of the back.
L. dispar, recently described by Prof. Peters, is evidently quite dif-
ferent, being more nearly allied to L. scincoides.
Loxopholis rugiceps, Cope, must be a Lizard very similar to both
of these species ; and I am unable to see how its scutellation differs
generically from that of Leposoma as represented by ZL. carinicau-
datum, in which Professor Cope describes ‘‘ four abdominal rows of
scales with the keels reduced to an angle and mucro,” consequently
smooth. ‘The abdominal scales are quadrate in the species which
I have now described ; and this character appears to be the only one
that was left to the genus Loxopholis when Prof. Cope described
Leposoma carinicaudatum.
Having carefully compared the Lizard brought by Mr. Buckley
from Ecuador with the description of Loropholis rugiceps, I find
that the internasal plate is much longer in that species, the pree-
frontals more extensively in contact, and the scales much larger,
being intermediate between those of Z.carinicaudatum and the present
species (twenty-four round the middle of the body). Moreover the
1881.] LIZARDS FROM ECUADOR. 235
keels of the tail are stronger below than above, and the coloration
is quite different.
8. Ecpteopus (EuspONDYLUS) GUENTHERI, sp. n. (Plate
XXIII. fig. 1).
Form slender and elongate. Head rather narrow, not constricted
at the nape, muzzle rather long. Internasal plate large, longer than
broad, rounded in front, followed by two large, irregular, four-sided
fronto-nasals extensively in contact on their inner or smaller side ;
frontal, two fronto-parietals, and large moderately broad and long
interparietal, two wedge-shaped parietals ; two occipitals behind the
interparietal, smaller outer occipitals and paroccipitals above the
temporal region, the shields of which are polygonal and large.
Nasal large, triangular, with the nostril in the middle; frenal also
large, obliquely cut off posteriorly by the first and largest of a series
of rather large infraoculars. Supraorbitals four. Supralabials six,
not elongate; infralabials five, the first unusually smaller and wedge-
shaped. Symphysial very large; single mental followed by two pairs
of large contiguous postmentals ; a third with their points almost
meeting, and a wide concavity behind occupied by the gular scales,
of which there are three rows before the minute gular collaret, and
seven between this and the last gular series of eight narrow and long
shields which form the collar. All these series are continuous with
those of the nape, forming complete rings of smooth quadrangular
plates, there being no granular space on the neck, and only a limited
space covered with small or minute, but not granular, scales at the
shoulder and fore part of the side. Back with cross rows of elongate
quadrangular smooth shields, about fourteen or fifteen in each row.
Small or minute lateral shields of the same type run up between the
dorsal rows. Thirty-four transverse dorsal rows from the occiput to
the root of the tail. Ventral shields elongate, quadrangular, smooth,
in ten longitudinal series (counting the smallest external ones in the
middle of the body), in twenty-one transverse rows from the collar to
the anal region. Preeanal plates two large anterior, five long posterior
ones. Tail with the dorsal and ventral scutellation. Limbs covered
almost entirely with large smooth plates, leaving only a very limited
space occupied by small scales on the posterior surfaces. Femoral
pores eight. Fore limb reaching to front of eye; third and fourth
toes equal. Hind limb reaching three fourths of the length of the
side ; fourth toe the longest, The inner toes are well developed on
both fore and hind feet.
Ground-colour of the entire dorsal surface uniform pale brown,
with dark bars and spots disposed as follows :—Each of the shields
on the upper surface of the head has one or more round blackish
spots; eight broad transverse bars on the back between head and
root of tail; the bars are continued at equal intervals on the tail,
diminishing to mere spots towards the end. Lower surface of body
and tail yellowish, also with round blackish spots, generally one on
each plate on the anterior portions (the gular and labial regions in
particular) being large, variegated with the dark colour, distinct bars
236 MR. A. W. E. O'SHAUGHNESSY ON [Feb. 1,
descending from the eye across the labials to the chin. Limbs also
spotted. No lateral or longitudinal stripes.
millim
lotplenean sae ss seo t Geeky oom 194
Distance from tip of snout to ear-opening.. 20
Bs 5 BS fore limb.... 37
$3 i 53 Weotsd try. alan 92
Length of fore limb ...............05. 27
:, fourth toee seeks ste cyers tients 9
3 hind dimly xs! an, .sladeres - 40
5 fourth hind toe.............. 14
6 third hind toe .............. 11
A single fine specimen from Sarayacu.
This fine and conspicuous species is related to Hepleopus (Hu-
spondylus) maculatus, Tschudi; and as regards the principal cha-
racters of the head-shields, and gular and anal scutellation of that
species figured by Prof. Peters, does not exhibit any marked dif-
ferences. Tschudi’s figure of the entire Lizard indicates, however,
a very different general appearance, more like that of Proctoporus
fraseri, O’S., based by me on a specimen formerly confounded
with #. maculatus in the British Museum, but differing from it in
the absence of fronto-nasals. The present species of Euspondylus
presents a remarkable likeness to the Gerrhonoti named Elgaria
by some authors. Amongst other points of difference apparent
from a comparison with the descriptions of Huspondylus maculatus
of Tschudi and Peters, it would appear that the very well developed
series of infraoculars is not distinct in Tschudi’s species as figured
by Peters, also that the scales are smaller, and that a longitudinal
black stripe on the side of the neck is very characteristic of Huspon-
dylus maculatus, while there is no such stripe in the Lizard before us,
nor indeed any markings distributed longitudinally. Moreover
the black dorsal bars are very different from the quadrangular black
spots described by Tschudi, and distinguish it at once from all
other Lizards of this group.
9. EcrpLteorus (EusPpoNDYLUS) STRANGULATUS, Cope.
Ecpleopus (Euspondylus) strangulatas, Cope, P. Ac. Phil. 1868,
p- 98.
This curious species, so different from all its congeners, is well
represented in Mr. Buckley’s collection, there bemg numerous
specimens from Canelos, two from Pallaianga, and one from Sa-
rayacu.
ScINCID2.
10. Masura 2NEA (Gray).
Tiliqua enea, Gray in Griff. An. King. ix. (Synopsis) p. 70; Ann.
N. Hi. ser. 1) di p.'292:
Mabouya cepedii, id. Cat. Lizards in B.M. p. 95. _
Eumeces mabouia, Dum. & Bibr. Erp. Gén. v. p. 646.
1881.] LIZARDS FROM ECUADOR. 237
Copeoglossum cinctum, Tschudi, Fauna Peruana, Herpetol. p. 45,
pl. 3. fig. 2.
Mabouia unimarginata, Cope, Proc. Ac. Phil. 1862, p. 187.
Two from Pallatanga, one from Sarayacu, and two from Canelos.
Professor Peters fixed the synonymy of Tschudi’s Lizard in 1871,
M.B. Ak. Berl. 1871, p. 400. It is easily recognizable from the
figure in the ‘Fauna Peruana.’ Prof. Peters then suggested its pro-
bable identity with Mabouya cepedii, Gray. I may as well take this
opportunity to remark that there is in fact no difference between
the single specimen so named in Gray’s Catalogue and I. enea
(the name for this common species which apparently has the
priority).
GECKOTIDZ.
11. THECADACTYLUS RAPICAUDA (Houltuyn).
Thecadactylus rapicaudus, Gray, Cat. Liz. B.M. p. 146.
Two specimens from Canelos.
12. GonropatTyLus CONCINNATUS, sp.n. (Plate XXIII. fig. 2.)
Granulation very fine all over the upper and lateral regions of the
head and body, and on the gular surface, larger only on the muzzle
and on a small anterior space immediately behind the mental plate,
where the granules give place to rounded or polygonal scales. La-
bial plates large and few in number, four upper and lower, the
fourth being very small in each case. Mental shield large ; no post-
mental, two of the rounded anterior gular scales a little larger than
the others behind it. Scales of the entire lower surface of the body
rather large, oval or rounded, beginning on the throat between the
chest and the ear-opening. ‘Tail with broad transverse plates be-
neath. Head and fore part of body above and below as far as the
shoulder, and including the fore limb, pale brown or yellowish,
abruptly terminated by two vertical humeral bands, sometimes
meeting above and forming a regular collar of pure white with
black borders. The rest of the body, with the hind limb, blue,
with black vermiculations elaborately interwoven ; tail darker, with
the variegations continued. Inferior surface from chest blue, paler
again at the hind limb and anal region.
millim
Watal Tene thy ono. ssn ne ee secs eee 80
Distance of end of snout from ear-opening 10
5 33 53 fore limb .. 20
sy as e vent ...... 45
Length of forelimb ..........-- in WOCk 18
a fourth front toe.........-. sae 53
3s third front toe ..........6. : 5
3 Td limb ., 5 < are ose \ unl ete 24
a fourth hind toe........ sfeeoar ee 7
ee third hind toe ..........-+++- 6
Three specimens from Canelos.
238 MR. A. W. E. O'SHAUGHNESSY ON [Feb. I,
This Goniodactyle is very conspicuous from its coloration. The
variegation of the back is something like that seen on the head only
in Goniodactylus ocellatus, Gray, from Tobago, which seems to
’ have remained unnoticed since the acquisition of the single type in
the British Museum. The present species, from Ecuador, is quite
different from that described by Dr. Giinther as Gymnodactylus
eaudiscutatus, P. Z. 8. 1859, p. 410, which has a round ocellus at
the shoulder, but no vertical stripe.
13. GonIODACTYLUS BUCKLEY], sp. n. (Plate XXIII. fig. 3.)
The granulation resembling that of the preceding; the scales of
the belly also similar. Mental large, and with two rounded gular
scales behind, but no distinct postmental. Six supralabials, five
infralabials. Tail with broad inferior scutes.
Ground-colour greyish brown. Head variegated with black ;
back with two parallel longitudinal rows of black blotches, pointed
in front, and separated by the median line. A narrow white ver-
tical streak on the shoulder. Gular region, from the chin to the
chest, with alternating black and white oblique stripes converging
behind, and making a triangular pattern.
millim.
Petal Menete ty <1 plshe eee Moree, 008 ie oH NOS
Distance from end of snout to ear-opening — 11
* :, 35 fore limb .. 20
or P op Vente. Je. ce 47
Lenpth of fore Mm), :acsicj.s. bake aay Sets 18
x third front toe) s...)208. des Selon 4
of fourth front toe.............. 5
Hy. Nndslimibpees.= weeat s asfores ssc ues 21
u third hind toe .............. 5
fourth hind toe.. ............ 6
One specimen from Pallatanga and two from Canelos.
This species offers most similarity to G. fuseus, but does not
possess the large postmental plate to which attention has been
drawn by M. Bocourt.
IGUANIDE.
14. ENYALIUS LATICEPS.
Enyalius laticeps, Guich. Casteln. Voy. Amér. du Sud, Rept.
p. 20, pl.5 a,b; Dum. Arch. Mus. viii. p. 529.
E. planiceps, Guich. op. cit. p. 21, pl. 6, a, b.
A single specimen, 133 inches in length, from Pallatanga.
This is the first example of the above species received by the
British Museum, as those referred to it by Dr. Giinther in 1859 do
not really belong to it.
15. ENYALIUS MICROLEPIS, sp. n. (Plate XXIV. fig. 2.)
Head broad, rounded, its width just before the ear-opening being
nearly equal to its length from the tip of the snout to the occiput ;
| 1881.] LIZARDS FROM ECUADOR. 239
covered above with small convex and pointed scales closely set :
larger scales forming the inner supraorbital border, and a strongly
projecting superciliary border of square uniform and equal scales
continuous with the canthus rostralis, about 13 from the nostril
above the orbit, or from 18 to 21 in the ertire series. Three large
conical scales behind these at the hinder angle of the orbit; groups
of large conical scales above the temporal region, round the anterior
edge of the ear, and in an isolated patch on the side of the neck.
Labial shields 12, equal. A crescentic row of about twelve infra-
oculars. Scales of the back and sides of the body very small.
A median dorsal crest of large conical scales, beginning behind the
occiput, and diminishing on the anterior part of the tail; the highest
of these scales are much less than the vertical diameter of the ear.
A single lateral series of similar but much smaller scales along
each side of the body from the shoulder to the fore part of the
tail; below this the scales of the side are minute and granular ;
above it the dorsal scales are minute but in regular rows up to
the dorsal crest, pointed and distinctly keeled; scales of sides of
gular region strongly keeled; gular region as far as the chest with
very convex erect scales closely set; scales of the entire ventral
surface, including the chest, strongly keeled, those of the limbs also
keeled. Tail compressed, with complete rings of larger scales alter-
nating with spaces in which the scales are very small; a double
series of projecting scales above ; all the scales on the inferior surface
large and keeled. A single femoral pore on each side. Mottled
and variegated with dark brown on a yellowish ground; brown-
tinged on the tail, or greenish, with a brown network on the sides.
Gular region blackish or dark blue (in the male). Entire ventral
surface yellowish. An isolated yellow spot on each side of the neck.
In young specimens a yellow lateral stripe on the neck.
millim
POMULICN BES 5 «stint ue «inlack foetpett Ab 160
Distance from tip of snout to ear-opening.. 30
SG 93 sf fore limb.... 55
e + 3 Vent: 4; «is -:032 « 113
Length: of fore limb, 22)... slanse «laid? ore 60
3 PUT HEBER oe Sanches os
Sy fourth finger. . ........600. 16
ae find, limb... os ows tigttbpers + oon 86
a5 GOIrd! £0€ wn iciewe i" 16
i‘ fourth toe.... “ 24
Two specimens from Sarayacu.
Besides these, there were already in the British Museum three
specimens collected by Mr. Fraser in Western Ecuador, which Dr.
Giinther mentioned as LZ. laticeps, P. Z. 8. 1859, p. 407.
The species now described approaches F. heterolepis, Bocourt
(Ann. Sc. Nat. [5] xix. Art. No. 4, and Miss. Sc. Mex. iii. livr. 4,
pl. 20 c. fig. 14), but differs from it in the much smaller size of the
240 MR. A. W. E. O SHAUGHNESSY ON [ Feb. 1,
scales and in the single lateral series of large scales. M. Bocourt’s
description particularizes “deux rangées longitudinales de chaque
coté de la eréte dorsale ;” and his figure of the general scutellation
of the sides indicates about 29 scales vertically between the belly
and the dorsal crest, and larger scales intermixed with these every-
where.
Sexual characters are well shown in the series of specimens before
me.
The male has a larger head and longer hind limbs, reaching to
the eye, while in the female they do not extend beyond the tym-
panum. A different system of coloration also prevails, the female
being of darker brownish and more variegated tints and without the
dark gular patch.
16. ENYALIUS PR&ESTABILIS, sp. n. (Plate XXV. fig. 1.)
Head broad, with rounded and projecting lateral border of about
20 canthal and superciliary scales in a continuous series, almost
uniform in shape and size. Entire upper surface of the head
covered with very convex or pointed and erect scales, larger in the
crescentic series bordering the supraorbital region ; larger conical
scales above the temporal region.. Supralabials 10, infralabials 9,
uniform. Gular scales convex, elongate, the central erect. The
back and sides of the body are covered with small almost uniform
pointed and keeled scales, from 34 to 40 in a vertical series between
the abdominal scales and the dorsal crest. Only a single very in-
distinct lateral series of larger scales on each side. A longitudinal
crest of conical erect scales from the nape, along the median line of
the back, and continued anteriorly on the tail, where it gives place
to a double row or keel of pointed scales. Scales of the ventral
surface small, uniform, smooth on the chest, and very feebly keeled
on the middle of the abdomen; of the limbs small and keeled. A
single femoral pore in a large scale on each side. Tail compressed,
ringed with small keeled scales on the sides and larger beneath.
Female with a shorter head than the male, and considerably
larger scales on the sides of the body. The male also has the tail
much thicker at its root and longer hind limbs, reaching to the eye,
while those of the female reach only to the anterior border of the
ear-opening. —.
Ground-colour of the upper regions of the body, in the male,
reddish, very finely speckled with green; posterior gular region
and gular fold black ; lower surfaces yellowish. The female has
the ground-colour above dark brown, thickly dotted over with green;
tail brown- and yellow-ringed; lower surfaces yellowish, without
gular patch. A yellow spot on a patch of conical scales behind the
ear in both sexes.
millim,
Total length (of male) ............ SSIS
Distance between end of snout and ear-opening.. 34
Pe rt ? forelimb .. 56
43 3 pe vent ...... 126
1881.] LIZARDS FROM ECUADOR. 241
PEO OG ASE ENO aie e's cies Yaa cones aes BOL
ms CATO, AMIENS SE. oi02's w pots « o inia na me iW)
fe MULE AAORY 5.030 cet Sia bs se ¥ “acer bol OF
x6 Whi ia ieee. o etree Ss os pel 2 97
i EDITC MOG petiess ce deds suelebersroie. crenars, oo 17
- TOUTHMBEOG Sf toes oheinate seen cant Hiv
This very handsome species differs from E. heterolepis in having
the scales on the sides of the body much smaller and scarcely inter-
mixed with larger ones, also in the smooth or very feebly keeled
scales of the lower surface, in which, amongst other points, it differs
also from Z. microlepis.
Two specimens, male and female, nearly equal in size, from the
localities Pallatanga and Canelos.
17. Anois (DRACONURA) CHRYSOLEPIS.
Anolis (Draconura) chrysolepis, Dum. & Bibr. Erp. Gén. iv.
p- 94; Guichenot, Casteln. Voy. Amér. Mérid. ii. p. 15, pl. iv.
f. 1; Bocourt, Miss. Sc. Mex. iii. p. 99, pl. 16. f. 26.
Anolis nummifer, O’S. Ann. N. H. ser. 4, xv. p. 278.
Two specimens from Canelos, and one from Pallatanga, which show
the characteristic coloration figured by Guichenot.
It is as well to state with regard to this species that the single
specimen referred to it by Dr. Gray in his Catalogue is a Nerops au-
ratus, and that it is consequently only rather recently that we have in
the British Museum possessed specimens correctly (as I believe) re-
ferred to this species.
In regard to the species which I have described as Anolis num-
mifer (Ann. N. H. ser. 4, xv. p. 278), I now entertain considerable
doubts whether it is more than a variety of this same long-estab-
lished A. chrysolepis, two distinct systems of coloration in which
have been pointed out by M. Bocourt. Putting the entire series of
specimens together, I now find great variation of colour, but no
substantial differences but what are either sexual or within the
possible limits of a species. They all have the narrower toes
characteristic of Draconura. Another specimen, a female, which I
now therefore refer to A. chrysolepis, was collected by Mr. Buckley
at Canelos.
N.B. I may state, with reference to Prof. Cope’s remarks on my
identification of his A. vittigerus with A. biporcatus, that a renewed
examination on the present occasion of the specimens named by him
in the British Museum only confirms me in my view, and that M.
Boulenger, to whom I have shown them, also agrees with me.
A variety, which must be the A. Jivittatus, Hallow., with lateral
longitudinal stripes, is well represented in this series.
[ANOLIS PUNCTATUS.
Anolis punctatus, Daudin, Rept. iv. p. 84, pl. 66. fig. 2; Dum.
& Bibr. Erp. Génér. iv. p. 112.
Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1881, No. XVI. 16
242 MR. A. W. E. O SHAUGHNESSY ON [Feb. 1,
Anolis gracilis, Neuw. Abbild. zur Nat. Brasil. pl. vii. f. 2,
Reise, ii. p. 131.
Rhinosaurus gracilis, Gray, Cat. Brit. Mus. p. 199.
Anolis nasicus, Dum. et Bibr. Erp. Génér. p. 115.
The British Museum possesses a single specimen of A. punctatus
from Rio Janeiro, which shows the slight differences from A. nasicus
indicated in the descriptions of Duméril and Bibron. Of this latter
species there are also four examples, all males, while the other is a
female. I cannot resist the conclusion indicated in the above revised
synonymy, in which, of course, the older name of Daudin takes
precedence. |
The fine specimen in Mr. Buckley’s collection which I formerly
named A. nasicus (P. Z. S. 1880, p. 491) does not really belong to
that species, only superficially resembling it, and is apparently an
undescribed one, which I have pleasure in naming after my friend
M. Boulenger :—
18. ANOLIs BOULENGERI, sp. n. (Plate XXIV. fig. 1.)
Head elongate ; muzzle raised ; preefrontal space concave ; anterior
upper portions of head covered with rounded or polygonal scales,
moderate-sized, slightly convex on the muzzle, flat on the frontal
region. Orbital semicircles of very large scales, separated on the
vertex by the interorbitals, which have dwindled to one or two very
small scales in a single series. A central group of large supra-
orbitals surrounded by small rounded or polygonal ones. A single
long anterior supraocular continuous with the long canthal scales.
Occipital plate large, rounded, very little longer than wide, larger
than the ear-opening. Six series of frenals. Seven supralabials ;
eight infralabials, with large scales in several rows beneath. Scales
of the entire upper surface and sides uniform, minute, granular ;
those of the ventral surface very small, rounded, and distinctly
carinate. Toes with broad dilatations. Tail long.
Bright green, with round pearl-like white spots in transverse rows
on the back and sides. Lower parts yellowish.
millim
Morten. vot. ass ct ple tos eae pete 280
Length of snout to the eye ............ 0.62. 11
Distance from tip of snout to ear-opening .... 21
= a Pe fore limb, .... ~. “35
5: 45 a WELL Sys cttige eesti 79
Lieneth of tore aii atte yee, se ket ees 32
ms third and fourth front toes ........ 8
if hindulimnes tee eee oe 57
3 tiirdvamd toe. : clei ce ee ees 94
sf fourth hind toe), 0... ee ee 14
From Canelos. This species shows a remarkable analogy to 4.
punctatus in the shape of the head, proportions of the body and
coloration, the white spots being very similar. It is, distinguished,
however, by the keeled ventral scales, those of 4. punctatus being
flat and smooth. A peculiarity which I have remarked in all the
1881.] LIZARDS FROM ECUADOR. 243
specimens, both male and female, of the latter species, is a median
longitudinal groove on the belly from behind the preeanal region,
the scales bordering the groove on each side being enlarged.
19. ANOLIS FUSCO-AURATUS.
Anolis fusco-auratus, D’Orbigny, Voy. Amér. Mérid. Rept. pl. 3.
fig. 2; Dum. & Bibr. Erp. Gén. iv. p. 110 ; Bocourt, Nouv. Arch.
Mus. 1869, vi. Bullet. p. 15; id. Miss. Sc. Mex. iii. pl. 14.
figs. 16, 16a.
Anolis viridieneus, Peters, M.B. Ak. Berl. 1863, p- 147.
One specimen, a female, from Pallatanga.
20. ANOLIS BUCKLEYI.
Anolis buckleyi, O’Shaughnessy, P. Z. S. 1880, p. 492, pl. 49.
The two specimens of this beautiful species obtained by Mr.
Buckley have already been described.
21. ANOLIS BOUVIERI.
Anolis bouvieri, Bocourt, Miss. Sc. Mex. iii. p- 58, pl. 14. fig. 8.
Two specimens, apparently of this species, from Pallatanga and
Canelos. M. Bocourt’s type was from Guatemala. Specimens
already identified by me in the British Museum as A. bouvieri are
from Pebas and from Guayaquil. The one from the latter locality
is that enumerated by Dr. Giinther as 4. eneus in his list of Mr.
Fraser’s collection (P. Z. S. 1859, p- 89). Anolis eneus, Gray,
however, cannot be looked upon as a species, since the single speci-
men on which it appears to have been founded proves to be only a
young Anolis alligator, D. & B. See O'Shaughnessy, Ann. N. H.
ser. 4, vol. xv. p. 272.
22. LEIOCEPHALUS ACULEATUS.
Leiocepalus aculeatus, O’Shaughnessy, Ann. N. H. ser. 5, vol. iv.
p- 303 (1879).
Four additional specimens from Canelos and Pallatanga afford me
the opportunity of giving some further particulars about this remark-
able species. On each side of the occiput are some erect scales,
' forming a flag-like border. These curious scales, which are not
conical, are present in both sexes, and appear characteristic of the
species, as they are not seen in L. iridescens nor, of course, in the
species of the genus with small cephalic shields.
The sexes are very distinct. The male is of much darker colora-
tion, as previously described, and has the whole gular region deep
black. It has also the tail covered with very large scales, and very
strongly compressed, almost resembling Basiliscus in this respect.
The female has the back light brown, with triangular bars of darker
pointing backwards. The sides below the lateral crest are dark
brown, sharply separated from the lighter hue of the back. The
tail is compressed at the root only, rounded afterwards. This spe-
cies would belong to the same section of Leiocephalus as L. hermi-
niert, D. & B., which also has the ventral scales keeled. That
244 MR. A. W. E. O'SHAUGHNESSY ON [Feb. 1,
species is unrepresented in the British Museum, as Bibron’s suppo-
sition of its identity with LZ. carinatus appears to have been incorrect,
although very confidently expressed. The description indicates,
however, a cephalic scutellation totally different from the present
species, a very much higher crest, and other conspicuous points
of difference. The scales on the top of the muzzle in the present
species are quite large, only about 10 in number, and not keeled,
instead of the 30 very small keeled ones mentioned by Bibron.
23. LEIOCEPHALUS TRACHYCEPHALUS.
Leiocephalus trachycephalus, Dum. Cat. Méth. Rept.1851, p. 70;
Arch. Mus. viii. p. 539, pl. 23. fig. 1.
One specimen from Sarayacu, Ecuador. There are now numerous
specimens in the British Museum which I have recognized as of
this species; the figure of the entire lizard, however, evidently a very
bad one, shows little resemblance to them.
24. HopLocERcus ANNULARIS, sp. n. (Plate XXV. fig. 2.)
Scales on snout convex, granular, similar and nearly uniform on
the other parts of the head, excepting the supraorbital spaces, where
they are larger and rounded or polygonal. The upper surface of
the body is covered with a groundwork of small granular scales,
with tubercles in several complete longitudinal rows from the nape
to the root of the tail, more closely set along the median line of the
back ; series of tubercles also descend vertically on the sides. Scales
of the belly rather small, but regularly tessellated. Supralabials
nine. Infralabials ten. Limbs strongly tubercular. Tail longer
than head and body, cylindrical, and. surrounded at regular and
rather close intervals throughout its entire length by complete rings
of projecting tubercles or spinous scales. A series of two or three
very large femoral pores on each thigh. Teeth trilobate.
Brown, with transverse dark bars on the back. An oblique yellow
black-bordered stripe in front of the fore limb. A large yellow spot
on the upperside of the thigh.
millim,
PAAR MPUE GL. Gmie iar scs piace Te eisisie eterna © 132
Length of head to ear-opening...........+.. 16
Distance from tip of snout to fore limb ...... 27
5 Ce Per Weubic Jocre au, pas 59
Letiethy of tone Lindh :/c kes} ry Stora soem visit 24
Bs third and fourth fingers .......... 8
5 Inindylimab Gack dein. ecco: deeb AG
be AGUEDUEEOC eg toeeieyans » List nid Seale we 14
A single specimen, evidently young, as shown by an external
groove indicating imperfect symphysis of the lower jaw, was ob-
tained from Canelos. It is a very interesting form, which, on
account of the total dissimilarity of its tail, might have been sepa-
rated generically from Hoplocercus spinosus. 1 can, however, detect
no other grounds for such separation ; and as I have lately found a
P. Z. S. 1881. Pl. XXII
SS
oe
tatap
sere
ae ae
me
mana
a
-Mintern lith. Mintern Bros ,imp .
1. CERCOSAURA RETICULATA.
2. LEPOSOMA BUCKLEYI.
3. CERCOSAURA MANICATA,
‘TAG THONG “ Be
“SOLYNNIONOO SN TALOVAOINOS °
‘THaHLNENS GNTAGNOdSNE ) SndOa dO a tT ’
ee
AR ST
TUXX “Id “88'S *Z ‘d
i ie I te, Bis i i
“SIPDHIOUOIN SNITTIVANG'’S
THHONATNOE SITONV 'T
“dit ‘soi1g usezurpy “UPL MrequIyy “yy
I Nl a Nake hited
_—
S
Ss
SS
Ve ene tee
=
SS
=
mp
rOS, i
Mintern
R. Mintern lith.
1. ENYALIUS PRASTABILIS.
2. HOPLOCERCUS ANNULARIS.
1881.] LIZARDS FROM ECUADOR. 245
precisely analogous case in the Agamidee, in which I felt loth to
create an artificial genus, I have acted in the same way in the pre-
sent instance. The Uromastix princeps recently described by me
(P. Z. S. 1880, p. 445) has an abnormally flattened spinous tail of
extraordinary appearance, but somewhat like the tail of H. spinosus.
It consequently differs from the other species of Uromastia with
long verticillated tails, in just the same way as H. spinosus differs
from the present species. In other respects these two species are
so similar that it is difficult to draw up a complete specific diagnosis
of the new one. There are, however, fewer labial shields; and the
limbs are considerably longer, the hind ones reaching to the front of
the ear, while in H. spinosus they reach only to the shoulder.
25. Prica umBRA, Gray.
One young specimen from Pallatanga.
26. URANOCENTRUM FLAVICEPS, Guichenot.
One adult and two young from Canelos, and one adult from
Sarayacu in Ecuador. There is a locality of the same name
(Sarayacu) in Peru.
27. URANISCODON uMBRA, Kaup.
A single specimen from Sarayacu, Ecuador.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Puate XXII.
Fig.1. Cercosawra (Pantodactylus) reticulata, p. 280.
la. ( ) , head above.
1 6. —— (——) ——., dorsal scutes.
ie: , ventral scutes.
2. Leposoma buckleyi, p. 238.
2a. , half undersurface,
2b. , scales of back.
8. Cercosaura (Prionodactylus) manicata, p. 231.
3a. ( ) ——., under surface of fingers.
Puatre XXIII.
Fig. 1. Eepleopus (Euspondylus) guentheri, entire, p. 235.
2. Goniodactylus concinnatus, p. 237, entire.
3. buckleyi, p. 238, entire.
Puate XXIV.
Fig. 1. Anolis boulengeri, p. 242.
es ; head from above.
2. Enyalius microlepis, p. 238.
Prats XXV.
Enyalius prestabilis, p. 240.
, scutellation of side.
Hoplocercus annularis, p. 244.
Fig.
1.
la.
2.
246 M.G. A. BOULENGER ON A NEW ENYALIUS. __ [Feb. 1,
5. Description of a new Species of Enyalius in the Brussels
Museum. By G. A. BouLENnGER.
[Received January 19, 1881.]
(Plate XX VI.)
In a paper on the collection of Reptiles made in Ecuador, and
presented to the Brussels Museum by Consul Emile de Ville, I have
mentioned? a specimen of Enyalius, which I identified with Z.
heterolepis, Bocourt, noticing, however, that the dorsal crest was
more elevated in my specimen than in the typical one. Having
reexamined the former, and compared it with examples of the two
beautiful species just described by Mr. O’Shaughnessy, viz. #. micro-
lepis and E. prestabilis, I am now convinced that it belongs to a
distinct, hitherto undescribed species, which I have the pleasure of
naming
ENYALIUS OSHAUGHNESSYI, sp. nu. (Plate XXVI.)
Head broad and rounded, once and two thirds as long as broad,
covered with subquadrangular strongly keeled scales, those on the
canthus rostralis and the superciliary border a good deal larger and
projecting. A small but distinct occipital plate. Loreal region
concave, with small, irregular, keeled scales. Temporal region with
small convex scales, above with a series of large conical ones ; a few
large conical scales near the tympanum. Labial shields 14, equal.
Scales of the back and sides of the body small, smooth and slightly
keeled, irregularly intermixed with larger but not conical ones. A
median dorsal crest of very large conical scales, beginning behind
the occiput, and gradually diminishing in height to the base of the
tail, where it becomes double and soon vanishes ; the highest of
these scales on the neck measure more than the vertical diameter
of the ear-opening. A single lateral series of conical scales on each
side of the back, beginning at a small distance behind the ear, and
extending to the sacral region. There are about 12 longitudinal
rows of scales between the dorsal crest and the lateral series, and 30
between the latter and the belly. Scales on the limbs strongly
keeled. Scales of gular region keeled; those of the pectoral and
ventral regions as large as those upon the limbs, and strongly
keeled. A single femoral pore on each side. Tail compressed,
with verticillate, strongly keeled scales, the verticilli composed of
five or six rings of increasing size; scales of the lower surface equal
and also strongly keeled.
Coloration (in the single male specimen). General colour dark
brown; throat and some of the scales of the sides of the body
and tail and some of the limbs greenish ; a light rounded spot on
each side of the neck, behind the ear; gular fold black.
' Bull. Soc. Zool France, 1880, p. 43.
P. Z. & . 1881. Pl. XXVI.
Ss imp-
Mintern Bro
R.Mintern Jith.
OSHAUGHNESSYI.
MICROLEPIS.
l. ENYALIUS
2.5
188].] MR. BARTLETT ON THE HABITS OF THE DARTER. 247
Dimensions. millim.
Total length (the tip of the tail is broken ote Phase 310
From tip of snout to ear-opening ................ 43
¥ 4 MHOreHlim Dawe. aie ots tS 53
SPE WELLL Sas: hone ar ete ct aio RT RS 2% 135
Length Pier! Heat, eerie aheiysie 72
sua) SP MNIRENIper DE k Hhokdds vated Je sad 2% 17
oh) Gs fourth finger RSENS. BieehE a 8. atieal | LO
= ye ein! inl: CGS ise acces ae ee ee 95
te Ete Ie EE Che mba c aa ans n> om \ LD
3 Sloe) fie |e ae a cee eee ee 28
This species is allied to H. heterolepis, E. microlepis, and E. pre-
stabilis, but differs from all three in the higher dorsal crest, from
E. heterolepis in the scales of the body, which are smaller (about
42 vertically in the present species, and 29 in Z. heterolepis) and not
intermixed with conical ones, and in the absence of a second lateral
series of large scales; from E. microlepis in the larger, slightly or
not keeled dorsal seales ; from E. prestabilis in the shape of the
dorsal scales, and especially in the strongly keeled pectoral and
ventral ones.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVI,
Fig. 1. Enyalius oshaughnessyi. 1a, scutellation of the side of ditto.
Fig. 2. Scutellation of the side of £. ’ microlepis.
6. Remarks upon the Habits of the Darter (Plotus an-
hinga). By A. D. Barrett, Superintendent of the
Society’s Gardens.
[Received Jan. 6, 1881.]
At a meeting of this Society in 1869 (see P.Z.S. 1869, p. 142) I read
a paper upon the habits of the Hornbills, and called attention to the
fact that, from time to time, these birds cast up a substance that is
found upon examination to be the epithelial lining of the gizzard. I
now bring before the Society a notice of another instance of this re-
markable habit, in a very different group of birds. A Darter (Plotus
anhinga), the bird I now speak of, was received on the 18th of July
1880, and since that time has appeared to be in perfect health, and
has fed regularly. It has thrown up the lining of its stomach on
three or four occasions during this period ; but unfortunately the
keeper, not being aware of the interest that would be attached to the
circumstance, and not knowing the nature of the substance, care-
lessly threw the castings away. I happened, however, to be present
when the last sac was thrown up, and secured it for examination,
and have handed it over to our Prosector, Mr. Forbes, for that pur-
ose,
: This remarbable fact being now known to occur in two widely
248 NOTE ON MR. BARTLETT'S COMMUNICATION. ([Feb. 1,
separate genera of birds, induces me to believe, that the habit may
exist in many other birds and have hitherto been unobserved. In
many cases the substance would sink to the bottom of the water,
where it would soon decompose; and this may account for its not
having been previously noticed.
I feel particularly anxious to call the attention of persons keeping
Cormorants, and of those persons visiting the haunts of Cormorants,
to this habit, as it is highly probable that this bird does the same
thing.
7. Note on Mr. Bartlett’s Communication on the Habits
of the Darter. By W. A. Forszs, B.A., Prosector to
the Society.
[Received February 1, 1881.]
The specimen put into my hands by Mr. Bartlett is a somewhat
broken bag-like sac, which is undoubtedly the shed ‘ epithelial” coat
of the gizzard of the Darter. Where the “‘epithelium”’ * is thickest and
best developed, at the bottom of the gizzard, the walls have remained
intact; but above, whereit thins off towards the pyloric and cesophageal
openings, they have become broken, so that the sac is widely open
here. A small patch of the characteristic hairs (¢f. Garrod, P. Z.S.
1876, p. 343, pl. xxviii. fig. 2) of the pyloric part of the gizzard
has come away with the epithelium; these alone would suffice to
indicate the bird whence it was derived. The hard epithelium does
not extend above the limits of the gizzard: hence none of the mucous
coverings of the proventricular gland or cesophagus has been preserved
in the ejected specimen. The outer surface of the cast epithelium is
smooth and velvety, and exactly similar in appearance to epithelium
that has been peeled off the muscular walls of the gizzard artificially.
A microscopical examination of a part of the cast epithelium shows
that it is quite identical in structure with that of the unshed epithelium
of the stomach.
I may add that in the stomach of a lately dead example of the
species—though not that of the individual which “ moulted”’ its
stomach, which is still (February 1) alive and in good health—there
is some appearance of a similar “ moult ” being about to take place,
the epithelial layer being easily detached from the subjacent ones,
whilst beneath it there is apparently a new, though still very thin,
coat of epithelium in course of formation. This appearance is con-
firmed by sections of the epithelium.
1 T use this term in the same sense as many previous writers have done, as a
convenient term for the object in question, without committing myself to any
opinion as to its true nature.—W. A. F.
1881.] MR. A. H, COCKS ON THE BREEDING OF THE OTTER. 249
8. Note on the Breeding of the Otter.
By Aurrep Heneace Cocks, F.Z.S.
[Received January 17, 1881.]
A pair of Otters in my possession have lately bred; and as the
details differ somewhat from those in the case of the breeding of this
species in the gardens of this Society, as recorded in the ‘ Pro-
ceedings’ for 1847, I venture to give the following particulars.
The female was sent to me in March 1873, from North Wales, as a
cub of about 2? lb. weight, with the permanent incisor teeth just
cut. From about the time she was full-grown she came in season
nearly every month; but I never possessed an adult male until
October 1879, when I obtained one in Hamburg. Owing to the
female animal’s extreme jealousy, I was not able to let them run
together until they had been duly introduced to each other through
the bars of adjoining cages for some weeks. The male soon after-
wards became very ill with an abscess at the root of one of his lower
premolar teeth, the result apparently of some old injury; and
although the female occasionally came in season, he took no notice
of her advances, until early on the morning of July 17th, when they
paired in the water, the female loudly chattering or whistling in a
peculiar way all the while. They remained thus for about an hour ;
and the sides of the tank being perpendicular, they were of necessity
swimming the whole time. Nothing further was noticed until the
morning of August 12, when they again paired in the water. ‘They
remained together on this occasion for an hour and a half (about
6.30 to 8. a..).
On October 2, the female being evidently heavy with young, I
separated the animals ; and (about 5.45) in the afternoon of the 12th
I heard young ones squeaking ; in all probability they had not been
born more than an hour or two when I discovered them. Reckoning
from August 12th (the date of the second pairing), the gestation was
therefore 61 days. We constantly heard the cubs squealing; but
nothing was seen of them until the 25th, when I looked at them,
and found them to be two in number, measuring about 8 inches in
length, including the tails, which were about 2 inches, or perhaps
rather more, in length, and which were held curved tight round on
the abdomen, as in a foetus. They were completely covered with a
fine silky coat, very different from the somewhat rough “ puppy-
coat” they afterwards assume. They were still blind, with the eyes
very prominent. Within two hours after I had looked at them the
mother removed them to the other bed-box. From this time they
were frequently shifted by the mother from one box to the other,
often daily, the longest stay in one box being from October 28th to
November 15th.
On November 17, while I was in the act of putting clean straw into
the unoccupied bed-box, the Otter came out of the other box with one
of the cubs in her mouth, and, swimming with it across the tank, came
right up to the box I was filling, as if totally unconscious of my
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1881, No. XVII. 17
Pe
250 MR. A.H. COCKS ON THE BREEDING OF THE OTTER. [Feb. 1,
presence. On finding that the bed was not ready, she swam back
with the cub across the tank; and although I left the cage as
quickly as possible, she made altogether about six journeys across
the tank (which is between 13 and 14 feet long), holding the cub
by the neck in her mouth, and carrying it most of the way under
water. I could not be sure about its eyes, but believe it to have
been still blind. It appeared to be about 15 inches long, or possibly
hardly so much. On the 29th the cubs were about 1 foot long in
head and body, with tails 6 inches long. Weight probably about
2lb. Eyes open.
On the night of December 5, one of the cubs first showed itself,
lying with its head hanging out of the box. On the 9th the cubs
first came out of their own accord, and went into the water several
times (both accidentally and purposely it was supposed) ; the tank
being nearly brimfull, they were able to get out without assistance.
On the 10th I first saw the mother carry fish into the box to try
to tempt the cubs to eat. In the afternoon of the same day, the
cubs were anxious to come out of the box; but the mother, hearing
the gardeners at work close by, would not allow them. Presently
one of the cubs having become very refractory, the old Otter seized it
by the side of the neck, carried it to the tank, and gave it a thorough
ducking, and thence straight back to bed, where, after another short
demonstration of independence, it subsided. On the 12th one of the
cubs when out, being frightened at an accidental noise, plunged
without hesitation into the tank, and swam across nearly all the
way under water.
On the morning of the 13th, on my feeding the old Otter while
the cubs were out with her, she took two small roach to them, and
tried to make them eat, taking first one fish, then the other, then
both together in her mouth, and moving them about close in front
of the cubs to attract their attention, at the same time uttering a
peculiar whine or growl, or something between the two, which
sounded ferocious. This she has continued to do every day since up
to date of writing (January 15); and one cannot help thinking that
her idea of teaching the cubs to eat is to encourage their natural
rapacity by pretending she does not want them to have the food.
On this first occasion, though they occasionally gnawed at the fish,
they appeared to get nothing off.
On the 28th, I turned out the cubs to exhibit; they had now
become shy, and bit fiercely.
On the 31st, about 11.15 p.m, I found the cubs out, and calling,
asif hungry; sol gave them ina supply of food, which they appeared
to appreciate. They have continued since that date to expect some
food the last thing each night, in addition, since the 5th instant, to a
meal about 6 p.m. ; and about the same date they began to eat a little
the first thing in the morning ; but they. now lie up all through the
day, and the mother, when fed at other times than those specified,
makes no attempt to induce them to eat.
to
or
a
1881.] ON SHELLS FROM SOCOTRA.
9. On the Land Shells of the Island of Socotra collected by
Prof. Bayley Balfour. By Lieut--Colonel H. H. Gopwiy-
AvstEN, F.R.S., F.Z.S., &c. Part I. Cyclostomacez.
{Received January 18, 1881.]
(Plates XXVII., XXVIII.)
For the recent exploration of the Island of Socotra we are very
greatly indebted to Mr. Sclater, who from the first so strongly
advocated the examination of its flora and fauna. This work has
been most ably carried out by Prof. Bayley Balfour, who volunteered
his services, and who, after a necessarily short stay there of only six
weeks in the cold season of 1880, brought away with him a fine
store of specimens. The present paper is based on a study of the
land- and freshwater Mollusca thus obtained.
It is proposed to bring out this list in two parts, instead of waiting
until the whole collection has been examined and compared. The
first contribution, now submitted, comprises the Cyclostomaceee. As
a whole, they are, as might have been expected, African and Arabian
in character, the connexion being certainly, as regards the oper-
culated forms, more Arabian than African. The collection contains
a number of very distinct, fine and interesting forms, of which some
were already known, but many are new and considerably extend the
list of Socotran species. The large area of limestone formation on
the island is especially favourable to the existence of these creatures,
while island-conditions have, as usual, modified and increased the
species of some genera. I hope to be able to show to what extent
the species are allied to the adjacent continental forms—always so
interesting a point as regards island faunas. The Helicidze number
about twenty species, the operculated species ten, while there are
some eight freshwater, or a total of about forty. It is remarkable
to note that there is not a single true Helix represented in the
collection: one specimen I did at first think was a Helix; but it is in
in a very imperfect state, and on further examination appears to
belong to the Bulimine.
Species of Buliminz are the most numerous among the Helicidze,
the greater numbers being allied to Mr. G. Nevill’s subgenus Acha-
tinelloides, which is closely allied to a group which extends through
Arabia and Persia to N.W. India.
Of the genus Otopoma, represented in Socotra by six species, there
is found in the neighbouring island of Abd-el-Goury O. modestum,
Petit, which is not in the collection and appears to be peculiar to
that island, as also Cyclostoma gratum, a genus not represented
in the collection.
It is interesting to note how restricted Ofopoma is to Arabia an
the islands off the east coast of Africa. The only exceptions are :—
O. albicans, Sow., in the British Museum, given as from the island of
17
252 LIEUT.-COL. H. H. GODWIN-AUSTEN ON [Feb. 1,
Hainan, China, according to Benson’, but which possesses all the
characteristics of the Socotran shells, and must be, I consider, wrongly
labelled ; there is also one recorded from the continental shore of
Mogadoxa, viz. O. guillani ; and we have an outlier in one species on
the other side of the Arabian Sea in peninsular India, O. hinduorum,
recorded from Kattiawar and named by Mr. W. T. Blanford.
Again, in Cyclotopsis, a genus belonging to the Cyclostomide, but
with a multispiral operculum, we find the connexion of Socotra not
with Africa but with peninsular India on the one side, where it is
represented by C. semistriatus, and in the far south-east, in the
Seychelles, by another species: this has been already pointed out by
Mr. W. T. Blanford in a paper (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1864)
“On the Classification of the Cyclostomacez of Eastern Asia,” and
more recently (in the same publication, 1876) “On the African
Element in the Fauna of India.”’
Lithidion, again, follows a very similar distribution, with the ex-
ception of India, all the species being East-African island forms,
though not extending southward beyond Madagascar. On the north
it is found in Arabia, but has not, I believe, been recorded from the
African coast, which, however, has been little explored.
Tropidophora is a purely Madagascar genus, where it has reached
its maximum of development and beauty in some magnificent shells ;
and it occurs in most of the East-African islands, viz. Mauritius and
Rodriguez,—in the first represented by the very rare 7’. barclayana,
and in the second by JZ. articulata. Tropidophora we now find
spreading as far north as Socotra; but this genus has never been
found in India.
Judging from the land-mollusean fauna of Socotra, there is strong
evidence that the island was once directly connected with Madagascar
to the south. We know the great antiquity of that island ; and it is
not unreasonable to suppose that in Socotra, the Seychelles, Mada-
gascar and Rodriguez we have the remnants of a very ancient
more advanced coast-line on this western side of the Indian Ocean,
which line of elevation was probably continuous through Arabia
towards the north. With an equally advanced coast on the Indian
side, the Arabian Sea would, under these conditions, have formed
either a great delta, or narrow arm of the sea into which the line of
the Indus and Euphrates drained. Such conditions would have
admitted of the extension of species from one side to the other,
which the later and more extensive depression of the area, as shown
in Scinde, afterwards more completely shut off.
Ororoma natTicoipEs. (Plate XXVII. figs. 1, 1 a.)
Cyclostoma naticoides, Récluz, Rev. Zool. 1843, p. 3.
Shell globosely turbinate, very solid; sculpture well marked
transverse irregular lines of growth crossed by distant indistinct
spiral sulcation. Colour white, fine orange within the aperture.
Spire rather high, the extreme apex generally decollate. Whorls
1 Sowerby in his original description gives no loeality.
1881.] SHELLS FROM SOCOTRA. 253
5, well rounded. Aperture obliquely and broadly ovate, angular
above, suboblique. Peristome thick and solid, particularly on the
columellar margin, where it spreads out and completely conceals the
umbilicus; this is a greater development and exaggeration of the
angulate notch which is to be seen in the next two species from
this island. Operculum situated well within the aperture, flatly
concave in front, shelly, smooth, of about 33 whorls, nucleus sub-
central.
Size of largest specimen—major diam. 59°5, minor diam. 51, alt.
axis 31'5 millims. Largest size given by Pfeiffer—major diam, 41°0,
minor diam. 34-0, aperture 19X16 millims.
Example figured—
major diam. 2°15, minor diam. 1°7, alt. axis 1°35 inch.
me as 3 BS Vi seamen 34:0 millims.
Small var.—
major diam. 38, yt ewe Tasik fs 1825). Wy
= ane LSD. y, fos: Og arr, 0°53 inch.
Animal not yet examined.
[“ Very common on the limestone plains from more than one
locality.” (I. B. B.)]
~ O. guillani, Petit, is a small form, diameter 26 millims., very
Similar in the expansion of the columella-notch over the umbilicus,
from Mogadoxa on the N.E. coast of Africa, 250 leagues distant
from Socotra.
OTOPOMA BALFOURI, n. sp. (Plate XXVII. figs. 2, 2 a.)
Shell globosely turbinate, solid, very openly umbilicated, ribbed
regularly and spirally throughout ; but the ribbing does not extend
within the umbilicus; colour white; spire pyramidal, decollate
usually for 14 whorl; suture well impressed; whorls 4, well
rounded ; aperture subvertical, ovoid, angular above; peristome
continuous, solid, and reflected slightly on the outer margin, less
solid on the columellar side, which presents a slight dentation with
angularity just below the upper inner margin, well rounded below.
Size :—
Major diam. 55:0, minor diam. 40-0, alt. axis. 22-0 millims.
PY, 35 2°16; 55 5 L585.) 55 0°87 inches.
Dwarf var.
major diam. 32°8, _,, OOS 3h 14 millims.
{‘* Common on the land towards the east end of the island : this por-
tion is elevated over 700 feet and is of limestone.” (1. B. B.)]
This species is very close to O. auriculare, Gray, of which the
habitat is unknown, but the columellar margin is more expanded
and the ribbing is coarser and more distant than in O. badfouri.
Cyclostoma albicans, Sow, apud Gray, Zool. Beechey’s Voy.
pl. xxxviii. fig. 30, p. 146, is said to inhabit some of the islands of
the Southern Pacific, which I do not believe is correct. The descrip-
tion agrees with this shell; but no dimensions are given, and the
254 LIEUT.-COL. H. H. GODWIN-AUSTEN ON [Feb. 1,
inferior figure represents a shell with a high spire, not nearly glo-
bular : it is certainly not to be identified with Sowerby’s figure in
the Thes. Conch. pl. xxvi.
OTOPOMA COMPLANATUM, n. sp. (Plate XXVII. figs. 3, 3a.)
Shell turbinate, openly umbilicated, fine spiral ribbing crossed
by transverse finer ribbing, smooth on base; colour white; spire
pyramidal, 13 whorl at the apex smooth; suture impressed ;
whorls 5, sides well rounded; aperture ovate, suboblique, angular
above; peristome continuous, thickened and scarcely reflected on
the outer margin, which is well rounded ; columellar margin oblique
to axis, thin, with a well-marked submedian angulation near the
umbilicus, but with no tendeney to an expansion in that direction.
Size :—
Major diam. 36°8, minor diam. 29°5, alt. axis 16°8 millims.
[‘* Very common on the limestone plains from more than one
locality, and common on the land towards the east end of the island ;
all the land in this region is elevated over 700 feet and is of lime-
stone.’ (I. B. B.)]
Somewhat like Cyclostoma albicans, Sow. Thes. Conch. p. 118,
pl. xxvi. figs. 110-112, in form of the aperture and its smooth surface.
OTOPOMA CLATHRATULUM, Var. SOCOTRANA. (Plate XXVII.
figs. 4, 4a.)
Shell very globosely turbinate, closely umbilicated, spiral ribbing
on the apical whorls crossed by transverse striation, becoming
smoother on the body-whorl, which only shows the latter; colour
white, also pale purple, stronger on the apex ; bordering the suture
in one specimen numerous pale purple bands of colour occur, show-
ing darkish above the periphery (fig. 4 a) ; spire pyramidal, suture
impressed ; whorls 4, well rounded; aperture subvertical, oval,
angulate above; peristome continuous, almost separated from the
penultimate whorl, not reflected, thickened on the outer margin ;
columellar margin suboblique, nearly straight, with only a very
slight tendency to angulation. Operculum shelly, situated close to the
peristome, paucispiral, of three whorls rapidly increasing, nucleus
subcentral, flat in front.
Size :—
Major diam. 28°5, minor diam. 22°6, alt. axis 13°5 millims. |
” ” 1:22, ” ” 0°88, ” 0°55 inch.
[‘* Very common everywhere.” (I. B. B.)].
This species is very closely allied to O. clathratulum, Récluz, figured
in Conch, Icon. pl. xviii. fig. 116b ; but in none of the Socotran shells
do we find the columeilar margin expanded, as seen in Mr. Sowerby’s
drawing ; and I have examined the specimens in the British Museum :
fiz. 116a is that of a well banded specimen, but is much over-
coloured. Both Arabia and Socotra are given as the habitat of this
species ; but there is some doubt as to which locality the above speci-
mens are to be assigned to, as they are stuck upon the same tablet.
188 1.] SHELLS FROM SOCOTRA. 255
OTOPOMA CLATHRATULUM, Var. MINOR.
Shell closely umbilicated, very globosely turbinate, solid, polished,
sculpture regular spiral ribbing, crossed by fine transverse irregular
costulation ; colour white, one specimen dark grey on the apex ;
spire conoid, ‘apex blunt, and smooth for 13 whorl; whorls 4};
aperture ovate ; peristome simple, strong, and attached close to the
penultimate whorl. Operculum situated close to the peristome, very
thick and shelly, the subcentral nucleus slightly sunken below the
outer whorl ; dark grey in central portion.
Size :-—
Major diam. 0°54, minor diam. 0°40, alt. axis 0°40 inch.
by », 18:0 H 53 0LD'Os 5 55% 16°64 millims.
[‘* On plain near Gollonsir village, very common.” (I. B.B.) The
greater number, however, are marked “ very common, from the plain
in vicinity of Kadhab.’’ |
This shell is very similar to the last, but only about half the size ;
and the difference in the position of the peristome with respect to
the penultimale whorl is very marked and constant.
OroroMa conicum, n. sp. (Plate XXVIII. fig. 1.)
Shell conoid, closely umbilicated, solid; sculpture fine, regularly
disposed spiral ribbing crossed by fine costulation, continued to well
within the umbilical region ; colour white ; spire conic, sides rather
flat, apex subacute; suture rather shallow; whorls 5, the last well
rounded, slightly descending, aperture circular, suboblique; peri-
stome very thin; columellar margin simple, not reflected. Operculum
shelly, solid, paucispiral, of 3 whorls, smooth subcentral nucleus
depressed, concave behind.
Size :—
Major diam. 0-24, minor diam. 0°20, alt. axis 0:32 inch.
= por ge 9's | reer, ws, stOIOs sarcitoann 4; 0n-millams,
[From the plain about Gollonsir village.” (I. B. B.)]
OroroMA TURBINATUM, n. sp. (Plate XXVIII. fig. 2.)
Shell turbinate, umbilicated; sculpture regular, fine, equally
distributed, spiral ribbing smooth on the last whorl near umbilicus ;
apex smooth; colour white; spire pyramidal, suture impressed ;
whorls 43, well rounded ; aperture nearly circular, slightly angular
above; peristome thin, much curved on the columellar margin.
Operculum not obtained.
Size :—
Major diam. 8°8, minor diam., 7°9, alt. axis 5°0 millims,
oe ener SSE aan hoot. Ones sb ae ae A
[On stems of Dracena cinnabari, Balf. fil., at 2000 feet eleva-
tion, on limestone.” (I. B. B.).| Only three specimens were
obtained.
TROPIDOPHORA SOCOTRANA, 0. sp. (Plate XXVIII. fig. 3.)
Shell trochiform, umbilicated, rather solid ; sculpture three strong
256 LIEUT.-COL. H. H. GODWIN-AUSTEN ON [Feb. 1,
longitudinal ribs on the periphery, with a fine intermediate one, and
two above near the suture, crossed by strong lateral close ribbing or
lines of growth ; similiar longitudinal sulcation on the base, smooth
on the apex ; colour white, ruddy within the aperture; spire pyra-
midal, sides flat; suture shallow; whorls 54, convex, the last
slightly descending near the aperture; this is circular and oblique ;
peristome rather thin.
Operculum subtestaceous, paucispiral, rapidly increasing, nu-
cleus subcentral (fig. 30).
Size :—
Major diam. 10-0, minor diam. 9-2, alt. axis 6-4, total alt. 9-0 millims.
” 3 0°39, 33 33 0°36, 33 0°25, ” » 0°24, inch.
[‘*From stems of Dracena cinnabari, Balf. fil. ....... 0n
limestone, at an altitude of over 2000 ft.” (B.B.)] Fifteen speci-
mens were found.
Two specimens are somewhat larger, and, being older, have flatter
sides to the spire, and a blunter apex. They measure respectively :—
1. Major diam. 12:0, minor diam, 10°8.
3 3? 0°47, 3 >» 0°43.
7 ea 5s 0 Be » 9°5, alt. axis 6°0 millims.
TROPIDOPHORA BALFOURI, n. sp. (Plate XXVIII. fig. 4.)
Shell elongately pyramidal, umbilicated, keeled, solid ; first two
apical whorls smooth, rest of shell ribbed spirally and on the
base ; seven ribs on each whorl, crossed by well-developed transverse
ribbing ; colour marbly white, ruddy brown or orange within ; spire
pyramidal acuminate, sides flat; suture shallow; whorls 6, sides
convex, the last descending very slightly near the peristome;
aperture broadly ovate ; peristome rather thin, continuous,
Size :—
Major diam. 7°5, minor diam. 7:0, alt. axis 6°3, total height 8-7 millims.
[‘« On the limestone ridge to the S.W. of Gollonsir valley, only on
the top of the ridge and facing the south.” (I. B. B.)]
LiTHIDION MARMOROSUM, DN. sp. (Plate XXVIII. fig. 6.)
Shell discoid, very solid, widely and openly umbilicated, sharply
keeled ; sculpture, strongly ribbed longitudinally with 5 sulcations
below and 4 above the peripheral sulcation, crossed by very fine
lateral regular striation; colour marbly white ; spire flatly depressed,
apex papillate, polished; suture shallow; whorls 5, eccentrically
wound at the apex, the axis there not being perpendicular to the
planes of the last whorl (figs. 65 and 6c); aperture circular, oblique ;
peristome reflected, strongly developed on the columellar margin.
Operculum shelly, concentric, of 3 whorls; the margin reflected,
forming a raised spiral rib.
Size. Major diam. 10°7, minor diam. 9-2, alt. axis. 3°2 millims.
Animal pale ash-grey ; tentacles black ; foot divided longitudi-
nally ; proboscis long, bilobed.
SOCOTRAN LAND SHELLS.
Jodwm-Anisten, del et hth Maclure & Macdonald, Imp
SOCOTRAN LAND SHELLS.
Maclure & Macdonald, Imp.
1881.] SHELLS FROM SOCOTRA. 257
[‘* Very common everywhere on the ground.” (I. B. B.)]
This species is nearest to L. suleatum, Gray, or more correctly Cy-
clostoma (Lithidion) lithidion, Sowerby, Mr. Gray having adopted
the specific name for his new genus; but this last shell is not so
openly umbilicated. It is also very similar in form and coloration to
L. niveum, Pfr., from Madagascar, but differs much in the aperture
and sculpture, Z. niveum being very smooth. L. depressum, Pfr.
(the habitat of which is unknown), is also close ; but the spire is quite
flat. LZ. souleyetianum, Petit, from the island of Abd-el-Goury
near Socotra, does not appear to be found in Socotra; it is much
higher in the spire and altogether different in form. L. desciscens,
Pfr. (from Mus. Cuming), is given as from Socotra, but is not in this
collection. An examination of the species of Lithidion represented
in the British Museum shows that the peculiarly irregularly wound
apex is a generic character common to all.
CycLoTopsis ORNATUS, n. sp. (Plate XXVIII. fig. 5.)
Shell openly umbilicated, depressedly conoid, thin; sculpture,
spiral sulcation, every other rib being more strongly developed, crossed
transversely by fine costulation ; colour pale sienna with a pale ochre
band on the periphery and with zigzag markings of the same colour
on the second whorl, this coloration only seen well on young shells ;
spire somewhat low, apex smooth; whorls 4, well rounded, the
last very slightly descending ; aperture circular, oblique ;_ peristome
thin, scarcely reflected on the inner margin.
Operculum shelly, concentric, of 4 whorls; the margin well re-
flected outwards, its edge forming a continuous raised smooth spiral
rib.
Size :—
Major diam. 8°2, minor diam. 6°8, alt. axis, 3°8 millim.
” ” 33, ” ” 0°27, 9 99 “14 inch,
[‘* From under granite boulders, hills above Adona, over 2000 ft.,
and on stem of Dracena cinnabari, Balf. fil., on limestones at same
elevation.” (I. B. B.)]
This is a most interesting form, connecting the fauna of these
islands with India. It has a representative also in one species at
the Seychelles.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Puate XXVIII.
Fig. 1, 1a. Otopoma naticoides, Récluz, nat. size, p. 252.
14 , operculum of ditto.
— , balfouri, n. sp., p. 253.
, complanatwm, nu. sp., p. 254.
—,, clathratulum, Récluz, var. socotrana, p. 254.
,
2, 2a.
3, 34.
4, 4a.
Priatre XXVIII.
Fig. 1, la. Otopoma conicum, n. sp., p. 255.
14, Operculum of same,
258 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [Feb.15,
Fig. 2. Otopoma turbinatum, un. sp., p. 255.
8, 3a. Tropidophora socotrana, u.sp., p. 255.
36. Operculum of same.
4. Tropidophora balfourt, n. sp., p. 256.
5. Cyclotopsis ornatus, n. sp,, p 257.
5a. Operculum of ditto.
6, 6a. Lithidion marmorosum, n. sp., p. 256.
66, 6c, Apex of ditto, much enlarged.
February 15, 1881.
Prof. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the
Society’s Menagerie during the month of January 1881 :—
The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-
gerie during the month of January was 46, of which 30 were by
presentation, 1 by birth, 12 by purchase, and 3 were received on
deposit. The total number of departures during the same period,
by death and removals, was 163.
The most remarkable additions during the month of January were
as follows :—
1. A White-nosed Saki (Pithecia albinasa), purchased January
11th, and apparently likely to do well. So far as I can make
out, the typical example of this species in the Paris Museum has
hitherto remained unique in Europe; so that we are fortunate in ob-
taining an example of so rare a species.
The animal, of which I exhibit asketch by Mr. Smit (Pl. XXIX.),
is uniformly, but rather sparingly, covered with black hairs. The
~ nose is broadly naked and of a bright fleshy red, but shows a few white
hairs between the nostrils, which are sufficient to justify its scientific
name. The long hairs on the head fall on both sides of the head
and over the front. The length of the body is about 15 inches, of
the tail 18 inches. The latter organ, although clothed with elon-
gated hairs, appears to be slightly prehensile. The specimen is of
the female sex, apparently not fully adult.
The following references belong to this species :—
PITHECIA ALBINASA. (Plate XXIX.)
Pithecia albinasa, Is. Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire et Deville, Compt.
Rend. xxvii. p, 498 (1848) ; Geoffroy St.-Hilaire, Arch. du Mus.
t. v. p. 559; Gervais, Expéd. de Castlenau, Mamm. p. 16, t. il.
fig. 2.
Chiropotes albinasa, Gray, Cat. of Monkeys in B. M. p. 61
(1870).
2. An American Monkey of the genus Callithrix, probably refer-
able to C. brunnea, Wagner (ex Natt. MS.), but not very easily
determinable while alive. This specimen was purchased along with
1881.] REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON A HYMENOPTEROUS PARASITE. 259
the preceding and a Douroucouli (Nyetipithecus trivirgatus?), all
three probably from some district of the Upper Amazons.
This is the first example of any species of the genus Callithrix
which we have yet received alive.
3. An example of a mammal of the genus Tupaia, obtained by
purchase 11th January. The only form of this peculiar genus
of Insectivora yet received was an example of Tupaia peguana,
received in 1875 (see P. Z.S. 1875, p. 156.)
Mr. Sclater exhibited examples of the eggs of :—
1. Op1sTHOCOMUS CRISTATUS.
Six specimens, belonging to Canon Tristram’s collection, which
had been obtained by a correspondent of Herr Nehrkorn of Riddags-
hausen, Brunswick, at Obidos on the Amazons.
These eggs agreed in form and colour with the description of the
ege of this singular bird given by Des Murs in his ‘ Oologie
Ornithologique’ (p. 108), and were certainly essentially Ralline in
general characters.
2. CoTURNIX DELEGORGII.
A very beautifully marked egg, supposed to belong to this bird,
had been sent for exhibition by Dr. Hartlaub. It had been obtained
by Dr. Emin Bey, at Elema, in Equatorial Africa, where the species
is said to be very common on the western shores of Lake Albert
Nyanza (ef. Petermann, Mitth. 1881, p. 8).
Mr. Howard Saunders exhibited, on behalf of Capt. E. A. Butler,
Her Majesty’s 83rd Regiment, some eggs of Dromas ardeola obtained
on an island near Bushire, Persian Gulf. Mr. Saunders observed
that this aberrant bird, which had generally been placed amongst
the Plovers, laid pure white eggs placed in deep burrows in the sandy
soil. (Cf. ‘Stray Feathers,’ 1879, pp. 381-384.)
The Rev. O. P. Cambridge, C.M.Z.S., exhibited and made re-
marks on a Hymenopterous parasite met with on certain Spiders in
Dorsetshire, Linyphia obscura, Blackw. (2 ), and Linyphia zebrina,
Menge(¢). ‘The larve were apodous and adhered to the abdomen
of the Spider, and when full-grown were as large as the whole ab-
domen. The Spiders, although so burdened, seemed to lose none of
their usual activity. The larvee had changed to the pupa state
about three days after their capture, and, in ten days or so more, to
the perfect insect.
Dr. Capron, of Shere, near Guildford, has determined the parasite
to be Acrodactyla degener, Haliday (Ann. N. H. ser. 1. vol. ii. p. 117
1839).
: Very similar larvee have been observed on the abdomen of The-
260 MR. C. 0. WATERHOUSE ON [Feb. 15,
ridion simile, C. L. Koch, and several other small Spiders of the
same or nearly allied genera.
It was very possible that there might be more than one species
of parasite among the larvee, and an interesting point thus remained
to be worked out by students of Hymenopterous parasites.
Mr. E. W. H. Holdsworth, F.Z.S., exhibited a specimen of
White’s Thrush, Turdus varius, Pall,, which had been killed near
Ashburton, Devon, during the severe cold weather in January last.
This bird was one of a flock of four or five of apparently the same
species, and was stated to be the ninth recorded example of this
eastern Thrush obtained in England since 1828.
The following papers were read :—
1. On the Coleopterous Insects belonging to the family
Hispide collected by Mr. Buckley in Ecuador. By
Cuas. O. Warternouse. (Communicated by Dr. A.
Ginrtuer, F.R.S., F.Z.S., &c.)
[Received January 27, 1881.]
(Plate XXX.)
The object of the present paper is to give an account of the His-
pidee collected by Mr. Buckley in Ecuador. The number of species
hitherto recorded as inhabiting that country is only seventeen; of
these Mr. Buckley found fifteen, as well as nineteen new species,
making a total of thirty-six species.
The following are the descriptions of the new species, which
appear to have all been collected at Sarayacu, with the exception of
Cephalolia leta, which is from the Balzar Mountains, and Cephalo-
donta lycoides, which is from Chiguinda.
All the specimens are in the British Museum, the fine series col-
lected by Mr. Buckley having been presented to the Trustees by
Messrs. Godman & Salvin.
The two species to which an asterisk is prefixed were not met
with by Mr. Buckley.
1. PROsOPODONTA SCUTELLARIS, 0. sp. (Plate XXX. fig. 19.)
P. nigra, opaca ; thorace ante medium oblique angustato, sat crebre
punctato, elytris ferrugineis, fortiter punctato-striatts, interstitiis
secundo quartoque paulo elevatis nitidis. Long. 6 lin.
Head dull, smooth, with a small frontal fovea. ‘Thorax one fifth
broader than long, dull, convex, impressed at the base before the
scutellum, subparallel at the sides till near the front, where it is then
arcuately narrowed to the head; very strongly and irregularly punc-
tured, the punctures rather close at the base, more separated ante-
1881.] COLEOPTERA FROM ECUADOR. 261
riorly. Scutellum shining, pitehy. Elytra dull brick-red, very con-
vex ; each elytron with ten lines of very strong, rather close punc-
tures, besides the short scutellar line; the second interstice rather
broader than the others, distinctly raised and shining; the fourth
costa is also raised, but in a much less degree.
This species is most nearly allied to P. costata, Waterh. (Cist.
Ent. ii. 1879, p. 428), but is more opaque and has the second and
fourth interstices only of the elytra raised.
*2, Demorispa ELEGANS, Baly, Ent. Mo. Mag. 1875, xii. p. 75.
Hab. Ecuador.
Mr. Buckley did not meet with this species.
3. CEPHALOLIA PRINCEPS, Baly, Cat. Brit. Mus. p. 45.
4. CEPHALOLIA CORALLINA, Erichs., Wiegm. Arch. 1847, i.
p- 151.
5. CEPHALOLIA AFFINIS, Baly, Cat. Brit. Mus. p. 44.
6. CEPHALOLIA FLAVIPENNIS, Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1869,
p- 373.
7. CEPHALOLIA DEGANDEI, Baly, Cat. Brit. Mus. p. 57.
8. CEPHALOLIA ALTERNANS, n. sp. (Plate XXX. fig. 5.)
C. elongata, nitida, flava ; fronte, thorace macula antica, elytrisque
fasciis duabus latis nigris. Long. 4 lin.
This species is very close to C. degandei, Baly, but is altogether a
little more elongate and of a much deeper yellow. The antennz
are a little longer; the 5th and 6th joints are evidently longer than
those in C. degandei; deep yellow, with the five apical joints very
pale yellow.
The thorax has a black trapezoidal spot in the middle of the front
margin ; the middle is smooth ; but towards the sides are some rather
strong punctures, which are placed not very close together.
9. CEPHALOLIA PULCHELLA, Baly, Cat. Brit. Mus. p. 56.
The type specimen of this species from Nauta has the black on the
thorax confined to the middle of the anterior margin, whilst the
specimens obtained by Mr. Buckley have the thorax black, with the
hind margin only yellow. In other respects the specimens do not
differ materially.
10. CEPHALOLIA ORNATA, 0. sp. (Plate XXX. fig. 6.)
C. nigra, nitida; thorace angustissime flavo-marginato, elytris
flavis, macula laterali apiceque nigris. Long. 23 lin.
Thorax rather narrower than the elytra, and about a quarter
broader than long, very gently convex, parallel at the sides ; mode-
rately thickly and somewhat strongly punctured at the sides, smooth
on the disk ; the anterior angles gently rounded off and obtuse ; the
lateral margins narrowly reflexed; the posterior angles a little less
262 MR. C. 0. WATERHOUSE ON © [Feb. 15,
than right angles. Elytra moderately long, parallel, very distinctly
striate-punctate, slightly impressed at the sides below the shoulders ;
the suture near the base is dusky ; the apical fifth is black ; and there
is a small elongate black spot on the side rather before the middle.
11. CepHALoxia GRAYI, Baly, Cat. Brit. Mus. p. 51.
12. CEPHALOLIA LATICOLLIs, Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1869,
p- 368.
13. CEPHALOLIA L2ZTA, n. sp. (Plate XXX. fig. 9.)
C. elongata, angusta, ochracea, nitida ; antennis, thoracis linea
mediana, scutello, elytrorumque margine et apice nigris. Long.
33 lin.
Antennz rather short, the third joint scarcely longer than the
second. Head with a well-marked fovea on the vertex, continued
anteriorly by a fine channel. Thorax convex, sloping down at the
sides, a little broader than long, nearly parallel posteriorly, very
slightly narrowed in front, smooth on the disk, with a few distinct
punctures at the sides; the anterior angles obtuse and not at all
prominent; the sides very finely margined; the posterior angles
right angles; the base broadly lobed in the middle. Elytra not
much broader than the thorax, parallel, convex, the lines of punc-
tures well marked ; the apical quarter and the lateral margin black ;
the black on the margin extends a little on the shoulder, and about
the middle has a quadrangular projection, which extends to about
the third dorsal stria.
Variety. With the median black stripe of the thorax almost
wanting.
Hab. Balzar Mountains.
This species somewhat resembles C. succincta, Guérin, but has
the thorax narrower in front and more convex, &c.
14, CEPHALOLIA ANTENNATA, n. sp. (Plate XXX. fig. 7.)
C. rufo-ochracea ; antennarum basi, thoracis linea mediana, elytro-
rum sutura apiceque nigris, corpore subtus plus minusve nigro.
Long. 3 lin.
Antennz moderately long, the third joint nearly twice as long as
the second ; black, with the four apical joints yellow. Head witha
brown band on the vertex; eyes large and prominent. Thorax very
little wider than the head including the eyes, very little broader than
long, convex, parallel, closely and very strongly punctured, the sur-
face uneven, with a slight oblique impression on each side of the disk
behind ; anterior angles not at all prominent, obtuse; the sides
straight, finely margined. Scutellum blackish. Elytra nearly twice
as broad as the thorax, a little wider near the apex than at the base,
with a distinct impression in the middle of the base of each; the
lateral margins distinctly reflexed; very strongly and closely punc-
tate-striate, the interstices very narrow and convex; deep reddish
yellow, the suture and the apex broadly black, the shoulders dusky.
1881.] COLEOPTERA FROM ECUADOR. 263
The head, the middle of the sterna and the middle of the base of
the abdomen are reddish yellow. The legs are yellow, with the base
of the tibize dusky.
15. CEPHALOLIA FELIX, n.sp. (Plate XXX. fig. 8.)
C. elongata, angusta, flavo-rufa, nitida ; antennis nigris, apice
fiavis, elytris sutura apicem versus marginibusque nigris, corpore
subtus pedibusque rufo-flavis.
Long. 2? lin.
Antenne moderately long, the three apical joints yellow; the
third joint nearly twice as long as the second. Head with a small
impression on the vertex. Thorax a very little wider than the head,
a little broader than long, parallel, convex, with an impression on
each side of the basal median lobe, not very closely but strongly
punctured, with a narrow smooth median line; the front margin
moderately arched; the anterior angles obtuse, and not so far ad-
vanced as the front margin; the sides straight, finely margined ;
the posterior angles a trifle greater than right angles; the basal
lobe rather broad, and somewhat straight near the seutellum. Elytra
nearly twice as broad as the thorax, elongate, a little broader before
the apex than at the base, slightly impressed in the middle of the
base, strongly punctate-striate, the strize near the base only indicated
by a few punctures, the interstices narrow and rather elevated ; the
margins (commencing below the shoulders) and the suture for half
its length are black.
This species is closely allied to the preceding, both being of nearly
the same form, agreeing in having the apex of the antenne pale.
They appear to be most nearly allied to C. javeti, Baly, but are still
very distinct.
16. CEPHALOLIA ANGUSTICOLLIS, n. sp. . (Plate XXX. fig. 4.)
C. nigra nitida; thorace vie marginato, parce punctato.
Long. 23 lin.
Head narrow, with a fine median frontal ridge, which terminates
between the antenne in a minute, acute point; the internal margin
of the eye is acutely raised. Thorax much narrower than the elytra,
very little broader than long, convex, parallel, moderately strongly
and somewhat sparingly punctured ; the sides and anterior border
extremely finely margined ; the base only margined in the middle ;
the anterior angles rounded, the posterior slightly acute. Scutellum
smooth, a little narrower at the base than across the middle, not
very acute at the apex. Elytra subparallel, not much narrowed
towards the apex, with lines of distinct punctures ; there is a strongly
impressed sutural stria, which, however, does not extend to the base
of the elytra; the apex is very obtuse; on the lateral margin, a
little below the shoulder, there is a distinct but shallow elongate
impression.
This species is certainly congeneric with Cephalolia angustata,
Guérin, but differs specifically from it in being of a rather broader
form, &c. Both these insects resemble the species of the genus
264 MR. C. 0. WATERHOUSE ON [Feb. 15,
Stenispa, but differ from them and from the species of Cephalolia
in having a small acute frontal tubercle, and in having a raised inner
margin to the eyes.
17. HOMALISPA CRIBRIPENNIS, 0. sp. (Plate XXX. fig. 1.)
H. nigra; capite thoraceque flavis, elytris cyaneis, fortiter crebre
punetatis.
Long. 3 lin.
Head obscure yellow, dusky about the eyes. Thorax at the base
about two fifths broader than long, very obliquely narrowed an-
teriorly, impunctate, shining, convex on the disk, impressed at the
sides; the anterior angles acute, but very slightly prominent ; the
sides very slightly arcuate, nearly straight; the posterior angles
very acute; the base widely sinuate on each side. Scutellum black,
smooth. LElytra deep blue, shining, moderately convex, a little
broader than the thorax, subparallel, obtusely rounded at the apex ;
very strongly and closely punctured, the punctures near the sutures
forming lines; the apical margins are very finely crenulate. Abdo-
men fulvous. The base of the anterior femora is yellow.
A second specimen has the abdomen and the anterior legs entirely
black. The specimens are probably sexes.
This species may be placed near H. javeti, Baly ; but the confused
punctuation of the elytra separates it from all the species known to me.
18. Homa.ispa COLLaRIS, n. sp. (Plate XXX. fig. 2.)
H. nigra, nitida; thorace pallide flavo, elytris striato-punctatis,
viz cyaneo-tinctis.
Long 33 lin.
Thorax about two fifths broader than long, slightly narrowed in
front, gently convex on the disk, a little impressed within the pos-
terior angles, shining and impunctate, pale yellow, with the anterior
margin black in the middle; the base in the middle and the fine
incrassated basal margin are also black ; the anterior angles are very
little prominent and are moderately obtuse; the sides are gently
arcuate in front of the middle, straight (or only extremely gently
sinuate) behind ; the posterior angles slightly diverging and very
acute. Scutellum smooth. Elytra distinctly broader than the
thorax, elongate-oblong, moderately convex, a little narrowed at the
base, parallel at the sides, obtusely rounded at the apex; black, with
an obscure tint of dark blue, with lines of rather fine but distinct
punctures, the interstices smooth; the punctuation obscure and
irregular at the apex ; the margins are impressed below the shoulders
and a little reflexed ; the apical margins finely crenulate. Under-
side of the prothorax and the base of the anterior femora yellow.
19. ALURNUS BATESII, Baly, Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1864, vol. xiv,
p. 334.
The specimens brought by Mr. Buckley differ from that described
by Mr. Baly from Ega in having no black spot on the shoulder of
the elytra.
1881.] COLEOPTERA FROM ECUADOR. 265
20. ALURNUs saunpDERsI, Baly, Cat. Brit. Mus. p. 28.
A specimen brought by Mr. Buckley appears to be referable to
this species, but has a black spot on the shoulder, which is not men-
tioned in the description.
fab. Ecuador.
21. ALURNUS MUTABILIS, n. sp. (Plate XXX. fig. 3.)
Niger, subopacus, thoracis lateribus elytrisque pallide flavis, his
plus minusve nigro ornatis.
Long. 9-10 lin.
Thorax one quarter broader than long, moderately convex, very
slightly narrower in front than behind, very gently arcuate at the
sides ; not very strongly, but rather thickly and irregularly punc-
tured ; yellow, with the disk and the extremely fine lateral margin
black ; there is a sudden constriction in front at the extreme anterior
margin; and there is a small incision at each posterior angle.
Scutellum smooth, impressed. Elytra dull, pale yellow, parallel at
the sides, areuately acuminate at the apex; very thickly but ob-
securely punctured; the extreme apical margin and the suture
black, the black more or less dilating at the scutellum ; the apex is
rather acutely produced and is not emarginate. The black marks
on the elytra vary: there appears always to be a black spot on the
shoulder ; this spot sometimes extends itself obliquely towards the
suture, and sometimes expands so much as to unite with the black
at the scutellum; there is also frequently a spot behind the middle
of each elytron, sometimes forming a large black patch.
Most nearly allied to A. lansbergi, Sallé, but less elongate.
22. ALURNUS CassIDEUs, Westw. Ann. Nat. Hist. 1841, viii.
p- 204.
Two examples with entirely black elytra. Specimens brought by
Mr. Buckley, in a former collection, have the elytra more or less
rusty yellow, in which they agree more nearly with the original type.
The type of this species is said to come from Mexico, and, according
to a sketch in Prof. Westwood’s possession, is much broader in the
elytra than the specimens from Ecuador. As, however, there seems
to be some doubt as to the correctness of the locality given for the
type, and as the specimens from Ecuador vary somewhat in form, I
think it best at present to consider them all one species.
23. ArEscus LABIATUS, Perty, Del. Anim. p. 101, pl. 20. f. 7.
Hab. Savayacu ; Ega, Nauta, St. Paulo.
24. ARESCUS PERPLEXUS, Baly. (Plate XXX. fig. 14.)
This species differs from A. dubiatus in having the antennee black,
with the basal joints pale beneath ; the basal joint has the projection
obliquely truncate, so that it is obtuse instead of being acute; the
thorax is rather more deflexed at the anterior angles, and has a slight
impression at the base before the seutellum. The interantennal
process of the forehead is rather short and broad, truncate in the
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1881, No. XVIII. 18
266 MR. C. O. WATERHOUSE ON [Feb. 15,
female, and gently emarginate in the male. The head and thorax
are sometimes yellow, sometimes black. The elytra are yellow or
red, uniform or marked with black; with one or two spots at the
base of each elytron, one a little before the middle (which frequently
extends into a fascia), a spot rather behind the middle (which some-
times extends into a fascia or occupies the whole apical region).
Length 53-6 lines.
I have not been able to find where Mr. Baly described this
species.
25. ARESCUS PULCHER, n. sp. (Plate XXX. figs. 11, 12.)
This species most nearly approaches A. /abiatus, but differs in
having the antennz almost entirely black. The interantennal
process of the forehead is broader and more obtuse. The elytra
are yellow with deep violet or bluish spots and bands, instead of
having the marking nearly black as in 4. dabiatus ; and there are
ouly two spots at the base of each elytron instead of three; the
dorsal spot being more removed from the suture, is more in the
middle of the base; and the humeral spot is more above the shoulder
than at the side of the humeral callosity as in A. dabiatus.
Length 7 lines.
Var. 1. Elytra yellow with two spots at. the base.
Var. 2. Elytra with two spots at the base, with a broad fascia be-
fore and another behind the middle.
Var. 3. Like variety 2, but with the two basal spots confluent.
“ar. 4. Head, sides of thorax, and legs reddish yellow; elytra
with two spots at the base, a broad fascia before the middle, and a
large oval spot in the apical area.
26. ArESCUS BMULUS, n. sp. (Plate XXX. fig. 13.)
A. pallide flavus ; thorace antice sat angustato, ad latera sat pun-
ctato, elytris plaga magna cyanea.
Long. 52 lin.
Most nearly allied to A. perpleaus, Baly, but differs in having the
thorax much narrower, and distinctly narrowed anteriorly, less convex,
and with the posterior angles more divergent; at the sides and the
region of the posterior angles there are some rather strong punctures.
The coloration would probably vary, as in the other species ; but in
the specimen which I am describing, the antennze (except at the
base beneath), the scutellum, the edge of the tibia, and the tarsi
are black. The elytra are very pale yellow, with a large patch of
dark blue behind the middle; but this patch is not of quite the
same shape on the two elytra.
27. ArEscus uisTRIo, Baly, Cat. Brit. Mus. p. 82, pl. vi. f. 8.
Mr. Buckley found this species in great abundance. It is the
most variable Coleopterous insect at present known, and has this re-
markable peculiarity, that the elytra have sometimes a longitudinal
stripe and in some varieties transverse bands.
1881.] COLEOPTERA FROM ECUADOR. 267
28. Uropiata ruGatTA, n.sp. (Plate XXX. fig. 15.)
U. sordide flava, depressa ; antennis nigris, apice ferrugineo, thorace
lineis tribus nigrescentibus ; elytris marginibus, slrigis duabus
obliquis fusciaque apicali eneis, humeris triangulariter expla-
natis, ape truncate denticulato, dente externo acuto eneo.
Long. 37 lin.
Antenne short, longitudinally carinate, the seventh joint with
difficulty separable from the eighth. Thorax narrowed in front,
very strongly and rather closely ‘punctured ; a median line and one
on each side nearly black. Scutellum pitchy. Elytra with the
shoulders triangularly expanded and raised; the apex denticulate,
the outer angle produced into a strong tooth. Each elytron has
two very strong shining cost, besides a less marked sublateral one
commencing under the shoulder and continued to and along the
apical spine. The double rows of punctures in the interstices are
very strong and close. There are the following dark bluish zneous
markings—a line over the humeral angle, an interrupted oblique
dorsal line before the middle, a similar one behind the middle, the
lateral margin (except at the extreme base and apex), and the apical
spine; there is a brown (zeneous-tinted) line extending from one
apical angle to the other, and a short line near the apex between
the second and third coste. The metasternum has a black line
along its lateral margin.
This species is allied to U. angulata, Ol.
29. UROPLATA DEPLANATA, n. sp. (Plate XXX. fig. 16.)
U. ferrugineo-flava ; capite antennisque nigris ; thorace linea laterali
nigro-eneo tincta; elytris cyaneo-nigris, vitta lata communi haud
ad apicem attingente ferrugineo-flava, ante medium et post medium
dilatata, ad apicem truncatis, denticulatis, angulo externo obtuse
producto.
Long. 34 liu.
The antennee have the basal joints shining and sparingly punctured.
The thorax is flattened, closely and strongly punctured, with a well-
marked transverse impression on the disk behind the middle, and
with a second smooth impression across the basal lobe. Hach
elytron has three shining coste, the lateral one finer and less strong
than the others; the double rows of punctures in the interstices are
very strong and close; there is a little blue-black, this colour ex-
tending a little over the shoulder and about the midde; the sides
are finely and acutely crenulate; the apex is broadly truncate, the
external angle flattened and obtusely produced. The two apical
segments of the abdomen are pitchy in the middle.
30. Uropuata BiseINnosa, n. sp. (Plate XXX. fig. 17.)
U. nigra; thorace lateribus ferrugineo-flavis ; elytris Serrugineo-
flavis, macula scutellari, linea brevi sub humero, apiceque nigris,
hoc truncato, ungulo externo in spinam acutam producto.
Long. 3 lin.
Thorax very convex, constricted before the anterior ¢ RAE which
18
268 MR. C. 0. WATERHOUSE ON [Feb. 15,
are slightly prominent; the disk is very strongly punctured, but
the punctures are not very numerous, although from their large size
there is not much space between them; the sides are rusty yellow.
The elytra are rusty yellow, with an oblong black spot common to
both elytra at the scutellum, and the apical third is also black ; each
elytron has three strong costz, the lateral one is rather less strong
than the others, and at the apex turns aways from the apical spine :
the first and second interstices have two lines of strong punctures, a
fine ridge dividing the lines at the apex; in the third interstice
there are three lines of punctures at the apex; the sides are finely
serrated ; the external angle at the apex is produced into an acute
spine, which is slightly concave at its base above. The middle of
the sterna, and the intercostal process of the abdomen are pitchy-
red; the legs are tinted with zneous; the femora have the base
pitchy-red, the four posterior femora have a small acute spine near
the apex below.
31. ODONTOTA ANNULIPES, n. sp. (Plate XXX. fig. 18.)
O. nigra, opaca ; fronte, thoracis lateribus, elytrisque ferrugineo-
ochraceis, his sutura nigra, femoribus basi ferrugineo-annulatis.
Long 43 lin.
Antenne moderately long and stout. Thorax a little impressed
at the base, with a very fine raised line in the middle in front.
Each elytron has four costz ; the two dorsal ones are very strong ;
the third is sharp over the shoulder, interrupted in the middle, and
very fine at the apex; the fourth is entire but fine; the lines of
punctures are strong and distinct; the suture and a small mark
under the shoulder are black. The middle of the sterna and inter-
coxal process of the abdomen are pitchy yellow.
32. Oponrora? sp. ine.!
O. nigra, opaca; elytris sanguineis, basi apiceqgue nigris, ad apicem
obtuse rotundatis, breviter acute serratis.
Long. 33 lin.
A single example without antenne, which I therefore indicate as
a species without giving a name.
* 33. ODONTOTA APICIPENNIS, Chapuis, An. Soc, Ent. Belg.
1877, Xx. ps, 18,
Hab. Ecuador.
This species is known to me only from description.
34. METAXYCERA QUADRIGUTTIATA, L. sp. (Plate XXX. fig. 21.)
M. sanguinea; elytris olivaceo-eneis, singulis maculis duabus
sanguineis. Long. 43 lin.
Thorax velvety, shining on the disk in front, where there is a
well-marked longitudinal impression. Scutellum pitchy. Elytra
depressed on the back, finely crenulate at the sides, and more di-
stinctly so at the apex; the disk of each elytron is dull and slightly
velvety-black; the lines of punctures are very deep and distinct ;
1 The genus is doubtful, there being no antennez,—C. W.
Mintern Bros amp
iedwin Wilson delet hth
FROM ECUADOR
HISPIDA
1881.] COLEOPTERA FROM ECUADOR. 269
there are four costz, the first and third are only distinct posteriorly,
the second is very strong, shining, the fourth is finer and lateral ;
there is an ovate red spot just before the middle, and another some
distance from the apex.
This species is most nearly allied to 17. amazona, Baly ; but that
has three red spots on each elytron.
35. CEPHALODONTA LYCOIDES, n. sp. (Plate XXX. fig. 10.)
C. nigra, opaca; thoracis lateribus ochraceis, flexuosis ; elytris
postice bene explanatis, ad apicem longitudini latitudine equali,
vitta obliqua humerali, fascia post medium suturaque ad apicem
ochraceis. Long. 7 lin.
Thorax slightly convex, rather rough above, trisinuate at the sides,
the anterior sinus the deepest, leaving the anterior angles projecting.
Elytra at the base one third broader than the thorax, gradually
widening to the apex, where their breadth equals their length; the
sides rectilinear, the apex truncate and irregularly and obtusely
dentate; each elytron has four coste, the first is fine and indistinct,
the second is well marked and shining, the third is only distinct over
the shoulder, the fourth is fine and only distinct towards the apex ;
there are two lines of very strong transverse punctures in each in-
terstice ; on the lateral expanded part there are some strong trans-
verse ridges, the apical portion strongly punctured. The underside
of the head, the middle of the sterna, and the middle of the abdomen
at its base and the lateral margins are yellow. The femora have a
yellow spot at the base.
Hab. Chiquinda. B.M.
Although this species has at first sight no resemblance to Cepha-
lodonta, 1 find no characters of sufficient importance to induce me
to separate it as a distinct genus. It has a strong resemblance to
some species of Lycide of the genus Calopteron.
I think that Alurnus cyaneus, De Bréme (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr.
1844, p. 312), a species omitted from Gemminger and Von Harold’s
‘Catalogue of Coleoptera,’ is better ‘placed in Cephalodonta than in
Alurnus, and is closely allied to the species I have just described.
36. SrerHispA BoNvouLorRI. (Plate XXX. fig. 20.)
Stethispa bonvouloiri, Baly, Ann. N. Hist. 1864, xiv. p. 266.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXX.
Fig. 1. Homalispa cribripennis, p. 264, | Fig. 13. Arescus emulus, p. 266.
2. collaris, p. 264. 14 perpleaxus, p. 265.
8. Alurnus mutabilis, p. 265. 15, Uroplata rugata, p. 267.
4. Cephalolia angusticollis, p. 263. 16. deplanata, p. 267.
5. —— alternans, p. 261. 17. bispinosa, p. 267.
6 ornata, p. 261. 18, Odontota annulipes, p. 268.
it antennata, p. 262. 19. Prosopodonta scutellaris,
8. —— felix, p. 263. p. 260.
oh leta, p. 262. 20. Stethispa bonvouloiri, p. 269.
10. Cephalodonta lycoides, p. 269. 21. Metaxycera quadriguttata,
ll. Areseus pulcher, p. 266. p- 268,
12. pulcher, var., p. 266.
270 MR. W. L. DISTANT ON [Feb. 15,
2. Additions to the Rhynchotal Fauna of the Ethiopian
Region. By W. L. Distant.
[Received January 27, 1881.]
(Plate XX XI.)
The Rhynchota of the Ethiopian Region form a group of insects
that has been fairly worked by entomologists, and of which sufficient
material exists to warrant the hope that in a few years we may
have a moderately complete list of the fauna. The late Prof. Stal
attempted, and at the time succeeded in producing a Monograph,
‘Hemiptera Africana,’ which was complete to date, but now re-
quires much supplemental work. I have for some years had con-
siderable facilities in this direction, and have also lost no opportunity
of acquiring African specimens. The following descriptions relate
to undescribed species from collections which have come into my
possession from various svurces since I wrote my “ Notes on African
Hemiptera Heteroptera,”’ in the ‘Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine,’
vols. xiv. and xv. With the exception of two species from Nyassa
and South-eastern Africa, they have all been received from the
Calabar district, West Africa.
Hemiptera HETEROPTERA.
Fam. PENTATOMID.
TROPICORYPHA FORMOSA, 0. sp.
9. Above bright green, shining ; anterior two thirds of lateral
pronotal margins, a small spot on each side of the head at base
behind the eyes, ocelli, connexivum, underside of body, and basal
halves of femora luteous. Antennze pitchy, third joint much longer
than second (fifth wanting). Head with the central lobe sub-
prominent, lateral lobes rounded and somewhat reflexed at apical
angles. Pronotum with the lateral margins straight, reflexed ante-
riorly. Lateral angles subprominent and subacute. Membrane
pitchy, margins and apex paler. Rostrum reaching posterior coxee,
basal joint luteous, remainder pitchy. ‘Tibize above strongly sul-
cate, tarsi pitchy. Ventral spiracles fuscous.
Long. 18 millims., lat. pronot. ang. 10.
Hab. Calabar.
This species is strikingly distinct from any other of the genus,
both in size and colour. Bright green with luteous markings ap-
pear to be somewhat representative colours in the West-African
Pentatomidee.
Note.—In placing this species in the genus Tropicorypha, Mayr,
and the following species in the genus Halyomorpha, Mayr, I rely
more upon the diagnostic characters given by Stal (En. Hem.
pt. v. pp. 56 & 57) than on those given in Dr. Mayr’s original
description (Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, xiv., pp. 910 & 911), which,
1881.] NEW AFRICAN RHYNCHOTA. 271
referring most exhaustively to the type species, are too minute if
applied to the whole of the allied species of the genus, failing
(especially in Tropicorypha) in the structural characters of the
antennee and rostrum.
IJALYOMORPHA VERSICOLOR, n. sp. (Plate XXXI. fig. 1, 2.)
Above pale luteous, irregularly punctured, and shaded with
fuscous. Head luteous, with the lateral margins, posterior margins
of central lobe (which are angulated and widened to base), and a
small curved streak on inner margin of eyes black; obscurely
transversely striate; lobes subequal in length. Antenne, ¢, cas-
taneous, third, fourth and fifth joints with the apices pitchy and
subequal in length; Q, second joint pitchy, third castaneous, pitchy
at apex (remainder mutilated). Pronotum with the anterior por-
tion pale levigate; posterior margin of this space very strongly
sinuated, basal half clouded with fuscous and strongly punctate ;
the lateral margins are ampliated and reflexed, with the anterior
angles toothed behind the eyes, lateral angles subprominent and
obtusely rounded. Scutellum with a small pitchy callosity in each
basal angle, strongly punctate, with some obscure pitchy marks at
base, lateral margins, and apex. Corium strongly punctate, clouded
and mottled with dark fuscous, and with a small levigate space on
disk near apex; membrane hyaline, with a short transverse pitchy
line near base. Abdomen above red, connexivum ochraceous, with a
black line at base and apex of each segment. Underside of body
somewhat paler; legs irregularly marked with fuscous or pitchy,
Rostrum just passing posterior coxee, with the apex black.
Long., 3, 13 millims., lat. pronot. ang. 7.
Long., 2, 17 millim., lat. pronot. ang. 9.
Hab. Nyassa (Farler).
It is probable that the difference in size between the sexes is less
than that observed between the only two specimens I possess or
have seen. This very distinct species, in the structure of the pro-
notum, is most allied to H. reflexa, Sign.
TYoMA PORRECTA, n. sp. (Plate XXXI. fig. 2.)
Fuscous, sparingly but coarsely punctate; head more finely
punctate. Antennze ochraceous, with the second joint longer than
the third, subequal with the fourth, fifth slightly the longest, and,
excepting base, fuscous. Pronotum somewhat verrucose on anterior
portion ; lateral angles acutely straightened and produced; apices
pitchy, with extreme tips reddish orange ; lateral margins of pronotum
and head obscurely black ; margins of connexivum strongly and ob-
tusely spinous. Body beneath much darker. Legs pale ochraceous ;
apices of femora, bases and apices of tibiee pale castaneous. Rostrum
ochraceous, reaching posterior coxe.
Long. 9 millims., lat. pronot. ang. 6.
Hab. Camaroons (Rutherford).
Allied to 7’. cryptorhyncha, Germ., the South-African and only
other known species of this peculiar and distinct genus, from which
272 MR. W, L. DISTANT ON [Feb. 15,
it differs in the direction of the pronotal angles, taking Herrich-
Schiffer’s figure as typical. This is the West-African representative
of the genus, which, so far as we know at present, appears confined to
Africa, and to comprise probably but two species.
ASPAVIA GRANDIUSCULA, 0. sp. (Plate XXXI. fig. 3.)
Head with the apex of the central lobe somewhat prominent, pale
ochraceous, with six longitudinal rows of coarse fuscous punctures.
Pronotum with the lateral angles acutely produced, and with the
apices slightly directed backwards, pale ochraceous, coarsely covered
with dark punctures, the anterior and lateral margins and a transverse
fascia across disk between humeral angles pale levigate, the last
with a few scattered punctures ; apices and fore borders of produced
lateral angles black. Scutellam pale ochreous, coarsely and irregu-
larly covered with dark punctures, a large oblong callosity in each
basal angle and apex pale levigate. Corium pale ochraceous, disk and
inner portion pale castaneous, coarsely and darkly punctate, and with
a marginal (excepting base) row of coarse and dense black punctures ;
basal margin pale levigate. Membrane obscurely fuscous. Underside
of body and legs ochraceous, head beneath and sternum sparingly,
lateral pronotal angles very densely covered with black punctures.
Abdomen with a central longitudinal castaneous fascia gradually
narrowing to apex, between which and margin on each side is a
black longitudinal fascia densely punctate. Rostrum reaching pos-
terior coxze, darkly and obscurely streaked, with the apex black.
Antennee with the second and third joints pale ochraceous, subequal
in length, but shorter than the fourth and fifth, which are also sub-
equal, but which (excepting base of fourth) are obscurely fuscous.
Long. 10 millims., lat. pronot. ang. 7.
Hab. Camaroons (Rutherford).
Allied to A. brunnea, Sign.; but, besides the larger size, the pro-
notal spines are less acute and not directed forwards, the second and
third joimts of the antennz are subequal in length, the transverse
fascia to the pronotum is also different.
Fam. CorrIp&.
AURIVILLIANA, 0. gen.
Body subdilated. Head subquadrate, cleft between the antenni-
ferous tubercles. Rostrum moderately long. Pronotum with the
lateral angles produced, the lateral margins strongly denticulated.
Scutellum triangular. Abdomen moderately dilated. Anterior and
posterior tibize dilated; intermediate tibize a little thickened before
apex, or slightly subdilated. Apices of femora and inner margin of
posterior tibize strongly denticulated. Abdominal spiracles trans-
versely rounded, wider than long.
This genus differs from Petillia, to which it is closely allied, in
the dilated anterior femora and the produced margin of the abdo-
men ; from Petascelisca it is distinguished by the transverse abdo-
minal spiracles, and the dilated and denticulated pronotum,
1881. ] NEW AFRICAN RHYNCHOTA. 273
AURIVILLIANA LURIDA, Dn. sp. (Plate XXXI. figs. 6g, 72.)
Ochraceous, speckled and streaked with fuscous. Antenne
pilose, black with the apical joint bright luteous in the male, pale
luteous with the apex black in the female ; first and second joints
subequal, or second rather longer than first, third shortest, fourth
the same length as second. Pronotum transversely striated with
fuscous, lateral margins strongly denticulated, lateral angles pro-
duced, with a strong tooth at apex, and moderately denticulated
behind. Scutellum narrowly black at base, with a central luteous
spot. Corium finely speckled with fuscous, and a larger spot of the
same colour on disk. Underside of body and legs concolorous.
Rostrum about reaching posterior coxe ; second and fourth joints
subequal in length, third shortest.
3. Beneath with a luteous spot on each side at base of sixth
segment; apical segment and anal appendages gibbous.
Long. 20 millims., abdominal expans. 9.
2. Much broader than 3; apical segment and anal appendages
slightly raised and convex.
Long. 23 millims., abdominal expans. 11.
Hab. Natal, Delagoa Bay.
PETASCELISCA, Nl. gen.
Body oblong. Head subquadrate, and not emarginate between the
antenniferous tubercles. Rostrum not reaching intermediate coxe.
Scutellum triangular, obtusely elevated at base. Apical margin of
the corium sinuated. Posterior coxze widely separated ; intervening
space double that between intermediate cox ; anterior coxee placed
somewhat closely together. Anterior and intermediate femora ob-
tusely noduled, and furnished beneath with two spines near apex ;
posterior femora much thickened, dilated, flattened, sinuated, and
spined beneath. Anterior tibize moderately dilated on both sides ;
posterior tibie much more strongly so, above sinuated and promi-
nently rounded about midway, whence to apex they are sud-
denly narrowed ; beneath as above, but exhibiting a strong tooth in
place of, and a little before, the rounded elevation above. Inter-
mediate tibize simple. Abdominal margins much produced, strongly
sinuated and angulated towards apex. Antennee with the first three
joints incrassated towards apex, fourth cylindrical. Abdominal
spiracles rounded.
This genus comes naturally between Petillia and Petascelis. From
the first it is separated by the rounded and not widely transverse
abdominal spiracles, and trom the second by the non-dilatation of
the intermediate tibize. From both, also, Petascelisca is distinguished
by the non-emargination between the antenniferous tubercles of the
head.
PETASCELISCA VELUTINA, n.sp. (Plate XXXI. figs. 8 & 8a, 4,
3,9.)
Above rich chocolate-brown, sparingly clothed with bright yellow
274 MR. W. L. DISTANT ON [Feb. 15,
pubescence. Antenne pilose; first three joints dark brown, of
which the basal is thickly clothed with yellow pubescence; fourth
joint pale brown, with apical third luteous, and extreme tip and base
pitchy; first joint much longer than second, third shortest, first and
fourth subequal. Head thickly pubescent at base. Pronotum with
a pale central longitudinal pubescent line, on each side of which are
two dark fascize, which, commencing at base, are slightly curved,
and extend upwards through two thirds the pronotal length, when
they are deflexed and again directed inwardly, both meeting on the
central line, at about three-fourths the length from base; on outer
side of these fascize at base are two others of the same colour, waved
and directed inwardly, but little more than half the length of the
central. Scutellum with the apex luteous. Corium with a large
rounded dark spot on disk. Membrane cupreous ; basal third and
transverse waved central fascia dark chocolate-brown. Connexivum
pitchy, with four bright luteous spots on each side. Underside and
legs somewhat thickly pubescent. Abdomen above red, with the
apex pitchy.
3. Posterior femora very thickly incrassated ; margins of abdo-
men strongly produced and angulated; third abdominal segment
beneath occupied by a large raised tubercle, rounded behind, the
margins of which are strongly granulate.
Long. 26-27 millims., lat. 8.
Q. Posterior femora much less strongly incrassated ; margins of
abdomen somewhat less produced and angulated ; second and third
abdominal segments beneath prominently gibbous.
Long. 25-27 millims., lat. 8.
Hab. Isubu, Calabar.
PETASCELISCA FOLIACEIPES, n. sp. (Plate XXXI. figs. 10,
10a, 6, 5,112.)
Pitchy-brown, sparingly clothed with fine yellow pubescence.
Antenne pilose, first joist longer than second, third shortest, fourth
and first subequal. Pronotum with the lateral margins denticulated ;
the lateral angles flattened and moderately produced. Abdomen
above red; third, fourth, and fifth segments broadly pitchy; con-
nexivum black, with a spot near base of sixth segment obscure
luteous. Tibize strongly dilated ; posterior tibize strongly sinuated
and toothed internally.
3. Posterior femora thickly incrassated; second abdominal seg-
ment beneath gibbous and provided with a small narrow deeply
sinuated tubercle; a small raised triangular tubercle on apex of
sixth abdominal segment. Abdomen beneath concolorous.
Long. 29 millims., lat. pronot. ang. 11.
©. Posterior femora much less incrassated; abdomen beneath
unarmed ; disks of sternum and first four segments dull luteous.
Long. 29 millims., lat. pronot. ang. 11.
Hab. Mongo-ma-Lobah, Calabar district.
Closely allied to P. laminipes, Fairm., but differs in the much more
dilated and rounded anterior tibiz, in the rounded dilatation of the in-
1881.] NEW AFRICAN RHYNCHOTA. 2795
termediate tibize, which is not posteriorly truncated asin P. laminipes,
and also in the dilatation of the posterior tibia, which is outwardly
rounded and not sinuated near the apex. The colour is also darker,
and the abdominal margin much more widely produced.
Fam. PyrrHocoripD&.
Roscrus crrcumpatus, n. sp. (Plate XXXI. fig. 4.)
Black, apical portion of head, eyes, anterior, lateral, and posterior
margins of pronotum, and basal margin of corium ochraceous or
testaceous, and two transverse fascize of the same colour on corium,
the first commencing at end of ochraceous basal margin and extending
nearly to claval apex, the second extending transversely across
near apex, and narrowly continued along inner margin to near claval
apex, the two fasciz thus almost enclosing a sublunate space.
Body beneath black, posterior margins of prosternum, mesosternum,
and metasternum, and three large spots on each side at coxz luteous
or creamy-white ; abdomen with the first three segments and apical
margins of the fourth, fifth, and sixth segments more or less luteous
or testaceous. Legs black, trochanters reddish. Rostrum reaching
fourth abdominal segment. Antenne black ; first, second, and fourth
joints subequal in length, third shortest.
Long. 19 millims.
Hab. Isubu, Calabar.
This species is allied to R. quadriplagiatus, Schaum, but differs
in the much more obscure and less deeply incised transverse incision
to the pronotum; the body is also broader, of a different colour
beneath, and with the marking of the corium distinct.
This would appear to be the R. guadriplagiatus, var.?, Walk.
(Cat. Het. v. p. 173. 3), from Congo. Walker, it is allowed by all
who follow him, had no reticence in describing species; and the
only reason for his not doing so in the present case appears to be,
that, at the time of his writing, he had not seen Schaum’s species,
which is likewise confined to East Africa.
DysDERCUS ANTENNATUS, n. sp. (Plate XXXI. fig. 5.)
Head sanguineous. Antennze black, apical joint with basal half
creamy-white, base of first joint spotted with sanguineous ; first
joint a little longer than the second, third shortest. Pronotum pale
Juteous, anterior portion black, posterior with a transverse central
black fascia, lateral margin sanguineous, anterior margin pale luteous.
Seutellum black. Corium ochraceous, thickly, finely, and darkly
punctate, with a broad black claval fascia, and outer margin creamy
white. Membrane black, with the basal angle obscure ochraceous,
and the apical margins creamy white.
Head beneath sanguineous; sternum black, anterior margin of
prosternum, posterior margins of prosternum, mesosternum, and
metasternum, and a large spot near coxe levigate creamy white,
lateral margins of prosternum sanguineous. Abdomen creamy white;
with the transverse margins of the first four segments and the whole
276 MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS FROM [Feb. 15,
of the fifth black, the last with a narrow pale posterior margin; sixth
segment and anal appendage sanguineous. Legs black. Rostrum
about reaching posterior margin of second abdominal segment, black,
with the apex somewhat paler.
Long. 12 millims.
Hab. Calabar.
Allied to D. superstitiosus, but differs in the colour of the an-
tennz, absence of black fascia to corium, &c.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXX.
Fig. 1. Halyomorpha versicolor 9, p. 271.
. Tyoma porrecta, p. 271.
. Aspavia grandiuscula, p. 272.
Roscius circumdatus, p. 275.
. Dysdercus antennatus, p. 275.
. Aurivilliana lurida 3, p. 273.
, p. 278.
8, 8a, b. Petascelisca velutina 3, p. 273.
9 73
ID ob oo bo
: Q, p. 2738.
10, 10a, b. Petascelisca foliaceipes 3, p. 274.
11. , 9, p. 274.
8. On a Collection of Shells from Lakes Tanganyika and
Nyassa and other Localities in Hast Africa. By Epear
A. SMITH.
[Received January 28, 1881.]
(Plates XXXII.—-XXXIV.)
The collection of shells avout to be described has been derived from
three sources. Part of it was collected by the Rev. Edward Coode
Hore ; of Ujiji, and presented to the British Museum by his brother
John Coode Hore, to whose liberality that institution owes the pos-
session of the valuable collection which I had the pleasure of report-
ing upon in these ‘ Proceedings’ last year. The second set, partly
collected by Mr. Hore and in part by Dr. John Kirk of Zanzibar,
was kindly consigned to the Museum by the latter. The third, and
by far the largest, series was collected by Mr. Joseph Thomson, who
has recently returned from an exploring expedition in Central Africa
despatched by the Royal Geographical Society, whose council has
placed the specimens in the national collection.
Among the species from Tanganyika are seventeen new to its
fauna, of which eleven are undescribed. To three of these attaches
the greatest interest ; for they have all the appearance of being modi-
fied marine types. And such im all probability is the case; for Mr.
Thomson informs me that in his opinion, judging from the geology
of the neighbourhood, Tanganyika at some remote epoch has been an
inland sea, the saltness of whose waters has almost entirely vanished,
leaving only a peculiar taste which can scarcely be described as
rkiss hth
W.Pu
RHYNCHOTA
r
N
AT
~
NEW AFRI(
N
1
1881.] LAKES TANGANYIKA AND NYASSA, ETC. 277
brackish. The flavour is unpleasant ; and when other water is pro-
curable, that of the lake is not drunk by the natives.
Two of these most remarkable shells (Limnotrochus thomsoni and
L. kirki) possess all the general outward aspect of the marine genera
Trochus and Echinella; and the third has a wonderful resemblance
to Syrnola in the Pyramidellidee. Moreover Melania nassa (a very
variable form) and M. horei (on the contrary, with very constant
characters) have much more the look of marine than lacustrine spe-
cies ; and itis very probable that when their animals are known they
will exhibit some anatomical differences which will necessitate their
removal from the Melaniidz. In describing the remarkable genus
Tiphobia in my former paper I was unable to give any account of the
operculum. Fortunately one of the specimens brought home by Mr.
Thomson contains that appendage ; and its structure shows that the
species is Melanoid, as was originally surmised, The same defect in
the description of the Paludina-like Neothauma is now supplied ;
for several of the specimens contain opercula, which prove to be
similar to that of Paludina.
Altogether thirty species are now known to inhabit Tanganyika. Of
these seventeen are apparently peculiar to it, nine having been recorded
from other localities, chiefly more northward, in Nilotic regions. Two
of these (Limnea natalensis and Melania tuberculata) also occur in
Lake Nyassa ; and certain shells which appear to be varieties of Cor-
bicula radiata and Unio nyassaensis also inhabit both lakes. Only
two additional species are now included in the Nyassa fauna—one a
new Ampullaria (a genus not previously recorded from that lake), the
other the well-known Lanistes purpureus—thus raising the total
number of its known species to twenty-seven.
Of the land-shells hereafter described I would call special attention
to the Bulimus notabilis, quite unlike any other African form, and to
Streptaxis gigas and S. craveni, the former being the giant of
the genus,
1. CycLoPHORUS WAHLBERGI, Benson.
Cyclophorus wahlbergi, Pfeiffer, Con.-Cab. pl. 50. f. 17-19 ; Reeve,
Con. Ic. f. 81.
Hab. Between Lake Nyassa and the east coast (Thomson).
This well-known South-African form has not, I believe, been re-
corded from so northern a locality ; but two other species which are
very similar have been described :—one, C. magilensis, Craven, from
Magila, which I think may prove to be only the young state of this
species; and the other C. hildebrandti, Martens, from Ukamba, which,
although in general aspect very like, still differs in its greater size
and fewer whorls. In Reeve’s figure the aperture is represented
unusually large.
2, CyCLOSTOMA INSULARE, Pfeiffer, var. (Plate XXXII. figs,
Tewlicee)
Cyclostoma insulare, Pfeiffer, Proc. Zoo]. Soc, 1852, p. 64; Con-
chyl.-Cab. p. 351. no. 368, pl. 45. figs. 5, 6 ; Reeve, Con. Ie. fig. 41.
278 MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS FROM [Feb. 15,
C. kraussianum, Reeve (non Pfr.), Con. Ie. fig. 52.
Var. =C. lineatum, Pfr. Con.-Cab. pl. 45. f. 3-4; Reeve, Con.
Ic. f. 46?
Hab. Between Lake Nyassa and the east coast (Thomson).
The shells from the above locality differ in some respects from the
typical form of this species, yet scarcely sufficiently and persistently to
enable me to describe them as distinct. The main difference is that
of form and in the size of the aperture. In the smallness of the
latter, four of them correspond with what I believe is only a variety
of this species, viz. C. lineatum of Pfeiffer. ‘Two others are more
depressed, and have the last whorl, umbilicus, and aperture unusually
large. It may be as well to point out the fact (which as far as I
know, has not been previously noticed) that the true C. Araussianum
of Pfeiffer is a very distinct species from that which appears as such
in the monograph by Reeve, who in its stead merely figures (pl. ix.
fig. 52) a second example of the present species, which he correctly
delineates on the previous plate (fig. 41). The shell represented
by him (fig. 46) as C. lineatum is not the type described by Pfeiffer,
which is accurately depicted by the latter author in the ‘ Conchylien-
Cabinet.’ I may also take this opportunity of pointing out that the
(’, goudotianum of Sowerby isa very distinct species from that figured
by Pfeiffer (Conch.-Cab. pl. 13. figs. 8-10) under that name; also
Reeve’s figure (uo. 42 a) correctly delineates the original type of the
same species, but figure 42 6 merely represents a smooth variety of
the C.iasulare. Although C. goudotianum is stated by the describer
to have been collected in Natal by Dr. Krauss, I am of opinion
that it will eventually prove to be a Madagascar species. In the
expansion of the lip, its tout ensemble, and the presence of a colour
band within the umbilicus (a feature not met with in species of
this genus from South Africa, and which occurs in some from
Madagascar and also in several species of Heli# from that island) it
calls to mind certain forms from the latter locality. The name (insu-
lare) of this species is an unfortunate one; but until it is proved
that it is without doubt distinct from the old C. ligatum it may be
desirable to retain it.
3. Herrx (Nanina?) nyassana. (Plate XXXII. figs. 2-2 6.)
Shell narrowly umbilicated, thin, depressed, keeled, rather glossy
brownish horn-colour ; spire shortly conical. Whorls 53, moderately
convex, impressed beneath the suture, and depressed or ‘shallowly
channelled at the lower part immediately above the suture. Sculp-
ture consisting of distinct and somewhat prominent lines of growth,
crossed with close concentric microscopic striz; last whorl large,
keeled and angled above the middle, convex beneath ; keel not acute;
groove just above it distinct but not deep. Aperture obliquely
lunate. Peristome thin, only expanded slightly over the umbilicus.
Greatest diameter 25 millims., smallest 21; height 13; aperture 10
long, 13 broad.
Hab. Between Lake Nyassa and the east coast (Thomson).
The spiral sculpture which adorns this very interesting shell is
1881. ] LAKES TANGANYIKA AND NYASSA, ETC. 279
very beautiful, but only visible under a powerful lens. It is a
larger species than H. pyramidea of Martens, has fewer whorls, and is
more depressed and carinate. The depression immediately above
the keel of the body-whorl and above the suture in the upper volu-
tions is an interesting feature. The west-coast species, which is
known under the three names H. pellucida, Gould, H. troglodytes,
Morelet, and H. africana, Pfeiffer, is very like this species. It is,
however, more coarsely sculptured, with a less flattened spire and a
less angulated body-whorl, and lacks the depression above the angle
and on the upper volutions.
4. Hezix (TRocHoNANINA) MOZAMBICENSIS, Pfeiffer, var.?
(Plate XXXII. figs. 3, 3 a.)
Helix (Trochonanina) mozambicensis, Pfeiffer, P. Z. 8. 1855,
pl. 31. f. 9; Novitates Conch. iii. pl. 108. f. 1-3; var., figs. 4-6.
Hab. Between Lake Nyassa and the east coast (Thomson).
Only a single specimen was brought home by Mr. Thomson from
the above district. It is distinguished from all the specimens of this
species which I have seen by the much greater width of the umbi-
licus, its coarser arcuate lines of growth, somewhat greater solidity
of texture, and small size. It appears to be adult; yet its greatest
diameter is only 11 millims., and its height scarcely 6. These
measurements, in comparison with those of the variety albopicta
described by Martens, are very small; for some specimens of the
latter form attain a width of 19 millims., with a height ranging from
10 to 13. Other localities for this species are near the Albert-
Nyanza lake, Zanzibar, Panjan, Kitui in Ukamba, and Tette. .
5, Hexrx (TROCHONANINA) JENYNsI, Pfeiffer.
Helix (Trochonanina) jenynsi, Pfeiffer, Reeve, Con. Ie. f. 979 ;
Pfr. Con.-Cab. pl. 129. f. 23 & 24; Philippi, Abbild. ii. pl. 7. f. 8.
Hab. Between Lake Nyassa and the east coast (Thomson).
This species has also been recorded from Zanzibar and Pangani.
The dimensions of the largest shell considerably exceed those
of the originally described specimen. Its greatest diameter is 16
millims., and the height is 103.
6, SrREPTAXIS GIGAS. (Plate XXXII. figs. 4, 4a.)
Streptavis gigas, E. A. Smith, Annals & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,
vol. vi. p. 429 (1880).
Shell very large, white, widely umbilicated. Whorls 6, regularly
increasing, rather convex, furnished with close, coarse, very arcuate
costule extending from suture to suture; the latter are trans-
versely striated on one side only, namely that nearest the aperture.
Body-whorl glossy beneath the periphery, exhibiting faint lines of
growth. Aperture large, sublunate ; lip oblique, arcuate and pro-
minent above, and very widely sinuated beneath, thin. Columella
somewhat expanded at the upper part. Height 30 millims., diam.
33; aperture 173 long, 15 wide.
Hab. Between Lake Nyassa and the east coast (Z'homson).
280 MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS FROM [Feb. 15,
The two specimens of this species are apparently both young, as
the characteristic deviating body-whorl is not yet developed. The
base is widely umbilicated, as in the Brazilian S. candida. When
adult this must be the giant of the genus, and a most remarkable
shell. The costule are strong, remarkably flexuous beneath the
suture, and then obliquely arcuate across the whorls ; what I have
described as strize upon the left side of them, or that last formed and
nearest the aperture, is rather a kind of pitting.
7, SrREPTAXIS CRAVENI. (Plate XXXII. figs. 5, 5 a.)
Strepaxis craveni, E. A. Smith, Annals, J. ec.
Shell narrowly umbilicated, obliquely distorted, smooth, glossy,
dirty milky-whitish. Whorls 7, slightly convex, closely costulately
striated beneath the suture. Last whorl suddenly descending in
front, then rising somewhat upon the preceding whorl, very obliquely
deviating. Aperture oblique, edentulate ; outer lip (viewed laterally)
sinuated at the suture, then prominently arcuate and oblique
beneath, a little thickened and reflexed. Columella and basal
margin thickened and narrowly reflexed, the former a trifle arcuated.
Length from apex to base of aperture 29 millims. ; diameter of last
whorl 22; aperture 15 high, 123 broad.
Hab. On hills between the mouth of the river Dana and Mom-
basa, East Africa (Kirk).
This is one of the finest species of Streptawis yet discovered, and
remarkable on account of the peculiar outline of the labrum, the
smoothness and polish of its surface, and its large size, I have
much pleasure in naming it after my friend Mr. A. E, Craven, who
has contributed to our knowledge of the shells of the East-African
region, and has also written a very important monograph of the
microscopic genus Siausigera, and other valuable contributions to
conchological science.
8. SrreEPraAxiIs MOZAMBICENSIs. (Plate XXXII. figs. 6, 6 a.)
Streptaxis mozambicensis, EK. A. Smith, Annals, /. ¢.
Shell small, linearly rimate, whitish, smocth, glossy. Whorls 6,
convex, crenulated beneath the deep suture ; last whorl oblique, of
the same width as the preceding, descending in front, and briefly
ascending at the aperture, a trifle flattened above the aperture ; the
latter circularly lunate, small, edentulate ; outer lip a trifle arcuate
viewed laterally, oblique, narrowly expanded. Columellar margin
more broadly reflexed. Height 73 millims., diameter of last whorl
43; aperture 3 long, 24 wide.
Hab. Between Lake Nyassa and the east coast (Thomson).
This species is smaller and less distorted than S. kirki, Dohrn,
and has merely a linear umbilical fissure. It is likewise smaller
than S. enneoides, Martens, not perforate, smooth, and has more
convex whorls.
1881.] LAKES TANGANYIKA AND NYASSA, ETC. 281
9. ENNEA oBESA, Gibbons.
Buliminus obesa, Gibbons, Taylor’s Quarterly Joura. of Conchol.
vol. i. p. 255, pl. 2. f. 3.
Hab. Near Lake Nyassa, and between it and Dar es Salaam
(Thomson) ; “‘ Bawri Island, Zanzibar ”’ (Gibbons).
This species appears to be a dwarf form of LZ. ovoidea from the
island of Mayotte. The texture is waxy white and semitransparent ;
the peritreme is opaque white ; and the suture is linearly margined.
The body-whorl is somewhat flattened just above the aperture, and
it ascends chiefly near the lip. The largest specimen from Nyassa
is 283 millims. long and 13 broad.
10. Ennea tevicata, Dohrn. (Plate XXXII. fig. 6*.)
Ennea levigata, Dohrn, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 232; Pfeiffer,
Monog. Helic. vol. v. p. 454.
Hab. Between Lake Nyassa and the east coast (Thomson); on a
small rocky island in Lake Nyassa (Kirk).
Like several other species of Hnnea this also varies much in size.
Those described by Dohrn were 53; inch long and 3 broad, whilst
the specimens collected by Mr. Thomson have a length of 7’; inch
and a diameter of ;*;.
11. Butimus (Rwacuis) BRAuNSII, Martens. (Plate XXXII.
figs. 7-7 c.)
Bulimus (Rhachis) braunsii, Martens, Von der Decken’s Reise in
Ost-Afrika, p. 151; Nachrichtsblatt der deutsch. malak. Gesell-
schaft, vol. i. 1869, p. 150 ; Pfeiffer, Novitat. Conch. vol. iv. pl. 118.
je EGA
Var. hildebrandti, Martens, Monatsberichte Akad. Wissensch.
zu Berlin, 1878, p. 294, pl. 2. f. 1, 2.
Hab. Between Lake Nyassa and the east coast (Thomson); Durum
(Hildebrandt); Zanzibar (Brauns) ; Uzanamo (Capt. Speke).
The colouring of the specimens which appear to belong to this
species is very variable. In one instance it is of a uniform pale
straw tint, with the exception that at the apex it is nearly black and in
the umbilical region transparent horny. Two other specimens pre-
sent markings such as were described originally by Martens, except
that the apices are blacker and the two dark zones (one round the
middle of the last whorl, and the other below it) are interrupted more
or less, and these, together with the series of spots, are nearly black.
In another specimen the series of spots flow into one another, thus
forming stripes, and those on the lower half of the body-whorl are
also confluent ; and again, in another example, the two rows of spots
on the upper part of the last whorl are wanting. ,
The specimens described by Martens from Zanzibar are said to
have had the appearance of young shells, and the last whorl obtusely
angulated; and in the variety Aildebrandti it is characterized as
very obtusely angulated. In the shells before me, which are larger
than those referred to by Martens, the angulation is totally absent.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1881, No. XIX. 19
282 MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS FROM [Feb. 15,
This may result merely from difference of age. The largest speci-
men collected by Mr. ‘Thomson is 194 millims. long and 93 broad.
12. Butimus norasiuis. (Plate XXXII. fig. 8.)
Bulimus notabilis, E.A.Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. vi.
p- 427 (1880).
Shell elongate-ovate, deeply and widely umbilicated, of a uni-
form light brown colour. Whorls 8 in number, slowly enlarging,
moderately convex, sculptured with very fine, close-set, slightly
oblique and feebly flexuous lirz or raised lines of growth. Suture
simple, almost horizontal. Last volution convex, exhibiting a very
faint indication of a median angulation or almost obsolete carina.
Aperture irregularly ovate, subauriform, rather acuminate both above
and at the base, where it is channelled, pinkish or pinkish brown
within. Umbilicus broad, pervious to the apex, surrounded by an
obtuse ridge. Peristome whitish, not thickened; outer margin
(viewed laterally) oblique, scarcely arcuate, a trifle prominent in the
middle, not reflexed or expanded ; columellar margin broadly ex-
' panded, arcuate, its upper extremity united to the superior termi-
nation of the outer lip by a thin callosity. Length 43 millims.,
diameter of last whorl 20; aperture 173 long, 11 wide.
Hab. Between Lake Nyassa and the east coast (7’homson).
The peculiarity of the basal canaliculation of the aperture affords
an interesting intermediate grade between this genus and Achatina.
13. Butimus (Buximinus) Kirki, Dohrn. (Plate XXXII.
fig. 9.)
Buliminus kirkii, Dohrn, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 232; Martens,
Decken’s Reisen in Ost-Afrika, vol. iii. p. 150.
Hab. Between Lake Nyassa and east coast (7’homson).
This species was originally collected by Dr. Kirk at Cabaceira in
Mozambique, and subsequently by Mr. A. E. Craven at Magila,
14. ACHATINA HAMILLEI, Petit. (Plate XXXII. fig. 10.)
A, hamillei, Petit, Journ. de Conch. 1858, vol. vii. p. 384, pl. 13.
f. 3.
Shell large, ovate, acuminate above ; spire whitish, striped ob-
liquely with brown ; last whorl purplish, striped at intervals and
covered with an olive epidermis. Sculpture granose, consisting of
coarse oblique lines of growth, which are very coarse beneath the
suture, crossed by spiral impressed lines. Whorls 8, moderately
convex. Aperture inversely subauriform, a trifle longer than the
spire, bluish white within. Peristome thin, margined within with
purplish brown. Columella thickened, white, not very arcuate or
contorted, somewhat abruptly truncated, united to the lip above by
a thickish white callosity. Length 130 millims., diam. 62; aper-
ture 69 long, 40 wide.
Hab. Usambara (Dr. J. Kirk); West Africa (Petit).
The spire of this shell is very like that of 4. petersi, Martens.
The latter, however, is a smaller species, if the dimensions given by
1881.] LAKES TANGANYIKA AND NYASSA, ETC. 283
the author are those of an adult specimen; and the aperture is pro-
portionally longer. In the present species the coloration is rather
different, and the epidermis is of an olive tint instead of rich fulvous
brown,
15. ACHATINA CRAVENI. (Plate XX XIII. fig. 11.)
Achatina kirkii, B. A. Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1880,
vol. vi. p. 428.
Shell elongate ovate, somewhat acuminate above, beneath a
yellowish epidermis white, ornamented with suberect, slightly wavy,
brown stripes. Whorls 8-9, rather convex, rather coarsely gra-
nosely sculptured ; suture between upper whorls horizontal, between
two last more oblique ; last whorl descending, smoother upon the
lower part. Aperture subpyriform, bluish white, occupying less
than half the shell. Columella not much arecuated, whitish, rather
abruptly truncated, connected with the upper extremity of the
outer lip by a thin callosity. Length 81 millims., diam. 37 ; aper-
ture 39 long, 20 wide.
Hab. Between Zanzibar and Lake Tanganyika (Kirk).
The granose surface of this species is the result of the coarse
raised lines of growth being crossed by transverse impressed striae,
which being somewhat remote from one another cause the granules
to assume a rather elongate form. Mr. Alfred E. Craven informs
me that the distinguished name of Dr. Kirk has already last year
been associated with a species of this genus. Such being the case,
I am compelled to alter the designation originally applied to this
species ; and therefore I have much pleasure in substituting that of
A. craveni.
16. AcuaTina THOMSONI. (Plate XXXIII. fig. 12.)
Achatina thomsoni, E. A. Smith, Annals, loc. cit.
Shell moderately solid, elongate ovate, beneath a yellow epidermis
whitish, striped with blackish brown. Spire sometimes purplish
red or whitish, more or less worn, and in consequence, to a certain
extent, lacking the striping ; the latter is, as a rule, rather regular
and only a little wavy. Whorls 7, a little convex, striated by the
lines of growth, covered by a thin yellow epidermis, which is beauti-
fully sculptured with most minute striz in a crisscross fashion,
producing the woven appearance of a fabric; last whorl elongate,
narrow, gradually descending. Aperture pyriform, bluish white.
Columella arcuate, thickened, not very abruptly truncated at the
base, united to the lip by a thin callosity. Length 75 millims.,
diam. 32; aperture 38 long, 21 broad.
Hab. Between Lake Nyassa and east coast (Thomson).
This species is remarkable for its narrow ovate form and the
peculiar woven appearance of its epidermis. The proportion of the
length of the aperture to that of the entire shell varies; in some
specimens it occupies rather more than half the total length, and in
others somewhat less, The deep-brown or black stripes edged with
brown, as a rule, occupy more of the surface than the yellow spaces
19*
284 MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS FROM [Feb. 15,
between, and, although somewhat wavy (upon the last whorl especi-
ally), do not take a large zigzag pattern. Most specimens are more
or less streaked with opaque golden lines in the direction of the lines
of increment, which when falling upon the dark stripes tell very
vividly.
17. AcHatTina (LimicoLariA) CAILLaupI, Pfeiffer. (Plate
XXXIII. fig. 13.)
Achatina (Limicolaria) caillaudi, Pfeiffer, Zeitsch. f. Mal. 1850,
p- 86; Mon. Hel. vol. iii. p. 386, vol. iv. p. 584, vol. vi. p. 208 ;
Martens, Mal. Blat. 1865, vol. xii. p. 197.
Hab. Near Lake Tanganyika (Thomson).
This species varies greatly in breadth and length, as may be
judged from the measurements given by Martens in the work above
mentioned. One of the specimens from Tanganyika is remarkably
slender, having a length of 71 millims. and a diameter of 20, the
aperture being 21 long. The species has not hitherto been recorded
from so southern a region.
18. AcHatina (LiMICOLARIA) RECTISTRIGATA, Smith. (Plate
XXXIII. figs. 14, 14 a.)
Achatina (Limicolaria) rectistrigata, Smith, Proc. Zool. Soc.
1880, p. 346, pl. xxxi. fig. 2.
Hab. Near Lake Tanganyika (Thomson).
Additional specimens show that this species varies considerably
in form and the relative proportion of the whorls to one another;
but the regularity of the striping is still maintained. Besides the
lines of increment, some examples are ornamented with spiral stria-
tion upon the upper whorls, which produces a subgranose appear-
ance. The following measurements will best demonstrate the
variation of form :—
Length 39 millims., diam. 17, aperture 14 long.
? 39 33 ” 163, bh) 15 2”
selouhies bea? » 17, » 16 ,,
32 41 Ped 3) 14, be) 14 3)
The last measurements are of a specimen from near Ujiji, sent by
Dr. Kirk to the British Museum, and received by him from Mr.
Hore. ‘
19. SusuniInaA LENTA, (Plate XXXIII. fig. 15.)
Subulina lenta, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. vi.
p. 428 (1880).
Shell subulate, imperforate, very slowly enlarging, very elongate
and narrow. Whorls —? (probably 11 or 12), very slightly con-
vex, covered with a thin, glossy, pale olivaceous epidermis, varied
at intervals with darker oblique stripes. Suture simple, rather
oblique and deepish. Sculpture consisting of fine oblique and
feebly flexuous lines of increment, faintly puckered at the upper
extremity, Aperture small, occupying less than one fifth of the entire
1881.] LAKES TANGANYIKA AND NYASSA, ETC. 285
length. Columella very arcuate, abruptly truncated at the lower
extremity. Probable length 41 millims., actual length of seven
remaining whorls 36 ; diameter of last whorl 74, of penultimate 7,
of antepenultimate 63; aperture 73 long, 4 broad,
Hab. Near Lake Tanganyika (Thomson).
The brevity of the aperture in proportion to the total length of
the shell, its narrow elongate form, and the slow increase of the
whorls constitute the chief characteristics of this species. Spirawis
bistorta of Pfeiffer has a considerable resemblance to it, but has
more convex whorls, a longer aperture, and a different columella.
20. SupuLina souipruscuLa. (Plate XXXIII. fig. 16.)
Subulina solidiuscula, Smith, Aun. & Mag. N. H. 1880, vi. p- 428.
Shell elongate, subulate, rather solid, imperforate, white, covered
with a thin olivaceous epidermis, obliquely striated by the lines of
growth, which are crossed by shallow spiral strize, producing a some-
what granose or wrinkled surface. Lateral outlines rectilinear,
slowly converging. Apex obtuse, truncated. Remaining whorls 8 in
number, very slightly convex and slowly increasing, separated by a
rather horizontal, simple, distinct suture. Aperture short, and the
columella curved. Probable length of a perfect specimen 52 millims.;
actual length of shell, consisting of eight volutions, 43 millims.,
diam. 11; aperture 9 long, 53 broad.
Hab. Near Lake Tanganyika (Thomson).
Of this interesting species only a single specimen was obtained.
It is comparatively solid for a shell of this genus, and also remark-
able on account of the very elongate form and the exceptionally
slow increase of the volutions. The apex of the shell is obtusely
truncated, but this may be the result of an accident in this instance,
and not a constant specific character. The spiral or transverse
striz are but feebly impressed, but crossing the fine lines of growth
give them a crinkled appearance.
Limnorrocuus.
Limnotrochus, Smith, ibid. p. 425.
Shell trochoid, umbilicated, without an epidermis, spirally ridged.
Body-whorl keeled round the middle. Aperture non-lirate within,
with the outer lip oblique, the basal margin broadly sinuated, and
the columella-edge somewhat reflexed and united ‘to the labrum
above by a callosity. Operculum horny, paucispiral, littorinoid.
This remarkable form has all the appearance of a Trochus when
viewed with the aperture from the eye. It is, however, more closely
related to the Littorinide, and exhibits the greatest affinity with the
genus Echinella, from which, however, it may be distinguished by
its operculum and the broad shallow sinuation in the lower margin
of the aperture.
21, Limnotrocavus THomsont. (Plate XXXIII. figs. 17-176.)
Limnotrochus thomsoni, Smith, loe. cit.
Shell moderately solid, narrowly umbilicated, trochiform, livid
286 MR. E, A. SMITH ON SHELLS FROM [Feb. 15,
purplish dotted with brown, whitish at the suture and at the base.
Spire acutely conical, with rectilinear outlines. Whorls 7, flat,
sloping, with a broad deep furrow at the lower part, which is
margined above by a keel, which on the upper volutions is simple,
remarkably prominent and acute, and giving to them quite a
pagoda-like appearance. On the last two and a half whorls it is
less acute and minutely nodulous; and above that there are three
other granulous ridges, whereof the uppermost, or that immediately
beneath the suture, is conspicuously the largest ; these gradually
become finer aud less granulous as they ascend the spire, so that
upon the first few whorls they are simple thread-like liree; the last
whorls also exhibit fine liree of a similar character between the
larger granulous keels, and the entire surface is ornamented with
very fine lines of growth. The body-whorl is sharply angulated
and carinate at the middle; and the slightly convex base bears
about eight principal concentric ridges with interlying finer thread-
like ones. Aperture subquadrangular, within purplish at the upper
part and whitish beneath, equalling about zz of the entire length of
the shell. Outer lip thin, obliquely receding, a little incurved above
the carina, not thickened. Basal margin broadly sinuated, ex-
curved, and slightly effuse. Columella thin, arcuate, a trifle re-
flexed at the umbilicus, and joined to the upper extremity of the
labrum by a thin white callosity. Operculum horny brown, about
5-whorled, distinctly marked with arcuate lines of growth.
Length 18 millims., diam. 11; aperture 7% long, 6 broad.
Hab. Lake Tanganyika (Thomson).
I feel much pleasure in naming this species after Mr. Thomson,
its discoverer. Among the several forms new to science contained
in his collection this is perhaps the most remarkable. The colour
of it is very difficult of description. ‘The general tone of the spire
is a sort of livid purplish tint, divided into zones by the whitish
furrow which encircles the whorls immediately above the suture,
The tubercles, too, upon the ridges also stand out in pale relief ;
and the interstices between them are frequently dotted with brown.
The keel around the middle of the body-whorl is scarcely tuber-
culous, or at all events much less so than the carinee above. The
base is almost entirely white, with the exception of red dotting
sometimes present upon some of the larger ridges, which exhibit
hardly any indication of tubercles. The effuse broad sinuation in
the base of the aperture is best seen when the base of the shell
confronts the eye.
22. LimNoTROcHUS KIRKI. (Plate XXXIII. figs. 18-18 4.)
Limnotrochus kirkii, Smith, Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1880, vi. p. 426.
Shell solid, trochoid, dirty whitish, deeply and narrowly umbili-
cated. Spire acutely conical. Whorls 6 or 7, feebly concave,
bearing arcuate and flexuous lines of growth and six or seven granu-
lous liree, whereof that immediately above the suture is the largest ;
body-whorl acutely angular at the periphery, encircled by two sub-
1881.] LAKES TANGANYIKA AND NYASSA, ETC. 287
equal granular ridges. Base concave near the circumference, then
slightly convex, concentrically granosely ridged, the ridges nearest
the umbilicus coarser than the others, and also arcuately radiately
striated. Aperture irregularly subcircular, whitish. Outer lip
(viewed laterally) obliquely incurved. Basal and columellar mar-
gins forming one strongly arcuate line joined above to the extremity
of the labrum by a thickish callosity. Operculum unknown. Length
15 millims., greatest diameter 18.
Hab, Lake Tanganyika (H. Coode Hore).
This is perhaps the most remarkable shell of the entire collection,
It is perfectly trochiform in general appearance; and the character
of its sculpture agrees with that which obtains in many species of
that family. I have much pleasure in assoeiating with it the name
of Dr. John Kirk, who has been a most liberal donor of specimens
to the Museum, and has done much to advance our knowledge of
the fauna and flora of East Africa,
23. LirHOGLYPHUS ZONATUS, Woodward.
Lithoglyphus zonatus, Woodward, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1859, p. 349,
pl. 47. f. 3-30; Smith, P. Z.S. 1880, p. 350.
Hab. Lake Tanganyika (Thomson).
Several specimens of this species tend to show that it is subject
to little variation, the only difference of any importance consisting
in the greater or less contraction of the last volution and the conse-
quent increase or decrease in the size of the aperture,
24. LirHOGLYPHUS NERITINOIDES. (Plate XXXIII. fig. 19.)
Lithoglyphus neritinoides, Smith, Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1880, vi,
p- 426.
Shell ovate, imperforate, thinnish, smooth. Spire short, purplish,
whitish beneath the suture. Whorls 4, convex; last one large,
elongate, semitransparent, whitish, covered with an intensely thin
subolivaceous epidermis, ornamented with thread-like transverse
red lines. Aperture inversely pyriform, occupying a little less than
& of the entire length of the shell. Outer lip thin. Columella
coated with a large callosity, extending from the upper extremity of
the labrum to the base of the aperture, and spread considerably
over the whorl in the umbilical region. Operculum unknown,
Length 63 millims., greatest diameter 5 ; aperture 5 long, 3 broad.
Hab, Lake Tanganyika (Thomson).
This species resembles L. rufofilosus in its style of ornamen-
tation only, in other respects being totally distinct, The form
reminds one of certain small species of Neritina; and on that ac-
count the specific name selected bears reference to that genus.
The great development of the columellar callosity is very remarkable.
All three specimens exhibit a dark transverse stain on the back of
the body-whorl at a short distance from the suture; but whether or
not this is a permanent character requires more examples in proof,
288 MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS FROM [Feb. 15,
25. LirHoGLyPHus RuFOFILOsus. (Plate XXXIII. figs.20, 20a.)
Lithoglyphus rufofilosus, Smith, Ann. & Mag. N.H.1880, vi.p. 426.
Shell globose, thick, rimate, white, encircled with very fine,
thread-like red lines, covered with a very thin epidermis. Whorls
54, rapidly increasing, convex, separated by a simple deepish suture,
striated by the lines of growth; last whorl large, globose. Aper-
ture also large, inversely rather pyriform, whitish, occupying about
4 of the entire length of the shell. Peristorne continuous. Outer
lip thin ; base and columella thickened, the latter particularly so,
and reflexed. Length 13 millims., greatest diameter 115; aperture
104 long, 6 broad.
Operculum dark brown, ovate, straighter on the inner or colu-
mellar side, paucispiral in the centre, which portion is surrounded
by concentric layers.
Hab. Lake Tanganyika (Thomson).
The operculum of this species resembles that of Tiphobsa in
miniature. The centre of it is paucispiral or littorinoid; and this
part is inclosed by a border which apparently consists of concentric
layers. The number and distance apart of the thin red lines are
subject to variation, one specimen having as many as twelve upon
the body-whorl, and another as few as four,
SyYRNOLOPSIS.
Syrnolopsis, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. vi. p. 426
(1880).
Shell subulate, smooth, imperforate. Aperture broadly sinuated
at the base, with the outer lip slightly thickened, widely sinuated
in the middle, and produced towards the lower part, furnished far
within with one or two prominent lire. Columella thickened, with
a distinct plait at the upper part, and joined to the upper extremity
of the labrum by a thin callosity. Operculum unknown.
This curious form has all the appearance of a marine genus, in
fact closely resembling Obeliscus or Syrnola. The basal sinuation
of the aperture is similar to that in some species of Rissoina ; but
the plication on the columella is wanting in that group. This is
not very prominent in the adult shell; nor are the two lire within
the aperture visible, except through the semitransparent shell, unless
the lip is broken away. On removing a portion of it these become
apparent, the upper one being the thicker and extending parallel
with the suture for about the distance of half a whorl, the lower one
being shorter and more slender. The fold on the columella becomes
remarkably prominent as it ascends the spire; and this may be ob-
served by grinding off one side of the shell. As nothing is known
of the animal, the systematic position of the genus is doubtful ; how-
ever, it may temporarily be classed with the Rissoide.
26. SyRNOLOopsis LAcusTRis. (Plate XXXIII. figs. 21-21 6.)
Syrnolopsis lacustris, Smith, loc. cit.
Shell smooth, glossy, elongate, subulate, imperforate, yellowish
- 1881.) LAKES TANGANYIKA AND NYASSA, ETC. 289
horn-colour, banded with white beneath the suture. Whorls 12;
first two or three convex, the rest nearly flat, slowly increasing,
finely striated by the very flexuous lines of growth. Suture simple,
hardly oblique. Aperture small, occupying nearly 3 of the total
length. Labrum and columella as above described. Length 113
millims., diam. 3; aperture 3 long, 2 broad.
Hab. Lake Tanganyika (Thomson).
Besides the lines of growth, some species show traces of spiral
striation.
27. AMPULLARIA GRADATA, sp.nov. (Plate XXXIII. figs. 22,
22 a.)
Shell globose, narrowly umbilicated, rather thin, moderately
glossy, sculptured with oblique distinct lines of growth and minute
spiral striee invisible to the naked eye, yellowish olive, with several
bands and lines of a greenish tint. Whorls 6, depressed and flat-
tened above, convex at the sides. Spire gradated, worn at the pur-
plish-brown apex, equalling about one fourth of the total length.
Aperture pyriform, whitish within at the upper part, and light brown
elsewhere, with the bands and lines of a vivid dark brown colour:
those on the upper part stop short at a little distance from the margin
of the lip, leaving a narrow space of a sulphur colour; those lower
down extend almost to the edge, where they are particularly bright.
Lip thin, with scarcely any internal thickening. Columella below
the umbilicus well curved, expanded, yellowish, connected with the
upper extremity of the labrum by a very thin callosity.
The following are the measurements of the three largest spe-
cimens :—
Length. Greatest diameter. Length of aperture. Width.
millim, millim. millim. millim.
78 72 58 37
73 67 58 36
82 72 60 38
Hab. Lake Nyassa, and between it and the east coast (Thomson).
The affinities of this species, if it be distinct, are rather with
those forms found in Nilotic regions than with A. speciosa of Phi-
lippi from Zanzibar. The four species 4. wernei, Philippi, A. kor-
dofana, Parreyss, A. lucida, Parreyss, and A. ovata, Olivier, are very
closely related ; and it is a matter of impossibility to define the
limiting characters of any of them. The present species also may
only be another form of the same shell. Like A. wernei and A. kor-
dofana, the whorls are flattened at the top, so that the spire has a
gradated appearance ; but from these it may be distinguished by its
broader and shorter aperture and the considerably greater arcuation
or incurvation of the columella; or the form may be described as
more pyriform, being narrower above and broader below than in
either of those two species. The banding within is of a deep tor-
toiseshell brown, and only extends to the margin of the tip, along
the base, and about halfway up the side.
290 MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS FROM [Feb. 15,
28. LANISTES PURPUREUS, Jonas.
Ampullaria purpurea, Jonas, Archiv f. Naturgesch. 1839, p. 342,
pl. 10. f. 1; Philippi, Conch.-Cab. p. 22, pl. 6. fig. 1.
Bulimus tristis, Jay, Cat. Shells, p. 121, pl. 7. fig. 1.
Meladomus olivaceus, H. & A. (non Paludina olivacea, Sowerby),
Genera, vol. i. p. 349, vol. iii. pl. 37. f. 6-6 6.
Meladomus bulimoides, Swainson, Treatise on Malacology, 1840,
p- 340 (probably).
Hab. Lake Nyassa, and between it and the east coast (Thomson).
One specimen from the lake differs from the normal torm of the
species in having the whorls flatter and the lines of growth some-
what puckered beneath the suture. Another shell, found further
eastward, has a very unusually conical form, with the volutions also
exceptionally flat.
The species appears to be very abundant at Zanzibar, and has
also been found in many localities further south, in Mozambique.
29. LanisTEs AFFINIS, Smith. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 23.)
Lanistes affinis, Smith, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1877, p. 716, pl. 74. fig. 7.
Hab. Lake Nyassa (Simons & Thomson).
When I described this species I had but a single shell before me,
which now proves to be only a small example of it.
The series brought home by Mr. Thomson show that it attains
a considerably larger size. The finest specimen is 60 millims. in
length, and has a considerable part of the surface strongly mal-
leated, which, judging from the rest of the specimens, appears to be
quite an exceptional feature. But one constant character, which
may serve to part it from its congeners, is the narrow orange-yellow
line which borders the volutions immediately beneath the suture.
L. ovum, Peters, has a more elevated spire and smaller aperture ;
and JL. ellipticus, Martens, appears to be (judging from the figure,
Novitates Conchol. vol. ii. pl. 70. figs. 9, 10) more narrowly umbi-
licated, with the last whorl and aperture considerably narrower at
the base. The penultimate whorl, too, of the latter is very narrow
in proportion to the body-whorl.
The operculum is very thin, pale, horny, and considerably smaller
than the aperture. The odontophore extracted from the dried re-
mains of an animal agrees exactly with that of Z. ovum (Troschel,
‘Gebiss der Schnecken’, vol. i. p. 90, pl. 6. fig. 11).
30. LANISTES, sp., jun.
Hab. Lake Tanganyika (Thomson).
Only a single immature specimen of a species of this genus was
found. This is the first record of its occurrence in the lake.
The specimen has a depressed spire, but not so flattened as Z.
nyassanus, is rather widely umbilicated, and consists of three
whorls. It closely resembles the apical portion of LZ. solida de-
scribed by me from Lake Nyassa.
1881.] LAKES TANGANYIKA AND NYASSA, ETC. 291
31. Mezania (SERMYLA) ADMIRABILIS. (Plate XXXIV.
fig. 24.)
Melania (Sermyla) admirabilis, Smith, Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1880,
vi. p. 427.
Shell elongate, thick, turreted, whitish, stained by a brownish
earthy deposit. Whorls probably about 10, very convex, and much
constricted beneath at the oblique very deep suture, unequally bi-
partite by a shallow furrow a little beneath the suture, bearing
strong obliquely arcuate ribs, which at the upper end terminate in
a tubercle above the shallow groove which crosses them; they vary
in number considerably, in one specimen numbering as few as
fifteen on the last whorl, and in another as many as twenty-one ;
last whorl with the coste abruptly terminating at the middle,
beneath which it is girded by five or six strong concentric lire,
which are of equal thickness and equidistant. Aperture ovate,
acuminate above, narrowed and effuse at the base. Columella
oblique, arcuate at the lower part, thickened and united to the upper
end of the outer lip by a thin callosity. Length 47 millims., diameter
14; aperture 14 long and 8 wide.
Hab. Lake Tanganyika (2. Coode Hore).
This species is remarkable for its solidity, and the strength of the
costation.
32. MEeLANIA TUBERCULATA, Miller.
Hab. Lake Tanganyika (Thomson).
Again this ubiquitous species presents itself. It is without a
rival in the extent of its geographical distribution, having been re-
corded from Malta, North, East, and West Africa, Lake Nyassa,
Madagascar, Mauritius, Syria, Ceylon, Persia, Arabia, Mesopotamia,
Siam, Java, island of Formosa, and Australia. The Tanganiyka
specimen is rather strongly cancellated, and exhibits the red dotting
upon the transverse or spiral ridges.
33. MELANIA TANGANYICENSIS. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 25.)
Melania tanganyicensis, Smith, Annals, loc. cit.
Shell small, turreted, solid, almost black, with a broad light-chest-
nut band occupying the middle of the whorls ; these are about six
in number, flat at the sides, and roundly shouldered above, strongly
ribbed, the ribs being broad but not much elevated; the body-
whorl is large in proportion to the rest of the shell, and has a few
transverse sulci at the base. Aperture almost half as long as the
entire shell. Columella well curved, pale and thickened towards the
base. Length 73 millims., diam. 22; aperture 33 long.
Hab. Lake Tanganyika (Thomson).
In this instance also the species is represented by a single speci-
men only ; and that too is in worn condition. Its characters, how-
ever, are such that it can readily be recognized from allied forms,
none of which approximate very closely. Certain varieties of M,
polymorpha, a Nyassa species, exhibit a clese relationship in form,
292 MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS FROM [Feb. 15,
but differences of coloration and sculpture. M. tanganyicensis
has the upper part of the whorls of the spire somewhat swollen and
almost black, the lower half being light chestnut, the black portion
beneath this in each whorl being concealed by the upper part of the
succeeding volution.
34. Meztanra (MELANELLA) NassA, Woodward. (Plate XXXIV.
figs. 26-26 0.)
Melania (Melanella) nassa, Woodward, P. Z. 8. 1859, p. 349, pl.
47, f. 1; Smith, P.Z.S. 1880, p. 348; Reeve, Con. Icon. fig. 216;
Brot, Con.-Cab. pl. 6. f. 7.
This Tanganyikan shell is subject to much variation, both in form
and sculpture. The number of plicz in two of the specimens collected
by Mr. Thomson is exceptionally small, there being but ten upon the
last whorl. In contrast to this another example has twenty-six upon
the same volution. One of the two former is also abnormal in
another respect, namely in having the transverse ridges very narrow,
thread-like, continuous on and between the plications, and of a brown
colour. In the other they are whitish, interrupted by brown dots
upon the lower part of the last whorl. ‘The solid marine character
of this species distinguishes it from all others, and when the oper-
culum, at present unknown, and the animal are examined, it will
probably receive distinct generic rank.
Since writing the above, another series of this remarkable species
has been sent to the Museum by Dr. Kirk of Zanzibar. Among this
set are some exceptionally large specimens, peculiar also for a sub-
truncation near the base of the columella. This I imagine would be
concealed when the shell arrived at maturity by a deposition of
callus. Although of very large size, not one of these appears to
be adult, judging from the thickness of the outer lip. The number
of transverse liree on the last whorl is unusually large; and the
whorls are broadly and flatly gradated.
35. MELANIA ( ?) norEI. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 27.)
Melania ( ?) horei, Smith, Annals & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,
vol. vi. p. 427 (1880).
Shell ovate-conical, smooth, brown, with a narrow white line
beneath the suture. Spire conical, a trifle excentric, inclining very
slightly to the right (the aperture being towards the eye and down-
wards). Whorls 63, scarcely convex, exhibiting faint incremental
striee. Suture simple; last whorl rising somewhat upon the pre-
ceding near the aperture, then suddenly descending to the margin of
the labrum, furnished with a slight basal thickening, aperture ovate,
rather acuminate above, purplish brown, occupying about # of the
entire length. Lip a little thickened, especially towards the suture,
avd somewhat patulate near the base. Columella whitish, mode-
rately arcuate, united to the upper extremity of the labrum by a
thin callosity. Length 14 millims., diam. 6; aperture 6 long, 4
broad.
Hab. Lake Tanganyika ( Hore).
1881.] LAKES TANGANYIKA AND NYASSA, ETC. 293
This is another instance of a species from Tanganyika having
very much the appearance of a marine form, At present the
operculum and animal are unknown; and therefore I place it pro-
visionally in the genus JMelania ; for it approaches in some respects
certain aberrant forms of that group, e. g. M/. brevis, d’Orbigny,
and WM. parva, Lea.
The colour is not uniform in tint; for beneath the whitish infra-
sutural line the brown is paler, then comes a darker zone gradually
blending into a paler one. The body-whorl too has an ill-defined
basal zone.
36. TrpHosia HoREI, Smith. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 28.)
Tiphobia horei, Smith, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1880, p. 348, pl. 31. f.
6-60.
When describing this very remarkable form, I was unable to give
any account of the operculum. Fortunately, one of the specimens
brought home by Mr. Thomson had that appendage adhering to the
interior. It is almost black, horny, elongate-subovate, rather con-
cave exteriorly, paucispiral in the centre, which portion is surrounded
by apparently concentric layers. The lower side has a glossy
border, which is broadest on the outer margin, narrow and slightly
thickened on the inner or columellar edge.
It is not sufficiently large to close the aperture of the shell as in
the genus Paludina ; and the paucispiral character of the early stage
of its growth confirms my original opinion that the species should
be classed with the Melaniide. It is by no means a common shell
according to the observation of Mr. Thomson, being restricted to a
certain part of the lake, and even there not abundant. The absence
of an epidermis is still maintained in the specimens now under ex-
amination ; and this very remarkable peculiarity may be considered
eventually a sufficient distinction to separate the genus from the
Melaniide.
37. NEOTHAUMA TANGANYICENSE, Smith.
Neothauma tanganyicense, Smith, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1880, p. 349,
pl. 31. figs. 7—7c.
In this instance also I am enabled to give an account of the oper-
culum. It is of a reddish colour, and normally paludinoid, the
nucleus being situated about midway between the inner or columellar
border and the centre. One of the specimens is unusually acutely
carinate around the centre of the body-whorl, and very deep in the
suture.
38. PALUDINA CAPILLATA, Frauenfeld.
Paludina eapillata, Frauenfeld, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 659;
1877, p. 717, pl. 74. figs. 3-4.
Hab. Lake Nyassa (Kirk); between it and the east coast
(Thomson).
294 MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS FROM [Feb. 15,
39. PaALUDINA ROBERTSONI, Frauenfeld.
Paludina robertsoni, Frauenfeld, P.Z.S. 1865, p. 659; Smith,
P. Z.S. 1877, p. 717, pl. 74. f. 5, 6.
Hab. Same as the preceding.
The specimens collected by Mr. Thomson are greenish olive,
with the angulation of the whorls strongly marked, and the columella
of a bluish tint.
40. Patupomvus FERRUGINEUS, Lea. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 29.)
Melania ferruginea, Lea, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1850, p. 182; Reeve,
Con. Icon. fig. 147; Martens, Von der Deckeu’s Reisen in Ost-
Afrika, vol. iil. p. 153.
Melania zanguebarica, Petit, Journ. de Conch. vol. il. p. 263,
ple nfm.
Hab. Between Lake Nyassa and the east coast (Thomson); Umba
(Craven) ; Zanzibar (Lea).
The specimen figured in the ‘Conchologia Iconica’ is small in
comparison with those collected by Mr. Thomson, the largest of
which, if the apex were complete, would have a length of about
42 millims, and in diameter it is 17. In the original description
Lea describes the single shell which was submitted to him as
“« ferruginea,”’ and does not mention the dark zone round the middle
of the body-whorl. This, although very obscure, is visible in the
specimen referred to, now in the British Museum. In shells in
good condition two other bands are observable within the aperture—
one above, close to the suture, and the other near the base. Melania
zanguebarica of Petit appears to be the same as this species; and
Paludomus africanus of Martens, if not identical, offers but slight
distinctions.
4]. PLANORBIS SUDANICUS, Martens.
This species was also recorded in my previous paper (Proc. Zool.
Soc. 1880, p. 349) on Lake-Tanganyika shells.
42. SEGMENTINA (PLANORBULA) ALEXANDRINA, Ehrenberg,
var. TANGANYICENSIS. (Plate XXXIV. figs. 30-30 6.)
Shell moderately depressed, equally umbilicated on both sides,
obtusely angular at the periphery, distinctly keeled on the top of
the whorls, and angulated around the umbilicus, brownish horn-
colour, spirally finely striated and more distinctly by the incre-
mental lines. Whorls 5; aperture irregularly lunate. Peristome
strengthened within with a whitish rib. Height of largest specimen
4 millims., greatest diameter 12; aperture 4 high, 32 broad.
Another is 10 wide and 33 high.
Hab. Lake Tanganyika (Thomson).
The four shells before me are constant in the characters above
given, and might therefore be specifically distinguished from the
P. alexandrina of Ehrenberg. The normal form of that species
has the whorls rounded above, is a trifle flatter, and consequently not
1881.] LAKES TANGANYIKA AND NYASSA, ETC. 295
so deeply umbilicated and less acutely carinated around the umbilicus.
The teeth, which frequently are present within the aperture of the
Egyptian species, do not exist in either of the Tanganyikan speci-
mens ; but the character of the rib bordering the peristome is similar
in both forms.
43. LIMN2ZA NATALENSIS, Krauss.
LTimnea natalensis, Krauss, Siidafrik. Moll. p. 85, pl. 5. f. 15;
Kister, Con.-Cab. pl. 6. f. 1-3; Martens, Mal. Blat. 1866, pl. 3.
58,9:
Hab. Lake Tanganyika (Hore § Thomson).
This species has a very extensive range, having been recorded from
Natal (Krauss), Abyssinia (Blanford and Martens), Lake Nyassa
(Kirk and Simons); and from the west side of the continent at
Benguela the same species, apparently, has been described under the
name of L. orophila.
44. Puysa, sp.
Hab. V.ake Tanganyika (Thomson).
This genus, not previously recorded from this locality, is repre-
sented by a single, probably young shell. It is very much of the
same character as P. nyassana, described in the Proc. Zool. Soc.
1877, p. 717, pl. 75. fig. 16-17. However, it is distinct; for on
comparison with a specimen of that species of similar size, it proves
to consist of fewer whorls, has a less prominent spire, and narrower
umbilicus.
45. Cyrena (CorBICULA) RADIATA, Parreyss, var. ?
Cyrena radiata, Parr., Philippi, Abbild. ii. p. 4, pl. i. f. 8; Cles-
sin, Conch.-Cab. (Corbicula) pl. 28. f. 16-18.
Hab. Lake Tanganyika (Thomson).
The shells from the lake are more finely and closely ribbed than
the specimens from the White Nile described by Philippi, and the
the hinge is a trifle stouter, but in all other respects agree very well.
The shell figured by Sowerby in a wretched monograph in the
‘ Conchologia Iconica,’ under the name of “‘ Cyrena radiata, Hanley,
? MS.” (pl. xi. f. 47 a, 5), is quite distinct from this species ;
but fig. 47¢ on pl. xiii. may be a bad representation of it.
This species was recorded by me from Lake Nyassa (P. Z. 8. 1877,
p- 718). On comparing the specimens from that locality with those
trom Tanganyika it becomes a matter of uncertainty whether they
should be regarded conspecific. The shells from the latter lake
are longer from the umbo to the ventral margin, and consequently
less transversely oblong ; their colour is a deeper violet within, whilst
the Nyassa specimens are fleshy-brown, varied by the external
umbonal and lateral violet rays. Such being the case, I prefer to
consider the shells before me as doubtfully belonging to this species,
until an opportunity occurs of studying this most difficult genus
more thoroughly.
296 MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS FROM [Feb. 15,
46. PLe1opon spekeI, Woodward. (Plate XXXIV. figs. 31, 31a.)
Pleiodon spekei, Woodward, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1859, p. 348, pl. 47.
f. 2; Smith, P. Z.S. 1880, p. 350; Reeve’s Conch. Icon. vol. xvi.
f. 2; Kiister’s Conch.-Cab. (Iridina) pl. 70. f. 1.
Hab. Lake Tanganyika (Thomson).
Of this fine species the present collection contains two specimens—
one quite young, and the other half-grown. The younger shell
shows that the teeth on the hinge-line are early developed ; and both
specimens are broader posteriorly than the adult form and less
acuminate at the extremity. The interior of the valves is bluish
white, faintly tinged with rose towards the umbones.
47. Mureva exotica, Lamarck.
Mutela exotica, Lamarck, Anim. s. Vert. ed. 2, vol. vi. p. 571;
Reeve’s Con. Icon. (Iridina) fig. 2.
Tridina nilotica (Férussac), Sowerby, Zool. Journ. vol. i. pl. 2;
id. Con. Icon. f. 4 ; Kiister, Con.-Cab. pl. 25. f. 3.
Tridina elongata, Sowerby, Geuera, fig. 1 ; id. Conch. Icon. f. 1.
Hab. Lake Tanganyika (Thomson).
None of the specimens exceeds 33 inches in length; and one or
two of them are indistinctly wrinkled perpendicularly across the
valves a short distance from the umbones.
48. SpATHA TANGANYICENSIS, Smith. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 32.)
Spatha tanganyicensis, Smith, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1880, p. 350,
pl. 31. figs. 8, 8a.
The specimen figured in the above work proves to be an unusually
broad form, having the posterior extremity much less acuminate
than in what appears to be the most common or typical form of the
species. In describing the young shell I suggested that the narrow
rostrated form would become modified as the animal increased it,
and that the dorsal alation would also enlarge. This surmise is to a
great extent upheld by the series of specimens before me. However,
the shape remains much more slender than I supposed; but the
dorsal wing does increase considerably. The colour of the epidermis
varies with age—in young shells generally being yellowish green,
and becoming darker or of an olive-brown when more mature. The
form of the anterior end is not faithfully described by me or cor-
rectly depicted in the figure of the adult shell. The only full-grown
specimen then before me was broken at that particular part. The
series now at hand shows that the angle formed by the dorsal margin
(which slightly descends near the extremity) and the upward sweep
of the anterior boundary is much more acute, the latter sometimes
being slightly sinuated just below the angle.
49. Unio niLoticuvs, Cailliaud.
This species has been previously recorded from Tanganyika, in
my former paper. Several additional specimens show that the form
and general colouring of the exterior of examples from this particular
1881.] LAKES TANGANYIKA AND NYASSA, ETC. 297
locality vary considerably ; however, not one of them takes the
form of U. egyptiacus of Férussac, which Jickeli unites with this
species. All have the more rhomboidal form and less central
umbones of UW. niloticus; and the epidermis varies from dark olive-
brown to yellowish olive or uniform brown. Some of the specimens
are indistinctly rayed ; and others have a few raised epidermal ridges
radiating from the umbones towards the anterior end of the ventral
margin. Without exception the valves in front of the umbones are
corrugated; but posteriorly there is but rarely any trace of such
ornamentation.
50. Unto Burtont, Woodward. (Plate XXXIV. figs. 33-335.)
Unio burtoni, Woodward, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1859, p. 349, pl. 47.
fig. 1.
Hab. Tanganyika (Hore and Thomson).
The collection brought home by Mr. Thomson contains a series
of specimens which I believe are varieties of this species. Not
one of them corresponds with the typical form, of which the Mu-
seum possesses two examples—one from the Cumingian collection,
the other, the type, presented by Capt. Speke. Both these shells
are in a considerably worn condition, scarcely a vestige of the epi-
dermis remaining. Their form, too, is more transverse, flatter; and the
umbones are less prominent. Among the present series there are
two varieties, one much more strongly. sculptured than the other.
The subgranular character of this ornamentation is somewhat dif-
ferent from that on the typical shells; but some allowance must be
made for this, owing to their worn condition. ‘Their outline, too, is
no doubt modified to a certain extent from the same cause. The
colour of the interior varies from white to uniform rich brownish
purple. Both varieties vary in this respect; and intermediate grades
of coloration are found in each series. The exterior of the valves also
presents difference of colour, in some specimens being of a yellowish
tint indistinctly radiated with fine green lines; others are of the
same general colour, but lack the green rays; and, again, certain
specimens exhibit more of an olivaceous exterior more or less
varied with green, the latter consisting of indistinct fine radiating
lines.
As a whole, the form of Mr. Thomson’s specimens is rather more
convex and deeper from the umbo to the ventral margin than that
of the two typical specimens; still, as I have previously stated, this
in the latter case may be the result of their worn state.
Other specimens, collected by Mr. Hore near Ujiji and recently
forwarded to the British Museum by Dr. John Kirk, approach the
typical form more closely. The outline varies very much, judging
from this series, the position of the umbones also being in some
much more forward than in others. The freshest of these, having
the epidermis to some extent preserved, shows that the species is
ornamented with fine green radiating lines, The amount of sculp-
ture is intermediate between that found on the more rugose variety
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1881, No. XX. 20
298 MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS FROM [Feb. 15,
collected by Mr. Thomson; and in character it is also intermediate,
being less granulose than some, yet hardly agreeing with that of the
type specimen. These slight differences are probably modifications
produced by difference of locality ; for the shells collected by Mr.
Thomson were from the southern end of the lake, whilst those
obtained by Captain Speke and Mr. Hore were found further north,
near Ujjji.
51. Unio nYASSAENSIS, Lea, vars. (Plate XXXIV. figs. 34-346.)
Unio nyassaensis, Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1864,
p- 108; Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1866, vol. vi. p. 33, pl. 12.
f. 32; Smith, P. Z. S. 1877, p. 719; Sowerby, Conch. Icon, sp. 224,
f. a, 6 (U. nyasse), Errata and Index (U. nyassensis).
Var. = U. kirkii, Lea, l. c. p. 108; Journal, p. 32, pl. 12. f. 30.
Var. = U. aferula, Lea, J. c. p. 109; Journal, p. 34, pl. 13. f. 34.
Hab. Lakes Tanganyika and Nyassa (Thomson.)
Var, TANGANYICENSIS (fig. 34 a).
There are but three valves in Mr. Thomson’s collection, which I
think may possibly belong to this species.. They differ from the
normal form in being rather longer transversely, of a pinkish-red
colour within, and without also, beneath. the greenish epidermis.
The latter is finely rayed with green. The sculpture is very similar ;
but the corrugation does not extend quite so far down the valves.
Var. from Nyassa (fig. 32).
Mr. Thomson’s specimens are more triangular than those collected
by Dr. Kirk at the same locality, having the hinder extremity
considerably produced and pointed. Like the three valves from
Lake Tanganyika, they are rather smoother than typical specimens ;
and some of them are of the same pinkish-red colour. Although,
as arule, very different in form from that figured by Lea, still great
allowance has to be made for the great variation that obtains among
freshwater genera, and especially in the outline of species of Unio;
and consequently I prefer to consider the shells in question as vari-
eties of this species rather than distinct forms. .
52. UN1o TANGANYICENSIS, Smith. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 35.)
Unio tanganyicensis, Smith, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1880, p. 351, pl. 31,
f. 9, 9a.
As in the case of U. burtoni, so also in this species, the specimens
now before me differ from the shells described previously. They
are less distinctly radiated with green, produced and beaked pos-
teriorly very considerably, and also exhibit a distinct smuation near
the posterior end of the ventral margin. The latter feature, how-
ever, exists in some of the typical shells, though in a considerably
less degree. They are too, as a rule, narrower from the umbo
to the opposite side. The absence of the green lines is to a great
extent accounted for by the worn condition of the exterior of most
of the specimens; for as soon as the epidermis is removed they
vanish with it, being only epidermal markings.
1881.] LAKES TANGANYIKA AND NYASSA, ETC. 299
53. Unto rHomsonr. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 36.)
Unio thomsoni, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 5th series, vol. vi.
p- 430 (1880).
Shell ovate, rather acuminated behind, concentrically striated,
granosely radiately distinctly corrugated in the dorsal region on both
sides of the umbones. The latter also prettily wrinkled in a zigzag
manner, small, rather acute, and placed well forward. Colour
yellowish or pinkish, faintly rayed with an obscure dull pinkish hue,
more or less hidden by a thin olivaceous epidermis. Valves not deep,
with a small anterior lunule, and a rounded narrow ridge on the
posterior slope, with a shallow depression on each side. Anterior
end regularly curve, posterior acuminate, ventral margin consider-
ably arcuate and indistinctly sinuate near the hinder end. Anterior
teeth small, irregularly bifid in one valve and trifid in the other,
roughened and striated; posterior teeth slender, occupying about
half the extent of the slope from the beaks to the hinder extremity.
Interior of valves variable; sometimes the nacre is bluish white
rayed with pinkish, and in other instances more uniformly purplish
brown. Length 15 millims., width 21, diam. 10.
Hab. Lake Tanganyika (Thomson).
In general aspect this species is similar to U. tanganyicensis, but
may be recognized by its smaller umbones, the radiating wrinkling
on both sides of them, and the greater amount of it upon them,
the greater curve of the ventral margin, the broader, more ovate
shape, and the absence of green radiating lines,
Only three specimens of it were collected ; but they agree in the
above particulars, and have a peculiar tout ensemble, which imme-
diately arrests notice if mixed with specimens of U. tanganyicensis.
The two depressions with a rounded ridge between, down the
hinder dorsal area, is another feature not occurring in that species.
54. Unio nore. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 37.)
Unio horei, Smith, ibid. p. 429.
Shell oblong, subrhomboidal, a trifle broader behind than in front,
inequilateral, rather thin, pearly, covered with a yellowish-olive
epidermis. Hinge-line stroightish ; anterior end broadly curved ;
ventral margin only slightly arcuate; hinder side oblique, very
feebly curved, forming an angle above with the hinder dorsal slope,
and a curve with the basal margin rather more sudden than that at
the opposite end of the valves. The latter are concentrically striated,
zigzagly corrugated towards the umbones, and radiately plicated on
each side of them; and down the hinder dorsal area there are two
shallow depressions, which radiate from the umbones. Interior
white, pearly ; anterior and posterior teeth thin, lamellar ; scars shal-
low, anterior the deeper, subquadrate. Length 163 millims., width
25, diam. 93.
Hab. Lake Tanganyika (Thomson).
The single specimen of this interesting species, whose measure-
ments are above given, is in all probability but the young form of a
shell which attains a much larger size. However, it is aie distinct
20
300
ON SHELLS FROM LAKE TANGANYIKA, ETC. [Feb. 15,
from the other species of the genus known as inhabiting the lake,
and is easily recognized by its form and thin lamellar teeth. U. bakert,
H. Adams, from Lake Albert Nyanza, approaches the present
species, but is much longer and much more corrugated upon the
surface,
Fig.
Tig.
Fig.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Puate XXXII.
1, 1a. Cyelostoma insulare, yars., p. 277.
2, 2a,26. Helix (Nanina?) nyassana, p. 278.
3, 3a. Helix (Trochonanina) mozambicensis, var., p. 279.
4,4a. Streptaxis gigas, p. 279.
5, 5a. eravent, p, 280.
6, 6 a. ——mozambicensis, p. 280.
6*. Ennea levigata, p. 281.
7,7 a,76, 7c. Bulimus (Rhachis) braunsii, p. 281.
8. Bulimus notadilis, p. 282.
9. (Buliminus) kirki, p. 282.
10. Achatina hamillei, p. 282.
Puate XXXIII.
ll. Achatina eraveni, p. 283.
12. —— thomsoni, p. 283.
13. (Limicolaria) caillaudi, p. 284.
14, 14a. Achatina (Limicolaria) rectistrigata, p. 284
15. Subulina lenta, p. 284.
16. solidiuscula, p. 285.
17, 17 a, 17 6. Limnotrochus thomson, p. 285.
18, 18 a, 18d. —— kirki, p. 286.
19. Lithoglyphus neritinoides, p. 287.
20, 20 a. Lithoglyphus rufofilosus, p. 288.
21, 21 a, 21d. Syrnolopsis lacustris, p. 288.
22, 22a. Ampullaria gradata, p. 289.
Pratt XXXTV.
23. Lanistes affinis, p. 290.
24. Melania (Sermyla) admirabilis, p. 291.
25. tanganyicensis, p. 291.
26, 26 a, 26 6, Melania (Melanella) nassa, p. 292.
27. Melania horet, p. 292.
28. Tiphobia horei, operculum, p. 293.
29. Paludomus ferrugineus, p. 294.
30, 80a, 306. Segmentina (Planorbula) alexandrina, var. tan-
ganyicensis, p. 294.
31, 31 a. Pleiodon spekei, p. 296.
32. Spatha tanganyicensis, p. 296.
33, 33 a, 33.6. Unio burtoni, p. 297.
34, 34 a, 6. Unio nyassaensis, p.298.
35. Unio tanganyicensis, p. 298.
36. thomsoni, p. 299.
37. —— hore?, p. 299.
P.Z.5.1881. PERAIL
AH Searle del et lith Mintern Bros, imp.
SHELLS FROM CENTRAL AFRICA.
P.Z.S- 1881. PLXXXIL
AH.Searle del. et lith Mintern Bros, imp.
SHELLS FROM CENTRAL AFRICA.
P.Z.S.1881. Pl. XXXIV
AFH Searle del et hth
Mmtern Bros imp
SHELLS FROM CENTRAL AFRICA
.
1881.] ON NORTH-AMERICAN TINEID&. 301
4. On some North-American Tincide. By Tuomas, Lord
WatsincuaM, F.Z.S8.
[Received February 15, 1881.]
(Plates XXXV., XXXVI.)
In a paper published last year in the Proceedings of this Society,
I endeavoured to contribute a few observations upon synonymy,
calculated to afford some assistance towards a revision of the
North-American Tineidee. I now propose to describe a few more
new species from that country, and to direct attention to the
synonymy of some others of the genera to which they belong. Of
the ten genera noticed in this paper, four only have at present been
recognized by American authors. The claims of one other to a foot-
ing in the New World have hitherto rested upon Mr. Walker’s record
of a single specimen not now to be found in the British Museum.
Two European genera are now, for the first time, mentioned as
occurring there, unless one of these has possibly been recharacterized
in America under another name; and three, so far as I am able
to determine, are new. Some species known in Europe are also now
recorded from California and Oregon.
PHRYGANEOPSIS, gen. nov.
Caput hirsutum ; antenne pubescentes; haustellum mediocre ; palpi
maxillares plicati ; palpi labiales capite ter longiores, porrecti,
supra et infra hirsute pilosi. Ale antice a basi dilatate, costa
subarcuata, apice depresso ; margo apicalis obliquus. Ale postice
late. Abdomen anguste compressum. Tibie hirsute pilose,
aliquot incrassate.
Head rough ; antennz indented at the joints, pubescent in both
sexes, more strongly in the male; ocelli none; tongue of medium
length, slightly scaled ; maxillary palpi folded. Labial palpi pro-
jecting, three times the length of the head, slightly drooping; the
second joint scarcely thickened beyond the middle, the apical joint
rather more than half the length of the second, roughly clothed to
the points with coarse hair-like scales.
3. Fore wings rather broad, the costa slightly arched, depressed
towards the apex (broader and subfalcate in the female) ; apical margin
oblique. Hind wings broad, not perceptibly indented below the apex;
fringes long. Abdomen laterally compressed, projecting considerabl
beyond the hind wings. ‘ibis roughly hairy, somewhat thickened.
This somewhat aberrant form should probably be placed some-
where near the genus Incurvaria. It differs very considerably in the
form of the palpi, but approaches that genus in the neuration and
in the form of the abdomen, as also somewhat in general appearance,
I have failed to find, in the writings of either Mr. Clemens or Mr,
Chambers, any generic description which would rightly apply to its
peculiar structure and appearance ; nor is there any European form
which corresponds to it.
302 LORD WALSINGHAM ON [Feb. 15, +
PHRYGANEOPSIS BRUNNEA, sp. nov. (Plate XXXV. fig. 1, la,
10, 1c).
Capite ochreo, palpis brunneis, antennis sordidis ; alis anticts cum
ciliis chocolate brunneis, purpureo vel viridi-purpureo subnitidis,
costa dimidia exteriore dilute ochraceo maculata, puncta disci
et puncto in medio marginis dorsalis dilute ochraceis; alis
posticis 3 brunneis, 2 subpurpureis.
Head roughly clothed, ochreous ; palpi dark brown, slightly de-
pressed, extending three times the length of the head beyondit. An-
tennz pubescent in both sexes, dirty whitish brown above in the 9.
Fore wings and cilia dark chocolate-brown, with a gloss of purplish
in the ¢ and of greenish purple in the 2, especially noticeable
where any abrasion of the scales has occurred ; the costa is faintly
marked on its outer half with two or three groups of pale ochreous
scales, the last of which lies above the apex at the commencement
of the costal cilia ; there is a spot of the same colour on the middle
of the dorsal margin, with a small pale discal spot above and beyond
it. Hind wings brown in ¢, purplish inthe 2. Legs and abdomen
of the same colour; the feet slightly paler.
Expanse, ¢ 20, 2 25 millim.
Three specimens (2 5,1 2) on the coast of Klamath county,
California, June 1872.
Genus Catantica (Zeller).
CALANTICA POLITA, sp. noy. (Plate XXXV. fig. 2.)
Capite crinito et thorace candidis ; antennis (excepta basi candida)
cinereis ; palpis decumbentibus, articulo secundo cinereo, apicali
candido ; alis anticis nitidis, subceruleo-candidis, puncto in
fine cellule fusco, coste basi anguste cinerea, strigula dorsali
obliqua post medium cinerea, ciliis subcinereis ; posticis saturate
plumbeo-cinereis, ciliis dilutioribus.
Head roughly clothed, together with the thorax shining white;
the palpi depressed, having the second joint cinereous, the apical joint
thickly clothed, white above, touched with cinerous beneath. Antennze
white at the base, cinereous beyond.
Fore wings shining white, with a faint bluish tinge ; a fuscous dot
at the end of the cell; the base of the costa narrowly cinereous, and
a small cinereous oblique streak beyond the middle of the dorsal
margin, but preceding the discal spot to which it points ; this streak,
in some specimens, is obsolete; the cilia are slightly tinged with
cinereous, and in some specimens have a row of very faint minute
cinereous dots at their base, along the apical margin. Hind wings
very pale greyish cinereous, with paler cilia. Underside of the fore
wings cinereous, of the hind wings greyish.
Expanse 15 millim.
The only points of structure in which this species appears to
differ from the European representatives of the genus Calantica are
the greater length of its palpi and the less thickened tibize of the
first pair of legs.
1881.] NORTH-AMERICAN TINEIDE, 303
ARZOLEPIA, gen. nov.
Capilli in capite et fronte hirsuti. Palpi labiales breves, articulo
secundo incrassato, supra hirsute crinito, tertio ineonspicuo.
Antenne pubescentes. Ale antice elongate, ad angulum analem
dilatate; costa nonarcuata; margo apicalis obliquus, vix concavus.
Ale postice sat late, aliquot acuminate.
Head rough above and in front, the scales on the face projecting for-
wards in a compact tuft; those above the eyes erect and less closely
compressed; ocelli present. Antenne slender, pubescent, about
half the length of the fore wings ; basal joint short, slightly enlarged.
Maxillary palpi none. Labial palpi short, thickly clothed with coarse
scales, which project more widely above than beneath ; the second
joint somewhat thickened; the apical joint short and nearly con-
cealed, well clothed to the apex.
Fore wings elongate, narrow at the base, gradually widened to-
wards the anal angle, which is well defined, especially by the form
of the projecting cilia, which give the wing a somewhat hatchet-
shaped appearance not entirely due to the wing-structure. The
apical margin is oblique, the cilia at the apex slightly rounded.
Hind wings about the same width as the widest part of the fore
wings, somewhat produced and acuminate at the apex, with very
long cilia, especially about the abdominal fold.
This genus approaches Plutella (Schranck) and Plutelloptera
(Chambers), but differs from the first in the form of the palpi, and
from the last in the shape and neuration of the wings. It has no
‘‘independent elongate triangular cell,”’ as described and figured by
Mr. Chambers (Journ. Can. Soc. Nat. Hist. Jan. 1880, pp. 3-23,
fig. 7).
AROLEPIA SUBFASCIELLA, sp. nov. (Plate XXXYV. fig. 3, 3a.)
Head rough above and in front, white, with a fuscous streak along
the imiddle of the crest. Antenne slender, scarcely pubescent,
distinctly spotted above with white and fuscous; the basal joint
fuscous. No maxillary palpi discernible. Labial palpi short, the
second joint roughly clothed above ; the apical joint short, partly
concealed, white above and: at the tips, dingy fuscous at the sides
and beneath.
Fore wings elongate, widened towards the apex, the anal angle
somewhat distinct ; apical margin oblique, not emarginate belzw the
apex; the costal and dorsal margins both somewhat bulge:l near
the base. Ground-colour of the fore wings greyish white, prosusely
speckled and clouded with greyish fuscous, which is especially
collected in two indistinct broken fasciee obliquely inverted, the one
from before, the other from beyond the middle of the costa; the
second of these is distinctly interrupted beyond the middle of the
disk, the dorsal portion being narrower and less conspicuous than the
costal; the first is not distinctly interrupted, but the lower or dorsal
portion of it becomes suddenly darker than the costal half. Around
the apex and apical margin are several square greyish fuscous spots
or patches, running completely through the whitish cilia—three costal,
304 LORD WALSINGHAM ON [Feb. 15,
of which the first forms the outer edge of the second fascia, and about
five marginal, the last being in the cilia at the anal angle; these
are also conspicuous on the underside.
Hind wings scarcely emarginate below the apex, very pale brownish
fuscous, slightly shaded about the margins and at the base of the
pale cilia.
The thorax is of the same colour as the darkest portions of the fore
wings; the abdomen faintly banded, the anal tufts lightly ochreous.
Expanse 20 millim.
Seventeen specimens, April 16th, 1872, on Currant Creek, an
affluent of John Day’s River, North Oregon.
Genus PLuTELLA (Schranck).
PLUTELLA CRUCIFERARUM, Zell. (Wocke, 1626).
This species has been frequently recorded under various names
as occurring in North America (see Chambers, Index to described
Tineina of United States and Canada, Bull. U.S. Geol. and Geog.
Survey, 1878, p 161), as it does also in Europe, Asia, and Africa.
I met with it on Mount Shasta, California, in August 1871; but I
have no recollection of having found it in the same abundance there
as in Europe. My list includes nine specimens.
It is probably the insect referred to by the Editors of the American
Naturalist (vol. v. p. 194) under the name of Tinea spilotella, which
should be added to Mr. Chambers’s list of synonyms.
PLUTELLA INTERRUPTA, sp. nov. (Plate XXXV. fig. 4.)
Capite et thorace albidis ; antennis albidis, griseo-fusco annulatis et
bicinetis ; palpis tenuibus albidis ; alis anticis subochraceo-albis,
dilute griseo-fuscis, ultra medium sublituratis et in toto margine
punctatis, macula parva costali ulira medium griseo-fusca,
vitta elongata in plica sub medio cellule late interrupta fusca ;
posticis cum ciliis griseis.
Head and thorax white; palpi rather slender, white, the second
joint touched with greyish fuscous above. Antenne white, annulated
with greyish fuscous, and having two rather wide but inconspicuous
rings of greyish fuscous, the first about their middle, the second
beyond it.
Fore wings rather yellowish white, very slightly shaded or mottled
with pale greyish fuscous, especially beyond the middle; a pale
greyish fuscous spot on the costa, at about one third from the apex ;
the costal, apical, and dorsal margins dotted with greyish fuscous ;
on the fold is a dark fuscous streak, commencing below the costa
near the base, widely interrupted below the middle of the cell, the first
portion slightly curved and more than twice as long as the second :
hind wings and their cilia grey. Underside greyish fuscous.
Expanse 19 millim.
This is evidently the North-American representative of the Euro-
pean Plutella annulatella (Curtis), which it greatly resembles. It
differs in the ground-colour of the fore wings being yellowish white
1881.] NORTH-AMERICAN TINEIDE, 305
instead of greyish ochreous or “greyish brown,” as stated in Mr.
Stainton’s Manual ; but it possesses the same characteristic markings,
rendered more conspicuous by the paler ground-colour, but more
curtailed and divided; the two rings on the antennee appear in both
species, although, curiously, they are not mentioned by Mr. Stainton
either in his ‘ Insecta Britannica’ (Tineina) or in the Manual. The
dark shading, which in English specimens covers the whole upper
half of the fore wings, is scarcely traceable in the single specimen now
before me, which occurred in Southern Oregon at the beginning of
May 1871.
PLUTELLA ALBIDORSELLA, sp. nov. (Plate XXXV. fig. 5.)
Capite albo; palpis albis, ad latera brunneo-fusco attinctis ; an-
tennis subannulatis, apicem versus bimaculatis ; thorace albo ;
alis anticis albis, litura brunneo-fusca, infra biangulata, ultra
medium oblique porrecta, plus quam dimidium costale obtegit,
punctis nonnullis in margine apicali et maculis in spatio apicali
brunneo-fuscis, ciliis albidis brunneo-fusco interruptis ; posticis
subcinereis.
Head white; palpi white, the tuft upon the second joint tinged
on the outside with brownish fuscous. Antennee white at the
base, faintly annulated beyond it, with two brownish fuscous spots
towards the apex, the first occupying about three joints, the second
(nearest to the apex) occupying two, Thorax white. Patagia
brownish fuscous at their base, white beyond.
Fore wings white, with a large brownish fuscous costal blotch ex-
tending over more than half the wing, having two angles at its lower
edge, the outer one of which is the most clearly defined, terminated
obliquely beyond the middle. There are a few brownish fuscous dots
on the dorsal margin, and some small brownish fuscous blotches on
the apical portion of the wing, the whitish cilia being also interrupted
by brownish-fuscous spots and streaks.
Hind wings pale cinereous.
Expanse 15 millim.
A single ¢ specimen of this very distinct species occurred in Lake
county, California, June 18, 1880.
PLUTELLA PORRECTELLA, Linn. (Wocke, 1624).
This species occurred May 31, 1872, in Mendocino county, in
August on Mount Shasta, California, and in June in Southern Oregon,
but very sparingly: I met with only about six specimens in all.
It was first noticed in America by Dr. Clemens, who described it under
the name Plutella vigilaciella, teste Stainton (Tin. N. Amer. p. 90).
PLUTELLA VANELLA, sp. nov. (Plate XXXV. fig. 6.)
Capite et palpis albidis ; antennis annulatis; alis anticis albidis
brunneo atomosis, fascia basali triangulari obliqua et plaga
media triangulari (in costa macula albida interrupta) brunneis,
margine apicali brunneo, anguste adumbrato ; posticis cinereis,
ciliis paulo dilutioribus.
306 LORD WALSINGHAM ON [Feb. 15,
Head and palpi whitish, the latter having the tuft on the second
joint about the same length as the apical joint. Antenne annulated
with brown and whitish.
Fore wings whitish, dusted with brownish scales, with a brown
triangular basal fascia tending obliquely outward from the costa,
where it is very wide, and reaches the base of the wing to beyond
the first third of the dorsal margin, where it is very narrow. Be-
yond this, after a conspicuous oblique fascia of the pale ground-
colour, is a large brown V-shaped blotch enclosing a whitish trian-
gular costal spot occupying about the middle of the costa ; the apical
margin is somewhat narrowly shaded with brown; and the whitish
cilia are touched with brown, especially towards the anal angle.
Hind wings cinereous, the fringes scarcely paler.
Expanse 16 millim.
May 19, near San Francisco; June 16-22, Lake county ; July 15,
Shasta county, California.
A single specimen of what I suppose to be a variety of this spe-
cies occurred on the coast towards the north of California in June
1872. In it the whitish ground-colour of the fore wings is entirely
suffused with brown, and the markings, although in exactly the same
position as in the normal form, are almost obscured.
The species is much larger than Plutella hufnagelii, Zell., and
differs in its markings, but is evidently allied to it.
Genus Crrostoma (Latreille).
The only species, among those described by American authors,
which has been placed in this genus up to the present time is
Cerostoma brassicella (Fitch), which is the well-known cosmopolitan
Plutella cruciferarum (Zell.), as pointed out by Mr. Stainton (Tin.
N. Amer. p. 90), also subsequently by Prof. Zeller (Verh. z.-b.
Ges. Wien, 1873, p. 33), and by Mr. Chambers. Mr. Chambers, in
his Index to the Tineina of the United States and Canada (Bull.
U.S. Geog. & Geol. Surv. vol. iv. no. 1, p. 134), omits to notice
that Mr. Walker (Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxviii. p. 546) records the
occurrence in Hudson’s Bay of Cerostoma aylostella (Linn.) (den-
tella, Fabr., Staud. and Wocke Cat. 1652). I have searched for the
specimen in the British Museum, and am unable to find it. It is
not improbable that one of the allied species, hereinafter described,
may have been under Mr. Walker’s notice. There is scarcely suffi-
cient evidence, in the absence of the specimen referred to, to establish
the occurrence of Cerostoma wylostella (Linn.) in America.
Among the numerous Tineide which I have received from the
Eastern States the genus Cerostoma has been conspicuously absent,
affording an additional illustration of the divergence of their Lepi-
dopterous fauna from those of California and Oregon.
.
CEROSTOMA INSTABILELLA, Mann.
7
I am indebted to Mr. Stainton for a specimen of this species, which
I have carefully compared with nine examples taken on Mount Shasta,
1881.] NORTH-AMERICAN TINEID&. 307
California, in August 1871. I can detect no appreciable difference
between the American and the European forms.
The absence of any defined anal angle in the fore wings, although
the cilia somewhat replace it in appearance, will at once enable C.
instabilella to be distinguished from the following new species (C.
falciferella, Wism.).
CEROSTOMA FALCIFERELLA, sp. nov. (Plate XXXYV. fig. 7.)
Capite cum palpis griseo atomosis; alis anticis angustis, quam
latioribus quadruplo longioribus, margine. apicali falciformi,
Sulvo-griseis, fasciis duabus a margine dorsali obliquis sub-
obsoletis ; posticis dilute cinereis.
Head speckled grey; the tufted palpi projecting more than twice
the length of the head beyond it, speckled grey.
Fore wings narrow, fully four times as long as wide, the apex ex-
tremely falcate, the anal angle well defined, its projecting cilia giving
a falciform appearance to the apical margin, rusty grey, with a slight
tawny shade upon their costal half not extending to the apex. There
are two subobsolete slightly darker fascize scarcely distinguishable,
except towards the dorsal margin, from which they tend obliquely
outwards—the one scarcely beyond the middle, the other halfway
between this and the base of the wing; and in some specimens is a
narrow and rather angulated tawny fuscous streak running from the
end of the cell to a point immediately above the apex, and another
from the base of the wing below the middle running parallel to the
first half of the dorsal margin.
Hind wings and their cilia pale cinereous.
Expanse 25-28 millims.
Twelve specimens, Mount Shasta, California, August 1871; six
specimens, Camp Watson, Northern Oregon, beginning of April.
This species is larger than C. instadilella, which usually expands
abcut 21 or 22 millims., and is distinguishable from it by the develop-
ment of the anal angle of the fore wings and by its broader hind wings,
CEROSTOMA RADIATELLA (Donovan).
I took seventeen specimens of this species at Camp Watson in
Northern Oregon, which exhibit an equal range of variation to that
which is attained by the same species in Europe. They occurred in
April 1872, probably after hibernation; but for the most part they
are in good condition.
CrROSTOMA CERVELLA, sp. nov. (Plate XXXV. fig. 8.)
Capite dilute cervino, ore et palpis supra pallidioribus ; antennis
albo et fusco annulatis ; alis anticis costa arcuata apice non
falcata, cum ciliis, subpurpurascenti-cervinis, striga diffusa
purpureo-fusca a terno basali usque ad apicem divisis, maculis
duabus in margine dorsali purpureo-fuscis, prima apud angulum
basalem, secunda paulo post medium; posticis dilute fulvido-
griseis, ciliis paulo pallidioribus ; abdomine supra cinereo, infra
albido. .
308 LORD WALSINGHAM ON [Feb. 15,
Head pale fawn-colour, the face somewhat paler. Palpi fawn-
colour at the sides and beneath, paler above. Antennze annulated
with whitish and fuscous.
Fore wings with the costa arched, the apex not falcate, together
with their cilia pale fawn-colour, more or less suffused or sprinkled
with purplish, having a purplish fuscous diffused streak running
from before the middle to the apex, dividing the apical half of the
wing into two nearly equal parts. There are two purplish fuscous
spots on the dorsal margin, the first at the rather conspicuous angle
near the base, the second scarcely beyond the middle. The cilia at the
anal angle are very long, giving the whole wing a falcate appearance.
Hind wings pale fulvous grey, the cilia somewhat paler.
Abdomen above pale cinereous, beneath (together with the legs)
whitish. ;
760. Expanse 20 millim.
I have two specimens of this species—one reared from a cocoon
found on the trunk of an evergreen oak, May 18, near San Francisco,
the other from a cocoon found on June 14, on a leaf of Helianthus
bolanderi (Gray), in Mendocino county, California. The first
emerged on May 31, the second on June 27, 1871. It is allied to
Cerostoma parenthesella, Linn. (costella, Fabr.), Wocke, 1641.
CEROSTOMA SUBLUCELLA, sp. nov. (Plate XXXV. fig. 9.)
Capite albo; antennis albo et fusco annulatis ; thorace cuneum
album gerente; alis anticis costa arcuata, apice subfalcato,
subfulvo-cervinis, ciliis et patagirs unicoloribus ; posticis cum
ciliis cinereo-albidis, margine paulo adumbrato.
Head white; palpi white above, fawn-colour at the sides and
beneath. Antenne annulated with white and fuscous. Thorax with
a white wedge-shaped mark pointing backwards from the head.
Fore wings with the costa slightly arched, the apex subfalcate,
fawn-colour with a slight tawny gloss; the patagia and cilia are of
the same colour. The hind wings and their cilia are dirty whitish,
slightly tinged with cinereous along their margins and at the base
of the cilia.
Expanse 15-17 millim.
Three males, two females.
Mendocino and Lake counties, June 10 to 17, and Shasta county,
California, July 19, 1871.
This species belongs to the same group as C, sylvella (Linn.), C.
alpella (Schiff.), and C. lucella (Fab.). It is most nearly allied to
the latter, differing from it in the white wedge-shaped thoracic
mark, in the darker fawn-colour of the fore wings, which are also
of a more uniform width, not attenuated towards the base as in the
European species, and in the much paler hind wings.
CEROSTOMA DENTIFERELLA, sp. nov. (Plate XXXV. fig. 10.)
Capite, thorace et palpis (supra) stramineo-albidis ; antennis
annulatis ; patagiis dilute castaneis. Alis anticis a basi ad
apicem purpurascenti-brunneo suffusis ; cost basi, margine
1881.] NORTH-AMERICAN TINEID. 309
dorsali, dente obliquo ultra medium supra projecto, et margine
apicali cum ciliis, dilute croceis : posticis stramineo-albidis.
Head, palpi, and thorax yellowish white, the sides of the palpi and
the patagia touched with pale reddish brown; antennz annulated.
Fore wings pale canary-yellow suffused with bright purplish
prown, except at the costal portion of the base and along the dorsal
two thirds of the wing ; the apical margin and cilia beneath the faleate
apex also maintain the pale ground-colour, and the dark portion of
the wing isincised on its lower edge beyond the middle by an oblique
tooth-shaped projection from the pale dorsal space.
Hind wings and cilia straw-white.
Abdomen and legs whitish grey.
Expanse 20-22 millim.
Mount Shasta, California, August 1871.
This and the two following species belong to the group of which
C. dentella, Fab. (xylostella, Linn.), No. 1652 of Wocke’s Cat., is
the type, and are nearly allied to that species.
CEROSTOMA CANARIELLA, sp. nov. (Plate XXXV. fig. 11.)
Antennis annulatis ; palpis, capite, thorace et alis anticis dilute
croceis, labe subangulata apud medium et ciliis ad apicem fal-
catum subcastaneis ; alis posticis cum ciliis stramineo-albidis.
Antenne annulated with yellowish white and chestnut-brown.
Palpi pale yellowish, slightly timged with brown at the sides, projecting
nearly three times the length of the head beyond it. Head, thorax,
and fore wings pale canary-yellow ; the fore wings strongly falcate at
the apex, having a subangulate and rather diffused pale chestnut-
brown blotch on the cell about the middle, often with a few blackish
scales about the angle on the middle of its lower edge; in good
fresh specimens afew single pale chestnut-brown scales are thinly
scattered over the surface of the pale ground-colour ; cilia yellow,
tinged at the tips with brownish, especially at the extreme apex.
Abiomen, hind wings, and cilia straw-white.
Expanse 19-21 millim.
Scott’s Valley, Lake county, May 18, 1871.
Several specimens flying among Symphoricarpus mollis (Nuttal).
CEROSTOMA FRUSTELLA, sp. nov. (Plate XXXV. fig. 12.)
Antennis annulatis ; capite stramineo ; palpis externe brunneis,
interne albido-stramineis; alis anticis croceo-flavidis, rufo-
brunneo suffusis et partim lineatis (excepto margine dorsali
dilute croceo) ; posticis cum ciliis dilutissime griseis.
Head yellowish above, paler in front ; palpi yellowish white above
and on their inner sides, tinged with brown outwardly ; antennze an-
nulated; the middle of the thorax whitish, the patagia reddish brown.
Fore wings pale yellow, suffused and partly streaked with reddish
brown, except at the base of the costa and along the dorsal third of
the wing, which is pale canary-yellow, and is separated from the
darker portion of the wing by a whitish streak along the basal half.
The brown shading is most conspicuous along the fold, where it ex-
310 LORD WALSINGHAM ON [Feb. 15,
tends in a strong streak from the base to beyond the middle, and is
diffused in the form of ill-defined lines upwards and outwards to the
middle of the costa and to the apical margin. In some specimens
the costa is touched with whitish on its extreme edge before the
middle. Cilia reddish brown.
Hind wings and cilia very pale grey.
Expanse 19-21 millim.
Twenty-six specimens, Shasta county, California, July 28, 1871.
EvcERATIA, gen. nov.
Capilli hirsuti. Ocelli nulli. Palpi maxillares nulli. Palpi
labiales longe porrecti, hirsute vestiti, articulo secundo supra
Jfloccoso, tertio basi incrassato, quam secundus paulo longiore.
Antenne pubescentes, articulis alternis aliquid incrassatis.
Ale antice costa paulum arcuata, ample, margine apicali
obliquo, angulo anali subconspicuo. Ale postice plene, ciliis
longis, apice vir acuminato.
Head and face rough with tufts of long scales projecting forwards
and upwards. Ocelli none; maxillary palpinone. Antenne pubes-
cent, slender ; basal joint somewhat enlarged, the alternate joints
slightly thickened by groups of appressed scales above. Palpi
straight, projecting three times the length of the head in front,
hirsute, with the first joint small; second scarcely thickened, tufted,
especially on its upperside, with long bristling scales projecting for-
wards ; third rather longer and slightly more slender than the
second, enlarged at the extreme base, also roughly clothed, having a
tendency to turn outwards as in Topeutis (Zeller).
Fore wings ample, with the costa slightly arched, the apical margin
oblique, the apex extended, and the anal angle not well defined.
EUCERATIA CASTELLA, sp. noy. (Plate XXXV. fig. 13, 13a,
36, 13e, 13d.)
Capite et thorace albis ; antennis albis, fusco supra maculatis ;
palpis porrectis, hirsutis, albis, fusco adspersis ; alis anticis albis,
squamis brunneo-fuscis sparse irroratis, ciliis albis fusco
terminatis ; alis posticis dilute brunneo-fuscis, ante medium
albidis, ciliis albis ; anticis infra dilute brunneo-fuscis, albo
marginatis ; posticis infra albidis paulo fuscescentibus.
Head, face, and thorax white. Antenne pubescent, white, conspi-
cnously dotted above with brownish fuscous beyond the base, tinged
with brownish fuscous beneath. Palpi projecting nearly three times
the length of the head beyond it, with the first joint small, second
joint scarcely thickened, tufted; apical joint of even size, slightly
longer than the second, white, clothed with long coarse scales, most
of which, especially at the sides and beneath, are tipped with brownish
fuscous, the tuft on the second joint and the apical joint itself
having a tendency to turn outwards as in the genus Topeutis, Zell.
Fore wings white, sparsely irrorated with distinct brownish fuscous
scales; cilia white, tipped with brownish fuscous. Hind wings
white at the base and about the abdominal margin, shading off into
1881.] NORTH-AMERICAN TINEIDZE. 311
pale brownish fuscous, which covers more than their apical half ;
cilia white, with a slight brownish fuscous line towards their base
around the apex. Underside of fore wings brownish fuscous, with all
the margins white; underside of hind wings white tinged with
brownish fuscous.
Legs and abdomen yellowish white.
Expanse 17-21 millim.
Several specimens near San Francisco and on Mount Shasta,
May and August, 1871.
EUCERATIA SECURELLA, sp. nov. (Plate XXXV. fig. 14.)
Capite et palpis hirsutis, griseo-albidis ; antennis annulatis ; alis
anticis a basi dilatatis (costa post medium arcuata, margine
apicali concavo), griseo-albidis, brunneo-fusco dilute suffusis vel
lituratis, striga ultra medium plice oblique transversa fusca,
striga angulata diffusa apud finem cellule postice subfusco
marginata, litura costali post medium subconspicua, eiliis brun-
neo-fusco et albido alternantibus; alis posticis saturate albido-
griseis.
Head and palpi very roughly clothed, greyish white above, brown-
ish beneath ; antennee annulated ; thorax greyish white.
Fore wings greyish white, sbaded and sometimes blotched with
greyish and brownish fuscous, narrow at the base, expanding out-
wardly, rather hatchet-shaped, having the costa somewhat arched
beyond the middle, the apical margin slightly concave. The species
is somewhat variable. In some specimens the most conspicuous
markings are an oblique detached transverse fuscous streak crossing
beyond the middle of the fold (in one example this streak is divided
into two spots), a pale whitish angulated streak at the posterior
angle of the cell, deflected and diffused outwardly towards the anal
angle, and a brownish fuscous, mere or less conspicuous blotch
slightly beyond the middle of the costa; in others this blotch is
extended and reduplicated towards the apical portion of the wing
giving it an obliquely bifasciated appearance. The cilia are chequer ed
with alternate white and brownish or greyish fuscous spots, extend-
ing round the apex. Underside unicolorous greyish fuscous, with
chequered cilia.
Hind wings pale whitish grey, the extreme margin faintly shaded ;
underside pale whitish grey.
Expanse 25 millim.
Seventeen specimens, taken in Sonoma county, California, late in
May 1871.
It is larger than the preceding species, and has the apical margin
slightly more concave ; but in the antennee and palpi, as well as in
their general structure, they are very similar.
Genus Drpressaria (Haw.).
Mr. Chambers, in his List of described Tineina of the United States
and Canada, in the Bulletin U.S. Geol. and Geogr. Surv. (vol.ix.1878),
enumerates twenty-seven species originally supposed to belong to this
312 LORD WALSINGHAM ON [Feb. 15,
genus. Of these, eleven species described by Mr. Chambers have been
removed by himself to other genera; and he has suggested that three
more of his species should probably also be transferred to Gelechia.
One species is fuund to be identical with a known European form,
leaving twelve species on the list. To these must be added three
others described by Mr. Walker, of which Mr. Chambers makes no
mention.
Depressaria georgiella, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxxv.
p- 1827, belongs to the genus T'richotaphe (Clem.) ; but I am unable
at present to determine the species. It should more properly be in-
cluded in the genus Gelechia than in Depressaria.
Depressaria clausella, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxix. p. 564,
is evidently D. cinereocostella (Clem.), which is well figured in the
Annals of the Lyceum of Nat. Hist. New York, vol. ix. The pre-
face to the volume of Mr. Walker’s Catalogue in which his descrip-
tion appears is dated March 7, 1864. The paper in which Dr.
Clemens described it was also published at some time during the
month of March in the same year. Full references are given by
Mr. Chambers to the several published notices of this species, with
the exception of that by Mr. Walker.
Depressaria confertella, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxix. p. 563,
is a Cryptolechia, and is identical with Cryptolechia tentoriferella,
originally described by Dr. Clemens as Machimia tentoriferella,
Clem. (Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil. 1860, p. 212). It has also since
been described by Mr. Chambers under the name Depressaria fer-
naldella, which is contained in his list of the genus. I am assured
by Prof. Fernald that he is well acquainted with the species, and
that it agrees with a specimen of the true C. tentoriferella which I
received from him for comparison with Mr. Walker’s D. confertella ;
but I am aware that Mr. Chambers himself (U.S. Geol. and Geogr.
Surv.) still doubts their identity. Prof. Zeller (Verh. z.-b. Ges.
Wien, 1873, p. 40) first pointed out that it should properly be
included in the genus Cryptolechia. After eliminating this, we
have thus eleven unquestioned species of the genus Depressaria
recorded as occurring in North America :—
12). atrodorsella, Clem. 2D. hilarella, Zell.
1D. cinereocostella, Clem. "D. lecontella, Clem.
1 D. clausella, Walk. D, nebulosa, Zell.
*D. eupatoriella, Cham. *D. pulvipumella, Clem.
1D. grotella, Robinson. D. robiniella, Packard.
3D. heracliana, De G. D. scabrella, Zell.
Doubtfully referred to Gelechia by Mr. Chambers (Bull. U.S.
Geol. and Geogr. Sury. Vol. p. 138) :—
D.? pallidochrella, Cham. D.? versicolorella, Cham.
D.? rileyella, Cham.
1 These are figured in the Annals of the Lyceum of Natural History, New
York, vol. ix.
2 Of these I have seen specimens in Mr. Stainton’s collection,
3 Also European.
1881. ] NORTH-AMERICAN TINEID&, 313
To these may now be added the following from the Western
States :—
DEpPRESSARIA SABULELLA, Sp. nov. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 1.)
Capite et palpis (articulo apicali fusco annulato) saturate ochreis ;
antennis fuscis; alis anticis saturate ochreis, coste basi fusca,
punctis quatuor disci fuscis quorum duobus anticis amplius di-
versis minoribus, nebula subconspicua interjacente fusca; pos-
ticts dilute griseo-ochraceis.
Head and thorax very pale ochreous; palpi the same, but with
a slight fuscous annulation on the apical joint, which is also slightly
tipped with fuscous ; antennz fuscous.
Fore wings very pale ochreous, with the base of the costa fuscous ;
four small fuscous discal spots, of which the two upper ones are
further apart and less conspicuous than the two lower ones, which
are also both situated nearer to the middle of the wing; between
the two upper dots is an inconspicuous fuscous shade; some dif-
fused inconspicuous fuscous spots around the apical margin, as well
as on the hind margin of the pale greyish ochreous and rather
shining hind wings. Cilia of hind wings very pale.
Expanse 24 millim.
One specimen, in Mendocino county, California, June 12, 1871.
This species is allied to Depressaria subpropinquella (Stn.), which
is of a generally darker hue, and lacks the two outer dots and the
fuscous base to the costa. It differs from Depressaria nanatella,
Stn., also in the number of its discal dots, and in the less mottled
appearance of the fore wings.
In a single specimen taken on Mt. Shasta in August, the wings
are shorter, the discal spots and the fuscous base to the costa are
entirely absent, the costa is mottled, the apical margin immaculate ;
moreover the cilia of the fore wings are slightly rosy, the cilia of the
hind wings being pale yellowish. I am disposed to regard it as a
distinct species.
DEPRESSARIA ARGILLACEA, sp. nov. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 2.)
Capite, palpis et antennis dilute griseo-ochreis ; alis anticis dilute
griseo-ochreis, fusco atomosis, plaga basali diluta in margine
costali diffusa, postice fusco marginata, punctis duobus disca-
libus ante medium fuscis, puncto ad finem cellule subalbido,
nebula fusca mediana antice apposita ; posticis saturate argil-
laceis.
Head, palpi, antenne, and thorax pale greyish ochreous, the face
slightly paler.
Fore wings pale greyish ochreous (a cold stone- or clay-colour),
irrorated with blackish fuscous scales; the pale basal patchiis dit-
fused along the costal margin, but bounded below it by an outwardly
diffused but inwardly distinct blackish fuscous shade; before the
middle are two fuscous dots, sometimes containing some brownish
scales placed obliquely, the upper one being nearest to the base;
these are followed by a blackish fuscous cloud above the middle of
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1881, No. XXI. 21
314 LORD WALSINGHAM ON [Feb. 15,
the wing, which reaches to a pale dirty-whitish dot immediately be-
yond and below it, situated about the end of the cell, and surrounded
by some brownish scales. In some specimens is a faint indication
of asecond pale discal dot preceding it ; and in others the two fuscous
dots are almost obsolete.
Hind wings very pale greyish ochreous; cilia of the same colour
as the wings.
Expanse 21 millim.
The species occurred at Newville, Tehama county, California,
July 5, 1871, and in the neighbourhood of Fort Klamath, in Oregon,
at the end of September, also at Old Fort Watson, in Northern Ore-
gon, in April of the following year, but was not abundant.
It approaches D. ocellana (Fab.) and D. yeatiana (Fab.), but
differs from the latter in colour, and in having the fore wings wider
and less rounded at the apex.
DEPRESSARIA ARNICELLA, sp. nov. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 3.)
Capite subochraceo; palpis subochraceis, articulo apicali annulato;
antennis fuscescentibus ; alis anticis saturate ochreis, fusco
dilute sublituratis, punctis tribus discalibus et nebula subcon-
spicua fuscescentibus, costa et margine apicali fusco punctatis,
ciliis rufescentibus ; alis posticis griseo-sericeis, ciliis rufescen-
tibus.
Head and palpi greyish ochreous, the apical joint of the palpi
annulated with fuscous ; antenne greyish fuscous.
Fore wings pale ochreous, more or less suffused and blotched with
greyish fuscous; three rather fuscous discal dots, two about the
basal third of the wing, of which the upper one is nearer to the base
than the lower, and one towards the end of the cell; between them
lies a slight greyish fuscous cloud, sometimes reaching to the costa ;
the pale basal patch is not very clearly defined, but extends above
the cell along the basal third of the costa; the costal and apical
margins diffusely dotted with greyish fuscous. Cilia rosy reddish.
Hind wings shining grey, with rosy reddish cilia.
Expanse 22 millim.
Five specimens, bred from larvee feeding on Arnica angustifolia
(Vahl), on Mount Shasta, California, August 1871. Allied to
Depressaria adsperselia (Kollar), but without the distinct black
costal dots of that species.
DEPRESSARIA KLAMATHIANA, Sp. nov. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 4.)
Capite griseo; palpis griseis, articulo apicali fusco annulato ;
thorace griseo ; alis anticis rufo-grisets, plaga basali ad medium
coste antice producta albo-grisea, postice subrufo marginata,
punctis duobus discalibus nigris erectis et punctulo albido apud
jinem cellule, ciliis rufescentibus ; posticis albido-griseis, ciliis
dilute rufescentibus.
Head grey; palpi grey, annulated on the apical joint with fuscous ;
antennze pale reddish grey.
Fore wings reddish grey, with a whitish grey basal patch pro-
1881.] NORTH-AMERICAN TINEIDZ. 315
longed on the costal third nearly to the middle of the wing, dis-
tinctly margined beneath it by a strong reddish shade, outwardly
diffused and blended with the paler (more greyish) apical half of the
wing; the costa slightly speckled with reddish grey ; two blackish
discal spots of raised scales scarcely beyond the basal third, the lower
one being the furthest from the base and slightly elongate; beyond
these, about the end of the cell, is a whitish dot, surrounded by a
few fuscous scales, sometimes preceded by a similar but even less
conspicuous dot on the cell; some fuscous scales are distributed
around the apical margin. Cilia dull reddish.
Hind wings whitish grey, with rather rosy cilia.
Expanse 21 millim.
Five specimens taken near Fort Klamath, in Oregon, in the
autumn of 1871. One only is in good condition.
This species appears to be allied to Depressaria ciniflonella
(Zeller), to which it bears some resemblance ; but it is less mottled,
and has more red about it; moreover the fore wings are less attenu-
ated and elongate.
DEPRESSARIA POSTICELLA, sp. nov. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 5.)
Capite et thorace subochraceis ; palpis concoloribus, articulo se-
cundo externe fusco adsperso; antennis fuscis; alis anticis
subochraceis, rufo paulum suffusis, fusco irroratis, puncto diset
ante medium fusco, punctis marginalibus diffusis fuscis, nebula
ante angulum analem (disci dimidium costale nunquam attin-
gente) fusca, ciliis subfuscis (aliquando subroseis).
Head and thorax rather dull ochreous ; palpi of the same colour,
sprinkled externally on the second joint with fuscous; antenne
fuscous.
Fore wings rather dull ochreous, sprinkled with fuscous scales,
and somewhat suffused with a reddish tinge in some specimens,
with a small fuscous spot at the base of the costa; a fuscous dot on
the cell before the middle, some diffused fuscous dots along the
apical margin, and a fuscous cloud or blotch before the anal angle,
reaching from the dorsal margin nearly to the middle of the wing,
but not attaining the costal half. Cilia with a fuscous or a rosy
tinge in different specimens.
Hind wings greyish ; the cilia rosy ; the anal tuft sometimes rosy,
Expanse 18-21 millim.
I met with this species in Lake county, California, on June 15
and June 30, 1871, and in Southern Oregon in May 1872. I also
bred a specimen from among larve, feeding together with those of
another species of Depressaria (psoraliella) on Psoralia physodes
(Doug].), the larva bemg found in Mendocino county on May 24,
the perfect insect appearing on June 13. I am indebted to the
kindness of Prof. Henry N. Bolander, of San Francisco, for the de-
termination of this and other plants mentioned in this paper.
The species differs from Depressaria angelicella, Hub. (Staud. &
Wocke, Cat. n. 1736), in the absence of a dot on the fold, and in the
21*
316 LORD WALSINGHAM ON [Feb. 15,
position of the fuscous cloud or blotch, which in that species is
situated about halfway between the costal and dorsal margins.
DEPRESSARIA NUBIFERELLA, sp. nov. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 6.)
Capite et thorace ochreis ; palpis ochreis, macula parva rufo-brun-
nea sub articulo apicali; antennis rufo-brunneis ; alis anticis
ochreis, ultra plagam basalem rufo-brunneo suffusis, litura ultra
medium costam nec marginem dorsalem attingente subobliqua rufo-
brunnea, margine apicali rufo-brunneo, costa maculata; alis
posticis dilute fusco-griseis.
Head and thorax ochreous, sometimes with a slight reddish tinge ;
palpi ochreous, recurved, reaching over the vertex, a small reddish
spot on the underside near the end of the acuminate apical joint ;
antennee reddish brown.
Fore wings ochreous, more or less suffused (beyond the pale basal
patch, which does not reach to the costa) with brownish red, which
forms a conspicuous darkly centred shade about the end of the cell,
reaching to the costa but not to the dorsal margin. This colour is
also conspicuous in a number of small spots along the costa, and in
a line which runs round the apex, along the apical margin, to the
anal angle; the ochreous cilia are more or less shaded with the same
colour, especially at their tips ; and in some specimens is an indication
of two small discal dots situated before the dark central shade, and
rather above the middle of the wing, the upper one being nearer to
the base than the lower.
Hind wings pale greyish, sometimes with a very faint reddish tinge.
Abdomen about the same colour as the fore wings.
In some specimens the reddish tint suffused over the fore wings
is replaced by a browner hue, rendering the pale ochreous ground-
colour more conspicuous.
Two specimens bred in June from larvee found feeding on a species
of Hypericum, Rouge River, Oregon, May 22, 1872; others were
taken in Mendocino and Shasta counties, California, in June and
July 1871.
This species appears to be somewhat allied to D. astrantie (Hein.),
but differs from it in the dark central shade being somewhat less
oblique than in that species, in the pale thorax not being conspicu-
ously shaded with brown, and in the absence of the white discal dots
and distinct dark marginal dots which distinguish that species.
DeEPRESSARIA CILIELLA (Stn.)
This species occurred in North Oregon in April 1872. I met
with three specimens only, The commoner European form D. ap-
plana (Fab.), of which it is sometimes supposed to be merely a
variety, was conspicuously absent, nor have I met with it in any
American collection,
DEPRESSARIA YEATIANA (Fab.).
I took a single specimen towards the end of September 1871, near
1881.] NORTH-AMERICAN TINEIDZ. 317
Fort Klamath, Oregon. I have also received the species from
Mr. Belfrage, from Texas, taken at the beginning of August.
DEPRESSARIA NERVOSA (Haw.).
Two specimens, undistinguishable from English examples of this
species, occurred in Southern Oregon at the beginning of May
1872.
DeprEssARIA PSORALIELLA, sp. nov. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 7.)
Capite sordide griseo ; palpis subrufescenti-griseis, articulo apicali
annulato ; antennis fusco-griseis ; thorace griseo ; alis anticis
basi grisea, rufo-brunneis, griseo et nigro (precipue costam versus)
atomosis, punctulis duobus vel tribus disci subobsoletis ; posticis
subfusco-griseis, ciliis rufescentibus.
Head dull greyish, sometimes sprinkled with reddish; palpi
greyish above, reddish beneath, the apical joint annulated; an-
tenne greyish fuscous. Thorax grey, slightly tinged with reddish
immediately behind the head.
Fore wings reddish brown, sprinkled with greyish and blackish
fuscous atoms, especially towards the costa; the basal patch some-
what clearly defined, grey, extending slightly outwards towards the
costa, containing no dark spot on the dorsal margin as in the allied
species D. cnicella, Tr. A series of three inconspicuous whitish dots
along the cell are sometimes almost entirely obsolete, the first and
last only being slightly visible in two of my bred specimens. Cilia
reddish.
Hind wings rather fuscous grey, with reddish cilia.
Expanse 20-24 millim.
Four specimens bred from larvee found drawing together the ter-
minal shoots of Psoralia physodes (Dougl.), May 21, Sonoma county,
California ; the perfect insects emerged June 5 to 8. Allied to
D. hepatariella, Zell., and D. cnicella, Tr.
DEPRESSARIA PARILELLA (Treitschke).
A single specimen from the Eastern States (locality uncertain)
agrees fairly well with the description of this species. I have com-
pared it not only with the figures given by Herrich-Schiffer and by
Duponchel, but also with some European examples in the British
Museum.
It differs from these in having the pale head, thorax, and basal
patch less clearly distinguishable from the main colour of the wing,
in the discal spots being almost obsolete, and in the cilia being uni-
colorous with the fore wings.
From the Western States I have other specimens, one of which,
taken in California in the summer of 1871, has the pale head, thorax,
and basal patch as clearly defined as in the European parilella; more-
over the pale discal spot is visible although inconspicuous ; but the
colour of the fore wings is much darker, and may be described as
318 LORD WALSINGHAM ON [Feb. 15,
dull purplish fuscous rather than yellowish brown; the palpi also
are much mottled and faintly annulated with purplish fuscous.
Other specimens, taken in Northern Oregon in 1872, have the pale
head, thorax, and basal patch much obscured by the purplish fuscous
hue of the fore wings, and the pale discal spot obsolete; but these
have probably lost some of their brilliancy during hibernation.
In all these the two blackish spots before the middle and the
blackish speckling beyond it are clearly distinguishable. On the
whole it is doubtful whether the species should or should not be
regarded as distinct from its European representative. I have no
doubt that the eastern and western American examples are mere
local forms of the same insect, although the ground-colour of the
fore wings of the specimen from the east accords much more nearly
with that of the true Depressaria parilella.
If an investigation of its habits should lead to the conclusion that
the American form is a distinct species, I would propose for it the
name Depressaria novi-mundi.
DEPRESSARIA EMERITELLA (Stn.).
I bred four specimens of this rather rare European Depressaria
from larvee found feeding on leaves of what may bave been a species
of Tanacetum, in May 1872, on Rouge river, in Southern Oregon.
I cannot find that I have preserved any specimen of the food-plant ;
but in my notes it is recorded as an Artemisia,
The specimens agree to the most minute particular with Mr.
Stainton’s description of this species.
DrPRESSARIA UMBRATICOSTELLA, sp. nov. (Plate XXXVI.
fig. 8.)
Capite et palpis sordide ochraceis ; antennis fuscis ; thorace nigro-
Susco ; alis anticis sordide-ochreis, macula basali, punctulis
duobus disci, punctis costalibus et marginalibus diffusis et
nebula coste medie nigro-fuscis, margine apicali late subfusco
adumbrato, ciliis fuscescentibus ; posticis griseo-sericeis.
Head and palpi dull ochreous, the latter dusted with fuscous ;
antennze fuscous. Thorax blackish fuscous.
Fore wings dull ochreous, slightly paler than the head, with a
short, blackish fuscous basal patch, wider on. the dorsal than on the
costal margin ; several minute, diffused, blackish fuscous spots along
the costal and apical margins; a conspicuous outwardly diffused
blackish fuscous shade on the middle of the costa, preceded by two
minute discal dots of the same colour, of which the upper one is
nearer to the base than the lower, and a more or less conspicuous
wide subfuscous shade around the apical margin, reaching from the
costal patch to the middle of the dorsal margin. Cilia subfuscous.
Hind wings rather shining greyish.
Expanse 16-19 millim.
Taken on Mount Shasta, California, in August 1871, and in
Northern Oregon in April 1872, where it was not uncommon. It
1881.] NORTH-AMERICAN TINEID. 319
has somewhat the same fashion of ornamentation as Depressaria
atrodorsella, Clem.; but it is a much smaller insect, with narrower
wings, more rounded at the apex and anal angle, and with the costal
blotch situated nearer to the base.
Genus Menesta (Clemens).
MENESTA TORTRICIFORMELLA, Clem. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil.
1860, p. 213; Stn., Tin. Nor. Am. p. 151.
Menestra tortriciformella, Cham., Bull, U.S. Geog. & Geol. Surv.
vol. iv. p. 157.
Gelechia liturella, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxix. p. 591.
This is evidently the species described by Mr. Walker as Gelechia
liturella, His type, which is in the British Museum, is in suffi-
ciently good condition to be easily identified. It agrees with others
verified by comparison with what I believe to have been Dr. Clemens’s
typical specimen in the collection of the American Entomological
Society at Philadelphia.
MENESTA RUBESCENS, sp.nov. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 9.)
Capite, thorace et antennis dilute subochraceo-cinereis 3 palpis
diversis, subulbidis, articulo apicali brunneo-fusco adumbrato,
acuminato ; alis anticis a basi dilute subochraceo-cinerea rube-
scentibus, puncto discali subobsoleto fuscescente ; posticis griseis.
Head, thorax, and base of the fore wings pale stone-grey ; palpi
diverging, whitish, the apical joint shaded with brownish fuscous,
the tongue scaled with brownish fuscous at the base. -
Fore wings shaded off from the pale stone-grey base into pale
brick-reddish, becoming almost purplish red before the apical margin ;
a faint indication of a small subfuscous spot at the end of the cell.
Hind wings greyish.
Expanse 11 millim.
A single specimen received from Mr. Belfrage, from Texas, labelled
“August 16.”
Genus Giypuipreryx (Hiibner).
GLYPHIPTERYX REGALIS, sp. nov. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 10.)
Capite; palpis et antennis griseo-sericeis ; alis anticis aurantiacis,
plaga dorsi basis, striga basali a costa obliqua, fascia anteme-
diana et strigis post medium costalibus tribus nitentibus dilute
griseo-chalybeis, ciliis fuscescentibus sub apice albido interruptis,
macula elongata supra angulum analem nigra, antice marginem
apicalem versus attenuata, punctis quatuor metallice albido-chaly-
beis ornata, spatio supra eam subochraceo-griseo, strigulis plurimis
transversis nigro-fuscis ; posticis aurantiaco-brunneis.
Head small, shining greyish ; antennz greyish, scarcely pubescent ;
palpi short, slightly upturned, shining greyish above, whiter be-
neath. Thorax orange, greyish in the middle, whitish beneath.
Fore wings bright orange, with shining steel-grey bands or streaks
320 LORD WALSINGHAM ON [ Feb. 15,
and four bright metallic steel-white dots set in an elongate black .
patch above the anal angle. The first steel-grey streak, which is
much dilated towards the base of the costa, reaches obliquely to the
outer extremity of a steel-grey patch at the base of the dorsal mar-
gin; beyond it, before the middle of the wing, is a narrow, straight,
pale steel-grey fascia with rather darkened margins; slightly be-
yond the middle of the costa is another pale steel-grey mark, ex-
panding immediately below the costa and diffused into a pale greyish
ochreous patch, much occupied by slender, transverse, blackish
fuscous streaks ; beyond this, again, is a bright steel-blue streak,
whitish towards the costa, and reaching to a whitish interruption in
the fuscous cilia above the middle of the apical margin; a shorter
and paler steel-grey streak lies immediately before the apex, but does
not quite reach the apical margin. The costa is narrowly shaded
with blackish fuscous, especially beyond the middle. The elongate
black patch above the anal angle, containing four steel-white metal-
lic dots, stretches from the dorsal margin before the anal angle to
near the middle of the apical margin, in which direction it is some-
what attenuated ; there are two small black marginal dots below it.
Underside with two white costal streaks towards the apex, preceded
by two white costal spots, and with a short white streak from the
apical margin.
Expanse 17 millim.
This species differs from Glyphipteryx loricatella (Tr.), in the
more rounded hind wings, which are not indented beyond the ab-
dominal angle, as well as in the absence of brilliant metallic endings
to the costal streaks, which, however, are the same in number and
position. It differs also in the absence of two white dorsal spots,
and in the black patch being narrower and running obliquely instead
of parallel to the dorsal margin. The hind wings are paler, and the
fore wings a lighter orange-colour than in the European species.
In general appearance it exhibits some approach to some of the
Hydrocampide. The small head and the form of the palpi, as well
as the character of the ornamentation, cannot fail to remind us of
Cataclysta (H.-S.) and some allied Asiatic genera.
I have met with only one specimen, taken on Mount Shasta, Cali-
fornia, in August 1871, and slightly denuded at the time of its
capture.
GLYPHIPTERYX CALIFORNI#, sp.nov. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 11.)
Capite, thorace et antennis ochreo-griseis ; palpis griseo-albidis ;
alis anticis subeneis brunneo suffusis, litura dorsali basis albida,
strigis, quinque costalibus, una dorsali, albidis brunneo utrinque
marginatis et roseo chalybeo finitis, macula dorsali albida et
tribus oblique supra eam dispositis roseo-chalybeis, una supra an-
gulum analem et una sub apice (ciliis albido interruptis) roseo-
chalybeis, ciliis e@neo-brunneis albido terminatis ; alis posticis
brunneis ; tibiis et tarsis posticis brunneis, albido annulatis.
Head, thorax, and antenne yellowish grey; palpi greyish
white,
1881.] NORTH-AMERICAN TINEIDZ. 321
Fore wings zneous, or bronzy yellowish suffused with brown; a
partially interrupted oblique whitish blotch from near the base of
the dorsal margin joins at its outer extremity a somewhat similar dif-
fused whitish streak arising at the middle of the base, and extending
less than one third along the wing; beyond it from the costa is a
censpicuous oblique outwardly curved white streak extending to the
middle of the wing, sometimes touched with rosy steel-colour at its
extreme point and margined with brown on both sides; beyond
this, also from the costa, are four shorter whitish streaks, brown-mar-
gined and tipped with iridescent rosy steel-colour, the first pair of
these streaks being furtherapart and more oblique than the second pair.
On the dorsal margin is an oblique whitish streak situated rather be-
yond the first costal streak, tipped with rosy steel-colour, and fol-
lowed by a small whitish dorsal spot before the anal angle; these
are also margined with brown on both sides. Above the dorsal spot,
where the wing is much suffused with brown, are three iridescent
rosy steel-coloured roundish spots distributed in an outwardly oblique
line; there are also two similar spots—one above the anal angle, and
one below the apex (where the cilia are interrupted by a narrow
whitish streak). Cilia brown at the base, whitish beyond, with a
projecting brown streak from the blackish extreme apex, giving a
falcate appearance.
Hind wings brown.
Underside brown, with one marginal and two costal white streaks
near the apex, and two or three slight whitish costal spots preceding
them.
Posterior tibize and tarsi brown, annulated with whitish.
Expanse 11 millim.
Taken in Shasta county, California, about the middle of July 1871,
and described from a series of ten specimens.
GLYPHIPTERYX BIFASCIATA, sp. nov. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 12.)
Capite brunneo ; antennis dilute brunneis, fusco supra submaculatis ;
palpis albidis fusco tricinctis ; alis anticis subeneo-brunneis,
fascia interna basali obliqua, fascia mediana recta et strigulis
tribus costalibus post medium albis, serie punctorum chalybeorum
quingue vel sex apud angulum analem nigro succinctorum, puncto
roseo-chalybeo ciliis sub apice apposito ; posticis brunneis.
Head brownish; antenne brownish, faintly spotted above with
fuscous. Palpi whitish, with three more or less distinct brownish
fuscous rings.
The anterior wings bronzy brown, with two white fasciee, the first
tending obliquely outwards towards the costa (in one specimen ob-
literated before reaching it), the second about the middle, straight ;
beyond this on the costa are three short, white, slightly oblique
streaks, usually tipped with a few rosy metallic scales; the outer
streak is the largest, and nearly reaches a rosy steel-coloured metallic
spot which joins a whitish streak in the cilia below the apex ; around
the anal angle is a black elongate marginal patch preceded by two
rosy steel-coloured metallic spots one above the other, and contain-
322 LORD WALSINGHAM ON [Feb. 15,
ing four (sometimes three) bright metallic spots, above which the wing
is sprinkled with greyish scales. Cilia brown at the base, whitish grey
beyond. Underside with some slight costal spots and one costal and
one apical streak white.
Hind wings brown ; cilia the same.
Expause 11-13 millim.
Two specimens taken near San Francisco in May, and three near
Mount Shasta, California, at the end of July 1871.
GLYPHIPTERYX UNIFASCIATA, sp. nov. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 13.)
Capite et antennis sordide grisescenti-brunneis ; palpis sordide
albidis, brunneo maculatis et annulatis ; alis anticis brunneis,
striga dorsali prope basin externe obliqua, fascia subobliqua ante
medium et strigulis ultra medium tribus costalibus et una dorsali
albis, serie punctorum quinque chalybeo-metallicis apud angulum
analem nigro succinctis, ciliis brunneis albido terminatis, sub
apice albido interruptis, macula roseo-chalybea adjacente ; posticis
brunneis. .
Head and antenne dull greyish brown; palpi dirty whitish,
spotted or annulated with brownish.
Fore wings brown, an outwardly oblique white dorsal streak
reaching about halfway across the wing; a slightly oblique white
fascia before the middle, tending outwards from the costa to the
dorsal margin, followed by four rather straight white costal streaks,
of which the first is the longest and reaches nearly to a meeting with
an opposite straight white dorsal streak; a series of four shining
metallic dots in an elongate black marginal patch near the anal
angle, above the first of which is a fifth detached shining metallic
spot ; below the apex, joining a white streak in the cilia is a rosy
metallic spot ; some bright rosy metallic scales lie also about the
ends of the white costal streaks.
Hind wings brown.
Expanse 10-11 millim. :
Two specimens near San Francisco, May 19, 1871. It differs
from the preceding species (G. bifasciata) in having four instead of
three costal streaks on the upperside, and three instead of one on
the underside, also in the first fascia extending only half across the
wing.
GLYPHIPTERYX QUINQUEFERELLA, sp. nov. (Plate XXXVI.
fig. 14.)
Capite et palpis griseis ; antennis griseis, longe ciliatis, interne
albido punctatis ; alis anticis (apice rotundato, basi flavida)
griseo et fusco atomosis, signum numerale Romanum Yf fiavidum,
griseo marginatum in medio ferentibus, serie marginali pun-
ctorum quatuor nitide chalybeorum apud angulum analem, puncto
quoque antice latius nigro circumdato ; posticis brunneo-fuscis.
Head and palpi grey. Antenne grey, obscurely dotted inwardly
with whitish, clothed with rather long cilia.
1881.] NORTH-AMERICAN TINEIDZ. 323
Fore wings rounded at the apex, with the base yellowish, inter-
sected longitudinally with obscure streaks of greyish scales; beyond
the yellowish basal patch is a distinct yellowish Y, universally mar-
gined with whitish grey ; beyond it the apical half of the wing is
whitish grey irrorated with fuscous scales, with a slight yellowish
oblique streak immediately before the pale extreme apex; about
the anal angle is a series of four distinct, shining, whitish, steel-
coloured, metallic marginal dots, each surrounded by a separate deep-
black border which is wider above than below them ; above the outer
spots are some bluish metallic scales at the base of the greyish
fuscous cilia; underside unicolorous brownish.
Hind wings brownish fuscous.
Expanse 13 millim.
Eight specimens taken, July 15, 1871, Shasta county, California.
Genus Herropines (Stainton).
HELIODINES EXTRANEELLA, sp. nov. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 15.)
Alis anticis cupreo-aurantiacis, basi fusca, maculis tribus costalibus
una dorsali argenteo-metallicis, maculis duabus triangularibus
(una costali ante apicem, altera ante angulum analem) niveis,
omnibus partim nigro succinctis, ciliis eupreo-metallicis.
Head, face, and palpi shining metallic greyish fuscous. Antennz
fuscous.
Fore wings bright reddish orange, with a small fuscous basal patch
slightly produced above the fold ; three small silvery metallic costal
spots followed by a triangular snow-white spot before the apex ; one
silvery metallic dorsal spot situated very slightly nearer to the base
than the first costal spot, from which it is separated only by a few
black scales on the fold ; it is followed by a triangular snow-white spot
before the anal angle; all the spots are more or less surrounded by
scattered black scales ; the apex and apical margin, with the base of
the cilia, shining metallic bronzy cupreous.
Hind wings pale fuscous with slightly darker cilia.
The underside of all the wings shining bronzy, a bright orange
spot on each side of the thorax beneath at the base of the fore
wings. Third pair of legs with their long spurs shining silvery me-
tallic, the tarsi with three conspicuous black bands.
Expanse 8 millim.
Pitt River, California, July 23, 1871.
This species agrees with the genus tole of Chambers (Can. Ent.
vii. p. 173) in the length of the tongue, as well as in the rather
narrowly produced apex of the fore wings, the only points in
which it differs in external appearance from the genus in which
I have ventured to place it. Mr. Stainton, who founded that
genus (Ins. Brit., Lep. Tin. p. 243) for the reception of a single
species, Tinea resella, Linn., writes to me that he “should be
disposed to refer the insect” of which I sent him a specimen “ to
Heliodines.” Without destroying one of my limited number of
324 ON NORTH-AMERICAN TINEID. [Feb. 15,
examples to examine the neuration, I can find no difference in struc-
ture beyond the very slight modification above referred to.
A careful comparison of the descriptions of tole and Heliodines
shows them to be at least very closely allied, if not identical ; and as
Mr, Chambers’s figure of the neuration of his #tole bella (Journ.
Can. Soc. Nat. Hist. Jan. 1880, p. 26, fig. 54) does not seem to
agree precisely with his previous description of the number and
position of its veins, there may, perhaps, be some doubt as to the
sufficiency of the evidence on which he separates them.
/®T0Ln, Chambers
(Can. Ent. vii. p. 73).
“Scales of the head appressed;
forehead wide, obtuse.
“Antenne simple, rather thick,
about as long as the body; basal
joint short.”
Tongue long and naked.
No maxiliary palpi.
“Labial palpi very short, drooping,
the third joint pointed.
«The discal gives off two branches,
the superior being furcate before the
apex, with one of the branches to
each margin” (figured simple, not
furcate).
Fig. 1.
pS
S59
Aitole bella.
Hetropines, Stainton
(Ins. Brit., Lep. Tin. p. 248).
“ Head smooth ; forehead obtuse.
“ Antenne setaceous, almost as long
as the body; basal joint short, cla-
vate.
“Tongue of moderate length.”
(No maxillary palpi mentioned,
none existing.) :
“Labial palpi small, rather thick,
acuminate.
“The furcate apical vein ter-
minates in the apex and in the hinder
margin.”
Fig. 2.
Heliodines resella.
Neuration of wings.
If the upper fork of the apical vein (apparently described, but
omitted in the figure, by Mr. Chambers) be inserted, the neuration of
the two genera will be found to correspond very closely, with the ex-
ception of the absence of a short vein in Avéole which in Heliodines
runs from the lower edge of the cell to the dorsal margin, which may
possibly have been overlooked.
Mr. Chambers places his genus among the Elachistidze, and states
that it ‘‘resembles closely the European Chrysoclista linneella,”’ which
is the British genus placed nearest to Heliodines by Mr. Stainton,
although not so placed in Wocke’s Catalogue.
P.Z. 5S. 1881. PLXXXyv.
Edwin Wilson del et lith. Mintern Bros, imp.
NEW NORTH AMERICAN TINEIDA.
BP: 28.1867 Pea
Edwin Wilson del et lith.
Mintern Bros, imp.
NEW NORTH AMERICAN TINBIDZ.
1881.] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE GENUS MYGALE. 325
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
PuarE XXXYV.
Fig. 1, la, 1b, le. Phryganeopsis brun- | Fig. 8. Cerostoma cervella, p. 307.
ned, p. 302 9 sublucella, p. 308.
2. Calantica poliia, p. 302. 10. dentiferella, p. 308.
3, 3a. Areolepia subfasciella, p. ne canariella, p. 309.
303. 12. frustella, p. 309.
4. Plutella interrupta, p. 304. 13, 18.4, 138), 18¢, 138d. Euceratia
5. albidorsella, p. 305. castella, p. 310.
6. vanella, p. 805. 14. Huceratia securella, p. 311.
7. Cerostoma falciferella, p. 307.
Prats XXXVI.
Fig. 1. Depressaria sabulella, p. 313. Fig. 9. Menesta rubescens, p. 319.
2. argillacea, p. 313. 10. Glyphipteryx regalis, p. 319.
3. arnicella, p. 314. 11. california, p. 320.
4, —— klamathiana, p. 314. 12, —— difasciata, p. 321.
5. posticella, p. 315. 13. unifasciata, p. 322.
6. nubiferella, p. 316. 14. quinqueferella, p. 322.
7. psoraliella, p. 317. 15. Heliodines extraneella, p. 323.
8. —— wmnbraticostella, p. 318.
March 1, 1881.
Professor Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
The Secretary exhibited a dead specimen of a large Spider of the
genus Mygale, which had been presented to the Society’s collection
alive by Dr. A. Stradling, C.M.Z.S., on March 17, 1880, being the
example referred to by Dr. Stradling in a letter published in ‘ Land
and Water’ in June 1880 (vol. xxix. p. 510), as also the shed integu-
ment of the same Spider. Mr. Butler, having kindly examined the
specimen, had referred it, with some doubt, to Mygale bistriata,
Koch. It had been obtained by Dr. Stradling at Bahia.
In the Gardens the Spider had been kept in a case kept heated
with hot water to a temperature of about 75 degrees Fahr., and fed
with cockroaches, upon which it appeared to have thriven well *.
On the 27th August the Spider shed its skin, which process (as
witnessed by the Superintendent and Mr. Thomson in a smaller
example, probably of the same species) lasted about four hours *.
The following papers were read :—
? See Mr. Thomson’s letter, ‘Land and Water,’ vol. xxix. p. 551.
* See Mr. Bartlett’s description of the process, in ‘Land and Water, Feb. 5,
1881 (vol. xxxi. p. 102).
326 MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC [Mar. l,
1. Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Asiatic Noc-
turnal Lepidoptera. By F. Moors, F.Z.S.
[Received February 1, 1881.]
(Plates XXXVIT., XXXVIII.)
Tribe BomBYCES.
Fam. CHALcosiiD&.
CHATAMLA, 0. g.
Male and Female. Fore wing elongated, trigonal, costal margin
nearly straight, apex slightly rounded, exterior margin very ob-
lique and slightly convex, posterior margin nearly straight ; costal
vein extending to two thirds of the wing, first subcostal branch
emitted at half length of the cell, second at one fourth before end
of the cell, and trifid near the apex, fifth bifid at half its length be-
yond the cell; cell short ; discocellulars slightly concave, the radial
starting from their middle; median vein three-branched, second
emitted from angle before end of the cell ; submedian nearly straight.
Hind wing short, broad, anterior margin arched at the base, apex
slightly convex, exterior margin convex, angled anteriorly and at the
middle, abdominal margin long; costal vein extending to apex, sub-
costal two-branched, first emitted before end of the cell; cell short ;
discocellular slightly oblique, radial from near upper end; median
three-branched, second from angle before end of the cell; a sub-
median and a slender internal vein. Body slender, short, squamose ;
antenne finely bipectinated; palpi slender, pilose, apex pointed ;
legs squamose, spurred.
Type Chatamla flavescens.
CHATAMLA FLAVESCENS.
Euschema flavescens, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. Brit. Mus. ii.
p- 406 (1854) ; Illustr. Type Spec. Lep. Het. Brit. Mus. part i.
p- 57, pl. 14. fig. 3, 2 (1877).
Hab. Khasia Hills.
CHATAMLA NIGRESCENS.
Euschema nigrescens, Moore, Descr. Lep. Coll. Atk., As. Soe.
Beng. p. 20 (1879).
Hab. Darjiling.
Fam. NoTroDpoNnTIDz&.
CorMa, 0. g.
Male. Fore wing elongated, narrow, slightly arched towards apex,
exterior margin oblique and convex, hind margin slightly lobed near
base ; subcostal vein six-branched, first branch starting before end
of the cell, second trifureate towards apex, fifth and sixth starting
1881.] NOCTURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. 327
together from near base of second, the fifth coalescing with the
second at one third its length; discocellulars slightly oblique, radial
from their middle ; median vein three-branched, two upper from end
of the cell; one submedian. Hind wing convex externally ; subcostal
vein two-branched ; discocellulars, radial and median veins as in
fore wing. Body long, slender, laxly pilose, tip tufted with spatu-
late hairs ; antennz long, pectinated rather broadly two thirds their
length ; palpi short, stout, pilose ; legs pilose.
Allied to Pydna, Walker.
CoRMA HORSFIELDI.
Eumeta horsfieldi, Moore, Catal. Lep. E.I. C. ii. p. 430 (1859).
Hab. Java. Horsfield coll. Brit. Museum.
CorMA RAFFLESI.
Eumeta raffiesi, Moore, Catal. Lep. E.I. C. ii. p. 430 (1859).
Hab. Java. Horsfield coll. Brit. Museu.
Fam. Cossip&.
Genus ZENZERA.
ZENZERA MULTISTRIGATA, 0. Sp.
Zenzera indica, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. vii. p. 1536
. (1856), nee H.-Schaff.
Male and Female. White: fore wing with steel-blue spots along
the costa, within the cell, and at its end, and along the exterior and
posterior borders, the discal spaces between the veins with steel-blue
transverse streaks : hind wing with less prominent similar steel-blue
markings within the cell and on anterior border. Body white, six
steel-blue spots on hind part of thorax, and seven bands on the
abdomen ; front of head black ; legs steel-blue above, femora white
beneath ; antennee black.
Expanse, ¢ 23, Q 32 inches.
Hab. Darjiling. In coll. Brit. Museum and F. Moore.
Note. Z. paucipunctata, Walker, 1. c. p. 1537, is identical with
Z. indica, H.-Schaff., Lep. Exot. spec. nov. f. 166 (1854).
Tribe Nocrvuess.
Fam. CyMATOPHORID.
Genus Tuyatrira, Ochs.
Fore wing with second subcostal branch bifurcate; fourth branch
also bifurcate ; upper and lower discocellulars concave, upper bent
near subcostal ; upper radial from the angle near subcostal, and lower
radial from their middle; upper median branch from angle above
end of the cell, middle branch from its end. Hind wing with the
costal vein free at its base from the subcostal, but curved in the
middle; first subcostal branch emitted from half length of the cell,
curving upward and touching the costal at its middle; radial and
328 MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC [Mar. I,
upper median branch from slight angles above end of the cell, middle
median branch from end of the cell.
Type T. datis, Linn.
THYATIRA DECORATA, 0. sp. (Plate XXXVII. fig. 1.)
Male and Female. Fore wing dark brown, with a peach-coloured
basal trilobed spot, a large oval spot within the cell, a smaller spot
at its end, an oblique irregular-shaped costal spot before and a
similar spot at the apex, a large deep-coloured spot at the posterior
angle, and two small marginal spots above it, followed by lunules to
the apical spot; an elongated spot on middle of the hind margin ;
some indistinct pale-bordered black sinuous lines crossing the wing
between the spots: hind wing pale brown, with a small marginal
pale yellowish patch near anal angle. Body pale ochreous-brown ;
palpi and legs with dark brown bands.
Expanse ¢ 12, 2 14 inch.
Hab. Darjiling. In coli. Dr. Staudinger.
Risosa, n. g.
Allied to Thyatira. Fore wing somewhat shorter; costal margin
arched at apex, angle acute, exterior margin less oblique ; second
subcostal branch trifurcate, its lowest fork (or fourth branch) near
the apex, fifth branch curved upward from end of the cell and
touching the third near its base; upper discocellular obliquely con-
cave, slightly bent at its lower end; upper radial straight from end
of the cell, lower radial and upper median branch from angles close
above end of the cell. Hind wing very convex exteriorly ; costal
and subcostal veins joined together at their base, two subcostal
branches from end of the cell, radial and upper median branch from
end of the cell, middle median branch from angle before end of the
cell. Body slender ; thorax broad, crested in front ; antennz long,
minutely pectinated in male.
Type R. repugnans.
Risova REPUGNANS.
Thyatira repugnans, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. ix. p. 9.
Hab. India, Ceylon. ;
RisoOBA OBSTRUCTA.
Bolina obstructa, Walker, MS. Brit.-Mus. Cabinet.
Male and Female. Fore wing greyish brown, indistinctly black-
speckled; a white basal oblique slender band, which is slightly
brownish hindward and has a black sinuous border ; a discal greyish
white fascia bordered externally by an irregular black line; a black
dot within the cell, and a circle enclosing another dot at its end;
exterior border traversed by a broad, blackish, whitish-bordered, in-
distinct band, terminating at the apex in blacker streaks ; a marginal
row of black lunules bordered inwardly with white: hind wing pale
cinereous-brown, with pale-brown marginal band.
Expanse, ¢ 1, Q 12 inch.
1881.] NOCTURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. 329
Hab. Ceylon (Mackwood) ; Calcutta (Atkinson). In coll. F.
Moore.
RisOBA PROMINENS, 0. sp.
Male. Fore wing pale greenish brown, crossed by black sinuous
lines ; a prominent white basal, posteriorly obstructed ,oblique band ;
a discal transverse, white, ill-defined fascia, which is broad at the
costal end, narrow hindward, and margined by an exterior black
sinuous line ; exterior border and apex with white-bordered longitu-
dinal apical blackish streaks, transverse sinuous line, and a submar-
ginal row of lunules; an irregular black line and central dot at end
of the cell: hind wing cinereous-white, with a broad pale-brown
marginal band. Female darker, less grey, and discal fascia obsolete ;
apical streaks and lower sinuous lines bordered with ochreous. Body
greyish brown; thorax white-speckled ; legs brown above.
Expanse, ¢ 1,3,, 2 1,4 inch.
Hab. Khasia Hills (G.-Austen); Malacca. In coll. F. Moore.
RisoBa LITERATA, 0. sp.
Male. Fore wing pale greenish brown, with a distinct white
transverse basal, outwardly-oblique band, and a discal inwardly-ob-
lique narrow straight band, both bands forming a prominent letter
W; dark brown streaks at apex, and two subapical paler sinuous
white-bordered lines; a brown pale-circled patch and a dot within
the cell: hind wing brownish cinereous, with a broad brown mar-
ginal band. Body brown; thorax white ; anterior segments of ab-
domen white-speckled ; legs brown above.
Expanse 1,3, inch.
Hab. Nilgiris. In coll. F. Moore.
Differs from R. vialis in the decidedly more distinctly formed
bands, and in the absence of any black sinuous outer border ; the hind
wing also has a broader marginal band.
RisoBA DIVERSIPENNIS.
_ Heliothis diversipennis, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. xv.
p- 1750 (1858).
Female. Fore wing pale brown, with a prominent white longitu-
dinal streak from base through the cell, below which is a short basal
white streak similarly disposed as in the other species; a dark-
brown apical patch with white terminal streaks ; outer border crossed
by suffused black lines; veins black- and white-spotted ; marginal
white dentate line very prominent: hind wing cinereous-white, with
broad brown marginal band and a discal spot. Body brown; thorax
white-speckled ; legs brown above.
Expanse 1,4; inch.
Hab. Malacca and Singapore. In coll. British Museum and F,
Moore.
_ KERALA, n. g.
Fore wing long, narrow, costa slightly arched near the base, apex
acute, exterior margin slightly oblique and excavated near posterior
Proc. Zoou. Sec.—1881, No. XXII. 22
330 MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASTATIC [Mar. 1,
angle; posterior margin somewhat recurved ; second branch of sub-
costal trifureate near its end; fifth bifureate, curving upward, and
touching the second at one fourth from its base, the fork (or upper
radial) emitted from beyond end of the cell; discocellular angled at
its lower end ; lower radial and two upper median branches from the
angles at end of the cell. Hind wing moderately broad, triangular ;
costal and subcostal veins joined together at their base, subcostal bi-
furcate at half its length beyond the cell; discocellular angled in-
ward at its middle, and outward near its lower end, the radial from
lower angle; two upper median branches on a foot-stalk beyond the
cell. Body slender; abdomen smooth; antennz slender, setose;
palpi slender, squamose, apex short and conical ; legs squamose.
KERALA PUNCTILINEATA, N. Sp.
Male. Yellowish or greyish ochreous; costal area reddish
ochreous; all the veins to beyond the middle with alternate black
and yellow or grey spots, those on the subcostal branches forming
streaks; a transverse black dentated band with white inner border ;
a pale yellow orbicular and reniform spot, the latter with black outer
border: hind wing and abdomen pale cinereous-brown ; discal area
ochreous. Thorax, head, palpi, and legs yellowish ochreous; legs
black-banded.
Female reddish ochreous, marked as in male : hind wing uniformly
pale cinereous-brown.
Expanse, ¢ 13, 2 14 inch.
Hab. Darjiling. In coll. Dr. Staudinger.
SARONAGA, D. g.
Fore wing long, narrow ; costa arched near base and before the
apex, angle acute, exterior margin oblique and convex hindward,
posterior margin straight to near its end ; second subcostal bifurcate,
fourth trifurcate, the upper radial starting from it at some distance
beyond end of the cell ; discocellulars angled, lower radial from their
middle angle ; upper median branch from angle above end of the
cell, middle branch from its end. Hind wing broad, triangular ;
costal margin elongated, apex abruptly convex, exterior margin very
oblique and convex in the middle; costal and subcostal veins joined
together at their base, the two branches of subcostal starting from
before end of the cell ; discocellular bent in the middle, radial from
near its lower end; two upper median branches from acute end of
the cell. Thorax and body slender; palpi stout, squamose, third
joint short and conical; antennz long, slender ; legs pilose beneath.
SARONAGA ALBICOSTA.
Thyatira albicosta, Moore, P. Z.S. 1867, p. 45.
Hab. Darjiling. In coll. F. Moore.
Genus Pauimpsestis, Hiibner.
Palimpsestis, Hiibn. Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 237.
Cymatophora (part.), Treit.
1881.] NOCTURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. 331
PALIMPSESTIS ALTERNATA, n. sp. (Plate XXXVII. fig. 2.)
Allied to P. ocularis of Europe. Male. Fore wing pale metallic
eupreous-brown, crossed by a broad basal, a median, and two narrow
submarginal greenish-grey indistinct bands ; some black basal spots,
an ante- and postmedian transverse black sinuous line, and black
and white streaks externally along the veins: hind wing and abdo-
men pale cupreous-brown. Thorax greenish grey ; collar, front of
head, palpi, and legs rufous-brown ; legs with black bands.
Expanse 1,5, inch.
Hab. Darjiling. In coll. Dr. Staudinger.
PALIMPSESTIS CUPRINA, n.sp, (Plate XXXVII. fig. 3.)
Male and female. Fore wing pale metallic brown, slightly
cupreous anteriorly, and the area below the cell greenish ; two or
three black transverse antemedian lines angled at median vein; some
basal spots, a black discocellular recurved mark and a spot within
the cell; five or six transverse discal indistinct sinuous lines with
black and white dentate marks on the veins; a submarginal pale
lunular line and a marginal black line: hind wing pale cupreous-
white, with pale cupreous-brown marginal band. Thorax, head,
and palpi brown; abdomen paler; collar black; fore and middle
legs with black bands.
_ Expanse 1,35 inch.
Hab. Darjiling. In coll. Dr. Staudinger.
Fam. BryorHiLiD&A.
Genus BryopHi.a.
BrYOPHILA LITERATA, N. sp.
Fore wing greyish white, with a transverse basal black band, a
broad median olivaceous-black band bordered inwardly by a black
sinuous line, and outwardly by a duplex lunular line, which is con-
vex beyond the cell; a less distinct submarginal zigzag line, with a
black costal patch extending between it and the discal line; a mar-
ginal black lunular line with the points ending in a cilial black spot ;
orbicular and reniform marks each defined by a black line, with inner
white border and blackish centre, and forming imperfectly the letters
C R, the interspace between the reniform and the outer sinuous
duplex line of the same colour as the discal area: hind wing cine-
reous, with a pale cinereous-brown outer band, less distinct median
fascia and discocellular streak ; cilia white, spotted with brown.
Tegulz and dorsal tufts fringed with black ; palpi and fore tibize
with brown bands.
Expanse 14 inch.
Hab. Cashmere. In coll. F. Moore.
Allied to B. glandifera. Differs in having a black subbasal band,
the inner black sinuous line of the median band continued to the
posterior margin, a less black submarginal irregular fasciated line,
and in the marginal black lunular line having the points directed to
the cilial spots.
22*
332 MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC [ Mar. I,
BrYOPHILA NILGIRIA, 0. sp.
Fore wing ochreous-white, with a black transverse subbasal, an
antemedian zigzag narrow line, a postmedian sinuous line extending
outwardly across the disk to a submarginal zigzag fascia ; a black
lunular marginal line ; orbicular spot small, black-lined and white-
centred, reniform mark large and formed only by a black line, their
interspace blackish: hind wing cinerous-brown, palest at base;
cilia white. Thorax cinereous-white; tegulee and dorsal tufts black-
fringed; abdomen cinereous-brown; palpi, and legs above, banded
with black.
Expanse 13 inch.
Hab. Ooty, Nilgiris. In coll. F. Moore.
BRYOPHILA MEDIANA, N. Sp.
Fore wing with a broad median transverse olive-brown band, the
inner margin of which is defined by a white-bordered black-pointed
zigzag line, and the outer margin by a similar sinuous line ; orbicular
and reniform marks indistinctly white-bordered and confluent at
their lower end; a short subbasal olive-brown costal band; the area
between the base and median band, and the entire outer border of
the wing, clouded with olive-brown speckles; an indistinct slender
black marginal line: hind wing cinereous-brown ; cilia white.
Expanse 1/5 inch.
Hab. Soiun, Punjab. In coll. F. Moore.
BrYOPHILA MODESTA, 0. sp.
Fore wing pale brownish ochreous, with an indistinct black-
speckled, subbasal, transverse band, an antemedian and a postmedian
sinuous black-speckled line ; the entire area from the antemedian
line to the outer margin clouded with black speckles; orbicular
mark black, reinform ill-defined ; a slight marginal black lunular
line: hind wing cinereous-brown, cilia whitish. Body brownish
echreous ; palpi and fore legs above with slight brown bands.
Expanse 1 inch.
Hab. N.W. Himalaya. In coll. F. Moore.
Allied to B. alge.
Fam. BomByYcoID2z.
Genus Acronycrta, Ochsenheimer.
ACRONYCTA BICOLOR, 0. sp.
Fore wing black, minutely speckled with grey; orbicular and
reniform marks and transverse sinuous lines indistinctly blacker:
hind wing white; costal and subcostal veins slightly black-speckled ;
a marginal row of black-speckled spots and cilial border. Thorax,
palpi, and legs black, grey-speckled ; tarsi with pale bands; abdo-
men brown, with black dorsal bands.
Expanse 1? inch.
Hab. Solun, Punjab (N.W. India). In coll. F. Moore.
1881.] NOCTURNAL LEPIDOPTERA, 333
Genus Trr#Nna, Hibner.
TRLZNA MAXIMA, N. Sp.
Allied to 7’. tridens of Europe. Fore wing grey, speckled with
brown ; an oblique, transverse, subbasal black duplex sinuous line, and
a similar but more sharply-pointed sinuous discal, line ; a marginal
row of black spots ; a longitudinal irregular black basal streak along
the median vein, which nearly joins a straight streak to the outer
margin ; orbicular and reniform spots black-lined and joined by an
intervening upper black linear streak : hind wing pale greyish cine-
reous, with the veins, a discal line, and a marginal band cinereous-
brown. Thorax grey, abdomen greyish cinereous ; palpi and legs
with dark bands.
Expanse 27 inches.
Hab. Punjab Hills, N.W. India (B. Powell). In coll. F. Moore.
Fam. Leucanimp.
Genus Avetra !, Hiibner.
Aletia, Hubn. Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 239 (1816.)
Hyphilare, Hibn. ibid.
ALETIA ANGULIFERA, Ni. Sp.
Male. Allied to A. conigera (Noctura. conigera, Schiff.). Fore wing
ochreous-yellow, indistinctly clouded with red-ochreous scales ;
crossed by a reddish-black antemedian outwardly-bent line and an
oblique postmedian line, which is bent inward at costal end; a whitish
spot at lower end of the cell, a pale-yellow reniform and orbicular
space ; marginal and cilial lines black-speckled : hind wing pale dusky
brown, cilia pale yellow. Thorax, head, palpi, and legs ochreous-
yellow; abdomen paler.
Expanse 1,3; inch.
Hab. N.W. Himalaya, Cashmere (Sind valley). In coll. F.
Moore and Dr. Staudinger.
ALETIA DISTINCTA, n.sp. (Plate XXXVII. fig. 4.)
Allied to A. vitellina, Hiibn. Male. Fore wing deep ochreous-
yellow, sparsely crossed by short irregularly disposed red strigee,
more or less black-speckled ; a prominent antemedian and postmedian
transverse curved narrow band of the same colour, but more blackly
speckled, beyond which is a discal row of black spots followed by a
white streak—one on each vein; a marginal series of black dots—
one on each vein; orbicular and reniform space marked by red
strigee ; space beyond the cell to the postmedian band clouded with
dusky red ; cilia from apex to near end of hind margin thickly black-
speckled: hind wing pale ochreous-brown posteriorly, yellowish
anteriorly ; cilia pale yellowish. Thorax, head, palpi, and legs deep
ochreous; a slight black-speckled collar, a few speckles on tegule,
and a cluster at base of pale ochreous abdomen.
Expanse | ,°y inch.
Hab. Daryjiling. In coll. Dr. Staudinger.
Type A. vitellina, Hiibn.
334 MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC [ Mar. 1,
Boro.tia, 0. g.
Fore wing narrow; costa slightly arched at the base, apex pointed,
exterior margin slightly oblique, posterior angle convex ; cell narrow;
first subcostal branch emitted at half length of the cell and extend-
ing close alongside the costal; second emitted before end of the cell,
trifid ; the third starting from near its base above the cell, and touch-
ing the fifth; fourth short, fifth emitted and curving upwards from
end of the cell; upper discocellular short, outwardly oblique, lower
concave ; radial from end of upper discocellular ; lower radial and
two upper median branches from angles at lower end of the cell,
fourth at some distance before the end ; submedian recurved. Hind
wing with long costal margin, exterior margin very oblique, abdomi-
nal margin short; subcostal straight, both branches emitted from
end of the cell; discocellulars concave; radial from their middle;
median straight, two upper branches from end of the cell. Cilia
broad. Antenne setulose ; palpi ascending, pilose beneath, second
joint long, third short and slender; femora pilose beneath.
Type B. furcifera.
Boro.ia FascraTa, n. sp. (Plate XX XVII. fig. 12.)
Male and Female. Upperside—fore wing pale brownish-ochreous,
palest along the costa; an irregular bordered chestnut-brown fascia
from the base to below the apex, which is bordered below the base
by a short darker streak ; a black dot at base of the wing, and two
transverse discal indistinct rows of dots, which in the female are
apparently joined together by an intervening line; a marginal row
of black dots: hind wing pale brown. Underside paler; fore wing
with a slightly darker discal area ; hind wing with an indistinct
discocellular spot, transverse discal linear streaks, and marginal spots.
Palpi brown at the side.
Expanse 12, 9 12inch.. ©: ~-
Hab. Darjiling. In coll. Dr. Staudinger.
Genus LrEvcania.
LEUCANIA BISTRIGATA, n. sp. (Plate XXXVII. fig. 18.)
Female. Fore wing pale ochreous, with a suffused brown fascia
from the base through the cell to end of the costa, another fascia
obliquely from below the apex, and extending along the exterior
margin; a very prominent, white, black-bordered terminally-bent
streak at lower end of the cell, the outer veins also whitish ; a black
basal streak below the cell, and another streak below the submedian
vein ; three very indistinct black dots on the costal edge, some across
the disk, a marginal series of minute black points bordered with
pale outer cilial lines: hind wing pale ‘ochreous-brown; cilia
ochreous-white with a brown line. ‘Thorax. with a black- and white-
speckled crest, collar, and tegulz ; palpi and legs brown-speckled ;
abdomen pale ochreous.
Expanse 1,% inch.
Haé. Darjiling. In coll. Dr. Staudinger.
1881.] NOCTURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. 335
Allied to Z. decissima, Walker ; may be distinguished from it by
having a linear discoidal streak much more clearly defined, the two
basal black streaks, and by the cilia of fore wing being distinctly
lined.
LEUCANIA PENICILLATA, 0. Sp.
Fore wing pale greyish ochreous, with a dusky-brown suffused
fascia from the base through the cell to apex, and extending obliquely
from below the apex along the exterior margin, the oblique inter-
space from the apex whitish; external veins whitish; a prominent,
short, white, black-bordered terminally-bent streak at lower end of
the cell; a black streak below base of the cell, and another below
snbmedian vein; costal border slightly black-speckled ; some in-
distinct black dots disposed across the disk, and a marginal row of
black points; cilia with brown lines: hind wing greyish brown,
whitish at the base, the veins darker, and with an indistinet disco-
cellular darker lunular spot ; cilia white, with a brown line. Thorax
and collar speckled with black and grey; palpi and legs black-
speckled ; male with a black tuft at the base of abdomen beneath.
Expanse 1,4; inch.
Hub. Solun, Punjab; Dalhousie (N.W. India). In coll. F.
Moore.
Allied to L. bistrigata.
Lrucanta MopESTA, n. sp. (Plate XXXVII. fig. 11.)
Male and Female. Fore wing pale ochreous, external area below
the apex slightly darker, with an antemedian transverse indistinct
sinuous black line, a postmedian series of points, and marginal row of
black dots: hind wing pale brownish-ochreous and yellow along the
costal border, with an indistinct darker discocellular lunular spot
and marginal spots. Tegulz very slightly black-speckled.
Expanse 13 inch.
Hab. Darjiling. In coll. Dr. Staudinger.
LEUCANIA LINEATIPES, ll. sp.
Male. Fore wing pale ochreous, with a distinct straight white
line along the median vein from the base to the outer margin, a
brown fascia extending below the cell; a black discocellular spot at
lower end of the cell, four or five points across the disk, and a
marginal row of minute dots: hind wing pale brownish ochreous,
outer border slightly darker, and with indistinct minute black dots
below the apical margin. Front of head and palpi darker and
brighter echreous-brown; legs in front with a brown longitudinal
streak.
Allied to L. tmpura:.
Expanse, 3 15%, Q 144 inch.
Hab. Cherra Punji, E. Bengal. In coll. F. Moore.
LEUCANIA ADUSTA, hi. sp.
Male and Female. Fore wing ochreous-yellow ; median and sub-
336 MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC [Mar. 1,
median veins white; borders of the veins and a line between each
yein ochreous-brown; costal border and an oblique apical streak
ochreous-brown ; a few black speckles disposed on the costa, also
within and below the cell; a discal series of black-speckled spots,
one on each vein, and a marginal row of spots; cilia brown: hind
wing ochreous-white, external area pale cupreous-brown; marginal
spots black ; cilia white. Underside ochreous-white, suffused with
pink externally; both wings speckled with brown on anterior and
exterior borders, and with a marginal row of black spots; fore wing
with a small black costal spot before the apex.
Expanse, ¢ 13, 2 14 inch.
Hab. Manpuri, N.W. India (Horne), Darjiling; Khasia Hills
(Atkinson). In coll. F. Moore and Dr. Staudinger.
LEUCANIA SUBSIGNATA, 0. Sp.
Male. Fore wing pale ochreous, darker between the veins ; several
minute black speckles disposed along the costal border below the
cell, two clustered series within the cell, and others beyond the cell ;
a discal and marginal row of minute black spots: hind wing white,
discal area brownish. Underside paler; fore wing with a black
costal spot before the apex ; hind wing with a few black speckles on
anterior border.
Expanse 1 inch.
Hab. N.W. Himalaya. In coll. F. Moore.
LEUCANIA CONSIMILIS, n. sp. (Plate XX XVII. fig. 19.)
Malic. Near to L. decissima, but differs in being larger, paler, and
more uniformly coloured. Fore wing with paler linear markings
between the veins, the white portion of the discoidal:streak half its
length and less distinct, the transverse discal spots and the subbasal
series more loosely speckled, the marginal series less distinct, the
basal two thirds of the wing also sparsely sprinkled with black
speckles: hind wing paler brown, and whitish at the base, Under-
side of both wings ochreous-white, with an indistinct transverse
discal brown line. Thorax, head, and palpi brown-speckled ; legs
with pale-brown streaks.
Expanse 1,45 inch.
Hab. Darjiling. In coll. Dr. Staudinger.
LevucaniA compTa, n.sp. (Plate XX XVII. fig. 8.)
Male. Fore wing pale brownish ochreous, veins ochreous-white,
with intervening pale white and brown lines ; a transverse discal row
of distinct minute black points ; subcostal branches and median with
its branches slightly black-bordered to the discal points; two
indistinct black spots on the costa, one below the cell, and two on
the submedian vein; marginal row of black dots indistinct: hind
wing ochreous-white, veins and the apical border ochreous-brown.
Thorax, palpi, and legs above brownish ochreous with darker
speckles; abdomen ochreous-white,
Expanse 1,4; inch.
Hab, Pudda river (Atkinson). In coll. Dr. Staudinger.
1881.] NOCTURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. 337
LEUCANIA NAINICA, n. sp. (Plate XX XVII. fig. 15.)
Male and Female. Fore wing very pale reddish ochreous, palest
along the veins; a few minute black speckles along the costal and
posterior borders; median vein and its two upper branches white,
bordered with a brown streak above and below the cell, a black spot
at end of the cell, a transverse discal series of minute black points,
and a marginal row of dots: hind wing slightly paler, outer margin
suffused with brown ; cilia whitish. Thorax in front, palpi, and legs
above brown-speckled.
Expanse, ¢ 1,%5, 2 154 inch.
Hab. Naini Tal, N.W. Himalaya. In coll. Dr. Staudinger.
LEvCANIA ALBISTIGMA, n.sp. (Plate XXXVII. fig. 9.)
Female. Fore wing pale brownish ochreous, greyish along the
costal border and obliquely below the apex; veins speckled with
grey and brown, most prominently along the median and its
branches ; an indistinct curved discal series of minute black points ;
a small brown spot in middle of the cell, and a black streak ex-
tending through and beyond its end, which is crossed by a white
discocellular spot ; a slender black streak below end of the cell: hind
wing ochreous-white ; veins lined with brownish ochreous. Thorax,
palpi, and legs greyish ochreous, the palpi and legs brown-speckled ;
abdomen ochreous-white.
Expanse 1,2; inch.
Hab. Darjiling. In coll. Dr. Staudinger.
LEvuCANIA HOWRA, n. sp. (Plate XXXVII. fig. 16.)
Female. Fore wing pale brownish ochreous, greyish along base of
the costa, below the apex, and below the cell; brown-speckled ;
veins ochreous-white, the subcostal branches and the median with
its branches lined with brown to the discal black points; a brown
line between all the veins, and a prominent black basal streak below
the cell; a marginal row of minute black dots : hind wing ochreous-
white ; veins brownish ochreous, some marginal black dots. Thorax,
palpi, and legs greyish ochreous, speckled with brown; abdomen
ochreous-white.
Expanse 17 inch.
Hab. Calcutta. In coll. Dr. Staudinger.
LEUCANIA RUFISTRIGOSA, 0. Sp.
Female. Near to L. dharma. Fore wing pale yellowish ochreous,
with a reddish-ochreous longitudinal fascia through the cell to
apex, and extending paler obliquely below the apex ; ochreous-red
incomplete lines between the veins; an indistinct series of discal
black points and a black spot below the cell; median vein and its
two upper branches to the discal black points white bordered with
black, the white very distinct and sharply defined for half length of
the cell: hind wing and abdomen pale brown, with a slightly darker
discocellular spot. Underside paler; fore wing with the costal
border pale brown, the discoidal area and median veins dusky brown:
338 MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC [ Mar. ],
hind wing brown-speckled, with a distinct blackish discocellular
lunular spot. Legs brownish aboye.
Expanse 154 inch.
Hab. Umballa, N.W. India. In coll. F. Moore.
LEUCANIA ABDOMINALIS, 0. sp-
Female. Fore wing ochreous-white, with very pale ochreous-
yellow lines between all the veins, a slightly darker shade below the
cell and obliquely below the apex; a small black spot below the
cell, two on the disk, and a marginal row of minute dots: hind wing
ochreous-white on costal half, pale ochreous-brown on anal half.
Underside ochreous-white, subcostal and median vein brown-speckled ;
hind wing sparsely brown-speckled, with a prominent blackish dis-
cocellular spot ; both wings with a marginal row of distinct black
dots. Body ochreous-white, abdomen above and beneath brown-
speckled ; palpi and legs above pale brownish ochreous.
Expanse 154, inch.
Hab. Bengal (Russell). In coll. F, Moore.
LEUCANIA DHARMA, n.sp. (Plate XXXVII. fig. 17.)
Female. Near to ZL. album. Fore wing pale ochreous-brown, costal
and posterior borders and oblique fascia below the apex paler; a
pale brown line between the veins; veins whitish, the median and
its branches to the transverse discal indistinct, black points most
prominent ; a black spot within end of the cell ; a few black speckles
on costal and posterior borders: hind wing and abdomen paler
brown, whitish at the base. Underside uniformly paler and brown-
speckled ; fore wing with a black costal spot and indistinct trans-
verse brownish fascia ; hind wing with a transverse discal series of
brown points, one on each vein, and discocellular lunular spot.
Thorax grey, with black speckles; front of head, palpi, and legs
above pale brown with darker speckles.
Expanse 1,4, inch.
Hab. Darjiling. In coll. Dr. Staudinger.
LEUCANIA ALBICOSTA, 0. sp. (Plate XXXVII. fig. 10.)
Female. Similar to same sex of LZ. dharma, but paler-coloured :
fore wing with the costal border, apical fascia, and posterior margin
ochreous-white, the veins and lines between them not so prominent,
the median vein being of the same uniform colour as the others; an
indistinct blackish spot on the costa, and another spot below the
cell. Underside—fore wing with discal area broadly brownish ;
hind wing brown-speckled, and with a prominent blackish disco-
cellular spot and marginal row of dots. ‘Thorax very pale and not
speckled; palpi and legs above pale ochreous-brown and not
speckled.
Expanse 1,4, inch.
Hab. Darjilmg. In coll. Dr. Staudinger.
1881.] NOCTURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. 339
LEUCANIA CANARAICA, 0. sp.
Female. Fore wing pale whitish ochreous; veins whiter, with
narrow ochreous-brown Hnes between each vein; an indistinct mar-
ginal row of minute black dots: hind wing white. Underside
uniformly paler. Front of thorax banded with ochreous ; palpi at
sides and fore legs above brownish-ochreous.
Expanse 1 inch.
Hab. Canara, 8. India (Ward). In coll. F. Moore.
LEvUCANIA UNIFORMIS, 0. Sp.
Fore wing ochreous-brown, with chestnut-brown streaks between
the veins ; all the veins ochreous-white; an indistinct discal series
of black spots, a spot below the cell, and a marginal row of dots:
hind wing ochreous-white, veins and marginal line brownish.
Underside pale ochreous-white, suffused with pale brown; a mar-
ginal row of black spots. Body pale, and legs ochreous-brown.
Expanse 13 inch.
Hah. N.W. Himalaya. In coll. F. Moore.
LEUCANIA PROMINENS, li. Sp.
Fore wing pale pinkish ochreous-brown, with a brighter chestnut-
brown fascia extending from base through the cell and below the
apex ; the base of the costal border and obliquely below the apex
whitish ochreous ; costal and median veins white, the latter most
prominent; an indistinct costal dot and a few speckles near the
apex, a discal series of black points, and a marginal row of black
dots: hind wing pale brown, veins darker, with a dusky disco-
cellular spot. Cilia pale ochreous. Underside pale pinkish
ochreous: fore wing with the discal area from the base dusky
brown; some black costal speckles and a marginal row of dots;
hind wing with black-speckled marginal row of dots and a large
discocellular spot.
Expanse 1,4, inch.
Hab. Darjiling ; Cherra (Austen). In coll. F. Moore.
LEUCANIA GRISEOFASCIATA, 0. Sp.
Fore wing very pale yellowish ochreous, with a pale reddish-
ochreous fascia extending from the base to exterior margin, and
including a brownish-grey fascia below the cell; median vein and
its middle branch white, the upper branch also greyish white; a
black-speckled spot at lower end of cell, a black streak below base
of the cell; a few black speckles along base of costal border, about
the disk and hind border, and a slightly distinct series across the
disk ; a marginal row of slight black dots; cilia brownish: hind
wing pale ochreous-brown, palest at the base. Thorax fringed with
black and grey in front; base of abdomen with white hairs; palpi
at the side and legs above black-speckled.
Expanse 1,%, inch.
Hab. Dalhousie, N.W. Himalaya. In coll. F. Moore.
340 MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIAYLIC [ Mar. 1,
LEUCANIA LANCEATA, 0D. sp.
Fore wing pale yellowish ochreous, with dark brownish ochreous
lines between the veins, which are somewhat confluent through the
middle, and form an indistinct interrupted fascia below the cell to
exterior margin below the apex; a suffused blackish spot outside
end of the cell; the cell-streak broad, nearly white, and crossed near
its inner end by a lanceolate black mark, the cell beyond bordered
beneath by a slight black line; some minute black speckles on the
costal border; a distinct series of black spots curving across the
disk, and a marginal row of points : hind wing pale whitish ochreous,
with brownish ochreous broad outer border, and a marginal row of
black points. Body and legs brownish ochreous.
Expanse 1,8, inch.
Hab. Ceylon. In coll. F. M. Mackwood.
Allied to Z. decissima, Walker, but is a smaller insect.
Genus Simyra, Ochs.
SIMYRA CONSPERSA, 0. sp.
Female. Upperside—fore wing pale whitish ochreous, numerously
covered with minute brown speckles: hind wing white. Thorax
ochreous, abdomen paler. Underside uniformly pale ochreous-
white. Near S. confusa.
Expanse 1; inch.
Hab. Manpuri, N.W. India (Horne); Caleutta (Atkinson). In
coll. F. Moore.
NoRRACA, 0. g.
Male. Fore wing very long, narrow, apex slightly falcate, ex-
terior margin very convexly oblique, posterior margin slightly lobed
near the base; costal vein long, extending to two thirds of the
wing; subcostal running close to costal, first branch emitted at two
thirds from the base, second trifurcate, third from one half of
second, fourth very short and emitted near the apex, fifth from end
of the cell; discocellulars concave ; upper radial from end of the
cell, lower radial from middle of diococellulars ; two upper median
branches emitted immediately before end of the cell, third at some
distance before its end; submedian short. Hind wing triangular,
apex slightly produced, exterior margin very oblique, abdominal
margin short; costal vein extending to the apex, subcostal to
nearly end of the cell running close to the costal, two subcostal
branches emitted from just beyond end of the cell; discocellular
obliquely concave ; cell broad; radial from middle of discocellular ;
two upper median branches from immediately before end of the
cell, lower at from some distance before its end; submedian and
internal vein extending to anal angle. Body long, somewhat
slender; palpi short, slender, pilose, apex short; legs densely
pilose, antenne setose. Allied to Ipana.
NorRACA LONGIPENNIS, 0. Sp. :
Male. Fore wing pale yellowish ochreous, duller-coloured below
1881. ] NOCTURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. 341
the apex ; with a very indistinct recurved discal transverse series
of small black spots and outer recurved speckled fascia; a few in-
distinct black spots on cilia just below the apex: hind wing pale
straw-yellow. Underside uniformly paler ochreous. Body pale
yellowish ochreous; front and middle legs brighter ochreous.
Expanse 13 inch.
Hab. Penang. In coll. F. Moore.
Genus Axyxra, Hubner.
AXYLIA RENALIS, 0. sp.
Fore wing pale reddish-ochreous, with the costal border iron-
grey ; orbicular and reniform spot very prominent, black-lined, and
centred with iron-grey ; veins speckled with grey and black; a
black fascia extending through the cell to outer margin; a black
subbasal transverse sinuous double line, some discal spots, and a
marginal row of dentate spots: hind wing pale brownish white,
darker along costal border. Thorax black above, ochreous laterally
and in front; abdomen pale brown; palpi black, tipped with
ochreous ; legs black, fore and middle tibize ochreous.
Expanse 1-1, inch.
Hab. Sind valley, Kashmir; Solun, Punjab. In coll. F. Moore.
Allied to the European 4. putris.
AXYLIA FASCIATA, 0. Sp.
Fore wing pale yellowish ochreous, with a longitudinal blackish
fascia through the lower part of the cell to outer margin, the area
below it being slightly greyish; a black streak below the cell ;
median veins grey-speckled, the second upper median branch white
with black intervening lines; discal area above the fascia and the
posterior margin suffused with reddish ochreous, and white below
the fascia; orbicular and reniform spots formed of interrupted
black lines, with an almost confluent black interspace; some in-
distinct black dots obliquely across the disk: hind wing ochreous-
white, outer border slightly dusky, marginal line black.
Expanse 1,2; inch.
Hab. Solun, Punjab; Ceylon. In coll. F. Moore.
AXYLIA IRRORATA, DN. sp.
Fore wing pale yellowish ochreous, profusely black-speckled,
most thickly and somewhat confluent through the lower end of
the cell to the exterior margin; orbicular and reniform spot im-
perfectly formed of black speckles, with an intervening black spot ;
an indistinct discal row of blackish speckles and marginal series of
dots: hind wing white, with brownish border and marginal dots.
Body, palpi, and legs pale ochreous; thorax and palpi black-
speckled.
Expanse 1+), inch.
Hab, N.W. Himalaya. In coll. F. Moore.
342 MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC [Mar. 1,
AXYLIA ALBIVENA, 0. sp.
Fore wing pale straw-yellow ; median vein and middle branch
white; a slight black-speckled fascia extending below the cell to
the outer margin; orbicular aud reniform spots ill-defined by black
speckles and with a more distinct biack intervening spot; a few
black speckles scattered irregularly over the wing, and a marginal
row of black dots: hind wing white, with a marginal row of black dots.
Expanse 1,1, inch.
Hab. Solun, Punjab. In coll. F. Moore.
Fam. APAMIIDZ.
Genus Hyprzxcra.
HypDRXCIA KHASIANA, 0. sp. (Plate XX XVII. fig. 5.)
Male. Fore wing dull reddish brown, washed with purple-grey,
with a brighter brown pale-bordered subbasal sinuous line, a large
orbicular and reniform spot, and discal sinuous line; outer border
also brighter and traversed by a pale waved line ; median and sub-
median veins dusky brown: hind wing cinereous-white, with pale
brown veins and indistinct marginal fascia. Thorax, head, palpi,
and legs reddish brown, grey-speckled; abdomen paler. Underside
much paler.
Expanse 1,5, inch.
Hab. Khasia Hills, E. Bengal. In coll. Dr. Staudinger.
Near to H. petasitis.
Fam. XyYLOPHASIID.
Genus Ru1zoGramma, Lederer.
RHIZOGRAMMA INEXTRICATA, 0. Sp.
Male and Female. Fore wing brownish grey, veins speckled with
black and white; a transverse discal, sharply sinuous, white-bordered
black line; some pale-bordered black streaks from the base below
the cell, oblique short streaks on middle of the costa; a brown
interrupted marginal fascia from the apex, the hind margin broadly
grey-brown; orbicular mark represented by a long brown double
streak, which crosses and breaks up an indistinctly formed reniform
mark ; a marginal row of black points: hind wing white at the base,
with a pale brownish marginal band. Thorax brownish grey, with
black-speckled collar and tegule; palpi brown, tip ochreous ; legs
grey, brown-speckled ; abdomen grey-brown.
Expanse 2 inches.
Hab. Dalhousie, N.W. Himalaya; Solun, Punjab. In coll.
F. Moore.
Allied to R. indica (Xylophasia indica), Moore, and to the
European R. petrorhiza, Bork.
SASUNAGA, 0. g.
Fore wing very narrow; costa almost straight ; exterior margin
oblique, convex, waved ; posterior margin convex at the base ; costal
1881.] NOCTURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. 343
vein extending two thirds the margin ; first subcostal branch emitted
at two thirds and second at one fourth before end of the cell, third
branch one third, and fourth at one half from below second, fifth
curving from end of the cell and free from the third ; upper radial
from end of the cell, discocellular obliquely concave, lower radial
from near its middle; cell long, very narrow at the base; upper
median branch from angle above end of the cell, middle branch
from the end, lower at one fourth before the end; submediau curved
downward near the base. Hind wing very broad, triangular; costa
convex near the base, apex convex; exterior margin very oblique,
waved; abdominal margin long; costal vein slightly arched near
the base, extending to apex; two subcostal branches from end of
the cell; discocellular slender, concave ; radial very slender, emitted
from below middle of discocellular; cell short, broad; two upper
median branches from end of the cell, lower at one fourth before
the end; submedian and internal vein straight, the latter extending
to anal angle. Thorax robust; abdomen long, somewhat slender,
and extending beyond the wing; palpi ascending, slender, second
joint squamose, reaching to vertex, third joint half its length, cylin-
drical ; femora pilose beneath, tibie tufted above; antennz setose.
Near to Dipterygia. The American genus Magusa (Walker,
Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. xi. p. 762) is a very closely allied form.
SASUNAGA TENEBROSA.
Hadena tenebrosa, Moore, P. Z.S8. 1867, p. 59.
Fore wing dark brown, with short ochreous-bordered blackish
costal streaks, lengthened longitudinal upper discal and less distinct
lower discal streaks, and oblique streaks below the cell, the latter
bordered by an ascending lower discal, curved, duplex sinuous pale-
pointed black line, and a submarginal less distinct pale-pointed
sinuous line, the ochreous borders palest before the apex; orbi-
cular spot small, ochreous, with black border, reniform spot less
distinct: hind wing glossy cupreous-brown, palest at the base;
cilia cinnamon-brown. Thorax dark brown, black-speckled ; abdo-
men pale brown, tuft ochreous; palpi and legs ochreous, brown-
speckled ; tarsi with blackish bands.
Expanse, ¢ 14, 2 1inch.
Hab. Darjiling. In coll. F. Moore and Dr. Staudinger.
Remark. Some specimens of this insect are pale ochreous-brown,
with less distinct darker brown and black streaks, and also show a
darker subapical costal patch.
Genus Nreuria, Guénée.
NeEvRIA SImuLATA, n. sp. (Plate XX XVIII. fig. 1.)
Female. Allied to N. separata; differs in its larger size and paler
colour, the fore wing having less distinct transverse sinuous markings,
orbicular and reniform spots, and a shorter and broader dentate
mark below the cell.
Expanse 2 inches.
Hab. Darjiling. In coll. Dr. Staudinger.
344 MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC _ [Mar, 1,
NEURIA INCISA, 0. sp.
Male and Female. Fore wing dark ochreous-brown, with a trans-
verse basal, an antemedian, and a postmedian sinuous black-bordered
ochreous-yellow line ; the median vein and its lower branch, broadly
to the disk, and the discal borders of the other veins pale ochreous-
yellow ; a distinct submarginal and a posterior marginal yellow line ;
a marginal black dentated line; orbicular spot small, oblique, pale-
bordered ; reniform spot large and extending below the cell, pale-
bordered, the intervening spaces black; some pale-bordered black
streaks on the costa; a black broad conical mark below the cell;
cilia with white-tipt pale streaks; hind wing and abdomen pale
brown. Thorax, head, palpi, and legs above dark ochreous-brown,
legs with pale ochreous bands.
Expanse 1,°; inch.
Hab. Solun, Punjab; Umballa; Dalhousie (N.W. Himalaya).
In coll. F. Moore.
NEURIA SIMILLIMA, N. Sp.
Asmallerinsect than N. incisa. Fore wing of a dark purple-brown ;
the markings similar, but the transverse basal, antemedian, and post-
median sinuous lines, the orbicular spot, and costal streaks are greyish
purple, the median branch, the submarginal line, the posterior
border, and the reniform only being ochreous-yellow: hind wing
pale purplish cinereous-brown, the base being whitish. Thorax,
palpi, and legs dark purple-brown, legs with pale bands.
Expanse 1,5, inch.
Hab. Solun, Punjab. In coll. F. Moore.
Genus THALPoPHILA, Hiibner.
THALPOPHILA INDICA, 0. sp.
Fore wing rufous-brown, basal and discal areas speckled with
black and grey scales ; crossed by a basal, antemedian, and a post-
median black-bordered rufous sinuous double line, the two latter
greyish hindward, and a submarginal rufous lunular line; orbicular
and reniform marks black-lined, and a black quadrate mark below the
cell; hind wing yellow, with uniformly inner-margined brown ex-
terior band. Thorax, head, palpi, and legs rufous-brown; abdomen
yellowish brown.
Expanse 155, inch.
Hab. Masuri, N.W. Himalaya. In coll. F. Moore.
Near to European 7’. fexta.
THALPOPHILA CALLOPISTRIOIDES, Nl. Sp.
Fore wing dark rufous-brown, veins pale-lined ; black-speckled ;
crossed by a prominent whitish black-bordered zigzag basal line, a
waved convex antemedian line, and a lunular recurved postmedian
line ; orbicular and reniform marks and oblique costal streaks above
them white-lined; a submarginal acutely sinuous white line, and
marginal black lunules with white borders; a small discocellula
1881.] NOCTURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. 345
white spot at lower end of the cell: hind wing golden-yellow, with
broad cupreous-brown marginal band. Thorax, head, palpi, and legs
above dark rufous-brown; abdomen golden-yellow, with brownish
tip.
Expanse 1} inch.
Hab. N. India. In coll. F. Moore,
Genus ApAmMEA, Ochs.
APAMEA CUPRINA, n. sp. (Plate XXXVIII. fig. 2.)
Allied to A. leucostigma. Fore wing dark cupreous-brown, with
indistinct grey transverse sinuous fasciz ; costal and median veins
grey-speckled ; orbicular and reniform marks grey, the latter also
black-speckled : hind wing pale cupreous-brown. Thorax, palpi,
and legs above dark brown ; abdomen ochreous-brown.
Expanse 1,°, inch.
Hab. Sikkim (Blanford, 1870). In coll. Dr. Staudinger.
APAMEA PANNOSA, 0. Sp.
Fore wing dark ferruginous-brown, with a pale whitish-ochreous
sinuous patch at the apex and diffused patches along the posterior
border ; a transverse subbasal, antemedian, and a postmedian, pale-
ochreous centred, black, double sinuous lines ; orbicular and reniform
spots black-lined with pale inner border and ferruginous centre; an
indistict submarginal pale sinuous line with black points: hind wing
and abdomen cinereous-brown, darkest externally. Thorax, palpi,
and legs above dark ferruginous, legs with black bands.
Expanse 1,4, inch. shy
Hab. Nilgiris, 8. India; Ceylon. In coll. F. Moore.
APAMEA LATIFASCIATA, 0. sp.
Fore wing dark ferruginous greyish brown, with the discal area
and posterior margin broadly pale ochreous ; a transverse antemedian
and postmedian sharply-sinuous black lines bordering the dark ferru-
ginous and forming a median band ; orbicular and reniform spots
pale-centred : hind wing pale cinereous. Body ferruginous ; thorax,
palpi, and legs dusky ferruginous, legs with black bands.
Expanse 12 inch.
Hab. Manpuri, N.W. India (Horne). In coll. F Moore.
APAMEA MUCRONATA, n. sp. (Plate XXXVIII. fig. 8.)
Male and Female. Fore wing pale ferruginous, with a broad medial
transverse darker ferruginous band bordered by an antemedian anda
postmedian double black sinuous lines, the latter'with very long outer
discal points ; orbicular and reniform spots black-lined and pale-
centred ; a ferruginous black-speckled spot and some contiguous
streaks at base of the wing; some streaks on costal border, and a
marginal irregular fascia bordered by the black lunular points with
pale tips: hind wing and abdomen pale pinkish brown. Thorax,
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1881, No. XXIII. 23
346 MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC [Mar. 1,
palpi, and legs pale ferruginous; palpi laterally and legs above slightly
brown-streaked. Near to A. undicilia, Walker.
Expanse 1,4, inch.
Hab. Darjiling. In coll. Dr. Staudinger.
APAMEA STRIGIDISCA, n. sp. (Plate XXXVIII. fig. 9.)
Male. Fore wing dark ferruginous; costal border, some basal
streaks, and discal area paler ferruginous; a transverse antemedian
and postmedian sinuous pale-bordered black lines; orbicular and
reniform spots black-lined, with a pale inner border and blackish
centre; a black conical mark below the orbicular spot; a submar-
ginal transverse pale line, the middle portion zigzag and longitu-
dinally crossed by a black line between the median veins; base of
cell and posterior margin black-streaked ; submedian vein black ;
some black streaks on the costal border, and a marginal waved line
with a row of black points: hind wing pale ferruginous-brown.
Body ferruginous; collar and tegulz, front of head, palpi laterally,
and bands on legs black.
Expanse 1} inch.
Hab. Darjiling. In coll. Dr. Staudinger.
The markings in this species are somewhat similar to those in
Mamestra adjusta, Esper.
APAMEA BASALIS, 0. sp.
Fore wing dusky ferruginous-brown ; veins broadly grey-speckled,
with intervening cupreous-brown longitudinal streaks ; two indistinct
subbasal and a median transverse black sinuous line; orbicular spot
black-lined ; reniform spot pale ochreous and ill-defined; discal and
apical areas with pale ochreous longitudinal streaks; a marginal
row of black dentate spots: hind wing pale brownish-ochreous,
with darker-brown marginal band. Thorax, head, palpi, and legs
above dusky ferruginous-brown, grey-speckled ; abdomen brownish
ochreous, with brown dorsal tufts.
Expanse 1? inch.
Hab, Dalhousie, N.W. Himalaya. In coll. F. Moore.
APAMEA NUBILA, n.sp. (Plate XXXVIII. fig. 10.)
Male and Female. Fore wing dark purple-brown, washed with
chalybeate-grey, crossed by a subbasal, antemedian, postmedian, and
a submarginal sinuous black-bordered grey line; orbicular and reni-
form spots greyish, their interspace and a streak below base of the
cell, a mark below the orbicular spot, and a streak above posterior
angle black: hind wing and abdomen pale ochreous-brown. Thorax
dark purple-brown ; palpi and legs ochreous-brown, tbe latter with
black bands.
Expanse 1,3; inch.
Hab. Darjiling. In coll. Dr. Staudinger.
1881.) NOCTURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. 347
Genus Mamestra, Ochs.
MAMESTRA CULTA, 0. Sp.
Fore wing dark purple-brown or plum-colour, suffused with grey,
crossed by a subbasal and an antemedian black double zigzag line,
an indistinct discal series of black points, a submarginal black-
bordered yellow-speckled dentated line, and a marginal row of
dentate lunules; orbicular and reniform spots black-bordered; a
black lunule below the cell; the posterior end of subbasal line, the
lunule below the cell, the posterior end of reniform spot, and the
tuft near base of posterior margin streaked with pure yellow: hind
wing and abdomen pale greyish purple-brown. Thorax, palpi, and
legs dark purple-brown, grey-speckled ; a black collar across thorax.
Expanse 21 inches.
Hab. Dalhousie, N.W. Himalaya. In coll. F. Moore.
MAMESTRA STOLICZKE.
Mamestra stoliczke, Felder, Novara Voy. Lep. iv. pl. 109. fig. 32
(1872).
Male and Female. Fore wing dusky olive-green, crossed by a
subbasal, an antemedian, a postmedian, and a submarginal black-
bordered sinuous grey line; discal area and outer margin also grey ;
orbicular and reniform spots grey- and black-bordered; a black-
speckled mark below the cell; three white or pale spots on costal
edge before the apex, and a marginal black-pointed lunular line:
hind wing cinereous olive-brown, palest at the base. Thorax dusky
olive-green, grey- and black-speckled; palpi and legs brown, grey-
and black-speckled ; legs with pale bands.
Expanse |< inch.
Hab. Dalhousie, N.W. Himalaya; Sind valley, Kashmir. In
coll. F. Moore.
Nearest to M. serratilinea, and quite a distinct species from M.
brassice, which latter also occurs in the N.W. Himalayas.
Genus Prospatta, Walker.
PROSPALTA LEUCOSPILA.
( Prospalta leucospila, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. xiii. p. 1114
1857).
Female. Nearest to P. stellata. Differs in the fore wing being
of a blacker brown, and having the white spots within the cell larger,
the central (or orbicular) spot not broken up, the reniform cluster
more widely spread, the second cluster below it being obsolete; the
costal, discal, exterior margin, and cilial spots are also larger; there
is also a distinct white spot below the orbicular, and some spots on
middle of posterior margin; cilia of fure wing witis two rows of
white spots, the cilia of hind wing with one row and an outer border.
Thorax, palpi, and legs blackish brown; palpi and legs speckled and
banded with white, the thorax with white speckles and a large lower
dorsal spot.
Expanse 12 inch.
Hab. Darjiling. In coll. F. Moore.
23*
348 MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC [Mar. 1,
Genus Inarria, Walker.
InaTTIA MONILIS, n.sp. (Plate XX XVIII. fig. 11.)
Fore wing yellowish ochreous, crossed by a slender indistinct
whitish basal, antemedian, and postmedian sinuous bands, a more
distinct white submarginal macular band, and a marginal row of
black white-bordered dots ; some whitish streaks on the costal edge,
a prominent white spot at base of the cell, and white bead-bordered
orbicular and reniform marks: hind wing pale brownish ochreous,
with indistinct transverse narrow discal band and discocellular streak.
Thorax and palpi ochreous; abdomen and legs paler, tarsi with
brownish bands.
Expanse | inch.
Hab. Darjiling. In coll. Dr. Staudinger.
ILATTIA CERVINA, 0. sp. (Plate XXXVIII. fig. 12.)
Male and Female. Fore wing greyish brown, crossed by an in-
distinct darker-brown zigzag antemedian and a recurved postmedian
line, the latter bordered externally by indistinct brown points; a
short subbasal line, and a submarginal pale-bordered fascia ; orbicular
spot small and circular, ochreous-brown; reniform spot partly
ochreous-brown and yellow, bordered with white speckles above and
below: hind wing pale greyish brown.
Expanse 12 inch.
Hab. Darjiling. In coll. Dr. Staudinger.
ILATTIA CALAMISTRATA, 0. Sp.
Fore wing golden brown, crossed by an antemedian row of pure
white dots, and a postmedian waved double row of white lunular
spots; orbicular spot entire and pure white; reniform spot formed
by an imperfect white figure of 8; some indistinct white spots on
the costal edge, and a very indistinct submarginal dentate white line:
hind wing and abdomen pale golden yellow. Head and thorax
golden yellow; palpi and legs above blackish.
Expanse | inch.
Hab. Khasia Hills (Austen). In coll. F. Moore.
Genus CeL=Na.
CELZNA SIKKIMENSIS, n.sp. (PlateX XXVIII. fig. 16.)
Male. Fore wing brown, with indistinct black antemedian and
postmedian transverse pale-bordered sinuous line, the interspace
blackish-streaked ; a submarginal series of longitudinal black streaks
disposed between the veins and crossed by a whitish-speckled lunular
line ; orbicular and reniform spots white, the latter most prominent :
hind wing paler brown, with paler discal and submarginal fascia.
Body brown; palpi ochreous-brown; legs with pale bands.
Expanse 13 inch.
Hab. Sikkim (Blanford). In coll. Dr. Staudinger.
1881.] NOCTURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. 349
Fam. CARADRINID#.
Genus Caraprina, Ochs.
CARADRINA ARENACEA, D. Sp.
Fore wing pale greyish ochreous, with an indistinct transverse
sinuous brown line and three discal lines, the outer line bordered
below the apex with ochreous-yellow; reniform spot brownish,
speckled with white and ochreous-yellow ; a small indistinct brown
orbicular spot ; some black short streaks on the costa, and a marginal
row of dentate points: hind wing whitish ochreous, with pale-brown
border. Body whitish ochreous; thorax with a few blackish
speckles ; palpi blackish laterally, white at tip; fore and middle legs
with blackish speckles and tarsal bands.
Expanse 1,'; inch.
Hab. Masuri (Lang), Darjiling. In coll. F. Moore and Dr.
Staudinger.
CaARADRINA DELECTA, n.sp. (Plate XXXVIII. fig. 15.)
Fore wing pale greyish ochreous, with an indistinct black-speckled
subbasal and three median transverse sinuous lines, and an outer
discal row of points; a submarginal transverse straight pale line ;
orbicular and reniform spots black-speckled: hind wing ochreous-
white. Body ochreous-grey ; palpi and legs above brown-speckled.
Expanse 14 inch.
Hab. Darjiling. In coll. Dr. Staudinger.
Allied to C. kadeni.
Danica, n. g.
Male. Fore wing with straight costa; apex acute; exterior margin
short, slightly oblique and convex ; posterior margin long ; first sub-
costal branch emitted at one half from the cell, second at one
fourth before its end, trifurcate, fifth from end of the cell, curved
upward and touching third near its base; cell narrow ; discocellular
short, concave; radial from upper end of cell; lower radial and
upper median branch from angles above end of the cell, second from
angle at its end, third at one third before its end. Hind wing short,
triangular; cell short; subcostal vein fringed with plumose scales
to end of the cell; two subcostal branches from end of the cell;
discocellular bent beyond the middle, radial from below the angle;
two upper median branches from end of the cell. Body long, some-
what slender, with a large anal tuft; palpi porrect, second joint long,
squamose, third joint short ; legs pilose beneath ; antenne setose.
Allied to the genus Radinacra, Butler, Types of Lep. Het. B. M.
ii. p. 26.
DaDICA LINEOSA, N. sp.
Fore wing brownish ochreous, with a transverse slightly curved
subbasal and a discal narrow brown line, a less distinct basal waved
line, a median fascia, and a waved submarginal line; a white reni-
form spot: hind wing pale vinous-brown, with pale ochreous apical
350 MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC [Mar. 1,
border. Underside as above; lines on fore wing obsolete. Body
brownish ochreous, anal tuft brighter ochreous; antenne and legs
above dark brown, with pale ochreous bands.
Expanse 1,4, inch.
Hab. Punjab hills. In coll. F. Moore.
Genus AcosMeEtTI4, Stephens.
ACOSMETIA NEBULOSA, n.sp. (Plate XXXVIII. fig. 13.)
Upperside pale ochreous-brown: fore wing darkest, with several
transverse indistinctly darker waved narrow fasciz ; some pale spots
on costal edge near the apex. Underside paler.
Expanse | inch.
Hab. Darjiling. In coll. Dr. Staudinger.
ACOSMETIA NIGRESCENS, n. sp-
Upperside dark brown: fore wing somewhat greyish brown, with
an indistinct black spot in middle of the cell, a streak at its end, a
transverse discal waved line, and a broad outer pale band, which is
pale-bordered above the posterior angle and is continued along the
posterior border: hind wing with blackish-brown outer border.
Thorax above blackish brown. Underside uniform brown.
Expanse 15 inch.
Hab. Bombay. In coll. F. Moore.
Fam. Nocruip#.
Genus AGrortis, Ochs.
AGROTIS QUADRISIGNA, Nl. sp.
Male and Female. Fore wing grey, crossed by a black subbasal
double sinuous line, an antemedian line, an irregular waved post-
median line, and a submarginal series of ochreous spots, bordered on
both sides by a black dentate point, a marginal row of minute black
dots, orbicular and reniform marks black-lined, a broad quadrate
black dentate mark below the orbicular spot; hind wing and abdo-
men paler grey, whitish at the base. Thorax, palpi, and legs grey,
with black speckles ; tarsi with black bands,
Expanse 1,4; inch.
Hab. Solun, Punjab; Deyra. In coll. F. Moore.
Allied to A. labyrinthica, Staudinger, and to A. placida.
AGROTIS COSTIGERA, 0. sp.
Male and Female. Fore wing dark purple-brown, the basal and
discal areas suffused with grey ; costal border pale purplish ochre-
ous ; a transverse basal, antemedian, and a postmedian sinuous black
pale-centred line; orbicular and reniform spots black-lined, dark-
centred, and with a pale ochreous inner border, the reniform slightly
angled at the upper end of its inner border; an oval black mark
below the cell; a pale ochreous submarginal line, with irregular
alternate purple-brown and reddish inner border; a marginal row
1881.] NOCTURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. 351
of distinct black dentate marks ; some pale spots on costa near apex ;
hind wing cinereous-brown, palest at the base. Thorax and palpi
dark purple-brown, abdomen and legs greyish brown, legs with
brown bands.
Expanse, ¢ 1,4, 2 14% inch.
Hab. Solun, Punjab; Cherra Punji, Assam. In coll. F. Moore
and Dr. Staudinger.
Allied to A. christophi, Staudinger.
AGROTIS JUNCTURA, 0. Sp.
Male and Female. Fore wing pale purplish grey, the median area
below the cell pale purplish red; two subbasal grey-bordered black
streaks extending obliquely from within the cell to base of the sub-
median vein, with blackish lower interspace ; orbicular spot large,
outwardly oblique, grey ; reniform spot also large, black-lined, and
extending below the cell, centre brown-streaked, interspaces black ;
a black conical mark below the orbicular spot; an indistinct black
transverse discal sinuous line and outer row of points; a marginal
greyish-brown fascia terminating before the apex in a black streak:
hind wing pale purplish cinereous. Thorax purple-grey ; collar,
front of head, palpi, and legs brown-speckled ; abdomen cinereous-
brown, tuft in male ochreous.
Expanse 13 inch.
Hab. Dalhousie, N.W. Himalaya. In coll. F. Moore.
Allied to A. hastifera, Donzel.
AGROTIS MODESTA, 0. sp.
Female. Greyish cream-colour: fore wing with an indistinct black
subbasal, antemedian, and a postmedian sinuous double line ; an orbi-
cular and reniform black-lined spot, a short narrow conical mark
below the cell, and a marginal row of dots. Body and legs greyish,
tarsal bands brown.
Expanse 13 inch.
Haé. Cashmir. In coll. F. Moore.
Nearest allied to, but quite distinct from, A. aquilina.
TIRACOLA, N. g.
Fore wing long, narrow, costa slightly arched towards the end,
apex acute ; exterior margin oblique, convex, and sinuous ; cell long ;
first subcostal branch emitted at half length of the cell, second at
three fourths its length, trifurcate, third emitted at one third beyond
base of the second, and fourth at about one half from base of second,
fifth from end of the cell and touching the third near its base ; dis-
cocellular deeply concave, upper radial from angle close to upper end
of the cell, lower radial from angle near lower end of the cell ; upper
median from angle above and middle median from end of the cell,
third at one third before its end; submedian concave near its base.
Hind wing triangular, apex convex ; exterior margin oblique, recurved,
slightly sinuous; cell short; two subcostal branches from end of
cell; discocellular very slender, angled inward in the middle, a
352 MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC [Mar. 1,
slender radial from the angle; two upper median branches from
lower end of the cell, third branch at half before its end. Body
stout, abdomen long; palpi short, ascending, compactly clothed,
second joint thick, third joint short; legs compactly pilose above ;
antennz setose. Type 7. plagiata.
TIRACOLA PLAGIATA. ;
Agrotis plagiata, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. xi. p. 740
(1857).
Agrotis plagifera, Walker, J. c. p. 741.
Hab. Ceylon, 8. India, Darjiling.
TIRACOLA SPECTABILIS.
Agrotis spectabilis, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. xxxii. p. 704
(1865). ;
Hab, Australia.
Genus GrapHipeHora, Ochs.
GRAPHIPHORA FLAVIRENA, nn. sp. (Plate XXXVIII. fig. 3.)
Allied to G. neglecta, Hiibner. Fore wing dark ferruginous,
crossed by an indistinct brown-bordered, pale, waved antemedian and
a postmedian line, a median brown fascia angled at lower end of the
cell; orbicular spot obsolete ; reniform spot narrow, yellowish, and
dusky at its lower end: hind wing ferruginous-brown. Body and
legs ferruginous,
Expanse 1} inch, godly
Hab. Darjiling. In coll. Dr. Staudinger.
GRAPHIPHORA NIGROSIGNA, n. sp. (Plate XXXVIII. fig. 4.)
Fore wing brown-ochreous, crossed by indistinct basal, antemedian,
and postmedian zigzag brown duplex lines, and a waved submarginal
pale line; veins across the disk with indistinct black-pointed pale
spots; orbicular and reniform marks paler, with brown border,
lower lobe of reniform dusky; a prominent black triangular spot
below the orbicular mark: hind wing and abdomen pale brownish
ochreous. Thorax ochreous; second joint of palpi at the side and
legs above dark brown, third joint of palpi and.tip of second
ochreous.
Expanse 13 inch.
Hab. Tonglo, Sikkim. In coll. Dr. Staudinger.
Genus Mrcasema’, Hiibner. .
MEGASEMA CINNAMOMEA, 0. sp. (Plate XXXVIII. fig. 6.)
Fore wing dull cinnamon-brown, with an indistinct darker basal,
subbasal, and a discal transverse sinuous line; a more distinct outer
discal pale-bordered irregular line; a large pale-bordered orbicular
and reniform spots, their interspace within the cell, and a transverse
1 Type M. triangulum, Hufn.
1881.] NOCTURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. 353
median fascia darker brown; outer margin also darker brown, with
a pale-bordered lunular line: hind wing paler. Underside pale,
brighter cinnamon-brown. Thorax, head, palpi, and legs above
dark cinnamon-brown.
Expanse 17 inch.
Hab. Darjiling. In coll. Dr. Staudinger.
Genus OcHROPLEURA, Hiibner.
OcHROPLEURA CONSANGUINEA, 0. Sp.
Male and Female. Fore wing dark cupreous-brown, base and ex-
terior border suffused with grey; costal border pale ferruginous ; a
short subbasal pale streak with black border, an oblique antemedian
waved black double line, a postmedian, less distinct, double sinuous
line, and a submarginal pale lunular line; orbicular and reniform
spots grey, with black interspaces ; an indistinct conical greyish-
centred mark below the cell: hind wing brown. Thorax cupreous-
brown ; collar and palpi ferruginous edged with black; abdomen
brown ; legs blackish with pale bands.
Expanse 12 inch.
Hab. Solun, Punjab; Dalhousie, N.W. Himalaya. In coll. F.
Moore.
Allied to O. renalis, from which it is distinguishable by its
smaller size, straighter and more oblique antemedian line, and the
postmedian line being nearer the renal spot.
Genus Hermonassa, Walker.
HeERMONASSA CHALYBEATA, 1. sp. (Plate XXXVIII. fig. 17.)
Smaller than H.consignata. Fore wing dark brown, with indistinctly
darker markings, which are all bordered with chalybeous-grey
speckles: hind wing pale cinereous-brown. Underside cinereous-
brown.
Expanse 1 inch.
Hab. Darjiling. In coll. Dr. Staudinger.
HERMONASSA SINUATA, n. sp. (Plate XX XVIII. fig. 5.)
Near H. cuprina. Fore wing paler and of a brighter cupreous-
brown, the interspace between the transverse basal and subbasal
lines wider, the latter more acutely sinuous, and its lower end
almost touching that of the discal line, which latter is also more
sinuous: hind wing very pale brown. Underside also much paler.
Expanse 13 inch.
Hab. Darjiling. In coll. Dr. Staudinger.
Fam. OrTHosiip2.
Genus OrtuHosia, Ochs.
ORTHOSIA RECTIVITTA, 0. sp.
Fore wing mottled with greyish ochreous and dark brown, pos-
terior and exterior areas more uniformly brown ; a transverse sinuous
354 MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC [Mar. 1,
antemedian and a straight postmedian pale line with black-speckled
borders; a submarginal zigzag pale-bordered black-speckled fascia ;
orbicular and reniform spots pale, with black-speckled border ; a
marginal row of black dots: hind wing brown; cilia pale ochreous-
brown. Thorax, and head grey-speckled ; palpi with broad brown
lateral band; legs dark brown, with ochreous speckles and tarsal
bands.
Expanse 149 inch.
Haé. Darjiling (Russell). In coll. F. Moore and Dr. Staudinger.
Fam. Cosmmp&.
Genus Cosm1a, Ochs.
CosMIA HYPENOIDES, n.sp. (Plate XXXVIII. fig. 19.)
Male and Female. Fore wing dark purple-brown, crossed by an
outwardly oblique antemedian, a median, and an outwardly-angled
postmedian transverse pale-bordered black line, a black dot at base
of cell, a submarginal indistinct lunular line, and a marginal black
line; orbicular and reniform spots very indistinct: hind wing and
abdomen dull brown. Thorax purple-brown; palpi grey, with
broad black band on second joint ; fore and middle legs with blackish
bands.
Expanse 1/5 inch.
Haé. Parisnath Hill (Bengal). In coll. Dr. Staudinger.
Fam. HADENID.
Genus DiantHecta, Boisd.
DIANTHECIA CONFLUENS, n. sp. (Plate XXXVIII. fig. 20.)
Fore wing dark purple-browa, crossed by a subbasal black-bordered
pale-ochreous sinuous line, a similar antemedian and a postmedian
narrow waved line, and a submarginal brown-bordered pale line;
orbicular and reniform spots pale ochreous with brown centre; the
two lower median branches pale ochreous to the postmedian line; a
black dentate mark below the cell ; a marginal row of dentate lunules ;
cilia brown: hind wing greyish dusky-brown, palest at base, and
with a pale-bordered brown transverse discal line; cilia ochreous.
Body and legs dark purple-brown, black-speckled.
Expanse 1 inch.
Hab. Darjiling. In coll. Dr. Staudinger.
Genus Evpiexia, Stephens.
EvUPLEXIA DISTORTA, n. sp. (Plate XXXVIII. fig. 18.)
Male and Female. Fore wing black, with transverse distorted white
bands, including an outer marginal sinuous bordered band : hind wing
pale blackish-cinerous exernally and whitish basally ; cilia white.
Thorax black, with white tegule, crest, and collar; abdomen black-
ish at tip; palpi black tipt with white ; legs black, with white streaks
and tarsal bands.
Expanse 12 inch.
Hab. Darjiling. In coll. Dr. Staudinger.
1881.] NOCTURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. 355
Genus TrigonopHora, Hibn.
TRIGONOPHORA ALBOSIGNATA, 0. sp.
Fore wing reddish ochreous, minutely speckled with purplish grey,
crossed by an inwardly-obliqne antemedian ochreous-white straight
narrow band, a postmedian outwardly-oblique, sinuous, narrow band,
both bands with indistinctly darker purple-red border ; a submar-
ginal zigzag pale-bordered denticulated red fascia ; cilia purple-
brown ; orbicular and reniform marks formed by a purple-red line,
the centre being yellowish ochreous, the reniform mark bordered
externally by two upper and two lower white spots: hind wing
purplish ochreous-brown, palest along the costal border. Thorax,
palpi, and legs reddish ochreous, abdomen ochreous-brown.
Expanse 1% inch.
Allied to T. empyrea, Hiibn., of Europe.
Hab. Kussowlie, N.W. Himalaya. In coll. F. Moore.
APPANA, 0. g.
Fore wing somewhat short, costa straight, apex slightly pointed,
exterior margin oblique, very slightly waved and convex ; first
subcostal branch emitted from half length of the cell, second at one
fourth, trifurcate, third at one fourth, and fourth at one half from
base of second, fifth from end of the cell, projecting upward and
touching the third near its base ; cell long ; upper discocellular
very short, lower bent in the middle ; upper radial from angle near
subcostal, lower radial and upper median from angles immediately
above end of the cell, middle median from its end, lower median
from one third before its end ; submedian slightly recurved. Hind
wing triangular, exterior margin convexly oblique and waved ; two
subcostal branches emitted from a short distance beyond end of the
cell; discocellular obliquely concave, radial from near its lower
end; two upper median branches from end of cell; submedian and
internal veins long. Body moderate, abdomen extending beyond
hind wing; palpi short, stout, squamose, third joint very short ;
antennee setose ; legs pilose beneath.
Allied to Habryntis (H. scita, Hubner).
APPANA INDICA, 0. sp.
Phlogophora indica, Moore, P. Z.S. 1867, p. 57.
Fore wing pale purplish ochreous, with a median transverse broad
band of chestnut-brown, palest on the costa, and enclosing a paler
orbicular and reniform spots, whick are confluent below the cell ; the
band is narrow hindward and bordered on both sides by a narrow
black line; two black-speckled transverse streaks and a contiguous
black spot at base of the wing; a pale-yellow submarginal line ;
veins speckled with black and white: hind wing paler, with an
indistinct darker discal and marginal bands. Thorax chestnut-
brown, with white-fringed collar, abdomen paler; palpi and legs
ochreous-brown.
Expanse 1,4; inch.
Hab. Darjiling. In coll. F. Moore and Dr. Staudinger.
356° MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC [Mar. 1,
Genus BerrHa.
Berrhea, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. xv. p. 1721 (1858).
Wings rather narrow; fore wing elongated, costa straight ; apex
slightly pointed ; exterior margin cblique, scalloped ; posterior
margin recurved ; costal vein extending to two thirds the margin,
first subcostal branch emitted at half length of the cell, second
trifurcate, emitted at one fourth before end of the cell, third at one
fourth, and fourth at one half from base of second, fifth from end of
the cell, curving upward and touching third near its base; disco-
cellular slightly angled close to each end, deeply concave in middle,
radials from its upper and lower angle; cell long, narrow; two
upper median branches from angles at end of the cell, lower at one
fourth before the end; submedian recurved: hind wing long,
exterior margin convex, waved ; abdominal margin short ; costal
vein extending to apex; two subcostal branches from end of the
cell ; discocellular obliquely concave, radial from near its lower end ;
two upper median branches from end of the cell, lower at one third
before its end; submedian and internal veins straight. Body stout,
abdomen extending beyond hind wing ; palpi stout, broad, ascending,
densely clothed with long scales, third joint short, squamose ; legs
densely pilose ; antennze very minutely pectinate in male.
Allied to Trachea (T'. atriplicis).
BERRH#ZA AURIGERA.
Berrhea aurigera, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. xv. p. 1721
(1858).
Fore wing ochreous-brown, crossed by a pale ochreous, duplex,
black-bordered zigzag antemedian line and a sinuous postmedian
line; some black-bordered ochreous basal streaks, others on the
costal border and middle of posterior border ; a submarginal zigzag
interrupted ocbreous and brown fascia; a black marginal lunular
line ; orbicular and reniform marks ochreous, large and widely sepa-
rated at their anterior ends, but joined by a lower streak, which
extends below the cell and runs into a whitish ochreous quadrate
spot: hind wing eneous-brown, the base being whitish cinereous.
Thorax ochreous-brown; abdomen cinereous-brewn ; palpi brown ;
legs brown, with ochreous tarsal bands.
Expanse, ¢ 17, 2 2 inches.
Hab. Darjiling (Atkinson). In coll. Dr. Staudinger.
BERRH2ZA MEGASTIGMA.
Hadena megastigma, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. B. M, xxxiii. p. 738
(1865).
Hab. Darjiling.
BreRRH#ZA ALBINOTA.
Hadena albinota, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 58.
Hab. Dayjiling.
1881.] NOCTURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. « 357
BERRA OLIVACEA, 0. sp.
Allied to B. megastigma; comparatively smaller: fore wing simi-
larly marked, but with less prominent ochreous and black streaks,
the submarginal zigzag ochreous line slender throughout its length, the
orbicular and reniform marks slightly smaller: hind wing cupreous-
brown, slightly paler at the base.
Expanse, 5 12, 2 1% inch.
Hab. Darjiling. In coll. F. Moore and Dr. Staudinger.
Genus Hapena, Treits.
HADENA ADJUNCTA, 2. sp.
Fore wing purplish grey, crossed by a greyish-white-bordered,
black, sinuous antemedian and a postmedian line, and a submarginal
row of long black-bordered, grey, dentate marks ; a marginal black
lunular line; orbicular and reniform spots black-lined; a black
zigzag streak at base of wing, and a distinct black forked bar below
the cell joining the ante- and postmedian lines, below which the area
is iron-grey: hind wing and abdomen pale brown. Thorax purple-
grey, black- and white-speckled; first and second joints of palpi
brown- and grey-speckled, third joint ochreous; legs brown, grey-
speckled, and with ochreous tarsal bands.
Expanse 1% inch.
Hab. Dalhousie, N.W. Himalaya. In coll. F. Moore.
Near to the European H. satura.
HADENA SIDERIFERA, N. sp.
Fore wing brownish grey, crossed by a basal, antemedian, and a
postmedian double zigzag black line, a submarginal sinuous pale
yellowish line with black inner points, and a marginal row of minute
black points; orbicular spot black-lined ; reniform spot composed of
a large white quadrate spot, bordered at the upper and lower outer
ends by two minute white spots, and on the inner side by a black
pale-bordered line ; a quadrate black mark below the orbicular spot :
hind wing greyish brown.
Expanse 13 inch. :
Hab. Solun, Punjab. In coll. F. Moore.
Allied to H. albiflexura, Walker, and to H. constellata, Moore,
from Darjiling. It also has much the appearance of Mamestra
brassice.
Fam. XyLInip&.
Genus Cucumis, Ochs.
CUCULLIA ALBESCENS, Ni. sp.
A smaller species than C. atkinsoni; fore wing paler brown, the
grey more diffused through the middle of the wing: hind wing cine-
reous-white, with a very faint brownish marginal border. Underside
much paler than C. athinsoni, the hind wing almost uniformly white.
Body greyer; legs grey above.
Expanse 14 inch,
Hab. Dalhousie, N.W. Himalaya. In coll. F. Moore.
358 MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC [ Mar. I,
Genus CaLtuaniA, Hubner.
Cucullia (part.) auctorum.
CALLENIA PULLATA, 0. sp.
Fore wing grey; veins black, with a transverse very indistinct
black antemedian and a postmedian zigzag line, some slender longi-
tudinal streaks near the outer margin, and a lunular black marginal -
line; an indistinct orbicular and reniform black-lined mark, the
latter extending below end of the cell: hind wing white, with a
broad black outer marginal band and a discocellular spot ; costal and
subcostal veins lined with black; cilia white. Thorax, head, palpi,
and legs above grey ; abdomen black, with grey tip; a slender black
collar on front of thorax.
Expanse 2? inches.
Hab. Dalhousie, N.W. Himalaya. In coll. F. Moore.
Genus CatopuastA, Stephens.
CALOPHASIA CASHMIRENSIS, 0. sp.
Fore wing pale whitish ochreous, with a pale yellowish-ochreous
median transverse band, bordered on both sides by an indistinct
black sinuous double line, and medianly traversed below the cell by
amore distinct black lunular fascia; costal border blackish; orbi-
cular and reniform marks blackish, and lined with pale ochreous ;
base of wing black-speckled, and longitudinally streaked near poste-
rior margin; some black dentate discal marks, a patch above posterior
angle, and a marginal row of white-bordered black points: hind wing
dusky white, with a very pale dusky black border, and a distinct
black lunular marginal line. Body pale ochreous, palpi and legs
black-speckled ; legs with black tarsal bands.
Expanse 1,4, inch.
Hab. Changas, Cashmir. In coll. Dr. Staudinger.
Near to the European C. linarie, Fabr.
CALOPHASIA LOBIFERA, 0. Sp.
Fore wing greenish brown, with a pale pinkish-ochreous fascia
extending from base through the cell to the apex, a slender black
transverse subbasal irregular line, which is deeply indented outward
below the cell and formsa lobate spot, and a discal irregular waved line,
both with a brown outer border, the interspace below the cell dusky
grey; veins black, with pale margins and intervening black streak ter-
minating in a white cilial point; some black streaks on costa near base,
and white streaks towards the apex; an indistinct orbicular and
reniform brown-lined mark, both centred with brown; a short oblique,
double, basal brown line below the cell: hind. wing greyish brown ;
cilia white. Body pale ochreous, thorax grey-speckled ; palpi and
legs above brown, with ochreous bands,
Expanse 1,2, inch.
Hab. Bombay. In coll. F. Moore.
1881.] NOCTURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. 359
Fam. HamMeRosip&.
Genus Apsarasa, Moore.
APSARASA WALLACEI, 0. sp.
Female. Glossy purplish black. Differs from 4. radians from
Sikkim, and A. figurata from Andamans, in having the marginal
spots alternately obsvlete on the costa, a broader intervening space
between those on the outer margin, and a much larger quadrate
spot on middle of hind margin. Underside of fore wing as above,
hind wing without basal spots. Abdomen black above, small lateral
spots and streak beneath white.
Expanse 27 inches.
Hab. Dorey (Wallace). In coll. Oxford University Museum.
Fam. ACONTIID.
NARANGA, 0. g.
Wings small: fore wing elongated, narrow, acute at the apex,
exterior margin oblique; hind wing slightly elongated and narrow.
Veins similar to those in Xanthodes. Palpi small, smooth, slightly
ascending, third joint minute, slender, short ; legs slender, smooth.
Type XN. diffusa.
NARANGA DIFFUSA.
Xanthodes diffusa, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. B. M.. xxxiii. Suppl.
p- 779 (1865).
Fore wing yellow, with aslight median, oblique, short purplish-red
band, a less distinct streak below the apex, and a spot above posterior
angle: hind wing whitish yellow. Body, palpi, and legs above
yellow.
Expanse 7 inch,
Hab. Ceylon; S. India (Nilgiris) ; Formosa.
NARANGA ZNESCENS, 0. Sp.
Fore wing znescent yellow, with two narrow purple-brown outer
bands: hind wing brown; cilia yellow. Body and legs yellow.
Expanse 8; inch.
Hab. Formosa (Swinhoe). In coll. F. Moore.
CHURIA, 0. g.
Fore wing elongated, narrow, rectangular; costal vein extending
to two thirds the margin; first subcostal emitted at one half and
second at one eighth before end of the cell, second trifurcate, third
and fourth at equal distances from base of second, fifth from end of
the cell and slightly touching third at its base; discocellular bent at
its upper and lower end, and very convex in the middle, radials from
the angles ; upper median branch from end of the cell, middle branch
from one eighth and lower from beyond one third before end of the
cell; submedian slightly curved at the base. Hind wing short ; costal
vein straight, extending to apex; two subcostal branches from end
360 MR. F, MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC [ Mar. 1,
of the cell; discocellular obliquely concave; radial from its lower
end immediately above angle of the cell ; two upper median branches
from beyond end of the cell, lower from one third before the end ;
submedian and internal veins straight. Body stout, abdomen long ;
palpi porrect, second joint laterally broad at the tip, clothed with
coarse lax scales, third joint short, thick, half the length of the second ;
legs stout, squamose; antenne setose. Type C. nigrisigna.
CHURIA NIGRISIGNA, n. sp. (Plate XX XVII. fig. 13.)
Male and Female. Upperside pale brownish ochreous ; fore wing
with a small black spot on middle of the discocellular veinlet ; cilia
ochreous-white: underside paler along the posterior border of fore
wing and on the hind wing. Palpi and legs above pale brownish
ochreous.
Expanse, ¢ 3%, 92 1,4; inch.
Hab. Calcutta. In coll. Dr. Staudinger.
CHURIA OCHRACEA, 0. sp.
Male. Upperside paler ochreous than in C. nigrisigna ; no black
spot on the fore wing: underside pale ochreous; thorax, palpi, and
legs above ochreous.
Expanse 55, inch.
Hab. Calcutta. In coll. Dr. Staudinger.
CHURIA MACULATA, 0. Sp.
Male. Upperside pale brownish ochreous; cilia ochreous-white ;
fore wing with a small black spot on middle of discocellular veinlet,
and three equidistant spots on the submarginal border. Underside
paler ochreous, palest along posterior border of fore wing and on the
hind wing. Palpi and legs above brownish ochreous.
Expanse +9 inch.
12
Hab. Ceylon. In coll. F. M. Mackwood.
Fam. HELIOTHID.
This family should be ranged between the Acontiide and Antho-
philidee, the genera comprised in it having closer affinity with those
families than with the Xylinide.
A prominent character in the species of Heliothidz, not present,
so far as I know, in any other group, is that the tibiz of the front
legs are armed with spines, thus giving them the appearance of
miniature crabs’ claws’.
In Heliothis dipsacea, H. aduncta, Butler (a Chinese species),
H. maritima, H. ononidas, H. armigera, and H. peltigera the
fore tibia is long, narrow, and armed with two slender spines in
front, as well as possessing other shorter spines on each side. In
H. incarnata, which is generically distinct from the above-mentioned
species, the tibia is shorter and stouter, and is armed only with two
1 Since writing the above, I find that Petasia, a genus of Notodontide, is
similarly armed. Both P. cassinea and P. nubeculosa have a single stout ter-
minal spine on the outer end of the tibia.
1881.] NOCTURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. 361
stout black terminal front spines; the palpi are stouter and have
the terminal joint hairy; the fore wing is less triangular in form,
and the hind wing shorter than in typical Heliothis. For this
species (tncarnata) I propose the generic name of Chazaria.
The species described by Walker as H. lucilinea (Cat. Lep. Het.
B. M. xv. p. 1749), from St. Domingo, is also generically distinct
from the above; the Periphanes delphinii and Oria sanguinea (a
North-American species) have a very short stoutish tibia armed with
two terminal stout spines, this character also occurring less stoutly
in the European Anthecia pulchra, A. cardui, A. cognata, A. cora,
A. lynx (a North-American species), and in 4. dorsilutea, the locality
of which is unknown.
In Melicleptria scutosa (Europe) and M. speciosa (N. America)
the tibia is more slender and delicately spined than in Heliothis, the
tarsus also being more delicate and comparatively longer, ~
In Adophron phlebophora and Stephania puniceago the terminal
spines of the tibia are short, and the basal joint of the tarsus, also,
is laterally spined.
In this family (Heliothide) should also be placed :—the American
genus Derrima (D. stellata, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xii. p. 770, and
D. henrietta, Grote), arranged hitherto in the Hameroside; the
Anthophila lineata and A. divergens of Walker’s Cat. xii. p. 830,
of unknown locality and which are quite distinct from typical
Anthophila; and the Microphysa contracta (Walker, Cat. Lep. .
Het. xii. p. 836), which is also generically distinct from Microphysa.
The insect described as Chariclea taurica, and assigned to that
genus in European catalogues, is quite distinct from typical Chariclea
(Periphanes delphinii), differing from it in not possessing the tibial
spines, and having, moreover, very short tarsi. It should be
arranged with the Anthophilide, under the generic name of Phila-
reta; in the Anthophilide should also be placed the genus Pyrrhia
(P. marginata and P. purpuritis),—these species agreeing better in
their tibial and tarsal characters than with the Heliothidee.
Genus Hexioruis, Hibner.
HELIOTHIS PERIGEOIDES, 0. sp.
Male. Fore wing pale ochreous-yellow, crossed by two subbasal
ochreous-brown pale-bordered zigzag lines; a median sinuous fascia,
and a discal white-pointed sinuous line, bordered by an outer
brownish waved fascia; a pale-bordered orbicular and a reniform
spot, the latter with grey centre; some whitish spots on the costal
edge, and an outer marginal row of distinct black dots: hind wing
ochreous-white, with an ochreous-brown marginal band enclosing
a central white patch. Underside ochreous-white, with dusky-brown
markings as in H. peltigera, but paler, and the discal fascia on
both wings interrupted.
Expanse 1 to 14 inch.
Hab. Kutch, N.W. India. In coll. F. Moore.
Near to H. peltigera, which also occurs in Kutch, but is a much
smaller and differently marked insect.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1881, No. XXIV. 24
362 MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC [ Mar. 1,
HELIOTHIS SUCCINEA, 0. Sp.
Male and Female. Ochreous-yellow: fore wing crossed by two
subbasal brown zigzag lines, an outwardly-waved median line, a
lunular discal line, and a sinuous submarginal line, with indistinct
paler intervening lines, the space between the discal lunular line and
the submarginal line dusky ochreous-brown: hind wing with an
ochreous-black marginal band enclosing a pale yellow central spot.
Underside with dusky markings similar to those in H. armigera.
Thorax greenish ochreous; abdomen, palpi, and legs yellowish
ochreous.
Expanse, $ 1 inch, 2 13.
Hab. Bombay (Dr. Leith). In coll. F. Moore.
This is allied to H. armigera, but is smaller and differently
coloured ; the fore-wing markings also differ. ~
RaGHUVA, 0. g.
Fore wing short, narrow; costa slightly arched at the base and
with a swollen protuberance on its middle; exterior margin oblique
and convex; costal veins recurved ; subcostal recurved before end
of the cell, first branch recurved towards the costa, emitted at half
length of the cell, second branch emitted before end of cell, trifur-
cate, third from near its base, fourth at one half its length, fifth
from end of the cell, curved upward, and touching third near its
base; discocellular bent near each end, radials from the angles ; two
upper median branches from angles at end of the cell, lower at some
distance before the end. Hind wing short ; two subcostal branches
emitted beyond end of the cell ; discocellular concave, very slender,
a slender radial from its middle, two upper median branches from
end of the cell, lower from near its end. Body extending beyond
hind wing; palpi slender, apex short ; legs slender, femora slightly
pilose beneath, fore tibia in male armed with two terminal spines in
front ; antenne setose.
RAGHUVA CONFERTISSIMA.
Leucania confertissima, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxxii.
p- 625 (1865).
Hab. S. India.
SOPHAGA, N. g.
Allied to Dorika. Wings longer and comparatively broader; fore
wing with straighter costa and shorter posterior margin; first sub-
costal moderately long, second emitted immediately before end of
the cell, third trifurcate, emitted at end of the cell, and anasto-
mosing with second very close to its base for a short distance, fourth
and fifth short; upper discocellular very short, lower very slender
and deeply concave ; radials from angle of upper and near end of
lower, two upper median branches from angles at end of the cell,
lower from near the end. [Hind wing with two subcostal branches
emitted at one fourth beyond end of the cell; discocellular bent in
the middle; radial from its angle ; two upper median branches from
1881.] - NOCTURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. 363
end of the cell, lower from distance before the end. Body long;
palpi short ; legs very hairy beneath; male with fore tibia furnished
with a pair of terminal front spines; antennze setose.
Type S. sinuata.
SOPHAGA SINUATA, 0. Sp.
Male and Female. Fore wing pale yellow, with a broad transverse
dark ochreous-yellow median band, its inner border being bent below
the cell, its outer border sinuous and with a brown point on each of
the veins from the radial; a dark ochreous streak from the band,
along median vein, to the base; exterior border with short longitu-
dinal dark ochreous streaks, and a marginal row of black dots: hind
wing pale greyish ochreous, the discal area brownish. Underside
paler ; fore wing with the discal area and a marginal row of black
dots: hind wing in male with a narrow discal transverse brownish
band, indistinct discocellular spot, and speckles along outer border,
obsolete in female. Thorax dark ochreous; abdomen brownish
ochreous ; terminal spines on fore tibia black.
Expanse 13 inch.
Hab. Bombay (Dr. Leith). In coll. F. Moore.
DoriKa, D. g.
Fore wing short, narrow; costa slightly arched from the base,
exterior margin oblique, convex; first subcostal branch somewhat
short, second emitted from beyond end of the cell, quadrifid, third
from close to base of second, fourth and fifth on a fvot-stalk near
apex; cell long, narrow; upper discocellular very short, lower
slender, concave, bent slightly near median; radials from their
angles; upper median branch from angle above end of the cell,
middle branch from the end, lower at some distance before the end
and opposite first subcostal : hind wing convex at the apex, exterior
margin recurved, abdominal margin short; two subcostal branches
emitted from beyond end of the cell; discocellular very slender,
radial from the middle; two upper median branches from end of
the cell, lower from near its end. Body short ; palpi slender, pilose ;
legs pilose beneath; fore tibia in male armed in front with a long
and a short spur; antenne setose.
Type D. sanguinolenta.
DoriIKA SANGUINOLENTA, N. Sp.
Female. Fore wing bright yellow; costal edge white; longitu-
dinally streaked with red along costal border, the median veins, and
submedian vein; cilia pinky white: hind wing white. Thorax,
palpi, and legs above ochreous-red ; abdomen brownish ochreous.
Expanse 1,2; inch.
Hab. Bombay (Dr. Leith). In coll. F. Moore.
DoriKA AUREOLA.
Leucania aureola, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. ix. p. 108
(1856).
Hab. Canara, S. India.
24*
364 MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC [Mar. 1,
MASALIA, n. g.
Wings small: fore wing short, narrow; costal vein running close
to the margin; first subcostal branch short, emitted at one fourth
before end of the cell, second at equal distance between first and
fifth, trifid, the third and fourth at about one half from base of
second, fifth from end of the cell, ascending and touching the
second at halfway between its base and third; upper discocellular
straight, short, lower concave, bent near lower end, radials from
the angles ; upper median branch from angle above end of the cell,
middle branch from the end, lower from opposite first subcostal.
Hind wing small, exterior margin convex; two subcostal branches
from end of the cell; discocellular bent in the middle, radial from
the angle; cell short; two upper median branches from end of the
cell. Body moderately slender; palpi minute, slender, porrect ;
antennee filiform ; fore tibia armed with a pair of terminal spines.
Type M. radiata.
MASALIA RADIATA, 0. sp.
Fore wing greyish ochreous-brown, with a pale yellow longitudinal
narrow streak from base of the cell to outer margin ; a short basal
streak below it between the median and submedian veins, and a
narrower streak extending along and between the subcostal and
median veins; costal edge yellow; cilia pale pinkish grey: hind
wing greyish brown. Underside greyish brown; fore wing with
white streaks disposed as on upperside. Thorax, head, palpi, and
legs above ochreous-brown; terminal spines on fore tibia black ;
abdomen ochreous ; eyes black.
Expanse +9 inch.
Hab. Manpuri, N.W. India (Horne). In coll. F. Moore.
MASALIA IRRORATA, 0. sp.
Female. Fore wing pale reddish ochreous, with paler streaks
between the veins, speckled with minute dark-brown scales, which
are most numerous along the area of the veins and on posterior
border ; an oblique transverse discal series of six black points, one
on each lower vein; cilia bordered with white: hind wing white ;
cilia white. Underside very pale ochreous-white; fore wing with
the costal border tinged with red; median veins brown-speckled.
Thorax pale reddish ochreous; front of head, palpi, and legs above
brownish ochreous.
Expanse 1,3, inch.
Hab. Darjiling. In coll. F. Moore.
PRADATTA, 0. g.
Fore wing comparatively short and broad ; costa slightly depressed
in the middle, exterior margin oblique, posterior margin convex near
the base; cell long; first subcostal branch rather short, second
emitted from near end of the cell, trifurcate, third and fourth close
together, fifth curved abruptly upward from end of the cell and
1881.] NOCTURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. 365
anastomosed to third near its base; discocellular very slender, bent
close to each end, concave in middle, upper and lower radials from
the angles; upper median branch emitted from angle above end of
the cell, middle branch from the end, lower from some distance before
the end. Hind wing comparatively long and narrow; two subcostal
branches from end of the cell; discocellular bent in middle, a very
slender radial from the middle; cell long ; two upper median branches
from end of the cell, lower from some distance before the end. Body
long, slender ; thorax laxly pilose ; palpi pilose, small, apex very
short ; legs slightly pilose beneath ; fore tibia in male armed with a
long and a short black spine in front ; antennee in male minutely pec-
tinate.
Type P. beatriz.
PRADATTA BEATRIX, 0. sp.
Synia beatriz, Von M. D. R., MS.
Male and Female. Fore wing pale pink, with a longitudinal pale
yellow fascia extending from the base of the cell to exterior margin,
and a similar fascia below the cell spreading below the median vein
to the outer margin; some specimens have the median vein to end
of the cell tinged with black: hind wing white, with pink lining to
the veins and outer border. Underside—fore wing with paler
costal and outer border than above; hind wing with pink costal
border. Thorax pinkish brown, palest on tegule ; abdomen pale
yellowish above, pinkish beneath; palpi and legs above ochrevus-
red ; fore-tibial claws black.
Expanse 14 inch.
Hab. Canara (8S. India) ; Dharmsala(N.W. Himalaya); Saibadad
(Cashmir). In coll. F. Moore, Dr. Staudinger, and Lord Walsingham.
PRADATTA BIVITTATA.
Leucania bivittata, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. ix. p. 108
(1856).
Hab. S. India. In coll. British Museum.
PRADATTA DECORATA, 2. sp.
Mule and Female. Fore wing pale yellow, with a broad triangular
- pale crimson band extending from base through and below the cell
and thence obliquely upward across the disk to the apex; a recurved
series of six white spots on the discal portion of the band, one on
middle of median vein, and one on submedian vein ; cilia crimson:
hind wing paler yellow; cilia whitish, slightly tinged with crimson
at the apex. Body pale yellow; thorax ochreous; front of head,
tip of palpi, and legs above crimson; fore-tibial claws black.
Expanse ? to | inch.
Hab. Deccan (Dr. Day) ; Manpuri, N.W. Provinces (Horne) ;
Allahabad (Hellard) ; Sind valley and Saidabad, Cashmir (Atkin-
son). In coll. F. Moore and Dr. Staudinger.
366 MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC [Mar. 1,
PRADATTA ARTAXOIDES, N. Sp.
Male and Female. Fore wing uniformly ochreous-yellow ; hind
wing brownish-ochreous, darkest externally ; cilia yellow. Under-
side paler; basal and discal area of fore wing brownish ochreous.
Tip and side of palpi and fore legs above brownish.
Expanse, ¢ ;°;, 2 1 inch.
Hab. N.W. Himalaya; Cashmir. In coll. F. Moore.
PRADATTA MODESTA, 0. Sp.
Female. Fore wing pale ochreous-yellow; hind wing ochreous-
white. Underside of fore wing with a greyish-brown discocellular
patch. Body, palpi, and legs pale ochreous-yellow; fore tibial
claws black.
Expanse 5%, inch.
Hab. Manpuri, N.W. India (Horne). In coll. F. Moore.
CuRUBASA, R. g.
Male and Female. Fore wing elongated, narrow, eosta arched at
the base, apex somewhat acute; exterior margin oblique, even,
slightly convex bindward and at the angle; cell long; costal vein
recurved towards its end; first subcostal branch emitted beyond
half length of the cell, second immediately before end of the cell,
trifid, the third and fourth at one third from its base; fifth from
end of the cell, ascending and touching the second close to end of
the third; discocellular bent near upper and lower end, slender,
concave in middle, radials from the angles; upper median branch
from angle above end of the cell, middle branch from the end, lower
at one fourth before the end. Hind wing broad, apex convex, exterior
margin waved ; two subcostal branches emitted from end of the cell ;
discocellular slender, bent in the middle, radial from the middle;
cell short ; two upper median branches from end of the cell. Body
moderately stout; palpi short, slender, porrect; femora and tibize
slightly pilose above; fore tibia short, thick, and armed with two
terminal black spines; antennee filiform.
Type C. lanceolata.
CuRUBASA LANCEOLATA.
Alaria lanceolata, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. xxxiu. p. 767
(1868).
Fore wing pale silky-yellow, with a purplish-pink costal band
which extends halfway across and through the cell to below the
apex; a similar band above the posterior border: hind wing whitish ;
thorax, head, palpi, and legs above purplish pink; terminal spines
on fore tibia black ; abdomen yellow.
Expanse 14 inch.
Hab. Nilgiris (S. India). In coll. British Museum and F.
Moore.
1881.] NOCTURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. 367
CURUBASA CRUENTATA, N. sp.
Male and Female. Fore wing pale silky yellow, with a purplish-
pink costal band extending only to the subcostal vein, a similar but
broader and darker band along the posterior margin ; cilia yellow,
edged with pale pink: hind wing paler yellow. Thorax and front
of head ochreous-brown; abdomen yellow; palpi and legs above
reddish ochreous; terminal spines on fore tibia black.
Expanse, ¢1, 9 12 inch.
Hab. N.W. India; Noashera, Cashmir. In coll. F. Moore and
Dr. Staudinger.
CuRUBASA CALAMARIA, 0. Sp.
Male. Very pale straw-yellow; fore wing with a very indistinct
longitudinal roseate streak through the median vein. Underside as
above ; basal and discal areas, including the costa of fore wing, greyish
brown. Thorax, front of head, palpi, and legs above brownish
ochreous ; spines on fore tibia black.
Expanse ;8; inch. ;
Hab. Bombay (Dr. Leith). In coll. F. Moore.
CuRUBASA MARGINATA, N. Sp.
Male. Somewhat paler than C. calamaria. Fore wing with an
ochreous-grey band along posterior margin: hind wing with the
basal area slightly greyish brown. Underside of fore wing with the
basal and discal areas greyish brown, costal border pale yellow.
Front of head, palpi, and legs above purplish grey ; fore tibial claws
black.
Expanse | inch.
Hab. N.W. Himalaya. In coll. F. Moore.
ADISURA, N. g.
Fore wing comparatively short and broad, triangular, costa nearly
straight, apex very acute, exterior margin oblique and even, posterior
margin short ; first subcostal branch emitted from half length of
the cell, second near the end, trifurcate, the third and fourth at equal
distances from base of second, fifth curved upward from end of the
cell and touching the third close to its base; discocellular concave,
slightly bent near its lower end; upper radial from end of the cell,
lower from angle of discocellular ; upper median branch from angle
above end of the cell, middle branch from the end, lower at some
distance before its end. Hind wing triangular, rather broad and
short; costa nearly straight, exterior margin convex and much
waved, abdominal margin short; two subcostal branches emitted
from end of the cell; discocellular very slender, slightly concave ;
radial extremely slender, emitted from middle of discocellular; two
upper median branches from slightly beyond end of the cell, lower
from one third before its end. Body short, stout; palpi stout,
laxly squamose, apical joint thick, short; legs laxly pilose ; antennze
minutely pectinated in male. s
Type A. atkinsoni. :
368 MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC [Mar. 1,
ADISURA ATKINSONI, n. sp. (Plate XX XVII. fig. 6.)
Male and Female. Fore wing pale purplish brownish-ochreous,
with a suffused paler fascia from base through the cell to the apex ;
indistinctly speckled with minute black scales, which are most
apparent on the costal border ; a curved discal transverse recurved
series of minute black points, which are less distinct in the male:
hind wing pale ochreous-yellow, with a slight purplish-brown sub-
marginal fascia; median and submedian veins lined with darker
brown scales. Underside of both wings uniformly pale ochreous,
with a few brown speckles along the costal border. Thorax brownish
ochreous ; pectus, palpi at the side, and legs brighter ochreous,
fore and middle femora with a brown streak ; abdomen above brown-
speckled.
Expanse, ¢ 15%, 2 15% inch.
Hab, Darjiling. In coll. Dr. Staudinger.
ADISURA LEUCANIOIDES, 0. sp.
Male and Female. Fore wing pale brownish ochreous, greyish
along the costal border ; minutely brown-speckled, which gives it the
appearance of a fascia along the costa and from below the apex to
posterior margin ; some indistinct brown spots within the cell, and
a transverse recurved row of minute indistinct black points; cilia
brownish, edged with white: hind wing whitish ochreous at base,
ochreous externally, and with a distinct continuous marginal suffused
brown band ; cilia ochreous-white. Body, palpi, and Iegs ochreous ;
thorax greyish. Underside pale ochreous: fore wing with a discal
dusky band and discocellular spot.
Expanse 1,2; inch.
Hab. Kutch (Western India). In coll. I’. Moore.
ADISURA MARGINALIS.
Anthophila marginalis, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. xii. p. 830
(1857).
Male and Female. Pale gamboge-yellow: fore wing with a pale
pink band along the costa and a similar band above the posterior
margin; extreme edge of the costa yellow; cilia pale pink, edged
with white: hind wing paler yellow at the base, with a slight ochreous
outer border ; cilia edged with white.
Expanse, ¢ +4, 2 1 inch.
Hab. Calcutta. In coll. F. Moore and Dr. Staudinger.
ADISURA DELICIA.
Heliothis delicia, Felder and Rogenh. Nov. Voy. iv. pl. 108. f. 40
(1872).
Hab, Bangkok ; Amboina (Felder).
ADISURA DULCIs, n. sp. (Plate XXXVII. fig. 20.)
Male and Female. Fore wing golden yellow, with a prominent
purplish-pink band along the costal, exterior, and posterior margins ;
1881. | NOCTURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. 369
cilia entirely pink: hind wing pale yellow, with a distinct dusky-
brown marginal band ; cilia yellowish white. Underside pale yellow ;
fore wing with the veins broadly suffused with dusky black, and a
blackish discal fascia. Body pale brownish ochreous; thorax, palpi,
and legs above ochreous-brown.
Expanse 1 inch.
Hab. Darjiling. In coll. Dr. Staudinger.
ADISURA PALLIDA, N. Sp.
Male. Fore wing pale purplish ochreous-grey, with the costal edge
and longitudinal streaks extending to outer margin very pale ochreous-
brown ; a few minute black speckles on costal and posterior borders ;
a curved discal transverse row of minute black points; cilia edged
with white: hind wing ochreous-white, with an indistinct pale-brown
median submarginal fascia. Underside ochreous-white. Thorax and
head ochreous-grey ; palpi at the side, and legs above, ochreous-
brown.
Expanse 1,1; inch.
Hab. Ceylon. Tn coll. F. M. Mackwood.
Nearest allied to A. leucanioides.
ADISURA SIMILIS, 0. sp.
Allied to A. marginalis. Differs from it in being of a pale ochreous
yellow; the fore wing with similar marginal bands and cilia, but with
the disk crossed by an indistinct recurved row of brown speckles,
some speckles also being present towards the base of hind margin:
hind wing whitish at the base:
Expanse, ¢ 2 43 inch.
Hab, Caleutta. In coll. F, Moore and Dr. Staudinger.
Fam, ANTHOPHILID2.
Genus Hypretia, Guén.
HyDRELIA CONJUGATA, 0. sp.
Male and Female. Fore wing dark umber-brown ; costal border
pale ochreous-brown, with darker streaks between the costal and
subcostal veins ; a white-bordered, brown elongated outwardly-oblique
orbicular mark, which is confluent hindward with a similar upright
reniform mark, an oblique pale streak below the cell in a line with
the orbicular mark; these, markings indistinct in the female:
hind wing ochreous-brown ; thorax, palpi, and legs above brown-
speckled.
Expanse 1,4, inch.
Hab. Darjiling. In coll. Dr. Staudinger.
Genus TuHatrocuares, Lederer.
Micra’, Guénée, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. x. p. 224 (1841).
THALPOCHARES PARVULA, 0. sp.
Near to the European 7. parva, but of smaller size. White;
1 Previously used in Diptera,
370 MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC [ Mar. 1,
fore wing with a straight transverse dark ochreous-brown median
band, a recurved discal white line, the outer margin clouded with
ochreous brown, a black dot before the apex: hind wing white.
Body, palpi, and legs white; second joint of palpi with a pale
ochreous band.
Expanse 5; inch.
Hab. Bombay. In coll. F. Moore.
THALPOCHARES ALBIDA, 0. Sp.
White : fore wing with a very pale slender ochreous-brown median
transverse oblique band, and an interrupted submarginal similar
band: hind wing white, with a very faint pale ochreous margin.
Expanse ;°; inch,
Hab. Bombay. In coll. F. Moore.
THALPOCHARES ROSEANA, 0. Sp.
Micra roseana, V. M. d. R. MS.
Male and Female. Ochreous-white: fore wing with a very oblique
median transverse greenish ochreous-brown band, and a_ broadly
recurved transverse discal whitish line, the interspace being bright
purple-red ; outer margin greenish ochreous-brown, with a minute
indistinct apical and posterior black dot: hind wing with greenish
ochreous-brown outer margin. Body, palpi, and legs white ; second
joint of palpi and fore legs above ochreous.
Expanse, ¢ 33, 2 7% inch.
Hab. Bombay (Dr Leith). In coll. F. Moore.
Slightly smaller in size than the allied 7’. rivwla, the oblique trans-
verse fascia and line being more oblique. It has also been taken at
Dharmsala by Rev. J. H. Hocking.
THALPOCHARES TRIFASCIATA, n.sp. (Plate XXXVIII. fig. 21.)
White : fore wing with two oblique transverse narrow basal bands,
and a broad outer lilac-grey band, each thickly studded with ochreous-
brown scales ; a slight apical red patch bordered by a few black dots,
which continue hindward indistinctly to the angle: hind wing thickly
studded with ochreous-brown scales on posterior area. Body brown-
scaled; fore tarsi with brown bands.
Expanse 58; inch.
Hab. Calcutta. In coll. Dr. Staudinger.
JHALPOCHARES QUADRILINEATA, un. sp. (Plate XXXVIII.
fig. 14.)
Fore wing pale ochreous, irrorated with minute brown scales, these
scales darkest along inner border of four transverse equidistant pale
lines, and also on the costa before the apex, the basal line very indis-
tinct ; a white streak from the apex followed by a recurved row of
indistinct black speckles ; outer border bright ochreous: hind wing
ochreous-white, with ochreous marginal line. Body, palpi, and legs
above ochreous.
Expanse 58; inch.
Hab. Calcutta. In coll. Dr, Staudinger.
1881.] NOCTURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. 371
‘THALPOCHARES DIVISA, N. sp.
Male and Female. Yellow: fore wing with a broad outer dark
ochreous band occupying half the wing, the inner border of the band
formed by a delicate black line, broadly suffused outwardly across
the disk with ochreous-red, the exterior margin of the wing also
ochreous-red and traversed by a narrow white line, on which are a
few minute black dots; two indistinct black dots also at end of the
cell: hind wing with a slight ochreous outer margin.
Expanse 2 inch.
Hab. Allahabad (Hellard); Calcutta (Grote); Ceylon (Mack-
wood). In coll. F. Moore.
THALPOCHARES BIFASCIATA, Ni. Sp,
White: fore wing with a broad transverse median band and the
outer margin clear golden-yellow, the inner border of the latter
deeply waved: hind wing and body white.
Expanse 53; inch.
Hab. Allahabad, Punjab, N.W. India (Hellard). In coll. F.
Moore.
THALPOCHARES FLAVIDA, 0. Sp.
Fore wing pale ochreous-yellow, crossed by two median indistinct
narrow red lines: hind wing pale ochreous-red ; cilia ochreous-
white. Body, palpi, and legs above pale ochreous.
Expanse +5 inch.
Hab. Allahabad, Punjab, N.W. India (Hellard). In coll. F.
Moore.
Genus Leprosta, Guén.
LEPTOSIA QUINARIA, 0. sp.
Male and Female. Brownish grey: fore wing with a basal and
three equidistant median transverse waved pale-bordered brown bands,
each broadest and darkest at the costal end; an outer transverse
sinuous pale-bordered black line: hind wing cinereous along the
costal border, brown-speckled on posterior half, with short trans-
verse pale sinuous bands. Body, palpi, and legs brownish grey.
Expanse +9 inch.
Hab. Allahabad, Manpuri, N.W. India. In coll. F. Moore.
Genus AcantHo.iPEs, Lederer.
Acantholipes, Lederer, Die Noct. Europa’s, p. 198 (1857).
Docela, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. xxxiv. p. 1258 (1865).
Microphysa (part), Boisduyal.
ACANTHOLIPES FLAVISIGNA, N. Sp.
Female. Ochreous-grey: fore wing with a transverse oblique
median brown fascia which is narrow at the costal end, and has a
deeply-waved outer border; a discal transverse, curved, oblique
narrow ochreous line, with outer irregular zigzag brown border; a
372 MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC [ Mar. 1,
pale ochreous discocellular lunule: hind wing with a transverse
median brown fascia, joined by a discal ochreous band, with outer
marginal broad brown band. Body, palpi, and legs above ochreous,
speckled with brown.
Expanse | inch.
Hab. Bombay (Dr. Leith). In coll. F. Moore.
Allied to A. vetustalis (Docela vetustalis), Walk. l. ec. p. 1258.
ACANTHOLIPES NIGRISIGNA, Nn. Sp.
Female. Grey : fore wing with a dark-brown median oblique fascia,
the outer border of which is almost straight ; the discal ochreous line
evenly curved, with dark-brown outer irregular border ; discocellular
lunule black : hind wing with median transverse brown fascia, ochreous
discal line, and brown outer border. Body, palpi, and legs above
greyish.
Expanse 1 inch.
Hab, Bombay (Dr. Leith). In coll. F. Moore.
ACANTHOLIPES HYPENOIDES, N. Sp.
Male and Female. Upperside—fore wing greyish ochreous-brown,
numerously covered with dark-brown speckles, with a transverse
lower discal blackish-brown band, which is broadest in the female,
bordered outwardly by a slender yellowish line indistinctly angled at
its upper end and bent inward to the costa; a dark-brown waved
fascia below the apex; the outer margin with a pale line below the
apex, and some pale speckles at end of the costa: hind wing pale
ochreous-brown. Underside pale ochreous-brown; both wings
slightly speckled with darker brown along the costal border; hind
wing with indistinct transverse brown-speckled line. Body, palpi,
and legs above greyish brown.
Expanse 5%, to 1 inch.
Hab. Darjiling. In coll. Dr. Staudinger.
Fam. ERASTRIIDH.
Genus Erastria, Ochs.
ERASTRIA PALLIDISCA, n. sp. (Plate XX XVII. fig. 14.)
Male and Female. Smaller than £. albiorbis : fore wing paler fer-
ruginous-brown, the transverse markings smaller, with the median
area brownish white and irregularly speckled hindward ; the orbi-
cular and reniform spots indistinct, smaller, and of the same colour
as the discal area.
Expanse | inch.
Hab. Darjiling. In coll. Dr. Staudinger.
ERASTRIA MARGINATA, n. sp. (Plate XXXVII. fig. 21.)
Fore wing dark greyish ferruginous-brown, with a broad pale fer-
ruginous band along the hind margin, and extending two thirds up
the outer margin, where it is slightly whitish and black-streaked ;
an indistinct whitish discal transverse sinucus line; orbicular and
1881.] NOCTURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. 373
reniform spots indistinct: hind wing cinereous-brown. Thorax pale
ferruginous ; palpi and legs dark ferruginous-brown, with pale bands.
Expanse 152; inch.
Hab. Darjilng. In coll. Dr. Staudinger.
Genus Puoruepes, Lederer.
PHOTHEDES BIPARS, n.sp. (Plate XXXVIII. fig. 7.)
Allied to the European P. captiuncula, Zeller. Fore wing with the
basal half dark brown, enclosing a white-lined narrow reniform spot ;
outer half pale brown, the margin and cilia speckled with dark
brown: hind wing and abdomen pale brown. Thorax and fore legs
above dark brown; collar, front of head, and palpi greyish brown,
Expanse 5%; inch.
Had, Cherra Punji, Assam.- In coll. Dr. Staudinger.
Genus Banx1A, Guén.
BaANKIA ANGULIFERA, 0. Sp.
_ Fore wing very pale dull purplish ochreous, with two median
transverse inwardly oblique slender pale lines, the outer line bent
inward near the upper end to costa; a very indistinct submarginal
series of minute brown dots: hind wing very pale purplish cinereous.
Body pale brownish ochreous; palpi and fore legs above ochreous-
brown, with pale tarsal bands.
Expanse ;°; inch.
Hab. N.W. Himalaya. In coll. F. Moore.
BANKIA LATIVITTA, 0. Sp.
Fore wing pale ochreous-brown ; basal third very obliquely white,
the border defined by an irregular slender brown line; an oblique
discal white band extending from posterior angle to the costa, and
enclosing two black discocellular dots, the costal end projecting
obliquely outward, and again indistinctly merging in the band on
the disk; an oblique dark-brown speckled fascia from the apex ;
cilia blackish: hind wing cinereous-brown. Thorax white ; abdomen
cinereous, brown-speckled.
Expanse 55, inch.
Hab. Nilgiris, 8. India. In coll. F. Moore.
BANKIA ERECTA, 0. sp.
Fore wing whitish, with an erect median transverse narrow ochreous
or dark olive-brown band, with black inner border ; a similar-coloured
fascia from the apex, leaving a curved white space before the anterior
end of the band, and a fascia along exterior margin; a black dot at
base of the costa and two at end of the cell, the upper one being
indistinct ; some speckles at the exterior apex and the cilia blackish :
hind wing pale cinereous. Body whitish.
Expanse +%, inch.
Hab. Nilgiris, 8. India. In coll. F. Moore.
374 MR. Fs MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC [Mar. 1,
Fam. ERIopPip#.
MerTHORASA, 0. g.
Allied to Callopistria. Fore wing less acuminate, exterior margin
less oblique and more even; first subcostal branch and the lower
median comparatively nearer end of the cell. Hind wing more
convex externally ; cell broader; discocellular more erect. Thorax
more compactly clothed; palpi smaller, second joint of uniform
lateral width, third joint very short and thick; antennz in male of
normal form, and more minutely bipectinate ; legs less pilose.
Type M. latreiller.
METHORASA LATREILLEI.
Eriopus latreillet, Duponchel, Lep. Suppl. iv. p. 327, pl. 123. f. 2;
Guén. Noct. ii. p. 296.
Callopistria latreillei, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. xii. p. 862.
Eriopus quieta, Treit. Schmett. iil. p. 259, Suppl. p. 49.
Hab. C. and S. Europe, N.W. India (Solun, Dharmsala).
There appear to be two forms (which are perhaps seasonal) of this
species in N.W. India. Some specimens of both sexes are com-
paratively smaller, distinctly paler above, and with all the markings,
including the sagittate mark near the apex, white; the underside also
is much paler in colour.
CoTANDA, 0. g.
Fore wing elongated, narrow; costa almost straight, apex acute,
exterior margin angled in the middle, posterior margin recurved ;
costal vein extending two thirds the margin; first subcostal branch
emitted at half length before end of the cell, second at one fourth,
trifurcate, the third at one fourth from base of second, fourth at one
third from base of third, fifth from end of the cell and touching the
third near its base ; discocellular bent near each end, slightly concave
in the middle, the radials from the angles; upper median branch
from oblique angle at end of the cell, middle branch from angle
before the end, lower at one third before the end; submedian curved
downward and extending near the posterior margin. Hind wing with
the costal margin long, straight, apex convex, exterior margin waved,
abdominal margin short ; costal vein slightly recurved, extending to
apex; two subcostal branches from end of the cell; discocellular
slightly bent near lower end, radial from the angle; two upper
median branches from end of the cell, lower at one third before its
end; submedian and internal vein straight. Body moderately stout,
abdomen extending beyond hind wing ; palpi broad laterally, slightly
ascending, second joint laxly squamose, extending two thirds its
length beyond the head, third joint short ; legs long, femur slightly
pilose beneath, tibia laxly squamose ; antennz filiform.
CoTaANDA PLACODOIDES. /
Eriopus placodoides, Guénee, Noct. ii. p. 296.
Hab. Java; S. and N. India.
1881.] NOCTURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. 375
PHALGA, n. g.
Fore wing—costa almost straight ; apex pointed ; exterior margin
oblique and scalloped, angular in the middle ; first subcostal branch
emitted at one third before end of the cell, second at one sixth before
its end, third at one eighth from below base of second, fourth at
three fourths from third, fifth from end of the cell, bent obliquely
upward and slightly touching third near its base; discocellular
extremely slender, slightly bent at each end, convex in the middle,
radials from upper and lower angles; upper median branch emitted
from angle above end of the cell, middle branch from its end, lower
at nearly one half before its end; submedian recurving from the
base. Hind wing narrow; exterior margin convex, slightly scalloped ;
abdominal margin short; costal vein extending to apex, two sub-
costal branches emitted from end of the cell; discocellular extremely
slender, radial from its lower end; cell very short; upper median
branch from angle above end of the cell, middle branch from its end,
lower at one third before the end; submedian and internal vein
recurved. Body moderate, abdomen laterally tufted; palpi ascend-
ing, not extending above the head, second joint stout, third slender ;
fore tibia laxly tufted; antennee filiform.
Allied to Lineopalpa, Guénée.
PHALGA sINvosA, n.sp. (Plate XXXVII. fig. 7.)
Fore wing pale dull brownish ochreous, with a very indistinct black-
speckled-bordered, pale, zigzag subbasal transverse line, a more dis-
tinct black treble discal acute-angled zigzag line, a submarginal
single line, and less distinct marginal lunular line; a pale yellowish
reniform mark : hind wing ochreous-brown ; cilia brownish ochreous ;
a slender black marginal lunular line and streaks above anal angle.
Body brownish ochreous; thorax, palpi, and fore legs ochreous-
brown,
Expanse 13 inch.
Hab. Darjiling. In coll. Dr. Staudinger.
Fam. EurHIPID&.
Genus Evtreria, Hibner.
EvTELIA SICCIFOLIA, 0. sp.
Greenish ochreous, numerously covered with short indistinct
dusky strigee: fore wing crossed by five or six irregular waved
indistinct blackish lines and an oblique subapical line, the costal
border clouded with brown, the edge at the apex black-speckled :
hind wing suffused with purplish brown on exterior border, with
irregular transverse indistinct blackish lines; a slender semidia-
phanous-white discocellular streak. Front of thorax, head, palpi
at the side and in front, black ; legs above black.
Expanse 1,1, inch.
Hab. Darjiling. In coll. Dr. Staudinger.
Allied to £. viridatriz.
376 MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC [ Mar. 1,
Genus Varna, Walker.
VARNIA FENESTRATA, 0. Sp.
Deep dull chocolate-red, washed with chalybeate-grey, marked
with very indistinct blackish confluent strigze ; fore wing with trans-
verse very indistinct black lines, those on the basal half waved, the
discal and subapical line being oblique, straight, and joined together
on the costa, the interdiscal space bordering these two lines brighter
red; some pale yellow spots on the costal edge: hind wing with a
large, irregular, quadrate semidiaphanous white discocellular spot,
and some contiguous pale yellow streaks. Body with red dorsal
streaks; palpi black laterally.
Expanse 1,3; inch.
Hab. Darjiling. In coll. Dr. Staudinger.
Fam. Puusip#.
Genus Evcwatcra, Hubner.
EUCHALCIA CASHMIRENSIS, 0. sp.
Fore wing brownish olive-green, with a transverse olive-white basal
line, an antemedian line curving below the cell, an undulated post-
median line, and two submarginal lines; orbicular and reniform
marks formed by a similar olive-white line ; the outer border of the
pale lines tinged with cupreous-brown: hind wing pale purplish
brown; cilia ochreous. Thorax brownish olive ; abdomen ochreous,
dorsal tufts bright ochreous; palpi and legs pale ochreous ; tarsi
and antenne brighter ochreous.
Expanse 12 inch.
Hab. Sind valley, Cashmir. In coll. Dr. Staudinger.
Allied to #. uralensis and E. modesta.
Fam. CaLprpa.
CuULASTA, n. g.
Fore wing elongate ; costa nearly straight ; apex acute; exterior
margin convex towards the posterior angle, posterior margin very
convex near the base; first subcostal branch emitted at nearly one
half before end of the cell, second at one fifth, third from near base
of second, and fourth from near the apex; fifth from end of the cell,
ascending to, but not touching, the third near its base ; discocellular
bent near each end, concave and very slender in the middle, radials
from the angles; cell long, extending more than half length of the
wing; upper median branch from angle above end of the cell, middle
branch from its end, lower at one third before the end ; submedian
recurved. Hind wing somewhat short and broad, exterior margin
waved, convex; costal vein nearly straight ; two subcostal branches
from end of the cell; discocellular bent inward in the middle, radial
from its lower end; cell broad, short; two upper median branches
emitted from angle at end of the cell, lower at one fourth before its
end; submedian and internal vein slightly curved. Body stout,
1881.] NOCTURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. 377
head flat above; palpi large, thick, pointed at the tip, ascending to
the vertex and then projecting out in front; legs moderately long,
laxly squamose ; antenne filiform.
CULASTA INDECISA, 0. sp.
Fore wing pale greyish ochreous, greyest externally, with an
indistinct oblique grey streak ascending from middle of posterior
margin to below the apex, the streak bordered on the inner side by
a contiguous brown line, which is broken and diffused at the apex,
and on the outer side by broader suffused brown lines; a minute
brown dot at lower end of the cell, and a row of dots on outer
margin: hind wing whitish ochreous; cilia white. Body, palpi,
and legs pale ochreous.
Expanse 1] 3 inch.
Hab. Madras; Bombay (Dr. Leith) ; Benares (Atkinson). In
coll. F. Moore and Dr, Staudinger.
Fam. Hysua1p.
Genus PHycoDEs.
Phycodes, Guénée, Noct. xi. p. 389 (1852).
Tegna, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxxv. p. 1810 (1866).
Wings elongated: fore wing narrow, rectangular ; exterior margin
almost erect; costal vein extending two thirds the margin; first
subcostal branch emitted at half length of the cell, second at one
fifth, third, fourth, and fifth from end of the cell; discocellular
very slender, slightly bent at each end, radials from the angles ; cell
very long and narrow, extending two thirds the wing; upper and
middle median branches from angles at end of the cell, lower from
one fifth before the end; submedian much waved. Hind wing long,
costal margin extending to length of fore wing, exterior margin
very oblique, abdominal margin short ; costal vein nearly straight,
extending to apex; subcostal waved, first and second branches
emitted from immediately before end of the cell; discocellular
slightly oblique and convex, radial from slight angle near its middle ;
two upper median branches emitted at a short distance beyond end
of the cell, lower at one third before its end; submedian straight,
internal vein curved. Body short, stout, smooth, abdomen thick ;
front of thorax and head projecting much beyond base of costa ;
palpi short, not extending beyond the head, second joint very broad
and flat, third joint minute, conical; legs smooth, short; middle
and hind tibize short, thick, spined and with slight spiny tufts above ;
antenne thickened near the base, tips slightly clavate in male.
PHYCODES HIRUNDINICORNIS.
Phycodes hirundinicornis, Guénée, Noct. ii. p. 389 (1852).
Tegna hybleella, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxxv. p. 1810
(1866).
Hab. N. and S. India (Lucknow, Calcutta, Madras, Bombay).
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1880, No. XXV. 25
378 MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC [Mar. 1,
PHYCODES TORTRICINA, N. Sp.
Fore wing dark cupreous-brown, with a blackish patch on
posterior margin towards the base, an indistinct blackish patch on
the discal area: hind wing darker, with less-defined yellow basal
streak than in P. hirundinicornis. Underside more uniformly
coloured, no yellowish streaks on the discal areas.
Expanse +4 inch.
Hab. Canara, S. India (Ward). In coll. F. Moore.
PHYCODES QUIRIS.
Atychia quiris, Felder and Rogenh. Novara Voy. iv. pl. 189.
f. 36 (1875).
Hab. 8. Africa (Trimen).
PHYCODES MINOR, 0. sp.
Fore wing cupreous-grey, with a slender cupreous-brown median
transverse band: hind wing greyish cupreous; cilia white. Under-
side uniformly brown. Body cupreous-grey ; second joint of palpi
white, third jomt black; legs cupreous-brown above, femora be-
neath and bands above white.
Expanse 58, inch. —
Hab. N.W. India; Caragola, Bengal (Atkinson). In coll.
F. Moore and Dr. Staudinger.
PHYCODES MACULATA, 0. Sp.
Fore wing cupreous-black, very indistinctly speckled with minute
grey scales, with several golden-yellow spots on the basal and median
areas, and longitudinal streaks on the exterior border: hind wing
with a pale’yellow linear streak from the base, a slender streak above
the anal angle, and three spots on the upper part of the disk ; cilia
pale cinereous-yellow. Body cupreous-black, abdomen with slight
yellow segmental bands ; palpi black above, pure white at the side ;
legs black, femora golden yellow beneath, tarsi with yellow bands ;
antennee black.
Expanse 15}, inch.
Hab, Darjiling. In coll. F. Moore and Dr. Staudinger.
Tribe PyraLeEs.
AGASTYA, 0. g.
Fore wing very short, broad ; costal margin very convex at the
base in male, slightly arched in female ; apex acute ; exterior margin
slightly oblique ; first subcostal branch emitted at one half before
end of the cell, second very close to the end, third from the end,
bifid, the fourth thrown off near the apex, fifth from angle below
end of the cell; discocellular outwardly oblique, bent near the upper
and lower end, concave in the middle, radials from the angles ; upper
median branch from end of the cell, middle branch from near its
end, lower at one third before the end; cell broad, longest at its
lower end; submedian straight. Hind wing very broad, short, apex
1881. ] NOCTURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. 379
hardly convex, exterior margin convex towards anal angle; costal
vein thick at the base, concave in the middle, subcostal anastomosed
to costal from its base to near end of the cell, and the first branch
again anastomosed to it immediately beyond the cell to half its
length, second branch emitted from end of the cell; discocellular
extremely slender, very obliquely concave; cell short anteriorly,
lengthened into an acute angle posteriorly, the radial and upper
median branch being emitted together from its extreme angle ; middle
median branch from immediately before the angle, lower at one
fourth before the end ; submedian and internal veins straight. Body
extending slightly beyond hind wing; thorax stout; palpi porrect,
convergent at the tip, laterally broad, with a slight tuft projected
upward from base of second joint, third joint minute, conical ; legs
long, smooth, fore tibia slightly tufted beneath ; antenne minutely
serrated in male.
AGASTIA HYBLZOIDES, 0. sp.
Male and Female. Fore wing cupreous-brown, with a purplish
gloss ; a very indistinct darker discocellular patch and submarginal
transverse fascia; a prominent pale yellow triangularly lobate spot
on middle of posterior margin: hind wing blackish cupreous-brown,
with an ochreous-yellow round discal spot and slight contiguous
inner streak; cilia ochreous-yellow, alternated with black at the
apex, middle, and anal angle. Body and palpi olivaceous-brown ;
legs pale yellow; fore tibia with a slight brown terminal band.
Expanse 1} inch.
Hab. Darjiling, June (Atkinson). In coll. Dr. Staudinger and
F. Moore.
AGASTYA FLAVOMACULATA, 0. sp.
Similar to 4. hybleoides. Smaller in size: fore wing differs in
having a small oval yellow spot situated between the median and
submedian veins: hind wing paler at the base ; marked the same.
Expanse 1 inch.
Hab. Darjiling (Atkinson). In coll. Dr. Staudinger.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Puate XXXVII.
. Thyatira decorata, n. sp., p. 328.
. Palimpsestis alternata, n. sp., p. 331.
cuprina, 0. sp., p. 331.
Aletia distincta, n. sp. p. 339.
. Hydrecia khasiana, n. sp., p. 342.
Adisura atkinsoni 2, n. sp., p. 368,
. Phalga sinuosa, n.sp., p. 375.
. Leucania compta, n. sp., p. 336.
albistigma, n. sp., p. 337.
10. —— albicosta, n. sp., p. 388.
modesta, 0. 8p., Pp. 330.
12. Borolia fasciata, n.sp., p. 334.
13. Churia nigrisigna, n. sp., p. 360.
Fig.
COND OB OO LO
380 MR. R. COLLETT ON THE GREY SEAL. (Mar. 1
Fig, 14. Erastria pallidisca, n.sp., p. 872
15. Leucania nainica, n. sp., p. 337.
howra, 0. sp., p. 337.
17. —— dharma, n. sp., p. 338.
18. —— bistrigata, n. sp., p. 334.
consimilis, Nn. sp., p. 330.
20. Adisura dulcis, n. sp., p. 368.
21. Erastria marginata, n. sp., p. 372.
Prats XXXVITI,
Fig. 1. Neuria simulata, n.sp., p. 343.
2. Apamea cuprina, n. sp., p. 345,
3. Graphiphora flavirena, n. sp., p. 352.
4. —— nigrosigna, n.sp., p- 352.
5. Hermonassa sinuata, un. sp., p. 353.
6. Megasema cinnamomea, u.sp., p. 352.
7. Phothedes bipars, nu. sp., p. 373.
8. Apamea mucronata, u.sp., p. 349.
9 strigidisca, n. sp., p. 346,
nubila, v. 8p., p- 346.
11. Lattia monilis, n. sp., p. 348.
cervind, n. sp., p. d48.
13. Acosmetia nebulosa, n. sp., p. 350.
14. Thalpochares quadrilineata, n. sp., p. 370.
15. Caradrina delecta, n. sp., p. 349.
16. Celena sikkimensis, n. sp., p. 348.
17. Hermonassa chalybeata, n. sp., p. 353.
18. ELuplexia distorta, n. sp., p. 854.
19. Cosmia hypenoides, n. sp., p. 304.
20. Dianthecia confluens, n. sp., p. 354.
21. Thalpochares trifasciata, n. sp., p. 870.
2. On Halicherus grypus and its Breeding on the Fro
Islands off Throndhjems-fjord in Norway. By Rosert
Cottett, C.M.Z.S.
[Received January 28, 1881.]
In Norway the Grey Seal (Halicherus grypus) is found along
the entire coast-line as far north as Tromsd. Although it is beyond
comparison the most common species of Seal after Phoca vitulina,
it can hardly be called numerous; but here and there are special
places of resort, where they collect together in the autumn for
breeding-purposes. In the most northern parts of the country it is
doubtless rare, although our knowledge of the Seals of those regions
is very limited. It has, however, been observed at Tromsé (69° 30’)
by Professor Lilljeborg ; but no reliable observations have been made
as to its existence in Finmark proper,
One of the principal breeding-places of this Seal is the Fro
Islands, outside the Throndhjems-fjord, a group of small low-lying
islands, stretching about 50 or 60 kilométres from south to north,
at a distance of about 30 or 40 kilometres from the mainland.
Besides eight inhabited islands, the group contains an innumerable
Bist)
F.C Moore del et ith.
NEW ASIATIC LEPIDOPTERA. ?
P Z.S5.1881.P) XXXVI.
F.C Moore delet ith
NEW ASIATIC LEPIDOPTERA.
1881.] MR, R. COLLETT ON THE GREY SEAL. 381
number of islets, many of which are invisible at high tide and in
calm weather; but during stormy weather, and when an onshore
wind is blowing, the sea breaks on them with great fury, making
this part of the sea one of the most perilous along the coast.
Mr. F. Borthen, the sole proprietor of these islands, has with
great readiness on several occasions given me full particulars con-
cerning the stay of the Seals at this group. I have already on
one or two occasions made known the more important details of
these notes (the last time in 18761), without, however, having ex-
amined the specimens themselves, on which account I erroneously
referred them to Phoca barbata, the name under which the speci-
mens from this locality, all of them in their blackish (not grey)
dress, have hitherto been exhibited in our Norwegian museums.
In December last year, after having examined a specimen that Mr.
Borthen had kindly presented to the University’s Museum in Chris-
tiania, I discovered that the species from the Fro Islands is Hali-
cherus grypus, and not Phoca éarbata, a mistake which I have the
greatest reason to regret®. I have carefully gone through the
particulars received from Mr. Borthen with that gentleman, both
verbally and in writing; and as they are in every respect quite re-
liable, and on certain points more complete than any we have
hitherto been acquainted with regarding any other kind of northern
Seal, I give them here, together with observations made in sub-
sequent years.
A. Breeding-habits.
The breeding of H. grypus takes place on the Fro Islands in the
autumn. In the middle of September they begin to assemble rapidly
from the south on the most northern of the Fro Islands in order to
breed, especially about two miles south of the fishing-station Halton,
the most northern point of the group. None appear to come from
the north ; the coast in this direction being less provided with such
sunken rocks and islets as these Seals are in the habit of resorting
to. The next breeding-place to the north of the Fro Islands is
probably on the outer side of the Vigten Islands, a long and pro-
jecting group of islands on the border of Helgeland, about one
degree further north.
The number of Seals belonging to the Fro-Islands breeding-district
1 Lilljeborg, ‘Sveriges och Norges Ryggradsdjur” I. Daggdjuren, p. 701
(Upsala, 1874); Fogh, Liitken, Warming, ‘ Tidsskrift for populare Frem-
stillinger af Naturvidenskaben,’ 5 R. 3 B. p. 14 (Kjobenhavn, 1876); Collett,
‘Bemerkninger til Norges Pattedyrfauna (Nyt Magazin for Naturviden-
skaberne, 22 B. 1 & 2 H. p. 210, Christiania, 1876).
2 In a most exhaustive and excellent work, ‘History of North-American
Pinnipeds’ (Washington, 1880), Dr. Allen has given a monograph of those
species of the families Rosmaridx, Otariide, and Phocide which belong to
the North-American fauna. In this work, in which Dr. Allen with great
critical discernment has reviewed what was previously known through the
observations of different naturalists, he has with good reason expressed some
doubts whether I may not have confused the two above-mentioned species in
the remarks which I haye made in my papers on the subject.
382 MR. R. COLLETT ON THE GREY SEAL. [ Mar. I,
(in which category must be reckoned all those existing from the
Throndhjems-fjord to Christiansund, lat. 64°-63° N.) seareely ex-
ceeds five or six hundred ; and of this number it is probably only the
full-grown ones that frequent the islands in the breeding-season.
The number of Seals was at one time much greater; but the perse-
cutions they are subject to during the summer in the outlying
districts, and especially on the islands along the Romsdal coast, has
caused an apparent dimmution in the number of the breeders.
The greater part give birth to their young in the last week of
September, most usually on the 29th or 30th, or the Ist of October—
some a few days earlier and some later, but never after the middle
of October.
The Seals probably begin to breed at the age of four years, or at
the earliest three years, and give birth to only one young one
annually. The young Seal at its birth is covered with a wool-like
covering, which falls off after the lapse of a fortnight.
The outermost islets and rocks are chosen for breeding-places,
which are mostly rather small, though as a rule large enough not
to be washed over by the waves. If the weather be stormy imme-
diately preceding the time of giving birth, the female always chooses
one of the larger rocks, and generally places her young one
above the highest water-mark, and then takes up her position on
the highest part of the rock. If, on the other hand, the weather
be unusually fine, she is often tempted to place her young one on such
a low-lying rock that, if the weather be stormy whilst it is still in a
weak condition, it is often washed away and perishes.
B. The First Stage of the Young.
Whilst the navel-string yet remains the pup wears a yellowish-
white coat, which, however, loses its colour in the course of the
following days, and assumes about the same hue as the skin of the
Polar Bear. After the lapse of from seven to ten days dark hairs
begin to appear on the tips of the snout and feet; they are first
apparent on the great toes of the fore feet. The colour afterwards
increases in intensity ; and after the lapse of three weeks the young
one has entirely lost its woolly hair. The colour of the new dress
differs from that of the old Seals; but there is a great variety in its
colour among different individuals. Some are light with large dark
patches, others are almost wholly dark green, whilst others again
are almost black, though the belly is almost always lighter in colour
than the back. This variation of colour remains during a great
part of the growth ; and it is only when they are fully grown that
they become more uniform in this respect.
The pups pass the first three weeks of their life on land, until
they have shed their woolly coat, often on exactly the same spot
where they have been born, and pass their time exclusively in
receiving nourishment from the mother and in sleeping. During
this period of their lives they are by no means s0 strictly confined to
the dry place of rest as is the case with the Harp Seal, which, so far
1881.] MR. R. COLLETT ON THE GREY SEAL. 383
as we know, never enters the water voluntarily in its woolly coating ;
for, besides always finding a pleasure in wallowing in the small
freshwater puddles on the rocks, they are often compelled, ‘‘ nolentes
volentes,” to take to the water at this early stage of their existence.
For instance, if a female be often disturbed by man during the days
of breeding, the entire family keeps close to the water's edge,
and the young ones in the yellowish skins, as well as the old ones,
are often to be seen swimming about among the islets; and if the
former have once become accustomed to enter the water at an early
age, they do so voluntarily, and are often splashing about in the
neighbourhood of their native rocks, especially at high tide, whereas
they follow the example of the old ones in remaining on the rocks
at low water.
Heavy hailstorms also drive the pups very early to sea; and they
do not like the thin sheets of ice which cover the small water-pools
after a frosty night.
The females suckle their pups on land, but do not remain with
them long at atime. The suckling probably takes place during the
night, as they are often heard to utter cries at that time, which they
never do in the water. They are also seen regularly suckling their
pups early in the morning. The milk is extremely rich and thick,
and is quite white.
As long as the young one retains its woolly coat and is allowed to
remain undisturbed on its native island, it receives no other nourish-
ment than the maternal milk. If it happen that bad weather or a
heavy sea washes the new-born young one into the water, or if it be
separated from the mother by other means, it nearly always dies, as
it is unable to procure for itself the means of sustenance at that
early period of life; but when they have attained the age of eight
days they are able to stand the change of diet, even though they
become extremely thin for a time. As a rule the young one can
hardly support itself before the age of three weeks, although it can
exist a long time without food, and it rarely dies before all the
blubber with which it is coated has disappeared. In this manner
young ones have been discovered in deep crevices, from which neither
by their own exertions nor with the mother’s assistance have they
been able to free themselves; and, to judge from various circum-
stances, these young ones must have passed about a week and a half
without food, although in order to maintain this fast they must have
been in good condition beforehand.
When the young ones first come into the world they have very
little flesh and hardly any blubber; but they increase very rapidly
(nearly two or three kilogrammes daily), although they receive no
other nourishment than the maternal milk. When a young one
attains the age of three weeks, or the size at which it becomes the
object of chase, it nay contain from 20 to 30 kilogrammes of blubber,
besides 12 to 18 kilogrammes of meat. Extremely fat specimens
have been known to weigh 60 kilogrammes. But this rapid growth
ceases as soon as the moulting process is completed, whereupon the
parents leave it to support itself.
384 MR. R. COLLETT ON THE GREY SEAL. [Mar. 1,
At this point the young ones begin, as it were, a new stage of their
existence. Before the moulting takes place they are very stupid and
wanting in shyness, and seldom attempt to escape at the sight of
human beings; but when they have been left to themselves, and
have once taken to the water, they become quite as cautious as the
old ones. It is the same with those young‘ ones which, as before
mentioned, take to the water for different reasons; their presence of
mind becomes more rapidly developed than in those which remain
quietly on the rocks: although these can sometimes be approached
very closely by boats, and even killed by the blow of an oar, they
are, as a rule, extremely shy.
As soon as the young one has been left to its own resources, and
to look for its own subsistence, it decreases rapidly in weight, and
during the course of the winter often loses all the blubber it has
acquired during the first period of its existence. At the same time
the rapid growth ceases ; so that in the spring it has only increased
a trifle in length, and has hardly acquired any additional weight
since the autumn.
C. Copulation.
Immediately after the birth of the young one, copulation of the
sexes takes place. If the female does not come down into the water
of her own accord, the male goes up on the rock and drives her
down, as the copulation only takes place in the water, during which
they take up the same position as dogs and other four-footed animals.
The female, however, is never entirely submerged, the snout being
constantly kept above water, as is also the case with the male’s
head. Copulation apparently takes place several times.
The Grey Seal lives in a regular state of polygamy, as the strongest
male drives all the younger males away, and lives with several
females. At the same time the number of females one of the stronger
sex can gather together is seldom very considerable, sometimes only
two, and very rarely above four or five. This, however, is very
difficult to arrive at with any degree of certainty, as the animals are
in a constant state of activity during the breeding-time, and both
sexes swim about together withont passing much time on the land,
as is the case with many other Seals. If a breeding-rock be so
small that there is only room for two or three females, there is never
more than one male to be found; but on larger rocks, where females
and young lie beside one another, there are always several males to
be seen, although never in such great numbers as the females. In
the autumn of 1874 one of Mr. Borthen’s seal-hunters found six
young Seals with their respective mothers on a rock with only one
male; this, however, was an unusually large number.
No mutual fidelity exists between the sexes; copulation seems to
take place indiscriminately, whenever an opportunity presents itself
for the male. Ifa single couple have settled down on a rock they
may possibly be faithful to one another for a time, but only until a
more powerful male presents himself and drives the other male
away. Under such circumstances desperate fights ensue, of which
1881.] MR. R. COLLETT ON THE GREY SEAL. 385
the lacerated skins of the animals give ample evidence. Sometimes
great pieces of skin are torn off, especially on the neck and throat.
These conflicts are so frequent that nearly all the older males bear
scars from them, and it becomes difficult, when a specimen is required
for museums &c., to find one perfectly uninjured.
The female on her part appears to be just as eager to accomplish
copulation as the male; and it has often been observed that a male
is sometimes so hard pressed by several females desirous of copula-
tion, that he is compelled to seek refuge on the rocks and take to
the water on the other side in order to get away; this has been
certified by many eye-witnesses. However, there is seldom any
want of males, although it is nearly without exception from among
these that the few full-grown Seals (killed together with the young
ones) are shot. If a family in this manner happens to lose its chief,
a new one soon makes its appearance.
D. Mode of Capture.
From the earliest times the pursuit of the young Seals on the Fro
Islands has commenced on a certain day, namely the 17th or 18th
of October. The young, which are at this date three weeks old and
about to leave the islands, are then in their best condition. If stormy
weather or other reasons shall have delayed the pursuit until over
this period, many young ones are found to have already taken to the
sea, and are then difficult to catch, as they have become quite as shy
and wary as the old ones. Such young ones as are found to be too
small at the catching-time, and are consequently of less value, are
left undisturbed ; and they are often to be found at a later period on
the same spot.
The young ones are killed by a blow on the snout with a wooden
club about two feet in length; the full-grown ones are shot: but
these, as a rule, are spared; and such is always the case with the
females; the young ones which are estimated to have less than
12 kilogrammes of blubber on them also escape. The flesh and
blubber of the young ones is eaten salted by the fishermen, and is
said to taste tolerably well, as the young ones only subsist on the
milk of the mother.
Although the capture is dependent on the state of the weather,
the annual take always amounts to between 50 and 70 young ones.
Some years (e.g. 1880) only half the usual produce is realized,
stormy weather preventing approach to the most frequented places
of resort. At the utmost there are not born more than 100
Seals annually at the breeding-places on the Fro Islands. It is
useless to shoot the larger Seals in the water, as they generally sink
instantaneously ; they must either be shot on the rocks, or, as is
generally the case, in shallow water, whence they can afterwards be
taken up. The young ones always float when killed, except when
they are very lean’.
* At Melé and Treenen, in Nordland, where the capture of Seals is also
carried on during the breeding-time in the autumn, the sealers are accustomed
to steal on the animals whilst asleep and deal them a stunning blow with a
386 MR. R. COLLETT ON THE GREY SEAL. [ Mar. 1,
E. General Remarks.
A full-grown male Grey Seal weighs from 250 to 290 kilogrammes,
and contaims blubber of the weight of 70 or 80 kilogrammes, a few
extremely large ones perhaps reaching 100 kilogrammes. The
females weigh from 180 to 250 kilogrammes; as a rule about 220.
During the pairing-time the males lose from 50 to 70 kilogrammes.
The female, the blubber of which, so to speak, is transferred through
the milk to the pups, loses somewhat less, or from 30 to 50 kilo-
grammes. They do not regain their good condition before the
summer, when they rapidly begin to fatten, and in the beginning of
August acquire their greatest fatness, at which time they are also
most shy.
As soon as the pairing-time is over, and the young ones have
taken to the sea, they assemble in small herds and leave the breeding-
places, and gather about the outermost rocks to pass the winter ;
they never show themselves between the inmost islands. During the
spring and early summer they lie together on certain rocks in such
great numbers that the rocks are quite covered, and sometimes one sees
the same rock covered for several daysrunning. During the summer
they principally take to the rocks at. sunset, when the tide is falling,
and remain there all night growling and crying, their numbers
always increasing. At high tide the sea again washes them; but
a few climb so high up that the sea cannot reach them, and these
may often be observed lying over until the next high tide, perhaps
longer.
During the winter they are more seldom to be seen on shore than
at other seasons, as the sea continuously breaks over the rocks
where they repose.
Smell is the most developed of their senses ; and it is of little use
to endeavour to approach a Seal in the same direction as the wind
blews. On the other hand, it has less reliance on its powers of sight
whilst above the water, as its powers of vision are principally adapted
for use under water. Seals are, on the whole, very shy and careful,
especially when they notice that they are being followed. They very
often, however, come close up to a boat and swim about, regarding
every thing with great curiosity. During the pairing-time, and also
at other periods, the males may be drawn near by mimicking their
cry.
They sleep both on the land and in the sea, in the latter only
when there is a feeling of insecurity. During sleep the Seal holds
the upper part of its head above the surface of the water. It
never makes any show of resistance when it can escape, and never
defends its young. With its long extremities it can move itself ver
rapidly, in spite of its clumsy build, and better than the other
northern Seals. In case of danger, when the locality does not pre-
sent too many obstacles, it ean get away so rapidly that considerable
club-like stick on the naked row of teeth (the upper lip being generally drawn
up whilst asleep), and then to stick them with a knife. Guns are only used in
case of need, so as not to disturb the others.
1881.] MR. R. B. SHARPE ON RHIPIDURA PREISSI. 387
exertions are necessary to catch it, although its movements are in
themselves extremely clumsy.
F. Food.
The food of the Seals on the Fro Islands seems to be principally
fish ; Halibut (Hippoglossus vulgaris) appears to be a delicacy to
them. As a proof that they fetch their food from a considerable
depth, it is related that a few years ago a young one was found
caught by one of the hooks of a fishing-line that was placed at a
depth of between 70 and 80 fathoms on the outer side of one of the
islands. Grey Seals have several times been seen to come up to the
surface with Lings (Molva vulgaris), and other deep-water fishes in
their mouths, such fishes being seldom or never found at a less depth
than between 60 and 70 fathoms.
There has never been any success with attempts made to rear
young Grey Seals in confinement, although it has been tried several
times on the Fro Islands.
3. A Note on Rhipidura preissi, Cab. By R. Bowptur
‘Suarre, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &c., Senior Assistant, Depart-
ment of Zoology, British Museum.
[Received February 23, 1881.] ‘
When I wrote the fourth volume of the ‘ Catalogue of Birds’ I
was unable to say any thing about the Fantail Flycatcher of Western
Australia (Rhipidura preissi), as no specimen existed at that time
in any English collection, nor had it been figured by Gould in his
Supplement to the ‘ Birds of Australia.’ In fact, since it was de-
scribed in 1850 by Dr. Cabanis, I believe that nothing whatever
has been written concerning the species. I was pleased, therefore,
on visiting Birmingham last November, to find an interesting collec-
tion of birds in that town in the possession of Mr. Walter Chamber-
lain, who obtained all his specimens himself during his travels in
the Australian and Indian regions. Amongst other rarities, he had
an example of Rhipidura preissi, shot in King George’s Sound in
Western Australia; and he very kindly responded to my request to
lend me the specimen.
I find that, as stated by Dr. Cabanis, the species is very closely
allied to R. albiscapa, but is more slaty brown, and differs in the
grey spot on the throat, which is much lighter than in R. pedzeini,
with which species I at one time supposed it might be identical. It
seems to me to be a good species, if indeed any of these white-
- shafted Fantails are really worthy of specitic rank; I think that
they are rather races of one species, varying with locality.
The following is a description of Mr. Chamberlain’s specimen :—
388 MR. R. B. SHARPE ON RHIPIDURA PREISSI. [ Mar. 1,
RHIPIDURA PREISSI.
Rhipidura preissi, Cab. Mus. Hein. Th. i. p. 57 (1850) ; Gould,
Handb. B. Austr. i. p. 240 (1865); Gray, Hand-l. B. i. p. 331, no.
4972 (1869) ; Ramsay, Pr. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. ii. p. 182 (1878) ;
Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv. p. 310, note (1879).
Adult. General colour above slaty brown, the head scarcely
darker than the back ; wing-coverts like the back, the greater series
rather browner, and tipped with white like the median series, so as
to form a double wing-bar ; primary-coverts and quills brown, the
inner secondaries externally bordered with white; tail-feathers brown,
the two centre ones black-shafted, the others with white shafts and
tipped with white, which extends down the inner web from the tip,
increasing in extent towards the outermost, which has the outer web
entirely white ; lores, sides of face, and ear-coverts blackish, with
a faint indication of a whitish streak over the fore part of the eye ;
throat whitish ; remainder of under surface light ochraceous buff,
becoming dull white on the under tail-coverts ; the sides of the breast
and the lower throat and fore neck ashy grey, the latter streaked
with the same colour as the breast ; under wing-coverts white, dusky
internally ; quills dusky brown below, lighter along the edge of the
inner web. Total-length 5:4 inches, culmen 0°3, wing 2°7, tail 3°25,
tarsus 0°65.
On looking over my ‘‘ Key to the Species” of these white-shafted
Fantails, I am not quite satisfied with their arrangement, and would
modify the characters given on pp. 303 and 304 of the Catalogue,
as follows :—
a. Three or more outer tail-feathers with entirely white or
creamy-white shafts. ;
a'. Guan tail-feathers with white shafts like the others......... {5 abelia are
b'. Two centre tail-feathers with brown shafts, the rest with ba
white ones.
a". Breast not scaly, 2. e. not mottled with dark centres to the
feathers, but uniform ochraceous buff; throat white, with
a patch of black or dull grey on the lower portion.
a . Outer web of external tail-feathers pure white for its
whole extent. Pee
We Uhroap-pauch black | adspuneapsacmaseonsterras cine dereebasedes fete: oh ;
6*, Throat-patch grey, the fore neck also grey, streaked
with ochraceous buff like the rest of the under sur-
PEC cichrasiga vse taeceice skece mec aire mmeiees amelie tact eet epi preissi.
b'", Outer web of external tail-feathers dull white, brownish
dowardetibe tip! Mi cdsscceccacesseteseessamesiciasecshcassiesa sas pelzelni.
e'’”, Outer web of external tail-feathers smoky brown, as
also the tips to all the tail-feathers............:..:eseeenes brenchleyi.
1881. | MR. G. E. DOBSON ON THE ERINACEIDE. 389
4. Notes on the Anatomy of the Erinaceide.
By G. E. Dosson, M.A., M.B., &c.
[Received February 21, 1881.]
In entering upon the study of the Insectivora’, the species of the
family Erinaceidee recommend themselves as the primary objects for
examination, not only on account of their comparatively large size,
but also by their remarkably central position with respect to the
other species of the Order.
Experience in dealing with the natural history of another mam-
malian order, the Chiroptera, has specially impressed upon the
writer the great importance of investigating, as far as possible, the
internal structure of the leading forms before attempting to classify
the species according to their natural affinities. He therefore pur-
poses, in treating of the natural history of each family of Insectivora,
to preface the systematic part of the work with an account of the
anatomy of the principal species’.
The family Erinaceidee comprises two genera only, Gymnura and
Erinaceus: the latter is represented by several species, inhabiting
chiefly the temperate and subtropical parts of the Palearctic,
Ethiopian, and Oriental regions; the former by a single species,
which is apparently limited to the Indo-Malayan subregion.
With the exception of a few scattered notices, all imperfect and
many incorrect, and referring only to the common European Hedge-
hog, no account has hitherto been published of the anatomy of the
species of this family.
The genus Gymnura is represented by a single species, G. rafflesii,
inhabiting Southern Burma, Sumatra, Java, and Borneo, hitherto
known only from a few more or less imperfect skeletons and some
dried skins. Lately, however, a very perfect skeleton has been
added to the collection of the British Museum; and Mr. W. T.
Blanford, F.R.S., has placed in the writer’s hands for examination
a specimen of an adult female*, well preserved in alcohol, which
was obtained by Mr. Davison at Bankastin, in Southern Tenas-
serim.
1 The following notes on the anatomy of the species of the family Erinaceidxs
are extracted from the MS. of the first part of a Systematic and Anatomical
Treatise on the Order Insectiyora, which the writer is about to publish as a
separate work.
? For the material which has formed the basis of this paper the especial
thanks of the writer are due to Mr. W. T. Blanford, F.R.S., who placed his
excellent collection of the species of Asiatic Erinaceide at his disposal; to
Prof. W. H. Flower, F.R.S., Conservator of the Hunterian Museum; to Dr.
Gimther, F.R.S., Keeper of the Zoological Department of the British Museum ;
and to Monsieur Fernand Lataste, President of the Zoological Society of France,
who forwarded for examination the valuable specimens of Insectivora collected
by him in Algeria.
3 Described in Mr. Blanford’s paper ‘On some Mammals from Tenasserim,”
in Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, xlvii. part ii. 1878, p. 150.
390 MR. G. E. DOBSON ON THE [Mar. 1,
The following points in the osteology of this very remarkable
form are especially worthy of notice’ :—
The vertebral column is made up of 7 cervical, 15 dorsal, 6
lumbar, 7 sacro-coccygeal, and 23 caudal vertebree. All the spinous
processes, from the axis backwards to the last sacro-coccygeal
vertebra, are well developed ; that of the axis is enormous, flattened
laterally, and antero-posteriorly expanded ; the second dorsal spine
is greatly elongated; the ten anterior dorsal spines are narrowed
towards their extremities; the succeeding spines have their extre-
mities progressively antero-posteriorly expanded and _ laterally
flattened, merging into the shape of the lumbar spines, which are
nearly as broad at their apices as at their bases. The four anterior
cervical vertebree develop spines (hypapophyses) from the centre of
the ventral surface of the body of each, that of the axis being most
prominent ; the inferior lamelle of the transverse processes of the
sixth cervical vertebra are enormously expanded antero-posteriorly,
like the spine of the axis; inferior lamelle# are also developed in
the fifth, fourth, and third cervical vertebra, but they are very
much smaller. The first lumbar vertebra develops a small postero-
externally directed transverse process; the remaining five vertebra
have long antero-externally directed falciform transverse processes
many times larger and quite differently shaped; these are succeeded
by seven sacro-coccygeal vertebre, whereof the first two are arti-
culated with the iliac bones. The first caudal vertebra is distin-
guished, not only by the absence of spinous and articular processes,
but also by the want of the chevron bones, which are attached to all
the succeeding vertebrae except the terminal two or three: these
bones are bifid, and consist of a pair of cylindrical splint-like bones
attached by the middle, one on each side, to the infero-lateral
surface of the body of each vertebra at its posterior margin, so that
half of each bone projects horizontally backwards over the succeed-
ing vertebra; the metapophyses and transverse processes of most
of the caudal vertebree are well developed, and diminish in length
progressively backwards.
There are fifteen pairs of ribs; and the thorax is very capacious.
Sternum narrow, not keeled; the mesosternum consists of five
segments; the xiphisternum is remarkably long and spatulate,
terminating in an expanded cartilage, and very like that in Sori-
cidze.
The pelvic opening is remarkably long and narrow, its width
between the acetabula being but one ninth its long diameter; the
symphysis pubis extremely weak, the conjoined rami of the pubis
and ischium forming an angular projection, which merely touches
the corresponding projection of the opposite side.
Humerus well developed, with a supracondylar foramen and a
large supratrochlear perforation. Carpus of seven bones, no os
centrale; the scaphoid and lunar bones are evidently separate in the
1 In Mr. Mivart’s paper “‘ On the Osteology of the Insectivora” (Journ, Anat.
Phys. i. pp. 281-312), owing to want of material, the author has touched but
eursorily (with the exception of the skull) on the skeleton of this species.
1881. | ANATOMY OF THE ERINACEIDA. 391
young, but in old animals united, the line of union, however, re-
maining distinct.
The greater and lesser trochanters of the femur are very large ;
and there is a strongly convex ridge immediately below the greater
trochanter, representing a third trochanter.
In the teeth the form of the crowns of the first and second
molars is especially noticeable: each has five conical cusps—one at
each angle, the inner pair nearly as large as the outer, the fifth
near the centre of the tooth, connected by an oblique ridge with
the bases of the antero- and postero-internal cusps, and separated
from both the external cusps (in the unworn tooth) by a deep
groove’ (fig. 1).
Crown of first upper molar (right side) of Gymnura rafflesii.
Several very interesting points are noticeable in the myology of
this species. The panniculus carnosus is thin, and consists chiefly
of two pairs of extensive muscles, lining the skin between the an-
terior limbs and the base of the tail. These two, m. humero-dorsales
and humero-abdominales, arise separately from the humerus behind
the attachment of the great pectoral muscle, and, passing respec-
tively backwards and upwards and backwards and downwards, soon
become attached to and spread out over the internal surface of the
integument covering the back and sides behind the scapule, and the
sides and the abdomen behind the umbilicus; the dorsal pair are
inserted into the upper surface and sides of the base of the tail, the
abdominal into the under surface and sides of the same part. Added
to these, other cutaneous muscles line the integument in front of
the fore limbs. Of these the chief are the sterno-faciales, a broad
muscular aponeurosis extending upwards on either side of the neck
and head from a raphe occupying the centre line of the neck
beneath, and connected posteriorly by two pairs of small oblique
muscles with the sternum.
The facial muscles are well developed. Zygomaticus major and
minor arise from the root of the zygomatic arch; and above them
a pair of similar but smaller muscles, the Jevatores ale nasi (inferior
and superior) have their origin from the space between the root of
1 Tt is especially necessary to examine the crowns of unworn teeth to see
the central fifth cusp and this groove separating it from the postero-external
cusp ; for in most specimens the central cusp is found worn down, and its base
as well as that of the postero-external cusp spread out so as to obliterate
wholly or in part the intervening groove; the base of the central cusp then
appears as a prolongation of the ridge which, as described above, unites it with
the antero-internal cusp.
392 MR. G. E. DOBSON ON THE [ Mar. 1,
the zygoma and the margin of the orbit. All four muscles form
very long and slender tendons, which pass forward horizontally
parallel to one another, to be inserted respectively into the upper
lip, slightly in front of the first upper incisor, into the extremity of
the nose below the nasal orifice, into the middle of the alee nasi,
and into the extremity of the nose above the nasal orifice. Between
the origins of the zygomaticus major and minor arises another
muscle, the levator labii superioris et erector vibrissarum, which
passes directly forwards between the tendons of these muscles, and
terminates in a mass of muscular fibres which invest the bases of
the remarkably long vibrissze which spring from the sides of the
muzzle, and is also connected with the orbicularis oris beneath,
The levator labii superioris proprius is well developed, arising from
the maxillary bone above, and in front of the infraorbital foramen,
forming a strong tendon, which, united over the extremity of the
muzzle with the tendon of the corresponding muscle of the opposite
side (as in Eguus), is inserted with it into the upper lip below the
nasal orifices.
The temporal muscle is remarkable for its great size and peculiar
development. It arises by three heads, which are all inserted into
the coronoid process :—
I. From the greatly developed occipital crest and surface of the
parietal bones, in the usual position of origin, inserted into the
superior and anterior margin of the coronoid process.
II. From the mastoid process, root and upper margin of the
zygoma along its posterior two thirds, the fibres curve upwards,
forwards, and downwards, forming a semicircular muscular mass
above the zygoma on the side of the head, lying against the tem-
poral muscle proper; inserted into the outer side of the coronoid
process near its base.
III. From the inner side of the posterior two thirds of the
zygomatic arch a mass of muscular fibres arises, which, curving
forwards, is inserted into the postero-external margin of the upper
half of the coronoid process.
We have thus a series of muscular structures having an exceed-
ingly extended origin, and of great relative development, attached to
the much-expanded coronoid process of the mandible, supplying the
force needed to move such greatly extended jaws; for, probably, in
no other mammal are these so much developed in comparison with
the size of the animal.
Not less remarkable in its development is the digastric. This
muscle ‘arises normally; but at the point where the tendinous in-
tersection occurs (nearly opposite the hyoid bone) it splits into
two laminee: one, superficial and external, continues forward in
the usual direction of the muscle; the other, transverse, is di-
rected inwards, and slightly forwards, its posterior free tendinous
margin being a direct continuation of the tendinous intersection
of the muscle, which unites in the middle line in front of the
hyoid bone with that of the corresponding muscle of the opposite
side, forming a tendinous raphe, from which the united muscles are
1881.) ANATOMY OF THE ERINACEIDA. 393
continued forwards between the rami of the mandible, concealing
the greater part of the mylo-hyoid muscles (which are very thin,
and do not extend beyond the middle of the intermandibular space),
and are inserted laterally (under cover of and united at their insertion
with the superficial laminse, but extending anteriorly for a short.
distance beyond them) into the sides of the jaws.
This peculiar development of the digastric has been described as
an anomaly in man, but is known as a normal condition in Chiromys
madagascariensis and in some other Primates’. The writer has
found it well marked in certain species of Chiroptera, as in Hpomo-
phorus macrocephalus and E. minor, where, although the united
internal lamine of the muscles extend as far backwards as to cover
the hyoid bone, there is no connexion with it, It is especially
noticeable in this case that the tendinous intersection is vertical, or
nearly so, corresponding to the position of the posterior margin of
the united muscles, as the oblique intersection in G. rafflesit corre-
sponds to the more anterior position of the posterior margin of the
same muscles in the latter species ; and we may reasonably conclude
that the tendinous intersection of the digastric, wherever met with
in Mammalia—whether as a true tendon, as in the Primates, or asa
mere tendinous inscription, as in many species of Chiroptera and of
Insectivora—-has primarily originated as the origin of a tendinous
posterior raphé, such as we find in Gymnura rafflesii*.
The sterno-mastoids and cleido-mastoids are large, and, except at
their insertions, separate; the cleido-occipital is united for a con-
siderable distance with the ¢rapezius, and really appears to be part
of that muscle inserted into the clavicle. The omo-hyoid is well
developed, and has the usual origin and insertion. Levator scapule,
from the transverse process and anterior arch of the atlas, is inserted
into the extremity of the outer bifurcation of the acromion, super-
ficial to the insertion of the trapezius, to the surface of which its
posterior and upper margin is attached. The ¢rapezius is double.
Its occipital and cervical portion is well developed, arising from the
inner three fourths of the occipital crest, from the centre line of the
neck, and from one or two dorsal spines. Some of the anterior fibres
separate about the middle of the neck to form the c/eido-occipital
(or is the cleido-occipital united at this point with the trapezius?) ;
the remaining fibres are inserted into the spine of the scapula from
the acromion to its posterior root. The posterior (rapezius arises
from the last five or six dorsal vertebree, and is inserted into the
posterior third of the spine of the scapula.
The rhomboideus anticus has the same origin as the trapezius, with
the addition of three or four dorsal spines; it is folded at its in-
sertion into the posterior margin of the scapula. Lhomboideus
posticus is a small flat muscle, which passes from the spines of the
fourth, fifth, and sixth dorsal vertebree to the internal surface of the
middle of the posterior margin of the scapula beneath the 7. major.
1 Owen, Comp. Anat. iii. p. 53.
2 On this subject see my paper “On the Tendinous Intersection of the
Digastric,” Proce. Roy. Soe. March 51, L881.
Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1881, No. XXVI. 26
394 MR. G. E. DOBSON ON THE [ Mar. I,
Serratus posticus is very largely developed; it arises by an
aponeurosis from the posterior third of the ligamentum nuche, from
the first two or three dorsal spines, and from the fascia of the back,
and is inserted into all the ribs with the exception of the first three.
Serratus magnus is also very large, consisting of a cervical and a
thoracic portion, the former the united levator anguli scapule.
There is no distinct splenius colli. The trachelo-mastoid is large,
arising by a thin muscular aponeurosis from the anterior three or
four dorsal transverse processes in close connexion with the origin of
the ¢ransversalis cervicis, also from the sixth, fifth, and fourth
cervical transverse processes, and converges to form a short tendon
which is inserted into the mastoid process.
Complexus tertius, from the articular processes of the sixth to
the third cervical vertebre, isin intimate connexion with the attach-
ment of the compleaus major, which lies internal to it, and is
inserted into the extremity of the transverse process of the atlas.
Scalenus medius et posticus are united, forming a large muscular
mass, which arises trom the transverse processes of the cervical
vertebre above the brachial plexus which separates it from the
longus colli. The longus colli appears to commence from the body
ot the seventh dorsal vertebra (but small muscular fibres may be
traced from the body of one vertebra to the other as far back as the
diaphragm), and passes forwards from the body of one to the inferior
lamelle of the transverse process cf the next, until it finally ter-
minates at the atlas.
Reetus abdominis et sternalis is well developed throughout its
whole length, extending from the first rib to the pelvic bones. The
attacbment of this pair of muscles to the latter is very peculiar,
namely by four interlaced fleshy tendons; the left rectus divides
about midway between the umbilicus and the symphysis pubis into
a pair of fleshy tendons, which are directed backwards and outwards
towards the right pubic bone, and go between a corresponding pair
from the right rectus, passing towards the left pubic bone in such a
manner that the internal division of the left rectus is superficial. This
division is narrower than the others, and tendinous at its insertion.
This interlacement of the tendons of the recti forms a powerful
support to the weak and narrow symphysis of the pubic bones, which
must be separated at the time of parturition, as the extremely narrow
diameter of the pelvis (referred to above, p. 390) is evidently quite
insufficient to admit of the passage of the foetus. It would also
effectually prevent rupture of the abdominal walls in a vertical
direction when the symphysis is widely separated, and ensure re-
apposition of the pubic bones. ;
There are no distinct linee transverse ; the obliqui externi unite
muscularly along the middle line between the sternum and the
umbilicus; the obligui interni are exceedingly thin and aponeurotic,
which is also the condition of the former muscles behind the um-
bilicus, their places as supporters of the abdominal walls being
evidently taken to a great extent by the cutaneous muscles, the
humero-abdominales, and by the recti.
1881. | ANATOMY OF THE ERINACEIDA. 395
Of the muscles which are attached to the humerus, the datissimus
dorsi is well developed ; it is inserted, as usual, in connexion with
the ¢eres major, and gives off near its insertion a broad but thin
dorso-epitrochlearis, which arises from its lower margin by a ten-
dinous aponeurosis.
Pectoralis major is extensive in its origin. It is divisible into
elavicular and sternal portions, the former from the outer half of the
clavicle ; the latter, from the sternum and the cartilages of the ribs, is
again divided into an anterior and posterior part. The former is
narrow, arising from the sternum at its anterior extremity, and from
a raphé common to it and its fellow of the opposite side, which
extends beyond the sternum, covering the origins of the sterno-
mastoid muscles ; each muscle passes directly outwards to its inser-
tion into the humerus. The latter, or posterior part, is by far the
largest, arising from the whole length of the sternum behind the
preceding, from the sternal extremities of the costal cartilages, and
trom fascia connected with the sheath of the rectus; the muscular
mass thus formed divides into four fasciculi, two superficial and two
deep: the former are inserted into the middle third of the humerus ;
of the latter the anterior or smaller fasiculus (m. sterno-clavi-
cularis) is inserted into the greater part of the outer third of the
clavicle, the posterior or larger into the greater tuberosity and
neck of the humerus.
The peculiar anomaly of the same muscle being inserted into and
also arising from the same bone, suggests whether the so-called
clavicular part of the great pectoral should not be considered a
separate muscle, which might be termed claviculo-humeralis.
The very complete separation of the anterior division of the sternal
part of the muscle from the other parts, and the united origins of
the muscles of the opposite sides which compose this part, and
which extend for a considerable distance beyond the anterior extre-
mity of the sternum, recall the well-known similar conditions in
Lalpa.
The teres major is well developed; but there is no. trace of a
teres minor. The triceps is enormous in comparison with the size of
the animal; it arises by three heads, a scapular and two humeral.
The diceps arises by a single head from the scapula above the glenoid
cavity, and is inserted into the u/na; the brachialis anticus, on the
other hand, is inserted into the vadius. There is no trace of either
coraco-brachialis longus ov brevis.
Of the forearm-muscles the supinator longus is absent, the supi-
nator brevis present but very small; the pronator radii teres is
inserted by a broad muscular expausion into the middle part of the
lower third of the radius; the extensor digitorum communis and the
extensor minimi digiti are united in the arm, the muscular mass
dividing into two tendons, which cross the carpus, the smaller of
these representing the tendon of the latter muscle, being distributed
by slips to the fitth and fourth digits; the larger divides into four,
which are distributed to the three middle toes. The ewtensor
secundi internodii pollicis et extensor indicis is small, arising by a
26*
396 MR. G. E. DOBSON ON THE [ Mar. 1,
few muscular fibres from the interosseous ligament and adjoining
surfaces of the ulna and radius.
The palmaris longus arises in common with the flevor carpi
ulnaris aud flecor digitorum sublimis, and forms a thin flat tendon
which, passing down alongside and internal to that of the former
muscle, is inserted into the palmar fascia. The flexor digitorum
sublimis arises as above described, and is also connected with the
origin of the pronator radii teres and the flevor digitorum profun-
dus, and divides in the manus into three tendons for the three
middle toes. Hlewor digitorum profundus arises by five heads, which
unite into a common tendon, which in the manus divides into tendons
for each of the five toes. There are four /umbricales, inserted re-
spectively into the inner sides of the bases of the first phalanges of
the four outer toes.
Of the muscles attached to the hind limbs the psoas magnus and
psoas parvus are both well developed and nearly equal in size.
Their tendons, passing backwards, unite with the outer and inner
sides respectively of the fleshy tendon of the i/iacus, and are, with it,
inserted into the lesser trochanter.
The guadratus lumborum is remarkable for its rudimentary form
and interrupted connections. It arises as a small bundle of
muscular fibres from the side of the fifteenth dorsal vertebra, and
from the surface of part of the last intercostal muscle, forms four
slender tendons, which are attached respectively to the tips of the
long transverse processes of tlie second to the fifth lumbar vertebra ;
the tip of the sixth vertebra receives its tendon from a separate
bundle of muscular fibres, which are attached to the inferior surface
of the fourth transverse process; and other fibres, arising from
the posterior margin and inferior surface of the fifth transverse
process, pass backwards to the erest of the ilium, a large part uniting
with the zliaeus muscle. ‘Thus the four muscles, the psoas mugnus
and p. parvus, the quadratus lumborum and the tiaeus, may all be
said to be the same muscle, having various origins but the same
insertion. This muscle may be considered a differentiated inter-
costal’, to which the name m. cos/o-ileo-femoralis might. be applied.
The sartorius is represented by a muscular aponeurosis, which
covers the muscles on the inner side of the thigh connected with the
fascia covering the tliacus muscle, and more internally with the
pectineal eminence by a slender muscle which arises therefrom, in-
serted along the prominent ridge on the anterior surface of the
tibia. The semitendinosus is also peculiar in its counections. It
arises partly from the tuder ischii, and partly from a dense tendinous
aponeurosis attached across the upper surface and sides of the tail, by
which it is connected with the corresponding muscle of the opposite
side. It consists of two laminz, which unite and again divide; the
outer division, smaller, passes outside the leg, and, becoming united
with the lower margin of the diceps flexor cruris, is inserted with it
into the tibial ridge; the inner, the m. semitendinosus proper, is
inserted into the inner side of the same ridge. The leg, there-
' See Dr. Gadow’s paper in Morpholog. Jahrbuch, 1881, pp. 57-100.
1831.] ANATOMY OF THE ERINACEIDE. 397
fore, is enclosed in a sling formed by the two divisions of this
muscle.
The soleus is well developed, but arises by a short tendon from
the head of the fibula only. Zxtensor hallucis longus, from the
middle of the tibia beneath the large ¢idialis posticus, is very small ;
but the extensor digitorum longus, woich arises by a tendon from
the external condyle of the femur, is moderately developed. The
peroneit muscles arise together from the head of the fibula, but
divide at once into the p. brevis, longus, and quinti digiti; the
tendons of the latter are inserted into the distal phalanges of the
fourth and fifth toes respectively.
The plantaris is well developed, arising by two heads from the
external condyle. Its tendon becomes at the heel superficial to that
of the tendo Achillis, over the insertion of which it glides, and,
passing into the sole of the foot, gives origin altogether to the flevor
digitorum brevis, and becomes connected with the plantar fascia.
The flexor digitorum longus and flexor hallucis longus are insepa-
rably united.
The ¢idialis posticus is represented by two separate muscles, one
having its origin from the tibia, the other from the fibula, and which
may therefore be described as the internal and external divisions of
this muscle. The latter, the tibialis posticus exrternus, is very
slender ; arising from the head of the fibula internally, it forms
a long and slender tendon, which, passing down on the inner side
of the tibia with the tendon of the external division, is inserted
into the scaphoid bone. The internal division, ¢ibialis posticus
internus, is much larger; arising from the head of the tibia, and
trom half the length of the bone by a fascial aponeurosis, it forms
also a long tendon, which extends along the side of the foot between
the integument and the plantar fascia, and, spreading out, is inserted
round the base of the central callosity of the integument.
It is remarkable that the first described of these muscles has the
insertion usually observed in the ¢ibialis posticus of other mammals,
while the latter has the origin of that muscle, but not its insertion.
The action of this latter muscle is evidently to fix the central cal-
losity of the sole of the foot, and so assist progression on smooth or
inclined surfaces.
Flexor digitorum brevis arises, as above described, from the tendon
of the plantaris, and is not connected with the os calcis; it divides
into five flat tendons, which form the perforated tendons for the five
toes. The flexor accessorius is well developed; arising from behind
the prominent bony tubercle on the os calcis which supports the
tendon of the peroneus longus, it is inserted obliquely into the
outer side of the flexor digitorum longus tendon, opposite the base
of the fifth metatarsal bone. There are, as in the manus, four /um-
bricales for the four outer toes, and with similar attachments,
The palate is marked by eleven ridges, all simple and undivided ;
the first corresponds to the space between the first and second in-
cisors, the second to the canines and first premolars, the third to
the second premolars, the fourth to the third premolars, The ton-
398 MR.G.E. DOBSON ON THE , [ Mar. 1,
sils consist each of a deep oval depression with raised edges, partly
concealed by a membranous fold in front, so that the opening of the
depression is directed backwards towards the pharynx. Tongue
moderately long and obtusely pointed, soft and flexible, covered all
over with fine trifid papillse, each consisting of a long central filiform
papilla having a shorter and more slender papilla at either side ;
Pigs 2:
Stomach of Hrinaccus europeus.
fungiform papillae few but conspicuous; circumvallate papille two
only, very large, elongated, in deep oval pits placed obliquely at the
back of the tongue; beneath, close to the symphysis menti, at the
anterior extremity’ of the floor of the mouth, are a pair of long
pointed papilla, at the bases of which the apertures of the ducts of
the submaxillary glands open. ‘The latter are rather small, con-
sisting each of a small anterior and a large posterior lobe; the duct,
passing between the digastric muscle and the ramus of the mandible,
1881.] ANATOMY OF THE ERINACEIDA, 399
and curving forwards, under cover of the mylo-hyoid and genio-
hyoglossus muscles, passes along under the mucous membrane of the
floor of the mouth, opening at the base of the above-noticed papilla.
In the specimen examined there was no trace of sublingual glands.
The parotids are larger than the submaxillaries, but very similar to
them in structure.
The stomach (fig. 2) resembles that of man in general outline;
the cesophagus enters it by a narrow orifice far removed from the
pylorus. The cardiac portion has the mucous membrane thrown
into very deep rugee, which extend from the entrance of the ceso-
Liver of Hrinaceus europeus.
phagus. The intestinal canal is about six times the length of the
head and body, of nearly the same calibre throughout, without
czecum, and suspended typically in the mesentery. The Jiver (fig. 4)
is wide and deeply divided into lobes; the spigelian lobe bifid, the
caudate very long, divided at its posterior extremity by the deep
renal fossa; umbilical and cystic fissures well marked; the gall-
bladder large and pyriform, projecting considerably beyond the
margin of the right central lobe, on which it is placed.
The lungs (fig. 6) are large and deeply divided into lobes, the
right lung into three, the fissures extending to the root of the lung,
the left into two nearly equal lobes; the azygos lobe well developed
and pyramidal in outline.
400 MR. G. E. DOBSON ON THE [ Mar. I,
Bladder small, pyriform, the ureters opening by longitudinal
slits close to the neck, and three fourths of an inch from the ex-
tremity of the urethra in the female.
Lungs of Hrinaceus europeus, half nat. size.
The uterus! is almost double, the cornua uteri extending nearly
to the os uteri; and there is no true corpus uteri. In both speci-
mens examined there was found a peculiar fleshy hood, extending
‘ Both specimens of this species examined were females; the writer has not
yet had an opportunity of dissecting a male.
1881.] ANATOMY OF THE ERINACEID&. 401
over the os uteri, the lateral opening of which at first appeared to
be the os (see fig. 8); on dividing this the true os was found to
have been concealed in its deep recess. The ovaries are botryoidal,
and enclosed in peritoneal sacs.
Uterus and vagina of Erinaceus europeus (horizontal section).
On either side of the rectum a large preanal gland, about the size
of half a walnut, is found, invested externally with circularly dis-
posed muscular fibres, and its cavity lined internally with a glan-
dular membrane having several deep lacune, and filled with a large
quantity of a friable brown substance. The openings of these glands
are small and circular, placed immediately in front of the anterior
margin of the anus.
402 MR. G. E. DOBSON ON THE [ Mar. 1,
Genus Ertnacevus, L.
In the form of the head and body all the known species agree
together remarkably closely ; and, as might be expected, the anatomy
of these parts is much the same throughout the species; but the
limbs, being nearly free from the great panniculus carnosus (which
as it were moulds the shape of the parts included within it), vary
very considerably in form and relative length of parts; and this
variability is accompanied by differences in their internal structure
not less remarkable than have been observed between the species of
some other genera of Mammalia less closely allied by general ex-
ternal similarity of form.
The anatomy of the following twelve species has been examined
by the writer :—
. E. europeus, L.
. &. concolor, Martin.
. £. algirus, Duvernoy.
. EH. deserti, Loche.
. E, macracanthus, Blanford.
. E. diadematus, Witt.
. E. heterodactylus, Sund.
. HB. micropus, Blyth.
. FL. pictus, Stoliezka.
. #. grayti, Benett.
. #. blanfordi, Anderson.
. EH. niger, Blanford.
Palearctic Region .
|
L
Ethiopian Region. . {
[
Oriental Region ..<
|
\
NOK COON AO hLWON
These species sufficiently represent the genus ; other known forms
will be found to be closely related to one or other of them.
With the exception of the head and tail, the skeleton of any species
of Erinaceus (for all resemble one another closely) resembles that
of Gymnura with all the processes of the vertebra shortened and
the prominences of the other bones rounded off. The form of the
skull differs considerably: it is altogether shorter and broader than
in that genus; the brain-case is comparatively more capacious, and
the occipital crest much less developed. In other respects, however,
there is much similarity ; and the dentition is evidently but a modi-
fied form of that of Gymnura. If the dental formula of the latter
be represented as follows :—
» 3—3 1—1 4—4 3—3
Oe gp Ge fae i gee ts za 44 teeth,
then that of Hrinaceus is
20323 Til Bees 2=5
i. SS) C. joys PM. 5a mM. 5-3=36 teeth.
By modifying the usual manner of writing the dental formula,
the homologies‘ of the teeth of the latter with those of the former
genus may be thus graphically expressed :—
1 As determined by the writer on grounds which are fully stated in the
work referred to in note to p. 589.
1881. ] ANATOMY OF THE ERINACEIDE. 403
Gymnura.
. 6=(204242) , V=(d4+d) S=(MB+2/ +2) = (DBO)
* Goa +o p20) “ 2=(a pay P™ B= (Qe LF 429 42K” G=(Bi FB 2K"
Erinaceus.
j B= Qa+B+2) | 2=(d+d) 6=(2F+29+2h) 6=(2+2/+2K)
*G=Qa' 420)? “ 9=(a ap P™ gz(ap pony)? ™* CHF FOR
Skull of #. blanfordi',
1 These drawings show how remarkably LE. ewropeus differs in the form and
relative size of its second and third upper incisors and first upper premolars
from the other species of the genus, which resemble one another yery closely in
the form and relative size of their teeth.
404 MR. G. E. DOBSON ON THE [ Mar. I,
It will thus be seen that Erinaceus differs in wanting the third
lower incisor, and the first upper and lower, and third lower pre-
molars. The first tooth behind the premaxillary suture is un-
doubtedly the representative of the corresponding tooth in Gymnura,
which, although provided with two roots, must be regarded as a
canine, having not only the position but also the form of that tooth
in Carnivora. This tooth in Hrinaceus has, as a rule, two roots
also; but occasionally, especially in 2. europeus and its varieties,
these grow together; and in a skull in the British Museum (see
above, fig. 10) the canine has a single long root which extends up-
wards and backwards over the premolars. The second upper pre-
molar is the most variable tooth: in most species it has three roots
with a triangular crown, having its longest horizontal diameter
transverse ; in HZ. micropus and £. pictus, on the other hand, it has
a single root and a circular crown, is external to the tooth-row, and
deciduous in the adult animal. It reaches its highest development
in #. europeus, its lowest form in £#. micropus, which species is
further characterized by the imperfection of the zygomatic arch,
owing to the absence of the malar bone. The first and second upper
molars have precisely the same pattern of crown as described above
(p. 391) in Gymnura ; but their peculiar form must be studied in
young animals while these teeth are still unworn, as the acutely-
pointed cusps quickly disappear as the age of the animal inereases :
the third molar is much narrower than in 1 Gymnura, and, in common
with the others, scarcely varies in shape throughout the species. In
the lower jaw the greatest similarity prevails in the shape of the
teeth between even the most widely separated species; but, except
in the form of the first and second molars (as in the upper jaw), no
resemblance can be traced between them and those of Gymnura.
The vertebral column is made up of 7 cervical, 15 dorsal, 6 lumbar,
7 sacro-coccygeal, and 5 or 6 caudal, succeeded by a variable
number of rudimentary vertebrae. It is especially notworthy that,
with the exception of the caudal vertebree, the number of the other
divisions corresponds exactly to those of Gymnura. The vertebre
differ, however, in the very short condition of the spinous and trans-
verse processes, none of them, except the spinous process of the axis
and the inferior lamellae of the transverse process of the sixth cer-
vical vertebra, approaching those of Gymnura in size; and the
cervical vertebrae have no trace of the hypapophysial spines so pro-
minent in that genus. Of the seven sacro-coccygeal vertebree, the
three anterior are firmly ankylosed together, and articulated with
the iliac bones, so that one vertebra more enters into the articula-
tion, and a much more perfect sacrum is formed, than in Gymnura.
The short caudal vertebree show their fundamental similarity of
structure with those of Gymnura by the presence of similar but
rudimentary chevron bones. As in that genus, there are fifteen
pairs of ribs (in Z. deserti fourteen only); but the thorax is com-
paratively much less capacious, these animals seeking protection
from their defensive armour, not from speed in making their escape.
The sternum is similarly narrow and bilobate in front, but differs in
1881. | ANATOMY OF THE ERINACEID. 405
the shortness of the xiphisternum; and the mesosternum is made
up of three or two segments only.
The pelvic opening contrasts remarkably with that of Gymnura;
its transverse diameter, measured between the acetabula, is nearly
or quite half its longitudinal, whereas in G. rafflesii it is scarcely
one ninth; the symphysis pubis is also much deeper, especially in
E. europeus; the tuber ischii is short and rounded off; and the
posterior margin of the ramus of the pubis and ischium is convex,
not concave.
Except in 2. ewropeus and its varieties, there is a supracondylar
foramen in the humerus. The carpus is formed on the same plan as
in Gymnura; but the scaphoid and lunar bones are early united,
leaving no trace of their original separate condition. In the femur
the convexity which in @ymnura represents a third trochanter is
less prominent and more extended, indicating a long muscular, as
opposed to a tendinous, insertion of the muscles attached to it, and
pointing to the less active habits of the animals. Other limb bones,
both in the anterior and posterior legs, are generally similar to those
of Gymnura, a single departure from the typical number of five
digits in the fore and hind feet being seen in ZH. heterodactylus and
its varieties, where the hallux is altogether wanting.
In the muscular anatomy the chief differences between the species
of this genus and Gymnura are found in the much greater develop-
ment of the panniculus carnosus, and in other minor points to be
noticed further on.
To the cutaneous muscles described in Gymnura raffesii there are
in all the species of Erinaceus others superadded, which are related
to the well-known defensive attitude assumed by these animals when
frightened. They have been figured in the anatomical plates of
Cuvier and Laurillard?, and described by Prof. Huxley *.
In the general myology the following differences are especially
noticeable :—
In the face the zygomaticus major is inserted into the ordicularis
oris and integument of the upper lip at a short distance in front of
the angle of the mouth. The temporal muscle arises also from the
zygomatic arch, as in Gymnura ; but its fibres do not take origin so
far back as the mastoid process. The digastric is single, and does
not unite with its fellow of the opposite side between the jaws; it
has nearly the same calibre throughout, but is crossed about the
middle by an oblique tendinous inscription, corresponding precisely
in position to the tendinous intersection in Gymnura. ‘The mylo-
hyoid is well developed, consisting of an anterior and posterior por-
tion. Cleido-occipital is slender and quite unconnected with the
trapezius. The serratus magnus is not united with the /evator anguli
scapule.
The pyramidales are well developed, in striking contrast with
Gymnura, in which they are rudimentary or absent. The recti ab-
dominis et sternalis ave convected with the pubic bones by three
instead of four tendons, the missing tendon corresponding to the
1 Planches de Myologie. 2 Anat. Vert. Animals, p. 445,
406 MR. G. E. DOBSON ON THE [ Mar. I,
most superficial of the four in Gymnura, while the least superficial
of the three is much smaller than the others. This smaller number
of tendons, and evident tendency towards still further reduction, ap-
pears to be related to the greater depth of the symphysis pubis, and
consequently greater union of the bones of opposite sides, as well as
to the lessened proclivity to their separation, owing to the greater
transverse diameter of the pelvic opening, which is probably quite
sufficient to freely permit of the passage of the foetus during par-
turition.
Quadratus lumborum is much larger and more fleshy than in
Gymnura, extending without interruption from the last intercostal
space and base of last rib to the crest of the ilium, inserted succes-
sively by small tendons into the extremity of each lumbar transverse
process. Psoas magnus and psoas parvus are large ; but the latter
is inserted into the anterior sacro-iliac ligament and into the margin
of the pelvis.
The pectoralis major has no separate anterior sternal part, a3 in
Gymnura; nor has its deep lamina any insertion into the clavicle.
The coraco-brachialis, which is altogether wanting in that genus, is
well developed here, and consists of two parts:—the superficial, a long
slender muscle inserted into the lower third of the humerus; the
deep (coraco-brachialis brevis), short, and inserted below the lesser
tuberosity. There is a small teres minor, but, as in Gymnura, no trace
of the supinator longus. The palmaris longus is large, with a distinct
tendon, which, passing downwards internal to that of the flexor
carpi ulnaris, becomes superficial to it, and glides over the promi-
nent pisiform bone (to which the latter is attached) into the hand,
becoming there connected with the palmar fascia, and giving origin
wholly or in part to the palmaris brevis, from which is derived the
frexor perforatus for the pollex and outer finger, the flexor sublimis
digitorum supplying the three middle toes only. Lumbricales, when
present, are rudimentary, and connected with the third and fourth
digits only.
In the hind limbs the sartorius, so feebly developed in Gymnura,
is represented by two strong muscles :—one from the fascia covering
the ¢liacus and from the margin of the pelvis in front of the aceta-
bulum; the other, as large, from the margin of the pelvis lower
down, midway between the acetabulum and the symphysis pubis.
Both are inserted into the tibia, the first above the second, below the
attachment of the internal lateral ligament of the knee-joint.
These two well-developed muscles are evidently the differentiated
representatives of the muscular aponeurosis covering the adductors,
and of the small muscle which joins it from the pectineal line in
Gymnura.
The semitendinosus arises simply from the tuber ischii, and is
inserted into the tibia behind the tendon of the gracilis; it has no
connexion with the biceps flexor cruris. Extensor digitorum longus,
as in Gymnura, arises from the external condyle of the femur, and
supplies tendons to the four outer toes; these vary considerably in
number, arrangement, and connections with other tendons. The
1881. ] ANATOMY OF THE ERINACEIDE. 407
peronet muscles are quite similar to those in Gymnura, but vary very
much in the different species in their modes of origin and connections
with the tendons of other muscles. Plantaris is well developed ;
and its tendon passes into the sole of the foot precisely as in Gym-
nura; but in some species the flewor digitorum brevis has also a cal-
eaneal origin. The ¢ibéalis posticus is represented, as in Gymnura,
by a pair of muscles in 2. europeus, concolor, macracanthus, niger,
and dlanfordi; the internal muscle, however, is much smaller than
in that genus, and arises from the head of the tibia only, and is
altogether wanting in LZ. deserti, algirus, pictus', heterodactylus,
and diadematus, which have the centre callosity of the sole of the
foot rudimentary or absent.
Flexores digitorum et hallucis longi, although united into a single
tendon before crossing the ankle-joint, are easily distinguishable in
the leg. In the foot this tendon (in 2. macracanthus, niger, blan-
fordi, pictus, micropus) is joined by a flexor accessorius arising from
the os calcis. Lumbricales exist in EL. europeus, concolor, grayi,
macracanthus, and micropus, but are represented by one or two very
small muscles connected with the deep flexor tendons for the third
and fourth toes, or, as in E#. micropus, for the second toe only.
Flexor digitorum brevis (noticed above), in the long-toed species, as
E. europeus, concolor, macracanthus, blanfordi, niger, arises almost
wholly from the expanded tendon of the plantaris; in the short-
toed, as LZ’. micropus, heterodactylus, diadematus, it is also largely
connected with the fibrous aponeurosis, attaching the sides of the
plantaris tendon to the os calcis, and a few fibres arise directly
from the bone itself; but nearly all the muscular fibres arising from
the os ecalcis external to the tendon of the deep flexor really belong
to the abductor ossis metacarpi minimi digiti.
Many other points of great interest are noticeable in the muscular
anatomy of the species of the genus Hrinaceus, which will be found
treated of in the work from which these notes are taken (referred to
in the footnote to the first page of this paper), which the writer
hopes soon to publish.
As might be expected from the comparatively much shorter jaws
of the species of Hrinaceus, the palate-ridges are less in number
than in Gymnura, being nine only. The tongue is similar in general
appearance; but the filiform papille are bifid, and there are three
circumvallate papille ; tonsils comparatively small, the depression
shallow and vertical, opening outwards and backwards.
The digestive organs in the Common Hedgehog have been described
by Prof. Flower’. They probably more closely resemble those of
G. raffesit than do those of any of the other species of the genus.
The chief differences observable are in the shape of the stomach
(fig. 3, p. 398), which has the cardiac extremity more expanded
* Probably absent in £. micropus also ; but the specimens of that species ex-
amined had had the upper parts of the legs removed.
2 Lectures on the Comparative Anatomy of the Organs of Digestion of the
Mammalia, by W. H. Flower, F.R.S., Hunterian Professor, Publ. in ‘ Medical
Times and Gazette,’ 1872, ii. p. 2.
408 MR. G. E. DOBSON ON THE ERINACEIDE. [ Mar. I,
upwards and to the left side; and in the liver (fig. 5), which has a
much shorter and thicker caudate lobe (as indeed might be expected
in a comparatively much shorter animal). But very considerable
variability in the forms of both these organs is observable in the
different species, no two species agreeing closely. The intestinal
canal, however, in length and in its general construction is very
similar throughout the whole family.
The lungs are constructed very much on the same plan as in
Gymnura ; but they are comparatively smaller, as might be expected
in animals depending on their armour, and not on their speed, in
making their escape when attacked by enemies. The right lung is
divided more or less completely into three lobes; but the left is quite
undivided ; the azygos lobe is well developed and pyramidal in out-
line, the apex of the pyramid, not the base, as in Gymnura, being at
its lower extremity (fig. 7, p. 400).
The uterus (fig. 9, p. 401) scarcely differs in form throughout
the species. It exibits an advance in development ; for; although the
cornua are even longer than in Gymnura, there is a true corpus
uteri, into which they open at right angles. The os uteri is not
enclosed in a hood, as in G. rafflesii ; but one or two deep folds occupy
the uterine extremity of the vagina, which are so large that, as John
Hunter remarked, they appear at first as if they were the os uteri’.
A review of the anatomy of the species of Lrinaceus not only adds
valuable aid in attempting their systematic arrangement, but also,
when we compare it with that of Gymnura, leads to the conclusion
that they are but differentiated forms of some animal of which we
have very probably a close representative in G. raffesii, which we
may expect will be hereafter proved to be a very ancient form,
perhaps one of the sole survivors of a once widely extended group
of predaceous Insectivora.
EXPLANATION OF THE WOODCUTS.
Fig. 1. Crown of first upper molar, right side, of Gymnura rafflesii, showing the
fifth central cusp, which is connected by a 4-shaped ridge with the
bases of the two internal cusps.
2, 3. Stomach of Gymnura rafflesti and of Erinaceus ewropeus (reduced).
4, 5. Posterior surfaces of livers of the same species (much reduced).
6, 7. Lungs of the same species, from below, half natural size.
8, 9, Uteri and vaginz of the same species. The uterus of each is shown
in section; the vaginal walls are divided and reflected. The
different positions of the urethral aperture (w) in the two species
is noticeable, and the presence in G. rafflesii of a hood concealing
the os uteri (0 w).
10, 11. Anterior halves of the skulls of Erinaceus europeus and E. blanfordi
enlarged).
Figures 1, 10, 11 are from enlarged drawings by Mr. Mintern, from specimens
in the collections of the British Museum and of Mr. W. T. Blanford, F.R.S. ;
figures 2-9 have been reduced by Mr. Smit from drawings by the author.
1 As no specimen of a male Gymnura has yet been obtained for examination,
the male organs of Zrinaceus are not referred to here ; they will be found fully
described in the work referred to on p. 389, as well as all other parts which
have been but eursorily touched upon or’are not described in this abstract,
1881.] MR. A. G, MORE ON SOME IRISH BIRDS. 409
March 15, 1881.
Prof. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the
Society’s Menagerie during the month of February 1881 :—
The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-
gerie during the month of February was 60, of which 1 was by
birth, 24 by presentation, 23 by purchase, 2 by exchange, and
10 were received on deposit. The total number of departures during
the same period, by death and removals, was 95.
The most noticeable additions during the month of February
were as follows :—
1. A female Bactrian Camel (Camelus bactrianus), formerly
belonging to Ayoub Khan, which Col. O. H. St. John, F.Z.S., has
purchased from its capturers at Kandahar and presented to the
Society.
2. A male Wild Sheep, obtained from Afghanistan, and presented
to the Society by Capt. W. Cotton, F.Z.S. I had at first registered
this animal as Ovis cycloceros, not knowing where else to refer it,
although it obviously deviated somewhat in the more open and back-
ward curvature of the horns from the ordinary character of that
species. But Mr. Blanford has pointed out to me that it clearly
belongs to the Afghan form of this species, lately described and
figured by Mr. Hume as Ovis blanfordi’.
Mr. R. Bowdler Sharpe exhibited a specimen of the so-called
Sabine’s Snipe (Scolopax sabinii, Vigors), which had been shot by
the Hon. W. W. Palmer, at Woolmer Pond, near Selbourne, Hants.
This form was now well understood to be a melanoid variety of the
Common Snipe (Gallinugo scolopacina).
Mr. A. G. More exhibited some eggs of the Red-necked Phala~
rope (Phalaropus hyperboreus), believed to have been taken in Eng-
land, and an egg of the Tree-Pipit (Anthus arboreus), taken near
Dublin, this bird having been considered only doubtfully Irish.
Mr. More also exhibited a specimen of the Red-crested Pochard
(Fuligula rufina), obtained near Tralee, being the first instance on
record of the occurrence of this species in Ireland.
The following papers were read :-—
1 J. A. S. B, xlvi. pt. 2, p. 327 (1877).
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—188], No. X XVII. PY
410 PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE ECHINOMETRIDZ. [ Mar. 15,
1. Observations on the Characters of the Echinoidea.—IV.
The Echinometride; their Affinities and Systematic
Position. By F. Jerrrey Bett, M.A., F.Z.S., Professor
of Comparative Anatomy in King’s College, London.
[Received February 24, 1881.]
In continuation of the observations which I have already had
the honour of bringing before the Society, I enter on this oc-
casion into an account of some of the characteristics of what is,
perhaps, the most difficult group of all the Echinoidea. The remark-
able, though only apparent, asymmetry of the test of some of the
Echinometride can only receive its rational explanation from the
results of developmental studies ; it is not, however, idle to prepare
for these by giving some definite information as to the parts and
proportions of the constituent tests. :
The genus Echinometra, with the asymmetrical forms allied
thereto, Heterocentrotus and Colobocentrotus, have, by the almost
universal consent of naturalists, been closely associated one with
another ; and there is as yet no evidence which would justify us in
offering any real opposition to these views. On the other hand,
when we come to investigate the kind, and to weigh the amount and
value, of the characters which have led to the union just mentioned,
we find them to be slighter than this universal consent would have
inclined us to imagine.
It is not necessary to recapitulate the history of the group; the
publication of a Revision should save us from that, where we feel
enabled to follow it ; and I purpose, therefore, to begin with what
students of the Echinoidea look upon as the starting-point of their
future labours.
In the latest ‘ Revision of the Echini,’ the family “ Echinome-
trade’’’ is accepted with very much the same kind of limitations
as were suggested in 1855 by Dr. Gray’, who grouped his sixth
family thus :—
Fam. 6. Ecatnometrap®.
Ambulacral area only half as wide as the interambulacral area ;
ambulacral pores in groups of four or more, forming an arched series
round the ambulacral tubercles.
A. Body circular.
1. Strongylocentrotus.
B. Body oblong.
2. Echinometra.
3. Holo{i. e. Hetero |centrotus.
4. Colobocentrotus.
* Where Gray or Agassiz are quoted the term Echinometride is spelt as they
spelt it; in other places a spelling which, as I humbly imagine, is more correct,
is followed.
2 P. Z. S. 1855, p. 37.
1881.] PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE ECHINOMETRID&. 411
As subgenera of Strongylocentrotus, Prof. Alex. Agassiz includes
Spherechinus and Pseudoboletia, the former of which Dr. Gray
would appear to have included with Hehinus in his fifth family,
while the latter is a genus of which no species was then known.
Echinostrephus had not, in 1855, been distinguished from Eehinus
or Psammechinus ; while Stomopneustes, under the title of Helioci-
daris, was also regarded by Gray as closely allied to Hchinus. Of the
nine genera, or subgenera, found in the family of the Echinometradee
of Agassiz, viz. (1) Colobocentrotus, (2) Heterocentrotus, (3)
Echinometra, (4) Parasalenia, (5) Stomopneustes, (6) Strongylo-
centrotus, (7) Spherechinus, (8) Pseudoboletia, (9) Echinostrephus,
the first three and the sixth alone fall into Gray’s family, the fourth
and the eighth were unknown to science, while a different view was
taken as to the affinities of Stomopneustes, Spherechinus, and Echi-
nostrephus. They were regarded, in fine, as being more closely allied
to Echinus, because they have the ‘‘ ambulacral area half as wide as
the interambulacral area, with two (or three) close series of double
pores, placed in threes; buccal membrane naked; body circular.”
We may dismiss the first character, without even examination ; for,
while it is obviously artificial, it is the same for Gray’s two groups
of Echinide and Echinometrade. As to the second difference, the
arrangement of the pores, there can be little doubt that, judging
by it only, Stomopneustes has a much closer affinity to the Echino-
metridz than to the Echinide. And we now come to what is really
the kernel of the whole matter. How far is Desor’s division into
Oligoport and Polypori natural? and how far is it artificial ?
If we examine one of the least modified of the Echinide, e. g.
Cidaris tribuloides, we find that the pores of the ambulacral zones
are arranged regularly and equally in pairs, are, in effect, set one
behind another in a straight line, and belong each to a single simple
plate. If we take a more modified form, such as a species of the
restricted genus Hehinus, we find the pairs of pores have, for the
greater part of the test, come to be set in ares of three; and on close
examination it is seen that the plates counected with these pairs of
pores are not all of the same size, and that the primary plates fuse to
form a secondary plate’.
This is the typical arrangement among the Oligopori; but it by
no means holds for all the plates; those nearest the apical area
have, more or fewer, the pairs of pores in just as straight lines as
Cidaris tribuloides.
Taking, as an example of the Polyport, Echinometra subangu-
laris, we have some six pairs of pores arranged in a much more
elaborate are, and the changes that come to be effected are so great
that what form really the distal pair of pores of one are seem to be
the proximal pair of the succeeding are.
1 Tt seems to me that all the advantage lies in continuing to use the nomen-
clature of Johannes Miller, and to speak of the first or simple plates as primary,
and the fused plates as secondary ; for reasons which, no doubt, are excellent,
Prof. Alex. Agassiz has (op. cit. pp. 642, 643) elected to reverse this nomencla-
ture, and to speak of the compound plate as the primary one.
27*
412 PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE ECHINOMETRIDE. [Mar, 15,
Turning now to the mode by which these pores come to be so
arranged in the adult, it will be well to recapitulate shortly the pre-
sent state of our knowledge concerning it. This knowledge has,
within the last decade, been very considerably advanced by the ela-
borate and beautiful researches of Prof. Lovén’. I shall depart
from a strict following of his account only in using the term
“* secondary plate” as a translation of his “ plaque composée.”’ As
has been already pointed out, these secondary plates, when developed,
are made up of three or more primary plates. Now, ‘the primary
ambulacral plates of the Echinidee are either entire (that is to say, they
occupy the whole of the distance between the interradial area and
the median suture of the ambulacrum’, or, in other words, extend
from the interradial area as far as the middle of the entire plates), or
they end by a more or less sharp point. The major primary plates
of the peristome forming the series Ia... V0, most often consist, in
very young individuals, of a first entire primary, of a median pri-
mary half plate, and of a third entire primary plate.’ In an
appended table the learned author shows the arrangement of the
entire and half plates in the several secondary plates of the corona
of a small specimen of Toxopneustes (Strongylocentrotus) drobachi-
ensis. The fourth or fifth of these has two complete and three
half primaries, as is shown by the formula—l, (2, 3, 4), 5.
Next we come to the mode of growth of these different primary
plates. ‘‘ Near the aboral edge of a complete composite plate there
is deposited the first primary plate of the new plate, then the second,
and soon. All the primary plates, and even the half-plates, are
primitively entire plates; that is to say, they extend from the inter-
radial area as far as the median suture of the ambulacrum®. Later
on, and during the period in which the entire collection of primary
plates constituting the composite plate goes on enlarging, and even
before it is completed by the last primary plate, the intermediate
plates cease to grow; and while retaining their position on the edge
of the ambulacrum, beside the interradial area, they shrink at their
extremities, which become separated from the median suture. They
consequently become cuneiform. Of these intermediate plates the
smallest is always that which is formed first ; those which are formed
later are always successively larger, whence it follows that the whole
group of intermediate primary plates takes the form of a triangle,
the apex of which, in the middle of the composite plate, only con-
sists of the projecting extremity of the latest of them. It clearly
results from all this, that these intermediate plates are in no way
of a more recent origin than the others, that they are neither
secondary nor intercalated, but that they are successively formed,
after the first entire plate, and before the last ;? and Johannes
Miiller taught just the same.
The formation of the secondary arcs is no less clearly explained,
and is shown to be primarily due to the compression from above
us Etudes sur les Echinoidées,’ especially pp. 21 ez seg.
° As in Cidaris. 3 The italics are mine.
1881.] PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE ECHINOMETRID. Als
downwards to which the test is subjected, and to the widening-out
of the composite plates during the process of growth,
I have dwelt at this length on the results of Prof. Lovén’s
labours, not merely for the purpose of directing again attention to
them’, but with the more especial aim of showing that it is only on
a misconception of the history that one can speak of secondary
plates as different from those first formed, or of such being added on
to the sides of a primary plate. But the origin of such a miscon-
ception is not far to seek; it must surely be due to a study of the
arrangement of the pores of the adult, and be comparable to the
formulas of Milne-Edwards and Haime as applied to the structure
of the coral-septa ; while M. Lovén’s work will stand no less on an
equality with the elegant and instructive researches of Lacaze-
Duthiers*. :
Armed with this knowledge we come now to a consideration of
the value of the characters of the arcs of pores. It has been pro-
posed to distinguish the family of the Echinometride from the
Echinidee proper on the ground that the former have always more
than three pairs of pores to each arc, “ while in the Echinide the
ares are always composed only of three pairs.” ‘This division,
although it appears a numerical one, is yet one of great physiological
importance, as the mode of growth of the poriferous zone in these
two families is totally unlike” *.
I am inclined to think that the accomplished author is here using
the term physiological in some other sense than that to which its
etymology and the current usage of qualified persons justly entitles
it; he is too experienced a zoologist to attempt to make the
functions of organs do the work of morphological and embryological
data. However, the mode of growth of the pores is as much matter
for morphologists as for physiologists ; and the only question which
really arises here is, as to the real character of this total unlikeness.
If such exists, it may or may not be of value. But, first of all, does
it exist ?
Prof. Lovén says? :—* Les chiffres par lesquels la disposition des
pores est désignée chez cette espéce, les 2, 3, 3, 4, etc. de la série
Ila..V4, et les 2, 2, 3, 4, etc. de la série 15.. Va, se retrouvent
non seulement dans les espéces voisines, le Toxopneustes brevispinosus
(Risso) et le Z. lividus (uamk.), mais encore dans le Lowechinus
albus (Mol.), ’Echinus esculentus, L., le Lytechinus variegatus
(Lamk.), le Tripneustes ventricosus (Lamk.), la Boletia heteropora,
Desor, Amblypneustes ovum (Lamk.), le Temnopleurus toreumaticus
(Leske), ? Echinothrizx turcarum, Peters, ’ Echinocidaris punctulata
(Lamk.), en un mot chez tous les Echinides. Les Hchinometra wy
font pas exception.”
So far, then, as the formation of the two separate families Echi-
nometride and Echinide is based on the difference in the mode of
1 A short account is to be found in Prof, Huxley’s ‘ Anatomy of Invertebrated
Animals’ (1877), p. 568.
2 Archiv de Zool. Exp. vol. i.
3 Rey. of the Hehini, p. 425. WTC Baws
414 PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE ECHINOMETRID#. [ Mar. 15,
growth of the pore-plates, the distinction between them altogether
breaks down; whether that distinction be physiological or morpho-
logical is, then, an unnecessary question.
Coming next to the absolute distinctness of the groups as indi-
cated by the number of the pairs of pores, we are met, first of all,
by the considerations which surround the vexed question of the
value of any delimitation by the absolute use of definite numbers.
On the one hand, it is quite certain that a classification of the
Asteroidea which depends on the number of the rays would exhibit
a very incomplete account of the systematic relations of the members
of the class ; but, on the other hand, it is just as true that no better
name was ever applied to the winged Insecta than that of Hexapoda,
or to the higher Vertebrata than that of pentadactyle; and it is just
as clear that the division of modern Ungulates into two groups, one
perissodactyle and the other artiodactyle, could only have been
suggested by a naturalist capable of seeing a great general truth
through a not always constant similarity in detail.
We now have to weigh these two opposing arguments in applying
to the Echinide (of earlier writers and of Lovén) the mode of
classification suggested and worked out by Desor’, by which we get
the two groups of the Oligopori and Polypori. The test to be ap-
plied shall be twofold. First, let us see how it works in the hands
of so skilful a naturalist as Prof. Alex. Agassiz. His division of the
Echinometrade is defined (as we already know) as, inter alia,
always having more than three pairs of pores to each arc. But, as
a matter of fact, he includes under the Echinometradz the two
genera Parasalenia and Echingstrephus. Of the former he says
“this genus seems to be an Oligopore among the Echinometrade,
having but three pairs of pores in each are.” | In speaking of
Echinostrephus the generic definition includes no reference to the
number of pairs of pores in an arc; but in speaking of Z. molare,
the only species of the genus, he says “‘there are from three to four
pairs of pores in each arc, the majority having but three pairs.”
The other consideration arises from a study of the facts as ex-
hibited in the tests of various species. If in any of these some of
the arcs can be shown to possess only three pairs of pores, it seems
to me that such a fact alone would disqualify numerical relations
from forming the criteria of generic, or even higher, delimita-
tions.
Turning again to the guide we have already followed, we find this
sentence :—‘* Le quatriéme arc, ici muni de quatre pores, n’en a que
trois chez quelques individus du Towopneustes drobachiensis, c’est-a-
dire que la plaque composée 3 ne possede qu’une seule plaque
primaire médiane. Il y a done quelque variabilité.”’*
So, again, Dr. Liitken finds in the rare Echinometra oblonga that,
towards either pole of the corona, there are but two or three pairs
of pores in each are’.
1 Synopsis des Ech. fossiles. 4 Tacs ps 2d.
’ Cf. fig. 10 of the first plate in his ‘ Bidrag til Kundskab om Echinoderme,’
1864.
1881.] PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE ECHINOMETRIDZ. 415
And, dealing with the restricted genus Echinometra, I have
myself been able to make somewhat similar observations in the case
of E. oblonga, E. subangularis, and E. lucunter.
If we put into a tabular form the numbers of pairs of pores in an
arc, we find the average adult arrangement to present very considerable
variation, thus :—
Echinometra lucunter has 5 or 4 pairs of pores.
E. oblonga 5 Fh 55 PS
E. viridis ‘, 4 oak. ae
E. subangularis se CGE S vas 74
E.. macrostoma » 8, 7, or even 3 pairs of pores.
E. vanbrunti »» 9,8, or 7 pairs of pores.
Having already insisted on the fact that only three pairs of pores
are to be detected in the youngest plates, or some of the plates, on
the test of certain so-called polyporous species, we will insist as
much as possible on the “ polypority ”’ of these forms by detailing
the arrangements which are found in the best-developed part of the
adult test’.
(1) Parasalenia gratiosa .... 3 pairs of pores.
(2) Echinostrephus molare .. 3 (or4) ,, a8
(3) Echinometra lucunter .... 4 or 5 . be
Ca) 2e. oblenga® | +16 ose see's -s 4ord5 ue oe
(5) E. subangularis ........ 5 or 6 3 zs
(6) Spherechinus granularis .. 4,5,or6 ,, be
(7) E. macrostoma Sac sh Gea 95 Fe
(8)_F. vanbruntt . .. 2-2. 7, 8,009 ,, 3
(9) Strongylocentrotus bullatus 7 or 8 7% s
(10) S. franciscanus _......... 9 ad e:
(11) S. albus a Nokes ee 10 ae pe
(12) Colobocentrotus atratus .. 12(ca.) 4 5
(13) Heterocentrotus trigonarius 15 (ca.) ,, a
We come, then, to the following results :—
(1) There is a series of forms which exhibits a gradual increase
in the number of primary plates which go to form a secondary
plate ; but
(2) This series always retains indications of secondary plates in
which only one primary plate has ceased to grow with the rest.
When we come to take a general survey of the characters ex-
hibited by the pore-plates, we find the primitive arrangement of the
Cidaris passing gradually into the complex secondary plates of
Heterocentrotus and Colobocentrotus, which would appear to be the
most highly differentiated of the Desmosticha.
1 Bearing in mind the words of Prof. Gegenbaur (Unters. zur vergl. Anat.
d. Wirbelthiere (1864), i. p. 116), “So wichtig es ist fiir die Aufstellung von
Unterschieden der einzelnen Lebensformen und ihrer Einrichtung, die ausge-
bildeten fertigen Zust&ande der Organisation zu Unterscheidungsobjecten zu
nehmen ;” and Flower, Introductory Lecture (1870), p. 37.
416 PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE ECHINOMETRIDZ. [Mar. 15,
It may, at the present juncture, be convenient to recapitulate and
extend the results of recent investigations into the characters of the
regular Echinoidea.
A classification of the regular Echinoidea is not, as it seems to
me, quite so impossible a matter now as it was a few years ago; the
discovery, by Mr. Charles Stewart’, of the internal gills of Cidaris,
and the extension and independent confirmation of that result by
Dr. Hubert Ludwig’, justifies us in accepting the division into
Branchiata and Abranchiata, proposed by the latter naturalist*.
Although Johannes Miiller had distinctly denied the presence of
external gills in Cidaris*, Prof. Alex. Agassiz discovered gill-cuts
in the figures of that illustrious anatomist, but only, I fear, by
reflecting on the character of the artist, who represents five slits
in the median line of the interradial areas; to this, however, Dr.
Ludwig has already directed attention.
Readers of the just-mentioned naturalist’s essay will remember
that he proposes to separate the Echinothuride from the rest of
the branchiate regular Echinoidea on the ground of the difference
in the characters of the buccal plates.
Unfortunately the British-Museum collection contains no specimen
of Asthenosoma, although an American collection is in possession of
a specimen ‘‘ which the Museum owes to the kindness of Prof.
Thomson, collected by the Porcupine Expedition;’ and I am
therefore unable to give any independent judgment as to the point
at issue between Sir W. Thomson and the writer of the just-quoted
sentence on the one hand, and Dr. Ludwig on the other. To say
nothing of the fact that the Porcupine Expedition was fitted out at
the national expense, the present state of the question affords ample
evidence of the advantage of rare and typical specimens being
deposited in a central and national institution.
Conflicting as the statements are, those of Dr. Ludwig are so
explicit, and are made with so distinct a knowledge of the opinions
of his predecessors®, that I think it is, for the present at any rate,
the view to which one ought to incline. The Echinothuride, then,
though Branchiata, are distinguished from the rest by having more
than one pair of each series of ambulacral plates carried on to the
buccal membrane; they may consequently be distinguished as a
polylepid as compared with a decalepid series.
This decalepid series includes the Diadematidz, the Arbaciade,
the Echinide, and the Echinometride, together with the Salenide.
These last are at once to be separated off from the rest by the
characters of their apical area; they are paleoproctous forms, as
1 Trans. Linn. Soe. (2), i. p. 569.
2 Zeitschrift fiir wiss. Zool. xxiv. pp. 70-87.
3 Prof. Alex. Agassiz gives no information, in his preliminary diagnosis, as
to the gills of Aspidodiadema.
4 Abh. Berl. Akad. 1853, p. 146.
° He speaks of “ein ganz fundamentaler und bis jetzt nicht beachteter
Gegensatz zu den Cidariden.” The possession of buccal plates being a charac-
teristic of the Desmosticha, the differences which obtain with regard to them
are to be insisted on in the arrangement of the constituent families.
1881.] PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE ECHINOMETRID&. 417
distinguished from the neoproctous ; and they completely retain the
primitive disposition of the primary pore-plates.
In the neoproctous group some of the primary plates always lose
their primitive relations; but in the Arbaciade and the Diadema-
tidze this does not always affect the plates above the ambitus, and the
poriferous zones are in both almost straight; they are paleosticha,
as compared with the Echinide and Echinometride, which are
neosticha ; and while the Arbaciadz present a Cidarid character in
the want of connexion between the auricles, the Diadematide (as
represented by Diadema) present a curious ancestral character in
the possession of rudimentary internal gills (Ludwig).
Coming now to the Echinometride and the Echinide, we are at
once struck by the fact that it is impossible to find any points of
difference between them which are nearly so great, or of such
clear systematic value as (1) the presence or absence of external gills,
(2) the connexion of the auricles, (3) the presence of a subanal plate,
or (4) the number of the perforated buccal plates. Both families are,
in other words, branchiate, decalepid, neoproctous, neostichous.
These relations are exhibited in the following Table :—
Table of the Groups of the Echinoidea regularia (seu
Desmosticha).
No external gills. Auricular arch not complete and not radial.
Ambulacral and interambulacral plates continued on to buccal mem-
brane; pores in straight rows, all the pore-plates primary and sub-
equal. ENTOBRANCHIATA’. Fam. 1. Cidaride.
External gills, auricles radial ; interambulacral plates not con-
tinued on to the buccal membrane. EcroBpraNCHIATA.
Series a (Paleeoproctous).
Large suranal plate persistent in apical area. Fam. 2, Salenide.
Series 6 (Neoproctous).
Anal plates all secondary. *
Subseries i. (polylepid).
More than one pair of ambulacral plates carried on to the buccal
membrane from each area. Fam. 3. Lchinothuride.
Subseries ii. (decalepid).
Only five pairs of ambulacral plates on the buccal membrane.
A. Auricular arch not complete. Fam. 4. Arbaciade.
B. Auricular arch complete; rudimentary internal gill still re-
tained (Diadema). Fam. 5. Diadematide.
C. Auricular arch complete ; no rudimentary gill.
Fam. 6. Echinide.
1 The term Entobranchiata ae to me to be preferable to Abranchiata ;
and I consequently use Ectobranchiata in place of Branchiata (Ludwig).
418 PKOF. F. J. BELL ON THE ECHINOMETRIDA. [| Mar. 15,
Turning our attention now to the Echinidee, we may define them
as Regular Echinoidea, with external gills and five pairs of ambu-
lacral plates on the buccal membrane, in which some sets of primary
plates always fuse to form a secondary ambulacral plate, in which
the auricular arch is complete, and the rudimentary internal gill
entirely lost.
If the above be, then, a good and fair definition of the Echinide,
we come to a consideration of the points by which its constituent
genera may become grouped into distinct subfamilies.
The tables already given show that it is hopeless to expect to be
able to find any ground of distinction on the absolute number of pairs
of pores in an are ; we cannot say that, at any one point, forms with
three pairs of pores end and those with four begin. The character, not
being a constant or absolute one, is unfitted for use as a family-cha-
racter ; nor are there any points which we can propose as affording so
wide a distinction between Echinometra and Echinus. Personal ob-
servation can only confirm the general tendency of the researches of
Perrier, Stewart, and Mackintosh on the histological characters of
the group in question, and lead to acquiescence in the conclusion of
M. Perrier :—‘‘ On le voit, les modifications qui caractérisent les
Echinométriens sont parfaitement nettes, mais ce ne sont que des
modifications dans le type des Echiniens. Le type ne change pas
comme lorsqu’on passe du Cidaris aux Diadémes, et de ceux-ci aux
Echinocidaris ou aux Oursins proprement dits.”
These considerations appear to me to be sufficient to justify us in
retaining Echinometra, Strongylocentrotus, Echinus, and Toxopneustes
in one family, and to refuse to follow Dr. Gray or Prof. Agassiz
in forming a family Echinometrade as distinguished from the
Echinide.
If we look yet a little further we shall find that the elaborateness
of the ambulacral plates, the strength of the spines, the size of the
buccal apparatus, appear to have culminated in Heterocentrotus and
Colobocentrotus rather than in Tripneustes and Toxopneustes, which
in the latest Revision are, in the systematic list, placed furthest from
the Cidaride.
Whatever be the significance of the obliquity of the morphological
axis, there can be but little doubt that it is of very great importance ;
and a return to the definition of ‘* body circular,’ and to the recog-
nition of the differences insisted on by Johannes Miller, seems to
be better than a vague union of forms, elevated into a family for
no better reason than one that has already (p. 413) been quoted and
discussed,
A scheme, therefore, of the following character will probably
throw into prominence the points of likeness and unlikeness in the
constituent members of the family Echinidze.
Group I. Body circular.........°.... EcHinina.
(a) Secondary plates formed of three
primary plates ifs. soo a's) sane, s e.g. Ecehinus.
(3) Secondary plate formed in adult
1881.] PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE ECHINOMETRID&. 419
of three or more than three primary
plies: ass ersten eres e. g. Strongylocentrotus.
Group II. Morphological axis set ob-
liquely to long axis of the test.. .. ECHINOMETRIN4.
Group III. Morphological axis set at
right angles to long axis of the
fest aoaee eas. 5 tne Cay users HETEROCENTRIN&.
On the present occasion the observations now to be recorded are
based on the classification of the ‘ Revision; the further details of
altered classification now proposed can only be worked out when
sufficient details as to the 'Triplechinide have been presented to the
Society ; the Temnopleuridz have already * been touched : but even
then Temnechinus and Trigonocidaris must have a place found
for them; perhaps that will, after all, turn out to be not among the
Echinidee at all.
I now proceed to the details of some of the genera of the so-called
family “‘ Echinometradz.”’
HerTeROCENTROTUS.
If the student lets this paper follow in succession the third part
of these ‘“‘ Observations,” he will, on examining the subjoined per-
centage values, be struck by the fact that there is not by any means
that marked diminution in the proportional values of the actinal and
abactinal systems to which attention could scarcely fail to have been
drawn in the study of the Temnopleuride. The character of these
latter, though perhaps hardly so well marked, will be seen when the
species of the genus Echinometra come under inspection.
I have not been able to detect any very striking differences in the
characters of the buccal apparatus of H. mammillatus and H. trigo-
narius. The most important is, probably, their difference in size ;
for while a test of H. mammillatus, with a height of 26 millim.,
gave as a measurement from the tip of the tooth to the top of the
epiphysis the almost paradoxical amount of 29 millim., two tests of
H. trigonarius, 21 and 25 millim. high respectively, gave for the
same distance 21 and 23 millim. in the two cases.
In both cases there are ascending and descending processes, which
are perhaps alittle better developed in H. mammillatus, as is also the
hammer-headed widening of the tree end of the radius, and its division
by a median notch.
1 Tt is not yet time to forget the words of J. Miller :— Der Korper nur bei
querer Lage symmetrisch, welcher von der erstgenannten Gattung (Hehino-
metra) bereits von Brandt erkannt, und durch Corpus transversum ausge-
druckt, von Agassiz aber nicht bemerkt worden, der diese Formen mit Hehino-
metra fiir schiet angesehen hat” (Abh, Berl. Akad. Wiss. 1853, p, 128).
2 P.Z.S8. 1880.
420 PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE ECHINOMETRIDH. [Mar. 15,
HETEROCENTROTUS MAMMILLATUS.
Percentage value! of
Greatest | Morphol. Actinostome.
diam., axis, Hawk A ~,| Abactina] | Anal
in millim. | in millim. ere Long Morph. area. area.
axis. axis.
44 37 56°7 56:7 554 24:3 108
45 36 55:5 63°8 61-1 277 111
59 53 58-4 50 49 18:8 8-4
65 58 63°7 49-1 53°4 19 95
75 66 59-9 599 56°6 22°7 9:9
HETEROCENTROTUS TRIGONARIUS.
Percentage value of
Longest | Morphol. Actinostome.
diam. axis. < —A~- —~j| Abactinal | Anal
Height. Long Morph. area. area.
axis. axis.
45 36 58-3 611 | 597 208 | OF
60 50 60 55 55 20 10
73 66 56 50-7 515 189 9
93 78 56-4 51:9 50°6 21:1 10
113 91 54:9 ds nse 19-7 8:7
As compared with H. mammillatus, we may note the striking
equality of the lengths of the true and of the apparent long axes of
the actinostome in this species.
CoLoBOCENTROTUS.
The proportional measurements of the two species of this genus
exhibit the greatest variability ; and here, as in the case of Hetero-
centrotus, there is no marked diminution in the proportional value
of the diameters of the actinal and abactinal series as the test
increases in size.
This striking deviation from the ordinary rule does not show itself
when the genus Hchinometra proper comes to be studied ; and it is
impossible to resist the suspicion that the “ obliquity” of the long
axes of Heterocentrotus and Colobocentrotus on the one hand, and
Lichinometra on the other, is not altogether to be referred to the
same cause.
* The percentage values are, of course, calculated from the morphological
axis.
1881.] PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE ECHINOMETRID. 421
CoLOBOCENTROTUS ATRATUsS?.
Percentage value of
Longest /Morphol.| an
diam. diam. Height Agipostome, Abactinal} Anal
Long. |Morphol. ain sais
Bes As sea St
42 39 =| ~=40 42°3 42°3 18 79
53 47 53°1 51 489 21:2 85
67'5 61 50 43:4 | 41°8 22 8
CoLOBOCENTROTUS MERTENSI.
Percentage value of
Greatest |Morphol. :
length. a | Height. Actinostome. ATs] Anal
Long. Morphol. ened. Ennedic
Tago) 44 302 | 443 | 454 | 236 8-1
50 43°5 42-5 | 48-5 48°5 25°5 10°3
55 48 38'5 39 | 37-2 208 77
EcHINOMETRA.
The characters of the different parts of the buccal apparatus seem
here, as in so many other genera of regular Echinoidea, to present just
those slight differences in detail which are so important an aid in the
accurate discrimination of species.
The alveolar foramen, never large, is larger in LZ. vanbrunti and
E. viridis (where it is nearly half as long as the whole alveolus), than
it is in H. lucunter or EH. subangularis (where it is very distinctly
less than half the length); it is smallest in Z. ucunter.
The radius is simplest in E. lucunter, widening only very gra-
dually and very slowly, and not having its free end notched; in Z.
vanbrunti it is a little longer, distinctly wider, but only faintly
notched. In £, viridis and E. subangularis the free end is wider ;
and in £, subangularis it is hammer-shaped, owing to its somewhat
sudden widening out at its free end; but there is only a feebly deve-
loped notch. In #. viridis the notch is more distinct than in any of
the three just mentioned species.
When the observer looks straight through the alveolar foramen,
holding the tooth vertically, a delicate ascending and descending
process on either side is to be observed in EZ. vanbrunti; in LZ.
lucunter the ascending process can just be detected ; in Z. subangu-
laris neither process can be seen; while in Z. viridis it is the
descending, instead of the ascending, process which is visible.
* This species would seem to be figured in the Phil. Trans. vol. xlix. (1755),
pl. viii. fig. 3.
422 PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE ECHINOMETRIDZ&. [ Mar. 15,
EcHINOMETRA LUCUNTER (Lamk.).
Questions of identifications of species are in some cases inter-
minable ; and we seem here to have an example of one in which
there would be found much to say on both sides, were it worth the
while, and were questions of synonymy the end of zoological science.
I shall not, I imagine, be accused of any blind following of Prof.
Alex. Agassiz; but I follow him in this case for what, I submit, is a
sufficient reason. The labels of Linnzeus’s specimen of £. lucunter
are lost; Leske found it difficult to decide to what figure of Klein’s
Linnzeus meant to refer: Lamarck’s typical specimens ate in exist-
ence. The reviser of the group having to settle what species he would
call #. ucunter, came to the conclusion that he would follow Lamarck.
Whether the present writer would have done the same, had he been
the reviser, need not be discussed ; it is certain that had Prof. Lovén
or Dr. Liitken been the revisers, they would have adopted a different
course (ef. Agassiz, op. cit. p. 284). But a decision has been given;
it is almost certain that no further light will ever be thrown on the
difficulty ; the ‘ Revision of the Echini’ is our present standard.
Let us, then, when we cannot oppose facts to facts, but only opinions
to opinions, follow the Reviser, and let the question (and all such
questions) drop.
Large forms of this species differ so much in appearance from
smaller specimens, that, where the series fails, one is at once almost
inclined to imagine that one has to do with a distinct species. One
specimen in the national collection (which has its longest axis 79
and its morphological axis 76 millim. long) is greatly bowed on its
actinal surface, and has the smaller tubercles exceedingly well deve-
loped ; there is a large number of very small anal plates; here and
there five pairs of pores are found in an are. But the most striking
variation, and one which, in our present state of information, we
should almost be justified in taking as a basis for the formation of a
distinct variety, represented by this form, lies in the characters of
the auricular arch: there is a considerable development in the
amount of calcareous matter there laid down; the arch is conse-
quently very streng, the foramen very small, the top piece is well
developed, and the connecting ridge, instead of being low, is nearly
half the height of the whole arch.
The plates on the buccal membrane are very large ; and the ends
of the radii in the lantern of Aristotle are well developed.
On the other hand, the characters of the auricular arch are not
very constant in this species; and the proportions of the parts of
the specimen in question are not at all unlike those of a specimen
76 millim. in diameter, the measurements of which are given in the
‘ Revision of the Echini ;’ so that better service is done by directing
attention to its peculiarities than by imposing a new name on this
already heavily weighted species.
Two specimens, purchased in 1844 from Mr. Gould, bear the
locality of ‘* Abrolhos.” I am unable to distinguish them from other
specimens of #. lucunter ; and I can hardly suggest that the locality
given in the Register is altogether wrong; for one specimen, at any
423
1881.] PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE ECHINOMETRIDE.
rate, of those purchased at that time from Mr. Gould is a represen-
tative of Z. subangularis’.
ECHINOMETRA LUCUNTER.
Longest | Morphol Percentage value of
g .
axis axis : .
F i Sete f Actino- | Abactinal Anal
in millim. | in millim | Height ve ee. a
19 18 44-4 50 25 111
29°5 27 49'2 462 23°9 111
sr 31 41°9 40°3 22°5 11:25
53 DIED 58:2 43:1 19-4 10°9
54. 53 49 43°3 185 9:25
59 55 58-1 42:7 218 10
65 63 59°5 388 17°6 103
The use of the percentage method in detecting variations, and the
extent of the variations themselves, seem to be well shown in this
Table.
ECcHINOMETRA SUBANGULARIS.
Longest. | Morphol. Percentage value of
diameter, axis, eva) .
in millim. | in millim.| Height. se gee pe
14 13-25 452 52-6 267 | 95
31 30 465 46°5 20 10
46:2 AB Be eaten 45°5 16°6 Re
55 53°5 53:2 44-7 158 7:4
60 58 54:3 40 17-2 86
It may be well to direct attention to the fact that the longest axis
is very little longer than the morphological axis, another point in
which Echinometra contrasts very strongly with the two genera which
here precede it.
EcHINOMETRA VANBRUNTI.
Percentage value of
Long axis,
in millim. Heicht Actino- | Abactinal Anal
So stome. area. area.
28 39-2 46-4 196. | 107
57 49°8 386 ai aos
57°5 51:3 365 16°5 9°5
|
|
1 Tn a conversation with Mr. Howard Saunders I was reminded that there
is a Houtman’s Abrolhos on the western coast of Australia; and I have now no
doubt that the registrar of the specimens in the year 1844 did not sufficiently
distinguish between the two localities.
424 PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE ECHINOMETRID&. [ Mar. 15,
EcHINOMETRA MACROSTOMA.
The single spineless test which, as it seems, should be referred to
this species, gives the following measurements :— ‘
Percentage value of
Greatest | Morphol.
length, axis, ; The
in millim. | in millim. | Height. “sna es Re
20°6 11-2
45 43:5 | 505 | 439
It will be of great interest to examine the buccal apparatus of this
rare species.
The specimen in the Museum collection bears no indication of its
locality ; we know, however, that Dr. Liitken is satisfied as to certain
specimens, at any rate, having come from Guinea’.
EcHINOMETRA VIRIDIS.
Percentage value of
Absol. diam.,
in millim. : Actino- | Abactinal Anal
Height. stome. area. area,
(?)115 3847 52°1 45:2 ithe.
13 40°3 48 20 116
15 386°6 50 20 11:6
STOMOPNEUSTES.
This is an exceedingly difficult genus, and one with regard to
which we must have much more information than we possess at
present before we can speak at all definitely as to its real affinities.
Whatever be the meaning of the “eccentricity” of its test, I must
confess that I see no reason, at present, for regarding it as morpho-
logically comparable with that of Echinometra; for the “ tendency
to obliquity” is only found in the axis of old specimens, whereas in
Echinometra we are informed that the obliquity is ‘‘an embryonic
feature.” We shall do better to wait for more accurate information
than to spend our time in reconciling statements which sufficiently
well contradict themselves.
I give the figures following for what they are worth ; they prove
that great variations obtain in the only species of the genus now
known to us.
1 Gf. Zool. Record for the year 1873.
1881.] PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE ECHINOMETRID. 425
STOMOPNEUSTES VARIOLARIS.
| Percentage value of
| Absol. diam., :
in millim. Heieht Actino- | Abactinal Anal
wea stome. area, area.
59 52°5 27-1 16:1 81
60 50 316 166 ie
69 52-1 28 17:3 86
73 53-4 26°6 20 10:9
STRONGYLOCENTROTUS.
In adopting the generic name of Strongylocentrotus, proposed in
the year 1835 by Brandt, Prof. Alex. Agassiz has done no more than
justice to that eminent naturalist ; but this act of justice is accom-
panied by the considerable reward that it has enabled him to group
under one name, for all practical purposes new’, the varied forms
which had been distributed among different generic sections under
the names, chiefly, of Euryechinus, Heliocidaris, Toxocidaris, and
Loxechinus.
It is the group which at present contains a larger number of
species than any other Echinid genus: fourteen species are recog-
nized in the ‘ Revision ;’ to this number I have myself been obliged
to add one for the reception of certain specimens from the Straits of
Magellan’; so far as I know, no other zoologist has obtained any
representative of a new species.
STRONGYLOCENTROTUS ALBUS.
ree Percentage value of
diameter, in ee :
millim. Height. see a Anal area.
54 518 27°4 20°3 111
75 45°3 24 18 106
114 43°8 21-9 14 Ss
115 47:8 20:9 157 9°5
1 The recognition of the name (Strongylocentrus) by Dr. Gray (1855) was,
unfortunately, ignored by subsequent writers, and seems even to have escaped
Mr. Agassiz. Cf. op. cit. p. 161.
2 P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 88.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1881, No. XXVIII. 28
426
PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE ECHINOMETRID&,
STRONGYLOCENTROTUS ARMIGER.
[ Mar. 15,
Percentage value of
Absolute
\diameter, in . Gtiowt | Abactinall
millim. Height. a tae spat “a | Anal area.
26 48 346 19-2 10°5
32 46.8 32°8 18:7 10-9
47 468 319 19-1 89
69 40°5 28:9 15°9 7:2
76 46 30°2 16:1 7-2
STRONGYLOCENTROTUS BULLATUS.
P
gs nae ercentage value of
idiameter,in : :
millim. Height. | fateh: Sbacenet Anal area.
38 50 =| 316 37 | 121
94 was 30°8 18 i 10:6
115 45:2 23-04 18-2 | 9-5
STRONGYLOCENTROTUS DEPRESSUS.
A dry test, denuded of spines, is very probably to be referred to
this species ; I proceed, however, to point out a number of cha-
racters by which it appears to differ from the descriptions of S. de-
pressus as given by Prof. Alex. Agassiz, or the E. disjunctus of Prof.
Ambulacral area of S. depressus, to show the disposition of the pairs of pores.
von Martens. The test is not so depressed; the primary tubercles
are not so numerous ; the poriferous zone is not specially broad ; and
it is not the uppermost, but the lowermost pair of pores that is “dis-
junctum.” As to this last point, however, there is possibly some
error of observation, as it is difficult to see the exact position of the
pair of pores in question, since they lie altogether at the edge of the
plate. Ifthe difference is real, it is probably one of specific impor-
tance. Prof. Agassiz remarks that in specimens with a depressed
test, “the inner and one outer pairs of pores’ are disconnected.
1881. ] PROF. F. F. BELL ON THE ECHINOMETRID&. 427
I give a short technical account of the test in question, together
with the more important measurements.
Test somewhat depressed; apical system large ; genital pores large ;
two large oculars touch the periproct ; pairs of pores five in an arc;
in one or two cases there are six ; the lowermost pair is separated from
and is internal to the rest, so that it forms a well-marked inner line.
On each series of the plates of the corona there is a row of large pri-
mary tubercles, which rapidly diminish in size from the ambitus to
the actinostome; at the ambitus the interambulacral tubercles have
a smaller primary on either side; the outermost of these rows
reaches to the actinostome, and extends alsoa short way up the side
of the test; the inner row extends higher up the side of the test,
but soon becomes lost on the actinal surface; the ambulacral plates
are well provided with secondary and miliary tubercles on the ac-
tinal surface, but very slightly so on the abactinal. Actinostome
moderate, actinal cuts slight, auricles rather delicate, foramen well
marked, connecting ridge slight. General colour of the test yellow-
ish green ; the tubercles white. Spines? Hab.?
The following are the more important measurements,
Diameter. Height. Actinostome. Abactinal area. Anal area.
42 19 15%5 10 4
[45-2]! [37°8] [238] [9:5]
STRONGYLOCENTROTUS DROBACHIENSIS.
Bisco Percentage value of
diameter, in : :
pe ate ; Actino- Abactinal c
millim. Height. ainmaet ase Anal area.
iy | —-63-68--1-~45-45 a 1818
12 50 43°7 mA 22°7
19 50 47 26°3 13:15
24 45°8 41°6 27:08 14:5
30 43°3 41°6 30 15
35 42:8 38°5 25°7 15
39 51-2 384 25:6 12:8
532 56°6 35°8 226 =| 13°2
(?)65 58-4 30°7 14) | ape
Some of the fluctuations in percentage values shown by the above
table give an idea of the variations exhibited by this widely spread
and cireumpolar species. The author of the ‘ Revision of the Echini’
rendered considerable service to the students of this and allied species,
when he pointed out that under the name of S. drobachiensis it was
necessary to include so many that are merely nominal.
Mr. Leigh Smith has presented to the British Museum specimens
of this species which he dredged in the seas off Franz-Joseph Land,
as well as others taken to the north of Spitzbergen; Messrs. Hart
? Percentage value. 2 « B. neglectus.”
*
428 PROF. F, J. BELL ON THE ECHINOMETRIDE. [ Mar. 15,
and Feilden collected them at Franklin-Pierce Bay, Cape Napoleon,
and Hayes Point, during the Arctic Expedition of 1875-76; Capt.
Markham found specimens at 73° 10’ lat., 53° long. ; the officers
of the ‘Valorous’ Expedition collected specimens off Greenland.
Other examples have lately been received from the United States
Fishery Commission, which collected them at Eastport, Maine.
STRONGYLOCENTROTUS ERYTHROGRAMMUS.
Percentage value of
Absolute
diameter, in : :
millim. Height. aoe saci Anal area.
27°5 47-2 30°9 181 9:05
35 40 site 20 85
57 47°3 3815 19:3 9-2
57 456 30°7 19:3 10-9?
100 48 29 13 (a)
STRONGYLOCENTROTUS FRANCISCANUS.
, f
Absolute Percentage value o
diameter, ;
in millim.| Height. | fog ee cies
90 B55 25-5 23:7
ao 46-46 | 30-9 18-1 3
STRONGYLOCENTROTUS GIBBOSUS.
This species, obviously, does not lend itself to proportional mea-
surements.
STRONGYLOCENTROTUS LIVIDUS.
Percentage value of
Absolute
diameter, Sars. :
in millim. | Height. Retina) y|)/eabaasinal| ta aren
stome. area.
24-5 50 | 367 22:8 12
34 47 32°3 20°5 87
38 47-3 31:5 19-2 98
60 555 29:1 18-3 10
63 49:2 3071 166 és
1 Madreporic plate considerably swollen.
1881. ] PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE ECHINOMETRID&. 429
STRONGYLOCENTROTUS PURPURATUS.
t 1
Weatae Percentage value of
diameter, ; ;
in millim, | Height. Aas abana Anal area.
50 44 34 18 10
53 52°'8 32 17-4 89
55 44-1 30°9 18-1 9
STRONGYLOCENTROTUS TUBERCULATUS.
cits Percentage value of
diameter, ; :
in millim. | Height. ON ae a
stome, area.
: 26 46:1 346 19-2 96
315 44-4 333 19 10:3
43 50 32'5 20:9 10-4
54 46°3 27-7 16°6 74
60 48°3 316 158 66
Owing to the fact that the number of species in this genus is,
among the Echinoidea, so large, I have added to the Tables just given
others, which show certain points in the characters of the different
species which are undoubtedly of specific value.
I have for these points examined every species which is repre-
sented in the national collection; and I have to express my hope
that other observers will fill in the lacunze in our knowledge of the
points now to be discussed.
Relations of the Ocular Plates to the Anal Area.
(a) All shutout... 22/3). i. bullatus.
li. lividus
(and, as we may suppose, gaimardi).
iii. depressus.
(By Bwo-touch 2.0005 iv. armiger.
v. drobachiensis.
vi. erythrogrammus.
vil. franciscanus.
vill. tntermedius.
ix. purpuratus.
x. tuberculatus.
(gy). il aree:touch,, ./.0.5: xi. gibbosus,
(0) Bong touchy. o.0:5)5)-:. xil. albus’,
' This is true of full-grown specimens. In the younger all the oculars may be
shut off; but it is possible that four of these have even then a different position
to the fifth, or one lying to the right of the madreporic plate.
430 PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE ECHINOMETRIDEH. [Mar. 15,
I am unable to give any information as to the oculars of S. mewi-
canus or S. nudus: no mention is made of this character in the
diagnoses given in the ‘ Revision ;’ nor are they there figured. Neither
species is represented in the British Museum.
With regard to the characters of the radius, the number of species
on which I have any thing to report is, unfortunately, still smaller ;
the buccal apparatus of S. franciscanus, S. gibbosus, and S. depressus
being wanting from the British-Museum specimens.
S. tuberculatus would appear to be distinguished by the fact that
the radius is not notched terminally, while in aljus, armiger, ery-
throgrammus, intermedius, and purpuratus it is always so notched ;
S. he rather has the free end of the radius deeply grooved than
notched.
Characters of ascending and descending Tooth-processes.
(a). Rothi present. re ricl. a canaes:s (2 + . erythrogrammus.
(3) Ascending process evanescent...... li. armiger.
(vy) Ascending process absent ........ iii. albus.
iv. bullatus.
v. drobachiensis.
vi. intermedius.
vii. lividus.
Vill. purpuratus.
ix. tuberculatus.
_
SPH2RECHINUS.
The difficulties which are offered by the great development of the
tubercles and the special characters of the gill-cuts in species of this
Fig. 2.
fo)
Radius of S, granularis, seen from in front.
genus have always appeared to me to stand in the way of the view
taken by Prof. A. Agassiz, which regards this genus as a subgenus of
Strongylocentrotus. An examination of the buccal apparatus seems to
me to do more than justify this hesitation. The free end of the radius,
in place of being merely widened out at its end, presents a strong
and deep fureation, each leg of the fork measuring 6 millim., in a
radius of which the azgyos piece was 11 millim. long, and the angle
so wide as to separate the free ends of the legs by 5 millim. It
has not been my fortune to meet with so aberrant an arrangement in
any other regular Echinid save Toropneustes.
1881. ] PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE ECHINOMETRID&. 431
SPHARECHINUS GRANULARIS.
Fale | Percentage value of
diameter, | ; ee 4
in millim. Height. samo ep bagtinal Anal area.
i. 49'| 61:2 36-7 18:35 Bil
ii. 50'| 62 36 18 10
iii, 571 | 63:1 35 15°8 83
iy. 64! | 56-2 32:8 19-2 11-7
vy. 70: | 685 29-2 17-1 9-3
vi. 78! | 64-1 29-5 192 10-9
vii, 85'| 54-1 294 | 153 7
viii. 36 72-2 36 166 83 |
ix. 75 | 56 33:3 16 86
x.102 | 661 28-4 156 83
|
The first seven specimens, coming all from one locality, are very
interesting, as exhibiting the range and character of the variations in
this eminently variable genus.
PsEUDOBOLETIA.
This genus has been so amply defined by Prof. Troschel, that it is
only necessary to put his definition into English. ‘* Test flattened
and curved, thin; tubercles small; four pairs of pores in an arc;
two ocular plates touch the periproct; rather deep gill-fissures ;
auricles with large foramen and low connecting ridge. It is distin-
guished from Bole¢ia, Desor, by having four pairs of pores in each
are."
Two species have been described in it—one by Michelin as
endiana, the other by A. Agassiz as Boletia granulata. By the latter
author Pseudoboletia is recognized as a subgenus, and P. stenostoma
and P. maculata of Troschel are stated to be synonymous with P.
granulata and P. indiana respectively.
There are certainly two species in the British-Museum collection ;
and one is just as certainly P. indiana; the other species is certainly
stenostomatous as compared with P. indiana, and even more so
than was Prof. Troschel’s specimen ; this, uf course, may be due to-
the fact of its being older. When we study it by the aid of the
original definition * of B. granulata—‘‘ remarkable for its compara-
tively long spines; tubercles uniform in size, very closely crowded
together,’—-we are unable to gain any assistance from the first
clause, owing to the absence of the spines; but the second half of the
definition applies very well ; and, on the whole, I am inclined to feel
certain that the specimens are representatives of P. granulata. If,
however, they are so, they give a somewhat different aspect to the
* These specimens were collected at Naples.
? Sitzb. naturh. Ver. preuss. Rheinl. 1859, p. 96.
3 Bull, M. C. Z. i. 2 (1863), p. 24.
»
432 PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE ECHINOMETRIDE&. [Mar. 15,
geographical distribution of the species than it has had hitherto;
for the two specimens are both reported to have come from the
island of Mauritius, whence the other species (P. indiana) has (as it
seems) been already obtained ; and the only locality for P. granulata
hitherto recorded is that of the Sandwich Islands. P. indiana has
been received from
(a) Masbate,
(6) Philippine Islands,
(c) Zamboanga (coll. Challenger),
(d) Port Lincoln, Torres Straits.
I do not find myself able to agree with the view according to
which we should regard Pseudoboletia as standing in subgeneric
dependence to Strongylocentrotus. It seems to me that, as defined
by Prof. Troschel, it has the most distinct characters ; the constant
possession of four pairs of pores, the deep gill-fissures and large gills,
the constant abutting of two ocular plates on the ana) region, the
very considerable size of the lantern of Aristotle, are certainly
enough characters which can hardly be subordinated to the form in
which variability in the number of pores is found even in individual .
specimens, in which the gill-cuts are always slight, in which no
ocular plate, or only one, may touch the anal area, and in which the
buccal apparatus does not attain to any specially large size.
But I need hardly attack this “ man of straw ;” for although Prof.
Alex. Agassiz does technically regard it as a subgenus, yet he (p. 455)
speaks of it as a genus, and regards it as intermediate between the
Echinometrade and the KEchinide.
The size of the buccal apparatus is very remarkable: in two speci-
mens of P. indiana, which had the test respectively 32 and 25
millim. high, the height of the lantern of Aristotle was 26 and 22
millim. respectively. If similar results should be obtained with
P. granulata, it will be necessary to introduce the character into
the diagnosis of the genus, and to examine into the extent of its
affinity to Heterocentrotus.
PsEUDOBOLETIA GRANULATA.
Percentage value of
Absolute
diameter, é :
in millim. | Height. Aotines Hpacons Anal area.
—_
80 43:7 36:2 156 68
1881,] PROF. F. J. BELL ON A NEW SPECIES OF MESPILIA. 433
PsEUDOBOLETIA INDIANA.
Percentage value of
Absolute
diamoter) |) he vl) eee et. eT Sl oo Le
i illim. . Actino- | Abactinal
a eat stome. area. Anal area.
70 45°7 42-1 16:4 7]
53 471 42-4 15
52 49°4 40 12:3
EcHINOSTREPHUS.
For the present it is not possible to do more than give the accom-
panying table of measurements ; when any change is made in the
position of this curious genus, it should be based on a fuller know-
ledge of its life-history than we at present possess. In the mean-
time, in its unusual form it stands alone, not only among the
Echinometride, but among all the Echinidee. The smallest speci-
men measured (which is also smaller than any measured by Prof.
Alex. Agassiz) would seem to show that there is, during the rather
earlier stages, a considerable diminution in the proportional values
of the abactinal and actinal areas.
EcHINOSTREPHUS MOLARE.
saa ES Percentage value of
diameter.
. Tene : Actino- | Abactinal
in millim. Height. Bisons oe Anal area,
145 48:2 44:8 27°5 135
25 54 38 23 10
26°5 49 32 22°6
2. Description of a New Species of the Genus Mespilia.
By F. Jurrrey Bex, M.A., F.Z.S.
{Received February 24, 1881.]
When, last year, I was engaged in naming and revising the
specimens of Temnopleuride in the British Museum, I was unable
to satisfy myself as to the exact specific nature of the specimen now
to be described, and which I propose to name after its discoverer.
MEsPILIA WHITM4I, 0. sp.
The examination of this species revives nearly all the difficulties
as to the definition of the genera Mespilia and Amblypneustes. The
434 PROF. F. J. BELL ON A NEW SPECIES OF MESPILIA. [ Mar. 15,
special point which characterizes this new species will perhaps bring
into prominence the whole question of the real affinities of these
forms: it is the well-marked character of the gill-cuts of the acti-
nostome, which, in the only species of the genus known hitherto, are
so very feebly developed.
The specimen on which the following description is based was
presented by the Rev. S. J. Whitmee, and is stated to have come from
the Samoa Islands. It is in the dry condition. The test, from
above, is obscurely pentagonal in form, and not at all high; the
spines are delicate, yellowish or greenish yellow in ground-colour,
and banded or tipped with red; they are richly developed over the
whole surface of the test, with the exception of the middle portion
of the interambulacral aree. In correspondence with this there is,
of course, a portion of the interambulacral plates devoid of primary
tubercles; but this is only seen above the ambitus; this bare band
is much narrower than in M. globulus. At the ambitus there are
four large primary tubercles in a row on either side of the middle
line; the space on either side of these is occupied by smaller
tubercles, which are not quite so regularly arranged ; as we pass
nearer the actinostome, first these latter tubercles and then the
outer primary tubercles disappear; those that remain retain or even
exceed the size of those at the ambitus.
In the ambulacral areze a row of four tubercles on either side
can likewise be made out at the ambitus. In having the same
number of primary tubercles in the interambulacral as in the ambu-
lacral area this species differs from MZ. globulus, which, however, it
resembles in having the largest and most conspicuous of the inter-
ambulacral tubercles nearest to the poriferous zone. There is but a
very feebly developed, bare, intraambulacral space; but the sutural
pores between the plates are more conspicuous in the ambulacral
than in the interambulacral aree.
The gill-cuts are well marked and wide. The auricular foramen
is large, much larger than in M. globulus, and quite as large as, if
not larger than, that of Amblypneustes pallidus. The connecting
ridge is low, and, at its middle point, is produced into a short,
pointed, upwardly-directed process ; the actinostome is moderately
large.
The abactinal area is by no means small; all the oculars remain
shut out from the edge of the anal area; and in no essential point
does it differ in character from that of M. globulus ; there is a rich
supply of tubercles; and the peripheral anal plates are large and
tuberculated. The poriferous zone is not so wide as in M. globulus ;
but the pairs of pores are still arranged in two vertical rows, and
the number of those in the outer seems to be about double those in
the inner row.
The foramen of the pyramid is perhaps a little larger than in
M. globulus ; as in it, the radius is not bifid at its free end; but its
spatulate character is very much more developed.
The general ground-colour of the test is greyish brown; the
tubercles are yellowish or whitish.
1881.] MR. Ww. A. FORBES ON THE GENUS CONOPOPHAGA. 435
This new species is at once to be distinguished from M. g/obulus
by (1) its well-marked gill-cuts, (2) the extreme narrowness of the
median bare space and the consequent increase in the number of the
tubercles, (3) the more spatulate character of the free end of the
radius.
When its proportional measurements are compared with the
specimen of an absolute diameter of 36 millim.’ we find the new
species to be not so high, and to have the actinal, abactinal, and
anal areas all proportionally a little larger.
7 Abactinal Anal Actino-
Diam. Height. area. area, stome.
38 22 Tas 35 12
[579] [19] [9-2] [31-5]
The numbers in brackets are the percentage values.
3. Contributions to the Anatomy of Passerine Birds.—Part
IV.’ On some Points in the Anatomy of the Genus
Conopophaga, and its Systematic Position. By W. A.
Forssrs, B.A., Prosector to the Society.
[Received February 28, 1881.]
As regards the true relationships of the genus Conopophaga con-
siderable doubt has hitherto prevailed amongst systematic zoologists.
By Sundevall* it was placed amongst the Tyrannidze, on account of
its depressed beak and the nature of its tarsal scutellation. Messrs.
Sclater and Salvin, in their valuable ‘ Nomenclator Avium Neotro-
picalium’ *, foliowed Sundevall—the Conopophaginee, consisting of
the genera Conopophaga and Corythopis, therein forming the first
subfamily of the Oligomyodian Tyrannide. All these authors, how-
ever, had overlooked the fact that Johannes Miller, in his classical
memoir on the Voice-organs of the Passerinz’, had described the
syrinx of Conopophaga aurita, and had found it to be completely
tracheophone, that of the Tyrannide having, of course, no such
structure. Garrod was, no doubt, aware of Miiller’s results; for in
his proposed rearrangement of the Tracheophone Passeres®, he
made the ‘‘Conopophagide”’ a distinct family, which he placed
between the Dendrocolaptidz and the Formicariide. No reasons,
however, for the change were there given.
A few days ago Mr. Salvin called my attention to the fact that ina
skeleton of Conopophaga melanops, lately acquired for the Cambridge
1 P. Z.S. 1880, p. 435.
2 For Part IIT. see P. Z. 8. 1880, p. 387.
8 Tentamen, p. 60: Stockholm, 1872.
+ L.e. p. 41: London, 1873.
5 Ueber d. Stimmorgane &e., p. 389: Berlin, 1847. Garrod’s edition, p. 32.
8 P.Z.S. 1877, p. 452.
436 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE GENUS CONOPOPHAGA. [Mar. 15,
University Museum, the sternum presented four notches along its pos-
terior margin, a very unusual condition in Passerine birds. This again
drew my attention to the genus; and being fortunately the possessor
of a specimen in spirit of Conopophaga lineata from Pernambuco,
1 have been enabled to confirm Mr. Salvin’s discovery, as well as
to make some other notes on the structure of this genus. As re-
gards the sternum, it will be seen, from the drawing I now exhibit
of that of Conopophaga lineata, to possess, as already stated, four
Sternum of Conopophaga lineata, of the natural size ; viewed, slightly
obliquely, from the side.
notches, two on each side, on its posterior margin. Both are quite
distinct; but the outer one is considerably the larger of the two,
running up to near the base of the ‘costal process.” The outer
xiphoid process diverges considerably, so that there is a wide
space between its termination and that of the internal one. This
latter is terminally expanded and closely approximated, internally, to
the body of the sternum, with only a very narrow cleft separating the
ossified parts there. In other respects the sternum and its appendages
are characteristically Passerine, there being a large bifurcated manu-
brium sterni, and a long, forwardly directed, costal process. Theclavi-
cles are well developed, with a large hypocleidium and strongly expanded
scapular ends. The carina sterni is well developed. The only other
Passerine birds in which the sternum is four-notched are, so far as
is yet known, sundry species of Pteroptochide (Péeroptochus albi-
collis, the species of Hylactes, and Scytalopus indigoticus). In
Pteroptochus albicollis the two notches of each side are more nearly
equal in size, and the internal xiphoid process is separated by a
considerable interval from the body of the bone.
As regards the skull, Conopophaga is typically Passerine, not being
in the slightest degree schizorhinal, as already stated by Garrod (J.c.).
The vomer is broad and bifurcated. The maxillo-palatine processes
are fairly long, spongy at the base, and recurved and dilated slightly
apically, and do not articulate with the vomer, as is the case (e. g.)
in Thamnophilus'. The ‘“transpalatine’”’ processes are well deve-
loped. In the macerated skull the external nares are divided into
an anterior and a posterior opening, by the ossification of the alimasal
cartilages. The same is the case in the species of Thamnophilus and
in many other Passeres. I donot, however, attach much systematic
importance to this character, as it occurs in Cymbirhynchus, and not
1 Gf. Parker, Trans. Zool. Soc. ix. p. 313, pl. lvil. fig. 9.
1881.] MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE GENUS CONOPOPHAGA. 437
in Oalyptomena, and in Hadrostomus, Tityra (just), and Lipaugus,
but in none other of the Pipro-Cotingide. The only Tyrannine bird
in which I have observed it is Arundinicola leucocephala.
From the character of its skull nothing very definite can be
predicated of Conopophaga, except that it clearly has no relation to
Furnariine forms. In its visceral anatomy, myology, pterylosis, and
other characters I have detected no deviation from the ordinary
Passerine structure. The typical arrangement of the tensor patagi
brevis tendon is somewhat concealed, as in Pteroptochus and Hy-
lactes (ef. Garrod, P. Z.S. 1876, p. 510), by the muscular fibres
at the origin of the extensor metacarpi muscle. There is no trace
of a vinculum in the deep flexor tendons of the foot. The artery of
the leg is the sciatic. In the tarsi the anterior scutes, about six in
number, extend round to the posterior margin exteriorly, leaving
the internal plantar space covered by a smooth skin, with no signs
of scutes or scutellee. In its possession of an “‘exaspidean”? tarsus,
Conopophaga differs from all other forms of Tracheophone, and
resembles Oxyrhynchus, the Tyrannide, and Pipridz alone of Pas-
serine birds.
The Tracheophone syrinx of Conopophaga aurita has been briefly
described and figured by Miiller* ; and from that species C. lineata
does not essentially differ. I find, however, that in this latter species
the commencement of the tracheal syrinx is less abrupt than is
depicted by Miiller, the few preceding tracheal rings, particularly
posteriorly, becoming gradually less and less deep as they approach
the membranous part. The last tracheal ring is deeper and stronger
than its predecessors, and is incomplete in the middle line behind.
The first bronchial semiring is considerably stronger than the second
one, and bears the processus vocalis, which extends upwards for
about two rings. The last tracheal and first two bronchial semirings
are less closely connected together than in Miiller’s figure. The
tracheal syrinx forms a somewhat dilated tympanum. As regards
the muscles, my observations agree with Miiller’s as to there being
no intrinsic muscles, as the lateral tracheal muscle stops at the com-
mencement of the membranous part of the trachea, from which
place also the sterno-tracheales diverge.
This syrinx of Conopophaga does not exactly agree with that of
any other Tracheophone group. In that it possesses processus
vocales it resembles that of the Furnariidee and Dendrocolaptide
described by Miiller (Pteroptochus, Hylactes, Formicarius, and
Grallaria), and differs from Thamnophilus and Hypocnemis. In
the absence of any intrinsic muscle it resembles Grallaria and Hy-
lactes, as described by Garrod, as well as Chameza, Pteroptochus,
and Formicarius. In Furnarius, Dendrocolaptes, &c. this muscle is
always present, and double. But in both Grallaria, Hylactes, and
the others the sterno-tracheales muscles arise from the end of the
vocal process. In Conopophaga, on the other hand, they leave the
trachea before reaching that process.
‘ As defined by Sundevall, /. ¢. p. 57.
2 L.c. p. 89, pl. vi. fig. 12, Garrod’s ed. p. 32,
438 PROF. NEWTON ON THE GENUS HYPHERPES. [ Mar. 15,
The peculiarity, therefore, of its sternum, when taken with its
tarsal scutellation and peculiar syrinx, seems to demand that, as has
already been proposed by Garrod, the genus Conopophaga’ should
form a primary division of the Tracheophone Passeres, which may
be defined as follows :—
Conopophagide.—Tracheophonine Passeres, with a holorhinal
skull and four-notched sternum, an exaspidean tarsus, and a syrinx
with no intrinsic muscles, and with the sterno-tracheales not attached
to the processus vocales.
As regards the possession of a four-notched sternum by these
birds and the Pteroptochide, I am not inclined to consider it in any
way a primitive character, but rather as an instance of a simple
modification having been independently acquired in different groups
of birds (many parallel cases might be given). The Tracheophonine
syrinx must, without doubt, be regarded as a modification of some
Haploophonine form?; and in all these last birds, as in the still
less specialized Eurylemide, the sternum has the typical form with
but two notches. On the other hand, the similarity of form of the
sternum in the Pteroptochide and Conopophagide may very pro-
bably indicate that these groups may both have sprung from some
common stock which had already developed a peculiar sternum.
4. Note on the Generic Name Hypherpes.
By Atrrep Newron, M.A., F.R.S., &e.
[Received March 15, 1881.]
My attention having been called by a note in the ‘ Zoological
Record’ (xvi. Aves, p. 28) to the prior use in entomology, by the
Baron Chaudoir (Bull. Mose. 1838, p. 8), of the generic name
Hypherpes, conferred by me some years ago (P. Z.S. 1863, p. 85)
on a bird discovered in Madagascar by my brother, I beg leave to
substitute for the latter the name Hypositta*, and hope that this
curious form will henceforth be known as Hypositta corallirostris.
1 Corythopis has not yet been anatomically examined ; by Sundevall it is
placed near Formicarius. It is therefore nearly certain to "be Tracheophonine,
and is probably really closely allied to Conopophaga.
* Garrod, P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 517,
3 Th. i706, sub; oirrn, ’Sitta.
1881. ] ON NEW PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 439
5. Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Phytophagous
Coleoptera. By Martin Jacosy.
[Received March 5, 1881.]
Genus LAMpRospH&RUuS, Baly.
1, LAMPROSPHERUS GIGAS, sp. nov.
Rotundate-ovate, convex. Metallic green; base of antennz and
the tarsi fulvous ; thorax irregularly and rather finely, elytra more
strongly, substriate-punctate.
Length 3 lines.
Hab. Peru.
Head distinctly and rather closely punctured, with a central
longitudinal groove; clypeus wedge-shaped, distinctly separated
from the face, impunctate ; labrum and jaws black. Antenne two
thirds the length of the body, the three basal joints fulvous, the rest
black. Thorax transversely convex, its sides much narrowed towards
the base, posterior margin oblique at each side, the median lobe but
little produced ; surface closely and irregularly covered with larger
and smaller punctures. Elytra very convex, with a slight transverse
depression below the shoulders, the latter rather prominent ; surface
strongly and rather regularly punctate-striate, less strongly towards
the apex. Underside and legs metallic green, tarsi fulvous.
In my collection.
The large size of this species will distinguish it from the others
described, L. tarsatus, Baly, being most nearly allied to it; from
that species, however, the metallic green upperside and the strong
punctuation of the elytra separate it.
2. LAMPROSPHZERUS SUBCOSTATUS, sp. nov.
Rotundate-ovate, convex. Black; base of antenne and the legs
and tarsi fulvous; above dark blue, shining; thorax finely and
closely, elytra deeply punctate-striate, the interstices laterally costate.
Length 2 lines.
Hab. Bogota.
Head rugose-punctate ; labrum fulvous. Antenne subfiliform ;
the last five joints slightly dilated, piceous; first five joints fulvous.
Thorax three times as broad as long, sides evenly rounded, finely
margined with metallic green, surface closely but rather finely punc-
tured. Scutellum ovate, smooth. Elytra as wide as the thorax,
narrowed and rather pointed towards the apex; surface deeply and
regularly punctate-striate, with three or four distinct coste near the
lateral margin. Underside black ; legs entirely fulvous.
Collection Jacoby.
Genus Poxpra, Chapuis.
3. PH&DRA BUCKLEYI, sp. nov.
Broadly ovate, subrotundate, convex. Below black; antenne,
440 MR. M. JACOBY ON NEW [Mar. 15,
legs, and abdomen fulvous ; above dark violaceous, shining, thorax
greenish blue, closely punctured ; elytra finely subpunctate-striate.
Length 22 lines.
Hab. Ecuador.
Head dark blue, opaque, rather deeply depressed between the
eyes ; this depression, as well as the clypeus, rugose ; rest of the sur-
face remotely but distinctly punctured. Labrum, palpi, and the
antennee fulvous; last seven joints of the latter distinctly thickened,
and extending to half the length of the body. Thorax three times as
broad as long, very convex, of a greenish leaden colour, the sides
finely margined with metallic green; surface with a few obsolete
depressions near the base, very closely and rather finely punctured.
Scutellum broader than long, its apex broadly rounded, extremely
finely punctured. LElytra very dark violaceous blue, not wider than
the thorax, the shoulders rather prominent, more finely punctured
than the thorax, the punctures placed in rather regular rows, and
distinct to the apex. Underside black, abdomen fulvous.
In my collection.
Genus Avutexis, Baly.
4. AULEXIS ELONGATUS, sp. nov.
Elongate; fulvous, subnitidous, covered with long whitish hairs ;
antennee, their three basal joints excepted, and the tibiz and tarsi
black ; thorax deeply transversely: depressed, three-dentate.
Length 23 lines.
Hab. Java.
Head rather closely punctured, more deeply at the lower part,
anterior margin of epistome with two teeth. Antenne extending not
much further than the commencement of the elytra, the third and
fourth joints equal, the rest gradually, widened, three lower joints
fulvous, the rest black. Thorax finely punctured, with a deep oblique
transverse depression across the disk, the sides armed with three
acute teeth, the third being rather obsolete. Scutellum elongate,
subquadrate. Elytra convex, more than three times as long as the
thorax, punctured in the same way, and covered with long silky
whitish hairs. Underside fulvous, tibiee and tarsi black.
Collection Jacoby.
From the three other species described by Mr. Baly the present
one is distinguished by its coloration in connexion with its size.
In Dr. Chapuis’s remarks on this genus, I find the eyes men-
tioned as being separated by a narrow space only; this is a mistake,
as, on the contrary, they are very widely apart.
Genus Nona, Chapuis.
5. Nopa UNICOSTATA, Sp. nov.
Oblong-ovate, moderately convex. Below greenish blue; above
metallic aureous, five basel joints of antenne fulvous; thorax and
elytra finely punctured, the latter with a lateral costa posteriorly.
Var. Entirely metallic green above.
1881.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTEHA. 441
Length 2-23 lines.
Hab. Maué, Amazons.
Front of the head swollen, minutely punctured, with a faint lon-
gitudinal central groove; clypeus separated from the face by an
obsolete triangular groove, its surface finely rugose-punctate. La-
brum metallic green. Antenne extending to the base of the thorax,
their five apical joints transverse, distinctly broader than long, black,
basal joints more or less fulvous. Thorax transversely convex,
much widened at the base, from there to the apex narrowed and
much reflexed anteriorly, surface very minutely punctured. Scutel-
Jum semicircular, broader than long. Elytra scarcely more than twice
as long as the thorax, very convex, a little more strongly punctured
than the thorax, the punctuation arranged in regular rows, each
elytron with a distinctly raised costa near the lateral margin from
the middle to the apex. Legs robust, dark metallic blue.
A variety is of a larger size, and of a metallic green colour above,
but does not differ in other respects.
Collection Jacoby.
Genus CoLasposoma, Casteln.
6. CoLASPOSOMA GIBBICOLLE, sp. nov.
Oblong, convex. Dark blue; head strigose laterally, aureous ;
thorax convex, closely and deeply punctured, dark blue; elytra
aureous, the suture broadly, extreme lateral margin narrowly, dark
blue.
Length 4—42 lines.
Hab. Zanzibar.
Head closely punctured, shallowly depressed in the middle, the
sides obliquely strigose. Antenne of half the length of the body,
black ; the first joint globular, second short, third joint longer than
the fourth, last five joints widened. Thorax about twice as broad
as long, very convex, the sides much rounded, anterior angles dis-
tinct, posterior margin nearly straight at the sides, rounded at the
middle, surface densely and deeply punctured. Scutellum distinctly
punctate. Elytra nearly three times as long as the thorax, mo-
derately convex, rounded towards the apex; surface very closely
transversely rugose at the sides, punctate-rugose near the suture,
extreme apex finely pubescent. Underside and legs dark blue, pu-
bescent.
Of this handsome species I possess six specimens, which do not
differ except in size; besides the well-marked pattern of the elytra,
the convexity of the thorax and its rounded lateral margin will
easily distinguish this species from others.
7. COLASPOSOMA APICALE, sp. Dov.
Oblong, ovate, convex. neous below, closely pubescent ; labrum
and antenne fulvous, above metallic green ; thorax finely, elytra more
strongly punctured, the extreme lateral margin and the apex
aureous.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1881, No. XXIX. 29
442 MR. M. JACOBY ON NEW [ Mar. 15,
Length 3 lines.
Hab. Transvaal.
Head closely covered with rather deep oblong punctures, anterior
margin of the epistome deeply concave emarginate ; labrum fulvous.
Antenne scarcely extending to one third the length of the body,
obscure fulvous, the fifth to the apical joints closely pubescent.
Thorax transversely convex, its sides rounded and subangulate at
the middle, surface punctured like the head, the interstices ex-
tremely finely granulate, metallic green, anterior angles more or less
distinctly aureous. Scutellum of the same colour or metallic green,
broader than long, finely granulate, with some deep punctures.
Elytra elongate, narrowed and acute at the apex, longitudinally
depressed in front of the humeral callus, surface deeply and closely
punctured, the interstices, especially near the sides, coarsely trans-
versely rugose, the extreme apex and the margins aureous ; inflexed
limb of the elytra of the same colour. Legs zeneous, with a violet
reflection.
Two specimens are contained in my collection.
8. CoLASPOSOMA TARSALE, Sp. nov.
Elongate, subparallel. Metallic green below ; above opaque green,
basal joints of antennz and the legs fulvous; tarsi black; thorax
and elytra densely punctured, the latter transversely rugose through-
out.
Length 3 lines.
Hab. Africa.
Head strigose at the extreme vertex, densely and deeply punc- .
tured at its lower part ; clypeus separated from the front by a semi-
distinct transverse smooth ridge, its lower part finely rugose punctate.
Labrum fulvous. Mandibule metallic green at the base. Palpi
fulvous, their apex piceous. Antenne of half the length of the
body, first three joints fulvous, the rest piceous. Thorax transverse,
convex, its sides rouided, surface covered throughout with deep
punctures, green, opaque. Scutellum impunctate, broader than
long. Elytra elongate, not depressed below the base, slightly
narrowed and rounded towards the apex, their surface covered
throughout with transverse wrinkles, the interstices punctate. Under-
side green, shining; legs fulvous; tarsi black; anterior legs
elongated.
One specimen in my collection.
The opaque colour of its upper parts, together with the black
tarsi and fulvous legs, will separate the present species from others,
especially from C. instabile, Mar., and C. femorale, Lefév.
9. COLASPOSOMA LONGIPES, sp. nov.
Oblong. Cupreous below ; head aureous, remotely punctured ;
antennee, labrum, and legs fylvous, the anterior ones elongate ;
thorax finely, elytra strongly substriate-punctate, metallic green.
Length 3 lines.
Hab. Transvaal.
Y
1881. ] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 443
Head very distantly, clypeus closely punctured, aureous; man-
dibulz robust and rather long. Antenne of half the length of the
body, fulvous, the joints elongate, but slightly thickened. Thorax
convex, rather long, about twice as broad as long, the sides very
rounded, surface finely and rather closely puuctured, metallic green,
with a faint cupreous tint near the posterior angles. Scutellum as
broad as long. Elytra elongate, convex, slightly narrowed at the apex,
the base distinctly swollen ; surface much more strongly punctured
than the thorax, the punctures arranged in almost regular rows,
interstices at the sides slightly transversely wrinkled. Anterior
legs very elongate.
One specimen, contained in my collection.
The elongate anterior legs, very remote and fine punctuation of
the head, and the nearly regular rows of punctures of the elytra
will make this species recognizable amongst its allies; it is distin-
guished from C. thoracicum, Leftv., by the rufous tarsi, and the basal
elevation of its elytra.
10. CoLasposoMA MELANCHOLICUM, Sp. nov.
Oblong-ovate. Dark zneous; antenne black; above closely
punctate, rugose, covered with whitish pubescence, each elytron with
four or five longitudinal obsolete coste.
Length 3 lines.
Hab. Transvaal.
Head closely rugose-punctate, with a smooth central line. An-
tennee black, extending to one third the length of the body, third
and following joints of nearly equal length. Thorax narrowly
transverse, nearly three times as broad as long, convex, and its
sides deflexed; surface very closely rugose and punctate, and
covered with thin white pubescence. Scutellum not covered with
hairs, punctured. Elytra convex, rounded posteriorly, rugose and
punctured like the thorax, and pubescent like the latter, each elytron
with four or five longitudinal cost from the base to the apex, at
which place they closely approach each other. Underside and legs
of the same colour, and pubescent like the upper surface.
One specimen is contained in my collection.
There seem to be several species closely allied to the present one
—C. vestitum, Thoms., C. pubescens, Lefév., and C. subcostatum,
Gerst. From the first it is distinguished by the transverse thorax
and by the colour of its antenne and legs, from the second by the
elytral costee and greater size, while the pubescence separates it from
the third species.
11, CoLAsPosoMA VARIABILE, Sp. nov.
Oblong. neous below ; above metallic green; head with two,
thorax and elytra with four longitudinal dark purplish bands.
Var. Entirely greenish or brownish zneous.
Length 4—43 lines.
Hab. Zanzibar.
Head deeply and closely punctured, dark purplish, a central lon-
: 29%
444 MR. M. JACOBY ON NEW [ Mar. 15,
gitudinal short band and the clypeus metallic green. Antenne like
those of the preceding species. Thorax narrowly transverse, sides
nearly straight at the base, thence to the apex slightly rounded ;
surface very closely punctate near the sides, more remotely at the
disk, metallic green, this colour divided by four longitudinal bands,
of which the two middle ones are the broadest, but do not qnite
touch the apex, the bands placed at nearly equal distance from each
other, another shorter purplish spot is placed on each side at the
extreme lateral margin. Scutellum depressed at its base, deeply
punctured. Elytra of exactly the same shape and sculpture as in
C. gibbicolle, metallic green, each elytron with a subsutural broad
dark purplish band, and another lateral one, both uniting at their
apex. Underside and legs zneous, finely pubescent, anterior femora
with a very short tooth.
A variety does not differ except in its uniform colour of green
or brownish zeneous but in certain lights traces of the darker bands
are also here visible.
12. CoLASPOSOMA ANTENNALE, Sp. Nov.
Broadly ovate, convex. Metallic green or eneous; antenne and
legs fulvous, the former long, filiform; thorax and elytra deeply
punctured, interstices of latter transversely rugose throughout.
Length 3-32 lines.
Hab. South Africa.
Head longitudinally strigose at the vertex, closely punctured at
the middle ; clypeus divided from the front by a distinct transverse
angulate groove, closely punctured near the lower margin. Labrum
narrow, fulvous. Antenne as long as half the body in the male,
slender, all the joints elongate, the terminal ones not thickened,
fulvous, apex of apical joints piceous. Thorax transverse, convex,
rather broad, sides much rounded, angles acute, the anterior ones
thickened and produced into a point; surface closely and deeply
punctate at the sides, less so at the disk, the middle of which is
partly smooth and impunctate. Scutellum rugose punctate, not
broader than long. Elytra oblong, convex, slightly narrowed to-
wards the apex, surface very closely and deeply punctate and trans-
versely rugose. Abdomen finely rugose, very finely pubescent.
Specimens which I refer to the female insect have the antenne a
little shorter and the thorax less transverse.
In my collection.
To be distinguished from C. senegalense, Cast., by its denser
punctuation of the thorax and elytra, more elongate shape, and the
different antennee ; from C. chloris, Lefev., by the close transverse
rugosities which cover nearly the entire elytra, while C. femorale,
Leféy., has differently coloured legs and antenne.
13. CoLASPOSOMA ORNATICOLLE, Sp. Nov.
Oblong, convex. Black; legs, breast, and head purplish blue;
thorax aureous, densely punctured; elytra purplish, the suture
metallic green.
1881.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 445
Length 3 lines.
Hab. Cochin China.
Head purplish, deeply but moderately closely punctured.» Labrum
fulyous. Antenne half the length of the body, dark fulvous, the
apical joints black, basal joint purplish above. Thorax transversely
convex, three times as broad as long, sides very deflexed and
rounded, narrowed anteriorly, with a narrow metallic green margin ;
surface very deeply and closely punctured, aureous. Scutellum of
the same colour, punctured. Elytra oblong, transversely depressed
below the base with a longitudinal row of round tubercles from
below the shoulder to two thirds of their length; rest of the disk
punctured like the thorax, slightly transversely wrinkled at the
sides, purplish ; a sutural stripe, widened towards the apex, and the
extreme lateral margin metallic green. Legs and breast greenish
blue; tarsi and the abdomen black.
In my collection.
The shorter antenne, colour of the head, and other characters
will easily distinguish this species from C. igneicolle, Baly.
14. CoLaAsPOSOMA ORNATUM, Sp. nov.
Oblong-ovate, convex. Black; above aureous, rather finely pune-
tured; anterior margin of the thorax, the base and sutural margin
of the elytra, and a narrow angulate longitudinal stripe on the disk
of each elytron metallic blue.
Var. Head and thorax dark blue.
Length 3 lines. :
Hab. India.
Head deeply but not closely punctured, strigose at the sides ;
epistome rugose, punctate at the base, with an obtuse tubercle at
the middle; upper part of the head aureous, space in front of the
antennz and sides of the epistome metallic blue ; labrum, antenne,
and palpi black. Thorax three times as broad as long, its sides
rounded, and the anterior angles produced into an acute point ; sur-
face moderately deeply punctured throughout, the punctuation
scarcely finer at the disk than at the sides, anterior margin narrowly
metallic blue. Scutellum nearly as broad as long, metallic green.
Elytra scarcely depressed below the base, convex, rather more finely
punctured than the thorax, except below the shoulder, where the
punctuation is strong and the interstices are slightly wrinkled; the
colour is the same as that of the thorax, extreme base and the mar-
gins metallic blue ; at the middle of the disk a narrow longitudinal
band of the same colour extends from below the base to two thirds
the length of the elytra, and sends off a short transverse band ante-
riorly at right angles towards the suture, without, however, touching
the latter. Legs and underside black, sides of the breast metallic
reen.
: Of this species I possess four specimens, which, except the variety
mentioned above, agree in coloration, but not in sculpturing, some
being much more strongly punctured than others, which difference
might be sexual; they may, however, possibly belong to another
446 MR. M. JACOBY ON NEW [ Mar. 15,
species, as the habitat of the type alone is known to me, the other
three being without locality.
15. CoLASPOSOMA ROBUSTUM, Sp. Nov.
Subquadrate-oblong, robust. Metallic green or blue; above me-
tallic green, rather finely punctured, suture and a transverse short
band below the base of the elytra purplish.
Var. Above entirely metallic green.
Length 4-5 lines.
Hab. India, Neilgherries.
Head rather finely and remotely punctured, the front swollen,
with a deep impression between the eyes ; upper part of the epistome
longitudinally rugose. Labrum and palpi black. Antennee of half
the length of the body, the six lower joints dark blue, the rest black,
opaque. Thorax transversely convex, its sides rounded ; surface not
closely, but distinctly punctured, the punctures not stronger than
those of the head. Scutellum broad, subquadrate. Elytra wider
at the base than the thorax, subquadrate, convex, transversely im-
pressed below the basilar space, where the punctuation is deep and
strong, and more or less deeply transversely rugose ; rest of the sur-
face punctured like the thorax, but more finely towards the apex.
Underside and legs metallic green or blue.
Six specimens are contained in my collection.
The large size and rather fine punctuation distinguish the present
species from the others, especially from C. pretiosum, Baly, from
which it is moreover separated by the uniform colour of the tarsi
and legs and the want of the tooth of the anterior femora.
Colasposoma sellatum, Baly (1878) = C. barbatum, Harold (1879).
Colasposoma instabile, Harold (1877)=C. varians, Baly (1878).
Genus Everacuys, Dej.
16. EUBRACHYS APICALIS, sp. nov.
Oblong, subdepressed. Metallic green, sides of the thorax and part
of the head black; above rugose, posterior part of the elytra
striate-punctate, black ; legs cupreous, femora acutely dentate.
Length 2} lines.
Hab. Cameroons.
Head elongate, closely rugose punctate, the vertex strigose, black-
ish, lower part cupreous, anterior margin of the epistome distinctly
concave, apex of jaws black. Antenne gradually widened towards
the apex, black, basal joint cupreous. Thorax cylindrical, scarcely
wider at the middle, metallic green at the disk, sides black, surface
closely punctate and transversely rugose. Scutellum subpentagonal,
metallic green. Elytra much wider at the base than the thorax,
narrowed towards the apex, anterior portion metallic green, closely
covered with distinct granulations, apical portion deeply punctate-
striate, black, somewhat shining, extreme apex finely pubescent.
Underside closely pubescent, legs elongate, rugose-punctate, cu-
preous, all the femora with an acute long tooth. Apical margin of
the anterior epistome concave.
1881.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 447
Two specimens are contained in my collection.
Mr. Baly has lately separated the genus Pseudocolaspis into two
sections, founded upon the convexity or concavity of the anterior
margin of the episternum, retaining for the latter section Dejean’s
name of Hubrachys. The present species belongs to this group
according to this arrangement.
AURANIUS, nov. gen.
Oblong-ovate, moderately convex; face perpendicular; eyes
slightly emarginate; antennz half the length of the body, the last
five joints dilated ; maxillary palpi subfiliform, apical joint elongate,
its apex subacute; thorax subcylindrical, very convex, its sides
dentate at the middle; elytra much wider than the thorax, narrowed
posteriorly, longitudinally rugose, the interstices transversely
wrinkled and deeply punctate; legs short, robust, tibiee widened at
the apex and compressed, claws appendiculate ; prosternum longer
than broad, narrowed at the middle, its base truncate ; anterior tho-
racic episternum convex.
Type Auranius robustus.
On account of the anterior convex episternum, the present genus’
must be placed amongst the second division of the Eumolpide.
While it agrees in general form of the body with the genus Corynodes,
the dentate lateral margin and great convexity of the thorax will
easily distinguish it from that and any other genus of the second
group of this family.
17. AURANIUS ROBUSTUS.
Bronze-coloured, submetallic, pubescent below ; labrum, palpi, and
antenne fulvous,-joint 7 and the apical ones piceous; thorax coarsely
longitudinally rugous, its sides tridentate ; elytra oblong, irregularly
longitudinally and transversely rugose.
Length 4—43 lines.
Hab. Brazil. ;
Head elongate, closely rugose and strigate, space in front of the
eyes with two transverse smooth raised elevations, anterior border of
the clypeus truncate ; mandibulz robust. Labrum and palpi fulvous,
apical joints of the latter piceous. Antenne about as long as half
the body, the third joint more than twice as long as the second, the
seventh to the apical joints distinctly widened, fulvous, joint 7 and
10 and 11 piceous. Thorax subcylindrical, the anterior half very
convex and raised, the elevation divided at the top by a narrow
longitudinal groove from base to apex, lateral margin distinctly
tridentate, the anterior angles subtuberculiform ; surface closely and
coarsely longitudinally rugose and deeply punctured. Scutellum broader
than long, convex, smooth. Elytra much wider at the base than
the thorax, gradually narrowed towards the apex, moderately convex,
each elytron with about 6 rows of interrupted highly raised smooth
coste, connected partly by other transverse rugosities, the inter-
stices deeply punctured. Legs very robust, tibize greatly widened
448 MR. M. JACOBY ON NEW [ Mar. 15,
anteriorly, first anterior tarsal joint greatly dilated and subquadrate
(male?), claws appendiculate.
Two specimens of this interesting insect were kindly given to me
by Dr. Baden of Altona.
Genus CoLasporpEs, Casteln.
18. CoLASPOIDES AMAZONA, Sp. Nov.
Oblong, convex. Underside, the legs, and antennz fulvous; above
bright metallic green, finely punctured.
Length 3 lines.
Hab. Maué, Amazons.
Front of the head swollen, with a fine longitudinal central groove,
distinctly but remotely punctate, epistome broader than long, dis-
tinctly separated from the face by a deep groove, rugose punctate.
Labrum fulvous ; apical joint of the palpi and the jaws black. An-
tenn extending to one third the length of the body, entirely fulvous.
Thorax about three times as broad as long, narrowed in front, the
sides much deflexed anteriorly, surface irregularly and remotely
covéred with larger and finer punctures, which disappear entirely
near the anterior margin. Scutellum subtriangular, impunctate.
Elytra nearly four times as long as the thorax, narrowed near the
apex, convex, rather regularly but finely punctate-striate, the punc-
tures not stronger than those of the thorax. Entire underside and
legs fulvous. Sas eh
The colour of the underside will distinguish this species from any
other described South-American form.
GALERUCIDE.
NEOCHARIS, 0. gen.
Elongate, parallel; head elongate, longer than broad, perpen-
dicular; palpi elongate, subapical joint thickened at the apex ;
antennee filiform, joint 3 dilated, swollen; thorax slightly broader
than long, surface with two round impressions ; scutellum trigonate,
convex ; elytra broader than the thorax, impressed below the base,
confusedly punctate; legs slender, tibiz unarmed, claws appen-
diculate ; prosternum invisible ; anterior coxal cavities closed.
Type Neocharis fulvicollis.
The above characters show that this genus must be placed
amongst Chapuis’ 26th group, the Platyxanthide, which contains
at present four genera. The present one is distinguished by having
the third joint of the antennz greatly dilated, probably only in
the male sex, this dilatation being transferred in the genus Doridea
and Platyxantha to the apical joints.
19, NEOCHARIS FULVICOLLIS, sp. lov.
Elongate, parallel. Black below; head, antenne, and thorax
fulvous ; elytra finely punctate and obsoletely costate, bluish black ;
extreme base, anterior lateral and sutural margins, and two round
apical spots, fulvous.
1881.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 449
Length 3 lines.
Hab. Java.
Var. Elytra bluish black ; a transverse band before the middle,
deeply 3-dentate at its anterior margin, flavous.
Head elongate, scarcely narrowed towards the apex ; space between
the eyes obsoletely, transversely, and longitudinally grooved; eyes
rounded, entire ; vertex and entire face impunctate, shining fulvous ;
anterior margin of epistome emarginate. Antenne as long as the
body, fulvous, first joint club-shaped, second joint very short, moni-
liform, third elongate, subquadrate, greatly dilated and deeply
foveolate at its outer surface, fourth to the eleventh gradually
lengthened, cylindrical and elongate, apex with a short but distinct
twelfth joint. ‘Thorax nearly square-shaped, sides widened towards
the middle, but constricted near the base, surface with two small
round fovez behind the middle, finely punctured, fulvous. Scutellum
black. Elytra distinctly transversely depressed below the base, more
deeply punctured than the thorax, with indistinct traces of longi-
tudinal costz, metallic bluish black; the extreme base, anterior
lateral and sutural margins, and a large round apical spot of each
elytron fulvous. Below black, anterior half of the elytral epipleuree
fulvous ; femora and part of the tarsi flavous, first joint as long as
the two following united.
The variety does not differ in any way except that of colour.
Genus CuruoneEts, Baly.
20. CHTHONEIS MARGINICOLLIS, Sp. Nov.
Elongate, slightly widened behind. Black, sides of the thorax and
the femora testaceous; elytra dark violaceous, extreme lateral
margins anteriorly flavous.
Var. Elytra entirely unicolorous,
Length 4 lines.
Hab. Peru.
Head impunctate, deeply transversely grooved, space immediately
above the antennz with two distinct callosities ; clypeus wedge-
shaped, its anterior margin straight. Antenne incomplete, joints
second and third very small; the following joints elongate, dilated and
compressed, the fourth joint the longest. Thorax nearly three times
as broad as long, posterior margin rounded and produced in the
middle, lateral margin much widened at the middle, distinctly mar-
ginate, anterior angles slightly thickened, rounded and oblique; surface
very minutely punctured, 3-foveolate (one at each side and one near
the middle of the base), black, the sides broadly flavous. Scutellum
large, black, impunctate. Elytra rather convex, closely and distinctly
punctured, dark violaceous, extreme lateral margin from the base to
behind the middle flavous. Underside and legs black, femora
flavous ; claws rather largely appendiculate.
Two specimens are contained in my collection.
Although this species is more robust and of larger size than the
others belonging to this genus, the general characters agree well
450 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE INDIAN ELEPHANTS. [Aprt. 5,
with the type. The dilated middle joints of the antennz, unarmed
tibie, and open anterior coxal cavities, together with the length of the
posterior tarsal joint, are the characteristic marks of the present
genus.
April 5, 1881.
Prof. W. H. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the
Society’s Menagerie during the month of March 1881 :—
The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-
gerie during the month of March was 71, of which 29 were by
presentation, 6 by birth, 19 by purchase, 12 were received on
deposit, and 5 by exchange. The total number of departures
during the same period, by death and removals, was 99.
The most remarkable additions during the month of March were
as follows :—
1. A young male Gooral Antelope (Nemorhedus goral) from the
Himalayas, purchased 16th of March, being the first example of this
fine species that we have received.
2. Three Birds of Paradise belonging to the following species :—
the Twelve-wired Bird of Paradise (Seleucides alba) ; the Red Bird
of Paradise (Paradisea rubra); and the Green Manucode (Manu-
codia chalybea), deposited the 19th March by Mr. William Jamrach,
and to become the property of the Society if they shall be alive and
in good condition one month after their arrival.
These birds are not at present in fine plumage, but appear to be
healthy and are doing well. They are all of species new to the
collection.
The Secretary stated that, the two smaller Indian Elephants deposited
in the Gardens by the Prince of Wales on May 17th, 1876, being about
to be sent to the Zoological Garden at Berlin, he had caused them to
be weighed and measured, in order to obtain a record of their growth
during the past two years. The same had been done with the two
larger Indian Elephants ; and the following were the results, which
might be compared with the weight and measurements taken in
May 1879, and given P. Z. 8. 1879, p. 385.
Circumference of the
Height at front foot above Weight.
shoulder. the toes.
ft. in. ft. in. ewt. qr. Ib.
Jung Pershad(d).. 8 0 4 0 BTV, eae
Suffa Culli(?).-... 7 6 3.9 51 0 23
Rustum (¢d) .....- 6 4 sha 4 26 0 O
Omar'(.6')-ontinee ZnO 3. 6 35> 1 21
1881.] MR. SCLATER ON TWO BIRDS FROM NEW BRITAIN. 451
It appeared therefore that in two years these four animals had
. increased as follows :—
Height Circumference
at shoulder. of front foot. Weight.
ft. in. in. ewt. qr. lb.
Jung Pershad...... 1 0 4 14. 0
Suge Calli ..... 3.4 8 1 SAL Ake
Borstum iret cee 23 4 3 270 ah
Omar?) eaii.ets de 10 | 8) Owe
The Secretary also read an extract of a letter from the Maharajah
of Bulrampur, dated 23rd October, 1880, addressed to Sir Joseph
Fayrer, K.C.S.I., which showed the exact age of Suffa Culli. It
stated that she was born in the Maharajah’s kheddah after her
mother’s capture, on the 28rd of April, 1871.
Jung Pershdd had been given to the Prince of Wales in the Terai of
Nepaul by Sir Jung Bahawdur in Feb. 1876, at which time he was
believed to be about six years old.
Mr. Sclater laid on the table five birdskins which had been acci-
dentally misplaced among other collections of the ‘Challenger Ex-
pedition,’ and consequently had not been included in his reports on
this subject.
These skins, which had been obtained by the Rev. G. Brown,
C.M.Z.S8., from the island of Rotumeh, and presented to the Natu-
ralists of the ‘ Challenger,’ belonged to the following species :—
1. Pinarolestes vitiensis (Hartl.) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. ii. p. 299 ; or
a subspecies of this form.
2. Lalage pacifica (Gm.) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. iv. p. 97.
* 3. Myzomela chermesina, G. R. Gray ; Forbes, P. Z. S. 1878,
p- 351, et 1879, p. 273. Two examples of this fine species.
4. Strepsilas interpres, Linn.
Mr. Sclater observed that three species were thus to be added to
the list of known birds of Rotumeh as given by Mr. Forbes, P. Z.S.
1878, p. 351.
Mr. Sclater also laid upon the table two birds which had been
obtained in New Britain by Mr. Kleinschmidt, the collector of the
Museum Godeffroy in New Britain, and had _been forwarded to Mr.
Sclater for determination by Mr. Schmeltz, of the Museum Godeffroy.
Mr. Sclater considered both these birds to be referable to unde-
scribed species, and proposed to characterize them as follows :—
1, TRICHOGLOSSUS RUBRIGULARIS, Sp. NOY.
Trichoglossus rufigularis, Kleinschm. in litt.
Supra viridis, alis intus nigris extis dorso concoloribus, subtis
dilutior, et precipue in guiture et in lateribus flavicantior ; guld
summa coccineo-rubrd ; capitis lateribus late gramineo-viridibus ;
alarum pagind inferiore schistaceo-nigrd, remigum pogoniis inter-
452 MR. SCLATER ON TWO BIRDS FROM NEW BRITAIN. [Apr. 5,
nis ad basin flavo transvittatis ; subalaribus flavicanti-viridibus ;
caudd subtus schistaceo-nigrd, rectricum apicibus latis flavis, et
harum quatuor utrinque extimarum pogoniis internis ad basin
sanguineo-rubris ; rostro flavo, pedibus pallide carneis, ungut-
bus nigris. Long. tota 6°7, ale 3:4, caude valde graduate
rectr. ext. 1°5, med. 3°2.
Hab. Nova Britannia (Kleinschmidt).
Obs. This beautiful little Parrakeet is quite new to me, but seems to
belong to the section including 7’. palmarum and its allies (Finsch,
Papag. ii. p. 869.) The description is taken from a female ; but Mr.
Kleinschmidt says the sexes are nearly alike in plumage. He ob-
tained his specimens in December last near Balura in the Blanche-
bay district of New Britain. “Iris yellowish red, bill yellowish red
with darker point, feet red ; nativename Airara.” I have slightly
altered Mr. Kleinschmidt’s MS. name for this bird, as the chin-spot
is not brown (rufus), but nearly crimson (coccineo-ruber).
2. ORTYGOCICHLA RUBIGINOSA, Sp. et gen. nov.
OrtyGocicHLa }, gen. nov. ex fam. Timeliidarum.
Dasyornithi forsun affine, sed rostro compresso elongato, vibrissis
rictus nullis, aut saltem via conspicuis et frontis plumis exstan-
tibus diversum ; uropygium valdé plumosum ; ale modice rotun-
date, rem. quarto et sequentibus ad nonum inter se fere equali-
bus ; pedes validiusculi, digitis amplis ; caudd rectricibus xii,
valde graduatis.
ORTYGOCICHLA RUBIGINOSA, sp. nov. (Plate XX XIX.)
Supra terreno-fusca, alis et caudd extus rufescentibus ; fronte,
superciliis, capitis lateribus et corpore medio subtus ferrugineo-
rubris ; hypochondriis dorso concoloribus ; rostro nigro, pedibus
corylinis. Long. tota 7°5, ale 3°3, caude rectr. med. 3°5, ext.
2:0, rostr. a rictu 0°9, tarst 1°2.
Hab. Nova Britannia (Kleinschmidt).
Obs. This is apparently a new form of Timeliine bird, and quite
unknown to me. Mr. Kleinschmidt obtained it in November last
near Bakalai, in the Blanche-bay district of New Britain, and gives
notes, of which the following are a translation :—
« Lives on the ground, and runs with head projecting forwards
like a Quail. When in captivity it retired at night into a bundle
of grass placed in the corner of its cage on the ground to sleep.
Here, suddenly expanding its long dorsal feathers, sinking its rounded
wings, and drawing in its head, it looked like a loose round bundle of
brown grass-stalks. Food grasshoppers. Iris bright grey, witha -
light-brown tinge; bill dark horn-colour above, almost black, beneath
brighter ; legs, feet, and claws dark horn-colour. Native name Yalée-
rara. Breeds in November and December, and said to lay ina
hollow in the ground without any nest.”
An egg sent with the bird (see Plate XXXIX.) is very densely and
1 dprvé, coturnia, et Kixdn, turdus.
Hanhart imp
J, Smit lith
ORTYGOCICHLA RUBIGINOSA
1881.] PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON THE MANATEE. 453
minutely freckled all over with rich purplish red, the speckles passing
into a zone at the larger end, and measures about 0-9 by 0°6 inch.
Mr. H. E. Dresser, F.Z.S., exhibited a specimen of Sazicola de-
serti (male in autumn dress), which had been shot at Gartmore Dam
near Alloa, in Clackmannanshire, and was inthe collection of Mr. John
J. Dalgleish of Edinburgh ; also an adult male Picus pubescens, said
to have been shot in an orchard near Elban (Seine-Inférieure), France,
by M. Noury. This specimen had been sent by M. Noury to Mr.
E. Hargitt as Picus minor, and was only on subsequent examination
found to belong really to Picus pubescens (a purely American form),
and not to P. minor.
Mr. W. A. Forbes read some notes on the external form and on
the anatomy of the Californian Sea-lion (Otaria gillespii.)
This paper will be published in the Society’s ‘ Transactions.’
The following papers were read :-—
1. Notes on the Habits of the Manatee.
By Witi1am Henry Frownr, LL.D., F.R.S., P.Z.S.
[Received March 1, 1881.]
It is strange that so important a point in the natural history of
those peculiarly interesting mammals the Sirenia as whether they have
the power and are in the habit of voluntarily quitting the element in
which they habitually reside, should still be a question of doubt.
Some years ago, after investigating all the somewhat scanty
positive evidence that I could find upon the subject, I came to the
conclusion, notwithstanding the statements of nearly all zoological
writers’ to the contrary, that, though they may occasionally be found
stranded by the tide or waves, there is no direct evidence of their
voluntarily leaving the water to bask or feed upon the shore.
Dr. Maurie, who has paid great attention to this group, says,
speaking of the Dugong, ‘‘the stories of their being found ashore
browsing on land-herbage are not supported by fact; indeed the
inadequate strength of their fore limbs, the absence of hind extremities,
and their unwieldy bodies prevent them from travelling on land’’?.
Though not expressly mentioned in the work quoted, he tells me that
the observation equally applies to the Manatee.
1 Among whom may be mentioned Cuvier (Régne Animal), Desmarest (Mam-
malogie), Owen (Anatomy of Vertebrates), Giebel (Saugethiere), J. E. Gray
(Cat. Seals and Whales), and Van Beneden (Ostéographie des Cetacés), On
the other hand, Dampier, one of the best observers of the habits of the American
Manatee, at the time the animal was abundant, expressly says, “They never
come ashore, nor into shallower water than where they can swim” (‘ Voyage
round the World,’ vol. i. 6th edition, 1717, p. 34).
? Cassell’s Nat. Hist. vol. ii. p. 270.
454 PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON THE MANATEE. [Apr. 5,
While speaking upon this subject to the late Mr. R. B. Dobree, who
had travelled much in the West Indies, he assured me that it was
there a well-known fact, of which he had been frequently informed
by eye-witnesses, that Manatees are in the habit of coming out of
the water to feed. As he was then on the point of setting out on a
journey along the west coast of Africa, among various subjects con-
nected with zoology which he proposed to investigate, this was
suggested ; and it was his intention to collect as much information as
possible, either from personal observation or derived from trustworthy
sources, in the hope of setting the question at rest. Unhappily an
untimely death, brought on by exposure in an open boat while
engaged in exploring the shores and river-mouths in that treacherous
climate, put an end to these researches and to many others which
his friends hoped his zeal for natural history and keen powers of
observation would in future enable him to make. In his journal
(for the perusal of which I am indebted to our mutual friend Lord
Walsingham) the following remarks were found relating to this
subject
(He is describing a trip to the Scarcies, Sierra Leone, under the
date of Oct. 26th, 1879) :—
** As we went down from Kikonkeh to the sea I was shown a place
in which the Manatee particularly rejoices, and I saw one of the
native contrivances for his capture. He goes on land at night ‘to
eat grass’ or the young shoots of the mangrove, of which I believe
he is fond ; and often he is caught in kraals or traps on the eel-basket
principle of a gradually narrowing entrance. When the creature is
safely enclosed, the owner of the trap goes in at it with a cutlass and
spear, and manages to dispatch him in spite of the spirited resistance
which, according to the accounts here, he offers. I was informed
that when two or three Manatees are enclosed, the owner of the trap
usually lets go all but one, considering him quite enough to cope
with. The Manatee is also often killed by a heavy and pointed beam
of wood suspended on a kind of gallows placed at the end of a lead
or avenue of cane fence made for him. A cord of liana or jungle-
vine is passed across the path of the Manatee, and communicates
with the beam, which is freed by his passage over the cord, and
comes down upon his skull or spine, generally killing him immedi-
ately. About Bonny and Old Calabar there is a kind of freemasonry
called Egboe. Before becoming a member of this sect, it is necessary
that the candidate should present the society with a Manatee caught
by hand. It must not be shot or netted, but must be caught by
hand, and not necessarily caught by the candidate himself. The
capture is effected at midnight, when the Manatee is surrounded, on
dry land, after he has come up to feed on the grass in the corn-fields.
He often inflicts severe wounds on his assailants, who, I am told, by
splitting his tail two or three times, can prevent him from getting
away. ‘The natives protect their corn-fields usually by hanging up
lamps or scarecrows. Manatee ‘‘beef” is excellent, and they say
that it is like “ pig beef ;” but I have eaten it in the West Indies
and thought it more like our English beef. There is a great deal of
1881. ] PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON THE MANATEE, 455
flesh upon a large Manatee, and he is a very heavy beast, his bones
being enormously thick and strong.”’
This letter was also found among his papers, evidently in answer
to inquiries he had made :—
“ R. B. Dobree, Esq.
© Dear Sir,—
“ With reference to the conversation we had respecting the
Amanaty, I have much pleasure in giving you the following infor-
mation, facts well known by all European traders and missionaries
stationed in Old Calabar.
“The Amanaty is well known as going ashore at quiet places after
sunset, about 30 miles up the river, and feeding on grass which
grows freely amongst Indian corn. To prevent him doing so much
harm to the corn, natives have fires burning during the night, the
latter acting in this case as scarecrows at home.
‘I may also add that freemen and all chiefs of Old Calabar have
a secret feeling similar to freemasonry at home; and at any time a
chief wishes to become a member he must either buy or catch an
Amanaty as a gift to the members of the native society ; and it is well
known that the natives watch the Amanaty going ashore, and when
he is a good way into the cornfields they will stake him with bamboos
and so, in many eases, catch him.
**T remain, Yours very truly,
“ H. Hartye,
“Agent for Messrs. Thomas Harrison, Liverpool.’
**§,8. Gaboon, 15th Oct, 1879,
These statements are very precise as to the power of free terres-
trial locomotion in the animal, and so opposed to the conclusions to
which I referred at the beginning of this note that I felt that they
ought not to be withheld from publication. I must, however, still
confess that a doubt arises in my mind whether there may not have
been some confusion (perhaps arising from imperfect comprehension
of language) in the minds of the native informants (for the habits and
appearance of the two animals were, of course, perfectly well known
to Mr. Dobree) between the Hippopotamus and the Manatee, more
especially as the second mode of trapping the Manatee with the beam
of wood and cord described by Mr. Dobree is exactly the same as
that used in many parts of Africa for killing the first-named animal.
Thus Livingstone tells us that “ both banks of the river Zambesi near
the Mboma village are dotted with Hippopotamus-traps over every
track which these animals have made in going up out of the water
to graze.”...‘‘ The trap consists of a beam five or six feet long,
armed with a spear-head or hard wooden spike covered with poison,
and suspended to a forked pole by a cord which, coming down to the
path, is held by a catch, to be set free when the beast treads on it.”
The valuable observations lately published by Dr. Murie' and Dr.
Chapman? upon the actions and habits of living Manatees in con-
1 Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. xi. p. 19.
2 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences of Philadelphia, 1875, p. 452,
456 MISS A. CRANE ON THE MANATEB. [Apr. 5,
finement having thrown little if any light upon this question, I
_ wished to avail myself of the chance recently afforded of closely
observing the movements of a pair of these animals in the Brighton
Aquarium, and have on several occasions endeavoured to ascertain
how far their behaviour in captivity would corroborate the above-
quoted statements. My opportunities for doing so have, however,
not been so frequent as those of Miss Crane, a constant and very
observant visitor at the Aquarium; and she has therefore, at my
request, drawn up the following notes, which contain much of interest
in relation to the subject particularly in question, and also concerning
the movements and habitual position of the animals in the water.
These, as I have frequently noticed myself, differed greatly from
those so carefully observed by Dr. Murie, especially in the cireum-
stance that the Brighton animals never rested upon the dorsal
surface of the tail, but always upon the ventral surface or extremity
of that organ, if they allowed it to touch the bottom at all. It
must, however, be remarked that the confined space in which the
animals were kept in both cases and the different depth of the water
rendered the observations less satisfactory than they might be. A
large tank with a gradually shelving bottom rising from deep water
at one end to dry land at the other would afford a better means of
solving these problems.
2. Notes on the Habits of the Manatees (Manatus australis)
in Captivity in the Brighton Aquarium. By Aanzs
Cranz. Communicated by Professor FLowmr, Pres.Z.S.
Two young Manatees (Manatus americanus, male and female)
from the island of Trinidad arrived in Liverpool in September 1879,
were purchased for the Brighton Aquarium, and have since been on
view in that Institution. A young female had been obtained a few
months previously from the same island; but this specimen, after
living for some weeks in apparent health and feeding well, died
suddenly from acute intestinal inflammation. As these interesting
aquatic mammals have not yet become common in aquaria, obser-
vations on the habits of the Brighton specimens may be worth
recording for comparison with those already noted.
The young male, a fine animal in robust condition, measured in
November 1879 four feet ten inches from snout to tail, with a
maximum girth of four feet. The female was four feet eight inches
in length, of a lighter slate-colour than her companion, of more slender
build and proportions. Both are marked with white on the under-
side of their bodies. The pair occupied a tank twelve feet six inches
in length by eight feet six inches in breadth, with an almost flat
bottom. Temperature of water about 70° Fahr; depth two feet six
inches in the daytime, reduced six inches at night. The water is
ron off daily, a fresh supply being admitted at the requisite heat
from a neighbouring tank filled with warmed fresh water. Although
1881.] MISS A. CRANE ON THE MANATEE. 457
the area of these quarters appears somewhat limited when compared
with the bulk of the animals, the Manatees seem perfectly comfort-
able and, being of a sluggish disposition, rarely explore the whole of
their small domain. Nor do they, so far as I have observed, avail
themselves of the shallowness of the water and, by supporting their
bodies on the tail-fin, keep their heads above the surface and avoid
the constant repetition of the upward movement in order to
breathe the necessary air. They habitually rest side by side at the
bottom of the tank, with the caudal fin stretched out quite straight,
and the tips of the fore fins just touching the ground (see sketch),
Sketch of the Manatee in the Brighton Aquarium.
Thence they rise gently, often with the least perceptible movement
of the tail and flapping motion of the paddles, raising the upper part
of the body until the head reaches the surface, when the air is
admitted through the nostril flap valves, which are closely shut after
the operation, and the original and usual position is gently resumed.
They seem generally to be compelled to rise to the surface for aérial
respiration every two or three minutes; but the interval between
respiration varies much at different times. In one quarter of an hour,
during which one was carefully timed, it rose nine times, at very
irregular intervals. I have been informed that they occasionally
remain under water for a much longer period; but have never
observed them to exceed six minutes, although I have timed them
before and after feeding, and at all hours of the day. The respi-
ratory movement appears to be repeated almost mechanically and
without effort.
When the water is run off in the early morning, the animals are
left stranded on the floor; and the strength latent in the caudal
fin becomes apparent, as it is struck violently on the dry floor of
their tank when they are approached or disturbed. But the Manatees
rarely make any serious attempt at progression, merely rolling lazily
over from side to side. Indeed the small fore paddles seem ludi-
crously inadequate for the support of the unwieldy body in the act
of terrestrial locomotion, although the animals move with easy
grace in their native element. The fore fins are then often
employed, when swimming slowly, the tips being applied to the
Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1881, No. XXX. 30
458 MISS A. CRANE ON THE MANATEE, [Apr. 5,
ground, as represented in the accompanying sketch (p. 457) from the
pencil of my friend Mr. Thomas Davidson, F.R.S. They are moved
backwards and forwards either singly or both atthe sametime. The
extreme flexibility of these limbs, which resemble a human hand
cased in a fingerless glove, is very remarkable. They are turned
simultaneously or separately in their sockets in every direction,
applied to their bodies and frequently to their mouths. The food is
often gathered between their palmar surfaces and held up to their
highly mobile lips. The animals are intelligent, recognize the voice
and person of their keeper, W. Wells, and (while resenting the
intrusion of a stranger in their tank) allow him to approach and brush
them down daily to cleanse the upper surface of their bodies, and
apparently enjoy the operation. ‘Their movements in the water are
very sluggish, as a rule; but signs of excitement and unusual efforts
in the male were noticed under the following circumstances.
As he devoured his food far more rapidly than the female, and thus
obtained an undue share, it was thought advisable to separate them
at feeding-time. For this purpose a wooden partition fitting into
a groove in the floor and fastened by upright supports was oc-
easionally let down into the tank, projecting a few inches above
the surface of the water. The female took no notice of this altera-
tion, but invariably waited before commencing to feed until her mate
was supplied on his side with a portion. ‘The necessity for the
separation soon became apparent ; for the male cleared up every scrap
of food long before the female, a more dainty and delicate feeder,
had finished. He then became very restive, swimming actively
around his straitened quarters, pressed his nose against the parti-
tion, rolled over on his back and exerted considerable force in his
obstinate and repeated attempts to remove the obnoxious obstacle.
Failing in his endeavours to push it on one side, he next tried to get
over it, lifted his head above the water, feeling the edge of the par-
tition with his fore paddles and raising them until they were almost
level with the projecting edge. These efforts were repeated at in-
tervals. The eyes were bright ; and the whole bearing of the animal
changed from a sluggish quiescence to intelligent activity. On one
occasion, his keeper informed me, he actually succeeded in getting
his fins over the edge, but was unable to make further progress.
The Manatees seem to repose naturally at the bottom, differing in
this respect from the Porpoise, which, on ceasing to propel itself
by active locomotion, inevitably floats to the surface of the water,
the posture assumed during sleep. The positions adopted by
the pair of Manatees under notice differ materially from those
which were assumed by the female previously exhibited in Brighton,
and by the much larger specimen, also a temale, from the island
of Trinidad, formerly on view at the Westminster Aquarium’;
for both of these animals habitually poised themselves at an
angle in a vertically inclined posture, with the body supported
by the incurved tail-fin, the dorsal or upper surface of which
? See Dr. Murie, “ Further Observations on the Manatee,” Trans. Zool, Soc.
yol. xi. p. 19,
1881.] MISS A. CRANE ON THE MANATEE. 459
was invariably turned under and applied to the floor. With the
present pair a horizontal (and not incurved) position is habitual, and
the body when resting on the ground is supported by the under
surface of the caudal fin. In connection, however, with this dif-
ference of attitude, it may be noted that the previous specimens
had both received some injury to one of the fore paddles, which
may possibly have affected the balancing-power of the body, as
well as the facility for upward respiratory movements, and thus have
remotely influenced the posture adopted by them. During life
the right fore paddle of the first Brighton female hung motion-
less to its side. After death it was apparent that the spine had
received injury, that one of the arm-bones (the humerus) was
shattered, and that reparative processes had commenced. This
was a very youthful individual ; for the bones were mere cartilage,
and no vestiges of the transverse processes of the caudal vertebra,
so characteristic of the adult skeleton, were developed. This animal
in life measured 3 feet 84 inches; and the whole skeleton weighed
oniy three pounds anda half. It is probable, therefore, that the
incurved posture may be only adopted by injured and enfeebled
animals, as facilitating aérial respiration. Neither of the pair
under notice assumed it in health, the female making but a faint
approach to it a few days before her death, after seven months’
‘life in captivity. Then, and then only, her body became somewhat
contracted, and the enfeebled creature supported herself on the edge
of her tail-fin, and remained with her head always close to the
surface of the water.
Lettuces and endives formed the favourite food of the pair, six
dozen, weighing thirty pounds, being their average daily allowance.
The male would devour at a pinch leaves of the cabbage, turnip, and
carrot. Both relished those of the dandelion and the sow-thistle
(Sonchus oleraceus). Some varieties of a common river-weed were
also taken; but this food was abandoned on account of the leeches
with which it was found to be infested. Sometimes the animals
swim gently about and pursue the leaves floating on the water. At
others the plants are seized in their mouths, drawn down and eaten
under water, the hand-like fore fins being employed in separating
the leaves. ‘The food is invariably swallowed below the surface.
The masticatory actions of the animal have been so fully and ac-
curately described by Professor A. H. Garrod, F.R.S.*, that further
remark on that subject is unnecessary. The habits of the animals
in captivity, while affording occasional evidence of the ease and
rapidity with which they move in the water, do not furnish much
support to the views of their capability of habitual active progres-
sion on land. Yet it must be admitted that, supplied with a suf-
ficiency of nicely varied food, they have no inducement to leave
the water, and that the construction of their straight-walled tank
precludes such efforts as a rule. The male, however, has recently
been observed to make some slight attempts at terrestrial movement,
turning himself round and progressing a few inches when his tank
1 Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. x. p. 137.
30*
460 MISS A. CRANE ON THE MANATEE. [Apr. 5,
was empty. With jaws and tail-fin pressed closely to the ground,
the body of the animal becomes arched, and is moved by a violent
lateral effort, aided, and slightly supported, by the fore paddles, which
are stretched out in a line with the mouth. But the effect of these
very laboured efforts was not commensurate with their violence ; in
fact their relation to active locomotion may be compared to those
of a man lying prone with fettered feet and elbows tied to side.
Nor does the Manatee seem at all at ease out of water, as he lies
apparently oppressed with his own bulk, while he invariably makes
off to the deepest corner of his tank directly the water is readmitted.
One point may be regarded as definitely settled. Notwithstanding
the predilection they have evinced for land vegetables, they never
feed out of water. Food has been repeatedly offered them; but it
always remains untouched, although readily devoured when the
influx of water set the leaves floating on the surface. Although it is
possible that the animals can get out of water and remain so for a short
period, as they progress so slowly and do not feed out of water, it
seems as though they must be acquitted of the garden-depredations
and prolonged wanderings from their native element with which they
have been credited.
In the spring of the year 1880 the female Manatee died, after seven
mouths’ existence in the Aquarium. The history of the male in the
subsequent interval may be epitomized in the words lie still and grow
fat. He evinced no grief at the loss of his companion. His fifteen
months’ life in the institution may be taken as refuting a recent
statement by a well-known naturalist in the columns of ‘ Land and
Water,’ that these animals “will not feed and cannot be kept in
captivity.”’ As his present length (Dec. 1880) is five feet two inches,
and his maximum girth four feet ten inches, he has increased four
inches in length and ten inches in bulk in the thirteen months that
have elapsed between the two measurements. It is evident, therefore,
that he thrives well on the sliced roots of swede turnips and carrots
which have of late constituted his chief nourishment. Beyond
these scanty facts, I have nothing further to record concerning the
uneventful life-history in captivity of these silent and individually
uninteresting animals.
In conclusion I would tender my best thanks to Mr. Thomas
Davidson, F.R.S., for his kindness in furnishing me with a sketch
from nature of the animal, and to Mr. A. Lawler, resident naturalist
at the Aquarium, for information courteously afforded.
P.S.—The male died on February 8, 1881, having been seventeen
months all but five days in the tank. It measured 5 feet 2 inches
in length, having grown 4 inches during its captivity. It appears
to have suffered from the exceptionally severe weather of the latter
part of January ; but the body, which was presented by the Directors
to the Museum of the College of Surgeons, was in good condition,
and showed no evidence of disease in any of the viscera.
1881.] ON AMPHISBZNIANS ETC. FROM SOCOTRA. 461
3. Descriptions of the Amphisbenians and Ophidians col- -
lected by Prof. I. Bayley Balfour in the Island of
Socotra. By Dr. A. Ginrunr, F.Z.S.
[Received March 7, 1881.]
(Plates XL., XLI.)
The Reptiles described in the present paper are of considerable
interest. We might have expected, from the geographical position of
Socotra, that the species would show a close affinity to, if not identity
with, those of the nearest portion of the mainland of Africa; but
in fact this affinity is overbalanced by that to the Arabian fauna, at
least as far as the few species enumerated here are concerned. The
most singular fact is that three out of the four species seem to be
peculiar to the island, two being so much differentiated as to deserve
generic distinction.
1. The Amphisbeena belongs to a distinct genus, the nearest allies
of which inhabit Eastern and Western Tropical Africa.
2. The Coronelline Snake, Ditypophis, belongs to a distinct genus,
apparently approaching the circum-Mediterranean Tachymenis vivax.
3. The Socotran species of the cireum-Mediterranean or Central-
Asiatic genus Zamenis is most nearly allied to the Arabian Z. ele-
gantissimus,
4. Finally, the Viper of Socotra is identical with a species hitherto
found in Arabia and on the shores of the Dead Sea.
A. AMPHISBENID#.
PACHYCALAMUS, g. n.
Allied to Baikia and Geocalamus’. Head very short, with de-
Head-shields of Pachycalamus brevis,
pressed snout. Rostral large, with cutting anterior edge. Two
Jarge frontals form a suture together behind the rostral, and are
succeeded by a single very large shield, which represents the vertical
and occipitals. Nasal small, above the first and second labials, com-
* Ann. & Mag. Nat, Hist. ser. 5, vol. vi. p. 234 (1880).
462 DR. A. GUNTHER ON AMPHISBENIANS AND [Apr. 5,
posed of two scutes ; nostril inferior ; preeocular above the third and
fourth labials; a small ocular, with the eye very indistinct ; an
- infraocular between the ocular and fifth labial. Five upper labials.
Temporals small, in two transverse series. Mentale much longer
than broad; three lower labials; gulars small. No enlarged sternal
scutes. Preeanal scutes very narrow, elongate, in four pairs. Two
pairs of preeanal pores. Lateral line none, Extremity of the tail
depressed.
PACHYCALAMUS BREVIS, Sp. 0.
One verticillus consists of 48 scutes. Upper parts slate-coloured,
lower white.
This must be a common species, as many specimens were col-
lected. One of the largest is 73 inches long, the tail being 3 inch.
Probably the species remains within these dimensions.
B. Opauipia.
1. TyPHLOPS, sp.
This specimen is young, and too small for identification.
Dityporuis (g. n. Coronellid.).
Body stout, rounded, covered with smooth scales. Head de-
pressed, not very distinct from neck. Eye rather small, with
vertical pupil. One loreal ; two anterior and two posterior oculars ;
nasal undivided above, but divided below the nostril. Subcaudals
undivided. Posterior maxillary tooth longest, grooved.
This Coroneiline Snake is evidently allied to Tachymenis, but has
several characters in common with Dipsadoboa. From the former it
is distinguished by its entire subcaudal shields, from the latter by
its much stouter habit.
2. Dityporuis vivax, sp.n. (Plate XL.)
At the first glance this Snake reminds us of Tachymenis vivaz,
especially with regard to the form of the head ; but it is still stouter
than that species. The posterior and anterior frontals are subequal
in size; the superciliaries large, nearly the size of the vertical; the
occipitals as long as the vertical and posterior frontals together.
The upper preocular is in contact with the vertical; the lower is
much smaller, and, in fact, a detached portion of the third upper
labial. Temporals scale-like, 2+3 or 4. Eight upper labials, the
fourth and fifth entering the orbit. Four lower labials in contact
with the anterior chin-shields.
Scales in 21 series, those of the median series not differing in size
from the others. Ventral shields 150; anal entire; subcaudals 39.
The coloration is reddish sandy, with indistinct darker cloudy spots
on the back ; lower parts whitish. In a dry sandy locality the colour
of this Snake must so much assimilate to that of its surroundings
as to render the animal nearly invisible.
Mintern Bros , imp
R.Mintern del et lith.
De ENON Eli Val WeACKe
‘dust ‘sore; Urequry
“au, 2 Pp usequ “Yy
TADS [tet USES) Yo
>
1881.] OPHIDIANS FROM SOCOTRA. 463
A single specimen, 14 inches long, is in the collection; the tail
measures 2 inches.
8. ZAMENIS sOCOTR&, sp.n. (Plate XLI.)
Habit slender; head narrow; eye of- moderate size. Rostral
shield convex, just reaching the upper surface of the head. The
scutes of the upper surface of the head are not subdivided; anterior
frontals much smaller than the posterior; vertical large, broad in
front, with the lateral margins slightly concave ; occipitals truncated
behind ; a triangular enlarged scale fits into the notch between their
ends. Loreal elongate. Ten upper labials, of which the fourth and
sixth are transversely divided, so that three prze- and three post-
oculars may be distinguished ; the fifth upper labial is undivided,
and enters the orbit. The posterior chin-shields are extremely
narrow, much narrower than the anterior, and are separated by
several smaller narrow scutes. Temporals scale-like, 34+3-+3.
Scales smooth, in 23 rows. Ventrals 225; anal bifid; subcaudals
117. Abdomen with a very obscure ridge on each side.
The head is nearly uniform olive above; there is no spot below
the eye, or temple-streak. The ground-colour of the anterior half
of the body is pink, with olive cross bands edged with black and about
as broad as the interspaces. Towards the middle of the body the
pink interspaces become indistinct and mottled with short black
lines; and the tail is nearly uniform olive. Lower parts uniform
reddish white.
In a variety the black edges to the cross bands are absent, and the
pink interspaces are, from the fore part of the trunk, mottled with
olive.
Of this fine and very distinct species of Zamenis there are three
specimens in the collection. The largest measures 323 inches, the
tail taking 83 inches.
4. Ecuis COLORATA.
This species was characterized by me in the Society’s ‘ Proceedings’
1878, p. 978, from a specimen obtained in Midian. It occurs also on
the shores of the Dead Sea, two specimens obtained by Mr. Tristram,
and formerly referred by me to L. carinata, belonging to it. One
rather young example is in the Socotran collection, and of a more
uniform coloration than the type. The characteristic of this species
consists principally in the much smaller scales and scutes. It may
be at once recognized by its very small nasals, which are separated by
very small scutes from the rostral; whilst in Z. carinata the large
nasals form a suture with the rostral.
464 MR. W.T. BLANFORD ON THE [Apr. 5,
4. Notes on the Lizards collected in Socotra by Prof. I.
Bayley Balfour. By W. T. Branrorp, F.R.S., F.Z.8.
[Received April 1, 1881.]
(Plate XLII.)
The Lizards collected in Socotra by Dr. Balfour belong to six species,
three of which appear to be undescribed. The species are Chame-
leon monachus, Hemidactylus homeolepis, sp. nov., Pristurus
rupestris, P. insignis, sp. nov., Eremias (Mesalina) balfouri, sp.
nov., and ELuprepes perrotteti, var. I add some remarks on these
species, with descriptions of the new forms.
CHAMELEON MONACHUS, Gray, P. Z. 8S. 1864, p. 470, pl. xxxi.
Nine specimens brought. None are so large as the type, nor are
the occipital lobes in any so much developed ; but in all other details
of structure the correspondence is exact.
The original type of this species in the British Museum was
received from this Society in 1855, with the locality Madagascar.
This locality, after the discovery of the same Lizard in Socotra,
must be considered doubtful. Nothing is more probable than that
Chameeleons, which live well in captivity, should be transported alive
from one African island to another.
Hemipactytus (Liurvus) HOMM@OLEPIS, sp. nov. (Plate
XLII. fig. 2.)
H. parvus, squamis subequalibus undique indutus, sine tuberculis
majoribus ; cauda rotundata, haud verticillata ; unguibus minutis ;
poris inguinalibus paucis, femoralibus nullis ; scutis supralabi-
alibus 8, infralabialibus 7.
Body and tail covered with small scales without any tubercles.
Last joint of thumb present; all claws very minute, that of the
thumb especially. Tail rounded, not verticillate. Four inguinal
pores in the only male examined ; they are arranged in a curve with
the convexity directed forwards ; no femoral pores. Hight upper
and seven lower labials. Ear-orifice about the size of one of the
hinder upper labials.
The flat rounded subgranular scales covering the trunk are sub-
equal in size, but in the middle of the back they are rather smaller
than on the sides. Those on the occiput are very small; on the
nose they are rather larger and more convex. Scales of the ab-
domen small, no larger than those on the sides, and passing so
gradually into the latter that it is impossible to count the number
exactly ; but there are more than 40 across the belly. Transverse
lamellee 5 or 6 beneath the thumb and first toe, 7 to 9 beneath the
other digits, the proximal two or three on each digit being un-
divided. The scales above the tail and on its sides are about the
same size as those on the back, and are arranged in not very distinct
rings, each composed of a single row of scales ; there is no division
into segmental verticils as in most species of Hemidactylus. A row
‘SIGSTODNOH SNTIALOVCINGH 2
“SINDISNI SMHOISTdd “1
‘dor eoug wis yyy “WLS TP UY EY
-—
1881.] LIZARDS OF SOCOTRA. 465
of broad subcaudal shields begins some .distance behind the anus,
and is continued nearly to the tip of the tail.
Fig.
Foot of Hemidactylus homeolepis.
Colour above grey, rather irregularly spotted with black. Tail
with about 7 transverse black bands, the last five extending all round
and forming rings. Lower parts of head and body without dark marks.
Total length of the only perfect specimen 2°5 inches, from nose
to anus 1-2. A larger specimen, apparently an adult male, measures
1:5 inch from nose to anus.
‘Two specimens only were obtained, one of which has a perfect
tail. The nearest described form is probably Liwrus ornatus’ from
Western Africa; but that is much larger, and has both enlarged
tubercles on the back and femoral pores. Hemidactylus homeolepis
must be placed in the genus Liurus, if the latter be considered distinct.
PRISTURUS RUPESTRIS.
Pristurus rupestris, W. Blanf., Eastern Persia, ii. p. 350, pl. xxiii.
fig. 1.
Several specimens. All agree with those from Muscat and the
Persian Gulf, and differ from P. favipunctatus, Riipp., in wanting
a rudimentary crest on the hinder part of the back, the row of en-
larged and more or less spinose scales commencing on the upper
surface of the tail just above the anus in P. rupestris, whereas it
begins near the middle of the back in males, or a little farther back,
above the pelvis, in females, as stated in Riippeli’s original de-
scription ®. The limbs and the toes too are considerably longer in
P. rupestris, though still far inferior to those of P. longipes*. The
latter species is found at Aden and Massowa, whilst P. rupestris
occurs in Socotra, at Muscat in Arabia, and on the island of Kharg
(Karrack) in the Persian Gulf, near Bushire. P. flavipunctatus
was originally obtained from Massowa; and there are also specimens
in the British Museum said to be from Syria.
In P. longipes, according to Peters, the length of the hind foot,
including the longest toe, considerably exceeds that of the head,
whilst in P. favipunctatus the length of the hind foot equals the
distance from the end of the snout to the ear-opening. There are
typical specimens of P. flavipunctatus in the British Museum, received
from Dr. Riippell himself; and in these the length of the hind foot
1 Gray, Cat. Lizards B. M. p. 157.
? Neue Wirbelthiere, Amphibien, p. 17.
° Peters, Monatsber. Akad, Wiss. Berlin, 1871, p. 566.
466 MR. W. T. BLANFORD ON THE [Apr. 5,
to the end of the third toe is less than the distance from the ear-
opening to the end of the snout, whilst the two measurements are
identical in P. rupestris. The proportions of the limbs to the body,
however, in the British-Museum specimens of P. flavipunctatus
agree with those assigned to the species by Peters.
The following measurements show, in parts of a metre, the dif-
ferences in these species. The dimensions of P. longipes are those
given by Peters; those of P. rupestris are from one of the largest
Socotran specimens; those of P. flavipunctatus, from one of the
specimens received from Riippell.
P.lon- P.rupes- iP. flari-
Gipes. tris. punctatus.
Head and body, from nose to anus ... 0'040 0-030 0-052
HCH al ONG) a cvacscsecsm <susedecsdqensstsass 0069 0-009 0-009
oredem csccssnnen.coahieccsiesscseniccassass 0-021 0-015 0-013
Fore foot, to end of third finger ...... 0-007 0-005 0-004
Ebiigd tog S256. Sew ARE ae eas 0-030 0-020 0-:0175
Hind foot, to end of third toe ......... 0-012 0:008 0:065
The specimens of P. rupestris, from Socotra, have for the most
part a broad rufous band down the middle of the back. The sides
of the back and the flanks are dark brown, spotted or striped with
very light brown; there are one or two pale bands down the sides,
and one conspicuous pale stripe below the eye, from the lower la-
bials. The lower parts of the flanks and the sides of the belly have
small brick-red spots dotted over them. This coloration differs in no
important particular from that of Muscat and Persian-Gulf specimens.
PRISTURUS INSIGNIS, sp. nov. (Plate XLII. fig. 1.)
P. major, gracilis, squamis minimis undique indutus; cauda compressa
sed crista carente; pede posteriore antice adducto ante aurem
Jungente, anteriore ante extremitatem rostri. Long. tota 0°147
met., caude 0°095, capitis 0°014, pedis posterioris ab inguine
0:038.
Much larger than the other species of the genus, and without
any, enlarged or spinose scales along the upper edge of the tail, which
is elongate, attenuate, and compressed, as in the other forms,
General form very slender; limbs and toes long, the fore limb laid
back extends to the groin, and laid forwards extends beyond the
snout by the length of the hand, the hind limb laid forwards reaches
to beyond the ear.
Scales of the back and sides minute, granular, those of the belly
scarcely larger, but less convex. ‘Tail-scales larger than those of
the back, and becoming imbricate behind; the upper edge of the
tail sharply compressed, but without any enlarged scales, lower edge
rounded, with a row of larger smooth imbricate subcaudals, the
scales on each side of the subcaudals forming a passage in size into
the ordinary tail-scales. Scales above the limbs like those on the
back, those beneath the forearm and tarsus larger. Beneath the
feet, the scales of the soles are small and granular, with the ex-
ception of rows of larger scales from the first and fifth fingers to the
wrist, and from the first toe to the heel. The fingers and toes are
1881.] LIZARDS OF SOCOTRA. 467
covered with smooth imbricate cross plates beneath. The fourth
finger slightly exceeds the third; but the third toe is a little longer
than the fourth.
Head short and high, the scales on the anterior upper portion in
front of the eye slightly convex, considerably larger than those on
the trunk, and nearly equal to those beneath the tarsus. Scales
around the nostril very little larger than the others above the snout.
Nostril in contact with the rostral, which is nearly twice as broad
as the other supralabials, and grooved above in the middle. Supra-
labials on each side 6 to 9, the first 4 or 5 large, and those behind
gradually diminishing in size. Three large lower labials in front on
each side, and some small shields behind ; median infralabial larger
and broader than the rostral. Ear-opening large, about the size of
the first upper labial.
Colour above earthy brown, with rather darker but indistinct
cross bands and numerous red spots of irregular shape scattered
over the back and sides ; lower parts paler, chin, throat, and breast
mottled with brown.
The following are the dimensions in inches :—
Gta esting See city ais aie ote wate ae aig alee, ove a 5'8
Sienetiy fran nose te aruda’ 2) se PE Oe 2°1
Head from orifice of ear tosnout .............. 0°53
Fore litib'te end’ of fingers’? ook a. Ft
Hand from wrist to end of fourth finger ........ 0:42
Fina tim’ to end of tors’) 0 2, YE ae 1°65
Hoot tovendior third toe, He ee tae Ba ak 0°52
Only two speeimens of this fine species of Gecko have been procured.
Eremias (MEsALINA) BALFOURI, Sp. nov.
E. ad E. pardalem affinis, parva, mediocriter gracilis, pede pos-
teriore vix ante humerum attingente, scuto infraoculari ad labrum
pertinente, supralabialibus 4 ante oculum; palpebra inferiore in
medio translucente; regione supraorbitali ex duobus scutis majori-
bus composita, granulis duntarat extus marginata; collari ex
squamis majoribus composito, ad latera libero, medio adherente ;
sculis ventralibus in 10 series longitudinales ordinatis, extremas
multo minores, sex medias majores, subequales; preanali magno ;
squamis dorsalibus rotundis, parvis, sine granis intervenientibus.
Corpus superne longitudinaliter fusciatum, dorso medio pallide ru-
Jescente, lateribus fasciis alternantibus nigris pallidisque ornatis.
General form rather stouter than that of 2. pardalis, tail shorter,
limbs shorter and stouter; the fore leg laid forward does not quite
reach the end of the nose; the hind leg extends to the shoulder, or
a little beyond. No palatal teeth, Lower eyelid with a translu-
cent central disk more or less broken up into large plates; collar
free at the sides, attached in the middle, Ventrals in longitudinal,
not oblique rows. An enlarged preeanal plate.
Nasal shields not very convex. The single prefrontal shield is
not in contact with either the rostral or the vertical, being separated
from the former by the upper nasals, and from the latter by the
postfrontals. Superciliary disk nearly flat, and composed of two large
468 ON THE LIZARDS OF SOCOTRA. [Apr. 5,
shields with a row of granules along the outer edge only, one or two
small shields in front and behind. Central occipital well developed,
about as broad as the vertical and as large as a preeoccipital ; a small
Head of Hremias balfouri.
posterior interoccipital. A large infraorbital shield, extending to
the lip, with four supralabials on each side between it and the rostral.
Ear-opening large, not toothed, but with an enlarged scale in front
above; the scales of the temporal region are smooth, and slightly
convex, those behind and below being larger than those in the
middle and in front ; the scales along the edge of the occipitals are
variable. Usually 6 pairs of chin-shields, the first three pairs
meeting in the centre, the fourth pair the largest.
Shields of the back granular, rounded, convex, without interve-
ning granules ; about 40 may be counted round the body, exclusive
ef the ventral shields, Scales of the tail arranged in rings and
sharply keeled, except below, where they are smooth on the anterior
half of the tail. There is a distinct fold beneath the throat con-
necting the ears. Collar nearly straight, generally of 7 or 8 large
scales ; but they often pass gradually into smaller scales on the sides.
Ventrals in about 30 (from 27 to 31) transverse rows between the
collar and the groin, and in ten longitudinal rows, the outer row on
each side being not more than half the size of the next, which is
inferior in size to each of the six median rows. Preeanal shield
as usual, rather variable in size, the scales around about equal in
size to the ventrals. From 11 to 14 femoral pores on each thigh,
the two series separated by a short interval in the przeanal region.
Colour rather light rufous-brown on the middle portion of the
back, bordered on each side by a narrow blackish band more or less
broken up into spots, and then a pale rufescent grey band; below
this, commencing from the eye and the upper part of the temple, is
a broad blackish band on each side, speckled with white and mixed
with rufous, especially in front; again, beneath this is a narrow light
grey stripe from the upper labials through the eye and above the
shoulder; and below this again there is sometimes a dusky band be-
tween the axils. The bands are gradually lost on the tail, the broad
1881. ] ON THE COLEOPTERA OF SOCOTRA. 469
dark lateral stripe continuing the furthest. Limbs spotted above.
Lower parts white. The head above is greyish brown speckled with
white.
In the largest individual, the length from nose to anus is 1°9
inch, head 0:48, fore limb 0°6, hindlimb 1:15. The tail is imperfect.
The only specimen with the tail nearly perfect is 4°5 inches long,
of which the tail measures 2°75, and the body 1:75.
I know of no nearer ally to this Lizard than Z. (Mesalina) par-
dalis!, which is a more elongate form, with longer limbs, smaller
scales on the back, and of a totally different coloration.
Four specimens of this species have been obtained.
EUPREPES PERROTTETI, var.
There are four specimens of a Scinque with a transparent lower
eyelid, the dorsal scales each with three strong keels, 31 to 32 scales
round the body, and the back unstriped. I can find no sufficient
character to separate this form from the Western-African LZ. per-
rotteti, of which a specimen was obtained by Mr. Jesse in Abyssinia
(Geol. Zool. Abyss. p. 456).
In the Socotran Scinque, the postfrontals just meet ; and in one
example they are separate and the anterior point of the vertical
shield is in contact with the rostral, whereas in Z. perrotteti from
Western Africa, as a rule, the postfrontals form a broad suture to-
gether, and completely isolate the vertical from the prefrontal. But
there is much variation, and I find one specimen at least of Z. per-
rotteti, from Senegal, with the postfrontals separate. Also the
lobules in front of the ear are in general more elongate and pointed
in the Socotran variety ; but they are very variable.
The coloration of the Socotran examples is uniform dull olive
on the back, upper part of limbs, and tail, rufous-brown on the head,
and white below. The largest specimen measures 83 inches, of
which the tail is nearly 5.
E. isseli (Peters, Monatsber. Akad. Berlin, 1871, p. 567), from
Northern Abyssinia (Bogos), must be closely allied, but differs in
colour, being striped along the side, and in having a single preocci-
pital shield instead of two. ;
5. On the Coleopterous Insects collected by Prof. I. Bailey
Balfour in the island of Socotra. By Cuarues O.
WareRnouse. Communicated by Dr. Ginruer, F.R.S.
[Received March 30, 1881.]
(Plate XLIII.)
Although the number of species of Beetles collected by Prof. Balfour
in Socotra is only twenty-four, there is enough to show, what one
would naturally have expected, that the fauna is distinctly African.
+ Tam unable to distinguish between this form and E. guttulata, as I am not
sure that the differences shown in Lichtenstein’s, Duméril and Bibron’s, and
Gray’s descriptions are constant.
470 MR. C. 0. WATERHOUSE ON THE [Apr. 5,
Twelve species appear to be undescribed; and some of these may
belong exclusively to the island ; but our present knowledge of the
Coleoptera of the neighbouring continents is not sufficient to enable
us to speak with any degree of certainty onthis point. Of the pre-
viously known species, five have a wide distribution, being found in
Southern Europe and in most parts of Africa: these are Hyphydrus
guineensis, Aubé, Cybister africanus, Laporte, Dineutes ereus, Klug,
Temnopterus spinipennis, Guérin, and Epilachna chrysomelina, Ol.
Two species, Ateuchus sacer, Linn., and Ocnera setosa, Ménétriés,
are chiefly found in Southern Europe, Asia Minor, and Egypt;
Oxythyrea helene, Schaum, Julodis clouei, Buquet, and Histero-
morphus plicatus, Kz., occur in Abyssinia; lastly, Dermestes vul-
pinus, Fabr., is cosmopolitan.
The following is a list of the species obtained :—
GEODEPHAGA.
Tetragonoderus flavovittatus, n. sp.
HypRADEPHAGA.
Hyphidrus guineensis, Aubé. Dineutes ereus, Klug.
Cybister africanus, Laporte.
PALPICORNIA.
Temnopterus spinipennis, Guérin.
NECROPHAGA.
Dermestes vulpinus, Fabr.
LAMELLICORNIA.
Ateuchus sacer, Linn. Oxythyrea helene, Schaum.
Pachydema puncticeps, n. sp.
SERRICORNIA.
Julodis clouei, Buquet.
MALACODERMATA.
Apate nitidipennis, n. sp.
HETEROMERA.
Zophosis equalis, n. sp. Eusyntelia (n. g.) ebenina, n. sp.
Histeromorphus plicatus, glabra, n. sp.
Kraatz. Adelostoma bicarinatum, n. sp.
plicatipennis, nu. sp. Ocnera setosa, Ménétriés.
Eusyntelia (n. g.) balfouri, Opatrum costiferum, n sp.
n. Sp. Apithesis (n. g.) obesus, n. sp.
RHYNCHOPHORA.
Piazomias vermiculosus, n. sp.
LonGicornia.
Mallodon arabicus, Buquet.
PsEUDOTRIMERA.
Epilachna chrysomelina, var. reticulata, Oliv.
1881.] COLEOPTERA OF SOCOTRA. 471
The following are descriptions of the new species :—
1. TrETRAGONODERUS FLAVOVITTATUS, 0. Sp.
Niger, nitidus ; antennis pedibusque piceis, thorace nitido levi,
elytris enescentibus plagis duabus flavis.
Long. 54 lin.
Very close to 7’. gquadrum, Oliv., and of the same form and appear-
ance. The head and thorax, however, are black (with the mandibles
and the marginsof the thorax slightly tinted with pitchy), very smooth,
and shining. ‘The eyes are protected posteriorly by the head partly
surrounding them there. The thorax has the median channel well
marked ; and in the middle of the basal margin there are some longi-
tudinal striz. The elytra are slightly eeneous, shining, with the
strize well marked, the fourth and fifth striz rather distinctly punc-
tured in their basal half; the interstices are nearly flat; the yellow
markings resemble those of 7. quadrum, but consist of two patches
on each elytron, the basal one occupying the fourth, fifth, and sixth
interstices, the second one forming an undulating fascia commencing
on the third interstice and reaching to the eighth ; that portion of it
which is on the fifth interstice is more removed from the apex, and
nearly joins the other patch on the fourth interstice. The legs and
antenne are pale pitcny, the femora dark in their middle.
2. PACHYDEMA PUNCTICEPS, N. sp.
Oblonga, convexa, nitida, pallide castanea ; capite piceo, crebre
punctato; clypeo reflexo, parce punctato; thorace laxe subtiliter
punctato, medio longitudinaliter impresso ; elytris laxe punctu-
latis, lineis quatuor levibus.
Long. 10 lin.
Very robust, convex, a little flattened on the back of the elytra,
subparallel at the sides. The head is rather strongly and very
thickly punctured, the punctures crowded near the eyes ; the clypeus
is concave above, sparingly punctured, very slightly sinuate in the
middle of the front margin, the margins reflexed. ‘Thorax castane-
ous, one third broader than long, not very closely punctured, the
punctuation more distinct above than at the sides ; obliquely narrowed
in front of the middle, subparallel behind the middle (viewed from
above), with avery slight sinuosity, finely margined and fringed
with long fulvous hairs; the posterior angles, viewed from above,
appear little greater than right angles (slightly rounded), but when
viewed laterally they are completely rounded off; the base is very
slightly oblique on each side. Scutellum sparingly punctured on
each side. Elytra much paler in colour than the thorax; at the
base a very little broader than the thorax, a little wider in the
middle, obtusely rounded at the apex ; finely ciliated on the margins;
moderately finely and not very closely punctured ; each elytron has
four fine, narrow smooth lines (included between lines of close very
fine punctures), the first one very slightly raised. The pygidium is
very delicately and rather thickly punctured. The club of the
antennz is fuscous testaceous, not very long. The tarsi are very
472 MR. C. 0. WATERHOUSE ON THE [Apr. 5,
long ; the anterior have the second, third, and fourth joints mode-
rately dilated ; the intermediate pair are only slightly so.
3. APATE NITIDIPENNIS, n. sp.
Statura fere A. terebrantis, at duplo minor, nigra, elytris piceis,
nitidis, punctis crebre aspera.
Long. 73 lin.
Forehead clothed with fulvous pile to rather above the middle of
the eyes ; without tubercles ; the vertex finely and closely granular,
with a fine smooth median line, the sides of the neck closely longi-
tudinally rugulose. The labrum is very closely and extremely
finely punctured. Clypeus moderately emarginate. Antenne pitchy,
the club clear fulvous. Thorax scarcely narrower than the elytra, a
trifle broader than long; the basal half closely covered with small
depressed granules; the front is covered with small tubercles with
rather larger ones intermixed, these latter becoming more prominent
and acute towards the anterior angles; one at the anterior angles
becomes a strong deflexed, recurved tooth, close to the margin. The
elytra are 2} times as long as the thorax, a very little wider near
the apex than at the base; the surface even and shining; the punc-
tures are clear and distinct (distant from each other about twice the
diameter of the larger punctures), they are fine at the base, and gra-
dually become stronger and a little larger towards the apex, but they
are very fine at the sides; in the apical declivity the punctures are
very strong; on the back there are two pairs of lines of punctures
_ on each elytron, indicating the dorsal cost frequently seen in this
genus ; the spaces between them are not at all raised, except at the
apical declivity, where they are very slightly inflated, but scarcely
projecting ; the incrassated apical margin is closely and finely punc-
tured. The underside is obscure pitchy, clothed with fine yellowish
pubescence. The legs are also pitchy ; the whole of the inner side
of anterior tibiz is clothed with very pale fulvous pile ; on the outer
edge are three or four very small teeth. The intermediate tibiz have
on their outer edge four or five very small sharp teeth ; the posterior
tibie are smooth. The abdomen is opaque, very closely and ex-
tremely finely punctured.
A single example, apparently a female.
In the Museum collection there is a specimen from Hast Africa
which differs from the above in having the elytra a little shorter,
the punctuation on them rather stronger, with two fine dorsal
cost, and with an indication of a third more lateral one; the tibice
have more teeth on their outer edge, and the posterior pair have
also a few fine teeth ; the abdomen is less closely punctured; the
labrum is less closely punctured; the clypeus deeply emarginate,
&c. I have no name for this species, and only mention it that it may
not be confounded with that from Socotra.
Both these species appear to be nearly allied to A. cornifrons,
Bandi de Selve (Berl. ent. Zeit. 1874, xxviii. p. 834); but that
species is described as being somewhat pubescent, and the forehead
of the female has a longitudinal channel and a fovea on the vertex.
1881.] COLEOPTERA OF SOCOTRA, 473
The fine frontal line in my species can scarcely be described as a
channel ; and there is no fovea on the vertex.
4. ZOPHOSIS ZQUALIS, 0. sp.
Statura fere Z. orientalis, Deyr., wt minus conveva, magis paral-
lela, eneo-nigra, parum nitida; thorace creberrime et subti-
lissime punctulato; elytris sat crebre subtilissime punctulatis.
Long. 3 lin. j
Oblong-ovate, not very convex; slightly tinted with neous.
Head convex, densely and very finely punctured; labrum not very
closely but extremely delicately punctured. Thorax evenly convex,
deflexed at the sides, finely margined anteriorly, twice as broad as
long, arcuately narrowed anteriorly, very closely and extremely deli-
cately punctured. Elytra as broad as the base of the thorax, nearly
straight at the sides, arcuately narrowed at the apex, moderately
convex; the punctuation is extremely fine, but rather more distinct
than on the thorax, and decidedly less close ; on the margin, near the
apex, some of the punctures are longitudinally asperate ; the epi-
pleural line is completely marginal ; the epipleuron has a few short
longitudinal impressed lines. The antenne are black; the second
and fourth joints are nearly equal, both a trifle shorter than the
third. The spurs on the tibiz are reddish. The prosternal process
is elongate-ovate, moderately broad, finely margined, extremely deli-
cately, and not very thickly punctulate.
Some of the specimens have the epistoma separated from the fore-
head by a fine sinuous line, in the middle of whichis a shallow fovea ;
the epistoma is more strongly punctured; and the elytra have more
asperate punctures along the whole margins. I take these to be
merely varieties, as they vary somewhat among themselves.
This species appears, from M. Deyrolle’s monograph, to be nearly
allied to Z. elongata, Deyr. (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1867, vii. p. 219) ;
but that species has evidently much more asperate punctuation on
the sides of the elytra, &c.
5. HisTEROMORPHUS PLICATIPENNIS, 0. sp. (Plate XLIII. fig.1.)
Niger, nitidus; capite thoraceque levibus, elyiris singulatim lineis
guatuor longitudinalibus angulatis impressis, interstitiis 2., 3.
et 4. bene convexis angulatim fleruosis.
Long. 4 lin.
This species is much smaller than H. plicatus, Kz., but has
almost precisely the same form. It is at once distinguished by the
remarkable plicate elytra. Each elytron has four zigzag striz
(besides a portion of a fifth on the side); the space between the
first and second striz is only slightly convex; the three following
interstices are very convex and are zigzag in the same way as the ©
striee, impunctate ; the apex of the elytra is flattened above, but
scarcely reflexed.
EUSYNTELIA, 0. gen.
Mesosternum sloping, more or less concave. Eyes subreniform,
Proc. Zoox. Soc.—1881, No. XXXI. 31
474 MR. C. 0. WATERHOUSE ON THE [Apr. 5,
not divided by a lamina, not prominent laterally. Head below with
a deep transverse impression, above with a ridge over each eye.
Epistoma with a somewhat acute projection in the middle of the
front margin, the labrum distinctly visible from above. Antennee
with the third joint scarcely twice as long as the second. Body not
very convex, not pubescent. Thorax as broad or rather broader
than long, the sides gently arcuate, The elytra with distinct
shoulders, about one third longer than the head and thorax together,
margined at the base, somewhat produced at the apex.
The species upon which I establish this genus very much re-
sembles Thalpophila abbreviata, Fabr., in form, but is shining black
or without pubescence. It has, however, the gular line transverse
and not oblique at the sides, as in Thalpophila. I propose to place
it before Ventyria (following Dr. Kraatz in classification), so that it
may come in proximity to those genera which have the labrum
exposed.
The second species closely resembles the first, but has the throat
more approaching that of Anatolica.
The third species somewhat resembles a species of Dichomma.
6. EvusyNTELIA BALFOURI, n. sp. (Plate XLIII. fig. 5.)
Nigra, nitida; capite crebre subtiliter punctulato lineisque non-
nullis longitudinalibus impresso; thorace cevi, latera versus
subtiliter sat erebre punctulato ; elytris fortiter sulcatis, inter-
stitiis sat convewis, subtilissime disperse punctulatis.
Long. 63-8} lin.
Head finely or moderately thickly punctured, with several irregular
longitudinal impressed lines on the forehead, deeply impressed within
the ocular ridge; the clypeus produced in the middle into a point,
which is slightly bent down at the apex. Eyes not much convex,
slightly reniform, the upper part the larger, not so prominent as
the head in front of the eye, supported posteriorly by a swelling of
the neck. Thorax not quite twice as broad as the head, about one
fifth broader than long, only gently convex; finely margined all
round, except in the middle of the anterior margin; arcuately emar-
ginate in front, slightly narrowed in front and behind ; the anterior
angles blunt ; the sides gently arcuate; the posterior angles a little
greater than right angles and blunt; the base scarcely sinuate
on each side, gently lobed in the middle. Scutellum small. Elytra
at their base not broader than the base of the thorax, and fitting
close to it, gradually and slightly widening to the middle, and then
again narrowed to the apex, not very convex, rather depressed on
the back ; rather strongly and obtusely sulcate, the interstices rather
convex, extremely delicately and not very closely punctured ; the apex
somewhat produced and impressed above. Antennz as long as the
head and half the thorax. — Posterior tibize closely and rather strongly
punctured on their upper edge, the punctures almost asperate.
7. EUSYNTELIA EBENINA, 0. Sp.
Nigra, nitida; capite subtiliter punctulato, thorace fere levi,
1881. ] COLEOPTERA OF SOCOTRA. 475
postice parum angustato, lateribus post medium fere rectis ;
elytris sulcatis, fere levibus.
Long. 73 lin. 7
This species is very close to the preceding, but is at once distin-
guished by the thorax being rather narrower, more convex in front,
rather more narrowed behind, and the sides, instead of being regu-
larly arcuate, are somewhat rectilinear behind the middle. The
antennee are rather longer. The head is more delicately punctured ;
and there are no longitudinal impressed lines on the forehead. The
thorax is almost entirely smooth, a few excessively fine punctures
being visible near the posterior angles. The punctures on the pos-
terior tibie are finer, and distinctly separated from each other.
This species so closely resembles S. da/fouri in all its general
characters and appearance, that it occurred to me that the differences
might, perhaps, be sexual; this, however, I have, by dissection,
proved not to be the case.
8. EUSYNTELIA GLABRA, n. sp. (Plate XLIII. fig. 6.)
Nigra, nitida, convexiuscula; capite crebre evidenter punctulato,
thorace creberrime subtiliter punctulato ; elytris striis obtusis
perparum impressis, interstitiis parum convexis, fere levibus.
Long. 53 lin.
Elongate-ovate, moderately convex, glabrous. Antenne mode-
rately short, shining, not very thickly but very finely punctured.
Head moderately thickly and very distinctly punctured ; the ocular
ridge moderately strong; the projection in the middle of the margin
of the clypeus rather small and acute. Thorax nearly twice as
broad as the head, about one fifth broader than long, a very little
more narrowed in front than behind, gently convex ; finely margined
all round (except, perhaps, in the middle of the anterior margin) ;
very finely and rather closely punctured and evenly so all over; the
anterior angles moderately prominent; the sides moderately and
perfectly evenly arcuate; the posterior angles are rather greater
than right angles (about 120°); the base is broadly and gently lobed
in the middle. Elytra about one quarter longer than the head and
thorax together, rather convex, a little flatter on the back; at the
base a very little broader than the base of the thorax, gradually and
evenly enlarged to the middle (where their width is equal to the
length of the head and thorax together), then narrowed again to the
apex, which is very slightly produced; each elytron has four or five
rather obscure impressed channels (obsolete at the base); the second,
third, and fourth interstices are very gently convex; the punctua-
tion, although not sparse, is very fine and obscure, and in parts
scarcely visible.
9, ADELOSTOMA BICARINATUM, n. sp. (Plate XLIII. fig. 3.)
Subparallelum, depressum, griseo-nigrum, opacum, rugosum;
thorace dorso carinis duabus distantibus; elytris singulis
costis tribus, carina secunda basi apiceque abbreviata.
Long. 23 lin.
dg
476 MR. C. 0. WATERHOUSE ON THE [Apr. 5,
A short, broad species. Head closely and rugosely punctured,
scarcely impressed on each side above, slightly broader posteriorly
than in front, nearly straight-sided; the median carina is fine, and is
continued back to the vertex: the ocular carina is very short.
Thorax very closely and rugosely punctured, at the anterior angles
very slightly broader than the head, much broader behind the
middle, narrowed again at the base, gently reflexed at the sides,
with two strong dorsal costz ; the anterior angles, although not
very acute, are decidedly prominent ; the sides are strongly angular
considerably behind the middle; the base is divided into three equal
parts by the points of juncture with the dorsal carine. Elytra one
quarter longer than broad, depressed, rather suddenly deflexed at
the apex ; each elytron with three well-marked coste, the second
distinctly abbreviated at the base and apex; the first interstice with
two lines, the second and third with three lines of strong deep
punctures. Legs obscure pitchy.
10. OpaTRUM COSTIFERUM, n. sp. (Plate XLITI. fig 2.)
Breviter oblongum, conveaum, latum, nigro-piceum, supra sabuloso-
lutosum ; elytris costatis, costis tuberculatis.
Long. 6 lin., lat. 4 lin.
Head covered with small, round, shining, black granules placed
moderately close together. The clypeus has its front margin
straight on each side of the deep triangular incision ; at the sides it
is suddenly obliquely turned back, so as to form an obtuse angle
with the antennal orbits. The third joint of the antenne is at least
as long as the three following joints together; the fourth joint is a
trifle longer than broad, the fifth to eighth are nearly globular;
the ninth and tenth are distinctly transverse, and a little broader
than the eighth; the eleventh is nearly globular, scarcely narrower
than the tenth. The thorax is twice as broad as its length in the
middle, deeply emarginate in front for the reception of the head,
convex on the disk, impressed at the sides, arcuately narrowed in
front of the middle; the anterior angles are blunted right angles ;
the sides behind the middle are parallel; the posterior angles are
blunt, and a little greater than right angles ; the base is broadly lobed
in the middle, the lobe itself straight next the scutellum ; all the disk
rather closely covered with depressed conical black tubercles ; there
is a fine median impressed line. Elytra at the base scarcely broader
than the thorax, a trifle broader at the middle, scarcely longer than
broad, very convex, descending at the apex, very gently arcuate at
the sides; each elytron has seven slightly raised broad tectiform
costz, a line of small round obtuse tubercles being ranged along the
summit of each costa. Tarsi short and thick.
This species has somewhat the appearance of Saragus levicollis,
Oliv., and at first sight would scarcely be taken for an Opatrum.
APITHESIS, 0. gen.
Mentum transversely trapeziform, narrowest at the base; labial palpi
short and thick, the apical joint large, thick at the base, narrowed
1881.] COLEOPTERA OF SOCOTRA. 477
towards the apex. Inner lobe of the maxilla terminating in a horny
hook; the palpi moderately large, the apical joint strongly securi-
form. The mandibles emarginate at their apex. Labrum transverse,
projecting and exposed, entire. Head imbedded in the thorax as
far as the eyes: the epistoma separated from the forehead on
each side by a fine line, the front margin emarginate. Eyes mode-
rately transverse, the canthus half dividing them; the upper and
lower parts nearly equal. Antenne rather short ; ‘the second joint
a little longer than broad; the third twice as long as the second;
the fourth a little longer than the second; the fifth and sixth
shorter; the seventh as long as broad, very narrow at its base, very
broad at the apex; the eighth nearly an equilateral triangle; the
ninth and tenth very transversely cup-shaped ; the eleventh nearly
as broad as the tenth joint, flat, somewhat circular in outline.
Thorax as in Alphitobius, but more convex and with the lateral
margins slightly impressed. Elytra very convex, very little broader
than the thorax, very little longer than broad, descending at the
apex, strongly striated, the epipleural fold rather broad at the base,
gradually narrowed posteriorly, terminating suddenly a little way
from the apex. Legs slightly rough and finely pubescent; the tarsi
clothed beneath with close fine hair; the anterior tibiz more linear
than in Alphitobius. Anterior coxe slightly transverse. Pro-
sternum arched between the coxe, very slightly produced posteriorly.
Mesosternum sloping and gently concave. Metasternum short.
Body above not pubescent. Wings none.
I have great difficulty in placing this genus; but, on the whole,
it seems best arranged near Alphitobius, although its broader and
convex form give it a different appearance ; the tibize are more linear
than in that genus, and the whole legs more punctured and pubescent.
The under flanks of the thorax are concave as in Crypticus quisquilius,
but it has not the long slender legs asin that insect. It is apterous;
a character which is hitherto foreign to the Ulomine, but which I do
not consider a fatal bar to its being placed in that subfamily.
11. Aprruusts oBEsA, n. sp. (Plate XLIII. fig. 4.)
Breviter oblongo-ovata, convexa, nigro-picea, sat opaca; thorace
crebre punctulato, basi marginato, utrinque linea brevijuxta basin
et ad eam parallela, elytris thorace paulo latioribus sicut inflatis,
fortiter striatis, interstitiis crebre subtiliter punctulatis.
Long. 33 lin.
Head closely and rather strongly punctured; clypeus very closely
and more finely punctured, oblique at the sides, emarginate in front,
the margin pitchy. Thorax convex, twice as broad as its length in
the middle, gradually arcuately narrowed from the base to the front ;
moderately thickly, evenly, finely, but distinctly punctured; the
sides narrowly impressed above, very delicately margined ; the pos-
terior angles slightly acute; the base rather strongly ‘sinuate on each
side, finely margined; on each side, almost on the margin, is an
abbreviated impressed line, particularly visible when viewed from
behind, Elytra at the base as broad as the thorax, a little wider
478 ON THE COLEOPTERA OF SOCOTRA. [Apr. 5,
posteriorly, where they are more convex, declivous at the apex ; each
elytron has eight rather strongly impressed, finely and closely punc-
tured striee, the fourth and fifth much shorter than the others, and
united posteriorly ; the interstices are slightly convex, opaque, finely
and rather thickly punctured.
12. PIAZOMIAS VERMICULOSUS, N. Sp.
Nigro-fuscus, squamis griseo-sabulosis dense vestitus; rostro tri-
suicato; thorace vermiculoso, lateribus bene rotundatis, basi
marginata; elytris fortiter striatis.
Long. 6-7 lin.
This species has much the form and general appearance of Herpy-
stichus eremita. Rostrum nearly parallel, flattened above, longitudi-
nally rugulose ; with a fine impressed median line reaching nearly to
the vertex ; and on each side there is a longitudinal impression. The
eyes are moderately prominent, rather less than a semicircle viewed
from above. Thorax a trifle broader than long, truncate in front
and behind, moderately rounded at the sides, broadest rather behind
the middle, slightly depressed on the disk, with a well-marked
median channel which does not reach the front margin; all the
surface (except the anterior border) vermiculose, and divided into
rather irregular round areas, which have generally one puncture
about the middle; the disk is covered with pale scales; and there
are some very pale scales at the sides; the base is margined. Scu-
tellum very small, shining black. Elytra at the margined base a
very little wider than the base of the thorax, but immediately
becoming wider (without, however, making any distinct shoulders),
oblong-ovate, convex, sloping down and somewhat acuminate at the
apex, strongly striated, the strize strongly but not closely punctured ;
the interstices almost flat, covered with sandy grey scales, with
small dots of a paler colour at intervals on the strize; the scales on
the margins of the elytra and on a spot’ on the hinder femora are
also paler, Tarsi grey.
Mauiopon Arasicus. (Plate XLIII. fig. 7.)
Mallodon arabicus, Buquet, Rev. Zool. 1843, p. 330 (?).
Two examples brought by Prof. Balfour appear to be referable
to this species; they are, however, smaller than the size given for
the Arabian specimen, being only 22 lines in length; and there are
one or two other points in the description that leave room for doubt.
The Socotran examples have the head densely and strongly rugose:
the thorax has the anterior angles very much advanced, but rounded
at their apex; the sides are much flattened, so as to be below the
level of the disk, and, although opaque, the flattened parts are not
very rugosely sculptured.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLIII.
Fig. 1. Histeromorphus plicatipennis, | Fig. 4. Apithesis obesa, p. 477.
475. 5. Husyntelia balfouri, p. 474.
2. Opatrum costiferum, p. 476. 6. —— glabra, p. 475.
3, Adelostoma bicarinatum,p.475. } 7. Mallodon arabicus, p. 478.
-
P°Z. 5.168). Pia
Mintern Bros.imp
Nilson del etlith.
COLEOPTERA FROM SOCOTRA
_ i.
¥
Val POP a ee
i»! ‘ f
t
ra Se ttes
7
1881.] PROF. J. 0, WESTWOOD ON INDIAN BUTTERFLIES. 479
6. Observations on two Species of Indian Butterflies (Pa-
pilio castor and P. pollux). By J. O. Westwoon, M.A.,
F.L.S., &e.
{Received February 12, 1881.]
(Plates XLIV., XLV.)
In the 80th plate of my ‘Arcana Entomologica,’ published 1st
September, 1844, I represented, under the names of Papilio castor
and P. pollux, two theretofore unfigured and undescribed Butterflies,
which I regarded as distinct species, sent from Assam and Sylhet by
the Rev. J. Staniforth and Major F. Jenkins.
The first of these two Butterflies, P. castor, of which males only
had been sent, is ‘of a dark brown or nearly black colour on the.
upper surface of the wings, the anterior pair having no other mark-
ing on this side than very small white marks on the outer margin
between the extremities of the longitudinal veins, growing gradually
smaller and even obsolete from the middle of this margin to the
apex of the wing; on the upper surface of the hind wings there is a
large, very pale yellowish-white patch near the outer angle, divided by
the longitudinal veins into four spots (Plate XLIV. fig. 1, upperside
of the hind wing). On the underside the fore wings have a very
small white spot at the extremity of the discoidal cell; the minute
white marginal spots described above are present, and are preceded
by a row of very minute white spots close to the outer margin of the
wing, and which diminish in size and become obsolete towards the
apex in the same manner as the marginal dots. The hind wings on
the underside have the four large spots towards the outer angle of a
diminished size, the first and fourth being very small. The small white
marginal incisures are preceded by a submarginal row of very small
white spots, of which the middle ones are almost obliterated, whilst
the one at the anal angle is duplicated (Plate XLIV. fig. 2 represents
the underside of the hind wing). In some specimens the submar-
ginal row of white spots on the hind wings are more decided and
larger than in others. It is to be added that the hind wings are
elongate-ovate, produced more decidedly at the extremity of the third
branch of the median vein, which is, in the regularly tailed species,
developed into the spatulate tail. The head and neck are dotted
with white ; and there are two rows of white dots on the upper sur-
face of the abdominal segments.
These male insects vary considerably in size: the expanse of the
wore normal individuals is 4} inches; but specimens before me vary
from 33 to 42 inches. Plate XLIV. fig. 3 represents the upper-
side of the hind wing of the smallest individual, of the natural size;
the large white discoidal spot is comparatively larger than usual ;
and there are very slight traces to be observed of a row of submar-
ginal white spots represented by a few scales. It is from Sylhet.
The second of my supposed species (P. pollu) was figured from
480 PROF. J. 0. WESTWOOD ON INDIAN BUTTERFLIES. [Apr. 5,
a female specimen (of which sex many more specimens have been
obtained) having the upperside of the wings dark brown, with a
small whitish dot at the extremity of the discoidal cell of the fore
wings, and a row of small submarginal white spots (of different sizes)
parallel to the outer margin of the fore wing, which is marked with
slight marginal white incisions. The hind wings on the upperside
have a broad fascia of dirty greenish-white colour, strongly irrorated
with blackish scales, extending all across the middle of the wing and
into the discoidal cell, and divided by the longitudinal veins into
seven longitudinal patches ; the outer margin of this fascia is scalloped,
and is followed by a submarginal row of seven large white lunules,
the one next the anal angle being divided in the middle, and with
very slight marginal white incisures between the veins. On the
underside the pale-coloured portion of the hind wings (Plate XLIV.
fig. 4) extends much further towards the base of the wings, and is
also partially seen on the inner portion of the fore wings; the sub-
marginal lunules are also larger. Various specimens of this female
varied from 42 to 5} inches in expanse. It is to be further noticed
that the hind wings are rounded in form, with the hind margins
slightly scalloped.
From the preceding observations it will be seen that, in addition
to the different dimensions, P. castor is distinguished by the large,
nearly white 4-partite spot between the outer angle and the disk of
the hind wings, which are elongate-ovate in form; whilst P. pollux
has rounded hind wings, nearly the whole of the disk of which bears
a broad 7-partite band of strongly irrorated greenish-white colour,
separated by the veins, and gradually shaded off into the dark base
of the wings, and with a submarginal row of whitish lunules.
In the extensive genus Papilio there is great diversity in the ex-
tent of difference between the two sexes of the same species. Thus,
whilst in some (P. machaon, P. podalirius, &c.) it is almost impossible,
without microscopical examination, to distinguish the male from the
female, other species differ so greatly in size, shape, colour, and
markings as to lead to the opposite sexes being easily mistaken (as,
indeed, in many instances has been the case) for distinct species.
The decided determination of this question is, of course, only to be
obtained by an examination of the insects in nature, either by ob-
serving their actual sexual connexion, or by rearing the two sexes
from the same batch of eggs. Beyond this, of course, the assertion
of the sexual connexion between two dissimilar insects must of course
be conjectural ; and conjecture has been at work with the two insects
under consideration.
The late Mr. E. Doubleday introduced these insects as two distinct
species in his portion of the ‘Genera of Diurnal Lepidoptera,’ P.
castor being his 72nd species (p. 12), placed between P. erithonius,
Cramer, and P. phestus, Bdv. & Guerin, ‘ Voy. Coquille, Ins.’ pl. 14.
f. 2 (to which latter it bears considerable resemblance in form) ;
whilst P. pollua is his 264th species, placed between P. dissimilis,
Linn. (P. panope, Linn., 2), and P. palephales, Westw. ‘Are. Ent.’
t. 79. f. 1, 2, from Manilla,
1881.] PROF. J. 0. WESTWOOD ON INDIAN BUTTERFLIES. 481
By the late Mr. G. R. Gray (Catal. Lepid. Ins. Brit. Mus. 4to,
1852, p. 21) Papilio castor (sp. 93) is thus given :—
“¢. Papilio castor, Westw. Ann. Nat. Hist. ix. (1842), p. 37;
id. Arc. Ent. pl. 80. figs. 1, 2 [2, 2*]; E. Doubl. Gen. of D. Lep.
pp. 12, 72.
«0, Papilio pollux, Westw. Ann. Nat. Hist. ix. (1842), p. 37;
id. Are. Ent. pl. 90 [80], fig. 1; E. Doubl. Gen. D. Lep. pp. 21,
264.
“‘ Papilio xenocles, pt., Krichs. Wiegm. Arch. f. Naturg. 1843, ii.
. 248,
Pe In collection (Brit. Mus.) from Northern India.
‘ Variety a. g. Much less in size, and ornamented by small
lunules along the outer margin, especially below the white space of
the secondary wings. In collection (Brit. Mus.) from Northern
India.”’ ;
In Mr. Hewitson’s cabinet: (bequeathed by him to the British
Museum) the two species stood under the name of P. castor; and as
such they appear in the printed catalogue of his collection (p. 3),
without any reference to P. pollux.
Felder (Sp. Lepid., in Verh. Zool.-Botan. Gesellsch. Vienna,
1864, p. 320) gives as a separate section C, no. 244, P. castor, Westw.,
with P. pollusx as its female, followed by no. 414, P. phestus, Guérin.
Kirby (Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 546) gives P. castor as the male,
and P. polluw as the female, of one species, ‘‘ teste Atkinson.”
M. Charles Oberthiir (Etudes Entomol. part iv. “ Catal. rais. des
Papilionidee de la Collection de Ch. Oberthiir,’ p. 49, December
1879) gives as his species ‘°85, ¢ castor, Westw. Arc. Ent. pl. 80.
fig. 2; 2 pollux, Westw. Arc. Ent. pl. 80. fig. 1;”’ but in his Ap-
pendix (p. 114) he states :—“ L’honorable M. Westwood m’a informé
qu il était convaincu que castor et pollux étaient non plus l’un le ¢ et
Vautre la 2 d’une méme espéce, mais bien deux espéces différentes
dont il connaissait pour chacun les deux sexes’, J’ai recu moi-méme
du Sikkim la 2 castor semblable au 3.’ Here we have a distinct
statement that the female of P. castor is similar to the male.
The figures which accompany the present memoir have been drawn
with the view of showing the amount of variation undergone in the
shape of the wing and in the markings of these Butterflies, and bear-
ing on the question of their sexual modification and identity.
In Plate XLIV. fig. 1 the upperside of the hind wing of the ordi-
nary form of the male of P. castor is shown, its form being compared
with the outline of the hind wing of the female P. polluz. In this
figure the rudimentary tailed wing of the former (*), and the
rounded wing of the latter (@ 6), are unmistakably apparent. In
figure 2 the underside of the same wing of P. castor is delineated,
showing the series of small submarginal spots, some of which are
almost obsolete. Figure 3 represents the upperside of the hind wing
of the smallest specimen which I have yet seen of P. castor, and
? This part of M. Oberthiir’s statement is erroneous, as I stated to him
that I possessed the two sexes of P. pollux, but only males of P, castor, regarding
at that time the Butterfly figured in Plate XLV. fig. 1, as the male of P. pollu,
482 PROF. J. 0. WESTWOOD ON INDIAN BUTTERFLIES. [Apr. 5,
which agrees with Mr. G. R. Gray’s “ variety a” above mentioned ;
and figure 4 represents the underside of the hind wing of the typical
P. pollux.
Plate XLV. fig. 2 represents a female insect from “ India” in the
Hopeian Collection, measuring 42 inches in the expanse of the fore
wings, which agrees with the female P. polluw, except that the dis-
coidal fascia of the hind wings is reduced to a row of large hastate
marks beyond the middle of the wing, not reaching upwards to the
discoidal cell, more than half the basal portion of the wing thus being
of uniform rich brown colour, slightly suffused beyond the middle
with fulvous scales—the fascia of hastate spots being but slightly
irrorated with dark scales, especially on the underside, and extending
across the wing to the anal margin. The hind wings of this female
specimen are of the rounded form of the ordinary females of P.
pollux.
I have now to direct attention to another specimen from ‘‘ India,”
also in the Hopeian collection, figured in Plate XLV. fig. 1, which is
unquestionably a male, although it agrees so entirely in shape, colour,
and markings with the female represented in fig. 2 on the same
plate that it would be difficult to distinguish between them.
Here, therefore, we have a clear proof that the opposite sexes of
the same species do not differ from each other, except in internal
sexual organization.
Mr. Wood-Mason (Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, vol.
xlix. part ii. 1880, p. 144, plates viii. and ix.) has lately described the
two last above-mentioned insects as the sexes of a new species, and
has applied to it the name P. dravidarum, of which he has given a
figure of the upperside alone of the male. The specimens described
by Mr. Wood-Mason were received from the Kadur district, Mysore,
and from Trevandrum. He considers my P. castor and P. pollux
as the two sexes of a distinct species, observing that in P. castor
‘the sexes are, as regards colour and markings, as strongly differen-
tiated from one another as in any species with which I am acquainted ;
they also differ to some extent in form, the male having the fore wing
narrower, with the external margin obviously emarginate, and the
hind wing also narrower and produced, with the same margin more
deeply incised and lobed than in the female, both pairs of whose
wings in form more or less closely resemble those of both sexes in
the other two species,” P. dravidarum and P. mahadesa from Bur-
mah, whilst “in P. dravidarum the sexes agree perfectly both in
form of the wings and markings, differing very slightly in colour
only; so that but little sexual differentiation has here taken
lace.”
; With respect to the females of ay P. polluw, Mr. Wood-Mason
states that specimens from Assam, Cherra Punji, and Silhet have
rounded hind wings, ‘whilst others from Silhet and Sikkim have
the third branch of the median vein produced-into a small tooth.”
Of one of these he gives a figure, named P. castor 2 , describing these
latter specimens as having more distinctly ecream-coloured hind
wings than the rounded-winged ones. One of these light-coloured-
1881.] PROF. J.0. WESTWOOD ON INDIAN BUTTERFLIES, 485
winged females is in the Hopeian collection, from Assam; and
although this vein is produced rather more strongly than in the
other darker specimens, yet the hind wings are clearly as round as
in the others, and an inspection of Mr. Wood-Mason’s two figures
(pl. viii. fig. 2, and pl. ix. fig. 2) is surely sufficient to prove the
specific identity of the two insects.
Of P. dravidarum Mr. Wood-Mason obtained a single specimen
of each sex ; this, however, is fully sufficient to show that the insect
figured by me (Plate XLV. fig. 2) is either specifically distinct from
the females of P. pollux, or that it is a local and permanent variety of
that species peculiar to a more southern latitude, which may have
tended to intensify the dark colour of the wings, and to limit the
pale patches. Furthermore, Mr. Wood-Mason’s descriptions and
figures fully confirm my opinion that the two insects represented in
my Plate XLY. are the two sexes of the same species or race, or geo-
graphical variety, as it may be considered. Here, then, we have the
two sexes identical ; and if (as I consider to be the case) the female
is so generally identical with the female P. pollux, I think we are
warranted in concluding that the real male of P. polluw has not yet been
discovered, and that when found it will closely resemble the female
both in the form of its wings, and in their characteristic suffused
markings. The common P. panope is a perfectly analogous case, in
which the two sexes of a species marked very like P. pollua are
identical.
Mr. Wood-Mason adduces no sufficient proof that P. castor is the
legitimate male of P. pollux; and I must be allowed to suggest that
the analogy of those Butterflies which have a large white blotch on
the hind wings placed as in P. castor, and in which the females have
the same marks on the hind wings as the males, is of greater weight
in determining the non-sexual identity of my two species than the
unproved opinions of the authors quoted.in the beginning of this
paper ; whilst the express statement of M. Ch. Oberthiir that he
possesses a female identical with my male P. castor, is sufficient to
disprove the assertion of the specific identity of my two insects. It
would, as it seems to me, be as improbable as if a new species of
Vanessa, closely alllied to V. atalanta, of which both the sexes are
identical in colour, form, and markings, were discovered in which
the male resembled V. atalanta and the female V. io or V. poly-
chloros.
The question has, moreover, been further complicated by the
occurrence of a singular gynandromorphous specimen of P. pollua, in
the collection of Mr. Semper of Altona, who has been so good as to
send me a photograph of it! The upper surface of this specimen is
represented in Plate XLIV. fig. 5; and it has been described and figured
in the Entomol. Monatschr. of Vienna, vol. vii. p. 281, pl. xix. The
specimen is for the most part a female of the true polluz type, to which
sex the wings belong, with the exception of the inner posterior portion
of the right fore wing and the outer angle and costal area of the right
hind wing, which portions are masculine. On comparing the shape of
the hind wings and the markings of the outer angle of the same wings
484 MR. P. L, SCLATER ON THE BIRDS OF Lima. —[Apr. 5,
of this monstrous individual with the same parts in the true female
wings (see Plate XLIV. fig. 1, male, Plate XLIV. fig. 4, female P.
pollu) it will be sufficiently clear that it is to the latter that the
incipient male portion of the monster’s wing is to be referred, and
that, had the male characters been fully developed, we should have
seen a specimen marked, like the female, with a row of large hastate
marks running across the hind wings, not, however, suffused towards
the base of the wing as in fig. 4, nor confined to the outer angle of
the wings as in figures 1 and 3, and wanting the large 4-partite
white patch of P. castor, of which there is no trace in Mr. Semper’s
insect,
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Prats XLIY.
Fig. 1. Papilio castor ¢, upper surface right hind wing.
2. P. castor 3, under surface right hind wing.
3. P. castor 3, upper surface right hind wing of small variety.
4. P. pollux 9, underside of right hind wing.
5. Gynandromorphous specimen of P. pollux,
Prats XLY.
Papilio pollux, local variety? (P. dravidarum, Wood-Mason), male,
-_ ” ” ” ” (female).
Fig.
aT
7. On the Birds of the Vicinity of Lima, Peru. By P. L.
Scrater, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S. With Notes on their
Habits by Prof. W. Narton, of Lima, C.M.Z.S. (Part
Vv.)
[Received March 21, 1881.|
(Plate XLVI.)
The small collection lately received from our Corresponding
Member, Prof. W. Nation, of Lima, which I now exhibit, serves to
show us how far, as yet, from being exhausted, even in the generally
well-known class of Birds, are the Andes of Peru. Out of the
twelve species represented in the present series, two appear to be
new to science, and several others (e. g. Polyonymus caroli and Me-
tallura opaca) are of much rarity.
Prof. Nation, who has fortunately passed with safety the ordeal
of the capture of Lima by the Chilian army, writes me word that
two friends, Mr. Dallas and Mr. Turfield, passing a holiday on the
Cordillera, agreed at his request to shoot such birds as they came
across, and to forward the same in the flesh to him in Lima. ‘The
result of this plan exceeded Prof. Nation’s utmost expectations ; 150
specimens were secured, of which sixteen were new to Prof. Nation’s
collection.
It is a selection from the birds so obtained that I now exhibit,
1 Continued from P, Z, 8. 1871, p. 498,
PZ.S.1881.P1.XL IV.
bdel WPurkiss lith
Hanhart imp.
fig1.2.3.PAPILIO CASTOR #4 P POLLUX.
9 PPOLLUX .( Gynandromorphous. ind)
it
,
-delWPurkiss lith
PAPILIO POLLUX (vax DRAVIDARUM)
Hanhart imp
WT47T
ALVI.
7
1
Sel PF
PAwl
1881.] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE BIRDS OF LIMA. 485
1. BUARREMON NATION], sp. nov. (Plate XLVI.)
Supra obscure cinereus, pileo nigricante, fronte loris et regione
auriculari nigris ; alis caudaque nigricantibus, extus cinereo
adumbratis : subtus purius cinereus, gutture (striga utrinque
rictali ornato) et pectore medio albis; ventre medio crissoque
cinnamomeis ; subalaribus et remigum marginibus internis albis ;
rostro nigro; pedibus corneis. Long. tot. 7'8, ale 3°3, caude
3°4, tarsi 1°1.
Hab. Western Andes cof Peru, above Lima, alt. 10,000 to 14,000
feet.
Mus. P. L. S.
This is quite a new bird to me. Mr. Nation sends it as ‘‘ Pipilo
mystacalis ;’ and I should have preferred to employ his name, had
there not been already a species of Buarremon with that title attached
to it.
I have had some doubt whether to place this species in the genus
Buarremon (where its nearest allied forms are B. gutturalis and B.
albinuchus), or among the Finches in or near the genera Pyrgisoma
and Atlapetes. The Tanagride and Fringillide (as I have arranged
them) come very close at this point; and I do not pretend to say
that the distinction between them is not more or less of an arbitrary
nature. On the whole it seems most consonant with structure and
geography to arrange this bird amongst the Buarremones ; and I
propose to name it after its discoverer, who has been so long an
ardent student of the Peruvian avifauna.
The bill of B. nationi is rather thicker and stronger than that
of B. albinuchus; and its culmen is rather straighter. In its generally
cinereous colour and cinnamomeous belly and under tail-coverts it is
rather divergent from other species of the genus.
Prof. Nation’s notes on it are as follows :—
“‘ This beautiful bird is found on the western sides of the Cordillera,
at an altitude of 10,000 to 14,000 feet.
‘*T have received many examples, male and female. The sexes are
similar ; the few white feathers on the head are seen in both the male
and female, and always present. Food, seeds and coleopterous insects.
Total length 8 inches, wing 4. Irides reddish brown.”—W. N.
In our ‘ Nomenclator’ Mr. Salvin and I assigned twenty species
to the genus Buarremon. Since its publication the following ten
additional species have been described :—
1. B. inornatus, Sel. et Salv. Ibis, 1879, p. 426, ex Aiquator.
2. B. melanolemus, Scl. et Salv. Ibis, 1879, p. 425, pl. x., ex
Peruv.
3. B. melanops, Sel. et Salv. P. Z. S. 1876, p. 253, ex Boliv.
4. B. spodionotus, Scl. et Salv. Ibis, 1879, p. 425, ex Aiquat.
5. B. comptus, Scl. et Salv. Ibis, 1879, p. 426, ex Aiquat.
6. B. elewoprorus, Scl. et Salv. P. Z. 8. 1879, p. 504, ex Columb.
7. B. tricolor, Tacz. P. Z.8. 1874, p. 515, pl. Ixv., ex Peruv.
8. B. taczanowskii, Scl. et Salv. P. Z. 8. 1875, p. 236, pl. xxxv.
fig. 2, ex Peruy.
486 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE BIRDS OF LIMA. (Apr. 5,
9. B. castaneifrons, Scl. et Salv. P. Z.S. 1875, p. 235, pl. xxxv.
fig. 1, ex Venezuela.
10. B. leucopis, Scl. et Salv. P. Z. S. 1878, p. 439, ex Aiquat.
Besides, we omitted to mention B. personatus (Cab.), ex
Guiana interiore: so that about thirty-two species of the genus
Buarremon are now known to us.
2. Puryerius Gayl (Eyd. et Gerv.).
Rather larger than Chilian specimens, and with a duller green
on the back. Iam not now quite satisfied as to the distinctness of
the supposed P. aldunatii (cf. Ibis, 1869, p. 285).
‘This bird was shot on the western side of the Cordillera, at an
altitude of 15,000 feet. The female and young birds, like all Tana-
gers, are of a duller colour. It is seen singly and in pairs. I found
in its stomach pulpy fruit, seed, and bits of stone. Total length
77y inches, wing 4,3). Irides reddish brown.”—W. N.
3, PHRryGiLus FRUTICET!I (Kittl.).
«Examples of males and females of this Finch have been sent to
me from this side of the Cordillera, at an altitude of 14,000 feet.
Food, seeds of the Lupinus tomentosus, which I saw growing on the
sides of the Andes in 1851.””—W. N.
4, Divca specuLirera (d’Orb. et Lafr.).
Emberiza speculifera, V Orb. et Lafr. Voy. dans ’Am. mérid. p.
362, t. xlvi. fig. 1.
Diuca speculifera, Scl. Cat. A. B. p. 111.
Phrygilus speculifer, Scl. et Salv. P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 985.
Iam rather surprised to find this species so far north. Mr.
Nation says :—‘‘ I have never seen this bird before. The specimen
sent is a female ; but the two sexes are similar in colour. Mr. Dallas
informs me that it was shot on this side of the Cordillera, at a place
which I have ascertained to be at 5645 feet elevation. In its mouth
and stomach I found the tender shoots of a plant remarkable for the
greenness of its colour. It being reduced to pulp has prevented me
from discovering its name ; doubtless this plant is the food of this bird.
I also found in the stomach remains of insects (larve), and a few bits
of stone. The irides are reddish brown. Total length 7,5, inches,
7 . . . . )
wing 4,5; I am told that it was seen singly or in pairs.””—W. N.
5. CATAMENIA INORNATA (Lafr.).
Linaria inornata, Lafr. Rev. Zool. 1847, p. 75.
Sporophila rufirostris, Landb. J. f. Orn. 1865, p. 404.
Catamenia rufirostris, Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 521.
Catamenia inornata, Scl. et Salv. Nomencl. p. 31.
‘Found on the western side of the Cordillera, at an altitude of
from 10,000 to 12,000 feet. Food very fine seeds. Irides black.
Total length 554, inches, wing 3,5;.”—W. N.
1881.] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE BIRDS OF LIMA. 487
Mr. Nation’s skin agrees with Central-Peruvian and Bolivian
specimens in my collection.
6. Sycatis LuTeA (d’Orb. et Lafr.). -
Sycalis lutea, Scl. Ibis, 1872, p. 46, t. ii. fig. 2.
This bird was shot at 8000 feet altitude. It is a female.
7. OcuTHa@CA LEUCOMETOPA, Scl. et Salv. P. Z.S. 1877, p. 19.
These skins agree well with the typical specimens in my collection.
‘‘ This little Tyrant, which is unknown to me, seems to belong to
a genus between Pyrocephalus or Myobius and Muscisavicola. Like
the two former (according to my information from Mr. Dallas) it is
usually seen upon a dry branch, and is very fearless. Examining
the stomachs of many specimens, I found large larvee of such insects
as are generally seen in places where cattle have been feeding, and
many coleopterous insects, from which it may be inferred that
the birds hunt on the wing and on the ground. The sexes are
similar. Irides black.’>—W. N.
8. LeprASTHENURA PILEATA, Sp. nov.
Supra murino-fusca, pileo summo lete rufo ; capitis lateribus et
dorso striis longis albis utrinque nigro limbatis perfusis ; alis
intus nigris, extus fulvo limbatis ; remigibus sexto et hujus
proximis extus ad basin in pogonio externo macula rufescenti-
fulva ornatis: subtus dilutior, fere pallide cinerea, gula et
pectore toto albo variegatis; cauda nigricante, rectricibus
lateralibus pallido cinereo terminatis ; subalaribus et remigum
marginibus internis dilute fulvis ; rostro et pedibus nigris.
Tong. tot. 6°3, ale 2°2, caude rectr. med. 3°7, lat. 1°2, tarsi 0°8.
Hab. In Andibus Peruvianis supra urbem Lima (Nation).
Mus. P. LS.
Obs. Affinis Z. andicole sed minor, et pileo rufo, necnon maculis
ad basin remigum fulvis distinguenda.
“This Synallavis is found on the western side of the Cordillera, at
an altitude of 8000 feet. From the description I have received of
it, this bird clings to the branches and twigs in attitudes as grotesquely
as a tit-mouse. I received three examples, all females. I’ood spi-
ders, coleoptera, &c. Total length 655, inches, wing 2;5;. Inides
black.”—W. N.
9. PoLYONYMUS CAROLI.
Cometes caroli, Gould, Mon. Troch. iii. pl. 177.
Sparganura caroli, Scl. et Salv. Nomencl. p. 86.
Polyonymus caroli, Heine f., J. f. Orn. 1863, p. 206.
Sappho caroli, Elliot, Syn. Troch. p. 155.
“This beautiful little Humming-bird is unknown to me; Inever saw
‘it till Mr. Dallas sent this example. It is a female, and was found
on the western side of the Cordillera at an altitude of from 8000 to
488 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE BIRDS OF LIMA. _[ Apr. 5,
10,000 feet. Food minute coleopterous insects. Irides black.
Total length 4,, inches, wing 2%.
«“ P.S. I have since received two more examples; all three are
females.””—W. N.
10. RAMPHOMICRON OLIVACEUM (Lawr.).
Ramphomicron olivaceum, Elliot, Syn. Troch. p. 158.
Mr. Nation sends a female example of this scarce bird, of which I
have a male obtained by Jelski at Junin, Peru (cf. Tacz. P. Z.S8.
1874, p. 544.)
«A male and female of this species were shot on the western side
of the Cordillera at an altitude of 15,600 feet. The scaly luminous
feathers, which are only present in the male, have, according to the
position in which the bird is held in the light, three different colours :
the upper ones are greenish, the middle ones scarlet, and the lower
ones blue. I have sent you the female. Food exceedingly small
coleopterous insects. Total length 4,5; inches, wing 3;%;.__ _Inides
black.’ —W. N.
11. Meratiura opaca (Tsch.).
Metallura opaca, Elliot, Syn. Troch. p. 163.
Metallura cupreicauda, Gould, Mon. Troch. iii. pl. 191.
“Female. This Humming-bird is found on the western side of the
Cordillera, at an altitude of from 8000 to 15,000 feet. I have re-
marked that each individual has one or two white feathers, sometimes
on the head and sometimes on the back, but never in the same place
in two individuals. ‘The contents of the stomach of many birds are
minute coleopterous insects. Total length 4,3, inches, wing 2,5.
Irides black.” —W. N.
12, Conarres rupicoLa, d@’Orb. Voy. dans Am. mér. p.
377, t. Ixii. fig. 1.
This example agrees nearly with Mr. Whitely’s skins from South
Peru; but the pectoral spots are rather more cordate, thus showing
an approach to the form recently described by M. Taczanowski as
O. stolzmanni (P. Z.8. 1880, p. 209).
“This bird is found on the eastern side of the Cordillera, on plains
without any thing in the shape of trees or bushes, at an altitude of
12,170 feet. In 1851 I saw it singly and in pairs on the rocks,
and occasionally clinging to the rude stone walls of the few huts,
where, in the crevices, perhaps it makes its nest. I thought it ex-
ceedingly fearless. I found inits stomach many large larvae exceeding
an inch in length, and some bits of stones. The total length of the
adult male is 14,2; inches, wing 7;°;. Irides pure yellow. Sexes
similar ; spots on the female rather smaller and duller.” —W. N.
1881.] MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE GENUS GOULDIA. 489
8. On the Genus Gouldia of C. B. Adams, and on a new
Species of Crassatella. By Envear A. Smita.
[Received March 15, 1881.]
Special attention having been called to the name Gouldia in the
volume of the Society’s ‘Proceedings’ for 1879 (p. 131) by Mr. W.
H. Dall, in a communication entitled “On the Use of the generic
name Gouldia in Zoology,” I beg to present to the Society a few ob-
servations on the Molluscan group bearing this designation. Having
recently had occasion to examine some of the shells which have
been described under that name, I find that it is untenable; and
therefore the genus Gouldia of Bonaparte is left free for adoption
by ornithologists.
The types of Adams’s genus were two species from the West
Indies, G. cerina and G. parva. Of these the former proves to be
a species of Circe, and the latter a small Crassatella. This (parva),
says Carpenter (Mazatlan Cat. p. 82), ‘bears a general resemblance
to Circe minima.’ This, however, must be erroneous, probably a
lapsus calami. We states that he examined specimens of G. parva
in Mr. Cuming’s collection ; these, however, I cannot now find;
and it appears to me that it was, in all probability, the G. cerina
which he had before him, specimens of which are preserved in the
Cumingian collection. The latter does ‘‘ bear a general resemblance
to Circe minima,’ whilst the description of G. parva in no way
accords with it, but rather characterizes one of the Crassatelloid
species found in the West Indies, which have been assigned to
Gouldia. C. B. Adams’s description runs thus :—‘‘ Testa Astarte
affini, sed dente laterali remota anteriore in utraque valva instructa ;
pallii impressione vix vel haud sinuata.”
These characters do not well apply to the first of his species, G.
cerina ; for that is very unlike an Astarte, lacking the epidermis so
characteristic of that group, and having coloured markings, which,
with one exception, are altogether absent in the genus referred to.
I am therefore inclined to believe that the Astartoid resemblance
referred to the second species, G. parva, his description being appli-
cable to Astarte, and the shell which I refer to it certainly not
unlike that genus, being compressed and strongly concentrically
ridged and sulcate.
Adams’s generic diagnosis (Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., 1845, vol.
ii. p. 9) makes no mention of the hinge-ligament. In his G.
cerina, however, it is semiexternal, as in Circe, whilst in his G.
parva and G. pacifica it is internal, as in Crassatella. This has
been pointed out by Carpenter in 1863, in his Supplementary
Report on the Mollusca of the West Coast of North America,
p. 544, where he observes, “It appears that Gouldia (Thetis, C. B.
Ad. olim, non Sowerby, nec H. and A. Ad.) is congenerie with
** Circe’’ minima, not with the Astartids. Prof. Adams’s fresh spe-
cimens of his G. pacifica prove to have the crassatelloid internal
~ Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1881, No. XXXII. 32
490
MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE GENUS GOULDIA. [Apr. 5,
ligament, and represent one of the many remarkable forms of that
group.
” Jeffreys also (Brit. Con. ii. p. 321) has pointed out the
identity of Gouldia and Circe.
A List of Species which have been referred to the Genus Gouldia.
1848.
Gouldia pfeifferi, Philippi. Cuba.
Philippi, Zeitsch. Malakol. vol. v. p. 133 (as Astarte) ;
Tryon, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1872, p. 249 (as
Gouldia).
1857. Gouldia varians, Carpenter. Mazatlan.
Carpenter, Cat. Mazatlan, p. 83.
1845. Gouldia mactracea, Linsley. United States.
1873.
1861.
1862.
1865.
1869.
1803.
1845.
1845.
1841.
1841.
1852.
1869.
Linsley, Amer. Journ. Sci. Arts, vol. xlviii. p. 275, wood-
cut (as Astarte); Gould, Invert. Mass. ed. 2, 1870, p. 128,
fig. 442 (as Gouldia).
Gouldia isabella, Hutton. New Zealand.
Hutton, Cat. Shells of New Zealand, p. 76.
=Crassatella bellula, A. Adams; Hutton, Man. New
Zeal. Moll. p. 158.
Gouldia dilecta, Gould. Kagosima, Japan.
Gould, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. vol. viii. p. 32; Otia
Conch. p. 170.
Gouldia fastigiata, Gould. North Carolina.
Gould, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. vol. viii. p. 282; Otia
Conch. p. 239.
Gouldia australis, Angas: °° Port Jackson.
Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 459 ; 1867, p. 928.
Gouldia modesta, H. Adams. Gulf of Tunis.
H. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, p. 275, pl. 19. f. 14.
Gouldia minima, Montagu. Great Britain.
Montagu, Adams’s Genera, vol. ii. p. 485.
Gouldia cerina, C. B. Adams. Jamaica.
C. B. Adams, Proe. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. p. 9; Reeve,
Conch. Icon. sp. 140 (as Venus).
Gouldia parva, C. B. Adams. Jamaica.
C. B. Adams, /. ¢. p. 9.
Gouldia martinicensis, d Orbigny.
D’Orbigny, Sagra’s Hist. Cuba, vol. ii. p. 288, pl. 27.
figs. 24-26 (as Crassatella) ; Adams, Gen. Moll. vol. ii.
p. 485 (as Gouldia).
Gouldia guadaloupensis, d’Orbigny.
D’Orbigny, J. c. p. 289, pl. 27. figs. 24-26 (as Crassa-
tella); Adams, l. c. p. 485 (as Gouldia).
Gouldia pacifica, C. B. Adams. Panama.
C. B. Adams, Pauama Shells, p. 275.
Gouldia lamellosa, Issel. Red Sea.
Issel, Mal. Mar. Ross. p. 73, pl. i. fig. 7.
Of the above-named species, Gouldie pfeifferi, varians, mactracea,
isabella, parva, martinicensis, guadaloupensis, pacifica, fastigiata, and
1881.] MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE GENUS GOULDIA. 491
modesta are small forms of the genus Crassatella. Gouldie minima,
cerina, australis, and perhaps dilecta, which I only know from
description, prove to belong to Circe; and G. lamellosa is unknown
to me. Of the former group, four species, viz. guadeloupensis,
parva, mactracea, and pfeifferi, are, I believe, one and the same
shell, and may retain d’Orbigny’s name, which was the first pub-
lished. In conclusion I will add the description of a small species
of Crassatella from the west coast of Africa.
CRASSATELLA KNOCKERI, Sp. Nov.
Shell small, transparent whitish, angular at the beaks, rounded
on the ventral margins, compressed, a little inequilateral, concentri-
cally ribbed. Ribs strong, terminating anteriorly at the narrow
shallow lunule, and posteriorly defining a very narrow linear dorsal
area separated by deep sulci rather broader than the ridges. Um-
bones small, smooth, hyaline, approximated; anterior and hinder
dorsal slopes subequal, the former feebly concave, the latter recti-
linear. Hinge consisting of two cardinal teeth in the right valve,
the anterior one very conspicuous, the other very small; and two in
the left of more equal size. Lateral teeth elongate, one on the pos-
terior slope of the right valve, fitting into a corresponding groove in
the left, and one on the anterior slope of the latter received by a
groove in the right. Ligament placed in a cavity immediately pos-
terior to the two cardinal teeth of the left valve, aud between those
of the right. Interior of valves glossy, exhibiting the external rib-
bing, owing to their transparency, prettily crenulated within along the
ventral margin. Length from umbo to opposite margin 4} millim.,
width 44, diam. 14.
Hab. Whydah, West Africa (dredged by Captain Knocker, R.N.).
Although of small size, this pretty shell appears to be adult ; and
the crenulated inner edge of the valves indicates maturity. Its
transparent texture is peculiar; and it is very stoutiy costate for so
small a species.
May 3, 1881.
Professor Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
The following papers were read :—
32*
492 PROF. F, J. BELL ON THE GENUS ASTERIAS. [May 3
1. Contributions to the Systematic Arrangement of the
Asteroidea.—I. The Species ofthe genus Asterias. By
F. Jerrrey Betz, M.A., F.Z.S., Professor of Compara-
tive Anatomy in King’s College.
[Received March 21, 1881.]
(Plates XLVII. & XLVIII.).
The amount of variation exhibited by the species of the genus
Asterias has, as might have been expected, led to the formation of
a large number of forms which are at any rate nominally distinct.
Tempting as the work of revision of such a genus ought to be, it has
never attracted the attention of any zoologist who has written on the
subject since the time of Miiller and Troschel (1842). The most
important and comprehensive work which has appeared is that of
M. le Prof. Edmond Perrier, of the Jardin des Plantes. This essay,
which was originally published in that still young but already so
fertile journal the ‘Archives de Zoologie expérimentale’ of M.
Lacaze-Duthiers, has since appeared separately '.
M. Perrier’s work, though bearing the unambitious title of
‘Révision de la Collection de Stellérides du Muséum d’histoire
naturelle de Paris,’ is so far extensive in its scope that it contains
also a revision of the specimens in the British Museum, and de-
scriptions of a number of the new species therein contained. In so
far as Prof. Perrier has done his best to get their full value out of
the descriptions of Dr. J. E. Gray, which, it must be owned, are
peculiarly insufficient and unsatisfactory, and has also been in some
cases bold enough to describe new species from single specimens, he
has relieved me of two duties, which are always unpleasant.
Much, however, as M. Perrier has done with and for the genus
Asterias, it would be not proper to pretend to say that he has givena
complete revision of the genus: he details only forty-nine species, and
does but little to indicate the affinities of the species he mentions,
and nothing at all as to resolving them into either natural or arti-
ficial groups.
Nor can the present essay ask to be regarded as any thing else
than a tentative effort in the direction of a complete revision. The
collection in the British Museum is still in want of a number of
describéd species ; while, on the other hand, we must wait for a
more perfect monograph till the specimens, which were doubtless
collected by the ‘ Challenger,’ and are now being worked out under
able hands elsewhere, shall have found their proper place in the
stores of the national collection. The rich collection made under
the supervision of Mr. Alex. Agassiz will soon be described by
M. Perrier.
? Paris (Reinwald, 1875).
1881. ] PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE GENUS ASTERIAS, 493
A synonymic Catalogue of the Asterida being, then, a desideratum
for which -we must still wait, I have here endeavoured to aid the
author of that future catalogue by an attempt to adopt a method by
which it will, as I hope, be easier than heretofore to recognize
rapidly the characters of species already described, and to see what
has been already more or less definitely effected in the determination
of the synonymy.
The arrangement of the species either by natural characters, or by
special points arbitrarily selected on account of their real or apparent
convenience, has necessitated the careful examination of the cha-
racters of the species already represented by specimens in the
British Museum, and the close study of the descriptions of the
unrepresented species. When these descriptions are examined with
a view to obtain from them information as to certain characters, we
are soon struck by the variation in the modes of description, by
which this group has suffered so much.
In directing attention, therefore, to the points by which, as I
imagine, we can most satisfactorily and conveniently group the
numerous species of this genus, I would take the opportunity of
urging on those naturalists in whose care rare species may be, or to
whom new species may come, to give us definite and exact infor-
mation on these points, without, however, any prejudice to other
structural characters which, seemingly useless at present, may to
more sagacious naturalists prove to be of the highest systematic
value.
There are some species described by Dr. Gray which it will, I
believe, never be possible to recognize ; no specimens in the Museum
bear the labels of the names A. echinata, A. aster, A. wilkinsonii,
and A. multiradiata (Heliaster) ; and the descriptions that are given
are certainly no aid at all to their identification. I propose to omit
these names altogether from all the succeeding lists *.
Of these lists, the first gives a catalogue of the names which have
been applied to forms which are at present supposed to be specifically
distinct from one another; to all these names there is added a
reference to a work in which the species has been more or less com-
pletely described. Inthe case of nearly all descriptions made previously
to the year 1840, reference is made to the account given by Miiller
and Troschel in their ‘System der Asteriden;’ in the case of
Brandt reference is made, unless otherwise noted, to the ‘ Prodromus
descriptionis Animalium ab H. Mertensio . . . observatorum,’ pub-
lished at St. Petersburg in 18351. The papers of Dr. Stimpson are
1 The following quotations from a letter in which Prof. Perrier was kind
enough to answer some questions which I addressed to him will show how far
we are in accord on this point:—“ Il m’a été impossible de retrouver au
Museum 1’ Asterzas bootes de Miiller et Troschel, et je n’ai conservé le nom dans
mes Listes qu’a cause de l’autorité de ces auteurs,
“ Je vous en dirai autant des Astertas aster et A. wilkinsonii que je n’ai pu re-
trouver n au British Museum ni ailleurs, et qui ne sont pas reconnaissables
daprés les descriptions de Gray.”
494 PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE GENUS ASTERIAS. __[ May 3,
referred to by the numbers 1., ii., ill. in brackets after his name ; and
these numbers refer respectively to :—
(i.) “On new Genera and Species of Starfishes of the Family
Pycnopodidee (Asteracanthion, Miiller and Troschel).’”’ Proc. Boston
Soe. of Nat. Hist. vill. pp. 261-273.
(ii.) ‘Synopsis of the Marine Invertebrata of Grand Manan.”
1853, Smithsonian Contributions.
(iii.) “Crustacea and Echinodermata of the Pacific Shores of
North America.” Boston Journ. Nat. Hist. vi. (1857).
The ‘papers of Dr. Liitken to which references are made are con-
tained in the ‘ Videnskabelige Meddelelser ’ (Copenhagen) for various
years, which are distinguished by their respective dates.
So, too, the papers “of Philippi which appeared in Wiegmann’s
‘ Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte’ are distinguished from one “another
by the year of their publication.
In the case of Dr. Gray, reference is made to his beautifully
illustrated ‘Synopsis of the Species of Starfish in the British Museum’
(1866).
And, finally, when p. and a number follow alone the name of
Peirier: reference is made to the already mentioned ‘ Révision,’ and
to the pagination of it as a separate publication.
In other cases the references given are so full as to need no
explanation.
The letters B.M. are placed against the names of the species
specimens of which are in the British Museum.
I. List of the Species of Asterias now regarded as distinct.
1. acervata, Stimpson (i.), p. 271.
2. acutispina, Stimpson (i.), p. 262.
3. e@qualis, Stimpson (i.), p. 273.
4. africana, M. Tr. p. 15 (B.M.)
5. alba, Bell, P. Z.S. 1881, p. 92. (B.M.)
6. amurensis, Liitken (1871), p. 296. (B.M.)
7. antarctica, Liitken (1856), p. 105. (B.M.)
8. bootes, Miiller and Troschel, p. 17.
9. borbonica, Perrier, p. 61.
10. brachiata, Perrier, p. 65.
11. brandti, Bell, P.Z.S. 1881, p. 91. (B.M.)
12. brevispina, Stimpson (ii.), p. 88.
13. calamaria, Gray, p. 1. (B.M.)
14. camschatica, Brandt, Prod. p. 70.
15. capensis, Perrier, p. 73. (B.M.)
16. capitata, Stimpson (i.), p. 264.
17. clavatum, Philippi, 1870, p. 269.
18. compta, Stimpson (i.), p. 270.
19. conferta, Stimpson (1.), p. 263.
20. cribraria, Stimpson (i.), p. 270. (B.M.)
1 And also published in the Rec. des Actes de l’Acad. Imp. de St. Pétersbourg
for 1834.
1881.] PROF. F, J. BELL ON THE GENUS ASTERIAS. 495
21. cunningham, Perrier, p. 73. (B.M.)
22. disticha, Brandt, Middendorff’s Reise, p. 31.
23. epichlora, Brandt, p. 70. (B.M.)
24. fissispina, Stimpson (i.), p. 264.
25. forbesi, Desor, Proc. Bost. Soe. iii., p. 67. (B.M.)
26. fulgens, Philippi, 1870, p. 274.
27. fulva, Philippi, 1870, p. 270.
28. fungifera, Perrier, p. 73.
29. gelatinosa, Meyen, Reise, i. p. 222. (B.M.)
30. gemmifer, Perrier, Ann. Sc. Nat. 1869, xii. p. 237.
31. germaini, Philippi, 1858, p. 266.
32. glacialis, M. Tr. p. 14. (B.M.)
33. grenlandica, Steenstrup, Vid. Med. 1854, p. 260. (B.M.)
34. hewactis, Stimpson (i.), p. 272.
35. hispida (Pennant), Forbes’s British Starfishes, p. 95. (B.M.)
36. tanthina, Brandt, p. 69".
37. japonica, Stimpson *. (B.M.)
38. katherine, Gray, p. 2. (B.M.)
39. linckii, M. Tr. p. 18.
40. littoralis, Stimpson ® (ii.), p. 14. (B.M.)
41. luetkeni, Stimpson (i.), p. 265.
42. lurida, Philippi, 1858, p. 265.
43. margaritifer, M. Tr. p. 20.
44. meridionalis, Perrier, p. 76. (B.M.)
45. mexicana, Liitken (1859), p. 94.
46. mitts, Philippi, 1870, p. 272.
47. mollis, Hutton, P. Z.S8. 1872, p. 812.
mollis, Studer, Mb. Ak. Berl. 1876, p. 457 (see studeri).
48. muelleri, Sars, Arch. f. Naturg. xx. (1844), p. 169. (B.M.)
49. neglecta, Bell, P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 94.
50. nuda, Perrier, p. 71. (B.M.)
51. obtusispinosa, Bell, P. Z. S. 1881, p. 92. (B.M.)
52. ochotensis, Brandt, Middendorff’s Reise, p. 28. (B.M.)
53. ochracea, Brandt, p. 69. (B.M.)
54. panopla, Stuxberg, Gif. Vet.-Ak. 1878, iti. p. 32.
55. paucispina, Stimpson (i.), p. 266. (B.M.)
56. pectinata, Brandt, p. 70.
57. perrieri, Smith, Ann. N. H. (4) xvii. p. 106. (B.M.)
58. polaris*, M. Tr. p. 16. (B.M.)
59. polyplax, Arch. fiir Naturg. 1844, p. 178. (B.M.)
60. rarispina, Perrier, p. 62. (B.M.)
1 Probably a variety of A. ochracea, Brandt (Stimpson (iii.) p. 87).
2 T have searched for, but have been unable to find any description of this
species (v. infra).
3 This reference seems, by some accident, to have been dropped out from
M. Perrier’s bibliography, s. 7. p. 51.
+ Tt must be remembered that Miiller and Troschel used the generic term
Asteracanthion ; they were therefore within their rights in using the specific
term polaris, although Asterias polaris was the name given (1824) by Sabine
to Ctenodiscus cristatus.
496 PROF. F. J, BELL ON THE GENUS ASTERIAS. [May 3,
61. rodolphi, Perrier, p. 41. (B.M.)
62. rubens, M. Tr. p. 17. (B.M.)
63. rugispina', Stimpson (i.) p. 267. (B.M.)
64. rupicola, Verrill, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus.i. 3, p.71. (B.M.)
65. scaber, Hutton, P. Z.S. 1872, p. 812.
66. sertulifera, Xantus, Proc. Acad. Nat. Se. Philad. 1860,
p. 568.
67. sinusoida, Perrier, p. 74. (B.M.)
68. spectabilis, Philippi, 1870, p. 271.
69. stellionura, Perrier, Annu. Se. Nat. xii. (1869), p. 240. (B.M.)
70. studeri, Bell, P. Z.S. 1881, p. 91 (mollis, Studer).
71. sulcifer, Perrier, Ann. Se. Nat. xii. (1869), p. 235. (B.M.)
72. tenera, Stimpson (i.), p. 269. (B.M.)
73. tenuispina, M. Tr. p. 16. (B.M.)
74. troscheli, Stimpson (i.), p. 267. (B.M.)
75. vancouveri, Perrier, p. 64. (B.M.)
76. varia, Philippi, 1870, p. 272.
77. vulgaris, Verrill, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H. x. (1866), p. 347.
The list which now follows gives, in alphabetical order, the more
important of the specific titles which have been applied to species
previously named. The list has been here limited to those forms
which have been regarded by competent naturalists as members of
the genus, as defined and limited by Miiller and Troschel, or what
may, for brevity, be styled the Asteracaathion division of the Asterida.
I may, in passing, be allowed to beg leave to be excused from
entering into any defence of the use of the generic term Asterias.
I can add nothing to the summary of contending facts which have
been put out by the Rev. A. M. Norman’; and I willingly give in
my adhesion to the majority of his arguments. The labours of
synonymy are severe enough to justify me in refusing to go again
into a detailed examination of a subject which seems to me to
have been exhausted *.
To the left of some of the names there is placed the name of an
authority who has directed attention to the synonymy of the species
in guestion.
Il. List of the Principal Names which are regarded as
Synonyms.
1. albulus, Stimpson, = Stichaster albulus.
2. angulosa, O. F. M., = glacialis, O. F. M.
(Verrill.) 3. arenicola, Stimpson, = forbesi, Desor.
(Liitken.) 4. atlantica, Verrill, = tenuispina, Lamk.
5
. aurantiaca, Meyen, = Stichaster aurantiacus.
? Tf the specimens collected by Dr. Cunningham have been correctly identified,
A, rugispina wust be very closely allied to A. antarctica.
2 Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist. (3) xv. p. 126.
3 Compare also the note by Verrill in the Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. x.
(1866), p. 339,
1881.] PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE GENUS ASTERIAS. 497
(Perrier.) 6. australis, Perrier, = calamaria, Gray.
(Verrill.) 7. derylinus, A. Ag., = forbesi, Desor.
(Verrill.) 8. borealis, Perrier, = polaris, M. Tr.
9. clathrata, Pennant, = rubens, Linn.
9a, douglasi, Perrier, = polaris’.
10. fabricii, Perrier, = vulgaris.
11. gigantea, Stimpson, = katherine, Gray
(Perrier.) 12. glacialis, Grube, = tenuispina, Link.
13. glacialis, Johnston, = rubens, L.
14. globifera, Gray, = Uniophora globifera.
15. granifera, Lamk., = U. granifera.
16. holsatica, Retzius, = rudens, L.
17. gehennesi, Perrier, = calamaria, Gray.
18. madeirensis, Stimpson, = webbiana, D’Orb. = gla-
cialis, O. F. M.
19. minuta, Retzius, = rudens, L.
20. nove-boracensis, Perrier, = forbesi.
(Verrill.) 21. pallida, Perrier, = vulgaris, Packard.
22. paleoerystallus, Sladen, = Pedicellaster paleo-
erystallus, L.
23. problema, Steenstrup, = Stichaster albulus.
24. roseus, O. F. M., = S. roseus.
(Perrier.) 25. rubens, Gould (part.), = vulgaris, Packard.
26. rubens, Stimpson, = vulgaris, Packard.
27. rubens, Duj. and Hupé (part.), = polaris, M. Tr.
28. rustica, Gray, = gelatinosa, Meyen.
(Perrier.) 29. savaresii, Delie Chiaje, = fenuispina, Lamk.
(Perrier.) 30. sptnosa, Say (part.), = vulgaris, Packard.
31. stimpsoni, Verrill, = vulgaris, Packard.
32. striatus, M. Tr., = Valvaster striatus.
33. violacea, O. F. M., = rubens, L.
34. webbiana, D’Orbigny, = glacialis®, O. F. M.
Sp. ine. sedis.
A. microdiscus (Stimpson) ; see Liitken, Ann. N.
H. (4) xii. p. 329.
1 M. Perrier’s decision, as communicated to me by letter.
2 I owe this synonymy to M. Perrier. On comparing the description of
D’Orbigny with undoubted specimens of “4. madeirensis,” Stimpson, I came to
the conclusion that the species were identical. Thinking it remarkable that this
resemblance had not before been noted, I wrote to Prof. Perrier asking him if he
had in the Jardin des Plantes the type of 4. webbiana. He answered “ J’ai sous les
yeux le type de l'A. webbiana de d’Orbigny; mais je suis conyaincu, sans
pouvoir cependant l’affirmer d’une maniére absolue, que c’est seulement, comme
1A. madeirensis, une forme de |’ Astertas glacialis.” On comparing specimens
named by M. Perrier, in the British Museum, of these last two species, I too
feel convinced that they are identical. We have, then,
Asterias glacialis, O. F. Miller ; Miiller and Troschel, System der Asteriden,
. 44; &e.
y Stellonia webbiana, d’Orbigny, in Webb and Berthelot’s Iles Canaries, Zool
(Moll.), p. 142, pl. ii. figs, 8-13.
Asteracanthion webbianum, Duj. and Hupé, Echin. p. 350.
Asterias madeirensis, Stimpson, Proc. Boston, Soc. N. H. 1861-62, p- 263.
498 PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE GENUS ASTERIAS. [May 3,
It will be of interest to institute a comparison between the two
lists here given and that of M. Perrier. Here we find altogether
the not inconsiderable number of one hundred. and eleven specific
appellations ; and of this only thirty-five are to be found in the
second or synonymic list. M. Perrier describes all together forty-nine
species; and when we look through his synonymy, we find that all
together he makes mention of sixty-eight names. The proportion
of accepted to synonymous terms is therefore almost exactly the same
in the two lists. This is, I must say, a somewhat painful state of
things ; for I am inclined to regard an increase in the number of
proved synonyms as a not unfair proof of advance in our knowledge
of the forms described.
Advance of knowledge has, however, so far taken place since the
publication of Perrier’s ‘ Révision,’ that our knowledge of the Arctic
fauna and of that of the more southern seas has been somewhat
increased, while the critical remarks of Verrill have somewhat re-
duced the number of species which, named by Valenciennes or by
himself, M. Perrier had regarded as undescribed.
Comparatively lately (1878) Prof. Perrier has published an essay
on the Geographical Distribution of the Starfishes, in the ‘ Nouvelles
Archives du Muséum’ (2™° sér.) ; and in the nearly complete list of
species which he there gives, he enumerates eighty-two species in the
genus Asterias, or five more than are named in the list just given.
This new list moreover contains the names of seven species not
detailed by M. Perrier, viz. :—A. mollis of Studer (studeri of Bell) ;
A. perrieri, E. Smith ; A. fulgens, Philippi; and A. alba, brandii,
neglecta, and obtusi-spinosa of Bell.
On the other hand, M. Perrier’s list contains the following, which,
as I think, have been demonstrated by Verrill to be synonymous of
names already entered, viz. A. arenicola, A. borealis, A. fubricii,
A, pallida, and A. stimpsoni. A. madeirensis I have shown to be
synonymous with A. webbiana; A. globifera will be placed with
Uniophora: A. wilkinsoni and A. aster of Gray I cannot, as I
have already said, even pretend to recognize. A. jehennesi would
appear to be the same as A. calamaria.
Like M. Perrier, I retain in the lists the name of A. bootes, ‘4
cause de l’autorité de ses auteurs ;” but as the type is lost or unknown,
the species will probably always be—what it has already been called,
one of the “ mysteries of Paris.”
Of late years the only catalogue of the genus which claimed to be
complete was published by MM. Dujardin and Hupé; it details,
however, only thirty-seven species, of which nine have, with the
progress of our knowledge, been since referred to other generic
divisions.
This brief review will, I think, be sufficient to afford evidence of
the pressing necessity of a closer and. more critical study of the
constituent species; what now will follow is to be regarded as a
preliminary attempt to make some sort of introduction to a work
1881.] PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE GENUS ASTERIAS. 499
of greater value which neither specimens nor opportunities yet
allow’.
I now proceed to the consideration of the heads under which the
numerous species of this genus are to be grouped. The genus Aster-
acanthion of Miiller and Troschel was divided by a single coup into
a group with spines on the back, and a group with stalked knobs on
the back ; those of the former group alone are now members of the
emended genus. No other zoologist has, so far as I know, attempted
any convenient grouping of the species, though Dr. Stimpson has
rendered some assistance in this direction by pointing out the affi-
nities of the species he describes.
It is, at the same time, obvious enough that there is a very large
number of species in the restricted and emended genus Aséerias ; and
the number is unwieldy even now, when our knowledge of the varia-
tions that may be found in it is very possibly altogether elementary.
No good, however, is gained by hastily accepting or proposing ill-
defined generic coups; the more necessary work just now is to sort
out the species into different categories.. These must be as natural
as they can be; but where nature fails us, or becomes too obscure for
our vision, we must make use of what are not so satisfactorily
natural characters.
It is necessary to make some such preface as this, because I have to
propose a primary subdivision of the genus to which, from purely
theoretical considerations, it would be possible to raise some not un-
important objections ; for I propose, first of all, to separate the species
into those in which there are developed more than five rays, and those
in which, so far as we know, the number five is constantly retained.
To these two groups I propose to apply the terms Heteractinida and
Pentactinida’.
It is, so far as is yet known, only among the former, or Heterac-
tinida, that the presence of more than one madreporic plate has been
noted, though in forms which belong to the Heteractinida, but in
which five arms only are developed (and this is not only a possible,
but an actual case) there may be, and at times are, two madeporites.
The plurality of madreporic plates affords a good secondary point of
difference ; and I propose, therefore, to form subdivisions which may
respectively be known as polyplacid and monoplacid.
The third distinctive character lies in the number of spines which
border the ambulacra—the adambulacral spines : as an ordinary rule,
one finds one or two rows of these; and the forms which belong to
them may be distinguished respectively as Monacanthida and Dipla-
canthida.
It is a difficult matter to say exactly what is the real significance
of the difference in the number of the rows of adambulacral spines.
In the first place, it is necessary that we should have for a number
1 This might almost be an echo of the words of Prof. Alex. Agassiz (see
‘North-American Starfishes,’ p. 122).
2 Whether this division be natural or artificial, it will, for the great majority
be found, I think, to work pretty satisfactorily: the problem of heteractinism
is still unsolved ; and it is a serious question whether the heteractinism of e. g.
A, tenuispina is exactly comparable to the polyactinism of e. g. Heliaster.
500 PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE GENUS ASTERIAS. _[ May 3,
of rare species more exact and definite information than has yet been
afforded. But little light is thrown upon the subject by a reference
to the characters which obtain in Brisinga, owing to the extremely
generalized character of that important form; the adambulacral
spines are, according to the careful description of G. O. Sars, arranged
in the adult in three longitudinal rows, of which those of the outer-
most row are distinctly the longest ; “‘in very young specimens,”
however, it is to be noted that the “‘two innermost are yet undeve-
loped, so that there is only a single longitudinal row of furrow-
spines along the middle of the adambulcral areas.”
Although there is this tendency to a disposition of the adambula-
cral spines in one or two rows, there are (a) cases, e.g. A. panopla,
Stuxberg, in which there are three rows, and (/3) specimens of the
common and widely-spread A. rubens and of other species which do
not always exhibit a constant regularity : the spines may be set more
or less distinctly along three planes ; but it is rarely that three spines
are found on one and the same plate; and it is clear that there is a
tendency to the development of a single continuous series, arranged
as nearly as possible in a perfectly straight row. If, further, we con-
sider how extremely short is the longitudinal axis of the ossicles, and
the size of the spines that are placed on them, and that the packing
of the spines does nevertheless diverge but little into any thing what-
soever of a zigzag arrangement, we are, I think, justified for the
present in not enforcing any such further subdivision as would be
expressed by such terms as tsacanthid and anisacanthid.'
There is a considerable body of fact which would justify such a
division ; but there is need of further study and fuller information to
enable us to speak definitely as to the permanency of any real anisa-
canthid arrangement ; the species in the following lists, which are
distinguished by an asterisk sign are those in which this irregularity
is most conspicuous.
III. Primary Groups of the Species of Asterias.
A. HETERACTINIDA.
I. PoLyPLAciIpDa.
i. MonacaNTHIDA.
calamaria. tenuispina.
ii, DIPLACANTHIDA.
*acutispina. polyplax.
capensis.
Il MonorpuacipDa.
1. MONACANTHIDA.
gelatinosa. perriert.
gemmifer. rodolphi.
katherine.
1 These terms would, of course, express the difference between forms in which
the spines are the same in number on all the plates, and those in which the spines
are unequally distributed,
1881.]
PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE GENUS ASTERIAS.
501
A. equalis probably belongs to this group ; but we have not sufti-
ciently definite information as to the number of the madreporic plates,
or of the rows of adambulacral spines.)
li. DiIpLACANTHIDA.
acervata.
borealis.
douglasi.
hexactis.
meridionalis.
polaris.
scabra.
studeri.
*yancouvert.
Sp. incertze sedis.
camtschatica,
B. PENTACTINIDA.
i. MONACANTHIDA.
africana. glacialis.
antarctica. luetkeni.
borbonica. margaritifera,
*brachiata. mexicana.
brevispina. ‘(paucispina.
capitata. rarispina.
compta, rugispina.
conferta. rupicola.
cunninghami. sertulifera.
fissispina, troscheli.
Sorbesi. varia.
Sulgens.
Incertz sedis.
mitis.
il, DipLACANTHIDA.
alba. lurida.
amurensts. mollis.
bootes. neglecta.
brandti. nuda.
clavatum. obtusispinosa.
eribraria. ochotensis.
epichlora. *rubens.
fulva (?). sinusoida,
germaini (?). spectabilis.
grenlandica’. stellionura.
hispida. sulcifera,
japonica, *tenera.
littoralis. vulgaris.
Sp. incertze sedis.
JSungifera.
* Sometimes one of the pair of spines disappears from certain plates,
502 PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE GENUS ASTERIAS. [May 3,
ili. POLYACANTHIDA.
panopla.
The number of species in the first two groups of the Pentactinida
is still so large that we must now attempt to find some means by
which they may be still further subdivided.
Among a certain number of forms we find a special modification
of some of the dorsal spines, which come to form an encircling
fringe around the madreporic plate. In some species these spines
are obvious enough ; but I know of no author except Prof. Verrill
who has directed any attention to them’, or attached any impor-
tance to their presence. As, however, I will show in detail further
on, I cannot give in my adhesion to the validity of the genus Lep-
tasterias, even when the proposition comes from so deservedly
honoured and distinguished a naturalist. I doubt, in fine, whether
they can be used as any thing more than a convenient separation-
character in a genus where specific characters are so rare.
The species, then, which are provided with a circlet of spines round
their madreporic plate may be distinguished as the Echinoplacida ;
such among the Diplacanthid Pentactinida are :—
A. fulva (with 18 spines).
A. germaini (with spines indistinct).
A, lurida (with 12 spines).
A. nuda (with spines irregularly distributed).
A. obtusispinosa (with 12 spines).
A. sinusoida (with spines irregularly distributed).
A. spectabilis (with 18 spines).
It is curious to observe that, as yet, the echinoplacid condition has
not been noted as obtaining among the Monacanthid Pentactinida ;
among the Polyactinida the echinoplacid condition seems only to
have been observed in the diplacanthid monoplacid form acervata,
where there are said to be 13 spines around the madreporic plate.
Ina description of the species A. brandti, which I lately communi-
cated to the Society’, I have directed attention to the mode of arrange-
ment of the greater number of the intermediate spines on special local
modifications of the integument, which may be known as special
plates. This arrangement should be familiar enough ; for it is to be
found in A. tenuispina, and is represented in the figure of that species
given by Miller and Troschel (‘System der Aster.’ pl. i. fig. 1).
The forms in which the spines thus rise from special plates may be
distinguished as autacanthid.
In such a group we should find:—the Polyactinid meridionalis,
perrieri, tenuispina, and (probably) scabra; and the Pentactinid
Diplacanthid brandti and neglecta.
When the spines retain the simpler disposition which is seen in
A. rubens and most of the better known forms, we may speak of the
arrangement as being typacanthid.
’ Of course such a naturalist as Philippi does not fail to note their presence.
2 P. Z. 8, 1881, p. 91.
1881.] PROF, F. J. BELL ON THE GENUS ASTERIAS. 503
The more we get into subdivisions the more unsatisfactory will, it
is obvious, our characters get; and I fully recognize the difficulty,
nay, impossibility, of naturalists having any thing like a unanimous
opinion on the value of the groups now to be proposed. I give
them, however, for what they are worth. They depend on the cha-
racters of the spines on the abactinal surface ; and, according as these
are simple or rare, blunted or acute, we may get divisions to which
we may apply the epithets of simplices, rarispinose, obtusispinose, or
acutispinose. This unsatisfactory method of division is, at present,
the only one which can be suggested for the Monacanthid Pentacti-
nida,
When applied in tabular form, we get the following as the result
of our attempt :—
Genus AsTERIAs.
Div. I. HETERACTINIDA.
Species with, as a rule, more than five rays.
A. PoLYPLACIDA.
Species with more than one madreporic plate.
i. MONACANTHIDA.
Adambulacral spines in a single longitudinal row.
a. ECHINOPLACIDA.
Madreporic plate with a circlet of spines.
(3. ANECHINOPLACIDA.
No circlet of spines to madreporic plate.
(i.) Autacanthida. Dorsal spines placed on special plates.
A. tenuispina.
(ii.) Lypacanthida. Dorsal spines not placed on special plates.
A, calamaria.
il. DIPLACANTHIDA.
Ambulacral spines in a double row.
a. ECHINOPLACIDA.
0.
f. ANECHINOPLACIDA.
(i.) Autacanthida.
0.
(ii.) Typacanthida.
A. acutispina. A, polyplaz.
A. capensis.
504 PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE GENUS ASTERIAS.
B. MonopPpuLaciDaA.
Species with only one madreporic plate.
1. MoNACANTHIDA.
a. ECHINOPLACIDA.
0.
B. ANECHINOPLACIDA.
(i.) Autacanthida.
A. perrieri.
(ii.) Typacanthida.
A. gelatinosa. A, rodolphi.
A. gemmifera. [? A. equalis. |
A, katherine.
il. DIPpLACANTHIDA.
ae ECHINOPLACIDA.
A. acervata.
3. ANECHINOPLACIDA.
(i.) Autacanthida.
. meridionalis. (?) A. scabra.
. polaris.
Rus
(ii.) Typacanthida.
. borealis. A. perrieri.
. douglasi (?) A, studeri.
. hexactis (!) A. vancouveri.
be ph fs
Div. Il. PENTACTINIDA.
Species with five rays only.
A. PoLYPLACIDA.
0.
B. MoNOPLACIDA.
i. DIPLACANTHIDA.
a. ECHINOPLACIDA.
A. fulva. A. obtusispinosa.
A. germaini. A. sinusoida.
A. lurida. A, spectabilis.
A, nuda. A. sulcifera.
B. ANECHINOPLACIDA.
(i.) Autacanthida.
A. brandti. A. neglecta.
A. grenlandica. A, stellionura.
[May 3,
1881.] PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE GENUS ASTERIAS. 505
(ii.) Typacanthida.
i. Simplices. Dorsal spines arranged on the type of A. rubens.
A. amurensis. A. rubens.
A. ochotensis. A. vulgaris.
ii. Rarispinose. Dorsal spines rare (as in A. glacialis).
A. alba.
iil. Retusispinose. Spines blunted and short.
A. epichlora.
iv. Acutispinose. Spines pointed and sharp.
A. cribraria. A. littoralis.
A. japonica. A. tenera.
ii. MoNACANTHIDA.
a. ECHINOPLACIDA,
0.
(. ANECHINOPLACIDA.
(i.) Autacanthida.
0.
ii. Typacanthida.
i. Simplices.
A. cunninghami. ? A. luetheni.
A. forbesi.
i. Rarispinose.
A. africana. A. rarispina.
A, glacialis. A, webbiana.
A. paucispina. (2 A. fissispina.)
iii. Retusispinose.
A, antarctica. [? A. capitata.
A. troscheli, ? A. conferta. |
iv. Acutispinosa.
0.
C. PoLYACANTHIDA,
a. ECHINOPLACIDA.
A. panopla.
Mone OF FORMULATING REsutts.
By the use of the following symbols one may see at a glance which
of these characters are possessed by any given species, by assinging
the following symbols to the different characters :—
1=monacanthid; 2=diplacanthid; 3=polyacanthid ;
m=monoplacid; p= polyplacid ;
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1881, No. XXXIII. 33
506 PROF. F, J. BELL ON THE GENUS ASTERIAS. _[ May 3,
e=echinoplacid ; a=anechinoplacid ;
a'=autacanthid ; t=typacanthid ; s=simplices ;
7 =Yarispinosze ; r'=retusispinose ; e¢=acutispinosz.
Thus, the formula for A. rubens is 2 ats; for A. rubens is dipla-
canthid, anechinoplacid, tvpacanthid, with simple dorsal spines.
To distinguish between the Pentactinida and the Heteractinida
I propose to place the formula for the latter under the mathema-
tical sign of asquare root; thus ¥ 1 pis sufficient to distinguish
A. calamaria asa monacanthid polyplacid heteractinid form. If
we know, as we do in this case, further details, we may write the for-
mula ¥ 1 paa’; or, in other words, in addition, 4. calamaria
has no spines round its madreporic plate, and the dorsal spines are
placed on special plates.
To take two other examples :—
A. epichlora =2 atr', or is diplacanthid, anechinoplacid, typacan-
thid, and retusispiuose (or has the spines blunted and short); the
absence of the root sign shows it to be pentactinid.
For A. gelatinosa we have 1m; or it is monacanthid and
monoplacid, while the root-sign shows it to be heteractinid ; as, also,
it is anechinoplacid and typacanthid, we may write its full formula
V 1 mat.
1. acervata = WN 2 me: 30. gelatinosa = WN I mat,
2. acutispina = ¥ 2 pat. 31. gemmifer = N I mat.
3. xqualis = N 1 mat (?) 32. germaini = re.
4. africana = 1 atr. 33. glacialis = lier:
5. alba = 2 atr. 34. grenlandica = 2 aa’.
6. amurensis = 2 ats. 35. hexactis = N 2 mat
7. antarctica = 1 aftr’. 36. hispida = 1 ats.
8. borbonica =1. 37. ianthina.
9. borealis = 2 mat. 38. japonica = 2 ate
10. brachiata = lle 39. katherine = WV 1 mat
11. brandti = 2 aa’. 40. linckii =| War.
12. brevispina = 1. 41. littoralis = 2 ate.
13. calamaria = ¥ 1 pat. 42. luetkeni = 1 ats (?)
14. camtschatica, 43, lurida (2.
15. capensis = \ 2 pat. 44, margaritifera ale
16. capitata = 1 afr (?) 45. meridionalis = 2 maa’.
17. clavatum = 2r. 46. mexicana cm sil
18. compta = il. 47. mitis.
19. conferta == liaerti(?): 48. mollis ; = 2,
20. cribraria = 2ate. 49. muelleri = latr.
21. cunninghami = 1 ais. 50. neglecta = 2 aa’.
22. disticha. 51. nuda = Qe.
; = ae 52. obtusispinosa = 2 e.
ne pete ey = - pabige 53. ochotensis = 2 ats.
25. fissispina = 1 afr (?). 54. ochracea =1 atr’.
26. forbesi = 1 ats. 55. panopla =3e}
27. fulgens =1. 56. paucispina = 1 afr.
28. fulva = 2e. 57. pectinata. 5
29. fungifera = 2, 58. perrieri = V1 maa
1881.] PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE GENUS ASTERIAS, 507
59. polaris. = WV 2 mad’. 69. spectabilis = 2e,
60. polyplax = 2 pat. 70, stellionura = 2 aa’:
61. rarispina = 1 afr. a. ie = x 2 mat
ee ee ier 72. Sulcifera = 2e.,
64. rugispina = | afr". 74, tenuispina = W | paa’
65. rupicola (?) = 1 aér. 75. troscheli = 1 afr’.
66. scabra = N 2 mad’. (?) 76. vancouveri = NWN 2 mat.
67. sertulifera = 1. 77. yaria =1,
68. sinusoida = 2e, 78. vulgaris = 2 ais*.
Characters of Leptasterias, Verrill.It may well be a fair question
to ask, why, when a genus contains so many species, I do not avail
myself of Prof. Verrill’s generic division of Leptasterias. The answer
falls under two heads :—First, the leading distinctive character is the
comparatively large size of the papulz; but this is only a step from
what we find in species that are’still retained in the genus Asterias
proper; the presence of a circlet of spines around the madreporic
plate is certainly not a characteristic of the Leptasteriads alone, as
must have been abundantly shown in the earlier part of this paper;
while, further, all specimens of 4. muelleri are most certainly not
echinoplacid. In the second place, the presence of a large number
of species in a genus cannot, of itself, be any reason at all for esta-
blishing a number of insufficiently distinct genera. Queri libet de
natura: ita est. For the purposes of descriptive systematic zoology
it may be, and is, necessary to break up an enormous genus into
smaller convenient working groups; but it is better not to give to
such groups titles which have a precise technical value.
For the present, at any rate, I think we may retain Gray’s genus
Uniophora.
CHARACTERS OF THE SPECIES OF Asterias FOUND IN THE
BritisH SEAS.
My attention was more particularly directed to this subject by the
difficulty which I had in coming to any distinct idea as to the
characters of 4. hispida. Unable to distinguish any forms as such
in the cabinets of the British Museum, I naturally turned for assis-
tance to the well-known naturalist whose acquaintance with the
marine fauna of our own coasts is only equalled by his kindness and
courtesy. To the Rev. A. M. Norman, then, the national col-
lection owes some specimens of what he distinguishes as A. hispida.
Jn addition to the specimens of A. Aispida which he presented to
the Museum, Mr. Norman sent for my inspection several other
series of specimens from various localities. In the letter with which
he honoured me, Mr. Norman hinted that A. hispida and A. violacea
should now be united, he expresses some little doubt as to the accu-
racy of the determination of the specimens collected in the British
* [To make this paper as complete as may be, I add a reference to the species
(A. spitsbergensis) lately described by Messrs. Danielssen and Koren. It ap-
ears to be pentactinid, polyacanthid, and echinoplacid. See Ann. Nat. Hist.
(5) viii. p. 66.—F, J. B. July Ist, 1881.]
508 PROF, F. J. BELL ON THE GENUS ASTERIAS. [May 3,
seas as being the A. muelleri of Sars, and he concludes by directing
my attention to a remarkable and rare specimen taken at Seaham.
The questions, then, which are proposed to us are :—
(1) The characters of A. hispida.
(2) Is A. muelleri, Sars, found on our shores ?
(3) Is A. muelleri really distinct from A. glacialis ?
(4) Have representatives of any other species, described or unde-
scribed, been found in our seas?
(1) The Characters of A. hispida.
With regard to this species, Edward Forbes writes:—“It may
easily be passed over as the young of one of the more common
species; but it is very distinct.” He gives as the specific character,
“Rays short, rounded, spinous. Avenues ovate.” It is, however,
obvious that, without some further qualification, the shortness of
the rays is a character of no significance whatever; the rays in
young Asterids are always proportionally shorter than in older
forms; as Sars remarks, in describing A. muelleri}, “ Bei jiingeren
sind, wie bei allen Seesternen, die Arme verhaltmassig kiirzer.”
What, therefore, we have to know is whether there is any dif-
ference, and, if so, what, between 4. hispida and A. rubens in this
respect.
The greater and the lesser radii may, as usual, be distinguished by
the symbols R and 7; the measurements are made in millimetres,
A. rubens.
Series a. ‘Seaham, Mr. Hodge.” Breadth of ray.
fits Sluice 5,8 or =o Sot one
Ties bed = Ea aa, Ge Sehr: 2°8
Mya cere Ole wr 25) Ol) eer Or, 2:0
Series 6. ‘?4. rubens. St. Magnus Bay, Shetland; deep
water.” Breadth of ray,
ite Se Ole ee 4°02 or hs Or: 3°0
ii. , te oo, toe OF deo ae 3:1
ill, S202 One ei — rae 25
iv. 5 i 65.) 2-05) One ino 7 2°0
A. hispida.
Series a. ‘Oban, Mr. D. Robertson.” Breadth of ray.
sere R=19°5, r=80, or R=2°437r. 9°0
Hl. .... #=—15:0, 7r=—6:2, or K=2°4197. 6°2
ill, KR=12:0;. r=6:0;" orn k—270 7. 50
lv R=110; -7=4:2," or R=2:6197. 5°0
Series 3. Outer Skerries, Shetland. Breadth of ray.
1, 2s.e sy, 1750 or hs 4 9. 6:0
is, eve R=)5557—4.5500F sr 45
pies ee E=12-0) 97 — 4:06 ort t=—=310) 7, 4-5
1 Faun. litt. Norv. p. 56,
1881.] PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE GENUS ASTERIAS, 509
Series y. Outer Skerries, Scotland. Breadth of ray.
Tene oO ee) oe as 3°5
li. .... R=100, +=3-0;' Ge A=3°37r. 3°5
lil Seon a= One ty ollloies 4°5
IVs. ‘oyers = 59:0; 7r=3:0; or #2=30'r; 3°7
Wats R= “5; r=2°5, or R=3:07r. 30
Arranging these numbers in order, we find for 4. rubens
3°83, 3°6, 3°5, 3°25, 3°16, 3°16, 3°15;
and for A. hispida
3°5, 3°4, 3°4, 3°3, 3°16, 3°0, 2°619, 2°437,'2°419, 2:0.
For A. rubens, then, the proportion of R to 7 does not fall below
3°15; and the specimen in which that obtains is comparatively
young, and has R ouly equal to 8:2 millim.; in A. hispida it may
fall as low as 2, and that in a specimen of moderate size, or with a
long radius of 12 millim.
If we take only series a of A. hispida we find a marked shortness
of ray ; but, unfortunately, that series is so far aberrant that the
smallest specimens have R proportionally the longest. If, on the
other hand, we take series y (and that is the series which Mr. Nor-
man has presented to the British Museum), we find a set of propor-
tions which can hardly be said to compare unfairly with series 3 of
A, rubens.
If now we take a series of older specimens of A. rubens, we may
be led to certain conclusions ; the set taken, though not in any way
specially selected, is very favourable :—
acts R=65, r=13°5, or R=4:81r.
li..... R=60, r=13°0, or R=4'61 7.
iii, .... H=56, r=13:0, or R=4:60r.
Viet oe R=46, r=12:0, or R=3'83r.
We are therefore, as it seems to me, led to the conclusion that
for A. rubens there is a gradual increase, during growth, in the
length of & as compared with 7.
In some cases, as with series y, sets of specimens of 4. hispida
may well fall into the series; but, on the other hand, they may (as
does series a) exhibit so great a variation as to lead to the sus-
picion that they must have been subjected to more or less abnormal
conditions. And, finally, we cannot with safety appeal to the
shorter rays of A. hispida as a definite and constant mark of specific
differentiation.
The next specific character given by Forbes is ‘rays rounded ;”
but the same term is applied to 4. rubens ; then we have ‘ spinous””
for A. hispida, and “‘ very spiny” for 4. rubens.
The last character, and one which is regarded as being a good
mark of distinction in this genus, is the form of the “ambulacral
avenues ;’’ they are lanceolate in A. rubens, and “ elongate-ovate”
in A. hispida. As it is obvious that the form of the ambulacra will
depend not a little on the width of the rays at their base, I proceed
510 PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE GENUS ASTERIAS. [May 3,
to examine the proportion between the greater radius and the width
of the base of the arm. The absolute measurements have already been
given; these, when worked out, give the following proportions :—
A, hispida—2°1, 2°16, 2°18, 2°20, 2°4, 2°419, 2°5, 2°6, 2°83, 2°85,
3:0, 3°4;
A. rubens—3°0, 3°06, 3°25, 3°28, 3°50, 3°6.
It is, then, so far clear that the base of the arms is wider in A.
hispida than in A. rubens for specimens of, or about, the same size.
When we measure larger specimens of the commoner species, we find
the proportional value of the base of the arm to be 2°62, 2°86, 3°45,
and 3°76.
And this series falls in as well with A. hispida as with A. rubens ;
there is, however, this essential difference—that, in the former, &
varies between 19°5 and 7:5 millim., while in the case of A. rubens
R has the minimum value of 42 millim., and a maximum value of
64 millim.
After all, however, it is hardly necessary to raise the question of
proportions ; for A. hispida would seem to have never more than one
row of adambulacral spines, whereas A. rubens has frequently two ;
‘and, in the second place, there are absent from it the larger pincer-
formed “ pedicellariz.”
Now arises an important and difficult question,—Is the absence
of these pedicellarize any thing more than a specific characteristic ?
In other words, should it not be regarded as a mark of generic dif-
ference. Sufficient information is not yet at hand to justify any
final decision; but I would suggest that the question be kept before
the minds of naturalists who busy themselves with these difficult
forms. I am myself inclined to believe that there is only a tendency to
their complete disappearance, and that the difference is purely specific.
On the other hand, we know far too little as to the conditions of
existence under which these creatures live. Is it not possible that,
after all, A. Aispida is but a pure variety, or a local race, or a form
stunted by living under disadvantageous conditions!. It is, indeed,
possible; but, at present, the weight of evidence is in favour of
Forbes’s original position, that A. hispida is a distinct species.
(2) Characters of A. muelleri, Sars.
The collection of the British Museum contains two specimens
bearing the “étiquette”’ of A. muelleri. One, in spirit, was named by
Dr. Liitken, and it may therefore be regarded as a good, though, of
course, not by any means necessarily a “‘ typical’? specimen of the
species; the other, which is dried, bears a label “ Asterocanthion
(sic) miilleri:’? it was ‘purchased of Brandt ;” but there is no
evidence as to who named it.
The specimen named by Dr. Liitken has & equal to 13 millim.,
while r=3, and the breadth of the arms at their base is 3°5 millim.
1 Compare especially the interesting remarks of Prof. Rupert Jones in his
very philosophical paper on Variation in the Foraminifera (Monthly Mier.
Journ, 1876 pp. 61-92)
1881.] PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE GENUS ASTERIAS. dll
On comparing this with one of Mr. Norman’s specimens, in which
R=16, r=3, we are at once struck by the greater development of
spines on the abactinal surface of the latter, where it is possible to
make out five very distinct rows of spines, while in the former only
three are to be accurately distinguished. In consequence of this
difference the specimens do not, as may be imagined, present any
very closeresemblance. When we refer to the original description of
Sars we find some explanation; for he says, “Auf dem Riicken
derselben 3-5 Reihen, von denen 3 deutlich, die 2 anderen weniger
deutlich oder hiufig unvollstindig sind.” Though no two specimens
in the set of seven which were taken off Shetland differ from one
another so markedly as do the two just referred to, yet they differ
sufficiently to show that the specimens of the species which are
found in the British Seas, just as much as those found off the
Scandinavian coasts, do vary, in this particular, within very wide
limits. The spines on Mr. Norman’s specimens seem to be sharper
and rather longer than those on the specimen named by Dr. Liitken.
The proportions, and the resulting general appearance, are very
much the same ; and I can see no reason why the specimens should
not all be regarded as members of the same species.
The above discussion contains an answer to the third question ; for
in demonstrating the characters of A. muelleri it proves the dis-
tinctness of that species from A. glacialis.
The consideration of exceptional forms from the British seas may
well be postponed for further information and a larger series of
specimens.
In here describing some forms under new names I am taking the
course which, after careful consideration, seems to me to be at pre-
sent that which is best adapted for the advancement of science.
The exact limits of the species of this genus can only be defined by
enermous collections.
DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW OR RARE SPECIES.
ASTERIAS PHILIPPII, sp. nov. (Plate XLVII. figs. 1, 1a.)
Tt is necessary to make this new species for two specimens
preserved in alcohol, and forming portion of the old Haslar collection ;
they were collected by J. O. Goodridge, Esq., Surgeon R.N., and
are stated to have come from ‘‘South America.”
General formula / 2maa'.
Rays six, rather stout ; disk moderate; adambulacral spines in two
rows, madreporic plate single, anechinoplacid, lateral and actinal
spines autacanthid—general formula 2maa'. The adambulacral
spines present a remarkable appearance, owing to their small size,
their delicacy, and their close packing; in addition to this the
integument around them is raised up into processes almost as long
as the spines, and thus increases the appearance of crowding. A
well-marked groove separates these from the outer spines, of which
there are two rows on the actinal surface, while athird occupies the side
of the ray. All these spines, the best-developed of which may be as
512 PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE GENUS ASTERIAS. [May 3,
much as 3 millim. long, are autacanthid; and their bases are sur-
rounded by shorter spines or papilliform processes of the integument.
Towards the tip of the arm the innermost row disappears. The
large space between the outermost or third row, or that which runs
along the lower portion of the side of the arm on either side, presents
in its lower portion irregular and feebly-developed spines ; along
the middle line of the back of the arm there runs an irregular row of
spines or clumps of spines; and oneither side of this there isa still more
irregularrow. The middle row is continued onto the disk, the centre of
which is occupied by a clump of five autacanthid, more or less blunt
and rounded tubercle-like spinous processes; at an equal distance
from this central clump, and at the base of each ray, there is another
clump, a little more irregular in character ; an accessory clump may
be developed near the central one. The same clump-arrangement
is exhibited all along the back of the arm, but varies within very
wide limits, and only one spine may be developed. The whole
integument is thick and granular, the madreporic body more or
less prominent, pedicellariz rather rare. General colour light
orange-yellow (after immersion in spirit for at least twenty-five
years). R=90, 7r=23; R=101, r=25.
So far as we may judge from two specimens, the species will be
found to exhibit considerable variation.
It has the same general formula as has A. meridionalis, and, so
far as one may judge from the diagnosis, A. scabra; from the former
it may be at once distinguished by the less regular repartition of the
spines of the abactinal surface, and by the complete absence of any
bare interbrachial space on the actinal surface of the disk. I am
quite unable to form any conception of 4. scabra from Capt. Hutton’s
description.
ASTERIAS INERMIS, n. sp. (Plate XLVII. figs. 2, 2a.)
This species is also founded on a specimen collected by Mr. Good-
ridge, and bears Ecuador as its locality.
General formula 2aa’.
It is remarkeble for the very feeble development of spines on its
abactinal surface, where, though all autacanthid, they form the
merest projections.
Rays five, broad at base, tapering rapidly but regularly; two
rows of adambulacral spines; madreporic plate anechinoplacid,
obscure, quite at the margin of the disk ; spines of actinal surface
short, slender, delicate and autacanthid. Of all the spines the
longest are the adambulacral; but they do not exceed 2 millim.
inlength. Beyond these there is a row of spines, generally one only
on each plate; in the next outer row the spines are rather sharper
and longer, and there are sometimes two on one plate. Beyond this
the rows begin to get somewhat indistinct, and the spines still
shorter. Plates carrying very short, white, tubercle-like spines are
closely packed, without any apparent order, over the whole of the
abactinal surface.
1881.] PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE GENUS ASTERIAS. 513
General coloration (after at least twenty-five years’ immersion in
spirit) white, the suckers yellowish, R=41, r=13. Arms
13°5 millim. broad at base, 3 millim. at tip of arm.
ASTERIAS VERRILLI, n. sp. (Plate XLVII. figs. 3, 3a.)
General formula latr.
Arms five, stout ; disk large ; ambulacral grooves very wide, adam-
bulacral spines in a single row, madreporic plate anechinoplacid, and
almost exactly midway between the centre and the margin of the
disk, small and obscure; typacanthid spines on abactinal surface
rare, irregular, short, stout, with knobbed ends, more numerous in
younger specimens. Respiratory papules numerous, and in the
adult arranged in distinct groups. Clumps of two, three, or four
spines, proportionally longer in the young forms, occupy the margins
of the actinal surface of the arms; they are longest and most
distinct nearest the disk. The side is separated from the dorsal
surface of the arm by a somewhat obscure and not closely packed
row of short stout spines. R=48, r=16.°. R=3r; breadth of arms
at base=14 millim., near tip 4°5 millim.; R=28°5, r=7°5, or
R=3'8r.
If the specimens have been correctly referred to one species, the
spines on the dorsal surface are rather more distinct in the smaller
forms, the row of spines running along the upper edge of the side of
the arm is more distinct, and the general appearance of the specimens
is somewhat different, owing to the greater length and number of the
spines on them.
The largest specimen, which has been for about forty years in
spirit, and the companion specimen are of a brownish coloration.
They were collected by the “ Antarctic Expedition” in St. Martin’s
Cove; the three smaller specimens, which were presented to the
Museum in 1868, were collected by Dr. Cunningham in “ Peckett
Harbour and Gregory Bay,” and off Elizabeth Island, and are
cream-white.
ASTERIAS SPIRABILIS, n. sp. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 4.)
This species, which was collected in 1842 off the Falkland Islands,
is remarkable for the very great development of the membranous
respiratory processes.
General formula Laér.
Arms five, rather long, thick, tapering regularly, not wide at the
base ; disk comparatively small. Adambulacral spines in a single
row; madreporic plate small, obscure, about midway between the
centre and the edge of the disk. The whole of the abactinal
surface and the sides of the rays are quite soft, owing to the great
development of the membranous papulz, which completely cover the
disk and arms and almost totally obscure the tubercles of the back.
The rather closely packed, not specially stout, adambulacral spines
are separated from those that lie beyond them by a fringing line of
large respiratory processes. The sides of the actinal surface are
514 PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE GENUS ASTERIAS. [May 3,
occupied by short, frequently peg-shaped spines, which are generally
set in transverse rows of three. Beyond and above this in the adult
there are no indications of any rows of spines.
The specimen from which the above description has been drawn
up, and which is presumed to be adult, has & equal to 60, and r to
13; the arms are 15 millim. wide at the base, 4°5 near tip of arm;
one arm has been lost.
General coloration (after 40 years in spirit) light brown.
Some much smaller specimens (R=23, r=7°5 ; R=18, r=8)
from the same locality and collector, appear to belong to the same
species: the development of the respiratory processes, though
exceedingly well marked, has not attained to such an extraordinary
pitch as in the more adult specimen; and, as a consequence, the
tubercular spines on the abactinal surface and at the sides of the
arm are more apparent. The processes, owing to some difference in
refraction, and not because of the development of pigment, exhibit
the most curious similarity to bivalved pedicellarize. Spaces bare of
spines are found at the angles of the disk on the actinal surface.
Two specimens rather larger (R=34, r=9), which have a very
close resemblance to the others in the number and arrangement of
the adambulacral spines and the arrangement of the respiratory
processes, differ from them in the well-marked development of
rounded tubercle-like spines over the whole of the abactinal surface
and in the absence of the bare space at the angle of thedisk. They
may for the present, at any rate, be regarded as varieties ; they are
from the Falkland Islands also, but are of a rather deeper colour.
ASTERIAS ROLLESTONI, n. sp. (Plate XLVIII. figs. 5, 5a.)
General formula 2aéc.
Arms five, rather long, tapering gradually ; disk of moderate size ;
adambulacral spines in a double row, those of the inner less nume-
rous than those in the outer. Madreporic plate placed about half-
way between the centre and the edge of the disk, anechinoplacid,
very distinct, with a well-marked groove around it. The whole of
the abactinal surface rough with irregularly disposed typacanthid
spines, of which a rather obscure wavy line can be detected along
the middle line of each ray.
The adambulacral spines are stouter in the outer than in the inner
row, but even there are not at all thick; they are flattened, with
broad, not pointed, free ends. The spines in the two rows beyond
these are remarkably broad at their free end; and the character is
more striking than in A. japonica of Stimpson; they are thickly
beset with pedicellariz. ‘Two rows of much smaller spines are
placed at the sides of the abactinal surface. The glistening white
abactinal tubercles diminish somewhat in size from the centre of the
disk towards the apex of the arms; the respiratory processes are not
collected into groups, but are distributed over the whole surface.
R=34,r=9'5. Breadth of arms at base 11 millim., near tip 2°5.
Madreporic plate 3 millim. across.
P.Z. 5.1881. Pl. XLVI.
oe S
§
oe)
Ce Fk SRSA tas OS
wv we v
FOR POET PV E Fe 9
¢
+ tN AS AMR
SSeS
ATT he
4444
Bea
Mintern Bros.imp.
A,
re,
Bud
nS
wm oa |
4 ff
as
fr
ie
na <<
<Uiderall
ape
Brienne
E
ry
a
3
oO
ra]
os. =
*
:
tc ¥
oa
t.
-
awe)
. 1881. Pl. XLVI
ee yee
RET a
FSS SSS
TSS Se SS
pln
oS
Is
Mmtern Bros
4. ASTERIAS SPIRABILIS
SiS AL BOLLS ONT.
6.6268 A JAPONICA.
1881.] PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE GENUS ASTERIAS. 515
Colour of the single specimen yellowish white, the suckers rather
darker. Presented in 1873, by Dr. Gwyn Jeffreys ; collected by
Capt. H. C. St. John, R.N., in the Japanese seas.
ASTERIAS JAPONICA, Stimpson. (Plate XLVIII. figs. 6, 6a, 66.)
As the description of this species, if ever published, must be very
difficult of access, and as it seems to be unknown to the bibliogra-
phers, I add the following notes, which will, I hope, enable students
to recognize it when they find it. I know of its existence only from
the presence in the British-Museum collection of a dried specimen
presented in 1861 by the Smithsonian Institution, and bearing their
label *‘ Asterias japonica, Stm., I. of Jesso.”
General formula 2aée.
Arms five, elongated, narrow, disk small ; adambulacral spines in
two rows; madreporic plate small, rather obscure, anechinoplacid,
close to the edge of the disk ; both the abactinal and actinal surfaces
are rough with short slender spines, closely packed. The spines in
the row just outside the adambulacrals are blunter than any of the
rest ; their free end is broader than their base; the spines of the next
row are also rather blunt ; beyond this there are two rows of more
slender spines; and beyond this fourth row there is a well-marked
line, in which lie the respiratory pores. The spines which extend
beyond this over the whole surface of the arm, and form something
like six rows on either side of its middle line, may be set singly or
in small clumps ; they are all short, slender, and rather sharp, and
are richly provided with pedicellariz. Respiratory pores occupy
the interspaces on the surface of the arm.
A distinct median dorsal line is apparent on some, though not on
all, of the arms of the specimen under description.
R=55, r=7°5. Breadth of arms at base 10 millim., close to
tip 3 millim.
Colour of dried specimen umber-brown; the dried ambulacral
suckers black.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Puate XLVII.
Fig. 1. Asterias philippii, n. sp., abactinal surface, nat. size.
la. Actinal surface, nat. size.
2. A. inermis, n. sp., general view, nat. size,
2a. Actinal surface of ray, X13.
3. A. verrilli, n. sp., general view of actinal surface.
3a. Part of abactinal surface, x 2.
Puate XLVIII.
4. A, spirabilis, n. sp., actinal surface of ray, x14.
5. A, rollestont, n. sp., actinal surface, X 2.
5a. A. rollestoni, abactinal surface, X 2.
6. A, japonica, Stm., abactinal surface, X14.
6a, A. japonica, actinal surface, x14.
6b, A. japonica; some of the spines of the abactinal surface,
further magnified,
516 DR. M. WATSON ON THE SPOTTED HYZNA. [May 3,
2. Additional Observations on the Anatomy of the Spotted
Hyzna. By M. Warson, M.D., F.Z.S., Professor of
Anatomy, the Owens College, Manchester.
[Received March 21, 1881.}
(Plate X LIX.)
On former occasions | have laid before this Society the results of
observations on the anatomy of the male’ and female? organs of
Hyena crocuta; and having, through the kindness of Mr. Sclater,
had an opportunity of again submitting to anatomical examination
the carcasses of two additional specimens of this remarkable animal
which died in the menagerie of the Society during last summer,
I desire to record some supplementary observations made at that time.
The specimens referred to were both full-grown and of large size.
One was a female, which had on several occasions given birth to
young while in the Society’s collection, whilst the other was a male.
An examination of the genital orgaus of this female whilst perfectly
fresh, served to explain several difficulties to which I drew attention
in my previous communication with regard to the alteration which
these organs undergo during the process of parturition. The organs
which I formerly described being those of a virgin, I now lay before
the Society the results of a comparative examination of these with
the organs of a mature female.
Female.
With respect to the form and arrangement of the ovaries, Fallo-
pian tubes, and uterus, I have nothing to add to what has already
been stated in the paper referred to, beyond the fact that on slitting
open the body of the uterus, I could distinguish about the middle
in length of that organ two very slightly projecting folds of mucous
membrane, which I failed to recognize in my first specimen, and
which ought possibly to be regarded as indicating the position of
the os uteri. If this view be correct, then the lower half of the
corpus uteri of my former paper must be regarded as the morpho-
logical equivalent of the vagina. At the same time the very small
size of these folds, the absence of any structural difference in
character of the mucous membrane lining the two portions of the
canal, and the similarity in thickness of the muscular coat of
both throw doubt upon this interpretation—a doubt which can
only be satisfactorily dispelled by an examination of the parts in a
pregnant female, and the consequent determination of the position of
the young zn utero.
In the second female dissected the urinogenital canal differed much
in several particulars from that of the virgin. In the latter
the extremity of the clitoris is perforated by ‘a single canal of so
small a size, that one is at first sight inclined to believe that
2 P.Z.8. 1878, p. 416. 2 P. Z.8. 1877, p. 369.
1881.] DR. M. WATSON ON THE SPOTTED HYZNA. 517
he is dealing with the extremity of the male urethra, an error only
corrected by an examination of the internal organs”*. This
orifice, I showed, is situated on the extremity of the well-defined
glans clitoridis, that portion of the glans which is placed above the
opening in question being formed by the spongy structure of the
corpora cavernosa clitoridis, whilst the extremity of the glans below
the orifice is formed by the walls of the urinogenital canal itself. The
glans clitoridis of the virgin is moreover surrounded by a well-defined
prepuce. In the paper referred to, whilst directing attention to the
small diameter of the urinogenital canal of the virgin Hyena crocuta,
I referred to the difficulty of explaining the passage of the young
through so narrowa channel. An examination of the organs of the
female which had borne young served to explain this difficulty, and
showed that the external organs, including the urinogenital canal,
undergo considerable alteration subsequent to parturition. These
changes refer exclusively to the urinogenital canal, and more especially
to the orifice of the latter, the internal organs of generation under-
going no alteration in form.
With regard to the alteration in size of the urinogenital canal, I
found that whilst in the virgin that canal does not exceed half an
inch in diameter at any part, and that its orifice at the extremity of
the clitoris is not larger than to enable an ordinary knitting-pin to
be inserted, in the female which had borne young, on the other
hand, the canal becomes dilated to such an extent as readily to
admit of the insertion of three fingers into the orifice, and of their
passage backward through its entire length. The orifice of the
urinogenital canal, together with the extremity of the clitoris, more-
over undergoes considerable alteration. In the virgin the orifice of
the canal is situated on the extremity of the clitoris, much as in the
opposite sex ; whilst in the female which has borne young the lower
portion of the glans clitoridis, which in the virgin is formed by
the lower wall of the urinogenital canal itself, entirely disappears,
and consequently the canal, instead of opening upon the extremity
of the glans clitoridis as in the virgin, opens altogether éelow
that body (compare figs. 1, 2, 3, Piate XLIX.). Owing to this
change in the relation of parts, the lower wall of the orifice of the
urinogenital canal in the female which has borne young is formed, not
by the lower portion of the glans clitoridis, but by the lower seg-
ment of the prepuce, with which the lower half of the glans clitoridis
of the virgin has apparently coalesced. In the virgin female, more- -
over, the glans clitoridis, together with the orifice of the urinogenital
canal, is contained within a single chamber formed by the encircling
prepuce, the latter being attached to the glans by a single mesially
placed freenum. In the female which has borne young, on the other
hand, the coalescence of the lower half of the glans clitoridis with
the corresponding segment of the prepuce has, so to speak, occa-
sioned a splitting of the freenum clitoridis into two lateral halves,
each of which is attached by one extremity to the lateral aspect of
the glans clitoridis, whilst its other extremity is fused with the
1 P.Z.8. 1877, p. 369.
518 DR. M. WATSON ON THE SPOTTED HYZNA. [May 3,
opposing surface of the prepuce. Consequent upon this alteration in
the state of the parts, the originally single chamber bounded by the
prepuce becomes divided into ¢wo compartments—an upper, which
contains the glans clitoridis, and a lower, in which is situated the
orifice of the urinogenital canal. It appears, therefore, that in the
female which has borne young the freenum of the prepuce becomes,
as it were, separated into two lateral halves, and that these, owing -
to the dilatation of the orifice of the urinogenital canal, are displaced
upwards, so as to subdivide the preputial chamber into two parts, an
upper and a lower (Plate XLIX. fig. 3). At the same time the
lower wall of the extremity of the urinogenital canal becomes adherent
to and coalescent with the lower segment of the prepuce. In the
mature female Hyena crocuta the arrangement of the parts which
constitute the external genital organs is almost identical with that
which characterizes the genus Llephas, an arrangement which, so far
as our present knowledge goes, is confined among mammals to one
species of Hyena and to the two species of Elephant’.
But not only does the orifice of the urinogenital canal, together
with the extremity of the clitoris, undergo alteration in the female
which has given birth to young as compared with the virgin; the
entire perineal region undergoes a marked change in appearance.
This change is due to the fact that in the former the perineal region
becomes more flaccid and “‘ baggy” in character. To this is attri-
butable the fact that the “scrotal pouches’ which I referred to in
my previous paper as being prominent in the virgin, become less so
in the female which has borne young; and consequently the
resemblance which the external organs of the virgin female bear to
those of the male becomes considerably modified subsequent to par-
turition. In the mature female, moreover, the glans clitoridis,
instead of projecting beyond the free margin of the prepuce as in
the virgin, becomes concealed within the flaccid folds of the latter,
which, by reason of the “‘baggy”’ condition of the entire perineal
region, is not so clearly defined from the surrounding integument as
it isin the virgin. That this concealment of the clitoris of the adult
female, as compared with that of the virgin, is not due to any
diminution in size of the organ itself in the former, is shown by the
fact that, whilst in the virgin which I first examined the clitoris
measured 64 inches in length, and the penis of the male which I
formerly examined measured 8 inches in length, in the female which
had borne young I found that the clitoris measured 63 inches in
length, and the penis of the second and more mature male which I
received from the Society’s Gardens measured 9 inches in length.
The dimension of the clitoris in both specimens is the same, whilst
the relative size of the male and female organs are nearly alike in
both cases. The lesser prominence of the clitoris in the female
which had borne young is therefore attributable to the greater
flaccidity of the tegumental folds surrounding it, consequent on
parturition, rather than to any diminution in size of the clitoris itself.
Watson, “On the Female Organs of the Proboscidea,” Trans. Zool. Soc,
vol, Xl.
1881.] DR. M. WATSON ON THE SPOTTED HYENA. 519
On the glans clitoridis of the virgin female which I formerly
described, I failed to distinguish any trace of the recurved spines
which beset the glans penis of the opposite sex. In the mature
female, on the other hand, the glans clitoridis is invested by a number
of minute spines, which, however, were neither so numerous nor of
so horny a nature as the corresponding structures of the male organ.
The presence of these spines in the mature female and their absence
in the virgin appear to show that they are structures of compara-
tively late growth.
Nipples.—The nipples in the female which has produced young
are four in number. Of these two are of small size and had appa-
rently never been functionally active. They are situated one on
either side of and almost in contact with the side of the prepuce.
They are symmetrically placed near either side of the middle line,
and are separated from one another by a distance of 13 inch. Of
these two nipples, the right is smaller than the left. The other two
nipples were of large size ; and both had evidently given suck. Like
the first pair, they are situated symmetrically on either side of the
middle line, at a distance of 24 inches from the latter and 3 inches
in front of the free border of the prepuce. Each measures 12 inch
in length. In the second male which I examined I could only dis-
tinguish a single pair of rudimentary nipples. They were sym-
metrically disposed, one on either side of the free margin of the
prepuce, but not in contact with the latter as in the mature female,
but separated from the prepuce by a distance. of 2 inches. It will
be seen, therefore, that in the two sexes the nipples neither cor-
respond in respect of number nor of position.
In my,previous papers I showed that in the female the anal scent-
glands much exceeded in size those of the male. Further observa-
tions on the size of these glands in the two specimens last examined
show that the anal glands in both sexes are of the same size, and
that they equal those of the virgin which I first dissected. Probably
the difference in size of these glands in the two male specimens is ex-
plicable on the supposition that the specimen last examined had
attained greater sexual maturity than the first, and that the anal
glands, like certain of the sexual glands, only attain their full size
some time after sexual maturity has been reached.
Male.
In a former communication’ I directed attention to the difference
between Prof. Flower’s observations and my own with regard to the
presence of a prostate gland in the male Hyena crocuta. The
examination of the male which I received last summer proved that
a prostate gland is undoubtedly present in the male of this animal,
as described by Professor Flower. Its form in the specimen
referred to exactly agrees with the description which I formerly
gave, founded upon an examination of the organs which Prof.
Flower kindly placed at my disposal. The prostate (Plate XLIX.
fig. 4) consists of two distinct masses, each measuring 1 inch in
1 P. ZS. 1878, p. 419, footnote.
“+s 7 eee eee eee ee
520 DR. M. WATSON ON THE SPOTTED HYZNA. [May 3,
length and half an inch in breadth, placed one on either side of
the commencement of the urethra. The two lobes are, moreover,
inseparably united by an intermediate isthmus, which extends across
the upper wall of the urethra. The prostate gland of H. erocuta
appears therefore to resemble closely that of H. striata as figured
by Leuckart}, but is more flattened from above downwards than
in that animal. The absence, or apparent want of differentiation, of
the prostate gland from the surrounding tissue in the first specimen
which I examined of the male H. crocuta, taken in conjunction
with its large size and clear differentiation in both the other speci-
mens, each of which was known to be of great age, seems to show
that this gland, like the anal scent-glands, only attains its full size
at a period somewhat later than that at which the animal attains
sexual maturity.
In addition to the careful investigation of the anatomy of the
male and female generative organs, I made a particular examination
of the other viscera of both the specimens forwarded to me by the
Society. With regard to these, however, I noticed nothing of
importance with which to supplement my previous description,
beyond some few variations in respect of the number of pulmonic
lobes in the different specimens. In the male previously described
by Mr. Young and myself *, the lung of the right side was subdivided
into six lobes, whilst that of the left was subdivided into three.
In the female, the anatomy of which forms a portion of the present
communication, I found that the right lung was subdivided into five
lobes, this being due to the fact that the fissure which separates
lobes J] and 3 of our first specimen did not exist, and that conse-
quently these two lobes were fused to form a single one. The left
lung of this specimen agreed exactly with the description previously
given. Inthe second male which I examined I found that the anterior
vertical fissure (previously described by us) in the left lung had hike-
wise disappeared, so that the lobes 1 and 2 were almost completely
fused. In the right lung of the same specimen there was a mere
indication of the fissure which, in the joint paper referred to,
separates lobes 1 and 2, whilst the fissure separating lobes 1 and 3
had completely disappeared. Consequently the lobes 1, 2, and 3,
which in the specimen examined by Mr. Young and myself were
perfectly distinct, were fused together and formed a single mass of
pulmonary tissue. In this specimen, therefore, the right lung was
subdivided into four lobes only, and not into six (as in the specimen
described in our former paper).
Thus it would appear that the number of lobes into which
the lung is divided varies in different specimens of the same species
of Hyena, and that consequently no weight can be placed on the
number of pulmonic lobes in any attempt to define the specific
characters of the various species of Hyena.
I am indebted to the kindness of my friend Mr. Alfred Young for
the drawings from nature which accompany this paper.
1 Cyclopedia of Anatomy, art. VESICULA PROSTATICA
2 P.Z.8. 1879, p. 87.
eae]
RARE RRA |
Hanhart imp
D HYANA.
+
4
ANATOMY OF SPOTTE
del*
J Smit te
AH. Youn
i
sd
ws = th
Pi Io
183l.] MR. 0. THOMAS ON THE INDIAN SPECIES OF MUS. 521
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLIX.
Fig. 1. External female organs of virgin Hyena crocuta, showing the orifice of
the urinogenital canal situate upon the extremity of the glans clitoridis,
both being included within the sing/e chamber bounded by the pre-
puce. P, prepuce; U.G, orifice of the urinogenital canal.
2. External female organs of H. crocuta subsequent to parturition, lateral
view. The figure shows that the urinogenital canal instead of opening
upon the extremity of the glans clitoridis, as in the virgin, opens
altogether below that body; and moreover that the extremity of the
clitoris and the orifice of the canal are contained in two separate
chambers included by the prepuce, and separated by the two portions
of the frenum preputii. P, prepuce; O, clitoris; U.G, orifice of
urinogenital canal.
3. The same, seen from the front. Tixternally is the prepuce, within
which are included, in separate chambers, the clitoris above and the
orifice of the urinogenital canal below.
4. Prostate gland of male Hyena crocuta. VV, vasa deferentia,
P, prostate gland. U, urethra.
6
3. On the Indian Species of the Genus Mus. By Ouprinip
Tuomas, F.Z.S., British Museum.
[Received March 23, 1881. ]
(Plates L., LI.)
The following paper is an attempt to clear up the extreme con-
fusion which exists with regard to the synonymy of the Indian
species of the extensive genus Mus. How great this confusion is
will have been evident to any one who has tried to affix the proper
name to any Indian specimen of the genus; and it is hoped that the
present account of the species, being founded almost entirely on the
types, will be of use to collectors and others attempting to name an
Indian rat or mouse in the future. The chief, and almost only
general paper on the subject is one by the late Mr. E. Blyth, en-
titled ““ A Memoir on the Rats and Mice of India.” ! This memoir,
which consists of a collection of references to all the Indian species,
though extremely useful as giving a nearly complete list of all the
previous descriptions, yet cannot be said to have added very much to
our knowledge of the Indian rats and mice. Dr. Jerdon, in his
‘Mammals of India,’ accepted Blyth’s determinations, and added
but little on his own account. Dr. J. Anderson? has recently
written a most useful paper on the species of the subgenus Nesokia,
which will be referred to later on.’
One of the chief causes of the existing confusion was the fact
that Mr. B. H. Hodgson, formerly British Resident at Nepal, having
made a most magnificent collection in that country, described, either
himself, or through Dr. Horsfield of the India Museum, a large
number of species of this genus in the briefest possible manner ; so
1 J. A. S. B. xxii. p. 327 (1863).
2 J. A. 8. B. xlvii. p. 214 (1878).
Proc. Zoou, Soc.—1881, No. XXXIV. 34
522 : MR. O. THOMAS ON THE [May 3,
that, the types being in England and the workers on the subject in
India, an attempt had to be made to determine the species from the
published descriptions, an almost hopeless task. It must, however,
be said that other authors have not given in all cases the most per-
fect descriptions, many of those of Mr. Blyth himself being especially
short and unsatisfactory. In all, there have been no less than ninety
Indian species described, belonging, in my opinion, to only nineteen
valid species, thus giving an average of more than four synonyms to
every species.
In writing the present paper I have had the advantage of access
to the following materials, which, including as they do the types of the
greater part of the described species, may be looked upon as quite
unequalled.
1. Full series of all the species collected and described by Mr.
Hodgson in Nepal, some presented by him direct to the Britisk
Museum, others obtained through the India Museum, South
Kensington.
2. The types of the Indian species described by the late Dr. J. E.
Gray.
3. A most valuable collection of specimens in spirit from all parts
of India, numbering about 130 individuals. This was presented by
Mr. W. T. Blanford, and collected partly by the donor himself and
partly by Mr. Mandelli (Darjiling), Col. St. John (Ajmere), the
Rev. 8. Fairbank (Ahmednagar), Col. R. H. Beddome (South India),
and others.
4. A considerable series of skins lent to me for examination by
Mr. Blanford, and similarly collected in all parts of India.
5. The specimens collected by Sir Walter Elliot in the Southern
Mahratta country and other parts of South India, including the
types of the species described by him.
6. Collections of greater or less extent made by Dr. J. Scully
(Gilgit), Captain Hutton (Mussooree), Capt. Pemberton (Bhotan),
Dr. Kelaart (Ceylon), Mr. H. Cuming (Ceylon), ete.
7. The collection of drawings of Nepalese species formed by Mr.
Hodgson, and lent to me by this Society, with manuscript notes
appended to nearly all of them. These notes are hereafter frequently
referred to.
8. A collection of about 50 spirit specimens from various parts of
India; presented to the British Museum by the Trustees of the
Calcutta Museum’.
Altogether I have examined about 450 Indian specimens. It will
be seen by the asterisks prefixed to the names in the synonymy that,
of the nineteen good species allowed here, we have the types of no
less than thirteen, besides the types of all the four subspecies or
1 This collection, kindly sent by Dr. Anderson, only arrived while the present
paper was in the press; but it has nevertheless been of considerable service to
me in confirming my results, the specimens being all named by Dr. Anderson,
and being therefore very useful in helping the identification of those species of
which the types are at Calcutta, The letter accompanying this collection is
quoted in footnotes in several places below.
a SS
1881.] INDIAN SPECIES OF MUS. 523
varieties, and also those of about forty species which are considered
as synonyms.
With regard to what is here called ‘‘ India,” I have only taken
the country west of the 90th degree of longitude, so as to exclude
Assam and Burmah, as we have not yet sufficient material from these
countries for me to work out the numerous. species described
from them. I hope, however, that Dr. Anderson or some one else
to whom the Calcutta Museum is available, will work out these forms,
the greater part of the species having been described by Mr. Blyth,
and the types preserved there.
Before proceeding to a detailed account of tlie subgenera and
species, I have to thank those who have assisted me in various ways.
First, to Mr. W. T. Blanford I owe the most sincere thanks, not only
for the generous present of specimens mentioned above, but also for
constant aid given throughout the preparation of the paper, an aid
which has been of the greatest use to me from his extensive know-
ledge of India and its mammal fauna. I also owe my thanks to Dr.
Anderson, for examining for me several of Blyth’s types, preserved
in the Calcutta Museum; and to Dr. J. Scully for the use of his
specimens from Gilgit, a locality particularly interesting as being
just on the line between the Paleearctic and Oriental zoological
regions.
In this connection I must also record the very deep obligations I
am under to my late friend Mr. E. R. Alston, whose premature
death has deprived science of one whose careful and conscientious
work upon Mammals is well-known to all zoologists, and who, since
I first took up their study, has been a constant friend and helper to
me in my work on that branch of science of which he had so in-
timate a knowledge.
The following are the subgenera into which the Indian species of
Mus have been divided :—
1. Nesokia. Incisors very broad, finely sculptured in front.
Molars composed of transverse laminz. Size large; form stout
and heavy ; tail rather short; fur coarse, not spiny.
2. Mus. Incisors narrow, smooth in front. Molars tubercular.
Pollex only with a nail, the other digits with sharp compressed
claws. Other characters variable.
3. Leggada. Like Mus, but the first upper molar with an extra
tubercle in front (see Plate LI. figs. 10,11). Fur generally, but
not always, spiny ; size small ; tail short.
4. Vandeleuria. Teeth as in Mus. Both 1st and 5th digits of
fore and hind feet with a nail. Size small; form slender and agile ;
fur soft; tail very long.
Subgenus Nrsoxt1A.
Neotoma, Ell. Madr. Journ. x. p. 208 (nec Say and Ord), 1839.
Nesokia, Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. x. p. 264, 1842.
The members of this subgenus may always be readily distinguished
by their bluff-headed and arvicoline aspect. Their dentition is
34*
524 MR. O. THOMAS ON THE [May 3,
markedly different from that of Mus proper; and until recently
Nesokia has been looked upon asa full genus; but Dr. Anderson, in
the paper referred to above, states that he considers it to be only a
subgenus of Mus, an opinion in which for the present I am disposed
to concur. Dr. Anderson’s paper contains a full and careful account
of the group ; but as he had not the advantage of examining Hodgson’s
and Gray’s types, some of the synonyms were incorrectly placed, the
natural result of such descriptions as had been given of these Rats.
I have been compelled to reduce the number of species somewhat,
Dr. Anderson having allowed seven Indian species, while I consider
that there are only four, with two subspecies or varieties. The
reasons in each case will be given below.
The known range of the subgenusis, east and west, from Palestine
to Formosa, the British Museum possessing specimens from both
these localities, and, north and south, from Kashghar to Ceylon. The
Palestine Nesokia, which was collected by Canon Tristram, appears
to represent a new species ; but, without seeing more specimens, I do
not care to describe it as such.
The following synopsis, based on Dr. Anderson’s * Sections,”’ will
show some of the chief distinguishing characters of the Indian
species :—
I. Anterior palatine foramina much shorter than
the upper molar series; mamme 8............ M. (N.) hardwickei, p. 524.
II. Anterior palatine foramina as long as or
longer than the molar series; mammz 14-18 MM, (.) bengalensis, p. 526.
III. Palatine foramina as in II., though rather
more open behind. Mammz 12.
a. Nasals broad, size very large ....... .... M. (N.) bandicota, p. 528.
b. Nasals narrow, size smaller ...........066- M. (NV.) nemorivagus, p. 529.
1. Mus (Nesoxra) HARDWICKII.
a. Var. hardwicket.
Arvicola indica, Gray & Hardw. Ill. Ind. Zool. i. pl. xi. (1832)
(nec Mus indicus, Bechst.).
*) Mus hardwickei, Gray, Charlesw. Mag. N. H. i. p. 585 (1837).
Nesokia hardwichei, Gray, Aun. & Mag. N. H. x. p. 265 (1842).
*?.N. grifithii, Horsf. Cat. Mamm. Mus. E.I. C. p. 145 (1851).
Spalacomys indica, Peters, Abhandl. Akad. Berl. 1860, p. 143,
Taf. ii. f. 1 (skull) (1860).
M. (N.) hardwickei, Anders. J. A. 8. B. xlvii. p. 221 (1878).
Hab, From Sind and the Punjaub eastwards to the North-west
Provinces.
b. Var. huttoni.
* Mus huttoni, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xv. p. 139 (1846).
Nesokia huttoni, Blanf. Zool. Pers. p. 59, pl. vi. fig. 1 (1876).
M. (N.) huttoni, Anders. ¢. c. p. 223 (1878).
Hab. Persia, Afghanistan, and the more elevated parts of Sind.
Specific characters.—Fur variable in quality. Length from six to
” The asterisks prefixed to the names in the synonymy throughout, desig-
nate those species of which the types are in the British Museum,
1881.] INDIAN SPECIES OF MUS. 525
seven inches; tail about equal to the body without the head.
Mamme 8, 2 pectoral and 2 inguinal pairs’. Skull very stout
and strong, readily distinguished by its very short and narrow
anterior palatine foramina, which are not so long as the first two
upper molars, while those of the next species, N. bengalensis,
are as long as the whole upper molar series. Teeth more rounded
than in the other Nesokie, the laminz more compressed from be-
fore backwards. (See Dr. Peters’s figure referred to above.)
Varietal Characters.—Vav. hardwickei. Fur generally short and
harsh, yellowish brown above, dirty white below. Feet shorter
than in var. huttoni.
Var. huttoni. Fur long and soft, bright rufous above, dull yellow
below. Hind feet longer than in var. hardwickei.
Measurements.
Var. hardwickei. Var. huttont.
3. Tong, 3. Jaco- 3. Balu-
Sind. babad, Sind. chistan,
Head and body” ........ 5:9 6-3 6°5
"Ther Ghana Pea ode adit kate rie 3°8 4°35 4°5
Hing 1066: | saves acy ost le? 12 1°45
Forearm and hand®...... + 1°7 1-61 1:95
Ear-conch, length® ...... Lay °59 La
Muzzle to ear’ .......... 1°45 1:45 1°55
These measurements would appear to be rather below the average,
those given by Dr. Anderson being considerably more.
I think there can be but little doubt as to the necessity of uniting
the two forms of this species. One of our specimens (a), from Tong,
Sind, has the long, soft and bright-coloured fur of var. huttoni, while
1 Mr. Blanford (J. c.) stated that there were only 6 mamme in his Persian
specimens; but he must have overlooked one of the anterior pairs, as those of
his specimens which came to the British Museum have 8, as also, jide Dr.’
Anderson, have those that went to Calcutta.
? Taken by placing the head and body as nearly as possible flat, and then
measuring in a straight line, and not along the curves.
% From the anus to the end of the vertebrae, one point of the compasses being
placed quite in the anus, so as to get to the true root of the tail.
+ From the calcaneum to the tip of the longest toe, not including the claws.
5 From the olecranon to the tip of the longest finger, also without the claws.
This is a most useful measurement for showing the comparative lengths of the
fore and hind limbs, that of the hand only being extremely difficult to take
with accuracy.
® From the external root of the conch (see Plate LI. fig. 7,a to b). The skin
“oe so much on the head that measuring from the meatus is very unsatis-
actory.
7 oor the tip of the nose to the inside of the auditory meatus, one point
being placed in the meatus as far as it will go without hurting the skull, This
isa measurement which should always be given, being almost the only one that
can be relied upon for perfect accuracy in showing the general size of the
animal. It is particularly useful with regard to the proportion that the limbs
and tail bear to the trunk.
I may here state that every measurement given is taken from a specimen
preserved in spirit, except where otherwise stated, and that therefore the size of
the body will be found to be somewhat larger when measured in the flesh,
526 MR, 0. THOMAS ON THE [May 3,
the shortness of its feet would cause it to be placed with var. hard-
wicket. Of several skins from the same place, moreover, some have
_ all the fur-characters of one and some of the other variety. Mr.
Blanford, in his ‘Mammalia of Yarkand’?, has said that he doubts
whether the differences between the two forms are constant; and
Dr. Anderson seems to have been quite unable to find any important
differences between the skulls, though he keeps the two species dis-
tinct®. I think therefore that it will be better to regard N. hard-
wicket and N. huttoni as geographical races of one species, the
former occupying the low countries of Sind and North-west India,
and the latter the comparatively higher regions of Persia and
Afghanistan. It is true that the types of the two varieties look
extremely different; but that of MZ. (V.) hardwickei has been enor-
mously overstretched, so that it looks quite double the size of that
of MW. (N.) huttoni, its skull and feet, however, showing that the
difference in size is almost wholly artificial.
The type of N. grifithii, Horsf., is undoubtedly a specimen of
this species, and seems to be, on the whole, rather more like var.
hardwickei ; but it is such a bad skin that J cannot determine this
point with certainty. Mus pyctoris, Hodgs., which Dr. Anderson
placed here, is not a Nesokia at all, but a true Mus, as shown by the
type, and is asynonym of M. alexandrinus, var. nitidus *.
2. Mus (NEsoxkIA) BENGALENSIS.
a. Northern race (WV. bengalensis).
. Arvicola bengalensis, Gray & Hardw. Ill. Ind. Zool. ii. pl. 21
(1833-34),
* Mus daccanensis, Tytler, Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiv. p. 173 (1854).
M, * tarayensis et * plurimammis, Hodgs., Horsf. Ann. & Mag.
N. H. xvi. p. 112 (1855).
* M. morungensis, Hodgs., Horsf. J. ¢. (juv.) (1835).
Nesokia indica, Blyth, J. A. 8. B. xxxii. p. 328 (1863); Jerd.
Mamm. Ind. p. 187 (1867) (nee M. indicus, Bechst.).
M. (N.) blythianus, Anders. J. A. S. B. xlvii. p. 227, pl. xiii.
figs. a to d (1878).
M. (N.) barclayanus, Anders. t. c. p. 229, pl. xiii. figs. ¢ to Z
(1878); Blanford, Zool. Yark. Exp., Mamm. p. 46, pl. x. a. fig. 1
(skull) (1879).
Hab. North and Central India. ? Malacca and Andaman
Islands.
b. Southern race (NV. kok).
* Mus kok, Gray, Charlesw. Mag. N. H. i. p. 585 (1837).
* M. (Neotoma) providens, Ell. Madr. Journ. x. p. 209 (1839).
* M. dubius, Kel. J. A. S. Ceylon, 1851 (nec Hodgs.) (1851).
' Mamm. Yark. Exp. p. 47, 1879.
‘ ? Dr. Anderson now agrees with me as to the propriety of uniting these two
orms.
3 See below, p. 533.
1881.] INDIAN SPECIES OF MUS. 527
Nesokia hardwickei, Kelaart, Prodr, Faun. Zeyl. p. 65 (1852)
(nec Gray).
M. (N.) providens, Anders. J. A. S. B. xvii, p- 225, pl. xiii
figs. e to h (1878).
Hab. South India and Ceylon.
Specific Characters.—Form stout and heavy, muzzle blunt. Fur
rather short and harsh, grizzled brown above, rather paler below.
Ears short ; laid forward they do not reach tothe eyes. Tail shorter
than the head and body, uniformly brown above and below. Feet
of medium size, nearly always brown above. Foot-pads small and
rounded, five on the fore and six on the hind feet, as in the other
species of the subgenus. Mamme very numerous, from 14 to 18
in number, often different on the two sides of the body.
The skull is rather more like that of a true Mus than in WV. hard-
wickei. The most important differences between the two have been
mentioned under that speeies.
Varietal Characters.—Var. bengalensis. Size comparatively large.
Tail somewhat longer in proportion, and anterior palatine foramina
often (but by no means always) larger than in the southern race.
Skull otherwise quite similar.
Var. kok. Smaller. Tail somewhat shorter than in the typical
variety. Anterior palatine foramina very narrow.
Measurements.
Var. bengalensis. Var. kok.
Calcutta?. Ootacamund. Madras,
3 2 3
Head andbody ...... 80 78 73 70
sath i eA ot ADS 74 70 5:7 6:3
PTC tOOG cath ett ct ohe 1-4 1°45 a, 1:4
re ae Eat 2°05 1°75 1°81
Ear-conch, length Scene °80 80 “79
Muzzle to ear ........ 1°6 Ia 1‘6 1°6
This species is the common JNesokia of the whole of India. The
only animal with which it could possibly be confounded is Mus de-
cumanus, from which, however, it may always be distinguished by
its comparatively shorter head and broader incisors.
Dr. Anderson, in his paper above quoted, keeps the northern and
southern forms separate under the names of JN. blythianus and pro-
videns. The following are the characters upon which he founds his
opinion as to their specific distinction :—‘“‘ The skull (of lV. providens)
is considerably smaller than that of M. (N.) df ythianus of the same
age, from which it is also distinguished by its more outwardly arched
malar process of the maxillary, by its considerably smaller teeth,
and long but less open palatine foramina.” The external characters
given are those I have used to divide the species into varieties, except
the ‘‘somewhat smaller ears’’of N. kok, a character which does not
* These seem to be exceptionally large specimens, none of the specimens mea~
sured by Dr. Anderson haying hind feet as much as 1-4 inch
528 MR. O. THOMAS ON THE [May 3,
appear to be constant, as a specimen from the Neilgherries has dis-
tinctly larger ears for its size than any specimen of WN. bengalensis that I
have seen. As to the skull-characters mentioned, I can only suppose
Dr. Anderson had but asmall series under examination at the time of
writing his paper ; for, as far as I can see, the skulls intergrade com-
pletely. Taking the characters as given above, we see that the
southern race is certainly a little smaller, but not very much; in fact
two Madras specimens of ours are quite as large as average Bengal
ones. I cannot see that there is any difference in the outward spread of
the zygomatic arches, or in the size of the teeth. As to the anterior
palatine foramina, it is true that many specimens of var. bengalensis
have these very much broader ; but, on the other hand, some of our
Nepal specimens, necessarily of the northern form, have them fully
as much contracted as any Madras individuals; we cannot, therefore,
place any reliance on this character. The other characters inciden-
tally mentioned seem all to be either variable or not sufficient to
separate the two forms upon.
With regard to the name adopted for the species, I cannot agree
with Dr. Anderson that Gray’s name Jengalensis cannot stand. The
figure of “ Arvicola bengalensis’’ represents the northern form without
a doubt ; and even if this name were discarded, it will be seen by the
synonymy that there are no less than four other names which would
have priority over that give by Dr. Anderson. The types of all of
them are in the British Museum, and certainly belong to this species.
M. (N.) barclayanus, Anders., as Mr. Blanford (J. c.) has sug-
gested, seems to be only a local variety of N. bengalensis, and not
distinct enough to require a name.
Mus setifer, Horsf. apud Cantor’ (and therefore, fide Blyth, WM.
andamanensis, Bl.), is, judging from one of Cantor’s own specimens,
certainly a Nesokia, and apparently not separable from this species.
I do not care, however, definitely to unite them until I have seen
spirit specimens from Pinang or the Andamans, as some of the pro-
portions may be different from those of the Bengal species, Cantor’s
specimen being a much stretched skin.
3. Mus (NeEsoKIA) BANDICOTA.
Le Rat perchal, Buff. Hist. Nat. Supp. vii. p. 276, pl. 69 (1789).
Rat perchal and Bandicota, Penn. Hist. Quadr. (ed. 3), ii.
pp- 179, 180 (1793).
“Der Bandikote,” et “die indische Ratte” Bechstein, Allgem.
Uebers. der vierfiissige Thiere’, ii. pp. 497, 498 (ex Penn.) (1800).
Mus bandicota et M. indicus (nec Geoff.), Bechstein, tom. cit.
pp. 713, 714 (1800).
M. malabaricus et M. perchal, Shaw, Gen. Zool. ii. pt. 1, pp. 54,-
55 (1801).
M. giganteus, Hardw. Trans. Linn. Soc. vii. p. 306, pl. 18 (1804).
1 J. A. 8. B. xv. p. 254, 1846.
? J. A.§. B. xxix. p. 103, 1860.
® A German translation of Pennant’s ‘ History of Quadrupeds’, published at
Weimar in two volumes, 4to, 1799-1800,
1881.] INDIAN SPECIES OF MUS. 529
M. (Neotoma) giganteus, Ell. Madr. Journ. x. p. 209 (1839).
M. (Nesokia) giganteus, Anders. J. A. S. B. xlvii. p. 232, pl. xiv.
figs. a to d (skull) (1878).
Hab. All India south of the Himalayan region, and Ceylon.
Size very large, over a foot in length. Tail generally about one
fourth shorter than the head and body. Fur very coarse and harsh;
grizzled black and white above, grey beneath. On the back the fur
is very thickly mixed with long harsh black piles, much more
numerous than in DZ, (N.) nemorivagus. Mamme 12, three pectoral
and three inguinal pairs. The skull is very large and heavy, being
more than 23 inches long in full-grown individuals ; it has been
well figured by Dr. Anderson (J. c.), together with the skulls of the
other species of Nesokia.
The Common Bandicoot or Pig-rat is found all over the peninsula
of India, and is almost too well known to need any description. It
may always be known from large individuals of Mus decumanus by
its much broader incisors and by the presence of the long black piles
mixed with the fur of the back ; these piles are often nearly 4 inches
long, while they are quite absent in M. decumanus. Mus (N.) nemo-
rivagus, its nearest ally, is the Bandicoot of North-eastern India, and
is certainly very closely related to it; but I think that the two forms
are specifically separable, the Himalayan form being smaller and
having much softer fur, fewer long black piles, and narrower nasal
bones. The differences in the skulls will be readily perceived by &
reference to Dr. Anderson’s plate above referred to.
4. Mus (NEsoKIA) NEMORIVAGUS.
* Mus nemorivagus, Hodgs. J. A. S. B. v. p. 234 (1836); Ann.
& Mag. N. H. xv. p. 266 (1845).
?* M. macropus, Hodgs. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xv. p. 268 (juv)
(1845).
2* Nesokia hydrophila, Gray, Cat. Hodgs. Coll. p. 19 (1846) (nee
Hodgs.).
* M. bandicota, Swinh. P. Z.S. 1870, p. 635 (nec Bechst.).
M. (Nesokia) elliotanus, Anders. J. A. S. B. xlvii. p. 231, pl. xiv.
figs. e—h (skull) (1878).
Hab. Nepal, Sikhim, Assam ; Formosa (Swinhoe).
Smaller than the Common Bandicoot, from 9 to 11 inches in length,
the tail about seven eighths of the length of the head and body.
Fur comparatively soft, a certain number of longer piles intermixed ;
but these are neither so numerous nor so stiff as in M. (N.) bandi-
cota. For further information about this species I must refer the
reader to Dr. Anderson’s description and figure of his M. (N.)
elliotanus.
The following dimensions, as being those of a spirit specimen,
may be of use. It is an adult female, and was obtained from the
Khasi Hills by Mr. Blanford :-—
Head and body 9 inches; tail 7°8; hind foot 1:9 ; forearm 2°35 ;
ear-conch, length 0-9.
530 MR. 0. THOMAS ON THE [May 3,
To Dr. Anderson belongs the credit of having perceived that there
are two species of Bandicoot in India, all previous authors having
confused this form with the true M. bandicota, Bechst. Hodgson’s
description of M. nemorivagus, however, was such that Dr. Anderson
naturally could not tell that his M. (N.) elliotanus was identical
with it. There can, however, be no doubt that it is the same, as
the skull of the type of Hodgson’s species exactly matches that of
one of the Khasi-Hill specimens mentioned by Dr. Anderson, and
since presented to us by Mr. Blanford, and also quite agrees with
the figure which accompanies the description of 1. (N.) elliotanus’.
Formosan individuals of this species received from Mr. Swinhoe
are quite similar to our specimens from the typical locality We
thus get another instance of the affinity of the fauna of Formosa
to that of the Himalayan region’.
The specimen described as Nesokia hydrophila by Dr. Gray, in
his Catalogue of Hodgson’s collection, is the actual type of Mus ma-
cropus, Hodgs. The cause of the mistake was that Hodgson’s two
species M. hydrophilus and M. macropus are figured side by side in
Hodgson’s drawings, and that in the British Museum duplicate copy
the plate was accidentally marked as “ Mus hydrophilus et junior,”
Gray therefore describing the specimen representing the adult form.
In the original drawings, belonging to the Zoological Society, how-
ever, the two figures are named in accordance with Hodgson’s pub-
lished descriptions. This type specimen of M. macropus is most
undoubtedly a Nesokia, and, I believe, will turn out to be a young
specimen of the present species, the skull agreeing very fairly, though
it is considerably smaller.
I am quite unable to say what the true M. hydrophilus, Hodgs.*,
is. It is said to be a small species, only 34 inches long, with a tail
only 2? in length. We have received no specimens of it from Mr.
Hodgson; but I would suggest that it might be some species of
Arvicola, as the proportions are similar to those found in that genus,
and Hodgson on his drawing calls it Arvicola? hydrophilus, though
he afterwards described it as a Mus.
It seems possible, as Mr. Blanford has suggested*, that M. (Neso-
kia) nemorivagus will yet turn out to be identical with the true Mus
setifer, Horsf. Judging from the distribution of certain other species,
it is quite probable that the Bandicoot of Java should be the same
as that found in Nepal and Formosa; but merely from Horsfield’s
description, and without seeing Javan specimens, it is impossible to
decide this question at present.
Subgenus Mus (restricted).
Mus, Linn. Syst. Nat. (12) i. p. 79 (1766).
Incisors narrow, smooth in front. Molars tubercular, not divided
* Dr. Anderson has sent us an immature specimen of his N. elliotanus, which
quite confirms my identification.
2 See below, under MW. jerdoni, p. 539.
5 Ann. & Mag. N. H. xy. p. 267, 1845.
4 Zool. Yark. Exp. Mamm. p. 47, 1879.
881.] INDIAN SPECIES OF MUS. 531
into transverse laminze as in Nesokia. Pollex truncated, with a
short nail, all the other digits with sharp compressed claws.
To Mus as thus strictly limited I refer 12 of the species of
Muride that have as yet been found within our limits; but there
can be no doubt that several more species either hitherto undescribed,
or only known from Assam and Burmah, will yet be found in Sikhim
and the surrounding region. On the other hand, it seems impro-
bable that there are many more species to be recorded from the
peninsula of India, though the discovery of such a distinct form as
Mus blanfordi shows that this region is not as yet absolutely worked
out.
The following synopsis will, I hope, be of use to persons wishing
to determine specimens of this difficult group ; but it will as a rule be
necessary for those who consult it to examine properly preserved
spirit or fresh specimens, as the characters used are not such as
can be easily made out on dried skins. Wherever stress is laid on
the proportion of any part to the head and body, it must be re-
membered that fresh specimens always have the trunk distinctly
larger in proportion to the extremities than those preserved in spirit,
and that all my measurements are of necessity from the latter.
It will therefore sometimes happen that ina fresh specimen the
tail is slightly shorter than the head and body when I have here
stated it to be longer; but a reference to the detailed descriptions will
always obviate any difficulty this may cause.
I. Hind feet with 6 well-defined foot-pads.
A. Large, 44 to 9 inches; last hind foot-pad
elongated.—Rats.
a. Whole of tail covered with short hairs ;
upperside of tail dark-coloured. 8-12
mamme.
a. Tail dark above and below.
a’. Tail shorter than head and body ;
10-12 mamme ; hind foot 1:5-1-7. 1. M. decumanus, p. 532.
b'. Tail longer than head and body.
a', Anterior edge of zygoma-root
with a strongly marked rounded
angle above. 10-12 mamme;
hind foot 1:2-1°45...............06 2. M. alecandrinus, p. 538.
6", Anterior edge of zygoma-root
SO mec ene sete ss recdiak cannes es 3. WM. fulvescens, p. 537.
8B. Tail sharply bicolor, dark above and
white below. 8 mamme.
ce’. Back bright rufous; tail much lon-
ger than head and body ; hind foot
MEALS Denes sete t wean's tegen chase sa hres 4, M. jerdoni, p. 537.
d'. Back yellowish grey; tail barely
longer than head and body; hind
FOGEAP OW, Aes BAR. dics Rhloseoe wae 5. M. niveiventer, 540,
6, Distal third of tail with longer hairs,
white above and below. 6 mamme.
Bi Hand: fOOb toa aehc.ataveressusasnecere 6. M. blanfordi, p. 541.
532 MR. O. THOMAS ON THE [May 3,
B. Small, 2-4 inches, Last hind foot-pad cir-
cular.— Mice.
ce. Anterior edge of zygoma-root perpen
dicular.
y. 10 mamme.
f'. Tail as long as, or longer than, head
and body.
e", Colour rufous- brown, _ belly
scarcely lighter; hind foot 62-7. 7. M. urbanus, p. 544.
d". Colour pale fulvous, belly white ;
hindifoot *65="70. c. ..veanee deeded 8. M. bactrianus, p. 546.
g'. Tail shorter than head and body.
(See also under Leggada buduga,
553 :
e!. Hind foot ‘6-65; ear ‘41-49... 9. MM. cervicolor, p. 547.
6. 6 mamme.
h'. Tail as long as, or longer than, head
and body; hind foot 82-88. ...... 10. WM. arianus, p. 548.
d, Anterior edge of zygoma-root slanting.
(See Plate LI. fig. 8.)
z'. Tail rather longer than the head
and body; hind foot "75—'8.......... 1l. M. nitidulus, p. 550.
II. Hind feet with only 4 or 5 properly developed
foot-pads.
e. 8 mammez; tail about the length of head
and body ; hind foot about 1°0........., 12. M. mettada, p. 550.
5, Mus pECUMANUS.
M. decumanus, Pall. Nov. Glir. p. 91 (1778).
M. decumanoides’, Hodgs. J. A. S. B. x. p. 915 (sine deser.) (in
part) (1841).
*M. brunneus, Hodgs. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xv. p. 266 (1845).
Hab. Cosmopolitan.
No description is needed of this too well-known rat. It may
always be distinguished from any specimen of MV. alexandrinus by its
short tail and ears, and its larger size. The following are the chief
dimensions of a full-grown male:—Head and body 8:3, tail 7°1,
hind foot 1:6, ear-conch 0°7, muzzle to ear 1°85.
The type of Mus brunneus, Hodgs., is certainly a specimen of this
species, as might be expected from his description. Though most
certainly not indigenous, Mr. Blanford tells me that these Rats are
found on all the rivers of India, being carried up by the boats, and
that by this means they might easily have got into the valley of
Nepal, by way of the rivers Gunduck and Coosy.
We now come to the truly indigenous Indian species of Jus.
The first one that claims our attention is the common house- and
tree-rat of the whole of India, the Mus rufescens, Gr., of Blyth and
other authors. After careful comparison of a very large number of
specimens from all parts of India, I have come to the conclusion that
1 In Horsfield’s ‘ Catalogue of the Mammalsin the India Museum’ (p. 140),
he mentions a “ Mus decumanoides, Temm.’’ Temminck never decribed a Rat
under this name, as far as I can find; and Dr. Jentink, of the Leyden Museum,
where Temminck’s types are preserved, has kindly confirmed my opinion on
this point.
1881.] INDIAN SPECIES OF MUS. 533
this Rat is only a southern offshoot of that form of Mus rattus com-
monly known as WM. alexandrinus. In India we find three just dis-
tinguishable varieties of it:—(1) the true M. alexandrinus, found
in Cashmere, and the whole north-west region of India; (2) the
form confined to the Nepalese district, here termed var. nitidus,
Hodgs.; and (3) the well-known M. rufescens, Gr., found in the
whole of continental India except the north-western part, and also
in Burmah.
The following is the Indian synonymy of this species and its two
varieties ; but it is very possible that some of the names are put
under the wrong varieties, as these are not very sharply separated
from each other.
6. Mus ALEXANDRINUS.
a. Typical variety.
M. alexandrinus, Geoff. Desc. de Egypte, Hist. Nat. ii. p. 733,
Atl. pl. v. fig. 1 (1812).
*M. asiaticus, Gray, Charlesw. Mag. N. H. (2) i. p. 585
(1837).
“M. arboreus, Buch. Ham.” Horsf. Cat. Mus. E.I. C. p. 141 (in
part) (1851).
?M. crassipes, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xxviii. p. 295 (juv.) (1859).
b. Var. nitidus.
*M. nitidus, Hodgs. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xv. p. 267 (1845).
*M. pyctoris, Hodgs. J. e. (1845).
?M. rattoides, Hodgs.? J. c. (1845).
MM. horeites, Hodgs. 1. ¢. p. 268 (juv.) (1845).
*M. @equicaudalis, Hodgs. op. cit. (2) il. p. 203 (1849); Horsf.
Cat. Mamm. Mus. E.I. C. p. 144 (1851).
ce. Var. rufescens.
M. indicus, Geoff., Desm. Mamm. ii. p. 299 (nec Bechstein’, 1800)
(1822).
*M. rufescens, Gray, Charlesw. Mag. N. H. (2) i. p. 585
(1837).
*M. flavescens, Ell. Madr. Journ. Lit. Sci. x. p. 214 (1839) (nec
Waterh. P. Z.S. 1837, p. 19).
M. decumanoides, Hodgs.* J. A.S. B. x. p. 915 (sine descr.) (in
part) (1841).
*M. brunneusculus, Hodgs. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xv. p. 267
(1845).
1 The drawing and description, but not the specimen (B), which is M. decu-
manus.
2 Or the true Mus rattus ; more probably a black-bellied individual of this
yariety.
3 See under M. (Nesokia) bandicota, p. 528.
4 Never described ; afterwards divided by Hodgson into M. brumneus and
brunneusculus,
534 MR. O. THOMAS ON THE [May 3,
M. nemoralis, Blyth', J. A. S. B. xx. p. 168 (1851).
*M. kandianus & *M. tetragonurus, Kel. J. As. Soc. Ceylon
(1851).
M. ceylonus, Kel. Prodr. Faun. Zeyl. p. 61 (juv.) (1852).
M. robustulus, Blyth, J. A. 8. B. xxviii. p. 294 (1859), fide Blan-
ford, J. A.S. B. xlvii. p. 165 (1878).
?M. infralineatus, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xxxii. p. 348 (1863) (juv.).
‘“‘Huchetomys* rufescens, Gray,” Fitzinger, SB. Ak. Wien. lvi. 1.
p- 74 (1867).
Specific Characters.—Fut harsh, sometimes mixed with fine spines.
Colour varying from dark rufous-grey to bright reddish fulvous ;
belly sometimes quite white, sometimes no lighter than the back.
Feet nearly always white. Tail longer than the head and body,
scarcely lighter below than above. Ears large; laid forward they
reach quite to, or even beyond the eye. Foot-pads 5-6, well-
defined. Mammez 10, 11, or 12, normally three pectoral and three
inguinal pairs; but one or both of the posterior pectoral pair are
often absent. The length of the head and body (in spirit) varies
from 5 to 7, the tail from 6 to 9, and hind foot from 1:2 to 1°5
inches; these, however, are the extreme limit. For detailed mea-
surements see below.
Varietal Characters.—Typical variety. Dark rufous-grey above,
white below. Size large, over 6 inches ; tail much longer than the
head and body, more noticeably paler below than in the other
varieties. Soles of feet nearly always white (in spirit).
Variety nitidws. Fur finer and rather more rufous, often mixed
with numerous spines. Belly sometimes pure sharply-defined white,
sometimes almost as dark as the upperside, the tips of the hairs,
however, being nearly always white. Size about the same as in
typical alexandrinus. ‘Tail generally only a little longer than the
head and body, seldom exceeding them by more than one inch ;
stretched skins therefore often have the tail even shorter than the
trunk. Soles of feet often quite black.
Variety rufescens. Body small and slender, only just over 5
inches in length. Tail much longer than the head and body.
Colour dull rufous, generally but little paler below; fur coarse and
spinous. This variety is much more arboreal than the others.
I can find no differences whatever between the skulls of these
three varieties. Their general characters are too well-known to need
any detailed description; the dimensions of a specimen of var.
rufescens will be found below under Mus blanfordi*. The re-
markable variation in the length of the nasal bones presented by
this species is referred to below’.
1 Blyth, op. cit. xxiv. p. 192 (1865), says that this is the same as M. brunneus,
Hodgs., which is a Mus decwmanus; his description, however, agrees much
better with this form, and a specimen sent as M, nemoralis by Dr, Anderson is
certainly a Mus rufescens.
2 A genus (!), composed of a ridiculous mixture of species of Mus, Nesokia,
and Leggada which haye no special affinity with each other whatever.
3 Vide p. 541. 4 Vide p. 536.
1881.] INDIAN SPECIES OF MTS. 535
Table of Measurements.
Var. alexandrinus. Var. nitidus, Var. rufescens.
Cashmere. | Muscat. Darjiling. Madras. | Ceylon.
a. es 2 sUbseaheee g 2
Head and body...... 61 63 |. 61 |68 645 58 55 5:2
Mau tri sehe. coach ozs velet Tile) 23 93 #|73 G67 62 67 7-65
EGU TOOL, actrees anche 1-4 1°25 1:29 |1:45 14 12 1-45 1:22
Forearm and hand | 1°66 1:50 VGA | On Uf 12D 1-67 1:45
Ear-conch, length...) ‘68 “71 "SD tO, tO one w =i “70
Muzzle to ear ...... 1:44 1:49 155 |1°72 1:56 1:38 1:4 131
These varieties seem to grade insensibly into one another. The
Rats of Cashmere and the neighbouring region agree perfectly with
Egyptian specimens of M. alewandrinus' ; then, proceeding south-
wards, we find their fur becoming rather coarser and more rufous,
and the animals themselves becoming smaller, though presenting
still much the same proportions. On the other hand, as we go from
Cashmere to Nepal, we find every intermediate stage between the
true M. alexandrinus and the fine-haired, comparatively short-tailed
var. nitidus’. We must therefore consider them all to be of but one
species, especially as we often find specimens which, without a
knowledge of locality, it would be quite impossible to assign with
certainty to any one of these three different forms.
With regard to the name adopted for the South-Indian variety,
Mr. Blanford has kindly examined for me the types of Mus indicus,
Geoffr., in the Paris Museum, and tells me that they are most cer-
tainly specimens of the Rat generally known as M. rufescens, Gr. ;
and as their locality (Pondicherry) is a place where JZ. rufescens
would naturally be found, I think there can be no doubt whatever as
to the correctness of Mr. Blanford’s opinion, As, however, the
name MV. indicus has been previously used by Bechstein, the later
name M. rufescens must: still stand for the Common Rat of the
peninsula of India. The types of both MW. indicus and M. rufescens
have been much stretched, so as to have given rise to the erroneous
statement in each case ‘ Tail shorter than the head and body.”
I have not space to discuss the various synonyms given above ; but
it will be seen that we have the types of a great number of these so-
called species ; and those of Hodgson’s names to which I have not
prefixed an asterisk merely represent forms of which we really pos-
sess the typical specimens among our series, but, as they are not
specially marked as such, I am unable to lay my hand upon them.
1 In Dr. Scully’s most useful paper “On the Mammals of Gilgit” (P. Z. 8.
1881, p. 204), we find the following :—“ The Gilgit Rat is not separable from
the so-called M. rufescens of Calcutta, or M. robustus, Blyth, of Burma; and it
also agrees in all essential characters with M. alexandrinus, Geoff. A specimen
of M. alexandrinus from Algeria, in the British Museum, only differs from one
of my Gilgit specimens in haying rather harsher fur.”
2 The typical M. rufescens is also found in Nepal, there being a considerable
series of this form from that country sent by Dr. Anderson.
536 MR. O. THOMAS ON THE [May 3,
I have, with some doubt, placed M. infralineatus under var.
rufescens, as the colour characters given are quite unimportant, and
the proportions might be those of an overstretched half-grown
individual ; it is, however, very possible that I may be wrong, and
that it is a distinct species.
Sir Walter Elliot informs me that this species seems to be gra-
dually giving way before the more powerful J. decumanus, which
has been introduced into the various Indian ports from the shipping,
just as in Europe the same ubiquitous species has nearly exterminated
the corresponding northern form Mus rattus.
With regard to the specific distinctness of Mus alexandrinus from
M. rattus, about which so much has been written, it seems to me
that we have here a somewhat parallel case to that of MW. urbanus
and M. musculus. M. alexandrinus would seem to be a more tro-
pical form of 1, ratéus; but as it seems always to have much shorter,
coarser, and more rufous hair, as compared with the black and
shining fur of MZ. rattus, I have provisionally kept them distinct,
though I have but little doubt that they will have finally to be con-
sidered as but one species. This, however, isa question not specially
Indian ; and so at present I prefer to avoid expressing any definite
opinion on the subject.
The extraordinary variation of the nasal bones of this species has been
mentioned above. Some authors have used the length of these bones
as a specific character ; and certainly the extremes in this species are
so great as to appear to be of importance ; but when a series is exa-
mined it will be found that no stress cau be laid on this character.
In order to prove how great the variation is, I have prepared the
following Table; all the specimens measured were collected aé the
same time and place, and are obviously all of the same species.
Measurements of Skulls and Nasal Bones of Darjiling Rats (Mus
alexandrinus, var. nitidus) :—
Percentage of nasal bones
Total length of skull. Nasal bones. fa veet GERRI
millim. millim.
31°6 10°5 49
33°5 11:0 46
39°0 15:0 62
40-0 14:5 57
41:9 16°4 64
42:0 14:8 54
42:5 17:0 66
42°6 14°6 52
44-0 18-0 69
44°5 17-0 62
44°7 16°7 59
48°0 19°5 69
If we now arrange these percentages in order, we obtain the follow-
ing series, in which it is perfectly impossible to draw any dividing line
1881.] INDIAN SPECIES OF MUS. 537
between the specimens with long and those with short nasal bones—
46, 49, 52, 54, 57, 59, 62, 64, 66,69. After examining such a series
of figures as this, I think it will be generally admitted that the
length of the nasal bones is a character which should be regarded
with the very greatest caution before it is used to separate species
upon.
“7. Mus FULVESCENS.
* Mus fulvescens, Gray, Cat. Hodgs. Coll. p. 18 (1846).
* Mus candatior, Hodgs. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. iii. p. 203 (1849);
Horsf. Cat. Mus. E.I. C. p. 144 (1851).
Mus cinnamomeus, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xxviii. p. 294 (1859), nee
Pictet, Not. Anim. Nouv. Mus. Gen. p. 64, pl. 19 (1844).
Hab. Nepal and Sikhim ; Pegu (Berdmore).
Fur soft and fine, generally spineless, but with sometimes a con-
siderable number of spines intermixed. Colour bright rufous above,
with slate-coloured bases to the hairs; belly white, generally quite
pure, but sometimes either mixed with slate-colour or with a fulvous-
grey stripe down its centre. Tail long, brown above, and but
slightly paler beneath, sometimes with a tendency to the develop-
ment of a pencil of hairs at the tip. I have not been able to find
out the number of mamme present in this species. The skull, as
in Mus jerdoni, differs from that of M. alewandrinus by the absence
of the projecting angle in the front of the exterior wall of the infra-
orbital foramen, by the more open lower part of the same foramen,
by its smaller teeth and shorter anterior palatine foramina, The
difference in the zygoma-root will be better understood by a com-
parison of the figures of the two forms (Plate L. fig. 3a & 4).
With regard to the measurements, it unfortunately happens that
we haye no spirit-specimens of this species; but the following are
the nearest that can be made out from skins :—Head and body 4°5
to 5°5 in., tail 5 to 7 in., hind foot :95 to 1°05 in.
Mus octomammis, Hodgs., was placed as a synonym of M. can-
datior by Gray ; but from Hodgson’s drawing it would rather seem
to be WM. jerdoni, which we know has only eight mammee.
The exact position of this species is very doubtful, and can only
be settled by the examination of a good series of specimens pro-
perly preserved in spirit. Jerdon' placed I. fulvescens as a synonym
of M. infralineatus, and quite separate from J. candatior ; the
types of this latter and of MZ. fulvescens, however, are undoubtedly
identical.
%. Mus JERDONI.
Leggada jerdoni, Blyth, J. A. 8. B. xxxii. p. 350 (1863).
?2** Mus octomammis, Hodgs.,” Gray, Cat. Hodgs. Coll. 2nd ed.
p- 10 (1863) (sine descr.).
Hab. Sikhim ; Khasya Hills, Assam (Blanford); Java (v. Hiigel).
Fur long, fine, usually with numerous spines intermixed. Above
1 Mamm. Ind, p. 197 (1867).
Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1881, No. XXXYV. 35
538 MR. 0. THOMAS ON THE [May 3,
the general colour is bright rufous, the hairs being dark slate-colour
for four fifths of their length, and the tips being orange-red ; on
the centre of the back there are numerous wholly black hairs mixed
with the others ; these thin out towards the sides, so that there the
rufous colour is much clearer. Spines white, with black tips.
Belly pure white, the line of separation well defined. Feet white
as a rule, though sometimes the dark colour of the upper side runs
down as far as the base of the digits. Tail very long, generally two
and sometimes three inches longer than the head and body, brown
above and white beneath from root to tip. Mamme eight, two
pectoral and two inguinal pairs. Hind foot-pads (Plate LI. fig. 1)
six, large, nearly circular except the last, the terminal pad of the
hallux very large. Lars rather large, oval ; laid forward they reach
quite to the eye.
The skull is somewhat like that of JZ. fulvescens, differing from
that of M. alexandrinus by its smaller teeth, the upper series
measuring in this species 5°8 millim., and in an equal-sized specimen
of M. alewandrinus, 7°0 millim. The auditory bulle are more
flattened, only standing about 1:5 millim. above the base of the
skull; while in 2. alewandrinus they are 3 millim. high, and are
much more inflated. There is the same form of the anterior
zygoma-root already mentioned as obtaining in MW. fulvescens ; and,
lastly, the emargination between the condyle and the posterior angle
of the lower jaw seems to be shallower than usual.
Measurements.
Darjiling.
a ~—_—_
a be b. . gs
Head and body............ 5:3 (c) 50 5'4
ail Pie Sash ah! fh. see 7'1 6'°8 8:5
Hind foot ea nite, oe bed: 1:15 1°15 1°15
ore armas iec tee aoe, eter tes 1°45 1°45 1:45
Ear-conch, length ........ 76 “68 72
Muzzle toear ...........4 1:38 1°30
It will be ncticed that the hind foot and the forearm are exactly
the same in all. Specimen c is said to have come from Malabar ;
but I think there can be no doubt that this isa mistake. This
specimen has the longest tail in proportion to its size of any Indian
species of the whole genus, its length being more than six anda
half times the distance between the muzzle and the ear, while our
longest-tailed specimen of Vandeleuria oleracea has it only six and
a quarter times.
The palate-ridges (Plate LI. fig. 2) of this species show a slight
difference from those of M. alexandrinus, there being an incomplete
ridge between those answering to the fourth and fifth divided ridges
of M. alexandrinus, thus making six instead of five divided ridges.
This difference, though slight in itself, appears to be constant, as
five spirit-specimens all show the extra ridge, while I have seen it
1881.] INDIAN SPECIES OF MUS. 539
in none of the numerous specimens of M. alexandrinus I have ex-
amined.
This very handsome Rat may always be readily recognized by its
brightly contrasted colours and its long bicolor tail. It is true that
many specimens of Mus fulvescens have a somewhat similarly
coloured body; but they always have the lower side of the tail of the
same tint as the upper.
I have placed “‘ Mus octomammis”’ here rather than under M. ful-
vescens, for the reasons already mentioned under that species.
The distribution of M. jerdoni presents some most interesting
points. In Mr. A. R. Wallace’s recent work, ‘Island Life,’ the
author, when treating of the islands of Formosa’ and of Java’, states
that the fauna of each of these two widely-separated places has a
noticeable connexion with that of the Himalayan region. Now this
species gives us a most interesting instance of the correctness of
Mr. Wallace’s views. Its headquarters seem to be in the Sikhim
region; but a very young specimen collected by Baron A. von
Hiigel in Java is absolutely the same, it possesses even the minute
fifth palate-ridge above mentioned; its fur is somewhat shorter,
and, considering its age, more thickly spinous than is the case in
Himalayan specimens; but these differences are only the natural
result of a more tropical climate. With regard to Formosa, JJus
coxinga, Swinh.*, of which the types are in the British Museum, is
so very closely allied to this species that I was at first disposed to
consider it identical ; but I now think it just separable on account of
its longer hind foot (1°4 against 1:15). We thus have, isolated in
these three places, nearly related Rats which seem to be quite un-
known in the intermediate districts. Mus (Nesokia) nemorivagus
presents us with another instance of this sort of distribution, being
- found in Nepal and Formosa ; and if, as is just possible, the true M.
setifer, Horsf., from Java, is the same, we have a still better example
of the relations of these faunas to one another.
Mus jerdoni seems to be almost entirely a highland species.
Those I have seen have come from Darjiling (7000 ft.), Khasya
Hills (4000-5000 ft.), and Willis Mt., Java (3000 ft.). Jerdon*
mentions specimens from Kunawar (12,000 ft.); but, from the
locality, I am inclined to think that they may have been M. niveiven-
ter. Dr. Anderson tells me that these Kunawar specimens are not now
in the Calcutta Museum ; so that the question of the western distri-
bution of this species cannot be settled at present.
When Blyth originally described M. jerdoni he stated that the
head and body measured 4 inches and the tail 33 inches, proportions
wholly at variance with those given above; but I am informed by
Dr. Anderson that the type is only half-grown, and that specimens
in the Caleutta Museum, undoubtedly identical, measure just about
what those do of which the dimensions are given. Mr. Blyth de-
scribed this Rat as a species of the subgenus Leggada, on account
1 Chap. xviii. p. 375. 2 Chap. xvii. p. 358.
2 P.Z.8. 1864, p. 185 (misprinted coninga, see P.Z. 8, 1870, p. 636).
* Mamm. Ind. .p. 209 (1867). bbe
540 MR. 0. THOMAS ON THE [May 3,
of its spiny fur; it is, however, a true Mus, and has no connexion
with the species of Leggada, the presence of spines being in no way
an essential character of that subgenus.
With regard to these spines, our series of M. cowinga from For-
mosa shows every stage, from a specimen almost entirely spineless to
one so thickly covered with spines that there are hardly any hairs.
Mr. Swinhoe, in his original description, stated that the number of
spines depended on age, the older specimens having the greater
number; but I think season has quite as much to do with it, as we
find specimens with the spines irregularly distributed in patches, as
if these specimens were changing their fur with the season. This
patchy arrangement, as far as one can see, could never obtain if
the spines increased regularly in number according to the age of the
individual. It seems probable, however, that both age and season
have some connexion with the number of spines developed.
By the examination of such a series as that of M. cowinga and
others, we are irresistibly led to the conclusion that the presence of
spines in the fur, far from being a character of generic, or subgeneric,
is not even of specific importance. Dr. Jentink, of the Leyden
Museum, has recently ', when describing various new species of Mus,
divided the species primarily into those with spines and those with-
out, laying great stress on this character. But I differ entirely from
him as to its value ; for not only have I seen, of the following Indian
species, specimens both with and without spines—WV. alexandrinus
var. nitidus, M. fulvescens, M. niveiventer, M. nitidulus, and M. (Leg-
gada) buduga,—but I have also observed the same thing in two
Fijian specimens of J/. exulans, Peale, and in the Central-American
genus Heteromys, which normally has the fur altogether spinous.
On the whole, therefore, I am inclined to think that in all tropical
countries, where the seasons of the year are tolerably well marked, a
development of spines takes place in the summer, these falling off
again in the winter. Spines are presumably a much cooler covering
than hair, as all of the numerous spiny Rodents known are in-
habitants of tropical or subtropical countries, and none of places
with a distinctly cold climate.
It is worthy of notice that it seems to be the species with the
finest and softest hair which have the greatest tendency to the de-
velopment of spines. Thus the coarse-haired Rats, such as Nesokia
bengalensis, M. decumanus, and M, alexandrinus var. rufescens,
seldom appear to produce true spines; while, on the other hand, the
fine-haired var. nitidus, M. fulvescens, and M. coxinga are at times
the most spiny of all.
—9. MUS NIVEIVENTER.
*M, (Rattus) niviventer, Hodgs. J. A. S. B. v. p. 234 (1836).
M. niviventer, Hodgs. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. xv. p. 267 (1845) ;
Gray, Cat. Hodgson’s Coll. (1) p. 18 (1846).
Hab. The region bordering the Himalayas, from Simla to Kat-
mandu ; Darjiling (Jerdon) ? ;
1 Notes from the Leyden Museum, i. p. 7 (1878).
1881. ] INDIAN SPECIES OF MUS. 54]
Fur rather coarse and short, sometimes thickly mixed with
flattened spines, sometimes almost entirely without them. General
colour above grey, with a tinge of yellow. Hairs dark slate-colour
for nine tenths of their length; the tip in some yellow, in others
black. The black-tipped hairs, which seem to be the coarser of the
two, are more numerous in the centre of the back, so that that part
is darker than the sides. Spines, when present, white, with black
tips. Belly hairs and spines pure white to their roots, the line of
demarcation sharply defined. Tail rather longer than the head and
body, sharply bicolor, grey above and white beneath; hairs on its
distal quarter slightly elongated.
With regard to the measurements I can only give approximate
ones, as I have not seen any specimens of this species in spirit. The
following given by Hodgson appear to be about the average :—
Length, head and body 5:25, tail 6°0, hind foot 0°92. Blyth’s
two Masuri specimens were larger, viz. head and body 6:0 and 7:0,
tail 70 and 7°5 in. respectively. These dimensions are sufficient to
show that the tail is never so very much longer than the head and body
as it is in M. jerdoni, from which this species may also be readily
distinguished by its grey instead of rufous colour. The yellow
mentioned in the deseription seems quite to correspond with the
orange-red of M. jerdoni, occurring on the same parts of the hairs,
and becoming clearer on the sides, in both species.
The skull, as was to be expected, is extremely like that of J.
jerdoni, the only difference that I can perceive being that the nasal
portion is somewhat more elongated in the present species.
This seems to be a rather scarce Rat, as Hodgson says of it, “of
rare occurrence ;”’ and the only specimens J have seen are five of his
original series caught in the Residency house, Katmandu, and one
collected at Simla by Mr. Blanford. Jerdon’, however, says that
he found it “very common at Darjiling;’ but I am inclined to
doubt his determination, as there are no specimens among the large
series of Darjiling Rats collected by Mr. Blanford, while VW. jerdont
is commonly found there, and might possibly have been mistaken
for it.
10. Mus suanrornpi. (Plate L.)
*Mus blanfordi, Thomas, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) vii. p. 24
(1881).
Hab. Kadapa, Madras (Beddome).
Since my original description of this species was published we
have been fortunate enough to receive a second specimen of it, also
collected at Kadapa by Col. Beddome, and presented by him to the
British Museum. ‘This individual is a fully adult male, preserved
in spirit, and is so very much larger than the type as to show that
the latter, though its teeth were fully grown up, yet cannot have
been quite full-grown. A few of the characters before given have
therefore been found to be due to the immaturity of the specimen,
and have had to be modified accordingly. The following description
? Mamm, Ind. p. 200.
542 MR. 0. THOMAS ON THE [May 3,
is based on both specimens, and ought therefore to be fairly com-
lete :—
f Fur long and soft, above slate-coloured for seven eighths of its
length, the terminal eighth being greyish fawn. The greater part
of the belly is pure white in both specimens; but it is probably
sometimes dark, as there is an indication of this colour on the centre
of the chest in each case, as in certain specimens of MW. alexandrinus.
The tail is very much longer than the head and body; for half its
length it is above and below dark-coloured and short-haired, as in
other Rats; but then its colour abruptly changes to white all round,
and the hairs gradually lengthen from this point and form a white
brush at the tip. Dr. Scully’s Gilgit specimens of . alexandrinus
have their tails much more hairy than is usual in that species; but
in their other characters they in no way resemble Mus blanfordi.
The feet are entirely white in the adult male; but in the female
there is a distinct brown tinge on the upper surface of both fore and
hind feet; this, therefore, is no doubt variable.
The hind foot (Plate LI. fig. 6) is of somewhat different propor-
tions from those which obtain in the other Indian Rats, the tarsus
being somewhat long, while the phalanges are particularly short.
The proportional lengths of the toes are much as in Mus alexandri-
nus, except in the case of the fifth digit on both fore and hind feet,
which is rather longer as compared with the fourth. The pads are
large and rounded, and, in the hind feet, somewhat crowded together,
as shown in the figure.
The ears are large and dark-coloured. On their outer side the
anterior half is thickly covered with short brown hairs, the posterior
half being very nearly naked. On the inner side the hairs are much
fewer and shorter than on the outer, and are mostly confined to the
posterior half. In the original description the ears were said to be
‘nearly naked ;”’ but this condition in the type was probably owing
to the rubbing the ears had received in the taking-out of the skull.
As far as I can discover, there are only six mamme in the female
—one pair almost in the axillee, and two pairs close together in the
inguinal region.
The intestines nave unfortunately been removed from both speci-
mens, so that I have not been able to examine the czecum.
Measurements.
Ad. g. (type)
Head and body .......... 6:0 4:1
Tarliivsere devegn o. atiodat Bt 80 6'1
Hindsfoaten: jaa. armniivtt- 1:33 1:2
Forearm and hand ........ 1°6 1:3
Ear-conch, length ........ , =
Muzzle to ear .. 6s. ...00.. 1°5
It will thus be seen that, by its external characters only, JZ. blan-
fordi is a most distinct species, its whole appearance being quite
different from that of any other Rat that I have seen. Its large
1881.] INDIAN SPECIES OF MUS. 543
ears, long soft fur, white belly, and especially its long, white-tipped,
hairy tail, cause it to be distinguishable at the first glance from all
other Indian Muride ; and I have had great pleasure in connecting
with it the name of Mr. W. T. Blanford, to whose generosity in pre-
senting to the British Museum his fine series of Indian Muride in
spirit, and in lending me all his Indian skins, I owe the fact of my
having been so far able to work out the Indian species of this most
difficult genus of Mammals.
The skull of this species (Plate LI. figs. 4 & 5) is very distinct
from that of WM. alewandrinus. The following are the dimensions of
the skull of the adult male of 1. dlanfordi and of that of a speci-
men of IM. alevandrinus var. rufescens, which, being of precisely the
same length, is particularly suitable for the purpose of comparison :—
Mus blanfordi 3. Mus rufescens' ¢.
Kadapa. Caleutta.
TST TE IB a ea Ae 1°65 1°65
Greatest breadth .......... 8 8
Length of lower jaw? ...... 96 96
Tiga, DOWER: oss. x’ ate Sno dye, are ‘68 58
Breadth between orbits .... °28 "26
Anterior palatine foramina... °35 “30
Incisors to lst upper molars.. —°44 °44
Breadth of interparietal .... *4 ‘4]
The proportions of the two skulls would thus seem to be almost
exactly the same, that of MW. blanfordi having rather longer anterior
palatine foramina, and broader interparietal bones. The following
differences, however, form a ready means of distinguishing the skulls
_ of the two species :—
In M. rufescens the fronto-parietal sutures form together a very
obtuse angle forward, sometimes almost a straight line across the
skull; but in MW. dlanfordi they form but little more than a right
angle, the frontal extending in the middle line much further back-
wards between the parietals.
The shape of the interparietal bone is very different in the two
skulls. In WW. rufescens it is more or less five- or six-sided, with
the angles well developed ; but in I. dlanfordi the bone, as may be
seen in the figure, has only two distinct angles, namely those at the
outer ends of the bone, its front and back edges being simple
curves.
In the above-mentioned points the two skulls of MW. blanfordi both
agree perfectly ; but one of the characters mentioned in the original
description is now found to be a question of age. This is the shape
of the front edge of the anterior zygoma-root, which was said to be
slanting instead of perpendicular. The older skull, however, has
this edge quite upright, as in other Rats; and I have therefore had
' This term is here used instead of the more correct form Mus alexandrinus,
yar, 7ufescens, as being more convenient for ordinary use.
? From the condyles to the most anterior point of the actual bone.
544 MR. 0. THOMAS ON THE [May 3,
the lateral view of the skull (Plate LI. fig 4) redrawn from the
adult specimen, in order that the properly developed form might be
shown. The figure of this species (Plate L.) is taken from the im-
mature specimen. There are, however, scarcely any extreme differ-
ences between the two individuals, except that of size.
The teeth of WM. blanfordi seem to be somewhat broader than in
M. alexandrinus ; and in this respect they resemble those of M.
mettada.
11. Mus urBANUS.
*Mus musculus, Ell. Madr. Journ. x. p. 214 (1839).
*Mus nepalensis, Hodgs. J. A.S .B. x. p. 915 (sine deser.) (1841).
* Mus manei, Gray, Cat. Mamm. B. M. p. 111 (sine deser.) (1843).
* Mus urbanus, Hodgs. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xv. p. 269 (1845).
*Mus dubius, Hodgs. t. c. p. 268 (1845).
*Mus homourus, Hodgs. t. c. p. 268 (1845).
*Mus darjeelingensis, Hodgs. op. cit. iii. p. 203 (1849) (sine
deser.); Horsf. Cat Mus. E.I. C. p. 143 (deser. orig.) (1851).
Mus tytieri, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xxviii. p. 296 (1859).
*Mus rama, Cant., Blyth, J. A. S. B. xxxiv. pt. 2, p. 194 (1865).
Hab. The whole of India, in houses. Malacca (Cantor).
Tur short, crisp, quite spineless. General colour varying from
bright fawn to dark rufous-brown ; belly but little lighter, never white
asin M. bactrianus. Hairs all over the body slate-coloured for
three fourths of their length ; then follows a yellow or orange-coloured
tip. On the back there is a certain admixture of black-tipped hairs,
which, however, are absent in the brighter-coloured specimens.
Tail generally decidedly longer than the head and body, sometimes
only just about equal, brown, more or less paler beneath. Lars
short, rounded. Mammz 10, three pectoral and two inguinal pairs.
Cxcum of medium length and not very markedly curled round,
0°56 in. long in an adult male.
Dimensions.
Nepal (Hodgson). Darjilin Ceylon.
pal ( hei (Blanford). TT
ny Sik “BF. ed d.Q.
Head and bcdy ...... 2°6 3°0 3°05 3'0
"Tatleost). eitunen wolnwe 18327 3°23 3°20 3°54
Hind foot: sake tank. 65 67 69 68
Forearm and hand .... °74 ‘80 “80 *79
Ear-conch, length .... 40 “40 "45 43
Muzzle toear........ ‘67 ‘75 76 ‘76
This species, to which such a large number of names have been
given, seems to be the common house-mouse of the whole of India
and even of Malacca, as the Mus rama, Cant., of Blyth is un-
doubtedly referable to it, as proved by thetype. Blyth and, follow-
ing him, Jerdon considered that there were at least two species of
house-mouse in India—the one, Mus homourus, Hodgs., being that of
the Himalayan region, and the other, M. urbanus, that of the plains ;
1881.] INDIAN SPECIES OF MUS. 545
but I can find no difference of any importance between the Mice of
Darjiling and Katmandu and those of Southern India. Of course,
as might be expected, specimens from the hills have rather longer
and softer fur and darker coloration than those of the plains; but
this is only a parallel case to that of Mus alerandrinus, which, as
shown above, becomes redder and coarser-haired the further south it
lives.
With regard to the distinctness of IZ. urbanus from M. musculus,
Blyth said that “M. musculus has conspicuously larger ears,
much smaller eyes, broader paws, and the tail is ene fourth shorter,
measuring 3 inches in musculus and 4 in urbanus. The fur, again, is
of very different texture.’ Now I am by no means so satisfied of
the distinction of these two forms as Blyth seems to have been.
M. urbanus, it is true, has on the average somewhat smaller ears ; but
the difference is extremely small, and the measurements intergrade
completely. The stated difference in the size of the eyes must have
come solely from the manner of preservation of the specimens com-
pared; probably Blyth’s wrbanus was fresh, while his musculus was
in spirit, which would quite account for the difference. As to the
lengths of the tail, 3 and 4 inches respectively, I can only say that
I have never seen a spirit-specimen of urbanus with the tail more
than 3:5 inches, the average being considerably less ; and many speci-
mens of musculus have it from 3°2 to 34 inches ; so that we see that,
as far as regards the more essential characters of the dimensions of
the members, the two forms cannot possibly be separated. However,
the fur in wrbanus is always much shorter, and the colour much
paler than in musculus; so that specimens can always be placed
without difficulty under one or other heading; and therefore I pro-
visionally retain M. urbanus as a good species, its most marked dis-
tinctive characters being its fawn or reddish coloration and its short
crisp fur.
I do not think it is necessary to discuss the names put as synonyms
in detail: the types ofall of them except M. ty¢leri are in the British
Museum ; and I have not the smallest doubt in the case of any one
of these. The type of Mus rama from Malacca is of quite the usual
character, and might almost have belonged to the sare litter as that
of M. manei from Madras.
With regard to M. tytleri, we have a specimen, also from the
Dehra Doon, which fairly answers to Blyth’s description, and which
I assign to this species. It is the very palest specimen I have seen,
quite as pale as M. bactrianus ; but its belly is scarcely lighter than
its back, while that of M. éactrianus in pure white. Moreover we
have a similarly pale specimen from Calcutta. Dr. Anderson tells me
that the type of M. ¢yéleri is not in the Caleutta Museum; so that
we have only Blyth’s description to go upon; I think, however,
that I am correct in referring it to Mus urbanus.
Mus sublimis, W. Blanf.’, seems to be allied to this species ; but
without seeing specimens I cannot express any opinion as to its
? Zool, Yarkand Exp., Mamm. p, 51, 1879.
546 MR. O. THOMAS ON THE [May 3,
position. The type, and only known specimen, was obtained at
Tankse, Pankong Lake, Ladak, at a height of 13,000 feet.
12. Mus BACTRIANUS.
*MW. bactrianus, Blyth, J. A. S.B. xv. p. 140 (1846); Blanford,
Zool. East Pers. i. p. 56, pl. v. fig. 2 (1876) ; Danf. & Alst. P. Z.S.
1880, p. 61. ;
M. gerbillinus, Blyth, J. A.S. B. xxii. p. 410 (1853); Cat Mus.
As. Soc. p. 119 (1863).
M. theobaldi, Blyth, J. A.S. B. xxii. p. 583 (1853).
Hab. N.W. India and Cashmere, and westwards to the Euphrates
(Danford and Alston); Palestine (Brit. Mus., Tristram) ; Muscat,
Arabia (Blanford).
Fur rather short and crisp; above sandy fawn, the bases of the
hairs slate-colour ; below usually pure white, but with sometimes a
slight basal tinge of slate, especially in immature specimens. Ears
rather shorter than in J. urbanus, covered inside and out with
sandy-brown hairs. Tail about the length of the head and body, or
as arule rather longer, brown above and white beneath, the dif-
ference, however, not being strongly marked. Czecuin simple, about
0:7 inch long. Mamme 10, three pectoral and two inguinal pairs.
The type has a more reddish coloration than usual on the upper
side; but otherwise it is similar to Persian and Syrian specimens.
The skull presents no characters worthy of remark, being almost
exactly like that of Mus musculus. In immature specimens it is much
more convex above than it is later, and the nasal region is shorter.
Dimensions.
Baluchistan. Karachi. Palestine. Sind.
a. 3. b. og. ce. Q. d.imm. ¢.
Head and body ........ 3°4! 2°40 2°70 2°0
Date! eer aere seb ae: dette 3°55 3:23 2°90 2°45
Hind foot ............ 6. 75 66 65 65
Wbta 2)isrs'Sey..us aacwel shee “92 ‘73 75 “63
Forearm and hand ...... 90 73 75 “69
Ear-conch, length ...... “47 ‘40 45 *34
Muzzle to ear .......... 7 70 73 ‘62
This species is always readily distinguishable from other Indian
Mice by its pale colour and white belly. It would appear to bea
true desert form, having the coloration peculiar to the inhabitants
of sandy plains and being found only in districts where such plains
form a large part of the country.
Messrs. Danford and Alston (J. ¢.) give the dimensions of two
spirit-specimens taken at Oroul on the Euphrates; but I should
imagine that there has been some misprint among the figures, as I
1 Skull extracted.
? From the wpper side of the Inee-joint to the sole,
1881.] INDIAN SPECIES OF MUS. 547
have never seen a specimen, preserved in spirit, in which the tail
was considerably shorter than the head and body, as it is there stated
to be. One of this very series, moreover, is in the British Museum;
but it is only a much stretched skin, in which, nevertheless, the tail
is but little shorter than the head and body.
It will be seen by the table of measurements that in all the adult
specimens the hind foot is considerably shorter than the tibia, but in
an immature specimen (d) it is longer. This difference, combined
with the more dusky belly and more convex skull, inclined me at
first to consider this Sind specimen, and another quite agreeing with
it from Muscat, a distinct species; but I now believe that these
differences are only due to immaturity. It is true that in both
specimens all the molars are fully grown up into their places ; but
they are not worn at all, as are those of the other specimens
measured,
13. Mus cervicoLor.
* Mus cervicolor, Hodgs. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xv. p. 268 (1845).
M. strophiatus, Hodgs. loc. cit. (1845).
°M. albidiventris, Blyth, J. A. 8, B. xxi. p. 351 (1852).
Hab. Nepal; Calcutta’ (Blyth).
“‘ Abundant in cultivated fields of the valley of Nepal” (Hodg-
son).
Fur above and below slate-coloured for three fourths of its length,
the tips being above pale fawn, quite hiding the slate, and below
white. ars rather large, rounded, covered on both sides with very
short shining hairs. Tail usually about equal to the body alone,
without the head, by which character this species may be readily
distinguished from all other Indian Mice, with the exception of I.
(Leggada) buduga (q. v.). Czcum short, pouch-like, bent round
upon itself. Mammee 10, three pectoral and two inguinal pairs.
The skull, viewed from the side, seems to be more flattened than
usual in the frontal and nasal regions. On the whole it is similar to
that of J, (L.) buduga ; but this flattening is much more strongly
marked in WV, cervicolor, L. buduga having a distinct convexity of
the outline just in front of the orbits.
Dimensions.
Nepal (Hodgson).
ad. b. 9.
REINA OU oo ois stan tye nace ee 2°9 2°9
al ee Ee se hk eee eae 2°65
IN tOG tens sce tcelcac.cuorrtere Me eee OU 64
Forearm and hand.............. ‘80 *80
Far-couch, length’. 20. 0960 "45 *49
Mizzlestoieat. vias saves ores o'e.ars- acca *82 80
' ? Leggada buduga, Gr.
548 MR. 0. THOMAS ON THE [May 3,
This species seems to be most nearly allied to Leggada buduga,
Gr., the description of which (p. 553) should be carefully examined
before any specimen is set down as the present form, which is much
rarer and apparently almost confined to Nepal and the neighbouring
region.
With regard to the identity of Mus strophiatus with this species
I think there can be but little doubt. Hodgson’s drawing of M. cer-
vicolor represents two specimens, with the following notes attached :—
“ Male’s colour darker and duller, female’s lighter and purer.”
This distinction, which Hodgson, when the drawing was done, thought
to be sexual, he later founded MW. strophiatus upon, as there is a
second note on thesame drawing to the followingeffect: “‘Thereare two
species, Ist, duller huedand ungorgetted ; 2nd, brighter and gorgetted.”
This “ gorget ” is merely the extension upwards on the neck of the
light breast-colour, a character of no value whatever, as far as I
can judge by the specimens presented by him ; and the difference in
brightness seems to be very slight. We have not any specimens
named JL. strophiatus ; but one of those sent as cervicolor agrees very
fairly with his figure and description of that animal.
Mus albidiventris was referred to this species by Blyth himself in
his memoir; it seems possible, however, that it is another synonym
of WZ. buduga, which is very closely related to this species, and which
is more likely to be found in Calcutta.
It is very probable that J. cunicularis, Blyth *, from the Khasi
Hills, is a synonym of I. cervicolor, the description agreeing very
fairly, though the colour would seem to be somewhat darker ; this,
however, can only be settled by a reference to the types.
14. Mus ARIANUS.
Mus sylvaticus, L., De Fil. Viagg. Pers. p. 344 (1865),
*Mus erythronotus, W. Blanf. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (4) xvi. p. 311
(1875); East Pers. ii. p. 54, pl. v. fig. 3 (1876); Zool. Yark. Exp.
Mamm. p. 54 (1879), nec Temm. Faun. Japon. Mamm. p. 50
1850).
os arianus, W. Blanf. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (5) vii. p. 162 (1881).
Hab. Eastern Persia (Blanford), Gilgit, Cashmere (Scully),
Kashghar and Wakhan (Stoliezka).
Fur soft, without spines ; above dark red, the basal three fourths
of the hair dark slate-colour. Belly white. Mamme 6, one pec-
toral and two inguinal pairs. Tail slightly longer than the head
and body, brown above, white beneath. Ears long; laid forward
they reach quite to the eye. Czecum quite simple and rather long,
measuring 1°3 inch in specimen a.
1 J, A. 8. B. xxiv. p. 721 (1855),
1881.] INDIAN SPECIES OF MUS. 549
Measurements.
ry. * |
eis ao ede Gilgit (Dr. Seully).
ad bd. eg. da. 6.9
in, in. in. in. in.
Head and body...... 36 (¢c) 35 355 860340 = 367
Tail ccs. 4:0 39 405 395 41
Hand.foobilis. s34-t » (2 82 ‘86 82 “84
Forearm and hand) “95 “94 98 95 96 |
Ear-conch, length.. i “55 53 54 54 54
Muzzle to ear ...... ed C2) st aoe 90 90 92 |
This species is so very closely allied to the common Mus sylva-
ticus, L., that I think it is extremely doubtful whether it is more
than a variety of that species. The external characters (size, colour,
and proportions), with one exception, are identical with those of
English specimens of M. sylvaticus; the one exception is the length
of the hind foot, which in M. sylvaticus is remarkably long, much
more so than is usual among the species of restricted Mus, while in
M. arianus this part is only of normal length. Thus, the hind
foot of true VM. sylvaticus is distinctly longer than the distance
between the muzzle and ear, while, as shown by the measurements
given above, that of 1. arianus is always shorter. The following
are these two measurements in five English specimens of MV. sylva-
ticus ;—
Hind foot...... “90 88 ‘90 *87 *85
Muzzle to ear .. 86 Sl 84 "84 hh
These dimensions show that, in English individuals at least, the
comparative proportions of the hind foot are very different from
those of MW. arianus; but I have not been able to examine any
properly-preserved specimens from intermediate localities, so that I
cannot give a definite opinion as to the constancy of this character.
With regard to the skull, Mr. Blanford, in his Zoology of the
Yarkand Mission, has discussed the question of the relationships of
these two forms. He there states that in M. arianus the occipital
portion of the skull is lower, as also is the foramen magnum, the
opening of the posterior nares is broader, and the last upper molar’
is larger than in WZ. sylvaticus. On comparing the typical skull of
M. arianus with a series of skulls of J. sylvaticus, I find that a
Lanarkshire specimen has a lower occipital region, and that of
several British specimens some have higher and some lower occi-
pital foramina. With regard to the other characters certain speci-
mens approach VW. arianus very closely, though none quite equal it.
1 The dimensions given by Mr. Blanford, being those of the specimens when
fresh, are not suitable for comparison with those of specimens preserved in
spirit. I have therefore re-measured the types in the British Museum.
2 The hind feet of this specimen have been broken. Mr. Blanford gives
their length as ‘9; but this, I believe, includes the claws, though he unfortu-
nately does not mention whether it is so or not,
550 MR, O. THOMAS ON THE [May 3,
After describing these differences, Mr. Blanford himself says: —
“It is, however, by no means improbable that MW. erythronotus
(M. arianus) is merely a local race of M. sylvaticus ; and, with a
good series of specimens from various localities, the two might be
found to pass into each other.”
On the whole I think that 1. arianus will be found to represent
a short-footed eastern variety of M. sylvaticus worthy of a varietal
name, but not distinct enough to merit specific separation.
De Filippi’s “Jus sylvaticus, L.” is no doubt this short-footed
form, and not the true European M. sylvaticus.
This species is really a Paleearctic and not an Oriental form. It
only just crosses the extreme northern limits of our region, the
only Indian locality for it being Gilgit, North Cashmere, where
Dr. Scully obtained several specimens.
15, Mus NITIDULUS.
Mus nitidulus, Blyth, J. A. 8. B. xxviii. p. 294 (1859).
Hab. Schwe Gyen, Sitang R., Pegu (Berdmore); Darjiling (Blan-
ford); Sikhim, ‘ mountains 4500 feet”” (Argent).
Fur long, sometimes spiny, dark slate-colour for nine tenths of
its length, then yellowish grey, with the extreme tips black. Tail
slightly longer than the head and body, brown above and white
below. Hind foot much longer than in WM. urbanus, exceeding the
distance between the muzzle and the ear, as in true WW. sylvaticus,
L. (see p. 549). Skull with the front edge of the outer wall of the
infraorbital foramen strongly slanting' (Plate LI. fig. 8), all the
other Indian species, when adult, having this edge perpendicular, or
even curving beyond its base. Czecum short, 0°52 inch in length.
The following are the dimensions of our only spirit-specimen, an
adult female, in which, however, I cannot make out the number of
mammee :—Head and body 3:0, tail 3°58, hind foot '80, forearm
and hand °88, ear-conch length -50, nose to ear ‘77.
This species, to which I refer two of our Indian Mice, was de-
scribed by Blyth from Pegu; he did not mention the peculiarity of
the wall of the infraorbital foramen; but the description of the
external characters agrees very closely.
Our two specimens of this species present another example of
the uselessness, as a specific character, of the presence or absence of
spines in the fur—one of them, the specimen measured, having its
fur rather soft, and almost entirely spineless, while the other has its
fur nearly wholly composed of spines, quite as much as in average
specimens of Legyada platythriz.
16. Mus merrapba, Gr.
*Golunda meltada, Gray, Charlesw. Mag. N.H. i. p. 586 (1837).
* Mus lanuginosus, Ell. Madr. Journ. Lit. Sci. x. p, 212 (1839).
1 This same peculiarity in M. blanfordi was found to be due to immaturity;
but in this species it appears to be an adult character, as both of the above-
mentioned specimens are not only full-grown, but even aged, their teeth being
quite worn down.
1881. } INDIAN SPECIES OF MUS. 551
Mus mettada, Blanford, J. A. S. B. xlvi. (2) p. 290, pl. i. (skull,
foot, &c.) (1877).
“* Metad” of Tank-diggers.
Hab. Madras Presidency.
Fur long, soft, and spineless. General colour above grey, below
white. Hairs above dark slate-colour for seven eighths of their
length, then yellowish white, the extreme tips black or dark brown;
some have all the distal quarter of the hair black; these darker
hairs, as usual, are more numerous along the centre of the back.
Belly-hairs slate-colour for their basal three fourths; the tips white,
hiding the slate. The line of separation between the upper and
lower colours, as a rule, is not well marked.
Mamme 8, two pectoral and two inguinal pairs. Tail about
the length of the head and body, varying, in our specimens, from a
3 of an inch longer to 4 an inch shorter. Hairs on the tail nume-
rous, rather longer than in most other species, but not forming a
pencil at the tip; colour brown above and white below. Ears
large, rounded, clothed inside and out with short shining hairs.
Feet white or pale brown. Czecum wide and rather short, measur-
ing just an inch in the only specimen (an adult male) in which it
has been preserved. ‘The skull has been so well figured and de-
scribed by Mr. Blanford (/. c.) that there is no need for me to enter
into any details concerning it.
Dimensions.
Ahmednagar. Madras.
t, b
s
x ets
Head and body ...... 45 4:56
AD ATM ft thet eS 4:2 4:70
Hind foot .......... 1:0 1°05
Forearm and hand eas 1°30
Ear-conch, length .... “60 60
Nose toear ........ 1°15 1°15
There are, as usual, five pads on the fore feet ; but on the hind
feet a most remarkable difference is observable. All other species
of the genus that I have ever seen, have six well-defined pads, the
last always strongly marked, linear in the Rats and circular in the
Mice; but in this species the sixth pad is always, and the fifth
frequently, suppressed. Of eight spirit-specimens that I have
examined, three have only four, with the position of the fifth very
faintly indicated in one of them ; the other five (the specimens from
Ahmednagar referred to in Mr. Blanford’s paper) have five well-
defined circular pads. In one of these last there is an extremely
faint indication of the normal sixth pad; but so faint is it that a
lens is needed to make out its limits at all.
This suppression of the hinder foot-pads is, judging from ana-
logy, most probably owing to the Metdd’s habitually moving and
sitting, more or less, like a Jerboa, because we find that, in all
genera doing this, the foot-pads are either suppressed behind or
552 MR. O. THOMAS ON THE [May 3,
crowded together in the front part of the sole. The extreme of this
suppression is represented by the Common Jerboa (Dipus jaculus),
which has only one hind foot-pad; Gerdillus has four, all close
together at the roots of the toes ; and Zapus (the North-American
«« Jumping-Mouse’’) has five. The members of these genera are
all well known constantly to rest on the front part of the hind foot,
aud not to be in any way plantigrade, as are the Muride with six
well-developed hind foot-pads ; we are therefore, I think, justified
in considermg the Metad as showing the commencement of a
similar differentiation, which, however, has not gone nearly so far
as in the others. Mus blanfordi has its foot-pads rather crowded
together in the front of the foot; so that it is possibly also rather
‘ess plantigrade than usual.
As to the affinities of this animal (which seems to be somewhat
isolated from the other Indian species), it may be seen by the
synopsis on p. 531, that the only character, apart from size, by
which to separate the Rats from the Mice is the very different shape
of the sixth hind foot-pad ; and therefore the rudiment of this pad,
mentioned above as occurring in one of our specimens, will be of
service to us. This rudiment is very nearly circular ; and there-
fore, as far as we can rely on any one character, even though nearly
universal in its application, we may, for the present, consider Mus
mettada a large Mouse rather than a small Rat.
Subgenus LeGGapa.
Leggyada, Gray, Charlesw. Mag. N. H. i. p. 586 (1837).
Nannomys, Peters, Monatsh. Acad. Berl. p. 480 (1876).
First upper molars with an extra cusp on their front edge (see
Plate LI. figs. 10,11). Fur more or less spiny.
Hab. India and Africa.
This subgenus was founded by Gray on his Leggada buduga, and
was also stated to include Bennett’s Mus platythriz. It has hitherto
been considered to be confined to India; but Dr. Peters’s careful
description of his subgenus Nannomys shows most conclusively that
it-is identical with Leggada; in fact, his characters are the very same
as Dr. Gray’s, except that he lays rather more stress on the pre-
sence of spines in the fur.
The types of Mus minutoides, Smith’, from South Africa, pre-
served in the British Museum, certainly belong to this subgenus;
and so, with Dr. Peters’s two species, J. minimus” from Mozam-
bique, and I. setulosus* from the Cameroons, we have three spe-
cies of Leggada recorded from Africa; and there is no doubt that
more still remain to be described when that continent is further
explored. Some of the African species already described will pro-
bably also turn out to be members of this subgenus.
The presence of this form in Africa was quite to be expected,
1 §. Afr. Quart. Journ. ii. p. 157 (1835).
2 Reise nach Mossambique, p. 153 (1852),
3 Monatsb, Ak. Berl. 1876, p. 480.
eS
1881.] INDIAN SPECIES OF MUS. 553
considering the large number of murine types common to the
Ethiopian region and the peninsula of India.
The only Indian species certainly belonging to this subgenus are
the two following :—
17. Mus (LeGeapa) PLATYTHRIX.
* Mus platythrix, Benn. P. Z. 8. 1832, p. 121 (1832).
Leggada platythrix, Gray, Charlesw. Mag. N. H. i. p. 586 (1837).
fab. The peninsula of India, south of the Nerbudda.
Fur above and below composed almost entirely of flattened spines.
General colour sandy brown above, white below, the line of demar-
cation well-defined. Above, the hairs and spines are pale slate-
coloured for about half their length; there is then a subterminal
ring of yellow, gradually darkening to the extreme tip, which is
nearly black. Ears short, rounded, slate-coloured. Tail only
the length of the body without the head; covered above with
brown, and below with white hairs. Mamme 10, three pectoral
and two inguinal pairs. Hind feet short, with six pads, which are
all small and circular (Plate LI. fig. 12). The type, as is shown by
the measurements given below, has a considerably longer tail than
any other specimen that I have seen, but is otherwise similar to the
rest. Skull with the anterior palatine foramina very long, extend-
ing to the middle of the first molar; anterior edge of the zygoma-
root perpendicular.
For measurements, see Table, p. 556.
This species is a well-marked form, and cannot be confounded
with any other. It always possesses the extra cusps to the front
upper molars characteristic of the subgenus, while, as mentioned
below, LZ. duduga is frequently without them. Sir Walter Elliot
(/. c.) has given a full account of its manner of life, which seems to
be entirely that of a burrowing animal.
The other Indian Leggada is far smaller, and has not by any
means such a simple history, having been given several different
names, as may be seen by the following synonymy.
18. Mus (LeGGapa) BuDUGA.
* Leggada booduga, Gray, Charlesw. Mag. N. H.i. p. 586 (1837).
* Mus lepidas, Ell. Madr. Journ. Lit. & Sci. x. p. 216 (1839).
Leggada lepida, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xxxii. p. 350 (1863).
Mus terricolor, Blyth, J. A. 8. B. xx. p. 172 (1851).
Mus fulvidiventris et ?M. albidiventris, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xxi.
p: 351 (1852).
* Mus beavani, Peters, P. Z. S. 1866, p. 559 (1866).
“ Buduga”’ of the tank-diggers, fide Elliot J. e.
Hab. Continental India, south of the Ganges and Indus, and
Ceylon.
Fur rather short and crisp, sometimes mixed with very fine flat-
tened spines, sometimes quite without them. Colour above pale
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1881, No. XXXVI. 36
554 MR. O, THOMAS ON THE [May 3,
sandy brown, the basal halves of the hairs slate-colour. Below, the
hairs are pure white, sometimes quite to their roots; sometimes the
basal halves are slate-colour; and there is every stage between the
two. ‘Tail generally nearly equal to the head and body, rarely just
exceeding them, covered with hairs which are much shorter than in
L. platythriv. Mamme 10, three pectoral and two inguinal pairs.
Hind foot-pads six, small, circular. Ears small, oval ; laid forward
they just reach to the eye. Czecum short and pouch-like.
For measurements see Table, p. 556.
In this species we find the link which, by way of Mus cervicolor,
bridges over the space between Leggada and Mus. L. platythriz is
strongly differentiated, and always shows clearly the extra cusp on
the upper molar; but in many specimens of L. duduga this cusp is
not distinguishable, and these specimens are barely separable speci-
fically from Mus cervicolor. Almost the only character to distin-
guish them is the different length of the ear-conch, which varies
from 0°41 to 0°49 inch in MZ cervicolor, and from 0°32 to 0°39 in
LL. buduga. The colours and other proportions are very similar ;
and it seems very probable that we shall yet obtain intermediate
specimens from the region where the ranges of the two species
approximate—namely, in the valley of the Ganges, which seems at
present to be the dividing line between the two forms.
With regard to the name which must stand for this species, it
unfortunately happens that Gray’s' barbarous term “ dooduga”
antedates Elliot’s name Jepida by two years. We cannot ignore
the name dooduga as barbarous without also doing the same in the
case of the Metadd, which was called J. meltada by Gray and M.
lanuginosus by Elliot in the same papers in which this species re-
ceived its two names. I have therefore done what Mr. Blanford
did with regard to WM. mettada '\—namely, correct Gray’s erroneous
spelling of the native name, and then use it provisionally until some
final understanding is come to with regard to the use of barbarous
words as specific names.
Mus beavani, Peters, of which the Museum possesses two immature
individuals of the typical series, is quite undistinguishable from this
species. Our specimens show distinctly the extra cusps on the upper
molars ; and the proportions are quite the same. The species was de-
scribed from specimens brought from Maunbhoom by Lieut. Beavan,
and would appear to be the true Mus terricolor, Blyth, which is said to
be ‘* the most common field- and garden-mouse in Lower Bengal.”
With regard to the specific. distinction of this last species, Blyth
says :—‘‘ This much resembles JV. depidus, Ell., in form and colour,
but the face is very much shorter, and the fur short, soft, and not
spinous in the least degree.”
We have seen, by many instances, how utterly valueless the cha-
racter of the presence or absence of spines is; and in this species,
even when well developed, they are by no means stout or conspi-
cuous ; and, as far as regards the shortness of the face, I have been
quite unable to perceive any thing of the sort in any of our spineless
1 J, A. §. B. xlvi. p. 289 (1877).
eaeES-—<S” St”
1881.] INDIAN SPECIES OF MUS, 595
Bengal specimens. Moreover Jerdon says':—‘ A specimen has been
sent to Mr. Blyth by Walter Elliot from Southern India, along with
a lot of Mus lepidus, from which he did not distinguish it.” This,
of course, is a strong confirmation of my opinion as to the identity
of the two forms, since so acute an observer as Sir W. Elliot did
not separate them, and they were found together in the same loca-
lity. : The proportions given by Blyth are moreover precisely the
same’,
I have also but little doubt that Blyth’s M. fulvidiventris is also
a synonym of this species. When describing it Blyth stated that it
was the “ Mus cervicolor, Hodgs.’’ of Kelaart. Now we have seen
how closely allied L. duduga and’. ecervicolor are ; and some of
our Ceylon specimens are extraordinarily similar externally to that
species. Moreover there is nothing in Blyth’s description to mili-
tate against this conclusion except the stated “ rufescent or isabel-
line”’ colour of the belly. This tinge, however, may easily have
been the result of the defective preservation of the type, a frequent
cause of a more or less yellow instead of white coloration of fur.
M. albidiventris, Blyth, described at the same time as IZ. fulvidi-
ventris, was later considered by the describer to be a specimen of
M. cervicolor; but I think it very possible that it may be this
Species, judging from its locality (Calcutta).
The drawing given of the teeth (Plate LI. fig. 10) has been taken
from the actual specimen upon which Gray founded the genus
Leggada. I have also (fig. 11) had a side view of the first molar
of the same specimen taken, showing the extra cusp (a) in profile, and,
for the sake of comparison, the side view of the same tooth of
another equally spiny specimen, which has scarcely a trace of the
extra cusp. These two figures show that there is no correspondence
between the presence of spines in the fur and extra dental cusps.
In fact, in the British-Museum series there are specimens (1) with
both spines and extra cusps, (2) with spines and no extra cusps,
(3) no spines, but distinct extra cusps, and (4) neither spines in
the fur nor extra cusps on the molars.
This series seems to me quite to preclude the possibility of sepa-
rating these variable Mice into two or more distinct species.
Blyth described two other species as belonging to Leggada,
namely L. spinulosa*® and L. jerdoni. The latter is a good species
of true Mus, and has»been treated of already (p. 537). The former,
however, I am quite unable to identify, though I believe it will turn
out also to be a good species, unless L. platythrix should be found
to occur in the Punjab, in which case it might be only a synonym
of that species.
ww
1 Mamm. Ind. p. 209.
2 Dr. Anderson has sent two specimens of the true M. terricolor from the
neighbourhood of Calcutta, expressing at the same time his opinion that that
species is distinct from LZ. buduga. These specimens, however, only confirm my
opinion as to their identity, agreeing exactly in colour, and being nearly as
spiny as the typical specimens of L. buduga.
8 J. A. 8. B. xxiii. p. 734 (1854).
36*
556 MR. 0. THOMAS ON THE [May 3,
Table of Measurements.
Leggada platythria. L. buduga. L. minutoides.
| gUveoe Memrwl aires Ba lve ee = hese
Ad. ¢.
Deccan Ad. dG. Ad. 2. Ad. Ge | Ad. foie Ad. °. Dr. Smith’s types.
(type). |S. India. Madras. | Ceylon. | Madras. | Ajmere. South Africa.
in. in in. in in. in in. in
Length of head and body} 33 3°45 3535 23 2-5 2-45 2°15 2-09
es tal Ieee 30 2°55 2°63 2°45 2°45 2:53 177 1°75
i hind foot ...... 67 70 68 65 1B 57 BS 52
a forearm and
BANG weccns: ‘90 92 “84 “76 “71 “65 62 ‘61
- ear-conch...... *B9 46 “45 39 38 37 “Bl *B9
Breadth of ear-conch ... 33 “41 “44 3D oe 32 “30 32
Nase to ear ieeccevs. e008 “89 ‘95 “93 ‘79 66 65 D9 -60
re A a ne ae
Subgenus VANDELEURIA.
Vandeleuria, Gray, Ann. & Mag. N. H. x. p. 265 (1842).
First and fifth toes on both fore and hind feet provided with a
short nail instead of a claw (see Plate LI. fig. 13 & 13a). Tail very
long.
There is only one undoubted species of this subgenus, of which
the following is the synonymy :—
19. Mus (VANDELEURIA) OLERACEUS.
*Mus oleraceus, Benn. P. Z. S. 1832, p. 121 (1832).
* Mus longicaudatus, Ell. Madr. Journ. x. p. 94 (sine deser.) (1839).
Mus dumicolus, Hodgs. J. A. S. B. x. p. 915 (1841).
Vandeleuria oleraceus, Gray, Aun. & Mag. N. H. x. p. 265 (1842).
* Mus (Vandeleuria) dumeticola, Hodgs. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xv.
p- 268 (18435).
Mus povensis, Hodgs. op. cit. p. 269 (1845).
Mus (Vandeleuria) oleraceus, Anders. Zool. Yunn. Exp. p. 313
(1878).
Hab. Burmah, and all India from Nepal to Madras.
Fur above bright rufous, the roots of the hairs dark slate-colour ;
belly pure white. Mammez 8, two pectoral and two inguinal
pairs. Tail very much longer than the head and body. Hind foot
and pads as shown in Plate LI. fig. 13. An upper view of the fifth
toe, on a larger scale, is also given (fig. 13 a) to show its very pecu-
liar short nail. The cecum is unusually large for such a small
animal, measuring no less than 1°6 inch in an adult female, in which
also the whole length of the intestine from pylorus to anus is just
over 13 inches.
This is such a well-marked species, and Dr. Anderson (JZ. ¢.) has
recently so well described it, that I need only give its chief dimen-
sions, taken from the type specimen, an adult male in spirit, col-
lected by Col. Sykes in the Deccan.
JSunit lith
MUS BLANFORDI
E235 1861 PU
Mintern Bros.imp.
INDIAN SPECIES OF MUS.
(DETAILS).
—_ oo -
1881.] INDIAN SPECIES OF MUS. 557
Head and body 2°6 inches, tail 4°3, hind foot 0°71, forearm and
hand 0:9, ear-conch length 0°46, muzzle to ear 0°75.
‘I can find no difference of any importance between the types of
V. oleracea and V. dumeticola, Hodgs.; and they appear to be
certainly of the same species. The “ Mus dumecolus, specimen 6,”
of Gray’s Catalogue of Hodgson’s collection’, quite agrees with the
latter’s description of his Mus povensis, and is most probably the
actual type.
Mus nilagiricus, Jerdon*, may possibly turn out to be a second
species of this subgenus, but more probably is only a rather large
hill-form of this one. The head and body measures 3:5 inches, and
the tail5. The colours seem to be much the same in the two forms.
There now remains but one of Hodgson’s species of Mus which I
have not referred to, namely MZ. myothriv®. In his ‘Mammals of
India’* Jerdon has suggested that this species is related to Golunda
ellioti, Gr. On examining the type of I. myothrix, a very bad
skin, without the head, I find that there can be but little doubt
that it is a specimen of that species, as it possesses the peculiar
grooved spines and the hairy tail characteristic of G. ellioti, and
the colours and proportions appear to be quite the same. It is true
that the Gulandi has not hitherto been recorded so far north as
this ; but there is a specimen in the British Museum, obtained at
Dugshai; so that there is nothing surprising in its being found
further east in Nepal.
Hodgson has the following notes to his drawings of M. myothriz:—
**Got at Kahiilia powa, in central region, about 6700 feet 3” and
* Found on mountain top, in a burrow, whence it was dug out.”
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Puare L.
Mus blanfordi. The type, a not fully adult female.
Puare LI.
Figs. 1 & 2. Hind foot and palate-ridges of Mus jerdoni.
3. Anterior zygoma-root of :—a, Mus alerandrinus; b, Mus fulvescens.
4. Side view of the skull of Mus blanfordi, taken from a fully adult male
specimen.
5. Upper and under views of the skull of the same species. Taken from
the type.
6. Right tind foot of Mus blanfordi( 3). .
7. Left ear of M. cervicolor, showing the measuring-points (4@, 4).
8 & 9. Skull and right hind foot of M. nitzdulus.
10. Teeth of Leggada buduga, from above, taken from the type specimen.
11. Side view of the first upper molars of two specimens of the same spe-
cies, showing the variable character of the extra anterior cusp (¢).
12. Right hind foot of Leggada platythrix.
13. Right hind foot of Vandeleuria oleracea.
13a. Upper view of the fifth toe of the same foot, much enlarged, showing
the peculiar short nail characteristic of the subgenus Vandeleuria.
1 Ist ed. p. 18 (1846). 2 Mamm. Ind. p. 203 (1867).
3 Ann. & Mag, N. H. xv. p. 267 (1845). *Mamm. Ind. p. 214.
5 A full description of Golwnda ellioti has been published by Mr. Blanford,
J. A. 8. B. 1876, p. 165, and 1877, p. 292.
558 MR. E. A. SMITH ON CYPREA DECIPIENS AND [May 3,
4. Note on Cyprea decipiens. By Enear A. Sorta.
[Received March 23, 1881.]
My description of Cyprea decipiens appeared in the Society’s
‘Proceedings’ for 1880, p. 482. At that time only a single spe-
cimen was known, and that, unfortunately, in a worn and somewhat |
bleached state. The British Museum has lately purchased two other
examples in most brilliant condition, brought home by the master of
a trading vessel from Port Walcot, North-west Australia.
At the time of describing this species I pointed out several dis-
tinctions between it and the South-Australian OC. thersites, which
differences are maintained in the two fine shells before me. These
are similar in size to the type figured (P. Z. 8. 1880, pl. xlviii. figs. 8,
8 a), and present the same excessive dorsal humpiness; but their base is
scarcely so flattened, the outer lip especially being decidedly rounded.
The colour, too, appears to be variable. One specimen has the base
perfectly black ; and this colour extends up the sides almost halfway
to the vertex ; and the spotting on the back is much darker than ori-
ginally described. The second example is greyish brown or mouse-
colour at the base, becoming rather darker towards the teeth. The
former tint extends only a little way up the sides, and is varied with
a few remote irregularly placed roundish dark spots. The upper or
dorsal region, however, is like that of its fellow example. The teeth
were stated to be about twenty in number; but in these two shells
there are two more. The colour of the aperture far within is lilac ;
and the body-whorl within, beyond the teeth, is brownish white.
It is most satisfactory to obtain two further specimens of a species
which, at first sight, so much resembles a dwarfed C. thersites ; for
they not only prove the stability of the species, but at the same
time confirm the judgment originally expressed as to its specific dis-
tinctness.
5. Descriptions of two new Species of Shells from Lake
Tanganyika. By Epear A. Smirn.
[Received April 16, 1881.]
Mr. Damon, of Weymouth, knowing the interest I have taken in
the shells of this lake, has kindly submitted to me for examination
a small collection which he recently obtained from this locality.
The two species about to be described are the only novelties. These,
however, possess much interest because of their relationship to the
genus Tiphobia. The opercula of the two forms are identical ; but
the character of the shells is so different that I am inclined to pro-
pose a new section, or subgenus, for the reception of the two new
ones. These in texture are solid, longitudinally costate and trans-
1881.] ON NEW SHELLS FROM LAKE TANGANYIKA. 559
versely lirate, the points of intersection of the liree and coste being
more or less granular. The aperture is ovate, and not produced into
a canal at the base as in Tiphobia; and the columella and upper
extremity of the outer lip are connected by a thickish callosity. This
division (Paramelania) will also include the Melania nassa of Wood-
ward, so remarkable for its great variability.
PaRAMELANIA, subgen. nov.
Shell solid, ovate-conical, imperforate, longitudinally ribbed and
transversely lirate, covered with a thin epidermis. Aperture ovate,
entire, indistinctly effuse at the base. Last whorl sometimes slightly
prolonged inferiorly. Peristome thick, margins joined by a callosity.
Operculum like that of Tiphodia.
PARAMELANIA DAMONI,
Shell solid, imperforate, ovate turreted, white, covered with an
olive-brown epidermis, prettily sculptured with fine yet distinct wavy
lines of increment, and more or less distinct transverse impressed
strie. Whorls 10, very concave at the upper part, the concavity
Paramelania damoni.
occupying about one third of the whorl; concavity smooth, merely
exhibiting the epidermal sculpture; rest of the whorls coarsely
plicated and spirally ridged. Plice rather acute, about 12 in
number on the penultimate whorl, a little oblique on the last, and
becoming obsolete about the middle. Spiral lire rather slender,
equal, continuous on and between the plicee; 4 upon the upper
volutions, and about 14 on the last. The uppermost, which defines
the upper end of the coste, is produced into very short hollow scales
or spines upon the ribs ; and the second and sometimes the third have
the same character in a less marked degree. Aperture obliquely
ovate, occupying about half the length of the shell, covered with a
slight callous deposit far within, not quite obscuring the external
560 ON NEW SHELLS FROM LAKE TANGANYIKA. [May 3,
coloration. Outer lip somewhat expanded, much thickened within,
white, concave above, arcuate at the side. Base also thickened and,
together with the lower extremity of the whorl, forming a broad,
retroverted, and very short cauda. Upper end of labrum joined to
the base by a rather thick defined callosity, which spreads over the
body-whorl within the mouth.
Length 35 millim., diam. above the aperture 16; aperture 15
long, 9 broad.
Operculum black, closing the aperture, but at some distance from
the peristome.
PARAMELANIA CRASSIGRANULATA.
Shell solid (? fossil), imperforate, ovate turreted, dirty whitish
(? bleached). Whorls probably about 8; four remaining narrowly
excavated at the upper part, convexish at the sides, strongly plicate
and spirally sulcated and ridged. Plice arcuate, oblique, 12 to 15
on the penultimate whorl, 15 to 17 on the last, becoming more or
less obsolete towards the base. Sulci deep, cutting the plicze into
nodules, which number 5 or 6 upon the upper whorls. Transverse
ridges on the last further apart below than above the middle, with
the exception of 3 or 4 at the extreme base; these are finer, closer
together, and hardly if at all granulous. Aperture, peristome, and
basal prolongation very similar to those of the preceding species.
Length 28 millim., diam. 13; aperture 13 long, 7 wide.
Fig. 2.
Paramelania crassigranulata.
This species, of which we know but two specimens in worn and
semifossil condition, is distinguished from the preceding by the nar-
rower excavation or tabulation at the upper part of the volutions,
and the more rounded and more coarsely granulated ribs and spiral
lire. The general form and the relative proportion of the spire to
the length of the last whorl are so much alike in the two forms, that
I feel a little hesitation in specifically separating them, bearing in
mind the excessive variability of P. nassa.
P.Z.5.1881.P1 LI
J.Smnit lith Hanhart imp |
1.SIGMODUS SCOPIFRONS. |
2. HYPARGUS NIVEIGUTTATUS. |
1881.] ON BIRDS FROM EASTERN AFRICA. 561
PARAMELANIA NAssA ( Woodward.)
In my previous paper (P. Z.S. 1881, p. 292) I have remarked upon
three forms of this species—the typical as described by Woodward,
the larger variety sent by Dr. Kirk, and a small few-ribbed one
collected by Mr. Thompson. A further investigation of these, based
on the specimens kindly sent me by Mr. Damon, makes it somewhat
doubtful whether, instead of the one species, they should not be rather
regarded as three. At all events they are so readily distinguishable
that I propose to give varietal names to them respectively, namely
var. grandis (P. Z. 8. 1881, pl. xxiv. figs. 26, 26a) and var.
paucicostata (fig. 266). The former not only exceeds the typical
form in size, but the columella appears to be always slightly sub-
truncate at the base. The latter is a shorter shell, with a smaller and
more acute spire; and the plice are considerably fewer than usual.
6. List of Birds recently collected by Dr. Kirk in Eastern
Africa. By Captain G. E. Saettey, F.Z.S.
[Received March 23, 1881.]
(Plate LII.)
Dr. Kirk has kindly forwarded to me no less than seven collections
of birds from the little-explored regions of Eastern Africa, from the
following localities :—
“A collection from Lamo, in 2° S. lat.
‘A collection from Melinda, in 3° S. lat.
Three collections from the Usambara country, from the valley of
the Pangani river, labelled respectively ‘‘ Pangani,” ‘ Usambara
hills,”’ “‘ Usambara mountains.” E
A collection from Ugogo, about 200 miles due west from Zanzibar.
A collection from Dar-es-Salaam.
In the following paper, which gives an account of these collections,
I shall follow the classification employed by Drs. Finsch and
Hartlaub in their standard work ‘Die Végel Ostafrikas.’? I have
added a few notes to indicate the geographical distribution of each
species in the Ethiopian region.
1. GypoHIERAX ANGOLENSIS.
Gypohierax angolensis (Gm.), Finsch & Hartl. Vig. Ostafr.
p- 77; Sharpe, Cat. B.i. p. 312.
Usambara hills.
Hitherto this species has only been recorded as East-African from
the island of Pemba, in the same latitude. It also ranges through-
out the entire West-African region, from Senegal to Angola.
2. SprzAiTUS BELLICOSUS.
Spizaétus bellicosus (Daud.), Finsch & Hartl. Vig. Ostafr. p. 47;
Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 265.
Usambara mountains.
562 CAPT. G. E. SHELLEY ON [May 3,
Rare in Eastern Africa, where it has previously only been recorded
from the island of Zanzibar. Its range appears to be East Africa
southward from the Usambara country, and South Africa, where it
becomes rarer in the western districts.
3. LoPpHOATUS OCCIPITALIS.
Spizaétus occipitalis (Daud.), Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 50;
Fischer & Reichenow, J. f. O. 1878, p. 251; Fischer, J. f. O. 1879,
pp. 276, 292.
Lophouétus occipitalis, Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 274.
Usambara hills.
Dr. Fischer found it abundant from Melinda, round Formosa Bay,
to Witu. It inhabits the whole of Africa south of about 17° N. lat.
4, CrRcaiiTUS CINEREUS.
Circaétus cinereus (Vieill.), Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 54 ;
Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 282.
Usambara mountains.
It inhabits the whole of Africa south of about 16° N. lat.
5. BUTASTUR RUFIPENNIS.
Buteo rufipennis, Strickl. P. Z. 8. 1850, p. 214, pl. 22.
Poliornis rufipennis, Sundev., Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 95.
Butastur rufipennis, Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 299.
Pangani.
This is the most southern limit whence the species has been re-
corded. It ranges northward to Kordofan.
6. FaLco CUVIERI.
Falco cuvieri, Smith, Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 400.
Lamo.
New to East Africa. This rare species was formerly only known
from South and West Africa.
7. BAZA VERREAUXI.
Baza verreauxi (Lafr.), Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 354.
Avicida orientalis, Fischer, J. f. O. 1879, p. 292.
Avicida verreauxi, Fischer & Reichenow, tom. cit. p. 339.
I recently procured a specimen of this rare Cuckoo-Falcon from
a small collection made by the Rev. Thomas Wakefield at Rabbai,
near Mombas. Dr. Fischer collected it at Muniuni. It ranges
along the bushy coast-land of East Africa, as far south as Natal.
8. AsTURINULA MONOGRAMMICA.
Asturinula monogrammica (Temm.), Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ost-
Afr. p. 59; Sharpe, P. Z.S. 1873, p. 711; id. Cat. B. i. p. 2755
Nicholson, P. Z.S. 1878, p. 354; Cab. J. f. O. 1878, p. 242; Fischer
1881. ] BIRDS FROM EASTERN AFRICA. 563
& Reichenow, tom. cit. pp. 251, 272; Fischer, J. f. O. 1879, p. 292 ;
Gurney, Ibis, 1881, p. 124.
Asturinula meridionalis (Hartl.), Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 277.
Pangani river; Dar-es-Salaam.
This appears to be the commonest Hawk in Eastern Africa. It
ranges on the east coast from Abyssinia to the Zambesi, and on the
west coast from Senegal to Damaraland.
I agree with Mr. Nicholson (J. c.) in not considering 4. meridio-
nalis (Hartl.) to be distinct ; or I should refer the specimens before
me to that race.
9. AsTUR POLYZONOIDES.
Nisus badius (part.), Finsch & Hartl. Vig. Ostafr. p. 81.
Astur polyzonoides (Smith), Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 113.
Dar-es-Salaam. One immature specimen.
This species has hitherto only been recorded from South Africa,
where it is chiefly confined to the northern portion, from the Zam-
besi to Benguela.
10. Circus ZRUGINOSUS.
Cireus eruginosus (Linn.), Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 67.
Usambara hills. A fine adult male.
This is the first time the Marsh Harrier has been collected in
East Africa. It ranges throughout the whole of the African conti-
nent, having been recorded from Natal and Angola; but is of rare
occurrence south of the equator.
11. GLAUCIDIUM PERLATUM.
Glaucidium perlatum (Vieill.), Sharpe, Cat. B. ii. p. 209.
Ugogo.
Mr. Sharpe (J. c.) gives as the range of this species “the whole of
Africa south of the Sahara, excepting the forest-regions of the west
and east coast.”
This species is here recorded for the first time from East Africa
north of the Zambesi. Ugogo is inland of the forest-region of the
Zanzibar coast.
12. GLAUCIDIUM CAPENSE.
Athene capensis, Smith, Finsch & Hartl. Vig. Ostafr. p. 98.
Glaucidium capense, Sharpe, Cat. B. ii. p. 223; Nicholson, P. Z.S.
1878, p. 354.
Dar-es-Salaam.
It ranges apparently throughout South Africa, and extends north-
ward on the east coast to Dar-es-Salaam.
13. BuBoO MACULOSUS.
Bubo maculosus (Vieill.), Finsch & Hartl. Vig. Ostafr. p. 103 ;
Sharpe, Cat. B. ii. p. 30.
Lamo; Usambara hills.
564 CAPT. G. E. SHELLEY ON [May 3,
New to the Zanzibar district. Compared with Natal examples,
these specimens agree perfectly; and I think Drs. Finsch and
Hartlaub’s reference (/.c.) should properly be referred to the pre-
sent species, although Mr. Sharpe (/. c.) includes it as a synonym of
B. cinerascens, Guér. I cannot now venture to offer an opinion
upon the specific value of B. cinerascens, and can therefore only
assign as the range of B. maculosus the whole of South Africa and
East Africa as far north as Lamo.
14. Scors CAPENSIS.
Scops capensis (Smith), Cab. J. f. O. 1878, p. 241.
Dar-es-Salaam.
This species was first collected in East Africa at Kitui, in Ukamba,
by Dr. Hildebrandt, whence it ranges throughout Africa south of the
equator, and in Western Africa extends as far north as the Gold
Coast. North of these limits it is replaced by S. giu.
15. SyRNIUM WOODFORDI.
Syrnium woodfordi (Smith), Finsch & Hartl. Vég. Ostafr. p. 108 ;
Sharpe, Cat. B. ii. p. 267; Fischer & Reichenow, J. f. O. 1878,
p- 251; Fischer, tom. cit. p. 273: id. J. f. O. 1879, pp. 289, 290 ;
Fischer & Reichenow, tom. cit. p. 340; id. J. f. O. 1880, p. 140;
Fischer, tom. cit. p. 188.
Pangani.
Dr. Fischer procured it at Witu, Muniuni, and Zanzibar. It
ranges from Abyssinia throughout the whole of East and South
Africa.
16. CAPRIMULGUS MOSSAMBICUS.
Caprimulgus mossambicus, Peters, J. f. O. 1868, p. 134; Sharpe,
New ed. Layard’s B. S. Afr. p. 88.
Caprimulgus fossei, Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 123, pl. i.;
Fischer, J. f. O. 1877, pp. 208, 423; Cab. J. f. O. 1878, p. 236;
Fischer & Reichenow, tom. cit. p. 256; Fischer, J. f. O. 1879,
p- 300; Fischer & Reichenow, tom. cit. p. 344.
Lamo; Melinda; Pangani; Usambara hills; Usambara moun-
tains; Ugogo; Dar-es-Salaam.
This is apparently a common bird in the Zanzibar province. It
is, I believe, confined to East Africa, where it ranges as far south as
Tete, on the Zambesi.
17. CosMETORNIS VEXILLARIUS.
Cosmetornis vewillaris (Gould), Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr.
p- 129.
Ugogo.
This species ranges from the Upper White Nile district through-
out East Africa to the Zambesi; is found in Madagascar and in
South-west Africa, extending from Damaraland to Malemba, near
the mouth of the Congo.
1881.] BIRDS FROM EASTERN AFRICA. 565
18. HiruNpo RUSTICA.
Hirundo ruistea (Linn.), Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 134 ;
Sharpe, P. Z.S. 1870, p. 305; Sharpe & Dresser, tom. cit. p. 244;
Fischer, J. f.O. 1877, p. 180; Cab. J. f. O. 1878, p. 222; Fischer,
J. f. O. 1879, pp. 292, 293; Fischer & Reichenow, tom. cit. p. 344.
Cecropis rustica, Cab. J. f. O. 1878, p. 208.
Lamo ; Pangani river; Ugogo.
It ranges throughout Africa as a migrant, following the summer
season.
19. HiruNpDO MONTEIRI.
Hirundo monteiri, Hartl., Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 139 ;
Sharpe, P. Z.S. 1870, p. 316; 1873, p. 713; Cab. J. f. O. 1878,
p- 222; Fischer & Reichenvow, tom. cit. p. 257; Fischer, tom. cit.
p- 280; id. J. f. O. 1879, p. 279; Fischer & Reichenow, tom. cit.
p. 344.
Pangani; Usambara hills.
It ranges in East Africa from Mombas to the Zambesi, and on the
west coast from Damaraland to the Congo.
20. Hrrunpo PUELLA, Temm.
Hirundo puella, Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 140; Sharpe,
P. Z.S. 1870, p. 319; 1873, p. 713; Cab. J. f. O. 1878, p. 222 ;
Fischer & Reichenow, tom. cit. p. 257; Fischer, tom. cit. p. 280 ;
id. J. f. O. 1879, p. 302; Fischer & Reichenow, tom. cit. p. 344.
Malinda; Usambara hills; Dar-es-Salaam.
This is a migratory species, common, according to Dr. Cabanis
(J. c.), about Mombas from April to December, and breeding there.
It ranges throughout Hast Africa from Abyssinia to Natal, where I
have received several specimens from the neighbourhood of Durban.
On the west coast it has been collected on the Cunene river in
Benguela, and extends northward to Fantee, where I found it very
abundant in February and March.
21. EURYSTOMUS AFER.
Eurystomus afer (Lath.), Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 150;
Sharpe, Ibis, 1871, p. 274; id. P. Z.S. 1873, p. 712; Nicholson,
P. Z.S. 1878, p. 354; Cab. J. f. O. 1878, p. 234; Fischer & Reich-
enow, tom. cit. p. 255; Fischer, tom. cit. p. 287; id. J. f.0. 1879,
p- 291; Fischer & Reichenow, tom. cit. p. 243 ; Gurney, Ibis, 1881,
p. 124.
Usambara mountains; Dar-es-Salaam.
This species ranges throughout the whole of East Africa, from
Kordofan to the Zambesi, and on the west coast from Senegal to
Angola. I have examined a specimen collected by Mr. Oates, pro-
bably from the Matabili country; but the exact locality was not
recorded upon the label.
566 CAPT. G. E. SHELLEY ON [May 3,
22. CORACIAS GARRULA.
Coracias garrula, Linn., Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 152;
Sharpe, Ibis, 1871, p. 189; id. P. Z.S. 1873, p. 712; Cab. J. f.0.
1878, p. 234; Fischer, J. f. O. 1879, pp. 291, 303; Fischer &
Reichenow, tom. cit. p. 343 ; Gurney, Ibis, 1881, p. 124.
Usambara mountains.
This species ranges throughout the eutire African region, but
migrates northward of the tropics about May.
23. CORACIAS CAUDATA.
Coracias caudata, Linn., Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 154;
Sharpe, Ibis, 1871, p. 194; id. P. Z.S. 1873, p. 712; Fischer, J. f. O.
1877, p. 178; Nicholson, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 354; Cab. J. f. O. 1878,
p. 234; Fischer & Reichenow, tom. cit. p. 254; Fischer, J. f. O.
1879, pp. 283, 291; Gurney, Ibis, 1881, p. 124.
Pangani; Usambara mountains; Dar-es-Salaam.
This is a common bird, and very generally distributed throughout
East Africa, extending as far north as Bogue, near the southern
extremity of the Victoria Nyanza, where it has been collected by
Captain Speke. It also ranges over the whole of South Africa and
Angola.
24. CORACIAS NEVIA.
Coracias nevia, Daud., Sharpe, Ibis, 1871, p. 190.
Dar-es-Salaam.
This species ranges throughout Africa south of about 17° N. lat.,
but is here recorded for the first time from East Africa.
25. HAPALODERMA CONSTANTIA.
Trogon narina (part.), Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 155;
Fischer & Reichenow, J. ft. O. 1878, p. 253 ; Fischer, J. f.O. 1879,
pp- 288, 289; Fischer & Reichenow, tom. cit. p. 342; Gurney, Ibis,
1881, p. 124. ;
Hapaloderma constantia, Sharpe & Ussher, Ibis, 1872, p. 281.
Melinda; Usambara mountains.
These two specimens agree perfectly with one of the types of
H. constantia in my own collection.
This race, as yet only recorded from Fantee and the Zanzibar
coast, is, I suspect, the one which inhabits North-eastern Africa,
H. narina (Vieill.) being probably confined to South Africa. Jointly
these races inhabit the whole of Africa south of the equator, and
extend northward to Ailet ou the Red Sea and to Fantee on the
west coast.
a/26. HALCYON SENEGALOIDES.
Halcyon senegaloides, Smith, Sharpe, Monogr. Alced. p. 187,
pl. 68; Cab. J. f. O. 1878, p. 235.
Haleyon irroratus, Reichenb., Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr.
p- 159; Fischer & Reichenow, J. f. O. 1878, p. 258; Fischer, tom.
1881.] BIRDS FROM EASTERN AFRICA. 567
cit. p. 288; id. J. f. O. 1879, p. 293; Fischer & Reichenow, tom.
cit. p. 343.
Lamo; Melinda; Pangani.
This species ranges from Lamo to Port Natal.
eS
27. HALcyYON SEMICHRULEA.
Halcyon semicerulea (Forsk.), Sharpe, Monogr. Alced. p. 173,
pl. 64; Finsch & Hartl. Vég. Ostafr. p. 160; Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1873,
p. 712; Fischer, J. f. O. 1877, pp. 172, 180; Cab. J. f. O. 1878,
p- 235; Fischer & Reichenow, tom. cit. p. 255; Fischer, J. f. O.
1879, pp. 293, 303.
Pangani.
In East Africa this Kingfisher has not yet been recorded from any
locality between Zanzibar and the Zambesi; but I have had the
opportunity of examining a specimen collected by Mr. Oates from
South-eastern Africa, between Tati and the Victoria falls of the
Zambesi.
This species ranges from 16° N. lat. to about 21° S. lat.; but is
only met with as a straggler towards its southern limits,
‘98. HALCYON ORIENTALIS.
Halcyon orientalis, Peters, Sharpe, Monogr. Alced. p.181, pl. 66;
Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 162; Fischer & Reichenow, J. f.O.
1878, p. 255; Fischer, tom. cit. p. 288; id. J. f. O. 1879, p. 293;
Gurney, Ibis, 1881, p. 124.
Lamo.
This species ranges throughout East Africa from Lamo to the
Zambesi. Some specimens in my own collection from the Zambesi
approach so nearly in their plumage to the common H., albiventris
of Natal that it is not without hesitation that I keep HZ. orientalis
and H. albiventris as distinct species.
They appear to me to be local varieties which lose their characters
towards the confines of their respective habitats, as, for instance,
between the Zambesi and the Transvaal.
29. HALCYON CHELICUTENSIS.
Halcyon chelicutensis (Stanley), Sharpe, Monogr. Alced. p. 182,
pl. 67; Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostatr. p. 163; Sharpe, P. Z.S. 1873,
p. 712; Fischer,J. f. O. 1877, pp. 171, 172,.176; Nicholson,
P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 354; Fischer & Reichenow, J. f. O. 1878, p. 255 ;
Fischer, tom. cit. p.288; id. J. f.0. 1879, pp. 293, 303 ; Fischer &
Reichenow, tom. cit. p. 344; Gurney, [bis, 1581, p. 124.
Halcyon variegatus, Cab. J. f. O. 1878, p. 235.
Melinda; Pangani; Usambara mountains.
It ranges from about 16° N. lat. to 30°S. lat.
30. CoryYTHORNIS CYANOSTIGMA.
Corythornis eristatus, Sharpe, Monogr. Alced. p. 35, pl. 11 (1869).
Alcedo cristata, Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 167; Fischer,
568 CAPT. G. E. SHELLEY ON [ May 3,
J. f.O. 1877, p. 207; Cab. J. f. O. 1878, p. 235; Fischer &
Reichenow, tom. cit. p. 255; Fischer, tom. cit. p. 288; id. J. f. O.
1879, p. 293.
Corythornis cyanostigma (Riipp.), Sharpe, Monogr. Alced. p. vi
(1871).
Pangani; Usambara hills.
This species is not uncommon from Mombas to Zanzibar, and is
probably evenly distributed throughout East Africa. It ranges over
the entire African continent south of about 15° N. lat.
It appears to me strange that the correct name for this species
should be so generally overlooked by recent writers.
31. IspIDINA PICTA.
Ispidina picta (Bodd.), Sharpe, Monogr. Alced. p. 141, pl. 51.
Alcedo picta, Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 171; Cab. J. f. O.
1878, p. 235; Fischer & Reichenow, tom. cit. p. 256 ; Fischer, tom.
cit. p. 288.
Dar-es-Salaam.
From Dar-es-Salaam, its southern limit on the east coast, it ranges
northward into Abyssinia, and extends over the entire west coast
from Senegal to the Quanza river in Angola.
32. CERYLE RUDIS.
Ceryle rudis (Linn.), Sharpe, Monogr. Alced. p. 61, pl. 19;
Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p.175; Fischer, J. f.O. 1877, p. 425 ;
Nicholson, P. Z.S. 1878, p. 355; Cab. J. f. O. 1878, p. 235;
Fischer & Reichenow, tom. cit. p. 255; Fischer, tom. cit. p. 289;
id. J. f. O. 1879, p. 293.
Pangani river; Dar-es-Salaam.
This species ranges throughout the entire African continent.
33. M®EROPS APIASTER.
Merops apiaster, Linn., Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 195.
Dar-es-Salaam.
The Common Bee-eater is here recorded for the first time from
East Africa. It ranges over the whole of Africa, but everywhere
occurs only on migration.
.
34. MEROPS SUPERCILIOSUS.
Merops superciliosus, Linn., Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 178 ;
Fischer, J. f. O. 1877, p. 177; Nicholson, P. Z.S. 1878, p. 355;
Cab. J. f. O. 1878, p. 235; Fischer & Reichenow, tom. cit. p. 256 ;
Gurney, Ibis, 1881, p. 125.
Pangani; Melinda; Dar-es-Salaam.
This species is undoubtedly distinct from M. egyptius, Forsk.,
which latter bird has often been referred to as the adult summer
plumage of the present species ; and, owing to this error, I cannot
venture to define accurately their geographical distribution. The
present species certainly ranges throughout the whole of Hast aud
1881.] BIRDS FROM EASTERN AFRICA. 569
South Africa, Madagascar, and the Comoro Islands ; while M. egyp-
tius as certainly ranges throughout North Africa, and extends south-
ward to Durban, in Natal; but it appears to be by far the rarest of
the two species south of the equator.
35. MEROPS NUBICUS.
Merops nubicus, Gm., Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 182;
Fischer & Reichenow, J. f. O. 1878, p. 256; Fischer, tom. cit.
p- 288; Bocage, Orn. d’Angola, p. 90; Fischer, J. f. O. 1879,
pp- 282, 294, 302, 303.
Lamo; Pangani.
The Pangani river appears to be its furthest authentic limit south,
as its occurrence in Cape Colony, on the authority of a specimen in
the Leiden Museum, is very doubtful; nor do I consider its claims
to be a native of Angola any more satisfactory. I am, in conse-
quence, obliged to limit the range of this species in East Africa
from 15°N. lat. to Zanzibar, and in West Africa to Senegambia.
36. MELITTOPHAGUS PUSILLUS.
Merops minutus (P.L.S. Miil.), Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ost-
afr. p. 188; Fischer & Reichenow, J. f. O. 1878, p. 256; Fischer,
tom. cit. p. 288.
Merops pusillus, Sharpe, P. Z.S. 1873, p. 712; Nicholson, P. Z.S.
1878, p. 355.
Melittophagus cyanostictus, Cab. J.f.O. 1875, p. 340; id. J. f.O.
1878, p. 235.
Lamo; Melinda; Dar-es-Salaam.
This species ranges throughout Africa south of about 17°N. lat.,
and is represented in my collection by three races, to be distinguished
by the following characters :—(1) East-African race, M.cyanostictus,
Cab., with a distinct cobalt-blue eyebrow extending forward in a
narrow streak round the forehead, the front border of the black
collar rather more distinctly margined with blue than in the next two
races, represented by five East-African specimens; (2) South-African
race, with a distinct blue eyebrow of a paler shade than in the last
race and not extending forward to the forehead, represented by nine
South-African and two Congo specimens; (3) Gold Coast race, the
blue eyebrow barely visible and not extending forward beyond the
eye, the blue front border to the black collar generally a trifle
narrower than in the other races, represented by seven specimens
from the Gold Coast.
I can detect no other characters for these races, and do not con-
sider those mentioned to be of specific value.
37. DicROCERCUS HIRUNDINACEUS.
Merops hirundineus (Licht.), Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 193.
Dicrocercus hirundinaceus, Nicholson, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 355.
Dar-es-Salaam.
This species ranges in East Africa from the Djur country (Upper
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1881], No. XXXVII. 37
570 CAPT. G. E. SHELLEY ON [May 3,
White Nile district) to the Zambesi, and on the west coast from
Senegal to the Orange river in South Africa.
38. Upupa AFRICANA.
Upupa africana, Bechst., Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 200.
Upupa minor, Cab. J. f. O. 1878, p. 234.
Pangani.
Dr. Cabanis, /. ¢., records it as having been collected by Dr. Hilde-
brandt in Uteita, its most northerly habitat in East Africa yet
known. It also inhabits the whole of South and West Africa.
39. IRRISOR ERYTHRORHYNCHUS.
Irrisor erythrorhynchus (Lath.), Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr.
p- 202; Sharpe, P. Z.S. 1873, p. 712; Fischer, J. f. O. 1877,
p- 178; Nicholson, P. Z.S. 1878, p. 355; Fischer & Reichenow,
J. f. O. 1878, p. 256; Fischer, tom. cit. p. 287; id. J. f. O. 1879,
p- 291; Fischer & Reichenow, J.f. O. 1880, p. 141; Gurney, Ibis,
1881, p. 125.
Irrisor senegalensis, Cab. J. f. O. 1878, p. 234.
Usambara mountains ; Ugogo; Dar-es-Salaam.
It ranges throughout Africa south of about 16° N. lat.
40. RHINOPOMASTES CYANOMELAS.
Irrisor cyanomelas (Vieill.), Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 207;
Fischer & Reichenow, J. f. O. 1878, p. 256; Fischer, tom. cit.
p- 287; id. J. f. O. 1879, p. 291; Fischer & Reichenow, tom. cit.
p- 344.
Rhinopomastes cyanomelas, Cab. J. f. O. 1878, p. 235.
Lamo.
This species ranges throughout Africa south of about 15° N. lat.
41. CINNYRIS MICRORHYNCHUS.
Nectarinia jardinei, Finsch & Hart]. Vig. Ostafr. p. 218, pl. 2.
fig. 1; Sharpe, P. Z.S. 1873, p.713; Fischer & Reichenow, J. f.O.
1878, p. 260; Fischer, tom. cit. p. 280; Fischer, J. f. O. 1880,
pp. 188, 191.
Cinnyris microrhynchus, Shelley, Monogr. Sun-birds, p. 219, pl. 67
(1876); Nicholson, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 355; Gurney, Ibis, 1881,
p- 125.
Cinnyris jardinei, Cab. J. f. O. 1878, p. 227; Fischer & Reiche-
now, J. f. O. 1879, p. 347.
Usambara hills; Dar-es-Salaam.
This species is confined to the Zanzibar coast.
42. CINNYRIS GUTTURALIS.
Nectarinia gutturalis (Linn.), Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr.
p- 216; Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 713; Fischer & Reichenow, J. f. O.
1878, p. 260; Fischer, tom. cit. p. 280; id. J. f. O. 1879, p. 300;
id. J. f. O. 1880, pp. 188, 191.
Cinnyris gutturalis, Shelley, Monogr. Sun-birds, p. 261, pl. 81;
1881.] BIRDS FRON EASTERN AFRICA. 571
Nicholson, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 355; Cab. J. f. O. 1878, p. 227;
Fischer & Reichenow, J. f. O. 1879, p. 348; Gurney, Ibis, 1881,
p- 125.
Pangani; Usambara hills; Dar-es-Salaam.
This species ranges from Mombas to Natal, and thence to
Damaraland and Angola.
43. CINNYRIS KIRKI.
Cinnyris kirki, Shelley, Monogr. Sun-birds, p. 273, pl. 85 (1876) ;
Gurney, Ibis, 1881, p. 125.
Cinnyris kalckreuthi, Cab. J. f.O. 1878, p. 227; Fischer &
Reichenow, J. f. O. 1879, p. 348.
Nectarinia kalckreuthi, Fischer & Reichenow, J. f. O. 1878,
p- 260; Fischer, tom. cit. p. 280; id. J. f. O. 1879, p. 300.
Usambara hills.
This species is confined to East Africa, where it ranges from
Mombas to the Zambesi.
44, ANTHREPTES ZAMBESIANA.
Nectarinia collaris, pt., Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 223 ;
Sharpe, P. Z.S. 1873, p. 713; Fischer & Reichenow, J. f. O. 1878,
p- 260; Fischer, J. f. O. 1879, p. 300, 1880, pp. 188, 191.
Anthodieta zambesiana, Shelley, Monogr. Sun-birds, p. 343,
pl. 111; Nicholson, P. Z.S, 1878, p. 356; Gurney, Ibis, 1881,
425.
a Anthodieta collaris, Cab. J. f. O. 1878, p. 227.
Pangani; Dar-es-Salaam.
Like the last species, it ranges from Mombas to the Zambesi.
45. CisTICOLA ISODACTYLA.
Drymoica isodactyla, Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 236;
Sharpe, P. Z.S. 1873, p. 712.
Cisticola isodactyla, Peters, Nicholson, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 356.
Pangani; Usambara hills; Dar-es-Salaam.
This is a common bird on the Zanzibar coast, and ranges from
Mombas to Delagoa Bay in South-eastern Africa.
46. CisTICOLA HAMATOCEPHALA.
Drymoica stulta, Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 235.
Cisticola hematocephala, Cab. J. f. O. 1878, p. 222; Fischer &
Reichenow, tom. cit. p. 267; Fischer, tom. cit. p. 280; id. J. f. O.
1879, pp. 279, 303; Fischer & Reichenow, tom. cit. p. 354.
Lamo.
This species has been collected at Mombas by the Baron von der
Decken and by Dr. Fischer ; and the latter gentleman gives a descrip-
tion of the nest and eggs. Dr. Hildebrandt procured it on the coast
and at Kitui in Ukamba. Beyond this limited portion of Eastern
Africa it has, as yet, only been recorded from the Loango coast, in
Western Africa, by Dr. Cabanis. i
37
572 CAPT. G. E. SHELLEY ON [May 3,
47. CIsTICOLA RHODOPTERA.
Cisticola rhodoptera, Shelley, Ibis, 1880, p. 333.
Usambara hills.
The type specimen is the only one I have yet seen of this species.
48. Mr.LocicHLA MENTALIS.
Drymoica mentalis, Fraser, P. Z.S. 1843, p. 16.
Melocichla mentalis, Cab. J. f. O. 1878, p. 221.
Usambara mountains.
Dr. Hildebrandt collected this bird at Kitui in Ukamba. The
only other locality I am aware of for this species is the Gold Coast.
Two specimens collected by Dr. Kirk agree well with skins in my
own collection from Fantee.
49. SAXICOLA @NANTHE.
Sazicola enanthe, Linn., Cab. J. f. O. 1878, p. 220; Gurney,
Tbis, 1881, p. 125.
Usambara hills ; Usambara mountains.
The Common Wheatear was first collected in East Africa by Dr.
Hildebrandt, near the Adi river in Ukamba.
This species ranges throughout North Africa, and extends south-
ward on the east coast to the Pangani river, and on the west coast
to the Gambia.
50. SaAxXICOLA SHELLEYI.
Savicola shelleyi, Sharpe, new ed. Layard’s B. S. Afr. p. 246.
Ugogo.
Dr. Kirk has sent me three’specimens (a, 4, c), which differ con-
siderably in their plumage, although all collected at the same time of
the year.
As this species is but little known, I shall give a short description
of the plumage of these specimens, as well as of two others (d, e)
from the Zambesi, collected by Dr. Bradshaw and also in my own
collection.
Tn all the general plumage is black.
Spec. a has the forehead and crown white slightly shaded with
brown, and with indistinct brown stripes down the centres of the
feathers; the wing-coverts, with the exception of a few of the outer
ones, are white ; the primary- and greater wing-coverts broadly tipped
with black ; the basal half of the outer scapulars edged with white.
Spec. b. Forehead, crown, and chin slightly mottled with white
feathers ; wings asin spec. a, only with the black tips tothe primary-
and greater wing-coverts slightly broader.
Spec. ¢. Entire chin and throat white, the feathers narrowly tipped
with black, forming irregular bars; the centre of the chest mottled
with white; wings as in spec. a, excepting that the black ends to the
greater wing-coverts gradually disappear towards the innermost ones,
which are entirely white.
Spec. d. Similar in plumage to spec. c, but with the white feathers
1881. ] BIRDS FROM EASTERN AFRICA. 5x6
not descending so far down on the centre of the chest ; no black
ends to any of the wing-coverts ; primary-coverts more narrowly
tipped with black.
Spec. e. Similar to spec. d, with the white feathers of the throat
ending at. the base of the crop ; only the basal half of the primary-
coverts white, the greater coverts broadly tipped with black.
51. MoraciLua VIDUA.
Motacilla vidua, Sund., Finsch & Hart]. Vog. Ostafr. p. 263;
Fischer J. f. O. 1879, p. 294; Fischer & Reichenow, tom. cit.
p- 355.
Ugogo.
This species was first collected in the Zanzibar province by Dr.
Fischer, at Muniuni. It ranges from the First Cataract of the Nile
throughout East and South Africa, and thence on the west coast
as far north as Lagos.
52. MorTaciLua FLAVA.
Motacilla fava, Linn., Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 268 ;
Fischer & Reichenow J. f. O. 1878, p. 268; Fischer, J. f. O. 1879,
pp. 294, 303.
Pangani.
This species ranges over the whole of Africa.
53. ANTHUS RAALTENI.
Anthus raalteni, Temm., Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 274;
Fischer, J. f.O. 1877, p. 207; Nicholson, P. Z.S. 1878, p. 356; Cab.
J.f. 0.1878, p. 220; Fischer & Reichenow, tom. cit. p. 268 ; Fischer,
tom. cit. p. 279; id. J. f. O. 1879, pp. 294, 297, 299, 303; Fischer
& Reichenow, tom. cit. p. 355.
Pangani.
54. ANTHUS PYRRHONOTUS, Vieill.
Melinda.
New to East Africa.
This species ranges throughout South Africa, and extends north-
ward on the east coast to Melinda.
55. Macronyx CROCEUS.
Macronyx croceus (Vieill.), Finsch & MUartl. Vég. Ostafr.
p- 276 ; Cab. J. f. O. 1878, p. 220; Fischer & Reichenow, tom. cit.
p. 267; Fischer, tom. cit. p. 279; id. J. f. O. 1879, pp. 294, 303;
Fischer & Reichenow, tom. cit. p. 355; Gurney, Ibis, 1881, p. 125.
Macronyz striolatus, Nicholson, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 356.
Usambara hills ; Dar-es-Salaam.
On the east coast it ranges from the White-Nile district to Natal,
and on the west coast from Senegal to Angola. The exact distri-
bution in South Africa appears to me to be as yet a little uncertain ;
for, although common in the eastern districts in suitable localities,
574 CAPT. G. E. SHELLEY ON [May 3,
I am not aware of its having been collected either in Cape Colony
or in Damaraland.
I do not consider VM. striolatus, Heugl., and M. croceus (Vieill.)
to be distinct.
56. MacRONYX TENELLUS.
Macronyz tenellus, Cab. J. f. 0. 1878, pp. 205, 220, pl. 2. fig. 1;
Fischer, J. f. O. 1879, p. 299; Fischer & Reichenow, tom. cit.
p- 395.
Lama.
This species appears to have a very limited range, having only as
yet been recorded from the northern portion of the Zanzibar pro-
vince.
57. TURDUS LIBONYANUS.
Turdus libonyanus, Smith, Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 280 ;
Fischer & Reichenow, J. f. O. 1880, p. 144.
Ugogo.
Dr. Fischer procured this species at Mozambique in May. It
ranges southward from Ugogo to Kuruman and thence to Dama-
raland and Benguela, but is a rare and local bird, apparently not
inhabiting Cape Colony nor yet recorded from any portion of West
Africa.
58. TurDUS TEPHRONOTUS.
Turdus tephronotus, Cab. J. f. O. 1878, pp. 205, 218, pl. 3.
fig. 2; Fischer & Reichenow, tom. cit. p. 268; Fischer, tom. cit.
p. 279; id. J. f. O. 1879, p. 279.
Lamo.
This species was first described by Cabanis, /.c., from specimens
collected by Dr. Hildebrandt during his journey into Uteita and
Ukambani, at the Tiva river and at Udi. Dr. Fischer procured it
at Lamo and at Kipini; and as yet these are the only localities
where it is known to occur.
59. CossyPHA NATALENSIS.
Cossypha natalensis (Smith), Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 282.
Bessornis natalensis, Fischer, J. f. 0. 1879, pp. 278, 287; Fischer
& Reichenow, tom. cit. p. 356.
Lamo; Melinda.
It ranges from Lamo to Natal, and crosses the northern portion of
South Africa to Benguela and Angola.
60. CossyPHA HEUGLINI.
Cossypha heuglini, Hartl., Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 283.
Bessornis heuglini, Cab. J. f. O. 1878, p. 219; Fischer & Reiche-
now, tom. cit. p. 268; Fischer, J. f. O. 1879, pp. 278, 287, 303 ;
Fischer & Reichenow, tom. cit. p. 356.
Lamo; Ugogo.
The type was collected at Wau, in the White-Nile district,
1881.] BIRDS FROM EASTERN AFRICA, 575
whence it ranges southward, on the east coast, to Ugogo, and has
been recorded from the west coast from the Congo and Benguela.
61. MonticoLa saxaTILis.
Monticola sawatilis (Linn.), Cab. J. f.0. 1878, p. 219; Gurney,
Ibis, 1881, p. 125.
Petrocinela saxatilis, Fischer & Reichenow, J.f. O. 1879, p. 355 ;
1880, p. 144.
Pangani; Usambara hills; Usambara mountains; Ugogo.
Although apparently a common bird in the Zanzibar province, it
had not been recorded from East Africa previous to its being col-
lected by Dr. Hildebrandt at Duruma in Wanika and in Ukamba.
It ranges throughout North Africa, extending southward in East
Africa to Bagamoyo, opposite Zanzibar Island, where it has been
collected by Dr. Fischer, and inland to Ugogo.
62. CRATEROPUS KIRKI.
Crateropus jardinei, Sclat. P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 108; Finsch & Hartl.
Vég. Ostatr. p. 289, pt.
Crateropus kirki, Sharpe, Nicholson, P. Z.S8. 1878, p. 356; Cab.
J. f. O. 1878, p. 226; Fischer & Reichenow, tom. cit. p- 260;
Fischer, tom. cit. p. 278.
Usambara hills ; Usambara mountains.
This species ranges from Bogue in Uzinga (where it has been
recorded on the authority of Captain Speke) southward to the
Zambesi.
63. ARGYA RUBIGINOSA.
Crateropus rubiginosus, Riipp., Fischer & Reichenow, J. f. O.
1878, p. 260; Fischer, J. f. O. 1879, p. 289.
Pangani.
Dr. Fischer procured this species at Mombas. There is a speci-
men from Zanzibar in the British Museum. From Zanzibar it ranges
northward to Shoa, in North-eastern Africa, about 10° .N. lat,
64, PHYLLOSTREPHUS STREPITANS.
Criniger strepitans, Reichenow, Ornith. Centralbl. 1879, p. 139;
Fischer, J. f. O. 1879, pp. 278, 287; Reichenow & Schalow, tom.
cit. p. 318.
PA toe Gbis sharpei, Shelley Ibis, 1880, p. 334.
Phyllostrephus strepitans, Sharpe, Cat. B. vi. Dethys
Dar-es-Salaam.
This species ranges from Melinda, where it has been collected by
Dr. Fischer, to Dar-es-Salaam.
Mr. Sharpe, who has recently examined these birds in the course
of preparing the British-Museum Catalogue, informs me that Ori-
niger strepitans is identical with my Phyllostrephus sharpet.
65. ORIOLUS GALBULA,
Oriolus galbula, Linn., Sharpe, P. Z.S. 1873, p- 714; id. Cat,
576 CAPT. G. E. SHELLEY ON [May 3,
B. iii. p. 191; Cab. J. f. O. 1878, p. 234; Gurney, Ibis, 1881,
p- 126.
Lamo; Usambara mountains; Ugogo.
It ranges throughout Africa, but is everywhere migratory, only
occurring in Tropical and Southern Africa during the winter months.
66. Or1IOLUS NOTATUS.
Oriolus notatus, Peters, Finsch & Hartl. Vig. Ostafr. p. 291 ;
Sharpe, Cat. B. iii. p. 196; Cab. J. f. O. 1878, p. 234; Fischer &
Reichenow, tom. cit. p. 261; Fischer, tom. cit. p. 287; Fischer &
Reichenow, J. f. O. 1879, p. 349; Gurney, Ibis, 1881, p. 126.
Lamo; Melinda; Usambara mountains ; Ugogo.
In nine East- and South-African specimens before me the black on
the tail differs in extent in each; and it appears to me that there are
no constant characters by which O. auratus, Vieill., and O. notatus,
Peters, can be specifically separated.
67. ORIOLUS BRACHYRRHYNCAUS.
Oriolus larvatus, Sharpe, P. Z.S. 1873, p. 714; Nicholson,
P. Z. S. 1878, p. 356.
Oriolus brachyrrhynchus, Swains., Sharpe, Cat. B. iii. p. 218.
Oriolus rolleti, Fischer & Reichenow, J. f. O. 1878, p. 262;
Fischer, J. f. O. 1879, pp. 282, 300; Fischer & Reichenow, tom.
cit. p. 349.
Lamo; Melinda; Usambara mountains; Dar-es-Salaam.
It ranges in Eastern Africa from Lamo to Dar-es-Salaam, and on
the west coast from Sierra Leone to the Gaboon. I have one of
Dr. Fischer’s specimens from Mombas, labelled O. rolleti, which
belongs to this species, not to the larger South-African form O. lar.
vatus. The O. larvatus of both Sharpe and Nicholson (U. cc.) un-
doubtedly belongs to this species.
68. ANDROPADUS FLAVESCENS.
Andropadus flavescens, Hartl., Finsch & Hartl. Vig. Ostafr.
p- 295, pl. 3. fig. 1; Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1873, p. 712; Fischer, J. f. O.
1877, pp. 180, 425; Fischer & Reichenow, J. f. O. 1878, p. 261 ;
Fischer, tom. cit. p. 278; id. J. f. O. 1879, pp. 287, 303; Fischer
& Reichenow, tom. cit. p. 348; Fischer, J. f. O. 1880, pp. 188, 192.
Lamo; Melinda; Pangani.
It ranges from Lamo to Zanzibar.
69. PycNONOTUS LAYARDI.
Pycnonotus nigricans, Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 297, part. ;
Sharpe, P. Z.S. 1873, p. 712; Fischer, J. f. 0.1877, p. 175; Cab.
J. f. O. 1878, p. 227; Fischer & Reichenow, tom. cit. p. 260;
Fischer, tom. cit. p. 278; id. J. f. O. 1879, pp. 287, 303; 1880,
pp. 188, 192.
Pycnonotus layardi, Gurney, Ibis, 1879, p. 390.
Pangani; Usambara hills; Usambara mountains ; Dar-es-Salaam.
1881.] BIRDS FROM EASTERN AFRICA. 577
None of Dr. Kirk’s specimens has the red-wattled eyelid of P.
nigricans ; but all agree perfectly with the common Natal form, for
which Mr. Gurney, /. c., has proposed the name of P. layardi.
This species ranges from Mombas southward throughout Eastern
Africa to Natal and Kaffraria.
70. Muscicapa GRISOLA.
Muscicapa grisola, Linn., Finsch & Hartl. Vig. Ostafr. p. 300 ;
Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 713; id. Cat. B. iv. 151; Fischer, J. f. O.
1877, p. 180; id. 1879, p. 302.
Butalis grisola, Cab. J. f. O. 1878, p. 223; Fischer & Reichenow,
tom.*cit. p. 258.
Pangani; Usambara hills; Usambara mountains.
It ranges throughout Africa, but is migratory in its habits.
71. TERPSIPHONE PERSPICILLATA.
Terpsiphone cristata, Finsch & Hart]. Vog. Ostafr. p. 304;
Fischer, J. f. O. 1877, pp. 172, 175, 179, 207.
Terpsiphone perspicillata, Swains., Sharpe, Cat. B. iv. p. 357.
Usambara mountains.
This species ranges throughout South Africa to Angola on the
west coast, and to the Usambara country in East Africa.
72. TERPSIPHONE CRISTATA.
Terpsiphone melanogastra, Finsch & Hartl. Vig. Ostafr. p. 309 ;
Fischer, J. f. O. 1879, pp. 278, 288, 300, 303.
Terpsiphone ferreti, Cab. J. f. O. 1878, p. 223; Fischer &
Reichenow, tom. cit. p. 258; Fischer, tom. cit. p. 273; id. J. f. O.
1879, p. 277; Fischer & Reichenow, tom. cit. p. 345.
Terpsiphone cristata (Gm.), Sharpe, Cat. B. iv. p. 354.
Lamo; Melinda.
This species ranges in East Africa from Kordofan to Zanzibar, in
which latter locality it has been collected by Dr. Fischer, and on the
west coast from Senegal to the Congo.
73. Batis SENEGALENSIS.
Platystira senegalensis (Linn.), Finsch & Hartl. Vég. Ostafr.
p- 317; Fischer & Reichenow, J. f.O. 1878, p. 257; Fischer, tom.
cit. p. 274; id. J. f. O. 1879, pp. 288, 303.
Batis senegalensis, Sharpe, Ibis, 1873, p. 173; id. P. Z. S. 1873,
p- 713; id. Cat. B. iv. p. 134.
Usambara hills; Usambara mountains; Dar-es-Salaam.
This species ranges from 16° N. lat., on the east coast, to Dar-es-
Salaam, and on the west coast from Senegal to the Congo.
The Platystira senegalensis, Monteiro (P. Z.S. 1865, p. 95),
from Benguela, refers to Batis pririt (Vieill.).
74. PLATYSTIRA PELTATA.
Platystira peltata, Sundev., Sharpe, Ibis, 1873, p. 160, pl. 4.
figs. 2, 3; Cab. J. f. O. 1878, p. 224; Fischer & Reichenow, tom,
578 CAPT. G. E. SHELLEY ON [May 3,
cit. p. 257; Fischer, tom. cit. p. 274; Sharpe, Cat. B. iv. p. 147;
Fischer, J. f. O. 1879, p. 288.
Lamo.
It ranges from Lamo to the Zambesi and the eastern portion of
South Africa.
75. BRADYORNIS PALLIDUS.
Bradyornis pallidus (Mill.), Finsch & Hartl.Vég. Ostafr. p. 322;
Sharpe, Cat. B. iii. p. 310; Nicholson, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 357; Cab.
J. f. O. 1878, p. 223; Fischer & Reichenow, tom. cit. p. 257;
Fischer, tom. cit. p. 273; id. J. f. O. 1879, pp. 277, 299,303;
Fischer & Reichenow, tom. cit. p. 345.
Bradyornis modestus, Shelley, Ibis, 1873, p. 140; Sharpe, Cat.
B. iii. p. 310.
Bradyornis subalaris, Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 713, pl. 58. fig. 1,
Lamo; Dar-es-Salaam.
This species ranges from Kordofan to Dar-es-Salaam, and crosses
the continent to the Gold Coast, where I collected a specimen which
I incorrectly described as new under the title of B. modestus.
76. PARUS ALBIVENTRIS.
Parus albiventris, Shelley, Ibis, 1881, p. 116.
Ugogo.
Only known by the two type specimens, probably male and female.
77. BUCHANGA ASSIMILIS.
Dicrurus divaricatus, Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 323 ; Sharpe,
P. Z. 8S. 1873, p. 714; Fischer, J. f. O. 1877, p. 172, 1880, p. 188.
Buchanga assimilis (Bechst.), Sharpe, Cat. B. iii. p. 247 ; Nichol-
son, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 357.
Dierurus fugax, Cab. J.f.O. 1878, p. 227; Fischer & Reichenow,
tom. cit. p. 258; Fischer, J. f. O. 1879, pp. 300, 303.
Lamo; Melinda; Pangani; Usambara hills; Dar-es-Salaam.
It inhabits the whole of Africa south of about 16° N. lat.
78. DICRURUS ATRIPENNIS.
Dicrurus atripennis, Swains., Sharpe, Cat. B. iii. p. 232.
Usambara mountains.
This is the first mention of the species from East Africa. It
ranges from the Usambara country to Fantee, and thence to the
river Gambia.
79. CAMPEPHAGA NIGRA.
Campephaga nigra (Vieill.), Cab. J. f. O. 1878, p. 227; Fischer
& Reichenow, tom. cit. p. 258; Fischer, J. f. O. 1879, p. 278;
Fischer & Reichenow, tom, cit. p. 345.
Melinda; Ugogo.
This species ranges throughout the whole of South Africa, and
extends northward on the east coast to about 3°S. lat., having been
1881.] BIRDS FROM EASTERN AFRICA. 579 -
collected by Dr. Hildebrandt at Ndi, and by Dr. Fischer at Mombas
and Muniuni.
80. LANruUS CAUDATUS.
Lanius caudatus, Cab., Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 330;
Cab. J. f.O. 1878, p. 226; Fischer & Reichenow, tom. cit. p. 259 ;
Fischer, tom. cit. p. 276; id. J. f. O. 1879, pp. 294, 302, 303;
Fischer & Reichenow, tom. cit. p. 347; Gurney, Ibis, 1881, p. 126.
Lamo; Melinda; Dar-es-Salaam.
This species is apparently confined to East Africa, where it ranges
from Lamo to Dar-es-Salaam.
81. LANIUS COLLURIO.
Lanius collurio, Linn., Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 331;
Fischer, J. f. O. 1877, pp. 172, 180; Fischer & Reichenow, J. f. O.
1878, p. 259.
Usambara hills ; Usambara mountains.
The Red-backed Shrike ranges throughout the whole of North,
East, and South Africa, but has not yet been recorded from the west
coast.
82. TELEPHONUS ERYTHROPTERUS.
Telephonus erythropterus (Shaw), Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr,
p- 336; Sharpe, P. Z.S. 1873, p. 714; Nicholson, P. Z. S. 1878,
p. 357; Fischer & Reichenow, J. f.O. 1878, p. 259; Fischer, tom.
cit. p. 276; id. J. f. O. 1879, pp. 287, 303; Fischer & Reichenow,
tom. cit. p. 347.
Pomatorhynchus erythropterus, Cab. J. f. O. 1878, p. 224.
Lamo; Usambara hills; Usambara mountains.
This species inhabits the whole of Africa.
83, TELEPHONUS TRIVIRGATUS.
Telephonus trivirgatus, Smith, Finsch & Hartl. Vég. Ostafr.
p- 338.
Usambara hills.
This species ranges from Abyssinia throughout East and South
Africa, and on the west from Angola to the Loango coast.
84. TELEPHONUS ANCHIETE.
Telephonus anchiete, Bocage, Jorn. Acad. Sc. Lisboa, no. viii.
1870, p. 344; id. Orn. d’Angola, pl. 4.
Telephonus minutus, Bocage, Orn. d’Angola, p. 255 (1877).
Lamo; Usambara hills.
The specimens sent me by Dr. Kirk are male and female, appa-
rently fully adult. Telephonus anchiet@ is, in my opinion, a good
species, readily to be distinguished from 7’. minutus, Hartl. (P. Z. S.
1858, p. 292), by the absence of black on the scapulars. In the
male of 7’. anchiete there is no trace of black on the scapulars ; and
in the female it is confined to the centres of a few of the larger
feathers, and is only visible on these feathers being raised; while in
580 CAPT. G. E. SHELLEY ON [May 3,
two males and a female from the Gold Coast, and a male from the
Congo, of 7. minutus, the black on the scapulars is strongly marked
as in the type specimen. This species ranges from Lamo to the
Quanza, in Angola.
85. Dryoscopus SUBLACTEUS.
Laniarius sublacteus (Cassin), Finsch & Hartl. Vég. Ostafr.
. 347.
4 Dryoscopus sublacteus, Fischer, J. f. O. 1877, p. 207; Fischer &
Reichenow, J. f. O. 1878, p. 259; Fischer, tom. cit. p. 274; id.
J.f. O. 1879, pp. 277, 303; Fischer & Reichenow, tom. cit. p. 346 ;
Fischer, J. f. O. 1880, p. 189.
Malaconotus sublacteus, Cab. J. f. O. 1878, p. 224.
Lamo; Melinda; Pangani.
I only know of this species from the Zanzibar coast and the
Gaboon. Cassin’s type was procured in the latter locality.
86. DrRyoscoPpus CUBLA.
Laniarius cubla (Shaw), Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 345.
Dryoscopus cubla, Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 714; Cab. J. f. O.
187%, p. 224.
Lamo; Melinda; Pangani; Usambara hills.
Two adult males, compared with Natal specimens, agree perfectly ;
while two adult females have rather less white on the margins of the
wing-feathers than any of my South-African specimens.
This species ranges throughout South Africa, and extends north-
ward, on the east coast, to Lamo.
87. Dryoscopus AFFINIS.
Laniarius afinis, G. R. Gray, Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr.
. 348.
‘ Laniarius salime, Finsch & Hartl. tom. cit. p. 349, pl. 5. fig. 3.
Laniarius orientalis, Finsch & Hartl. tom. cit. p. 351, pl. 5. fig. 2.
Dryoscopus salime, Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 714; Cab. J. f. O.
1878, p. 224; Fischer & Reichenow, tom. cit. p. 258; Fischer, tom.
cit. p. 274; id. J. f. O. 1879, p. 303.
Dryoscopus affinis, Fischer, J. f. OQ. 1877, p. 207; Nicholson,
P. Z.S. 1878, p. 357; Fischer & Reichenow, J. f. O. 1878, p. 258;
Fischer, tom. cit. p. 274; Gurney, Ibis, 1881, p. 127.
Lamo; Melinda; Pangani; Usambara mountains; Dar-es-Salaam.
In seven males I find a perfect gradation between typical D. affinis
and typical D. salime; and there can be no doubt that D. orientalis
is nothing but the female. This species ranges from Lamo to Dar-
es-Salaam, and crosses the continent to the Gaboon.
88. LANIARIUS SULPHUREIPECTUS.
Laniarius sulfureipectus (Less.), Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr.
p- 356; Fischer & Reichenow, J. f. O. 1879, p. 346.
Melinda.
This species ranges throughout Africa south of about 15° N. lat.
1881.] BIRDS FROM EASTERN AFRICA. 581
89. NIcATOR GULARIS.
Nicator gularis, Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 360; Cab. J. f.0.
1878, p. 225; Fischer & Reichenow, tom. cit. p. 259; Fischer, tom.
cit. p. 277.
Lamo.
This species ranges from Lamo to the Zambesi.
90. Mataconotus icTrervs (Cuv.).
Meristes olivaceus, Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 361; Fischer
& Reichenow, J. f. O. 1878, p. 259; Fischer, tom. cit. p. 275;
id. J. f.O. 1879, pp. 287, 300; Fischer & Reichenow, tom. cit.
p- 346; Gurney, Ibis, 1881, p. 126.
Lamo; Usambara mountains; Ugogo; Dar-es-Salaam.
This species ranges throughout Africa south of about 16° N. lat.
Lanius olivaceus, Shaw, Gen. Zool. vii. p. 330, refers to a distinct
species well figured by Levaillant, Ois. d’Afr. ii. p. 75; so that the
title olivaceus, Vieill., cannot be here employed.
91. PRIONOPS TALACOMA.
Prionops talacoma, Smith, Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 365 ;
Sharpe, Cat. B. ili. p. 321.
Ugogo; Dar-es-Salaam.
It ranges from Ugogo southward to the Transvaal, and from thence
through the northern portion of South Africa to Damaraland and
Angola.
92. SIGMODUS TRICOLOR.
Prionops graculinus, Finsch & Hartl. tom. cit. p. 368; Sharpe,
P.Z.8. 1873, p. 714; Cab. J. f. O. 1878, p. 224; Fischer &
Reichenow, tom. cit. p. 259; Fischer, tom. cit. p. 275; id. J. f. O.
1879, p. 287; Fischer & Reichenow, tom. cit. p. 347.
Sigmodus tricolor (Gray), Sharpe, Cat. B. iii. p. 325.
Sigmodus graculinus, Sharpe, loc. cit. ; Nicholson, P. Z. S. 1878,
p- 357.
Pangani; Usambara hills; Usambara mountains ; Dar-es-Salaam.
In my opinion S. tricolor and S. graculinus are not specifically
distinct. They both inhabit the same country north from the
Zambesi; the former is known to range to Pangani, and the latter
to Mombas. The white bar on the wing is a very variable cha-
racter; and although present in nine specimens from the above
localities, it is reduced in one from Pangani to small, almost obso-
lete spots, only visible on the fourth and seventh primaries. Four
specimens, collected by Dr. Kirk at Dar-es-Salaam, have the white
bar on the wing clearly defined, while another specimen from the
same locality, presented to me by the late Mr. E. C. Buxton, has
no white on the wing, and is a typical example of S. graculinus.
I can detect no difference in the colouring of the remainder of the
plumage, nor in any of the measurements.
582 CAPT. G. E. SHELLEY ON [May 3,
With no white on the quills, S. graculinus, Cab.
Dar-es-Salaam. Length 8°8 inches, culmen 0°8, wing 4°6, tail 3°8,
tarsus 0°9.
With white on the quills, S. tricolor, Gray.
Length. Culmen. Wing. Tail. Tarsus.
in. in. in. in, in.
AM WEBL «os once» eeteiee eee OTe 0:8 4°85 3'7as, 10:9)
Dar-es-Salaam .........- 8'0 0°85 4:7 3°7 0°85
Usambara hills .......... 8°5 0°8 4:8 3°85 = =60°95
Usambara mountains...... 8°35 0°85 4'7 3°75 = =0°95
Usambara mountains... .... 8'3 0:9 4°85 3°8 0:95
93. Stemopus scorirrons. (Plate LI. fig. 1.)
Stigmodus scopifrons, Peters, J. f. O. 1854, p. 422; Sharpe, Cat.
B. iii. p. 324.
Prionops scopifrons, Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 368.
Lamo; Usambara hills ; Usambara mountains.
These are new localities for this rare species, which was formerly
only known from the Mosambique.
94. EUROCEPHALUS ANGUITIMENS.
Eurocephalus anguitimens, Smith, Sharpe, Cat. B. iii, p. 279;
Fischer & Reichenow, J. f. O. 1879, p. 347.
Ugogo.
This species ranges throughout South Africa, and extends north-
ward in East Africa to Kibaradja, where it has been collected by
Dr. Fischer.
95. PmorreRvs LUGUBRIS.
Peopterus lugubris, Bp., Sharpe, P. Z.S. 1878, p. 803, pl. 49.
Usambara mountains.
New to East Africa. This species was hitherto only known as
a native of West Africa, where it ranges from the Gold Coast to the
Gaboon.
96. CoRVUS SCAPULATUS.
Corvus scapulatus, Daud., Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 374 ;
Fischer, J. f. O. 1877, pp. 176, 425; Cab. J. f. O. 1878, p. 234;
Fischer & Reichenow, tom. cit. p. 261; Fischer, tom. cit. p. 287 ;
id. J. f. O. 1879, pp. 292, 303.
Dar-es-Salaam.
This Crow ranges throughout the Ethiopian Region south of about
20° N. lat.
97. PHOLIDAUGES VERREAUXI.
Pholidauges leucogaster, Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 376
(part).
Pholidauges verreauxi, Bocage, Sharpe, P. Z.8. 1873, p. 714;
1881.] BIRDS FROM EASTERN AFRICA. 583
Nicholson, P. Z.S. 1878, p. 357; Cab. J. f.O. 1878, p. 233;
Fischer & Reichenow, tom. cit. p. 261; Gurney, Ibis, 1881, p 127.
Lamo; Melinda; Usambara hills ; Usambara mountains; Dar-
es-Salaam.
This and the closely allied P. leucogaster together range over the
whole of Africa south of about 16° N. lat.,—P. verreauxi being con-
fined to the south of the equator, and P. leucogaster to the north
of the line.
98. NoTAUGES SUPERBUS.
Notauges superbus (Riipp.), Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 378 ;
Cab. J. f. O. 1878, p. 233.
Ugogo; Dar-es-Salaam.
This species is confined to East Africa, where it ranges from Dar-
es-Salaam northward to about 10° N. lat.
99. LAMPROCOLIUS SYCOBIUS.
Lamprocolius sycobius, Peters, Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr.
p- 380; Cab. J. f.O. 1878, p. 233; Fischer & Reichenow, tom. cit.
p- 261; Fischer, tom. cit. p. 286; Gurney, Ibis, 1881, p. 127.
Ugogo.
This species ranges from the Zambesi northward to about 2°
S. lat. The actual northern limit as. yet known for this bird is
the Ukambani country, where it has been collected by Dr. Hilde-
brandt.
100. LAMPROCOLIUS MELANOGASTER.
Lamprocolius melanogaster (Swains.), Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr.
p- 381; Fischer & Reichenow, J.f.O. 1878, p. 261 ; Fischer, tom.
cit. p. 286; Gurney, Ibis, 1881, p. 127.
Lamprotornis melanogaster, Fischer, J. f. O. 1879, p. 292.
Lamo; Melinda; Pangani.
This species ranges from Lamo southward to Durban in Natal,
and to the Knysna in Cape Colony. It is, I believe, nowhere to be
met with in West Africa; for I consider the locality Senegal, given
by Swainson for this species, to be an error.
101. CosmopsaRtUs UNICOLOR.
Cosmopsarus unicolor, Shelley, Ibis, 1881, p. 116.
Ugogo.
This is another of the interesting novelties procured by Dr. Kirk,
and is the second known species of the genus Cosmopsarus, which
appears to be confined to East Africa.
102. AMYDRUS RUEPPELLI.
Amydrus rueppelli, Verr., Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 382.
Ugogo.
This species ranges from Kordofan to Ugogo, but has not yet been
recorded from the coast of the Zanzibar province.
584 CAPT. G. E. SHELLEY ON [May 3,
103. AMYDRUS WALLERI.
Amydrus walleri, Shelley, Ibis, 1880, p. 335, pl. 8.
Usambara mountains.
The only specimens known are the types—a male and two females.
This species is about one third smaller than the South-African 4.
morio; the bill is proportionally shorter and stouter ; and the head,
neck, aud wings are greener. The sexes differ in a very similar
manner to those of 4. morio.
104. HyPHANTORNIS NIGRIFRONS.
Hyphantornis velatus, Cab., pt., Finsch & Hartl. Vig. Ostafr.
p- 390, note.
? Hyphantornis cabanisi, Fischer & Reichenow, J. f. O. 1878,
p- 263; Fischer, tom. cit. p. 285.
Lamo; Usambara mountains.
105. HyPHANTORNIS NIGRICEPS.
Hyphantornis nigriceps, Layard, Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr.
p- 392; Sharpe, P. Z.8. 1873, p. 715; Nicholson, P. Z. 8S. 1878,
p. 358; Cab. J. f. O. 1878, p. 231; Fischer & Reichenow, tom. cit.
p- 262; Fischer, J. f. O. 1879, pp. 281, 302; Fischer & Reichenow,
J. f. O. 1880, p. 143; Gurney, Ibis, 1881, p. 127.
Lamo; Melinda; Usambara hills; Usambara mountains; Dar-
es-Salaam.
This species ranges from Lamo to Mosambique in East Africa,
and, according to Mr. Layard, has been collected at Kuruman in
South Africa.
106. HypHANTORNIS AUREOFLAVUS.
Hyphantornis aureoflavus (Smith), Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr.
p- 400; Fischer, J. f.O. 1877, p. 178; Cab. J. f. O. 1878, p. 231 ;
Fischer & Reichenow, tom. cit. p. 262; Fischer, tom. cit. p. 284 ;
id. J. f. O. 1879, pp. 286, 302; Fischer & Reichenow, J. f. O.
1880, p. 142; Fischer, tom. cit. p. 188.
Pangani.
I am unable to define satisfactorily the range of this species. Its
southern limit appears to be Mosambique. On the Zanzibar coast
it is plentiful. In the Leiden Museum there is a specimen labelled
*‘ Nubia,” on the authority of Riippell; and Sir A. Smith’s type
came from Sierra Leone (Ill. Zool. 8. Afr., note to pl. 30). :
107. SycoBROTUS KERSTENI.
Sycobrotus kersteni, Finsch & Hartl. Vg. Ostafr. p. 404, pl. 6;
Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1873, p. 715; Fischer & Reichenow, J. f. O. 1878,
p- 281; Fischer, tom. cit. pp. 285, 291; id. J. f. O. 1879, pp. 281,
288, 302; Fischer & Reichenow, tom. cit. p.350; id. J. f.O. 1880,
p- 143.
Lamo; Usambara mountains.
This species is fairly plentiful throughout the Zanzibar province,
and, according to M. Jules Verreaux, occurs in Senegal.
1881.] BIRDS FROM EASTERN AFRICA. 585
108. SycoproTUS MELANOXANTHUS.
Hyphanturgus melanozanthus, Cab. J. f. O. 1878, pp. 205, 232 ;
Fischer & Reichenow, tom. cit. p. 363.
Melinda.
The only other locality where this species has been collected is
Mombas, where Hildebrandt procured the type, and where Dr.
Fischer also met with it.
109. SycoBROTUS NIGRICOLLIS.
Sycobrotus nigricollis (Vieill.), Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 405.
Hyphanturgus nigricollis, Cab. J. f. O. 1878, p. 232 ; Fischer &
Reichenow, tom. cit. p. 263; Fischer, J. f. O. 1879, pp. 280, 288 ;
Fischer & Reichenow, tom. cit. p. 350.
Lamo.
The type of Ploceus nigricollis, Vieill., was collected by Perrier
in Angola; otherwise I only know of its occurrence on the Zanzibar
coast, where it ranges from Lamo to Zanzibar Island.
110. PLocEPassER MAHALI.
Philagrus melanorhynchus, Smith, Cab. J. f. O. 1878, p. 232.
I have in my collection an adult male of this species, collected by
Dr. Hildebrandt at Kitui, in Ukamba, in May 1877. I have com-
pared it with South-African specimens from Matabili, Griqualand,
and Benguela ; and it agrees perfectly. It therefore appears evident
to me that Philagrus melanorhynchus, Cab. (J. f. O. 1878, p. 232),
refers to this species, and that Plocepasser melanorhynchus, Riipp.,
has not yet been met with to the south of the White-Nile district.
111. QUELEA ZTHIOPICA.
Ploceus ethiopicus (Sundev.), Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostatr.
p- 409, note.
Hyphantica ethiopica, Fischer & Reichenow, J. f. O. 1879,
p- 352.
Lamo; Ugogo.
This species ranges northward from Ugogo to about 18° N. lat.
112. EupLEecrEes FLAMMICEPS.
Pyromelana flammiceps, Swains., Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr.
. 414. i
; Euplectes flammiceps, Cab. J. f. O. 1878, p. 231; Fischer &
Reichenow, tom. cit. p. 263; Fischer, J. f. O. 1879, pp. 280, 282,
289, 303; Fischer & Reichenow, tom. cit. p. 351; Fischer, J. f. O.
1880, p. 187.
Melinda; Usambara hills; Usambara mountains.
It ranges over the greater portion of tropical Africa, being met
wth in East Africa from Abyssinia to Zanzibar, and on the west
coast from Senegal to Angola.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1881, No. XXXVIII. 38
586 CAPT. G. E. SHELLEY ON [May 3,
113. EvpLecTEs NIGRIVENTRIS.
Pyromelana nigriventris (Cass.), Finsch & Hartl. Vég. Ostafr.
p- 415; Fischer, J. f. O. 1877, pp. 171, 179, 206, 208, 425, 426 ;
Gurney, Ibis, 1881, p. 128.
Euplectes nigriventris, Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 715; Nicholson,
P. Z. S. 1878, p. 358; Cab. J. f. O. 1878, p. 231; Fischer &
Reichenow, tom. cit. p. 264; Fischer, J. f. O. 1879, pp. 286, 308 ;
Fischer, J. f. O. 1880, pp. 187, 190, 192.
Lamo; Pangani; Ugogo.
This species is confined to Hast Africa, where it ranges from
Mombas to Mosambique.
114. EUPLECTES XANTHOMELAS.
Pyromelana capensis (part.), Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 416.
Euplectes capensis, Nicholson, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 358; Fischer &
Reichenow, J. f. O. 1878, p. 264.
Oryx xanthomelas (Riipp.), Cab. J. f. O. 1878, p. 231; Fischer
& Reichenow, J. f. O. 1879, p. 351.
Lamo; Usambara mountains; Ugogo; Dar-es-Salaam.
Swainson records H. capensis from Senegal; and were it not that
I doubt the authenticity of Swainson’s locality, I should expect his
bird to belong to the present species, which is known to range from
Abyssinia, throughout East Africa, to Natal. The larger but closely
allied Z. capensis ranges from Natal and the Transvaal, throughout
the western portion of South Africa, to Angola.
115. UROBRACHYA ZANZIBARICA, Sp. 0.
? Penthetria axillaris, Cab. J. f. O. 1878, p. 231; Fischer &
Reichenow, tom. cit. p. 264; Fischer, tom. cit. p. 283; id. J. f. O.
1879, p. 286; Fischer & Reichenow, tom. cit. p. 351.
Lamo; Melinda; Pangani; Usambara mountains.
Similar in size and general plumage to U. awillaris (Smith), but
differs in the far greater amount of rufous-brown on the primary-
and greater wing-coverts ; primary-coverts rufous-brown, only tipped
with black; greater wing-coverts rufous-brown; the outer feather
with the end and the end-half of the outer web black ; about five of
the inner greater coverts are black, edged with rufous-brown ; and in
the next three or four the black becomes limited to spots near the
ends of the inner webs, the remaining five or six greater wing-coverts
being entirely without any black portions.
Total length 6°5 inches, culmen 0°65, wing 3°5, tail 2°7, tarsus 1.
I have compared eight adult males of this species from the above
localities with seven specimens of U. avillaris from Natal, and find
the characters mentioned perfectly constant.
116. VipUA PARADISEA.
Vidua paradisea (Linn.), Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 424.
Vidua verreauai, Finsch & Hartl. tom. cit. p. 426; Fischer,
1881.] BIRDS FROM EASTERN AFRICA, 587
J. f. O. 1879, pp. 299, 303; Fischer & Reichenow, tom. cit.
p. 351.
Steganura sphenura, Cab. J. f. O. 1878, p. 231.
Lamo ; Ugogo; Dar-es-Salaam.
The characters of V. verreauvi, Cass., are, in my opinion, not of
specific value. The range, therefore, of this species is from 17° N.
lat. to 21° S. lat.
117. VipuUA PRINCIPALIS.
Vidua principalis (Linn.), Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 428 ;
Cab. J. f. O. 1878, p. 230; Fischer & Reichenow, tom. cit. p. 264;
Fischer, J. f. O. 1879, pp. 280, 300, 303; Fischer & Reichenow,
tom. cit. p. 351; Gurney, Ibis, 1881, p. 128.
Vidua serena, "Fischer, J. f. O. 1878, p. 282.
Lamo; Pangani; Usambara hills; Usambara mountains; Dar-
es-Salaam.
This species ranges throughout Africa south of about 16° N. lat.
118. VipuA spLENDENS, Reichenow.
Vidua splendens, Reichenow, Orn. Centralbl. 1879, p. 180; Fis-
cher, J. f.O. 1879, p. 300; Reichenow & Schalow, tom. cit. p. 326 ;
Fischer & Reichenow, tom. cit. p. 352; Forbes, P. Z. 8. 1880,
p- 475, pl. 47. fig. 1.
Ugogo.
Besides the present locality this species is only known from Kiba-
raja, where the type was collected by Dr. Fischer.
119. SpeERMESTES CUCULLATUS.
Spermestes cucullatus, Swains., Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr.
p- 436; Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1873, p. 715; Fischer, J. f. O. 1877,
pp. 174, 178, 179, 206, 425, 426; Cab. J. f. O. 1878, p. 230;
Fischer & Reichenow, tom. cit. p. 266; Fischer, J. f. O. 1879,
pp. 286, 303; 1880, pp. 187, 193.
Pangani; Usambara mountains; Dar-es-Salaam.
This species ranges over the whole of Africa south of about
16° N. lat.
120. HasropyGa MINOR, Cab.
Habropyga astrild, Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ost-Afr. p. 439;
Fischer, J. f. O. 1877, p. 426.
Habropyga minor, Cab. J. f. O. 1878, p. 229; Fischer and
Reichenow, J. f. O. 1878, p. 266.
Melinda; Pangani; Ugogo.
Nine specimens sent me by Dr. Kirk have the cheeks, chin, and
throat whiter than in H. astrild, Linn. This appears to me to be
the best-marked character for H. minor, Cab., which I cannot look
upon as more than a local race of H. astrild, Linn.
With regard to H. astrild and its allies, they range throughout
the African region south of about 18° N. lat., and the races possibly
38*
588 CAPT. G. E. SHELLEY ON [May 3
as follows :—H. minor, North-east Africa southward to the Zambesi ;
H. cinerea, West Africa from Senegal to the Gaboon: H. astrild ;
South Africa, extending into West Africa northward to the Congo,
and found as an introduced bird on many of the islands, as St. Helena
and Mauritius.
121. PrryLiA CINEREIGULA.
Pitylia cinereigula, Cab. J. f. O. 1878, pp. 101, 230; Fischer &
Reichenow, tom. cit. p. 265; Fischer, tom. cit. p. 193.
Lamo ; Dar-es-Salaam.
This species ranges from Lama to Dar-es-Salaam, and is appa-
rently confined to the Zanzibar province.
122. LAGONOSTICTA MINIMA.
Pytelia minima (Vieill.), Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 444;
Fischer & Reichenow, J. f. O. 1878, p. 265; Fischer, tom. cit.
p- 282; id. J. f. O. 1879, pp. 280, 286.
Lagonosticta minima, Cab. J. f. O. 1878, p. 230; Fischer &
Reichenow, J. f. O. 1878, p. 352.
Lamo; Usambara hills; Usambara mountains.
This species ranges in East Africa from about 10° N. lat. to
the Transvaal, and on the west coast from Senegal to Damara-
land.
123. LaGONOSTICTA POLIONOTA.
Lagonosticta polionota, Shelley, Cab. J. f. O. 1878, p. 230.
Dar-es-Salaam. ps
This species ranges in East Africa from Mombas to Dar-es-
Salaam, and in West Africa from Fantee to the Loango coast.
124, URHGINTHUS PH@NICOTIS., ~
Pytelia phenicotis (Swains.), Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 447 ;
Fischer & Reichenow, J. f. O. 1878, p. 265; Fischer, tom. cit.
pp. 281, 282; id. J. f. O. 1879, p. 286.
Estrelda cyanogastra, Nicholson, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 358.
Ureginthus phenicotis, Cab. J. f. O. 1871, p. 229.
Mariposa phenicotis, Gurney, Ibis, 1881, p. 128.
Dar-es-Salaam.
This species ranges throughout Africa south of about 15° N. lat.
The oldest title of this bird is, I consider, Fringilla bengalus,
Linn. 8. N.i. p. 323; but that title should not be employed, as the
species is not a native of Bengal. ~
125. Hyparcus nivereutTratus. (Plate LII. fig. 2.)
Spermophaga niveigutiata, Peters, J. f. O. 1868, p. 133; Cab. J.
f. O. 1878, p. 230.
Hypargos niveiguttata, Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 448;
Fischer, J. f. O. 1879, p. 280.
Melinda ; Usambara hills ; Usambara mountains.
This rare Finch ranges from Ndi in the Uteita country southward
1881.] BIRDS FROM EASTERN AFRICA. 589
to Inhambane, near the mouth of the Limpopo, where the type was
collected.
126. AMBLYOSPIZA UNICOLOR.
Pyronestes albifrons, Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 715.
Pyronestes unicolor, Fischer & Reichenow, J. f. O. 1878, p. 264 ;
Fischer, tom. cit. pp. 283, 354; id. J. f. O. 1879, pp. 280, 303 ;
Fischer & Reichenow, tom. cit. p. 353; Fischer, J. f. O. 1880,
p. 193.
Lamo ; Pangani; Usambara mountains.
This species is confined to East Africa, where as yet it is only
known of from the northern half of the Zanzibar province.
It differs from the South-African P. albifrons in its smaller size
and darker colouring. The young, as in the South-African species,
has the bill bright yellow, the plumage much paler and more rufous
than in the adult, and the breast mottled with whitish.
127. PAssER SWAINSONI.
Passer swainsoni (Riipp.), Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 450
(pt.) ; Fischer, J. f. O. 1877, p. 180; Fischer & Reichenow, J.
f. O. 1878, p. 266; Fischer, tom. cit. p. 281; id. J. f. O. 1879,
pp. 286, 302.
Melinda.
In Africa there are three closely allied species of Sparrows, which
Drs. Finsch and Hartlaub (doc. cit.) unite as one. These are :—
P. swainsoni, Riipp.
P. gulavis, Less. (The title P. simplex, Licht., was misapplied
to this species by Swainson.)
P. diffusus, Smith.
Collectively they range over the whole of Africa south of about
15° N. lat.
P. swainsoni inhabits the north-eastern region to as far south as
Zanzibar ; P. gularis, West Africa, from Senegal to the Gold Coast ;
P. diffusus, the whole of South Africa and the east coast north-
ward to Lamo.
Although P. swainsoni and P. diffusus meet in East Africa, they
preserve their identity, and therefore cannot, in my opinion, be re-
garded as mere races of one species.
128. Passer DIFFUSUS, Smith.
Passer diffusus, Nicholson, P. Z.S. 1878, p. 358; Cab. J. f. O.
1878, p. 228; Fischer & Reichenow, J. f. O. 1880, p. 143.
Lamo ; Pangani; Dar-es-Salaam.
129. CriTHAGRA CHRYSOPYGA.
Crithagra butyracea, Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 455 (part) ;
Fischer, J. f. O. 1877, pp. 181, 206; id. J. f. O. 1879, pp. 280, 300,
303,
590 CAPT. G. E. SHELLEY ON [May 3,
Crithagra chrysopyga (Swains.), Sharpe, P. Z.8. 1873, p. 715;
Fischer & Reichenow, J. f. O. 1878, p. 266.
Lamo ; Usambara hills,
This species ranges throughout South Africa and West Africa to
as far north as Senegal. On the east coast it extends certainly as
far north as Lamo, and probably considerably further in this di-
rection; but as yet I am unable to determine how much of Von
Heuglin’s C. butyracea may belong to this species.
130. Coxius LEvcotis, Riipp.
Colius leucotis, Finsch & Hartl. Vig. Ostafr. p. 472; Sharpe,
P. Z. S. 1873, p.714; Nicholson, P.Z. 8. 1878, p. 358; Cab. J. f.
O. 1878, p. 237; Fischer & Reichenow, tom. cit. p. 252; Fischer,
tom. cit. pp. 269, 289, 290; id. J. f. O. 1879, pp. 282, 300, 303 ;
Gurney, Ibis, 1881, p. 128.
Pangani; Usambara mountains; Dar-es-Salaam.
This species is confined to East Africa, where it ranges from about
10° N. lat. to Dar-es-Salaam.
131. GALLIREX CHLOROCHLAMYS.
Corythaix porphyreolophus, Finsch & Hartl. Vég. Ostafr. p. 473.
Gallirex chlorochlamys, Shelley, Ibis, 1881, p. 118.
Ugogo; Dar-es-Salaam.
Three specimens from the above localities I have made the types
of this new species. It is the East-African representative of G. por-
phyreolophus (Vig.), from which latter bird it may be most readily
distinguished by the absence of any red shade to the green of the
lower neck, chest, and upper back; while the lower back, median
and lesser wing-coverts, and the secondaries are of a more ashy-blue
shade.
132. TURACUS FISCHERI.
Oorythaix fischeri, Fischer & Reichenow, J. f. O. 1878, p. 250,
pl. 4. fig. 1; Fischer, tom. cit. pp. 290, 354; id. J. f. O. 1879,
. 288, 291, 303; Fischer & Reichenow, tom. cit. p. 340;
Fischer, J. f. F’. 1880, p. 189.
Lamo; Melinda; Usambara mountains; Rabbai near Mombas
(Wakefield).
This species is confined to the Zanzibar province.
We now know of three species of Turacus with red on the crest ;
and these may be readily distinguished in the following manner :—
a. Greater portion of the crest and nape red. Some of the
crest-feathers tipped with white.
a’. No black loral band. Sides of the head white, or nearly
ONES a pena Sen et the Bose cc aap ha aded nen dec onckcher peeroerc coer erythrolophus.
6'. With a black loral band. Sides of the head grass-green . fischeri.
b. Red on the crest confined to the tips of a few of the longer
feathers, No white on the crest.,......sesseor sscocrersernarees mMeriani,
1881. ] BIRDS FROM EASTERN AFRICA. 591
133. ScHIZORHIS LEOPOLDI.
Schizorhis leopoldi, Shelley, Ibis, 1881, p. 117, pl. 2.
Ugogo.
Allied to 8S. personatus, Riipp., from which it may be most readily
distinguished by its having the bare skin of the face jet-black, no
shade of green on the crest or under surface of the tail, and a much
smaller patch of green on the lower portion of the throat.
134. Bucorvus asysstnicus (Bodd).
Tmetoceros abyssinicus, Finsch & Hartl. Vig. Ostafr. p. 480.
Buceros abyssinicus, Fischer, J. f. O. 1879, p. 203.
Bucorvus abyssinicus, Elliot, Monogr. Bucerotide, part ii. (1877).
Usambara hills.
185. BycANISTES CRISTATUS.
Buceros cristatus, Riipp., Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 482 ;
Fischer & Reichenow, J. f. O. 1880, p. 141.
Bycanistes cristatus, Elliot, Monogr. Bucerotide, part iii. (1877).
Usambara hills.
This species is confined to East Africa, ranging from Uganda
(where it was collected by Captain Speke) to the Zambesi.
136. BYCANISTES BUCCINATOR.
Buceros buceinator, Temm., Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr.
p. 484; Fischer & Reichenow, J. f. O. 1878, p. 254; Fischer, tom.
cit. pp. 273, 289; id. J. f. O. 1879, p. 291; Fischer & Reichenow,
J. f. O. 1880, p. 141.
Bycanistes buccinator, Elliot, Monogr. Bucerotide, part viii.
(1880).
Melinda; Usambara mountains.
Dr. Fischer procured it at Wito, its most northern known limit,
whence it ranges southward to Natal and the Cape colony.
137. Toccus MELANOLEUCUS.
Buceros melanoleucus, Licht., Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr,
p- 485; Fischer & Reichenow, J. f. O. 1878, p. 254; Fischer, tom.
cit. p. 289; id. J. f. O. 1879, p. 291; Fischer & Reichenow, tom.
cit. p. 343; id. J. f.O. 1880, p. 141.
Tockus melanoleucus, Nicholson, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 358; Elliot,
Monogr. Bucerotide, part vii. (1880).
Lophoceros melanoleucus, Cab. J. f. O. 1878, p. 236.
Pangani; Usambara mountains; Dar-es-Salaam.
It ranges throughout South Africa, and on the east coast north-
ward nearly to the equator, and on the west coast to Angola. It
has also been recorded from Senegal on the authority of Mr. War-
wick.
138. PaocrePHALUS FUSCICAPILLUS.
Pionias fuscicapillus (Verr. & Des Murs), Finsch & Hartl. Vég.
Ostafr. p. 499, pl. 7; Cab. J. £ O, 1878, p. 241; Fischer &
592 CAPT. G. E, SHELLEY ON [May 3,
Reichenow, tom. cit. p. 251; Fischer, tom. cit. pp. 269, 286, 292;
id. J. f. O. 1879, p. 303.
Peocephalus fuscicapillus, Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 711; Nichol-
son, P. Z.S. 1878, p. 358; Fischer, J. f. O. 1880, p. 188; Gurney,
Ibis, 1881, p. 128.
Usambara mountains ; Ugogo; Dar-es-Salaam.
This species ranges from Mombas to as far south as Swazi Land,
in which latter locality it has been collected by Mr. T. E. Buckley.
139. PoGONORHYNCHUS IRRORATUS.
Pogonorhyncus torquatus, Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 503 ;
Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 756; Sclat. P. Z.S. 1864, p. 112;
Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 711; Fischer, J. f. O. 1879, pp. 283,
291.
Pogonorhynchus irroratus, Cab. J. f. O. 1878, pp. 205, 239;
Fischer & Reichenow, tom. cit. p. 253; Fischer, tom. cit. p. 292;
Gurney, Ibis, 1881, p. 128.
Lamo ; Melinda ; Usambara mountains ; Ugogo ; Dar-es-Salaam.
This species ranges from Lamo to Dar-es-Salaam. It is repre-
sented in South Africa by the closely allied P. torguatus (Dumont).
140. PoGONoORHYNCHUS MELANOPTERUS.
Pogonorhynchus melanopterus (Peters), Finsch & Hartl. Vog.
Ostafr. p. 504; Marshall, Monogr. Cap. p. 13, pl. 7; Nicholson,
P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 359; Cab. J. f. O. 1878, p. 239; Fischer &
Reichenow, tom. cit. p. 253: Fischer, tom. cit. p. 292; id. J. f. O.
1879, p. 291; Fischer & Reichenow, tom. cit. p.342,
Lamo ; Pangani; Usambara hills; Usambara mountains; Ugogo.
It ranges from Lamo to the Mosambique, and has been recorded
from West Africa; but I think there may be doubts as to the correct-
ness of this latter locality. One specimen from the Usambara hills,
apparently an immature bird, has rather less red on the head, the
back and the front of the chest are rather darker, the bill is a little
shorter, and there is no tooth on the upper mandible.
141. PoGONORHYNCHUS ALBICAUDA.
Pogonorhynchus albicauda, Shelley, Ibis, 1881, p. 117.
Pogonorhynchus leucocephalus, Cab. J. tf. O. 1878, p. 239.
Ugogo.
A single specimen is all we possess of this species, It is allied to
P., leucocephalus (Defil.) ; but may be readily distinguished by its
white tail.
142. TRACHYPHONUS CAFER.
oe ee cafer (Vieill.), Marshall, Monogr. Cap. p. 139,
pl. 56.
Ugogo.
The present species was hitherto only known as a native of South
Africa, where it appears as rather a scarce bird, excepting in the
Matabili country and the northern portion of the Transvaal,
1881.] BIRDS FROM EASTERN AFRICA. 593
143. BARBATULA OLIVACEA.
Barbatula olivacea, Shelley, Ibis, 1880, p. 334, pl. 7.
Rabbai, near Mombas ( Wakefield).
I procured a single specimen, the type, out of a small collection
made by the Rev. T. Wakefield. This species may be easily recog-
nized by its general olive colour only shading into black on the front
of the head.
144. Picus NUBICUS.
Picus nubicus, Gm., Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 509;
Fischer & Reichenow, J. f. O. 1878, p. 253; Fischer, tom. cit. p. 292 ;
id. J. f. 0. 1879, p. 289.
Ipagrus nubicus, Cab. J. f.O. 1878, p. 239.
Lamo.
This species is confined to East Africa, where it ranges from
20°N. lat. in Nubia to Mombas.
145. DeENDROBATES SCHOENSIS.
Picus schoénsis, Riipp., Fischer & Reichenow, J. f. O. 1879,
p- 343.
Ugogo.
Dr. Fischer collected this species at Muniuni. It ranges in East
Africa from Ugogo to about 10° N. lat. In South Africa it is repre-
sented by the closely allied D. namaqueus.
146. Picus FULVISCAPUS.
Picus hartlaubi, Finsch & Hartl. Vig. Ostafr. p. 512; Sharpe,
P. Z. 8S. 1873, p. 711; Fischer, J. f. O. 1877, p. 207; Fischer &
Reichenow, J. f.O. 1878, p. 254; Fischer, tom. cit. p. 292.
Ipoctonus hartlaubi, Cab. J. f.O. 1878, p. 238.
Dendropicus fulvsicapus, Ill., Gurney, Ibis, 1879, p. 298.
Pangani; Usambara hills; Usambara mountains; Ugogo; Dar-
es-Salaam.
This species ranges throughout Africa south of 40° §. lat.
147. INDICATOR VARIEGATUS, Less.
Indicator variegatus, Sharpe, new ed. Layard’s B.S. Afr. p. 167;
Fischer & Reichenow, J.f. O. 1879, p. 342.
Usambara hills.
Dr. Fischer collected this species at Ualimi; and Mr. Sharpe (J. ¢.)
records it from Mombas. It ranges through East and South Africa,
from Mombas to the Knysna in Cape Colony.
148. CucuLus POLIOCEPHALUS, Lath.
a. Lamo (Kirk); 6. Durban (Gordge).
The two specimens from Africa are unfortunately both immature ;
but their small size prevents me from referring them to any hitherto
described member of this group from Africa. They agree, however.
exactly with an immature specimen of C. poliocephalus in Mr. See-
594 CAPT. G. E. SHELLEY ON [May 3,
bohm’s collection; and I think that the following measurements
prove their specific identity :—
Total length. Culmen. Wing. Tail.
in, in. im. in.
ASAIN 6 she 16-52; fers 9°5 0°65 5°9 54
6. Durban ...... 10 0:65 5°65 5
ce. Juv., Sikkim .. 9°5 0°60 5-8 57
d. Ad., Sikkim .. 9:3 0:70 5°75 5°2
e. Madagascar.... 11 0°70 6°8 6°3
149. Coccysrrs sacoBinus (Bodd.).
Coccystes jacobinus, Sharpe, P. Z.8. 1873, pp. 597, 711; Nichol-
son, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 359; Gurney, Ibis, 1881, p. 128.
Coceystes pica, Cab. J. f.O. 1878, p. 238; Fischer, J. f.O. 1879,
p- 303; Fischer & Reichenow, tom. cit. p. 342.
Usambara mountains.
T also possess a specimen from East Africa, collected by the late
Mr. E. C. Buxton at Dar-es-Salaam.
This species ranges throughout East and South Africa. Its
northern limit on the east coast is the Anseba valley, 16° N. lat.,
while on the west coast it has not been met with north of Biballa in
Benguela.
150. CoccysTEs AFER.
Coccystes afer (Licht.), Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 596.
Usambara hills; Usambara mountains; Dar-es-Salaam.
This species ranges from the White-Nile district along the east
coast to South Africa, and thence on the west coast to as far north
as Sierra Leone.
151. CoccysTES ALBONOTATUS, Sp. n.
? Coceystes serratus, Cab. J. f. O. 1878, p. 237; Fischer &
Reichenow, tom. cit. p. 252; Fischer, tom. cit. p. 291.
Usambara hills.
Very similar to C. serratus, Sparrm., from which it differs in
having a large white spot on the outer webs of the two pairs of lateral
tail-feathers, in the under tail-coverts being broadly tipped with
white, and in its rather larger dimensions. Total length 14:8 inches,
culmen 1°1, wing 6°5, tail 9, tarsus 1°15.
Mr. Gurney first pointed out to me the necessity of separating this
species from the South-African C.. serratus, and writes :—“ My
specimen from Mombas exactly agrees with your description. The
measurements of my bird are as follows—culmen 0°9 inch, wing 6:7,
tail 8°9, tarsus 1°2,
152. CHRYSOCOCCYX CUPREUS.
Chrysococcy« cupreus (Bodd.), Finsch & Hartl. Vég. Ostafr.
p- 522; Fischer, J. f. O. 1877, pp. 180, 424, 425; Cab. J. f. O.
1878, p. 237; Fischer & Reichenow, tom. cit. p. 252; Fischer, tom
1881. ] BIRDS FROM EASTERN AFRICA. 595
cit. p. 291; id. J.f.O, 1879, pp. 287, 303; Fischer & Reichenow,
tom. cit. p. 342; Fischer, J. f. O. 1880, p. 190.
Lamo ; Pangani; Usambara hills; Usambara mountains.
A common bird throughout the Zanzibar province. I also possess
specimens collected by the Rev. T. Wakefield at Rabbai near Mom-
bas, and by the late Mr. E. C. Buxton at Dar-es-Salaam.
It inhabits the whole of Africa south of about 16° N. lat.
153. CrUTHMOCHARIS AUSTRALIS, Sharpe.
Zanclostomus ereus, Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 525 (part) ;
Fischer, J. f. O. 1880, p. 192.
Ceuthmocharis australis, Cab. J. f. O. 1878, p. 238.
Zanclostomus australis, Fischer, J. f. O. 1879, pp. 283, 289,
393; Fischer & Reichenow, tom. cit. p. 342.
Lama.
This species ranges throughout South and East Africa to as far
north as Lamo. In West Africa it is replaced by the nearly allied
C. @neus.
154, CENTROPUS SUPERCILIOSUS.
Centropus senegalensis, Finsch & Hartl. Vig. Ostafr. p. 527,
art.
: Centropus superciliosus, Hempr. & Ehr., Fischer, J. f. O. 1877,
pp: 172,175; Nicholson, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 359 ; Cab. J. f. O. 1878,
p- 238; Fischer & Reichenow, tom. cit. p. 252; Fischer, tom. cit.
p- 290; id. J. f. O. 1879, p. 282; Fischer & Reichenow, tom. cit.
p. 341 ; Fischer, tom. cit. p. 192.
Pangani.
This species ranges in East Africa from about 19° N. lat. to Dar-
es-Salaam, and on the west coast has been collected in Angola,
155. TRERON DELALANDII.
Treron delalandii (Bp.), Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 53
Nicholson, P.Z.S. 1878, p. 359; Fischer & Reichenow, J. f.
1878, p. 250; Fischer, tom. cit. p. 293.
Ugogo.
The most northern limit as yet known for this species is Mombas,
whence it has been recorded by Drs. Fischer and Reichenow, /. e.
It ranges southward to Natal and Kaffraria.
D5
O.
156. TRERON WAKEFIELDI.
Treron wakefieldi, Sharpe, P. Z.8, 1873, p. 715, pl. 58. fig. 2;
Fischer, J. f. O. 1879, p. 291; Fischer & Reichenow, tom. cit.
p- 339; Gurney, Ibis, 1881, p. 128.
Lamo; Usambara mountains.
This species is as yet only known from the restricted region of
the northern portion of the Zanzibar province between Lamo and the
Pangani river. The characters given for this species by Mr. Sharpe
1. c. ave well marked in the five specimens before me,
596 CAPT. G. E, SHELLEY ON [May 3,
157. TurTUR SEMITORQUATUS.
Turtur semitorquatus, Riipp., Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 541 ;
Sharpe, P. Z.S. 1873, p.715 ; Fischer, J. f. 0. 1877, p. 208 ; Fischer
& Reichenow, J. f. O. 1878, p. 250; Fischer, J. f. O. 1879, pp. 300,
303.
Dar-es-Salaam.
This species ranges throughout Africa south of about 14° N. lat.
158. Turrur CAPICOLA (Sund.).
Turtur capicola, Finsch & Hartl. Vig. Ostafr. p. 548; Fischer,
J. f. O. 1877, p. 208; Fischer & Reichenow, J. f. O. 1878, p. 250;
Fischer, tom. cit. p. 292, 1879, p. 300.
Turtur albiventris, Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 715.
Turtur damarensis, Cab. J. f. O. 1878, p, 242.
Pangani; Usambara mountains ; Ugogo; Dar-es-Salaam.
I cannot venture to define the full range of this species until I
have had more time to study the African members of the genus
Turtur ; but the present bird undoubtedly inhabits the whole of
South Africa, and ranges northward along the east coast to Mombas,
and is plentiful on the Comoro Islands.
159. TURTUR LUGENS.
Turtur lugens (Riipp.), Heug]. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 838.
Pangani.
The present species is here recorded from the East-African region
for the first time. It ranges from Abyssinia to the Pangani valley.
The specimen before me agrees perfectly with one collected by Sir
W. C. Harris at Ankober in Abyssinia, now in the British Museum.
160. CHALCOPELIA AFRA.
Chalcopelia afra (Linn.), Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 554
(part); Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 716 ; Fischer, J. f.O. 1877, pp. 173,
175, 176, 207, 208; Fischer & Reichenow, J. f. O. 1878, p. 250;
Fischer, tom. cit. p. 292; id. J. f. O. 1879, pp. 300, 303; Fischer
& Reichenow, tom. cit. p. 339; Fischer, J. f. O. 1880, p. 192.
Pangani; Usambara mountains.
Drs. Finsch and Hartlaub unite as one species the specimens with
metallic green and with metallic blue spots on the wings ; but in the
present list it is undoubtedly best to treat them as distinct species,
although I am unable to define their separate geographical distri-
bution. Collectively they range throughout Africa south of about
17° N. lat.
161. CHALCOPELIA CHALCOSPILOS.
Chalcopelia afra, Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 554, part.
Chalcopelia chalcospilos (Wag].), Cab. J. f. O. 1878, p. 243.
Lamo; Usambara hills; Usambara mountains ; Dar-es-Salaam,
1881.] BIRDS FROM EASTERN AFRICA. 597
162. CENA CAPENSIs.
Gna capensis (Linn.), Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 557; Sharpe,
P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 716; Cab. J. f. O. 1878, p. 243.
Lamo; Pangani.
It ranges throughout Africa south of about 15° N. lat., occasionally
extending, probably as a straggler, somewhat further north ; for Mr.
Dresser has kindly presented me with a specimen collected by Mr.
Zohrab at Jeddah, about lat. 22° N. lat., on the Asiatic side of the
Red Sea.
163. PERISTERA TYMPANISTRIA.
Peristera tympanistria (Temm.), Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr.
p- 958; Fischer, J. f. O. 1877, pp. 173, 176; Cab. J. f. O. 1878,
p- 243; Fischer & Reichenow, tom. cit. p- 250; Fischer, tom. cit.
pp. 292, 293.
Chalcopelia tympanistria, Fischer, J. f. O. 1879, p- 300.
Pangani.
It ranges throughout South Africa, and extends northward in East
Africa to Mombas, and in West Africa to the Gold Coast.
164. NumMIDA PUCHERANI.
Numida pucherani, Hartl., Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 574;
Elliot, Monogr. Phasianidee, ii. pl. 46; Fischer & Reichenow, J. f. O.
1878, p. 250; Fischer, tom. cit. pp- 293, 294; id. J. f. O. 1879,
pp: 284, 300; Fischer & Reichenow, J.f.O. 1880, p. 140; Scl. P.Z.S.
1880, p. 539.
Numida ellioti, Bartlett, P. Z. 8. 1877, p. 652, pl. 65.
Guttura pucherani, Cab. J. f. O. 1878, p. 244.
Melinda ; Pangani.
This species is confined to East Africa, and is apparently the
commonest Guineafowl on the Zanzibar coast, while, according to
Dr. Kirk, it is plentiful along the Zambesi.
165. FRANCOLINUS NUDICOLLIS,
Francolinus nudicollis (Gm.), Fischer, J. f. O. 1879, p. 284;
Fischer & Reichenow, tom. cit. p. 339.
Dar-es-Salaam.
This species was first collected in East Africa by Dr. Fischer at
Kipini.
166. FRANCOLINUS GRANTI.
Francolinus grantii, Hartl., Finsch & Hartl. Voe. Ostafr. p- 589;
Nicholson, P. Z.S. 1878, p- 359; Fischer, J. f. O. 1879, pp. 284,
300, 303; Fischer & Reichenow, tom. cit. p. 339.
Scleroptera granti, Cab. J. f. O. 1878, p- 243.
Melinda; Dar-es-Salaam.
The present species is apparently confined to East Africa, where
it ranges from Mombas to Tete on the Zambesi. According to Dr.
Hildebrandt it is abundant about Mombas in the Uteita country ;
598 CAPT. G. E. SHELLEY ON [May 3,
and as I have received it both from Dr. Kirk and the late Mr. E. C.
Buxton from Dar-es-Salaam, it is probably fairly evenly distributed
throughout the Zanzibar province.
167. TuRNIX LEPURANA.
Turnix lepurana (Smith), Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 593 ;
Fischer & Reichenow, J. f. O. 1878, p. 249; Fischer, tom. cit.
p- 293°; id. J. f. 0.1879, p. 284; Fischer & Reichenow, tom. cit.
p- 339; Fischer, J. f. O. 1880, p. 188.
Ortygis lepurana, Cab. J. f. O. 1878, p. 243.
Lamo.
From Kordofan it ranges southward throughout East and South
Africa. On the west coast I am unable accurately to determine
its limits ; but it is certainly a common bird in Fantee, and is pro-
bably distributed throughout this region from Senegal to Angola.
Dr. Fischer found it breeding on Zanzibar Island and at Formosa
Bay, and he gives a description of the eggs.
168, GipicNEMUS VERMICULATUS.
CEdicnemus vermiculatus, Cab., Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr.
p. 622; Cab. J. f. O. 1878, p. 245; Fischer, J. f. O. 1879, p. 303;
Fischer & Reichenow, tom. cit. p. 338.
Usambara mountains.
This species ranges from Mombas southward throughout East and
South Africa.
169. CuRsoRIUS SENEGALENSIS (Licht.).
Melinda.
This species ranges throughout Africa south of about 15° N. lat.
It is here recorded for the first time from East Africa.
170. GLAREOLA PRATINCOLA.
Glareola pratincola (Linn.), Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 630.
Melinda.
The Common Pratincole ranges throughout Africa,
171. CHETTUSIA INORNATA.
Chettusia inornata (Swains.), Fischer & Reichenow, J. f.O. 1880,
p- 139.
Melinda.
I cannot attempt to define the range of this species, as there
appears to me to be much confusion in the nomenclature. The
present species is closely allied to C. melanoptera (Ripp.), from
which it may be readily distinguished by its smaller size, longer
tarsus, black legs, and in the bar on the tail not extending onto the
two outer feathers on each side, which are entirely white.
Dr. Fischer first collected this bird in East Africa, on the island
of Zanzibar.
1881.] BIRDS FROM EASTERN AFRICA. 599
172. DRoMAS ARDEOLA.
Dromas ardeola, Paykull, Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 627.
Dar-es-Salaam.
It ranges throughout the whole of the East-African coast from
Natal to Massuah on the Red Sea, and also inhabits Madagascar
and the Seychelles Islands.
173. ARDEA MELANOCEPHALA.
Ardea melanocephala, Vig., Finsch & Hartl. Vig. Ostafr. p. 680;
Fischer, J. f.O. 1879, pp. 284, 295, 297; Gurney, Ibis, 1881,
p- 128.
Usambara hills.
It inhabits the entire Ethiopian region south of 14° N. lat.
174, HERopIAs INTERMEDIA (Wagl.).
Ardea intermedia, Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 686.
? Ardea alba, Fischer, J. f.O. 1879, pp. 295, 295.
Usambara hills.
It inhabits Africa south of 15° N. lat. To the north, at least
along the shores of the Mediterranean, it is, I believe, entirely re-
placed by the larger form H. alba (Linn.).
175, HERODIAS GARZETTA.
Ardea garzetta (Linn.), Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 687 ;
Fischer, J. f. O. 1879, pp. 295, 297.
Usambara hills.
This species ranges throughout the entire Ethiopian region.
176. Busuxcus 151s (Linn.).
Ardea bubulcus, Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 694.
Bubulcus ibis, Cab. J. f. O. 1878, p. 245.
Usambara hills.
It inhabits the entire Ethiopian region.
177. ARDETTA STURMI.
Ardea sturmi, Wagl., Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p- 704.
Pangani.
It inhabits the entire Ethiopian Region south of about 15° N. lat.,
but is here recorded for the first time from the Zanzibar province.
178. ARDETTA MINUTA (Linn.).
Ardea minuta, Finsch & Hartl. Vig. Ostafr. p. 705.
Ardea podiceps, Finsch & Hartl. tom. cit. p. 708.
Ardetta pusilla, Cab. J. f. O. 1878, p. 245.
Botaurus minutus, Fischer & Reichenow, tom. cit. p. 249.
Botaurus pusillus, Fischer & Reichenow, loc. cit.
Pangani.
I have given above references to both Ardetta minuta (Linn.)
and A. pusilla (Vieill.), as they are so closely allied that I consider
600 CAPT. G. E. SHELLEY ON [May 3,
their specific separation unnecessary. The two specimens sent to
me by Dr. Kirk from Pangani I should refer to the true A. minuta.
Both forms, according to Dr. Fischer, occur on the island of Zan-
zibar. Collectively they range throughout the Ethiopian Region.
179. Scopus UMBRETTA.
Scopus umbretta, Gm., Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 727;
Cab. J. f. O. 1878, p. 245; Fischer & Reichenow, tom. cit. p. 249;
Fischer, tom. cit. p. 295; id. J. f. O. 1879, pp. 284, 296, 297, 301;
Fischer & Reichenow, tom. cit. p. 339.
Usambara hills.
This species ranges throughout the Ethiopian region south of
about 15° N. lat.
180. Ipis £THIOPICA.
Ibis ethiopica (Lath.), Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 733;
Fischer & Reichenow, J. f. O. 1878, p. 248; Fischer, tom. cit.
p- 295; id. J. f. O. 1879, pp. 295, 296.
Usambara hills.
I may here mention that I have recently received from M. Filip-
poni an Egyptian specimen shot on Lake Mensala, in the Delta; so
that this species is now known to range in Africa from the mouth
of the Nile to the Cape of Good Hope, and on the west coast as
far north as the Senegal river.
181. GeERONTICUS HAGEDASH.
Ibis hagedash (Lath.), Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 735;
Fischer, J. f. O. 1879, pp. 295, 296.
Ibis caffrensis, Fischer & Reichenow, J. f. O. 1878, p. 248.
Usambara hills.
It ranges throughout Africa south of the line, and northward in
Western Africa to the river Gambia.
182. ToTANUS CANESCENS.
Totanus canescens (Gm.), Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 745.
Usambara mountains.
It ranges throughout the whole of Africa.
183. CALIDRIS ARENARIA.
Calidris arenaria (Linn.), Finsch & Hart]. Vog. Ostafr. p. 767.
Lamo.
It inhabits the entire Ethiopian Region.
184. RuyNcH#A CAPENSIS.
Rhynchea capensis (Linn.), Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 774.
Lamo.
Although here recorded for the first time from the Zanzibar re-
gion, it ranges throughout the whole of Africa and Madagascar.
1881.] BIRDS FROM EASTERN AFRICA. 601
185. LimNocorax NIGER.
Ortygometra nigra (Gm.), Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 779 ;
Fischer & Reichenow, J. f. O. 1878, p. 248; Fischer, tom. cit.
p- 295; id. J. f.O. 1879, pp. 297, 303; Fischer, J. f. O. 1880,
p- 188.
Limnocorax mosambicus, Cab. J. f. O. 1878, p. 246.
Pangani; Dar-es-Salaam.
This species inhabits the whole of Africa south of about 13° N,
lat., and on the west coast extends a few degrees further north, to
the river Senegal.
186. Mrroprpr1us AFRICANUS.
Parra africana (Gm.), Finsch & Hartl. Vig. Ostafr. p. 781 ;
Fischer & Reichenow, J. f. O. 1878, p. 248; Fischer, tom. cit.
p. 295; Fischer, J. f.O. 1879, pp. 297, 303; Fischer & Reichenow,
tom. cit. p. 338; Fischer, J. f. O. 1880, p. 188.
Pangani.
It inhabits the whole of Africa south of about 15° N. lat.
187. GALLINULA ANGULATA.
Gallinula pumila, Sclat. Ibis, 1859, p. 249, pl. 7.
Dar-es-Salaam.
New to East Africa. This species ranges throughout South
Africa, and extends northward on the west coast to Senegal and on
the east coast to Dar-es-Salaam.
188. SARCIDIORNIS AFRICANUS.
Sarcidiornis melanotus (Penn.), Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr.
p- 799; Fischer, J. f. O. 1879, p. 296.
Melinda.
This species ranges throughout the Ethiopian Region south of
about 15° N. lat.
189. NETTAPUS AURATUS.
Nettapus auratus (Bodd.), Finsch & Hartl. Vig. Ostafr. p. 804 ;
Fischer & Reichenow, J. f. O. 1878, p. 248; Fischer, tom. cit.
p. 296; id. J. f. O. 1879, p. 285.
Lamo.
It ranges throughout the whole of the southern Ethiopian Region,
and extends northward on the east coast to Lamo, and in West
Africa to Senegal.
190. DeNDROCYGNA VIDUATA.
Dendrocygna viduata (J.inn.), Finsch & Hartl. Vég. Ostafr.
p- 806; Fischer & Reichenow, J. f. O. 1878, p. 248; Fischer, tom.
cit. p. 295; id. J.f.O. 1879, pp. 295, 296.
Ugogo.
This species ranges throughout the Ethiopian Region south of
about 16° N. lat.
Proc. Zoou, Soc.—1881, No. XXXIX. 39
602 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM __ [May 3,
191, Popicers MINOR.
Podiceps minor (Linn.), Finsch & Hartl. Vég. Ostafr. p. 811;
Fischer, J. f. O. 1880, p. 188.
Colymbus minor, Fischer & Reichenow, J. f. O. 1878, p. 247 ;
Fischer, J.f. O. 1879, p. 297.
Pangani.
This species is to be found throughout the whole of the Ethiopian
Region.
192. THALACROCORAX AFRICANUS.
Graculus africanus (Gm.), Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 847 ;
Fischer & Reichenow, J. f. O. 1878, p. 247; Fischer, tom. cit.
p. 295.
Usambara hills.
The range of this species is probably the entire Ethiopian Region
south of 30° N. lat.; for it is not uncommon on Lake Fayoom near
Cairo; but its northern limits on the west coast are not yet so well
defined.
7. On a Collection of Lepidoptera from Western India, Be-
loochistan, and Afghanistan. By Arruur G. Burtsr,
F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c._ Assistant Keeper, Zoological De-
partment, British Museum.
[Received March 28, 1881.]
The collection, of which the following is an account, was received
last year, in two consignments, from Major Charles Swinhoe. The
first of these was accompanied by a letter dated from Kurrachee
1st May, 1880, in which Major Swinhoe says :—“TI send you by this
mail another small collection of Lepidoptera in three small boxes. .
eis eae is I am afraid there is not much in it you will care for. I
have several boxes full of Butterflies and Moths in paper envelopes,
but cannot find time to sort them. Mr. Murray, the Curator of
the Kurrachee Museum, has gone to Kandahar at his and my ex-
pense ; and when happier times come I will send you his Afghan
collections. One small box I have looked into is very much like a
collection from England would be, or rather, I should say, from
Europe; it contained Pieris rape, P. mesentina, Colias chryso-
theme’, Pieris daplidice, Lycena cyllarus, one pair of Nymphalide
I don’t know, Deiopeia pulchella, and Grammodes stolida: I hope
the others will show a greater variety. Mr. Murray’s tour will
extend over three months ; and therefore his notes and his collection
should be valuable; but I am afraid that he wili not be able to get
beyond Khelat i Gilgai.
“T send you a few notes made during the past year of what my
' By this is intended C. erate; some of the others, as L. eyllarus, are doubt-
less identified from memory. A
1881.] WESTERN INDIA, BELOOCHISTAN, ETC; 603
collector has brought in from captures at this place (Kurrachee) ;
it is of course only a very slight sketch. The life of a Chief Com-
missariat Officer at the base of war operations has not much leisure
in it. I have had to keep the army of Southern Afghanistan supplied
with pretty well every thing. . . . It has therefore only been at odd
hours, when every one else was sleeping, that I have been able to
take occasional notes.”’
The second consignment consisted of a single small box forwarded
on the 12th August, and followed by a letter dated from Quetta
3rd September, 1880, in which Major Swinhoe says:—‘‘I rode
up the Bolan 100 odd miles in five days. The heat at Sibi and at
the first two stages was intense; but we began to ascend rapidly
before reaching Mach, when we got out of the heat, and at Dusht,
6000 feet above sea-level, it was dreadfully cold at night, to me
especially, just coming out of the intense heat of the Sind post.
You descend again a thousand feet on reaching Quetta.
“ T have, as usual, been collecting everywhere. I have my collector
with me, who hunts every day ; and after my day’s work is done I
sort the good out of the rubbish, and put them carefully away with
the dates attached to the examples; and my friends returning sick
or on duty to Kurrachee take them to my wife there, who knows
how to take care of them until my return. I hope I shall have a
nice report to make to the. British Museum when I return, and
send you a fine collection of examples; but indeed both in Birds
and Butterflies there is not much new ; most are European species ” ’.
The following is a list of the species :—
RHOPALOCERA.
NYMPHALID&.
EuPLein&.
1, Eupt@a vermicutata (No. 1).
Luplea vermiculata, Butler, P. Z.S8. 1866, p. 276.
Mussoorie (one specimen).
Major Swinhoe says that the allied Z. core is ‘taken at Hydra-
bad, Sind ; said to be occasionally taken at Kurrachee—not found
here by me:” he also applies the same observation to Danais
limniace* and Melanitis ismene.
2. PARANTICA NILGIRIENSIS (No. 2).
Danais nilgiriensis, Moore, Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xxi
p. 44 (1877).
One female specimen. Neilgherries.
3, Parantica AGLEA (No. 3).
Papilio aglea, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 377. f. E (1782).
One male from Belgaum.
? My report on Captain Roberts's collection has shown thatthe Lepidoptera
are rather Persian than European species, although allied to European forms.
2 Tirumala limniace, Moore,
39*
604 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM [May 3,
NYMPHALIN.
4. HypoLIMNAS MISIPPUS.
Papilio misippus, Linneus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 291 (1764).
S Kurrachee (October, 1879); 9 Kurrachee (July, 1880); 2
Magar Pir, Sind. The females are both referable to the variety
H. dorippus of Klug. Major Swinhoe remarks of this species :—
“Common in September; many of the females show great variety
in markings, some having the apical area very slightly marked with
the usual black markings ; common also in Hydrabad.”
HI, bolina, L., is stated to be in the Kurrachee Museum, as taken
there.
Of the Vanesse (which are not represented in the collection)
Major Swinhoe forwards the following notes :—
“ Pyrameis cardui, L., January, February, July, August, and
December.
*¢ Junonia lemonias, L., in Kurrachee Museum as taken here;
J. enone, L., January to May, November and December, common ;
J. orithyia, L., April and May, not common; J. asteria, L.,
Hydrabad, Sind, one specimen taken at Kurrachee in N.W.;
J. almana, L., January and November, not common.”
5. Mopvuza procris (No. 1).
Limenitis procris, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. 106. f. E, F (1779).
One example, but only labelled “ N. India.”
§. RAHINDA HORDONIA (No. 6),
Papilio hordonia, Stoll, Suppl. Cramer, pl. 33. f. 4, 4d (1790).
One example, Neilgherries.
7. PARTHENOS VIRENS (No. 1)’.
Parthenos virens, Moore, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xx.
p: 47 (1877).
Two specimens, Neilgherries.
8. CrRROCHROA SWINHOEL, sp. un. (No. 3).
2. Allied to C. thais of Ceylon, but of a clear bright fulvous colour
above, almost as bright as in C. aoris and C. mithila, the primaries
more falcate than in C. thais, the inner or discal zigzag line less
strongly defined and more completely separated into <-shaped
markings, the very irregular series just beyond the cell considerably
more slender, secondaries with all the markings less pronounced :
body considerably paler, the thorax pale greenish. Under surface
stone-colour, with greenish and flesh-coloured tints, the basal area
to the middle being flesh-coloured, the discal lines and outer borders
washed with pale olivaceous; the band across the centre rather
paler than the ground-colour, but not white or silvery in the type
specimen ; a diffused double pearly white spot at apex of primaries ;
1 « Cynthia No. 1,” on label.
1881. ] WESTERN INDIA, BELOOCHISTAN, ETC. 605
pectus whitish, legs flesh-coloured. Expanse of wings 2 inches
7 lines.
One specimen, Neilgherries, Mr. Moore has examples, appa-
rently referable to this species, in his collection from the Neilgherries.
9. MrssarRAS ERYMANTHIS (No. 2).
Papilio erymanthis, Drury, Ill. Exot. Ent. i. pl. 15. figs. 3, 4
(1773).
One specimen. Neilgherries.
10. Hypanis PoLINICE (No. 5).
Papilio polinice, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. op 375. f. G, H (1782)
One specimen. Neilgherries.
11. Meira ropertsit (No. 7).
Melitea robertsii, Butler, P. Z. S. 1880, p. 406, pl. 39. fig. 2
One specimen. Chaman, South Afghanistan, May 1880.
MorpPHIN&.
12. DiscopHora TULLIA (No. 4).
Papilio tullia, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. 81. f. A, B (1779)
One female specimen. ‘ North India.”
LycHNID&.
13. Cureris pHzDRUS (No. 2).
Papilio phedrus, Fabricius, Sp. Ins. ii. p. 125 (1781).
One female. Neilgherries.
14. PoLYOMMATUS B&TICUS.
Papilio beticus, Linnzeus, Syst. Nat. i. (2) p. 789 (1766).
Seven specimens. Kurrachee, May and June, 1879.
Major Swinhoe says that this species is very common in January,
April, May, and July.
15. CATOCHRYSOPS CNEJUS.
Hesperia cnejus, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 430 (1798).
Two males. Kurrachee, October 1879.
With this species were two smaller Lycene which agree fairly
well with C. contracta, and must I think be slight variations of that
species ; but Major Swinhoe seems to regard them as a seasonal
variety of L. cnejus, He says :—“The September brood taken here,
at the Hubb river, and in the Mulleer, all within a radius of 20
miles from Kurrachee, is more than double the size of those taken
in the spring and summer—the former having an expanse of 13
inch, while the others are barely 10 lines, the difference every way
in size being quite remarkable, whereas in every other respect the
examples are ideutical.”’
Of the four specimens now sent as C. cnejus, two are typical and
606 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM [May 3,
belong to the large type taken in September ; the two others are
very like Z. contracta, are altogether bluer above than L. enejus,
and have the discal row of white-zoned black spots on the primaries
below interrupted.
16. CATOCHRYSOPS CONTRACTA ?
Lampides contracta, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1880, p. 406, pl. 39. fig. 3.
Two specimens (as L. cnejus). Kurrachee, June 1879.
17. CATOCHRYSOPS ELLA, sp. n. (No. 6).
Allied to C. cnejus, but with the coloration of the wings below
more like C. pandava. Wings above lilac, greenish at the base, the
male with a broad dark brown border twice as wide at apex as to-
wards the external angle; the female with a blackish marginal line
and indistinct ocelloid submarginal-spets : secondaries with a black
marginal line and a submarginal’ series of six ocelloid spots, less
distinct in the male than in the female, the first indistinct in both
sexes, the three following brown with white borders, the fifth large,
black, with the border white externally and orange internally, anal
spot bifid, black with white border; frige white, tail black tipped
with white. Wings below brownish grey, with the spots arranged as
in C. enejus, but broader, less prominent ; the submarginal spots
relieved internally by a rather broad brown border, beyond which
is a diffused discal white streak or band; the black ocelli towards
the anal angle vary in intensity, and sometimes are almost wholly
lost, as in the male before me. Expanse of wings, ¢ 10 lines, 2
1 inch. ke
A pair, rather worn. Kurrachee. 6, December 1879; 9,
January 1880.
There are specimens of this species in Mr. Moore’s collection.
Major Swinhoe says that it is not common.
18. LAMPIDES ZLIANUS (No. 7).
Hesperia elianus, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 280 (1793).
One male. Neilgherries.
19. Tarucus piinius (No. 1).
Hesperia plinius, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 284 (1793).
Two examples. Kurrachee, May and June, 1879. Also occurs
in July, and is common.
20. TARUCUS NARA.
Lycena nara, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir, iv. 2, p. 421 (1848).
Four specimens. Kurrachee, May and October, 1879.
T. nara is said to be common from April to August, and in
November.
21. LyCHNA FUGITIVA, Nn. sp.
Intermediate in character between L. persica and zephyrus, but
nearer to the latter. Wings of the male above bright lilacine blue,
1881.] WESTERN INDIA, BELOOCHISTAN, ETC. 607
with a black marginal line, fringe with the basal half grey, the
external half white ; of the female smoky brown, more or less washed
with blue towards the base, a submarginal series of small lunate
orange spots, outer border broadly blackish, fringe as in the male.
Wings below whity-brown, greyer and paler in the male than in the
female ; the black spots arranged exactly as in LZ. zephyrus, but all
smaller and with less conspicuously white zones; the double series
of submarginal spots on the primaries grey and without connecting
orange spots in the male, paler in the female; submarginal spots on
the secondaries less distinctly black, the orange spots paler, not
relieved by a pure white border as in LZ. zephyrus; base of the
secondaries rather more broadly washed with bluish green. Expanse
of wings 1 inch 14 line.
Three pairs, the females much worn. Quetta, North Beloo-
chistan, March and April.
This is incorrectly labelled L. cyllarus?; the latter is a much
larger and very distinct species.
22. ZIZERA KARSANDRA (Nos. 4 & 5).
Polyommatus karsandra, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 505. n. 106,
pl. 31. fig. 7.
Sixteen specimens, but mostly worn or broken. “April, May,
July ; very common. Kurrachee.”’
23. SCOLITANTIDES NysEUus (No. 8).
Polyommatus nyseus, Guérin in Deless. Souv. Voy. Ind. p. 78,
pl. 22. fig. 1 (1843).
One fair specimen, Hydrabad, Sinde; and one broken, Neil-
gherries.
24, APHNUS ACAMAS.
Lycena acamas, Klug, Symb. Phys. pl. 40. figs. 7-9 (1834).
A pair in good condition. Kurrachee, February and August,
1880. Occurs at ‘“Hydrabad, Sind, in February, March, and
August, but is not common.”
25. APHNZUS VULCANUS, var. (No. 2).
Papilio vulcanus, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 519 (1775).
One worn female. Neilgherries.
PAPILIONIDA.
PIERINA.
26. CoLIAS NILGIRIENSIS.
Colias nilagiriensis, Felder, Wien, ent. Mon. iii. p. 395 (1859).
Two pairs. Neilgherries.
27. COLIAS ERATE.
Papilio erate, Esper, Eur. Schmett. i. (2) pl. 119. fig. 3 (1806).
One worn pair. Quetta, 26th March and 20th April, 1880.
608 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM [May 3,
These specimens are rather smaller than European examples, and
may possibly represent a dwarfed race of the species.
28. TERIAS HECABEOIDES.
Terias hecabeoides, Ménétriés, Cat. Mus. Petrop. Lep. i. p. 85,
pl. 2. fig. 2 (1855).
Two females. Kurrachee, June and July 1879.
“Very common in April, June, July, and August.”
29. Tertas asiore (No. 2).
Terias esiope, Ménétriés, Cat. Mus. Petrop. Lep. i. p. 85, pl. 2.
fie. 3 (1855).
One male. Calcutta. “January, rare.”
30. Tertas tata (No. 1).
Terias leta, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 694 (1836).
One female. Belgaum.
Major Swinhoe says that 7’. venata occurs rarely at Kurrachee in
August.
31. TERACOLUS VESTALIS.
Teracolus vestalis, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 135. n. 32, pl. 7.
fig. 10.
Nine good specimens. Kurrachee, May 1879.
Major Swinhoe notes the following months in which this species
may be taken—-January to May, August, September, November,
and December. This, however, is somewhat modified by subsequent
remarks respecting this species and 7’. puellaris.
32. TERACOLUS PUELLARIS.
Teracolus puellaris, Butler, P. Z. S. 1876, p. 136, n. 33.
Ten specimens, mostly good. April and May, 1879.
Major Swinhoe says :—‘‘ The great distinction between the two
above species, I take it, is the colouring of the underside, puellaris
being yellow, and vestalis having a pinkish orange tinge, especially
in the marginal border of the primaries and throughout the secon-
daries; but there appear to be two kinds distinct from vestalis,
both of which I think are not pwellaris, the black border on the
upperside of the secondaries being twice as broad in the one as in
the other; and as there are both sexes of each kind, I think they
are distinct. I send you a series of 25 examples, 9 being the
ordinary vestalis, 10 vestalis of a smaller size which are marked
** Idmais No. 1”’ in my collection, and 6 marked “ No. 2,” which
are like puellaris, except for the very narrow border on the secon-
daries; kindly tell me if these are puellaris or another species. I
don’t send you any more typical puellaris ; you have plenty in the
Museum collection, and they are rare here; and I have but four
examples, one of these, by the way, being a monster, very darkly
and strongly marked throughout with black, or many large dark
spots on the underside of the secondaries,”
1881.] WESTERN INDIA, BELOOCHISTAN, ETC. 609
As there appears to be some little confusion respecting these
white species of Teracolus, I may briefly diagnose them as follows : —
T. vestalis expands 20-24 lines; border of secondaries above
broad in both sexes; wings below sulphur-yellow, the apex of
primaries and entire surface of secondaries in the female occasionally
irrorated with grey and washed with mustard-yellow, the secondaries
also frequently with an oblique discal series of olive-brown spots.
May.
7 puellaris expands 17-21 lines; border of secondaries above
varying in width’; female often pale yellow above; male below
usually of a brighter yellow than 7. vestalis, and with narrower
black discal spots; the apex of primaries and entire surface of
secondaries in the female below flesh-coloured; the outer border of
secondaries darker, and limited by a complete angular discal series
of brownish spots. April and May.
T. ochreipennis expands 16 to 204 lines; border of secondaries
above rather broad in both sexes; both male and female white
above in all specimens which I have seen; the apex of primaries
and entire surface of secondaries in both sexes below ochraceous, the
secondaries with rather darker border, limited internally by two or
three brownish spots, which sometimes, however, are obsolete.
November.
33. TERACOLUS OCHREIPENNIS (No. 2).
Teracolus ochreipennis, Butler, P. Z. 8. p. 136. n. 34;(1876).
Six specimens, in tolerably good condition. Kurrachee, No-
vember 1879.
34. TERACOLUS DYNAMENE.
Pontia dynamene, Klug, Symb. Phys. pl. vi. figs. 17, 18 (1829).
Four specimens. Kurrachee, May 1879.
«Very common. May, November, December.’—C. S.
Of T. protractus Major Swinhoe says :—‘ January, March, Au-
gust, November, not common; very common in Hydrabad and on
the Hubb river.”
Of 7. solaris (of which we only possess one specimen, a male) he
says :—‘ January, August, December, common.”
35. TreRAcoLus ETRIDA (No. 1).
Anthocharis etrida, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 576 (1836).
Three typical males and one typical female. Kurrachee, May
and June 1879.
Var. Orange apical patch wider in both sexes, its inner black-
-brown boundary becoming obsolete towards the costal border in the
male.
Three males and two females. Kurrachee, May and June 1879.
This variety resembles 7. purus in the pattern of the apex of
primaries.
? Always narrow in Kurrachee males.
610 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM [May 3,
36. Teracotus purus (Nos. 3 & 4).
Teracolus purus, Butler, P. Z. S. 1876, p. 160. n. 113, pl. 7.
figs. 14, 15.
Four males and two females. Kurrachee, May and June 1879.
Four of the specimens, including the females, are labelled “ 3 ;”
the other two, males, are labelled ‘‘4.”’ The following species (if
indeed it be distinct, which I begin to doubt) is similarly mixed up,
one male and two females being labelled ‘3,’ and two males “4.”
37. TeRACOLUS BIMBURA (Nos. 3 & 4).
Yeracolus bimbura, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 161. n. 117, pl. 7.
figs. 3, 4,
Three males and two females. Kurrachee, May 1879.
This form differs from 7’. purus in the narrower blackish borders
to the apical orange patch in both sexes, the smaller marginal spots
on the secondaries, the usually slightly inferior size; the difference
of irroration on the under surface of the secondaries seems to be
confined to specimens taken in Cashmere; but my figures of the
upper surface accurately represent 7. bimbura of Kurrachee. My
figure of 7. purus 9 doubtless represents the female of 7’. etrida,
which, when I wrote my “ Revision” of the genus, was a rare
species in collections, and consequently not readily recognized by me.
The true female of 7. purus is of about the same size as the male,
and has a more curved orange patch on the apical area; the mar-
ginal spots on the secondaries are also vather smaller than in
T. etrida 2; and the spots across the disk of these wings on the
under surface are less conspicuous.
38. Teracouus virus (Nos. 1 & 2).
Teracolus dirus, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 157. n. 108, pl. 7.
figs. 11 & 13, 2.
One male and two females. Kurrachee, May and June, 1879.
This species is also said to occur in July and August. It is easily
separable from 7’. dulcis by the much broader and darker grey
patch at the base of all the wings, by the larger marginal black spots
on the male, and the presence of an additional series of discal black
spots on the disk of the secondaries on the female—a character wholly
failing in Kurrachee females of 7’. dulcis, and never represented
elsewhere excepting by one or two indistinct spots: the under sur-
face of the female secondaries also inclines to yellow in tint, whereas
in 7’, dulcis it is quite pink.
39. Teracouus putcis (Nos. 1 & 2).
Teracolus dulcis, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 157. n. 107, pl. 7.
fig. 13 ¢.
Three males and two females. May and June 1879.
Major Swinhoe gives the following months for the appearance of
this species :—‘‘ January, August, and November.” It is possible,
however, that he may have confounded it in life with the preceding
1881.] WESTERN INDIA, BELOOCHISTAN, ETC, 611
species (as he has done in death), since it is hardly probable that
the same species would be taken for eight months in succession. It
is no wonder that any one, however much experienced in the
study of the Lepidoptera generally, should confound the species of
such difficult genera as Teracolus, Colias, and Terias; ouly special
study can educate one readily to recognize the differences between
many of them: doubtless a tendency to hybridization between allied
species does not assist one in identifying them.
40. CATOPSILIA THISORELLA.
Callidryas thisorella, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 609 (1836).
Two males. Kurrachee, May 1879.
Whether this race of C. pyranthe is constant to Kurrachee I have
no means of judging. Major Swinhoe gives March, May, and
December as its times of appearance, and says that it is common.
41. Appras pArapa (No. 2).
Pieris darada, Felder, Reise der Nov. Lep. p. 166, n. 142
(1867).
One male. Neilgherries.
** One specimen, taken at Kurrachee; month not recorded.—
S.
42, APPIAS NARENDRA (No. 3).
Appias narendra, Moore, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xx.
p- 48 (1877).
One male. Neilgherries.
The female is at present unknown to us; but Major Swinhoe
speaks of the probable female as “smaller, with broader marginal
black band on the upper surface of the secondaries, and the under
surface of these wings nearly white.” It would be quite unusual
for the female to be smaller than the male ; but this might be merely
an individual character.
43, PAPILIO MESENTINA.
Papilio mesentina, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 270. f. A, B (1782).
A pair. Quetta, North Beloochistan, March 1880.
Occurs very commonly from February to May, and in November
and December.
44, SYNCHLO# DAPLIDICE.
Papilio daplidice, Linnzeus, Syst. Nat. (1) ii. p. 760 (1766).
A pair. Quetta, April 7th & 15th, 1880.
45. Ganoris Gxicrria (No. 1).
Papilio gliciria, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. 171. f. E, F (1779).
A pair. Neilgherries.
612 MR, A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM [May 3,
46, GANORIS MANNII.
Pontia mannii, Mayer, Stett. ent. Zeit. 1851, p. 151.
One specimen, Quetta, 26th March ; two at Chaman, 8. Afgha-
nistan, in May 1880.
This looks much like a well-marked variety of the following
species.
47. GANORIS RAPS.
Papilio rape, Linneus, Faun. Suec. p. 270, n. 1936 (1761).
One specimen, Quetta, 26th March; one at Chaman, May
1880.
48. NepHERONIA PINGASA (No. 1).
Eronia pingasa, Moore, P. Z.S. 1872, p. 365.
One male. Neilgherries.
The specimen sent belongs to the variety in which the upper
surface exactly resembles N. valeria 3 ; and the under surface shows
traces of the submarginal spots, which in the female limit the outer
border. The species belongs to the N. valeria group, the females of
which (unlike that of JV. Aippia) show no trace of yellow on the
secondaries.
PAPILIONINAE.
49. Paprtio BupDDHA (No. 3).
Papilio buddha, Westwood, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1872, p. 86, pl. 3.
fig. 1.
One damaged specimen of this rare species. Neilgherries.
P. erithonius is said to be common at Kurrachee from January
to March, August and December; and P. diphilus very common in
August only.
HEsPERIUD&.
50. PAMPHILA MATHIAS,
Hesperia mathias, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 433 (1798).
One male. Kurrachee, June 1879.
“Very common in February, April, May, July, September, and
November,” according to Major Swinhoe; but it is probable that
the following species is included in this statement.
51. PAMPHILA KARSANA.
Hesperia karsana, Moore, P. Z.S. 1874, p. 576, pl. 67. fig. 6.
One male. Kurrachee, May 1879.
The small size, golden brown coloration, and absence of hyaline
spots readily distinguish this from P. mathias.
52. PyRGUS EVANIDUS.
Pyrgus evanidus, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser, 5, vol. v.
p- 223.
Nine specimens. Kurrachee,
1881.] WESTERN INDIA, BELOOCHISTAN, ETC. 613
The following times of appearance are given—January to March,
June, August, and September ; but the following species was mixed
up with the specimens of P. evanidus.
53. PyRGUs GALBA.
Hesperia galba, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. i. (1) p. 352 (1793).
Eight specimens. Kurrachee.
The unbroken creamy white band across the centre of the secon-
daries on the under surface readily separates this species from the
preceding, as also the straighter and continuous subbasal white line ;
as a rule, but not invariably, the under surface of P. galba is darker.
HeETEROCERA.
SPHINGID.
54. Cuzrocampa Nxssus (No. 1).
Sphinw nessus, Drury, Ill. Exot. Ent. ii. p. 46, pl. 27. fig. 1
(1778).
One specimen. Belgaum.
** One specimen taken in October” (C. S.). Of other species found
at Kurrachee are mentioned :—C. celerio, rarely in November and
December ; C. e/penor (probably C. fraterna), one specimen, probably
taken in December, but the month not recorded at the time; and
C. oldenlandie, one specimen in December ; Deilephila livornica,
one specimen taken in March.
55. PercGesa acres (No. 2).
Sphinx acteus, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 248, A (1782).
One specimen. Belgaum.
The only other species of the family noted by Major Swinhoe are :—
Cephonodes hylas, one specimen of which was taken at Kurrachee
in December; Daphnis nerii, taken from March to May; and
Acherontia morta, which is common in July and August.
Respecting D. nerii, Major Swinhoe says :—‘“‘ There appear to be
three broods here, one after the other. I have taken caterpillars
full-grown in all three months on the oleander which abounds
everywhere in these parts: the caterpillars eat the flower only of
the double garden oleander, and the leaves only of the wild single
oleander. How this is I can’t explain; but it is a fact I have
carefully observed both in the jungles and the gardens here and
when rearing them in my house. They are emerald-green at first,
then turn dull yellow, and finally black before they leave off feeding ;
they burrow a few inches into the earth at the roots of the oleander,
make a smooth cell, spin a very little silk, and the moth emerges in
from 16 to 20 days. Out of 5 caterpillars in my breeding-cage,
3 became moths in 16 days after the chrysalis was formed and 2 in
20 days, there being one male in both instances.”
614 MR, A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM [May 3,
AGARISTID.
56. AdGoceRA VENULIA (No. 40).
Phalena venulia, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. 165. f. D (1779).
One specimen. Neilgherries.
The Western form of this species differs from the Eastern in the
greater length of the longitudinal white streak beyond the second
black spot on the primaries.
ARCTIDZ.
57. ALOA EMITTENS (No. 2!).
Creatonotos emittens, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. iii. p. 638 (1855).
One specimen. Belgaum.
LirHosiip.
58. DrIOPEIA THYTER,
Deiopeia thyter, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1877, p. 361.
One specimen. Kurrachee, October 1879.
D. pulchella is said to be common in Kurrachee from January to
March and in May and December.
NYCTEMERIDZ.
59. NycTEemMERA LAcTIcINiA (No. 42).
Phalena lacticinia, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. 128. f. E (1779).
One specimen. Belgaum.
NYCTEOLID.
60. EARIAS TRISTRIGOSA, Sp. n. (Nos. 20 & 26).
Nearly allied to £. frondosana, from which it chiefly differs in
the absence of the brown border to the secondaries; primaries
pea-green, with diffused whitish costal border, three darker green
parallel angulated oblique stripes from the inner margin to near the
costal margin, external border also darker green; secondaries semi-
transparent pearly white, slightly golden along the outer margin;
thorax green; abdomen creamy yellowish. Primaries below pale
greenish white, sericeous ; secondaries as above, the costal border
creamy ; body below white. Expanse of wings 93 to 10} lines.
Two specimens. Hubb river, Beloochistan, February 1879 ;
one (faded), Kurrachee, April 1879.
We have this species from the Punjanb.
ENNOMID&.
61. HypERYTHRA SWINHOEI.
Hyperythra swinhoei, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol.v.
p- 223 (1880).
Two males. Kurrachee, November 1879.
4 « Rhyparia No, 2” (C. 8.)
1881.] WESTERN INDIA, BELOOCHISTAN, ETC. 615
62, HypERYTHRA PHANTASMA, Sp. n. (No. 35).
Sordid creamy whitish or very pale stone-colour; wings sparsely ~
speckled with grey and crossed by three equidistant olivaceous
slightly arched lines, basal area to the second line slightly obscured,
external area from the third line to the margin washed with oliva-
ceous greenish; tegule and abdomen slightly darker than the rest
of the body. Wings below cream-colour, the external area slightly
darker and limited by a grey line re} resenting the third line of the
upper surface; body brownish white. Expanse of wings 1 inch
6 lines.
One female. Kurrachee, February 1880.
Said to be rare. It is hardly likely to be the female of H. swin-
hoei, the latter being taken in November and having a more typical
style of coloration with less regular lines across the wings. H. phan-
tasma is an unusually colourless species, the under surface (which
is usually far more brilliant than the upper surface) being almost
uniformly creamy whitish.
GEOMETRID&.
Loxocuiaa, gen, nov.
Allied to Tunaorhinus and Geometra. From the former it differs
in its more perfectly pectinated male antenne, its shorter palpi, less
falcate primaries, and in the second and third median branches of
these wings being emitted at the same point from the inferior angle
of the cell; from the latter in its shorter palpi, the shorter dis-
coidal cell of the primaries, and the simultaneous emission of the
median branches noted above; the male antenne are scarcely so
fully pectinated as in Geometra, as the apex remains bare. Type
L, smaragdus (Tanaorhinus smaragdus, Butl.).
63. LoxocHILA MUTANS, sp. n. (No. 28).
Wings above pale sandy buff, probably dull sea-green when fresh
(showing traces of this colour in some specimens), crossed in the
middle from second third of costal margin of primaries to just beyond
the middle of the abdominal margin of secondaries by a white line
bordered internally by a line darker than the ground-colour ;
primaries with a second divergent transverse white line across the
basal third; fringe of all the wings white: thorax of the same
colour as the primaries; abdomen white; crest of head white ;
antennee sandy yellowish. Under surface white, the costal borders
of the wings, apical area of primaries, and a tint on the pectus and
legs sandy buff, probably green in fresh specimens. Expanse of
wings 1 inch 8-10 lines.
One specimen. Neilgherries.
In addition to the example sent by Major Swinhoe (which shows
no trace of the original green coloration), we have three specimens
formerly in the collection of Mr. Norris’, which show distinct
1 Some of the species in this collection were described by Walker; and the
types of the Indian forms were purchased by Mr, Moore,
616 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM ([May3,
traces of green colouring similar to that of Thalera thymiaria of
Europe. The only locality given is ‘N. India’! but there can
be little doubt that they were all obtained in the Neilgherries ;
‘“‘N. India” seems to represent any thing, in some collections, from
Scinde to Madras.
The genus Litbada of Walker appears to be allied to Loxochila
and Geometra ; but its brownish colouring seems to be permanent.
64. Nemorta prurnosa (No. 2).
Nemoria pruinosa, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. v.
p- 224. n. 19 (1880).
Two specimens. Kurrachee, September 1879.
‘* January, September, and December, not common.’—C. S.
65. NEMORIA FREQUENS, sp. n. (No. 34).
Wings above sap-green, minutely reticulated with silvery white,
fringe cream-coloured; palpi whitish, rose-red towards the tips ;
frons brown; crest and antennee white; body above white; wings
below silky white, slightly tinted with green towards the margins ;
body below silky cream-colour; front legs above slightly pink.
Expanse of wings 11 lines.
One specimen. Kurrachee, March 1880.
Said to be common in April and November.
ACIDALIID&.
66. AcIDALIA DisTRACTA, sp. n. (No. 30).
Sandy whitish, densely irrorated with black, wings crossed in the
middle by avery irregular dusky band formed by black scales on a
testaceous ground, and having the appearance of two approximated
lines ; this band is almost divided (leaving only a slender line) upon
the median interspaces of the primaries, and does not reach the cos-
tal margin of the secondaries; an indistinct dentate sinuate dusky
discal line spotted upon the veins with black; a dusky undulated
disco-submarginal band, interrupted in all the wings upon the radial
and interno-median interspaces ; a marginal black line interrupted
at the extremities of all the veins; fringe white, speckled with black ;
primaries with an additional curved interrupted dusky band across
the basal third; a dusky discoidal stigma ; secondaries with a black
discoidal stigma: under surface sericeous creamy white. Expanse
of wings 1 inch.
Three specimens. Kurrachee, February 1879, May 1880. “ Jan-
uary to March and May, common.’’-—C. S.
Macariipa.
67. Macarta MyANDARIA (No. 33).
Macaria myandaria, Waiker, Cat. Lep. Het. xxvi. p. 1649
(1852).
One specimen, Matheran, May 1879.
1881. | WESTERN INDIA, BELOOCHISTAN, ETC. 617
FIDONIID.
68. SrerRHA sAcRARIA (No, 31).
Phalena sacraria, Linnezeus, Syst. Nat. i. (2) p. 863 (1766).
One specimen. Kurrachee, September 1879.
Said to be taken rarely in November.
LARENTIIDE.
69. LarenTIA FisstFeRATA, var.? (No. 32).
Larentia fissiferata, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xxiv. p. 1194
(1862).
Two specimens. Neilgherries.
This species is allied to LZ. didymata of Europe..
70. Scorosta pusBrosaTA (No. 29).
Scotosia dubiosata, Walker, Cat. Lép. Het. xxv. p. 1352 (1862).
One specimen. Neilgherries.
LEUCANIID.
71. Leucanta toreyi (No. 1’).
Noctua loreyi, Duponchel, Hist. Nat. Lép. Fr.iv. p. 81, pl. 105.
fig. 7 (1827). -
One specimen. Kurrachee, April 1880. — “February and April,
rare.’—C. S.
XYLOPHASIID.
72. SPODOPTERA CILIUM (No. 43).
Spodoptera cilium, Guénée, Noct. i. p. 154 (1852).
One specimen. Sajee, Southern Afghanistan, May. 1880.
CARADRINID&.
73. AMYNA CEPHUSALIs (No. 46).
Ilattia cephusalis, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xvi. p. 209 (1858).
One specimen, Kurrachee, July 1880.
Nocrurip#.
74, SP£ZLOTIS UNDULANS? (No. 38).
Spelotis undulans, Moore, Sci. Res. Yark. Miss., Lep. pl. i. fig 10
(1879).
One specimen, Kurrachee, July 1880.
This example agrees in every respect with Moore’s figure; the
only cause for doubt is that the range seems somewhat extensive.
75, CHERSOTIS QUADRISIGNA (No. 6).
Agrotis quadrisigna, Moore, P. Z. S. 1881.
One broken example. Neilgherries.
This species is allied to C. rectangula of Europe.
1 “ Prodenia No. 1” on Iabel.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1881, No. XL. 40
618 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM [May 3,
ORTHOSIID.
76. ORTHOSIA ERUBESCENS.
Orthosia erubescens, Butler, Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,
vol. v. p. 224 (1880).
One specimen. Neilgherries.
HapENID.
77. HADENA AURIPLENA (No. 1’).
Eurois? auriplena, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xi. p. 557 (1857).
One specimen. Neilgherries.
78. ANARTA? GEMMIFERA (No. 3°).
Plusia gemmifera, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xii. p. 934 (1857).
One specimen. Neilgherries.
This appears to me to agree far better with Azarta than with
any other genus known to me.
ANTHOPHILID.
79. ACANTHOLIPES AFFINIS.
Docela affinis, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. v.
p. 225 (1880).
Three specimens. Kurrachee, April and May, 1880.
Also occurs in February, November, and December.
It will be seen by reference to my description that I called atten-
tion to the similarity of Docela to Microphysa (= Acantholipes), but
stated at the same time that the palpi were longer and thicker. This
I still think to be the case; but as Mr. Moore considers the two
genera identical, I have no wish to retain Walker’s appellation.
PLUsIIDz.
80. PLustA VERTICILLATA (No. 1).
Plusia verticillata, Guénée, Noct. ii. p. 344 (1852).
Two specimens. Kurrachee, November 1879.
This species is said also to be common in February, March, and
May. Major Swinhoe says he has a specimen in which the ground-
colour is quite black, and another with a deep reddish tinge. He
also mentions Abdrostola subapicalis as taken at Kurrachee in
November, and Xanthiodes intersepta as common in October and
November.
HoMoprTeRID&.
81. Homoptera vetusta (No. 36).
Polydesma vetusta, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. Suppl. iii. p. 875
(1865).
One specimen. Kurrachee, May 1880.
1 « Xylophasia No. 1.” * “ Hadena No. 3.”
1881. ] WESTERN INDIA, BELOOCHISTAN, ETC. 619
HypoGRAMMID.
82. Ra1zoGRAMMA INEXTRICATA (No. 1’).
Rhizogramma inextricata, Moore, P. Z. S. 1881, p. 342.
One example. Neilgherries.
This insect seems to me to come nearest to the genus Gadirtha.
83. SELEPA DOcILIs, sp. n. (No. 21).
Primaries above silver-grey, the basal area irregularly spotted
with blackish and limited by two irregularly dentate-sinuatefarched
parallel blackish lines; a black dot with white margin at the end of
the cell, followed by two arched parallel blackish lines, which form
an inangulated elbow at the first median branch ; beyond these lines
is an arched series of abbreviated longitudinal black dashes, followed
by an alternated marginal series of similar dashes ; a marginal black
spot at the extremity of the first median branch : secondaries
silvery white with slight golden reflections: thorax grey ; abdomen
white. Wings below silvery white, the secondaries with pearly re-
flections ; body below white. Expanse of wings 10 lines.
Var. Markings of primaries obsolete, with the exception of the
outer discal line; the submarginal black dashes replaced by a slightly
irregular greyish testaceous stripe. Expanse of wings 92 lines.
Two specimens. Kurrachee, May 1879.
Also said to be common in November and December.
I am rather uncertain about the right position of the genus
Selepa ; but its palpi are rather similar to those of Gadirtha ; it also
seems nearly allied to Eyelesta, Plotheia, and Girbatha of Walker.
The type species was, I believe, inadvertently referred by its author
to the Limacodide; but from this family the structure of the body
at once distinguishes it.
OPpHIDERIDA.
84. OpHIDERES HYPERMNESTRA (No. 2).
Phalena hypermnestra, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 323. f. A, B
(1782).
Two specimens. Belgaum.
OMMATOPHORIDE.
85. ARGIVA HIEROGLYPHICA, var. ULULA (No. 1).
Noctua ulula, Fabricius, Sp. Ins. ii. p. 211 (1781).
One specimen. Belgaum.
OpuHivsIDz.
86. THRIA FUGITIVA.
Cerbia fugitiva, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xiv. p. 1365 (1857).
One specimen. Kurrachee, May 1879.
The genus Cerbia must sink as a synonym of Thria, established
at p. iv of the same volume; indeed I am doubtful whether even
1 Labelled as a Cucullia, which it resembles except in its done pAlb
40
620 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM [May 3,
the species is not identical with 7’. robusta. As, however, the latter
comes from South Africa, and is less heavily marked and paler than
the Indian specimens in the collection of the British Museum, I
hesitate to regard the two forms as conspecific.
87. Turia? INEPTA, sp. n. (No. 44).
Primaries above with the basal three fifths sordid white, crossed near
the base, and again at basal third, by irregular testaceous bands, the
inner one with black internal and brown external margin, the outer
one with brown internal and black external margin ; a black costal
dash between these bands ; an cblique brownish patch, bisinuated in
front, from the costa across the end of the cell, and beyond this a
black costal dot ; external three fifths greyish white, limited inter-
nally by a biangulated testaceous band having a black internal and
brown external margin; disk crossed by a broadly dentate sinuate
white line with testaceous outer border, and with its sinuations (on
the inside) filled in with brown; a dark brown apical spot ; a slender
marginal blackish line, dotted with black between the veins ; fringe
white, sordid externally, and traversed by a dusky sinuated line:
secondaries white, with brownish abdominal area; median vein to
the commencement of the branches and the external two fifths
of the wing black-brown ; an oblique marginal spot near the anal
angle and the fringe white: body above sordid white. Wiugs below
white: primaries crossed-from the inner margin beyond the middle
almost to the costa by two: divergent brown bands, the outer one
diffused, emitting longitudinal streaks outwards along the veins and
joining a large black costal spot ; a black spot at apex ; fringe brown-
ish at the tips: secondaries with brown external area as above, but
slightly paler, a large black spot at about the middle of the margin,
bounded inwardly by the subanal marginal white spot: body below
white, venter creamy. Expanse of wings 1 inch 7 lines.
One broken example, Chaman, Southern Afghanistan, May 1880.
Evcuipiipz.
88. TRIGONODES HYPPASIA.
Phalena hyppasia, Cramer, Pap: Exot. iii. pl. 250. f. E (1782).
Three specimens. Kurrachee, July and October, 1879. Also
said to be common in January, June, and September.
REeMIGIID.
89. Grrea opraTuRA (No. 2’).
Remigia opatura, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xv. p. 1848 (1858).
One specimen. Neilgherries.
HERMINIID.
90. Rivuxa sericeatis (No. 24).
Pyralis sericealis, Denis, Wien. Verz. p. 122, n. 18.
Five specimens. Kurrachee, May 1879.
1 « Azazia No. 2” on label.
1881.] WESTERN INDIA, BELOOCHISTAN, ETC. 621
«Very common in February, March, May, July, August, Sep-
tember, and November.”’—C. S.
PYRALIDZ.
91. STEMMATOPHORA INGRATA, Sp. 0.
Primaries above whity brown; two white-bordered black dots
placed transversely above one another at basal fourth; an irregu-
larly falciform line beginning at about the middle of the inner
margin, running obliquely upwards to the median vein, and then
abruptly elbowed and sweeping outwards ina semicircle to the costal
margin at apical sixth, white with brown internal border ; secondaries
white, apical border brownish ; thorax whity brown, abdomen white:
under surface pure silky white. Expanse of wings 63 lines.
Two rubbed specimens. Kurrachee, May 1880.
92. Hypotia vuLGarRis, sp. n. (No. 17).
Greyish brown: primaries above with a large patch of whity
brown occupying nearly the whole of the basal third, which is
limited externally by a dusky-bordered zigzag white stripe ; a white
spot, bounded on each side by a blackish dot, within the end of the
cell ; a dusky-bordered white zigzag band immediately beyond the
cell, varied with pale buff or whity brown, speckled with grey, and
diffused above the second median branch; a submarginal whitish
dash across the third median and lower radial interspaces, and an
oblique costal white dash close to apex; a marginal series of white-
edged blackish points ; fringe alternately greyish brown and white ;
in some specimens nearly the whole surface of the primaries is pale
buff, only the area between the white bands being streaked or clouded
with greyish brown, the inner white stripe or band being less zigzag,
the marginal line-wholly white, and the fringe spotted at the base
with blackish (this would seem to be the more typical male form) :
secondaries sericeous, with diffused dusky border, usually with a sub-
marginal series of white spots; fringe sordid white at base, pure
white at tips, and traversed by two grey lines: thorax whitish.
Under surface pale greyish brown; wings slightly darker towards
the outer margin, and with an indistinct subapical whitish streak ;
a scarcely perceptible slender whitish marginal line ; fringe as above ;
internal area of primaries whitish. Expanse of wings 9-12 lines.
Five specimens. Kurrachee, December 1879 and April 1880.
Also common in May, August, and November.
ENNYCHIID.
93. RHODARIA ARIDA, Sp. Nn.
_ Primaries above sandy buff, with reddish costal margin spotted
with blackish ; centra! third occupied by a broad greyish belt with
pale buff borders; a greyish diffused submarginal stripe; fringe
grey, whitish at the base and traversed by a darker grey line: secon-
daries greyish brown, with fringe asin primaries: thorax testaceous ;
abdomen greyish brown. Under surface sericeous whity brown ; pri-
622 MR. A. G., BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM [May 3,
maries with yellowish costal border ; a sandy whitish discal stripe,
answering to the outer border of the central band on the upper sur-
face ; palpi ochreous. Expanse of wings 6 lines.
Five specimens. Kurrachee, May 1880.
The specimens of this species were unfortunately sent loose in a pill-
box with several other small Lepidoptera, so that only one of the five
examples is in fair condition, the others being a good deal rubbed.
STENIIDE.
94, Drasemr1A (?) GEOMETRALIS (No. 22).
Lepyrodes geometralis, Guénée, Delt. et Pyral. p. 278 (1854).
Two specimens. Kurrachee, February 1879.
‘Rare in December.””—C. S.
SPILOMELIDZ.
95. ZEBRONIA AUROLINEALIS (No. 45).
Zebronia aurolinealis, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xvii. p. 478 (1859).
Two specimens. Kurrachee, July 1880.
MARGARODID.
96. GuypHoDEs unIvocaLis (No. 47).
Glyphodes univocalis, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xvii. p. 499 (1859).
Six specimens and a fragment. Kurrachee, July 1880.
These specimens were sent in a pill-box, and have all suffered
more or less in transit. It is a rare species in collections, and would
be worth sending in good condition.
Botipipz.
97, Gopara incoMALIs (Nos. 23 & 27).
Pionea incomalis, Guénée, Delt. et Pyral. p. 369 (1854).
Four much-worn specimens. Kurrachee, May and December
1879.
According to Major Swinhoe this is a rare species; it also occurs
in January.
ScoPpARIIDE.
98. SrENOPTERYX HYBRIDALIS (No. 25).
Pyralis hybridalis, Hiibner, Pyral. pl. 17. fig. 114.
One specimen of this widely distributed species, Kurrachee,
January 1880.
99, HrLLULA UNDALIS.
Phalena undalis, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. (2) p. 226 (1793).
One specimen of this European species. Kurrachee, May 1880.
ScoTOMERA, gen. nov.
Allied to Scoparia, but differing in its more triangular primaries,
the veins of which are all well separated and considerably less
1881.] WESTERN INDIA, BELOOCHISTAN, ETC. 623
parallel ; secondaries decidedly smaller, the costal vein and the sub-
costal branches well separated throughout their entire length, the
inferior angle of the cell more produced ; body more slender ; palpi
obliquely depressed.
100. ScoromeERa TrRistIs, sp. n. (No. 18).
Primaries above blackish grey, an indistinct angulated stripe
across the basal fourth and a second near the outer margin whitish,
costa regularly dotted with whitish; secondaries pale grey with
slight brownish reflections ; head creamy white; thorax dark grey ;
abdomen pale grey: under surface silvery whitish; primaries with
black-spotted costal margin; legs whity brown, mottled above with
grey but very indistinctly. Expanse of wings 7 lines.
Two specimens. Kurrachee, April 1880.
PuHycip#.
101. MELLA ZINCKENELLA! (No. 19).
Phycis zinckenella, Treitschke, Schmett. Eur. ix. i. p. 201
(1832).
Phycis etiella, Treitschke, loc. cit. x. 3, p. 276 (1835).
Mella dymnusalis, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xix. p. 1018 (1859).
Assara albicostalis, Walker, loc. cit. xxvii. p. 80 (1863),
Modiana scitivittalis, Walker, loc. cit. p. 83 (1863).
Alata anticalis, Walkev, loc. cit. p. 108 (1863).
Arucha indicatalis, Walker, loc. cit. p. 202 (1863).
Alata subaurella, Walker, loc. cit. xxxv. p. 1724 (1866).
Alata hastiferella, Walker, loc. cit. p. 1725 (1866).
Var. Htiella decipiens, Staudinger, Berl. ent. Zeit. p. 195 (1870).
Orambus sabulinus, Butler, Ani. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. iv.
p. 455 (1879).
Five specimens. Kurrachee, May and December 1879.
Also common in March and November; the species seems to be
perfectly cosmopolitan in its range.
TINEIDs.
102. TINEA GLABRELLA.
Tinea glabrella, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xxviii. p. 478 (1863).
One specimen. Kurrachee, May 1880.
103. HApsIFERA EBURNEA, sp. n. (No. 39).
Primaries pure snow-white, with the central longitudinal and ex-
ternal areas creamy white and speckled with brown, two or three
_ darker brown spots in a longitudinal line below the cell, one across
the end of the cell, and another halfway between the cell and the
apex, a black spot at the origin of the first subcostal branch, and a
marginal series of black dots; fringe with central and apical series
1 The generic name Ltiel/a being that of a synonym of the species, I haye here
adopted the first generic name given to the species by Walker,
624 MR. W. N. PARKER ON THE CHCUM IN [May 3,
of black irrorations : secondaries silvery white with pearly reflections :
body snow-white. Wings below sordid white with faint golden reflec-
tions ; body white. Expanse of wings 10 lines.
One specimen. Kurrachee, July 1880.
104. ER1ocorris FUSCANELLA ¢
Eriocottis fuscanella, Zeller, Isis, p. 813 (1847).
Two worn specimens. Kurrachee, May 1880. ,
The types and all the better examples in this series of Lepidoptera
are incorporated with the national collection.
8. Note on some Points in the Anatomy of the Cecum in
the Rabbit (Lepus cuniculus) and Hare (Lepus timidus).
By W. N. Parker, Assistant in the Biological Labora-
tory of the Royal School of Mines.
[Received March 15, 1881.]
(Plate LIL.)
Some few months ago Prof. Huxley called my attention to the
fact that Krause’s description of the relations of the ileum and sac-
culus rotundus to the czecum in the Rabbit (Anatomie des Kanin-
chens, pp. 156, 157) was incorrect, and proposed that I should look
the matter up. I therefore examined the structure of these parts
again, not only in the Rabbit, but also in the Hare, and in doing so
noted the following resemblances and differences.
In both the cecum, as is usual in grass-eating mammals which
have a comparatively simple stomach, is of a relatively enormous
size, being on an average, when straightened out, about 1 foot 8 inches
long in a moderate-sized Rabbit, and rather more inthe Hare. This
measurement includes the appendix vermiformis, which varies from
about 32 to 44 inches in length.
The ileum appears externally, in both species, to pass directly into
the sacculus rotundus, at right angles to the long axis of the cecum.
The sacculus has an ovoidal shape, its long axis being transverse to
the long axis of the cecum in the Rabbit (fig. rv.), but longitudinal
in the Hare (fig. 11.)
In both also the cecum passes insensibly into the colon, which
runs straight from it for about 2 or 27 inches, and then makes a
sudden bend in the opposite direction, taking on the characteristic
form, with the sacculations and the three t@nie colt.
Daubenton (Histoire Naturelle, tome sixiéme) describes the sac-
culus as a pocket near the junction of the ileum with the colon, and
gives figures (pls. xl1., xli. pp. 273, 274), of the Hare’s cecum both en-
tire and cut open, the latter showing the two distinct apertures of the
sacculus and ileum into the colon (fig. 1. s.c, ic); but he gives no
details on this point in the Rabbit (p. 321). Krause describes these
1881.] THE RABBIT AND HARE. 625
two apertures as separate in the Rabbit ; but this is not the case, as
in the latter animal the ileum opens directly into the sacculus, and
there is thus only one common aperture into the colon (fig. 111. s.c)
The lips of this round aperture form the so-called ileo-colic valve ;
and its edge is often prolonged into a short process on one side.
In other respects, with the exception of the number of turns of
the spiral valve, of which mention is made below, the ceca of these
two species present no important differences ; and the following de-
scription applies to both of them.
The only other reference to this matter I have been able to find
is in a paper by Dr. Edwards Crisp, ‘‘ On some Points relating to the
Habits and Anatomy of, the Oceanic and of the Freshwater Ducks,
and also of the Hare (Lepus timidus) and of the Rabbit (LZ. cuniculus),
in relation to the Question of Hybridism” (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1861,
p- 82). In this paper, however, Dr. Crisp states that he has com-
pared the various viscera of these two animals, but has found no im-
portant difference in them.
In the Piping Hare (Lagomys pusillus) there are two ceeca, a large
and a small one. It seems probable that the latter is simply an
elongated sacculus rotundus '.
Both the sacculus rotundus and the appendix vermiformis consist
internally of a mass of lymphoid tissue, abundantly supplied with
lymphatic vessels, each answering to an enormous Peyer’s patch, and
having the ordinary structure’. Another Peyer’s patch, averaging
about ? of an inch in diameter, but varying much in size and shape,
occurs in the colon close to the aperture of the sacculus, on the side
which is furthest from the entrance of the ileum (figs. 1. & m1. p’).
A much smaller one (fig. 111. p*) sometimes occurs on the other side ;
but this is very inconstant.
A valve begins a short distance below the entrance of the ileum,
and makes about one turn (v°), passing close above the ileo-colic
aperture, and is then either continued into the spiral valve of the
cecum (v*), as seen in fig. 111., or else ends off gradually, and the
spiral valve begins about 7 or 3 of an inch higher up (fig. 1).
This variation is seen in both species.
Another valve, which is mentioned by Daubenton, and which Prof.
Huxley in his lectures speaks of as the intracolic valve (v'), begins
close to the sharp bend of the colon, and then makes one turn in a
spiral manner, ending off gradually, but being very large in the middle;
it thus is capable of closing the way into the colon, and causing
the contents of the ileum to pass up the cecum.
In the Rabbit the spiral valve makes 24 turns, not including the
part passing close above the ileo-colic aperture, which, as stated
above, is quite separate in many cases. In the Hare the number of
turns was 29 in the specimens I examined.
The method I found to be most successful in making out the
structure and relations of these parts was, to carefully clean out the
* See Gegenbaur’s ‘ Elements of Comp. Anat.,’ English edition, p. 562, fig. 318
(after Pallas).
® See fig. 1, p. 17, of the Harveian Oration 18738, by Dr. Rolleston, F.R.S,
626 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [May17,
cecum, with a portion of both ileum and colon, and then to distend
it with 3-per-cent. chromic acid, placing it in a vessel of the same fluid.
This was changed after the first day, and replaced by acid of the
same strength, in which it was left for a week or so, after which the
csxecum was washed, and then distended with, and placed in, weak
spirit for a short time, and finally in strong methylated spirit.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE LIII.
Figs. I., II. Lepus timidus.
IIL., IV. Lepus cuniculus.
¢, cecum. co, colon. i,ileum. ic, ileo-colicaperture. !, large intracolic
Peyer’s patch. p?, small intracolic Peyer’s patch. s, sacculusrotundus. s.¢,
aperture of sacculus into colon. v', large intracolic valve. 2°, second valve,
which is sometimes continuous with the spiral valve of the cecum. 2%, spiral
valve of the cecum.
May 17, 1881.
Prof. W. H. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the
Society’s Menagerie during the month of April 1881 :—
The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-
gerie during the month of April was 117, of which 66 were by
presentation, 5 by birth, 24 by purchase, 7 by exchange, and 15 were
received on deposit. The total number of departures during the
same period, by death and removals, was 109.
The most remarkable additions during the month of April were
as follows :—
1. An Indian Darter, Plotus melanogaster, received in exchange
from the Zoological Gardens, Calcutta, April 8th.
This is the first living example we have received of the Indian
Darter, previous examples of this genus having belonged to Plotus
anhinga of South America and Plotus levaillanti of Africa. Of
the former we have at present a specimen in the Gardens. The
Indian Darter is readily distinguishable from the American species
by its longer and more slender neck and longer tail, not to mention
differences of coloration.
2. A young female Beisa Antelope (Ory beisa), born in the
Gardens April 12th, believed to be the first example of this Antelope
that has been bred in captivity. I exhibit a coloured drawing of this
animal by Mr. Smit (see Plate LIV.), which may be compared with
the figures of the young Leucoryx given in the ‘ Knowsley Mena-
gerie’ (plate xvi.).
3. A Mountain Ka Ka (Nestor notabilis), transmitted as a present
to the Society by Dr. A. de Lautour, of Otago, New Zealand.
Dr. de Lautour has favoured me with the subjoined particulars con-
cerning this bird:—
“T have the pleasure of informing you that I am sending home for
:
ily PB 4. S. 1881, Pl. Ut
PB Parker lith,
We J cre
N.& MP Parker del.ad nat lest Newman® C? unp
Anatomy of Lepus.
PZS.1881P1.LIV
TSmit lith. Hanhart imp
ORYX BEISA,
1881.] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE GENUS CHRYSOTIS. 627
the Society a specimen of the Kea (Nestor notadilis), or Mountain
Parrot, a bird celebrated (or, rather, notorious) for its sheep-destroy-
ing proclivities.
“Many abler pens than mine have already written about their
habits ; but I was fortunate enough to be, perhaps, the first to send
home a specimen of their work in ‘the shape of the colon and lum-
bar vertebrze of a sheep, in which colotomy had been performed by one
of these birds. ;
«‘This specimen was shown at a meeting of the Pathological Society
by my friend and former master Mr. John Wood, F.R.S., and is now
in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons of England.
**The bird which I am now sending home has been in my possession
for nearly two years. It was caught in the act of attacking some
sheep which a shepherd was bringing down off the tops of some
ranges in the back country. He luckily succeeded in knocking it
over with a stone, cut its wings, and brought his captive down. In
effecting the capture the shepherd suffered considerable loss as to
his trousers and other garments, and received many scratches from
its formidable beak and claws. These same scratches had not en-
tirely healed when he came down here under my care some ten days
later, suffering from a broken leg (this, by the way, was not done by
the Kea).
* While I have had the Kea, his diet has consisted mainly of mut-
ton, raw ; he does not care for cooked meat, but will take it if very
hungry. Occasionally he will take beef; and he is fond of pork.
Popularly he is said to prefer fat; but in confinement he chooses the
lean and leaves the fat. He does not care for biscuit ; but he likes the
seed of the sow-thistle.”’
Mr. Sclater laid on the table a skin of one of the examples of the
Parrot, of the genus Chrysotis, of which the Society had of late years
received several examples from the island of St. Lucia, and which
he had hitherto called Chrysotis bouqueti'; and explained the reasons
which had induced him to the conclusion that he had wrongly de-
termined the species, which was really C. versicolor (Miiller)*, while
the species from Dominica recently named by Mr. Lawrence C. ni-
chollsi* was, in his opinion, the true C. bouqueti.
Mr. Sclater remarked that the exact habitats of all the four species of
Chrysotis of the Lesser Antilles were now known to us, and were as
follows :—
1. C. augusta, Dominica.
2. C. bouqueti, Dominica.
3. C. versicolor, St. Lucia.
4. C. guildingi, St. Vincent.
It was singular that no species of Chrysotis had yet been dis-
1 P.Z.8. 1874, p. 323, 1875, p. 61, t. xx. et p. 316 ; et List of An. 1877, p. 263,
et 1879, p. 295.
2 C. cyanopis, Finsch, Papag. ii. p. 323.
8 Pr. U.S. Nat. Mus, 1880, p. 254.
628 MR. C. BOCK ON SHELLS FROM [May 17,
covered in Martinique and Guadaloupe. _ If not now existing in these
islands, there could be little doubt that the form must formerly have
occurred there.
The following papers were read :—
1. List of Land and Freshwater Shells collected in Sumatra
and Borneo, with Descriptions of new Species. By
Cart Bock.
[Received April 4, 1881.]
(Plate LV.)
The specimens mentioned in this paper were collected in the high-
lands of Padang, in Sumatra, and in the east and south part of
Borneo, during my recent travels.
In determining the species and comparing the specimens with
those in the British Museum, I have to acknowledge much assistance
received from Mr. Edgar Smith. In the case of such difticuit forms
as Melania, I have not ventured to determine the species myself,
but have forwarded my specimens for determination to Dr. A. Brot,
of Geneva, who is our highest authority on this group of freshwater
shells.
I. Shells collected in the District of Padang, Sumatra.
A. Lanp SHELLs.
1. Nantna (ARIOPHANTA) FOVEATA, Pfr.
Of this fine sinistral Helix I found two adult live shells at
Sidjoendjoeng.
2. Nanina (Hemipyecta) DENSA, var., Adams & Reeve.
Nanina (Hemiplecta) schumacheriana, Pfr.
Three specimens from Mount Sago and Sidjoendjoeng. Mr. Wal-
lace found this species in Borneo.
3. Hexrx (Cam@Na) TOMENTOSA, Pfr.
Only two specimens found (one adult) at Sidjoendjoeng.
4, Nanina (XestA) MaLaccana, Pfr.
This brittle shell I found very abundant in the coffee-plantations
at Paio.
5. Hetix (PLECTOTROPIS) SUMATRANA (vy. Martens).
At Ajer Mantjoer ; scarce.
6. Hexrx (NANINA) GRANARIA, Sp. noy. (Plate LV. fig. 1.)
Shell thin, sinistral, conical, depressed, of an olive-brown colour,
1881.] SUMATRA AND BORNEO. 629
becoming piukish grey at the apex, narrowly umbilicated, whorls 6,
oblique arcuate, sculptured with lines of growth and concentric
finely granular striz, producing a shagreened appearance, especially
on the last whorl, which is also considerably wrinkled, and bears a
somewhat raised ridge or keel at the periphery, which, however,
does not produce an angle, not descending in front. Whorls of the
spire only a little convex, the last large, rather ventricose. Spire
shortly conical, with the apex obtuse. Aperture large, broadly ob-
liquely lunate, of a somewhat mauve tint within. Peristome thin,
simple, only very shortly expanded over the umbilicus.
Hab. Mount Sago, at an elevation of 2000 feet, only one specimen
found, in a decayed trunk. Like the rest of the Nanine I found
in Sumatra and Borneo, this also is sinistral. Greatest diameter
40 millim., height 31 millim.
7. Heiix (NANINA) MAARSEVEENI, sp. nov. (Plate LV. fig. 2.)
Shell perforate, sinistral, depressedly trochiform, thick, of a light
brown horn-colour, somewhat paler round the umbilicated region.
Spire conically depressed, with the apex obtuse. Whorls 7, sculp-
tured with feebly granulated, obliquely arcuate lines of growth, and
increasing slowly; last whorl with a very acute pale keel about the
middle, below the carina rather concave than convex, sculptured
like the upper surface, the lines being rather flexuous. Aperture
oblique, angularly lunate. Peristome thick ; upper margin above
the keel short, oblique, rectilinear, the basal very arcuate, towards
perforation somewhat expanded. Greatest diameter 33 millim.,
axis 14 millim.
Hab. Sidjoendjoeng. I have associated the name of Mr. Maar-
seveen (the Assistant Resident at Sidjoendjoeng) with this shell, of
which I only found three specimens.
A near ally in form and colour is H. hugonis, Pfr., from La-
buan; but H. maarseveeni has an extra whorl, is umbilicated, and
the spire is considerably less elevated ; and the granular sculpture
in H. hugonis is much stronger. H. maarseveent comes much
nearer Helix mindaiensis, found by me in Borneo; but that has
only six whorls.
8. HeLrx sMITHI, sp. nov. (Plate LV. fig. 3.)
Shell thin, orbicular, umbilicated, flatly depressed, semitrans-
parent, of a greyish white colour, covered with a thin epidermis of
a light horn-colour, spire flattened. Whorls 4, flattish, sculptured
with fine lines of growth, the last slightly descending at the mouth,
broad, with a strongly marked obtuse keel, and a broad distinct
groove above, below convex, obtusely ridged round the deep umbi-
licus. Aperture large, subquadrangular, oblique. Peristome thin;
outer margin expanded, reflexed, especially in the umbilical region.
Greatest diameter across 21 millim., height 8 millim.
Hab. Paio, Sumatra. Two specimens found (only 1 adult),
Helix smithi is nearly allied to H. caseus, Pfr., from Siam;
but the latter differs in having a less acute keel on the last whorl,
630 MR. C. BOCK ON SHELLS FROM [May 17,
which descends considerably, and the peristome is almost continuous
and ovate. I have associated with this shell the name of Mr, Edgar
Smith, the well-known conchologist of the British Museum.
9. Hexix (GrorRocHuUS) RUFO-FILOSA, sp. nov. (Plate LV.
fig. 4.)
Shell shortly conical, narrowly umbilicated, thin, semitransparent,
of a greyish or horn-colour, sometimes with a thread-like red line
bordering the sutures and encircling the last whorl at the periphery.
Spire with rectilinear outlines, converging at an angle of about
30°, rather obtuse at the apex. Whorls 7, very obliquely striated,
slowly increasing, keeled beneath immediately above the suture ;
three or four uppermost rather more convex than those beneath,
which are but slightly so; last volution acutely carinate at the
middle, and convexly flattened beneath. Aperture small, oblique.
Peristome thin, outer margin above the keel scarcely expanded,
beneath it feebly thickened and narrowly reflexed, in the umbilical
region more expanded and partly concealing the perforation. Length
from 10 to 11 millim., greatest diameter of base also 10-11 millim.
Hab. In the forest at Paio, 1500 feet above the sea.
Only six specimens found ; rare.
10. HrLicaRIoN sUMATRENSIS, Schepm.
Hab. Paio; very rare.
11. Butimus (STeENOGYRA) PAIOENSIS, sp. nov. (Plate LV.
fig. 5.)
Shell elongate, subulate, imperforate, of a dirty greyish-white
colour, covered with a somewhat deciduous and coarsish olive epi-
dermis. Whorls 12, apical ones obtuse, glossy, vitreous, these and
the few succeeding rather convex and slowly enlarging, the five last
proportionally longer and flatter, increasing more in length than
breadth, and separated by a rather oblique deepish suture. Sculp-
ture consists of coarsish oblique flexuous, indistinctly subgranose
raised lines of increment. Aperture elongate, subpyriform, acute
above, occupying rather more than one fifth of the entire length of
the shell. Outer lip (viewed laterally) oblique, a little excurved
near the suture, simple, thin. Columella whitish, slightly arcuate
and thickened, appressed to the whorl, connected with the extre-
mity of the labrum by a very thin callosity. Length 40 millim.,
diameter 73 millim.; aperture 9 millim. long, 3 millim. broad.
Hab. Paio, Sumatra, 1500 feet above the sea.
The animal is of a yellow colour, has a short foot, and carries its
shell in an oblique position.
I never met with this interesting species in any other spot in the
highlands ; and even at Paio it appears to be rare; for in all, after
close search, I found but fourteen specimens.
12. Butimus (AmpHIDROMUS) ADAMsI, Reeve.
Hab, Sidjoendjoeng, Paio, &e.
1881.] SUMATRA AND BORNEO. 631
13. VirrINA HYALEA, sp. nov. (Plate LV. fig. 6.)
Shell depressedly globose, subauriform, olive-brown, glossy, sculp-
tured with very fine lines of growth and microscopic spiral strie.
Spire small, pale, hardly raised above the last whorl. Volutions 2
to 3, depressedly margined at the suture, last very large. Aperture
very large, subhorizontal or only a little oblique, lunar-rounded.
Outer lip, seen from above, feebly incurved near the suture, the
somewhat excurved columellar margin of the peristome thin, mem-
branous. Greatest diameter 20 millim.
Hab. Ajer Angat, near Korinthji.
This species is darker in colour than most others of this genus,
but somewhat lighter than the Tasmanian V. milligani.
14. CLausitia SUMATRANA, v. Martens.
Hab. Common in the coffee-plantations at Paio, Sumatra.
15. Purina suPERBA, Pfr.
I collected three specimens at Paio.
16. CycLOPHORUS PLANORBULUS, Lam.
In the dense forests at Sidjoendjoeng, with the aid of some natives,
I secured some fifty specimens, all living, and with opercula; but
the species is rare, and requires a close search amongst the decayed
leaves and in the damp soil; it varies considerably in size.
17. CycLorHorvus Eximius, Mousson.
Of this glorious shell, the pride of the Sumatra forests, I succeeded
in collecting some sixty specimens at Sidjoendjoeng. I first found
dead shells in the immense forests there pretty common ; and being
determined to exhaust the place of live ones, as much as possible, of
this fine species, I set some natives to work every day to pull down
the decayed trees that were filled with earthy matter, and also to
look amongst the masses of dead leaves on the ground ; but the
former seemed to be their favourite place of resort. We succeeded
in finding two or three perfect living specimens every day ; but when
I looked over all that had been collected, over 50 per cent. were dead
white specimens with hardly any colour at all; 30 per cent. were shells
in various stages of growth, but without a lip, and in most cases
the last whorl near the mouth was broken and rounded ; 2() per cent.
is left for fine full-grown examples possessing the bronzy shining
epidermis.
Hab. Mount Sago and Sidjoendjoeng.
The Datch Sumatran Expedition found 11 specimens, all dead ;
but it is interesting to note the localities, all being places with
immense forest vegetation :—1 spec. near Silagoi; 1 spec. Soengei
Aboe ; 2 spec. near Moeara Labol; 1, Mount Korinthji, at a height
of 1000 metres; 4 spec. Loeboe Gedang ; 2 spec. Ajer Boesock.
632 MR. C. BOCK ON SHELLS FROM [May 17,
18. CycLopHorus TUBA, Sow.
Mount Sago and Sidjoendjoeng ; rarer than the foregoing species.
19. MrGALOMASTOMA SECTILABRUM, Gould.
Found 8 specimens at Paio.
B. FRESHWATER SHELLS.
The ponds of the Padong district teem with different species of
Melania, Ampullaria, and Paludina. Such of these as I could not
make out have been determined by Dr. Aug. Brot, of Geneva.
20. AMPULLARIA AMPULLACEA, Linn.
Allover the highlands in ponds, and in the “ sawahs”’ (rice-fields).
21. PALUDINA INGALLSIANA, Lea.
One specimen from Boea.
22. PALUDINA HAMILTONI.
The specimens differ from those in the British’ Museum in being
more rounded at the top.
23. PALUDINA SUMATRENSIS, Dunker.
Common in the “‘ sawahs ”’ (rice-fields) at Boea, and in the rivers.
24. Mrewania patTuRA, Dohrn.
Boea.
25. MrLANiA semicrANosA, Busch.
Found at Boea and Tanar Datar.
26. Mr nani LIRATA, Bens., var. granosa.
27. MELANIA LEVIGATA.
Locality. Boea and Tanar Datar.
28. MELANIA MALAYANA, Issel.
Locality. Boea and Tanar Datar.
29. MELANIA SUMATRENSIS, Brot.
One young specimen found at Boea.
30. MrLANIA B@ANA, Sp. nov.
31. MELANIA PROVISORIA, Sp. Nov.
32. MELANIA BOCKII, Sp. nov.
Locality. Boea.
The new species of Melania will be described by Dr. Brot in
M. Crosse’s ‘ Journal de Conchyliologie.’
1881.] SUMATRA AND BORNEO. 633
33. CoRBICULA GRACILIS, Prime.
Abundant in all the lakes in Sumatra, especially Lake Singkarah.
The shell is fished in quantities, and used for making lime for betel-
chewing.
34. Unio pimortus, Lea.
Abundant.
IL. Shells collected in Koetei and in the Amontai and Bandjermasin
Districts of Borneo,
HE Ic1p&.
1. Nanina (Ruyssora) srooker, Adams & Reeve.
I found dead specimens in Koetei. The Dyaks use them as orna-
ments in the top of the lids of their arrow-cases. Six dive specimens
at Mindai (in Amontai district). It is, however, rare, hiding in
layers of decayed leaves.
2. Nanrna (XEstA) CONSUL, Pfeiffer.
Found at Mindai. Two specimens.
3. HeLrx MINDAIENSIS, nov. sp. (Plate LV. fig. 7.)
Shell very slightly umbilicated, sinistral, convexly conoid, semi-
transparent, of a reddish brown colour, with a white-tipped lip.
Spire conical, with somewhat convex outlines and the apex obtuse.
Whorls 6, but slightly convex, sculptured with finely granulated
radiating striz, regularly increasing ; the last acutely keeled. Aper-
ture oblique, lunate. Peristome sharp, slightly thickened ; upper
margin short, oblique, the basal (seen from beneath) rather sinuous.
Greatest diam. 30 millim., axis 13 millim.
Hab. Mindai (Amontai district), very abundant amongst the de-
caying leaves in the forest.
This species is of a darker colour than Helix maarseveeni, has one
whorl less, has more convex outlines to the spire, is not so sharply
keeled around the last whorl, and more narrowly umbilicated. Its
sculpture, too, is rather more coarsely granular.
4. Hewrx (V1IpENA) METCALFEI, Pfeiffer.
One specimen, collected at Mindai.
5. Heirx (VipENA) PLANORBIs, Lesson.
From Mindai. Scarce.
6. Butimus (AMPHIDROMUS) INTERRUPTUS, Miiller.
This shell was very abundant in Bandjermasin, both the dextral and
sinistral forms, and variously coloured ; of the rare pure white variety
only one specimen was obtained. After heavy rains the trees were
quite spotted with them.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1881, No. XLI. 4]
634 ON SHELLS FROM SUMATRA AND BORNEO. [May 17,
7. SCARABUS BORNEENSIS, A. Adams.
Only one specimen, found at Bandjermasin.
8. PreRocyCLOS MINDAIENSIS, sp.n. (Plate LV. figs. 8, 8a, 84.)
Shell depressed, orbicular, rather solid, dark reddish brown,
varied with zigzag narrow white markings both above and below,
covered with a greenish-brown velvety epidermis bearing two
series of close-set short hairs, one above and the other beneath the
periphery, the former winding up the suture. These cilia are inva-
riably worn off in adult shells. Whorls 5, rounded, divided by a
deep suture, marked with distinct spiral strize and lines of growth.
Peristome double, outer margin considerably expanded, especially at
the upper part where it joins the body-whorl, but less reflexed than
towards the base. Inner margin simple. Greatest diameter 19
millim., axis 5.
Operculum very concave exteriorly, consisting of seven narrow
whorls which are coarsely obliquely striated, with the outer margins
exserted at the sutural line.
This species very closely resembles P. lowianus, Pfr., from the
island of Labuan. It is, however, rather larger, has a darker and
thicker epidermis, which is ciliated, that of P. Jowtanus, as far as we
know, lacking that peculiarity ; and the peristome is more expanded
and reflexed. The opercula of these two forms present such difference
of character as to indicate at once their specific distinctness.
That of P. lowianus has exteriorly a deep groove separating the
whorls, which stand up erect and lamelliform. In P. mindaiensis the
whorls rest one upon another, and the surface is regularly concave.
Hab. Mindai (Amontai district); exceedingly common amongst
the decaying leaves.
Borneo is especially rich in specimens of the genus Pterocyclos.
In some places, particularly at Mindai, the ground was literally
swarming with Pt. mindaiensis ; they keep amongst and feed on de-
cayed leaves.
9. OpIsTHOPORUS EURYOMPHALUS, Pfr.
Only two specimens from Long Wai, Koeti; one has the tube
directed the opposite way. Two specimens from Mindai.
10. Leproroma (Pfr.) owt, Pfr.
11. L. pupiicatum, Pfr.
12. L. BARBATUM, Pfr.
13. L. susconicum, Pfr.
14. L. Massena, Less.
All from Mindai. Only a couple of specimens of each found.
15. CreriraH1pEA (Sow.) oprusa, Lam.
Abundant at Bandjermasin in the swamps; they were more on
land than in the river. Amongst the numbers collected I only found
one with perfect apex.
PZ. LBOl, Pla
a>-
J. Smit lith Hanhart imp
NEW SHELLS FROM SUMATRA AND BORNEO.
1881.] MR. G. B. SOWERBY, JUN., ON NEW SHELLS. 635
16. CerITHIDEA CHARBONNIERI, Petit.
Bandjermasin ; not so common as the former.
17. Cues niGRICANS, Bens.
Bandjermasin ; common. Only in young shells is the apex perfect ;
in the old ones, the spire is broken and eroded.
Dr. Brot makes out two varieties—C. maxima, H. Ad., and C. fas-
ciata, H. Ad.
18. CLEA BOCKII, sp. nov.
[This species will be described by Dr. A. Brot in M. Crosse’s
‘Journal de Conchyliologie.’ |
NERITIDE.
19. NERITINA DEPREsSA, Benson.
Common in the brackish waters at Bandjermasin.
20. Neritina (CLirHoN) ACULEATA (Gmelin).
Bandjermasin ; rather rare. Six specimens found, with the spines
only feebly developed.
21. NeERITINA PIPERINA, Chem.
Exceedingly abundant at Bandjermasin, and ornamented in great
variety.
22. AurRICULA JuD&, Lin.
On the Koeti coast, amongst the mangroves and Caguarine.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE LV.
Fig. 1. Helix granaria, p. 628. Fig. 6. Vitrina hyalea, p. 631.
2. Helix maarseveeni, p. 629. 7. Helix mindaiensis, p. 633.
3. Helix smithi, p. 629. 8, 8a, 8’ Pterocyclos mindaiensis,
4. Helix rufo -filosa, p. 630. p. 684.
5. Bulimus paioensis, p. 630.
2. Description of eight new Species of Shells.
By G. B. Sowrrsy, Jun.
[Received April 7, 1881.]
(Plate LVI.)
1. Conus THomasI, n. sp. (Plate LVI. fig. 4.)
Testa elongata, solida, albida vel pallide carnea, minute cancellata,
epidermide fusca crassa induta ; spira obtusa, viv elevata ; an-
Sractus superne declives, spiraliter minutissime striati; anfr.
ultimus superne rotunde angulatus, infra angulum aliquanto con-
vexus, deinde rectiusculus ; apertura modica, supra et infra sub-
e@qualiter lata, fauce pallide carnea.
Long. 75, diam. 35 millim,
Hab. Red Sea.
41*
636 MR. G. B. SOWERBY, JUN., ON NEW SHELLS. [May 17,
Compared with C. terebellum, to which this species is allied, it
is a smooth shell with a shorter spire. Having a single specimen
of C. thomasi some years ago, I had some thought of describing it
as a new species, but hesitated to do so on account of its proximity
to C. terebellum. Having now, however, seen several specimens,
and compared them with a large series of C. terebellum, I have no
difficulty in making the distinction. In the collections of the late
Mr. Thomas Lombe Taylor and Mr. Hopeley White there were
specimens of the species above described under the name of C. pasti-
naica (Lamarck)—an error caused by Lovell Reeve having figured
and described under that name in the ‘Conchologia Iconica’
(Conus, fig. 257) a shell of somewhat similar appearance, but which
has been shown by Mr. Edgar Smith to have been a worn spe-
cimen of C. virgo, now in the British Museum. It is not known
what has become of the type of Lamarck’s C. pastinaica; but from
his description it would seem to have no affinity whatever with
Reeve’s shell so named.
The species which I have named in honour of M. Thomas of
Breste is represented in his collection by the specimen which I have
taken for the type. The other specimens which I have mentioned
are smaller, and have rather more of a bluish or faint lilac tinge of
colour.
2. Conus PREVOsTI, n. sp. (Plate LVI. fig. 3.)
Testa elongato-cylindracea, levi, infra suleata, albida, aurantio
obscure fasciata, lineis numerosis minutis aurantiacis irregulariter
undulatis et angulatis scripta ; sptra elata, gradata; anfractus
superne leviter concavi, striis duobus spiraliter sculpti ; anfr. ulti-
mus superne angulatus, infra angulum conveaxiusculus ; apertura
modiea, basin versus aliquanto latior, fauce lutea.
Long. 40, diam. 15 millim.
Hab. New Caledonia.
A beautiful and remarkable species, of an elongated form, and a
style of marking that would bring it just within the confines of the
“cylinder” or ‘‘éextile’? group. The orange lines are very
fine, mostly running longitudinally, in some places parallel and
zigzag, in others leaving triangular white spaces as in C. textile,
and others of that group. The specimen forms part of the collec-
tion of M. Thomas of Brest; another specimen is in the collection
of Dr. Prevost of Alengon.
3. Conus BockI, n. sp. (Plate LVI. fig. 7.)
Testa turbinata, pallide lutea, luteo-fusco transversim multifasciata,
et longitudinaliter strigata, hic illic nigro fusco radiata ; spira
breviuscula, albida, promiscue luteo strigata, ad apicem prominula ;
anfractus superne planati, cancellati, ad angulum coronati ; anfr.
ultimus superne tuberculis grandibus coronatus, infra angulum
levigatus, deinde leviter granoso-costatus ; apertura alba, medio-
criter lata ; labrum leviter arcuatum.
Long. 60, diam. 32 millim.
Hab. Amboyna (Carl Bock).
1881.] MR. G. B. SOWERBY, JUN., ON NEW SHELLS. 637
Resembling the Chinese C. s¢riatus in form, but a much smoother
shell than any of that species that I have met with (and I have seen
some hundreds); and it is more deeply coloured; but the chief
difference is in the crown. C. sulcatus is characterized by a sharp
undulating keel at the angle, forming a raised ridge round the de-
pressed whorls of the spire; while in C. docki the crown is formed
of slightly angular nodules, between which the angle is rounded.
I have seen only a single specimen of this interesting shell, which
was brought by Mr. Carl Bock from the above-named locality, and
is now in the collection of Dr. Prevost.
4. Conus GLOYNEI, n. sp. (Plate LVI. fig. 5.)
Testa abbreviato-turbinata, solida, castanea, brunneo late bifasciata ;
spira abbreviata, conica, brunnea; anfractus superne leviter con-
cavi, spiraliter profunde trisuleati ; anfr. ultimus ad angulum
leviter coronatus, infra angulum levissime convexus, leviusculus,
vel minutissime striatus, basin versus valide costatus ; apertura
angusta, albida; labrum ad angulum leviter emarginatum.
Long. 26, diam. 16 millim.
Hab. 2
A short brown Cone of no very striking character, excepting per-
haps that the grooves of the spire are unusually deep. Although
of ordinary appearance, I cannot identify it with any known species.
The shell was given me by Mr. C. P. Gloyne, who had no informa-
tion as to its habitat.
5. Conus LomBEI, n.sp. (Plate LVI. fig. 6.)
Testa conica, solidiuscula, rufo-fusca; spira acuta, subgradata ;
anfractus superne declives, levi, angulati, ad angulum maculis
albidis numerosis ornati ; anfr. ultimus superne subacute angu-
latus, ad latera prope rectus, levigatus, basin versus oblique sul-
catus ; apertura angusta, fauce purpurea ; labrum ad angulum vir
emarginatum.
Long. 22, diam. 10 millim.
Hab. Mauritius ?
A small reddish-brown Cone, with a purple interior, and white spots
on the angle and spire, giving it a coronated appearance, although
the angle is free from nodules.
The specimen which is now in the British Museum was in the
collection of the late Thomas Lombe Taylor, with a label ‘ Conus,
nov. sp., Mauritius.” As the labels of that collection were loose,
and many of them got shifted, the habitat assigned to this species
is very uncertain.
6. CANCELLARIA WILMERI, n. sp. (Plate LVI. fig. 2.)
Testa oblonga, acuminata, fusca ; anfractus 7, convexiusculi, superne
anguste excavati, costis numerosis noduliferis et liris transversis
cancellati ; spira eluta ; apertura oblongo-ovata, fusca ; labrum
concavo depressum, arcuatum, superne emarginatum ; columella
curta, rectiuscula, minute triplicata.
638 MR. G. B. SOWERBY, JUN., ON NEW SHELLS. [May !7,
Long. 11, diam. 5 millim.
Hab. Port Blair, Andaman Islands (Major Wilmer).
Resembling in texture the Mauritian C. scalata, but of a more
acuminated form, the sutural depression being narrow and deep.
The colour is light reddish brown within and without, slightly paler
on the ribs and nodules.
7. OvULUM VIDLERI, n. sp. (Plate LVI. fig. 1.)
Testa elongata, utrinque acuminata, transversim striata, cerasina,
terminibus vivide aurantiacis, dorso medio gibbosiusculo, levissime
angulato, levigato vel obsolete costato ; apertura angusta, antice
latior ; labium leve, antice subangulatum; columella callosa, po-
stice conspicue uniplicata.
Long. 21, diam. 7 millim.
Hab. Monterey, west coast of America (Mr. Vidler).
An Ovulum of an elongated form, of a cherry-red colour, with
bright orange extremities. The back is nearly smooth; and the
ends are transversely striated. Several of the specimens brought by
Mr. Vidler are smaller, smoother, and more slender than the one I have
chosen as type.
8. CyPR2ZA SMITHI, n. sp. (Plate LVI. fig. 8.)
Testa ovata, crassiuscula, umbilicata, pallidissime cinerea, minute
Susco-flavescenti lenticulata, dorsi medio maculis duabus subqua-
dratis castaneo-purpureis picta, lateribus albis rufo-fusco pun-
ctatis, basi convexa, alba; apertura modica, postice arcuata ;
dentes labii circiter 16, breves, obtusi, albi; columelle circiter
19, tenues, rubro-fusci.
Long. 19, lat. 10 millim.
Hab. North-west coast of Australia.
Specimen presented to the British Museum.
The chief character of this species is to be found in the teeth,
those of the inner lip or columella being more numerous and much
thinner than those of the outer, and of a reddish-brown colour. The
only other species presenting this character is C. pyriformis, which
is much larger, more pear-shaped, and an inhabitant of the Ceylon
coast. Looking merely at the back of the shell it would pass for
one of the robust Australian forms of C. fimbriata (of which I con-
sider C. macula of Adams a variety); but a glance at the mouth
at once reveals the difference.
I have pleasure in dedicating this species to Mr. Edgar Smith, of
the Zoological Department, British Museum.
P.S.—Since I read this paper, I have seen a shell in the British
Museum (labelled “ Port Essington”) which leads me to consider
Cyprea smithi a variety of C. pyriformis. The shell is interme-
diate in size between the average C. pyriformis and the shell above
deserved, and has the shape of the former with the white base of
the latter.
o- =
]
op)
PZ.S Sehr l Oa
st
——
a
» pe
ee ee
GB. Sowerby hth Hanhart imp
NEW SHELLS FROM VARIOUS LOCALITIES
1881.] ON THE ANATOMY OF THE JAQANAS, 639
EXPLANATION OF PLATE LVI.
Fig. 1. Ovulum vidleri, p. 638.
. Cancellaria wilmeri, p. 637.
. Conus prevosti, p. 636,
thomasi, p. 635.
—— gloynei, p. 637.
lombet, p. 637.
bocki, p. 636.
. Cyprea pyriformis, yar. smithi, p. 638.
GO WID uP Go bo
8. Notes on the Anatomy and Systematic Position of the
Jacanas (Parride). By W. A. Forsss, B.A., Prosector
to the Society.
[Received April 8, 1881.]
It having lately been my good fortune to dissect two specimens of
Parra jacana, from Pernambuco, and an eviscerated specimen of
Metopidius africanus, as well as to examine skeletons and skins of
some other species of this group, a few notes on their anatomy may
be acceptable to the Society, the more so on account of the very con-
siderable difference of opinion that has hitherto existed amongst
systematic ornithologists as to the true relationships of this group.
Two main views on this subject have been put forward, one placing
the Jacands near the Rails (Rallide), the other asserting that they
are, essentially, modified Plovers. The former of these views has been
maintained by Jerdon’, Sundevall*, and Milne-Edwards*, to men-
tion only some of the most recent ornithological writers of import-
ance, as well as by the illustrious Nitzsch in his classical memoir on
the pterylography of birds*. The latter view has been adopted by
Messrs. Sclater and Salvin in their ‘ Nomenclator,’ where the Parridze
are interpolated between the Cidicnemide and the Charadriidee
as members of the order “ Limicole” *. The late Prof. Garrod,
1 Birds of India, iii. p. 707. 2 Tentamen, p. 130 (1872).
3 Oiseaux Fossiles, ii. p. 110 (1869-71).
4 Pterylography, Ray Society’s edition, p. 126.
5 Op. cit. p. 142 (London, 1873). The term “ Limicole” was, T believe, origin-
ally used by Nitzsch (Pterylogr. p. 194) to include the birds now included in
the ‘families ” Charadriide and Scolopacids, together with some aberrant
forms, such as Dromas, Cursorius, Thinocorus, &e. By Messrs. Sclater and
Salyin its use is still further extended to include the Gidicnemidx, Parride,
and Chionidide in addition. Lastly, Prof. Garrod used it (P. Z. 8. 1874,
p. 122, &c.) as a term for all the non-columbine “ Charadriiformes,” inclu-
ding in it, besides Nitzsch’s groups, the Cranes, Auks, Gulls, and, presumably,
the Turnicidz, Rhinochetidx, Plataleide, and Parride as well. In fact, Gar-
rod’s restricted “family” Charadriidz corresponds pretty nearly to the whole of
Nitzsch’s ‘‘ Limicolz seu Scolopacinx.” To obviate further confusion, the term
“ZLimicolx” should be restricted to the group mentioned by Nitzsch ; and I pro-
pose to substitute, as a name for the non-columbine Charadriiformes (the
“ Limicole” of Garrod) the word “ Pluviales,” tocorrespond with the other diyi-
sion, “Columb” (including the Columbide and Pteroclide), of that great
group.
640 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE [May 17,
in his paper on the nasal bones of birds}, says that ‘ Parra should
be removed to the Charadriomorphe ” from the Rallidze, on account
of the schizorhinal nature of its skull, as represented in the figure of
that of Parra (Hydralector) cristata on p. 34 of his‘paper. In his
subsequent paper on the muscles of the thigh in birds’, Porra (i.e.
Metopidius) africana is placed amongst the “ Grallz,’”’ with the
other Charadriine or Scolopacine forms, and not included in the
Rallidee. It will be my object in the present paper to still further
strengthen this latter view of the affinities of the Parridz’,
Pterylosis.
Nitzsch, in his ‘ Pterylography,’ places Rallus, Orex, Porphyrio,
and Parra as members of a group of the Fulicarie, characterized
by the narrow form of the tracts, by the presence of a distinct outer
branch to the inferior tract, and by the dorsal tract being ‘neither
interrupted nor strikingly weakened ” between the shoulder-blades.
He says (J. c. p. 126) :—“ The first three [genera] have twelve tail-
feathers, and exactly the same pterylosis as that figured as occurring
in Rallus aquaticus. In Parra, of which I have examined all the
four principal species (sinensis [i. e. Hydrophasianus chirurgus],
@nea, africana, and jassana), I found only ¢en tail-feathers, and a
remarkable narrowing of the bands of the dorsal tract close be-
hind the shoulder-blades ; whilst, on the other hand, the hindmost,
or pelvic portion of it, was dilated. This genus has also weaker
lumbar tracts ; and these are united with the uropygial portion of
the dorsal tract by sparse contour-feathers.”” As Nitzsch himself
later on says that the pterylosis of the “Limicole’’ closely ap-
proaches that of the Rallinz, and is but little modified from that type,
the evidence from pterylosis of the Ralline affinities of the Jacanas is
not very strong. In their possession of well-marked firm rectrices,
in the weakness of the lumbar tracts, and in the tendency to a divi-
sion of the dorsal tract into an anterior and a posterior fork, the
Parridz differ from the typical Rallidee, and approach the Limico-
line type. The same relationship is indicated by the inner, or main,
pectoral tract, though very narrow, consisting, at least at its com-
mencement, of two or three rows of feathers in the Parridze, as well
as in the Charadriidz ; whereas in the typical Rallide, according to
Nitzsch, it issues from the branch as only a single row of feathers.
Visceral Anatomy, Se.
The tongue is long and narrow in shape, thin, and of horny con-
sistency. Its apex is slightly notched, and its base spinulose; for
the greater part of its length it is strongly concave. The ceso-
phagus develops no crop ; and the proventriculus is zonary. There
1 «On the Value in Classification of a Peculiarity in the Anterior Margin of
the Nasal Bones of certain Birds,” P. Z. 8. 1873, pp. 83-78.
2 P. Z. 8. 1873, pp. 626-644.
5 Besides Metopidius africanus, Prof. Garrod dissected a specimen of Hy-
drophasianus chirurgus; and some MS. notes of his on that species I have
incorporated in what follows.
1881.] ANATOMY OF THE JAGANAS. 641
is a muscular gizzard, lined by a rather thick and hard epithelium.
The contents of the stomach, in one of the specimens examined, con-
sisted of small seeds mixed with vegetable débris and small frag-
ments of stone. The right liver-lobe is elongated, and twice as large
as the left; and there is a well-developed gall-bladder. The czeca
are lateral in position, and closely approximated to the intestine,
which makes them difficult to see. They are mere nipples *2 inch
long’. In this respect Parra differs from all the Rallide (except
Porzana notata) which have been examined, as in all of these the
ceca are long, sometimes very long. Of the Pluvialine birds,
only the Plataleide and Rhinochetidee, with Sterna, Larus, and one
or two others, have such short ceca. The intestines measure, in
these two specimens of Parra jacana—small intestine 12°3 and
13-2 inches, large intestine 11 and 1-0 inch respectively.
In Parra jacana and in Hydrophasianus africanus, as also in
Metopidius africanus, as already recorded by Garrod *, there are
two carotid arteries. This is the number found in all the Rallide,
and in most of the Pluviales, excepting the Turnicide and Arctica
alle, according to Garrod*, where there is only the left developed.
Myology.
Parra jacana resembles P. (Metopidius) africana, as recorded by
Garrod ‘, in possessing the ambiens, femoro-caudal, accessory femoro-
caudal, semitendinosus, and accessory semitendinosus muscles, all
well developed®. Their formula is therefore AB. XY°. In both
these species the gluteus primus is well developed, covering the
biceps superficially towards the median line; the gluteus quintus is
also well developed. As in the Rallidee, and the Gruide’ and Eury-
pyg% amongst the Pluviales, the area of origin of the obturator
internus is triangular, as it is also in Hydrophasianus ; in the Plu-
vialine birds generally it is oval. The two deep flexor tendons of
the foot are not at all ossified, but completely blend together some
way up the leg—in Metopidius, in fact, just below the joint. There
is no slip at all to the hallux, as was also found to be the case in
Parra africana’ and Hydrophasianus by Prof. Garrod. This is the
more remarkable on account of the very large size of the hallux in all
these birds. A special tendinous slip to that digit is very frequently
present in birds which have a very insignificant hallux indeed ; and I
know of no other case of a bird with such a large hallux as that of
the Parride lacking the tendon. This fact would seem to indi-
cate that the Parride may have been developed from some form
with a more normal-sized foot and a small hallux, which had no
1 In Aydrophasianus chirurgus there is a strong gizzard, and the left liyver-
lobe is smaller than the right ; the c#ca measure *15 inch, the whole length of
the intestines being 12 inches.—Garrod’s MSS.
2 Pp. Z. S. 1873, p. 469. 3 L. c. pp. 469, 470.
4P. Z. S. 1873, p. 641.
5 In Hydrophasianus all these five muscles are also present.
8 Cf. Garrod, P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 123,
7 Garrod, P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 199. 8 P. Z. 8. 1875, p. 348.
642 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE [May 17,
special long flexor, the great size of their feet having been developed
in accordance with their peculiar habits.
In the anterior extremity the second pectoral arises from nearly
the whole length of the sternum ; in all three genera the third pec-
toral is wanting. The expansor secundariorum is strong and
T-shaped, as in all Ralline and many Pluvialine birds. In Parra
jacana (as in Hydrophasianus, according to Garrod) there is a dis-
tinct biceps slip to the patagium, as in all the Rallidw, the Chara-
driide, Gruidze, and many other Pluvialine birds. In Metopidius
africanus it is apparently absent, the absence being probably corre-
lated with the peculiar expanded form of the radius (to be hereafter
described).
In the wing-membrane the tensor patagii brevis presents a pecu-
liar arrangement, the tendon being completely divided into two por-
tions—an inner, more slender, and an outer, stronger one. The
former runs on to the fibrous tissue near the superficial origin of the
extensor metacarpi radialis longior, and there stops; the latter con-
tinues over this last muscle to the ulnar side of the arm, where it is
lost in the fibrous covering-tissue adjacent. Before crossing, how-
ever, it sends off a short, special wristward slip to the superficial
tendon of origin of the metacarpal extensor, as in many other groups
of birds. There is also a thin fibrous expansion given off just before
this to the tendon of the tensor patagii longus, and the tissue of the
patagium generally, as in many Pluvialine birds’. This splitting
up of the tensor patagii brevis tendon into two distinct slips, the ex-
ternal one in turn giving off a special wristward slip, occurs in man
Pluvialine birds (e.g. in Numenius arquatus, Totanus calidris, Ma-
chetes pugnax, Himantopus nigricollis, Thinocorus, and Attagis), but
never in the Rails, where the tendon is always much more simple,
not being divided into two separate parts, or giving off a wristward
slip. In fact, in most Rallide it runs quite simply, as a narrow
straight tendon, onto the origin of the eatensor metacarpi muscle,
and there stops.
The trachea is provided with the usual pair of sterno-tracheal
muscles ; and the lower larynx, which is of simple structure, has also
only a single pair of intrinsic muscles.
Osteology.
From a consideration of the pterylographic, visceral, and myolo-
gical features only of the Parridz, perhaps no very definite conclusion
as to their affinities could be drawn. But their osteological cha-
racters, in this case, leave no doubt as to their real position. All
the skulls of Parridze which I have examined, including those of
Parre jacana and gymnostoma, Metopidii indicus, africanus and
albinucha, and Hydrophasianus chirurgus, like that of Hydralector
cristata figured by Garrod *, are strongly schizorhinal, therein dif-
fering completely from that of the Rails, and resembling that of the
1 In Hydrophasianus much the same arrangement of the tensor patagii brevis
obtains, to judge from a small drawing in Garrod’s MS.
2 P.Z.S8. 1873, p. 34, fig. 5.
1881.] ANATOMY OF THE JAGANAS. 643
Pigeons, Plovers, and their allies (the “‘ Charadriiformes”’ of Garrod ')
only amongst Homalogonatous birds.
There are well-developed basipterygoid processes, which are always
absent in the Rails, though of very frequent occurrence amongst the
** Pluviales,” occurring in all the Charadriine and Scolopacinz I
have examined.
In Parra jacana and Metopidius albinucha, the long, narrow,
slightly decurved vomer is emarginate apically, as in certain Cha-
Skull of Parra jacana, from below ; natural size.
radriidzx® (see fig. 1). In the Rallidee it is, I believe, always sharp
at the point.
The maxillo-palatine processes are rather slender and directed
backwards ; they have the form of concavo-convex lamellz, are not
at all swollen, and do not unite by some way in the middle line, the
vomer appearing between and (when the skull is viewed from the
palatal aspect) below them.
There is no ossified internasal septum, nor any ossification of the
narial cartilages. The lacrymal is small, ankylosed with the naso-
frontal region of the skull above, and with the ‘‘ pars plana” below.
On the posterior aspect of the skull there are no traces of the
occipital fontanelles, which are found in so many of the birds re-
lated to the Plovers.
The supraorbital impressions for the nasal glands, which are so
conspicuous in most Plovers, the Gulls, Auks, and many other birds,
are absent in the Parride.
The combinations depending on the presence or absence of basi-
pterygoid processes, of occipital foramina, and of impressions on the
top of the skull for the supraorbital glands, coincide, as may be seen
from the following table, pretty accurately, with hardly an excep-
tion, with the chief groups of the Pluviales (the web-footed Laride
and Alcidz being omitted as irrelevant to our present purpose) as
determined by other characters. In the Table + and — represent
respectively the presence or absence of the structure indicated. In
the Plataleidze and Gruidz the nasal glands occupy the truncated
edge of the cranium above the orbits, and hardly appear on its upper
surface: this condition I have indicated by the use of the double
sign (+).
1 P.Z.8. 1874, p. 117.
® Cf. Garrod, P. Z.8. 1877, p. 417, figs. 2-4.
644 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE [May 17,
Basiptery- | Supraorbi-
goid pro- | tal impres-
cesses. sions.
Occipital
foramina.
PLATALEIDE.
WIS Tua. ..2o506.sascecaseeessastes
Platalea ajaja 7.........s.csoese.+0
leucorodia ....... seavtecaese
+++
I
I+-14+-14+-
GRvUIDz.
GriS: CINCLOH.. .ccacadeatuenseewseiee
AMETICAV A) (-c:spsccceense tebe
australasiana .............6.
Aramus scolopaceus............++-
++++
Viena
HEHEHE
CHARADRIIDE.
Numenius arquatus...............
pheopus) 2? .siccc,-.sse5s<e%
Recurvirostra avocetta .........
Tringa canutus,..............0.-00-
CEACLUB pace weer earecet encore
/AMgialites hiaticula ...............
Eudromias morinellus............
Vanellus (cristatus?) ............
Machetes pugnax..................
Heematopus ostralegus............
Himantopus nigricollis .........
Limosa melanura..................
_
+4+4+44+4444+444
+tt++++4++4+44+4
++++++4+4+4+4++
ParriD&.
Metopidius albinucha............
TES ETC aon cue SRE encoesee rr
PATA JACANA. vere cs-ceccsessareseace
Hydrophasianus chirurgus......
Pot 1
++++
etoelen
TurNicip#.
Turnix lepurana ...............66 =
Hemipodius varius ............... _
|
++
Dromas ardeola? .............060.. _
@hionisalbat sce. .22.25 s0et nce eeen _
PALA PIS) PAYTN: A. o.cecescntess sees =
Thinocorus rumicivorus ......... —
dorbignyanus ............... =
Cursorius gallicus ............... =
Glareola pratincola............... —
++++4+4+4
RuINOCHETID&.
Rhinochetus jubatus ............ =
Eurypyga helias ...............2.. =
MEsITIDs&.
Mesites unicolor?...............6.- - -
1 Sometimes ossified.
_? There is a perfect skeleton of this peculiar form in the Cambridge Univer-
sity Museum, which I have examined.
I only know the cranial characters of this bird from the plate illustrating
M. Milne-Edwards’s memoir (Ann. Sci. Nat. [6] vol. vii. art. no, 6).
1881.] ANATOMY OF THE JAGANAS, 645
The drawing (fig. 2) of the sternum of Metopidius albinucha
will show how unlike it is to that of the Rallide. In the latter
group the sternum is always peculiar in that the xiphoid processes
exceed in length the body of the sternum, which tapers to a point
posteriorly, and from which they are separated by very long and
well-marked triangular notches. The carina sterni also is less well
developed ; and the clavicles are weaker and straighter, being less
convex forwards, than in the Parride. The sternum and clavicles
Fig. 2.
Sternum and shoulder-girdle of Metopidius albinucha, viewed laterally ;
natural size.
of Parra and Metopidius in general form, on the other hand, re-
semble closely the type found in some of the Pluvialine birds (e. g.
Thinocorus, Attagis).
The pelvis, again, of the Rails presents certain well-marked pecu-
liarities. If that of Rallus aquaticus be taken as a typical form,
it will be found that the ilia are long and narrow, and but little ex-
panded in their preacetabular part. The postacetabular portion of
the pelvis is but little bent down on the preacetabular part ; and the
ischia and pubes are but little everted. The ischia are united by
broad bony plates to about the three most posterior “sacral” ver-
tebree ; between these plates and the expanded part of the ilia above
are well-developed and deep fossz, occupied, in the fresh state, b
the posterior portion of the kidneys. Viewed from above, the well-
marked “ postacetabular” ridge, which divides off the dorsal from
the lateral aspect of the pelvis, running from just behind the anti-
trochanteric eminence to the posterior spine of the ilium, presents, a
little behind those two points, a strongly projecting process. The
greatest breadth of the postacetabular part of the pelvis is there-
fore here, and not at the more anteriorly-situated prominence
close to the antitrochanter. Viewed from the side, this ridge forms
a sort of overlapping roof to the slightly excavated external pelvic
fossa. The genera Ocydromus, Aramides, Fulica, and Porphyrio do
not essentially depart from this type.
In Parra and Metopidius’* the ilia are wider and more expanded
1 Milne-Edwards has also described the difference of the pelvis in the Jagandg
as compared with that of the true Rallide: ef. ‘ Oiseaux Fossiles,’ ii. p. 123,
646 ON THE ANATOMY OF THE JAGANAS. [May !7,
anteriorly. The postacetabular ridge has hardly any median pro-
jection ; and the pelvis is widest, dorsally, just behind the antitro-
chanters. The plates of bone between the ischia and sacrum are
narrower, and the posterior part of the renal fossz less well de-
veloped, and more open, in consequence. In all these points these
forms thus approach the Limicoline birds.
There is one other point of interest in the osteology of the Parridee.
This is the extraordinary form assumed by the radius in some of the
genera. In birds, as a rule, the ulna is a stouter bone than the
radius, this last being almost universally a slender cylindrical bone.
In Metopidius africanus, as already noticed by M. A. Milne-Edwards',
as well as in M. albinucha and in MV. indicus (as I have been able to
ascertain by extracting the wing-bones from a skin), the radius pre-
sents the form shown in the drawing (fig. 3), being dilated and
Fig. 3.
Wing-bones of Metopidius albinucha, to show the peculiarly modified radius ;
natural size.
flattened into a subtriangular lamellar-like expansion for its distal
half. Its superior surface is slightly grooved posteriorly for the
tendon of the extensor metacarpi radialis longior muscle.
This dilated portion forms the margin of the patagial space for
its distal portion. A considerable portion of the marginal tendon of
the tensor patagii longus is inserted into the radius at the angle of
the bone; the main tendon, however, continues in a groove on
the inferior aspect of that bone, a little behind the border, to its
ordinary insertion. About half of the peculiar flattened radius is
left bare of muscle above, the extensor metacarpi, as already stated,
playing over its lower half. Below, the flattened area is largely
covered by the fibres of the pronator radii superficialis, which ex-
tend up nearly to the margin of the bone; below this is the pronator
radii profundus, which likewise has an extensive insertion into the
lower part of the bone. The margin of the bone, where it is super-
ficial, is slightly roughened; and no doubt the peculiar form of
radius is associated with the quarrelsome habits of these birds, this
dilated and somewhat scimitar-shaped bone being probably capable
of inflicting a very severe downward blow.
In Parra jacana and P. gymnostoma the radius presents the ordi-
nary form; and the same is the case in Hydrophasianus chirurgus.
In these two genera, it is to be observed, the metacarpal “ spur”
1 «Oiseaux Fossiles,’ ii. p. 134.
1881.] M. TACZANOWSKI ON A NEW WEAZEL FROM PERU. 647
is much more developed and sharp than in the species of Metopidius,
where it is small and blunt ; so that there is a correlation apparently
between a sharp spur and a simple radius, and a blunt spur and
flattened radius. In Hydralector gallinacea there is a blunt spur,
with, so far as I can make out from a skin, a flattened radius.
The “claw” or “spur” of the wing of the Jaganas has, it may
be observed, no relation whatever to the “ claw ” or nail of the pollex,
which is also present, though small, in all the three genera I have
examined. The “spur,” in Parra jacana at least, consists of an ex-
ternal, translucent, yellow epidermic layer, which invests a central
core of compact fibrous tissue, this in turn being supported by a
bony projection developed at the radial side of the first metacarpal.
As regards the position of the Parride in the group Pluviales, it
appears to me that they form a well-marked family, with no very
obvious relationshipsto any of the other families of that group, ap-
proaching, however, perhaps most nearly to the Charadriide, from
which they are easily distinguishable by the absence of supraorbital
glands and occipital foramina, by their enormously elongated
toes, by the number of rectrices, and other points. A brief definition
of the Parridz may be given as follows :—
Charadriiform birds, with ten rectrices, short ceca, and a tufted
oil-gland ; with the ambiens, accessory femoro-caudal, and accessory
semitendinosus muscles developed, and with the obturator internus
triangular; with a two-notched sternum, and with the digits, in-
cluding the hallux, greatly developed; with the skull provided with
basipterygoid processes, but lacking occipital foramina and supra-
orbital gland-impressions.
_ 4. Description d’une nouvelle Belette du Pérou septentrional.
Par L. Taczanowsg1, C.M.Z.S.
[Received April 20, 1881.]
MUusTELA JELSKU, 0. sp.
Minor, castaneo-brunnea, capite obscuriore; subtus isabellina ;
pedescorpori concolores ; cauda corpore paulo brevior, apice nigra;
mystacibus longissimis.
Hab. Peruvia bor. orient.
Un exemplaire d’une Belette pris par M. Jelski & Cutervo, au
nord-est du Pérou, et déposé au Musée de Varsovie, voisin de la
M. macroura, mais beaucoup plus petit, n’atteignant pas les dimen-
sions de la M. erminea d'Europe, me semble appartenir 4 une forme
inédite. Cet individu me parait étre adulte, car ses dents sont fort
usées et le squelette fort durci.
La couleur générale est brune avec une nuance marron plus faible
que dans la M. macroura, a téte distinctement plus foncée ; celle de
la moitié basale de la queue est analogue a celle du corps, passant
ensuite en une légére teinte distinctement plus jaunatre, l’extrémité
méme est d’un noir brunatre sur espace d’un pouce et demi. Les
648 M.TACZANOWSKI ON A NEW WEAZEL FROM PERU. [May 17,
oreilles garnies de poils de la méme couleur que les parties environ-
nantes de la téte. Tout le dessous, en commencant du menton,
ainsi qu’une bande sur le cété interne des pattes antérieures, n’at-
teignant pas leur extrémité, et une large bande sur la moitié anté-
rieure du devant de la cuisse sont d’une couleur isabelle, blanchatre
sur le menton et le haut de la gorge et plus jaune sur le reste. Les
pattes sont de la méme nuance que le corps. Le poil est gris dans la
moitié basale, d’une nuance plus pale que celle dans la M. macroura,
sans anneau médian. Les ongles blanchatres.
Longueur depuis le nez jusqu’a la naissance de la queue 203, de
la queue avec le poil 150, queue sans poil 120, de la téte 77, du
tarse jusqu’au bout des ongles 37 millim.
La téte de cette Belette est proportionnellement un peu plus courte
que dans la M. macroura, et beaucoup moins longue que dans la
M. erminea. Sa queue est presque également velue dans toute sa
longueur et terminée en pointe obtuse. Ses canines sont relative-
ment beaucoup plus €paisses que celles de la M. macroura; les
ongles des pattes antérieures beaucoup plus courts et beaucoup plus
élevés a la base; elle se distingue principalement de cette derniére
espéce par la longueur des moustaches, qui dépassent de plus de
vingt millimetres le bord postérieur de loreille, tandis que dans la
Belette citée les cils les plus longs le dépassent de trés peu. La
couleur générale différe en ce dans les deux espéces, que le brun
dans cette petite forme ne présente pas de nuance jaune-marron,
caractéristique dans la grande.
L’individu de cette nouvelle espéce a le cou et le devant du dos
parsemé de quelques poils blancs, une meéche de cette couleur au
front et quelques poils ¢a et la sur les autres parties foncées du corps,
ce qui indique une certaine tendance au changement de la couleur.
Outre les deux espéces péruviennes a longue queue, M. Stolz-
mann a fourni de Tambillo deux peaux d’une troisiéme forme. Cette
Belette est 4 queue beaucoup plus courte et s’applique parfaitement
ala description de la M. agilis, Tsch., ne présentant qu’un seul
détail de la coloration qui n’est pas d’accord, c’est 4 dire que le
dessous du corps n’est pas gris comme le dit Tschudi, mais fauve
roussitre comme celui dans la M. frenata de Californie, a laquelle
ressemble aussi l’exemplaire adulte par le collier blanchatre égale-
ment disposé devant les oreilles, quelques poils blancs épars au
milieu du front a la place de la tache caractéristique de cette derniére
espéce, et la couleur jaune claire étendue jusqu’a l’extrémité des
pattes antérieures. Au premier coup d’cil cet exemplaire ressemble
ala M. frenata, mais cette derniére ala conque auriculaire beau-
coup plus developpée. Je suppose donc que c’est plutét la M.
agilis de Tschudi, qui dit que l’animal varie beaucoup dans sa
coloration.
L’autre exemplaire de la méme localité, beaucoup plus petit, pro-
bablement jeune, est sur tout le dessus du corps d’une couleur beau-
coup plus pale que dans l’adulte, et uniforme partout, excepté l’ex-
trémité de la queue, qui est plus foncée, sans taches claires sur la
téte et sans aucune trace de collier; la nuance de ses parties infé-
1881.] MR. KIRBY ON HYMENOPTERA FROM SOCOTRA. 649
rieures du corps est beaucoup moins jaunatre. Dans l’adulte et dans
le jeune les plus longues moustaches n’atteignent pas I oreille.
Monsieur Stolzmann annonce dans sa derniére lettre la capture
d'une Belette différente de toutes ces espéces, plus grande que la
M. macroura et distincte par quelques détails de la coloration, ce
qui confirme l’opinion de M. Tschudi, exprimée dans sa ‘ Fauna
Peruana,’ sur l’existence de plusieures espéces de cet genre dans
les Andes de l’ Amérique méridionale.
5. On the Hymenoptera collected by Prof. I. Bayley Balfour
in Socotra. By W. F. Kirsy, Assistant in the Zoolo-
gical Department, British Museum.
[Received April 23, 1881.]
The small collection of insects lately made in Socotra by Prof.
Balfour, and deposited in the British Museum, contained only six
specimens of Hymenoptera, belonging to four species. Of these,
two are apparently new to science, and the others are well-known
and wide-ranging species, the occurrence of which in the island is
in nowise remarkable.
I proceed to enumerate the species as follows :—
APID&.
1. XYLOCOPA ZSTUANS.
Apis estuans, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 579. no. 37 (1758).
A well-known and widely distributed East-Indian species.
VESPIDE.
2. BELENOGASTER SAUSSUREI, sp. n.
Exp. al. 13 in. ; long. corp. 11 lines.
Not closely allied to any known species.
Head, antenne, prothorax, scutellum, postscutellum, legs, and
abdomen of a lively chestnut colour; meso- and metathorax, sides
of pectus, and segments 2 and 3 of the abdomen black. The pro-
thorax is indistinctly and narrowly bordered with yellowish ; and
the mouth-parts are more or less yellowin the male. The first seg-
ment of the abdomen is distinctly bordered behind with yellow, most
broadly on the upper part of the sides. The thorax, scutellum, &e.
are finely punctured ; and there are three very shallow longitudinal
grooves on the mesothorax, and a more distinct groove in the
middle of the metathorax. Wings smoky brown, with iridescent
reflections ; nervures brown or reddish brown ; yellowish towards the
base and along the costa and inner margin of the fore wings.
PoMPILID.
3. MyGNIMIA EXTRANEA, sp. 0.
Exp. al. 2 in. 1 line to 2 in. 6 lines; long. corp. I in. to 1 in.
5 lines.
Proc. Zoou. Sec.—1881, No. XLII. 42
650 MR. F.DAY ON THE RANGE OF APOGON ELLIOTI. [May 17,
Allied to M. vindex, Smith, from S. Africa, and M. prodigiosa,
Gerst., from E. Africa.
Male. Head, antenne, prothorax, and legs reddish, a very nar-
row bright red line round the eyes, and the mouth also shading into
bright red ; mesothorax black above, with three carinz in front, anda
broad raised ridge behind; scutellum deeply incised ; metathorax
oval, truncated behind, and clothed with long hair. Pectus and
abdomen clothed with a coppery green pile ; the middle of the pectus
with a few long grey hairs. Wings deep purple or violet, with blue
and green reflections.
Female. Similar, but with the red colouring less marked, espe-
cially on the head and prothorax.
SPHEGID.
4. PELOP@US ZGYPTIUS.
Sphex egyptia, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 569, no. 4 (1758).
Sphex spirifex, Linn. loc. cit. p. 570. no. 8.
A common species in South Europe, and apparently spread over
nearly the whole of Africa.
6. On the Range of Apogon ellioti. By Francis Day, F.Z.S.
[Received April 29, 1881.]
Apogon nigripinnis, Giinther, Catal. i. 1859, p. 235; Playfair,
Fish. Zanzibar, 1866, p. 20 (not Cuv. & Val. ii. p. 152).
A, ellioti, Day, Fishes of India, part. i. 1875, p. 63, pl. xvii.
fig. 1.
A. arafure, n. sp., Giinther, Shore Fishes of ‘Challenger,’ 1880,
p. 38, pl. xvi. fig. c.
Among the littoral forms of fishes collected by the ‘ Challenger’
are some which appear to me to have a much wider range than is
adverted to in the late interesting contribution to our ichthyological
knowledge. Having been in London last week, I took the oppor-
tunity of re-examining the forms in the national Museum recorded
as A. nigripinnis, and likewise the fine single example of A. arafure
brought home by the Expedition from the Arafura Sea.
I would premise that, having had the opportunity of comparing the
example at the Jardin des Plantes, said to be the type of A. nigri-
pinnis, C. V., with the one I figured in the ‘ Fishes of India,’ pl. xvi.
fig. 6, I feel confident of their being identical. I also think that
there can exist but little reasonable doubt that most of the spe-
cimens named A. nigripinnis in the British Museum are young
examples of A. ellioti. They were received from Zanzibar, the East
Indies, and China.
When I published the ‘Fishes of India,’ I only possessed two
examples from India. Since that time, owing to the kindness of Dr.
1881.] THE SECRETARY ON THE INSECTARIUM. 651
Keess and others, I have received several more from Madras, and am
consequently able to distribute them among various European
museums.
The example of A. arafure still shows the faint vertical bands
which are so much better seen in the immature. The dersal spines
are damaged ; and the fish has its mouth distended, in which position
it has become permanently fixed, owing probably to having been put
into rather strong spirit soon after its capture.
Apogon ellioti is one of those shore forms which extend through the
Indian Ocean from the east coast of Africa to the Malay archipelago
and China, likewise to the Arafura Sea on the coast of New Guinea.
It is rather remarkable that Dr. Bleeker did not obtain it ; he had
one from my collection, and informed me that it was new to him.
June 7, 1881.
Professor Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
The Secretary called the attention of the Meeting to the opening
of the Insectarium in the Society’s Gardens, which had taken place
on the 25th of April last ; and remarked, that although of late years
many entomologists had been in the habit of rearing insects in cap-
tivity for the purpose of watching their transformations and obtaining
good specimens in each stage of existence, nothing like a systematic
attempt, so far as he knew, had been previously made to form a
general collection of living insects for exhibition. As in former
days as regards reptiles and the lower marine animals, so in the
present instance as regards its Insectarium, the Society seemed to be
first in the field, and, so far as could be judged from the progress
already made, to be likely, if not altogether successful, to attain
many interesting and instructive results.
The building in the Gardens now used as an Insectarium was con-
structed of iron and glass on three sides, with a brick back to it, and
formerly formed part of the refreshment buildings. It had been
moved to its present site, on the north bank of the canal near the
north entrance, last autumn, and had been used during the winter
as anursery for delicate monkeys and tropical birds. The cases con-
taining the insects, to which it was now devoted, were arranged on
stands all round the building, and also occupied two tables in the
centre. The cases used for the principal specimens were formed of
zine plates. The upper part of them was glazed on all four sides,
the top being formed of perforated zinc so as to admit the air.
The food-plant or object required for the suspension of the chry-
salises, when that stage of the insect was exhibited, was inserted
into the case through a circular hole in the bottom; but the glass
front also opened, so that ready access could be obtained to the
interior. The larger cases in the front row measured about 24
inches in breadth by 18 in depth, and were 32 inches in height.
42*
652 THE SECRETARY ON THE INSECTARIUM. [June 7,
The cases in the opposite row were of similar construction, but
rather smaller in dimensions.
The cases on the south side (on each side of the entrance door)
have been mostly appropriated to the exhibition of the larger and finer
species of silk-producing moths of the family Bombycide. Amongst
them might be specially noticed Glover’s Silk-moth (Samia gloveri)
and the Cecropian Silk-moth (S. cecropia) of North America,
Perny’s Silk-moth (A¢tacus pernyi) of Northern China, the Tusseh
Silk-moth (A. mylitta) of India, and the great Emperor Moth
(Saturnia pyri) of Europe.
On the north side of the Insectarium the smaller cases were
devoted principally to the rarer and more noticeable moths and
butterflies of Europe, such as the Swallow-tailed Butterfly (Papilio
machaon), the Black-veined Butterfly (Aporia crategi), the Purple
Emperor (Apatura iris), and the Orange-tip (Anthocharis car-
damines), among the former, and the Scarlet Tiger-moth (Calli-
morpha dominula) and Emperor Moth (Saturnia carpini), among
the latter group. The series was continued, mixed with other
forms, at the east end of the building. On the large tables in the
middle of the Insectarium were examples of other butterflies,
moths, beetles, mayflies, stoneflies, and aquatic insects of different
kinds. The whole series exhibited now contained examples of about
fifty species; but daily additions were made to it.
Finally, the Secretary observed, every specimen in the Insectarium
was distinctly labelled, and that over each of the principal cases was
fixed a glazed box, in which was placed preserved specimens of the
various stages of metamorphosis of the insect exhibited in the case
beneath.
The Insectarium had been placed under the sole charge of Mr.
William Watkins, an experienced entomologist and breeder of
insects, whose name was well kuown to many naturalists. Mr.
Watkins, whose services had been secured for the Society for the
purpose of inaugurating this interesting exhibition, had prepared
the subjoined Report on the insects already bred and exhibited under
his charge.
Report on the Insects exhibited in the Insectarium during the
month of May 1881.
1. Exotic LEPIDOPTERA.
Samia gloveri.—Specimens of this species emerged almost daily
through the month; and fertile eggs were obtained, which hatched
on the 12th instant. The larve when hatched are a shining black,
with numerous spines of the same colour; after the first change,
which took place in six days, they assume a yellowish colour; at
the second moult they become green with paler-coloured spines,
each tipped with bright red. A choice of many shrubs were given
them, but although they ate plum and sallow they left these for
gooseberry, which they are now thriving well upon.
Samia cecropia—This species emerged through the month, and
1881.] THE SECRETARY ON THE INSECTARIUM. 653
copulation was frequent ; a large number of eggs were obtained,
but many are not fertile, perhaps owing to the stock already
having been interbred. Young larvee hatched on the 14th instant,
and are growing well. Food-plant Plum.
Attacus cynthia.—This species commenced to emerge towards
the end of the month, but only 4 specimens have yet appeared. It
is usually the latest species of all.
Attacus pernyi.—Perfect insects of this species were on view
throughout the month. Fertile eggs obtained, which commenced
to hatch 30th instant, and are doing well. Food-plant Oak.
Attacus mylitta.—This species commenced to emerge on 28th
instant, a beautiful male being bred; on the following day a male
and female emerged, the first male was therefore preserved. Eges
obtained, which are probably fertile.
Attacus atlas.—Throughout the latter half of the month speci-
mens of this species have emerged, and many fine ones are preserved.
Eggs will probably be obtained later ; many more still to come out.
Actias selene.—The first specimen of this species emerged on the
last day of the month.
Actias luna.—During the early part of the month specimens of
this species emerged. Eggs have been obtained, but it is doubtful
if they are fertile.
Telea promethea.—The cocoons of this species have as yet only
produced a large Ichneumon-fly (Ophion, sp. ine.). Many visitors
have evinced great interest on seeing these large parasites in the cage
produced from perfectly-formed Lepidopterous cocoons externally,
and internally a stout well-made oval cocoon of the Hymenoptera.
Anthera yama-mai—the larve of this species produced from
eggs have done fairly well ; many are now nearly full fed and about
to spin. Food-plant Oak.
Britiso LerrpoprTera.
Rhopalocera.
Papilio machaon.—Imagines of this species have been on view
almost daily throughout the month.
Anthocharis cardamines.— During the first half of the month
imagines of this species were bred.
Aporia crategi.—Small larvee of this species were obtained and
fed up, producing the first imagines 27th instant. The three stages
of larva, pupa, and imago are now exhibited.
Apatura iris —This species has unfortunately not done well. I was
unable to detect them in the act; but the numbers slowly diminished,
and I am led to the conclusion that the larvee are cannibals. On
several occasions I observed them worrying each other. Only
2 out of 24 larvee have been saved ; the first of these is now a pupa,
‘the other feeding up. There were 6 larvee found dead,
Limenitis sibylla—This species was bred from small larvee
obtained from the New Forest and Germany ; and the three stages
were on view during the last ten days of the month.
654 THE SECRETARY ON THE INSECTARIUM. [June 7,
Melitea cinxia.—Imagines of this species were bred from larvz
during the month ; and perfect insects were on view nearly the whole
month through.
Nemeobius lucina.—Imagines of this species emerged from pupz
during the month.
Heterocera.
Chelonia caja.—Larvee of this species attained a fine size, and
produced large imagines, commencing to emerge at the latter end of
the month.
Chelonia villica.—The larve of this species spun up during the
early part of the month ; and many fine imagines have been produced
during the last ten days of the month.
Callimorpha dominula.— Larve and pupe of this species were on
exhibition during first half of the month, and imagines during last
half. The species fed up well, and produced full-sized imagines.
Odonestis potatoria.—This species fed very slowly during the
month. Cocoons were formed towards the latter end.
Orgyia gonostigma.—The handsome larve of this species were
exhibited during the earlier part of the month, and some females
(apterous) bred and exhibited.
Lasiocampa quercifolia.—The larvee of this species fed up well,
and produced full-sized cocoons towards the end of the month.
Saturnia carpini.—Larve of this species hatched from eggs
obtained May 24. Food-plant Plum.
Bombyx neustria.—A colony of these larvae were obtained small,
and have fed up well, many cocoons being in the cage at end of
the month.
Cossus ligniperda.—A piece of the branch of a willow-tree much
bored, and containing larvz of this species, was exhibited from
the 28th instant.
Catocala fraxini.—The larvee of this species obtained from eggs
grew well till they were nearly an inch long, when they refused food
and gradually died off. A second batch retained in my studio were
then placed in the Insectarium ; and these likewise died. I think
they were hatched too early.
Catocala sponsa.—Young larvee of this species obtained from eggs
did not do well, gradually dying off. I retained a few in my studio,
and put them in the Insectarium when an inch long; and they
rapidly fed up, and are nearly full-fed.
Uropteryx sambucata.—The stick-like larvee of this species were
very interesting when visitors could distinguish them from the twigs
of hawthorn upon which they were feeding.
European RHOPALOCERA.
Apatura ilia.—Two larve of this species obtained from Germany.
Both are now full-fed and about changing.
Melitea maturna.—Imagines of this species were bred from larvee
sent from Germany.
1881.] THE SECRETARY ON THE INSECTARIUM. 655
European HETEROCERA.
Heterogynis penella.—A batch of freshly-hatched larvee were pre-
sented by Lord Walsingham on the 23rd instant. The larve are
growing slowly, and feed upon the cultivated yellow-flowering
Genista, drilling regular little round holes in the leaves.
British HyMENOPTERA.
A piece of heather containing three cocoons of the Sand-Wasp
(Pelopeus, sp. inc.) were presented to the Society by Col. Irby,
F.Z.S., and produced two imagines 23rd and 24th instant.
British NeEvRopTERA.
The larvee of Libellula depressa have done well; but those of
Agrion, sp. inc., have all died. It is probable that these species
require running water of a temperature not above 50°. Ephemera,
sp. inc., grew well, and produced two imagines.
Evrorean NEUROPTERA.
Myrmeleon formicarius.—Fifteen larve of this insect were ob-
tained from France, and have established themselves in some sand
in a glass shade, exhibiting their pits as in a wild state.
Britiso CoLeorreRA.
Imagines of Dytiscus marginalis, Hydrophilus piceus, and Cicindela
campestris exhibited. One larva of Dytiscus marginalis was ex-
hibited for half the month, when it was attacked by a species of
fungus and died.
BritisH TRICHOPTERA.
Caddis-flies (Phryganea, sp. inc.).—These have lived, and many
are probably mere pupe.
Exotic ORTHOPTERA.
Eggs of 5 species of Leaf-insects were received from Mr. Water-
house, British Museum, and are exhibited in a suitable vessel should
they hatch.
There have also been exhibited :—
British HEMIPTERA.
Notonecta glauca, and eggs obtained, which hatched and attained
half growth.
Nepa cinerea; and
Aquatic Spiders (ARAcHNIDA).
GENERAL REMARKS.
I have not been able to add a number of species that I should
have wished, owing to a severe illness, which suddenly attacked me
on the 14th instant.
656 MR. F. M. BALFOUR ON THE SKELETON {June 7,
The imagines that have emerged have nearly all been fine and
perfect, a very small percentage indeed of deformed insects coming
out ; and asa rule the house is well adapted, in my opinion, for any
exotic species and most of the British, the latter emerging much
earlier than would be the case in their wild state; but there is no
apparent diminution in size, speaking from imagines obtained trom
small larve, as is frequently the case with larve bred in con-
finement.
June 6, 1881. ’ Wn. WarTkKINs.
The following papers were read :—
1. On the Development of the Skeleton of the Paired Fins of
Elasmobranchii, considered in Relation to its Bearings
on the Nature of the Limbs of the Vertebrata. By F.
M. Batrour, F.R.S., F.Z.S., Fellow of Trinity College,
Cambridge.
[Received June 2, 1881.]
(Plates LVII., LVIII.)
Some years ago the study of the development of the soft parts of
the fins in several Elasmobranch types, more especially in Torpedo,
led me to the conclusion that the vertebrate limbs were remnants of
two continuous lateral fins’. More or less similar views (which I
was not at that time acquainted with) had been previously held by
Maclise, Humphrey, and other anatomists; these views had not,
however, met with much acceptance, and diverge in very important
points from those put forward by me. Shortly after the appearance
of my paper, J. Thacker published two interesting memoirs com-
paring the skeletal parts of the paired and unpaired fins”.
In these memoirs Thacker arrives at conclusions as to the nature
of the fins in the main similar to mine, but on entirely inde-
pendent grounds. He attempts to show that the structure of the
skeleton of paired fins is essentially the same as that of the
unpaired fins, and in this comparison lays special stress on the very
simple skeleton of the pelvic fin in the cartilaginous Ganoids, more
especially in Acipenser and Polyodon. He points out that the
skeleton of the pelvic fin of Polyodon consists essentially of a series
of nearly isolated rays, which have a strikingly similar arrange-
ment to that of the rays of the skeleton in many unpaired fins. He
sums up his views in the following way *:—
1 Monograph on the Development of Elasmobranch Fishes, pp. 101, 102.
2 J. K. Thacker, “ Median and Paired Fins; a Contribution to the History
of the Vertebrate Limbs,” Trans. of the Connecticut Acad. vol. iii. 1877.
J. K. Thacker, “‘ Ventral Fins of Ganoids,” Trans. of the Connecticut Acad.
yol. iv. 1877.
3 Loe, cit. p. 298.
1881.] OF THE PAIRED FINS OF ELASMOBRANCHS. 657
“As the dorsal and anal fins were specializations of the median
folds of Amphioxus, so the paired fins were specializations of the two
lateral folds which are supplementary to the median in completing
the circuit of the body. These lateral folds, then, are the homo-
logues of Wolffian ridges, in embryos of higher forms. Here, as in
the median fins, there were formed chondroid and finally cartila-
ginous rods. These became at least twice segmented. The orad
ones, with more or less concrescence proximally, were prolonged
inwards. The cartilages spreading met in the middle line; and a
later extension of the cartilages dorsad completed the limb-girdle.
“The limbs of the Protognathostomi consisted of a series of parallel
articulated cartilaginous rays. They may have coalesced somewhat
proximally and orad. In the ventral pair they had extended them-
selves mesiad until they had nearly or quite met and formed the
hip-girdle ; they had not here extended themselves dorsad. In the
pectoral limb the same state of things prevailed, but was carried a
step further, namely, by the dorsal extension of the cartilage consti-
tuting the scapular portion, thus more nearly forming a ring or
girdle.”
The most important point in Thacker’s theories which I cannot
accept is the derivation of the folds, of which the paired fins of the
Vertebrata are supposed to be specializations, from the lateral folds of
Amphioxus ; and Thacker himself recognizes that this part of his
theory stands on quite a different footing to the remainder.
Not long after the publication of Thacker’s paper, an important
memoir was published by Mivart in the ‘Transactions’ of this
Society’. The object of the researches recorded in this paper was,
as Mivart explains, to test how far the hard parts of the limbs and
of the azygos fins may have arisen through centripetal chondrifica-
tions or calcifications, and so be genetically exoskeletal 2.
Mivart’s investigations and the majority of his views were inde-
pendent of Thacker’s memoir; but he acknowledges that he has
derived from Thacker the view that pelvic and pectoral girdles, as
well as the skeleton of the limbs, may have arisen independently of
the axial skeleton.
The descriptive part of Mivart’s paper contains an account of the
structure of a great variety of interesting and undescribed types of
paired and unpaired fins, mainly of Elasmobranchii. ‘The following
is the summary given by Mivart of the conclusions at which he has
arrived * :—
“1. Two continuous lateral longitudinal folds were developed,
similar to dorsal and ventral median longitudinal folds.
“2. Separate narrow solid supports (radials), in longitudinal series,
and with their long axes directed more or less outwards at right
1 St. George Mivart, “On the Fins of Elasmobrancbii,” Zoological Trans,
vol. x.
* Mivart used the term exoskeletal in an unusual and (as it appears to me)
inconvenient manner. The term is usually applied to dermal skeletal structures ;
but the skeleton of the limbs, with which we are here concerned, is undoubtedly
not of this nature.
3 Loe. cit. p. 480.
658 MR. F. M. BALFOUR ON THE SKELETON [June 7,
angles with the long axis of the body, were developed in varying
extents in all these four longitudinal folds.
«3. The longitudinal folds became interrupted variously, but so
as to form two prominences on each side, z.e. the primitive paired
limbs.
‘«©4, Each anterior paired limb increased in size more rapidly than
the posterior limb.
“°5, The bases of the cartilaginous supports coalesced as was
needed, according to the respective practical needs of the different
separate portions of the longitudinal folds, ¢. e. the respective needs
of the several fins.
“©6. Occasionally the dorsal radials coalesced (as in Motidanus
&c.) and sought centripetally (Pristis &c.) adherence to the skeletal
axis.
“«7, The radials of the hinder paired limb did so more constantly,
and ultimately prolonged themselves inwards by mesiad growth from
their coalesced base, till the piscine pelvic structure arose, as, e€. g., in
Sqguatina.
«8. The pectoral radials with increasing development also coalesced
proximally, and thence prolonging themselves inwards to seek a
point d’apput, shot dorsad and ventrad to obtain a firm support,
and at the same time to avoid the visceral cavity. Thus they came
to abut dorsally against the axial skeleton, and to meet ventrally
together in the middle line below.
“9, The lateral fins, as they were applied to support the body on
the ground, became elongated, segmented, and narrowed, so that
probably the line of the propterygium, or possibly that of the
mesopterygium, became the cheiropterygial axis.
«©10. The distal end of the incipient cheiropterygium either pre-
served and enlarged preexisting cartilages or developed fresh ones to
serve fresh needs, and so grew into the developed cheiropterygium ;
but there is not yet enough evidence to determine what was the
precise cgurse of this transformation.
“11. The pelvic limb acquired a solid connexion with the axial
skeleton (a pelvic girdle) through its need of a point d’appui as a
locomotive organ on land.
“12. The pelvic limb became also elongated; and when its
function was quite similar to that of the pectoral limb, its structure
became also quite similar (e. g. Ichthyosaurus, Plesiosaurus, Chelydra,
&e.); but for the ordinary quadrupedal mode of progression it
became segmented and inflected in a way generally parallel with,
but (from its mode of use) in part inversely to, the inflections of the
pectoral limb.”
Giinther! has propounded a theory on the primitive character of
the fins, which, on the whole, fits in with the view that the paired fins
are structures of the same nature as the unpaired fins. The interest
of Giinther’s views on the nature of the skeleton of the fins more
especially depends upon the fact that he attempts to evolve the fin
1 “Description of Ceratodus,” Phil, Trans. 1871.
1881.] OF THE PAIRED FINS OF ELASMOBRANCHS,. 659
of Ceratodus from the typical Selachian type of pectoral fin. His
own statement on this subject is as follows’ :—
“On further inquiry into the more distant relations of the Cera-
todus-limb, we may perhaps be justified in recognizing in it a modi-
fication of the typical form of the Selachian pectoral fin. Leaving
aside the usual treble division of the carpal cartilage (which, indeed,
is sometimes simple), we find that this shovel-like carpal forms the
base for a great number of phalanges, which are arranged in more
or less regular transverse rows (zones) and in longitudinal rows
(series). The number of phalanges of the zones and series varies
according to the species and the form of the fin; in Cestracion
philippi the greater number of phalanges is found in the proximal
zones and middle series, all the phalanges decreasing in size from the
base of the fin towards the margins. In a Selachian with a long,
pointed, scythe-shaped pectoral fin, like that of Ceratodus, we may,
from analogy, presume that the arrangement of the cartilages might
be somewhat like that shown in the accompanying diagram, which
I have divided into nine zones and fifteen series.
«* When we now detach the outermost phalanx from each side of
the first horizontal zone, and with it the other phalanges of the same
series, when we allow the remaining phalanges of this zone to
coalesce into one piece (as, in nature, we find coalesced the carpals
of Ceratodus and many phalanges in Selachian fins), and when we
repeat this same process with the following zones and outer series,
we arrive at an arrangement identical with what we actually find in
Ceratodus.”
While the researches of Thacker and Mivart are strongly confir-
matory of the view at which I had arrived with reference to the
nature of the paired fins, other hypotheses as to the nature of the
skeleton of the fins have been enunciated, both before and after the
publication of my memoir, which are either directly or indirectly
opposed to my view.
Huxley in his memoir on Ceratodus, which throws light on so
many important morphological problems, has dealt with the nature
of paired fins °.
He holds, in accordance with a view previously adopted by
Gegenbaur, that the limb of Ceratodus ‘‘ presents us with the nearest
known approximation to the fundamental form of vertebrate limb or
archipterygium,” and is of opinion that in a still more archaic fish
than Ceratodus the skeleton of the fin ‘‘ would be made up of homo-
logous segments, which might be termed pteromeres, each of which
would consist of a mesomere with a preaxial and a postaxial para-
mere.”’ He considers that the pectoral fins of Elasmobranchii, more
especially the fin of Notidanus, which he holds to be the most
primitive form of Elasmobranch fin, ‘‘ results in the simplest possible
manner from the shortening of the axis of such a fin-skeleton as that
of Ceratodus, and the coalescence of some of its elements.” Huxley
1 Loe. cit. p. 534.
27. H. Huxley, “On Ceratodus Festeri, with some Observations on the
Classification of Fishes,” Proc. Zool. Soc. 1876.
660 MR. F. M. BALFOUR ON THE SKELETON [June 7,
does not enter into the question of the origin of the skeleton of the
pelvic fin of Elasmobranchii.
It will be seen that Huxley’s idea of the primitive structure of the
archipterygium is not easily reconcilable with the view that the paired
fins are parts of a once continuous lateral fin, in that the skeleton
of such a lateral fin, if it has existed, must necessarily have consisted
of a series of parallel rays.
Gegenbaur’ has done more than any other living anatomist to
elucidate the nature of the fins ; and his views on this subject have
undergone considerable changes in the course of his’ investigations.
After Ginther had worked out the structure of the fin of Ceratodus,
Gegenbaur suggested that it constituted the most primitive persisting
type of fin, and has moreover formed a theory as to the origin of
the fins founded on this view, to the effect that the fins, together
with their respective girdles, are to be derived from visceral arches
with their rays.
His views on this subject are clearly explained in the subjoined
passages quoted from the English translation of his ‘ Elements of
Comparative Anatomy,’ pp. 473 and 477.
The skeleton of the free appendage is attached to the extremity of
the girdle. When simplest, this is made up of cartilaginous rods
(rays), which differ in their size, segmentation, and relation to one
another. One of these rays is larger than the rest, and has a num-
ber of other rays attached to its sides. I have given the name of
archipterygium to the ground-form of the skeleton which extends
from the limb-bearing girdle into the free appendage. The primary
ray is the stem of this archipterygium, the characters of which
enable us to follow out the lines of development of the skeleton of
the appendage. Cartilaginous arches beset with the rays form the
branchial skeleton. The form of skeleton of the appendages may be
compared with them; and we are led to the conclusion that it is
possible that they may have been derived from such forms. Inthe
branchial skeleton of the Selachii the cartilaginous bars are beset with
simple rays. In many a median one is developed to a greater size.
As the surrounding rays become smaller, and approach the larger
one, we get an intermediate step towards that arrangement in which
the larger median ray carries a few smaller ones. This differentiation
of one ray, which is thereby raised to a higher grade, may be con-
nected with the primitive form of the appendicular skeleton ; and as
we compare the girdle with a branchial arch, so we may compare the
median ray and its secondary investment of rays with the skeleton of
the free appendage.
** All the varied forms which the skeleton of the free appendages
1 C. Gegenbaur, ‘ Untersuchungen z. vergleich. Anat. d. Wirbelthiere’ (Leipzig,
1864-5): erstes Heft, Carpus u. Tarsus; zweites Heft, Brustflosse d. Fische.
“Ueb. d. Skelet d. Gliedmaassen d. Wirbelthiere im Allgemeinen u. d. Hin-
tergliedmaassen d. Selachier insbesondere,” Jenaische Zeitschrift, vol. v. 1870.
“ Ueb. d. Archipterygium,” Jenaische Zeitschrift, vol vii. 1873.
“Zur Morphologie d. Gliedmaassen d. Wirbelthiere,” Morphologisches
Jahrbuch, vol. ii. 1876.
1881.] OF THE PAIRED FINS OF ELASMOBRANCHS. 661
exhibits may be derived from a ground-form which persists in afew
eases only, and which represents the first, and consequently the
lowest, stage of the skeleton in the fin—the archipterygium. This
is made up of a stem which consists of jointed pieces of cartilage,
which is articulated to the shoulder-girdle and is beset on either side
with rays which are likewise jointed. In addition to the rays of the
stem there are others which are directly attached to the limb-
irdle.
‘* Ceratodus has a fia-skeleton of this form; in it there is a stem
beset with two rows of rays. But there are no rays in the shoulder-
girdle. This biserial investment of rays on the stem of the fin may
also undergo various kinds of modifications. Among the Dipnoi,
Protopterus retains the medial row of rays only, which have the
form of fine rods of cartilage ; in the Selachii, on the other hand, the
lateral rays are considerably developed. The remains of the medial
row are ordinarily quite small, but they are always sufficiently dis-
tinct to justify us in supposing that in higher forms the two sets of
rays might be better developed. ays are still attached to the stem
and are connected with the shoulder-girdle by means of larger plates.
The joints of the rays are sometimes broken up into polygonal plates
which may further fuse with one another; concrescence of this kind
may also affect the pieces which form the base of the fin. By re-
garding the free rays, which are attached to these basal pieces, as
belonging to these basal portions, we are. able to divide the entire
skeleton of the fin into three segments—pro-, meso-, and metaptery-
gium.
“The metapterygium represents the stem of the archipterygium
and the rays on it. The propterygium and the mesopterygium are
evidently derived from the rays which still remain attached to the
shoulder-girdle.”
Since the publication of the memoirs of Thacker, Mivart, and
myself a pupil of Gegenbaur’s, M. v. Davidoff 1, has made a series of
very valuable observations, in part directed towards demonstrating
the incorrectness of our theoretical views, more especially Thacker’s
and Mivart’s view of the genesis of the skeleton of the limbs.
Gegenbaur* has also written a short paper in connexion with
Davidoff’s memoir, in support of his own as against our views.
It would not be possible here to give an adequate account of
Davidoff’s observations on the skeleton, muscular system, and nerves
of the pelvic fins. His main argument against the view that the
paired fins are the remains of a continuous lateral fin is based on
the fact that a variable but often considerable number of the spinal
nerves in front of the pelvic fin are united by a longitudinal com-
missure with the true plexus of the nerves supplying the fin. From
this he concludes that the pelvic fin has shifted its position, and
that it may once therefore have been situated close behind the
1 M. vy. Davidoff, “‘ Beitrage z. vergleich. Anat. d. hinteren Gliedmaassen d.
Fische, I.,” Morphol, Jahrbuch, vol. v. 1879.
* “Zur Gleidmaassenfrage. An die Untersuchungen yon Davidofi’s ange-
kniipfte Bemerkungen,” Morphol. Jahrbuch, vol. y. 1879.
662 MR. F. M. BALFOUR ON THE SKELETON [June 7,
visceral arches. Granting, however, that Davidoff’s deduction from
the character of the pelvic plexus is correct, there is, so far as I see,
no reason in the nature of the lateral-fin theory why the pelvic fins
should not have shifted ; and, on the other hand, the longitudinal
cord connecting some of the ventral roots in front of the pelvic fin
may have another explanation. It may, for instance, be a remnant
of the time when the pelvic fin had a more elongated form than at
present, and accordingly extended further forwards.
In any case our knowledge of the nature and origin of nervous
plexuses is far too imperfect to found upon their characters such
conclusions as those of Davidoff.
Gegenbaur, in his paper above quoted, further urges against
Thacker and Mivart’s views the fact that there is no proof that the
fin of Polyodon is a primitive type; and also suggests that the
epithelial line which 1 have found connecting the embryonic pelvic
and pectoral fins in Zorpedo may be a rudiment indicating a migra-
tion backwards of the pelvic fin.
With reference to the development of the pectoral fin in the
Teleostei there are some observations of ’Swirski!, which unfortu-
nately do not throw very much light upon the nature of the limb.
*Swirski finds that in the Pike the skeleton of the limb is formed
of a plate of cartilage continuous with the pectoral girdle, which
soon becomes divided into a proximal and a distal portion. The
former is subsequently segmented into five basal rays, and the latter
into twelve parts, the number of which subsequently becomes
reduced.
The observations which I have to lay before the Society were
made with the object of determining how far the development of
the skeleton of the limbs throws lght on the points on which the
anatomists whose opinions have just been quoted are at variance.
They were made, in the first instance, to complete a chapter in
my work on comparative embryology; and, partly owing to the
press of other engagements, but still more to the difficulty of pro-
curing material, my observations are confined to the two British
species of the genus Scyllium, viz. Sc. stellare and Sc. canicula ;
yet I venture to believe that the results at which 1 have arrived are
not wholly without interest.
Before dealing with the development of the skeleton of the fin, it
will be convenient to describe with great brevity the structure of the
pectoral and pelvic fins of the adult. The pectoral fins consist of
broad plates inserted horizontally on the sides of the body; so that
in each there may be distinguished a dorsal and a ventral surface,
and an anterior and a posterior border. ‘Their shape may best be
gathered from the woodcut (fig. 1); and it is to be especially noted
that the narrowest part of the fin is the base, where it is attached
to the side of the body, The cartilaginous skeleton only occupies
1 G. Swirski, ‘ Untersuch. ib, d. Entwick. d. Schultergirtels u. d. Skelets
d. Brustflosse d. Hechts. Inaug. Diss. Dorpat, 1880.
188 1.] OF THE PAIRED FINS OF ELASMOBRANCHS. 663
a small zone at the base of the fin, the remainder being formed of
a fringe supported by radiately arranged horny fibres'.
The true skeleton consists of three basal pieces articulating with the
pectoral girdle ; on the outer side of which there is a series of more
Fig. 1.
Pectoral fins and girdle of an adult of Scyllium canicula
(natural size, seen from behind and above.)
co, Coracoid; sc. scapula; pp. propterygium; mep. mesopterygium ;
mp. metapterygium; fx. part of fin supported by horny fibre.
pre
Right pelvic fin and part of pelvic girdle of an adult female of Scyllium
canicula- (natural size).
il, iliac process; px. pubic process, cut across below; dp. basipterygium ;
af. anterior cartilaginous fin-ray articulated to pelvie girdle; fn. part of fin
supported by horny fibres.
or less segmented cartilaginous fin-rays. Of the basal cartilages one
(pp) is anterior, a second (mep) is placed in the middle, and a third
is posterior (mp). They have been named by Gegenbaur the pro-
1 The horny fibres are mesoblastie products; they are formed, in the first. -
instance, as extremely delicate fibrils on the inner side of the membrane
separating the epiblast from the mesoblast.
664 MR. F. M. BALFOUR ON THE SKELETON [June 7,
pterygium, the mesopterygium, and the metapterygium; and these
names are now generally adopted.
The metapterygium is by far the most important of the three, and
in Seyllium canicula supports 12 or 13 rays*. It forms a large part
of the posterior boundary of the fin, and bears rays only on its
anterior border.
The mesopterygium supports 2 or 3 rays, in the basal parts of
which the segmentation into distinct rays is imperfect ; and the pro-
pterygium supports only a single ray.
The pelvic fins are horizontally placed, like the pectoral fins, but
differ from the latter in nearly meeting each other along the median
ventral line of the body. They also differ from the pectoral fins in
having a relatively much broader base of attachment to the sides of
the body. Their cartilaginous skeleton (woodcut, fig. 2) consists
of a basal bar, placed parallel to the base of the fin, and articulated
in front with the pelvic girdle.
On its outer border it articulates with a series of cartilaginous fin-
rays. I shall call the basal bar the basipterygium. The rays which
it bears are most of them less segmented than those of the pectoral
fin, being only divided into two: and the posterior ray, which is
placed in the free posterior border of the fin, continues the axis of
the basipterygium. In the male it is modified in connexion with
the so-called clasper.
The anterior fin-ray of the pelvie fin, which is broader than the
other rays, articulates directly with the pelvic girdle, instead of with
the basipterygium. This ray, in the female of Scyllium canicula and
in the male of Scyllium catulus (Gegenbaur), is peculiar in the fact
that its distal segment is longitudinally divided into two or more
pieces, instead of | being single as is the case with the remaining rays.
Itis probably equivalent to two of the posterior rays.
Development of the paired Fins——The first rudiments of the limbs
appear in Scyllium, as in other fishes, as slight longitudinal ridge-
like thickenings of the epiblast, which closely resemble the first
rudiments of the unpaired fins.
These ridges are two in number on each side—an anterior imme-
diately behind the last visceral fold, and a posterior on the level of
the cloaca. In most Fishes they are in no way connected ; but in
some Elasmobranch embryos, more especially in that of Torpede,
they are connected together at their first development by a line of
columnar-epiblast cells. This connecting line of columnar epiblast,
however, is a very transitory structure. The rudimentary fins
soon become more prominent, consisting of a projecting ridge
both of epiblast and mesoblast, at the outer edge of which is a
fold of epiblast only, which soon reaches considerable dimensions.
At a later stage the mesoblast penetrates into this fold, and the fin be-
comes a simple ridge of mesoblast covered by epiblast. The pectoral
fins are at first considerably ahead of the pelvic fins in development.
The direction of the original epithelial line which connected the
1 Tn one example where the metapterygium had 13 rays the mesopterygium
had only 2 rays.
1881.] OF THE PAIRED FINS OF ELASMOBRANCHS. 665
two fins of each side is nearly, though not quite, longitudinal,
sloping somewhat obliquely ventralwards. It thus comes about that
the attachment of each pair of limbs is somewhat on a slant, and
that the pelvic pair nearly meet each other in the median ventral
line shortly behind the anus.
The embryonic muscle-plates, as I have elsewhere shown, grow
into the bases of the fins; and the cells derived from these ingrowths,
which are placed on the dorsal and ventral surfaces in immediate
contact with the epiblast, probably give rise to the dorsal and ventral
muscular layers of the limb, which are shown in section in
Plate LVII. fig. 1 m and in Plate LVIII. fig. 7 m.
The cartilaginous skeleton of the limbs is developed in the in-
different mesoblast cell between the two layers of muscles. Its early
development in both the pectoral and the pelvic fins is very similar.
When first visible it differs histologically from the adjacent mesoblast
simply in the fact of its cells being more concentrated ; while its
boundary is not sharply marked.
At this stage it can only be studied by means of sections. It
arises simultaneously and continuously with the pectoral and pelvic
girdles, and consists, in both fins, of a bar springing at right angles
from the posterior side of the pectoral or pelvic zirdle, and running
parallel to the long axis of the body along the base of the fin. The
outer side of this bar is continued into a thin plate, which extends
into the fin.
The structure of the skeleton of the fin slightly after its first diffe-
rentiation will be best understood from Plate LVII. fig. 1, and Plate
LVIII. fig. 7. These figures represent transverse sections through
the pelvic and pectoral fins of the same embryo on the same scale.
The basal bar is seen at dp, and the plate at this stage (which is
considerably later than the first differentiation) already partially
segmented into rays at br, Outside the region of the cartilaginous
plate is seen the fringe with the horny fibres (4. f) ; and dorsally and
ventrally to the cartilaginous skeleton are seen the already well-
differentiated muscles (m).
The pectoral fin is shown in horizontal section in Plate LVIII.
fig. 6, at a somewhat earlier stage than that to which the transverse
sections belong. The pectoral girdle (p.) is cut transversely, and
is seen to be perfectly continuous with the basal bar (4p) of the fin.
A similar continuity between the basal bar of the pelvic fin and the
pelvic girdle is shown in Plate LVIL. fig. 2, at a somewhat later stage.
The plate continuous with the basal bar of the fin is at first, toa con-
siderable extent in the pectoral, and to some extent in the pelvic fin, a
continuous lamina, which subsequently segments into rays. In the
parts of the plate which eventually form distinct rays, however, almost
from the first the cells are more concentrated than in those parts
which will form the tissue between the rays; and I am not inclined
to lay any stress whatever upon the fact of the cartilaginous fin-rays
being primitively part of a continuous lamina, but regard it as a
secondary phenomenon, dependent on the mode of conversion of em-
bryonic mesvblast cells into cartilage. In all cases the separation
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1881, No, XLIII. 43
666 MR. F. M. BALFOUR ON THE SKELETON [June 7,
into distinct rays is to a large extent completed before the tissue of
which the plates are formed is sufficiently differentiated to be called
cartilage by an histologist. ;
The general position of the fins in relation to the body, and their
relative sizes, may be gathered from Plate LVII. figs. 4 and 5,
which represent transverse sections of the same embryo as that from
which the transverse sections showing the fin on a larger scale were
taken.
During the first stage of its development the skeleton of both
fins may thus be described as consisting of a longitudinal bar running
along the base of the fin, and giving off at right angles series of rays
which pass into the fin. The longitudinal bar may be called the
basipterygium; and it is continuous in front with the pectoral or
pelvic girdle, as the case may be.
The further development of the primitive skeleton is different in
the case of the two fins.
The Pelvic Fin.—The changes in the pelvic fin are comparatively
slight. Plate LVII. fig. 2 is a representation of the fin and its skeleton
in a female of Scyllium stellare shortly after the primitive tissue is
converted into cartilage, but while it is still so soft as to require the
very greatest care in dissection. The fin itself forms a simple pro-
jection of the side of the body. The skeleton consists of a basi-
pterygium (4p), continuous in front with the pelvic girdle. To the
outer side of the basipterygium a series of cartilaginous fin-rays are
attached—the posterior .ray forming a direct prolongation of the
basipterygium, while the anterior ray is united rather with the pelvic
girdle than with the basipterygium. All the cartilaginous fin-rays
except the first are completely continuous with the basipterygium,
their structure in section being hardly different from that shown in
Plate LVII. fig. 1.
The external form of the fin does not change very greatly in the
course of the further development ; but the hinder part of the attached
border is, to some extent, separated off from the wall of the body,
and becomes the posterior border of the adult fin. With the
exception of a certain amount of segmentation in the rays, the
character of the skeleton remains almost as in the embryo. The
changes which take place are illustrated by Plate LVII. fig. 3, showing
the fin of a young male of Scyllium stellare. The basipterygium
has become somewhat thicker, but is still continuous in front with
the pelvic girdle, and otherwise retains its earlier characters. The
cartilaginous fin-rays have now become segmented off from it and
from the pelvic girdle, the posterior end of the basipterygial bar
being segmented off as the terminal ray.
The anterior ray is directly articulated with the pelvic girdle, and
the remaining rays continue articulated with the basipterygium.
Some of the latter are partially segmented.
As may be gathered by comparing the figure of the fin at the
stage just described with that of the adult fin (woodcut, fig. 2), the
remaining changes are very slight. The most important is the
segmentation of the basipterygial bar from the pelvic girdle.
1881.] OF THE PAIRED FINS OF ELASMOBRANCHS. 667
The pelvic fin thus retains in all essential points its primitive
structure.
The Pectoral Fin.—The earliest stage of the pectoral fin differs,
as I have shown, from that of the pelvic fin only in minor points
(Plate LVIII. fig. 6). There is the same longitudinal or basipterygial
bar (dp), to which the fin-rays are attached, which is continuous in
front with the pectoral girdle (pg). The changes which take place
in the course of the further development, however, are very much
more considerable in the case of the pectoral than in that of the
pelvic fin.
The most important change in the external form of the fin is
caused by a reduction in the length of its attachment to the body.
At first (Plate LVIII. fig. 6), the base of the fin is as long as the
greatest breadth of the fin; but it gradually becomes shortened by
being constricted off from the body at itshinder end. In connexion
with this process the posterior end of the basipterygial bar is gra-
dually rotated outwards, its anterior end remaining attached to the
pectoral girdle. In this way this bar comes to form the posterior
border of the skeleton of the fin (Plate LVIILI. figs. 8 & 9), consti-
tuting the metapterygium (mp). It becomes eventually segmented off
from the pectoral girdle, simply articulating with its hinder edge.
The plate of cartilage, which is continued outwards from the basi-
pterygium, or, as we may now call it, the metapterygium, into the fin, is
not nearly so completely divided up into fin-rays as the homologous
part of the pelvic fin; and this is especially the case with the basal
part of the plate. This basal part becomes, in fact, at first only
divided into two parts (Plate LVIII. fig. 8)—a small anterior part at
the front end (me.p), and a larger posterior along the base of the
metapterygium (mp); and these two parts are not completely seg-
mented from each other. The anterior part directly joins the pec-
toral girdle at its base, resembling in this respect the anterior fin-ray
of the pelvic girdle. It constitutes the (at this stage undivided) rudi-
ment of the mesopterygium and propterygium of Gegenbaur. It
bears in my specimen of this age four fin-rays at its extremity, the
anterior not being well marked. The remaining fin-rays are prolon-
gations outwards of the edge of the plate continuous with the meta-
pterygium. These rays are at the stage figured more or less trans-
versely segmented ; but at their outer edge they are united together
by a nearly continuous rim of cartilage. The spaces between the
fin-rays are relatively considerably larger than in the adult.
The further changes in the cartilages of the pectoral limb are, mor-
phologically speaking, not important, and are easily understood by
reference to Plate LVIII. fig. 9 (representing the skeleton of the limb
of a nearly ripe embryo). The front end of the anterior basal carti-
lage becomes segmented off as a propterygium (pp), bearing a single
fin-ray, leaving the remainder of the cartilage as a mesopterygium
(mes). ‘The remainder of the now considerably segmented fin-rays are
borne by the metapterygium.
General Conclusions.—From the above observations, conclusions
of a positive kind may be drawn as to the primitive structure of the
43*
668 MR. F, M. BALFOUR ON THE SKELETON [June 7,
skeleton ; and the observations have also, it appears to me, important
bearings on the theories of my predecessors in this line of investigation.
The most obvious of the positive conclusions is to the effect that
the embryonic skeleton of the paired fins consists of a series of parallel
rays similar to those of the unpaired fins. These rays support the
soft parts of the fins, which have the form of a longitudinal ridge ;
and they are continuous at their base with a longitudinal bar. This
bar, from its position at the base of the fin, can clearly never have
been a median axis with the rays on both sides. It becomes the
basipterygium in the pelvic fin, which retains its embryonic struc-
ture much more completely than the pectoral fin ; and the metapte-
rygium in the pectoral fin. The metapterygium of the pectoral fin is
thus clearly homologous with the basipterygium of the pelvic fin,
as originally supposed by Gegenbaur, and as has since been main-
tained by Mivart. The propterygium and mesopterygium are ob-
viously relatively unimportant parts of the skeleton as compared
with the metapterygium.
My observations on the development of the skeleton of the fins
certainly do not of themselves demonstrate that the paired fins are
remnants of a once continuous lateral fin; but they support this
view in that they show the primitive skeleton of the fins to have
exactly the character which might have been anticipated if the paired
fins had originated from a continuous lateral fin. The longitudinal
bar of the paired fins is believed by both Thacker and Mivart to be
due to the coalescence of the bases of the primitively independent
rays of which they believe the fin to have been originally composed.
This view is probable enough in itself, and is rendered more so by the
fact, pointed out by Mivart, that a longitudinal bar supporting the
cartilaginous rays of unpaired fins is occasionally formed ; but there
is no trace in the embryo Scylliums of the bar in question being
formed by the coalescence of rays, though the fact of its being
perfectly continuous with the bases of the fin-rays is somewhat in
favour of such coalescence.
Thacker and Mivart both hold that the pectoral and pelvic girdles
are developed by ventral and dorsal growths of the anterior end of
the longitudinal bar supporting the fin-rays.
There is, so far as I see, no theoretical objection to be taken to
this view ; and the fact of the pectoral and pelvic girdles originating
continuously and long remaining united with the longitudinal bars
of their respective fins is in favour of it rather than the reverse.
The same may be said of the fact that the first part of each girdle
to be formed is that in the neighbourhood of the longitudinal bar
(basipterygium) of the fin, the dorsal and ventral prolongations being
subsequent growths.
On the whole my observations do not throw much light on the
theories of Thacker and Mivart as to the genesis of the skeleton of
the paired fin; but, so far as they bear on the subject, they are dis-
tinctly favourable to those theories.
The main results of my observations appear to me to be decidedly
adverse to the views recently put forward on the structure of the fin
1881.] OF THE PAIRED FINS OF ELASMOBRANCHS. 669
by Gegenbaur and Huxley, both of whom, as stated above, consider
the primitive type of fin to be most nearly retained in Ceratodus,
and to consist of a central multisegmented axis with numerous
lateral rays.
Gegenbaur derives the Elasmobranch pectoral fin from a form
which he calls the archipterygium, nearly like that of Ceratodus,
with a median axis and two rows of rays—but holds that in addition
to the rays attached to the median axis, which are alone found in
Ceratodus, there were other rays directly articulated to the shoulder-
girdle. He considers that in the Elasmobranch fin the majority of
the lateral rays on the posterior (or median according to his view
of the position of the limb) side have become aborted, and that the
central axis is represented by the metapterygium; while the pro-
and mesopterygium and their rays are, he believes, derived from those
rays of the archipterygium which originally articulated directly with
the shoulder-girdle.
This view appears to me to be absolutely negatived by the facts
of development of the pectoral fin in Scyllium—not so much be-
cause the pectoral fin in this form is necessarily to be regarded as
primitive, but because what Gegenbaur holds to be the primitive
axis of the biserial fin is demonstrated to be really the base, and it
is only in the adult that it is conceivable that a second set of lateral
rays could have existed on the posterior side of the metapterygium.
If Gegenbaur’s view were correct, we should expect to find in the
embryo, if anywhere, traces of the second set of lateral rays; but
the fact is that, as may easily be seen by an inspection of figs. 6 and 7,
such a second set of lateral rays could not possibly have existed in
a type of fin like that found in the embryo. With this view of
Gegenbaur’s it appears to me that the theory held by this anatomist
to the effect that the limbs are modified gill-arches also falls, in that
his method of deriving the limbs from gill-arches ceases to be ad-
missible, while it is not easy to see how a limb, formed on the type
of the embryonic limb of Elasmobranchs, could be derived from a
gill-arch with its branchial rays.
Gegenbaur’s older view, that the Elasmobranch fin retains a pri-
mitive uniserial type, appears to me to be nearer the truth than his
more recent view on this subject; though I hold the fundamental
point established by the development of these parts in Scyllium
to be that the posterior border of the adult Elasmobranch pectoral
fin is the primitive base-line, 7.e. line of attachment of the fin to the
side of the body.
Huxley holds that the mesopterygium is the proximal piece of
the axial skeleton of the limb of Ceratodus, and derives the Klasmo-
branch fin from that of Ceratodus by the shortening of its axis and
the coalescence of some of its elements. The entirely secondary
character of the mesopterygium, and its total absence in the young
embryo Scyl/iium, appear to me as conclusive against Huxley’s view
as the character of the embryonic fin is against that of Gegenbaur ;
and I should be much more inclined to hold that the fin of Ceratodus
has been derived from a fin like that of the Elasmobranchs by a
series of steps similar to those which Huxley supposes to have led
670 SKELETON OF FINS OF ELASMOBRANCHS,. [June 7,
to the establishment of the Elasmobranch fin, but in exactly the
reverse order.
There is one statement of Davidoff’s which I cannot allow to pass
without challenge. In comparing the skeletons of the paired and
unpaired fins he is anxious to prove that the former are in-
dependent of the axial skeleton in their origin and that the latter
have been segmented from the axial skeleton, and thus to show
that an homology between the two is impossible. In support of
his view he states' that he has satisfied himself, from embryos of
Acanthias and Scyllium, that the rays of the unpaired fins are un-
doubtedly products of the segmentation of the dorsal and ventral
spinous processes.
This statement is wholly unintelligible to me. From my exami-
nation of the development of the first dorsal and the anal fins of
Scyllium I find that their rays develop at a considerable distance
from, and quite independently of, the neural and hzemal arches, and
that they are at an early stage of development distinctly in a more
advanced state of histological differentiation than the neural and
heemal arches of the same region. I have also found exactly the
same in the embryos of Lepidosteus.
I have, in fact, no doubt that the skeleton of both the paired and
the unpaired fins of Elasmobranchs and Lepidosteus is in its develop-
ment independent of the axial skeleton. The phylogenetic mode of
origin of the skeleton both of the paired and of the unpaired fins
cannot, however, be made out without further investigation.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Puate LVI.
Fig. 1. Transyerse section through the pelvic fin of an embryo of Seylliwm be-
longing to stage P?, magnified 50 diameters. bp, basipterygium; 07,
fin ray; m, muscle ; if, horny fibres supporting the peripheral part of
the fin.
2. Pelvic fin of a very young female embryo of Scyllium stellare, magnified
16 diameters. 6p, basipterygium ; pu, pubic process of pelvic girdle
(cut across below) ; 7/, iliac process of pelvic girdle ; fo, foramen.
8. Pelvic fin of a young male embryo of Seyllium stellare, magnified 16
diameters. 0p, basipterygium; mo, process of basipterygium con-
tinued into clasper : 2, iliac process of pelvic girdle ; pu, pubic section
of pelvic girdle.
4. Transverse section through the ventral part of the trunk of an embryo
Scyllium of stage P, in the region of the pectoral fins, to show how
the fins are attached to the body, magnified 18 diameters. 47, cartila-
ginous fin-ray ; dp, basipterygium ; 7, muscle of fin ; m p, muscle-plate.
5. Transverse section through the ventral part of the trunk of an embryo
Scyllium of stage P, in the region of the pelvic fin, on the same scale
as fig. 4. dp, basipterygium ; 07, cartilaginous fin-rays ; , muscle of
the fins ; 7p, muscle-plate.
Puate LVIII.
Fig. 6. Pectoral fin of an embryo of Scylliwm canicula, of a stage between O
1 Loe. cit. p. 514.
2 T employ here the same letters to indicate the stages as in my Monograph
on Elasmobranch Fishes.
P.Z.5.1881.P1.LV1.
Hanhert imp
FINS OF ELASMOBRANCHS
P Z.8.1881.P1.LVII
a
*
bs
id
~~
.
14 ' eaS3 . by ,
ay Ne oe
Hankart imp
FINS OF ELASMOBRANCHS.
a:
«we
me
1881.] MR. W. T. BLANFORD ON PERSIAN REPTILES. 671
and P, in longitudinal and horizontal section (the skeleton of the
fin was still in the condition of embryonic cartilage), magnified 36 dia-
meters. bp, basipterygium (eventual metapterygium) ; fr, cartilagi-
nous fin-rays; pg, pectoral girdle in transverse section ; fo, foramen
in pectoral girdle ; pe, epithelium of peritoneal cavity.
Fig. 7. Transverse section through the pectoral fin of a Scyllium embryo of
stage P, magnified 50 diameters. Op, basipterygium ; br, cartilagi-
nous fin-ray ; m, muscle; / f, horny fibres.
8. Pectoral fin of an embryo of Seylliwm stellare, magnified 16 diameters.
mp, metapterygium (basipterygium of earlier stage) ; me.p, rudiment
of future pro- and mesopterygium ; se, cut surface of a scapular pro-
cess ; c7, coracoid process ; fr, foramen ; 2f, horny fibres.
9. Skeleton of the pectoral fin and part of pectoral girdle of a nearly ripe
embryo of Seylliwm stellare, magnified 10 diameters, mp, metaptery-
gium ; mes, mesopterygium ; pp, propterygium ; c7, coracoid process.
2. On a Collection of Persian Reptiles recently added to the
British Museum. By W. T. Branrorp.
[Received April 1, 1881.]
(Plate LIX.)
Rather more than a year ago Dr. Ginther told me that the
British Museum had obtained, by purchase, a collection of Lizards
and Snakes trom Persia, and very obligingly offered to place it
at my disposal for the purpose of examination. The collector
is not known; but the specimens have been carefully labelled with
the localities, and the labels have been attached to the bottles. °
Several of the species had already been determined by Dr. Giinther
himself; the remainder had been left for further examination at
leisure.
The following is a list, with the localities; notes on most of the
species are appended. The greater number of the localities are in
the neighbourhood of Bushire, or on the road from Bushire to
Isfahan via Shiraz. It is remarkable that some of the commonest
Persian Lizards, such as the forms of Hremias, are wanting. The
species in the following list not included in my former account of
Persian reptiles ' are marked with an asterisk.
LACERTILIA.
AGAMA AGILIS.
Agama agilis, Olivier, Voyage dans l Empire Othoman, I’ Egypte
et la Perse, vol. ii. p. 428, Atlas, pl. 29. fig. 2; Dum. et Bibr. Erp.
Gén. vol. iv. p. 496; Gray, Cat. Sp. Liz. B. M. p. 257; C. Dum.
Cat. Meth. Coll. Rept. p. 102.
Abadeh and Dehbid, north of Shiraz, on the road to Isfahan, and
Kazrun, between Shiraz and Bushire.
In my notes on this species in ‘ Eastern Persia,’ ii. p. 314, I
observed that I had not met with it at any considerable elevation
1 «astern Persia,’ vol. ii. pp. 305-431,
672 MR. W. T. BLANFORD ON PERSIAN REPTILES. ([June 7,
above the sea; Abadeh, at 6000 feet, is a higher locality than any
previously recorded.
In the Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal for 1879, vol.
xlvili. p. 129, I mentioned that Dr. Peters had written to me that
the Lizard from Persia and Western India referred by Mr. Blyth,
Mr. Theobald, Dr. Anderson, and myself, to the present species is
really the Lacerta sanguinolenta of Pallas, and Agama aralensis of
Lichtenstein, and that it must be distinguished from the true
A. agilis of Olivier, which is a form allied to A. (Trapelus) ruderata.
As I had not Olivier’s work in Calcutta, I could not go into this
question ; but now, after doing so, I am inclined to retain the name of
A. agilis for the Persian form.
I have again compared the Persian, Baluchistan, and Sind spe-
cimens, of which there is now a fine series in the British Museum,
with Olivier’s original description and figure, and with the more de-
tailed characters given by Duméril and Bibron (/.c.). I have also
gone carefully through Pallas’s description of Lacerta sanguino-
lenta, Eichwald’s description and figure of Agama sanguinolenta”*,
Lichtenstein’s description of Agama aralensis*, and, lastly, Ruppell’s
figure and description of Trapelus flavimaculatus* from Arabia; and
I have examined the specimens in the Paris and Berlin Museums.
Besides the series from Persia, Baluchistan, and Sind, mostly col-
lected by myself, there are in the British Museum good adults of a
form labelled Agama sanguinolenta from three localities—Syr Darya
(the river Jaxartes), Mangyschlak (doubtless the place of that name
on the Caspian Sea), and West Goladnaja (I do not know the
locality; but it is doubtless Central Asiatic, as the specimen was
received from the St.-Petersburg Museum). The specimens from
Syr Darya were collected by Severtzoff, and have been labelled
Stellio aralensis. There is besides a young individual from Arabia,
bearing the name Agama flavimaculata.
There are in the Paris Museum, amongst the specimens referred
to Agama agilis, two that were collected by Olivier. I sce no
reason to doubt that these, which are mentioned in C. Duméril’s
Catalogue, are two of the original types. They and some other spe-
cimens in the same Museum, broughi by Aucher-Eloy from Persia,
appear to me (so far as I can judge without absolutely placing
the specimens side by side) to be identical with the form I have
already referred to Olivier’s species. The figure and the brief cha-
racters in Olivier’s work, and the much fuller description given by
Duméril and Bibron, agree well with the Persian and Sind form, except
that in both accounts the ventral scales are said to be smooth. This
1 Zoog. Ros.-As. iii. p. 23.
* Fauna Caspio-caucasica, p. 89, pl. xiv. figs. 3, 4.
3 Hyersmann’s ‘ Reise yon Orenburg nach Buchara,’ p. 144.
4 Neue Wirbelthiere, Amphibien, p. 12, pl. vi. fig. 1. By Duméril and
Bibron this reference is incorrectly given; and Riippell’s Atlas, Reise nérdl.
Afrika, is quoted instead of the later work. In Gray’s ‘ Catalogue of Lizards’
the synonymy for Agama agilis is the same as in Duméril and Bibron’s work ;
and as the misquotation is repeated, the references were probably copied without
verification.
PP. 4. 3.1881: Pl. LIX
7
Mintern Br
intern del et lith.
ht
R.M
AGAMA PERSICA.
1881.] MR. W. T. BLANFORD ON PERSIAN REPTILES. 673
is very rarely the case in the animals I have collected: the keels on
the ventral scales are sometimes faint; and in one or two instances
they are nearly or quite obsolete in old females ; but asa rule they can
be seen with ease. I find, however, on examining the specimens in
the Paris Museum, that the ventral scales have for the most part
lost their epidermis, and, with the outer coat, the keel has dis-
appeared ; whilst on one of the specimens procured by Olivier himself,
on a small portion of the breast the epidermis remains, and a faint,
but perfectly distinct keel can be traced on each scale.
There are, however, in the Berlin Museum two specimens of an
Agama from Persia, distinguished from the common form by being
more depressed, by having smooth ventral scales, and by the smaller
size of the body-scales generally, there being 80 to 85 round the
body, whilst in the common Persian form there are only 70 to 75.
In consequence of the want of keels on the ventral scales, these
Lizards were supposed by Dr. Peters to be the true A. agilis. I
think, however, it is clear, from the evidence already stated, that the
larger-scaled form, with keeled ventral scales, is the species described
by Olivier. The depressed small-scaled Lizards may perhaps be a
very aberrant variety ; but they look like a distinct species.
It is as well, before proceeding further, to mention that the deve-
lopment of the keels on the scales is not the only variable character.
There is much variation in the number of spinose scales at the side
of the neck and behind the ear, and, indeed, in the extent to which
the scales of the upper parts generally are “‘ mucronate” (7. e. ter-
minate in a spine posteriorly). There are sometimes, as stated by
Duméril and Bibron, two rows of poriferous scales in front of the vent,
sometimes only one, whilst in females the pores are small or absent.
Whether Zrapelus flavimaculatus of Riippell is the same Lizard,
I should be loth to decide without seeing the types. There is
nothing in the description adverse to the union of the forms.
In the figure the shape of the head is represented as very different ;
but this may be a mistake. The flatter shape of the body and the
absence of przeanal pores may indicate, if the species be the same,
that a female has served as the type. It is as well to note that in
Rippell’s description the scales of the lower parts are said to have
the keels only faintly indicated, whilst on the back most of the
scales are stated to have a little point projecting behind, which ap-
pears as the end of an inconspicuous keel. This exactly defines the
usual condition of the scales in adult females of the Persian Lizard.
The specimen in the British Museum labelled A. flavimaculata
from Arabia, however, is not, I think, the same as A. agilis. It is
a more depressed form, resembling T'rapelus ruderatus in shape; and
the scales of the back and sides are slightly unequal in size’,
1 Peters (Monatsb, Akad. Berlin, 1869, p. 66) states that Trapelus flavima-
culatus, Riipp., is the same as Agama savignii, Audouin, and is distinguished
from the true A. agilis by more or less distinctly keeled scales on the lower
parts (after what has been stated above, this distinction cannot be considered
sufficient), and by the scales behind and below the ear-orifice being larger and
less numerous.
674 MR. W. T. BLANFORD ON PERSIAN REPTILES. [June 7,
I now turn to the Central-Asiatic specimens. These are distin-
guished at the first glance from all the Persian examples by the
greater development of keels to the scales throughout, and by those
of the head, neck, and back being more spinose. This coincides
with Pallas’s description’ of Lacerta sanguinolenta— L. squamis
carinatis imbricata, occipite muricato.’ The ventral scales are
described as “‘ linea elevata carinate.”
Eichwald’s description of Agama sanguinolenta is clearly appli-
cable to the same form. Agama aralensis is very imperfectly de-
scribed by Lichtenstein, but is stated to have fringed edges to the
toes”; so I should have thought it a distinct species. Dr. Peters,
however, has probably examined the types, which should be in the
Berlin Museum. The toes are not fringed in any of the Lizards
examined by me.
C. Duméril (J. c.) states that A. sanguinolenta is distinguished
from A. agilis by the ventral and lateral scales being keeled, and by
the diameter of the ventral being much larger compared with the
dorsal scales in A. sanguinolentu than in A. agilis. This latter dis-
tinction does not appear, judging from the specimens before me, to
be any more constant that the former. The ventral scales are rather
smaller in A. agilis; but the amount appears somewhat variable.
I find that some of the largest males collected by myself in the
Indian desert between Sind and Jaisalmir have the strongly keeled
and mucronate scales of A. sanguinolenta. I see no reason for con-
sidering these distinct from the other Sind and Persian specimens.
The conclusion to which I have come is :—that, so far as I can see,
the form from Persia, Baluchistan, and Sind is the true Agama
agilis of Olivier ; that the identity of Trapelus fiavimaculatus of Riip-
pell is probable, but not satisfactorily proved ; and that the Agama
sanguinolenta of the countries north of Persia and east of the Caspian,
with which Agama aralensis is identified by Peters and apparently
by Strauch %, is a variety of 4. agilis with more keeled and spinose
scales.
* AGAMA PERSICA, sp. nov. (Plate LIX.)
A. sine crista distinguenda nuchali vel dorsali, capite alto, trunco
depresso, squamis dorsalibus inequalibus carinatis atque in
maribus mucronatis, in medio dorso majoribus, ad latera mino-
ribus, aliis maximis, sed nunquam illas in medio dorso diametro
duplo excedentibus, singulatim intermiztis.
Dehbid and Kazrun.
Form moderately depressed, similar to that of A. agilis, except
1 Pallas did not examine the species himself, but published Gildenstadt’s
notes on it.
2 Hichwald describes those of Agama sanguinolenta as “ subfimbriati.”
3 The list of reptiles in Severtzoff’s ‘‘Turkestanskie Jevotnie’ was drawn up
by Strauch, and includes Sre/lio aralensis. Specimens collected by Severtzoff,
and labelled by this name, are, as already stated, in the British Museum, and
are identical with Agama sanguinolenta. In the “ Reptilia” of the Scientific
Results of the Second Yarkand Mission, p. 6, note, I suggested the possibility of
Lichtenstein’s species not being a Stellio.
1881. ] MR. W.T. BLANFORD ON PERSIAN REPTILES, 675
that the tail is shorter, being from 13 to 14 the length of the head
and body. It is rounded throughout, and decreases regularly in
size. Head short and high, with the canthus rostralis well marked,
and supraorbital ridge prominent. The height of this ridge above
the lip-margin is equal to the distance from the anterior corner of
the eye to the end of the snout, or from the posterior corner of the
eye to the ear. Nocrest. A well-marked gular sac, much larger in
males than in females, and a double fold across the throat, the hinder
fold running up in front of the shoulder on each side. In adult
males, the fore limb laid back just touches the thigh, the hind limb
laid forward extends to the neighbourhood of the ear; in females
the limbs are a little shorter. In the fore foot the fingers increase
nearly regularly in length from the first to the fourth, the fourth is
decidedly longer than the third, and the end of the fifth is beyond
that of the,first. In the hind foot the fourth toe is one quarter
longer than the third, and the fifth terminates nearly opposite to the
first.
All the scales on the upper part of the head are distinctly keeled ;
there are a few scattered spinose scales about the occiput, and a little
group of half a dozen small spines above the ear. The nostril, which
is at the end of the canthus, and is directed backwards and upwards,
lies in the hinder part of a large shield. Supraorbital ridge formed
of elongate scales obliquely placed. From 30 to 40 small square
labials round each lip, sometimes not larger, sometimes rather larger
than the adjoining scales ; all are swollen and subcarinate. Upper
median labial (rostral) variable; the lower is about twice as broad
and high as the other labials. Scales at side of head, especially
_those in front of the eye, immediately beneath it, and behind it,
keeled. Scales of chin and throat rhomboidal, bluntly keeled.
Scales of neck small, with small conical spines scattered singly and
in groups on both sides. All the scales of the neck, body, limbs,
and tail are keeled and thoroughly imbricate. Along the back of
the neck the scales are unequal in size, and there is sometimes a lon-
gitudinal tract covered with small scales, sometimes a rudimentary
crest. Dorsal scales very unequal, larger scales being scattered over
the back and sides; but none are double the diameter of the scales
occupying the middle of the back. In males the dorsal scales are
raised into short trigonal spines; in females the scales are not dis-
tinctly spinose, but they are strongly keeled throughout. The ordi-
nary scales in the middle of the back are considerably larger than on
the sides. Ventral scales flatter, but still distinctly keeled, and
pointed or submucronate at the posterior extremity ; they are a little
larger than the scales on the sides, but smaller than those on the
back. About from 75 to 85 scales round the middle of the body.
Beneath the feet the scales are tricuspid, being strongly keeled, with
a small projecting point on the distal margin at each side of the
keel. Claws strong and dark horny, those of the fore feet longer
than those of the hind feet. Preanal pores forming a single not
very conspicuous row in males, wanting in females.
Colour (in spirit) above earthy grey, with more or less distinct
676 MR. W. T. BLANFORD ON PERSIAN REPTILES. [June 7,
darker cross bands on the trunk and limbs, often interrupted on the
former. Tail with numerous imperfect dark rings. In some speci-
mens the enlarged scales of the back and sides are whitish, producing
a speckled appearance. The chin and throat in males and the
gular sac speckled with dusky or blue, or altogether dark indigo ;
rest of lower parts white.
Length of an adult male 8 inches, of which the tail is 5; of a
female 7°8, of which the tail is 4-4.
This species is intermediate between typical Agama and the
Asiatic forms of Trapelus: it has the general form of the first-
named, and the irregularity in the dorsal scales characteristic of the
latter. It is easily distinguished from Agama agilis and A. sinaita
by the inequality of the dorsal scales, and from T'rapelus ruderatus,
T. megalonyx', and T. rubrigularis” by its less depressed form,
longer limbs, higher head, and more prominent canthus rostralis, by
the strong and persistent keels on the dorsal scales, and by the much
smaller difference between the enlarged scales of the back and the
ordinary dorsal scales.
The nearest ally I have seen is a species represented by two
specimens in the British Museum. These specimens are said to be
from Egypt, and to have been presented by Mr. Burton. They
were the two examples referred by Dr. Gray in his ‘ Catalogue
of Lizards,’ p. 258, to Trapelus savignii. As, however, 7. savignii
is said, in Dr. Gray’s own description of the species, to have “nape
and back with a crest, scales of the back rather large, equal,” and
was originally described by Duméril and Bibron® (from a figure
apparently) as having a crest extending from the occiput to the
tail, and the scales of the upper part of the body equal to each
other, it is difficult to understand how these specimens, which are
crestless and have unequal dorsal scales, can be referred to the
species. The Lizard in question is only distinguished from A. persica
by the dorsal scales being more irregular and less strongly keeled,
the head less raised, the canthus less prominent, and by the scales
above the supraorbital tracts being convex but not keeled.
Agama persica is represented in the collection by five specimens,
four of which are from Dehbid.
STELLIO NUPTUS.
Kazrun and Shiraz.
The two specimens from Shiraz, both males, are black almost
throughout. They were taken on the 26th April. I suspect that
the black colour is seasonal. These specimens agree with the
variety I called fuscus (‘ Eastern Persia,’ ii. p. 319) in colour and
in the obliteration of the nuchal fold.
A female from Kazrun, captured April 16th, contains large
eggs,
t Gunther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 159, pl. xiv. fig. C.
2 W. T. Blanford, J. A. 8. B, 1876, xlv. p. 23, pl. i. fig. 1.
3 Erp. Gén. iy. p. 508.
1881.] MR. W. T. BLANFORD ON PERSIAN REPTILES, 677
CENTROTRACHELUS LORICATUS.
Ghorak. (I think this must be the same as a place marked
Gurek on St. John’s map, 15 miles east of Bushire.)
Both the two specimens collected are small, the largest barely
12 inches long, and the smaller only 6. Though rather darker than
the type of C. loricatus, they have none of the olive coloration of
C. asmussi. They agree with the former in the more distant rows of
tubercles on the back, and in having the keels of the scales beneath
the hind feet arranged in transverse, and not in oblique rows. More
specimens, however, and especially adults, are requisite in order to
show whether these two forms are really separable.
PSAMMOSAURUS SCINCUS.
Konar Takhti (20 miles south-west of Kazrun) and Ghainak (I
do not know the latter locality).
The specimens (three in number) are quite undistinguishable
from Egyptian examples in the British Museum. I see no proba-
bility of P. cespius being really distinct.
*SCINCUS CONIROSTRIS, Sp. NOV.
S. afinis S. officinali, sed capite breviore, magis conico, scutis
supranasalibus contingentibus atque prefrontale a rostrali
secernentibus, distinguendus.
Tangyak, 7 miles south of Bushire.
Nearly allied to S. officinalis, so nearly as to be merely a local
race; but the head is differently shaped, being shorter and more
Head of Scincus conirostris.
conical, the length of the head from the occiput to the end of the
nose being nearly equal to the width of the body between the axils
of the fore limbs or very little greater. Another distinction, which
is constant so far as I can judge from the series of S. officinalis in
the Museum, is that in the latter the prefrontal shield is always
in contact with the rostral, whereas in the Persian form the two
are separated from each other by the supranasals. The vertical
shield is proportionally shorter in S. conirostris. In all other
respects the two forms appear to be similar; and the coloration is
identical.
So far as I am aware there are, besides S. officinalis, three de-
678 MR. W. T. BLANFORD ON PERSIAN REPTILES. [June 7,
scribed forms of the genus Scincus. These are S. meccensis’ from
Arabia, S. hemprichii* from Massowa, on the Abyssinian coastland,
and S. mitranus *, supposed to be from Arabia.
Of these, S. hemprichii, the type of the subgenus Pedorychus of
Wiegmann, is evidently quite distinct, having a rounded canthus
rostralis, the ear-opening very narrow and concealed by a scale, the
nostrils differently shaped, and striated dorsal scales. S. meccensis
is said to differ from S. officinalis in having five superciliary shields
instead of six, the dorsal scales in sixteen longitudinal series instead
of eighteen, the supralabials seven, of which the fifth and sixth are
beneath the eye, whereas in S. officinalis there are eight, the sixth
and seventh below the eye—and in coloration, there being two or
three rufous dusky spots on each side above the shoulders. I am
inclined to doubt whether these characters are of specific value.
In the unpublished figures made for Hemprich and Ehrenberg’s
‘Symbole Physic,’ tab. iv. fig. 3, the prefrontal is shown to be
in contact with the rostral.
Scincus mitranus was described from a single dried specimen. It
is stated to differ from S. officinalis in the form of the snout *, in the
head-shields, and in coloration. The prefrontal is in contact with
the rostral, as in S. officinalis. There are five superciliaries, as in
S. meccensis, two loreals, and eight supralabials. Each scale is said
to have a white spot in the centre of its free margin, with a brown
spot on either side. This is occasionally the case in S. officinalis,
though more frequently a brown spot is in the middle of the scale.
There are ten vertically elongated, more or less rounded, deep-red-
brown spots along the side from the middle of the neck to above the
thigh. Similar spots are seen in S. meccensis, though they are less
numerous, being confined to the anterior portion of the side; and
they may be merely a modification of the transverse bands often
found in S. officinalis.
OPHIDIA.
*CATACHLENA® DIADEMA, Var.
Heterodon diadema, Dum. et. Bibr. Erp. Gén. vii. p. 779.
Simotes diadema, Ginther, Cat. Col. Su. B. M. p. 26.
Chatachlein diadema, Jan, Icon. Oph. livr. 10, pl. vi. fig. 2.
Simotes (Chatachlein) diadema, Bottger, Jahresber. Senck. naturf.
Ges. 1878-79, p. 61.
Bushi, 25 miles south of Bushire.
The only specimen procured differs from the typical Algerine
form of C’. diadema in having two przeoculars instead of three, in the
1 Wiegmann, Arch. f. Nat. 1837, i. p. 127; Peters, Monatsb. Akad. Berlin,
1864, p. 44.
2 Wiegmann, ibid.; Peters, ibid. Both this and the preceding species were
omitted by Duméril and Bibron.
8 Anderson, Proc. Asiat. Soc. Beng. 1871, p. 115.
* Might not this have been distorted by being dried ?
5 I venture to suggest that this may be an improved form of the name pro-
posed by Jan. Etym. cara and y\aiva, a mantle (karay\atyéw, I clothe).
1881.] MR. W. T. BLANFORD ON PERSIAN REPTILES. 679
fourth and fifth supralabials entering the orbit instead of the fifth
only, in the shape of the vertical, which is pentagonal with straight
instead of convex sides, in the greater number of ventral shields,
and in the tail being one eighth only of the total length instead of
about 1:6°5. As, however, the two forms have precisely the same
coloration and are alike in other characters, it is not clear how far
the peculiarities of the Persian form may be due to merely indivi-
dual variation.
The genus Catachlena may be thus defined :—
Head scarcely broader than the neck ; body rounded ; ventrals
angulate ; tail short, conical; pupil slightly elliptical, vertically
elongate. Teeth in the upper jaw few in number, the last larger
than the others and situated at a distance behind them.
Head of Catachlena diadema, vay.
Rostral peculiarly shaped, being sharply folded back upon the
upper surface of the head, where it extends for a distance equal to
the length of the postfrontals, and turned back at a still sharper
angle laterally, so as to form part of the side of the head in front of
the nasals. Nostril extremely small and subvalvular, between two
shields.
I find this is not the first time that this Suake has been recorded
from Persia; for Duméril and Bibron state that a specimen was
brought thence by Aucher-Eloy’. Bottger records the same species
from Jaffa, in Palestine.
The specimen from Southern Persia measures 18 inches, of which
the tail is 24, and has 188 ventral shields and 36 pairs of subcaudals.
ZAMENIS DIADEMA.
Specimen without precise locality.
ZAMENIS CLIFFORDI.
Dehbid.
The specimen of Z. diadema is probably from Southern Persia,
and agrees with most South-Persian specimens in having three small
shields between the postfrontals and vertical. The ventrals are
distinctly angulate. Inthe Snake from Dehbid, north of Shirdz, the
1 The specimen is not now in the museum of the Jardin des Plantes. I made
inquiries for it, as I wished to see whether it presented the same peculiarities as
the other Persian individual above described.
680 MR. W. T. BLANFORD ON PERSIAN REPTILES. [Jane 7,
postfrontals are in contact with the vertical, and the ventrals are not
distinctly angulate. The two forms, however, are scarcely separable,
as I have shown (‘Eastern Persia,’ ii. p. 413). The posterior
maxillary tooth in the Dehbid specimen is but little if at all larger
than those in front.
ZAMENIS VENTRIMACULATUS.
Bushire and Shiraz.
The specimen from Bushire is the ordinary Persian form with
imperfect cross bands. That from Shiraz is Gunther’s var. C (Z.
rhodorachis, Jan).
ZAMENIS CASPIUS.
Zargoom (i believe this to be Zirgan, 15 miles north-east of
Shiraz).
The coloration is rather peculiar: each scale has a brown longi-
tudinal band in the middle, and is pale on both sides. There are no
spots on the back. The lower parts’ posteriorly are dull orange ;
probably in life they were bright orange or scarlet.
ZAMENIS RAVERGIERI.
One specimen from Dehbid.
TROPIDONOTUS HYDRUS.
The single specimen (which has no locality marked) is one of the
exceptional individuals with but two preeoculars.
Ca@LOPELTIS LACERTINA.
Shiraz.
A large specimen over 5 feet in length, with only seventeen rows
of scales round the body instead of nineteen. A young individual
from Constantinople, also with only seventeen rows of scales, is
figured by Jan.
*HyDROPHIS CYANOCINCTA.
One specimen. Precise locality not marked.
This is doubtless from the Persian Gulf.
*HyDROPHIS TEMPORALIS, Sp. nov.
H. capite mediocriter longo latogue, corpore longiusculo, squamis
subimbricatis, post medium tuberculo minuto ornatis, in series
29 longitudinales paullo post caput, 33 in medio corpore ordi-
natis; scutis ventralibus 354, bituberculatis, fere equalibus,
squamas laterales duplo excedentibus, preanalibus 6 ; nasalibus
longioribus quam lata, supralubialibus tertio quartoque infra ocu-
lum positis, temporalibus denique duobus utrinque maximis, margini
eaterno cujusque occipitalis contiguis, anteriore altiore quam
latum et fere vel omnino ad labium descendente. Dorsum maculis
rhomboideis transversis circ. 35 ornatum, postice evanescentibus.
Gangestun.
Head of moderate size and width. Neck and body slightly elon-
1881.] MR. W. T. BLANFORD ON PERSIAN REPTILES. 681
gate. Rostral broader than high. Nasals longer than broad and
about half as long again as the frontals. Vertical nearly pentagonal,
posterior angle rather less than a right angle. Each occipital almost
once and a half the length of the vertical. The third and
fourth labials are below the orbit; one preeocular and one or two
postoculars, there being two on one side and one on the other; two
are probably normal, as the single shield is partly divided. Two
a Fig. 3. b
Head of Hydrophis temporalis.
very large temporals along the outer margin of each occipital ; the
auterior temporal is higher than broad, and descends nearly or quite
to the gape. Two pairs of subequal chin-shields in contact with
each other.
Scales slightly imbricate on neck, very slightly on body, not im-
bricate on upper portion behind; except on the anterior part of the
Scales of Hydrophis temporalis, near the middle of the body.
neck, each has behind the middle of its disk a minute tubercle.
On the neck the scales are elongate, and they are longer than broad
to considerably behind the middle of the body. ‘Twenty-nine scales
Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1881, No. XLIV. 44
682 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON A NEW SPIDER. [June 7,
round the neck a little behind the head, thirty-three round the
middle of the body. Ventrals 354, nearly uniform in size, each
about double the width of the adjoining scales, and bituberculate,
except towards the head and close to the anus. Six przeanal shields’.
Terminal scale of tail considerably larger than the others.
About thirty-five diamond-shaped black spots on the back, each
broader than long, becoming gradually fainter behind ; head, sides,
and belly yellow ; a black spot at the end of the tail.
The only specimen is a male, and measures 66 inches, of which
the head is | and the tail from anus 47. Circumference of neck
2°1 inches; of thickest part of body about 4.
The nearest species to this, so far as I can see, is H. robusta as
which is a stouter, less elongate form, with smooth ventrals, differ-
ently shaped and less elongate scales, those in the middle of the
body being as high as they are broad, and having the tubercle sub-
centrally instead of posteriorly situated on each scale throughout
the anterior part of the body. The anterior temporal is large; but
there is no large posterior shield on the temple, and there are three
shields along the outer margin of each occipital, instead of two. The
vertical is pointed in front. The black rings in H. robusta extend
completely round the body.
I have not been able to find the place named as the locality
(Gangesttin) ; it is doubtless on the shores of the Persian Gulf, and
probably near Bushire.
VIPERA OBTUSA.
Tehran hills.
Ecuts CARINATA.
Muchberabad, 6 miles south of Bushire.
3. On anew Spider of the Family Theraphoside. By the
Rev. O. P. Campriner, M.A., C.M.Z.S8., &e.
[Received May 13, 1881.]
(Plate LX.)
The chief interest attaching to this Spider lies in the fact of its
having been received alive from Bahia, and having lived in the Gardens
of the Society from the beginning of March to October 1880. It
appears to have died soon after casting its skin, when it probably
attained maturity; but upon this latter point it is impossible to
speak with certainty, inasmuch as the cutting-open of the under-
surface of the abdomen, in order to preserve the Spider, had destroyed
1 Five only enter the’anal margin ; but I think six is the proper number.
ee Phys. Serp. ii. p. 505, pl. xviii. figs. 8-10 ; Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind.
p. 364,
1881.] REY. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON A NEW SPIDER. 683
the genital aperture, by the development of which alone its maturity
could have been determined.
It seems to me that this Spider is of the same species as two Brazi-
lian males in my collection of Mygale versicolor, C. L. Koch, of
which the male only has, as yet, been described. There can be little
doubt, however, that Koch’s Spider is not of the same species as
the Mygale versicolor of Walckenaer, of which this latter author
had described previously only the female; and it has thus become
necessary to rename Koch’s species. I have therefore, in the present
paper, described and figured the Spider lately living in the Zoological
Gardens under the specific name of stradlingi, after Dr. Stradling,
by whom it was brought to England. Some specific characters, and
figures of the palpi, taken from one of the male spiders above men-
tioned, are also added.
Order ARANEIDEA.
Fam. THERAPHOSID&.
Genus Homa@ommna, Ausserer. (Mygale, Walck. ad partem.)
HomM@omMA STRADLINGI, sp. n. (Plate LX.)
Mygale versicolor, C. L. Koch (non Walck.).
Homeomma versicolor, Auss.?
Length of the female 23 lines, to the end of the falces 27 lines;
length of the cephalothorax 103, breadth at the widest part 9 lines ;
greatest expanse of the legs (diagonally from the extremity of each
of the first pair to the extremity of the opposite leg of the fourth
pair) 6 inches.
Cephalothorax longer than broad, rising gradually but slightly
from the posterior to the anterior part ; normal indentations strong ;
that at the thoracic junction deep and curved, the convexity of the
curve directed backwards. Its colour is brown-black, covered with a
short dense pubescence ; and with a few long, erect, bristly foxy-
grey hairs on the eye-eminence, which is of moderate height, convex,
of a transverse-oval form, and placed close to the fore extremity of
the caput.
Eyes subequal, forming a transverse oblong figure, the length
nearly about double its width. Their general position is similar to
that of a great number of others of this family ; and a better idea
may be obtained of it from the figures (3, 4) than by any descrip-
tion. Among other slight differences in the relative size and posi-
tion of the eyes of Spiders of this group, Herr Anton Ausserer
lays stress upon that afforded by the greater or less height of those
of the central pair in relation to the fore-laterals. This may be
ascertained by looking at the Spider from in front and holding it
level, and on a level with the eye ; then connecting the central pair by
a transverse line touching their fore margins, and continuing this line
on each side, observe whether it passes above or cuts the fore-lateral
eyes. In the present Spider a line so drawn would as nearly as pos-
sible touch the posterior margins of the fore-lateral eyes. These last
are slightly the largest of the eight.
44*
684 REY. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON A NEW SPIDER. [June 7,
The legs are strong, of moderate length, and do not vary greatly
in that respect. Those of the first and fourth pairs do not differ
much, the fourth being rather the longest, and the third shortest.
They are similar in colour to the cephalothorax, densely pubescent,
and clothed with long, coarse bristly hairs of a greyish-foxy hue ;
there are also spines beneath the metatarsi and tibize, but concealed
by the density of the hairs; beneath the tarsi and metatarsi is a
dense scopula. ‘Terminal claws 2, almost concealed, strong, curved,
and their hinder half furnished beneath with a few small denticula-
tions. It is possible that these denticulations are not uniform in all
the legs ; those which I examined minutely were of the second pair.
The palpi are strong, and similar in colour and clothing to the legs,
with a dense scopula beneath the digital joint.
The falces are very strong and massive, and similar to the legs in
colour and clothing.
The maville are strong, cylindrical, with a strongish subconical
prominence at their extremity on the inner side. The labium is
short, prominent at its apex, the transverse line of which is hollow.
A space at the base, on the inner side, of each maxilla, as well as at
the apex of the labium, is densely clothed with short, nearly cylin-
drical, round-topped tubercles of uniform height.
Sternum small, oval, hollowed out at the fore extremity, clothed
and coloured like the legs.
Abdomen short, oval, in colour and clothing like the legs; but the
coarse bristly hairs are longer, stronger, and of a more foxy, or dull
rusty-reddish hue. Spinners of superior pair tolerably long and
strong, 3-jointed and upturned. From the cast skin of the example
described, the spinners would appear to have been considerably larger
before its ecdysis ; possibly they may have shrivelled, as the Spider
seems to have died soon after that operation.
Two males received from Brazil, and which I believe to be of the
same species as the female above described, have the coarse bristly
hairy clothing of the legs &c. of a brighter reddish hue. Beneath
the fore extremity of the tibize of the first pair of legs is a long, strong,
curved, corneous, obtusely-pointed process directed forwards.
The palpi of these males are tolerably long, the radial joint longer
than the cubital, the digital joint short. The palpal organs consist
of a basal bulb, produced into a long, strong, twisted, somewhat cork-
screw-shaped process, gradually lessening towards its extremity, and
ending rather abruptly in a point, near which is another minute point
or prominence.
The dimensions of the male are :—length 17 lines, to the end of the
falces 193; greatest expanse of the legs 5 inches 103 lines. The
cephalothorax is broader in proportion to its length than in the female,
tnough rather narrower at the fore extremity, a peculiarity obseryv-
able in the males of some other species also.
Hab. Of the 2, Bahia; of the two dg, Brazil.
P.S. Since the above was in the press the Secretary of the Society
has kindly sent to me for examination two other specimens, apparently
a
9
a)
¢
) : > A
z= ‘
a oe
SS |
Homoéomma
im FO & OP Cambridge del
Tee
Nontern Bros
1881.] ON THE ANATOMY OF THE EPOMOPHORI. 685
adult (both females), of the same species. One, received from
Mr. Carl Hagenbeck, of Hamburg, on the 25th of March 1881,
died on the 4th of the following month; the other, received from
Mr. W. Cross, of Liverpool, on the 15th of July 1880, lived until
the 31st of March 1881. Both these examples are from South
America. One of them is rather darker, and the pubescence on the
cephalothorax is of a more coppery reddish hue; but in other
respects it agrees with the example described, though neither of them
is quite so large.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE LX.
Fig. 1. 9 Homeomma stradlingi (from Dr. Stradling’s specimen). Natural size.
2. The same. Profile of cephalothorax and falces, a little enlarged.
3. The same. yes from above and behind.
4. The same. Eyes from in front, looked at on a level with the Spider.
5. The same. 4 from Brazil, right palpus, of natural size.
6. The same. Portion of right palpus enlarged, from above and behind,
on the outer side.
7. The same. Portion of right palpus, from underneath.
4. On the Structure of the Pharynx, Larynx, and Hyoid
Bones in the Epomophori; with Remarks on its Relation
to the Habits of these Animals. By G. E. Dosson,
M.A., M.B., &c.
[Received May 17, 1881.]
In all species of Chiroptera, of which the structure of the pharynx
and larynx has hitherto been described, and in all those examined
up to the present by the writer, the form of these parts has been
found remarkably simple, differing but slightly from that of the
Insectivora, all agreeing in possessing a short pharynx, with the
small circular or narrow slit-like aperture of the larynx generally
guarded by a short acutely-pointed epiglottis, which, in some genera
(Harpyia, Vampyrus, e. g.), is almost obsolete, opening close behind
the fauces, near to which also the posterior nares enter—and in the
small size of the laryngeal cavity and feeble development of the
vocal cords, the hyoid bone also being slender and connected by a
chain of simple cylindrical bones with the cranium.
In the Epomophori, however, we find in the structure of all these
parts a remarkable departure from the general type : the pharynx is
long and very capacious, the aperture of the larynx far removed
from the fauces ; and opposite to it a canal leading from the narial
chambers and extending along the back of the pharynx opens; the
laryngeal cavity is spacious, and its walls are ossified ; and the vocal
cords are well developed; the hyoid bone is quite unconnected, ex-
cept by muscle, with the cranium; the ceratohyals and epihyals
are cartilaginous and greatly expanded, entering into the formation
of the walls of the pharynx, and, in the males of two species at least,
686 MR. G. E. DOBSON ON THE [June 7,
supporting the orifices of the large posterior pair of air-sacs which
extend beneath the integument of the sides of the neck’.
This peculiar development of the pharynx, larynx, and hyoid
bones is well seen in Hpomophorus franqueti. In that species the
spacious cavity of the mouth opens into the wide and deep pharynx
by a very restricted aperture, the inferior transverse diameter of
which is not half the width of the tongue, and scarcely capable of
th.dy.-
Hyoid bones and muscles of Epomophorus franqueti (enlarged).
b.hy. Basihyal bone with which the long thyrohyals, ¢h.hy, are ankylosed (the
latter are shown diagrammatically, as in nature they are hooked
round the thyroid cartilage); cer.jy, ceratohyal bone; ep.hy, epi-
hyal bone rotated forwards, showing its outer surface deeply concave
for the neck of the posterior pharyngeal sac, and its prominent arti-
cular extremity (x) separating and acting as a pulley for the fleshy
tendons (my.hy) of the mylo-hyoid and (hy.g/) hyo-glossus muscles ;
to its upper margin is attached the tendon (s¢.iy) of the stylo-hyoid
muscle.
admitting a hemp-seed, and which can evidently be completely
closed by muscular action. In two male specimens the tip of the
epiglottis is nearly three quarters of an inch from the fauces. The
laryngeal walls are ossified, forming a large projection in the posterior
1 The writer was unable to embody any part of these remarks in the intro-
duction to his work on the Chiroptera (Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus. 1878) owing to
the want of specimens available for anatomical examination. Lately, however,
chiefly owing to the kindness of Drs. T. W. Wright and J. J. Lamprey, of the
Army Medical Department, and Dr. Robb, of H.M.’s Indian Army, who for-
warded well-preserved specimens of Epomophori from the west and east coasts
of Africa, he has succeeded in obtaining most of the material which forms the
basis of this paper.
1881.] ANATOMY OF THE EPOMOPHORI. 687
third of the neck ; and the wide space intervening between the epi-
glottis and the base of the tongue is seen, on removal of the integu-
ment, to be covered in by the mucous membrane of the pharynx
only. The mylo-hyoid muscle arises on each side from the thyro-
hyoid bone between the insertion of the sterno-hyoid musele and
the origin of the middle constrictor of the pharynx, and, suddenly
narrowing, forms a half-round fleshy tendon, which passes forwards
across the projecting articular extremity of the epihyal bone
(fig. 1, x), which acts as a pulley, and on reaching the under
Fig. 2.
Fig. 2. Hyoid bones and larynx of Epomophorus franqueti (enlarged), viewed
from above. ep.hy, epihyal bone; cer.y, ceratohyal bones; th.hy,
extremity of thyrohyal bone; e, epiglottis, posterior surface; s, San-
torinian cartilages,
Fig. 3. Side view of part of the hyoid bones and the larynx of Epomophorus
Sranqueti (enlarged), showing (ph. s) part of the neck of the posterior
pharyngeal sac and its communication with the pharynx; «, the pro-
minent articular extremity of the epihyal bone; s¢.hy, stylo-hyoid
muscle; my.hy, mylo-hyoid, and hy.gl, hyo-glossus muscles, divided
and drawn backwards ; th.hy, thyrohyal bone.
surface of the tongue spreads out, uniting with its fellow of the
opposite side to form a thin muscular expansion extending between
the rami of the mandible almost as far forwards as the symphysis
menti. Immediately external to the origin of the mylo-hyoid the
hyo-glossus arises by a much narrower origin, and, forming a per-
fectly similar tendon, accompanies it forwards, but separated from it
by the projecting articular extremity of the epihyal bone, and,
curving inwards above it, is inserted into the side of the tongue.
The genio-hyoid and genio-hyo-glossus muscles are absent, the basi-
688 MR. G. E. DOBSON ON THE [June 7,
hyal and ceratohyal bones being connected with the base of the
tongue by the membranous walls of the pharynx alone.
The hyoid bone (figs. 1, 2, 3) is remarkably formed: the basi-
hyal is ankylosed behind to a pair of long spatulate thyrohyals ; in
front it articulates on either side by a synovial joint, permitting
very free rotatory motion, with a cartilaginous ceratohyal, which
also articulates by its upper extremity with a large, very peculiarly
shaped cartilaginous epihyal, which is circular in outline, having
its inner side flat or slightly convex, its outer deeply concave from
below backwards and upwards, and near its articular extremity a
prominent external projection, across which the tendons of the mylo-
hyoid and hyo-glossus muscles, above described, glide ; the cerato-
hyal muscle extends from its posterior margin to the thyrohyal
bone; and the stylo-hyoid muscle is inserted into its upper side. Its
outer surface, as above described, is deeply concave in the adult
male, and is lined by part of the neck of a sac, which extends out-
wards and backwards from the pharynx, under cover of the integu-
ment and the sterno-mastoid muscle, across the clavicle to the antero-
inferior part of the thorax. Another sac, anterior to this, on each
side of the neck, also extends outwards from the pharynx, and will
be described further on (vide infra, fig. 4).
The walls of the evidently highly extensible pharynx are at-
tached anteriorly to the base of the skull and to the hack of
the fauces and tongue (which is free between the hyo-glossi and
stylo-glossi muscles; for there is no trace of genio-hyoid or genio-
hyo-glossi muscles, and the body of the organ appears to be chiefly
made up of a few muscular fibres with much interposed fat),
extending forwards for some distance between its inferior surface
and the mylo-hyoid expansion—posteriorly, to the anterior margins
of the basi-, cerato-, and epihyal bones, and laterally, by an
oblique ligamentous band, to the sterno-mastoid muscles. Imme-
diately behind the mouth, in the adult male, are two large oval
apertures (0°4 inch in antero-posterior diameter) in the sides of the
pharynx, leading into a pair of large sacs, which extend outwards
under cover of the integument beneath and behind the ears. The
apertures open opposite each other; so that, if the sacs be cut open
from without, the pharynx appears to be transfixed. These, which
may be called the anterior pharyngeal sacs, are separated on each
side of the neck from the posterior pharyngeal sacs (above described)
by the sterno-mastoid muscle, and by a ligamentous septum passing
inwards from it to the side of the pharynx, and outwards to the
integument. Both pairs of sacs are absent in the female ; their pre-
sence therefore indicates a secondary sexual character, of which the
nearest analogue in Mammals appears to be the laryngeal sac of the
Orang".
1 Tt is an interesting fact that the nearest known analogues of these pharyn-
geal sacs are to be found not among Mammals but in Birds, asin certain species
of Otis and Tetrao. This might lead us to think that this peculiar secondary
sexual character was in some way related to the volant powers of the animals. It
must, however, be recollected that these birds are noted for their terrestrial habits.
1881.] ANATOMY OF THE EPOMOPHORI. 689
The nasal cavities are brought into communication with the larynx
by a long canal, which extends backwards along the spine and enters
the pharynx directly opposite to the aperture of the larynx ; so that
the greater part of what we have called the pharynx would be
evidently more correctly termed the isthmus faucium,
The walls of the larynx are ossified, enclosing a spacious cavity,
Head and neck of Epomophorus franqueti (ad. g, natural size).
The anterior (a. ph. s) and posterior (p. ph. s) pharyngeal sacs are opened from
without, the dotted lines indicating the points where they commu-
nicate with the pharynx; s, thin membranous septum in middle line
between the anterior pharyngeal sacs of opposite sides; s.m, sterno-
mastoid muscle separating the anterior from the posterior sac.
the anterior aperture of which (figs. 2 & 5) is protected by a very
large epiglottis (e), which rests against the rounded anterior extre-
mities of a pair of large crescent-shaped fibro-cartilaginous cushions
(c), which extend forwards from the anterior margins of the trian-
gular arytenoid cartilages (a). The true vocal cords are well deve-
loped and much longer than the false cords; the ventricles are
spacious, and continued backwards between the true vocal cords and
the thyroid, forming large sacculi, and forwards between the false
vocal cords and the thyroid to its anterior margin, forming narrower
but much longer “ sacculi laryngis.”
690 MR. G. E. DOBSON ON THE [June 7,
In £. comptus the structure of all the above-described parts is
similar—with this exception only, that the tendons of the mylo-hyoid
and hyo-glossus muscles pass forwards together below the epihyal
process. No male specimens of H. pusillus are available for exami-
nation; but, judging from the anatomy of the female, it agrees in
all respects with that of 4. comptus. In H. monstrosus, which
differs from all the other species in the absence of the shoulder-
pouches, there are no posterior air-sacs; but the anterior sacs are
well developed, and separated internally below, not by a thin parti-
Vertical and longitudinal section through the centre of the larynx of
Epomophorus franqueti (enlarged),
é, epiglottis; h.e, hyo-epiglottideus muscle; 4.4, basihyal bone; ¢h. c, thyroid
cartilage; f. v. c, false vocal cord ; v, ventricle leading anteriorly into
the long sacculus laryngis, extending almost as far as the base of the
epiglottis, and posteriorly continued backwards behind v. c, the true
vocal cord; ar, arytenoid cartilage; s, apex of Santorinian cartilage ;
¢, erescentic fibro-cartilaginous cushion extending forwards from the
arytenoid cartilage; cr, cricoid cartilage.
tion as in the above-named species, but by an intermediate inferior
sac communicating with the pharynx by an aperture between the
mylo-hyoid tendons.
In £. macrocephalus, gambianus, labiatus, and minor the thyro-
hyals are very long, having their broad extremities bent inwards
above so as to nearly meet in the middle line above the laryngeal
opening ; the basihyal (fig. 6, 6.4y) is much produced forwards, ter-
minating in a straight thin edge, to the outer sides of which the
very short ceratohyals are attached by ligament only, and have a
1881. ] ANATOMY OF THE EPOMOPHORI. 691
very restricted backwards-and-forwards motion ; the epihyals are
lozenge-shaped, expanded, as in E. franqueti, but quite flat, and
give attachment to the same muscles as in that species; but their
infero-external extremities are not produced into prominent cornua
as in that species; for there are no mylo-hyoids to support, the place
of these muscles being taken by the united anterior bellies of the
digastries, which extend across as a thick muscular fold from side
to side, and so far back as to cover the body of the hyoid bone, to
which, however, it is not attached, being connected only with the
superficial fascia extending backwards over the sterno-hyoid muscles.
Hyoid bones and muscles of Epomophorus macrocephalus (enlarged).
b.hy, basihyal bone; th.hky, thyrohyal bone; cer.hy, ceratohyal bone, small,
almost ankylosed with the prominent anterior margin of the basi-
hyal; ep.hy, epihyal bone, dislocated forwards, showing its flat, or
very slightly concave, outer surface; s¢.hy, stylo-hyoid muscle; g.hy
and hy.gl, genio-hyoid and hyo-glossus muscles passing forwards
over the prominent anterior margins of the basihyal and ceratohyal
bones.
On dividing and reflecting the digastrics the genio-hyoid muscles at
once come into view, arising from the body of the hyoid bone pos-
teriorly, and passing forwards over the prominent flat edge of its
produced anterior part, as over a pulley, being there also supported
on a pad of dense ligamentous tissue which occupies part of the
space in front of the epiglottis, arising from the inner sides of the
box-like compartment formed by the expanded hyoid bones, and
extending also laterally outwards as a thick ligamentous band on
each side across the articulation of the epihyal with the ceratohyal
bone, and between the former and the fleshy tendon of the hyo-
692 ON THE ANATOMY OF THE EPOMOPHORI. [June 7,
glossus muscle. The small genio-hyo-glossi arise on each side from
the anterior margins of the epihyals.
From the pharynx, thus closed in by osseous and muscular walls,
no sacs extend outwards as in E. franqueti; but near the com-
mencement of the cesophagus, opposite the opening of the larynx,
there is the aperture of a single central sacculus, which lies
between the middle constrictor of the pharynx and the spine, its
neck passing between the fibres of that muscle, which forms a
lozenge-shaped sphincter round it. It is difficult to suggest the
office of this sac, the cavity of which in #. macrocephalus is not
larger than a small bean, and in LZ. minor would hardly hold a pea.
Owing to tlie presence of the large inflected extremities of the
thyrohyals, which nearly meet in the middle line across the com-
mencement of the cesophagus, the inferior constrictors of the pharynx
are much shorter, and do not form a pair of long fleshy tendons
carried forwards longitudinally between the extremities of the epi-
hyals as in /. franqueti; while the middle constrictors are dis-
tinguishable from them, and part of their fibres form a sphincter for
the neck of the sacculus above described.
The remarkable form of the hyoid bones and great development
of the isthmus faucium part of the pharynx, in which (though
especially pronounced in the males of certain species) all the species
agree, may be understood when we consider the nature of the food
of these animals.
In the collection of the British Museum are specimens of 2. gam-
bianus from the banks of the Zambesi, with the note “ eating figs ”’
on the label attached to them by the donor Dr. Kirk. That figs
constitute the food of ZL. franqueti, macrocephalus, labiatus, and
minor also I have proved by finding remains of these fruits in the
alimentary canals of these species.
The fig being a hollow receptacle containing numerous small fruits,
is not easily detached from the branch for the purpose of masti-
cation; and its outer rind is evidently too tough to be readily torn
through by the feeble teeth of the Hyomophori. The easiest method,
therefore, of getting at its soft juicy contents is by sucking them out
through the aperture at the distal extremity of the fig.
Now the whole structure of the mouth and pharynx of these
animals is admirably suited for this purpose. The peculiarly volu-
minous lips are capable of completely encircling the fig, and their
adherence to its smooth surface is evidently securely maintained by
the soft pads which spring from their upper margins near the angles
of the mouth. While thus encircled by the lips, the fruit is pro-
bably slowly chewed by the feeble acutely pointed teeth, and pressed
upwards against the prominent palate-ridges so as to cause it to
give up more freely its juices and soft contents, which are drawn out
by suction through the terminal aperture.
The construction of the parts above described is specially suited
to the action of suction, accomplished probably by the alternate
action of the buccal muscles and the lungs. The spacious pharynx,
shut off from the nasal apertures by the constrictors of the pharynx,
1881.] MOLLUSCA OF ‘LIGHTNING’ ETC. EXPEDITIONS. 693
and from the mouth by the small valvular opening referred to, and
having its sides supported behind by the expanded hyoid bones,
constitutes a most perfect exhauster; while the broad epiglottis,
permanently folded over the larynx in front so that its aperture is
directed upwards towards the spine, and the great size of the fibro-
cartilaginous masses extending forwards from the arytenoid cartilages
to the epiglottis (fig. 5, c, p. 690), effectually guard the glottis,
preventing any part of the food, such as the small fig-seeds, from
being drawn into the air-passages.
In the males of ZL. monstrosus, Sranqueti, comptus, and pusillus,
permaneut inflation of the pharyngeal sacs is rendered possible by
the manner in which, as above described, the nasal and oral cavities
are capable of being completely shut off from the pharynx. Con-
sidering the large size and position of the apertures by which these
sacs communicate with the pharynx, it would appear at first sight
that most of the food entering the pharynx must find its way into
them. This difficulty is removed if we allow that suction by means
of the inspiratory action of the lungs has any thing to do with
drawing the semifluid food into the pharynx; for it is evident that
the same action would cause the walls of the sacs to collapse inwards
upon the apertures, and so close their communication with the
pharynx at the very time when it was most needed.
5. On the Mollusca procured during the ‘ Lightning’ and
‘Porcupine’ Expeditions, 1868-70. (Part III.!) By
J. Gwyn Jerrreys, LL.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S.
[Received May 20, 1881.]
(Plate LXI.)
CONCHIFERA (continued).
Family VIII. Keiuupx,
1. Pyruina serosa, Dunker.
“ Coralliophaga setosa (Dunker), Grube, Die Insel Lussin und ihre
Meeresfauna, 1864, p. 48.
Scintilla recondita, Fischer, Les Fonds de la Mer, 1872, p- 49,
ple i. f'S:
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Tangier Bay ; Med. 50, 50a.
Distribution. Arcachon to Mogador, Sicily, and Adriatic. Depths
5 to 86 fathoms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Monte Mario and Ficarazzi.
Sportella caillati, Conti, and Kellia macandrewi, Fischer. It be-
longs to Pythina in respect of the hinge as well as of the peculiar
divaricating sculpture.
" For Part I. see P. Z. 8.1878, p. 893; for Part II. see P. Z. 8. 1879, p. 553.
694 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [June 7,
2. PyrHina GEOFFROY!, Payraudeau. °
Erycina geoffroyi, Payr. Cat. Corse, p. 30, pl. 1. f. 3-5.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Vigo B.
Distribution. Bay of Biscay and Algiers.
Fossil. Pliocene: English and Belgian Crags.
Corbula ambigua, Nyst and Westendorff. The internal sculpture
of the recent shell is very remarkable, and somewhat resembles that
of P. setosa. It consists of numerous microscopic lines arranged
lengthwise, but not radiating as in the latter species. Fossil speci-
mens are opaque, and therefore do not show the sculpture above-
mentioned.
1. Lepron sauamosum, Montagu.
Solen squamosus, Mont. Test. Brit. 1. p. 565.
L. squamosum, B. C. ii. p. 194, pl. iv. f. 7; v. p. 177, pl. xxxi.
f. 2
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 9. 1870: Atl. Vigo B.
Distribution. Norway to the Balearic Isles ; S—70 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Coralline Crag, Monte Mario and Sicily.
The late Mr. Searles Wood proposed to unite the genera Lepton,
Lasea, Bornia, Scacchia, Scintilla, Kellia, Montacuta, and Sphe-
nalia in one family under the name of Fragillide. The only reason
given for this family union is that the shells are “ small and tender.”
The present species has some obsolete generic and specific synonyms.
2. Lerpron nitTipuM, Turton.
L. nitidum, Turt. Conch. Dith. p.63: B.C. il. p. 198; v. p. 177,
pl. xxxi. f. 3.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Vigo B., 26, Tangier B.; and
var. levis. Med.: St. 55, Adventure Bank, var. levis.
Distribution. Norway to the Mediterranean and Adriatic ; 10-
120 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene and Post-Tertiary : Norway, Great Britain, and
Italy. Height 0-130 feet.
Differs in the degree and even in the absence of sculpture. The
variety levis is perfectly smooth ; and I must correct or qualify my
remark in the ‘ British Conchology’ that this species is invariably
sculptured.
3. Lerpron suLcatTuLuM, Jeffreys.
L. suleatulum, Jefir. in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1859, p. 34,
pl. 2. fig. 2a-g: B.C. ii. p. 201; v. p. 177, pl. xxxi. f. 3.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Tangier B.; Med. Adventure
Bank.
Distribution. England to Mediterranean and Adriatic, Canaries,
and Korea; laminarian zone to 130 fms.
Belongs to the genus Neolepton of Monterosato, and forms a
sectional or subgeneric division of Lepton, as I suggested in ‘ British
Conchology.’
1881.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘ PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 695
yw 4, Lepron tacervum’, Jeffreys.
L. lacerum, Jeftr., Les Fonds de la Mer, 1872, p. 84, pl. ii. f. 11,
lla.
SHELL roundish-oval, nearly flat, solid for its size, semitransparent,
and glossy : sculpture, numerous close-set and very fine concentric
striz, which are stronger towards the front : colour clear white: epi-
dermis inconspicuous : margins rounded at the sides and in front, but
at the back exhibiting on each side of the beak, and at equal distances,
a small spike-like projection, giving that part a jagged appearance :
beak small, central, and semioval: Ainge-line tricuspid, occupying
about one sixth of the circumference of the shell : cartilage-pit nar-
row and perpendicular: hinge-plate broad and strong: teeth (in the
only specimen here described), one small and obliquely placed car-
dinal, and a rather long ridge-like lateral, which is also placed
obliquely on each side of the beak: inside glossy: scars slight.
0:1. B. 021125.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 1. A single valve only.
Distribution. Bay of Biscay and Mediterranean ; 35-70 fms.
This is a small shell ; but I am at a loss to imagine why, on that
account, the Editors of the excellent ‘ Journal de Conchyliologie’
should have made the remark that as to such shells, “les caractéres
n’indiquent pas toujours avec certitude l’age adulte.”’
4 ScinTILLA RoTuUNDA’, Jeffreys. (Plate LXI. fig. 1.)
SHELL roundish, with an obliquely triangular outline, nearly flat,
solid, opaque but glossy ; sculpture, a few slight concentric lines of
growth, which are more distinct towards the front, besides some
minute irregular pit-marks as in other species of this genus: colour
milk-white: epidermis none: margins gently rounded in front and
at the sides, somewhat sloping from the beak on the left hand: beak
minute, semiglobular or calyciform: hinge-line very short, obtusely
triangular: cartilage-pit narrow and placed obliquely : hinge-plate
also narrow : ¢eeth (in the single valve here described) consisting of
a minute cardinal, and of a ridge-like lateral on each side of the
beak ; the lateral tooth on the left side is much larger than the
other, which commences with an angular point: inside polished, but
slightly pitted: scars indistinct. L. 071, B. 01.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: St. 27.
Distribution. Palermo; 48-70 fms. (Monterosato, as Vasconia
rotunda !).
The hinge of this species does not quite agree with the description
of the genus Scintilla given by Messrs. Adams ; but the remarkable
texture of the shell is similar, viz. (to use their own words) “the
external appearance of some of the species, which consists of a
multitude of very fine punctations, of an opaque white colour, upon the
shell, and which deprives them, in such portions, of their transpa-
rency.” This peculiarity appears to be owing to the want of homo-
geneity in the composition of the shell.
1 Torn, 2 Round.
696 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [June 7,
Y Scaccuia TeNnERA’, Jeffreys. (Plate LXI. fig. 2.)
SHELL oval, thin, rather convex, semitransparent, of a dull hue:
sculpture, numerous slight concentric strize, besides stronger and
irregular lines of growth: colour whitish : epidermis filmy: margins
rounded on all sides, except at the back, where it is uneven: beaks
small, circular, projecting beyond the dorsal margin, slightly inclined
to one side: hinge-line nearly straight: cartilage-pit small and
narrow, placed obliquely under the beak ; hinge-plate rather broad
but slight: ¢eeth, in the right valve a small cardinal, in the left none
except an angular projection below the beak enclosing the cartilage :
inside polished: scars imperceptible. LL. 0°175, B. 0°225.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: St. 3a, 6, 16, 17a. A few valves only.
An abnormal species of an eccentric genus.
Decrpvta’, Jeffreys.
SHELL oval, thin, glossy, completely closed : cartilage triangular,
clasping and supporting the hinge: teeth, in one valve a minute
cardinal, which lies below the beak, and is not easily seen, with a
slight lateral on each side; in the other valve none except a small
angular projection of the hinge-plate on the right-hand side.
Deciputa ovata, Jeffreys.
D. ovata (Jeffr.), Friele, Vid. Forh. 1875, p- 57; G. O. Sars,
Moll. reg. aret. Norv. p. 341, t. 34. f. la—c (as Tellimya ovalis).
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 18. A single valve.
Distribution. Lofoten Isles, W. Norway, and Bay of Biscay ;
120-552 fms.
It somewhat resembles Montacuta ferruginosa in shape; but the
hinge is generically different.
Brown’s generic name Zellimya is a synonym of Montacuta, and
includes Kellia also. he specific name ovalis, given by Prof. G. O.
Sars, means belonging to an ovation or triumphal procession ; ovata
means egg-shaped.
1. Monracuta rerruernosa, Montagu.
Mya ferruginosa, Mont. Test. Brit. p. 44, t. 26. f. 5.
Montacuta ferruginosa, B. C. ii. p- 210; v. p. 178, pl. xxxi. f. 9.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 16, 18, 19, 35 (with variety nivea,
which is more regularly oval; and a longer monstrous valve, of a
somewhat triangular shape, in consequence of the posterior margin
sloping from the beak on each side instead of being rounded in that
part), and off Belfast. 1870: Atlantic, 6, 9, off Cape Espichel, off
C. Sagres, 16 (valve of variety nivea, apparently a very old specimen,
‘ and having close-set and partly anastomosing marks of growth), 17a;
Mediterranean, Algesiras Bay, Adventure Bank. -
Distribution. Greenland (M. Sars) ?, aretic Norway to the Medi-
terranean and Adriatic, Mogador, Madeira, New England ; 3-733
fms.
1 Tender. ? A deceiving thing.
1881.] ‘xigurntnG’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 697
Fossil. Pliocene and Post-tertiary: Norway, Great Britain and
Ireland, N. France, and Italy ; 0-80 ft.
Synonyms several. The variety nivea is the TYellimya nivea of
G. O. Sars, and corresponds with the variety radiata (Syndosmya
radiata, Lovén) of Scrobicularia alba.
Mr. Marshall found this species and M. substriata at Guernsey
attached to the spines of the same specimens of Spatangus purpureus
—the former at the top, and the latter at the bottom or anal end.
Moray Firth: of large size on the shore, smaller in deep water
(McAndrew).
yv 2. Monracuta PELLUCIDA’, Jeffreys. (Plate LXI. fig. 3.)
SHELL oval, convex, thin, transparent, and glossy: sculpture,
strongly marked concentric lines of growth, and under the micro-
scope minute irregular scratches arranged lengthwise : colour whitish,
but partially clouded in consequence of the specimen being ‘‘ dead”’
or not fresh: margins somewhat truncate at the posterior or smaller
side, gently curved in front, expanded at the anterior side, and
sloping from the beak on each side; beaks prominent, calyciform,
placed nearly in the middle: Ainge-line obtuse-angled, excavated in
the middle, occupying rather more than one fourth of the cireum-
ference: cartilage-pit small, lying underneath the beak, with
thickened edges: hinge-plate narrow and thin: ¢ee¢h (in the only
valve here described) consisting of a laminar lateral, which projects
beyond the hinge-plate, on each side of the beak ; that on the an-
terior side is twice as long as the other: inside glossy, plain-edged ;
sears slight. L. 0°15, B. 0°2.
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Mediterranean ; St. Adventure Bank, a
single valve.
Compare the above description with that of M. ferruginosa given
in ‘ British Conchology.’ The present species is oval instead of
oblong, the posterior margin is not angulated, the beaks are prominent
and placed nearly in the middle, and the cartilage-pit is much smailer.
3. Monracvuta vorinel, Friele.
v Montacuta (*) voringi, Friele, N. Mag. f. Naturv. xxii. B., 3. H.
(separat-aftryck) p. 1, f. 1, la.
* Porcupine’ Exp. 1869, St. 36. 1870: Atlantic, 9, 24, 26.
Distribution. Sognefiord, Norway, 630 fms. (Fviele)!; Palermo,
87 fms. (Monterosato)|!
Provisionally named by me M. cuneata. Ihave both valves; and
I cannot see any generic difference in the hinge between this shell
and M. bidentata, notwithstanding the remark of my friend Herr
Friele, who described a single valve only.
v4, Monracuta ponacina, 8. V. Wood.
Montacuta? donacina, 8. V. Wood, Mon. Crag Moll. ii. p. 131,
t. xi. f. 3, a-c: B.C. ii. p. 216; v. p. 178, pl.c. f. 4.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. Lough Swilly.
1 Transparent.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.— 1881, No. XLV. 45
698 DR.GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [June/7,
Distribution. Falmouth, and St. Magnus Bay in Shetland ; single
valves (J. G. J.); Algiers (Joly), a perfect and living specimen !
Fossil. Piiocene: Coralline Crag, and variety as M. cylindrica
(Wood)!; Fiume Oreto, Sicily (Brugnone) !
Allied to M. substriata ; perhaps viviparous and quasi-parasitic or
commensal, like that species. Mr. Wood proposed the generic name
Sphenalia for these and similar species.
- 5. Monracuta susstriata, Montagu.
Ligula substriata, Mont. Test. Brit. Suppl. p. 25,
M. substriata, B. C. ii. p. 205; v. p. 177, pl. xxxi. f. 6.
‘Lightning’ Exp. St. 2.
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 3, 10, 13, 14, 23a, North Channel.
1870: Mediterranean, off Rinaldo’s Chair.
Distribution. Finmark to the Mediterranean and Adriatic; 2—
250 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene and Post-tertiary : Norway, Coralline Crag, and
Italy.
Tahahits the ventral spines of many kinds of Echinide. The fry
is almost globular, like that of Kellia suborbicularis ; and the beak is
placed in the middle of the dorsal area.
There are several obsolete synonyms.
Y 6. Monracuta BipEeNTATA, Montagu.
Mya bidentata, Mont. Test. Brit. p. 44, t. 26. f. 5.
Montacuta bidentata, B.C. ii. p. 208, pl. v. f. 1; v. p. 177,
pi. xasli8:
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 2, 9, 16, 17, 18, 186, 19, Lough
Swilly. 1870: Atlantic, 2, 13, 16, 17a, off Cape Sagres, 26, 30;
Mediterranean, Algesiras Bay, 50, 55, G. Bona, Adventure Bank.
Distribution. Finmark and Faroe Isles to the Mediterranean,
Adriatic and Archipelago, and Madeira; shore—100 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene and Post-tertiary : Norway, Sweden, Great Britain
and Ireland, Belgium, and Italy ; 0-130 ft.
Not M bidentata of Gould, which is MW. elevata of Stimpson. Nor
is M truncata of 8. V. Wood (as I once supposed) a variety of the
present species, although they are closely allied. MW. elliptica, of
the last-named author, appears to be a variety. Among the synonyms
are Arcinella levis of Philippi and Mesodesma exiguum of Lovén. In
some specimens the layers of growth are so strongly marked as to
form ridges.
7. Monracuta ovata’, Jeffreys. (Plate LXI. fig. 4.)
SHELL triangularly round, with a somewhat oblique outline, rather
convex, moderately solid, lustreless: sculpture none, except irregular
lines of growth: colour whitish: epidermis inconspicuous: margins
abruptly truncate at the smaller or posterior side, distinctly curved
in front, elevated and rounded on the anterior side: beaks small, in-
flected, with a deep indentation below; they are placed close to the
1 Oval.
1881.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘ PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 699
anterior side, which is scarcely one fifth the size of the other side:
hinge-line rectangular, occupying about one fourth of the circum-
ference of the shell: hinge-plate narrow: teeth in the right valve
short, leaf-like and V-shaped; in the left valve laminar on each
side : inside polished, with slight longitudinal strize towards the front :
scars slight but large. L. 0-1, B. 0°1125.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atlantic, St. 24, 27, 30.
Distribution. Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’ Eap.), 628 fms. !
Algiers (Joly)!
M. bidentata is more elliptical and not so round, the beaks are
not placed so near the anterior side, and the cardinal teeth are
longer and more divergent.
~ 1. Lasaa ruBRA, Montagu.
Cardium rubrum, Mont. Test. Brit. p. 83, t. 27. f. 4.
Lasea rubra, B.C. i. p. 219, pl. v. f. 23 v. p. 179, pl. xxxii.
f.,0
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. Donegal B. 1870: Atlantic, Vigo
B., Gibraltar B.
Distribution. Apparently world-wide, from Greenland (coll. Moller
in Mus. Copenhagen) to St. Paul and Amsterdam islands (Fischer),
in the Atlantic, and the Alaska Isles (Stearns) and Japan to the
Strait of Magellan (Philippi), in the Pacific; shore—628 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene and Post-tertiary : Norway, England and Ireland,
and Italy ; 0-50 ft.
Several useless synonyms. Not Kellia rubra of Gould, which is
Cyamium minutum.
M. Crosse, in a review of the second volume of ‘ British Conchology’
(Journal de Conchyliologie, 3° sér. t. iv. no. 2, p. 202), says that,
on my own showing, Lase@a ought not to stand as the generic name,
because Brown’s diagnosis was insufficient, and Leach afterwards re-
pudiated the name. But if a genus or species be described, although
incompletely, in such terms as to leave no doubt as to what was
meant, the name given to it by the describer takes precedence of
another subsequent name, which is accompanied by a fuller descrip-
tion. In the present case, however, the subsequent description (that
of Récluz) is worse than the first, and is likely to mislead. Brown,
not Leach, was the author; and the latter had no right to repudiate
or withdraw the original name without the consent of the author,
who actually republished it in 1844.
2. Lassa pumiza, 8S. V. Wood.
Kellia pumila, 8S. V. Wood, Crag Moll. (Biv.), p. 124, t. xii.
f. 15, a, 6.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 15. 1870: Atlantic, 3, 8, 9, 13,
17a, 27, 28, 30.
Distribution. Bay of Biscay, Sicily, and Korea; 36-645 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Coralline Crag, and Sicily.
Monterosato proposed the generic name Zoe for this shell; but I
do not consider it to be generically different from Lasea. At all
45*
700 DR.GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [June 7,
events Zoe was established by Philippi in 1840, and is still in use,
for a genus of Crustacea.
/ Kevxia susorsicucaris, Montagu.
Mya suborbicularis, Mont. Test. Brit. p. 39, t. 26. f. 6.
Kellia suborbicularis, B. C. ii. p. 225, pl. v. f. 3; v. p. 179,
pl. xxxn. f. 2.
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 2, 25, Lough Foyle. 1870: Atlantic,
3, 3a, Vigo B., 26; Mediterranean, Benzert Road.
Distribution. Finmark to the Mediterranean and Adriatic, Cana-
ries, Mazatlan, Indian Ocean, New England, and N.W. America ;
shore—205 fis.
Fossil. Pliocene and Post-tertiary: Norway, Great Britain and
Treland, and Italy.
Several synonyms. ‘The delicate valves of this shell have been
used with much success in imitating the petals of the hawthorn.
Spanish nuns have long enjoyed a celebrity for shell flower-work ;
and there can be no reason why the nimble and artistic fingers of our
own countrywomen should not be similarly employed.
amily [X. Lucinipz.
1. Loriprs Lactrrevs, Linné.
Tellina lactea, L. 8. N. p. 1119.
Loripes lacteus, B. C. ii. p. 233, pl. v. f. 43 v. p. 179, pl. xxxii.
f. 4, 4a.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atlantic, St. Vigo B.
Distribution. Great Britain. and Ireland to the eastern coasts of
the Mediterranean, Black Sea, Adriatic, Morocco, Madeira, and
Canaries ; shore—628 fms. ,
Fossil. Pliocene: S. France, Italy, Asiatic Turkey, and Madeira.
Post-tertiary : Calabria.
A southern form and an inhabitant of the littoral and laminarian
zones. Several synonyms, including Lucina leucoma of Turton.
2. LorrpEs FRAGILIS, Philippi.
Lucina fragilis, Phil. En. Moll. Sic. i. p. 34; Chemn. Conch.
Cab. vi. t. 13. f. 125 (as Tellina lactea, var.).
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Mediterranean, St. Benzert Road, Ad-
venture Bank.
Distribution. Mediterranean, Adriatic, and Cape of Good Hope;
10-120 fms. mike
Fossil. Pliocene: Italy, Rhodes, and’ Madeira. Post-tertiary:
Calabria.
There are a few unnecessary synonyms.
3. Loripes pivaricatus, Linné.
Tellina divaricata, L. 8. N. p. 1120.
Loripes divaricatus, B. C, ii. p. 235; v. p- 179, pl. xxxii. f. 5.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Mediterranean, St. Adventure Bank.
~
1881.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘ PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 701
Distribution. South of England to the Mediterranean, Adriatic,
Aigean and eastwards, Madeira, Canaries; ‘‘ Tasmania and South
Australia, common”? (Tenison-Woods)? ; 2-120 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene and Post-tertiary : Norfolk and Suffolk, Killiney
near Dublin, Biot, Italy, and Madeira.
Cardium discors of Montagu, Lucina commutata of Philippi, aud
four other synonyms.
v I. Lucina sprnirera, Montagu.
Venus spinifera, Mont. Test. Brit. p. 577, t. 17. f. 1.
Lucina spinifera, B. C. ii. p. 240; v. p. 179, pl. xxxii. f. 6.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 2, 6, 9, 18, 18, 33, Little Minch,
near Belfast. 1870: Atlantic, 9, Vigo B., 16, 17, Setubal B., 22,
25, off C. Sagres, 30; Mediterranean, 45, Cartagena B., 50, 55,
Benzert Road, Adventure Bank, off Rinaldo’s Chair.
Distribution. Nordland to the Sea of Marmora, Adriatic, Mo-
gador, Madeira, Canaries, and Azores; 5-120 fms.
Fossil. Miocene, Pliocene, and Post-tertiary: Sweden, Caithness,
and throughout Europe to Rhodes.
Very variable as to the number and size of the ridges. Eight
synonyms.
2. Lucina BOREALIS, Linné.
Venus borealis, L. 8. N. p. 1134.
Lucina borealis, B. C. ii. p. 242, pl. v. f. 5; v. p. 179, pl. xxxii.
f. 7.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 13, 14, 18, 25, 33, 35, 68. 1870:
Atlantic, 9, 10, 29, 30, Tangier B.; Mediterranean, Capo de Gata,
Adventure Bank.
Distribution. Vads6 and Faroe Isles to Sea of Marmora, Adriatic,
Mogador, E. and W. coasts of North America (P. Carpenter &
Cooper)’, Philippines (Reeve) ?; low water—-175 fms.
Fossil. Miocene, Pliocene, and Post-tertiary : Iceland, Norway and
Sweden, Great Britain and Ireland, throughout continental Europe
to Mogador and Rhodes, W. coast of N. America? ; 0-150 ft.
A small variety inhabits brackish water in the Isle of Arran.
Eleven synonyms.
+]. Axinus FLExvosus, Montagu.
Tellina flecuosa, Mont. Test, Brit. p. 72.
Axinus flecuosus, B.C. ii. p. 247, pl. v. f. 65; v. p. 179, pl. xxxiii.
Peal plicvs :
‘Lightning’ Exp. St. 1, 3 (var. rotunda. More circular and sym-
metrical, and not so globose, having the fold or groove very slight
and only perceptible on the inside; perhaps a distinct species).
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 14 (var. polygona), 25 (same va-
riety), 18, Lough Foyle, 35, 39, 62 (var. rotunda), 40 (var. poly-
gona), Loch Torridon. 1870: Atlantic, 3 (var. rotunda), 9 (var.
sarsii), 10 (var. polygona), Vigo B. (same variety), 13 (same va-
702 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [June 7,
riety), 16 (var. rotunda), 17 (same variety), 17a (same variety), 22
(var. rotunda), 24 (var. polygona), off C. Sagres (same variety),
26-28a, 29 and 30 (var. polygona) ; Mediterranean, Cartagena B.
(var. polygona), 50, off Jijeli, G. Bona, Rasel Amoush (var. poly-
gona), G. Tunis, Adventure Bank.
Distribution. Spitzbergen, Siberian coasts, Iceland and Greenland
to the Archipelago and Adriatic, Mogador, Canaries, Azores, La-
brador to St. Thomas and Gulf of Mexico, Queen-Charlotte Islands,
west coast of North America, and Korea; 2-1012 fms.
Fossil. Miocene, Pliocene, and Post-tertiary: Smith’s Sound,
Norway, Great Britain and Ireland, Belgium, France, Italy, Madeira,
and United States; 0-80 ft.
Extremely variable in shape, size, and consistency; one of the
numerous synonyms is Cryptodon obesus of Verrill. The variety
rotunda resembles Axinopsis orbiculata of G. O. Sars, but is desti-
tute of a cardinal tooth; that shell appears to be restricted to the
arctic zone, and I dredged it at Holsteinborg, on the coast of Green-
land, in 10 fathoms. Zwcina sinuosa of Donovan, as described and
figured by Hornes, who referred it to the Tellina flecuosa of Mon-
tagu, is not the present species. Donovan's shell is Thracia distorta.
2. AXINUS ORBICULATUS, Seguenza. (Plate LXI. fig. 5.)
Verticordia orbiculata, Seg. Sulle Verticordie fossili del plioceno
Italiano (R. Accad. d. Se. fis. e matem., 1876), p. 9.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 23. 1870: Atlantic, 3, 6, 25-30.
Distribution. Bay of Biscay (‘ Travailleur’ Exp.), Naples and
Sicily, Canaries ; 49-645 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Calabria and Sicily.
A. granulosus, Jeffr. (MS.). Not A. (Kellia) orbicularis of
Searles Wood, nor Awvinopsis orbiculata of G. O. Sars.
This species is smaller than 4. fiewuosus, and is more triangular,
with prominent beaks ; and it has two ridges in the middle, and a
remarkable granular epidermis.
3. Ax1nus TorTUOsUS’, Jeffreys. (Plate LXI. fig. 6.)
SHELL oval, obliquely twisted to one side, convex, thin, glossy,
and semitransparent ; sculpture, irregular concentric lines of growth:
colour pale yellowish-white: epidermis filmy : margins rounded in
front and at the sides; below the beak, on the posterior side, that
part of the margin is excavated ; there is no fold or furrow on the
anterior side: beaks prominent, pointed, and incurved: dunule nar-
row, with a thickened edge: ligameut elongated, enclosed in a
narrow groove: hinge-line obtusely angular, occupying about one
third of the circumference: hinge-plate thick, containing the liga-
ment: teeth none: inside glossy, exhibiting faint but numerous lon-
gitudinal strie: pallial scar narrow and distinct : muscular scars
inconspicuous. L. 0°175, B. 0-2.
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: St. off C. Espichel ; a single valve.
Distribution. Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’ Exp.); 645-1012 fms,
‘ Twisted.
1881.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 703
Y4, Axinus mncrassaTus, Jeffreys. (Plate LXI. fig. 7.)
Avinus incrassatus, Jeffr. in Ann. & Mag. N. H. Dec. 1876,
p- 492.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 5 (var. succisa), 16, 23a, 25, 61.
1870: Atlantic, 2, 8, 9, 17a, 24, 27-30 (all these stations having also
the same variety) ; Mediterranean, Adventure Bank.
Distribution. ‘ Valorous’ Exp., ‘Shearwater’ Exp. (var. succisa),
‘Challenger’ Exp., off Culebra I., St. Thomas ; 40-1785 fms.
Under the microscope, in certain lights, the hinge-plate appears
to be minutely crenellated.
v5, AXINUS CROULINENSIS, Jeffreys.
Clausina croulinensis, Jefir. in Ann, & Mag. N. H. vol. xx. p. 19;
ser. 3, ii. p. 122, pl. v. f. 2, a—c.
A. croulinensis, B. C. ii p. 250; v. p. 180, pl. xxxiil. f. 2.
‘Lightning’ Exp., St. 5, 7.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 3, 4,5, 6, 15, 19, 21, 23, 25, 30,
31, 36. 1870: Atlantic, 3, 6, 9, 10, Vigo B., 13, 16, 17a, 24, off
C. Sagres, 29, 30.
Distribution. Loffoden Is. to Sicily, Madeira, Azores (‘ Challenger’
Exp.) ; 30-1012 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Gedgrave, and Italy. Post-tertiary : Calabria.
A, pusillus of M. Sars.
vy 6. Axinus EuMyaARtIvusS, M. Sars.
Axinus eumyarius, M. Sars, Christianiafjordens Fauna, i. 1870
(posthumous), p. 87, t. 12. f. 7-10.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atlantic, St. 3, 6, 9, 14, 17a, off C.
Espichel, 29, 30; Mediterranean, 55.
Distribution. ‘Valorous’ Exp., Loffoden Isles to Christiania, Bay
of Biscay (‘ Travailleur’ Ewp.), and Sicily : 40-1100 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Sicily.
A, intermedius of Monterosato is apparently the younger state of
a variety in which the muscular impressions are very slight and
scarcely perceptible.
_~ 7. AXINUS FERRUGINOSUS, Forbes.
Kellia ferruginosa, Forb. Brit. Assoc. Rep. 1844, p. 192.
Avinus ferruginosus, B. ©. ii. p. 251; v. p. 180, pl. xxxili. f. 4.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 3, 6, 13, 14, 17, 18, 25, 39, 47,
The Minch. 1870: Atlantic, 2, 3, 9, Vigo B., 13, 16, 17, 17a,
22, off C. Sagres, 25-34; Mediterranean, 45, Cartagena B., 55,
Benzert Road, Adventure Bank, off Rinaldo’s Chair.
Distribution. Novaya Zemblia to the Morea and Adriatic, off the
Azores (‘ Challenger’ Exp.), Greenland, G, St. Lawrence, and New
England: 20-1012 fms.
Fossil. Miocene: Calabria. Pliocene and Post-tertiary : Norway,
Great Britain, and Italy.
The young is of an oblong shape, and is Kellia transversa of Forbes
704. DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [June 7,
and A. oblongus of Monterosato. Specimens dredged in the Swedish
arctic Expedition of 1868, from 550 fathoms, are of a very large
size. This corroborates Mr. Norman’s statement, in his ‘ Notes on the
Oceanic Copepoda’ (Nares’s ‘ Arctic Voyage’), viz.:—“ With respect
to size, we find here, as in many other instances among the Inver-
tebrata, an extraordinary development of the Arctic specimens, which
are at least siv times the size of those from the Irish coast.”
- 8, Axinus susovatTus’, Jeffreys. (Plate LXI. fig. 8.)
Surxtx triangularly oval or wedge-shaped, nearly equilateral,
rather convex, extremely thin, glossy, and semitransparent: sculp-
ture none: colour whitish: margins sloping from the beak towards
each end, somewhat truncate and angular on the anterior side,
rounded on the posterior side, and gently curved in front: beaks
small, prominent, recurved: Zunule long and narrow, defined by a
slightly raised ledge on both its sides: ligament narrow, somewhat
projecting: Ainge-line obtuse-angled: hinge-plate very narrow;
teeth none, except a small point at the inner edge of the hinge-plate
on the anterior side: inside polished: scars inconspicuous. L. 0°05,
B. 0:075.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869, St. 16, 30, 58.
Distribution. Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’ Exp.), 1300-1408 fms.
Differs from A. ferruginosus in its wedge-shaped appearance.
9. Axinus cycuaptus, 8. V. Wood.
Kellia cycladia, S. V. Wood, Crag Moll. (Biv.), p. 122, t. xi.
f. 4, a, b: B.C. ii. p. 228; v. p. 179, pl. xxxii. f. 3.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 19. 1870: Atlantic, 30.
Distribution. ‘Valorous’ Exp., Norway arctic Exp., Shetland,
Falmouth and Lisbon telegraph-cable, Mediterranean, and Aigean :
30-1750 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Coralline Crag.
Variety Kellia orbicularis, S. V. Wood, which is certainly not
Scacchia ovata of Philippi, as Mr. Wood doubtfully supposes.
¥1. Dirptoponta roTuNDATA, Montagu.
Tellina rotundata, Mont. Test. Brit. p. 71, t. 2. f. 3.
D. rotundata, B. C. ii. p. 254, pl. v. f. 73 v. p. 180, pl. xxxiii.
f. 4, 4a.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. Galway B. 1870: Atl. C. Sagres ;
Med., Cartagena B., off Jijeli, Benzert Road, Rasel Amoush, Adven-
ture Bank.
Distribution. British coasts to Aigean, Adriatic, Canaries, and
Madeira; 0-60 fms.
Fossil. Miocene and Upper Tertiaries: Coralline and Red Crag,
Belgium, 8.W. France, Vienna Basin, Styria, Switzerland, Portugal,
Italy, Greece, Rhodes, Cyprus, and Madeira. Post-tertiary: Ca-
labria.
* Somewhat oval.
1881.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 705
v2. DipLopoNTA TRIGONULA, Bronn.
Diplodonta trigonula, Bronn, Ital. Tertiérgeb. (in Leonhard’s
Zeitscbr. f. Mineral. p. 485), p. 96, t. 3. f. 2; Philippi, En. Moll.
Sic. t. iv. f. 6 (as D. apicalis).
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Vigo B., C. Sagres, Tangier B.
(var. intermedia); Med., Adventure Bank.
Distribution. Mediterranean, Adriatic, Augean, Canaries, and Ma-
deira ; 4—120 fms, :
Fossil. Miocene: Calabria. Upper Tertiaries: Coralline, Red,
and Mammaliferous Crag, Belgium, Austrian Empire, Switzerland,
Touraine, Italy, and Rhodes. Post-tertiary: Calabria.
Syn. and Vars. D. astartea, Nyst; Tellina trigona, Scacchi; D.
apicalis, Philippi; D. intermedia, Biondi.
Variable in size and comparative breadth.
Family X. Carpirip#.
¥ 1, CarpiTa AcuLEATA, Poli.
Chama aculeata, Poli, Test. utr. Sic. ii. t. xxiii. f. 23.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. C. Sagres, 36, Tangier B.;
Med. Capo de Gata, 50, Benzert Road, Rasel Amoush, Adventure
Bank, off Rinaldo’s Chair,
Distribution. Mediterranean, Adriatic, Hgean; 20-150 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: France, Italy, Rhodes. Post-tertiary : Calabria.
Several useless synonyms of Lamarck, Risso, Requien, and Reeve.
e 2, Carpira cALycuxata, Linné.
Chama calyculata, L.S.N. p. 1138; Poli, Test. utr. Sic. ii.
t. xxxii. f. 7-9.
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Cadiz Harbour; Med., Benzert
Road.
Distribution. Mediterranean, Adriatic, Aigean, Syria, Mogador,
Madeira, Senegal, Canaries, Azores ; 0-120 fms.
Fossil. Miocene and Upper Tertiaries: S.W. and 8. France,
Austria, Italy, Rhodes, Cyprus, Madeira.
A few synonyms.
¥ 3. CarpitTa corsis, Philippi.
Cardita corbis, Phil. En. Moll. Sic. i. p. 55, t. iv. f. 19.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St, 26; Med. 50, 55, Adventure
Bank.
Distribution, Bay of Biscay (De Folin and ‘Travailleur’ Exp.),
throughout the Mediterranean and Adriatic, Canaries; 6-552 fms.
Fossil. Upper Tertiaries: Coralline, Red, and Norwich Crags,
Belgium, Touraine, Italy. Post-tertiary : Hopton, Calabria.
C. minuta of Scacchi, and C. nuculina of Dujardin fide Wein-
kauff.
706 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE ([June7>
Family XI. Carpripz.
1. CARDIUM CILIARE, Linné.
Cardium ciliare, L. 8. N. p. 1122.
Cardium paucicostatum, G. B. Sowerby, Conch. Ill. f. 20.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Med. St. G. Bona (young), Benzert
Road, Adventure Bank (valves and young).
Distribution. ‘‘La Manche”? (De Gerville)?, N. Spain, Vigo Bay
und Lisbon (McAndrew), S.W. France (Fischer), Mediterranean,
Adriatic ; 2-45 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: 8. France, Italy. Post-tertiary: Calabria.
Differs from the young of C. aculeatum in being thinner, more
globose and oblique, having fewer ribs and stronger sculpture. It
assuredly is not the young of C. echinatum. Reeve, in his *‘ Concho-
logia Iconica’ has figured the present species as C. ciliare and C.
paucicostatum.
2. CARDIUM ACULEATUM, Linné.
Cardium aculeatum, L. 8. N. p. 1122: B.C. ii. p. 268; v. p. 180,
pl. xxxiv. f. 1, la.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 17 (fragment), Vigo B. (young);
Med., 50 (young).
Distribution. British coasts, Bergen (M. Sars), Holland, France,
Corufia, Mogador, Mediterranean, Adriatic; 4-20 fms. It is a
southern form.
Fossil. Upper Tertiaries and Post-tertiary: Scotland?, Lanca-
shire ?, S. France, Italy, Morea.
As to the Bergen locality, it appears that there has always been a
considerable trade in stock-fish between that and Mediterranean
ports; and therefore the occurrence at Bergen of a single dead spe-
cimen of C. aculeatum must not be considered positive proof of its
inhabiting the Norwegian seas. Mr. Norman also doubts the loca-
lity, because Lepralia violacea, a southern Polyzoon, is attached to
the Bergen specimen of Cardium.
3. CarpIUM ECHINATUM, Linné.
Cardium echinatum, L.S.N. p. 1122: B.C. ii. p. 270; v. p. 181,
pl: xxxiv.f'2-
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 6 (young), 9, 10, 18, 24, 33, 35,
61. 1870: Atl. 10, Vigo B., C. Sagres (var. deshayest:), Tangier
B. (var. rarispina).
Distribution. Iceland, Faroe I., and Finmark southwards to the
Sea of Marmora, Adriatic, Morocco, Madeira, Canaries; 0-100 fms.
Fossil. Upper Tertiaries: Austria, 8. France, Italy, Algeria,
Morea, Rhodes. Post-tertiary: Iceland, Scandinavia, British Isles ;
0-600 ft.
Mr. Duprey tells me that this and many other bivalves which live
between tide-marks, go out of the sand directly the tide begins to
flow, especially when the weather is fine; a heavy shower stops their
appearance.
1881.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘ PORCUPINE” EXPEDITIONS. 707
Syn. C. mucronatum, Poli; his CO. echinatum, as well as that of
Bruguiére, Olivi, Brocchi, and Basterot, is C. erinaceum of Lamarck.
The C. echinatum and C. ciliatum of Fabricius are C. islandicum of
Chemnitz. CC’. deshayesii, Payraudeau, is a pretty and remarkable
variety of the present species. There are several other synonyms.
4, CARDIUM ERINACEUM, Lamarck.
Cardium erinaceum, Lam. An. s. vert. vi. (1), p. 8; Poli, Test.
utr. Sic. i. t. xvii. f. 4, 5 (as C. echinatum).
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. C. Sagres (fragment).
Distribution. Mediterranean, Adriatic, igean.
Fossil. Pliocene: Sicily. Post-tertiary; Calabria.
The ‘ Porcupine’ fragment indicates an extraordinary size. It is
a portion of the posterior side; and the oblong wart-like tubercles
resemble those of Venus verrucosa.
5. CARDIUM TUBERCULATUM, Linné.
Cardium tuberculatum, L. 8. N. p. 1122: B.C. ii. p. 273; v.
p- 181, pl. xxxiv. f. 3.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Med. St. 50.
Distribution. British seas to Egypt, Adriatic, Madeira, Canaries ;
0-40 fms.
Fossil. Upper Tertiaries: S. France, Italy, Rhodes. Post-ter-
tiary: British Isles, Calabria; 0—1200 ft.
Probably also C. rusticum of Linné, but not of Chemnitz.
6. CarpiuM PAPILLOsuUM, Poli.
Cardium papillosum, Poli, Test. utr. Sic. i. p. 56, t. xvi. f. 2-4:
Bet, poos as vap. Lol, pl. xxxv. £1.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Vigo B., Setubal B., 22, 24,
Tangier B.; Med. Algesiras B., 50, 55, Benzert Road, G. Bona, G.
Tunis, Adventure Bank.
Distribution. Channel Isles to the Eastern Mediterranean, Adri-
atic, Mogador, Madeira, Canaries, Azores; 2-120 fms.
Fossil. Upper Tertiaries and Post-tertiary: Raised beach in
Barnstaple Bay (Prestwich)!, Belgium?, Austrian Empire, 8.W.
and 8. France, Italy, Greece, Rhodes, Cyprus, Madeira.
Several synonyms: Philippi’s fossil species of this name from
N.W. Germany is C. kochi of Semper.
7. CarpDIUM ExIGUUM, Gmelin.
C. exiguum, Gmel. 8. N. (ed. xiii.) p. 3255: B.C. ii. p. 278;
v. p. 181, pl. xxxv. f. 2.
‘Lightning’ Exp. St. 4, Faroe Banks.
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. Donegal B. 1870; Med. 50, Ad-
venture Bank.
Distribution. Finmark to FE, Mediterranean, Adriatic, Black
Sea; 0-120 fms.
708 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [June 7,
Fossil. Upper Tertiaries: British Isles, 8. France, Italy. Post-
tertiary : Scandinavia, England and Ireland, and Calabria.
C. pygmeum of Donovan, and other synonyms. According to
Mamo, Maltese specimens spin a byssus.
/“ 8. Carpium Fasciatum, Montagu.
C. fasciatum, Mont. Test. Brit. Suppl. p. 30: B. C. ii. p. 281;
v. p. 181, pl. xxxv. f. 3.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 2, 68.
Distribution. Iceland, Faroe Is., Siberian coasts, Vadsé to E.
Mediterranean, Adriatic, Mogador, Canaries, Azores? ; 3-180 fms.
Fossil. Miocene: Calabria. Upper Tertiaries and Post-tertiary :
Scandinavia, British Isles, Calabria; 0-150 ft.
I give a few more particulars of the animal or soft parts.
Bopy pale yellowish-white : mantle thick, protruded considerably
beyond the valves of the shell, scalloped on the anterior side: fubes
very short, clothed with scattered white cirri of different lengths ;
orifice of the lower or larger tube encircled by rather short and
bluntly pointed stiff, equal-sized cilia ; orifice of the upper or smaller
tube plain-edged, mamillar, and furnished with the usual hyaline
valve: foot very extensile.
Synonyms numerous. I am inclined to regard C. pinnulatum of
Conrad, a common North-American shell, as a variety of the present
species ; the only difference seems to consist in the rather more
oblique contour of C. fasciatum.
© 9, Carpium NoposvuM, Turton.
QO. nodosum, Turt. Conch. Dith. p. 186, t.13. f. 8: B.C. ii.
p- 283; v. p. 181, pl. xxxv. f. 4.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 2,6, C. Sagres, 30, Tangier B.;
Med. Algesiras B.
Distribution. Faroe Is., Hammerfest to Palermo, Adriatic ;
0-145 fms.
Fossil. Upper Tertiaries and Post-tertiary: Norway, Red and
Norwich Crag, Ireland, 8. France, Italy ; 0-130 ft.
C. roseum of Lamarck, and a few other more doubtful synonyms.
There seems to be no use in trying to unravel the tangled skein of
the synonymy of this and some of the foregoing species.
¥ 10. Carpium Epvuts, Linné.
C. edule, L. S. N. p. 1124: B.C. ii. p. 286, pl. v. f. 9; v. p. 182,
pl. xxxv. fi 5.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. Galway B. (var. rustica), Donegal
B. 1870: Atl. Vigo B.; Med. G. Tunis (var. rustica).
Distribution. All the coasts of Europe and N. Africa, from
Iceland and Finmark to Egypt and Morocco, Caspian Sea, Canary Is. ;
shore-10 fms.
Fossil. Miocene and Upper Tertiaries: throughout Europe,
Rhodes, Cyprus, and the Sahara. Post-tertiary: Scandinavia,
British Isles, Calabria ; 0-1360 ft,
1881.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS, 709
There are at least a score of unnecessary synonyms; and, accor-
ding to Graells, this common eatable shell-fish is known by fourteen
local names in different parts of Northern Lusitania. The ancients
imagined that such shell-fish were most in season if taken when the
moon was full. A somewhat similar idea seems to have been enter-
tained in our own times—so late indeed as the 17th century ; for
in Dryden’s ‘ Wild Gallant’ we find Justice Price boasting that he
had in his larder “ cocles, dainty fat cocles, that came in the night.”
The shells were then used for making lime. Ray, in his ‘Itinerary,’
1662, says:—“‘After travelling on two miles further (from Laugharne,
in Carmarthenshire) we saw them burning Cockle-shells, thereof to
make Lime. The Manner thus. They make an Hole in the Ground,
therein they put Furze, upon that Wood, upon the Wood small Stone
Coal, and then a Layer of Cockle-shells, and so Shellsand Coals, 8.S.S.
[stratum super stratum, as the editor Derham suggests], and then
put Fire on them; these burnt make excellent Lime.”
// 11. Carpium minrmum, Philippi.
C’. minimum, Phil. Moll. Sic. i. p. 51; ii. p. 38, t. xiv. f. 18:
B.C. ii. p. 292; v. p. 182, pl. xxxv. f. 6.
‘Lightning’ Exp. St. 2, 5.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 1, 3, 6, 9, 10, 13, 14, 15, 18, 23,
47, 61, 65, Little Minch. 1870: Atl. 1, 2, 3, 9, Vigo B., 13, 16, 17,
17 a, Setubal B., 24, 25, C. Sagres, 26-30, 36 ; Med. 45, Cartagena
B., 50, 51, 55, Benzert Road, Rasel Amoush, Adventure Bank, off
Rinaldo’s Chair.
Distribution. Siberian coast, Hammerfest to G. Egina, Adriatic,
Ostend (Malzine)?; 5-645 fins.
Fossil. Upper Tertiaries and Post-tertiary: Scandinavia, Scot-
land, Italy, Rhodes ; 0-130 ft.
Syn. See ‘British Conchology,’ ii. p. 293.
12, Carpium norvecicum, Spengler.
C. norvegicum, Spengl. Skrivt. Selsk. v. pt. 1, p. 42: B.C. ii.
p- 294; v. p. 182, pl. xxxv. f. 7.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Vigo B., Setubal B., C. Sagres,
Tangier B. (var. rotunda); Med. G. Bona, Benzert Road, Rasel
Amoush (var. oblonga).
Distribution. Finmark and the Faroe Isles to the Eastern Medi-
terranean, Adriatic, Madeira, Canaries; 0-50 fms.
Fossil. Upper Tertiaries: British Isles, S. France, Italy. Post-
tertiary: Scandinavia, England, Calabria: 0-1360 ft.
Family XII. Cuamipa.
\y CHAMA GRyPHOIDEs, Linné.
C. gryphoides, L. 8. N. p. 1139; Poli, Test. Sic. ii. t. xxiii. f. 3, 4,
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Med. St. Capo de Gata, Jartagena B.,
Rasel Amoush (var. dissimilis), Adventure Bank. The variety sinis-
trorsa or gryphina occurred with the typical or usual form.
710 Dk. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [June 7,
Distribution. C. Breton (De Folin), throughout the Mediter-
ranean to Egypt, Adriatic, Canaries; 0-120 fms.
Fossil. Miocene and Upper Tertiaries: Coralline and Red Crag,
Austrian Empire, Switzerland, 8.W. and S. France, Algeria, Italy,
Greece, Rhodes, Cyprus, Madeira. Post-tertiary : Calabria.
Syn. C. gryphica and C. bicornis (ex typ.), Linné, C. sinistrorsa,
Brocchi (not Bruguiére), C. cavernosa, Risso, C. squamata and
several other so-called species of Deshayes, C. circinata, Monte-
rosato.
Family XIII. Cyprinip2.
Isocarp1A cor, Linné.
Chama cor, L. 8. N. p. 1137.
I. cor, B. C. ii. p. 298, pl. vi. f. 15 v. p. 182, pl. xxxvi. f. 1, 1 a.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 10, 13, 15, 16, 17, 19, 25, 30, 31,
40. 1870: Atl. 2, 3, 8,9, 13, 16, 17, 17a, C. Sagres, 26-30,
36; Med. Capo de Gata, 45, 50, 50 a, off Jijeli, 55, Rasel Amoush,
Adventure Bank.
Distribution. N. Atlantic from Loffoden Is. to the Azores, Medi-
terranean, Adriatic, ‘ Valorous’ Exp.; 4—-1785 fms.
Fossil ; adult and fry. Miocene and Upper Tertiaries: Coralline
and Red Crag, Antwerp Crag, Continental Europe, S. France, Italy,
Algeria, Greece, Asia Minor. Post-tertiary : Scandinavia, Calabria ;
0-80 ft.
The fry or very young is the Kellia abyssicola of Forbes, Venus ?
miliaris of Philippi, and Kelliella abyssicola of Sars. I have occa-
sionally found it with the adult, and could satisfy any one by showing
him a complete and connecting series. The fry is nearly globular,
white, smooth and glossy: the shape gradually and in course of
growth changes to squarish; the colour becomes streaked with
reddish-brown ; and the surface is covered with a fine pilous epi-
dermis, which is composed of short sete: arranged lengthwise in
close-set rows. The adult is somewhat angular; and the epidermis is
very thick and velvety, although still retaining the longitudinal sete.
In every state the shell is more or less tumid. The teeth are deve-
loped by degrees. In all probability the fry, when protruded from
the ovary, swims or floats for a time on the surface of the sea, like
the fry of the oyster, and thus occurs at all depths.
Hornes has united with this species J. dunulata and I. crassa of
Nyst, I. rustica of Conrad (from the American Miocene formation),
and I. fraterna of Say. But these identifications require further
examination.
CyprRINA ISLANDICA, Linné.
Venus islandica, L. 8. N. p. 1131.
C. islandica, B. C. ii. p. 304, pl. vi. f.25 v. p. 182, pl. xxxvi. f. 2.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869; St. 2 (living), 9, 28, Lough Swilly, 58.
Distribution. Iceland to Arcachon, and N.E. America; 0-100 fms.
Fossil. Upper Tertiaries and Post-tertiary: Europe, Siberia,
Baring Land, and N.E. America ; 0-1360 ft.
1881.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 711
£1. AsrartTe sutcata, DaCosta.
Pectunculus sulcatus, DaCosta, Brit. Conch. p- 192.
A. suleata, B.C. ii. p. 311, pl. vi. £35; vy. p. 183, pl. xxxvil.
firly. 2.
‘Lightning’ Exp. : St. 1, 2, 5.
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 1, 3 (var. minor), 6, 9, 13, 14 (var.
minor), 23a, 25, 33,45, 45a, 456, 62, 65, Little Minch. 1870: Atl.
1—3a, 8-10, 13, 22, 24, Setubal B., C. Sagres, 25-30 (and var. /evis,
which is squarish, convex, and ribless or smooth), Tangier B. ;
Med. Capo de Gata, Cartagena B., 50, Adventure Bank, off Rinaldo’s
Chair. All these last belong to the varieties minor and fusca or in-
crassata.
Distribution. Spitzbergen to the Eastern Mediterranean and
Adriatic, Siberia, E. Greenland, N.E. America, G. Mexico, Canaries -
3-400 fms.
Fossil. Upper Tertiaries and Post-tertiary : Siberia, Scandinavia,
G. Britain, 8S. France, Italy, Rhodes, N.E. America; 0-1360 ft.
This is a most polymorphous and puzzling species, as regards
shape, size, sculpture, and other characters. Two of the most note-
worthy varieties are Yellina fusca of Poli = Venus incrassata,
Brocchi, and Orassina elliptica of Brown; the former has a soutb-
ern, and the latter a northern habitat. The crenulation of the inner
margin is by no means indicative of full growth. Venus gallina
and many other species of that genus possess the same character in
all states of growth. ‘The late Dr. Mérch referred the variety ellip-
zica to Venus compressa of the ‘ Mantissa plantarum ;’ but the de-
scription, or rather diagnosis, in that work is much too indefinite for
such identification, and no habitat is given. If this were not so, com-
pressa would take precedence of sulcata as the specific name.
- 2, AsTaARTE acuTicostara, Jeffreys. (Plate LXI. fig. 9.)
A. acuticostata (Jeffr.), Friele, Nyt Mag. f. Naturvid. 1877, sepa-
rate copy, p. l.
* Lightning’ Exp. St. 1, 3.
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1869, St. 65.
Distribution. Norwegian arctic Exp., 259-650 fms.; Novaya
Zemblia (Leche) ; Osterfiord, W. Norway (young), 200 fms.
Although I have proposed to constitute this as a distinct species,
I have some misgivings that it may be only another well marked
variety of that protean species, 4. sulcata. Its characteristic differ-
ences consist not merely in its dwarf size and numerous ribs, but in
its rhombic shape, as well as in the ribs being sharp and more or less
laminar or imbricated, and in the dorsal margin being: straight.
The inner margin is plain.
3. ASTARTE CRENATA, Gray.
Nicania crenata, Gray in Suppl. App. Parry’ s lst Voyage (1824),
p. cexlii.
712 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [June 7,
A. crebricostata, B.C. ii. p. 319: v. p. 183 : G.O. Sars, Moll. reg.
arct, Norv. t. 5. f. 7, a, 0.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. The Minch (semifossil).
Distribution. Arctic seas from Tromso northwards, Siberian coast,
N.E. America from Maine northwards, ‘Fox’ Exp., ‘ Valorous’
Exp., Norwegian arctic Exp., Dutch arctic Exp. ; 5-500 fms.
Fossil. Post-tertiary: Great Britain, Scandinavia, Siberia; 10-
1360 ft.
Syn. Crassina depressa, Brown, A. crebricostata, Forbes, A. cre-
brilirata, S. Wood (young), A. richardsoni, Reeve, A. lens, Stimpson
MS.
May be known by its depressed and triangular shape and its
numerous ribs; but I have specimens which seem to unite it with A.
sulcata. The typical form is smaller, inclined to oblong, and more
convex. Variable to-some extent. Of two fossil valves from Brid-
lington of the same size one is plain edged, and the other has the
inner margin notched.
4, ASTARTE COMPRESSA, Montagu.
Venus compressa, Mont. Test. Brit. Suppl. p. 43, t. 26. f. 1.
A. compressa, B. C. ii. p. 315; v. p. 183, pl. xxxvii. f. 3, 4.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. Loch Torridon (var. warhami, semi-
fossil). 1870: C. Sagres (var. semistriata, valves).
Distribution. N. Atlantic from Spitzbergen and Novaya Zemblia
to the Dogger Bank and New England, Vancouver I. (P. Carpenter,
as A. compacta)? The typical form is arctic, Scandinavian, Hebri-
dean, and N. American ; the variety globosa is also arctic; var. striata
is arctic and northern, but reaches the Yorkshire coast. 3—2000 fms.
Fossil. Upper Tertiaries, and more especially Post-tertiary :
Siberia, Scandinavia, G. Britain and Ireland, N.E. America (mostly
var. striata), Nice (Risso, as Cyprina montagui) ? ; 0-1360 tt.
Not less variable than A. sulcata, and consequently having many
synonyms. ‘The typical or smooth form is NMicania banksii of
Leach. My variety globosa is not Moller’s species of that name,
but agrees with a specimen from the collection of the late Mr. Albany
Hancock, which was named by him A. warhami. The A. sulcata
of Gould (fig. 45) represents this last variety.
5. ASTARTE TRIANGULARIS, Montagu.
Mactra triangularis, Mont. Test. Brit. p. 90, t. 3. f. 5.
A. triangularis, B.C. ii. p. 318; v. p. 183, pl. xxxvii. f. 5.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Vigo B., C. Sagres, 26, 36;
Med. Algesiras B., Cartagena B., 50, Benzert Road, Adventure
Bank (var. subtrigona.)
Distribution. Shetland to G. Egina, Adriatic, Canaries (var. par-
vula) ; 0-205 fms.
Fossil. Upper Tertiaries: British Isles, Belgium, Vienna Basin,
S.W. France, Italy. Post-tertiary: Norway, Calabria.
Synonyms several. ‘‘ Gregarious in fine shelly sand at low water
~
1881.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 713
of spring tides”? (Duprey). Inner margin notched or plain, irre-
spectively of size and apparent age.
t 6. AsTaARTE PUSILLA, Forbes. (Plate LXI. fig. 10.)
A. pusilla, Forb. Br. Assoc. Rep. 1843 (1844), p. 192.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. C. Sagres, 26, 36; Med.
Adventure Bank.
Distribution. Mgean, 70-112 fms. (Forbes), Palermo (Montero-
sato), Tunisian coast, 50-100 fms. (Wares), east of Malta, 310 fms.
(Spratt), ‘ Shearwater’ Exp., 40-120 fins.
Allied to A. parva (afterwards forbesit) of Searles Wood from
the Coralline Crag; but the concentric strie in that species are
oblique.
7. AsTarTE pigiTartiA, Linné.
Tellina digitaria, L.S.N. p. 1120.
Woodia digitaria, B.C. ii. p. 238 ; v. p. 179, pl. e. f. 6.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Vigo B., 22, C. Sagres, 26-284,
36, Tangier B., Gibraltar; Med. Algesiras B., 50, Benzert Road,
Rasel Amoush, Adventure Bank.
Distribution. Cornwall (valves) southwards to E. Mediterranean -
and Adriatic; 10-600 fms.
Fossil. Upper Tertiaries: British Isles, Belgium, S.W. France,
Italy. Post-tertiary: Calabria.
I cannot separate the genus Woodia, of which this species is the
type, from Astarte by any distinct character. The hinge and teeth
are certainly the same; and the pallial and muscular scars agree.
The present species varies in the comparative number of striz. Some
of my specimens are quite triangular. Single valves occurred in
great abundance off Cape Sagres and in Benzert Road.
V 8. AsrarTe Brpartita, Philippi.
Lucina®? bipartita, Phil. En. Moll. Sic. i. p. 32, t. iii, f. 21.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. C. Sagres, 26; Med. 50, Ben-
zert Road, Adventure Bank.
Distribution. Mediterranean and Adriatic ; 10-120 fms.
x Fossil. Upper Tertiaries: Italy, Rhodes. Post-tertiary : Cala-
ria.
An exquisitely sculptured shell.
Circe minima, Montagu.
Venus minima, Mont. Test. Brit. p. 121, t. 3. f. 3.
Circe minima, B. C. ii. p. 322, pl. vi. f. 4; v. p. 183, pl. xxxvii.
i. 6:
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. Little Minch. 1870: Atl. Vigo B.,
Setubal B., C. Sagres, 26, 30, 36, Tangier B.; Med. Cartagena B.,
50, Adventure Bank, off Rinaldo’s Chair.
Distribution. Bergen to E. Mediterranean, Adriatic, Madeira,
Canaries ; 4—205 fms.
Fossil. Miocene: Vienna Basin, Transylvania, Switzerland,
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1881, No. XLVI. 46
714 —- DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [June 7,
Calabria. Upper Tertiaries: Coralline and Red Crag, Belgium
(Nyst, as Cytherea trigona), S. France, Italy, Greece, Rhodes.
Post-tertiary : Calabria.
Family XIV. VenEeRID&.
“ 1, Venus Exoueta, Linné.
Venus exoleta, L. S. N. p. 1134: B.C. ii. p. 327; v. p. 184,
pl. xxxvili. f. 1.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. Galway B.
Distribution. Finmark to the Morea and Adriatic ; 0-50 fms.
Fossil. Miocene and Upper Tertiaries: throughout Europe from
England to Greece, Rhodes, and Cyprus. Post-tertiary: Norway,
Calabria ; 0-50 ft.
2. Venus tinct, Pulteney.
V. lincta, Pult. in Hutch. Dors. p. 34: B.C. ii. p. 330; v.
p. 184, pl. xxxviil. f. 2.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 1, 9, 10, 14, 18, 35, The Minch.
1870: Atl. 10, Vigo B. (var. upinus), C. Sagres, Tangier B.; Med.
Algesiras B., 50, Benzert Road, Adventure Bank (all these belong
to the variety /upinus).
Distribution. Iceland, Faroe Is., arctic Norway to the coast of
Syria, Adriatic, Morocco ; 0—90 fms.
Fossil. Miocene: Vienna Basin and Switzerland. Upper Ter-
tiaries and Post-tertiary: Norway, British Isles, Belgium, S.W.
and S. France, Italy, Greece, Rhodes; 0-130 ft.
V. exoleta®B, Linné. Dr. Mérch must have been mistaken in
considering the present species V’. spuria of Gmelin, which latter was
founded on Lister’s and Chemnitz’s figures of Lucina borealis.
There are numerous synonyms, including 7. /upinus of Poli, and
Cytherea lunaris of Lamarck.
» 3. VENUS RUDIS, Poli.
V. rudis, Poli, Test. utr. Sic. ii. p. 94, t. 20. f. 15, 16.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 10, Setubal B., C. Sagres, 26,
29, 36, Tangier B., Gibraltar B.; Med. 45, Capo de Gata, Carta-
gena B., 50, off Jijeli, G. Bona, Benzert Road, Rasel Amoush, Ad-
venture Bank, off Rinaldo’s Chair.
Distribution, Bay of Biscay to E. Mediterranean and Sea of
Marmora, Black Sea, Adriatic, Canaries ; 2-120 fms.
Fossil. Upper Tertiaries: Coralline, Red, and Norwich Crag,
Belgium, 8. France, Cos, Italy, Rhodes, Madeira. Post-tertiary :
‘“Middle Glacial ’’ at Hopton, Calabria.
Nine synonyms.
4. VENUS EFFoSSsA, Bivona.
Venus effossa (Biv. MS.), Philippi, En. Moll. Sic. i. p. 43, t. iii.
f. 20.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Med. St. 50 (valve only).
1881.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 715
Distribution. Mediterranean from Marseilles to Sicily ; 50-190
fms.
Fossil. Upper Tertiaries: Sicily. Post-tertiary: Calabria.
& 5. VENUS MULTILAMELLA, Lamarck.
Cytherea multilamella, Lam. An. s. Vert. v. p. 581.
Venus nux, Hidalgo, Moll. mar. Esp. Port. y las Bal., lam. 22.
Mid, 23. f. 3.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Setubal B., C. Sagres (abun-
dant); Med. Capo de Gata, 50, 50 a, Benzert Road, Rasel Amoush,
Adventure Bank.
Distribution. Mediterranean from Algiers to Sicily ; 54-120 fms.
Fossil. Miocene: Vienna Basin, Hungary, Switzerland. Upper
Tertiaries: Belgium, S. France, Italy, Algeria, Cos, Rhodes, Cyprus,
Madeira.
Syn. V. rugosa, Brocchi and Broun (not Linné), VY. multilamel-
losa, Nyst, V. boryi, Deshayes, V. lamellosa, Rayneval, V. cygnus,
Weinkauff (not Lamarck). Gmelin cites for his 7. nua Bonanni’s
figure of V7. verrucosa.
& 6. Venus casina, Linné.
Venus casina, L. S. N. p. 1130: B. C. ii. p. 337; v. p. 184,
pl. xxxvili. f. 5.
‘Lightning’ Exp.: St. 4.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. The Minch. 1870: Atl. 3 a, Setubal
B., C. Sagres, 26, Tangier B.; Med. Capo de Gata.
Distribution. Vardé to Mediterranean and Adriatic, Madeira,
Canaries; 0-145 fms.
Fossil. Upper Tertiaries: Great Britain, 8. France, Italy, Archi-
pelago. Post-tertiary: Norway, England, Calabria; 0-1360 ft.
v 7. Venus FasciaTA, Da Costa.
Pectunculus fasciatus, Da C. Brit. Conch. p. 188, t. xiii. f. 3.
Venus fasciata, B. C. ii. p. 334, pl. vi. f.5; v. p. 184, pl. xxxviil.
f. 4.
‘Lightning’ Exp. St. 5.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. The Minch. 1870: Atl. Vigo B.,
Setubal B., 22, 26, C. Sagres, 36; Med. 50, Adventure Bank.
Distribution. Havésund near N. Cape to G. Egina, Bosphorus,
Adriatic, N. Japan; 0-130 fms.
Fossil. Upper Tertiaries: Great Britain, 8. France, Italy, Rhodes.
Post-tertiary: Norway, Calabria; 0-40 fet.
One of the numerous varieties is V7. brongniarti, of Payraudeau,
which my friend Monterosato prefers considering a distinct species.
If he were right, other varieties would be equally entitled to specific
distinction, and the word variety might be expunged from the
dictionary of Natural History.
46*
716 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [June 7,
¥ 8. VENUS GALLINA, Linné.
Venus gallina, L. 8. N. p. 1130: B.C. ii. p. 344; v. p. 184,
pl. xxxix. f. 2, 3.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 2, 6,9, 18, 19, Lough Swilly, L.
Foyle, off Lerwick. 1870: Atl. 10, 13, Vigo B., C. Sagres, Tan-
gier B. All the above are var. striatula. Med. Algesiras B., 45
(var. striatula), 50, off Rinaldo’s Chair (var. striatula).
Distribution. Iceland and Vadso to E. Mediterranean, Port Said,
Black Sea, Caspian, Adriatic, Mogador, N. Japan; 0-120 fms.
Fossil. Upper Tertiaries and Post-tertiary : Norway, British Isles,
S,W. and 8. France, Italy, Algeria, Morea; 0-1360 ft.
Mr. McAndrew says that he found at Algiers the typical form
living on the shore, and in 30 fathoms the variety striatula.
9. Venus ovata, Pennant.
Venus ovata, Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. p. 97, pl. 56. f. 56: B. C. ii.
p. 642; yp. 184, pl xxxix. f. 1,1 a.
‘Lightning’ Exp.: St. 3, 5, 7.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 1, 2, 6, 13, 14, 18, 19, 23 a, 25, 35,
61, 62, Little Minch, off Lerwick. 1870: Atl. 3, 9, 10, 13, Vigo B.,
16, Setubal B., 22, 24, C. Sagres, 25-28, 36, Tangier B.; Med. 45,
Capo de Gata, Cartagena B., 50, 50a, 55, Benzert Road, Rasel
Amoush, Adventure Bank.
Distribution. Vadso to E. Mediterranean, Sea of Marmora, Bos-
phorus, Adriatic, West coast of Africa (Deshayes)? ; 0-1083 fms.
fossil. Miocene: Austrian Empire and Switzerland, Calabria.
Upper Tertiaries: Coralline Crag, Belgium, S.W. and 8. France,
Italy, Greece, Rhodes, Algeria, Madeira. Post-tertiary: Scandi-
navia, British Isles, Calabria; 0-106 ft.
Synonyms. Nearly a dozen, from Walker (1784) to Leach (1852).
10. Venus cHi10nzE, Linné.
Venus chione, L. 8. N. p. 11381: B,C. i. p. 332; v. p. 184,
pl. xxxviii. f. 4.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. C. Sagres ; Med. Algesiras B.,
50, Benzert Road, Adventure Bank.
Distribution. 8. and W. England, Wales, and Ireland to Egypt,
Adriatic, Madeira, Canaries, Azores; 0-120 fms. ‘‘ Carnarvon Bay,
with Cyprina islandica, burrowing in the sand at extreme low water,
not more than an inch below the surface, leaving a small slit in the
sand over the ventral margin of the shell’’ (Robertson).
Fossil. Upper Tertiaries: Belgium, S. France, Italy, Morea,
Rhodes, Cyprus, Madeira. Post-tertiary: England, Calabria ;
0-1200 ft.
VENERUPIS IRUS, Linné.
Donaz irus, L. 8. N. p. 1128.
Venerupis irus, B. C. tii. p. 86, pl. ii. f. 45 v. pl. li. f. 5.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. The Minch (young).
1881.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 717
Distribution. S. England, Bristol Channel, E., W., and S. Ireland,
Atlantic coasts of France and Spain, Mogador, throughout the
Mediterranean, Black Sea, Adriatic, Madeira, Canaries; 0-20
fms.
Fossil. Miocene: Vienna Basin. Pliocene: Coralline and Red
Crag, S. France, Italy, Morea. Post-tertiary: Calabria, Rhodes.
On consideration I must include this genus in the Venus family,
although its position is not quite satisfactory. It is in some respects
allied to Tapes, and in others to Sazicava.
yY 1. TApEs viRGINEUS, Linné.
Venus virginea, L. 8S. N. p. 1136 (according to modern authors).
Tapes virgineus, B. C. ii. p. 352, pl. vi. f.5; v. p. 185, pl. xxxix-
eee
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. Donegal B., Lough Swilly, L. Foyle.
Atl. Vigo B., C. Sagres, Tangier B. ; Med. Capo de Gata (var. sar-
niensis), 55, 58.
Distribution. Finmark and Faroe Is. to E. Mediterranean and
Adriatic ; 0-180 fms.
Fossil. Miocene: Prussia, Vienna Basin, Transylvania, Switzer-
land, Turin, Calabria, Lisbon, Bordeaux Basin, Madeira (as 7. hoer-
nesi)? Upper Tertiaries and Post-tertiary: Scandinavia, British
Isles, Italy, Greece, Rhodes ; 0-50 ft.
I have collated no less than twenty-two synonyms. The very
young are not unlike those of Venus chione.
vy 2. Tapes GEOGRAPHICUS, Chemnitz.
Venus geographica, Chemn. Conch. Cab. vii. p. 45, t. 42. f. 440.
Tapes pullastra, B. C. ii. p. 355; v. p. 185, pl. xxxix. f. 6.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. Donegal B. 1870: Med. 50, 50a.
Distribution. Finmark to Alexandria, Adriatic, Mogador, Cape of
Good Hope, Japan; 0-45 fms.
Fossil. Upper Tertiaries and Post-tertiary: Scandinavia, British
Isles, Mewe near Konigsberg, Italy ; 0-1360 ft.
More than a dozen synonyms, including Venus pullastra of Mon-
tagu. Since the publication of my last volume of ‘ British Concho-
logy,’ I have examined many hundred specimens of the southern
form, 7'. geographicus, from the Mediterranean and Adriatic; and
my former opinion (vol. ii. p. 359) of its being the same species as
the northern form, 7. pullastra, has been most fully and satisfac-
torily confirmed. There is not the slightest difference, except in
size, between specimens from the north and south of Europe. But
inasmuch as Chemnitz’s name geographicus is far older than that of
Montagu, I have uo alternative but to substitute the former name
for pullastra. It is possible that this species may be partly the
Venus literata of Linné, who gave Europe as well as India as the
habitat, and citcd the ‘Fauna Suecica’ and Gualter’s figure of 7.
geographicus.
718 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [June7,
Y 3. Tapes AUREUS, Gmelin.
Venus aurea, Gmel. 8. N. (ed. xiii.) p. 3288.
Tapes aureus, B. C. ii. p. 349; v. p. 185, pl. xxxix. f. 4.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. Galway B., Donegal B. 1870: Atl.
Gibraltar B. (var. deta, Poli, =florida, Lamarck); Med. 50 (same
variety ).
Distribution. Loffoden Isles to Agean, Adriatic, Black Sea ;
0-20 fms.
Fossil. Upper Tertiaries and Post-tertiary: Scandinavia, British
Isles, Belgium, Porto Maurizio cavern, Italy.
Numerous synonyms. A delicious and favourite shell-fish.
LucrInopsis UNDATA, Pennant.
Venus undata, Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. p. 95, pl. 55. f. 51.
Lucinopsis undata, B.C. ii. p. 363, pl. vii. f.1; v. p. 186, pl. xl. f. 1.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 18,19. 1870: Atl. Vigo B., Setu-
bal B., C. Sagres, Tangier B.
Distribution. Loffoden Is. to the Aigean, Adriatic, Mogador ;
3-130 fms.
Fossil. Upper Tertiaries and Post-tertiary: Scandinavia, British
Isles, S.W. France ?, Italy, Maine (Lyell)?; 0-130 ft.
Syn. Venus inguinata, Lamarck, Lucina gibbosula, Basterot?,
Tellina caduca, Scacchi, Venus incompta, Philippi, Luciopsis corru-
gata, Brusina. It is difficult to distinguish this species from Diplo-
donta rotundata, except by the hinge.
Family XV. TEeLuinipz.
Y 1. TELLINA BALAUsTINA, Linnd,’ -
T. balaustina, L. 8. N.p.1119: B.C. ii. p. 371; v. p. 186, pl. xl.
f.3%
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 6, 8, 14, 17, 23a, 25, 68, Little
Minch. 1870: Atl. 3, 6, 9, 16, 17 a, Setubal B., C. Sagres, 26,
29, 30, 36; Med. 45, Capo de Gata, Adventure Bank.
Distribution. Shetland to Guernsey, Bay of Biscay, throughout
the Mediterranean and Adriatic, Sea of Marmora, Morocco, Madeira,
Canaries ; 2-130 fms.
Fossil. Upper Tertiaries: Coralline Crag, Belgium, S. France,
Italy. Post-tertiary : Calabria.
T. balaustina is to a certain extent a local species; and I am
surprised that it has not yet been noticed as Scandinavian, nor as
occurring on the north-western coasts of France. The flower of the
pomegranate or Carthaginian rose (from the colour of which the
specific name of this Tellina is derived) was used by the ancient
Rhodians in dyeing wool, and is a common emblem on their coins.
2. TELLINA CRASSA, Pennant.
7’. crassa, Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. p. 87, t. xviii. f. 28: B.C. ii.
p- 373; v. p. 186, pl. xl. f. 4.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870; Atl. St. Vigo B., C. Sagres.
1881.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 719
Distribution. Drontheim to Mediterranean, Senegal?, Japan; 0-
55 fms.
Fossil. Miocene: Vienna Basin, Switzerland, S.W. France.
Upper Tertiaries: British Isles, Belgium, Italy, Rhodes. Post-
tertiary : Norway, England and Scotland, Calabria; 0-130 ft.
Several obsolete synonyms.
¢~ 3. Tevuina BALTHICA, Linné.
T. balthiea, L. 8. N. p. 1120: B.C. ii. p. 375, pl. vii. f. 3; v.
p. 186; pl. xl. 5.
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 9 (valve).
Distribution. Circumpolar, Novaya Zemblia, Siberia, Finmark to
Mogador, Mediterranean and Adriatic?, Black Sea, Labrador to
Massachusetts, Behring Strait to N. Japan?, Madeira; 0-60 fms,
Fossil. Post-tertiary : Siberia, Scandinavia, British Isles, Germany,
Italy, Canada; 0-1360 ft.
1. solidula, Pulteney, Psammobia fusca, Say, T. grenlandica,
Beck, and other synonyms.
v 4, Tre,uina cALcARtA, Chemnitz.
T. calearea, Chem. Conch, Cab. vi. p. 140, t. 13. f. 136: B. C.
ii, p. 389; v. p. 187.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 65 (fragment), Loch Torridon.
Both specimens are semifossil, and were apparently derived from
glacial deposits.
Distribution. Arctic seas in both hemispheres, Scandinavia, N.E.
and N.W. America southwards to Boston Bay and N. Japan; 0-
128 fms.
Fossil. Upper Tertiaries: Iceland Crag, English Crag, Antwerp
Crag, Italy. Post-tertiary : arctic regions, Siberia, Scandinavia,
British Isles, and northern sea-beds, New Brunswick, Canada;
0-500 ft.
Synonyms. 7’. lata, Gmelin, 7’. sebulosa, Spengler, Venus fragilis,
Fabricius, 7. ovata and T. obliqua, J. Sowerby, T. provima, Brown,
T. sordida, Couthouy, T. inconspicua, Broderip and Sowerby, T.
pretenuis (Leathes), Woodward, and 7’. mesta, Deshayes. Some
of these may be considered varieties ; but all pass one into another.
.- 5. TELLINA sQuatipA, Pulteney.
T. squalida, Pult. in Hutch. Dors. p. 29: B.C. ii. p. 384; v.
p- 186, pl. xli. f. 3, 3a.
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 9 (valve).
Distribution. Kullen in 8. Sweden and W. Scotland to Jaffa, Adri-
atic, Morocco, Madeira, Canaries, and Azores ; 0-49 fms.
Fossil. Upper Tertiaries: Italy, Madeira. Post-tertiary : Scot-
land and Ireland.
Synonyms. 7’. depressa, Gmelin, T. incarnata, Poli (not Linné),
T. daniliana, Brusina,
720 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [June 7,
v6, TELLINA TENUIS, Da Costa.
T. tenuis, Da Costa, Brit. Conch. p. 210: B. C. ii. p. 3793 v.
pedlso; plait. fis
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Vigo B., Med. 50.
Distribution. Finmark to the Morea, Adriatic, Mogador, Black
Sea; 0-40 fms.
Fossil. Upper Tertiaries: Italy. Post-tertiary: Scotland and
Treland.
T. exigua, Poli, and perhaps 7. incarnata of Linné.
Vv 7. TELLINA FABULA, Gronovius.
T. fabula, Gron. Zooph. i. p. 263, t. 18. f. 9: B.C. ii. p. 382 ;
v. p- 186, pl. xli. f. 2, 2a.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 9, Lough Swilly.
Distribution. Loffoden Is. and Faroe Is. to E. Mediterranean,
Adriatic, Mogador, Cape of Good Hope; 0—90 fms.
Fossil. Upper Tertiaries and Post-tertiary : Scandinavia, British
Isles, S. France, Italy ; 0-130 ft.
8. TeLLtina compressa, Brocchi.
T. compressa, Brocchi, Conch. foss. subapp. ii. p. 514, t. xii. f. 9.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Vigo B., 13, C. Sagres, 29,
30; Med. off Rinaldo’s Chair (fragment).
Distribution. Bay of Biscay, different parts of the Mediterranean
from Algiers to Palermo, Madeira; 60-180 fms.
Fossil. Miocene: Austrian dominions, Switzerland, Italy. Upper
Tertiaries : Coralline Crag, 8. France, Sicily. Post-tertiary : Ca-
labria.
Synonyms. 7". oudardii, Payraudeau, 7’. striatula, Calcara, 7. stri-
gilata, Philippi, 7’. distorta, Dubois (not Poli), 7. donacilla, S.
Wood, Angulus macandrei, G. B. Sowerby. The figures given by
Payraudeau (pl. i. f. 16-18) do not show the external sculpture
or the internal rib. Not 7. compressa of Deshayes.
9, TELLINA sERRATA (Renieri), Brocchi.
fT. serrata (Ren.), Broce. Conch. foss. subapp. ii. p. 510, t. xii. f. 1.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Vigo B., 13, Setubal B., C.
Sagres, Tangier B.; Med. Capo de Gata, 55, Benzert Road, Adven-
ture Bank.
Distribution. Morbihan to the Archipelago and Sea of Marmora,
Adriatic, Canaries ; 2-70 fms.
fossil. Miocene: Vienna Basin, 8.W. France, N. Italy, and Ca-
labria. Upper Tertiaries: S. France, 8. Italy, and Rhodes. Post-
tertiary: Calabria.
10. TeLuina puLCHELLA, Lamarck.
TL. pulchella, Lam. Anim, s. vert. y. p. 526; Poli, Test. utr. Sic. i.
t. xv. f. 8 (as T. rostrata).
G irene Exp. 1870: Med. St. Algesiras B., 50, Adventure
ank,
1881.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘ PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 721
Distribution. Mediterranean and Adriatic ; 10-20 fms.
Fossil. Upper Tertiaries and Post-tertiary ; S. France, Italy.
T. rostrata of Born and Poli, but not of Linné,
& 11. Te.ira pistorta, Poli.
T. distorta, Poli, Test. utr. Sic. i. p. 39, t. xv. f. 11.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Med. St. 55, G. Bona, Benzert Road,
G. Tunis, Adventure Bank.
Distribution. Throughout the Mediterranean, Madeira and Ca-
naries; 5-60 fms.
Fossil. Post-tertiary : Calabria.
I still believe this to be a variety of 7’. donacina ; but in defer-
ence to other conchologists, I will retain it as a provisional species.
The difference seems to consist in the smaller size and greater angu-
larity of the posterior side. It may be as distinct as T. pusilla.
- 12, Tevuina ponacrna, Linné.
T. donacina, L. 8. N. p. 1118: B.C. ii. p. 386; v. p. 187,
pl. xli. f. 4.
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Ati. St. Vigo B., C. Sagres, Tangier B.
Distribution. Scotland to the Archipelago and Sea of Marmora,
Black Sea, Adriatic, Madeira ; 0-82 fms.
Fossil. Miocene: Austrian Empire, Switzerland, S.W. France.
Upper Tertiaries and Post-tertiary: Coralline Crag and Scotland,
Belgium, 8. France, Italy, Algiers, Greece, Rhodes, Madeira.
V 13. Tevura pusiL1A, Philippi.
T. pusilla, Phil. Moll. Sic.i. p. 29, t. ii. f. 9a,b: B.C. ii.
p- 388 ; v. p. 187, pl. xli. f. 5.
‘ Lightning’ Exp.: St. 5.
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 13, The Minch, 52. 1870: Atl.
Vigo B., C. Sagres, 30; Med. Algesiras B., 40, Adventure Bank.
Distribution. W. Finmark and Faroe I. to Mediterranean and
Adriatic ; 3-205 fms.
Fossil. Miocene: N.W. Germany (Philippi). Upper Tertiaries
and Post-tertiary : Italy, Rhodes.
T. pygmea (as of Philippi), Lovén.
py 14. Tevuina TENELLA’, Jeffreys. (Plate LXI. fig 11.)
SHELL trapezoid-shaped or irregularly oblong, much compressed,
rather thin, semitransparent, and glossy: sculpture, irregular con-
centric impressed strie, which become ridge-like towards the
pesterior side; the umbonal area is covered with close-set delicate
strize: colour pinkish, with longitudinal and broken rays of a deeper
tint; there is no streak below the beak as in 7’. donacina; the whole
surface is crossed lengthwise with very numerous fine whitish radiating
lines, which are only observable with a lens and appear to permeate
the structure of the shell: epidermis fibrous, yellowish brown,
' Somewhat delicate,
722 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [June 7,
covering more especially the angle of the posterior side: margins
somewhat rounded in front, with an oblique slope towards the
posterior side, curved on the anterior side, and obliquely truncated
with an angular and broadish area on the posterior side, where it
slightly gapes at the end, dorsal margin gently sloping from the beak
on each side, so as to form an obtuse angle: beaks small, slightly
incurved, placed at a distance of about two fifths from the posterior
end: ligamené short, prominent, light horn-colour: Ainge-line
obtusely angular: hinge-plate rather thick and strong, interrupted
or discontinued halfway on the posterior side: ¢eeth, in the right
valve two short but stout divergent cardinals, that on the posterior
side being slightly cloven, besides a short lateral on each side; in
the left valve there are also two cardinals, that on the anterior side
being larger than the other and also slightly cloven; the tooth on
the anterior side is slight and curved; this valve has no lateral
tooth: inside highly polished and glossy, exhibiting the longitudinal
rays and white lines: pallial and muscular scars conspicuous, the
latter large. LL. 0°3, B. 0°55.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. C. Sagres. Two perfect spe-
cimens and several valves.
This shell is thinner and more delicate than 7’. donacina; and it
also differs from that species in the sculpture, colour, and broad
posterior angle. It connects Zellina with Psammobia.
1. PSAMMOB1A FERROENSIS, Chemnitz.
Tellina ferrdensis, Chemn. Conch.-Cab. vi. p. 99, t. 10. f. 91.
Psammobia ferréensis, B. C. ii. p. 396; v. p. 187, pl. xlii. f. 3.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 13, 18, 25, off Lerwick. 1870: Atl.
C. Sagres, Tangier B.; Med. Algesiras B., Cartagena B., 50, 55,
Benzert Road, Adventure Bank.
Distribution. Iceland and Finmark to Aigean and Sea of Marmora,
Adriatic, Canaries; 0—90 fms.
Fossil. Miocene: S.W. France. Upper Tertiaries: Coralline
Crag, Belgium, S. France, Italy, Cos, Rhodes. Post-tertiary:
Norway, N. England and Ireland, Calabria ; 0-600 ft.
For synonymy see ‘ British Conchology.’
2, PsAMMOBIA COSTULATA, Turton.
P. costulata, Turt. Conch. Dith. p. 87, t. 6.f.8: B.C. ii. p. 394 ;
v. p. 187, pl. xiii. f. 2.
‘ Lightning’ Exp: St. 2.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 13. 1870: Atl. C. Sagres,
Tangier B.
Distribution. Norway to the Archipelago, Adriatic, Mogador,
Madeira, Canaries ; 0—120 fms.
Fossil. Upper Tertiaries: Coralline Crag, Italy, Rhodes. Post-
tertiary : Calabria.
A specimen dredged at Oban by Admiral Bedford is more than an
inch wide.
1881.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 723
3. PSAMMOBIA TELLINELLA, Lamarck.
P. tellinella, Lam. An.s. vert. v. p. 515: B.C. ii. p. 392, pl. vii.
f, 43 ¥."p: 187, pl. xli. f. 1.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Vigo B.
Distribution. Loffoden Is. and Faroe Is. to Sicily ; 0-85 fms.
Fossil. Upper Tertiaries: Coralline Crag, Madeira? Post-
tertiary : Uddevalla.
4, PsamMMosiA VESPERTINA, Chemnitz.
Lux vespertina, Chemn. Conch.-Cab. vi. p. 72, t. 7. f. 59, 60,
a, b.
Psammobia vespertina, B.C. ii. p. 398 ; v. p. 187, pl. xlii. f. 4.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 7 (fragment).
’ Distribution. Bergen to the Aigean, Adriatic, Mogador, Senegal?,
Canaries ; 0-40 fms.
Fossil. Upper Tertiaries: Coralline Crag, Italy. Post-tertiary :
Belfast and Killiney, Calabria.
I am now inclined to think that Dillwyn may have been right in
considering this species the Tellina albida of Linné. The hinge is
certainly ‘absque dentibus marginalibus ;” and the description
agrees also as to colour, which is very variable. P. intermedia of
Deshayes (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1854, p. 319), =P. costata, Hanley, apud
McAndrew, is certainly a monstrous variety of P. vespertina, having
stronger and more oblique concentric ridges. The types, from
Algiers and Faro in Portugal, are now before me.
t& 1. Donax virtatus, Da Costa.
Cuneus vittatus, Da Costa, Brit. Conch. p. 202, pl. xiv. f. 3.
Donax vittatus, B.C. ii. p. 402, pl. vii. f. 5; v. p. 188, pl. xlii.
fo aie
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. C. Sagres (valve).
Distribution. Norway to Egypt, Adriatic, Mogador ; 0-25 fms.
Fossil. Upper Tertiaries and Post-tertiary: British Isles, S.W.
France, Italy ; 0-1360 ft.
For synonymy see B. C. ii. pp. 405, 406.
~ 2, Donax venustvus, Poli.
D. venusta, Poli, Test. utr. Sic. ii. p. 80, t. 19. f. 23, 24,
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Med.-St. Algesiras B., 40, 41, 50 51.
Distribution. Mediterranean from Gibraltar to the Aigean and
Black Sea, Adriatic, Madeira ; 0-8 fms.
Fossil. Upper Tertiaries: S. France, Italy. Post-tertiary :
Calabria.
Differs from D. vittatus in being shorter or narrower, and in
haying the posterior side obliquely furrowed or striated.
3. Donax TRuUNCcULUS, Linné.
D. trunculus, L. 8. N. p. 1127 (partly): B. C. ii. p. 407; v.
p- 188, pl. xlii. f. 6.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Med. St. 51, Benzert Road (young).
724 MOLLUSCA OF ‘LIGHTNING’ ETC. EXPEDITIONS. [June7,
Distribution. “ Norv.’ (Lovén), Danish coasts (Mus. Copen-
hagen), S. Devon to Egypt, Black Sea, Adriatic, Mogador, Madeira,
W. Africa?, Canaries ; 0—45 fms.
Fossil. Upper Tertiaries: Red Crag, S.W. and S. France, Italy.
The right valve in this species invariably overlaps the other, so
that the shell is strictly inequivalve. The young is triangular, and
has prominent beaks; it is the D. bellardii of Canefri, and might
easily be taken for a distinet species.
SUMMARY OF THE FOREGOING MouuvusCa.
Families. Genera. No. of species.
VIII. KELLIIDZ ........ Pyruina, p. 693...... 2
Lepton, p. 694 ...... 4
Scrntinza, p, 695 .... 1
Scaccuia, 696 ...... 1
DeEcipu.a, p. 696..... 1
MonracutTa, p. 696 7
Lasma, p. 699........ 2
Kei, p. 700 ...... 1
IX. LUCINIDA ........ Loripss, p. 700...... 3
Luctnay ps'701. ©. 5 at 2
Axinus, p. 701 ...... 9
DietoponTa, p. 704 .. 2
X. CARDITIDA ...... Carnimva, p. 705...... 3
Xi. CARDITD AN ccc05. H 03 CarpiuM, p. 706...... 12
XU, CHAMID AI... cas Cuama, p. 709 ...... 1
XIII. CYPRINIDA ...... \socarpra, p. 710 2. 001
Cyprina, ps 7105) 02 3% 1
ABTARTE; pe (LL Sivas 8
GrEOs, Pp. 710.. Seiacoe’ 1
XIV. VENERIDA........ Venus, p. 714........ 10
VENERUPIS, p. 716.... 1
Tasranpasly) .2e0k\hes 3
Lucinopsis, p. 717.... 1
XV. TELLINIDA ...... Tewuina, p.718...... 14
PsAMMOBIA, p. 722.... 4
DOmAx, Be fla. sae 3
Total (44. Sq 98
EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXI.
Fig. 1. Scinitilla rotunda, p. 695.
2. Scacchia tenera, p. 696.
. Montacuta pellucida, p. 697.
ovata, p. 698.
Axinus orbiculatus, p. 702.
tortuosus, p. 702.
inerassatus, p. 703.
subovatus, p. 704.
. Astarte acuticostata, p. 711,
pusilla, p. 713.
. Lellina tenella, p. 721.
HOODIA MRL!
me
PZS.1881P1. LX.
Hanhart imp
MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘LIGHTNING’ AND
“PORCUPINE EXPEDITIONS.
1881.] MR. SELOUS ON THE SOUTH“AFRICAN RHINOCEROSES. 725
6. On the South-African Rhinoceroses. By F.C. Srxovs.
(Communicated by Dr. A. Ginruer, F.R.S. &c.)
[Received May 21, 1881.]
(Plate LXII.)
In those portions of Southern and South Central Africa in which
I have hunted I have only met with two true species of Rhinoceroses—
namely the large, square-mouthed, grass-eating species (Rhinoceros
simus), and the smaller prehensile-lipped Rhinoceros, which feeds
exclusively upon bush (2. dicornis). In making this statement I
am well aware that I express an opinion at variance with that held
by many naturalists upon the subject; however, as the conclusions
at which I have arrived are the results of eight years devoted entirely
to hunting in the most out-of-the-way portions of the interior of
South Africa, during the first three of which (that is, in 1872, 1873,
and 1874) Rhinoceroses were still very plentiful, and as even since
that time I have had many opportunities of personally observing the
habits and peculiarities of each and every variety of these animals,
and as, moreover, I shall support my views by specimens of horns, I
think that I am warranted in expressing an opinion upon the sub-
ject. At any rate it is now quite time that the question of how
many species of Rhinoceroses do really exist in South Africa should
be finally set at rest; and it is only by comparing the statements of
men who are really competent to give an opinion upon the subject
that this is ever likely to be done.
For my part I am fully persuaded that there are only two species
in South Africa, or, indeed, in all Africa; for the North-African
Rhinoceros in the gardens of this Society I have no hesitation
in pronouncing to be specifically identical with the South-African
Prehensile-lipped Rhinoceros.
I will first speak of the Square-mouthed Rhinoceros (2. simus).
Twenty years ago this animal seems to have been very plentiful in
the western half of Southern Africa; now, unless it is still to be
found between the Okavango and Cunene rivers, it must be almost
extinct in that portion of the country. And this is not to be won-
dered at when one reads the accounts in Andersson’s and Chapman’s
books of their shooting as many as eight of these animals in one
night as they were drinking at a small water-hole ; for it must be
remembered that these isolated water-holes, at the end of the dry
season, represented all the water to be found over an enormous
extent of country, and that therefore all the Rhinoceroses that in
happier times were distributed over many hundreds of square miles
were in times of drought dependent upon perhaps a single pool for
their supply of water. In 1877, during several months’ hunting in
the country to the south of Linyanti, on the river Chobe, I only saw
the spoor of two Square-mouthed Rhinoceroses, though in 1874 I had
found them fairly plentiful in the same district ; whilst in 1879, during
726 MR. F. C. SELOUS ON THE [June 7,
eight months spent in hunting on and between the Botletlie, Mababe,
Machabe, Sunta, and Upper Chobe rivers, I never even saw the spoor
of one of these animals, and all the bushmen that I met with said they
were finished. In 1878 and 1880, however, I still found them fairly
numerous in a small tract of country in North-eastern Mashuna
Land, between the Umniati and Ganyane rivers. Their range, how-
ever, is rather limited towards the north, as they only inhabit the
country lying to the south of the belt of rough stony hills which in
this district extend for more than a hundred miles southwards from
the banks of the Zambesi river. Their extermination in this portion
of the country may therefore, I am afraid, be expected within a very
few years ; and the Square-mouthed Rhinoceros will then only exist
in a few small tracts of S.E. Africa in the neighbourhood of the river
Sabi.
The Square-mouthed Rhinoceros feeds exclusively upon grass, and
is therefore more partial to open countries, or districts where there
are broad grassy valleys between the tracts of bush, than the Pre-
hensile-lipped Rhinoceros, which is fond of thickets or rough hills
clothed with short scrub. Both species are a sort of dark slate-
colour ; and so far from one being white and the other black, I should
be sorry to state upon oath which was the darker of the two.
The Square-mouthed Rhinoceros is a huge ungainly-looking beast,
with a disproportionately large head, a large male standing 6 feet
6 inches at the shoulder. Like elephants and buffaloes they lie asleep
during the heat of the day, and feed during the night and in the cool
hours of early morning and evening. Their sight is very bad; but they
are quick of hearing, and their scent is very keen ; they are, too, often
accompanied by rhinoceros-birds, which, by running about their
heads, flapping their wings, and screeching at the same time, fre-
quently give them notice of the approach of danger. When disturbed
they go off at a swift trot, which soon leaves all pursuit from a man
on foot far behind; but if chased by a horseman they break into a
gallop, which they can keep up for some distance. However,
although they run very swiftly, when their size and heavy build is
considered, they are no match for an average good horse. They
are, as a rule, very easy to shoot on horseback, as, if one gallops a
little in front of and on one side of them, they will hold their course
and come sailing past, offering a magnificent broadside shot; whilst
under similar circumstances a Prehensile-lipped Rhinoceros will
usually swerve away in such a manner as only to present his hind
quarters fora shot. As with elephants, it is very unsatisfactory work
following up wounded rhinoceroses, as they do not stop and lie down,
but walk on and on until their strength gives way. They die very
quickly when shot through both lungs or the upper part of the heart ;
but if the shot strikes them in front, and the bullet only perforates one
lung, they will travel astonishing distances, though throwing blood out
of their mouth and nostrils by the gallon. With a broken shoulder
they will run, first at a gallop and then at a halting trot, for more
than a mile ; but if they have a hind leg broken, they do not appear
to be able to budge a step. When either walking or running, the
1881. ] SOUTH-AFRICAN RHINOCEROSES, 727
Square-mouthed Rhinoceros holds its head very low, its nose nearly
touching the ground. A small calf always runs in front of its
mother; and she appears to guide it by holding the point of her
horn upon the little animal’s rump ; and it is perfectly wonderful to
note how in all sudden changes of pace, from a trot to a gallop or
vice versd, the same position is always exactly maintained. During
the autumn and winter months (é.e. from March till August) the
Square-mouthed Rhinoceros is usually very fat ; and its meat is then
most excellent, being something like beef, but yet having a peculiar
flavour of its own. The part in greatest favour amongst hunters is
the hump, which, if cut off whole and roasted just as it is in the
skin in a hole dug in the ground, would, I think, be difficult to
match either for juiciness or flavour.
In the Square-mouthed Rhinoceros the horns vary much in diffe-
rent individuals—so much so, indeed, that it would not be difficult
to find two specimens (taking both horns, of course) exhibiting forms
of horns as widely divergent one from another as are the typical horns
of R. bicornis from those of the so-called R. keitloa.
The anterior horn of a full-grown Square-mouthed Rhinoceros
measures from 18 inches to over 4 feet in length, a cow having a
thinner and usually a longer horn than a bull. Now-a-days, however,
owing probably to all those that possessed remarkably long horns
having been shot, it is very rarely one sees a horn from a freshly-
killed animal measuring over 3 feet in length. This anterior horn
usually has a curve backwards, more or less pronounced ; but spe-
cimens are by no means uncommon which are perfectly straight,
or even bend slightly forwards. When the horn is quite straight
and about 3 feet in length, the point touches the ground as the
animal walks along feeding ; and thus, in specimens of long straight
horns, it may usually be noticed that just at the point the anterior
surface of the horn has been rubbed flat by friction against the
ground. I never remember to have seen an anterior horn of a
Square-mouthed Rhinocexyos that was perfectly round: they always
have the front surface partially flattened, and may thus at a glance
be distinguished from the invariably rounded anterior horn of the Pre-
hensile-lipped Rhinoceros. In different individuals, too, the posterior
horn of the Square-mouthed Rhinoceros varies from a lump only 3
or 4 inches in height to a horn 2 feet in length. In some speci-
mens the anterior horn is long, whilst the posterior is very short ; in
others, again, both are well developed; and in some, again, both are
short. In fact, the horns of all South-African Rhbinoceroses differ
to such an extent in different individuals that if their classification
is to be based upon the length and shape of their horns alone, it
would be as easy to make twenty species as four. If R. oswelli
(a variety of £. simus based entirely upon the shape of the
anterior horn) were a true species, I presume that the Square-
mouthed Rhinoceros with a straight anterior horn would not in-
terbreed with those carrying the commoner form of horn slightly
curved backwards : yet in the Mashuna country I have seen Square-
mouthed Rhinoceroses consorting together, the anterior horns of
728 MR. F. C. SELOUS ON THE [June 7,
which showed the greatest divergence of shape; and as a series of
horns could be obtained showing every gradation of form between
the extreme form of R. oswelli (which is bent forwards) to one so
bent back as to describe half the are of a circle, I do not think
there are any adequate grounds for considering FR. oswelli to be a
true species. As regards the assertion that the horn of the ordinary
Square-mouthed Rhinoceros never attains the length of those of
R. oswelli, the longest horn I have ever seen was brought out by
a trader named Reader, and is (or was a few years ago) in the
possession of a gentleman residing in Hope Town, in the Cape
colony. This horn measured 4 feet 6 inches, and had a very strong
curve backwards. Upon these grounds I consider R. oswelli to be
a false species, and think that in future works upon natural history
it ought to be omitted from the list of South-African Rhinoceroses.
I now come to the Prehensile-lipped Rhinoceros (R. bicornis), of
which I maintain that there is but one true species, in spite of
whatever may be said by old Dutch hunters and natives to the
contrary. This animal is still fairly numerous in many districts
of South-eastern Africa, although, like its congener, the Square-
mouthed Rhinoceros, it has been almost exterminated in the more
westerly portions of the country. In 1879 there were still two or
three drinking in the Upper Chobe, to the north-west of the Sunta
outlet. Between the Chobe and the Zambesi there are none; and
according to the natives there never were any there, even when the
Makololo first came into the country; but directly the Zambesi
has been crossed they are again found, and extend apparently
through all Central Africa right up to Abyssinia. The Prehensile-
lipped Rhinoceros lives exclusively upon bush and roots, eating not
only the young leaves as they sprout from the end of a twig, but
also chewing up a good deal of the twig itself. It is owing to
the fact that this species lives upon bush that its range is very much
more extended than that of the Square-mouthed Rhinoceros ; for there
are many large districts of country in the neighbourhood of the
Zambesi to the eastward of the Victoria Falls covered almost entirely
with an endless succession of rugged hills, almost devoid of grass,
though well wooded, in all of which districts the Prehensile-lipped
Rhinoceros is numerous, as it thrives well upon the scrubby bush
with which the hill-sides and valleys are covered; whereas the
square-mouthed species, though common in the forest-clad sandbelts
and broad grassy valleys which always skirt the hills, is seldom
or never found amongst the hills themselves, which is doubtless
because the pasturage is too scanty to enable them to exist.
The Prehensile-lipped Rhinoceros is usually represented as an
animal of so morose and vicious a disposition that it will almost
invariably attack unprovoked any man or animal that it happens
to meet; and I think that the general impression of people who
are in the habit of reading books upon South-African sport, and
have had no personal experience of the animals described, must be
that this is the most dangerous animal to be met with in the
country.
1881.] SOUTH-AFRICAN RHINOCEROSES. 729
It may be that they differ in disposition in different parts of the
coutry ; but wherever I have met with them I have never found
them to be by any means dangerous animals. Indeed I only
remember to have seen one make any attempt at a charge; and that
was in the Mashuna country last year, and under strong provocation ;
for I galloped close in front of an old cow, endeavouring to turn her
from her course, upon which she came straight at me, snorting
loudly, but upon my spurring to one side did not follow me, but
resumed her way. Accidents have certainly happened in encounters
with the Prehensile-lipped Rhinoceros; but many cases are also
upon record of hunters having been killed or badly injured by the
square-mouthed species, which is always represented as the most
harmless and inoffensive of beasts. Mr. Oswell had his horse killed by
one of the latter animals (vide Livingstone’s ‘ Missionary Travels’); the
veteran elephant-hunter Mr. Hartley was also very severely injured by
one of these animals inthe Mashuna country—I think, in 1869. David
Jacobs, too, a son of the well-known Dutch hunter Petrus Jacobs,
and who had been constantly hunting with his father for many years,
told me that the only narrow escape he ever had from a Rhinoceros
was from asquare-mouthed one, which chased him for over a hundred
yards through some nasty bush; and I myself, in November 1874,
saw a white Rhinoceros bull, which I had wounded, make a very
decided charge at a boy of mine, who threw down his gun and took
refuge in a tree. I only mention these facts to show that, although
the Square-mouthed Rhinoceros is usually a most inoffensive animal,
occasional specimens may be found that are capable of resenting ill-
treatment; and, so far as my small experience goes, I have found
vicious animals to be equally few and far between amongst the pre-
hensile-lipped species.
These Rhinoceroses are very quick and restless in their movements,
and either very inquisitive or mistrustful of their eyesight; for usually,
when disturbed by any one approaching from below the wind, they will
jump up with a snort, gaze fixedly at the intruder, then, with another
snort, trot quickly a few steps nearer, stand again, move their heads
with a quick motion, first to one side, then to the other, advance
again perhaps, and finally, when shouted at, whisk quickly round and
trot away in grand style, with their tails screwed up over their backs.
Whilst hunting in the Mashuna country in 1872, and to the west
of the river Gwai in 1873, I encountered almost daily one or more
Prehensile-lipped Rhinoceroses, often seeing five, six, or even eight in
one day. When these animals got my wind, they invariably made
off at once ; but when they only saw me, they usually acted as I have
described above. Upon these latter occasions my Kafirs were in the
habit of shouting to me to run away, climb a tree, &c., and often did
so themselves ; however, I always stood where I was, throwing
sometimes sticks, stones, or assegais at them, sometimes only
shouting ; and although some of them advanced from a distance of
say forty yards to within about twenty, they always turned and ran
off in the end. Upon several occasions I have fired into a Rhino-
ceros thus facing me, which, dropping upon its knees to the shot, has
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—188], No. XLVII. 47
730 Mk. F. C. SELOUS ON THE [June 7,
Sprung up again immediately, and come rushing straight forwards,
snorting like a steam-engine, and passing perhaps within a few yards
of me. Inthese cases, however, it always appeared to me that the
animal had no idea of charging, but was just rushing madly for-
wards, half stunned by the shock of the heavy bullet. I have seen
the same thing happen to some people, both black and white, who
described it afterwards as the most terrific charge ; and many a Black-
Rhinoceros story has originated, I feel sure, in this way. That a
Prehensile-lipped Rhinoceros when in full career, and either
wounded or tired, will charge any one or any thing, even to a waggon
or span of oxen, that he sees directly in his path and close in front
of him, I know well enough; but so will an elephant, buffalo, or
lion. What I wish to argue is, not that the Black Rhinoceros is a
sweet-tempered animal, but that, at any rate in the great majority
of cases, he is by nomeans the surly, morose, and dangerous beast
that some travellers would have one believe. Somehow or other he
has got an evil reputation, which, however unjust, will outlive the
last of his species in South Africa. Kafirs who have never seen a
Rhinoceros will tell you that it is a witch, and that it will follow up
a man’s spoor, attack him in the night, &c., simply because that is
the character tradition has given him. Similarly many Hottentot
and white hunters, who have only been hunting since Rhinoceroses
became very scarce, and who perhaps have not seen half a dozen of
these animals in their lives, will relate endless stories of their
unprovoked ferocity ; for it is one of their articles of faith that a
Prehensile-lipped Rhinoceros is a most ferocious animal, and they
therefore invent stories to suit his supposed character. Now there
are very few Kafir or Hottentot hunters who will meddle with
a lion, unless they meet him under exceptionally favourable cireum-
stances ; but, except when on elephant-spoor, or afraid of disturbing
those animals, they will seldom pass a Rhinoceros, no matter of
what species, without attacking him ; for they know that they have
to deal with an animal easy to approach and easy to kill, and one that
will give them a great quantity of good meat; yet to hear them
talk about the animals you would imagine the Rhinoceros to be the
more dangerous of the two. What first gave rise to the very
general impression that the Prehensile-lipped Rhinoceros is such a
very dangerous animal I cannot imagine, unless, perhaps, in
former years, before the introduction of firearms, there did exist
some old and morose individuals of this species that committed a
great many atrocities, and which have since been shot, leaving only
their evil name to their descendants. However, be that as it may,
speaking of the Prehensile-lipped Rhinoceros of the present day,
after an experience of eight years, during which time 1 have encoun-
tered over one hundred of these animals, I can conscientiously say
that I consider their pursuit to be attended with less danger than
that of the lion, elephant, or buffalo.
In the end of November 1874, I chased a Prehensile-lipped
Rhinoceros bull round and round on an open flat (at Thamma
Setjie, on the Zambesi road), until he stood still with his mouth
1881.] SOUTH-AFRICAN RHINOCEROSES. 731
open; and I then dismounted within twenty yards of him; yet he
never attempted to charge. Now I doubt if there is a lion, an
elephant, or a buffalo which, under similar circumstances, would not
have charged. In my experience of hunting, many fatal accidents,
and still more narrow escapes, from lions, elephants, and buffaloes
have come within my personal knowledge, but not one hunter,
black or white, has been injured by a Black Rhinoceros.
I will now give my reasons for asserting that 2. bicornis and
R. keitloa are not two distinct species, but merely varieties of the
same animal. Perhaps the most convincing argument in favour of
their being two distinct species is that all the old Dutch hunters
and most of the natives declare that such is the case, and have
different names for the two animals. This, however, is by no
means so strong an argument as it would at first appear. At first
sight the typical R. keitloa, with both horns of equal length, is a
very different-looking animal from the typical R. dicornis, with a
posterior horn of only a few inches length ; and it is only after a
careful study of their habits, and the knowledge that every variety
of horn between the two extremes may be found, that I have
become convinced that R. heitloa and R. bicornis are only varieties
of the same animal. Now the greater part of the old Dutch
hunters, although they may have shot very many Rhinoceroses in
the course of their hunting careers, know nothing whatever about
the animals from a scientific point of view. They shot Rhino-
ceroses because they wanted meat ; but the only examination they
ever made of them was to see if they were fat. When now and
again they shot a Rhinoceros with both horns of equal length, or
nearly equal length, it struck their eye as being unusual, and so
they gave these equal-horned animals the name of Blue Rhino-
ceroses, to distinguish them from the White and the Black, as they
call R. simus and R. bicornis respectively. Now I have questioned
many of these old hunters upon the subject, and find that the only
point upon which they all agree is that the Blue Rhinoceros has
both horns of equal length, whilst the Black has always a short
second horn; beyond this none of them know of any definite
distinction ; but many, not liking to appear ignorant, make asser-
tions that will not bear investigation, and one will often contradict
the statements of other equally experienced men. Now in the same
way every Dutch hunter will tell you that there are three, or even
four, distinct species of lions in Southern Africa, each species pos-
sessing its own distinctive characteristics. ‘These species they
determine according to the length and colour of the mane in dif-
ferent individuals. Yet I think that naturalists are now agreed that
there is but one species of lion in all Africa. Therefore as regards
lions the testimony of old Dutch hunters is worthless from a
scientific point of view; and I believe it to be equally worthless with
regard to the plurality or unity of species of the Prehensile-lipped
Rhinoceros. One famous old Dutch hunter even affirms that there
are three species of Square-mouthed Rhinoceros, and four of the
Prehensile-lipped, seven in all; and he bases his distinctions almost
47*
732 MR. F. C. SELOUS ON THE [June 7,
entirely on the shape and length of the horns in different indi-
viduals.
Now I have carefully examined and measured many specimens of
Prehensile-lipped Rhinoceroses, and have never been able to dis-
cover that they differed in any way the one from the other, except
in the length and shape of the posterior horn ; nor could I ever dis-
cover the differences between the two mentioned by Mr. C. J.
Andersson and other writers upon the subject. Some specimens
had long curly hair upon their ears; but some of the most marked
forms of 2. bicornis had this peculiarity equally strongly marked
as others whose horns showed them to belong to the so-called
species R. keitloa. Many writers upon the subject state that
whereas 2. dicornis eats nothing but bush, R. keitloa eats both grass
and bush indiscriminately. Now, if this were the case, how is it
that during eight years, more than three fourths of which I have
spent in the wilderness, engaged in a continual search for elephants,
and always in countries where Rhinoceroses may still be found in
greater or lesser numbers, I have only observed two kinds of dung—
the black dung, composed entirely of grass, evacuated by the large
Square-mouthed grass-eating Rhinoceros, and the dark red dung
(with a greenish tinge when the avimal has been feeding upon
sprouting shoots), full of little chips of wood, evacuated by the
prehensile-lipped species. It appears to me that, if there were
a species which fed indiscriminately upon grass and bushes, one
would see a third kind of dung, in which sometimes bush and some-
times grass would predominate; but this is most certainly not the
ease. Again, every Kafir and Masara in the interior will tell you
that there are three kinds of Rhinoceroses, namely :—A&. simus, which
the Matabele call “ Umhofo”’ and the Bechuanas *‘ Chukuru;” 2.
bicornis, which the former call “ Upeygan ”’ and the latter “ Borele ;”
and, lastly, 2. kettloa, which they name respectively ‘‘ Shangainea”’
and “Keitloa.”? But when they are questioned beside a dead Rhinoceros,
I have found that they all base their distinction between 2. bicornis
and £. keitloa upon the length of the posterior horn alone. Some,
indeed, will say that the two varieties differ in size or in the length
of hair upon the ears. But I have proved, by actual measurement
and personal observation, that the variations in size and the length
of the hair upon the ears have nothing to do with the length of the
posterior horn, which is the fundamental point upon which all Dutch
and native hunters base the distinction between the two species.
Again, when one comes upon a Rhinoceros-spoor in the bush, any
bushman or Kafir hunter can say whether it is the spoor of a Square-
mouthed Rhinoceros or of a Prehensile-lipped one, simply judging
from the size of the footprint. But no Kafir or bushman can tell
you, when he sees the smaller spoor of a Prehensile-lipped Rhino-
ceros, whether it be that of RB. bicornis or R. keitloa, nor even when
he sees the dung can he tell you; for, as I have said before, there is
no difference in this particular. However, when the animal has
been shot they will say to which species it belongs. If the second
horn is not over seven or eight inches in length, they will be all
1881.] SOUTH-AFRICAN RHINOCEROSES. 733
agreed that the animal is 2. bicornis (Upeygan or Borele) ; if the
second horn is from twelve inches to two feet long, they will be
unanimous that it is 2. keitloa (Shangainea or Keitloa); whereas if
the posterior horn be neither short nor long, but just betwixt and
between, they will argue for hours amongst themselves as to whether
the animal be R, dicornis or R. keitloa; but their main argument
is always based upon the length of the horn.
Every one who has wandered over country frequented by Rhino-
ceroses must have noticed that the square-mouthed species leaves
its dung alone, not throwing it about with its horn, nor ploughing
up the ground every now and again as it walks along; whereas the
Prehensile-lipped Rhinoceroses almost invariably throw their dung
all over the place, sometimes ploughing up holes a foot deep with
their noses and horns; and they are, too, continually making semi-
circular furrows in the ground as they walk along. This is done by
every Prehensile-lipped Rhinoceros, irrespective of the length of the
posterior horn; therefore, if there are two species, it must be con-
ceded that their habits are exactly similar in this respect. Again,
the Square-mouthed Rhinoceros (R. simus) walks and runs with its
nose close to the ground, whilst all Prehensile-lipped Rhinoceroses
walk and run with their heads carried high in the air. A calf of
the square-mouthed species always runs when small in front of its
mother, whereas the small calves of all Prehensile-lipped Rhinoce-
roses always follow their mothers. Therefore whilst there are many
and wide differences of form and habit between the Square-mouthed
and all Preheusile-lipped Rbinoceroses, the habits of both species of
the latter (if there be two species) are exactly similar.
In conclusion, I have only to bring to your notice the series of horns
which is now upon the table, and ask those gentlemen who believe
that there are two distinct species of Prehensile-lipped Rhinoceroses
in Southern Africa to point out where 2, bicornis ceases and
R. keitloa commences.
List of Horns exhibited, and figured on Plate LXII.
(1) Black Rhinoceros, ¢. Shot by J. S. Jameson and myself,
near the Umniati river, North-eastern Mashuna land, August
1880. (Plate LXII. fig. 1.)
(2) Black Rhinoceros, 3. Shot by myself at Thamma Setjie,
on the Zambesi road, November 1874, (Plate LXII. fig. 2.)
(3) Black Rhinoceros, 2. Shot by J. S. Jameson on the lower
Umfule, North-eastern Mashuna land, August 1880. (Plate LXII.
fig. 3.
*) ‘tack Rhinoceros, 9. Shot by myself near the junction of
the Gwai and Shangani rivers, Matabele country, September 1873.
(Plate LXII. fig. 4.)
(5) Black Rhinoceros, ¢. Shot by J. S. Jameson near the
river Umsengairi, North-eastern Mashuna land, September 1880.
(Plate LXII. fig. 5.)
(6) Black Rhinoceros, 9. Shot by H. C. Collison near the
ee eT Te ee
734 DR. GUNTHER ON SCHEDOPHILUS MEDUSOPHAGUS. [June 21,
river Umsengaisi, North-eastern Mashuna land, September 1880.
(Plate LXII. fig. 6.)
(7) Black Rhinoceros, ¢. Shot by myself on the bank of the
river Chobe, August 1874. (Plate LXII. fig. 7.)
(8) Black Rhinoceros, Q. Shot by one of my hunters between
the Umfule and Umzweswe rivers, North-eastern Mashuna land,
August 1880. (Plate LXII. fig. 8.)
(9.) Black Rhinoceros, 2. Shot by one of my hunters between
the Umfule and Umzweswe rivers, North-eastern Mashuna land,
September 1880. (Plate LXII. fig. 9.)
June 2], 1881.
Prof. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the
Society’s Menagerie during the month of May 1881 :—
The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-
gerie during the month of May was 130, of which 25 were by
hirth, 53 by presentation, 35 by purchase, 13 were received on
deposit, and 4 by exchange. The total number of departures during
the same period, by death and removals, was 124.
The most noticeable additions during the month of May were
as follows :—
An African Wild Ass (Hquus teniopus) from Upper Nubia,
purchased May 26th, being the second example of this form of Wild
Ass which we have received.
A White-marked Duck (Anas specularis) from Antarctic America,
purchased May 26th, being the first specimen of this fine species
which has been obtained for the Collection.
Mr. R. Bowdler Sharpe, F.Z.S., exhibited a specimen of Podi-
lymbus podiceps of North America, stated to have been killed at
Radipole near Weymouth in January 1881, and belonging to the
collection of Mr. R. W. Monro.
Dr. A. Giinther exhibited a specimen of a Mediterranean fish
(Schedophilus medusophagus) which had been captured in August
1878 at Portrush in Ireland, and read a description of it.
This description, together with a figure coloured from a drawing of
the fish taken in a fresh state, will be published in the Society’s
‘ Transactions.’
The following papers were read ;—
Hanhart imp
HORNS OF RHINOCEROS BICORNIS Yodaé Size.
as
nT BV
‘al vy
1881.] MR. W. A. FORBES ON THALASSIDROMA NEREIS. 735
1. On the Petrel called Thalassidroma nereis by Gould,
and its Affinities. By W. A. Forsss, B.A., F.L.S.,
F.G.S8., Prosector to the Zoological Society.
[Received May 17, 1881.]
In this Society’s Proceedings for the year 1840, the late Mr.
Gould described a “ beautiful fairy-like’’ new species of Stormy Petrel
from Bass’s Straits, which he called Thalassidroma nereis (tom. cit.
p- 178), under which name it is figured in the last volume of the
‘ Birds of Australia.’ ;
Dr. Elliott Coues, in his revision of the family Procellariids’,
treating of the species under the name Procellaria nereis, says :—“‘I
have had the pleasure of examining Mr. Gould’s types of this
species from Bass’s Straits, Australia, now in the collection of the
Philadelphia Academy. It is a beautiful little species, quite unlike
any other known Stormy Petrel. In form it comes nearer to Pro-
cellaria pelagica than to any other species; and it is probably
congeneric with it, though it differs somewhat” in the proportion of
the tarsus and toes, and very widely in its pattern of coloration.* * *
The proportions of the tibia and tarsus differ from those of pelagica in
the greater comparative length of the former.”
Amongst the Petrels mentioned at various times by the late Prof.
Garrod as having been examined by him, a species several times occurs
which is doubtfully named “‘Procellaria (or Thalassidroma) fregata?””®
The specimens dissected by him are now before me, and have been
identified by Mr. Salvin as being really referable to the Procellaria
nereis of Gould, an example of which, from the Falkland Islands, is
now in the musenm of Messrs. Salvin and Godman. A careful exami-
nation of the three spirit-specimens of this bird, as well as of the
skin mentioned, have convinced me that this species is not referable
to the true genus Procellaria as represented by Procellaria pelagica,
and is in fact in no way related to that group of Petrels, but has its
nearest allies in the flat-clawed genera Oceanites, Firegeita, and
Pelagodroma.
- In his paper on the muscles of the thigh in Birds* the late
Prof. Garrod divided the Nasutz, or Petrels, into two groups, the
‘* Storm-Petrels’’ and the Fulmaride, the former group differing
from the latter in that they possess the accessory semitendinosus
muscle (Y), but lack intestinal cca. In the Fulmaridze, on the
other hand, the accessory semitendinosus muscle is absent, but caeca
are present. The species of Storm-Petrels on which this generali-
zation was based are called, with doubt’,‘‘ Procellaria pelagica aud
P. fregata,” the latter being the species now identified by Mr. Salvin
1 Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 1864,
p. 81.
2 The italics are mine.—W. A. F.
3 Of. P. Z. 8. 1873, pp. 470 and 641,
1 Pp. Z. 8. 1874, p. 122. > P,Z.S8. 1873, p, 641,
736 MR, W. A. FORBES ON THALASSIDROMA NEREIs. [June 21,
as P. nereis. As regards the first-named species, there can be litile
or no doubt that the bird really dissected by Prof. Garrod, and called
by him ‘“ Procellaria pelagica,”’ was Wilson’s Petrel (Oceanites
oceanicus), as in this bird there are no ceca’, at the same time that
the accessory semitendinosus muscle is present. The true Procellaria
pelagica(of which I have lately dissected two perfectly fresh examples)
agrees with the Fulmaride, as defined by Prof. Garrod, in having
caeca *, but no accessory head to the semitendinosus ; and Cymochorea
leucorrhoa agrees in both these points with Procellaria pelagica.
The so-called “ Procedlaria nereis”’ of Gould is therefore obviously
not a true Procellaria at all; and this view is confirmed by other
characters, such as the shape of its nostrils, the elongated tarsi, which
are much longer than the mid toe’ and covered anteriorly with trans-
versely arranged scutellze*, the very minute hallux, and the lamellar,
concave form of the claws. It belongs, in fact, to the group of Ocea-
nites, Fregetia, ard Pelagodroma, but is not exactly congeneric with
any of them. I propose therefore to make it the type of anew genus,
to be called Garrodia, in memory of my lamented friend A. H. Garrod,
not only asa token of my personal esteem for, and indebtedness
to him, but also as some slight recognition of the thanks ornithologists
generally owe him for the additions he made to our knowledge of the
anatomy of birds.
The genus Garrodia may be shortly defined as follows :—
Garropia. Genus ew ordine Tubinarium Oceanirm mazime affine,
tarsis pro digitis longioribus et antice scutellatis, necnon margine
sterni posteriore integro distinguendum.
Type Procellaria nereis, Gould.
Garrodia is perhaps most closely allied to Oceanites, as already
stated, but differs from that genus in having the tarso-metatarsi
covered anteriorly with a series of transverse scutelle instead of
being ‘‘entire,” in their slightly greater proportional length as
compared with the third toe’, in the even more minute hallux, and in
the more flattened and lamellar form of the claws. The sternum too
is posteriorly entire, whereas in Oceanites oceanicus it is slightly
notched. The coloration of the two genera is also quite different.
From Fregetta Garrodia may be easily distinguished by the very
different proportions and forms of the nails and feet in that genus,
and from Pelagodroma by its much shorter feet and entire tail.
These four genera—Oceanites, Garrodia, Pelagodroma, and
* Cf, also Macgillivray, in Audubon’s ‘ Ornithological Biography,’ v. p. 646.
° Cf. Maegillivray, J. c. p. 313; also Wagner in Naumann’s ‘ Vogel Deutsch-
lands,’ x. p. 556.
3 In Procellaria pelagica and Cymochorea leucorrhoa the tarso-metatarse is not
longer, and may be shorter, than the 3rd toe. As against 21:5 and 21°5, and 23
and 26 millim. in the two first-mentioned genera, in the so-called Procellaria
nereis the lengths of the two are respectively 84 and 26 millims.
* In Procellaria pelagica the tarsi are pretty uniformly covered with somewhat
irregular hexagonal scutes.
°* Ina specimen of Oceanites oceanicus (in spirit) the middle toe measures 29
millim.; in one of Garrodia the length is 26 millim. The length of the meta-
tarse in both is 34 millim,
1881.] MR. BENNETT ON THE HABITS OF THE ECHIDNA. 737
Fregetta—form a very well-marked family of the Tubinares, which
may be called Oceanitide, as distinguished from the remainder
of the group, or Fulmaride of Prof. Garrod. Anatomically, these
four genera agree together, and differ from the Fulmaride (on nearly
all the genera of which, including Diomedea and Puffinuria, I
have notes), in the two important characters already mentioned—the
absence of caeca and the presence of the accessory semitendinosus
muscle. Externally they may be at once recognized by their
peculiar elongated tarsi, lamellar nails, and by never having more
than 10 secondaries, Procellaria and Pufinuria having 13, and the
remaining Fulmaridz more (in Diomedea, according to Nitzsch, as
many as 40). My family Oceanitidze, in fact, corresponds to Bona-
parte’s section “** Unguibus depressis” of his Procellariez *, and
to Coues’s “second group” of the similarly-named section in his
‘Review’ ? with the addition, in each case, of Garrodia, included by
both authors in the restricted genus Procellaria.
Being now engaged in a report, for the Voyage of H.M.S.
‘Challenger,’ on the anatomy of the Petrels collected during that
expedition, I propose to reserve further details of the differences and
characters of these two groups, and of the genera composing them,
till that occasion.
2. Observations on the Habits of the Echidna hystrix of
Australia. By Grorcr J. Bennett, C.M.ZS.
[Received May 17, 1881.]
Having been now engaged for nearly three years in endeavouring
to get an Echidna with the young in utero, that it might assist me in
ascertaining whether they are oviparous or ovoviparous, I have had the
opportunity of observing the habits of this interesting little animal
in its native haunts. I hope therefore that a few notes collected
during that time may be of interest.
Most of my observations have been made at Rosewood, a station
below the Range, and the property of Messrs, Kent and Wienholt,
from whose manager, Mr. Edmund Lord, I have received much
valuable assistance. Their “black boy”’ Johnny has always been at
my disposal. Without him I could have got very few specimens,
as he is most sagacious in tracking these animals.
My first trip with Johnny showed many of the difficulties in my
way. Wesaw agreat many tracks, but no animals. The ground was
rooted up asif so many pigs had been there tearing up the ground,
which the Echidne do with their noses, to uncover the insects lying
under the dead leaves. They then go to the fallen rotten trees,
quite denuding them of bark, and tearing out the rotten wood and
feasting on the insects, which, on examination, I found to be small
1 Consp. Av. ii. p. 197 (1857).
2 Op. cit, p. 74, where characters for it are given.
738 MR, BENNETT ON THE HABITS OF THE ECHIDNA. [June 21,
beetles, ants, and a white juicy worm. Many small dead saplings
had been knocked down by the Echidnas in their search at the roots
for their food. They are particularly partial to the white ants,
which erect small mounds of clay about 18 inches in height.
These they attack in a most systematic way, by working round the
nest, by clearing away the earth and forming a trench where the
nest joins the earth, and devouring all before them ; and then they
make a hole in the centre and clear out the whole nest, leaving none
behind to tell the tale of their visit. The soldier-ant (a large stinging
ant) they do not touch; their nests were close to the white-ant
mounds, but were untouched.
The larger sugar-ants, which raise mounds of sand about 16
inches high and 4 feet in diameter, they attack first, by lying on
the mound with their tongue out and drawing in the ants that cross
it; there they remain sometimes for hours. This, I have no doubt,
is the time that they get the sand found in their stomach. They
then make a hole from one side to the other, and devour the most
delicate morsels coming in their way. In the daytime they do
not move about much, beginning their search about a couple of hours
before sundown. They are very quick of hearing; so that one’s
movements have to be very cautious and slow, as the least crackle
of a leaf anywhere near makes them draw in their snouts and begin
at once to burrow their way into the ground, which they do by
means of their legs, moving the whole of the body into the burrow
and spreading the earth over their backs. The speed with which
they do this is almost incredible, very little disturbance of the earth
being observable after the animal has disappeared. They do not, as
a rule, burrow straight ahead; in only one instance have I known
this to happen; this was the case of an Echidna put into a box, which
went down into the ground under the box and got away, coming out
under a paling fence at a distance of 10 feet.
Their muscular strength is enormous ; as I remarked before, they
can fell saplings with a good-sized sound root. I have known them
force out wire netting, well fastened with large broad tacks; any
thing they can once get a purchase against must go before them, if
they are attempting to escape ; large stones 30 lb. in weight they move
clean out of the way; so that, when they are got, if the dissecting-
knife is not used at once the difficulty is to keep them.
There is a prevalent idea that Echidnas lie dormant during the
winter ; but this is not the case, as I began my observations first in
June 1878, which is the Australian midwinter, and I found that they
were as keen in their search after food then as at any other part of
the year. To arrive at their breeding-season has been my greatest
difficulty : I do not think it can be fixed at any certain period, but
must in some places begin earlier than in others.
In July I got a male specimen which had the testes very much
enlarged, fully the size of a hen’s egg, being 12 inch in length and
2% inches in diameter. I continued to collect specimens to August
9th, and transmitted them, through my father, Dr. George Bennett,
F.Z.8., to Professor Owen, who decided that none were actually
P ZS. 1881. Pl IX.
Edwin Wilson del et ith — 7
1. ACANTHODACTYLUS BEDRIAGE. 2 A.SCUTELLATUS. i
3.A.MICROPHOLIS. 4.A,SYRIACUS y
1881.] ON LACERTA AND ACANTHODACTYLUS. 739
impregnated, but that a specimen got on the date above mentioned
was in preparation to receive the semen.
I recommenced my labours the following year on August i2,
and completed them on September 29. These specimens I also
forwarded, through my father, to Professor Owen, who found two
examples impregnated, one killed on the 30th of August and the
other on the 14th of September, a report of which cases he read before
the Royal Society in April 1880. Unfortunately, a specimen got on
September 15th, which I delayed dissecting until next day, produced
a young one during the night, but inthe morning was in too decom-
posed a state to preserve.
It is therefore evident that in this part of Queensland the proper
time to get an impregnated specimen of the Echidna with the young
in the uterus is in September and October. Iwas under the impres-
sion, through my earlier observations, that the males do not go with
the females after the copulating season; but this is not the case ;
I am sure, however, that after impregnation the females go away by
themselves, and do not mix with the males until after the young is
born.
I am of opinion that neither the young males or females have
any sexual intercourse until their second year, as I have many young
males with their testes in a dormant state and young females with
the ovaries unexcited. Also, from observation, I am led to believe
that the females only breed every second year, as many of my older
specimens were not impregnated nor in any way prepared to receive
the semen. ;
8. On the Lizards of the Genera Lacerta and Acanthodac-
tylus. By G. A. BouLenGer.
[Received May 31, 1881.]
(Plates LXIII., LXIV.)
Thirty-five years have elapsed since Gray’s ‘ Catalogue of Lizards’
was published ; and a great number of the species therein described
still remain objects of difficulty to herpetologists. This is due
chiefly to the shortness and ambiguity of Gray’s diagnoses, which do
not allow of the identification of his species, nor give an exact idea
of their affinities.
With regard to the family Lacertidz, no one has as yet attempted
to make out the species enumerated in the ‘ Catalogue of Lizards.’
Whilst engaged in naming some Lacerte and Acanthodactyli, I
recognized the necessity of going through all the species of these
two genera; and I have the pleasure of laying before the Zoological
Society the result of this work. Beside the species contained in
Gray’s Catalogue, I have also taken notice of those described since
by Dr. Giinther. This paper, therefore, is a critical account of all
the species of Lacerta and Acanthodactylus represented in the
British Museum.
740 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE SPECIES OF [June 2],
I. Genus Lacerta, Linn.
As already observed by different authors, this genus has been
divided in a most unnatural manner by Gray. It will not be neces-
sary to discuss the characters of these so-called genera, the number of
which amounts to five, viz. Zootoca, Wagl., Lacerta, L., Thetia, Gray,
Teira, Gray, and Nucras, Gray. All these [ consider to belong to
one genus. Notopholis, Fitz., which by some is united with Lacerta, _
may, I think, be kept apart, and ought perhaps to be united with
Algira, Cuy., as the recently discovered Zerzoumia blanci, Lataste ',
is a link connecting the two forms.
ZooTocA OXYCEPHALA (Schleg.), Gray, Cat. p. 29.
The young specimen referred with doubt to this species proves to be
Lacerta muralis. 1 have never seen an example of L. oxycephala ; but
Bedriaga, in his important paper *, shows that it is doubtless perfectly
distinct from LZ. muralis.
ZoOTOCA TAURICA (Pall.), Gray, Cat. p. 29.
The British Museum did not possess this Lizard when the Cata-
logue was published. This species is now represented in the collec-
tion (3 9s, Crimea). It bears great resemblance to L. vivipara. The
scutellation of the temple is the same in both. The collar is de-
cidedly toothed. The dorsal scales are granular, and perfectly smooth;
three transverse series correspond toa ventral plate. The ventral
plates are in six longitudinal series. The anal plate is surrounded
by two series of small plates. Femoral pores 18. ‘The free edge
of the caudal scales is shortly pointed, the shape being thus inter-
mediate between that of Z. vivipara and that of Z. muralis, var.
Susca.
ZOOTOCA DERBIANA, Gray, Cat. p. 29.
This species is identical with Lacerta galloti, D. & B., as had
been recognized by my late friend Arthur O’Shaughnessy. This
identification proves that the locality given with doubt “ Australia?
Sydney ’”’ is, as might have been expected, the result of misinfor-
mation. It is perhaps hardly necessary to observe that the diagnosis
given by Gray is, as usual, quite unreliable. First he states that
there are 12 rows of ventral shields in Z. derbiana, 12 or 14 in
Z. galloti ; the fact is, that in this respect the forms do not
differ from each other, the number of longitudinal series of plates
being 12 or 14. Then the “minute granules between the dorsal
scales,” mentioned in Z derbiana and not in Z, galloti, occur in
both, and seem to be a specific character, which, however, can be
ascertained only in specimens which have the skin somewhat dis-
tended. Finally it is stated that the middle series of ventral plates
are the largest ; it is the reverse.
' ‘Te Nataraliste,’ 1880, p. 299. 2 Arch, f, N aturg. 1880, p. 250, pl, xi.
2b Be Ey
ROUEN
pects
_Edwm Wilson del et lith. Mintern Bros.imp.
1. ACANTHODACTYLUS TRISTRAMI. 2.A.BOSKIANUS. ‘
3.A-CANTORI. 4 A:VULGARIS .
1881.] LACERTA AND ACANTHODACTYLUS. 741
ZOOTOCA DESERTI, Giinther, P. Z. 8. 1859, p. 470.
As has been supposed by Lataste', this species belongs to the
genus Acanthodactylus.
ZOOTOCA TRISTRAMI, Giinther, P. Z.S. 1864, p. 491,
is likewise an Acanthodactylus.
ZooToca DANFoRDI, Giinther, P. Z.S. 1876, p. 818.
Doubts having been expressed by Bedriaga * as to the distinctness
of Podarcis judaica, Camerano (= Lacerta levis, Gray), from Z, dan-
Jordi, I think it useful to give a detailed description of the fine spe-
cimens in the British Museum. From this it will appear that the
species are, without doubt, perfectly distinct from each other.
Shape and general proportions as in L. muralis, var. neopolitana,
but the neck a little thicker, as broad as the head (in the adult
L. levis the neck is broader than the head). Postnasals 2, regu-
larly superposed; upper labials 7 or 8, 5 before, and 2 or 3 behind
the infraocular; 6 or 7 lower labials; 5 pairs of chin-shields, the
3 anterior in contact. The woodcut accompanying Giinther’s de-
scription represents the mental divided into two ; thisis a mistake, as
not one out of the nine specimens shows any thing of the kind.
Boettger * is therefore wrong when, judging from this drawing, he
assigns 6 chin-shields to Z. danfordi, and mentions this amongst
the characters differentiating this Lizard from LZ. judaica. Temple
covered with small granular scales, either without or with a very
small masseteric plate (in Z. levis this plate is always present, and
very large) ; a curved tympanic plate, similar to that of ZL. muralis
and L, levis. Occipital plate not broader than interparietal (broader
than interparietal in Z. /evis). The collar has its free edge even,
and is formed of 9 or 10 plates. Dorsal scales round, granular,
perfectly smooth, even on the hinder part of the back (hexagonal
and distinctly keeled on the hinder part of the back in ZL. levis) ;
three transverse series correspond to a ventral plate. 23 to 27 pec-
toral plates. Six longitudinal and 24 to 27 transverse rows of ventral
plates, the two central longitudinal rows narrower than the others ;
sometimes an additional series of smaller plates on each side (22 to 25
transverse rows in J. levis). Anal plate small, much smaller than
in L. levis, surrounded by two rows of small plates. Femoral pores,
21-25 in g, 19-21 in Q (the specimens of ZL. /evis in the British
Museum possess 20-21 in g, 16-17 in 9). An important sexual
character, which I have not met with in any other Lacerta, is the
great dilatation, in the males, of two scales at the base of the tail
at a short distance from the vent, similar to the sexual scales of
many Iguanide. Scutellation of the tail as in Z. muralis and
L. levis.
The coloration (in spirits) is also different from that of ZL. muralis,
var. fusca and L. levis, to both of which it bears, however, at first
sight, great resemblance. Upper surface greenish brown. Head
1 ‘Te Naturaliste, 1881, p. 358. * Arch, f, Naturg. 1879, p. 312.
3 Ber. Senckenb. Ges. 1879-1880, p. 172.
742 MR. G, A. BOULENGER ON THE SPECIES OF [June 21,
spotted with black ; a few black spots on the back; sides and limbs
closely spotted with black. Females and young with more or less
defined light spots, surrounded by a dark network. Lower surface
greenish ; throat more or less spotted with black: males with one
or two black dots on each ventral shield, as in Z. stirpium ; these
dots generally entirely absent in females. The spots on the lower
surface and on the head are never met with in LZ. levis.
Dimensions. a 9
metre. metre.
Toth lohoth 2% ure premtas Gait 0°227 0°147
Benet of Teal”... tates ates in ois on pt 0:019 0013
Breagtn\or, Wead a>) o jevcree nuns chee 0012 | 0°0085
ene th .Gl, MEEK cons, nates oo lk a aires oan 0:011 0:009
Leaeth Of trinakig, ola caters m at, ob 0°048 0-040
Tene th of fore Timah ose d6- amide iad sure 0027, =: 0:022
Bength oF Mand. Lindh os: sos.5 590 55:3 ts 5 0041 0°035
Theta Yar OU GAN Sa aes sear ne Okt elnino apa ate 0:149 0°085
Lacerta Lz&vis, Gray, Ann. N.H. i. (1838), p. 229, and Cat.
p. 31; Giinth. P. Z.S. 1864, p. 488.
This Lizard has been considered equivalent to Z. agilis (L. stir-
pium) by Bedriaga and Boettger; the reason which induced them
to take this view, I donot know. The type specimen is a female,
bleached ; in proportions and pholidosis it agrees perfectly with the
recently described Podarcis judaica, Camerano*. The specimens
from Palestine referred to by Giinther are in good state, and the
coloration agrees with that of Z. judaica as described by Camerano,
Bedriaga*, and Boettger’. Consequently the name judaica, Camer.
(1877), must be altered to that of /evis, Gray (1838).
Lacerta srricata, Eichw., Gray, Cat. p. 32.
L. viridis, L., Giinth. P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 488.
The British Museum possesses fine specimens of this form, which,
in general appearance seems quite different from L. viridis. How-
ever, no important structural difference being noticeable, I think
L. strigata must be considered merely a variety of L. viridis.
At present, 17 species of Lacerta appear to be perfectly charac-
terized. In the following synopsis, I have endeavoured to facilitate
their determination. I have used as a character the number of
upper labials in front of the infraocular; but it must be observed that
there may be accidentally one labial more or less. These irregularities
occur very rarely, and generally only on one side; and as, in this dif-
ficult group, several specimens are, as a rule, required to name a
lizard properly, I think this character will be of great help in dis-
tinguishing the species.
1 Tail injured.
° Atti Ac. Se. Torino, xiii. 1877, p. 92, pl. ii. figs. 2 & 5.
* Arch. f. Naturg. 1880, p. 270.
* Ber. Senckenb. Ges. 1879-1880, p. 172.
ow
1881. ] LACERTA AND ACANTHODACTYLUS. 74
Synopsis of the Species of the genus Lacerta.
I. A single large plate on the anal region.
1. Lower eyelid opaque.
A. Collar distinctly toothed.
a. Four anterior upper labials; a single
postnasal.
Dorsal scales hexagonal elongate, rather
large, two series corresponding to a
VON itals plabOiaastiassctoesnemecom tec seen 1. vivipara, Jacq.
Dorsal scales granular, small, three series
corresponding to a ventral plate ...... 2. taurica, Pall.
6, Four anterior upper labials; two post-
nasals,
Postnasals not regularly superposed ...... 3. stinpium, Daud.
Postnasals regularly superposed ; occipital
moderate; dorsal scales hexagonal
elongate, keeled...... ep riot ee 4. viridis, L.
Postnasals regularly superposed ; occipital
large ; dorsal scales oval, keeled ...... 5. schreiberi, Bedr.
Postnasals regularly superposed ; occipital
large; dorsal scales granular ......... 6. ocellata, Daud.
B. Collar even.
a. Five anterior upper labials; two post-
nasals.
Dorsal scales perfectly smooth ; masseteric
disk none; a single row of small
plates surrounding the anal.......... aa tl
Dorsal scales perfectly smooth ; masseteric
disk very small; 8-10 longitudinal
rows of ventral plates ...secsessesseeees 8. brandti, De Fil.
Dorsal scales perfectly smooth ; masseteric
disk none or very small; 6-8 longi-
punctata, Gray.
- tudinal rows of ventral plates ......... 9. danfordi, Gthr.
Dorsal scales keeled; masseteric disk
TAUPE, + ded ve tts seeclivncopes bss cabgnaap seen 10. levis, Gray.
6. Four anterior upper labials; a single
OBB Allerton satecence cise robesersyacerictes 11. muralis, Laur.
¢. Five anterior upper labials ; a single post-
nasal,
Ventral plates in 6 longitudinal series ... 12. oycephala, Fitz.
Ventral plates in 12-14 longitudinal series 13. gadloti, D. & B.
2. Lower eyelid transparent ........sseccenssecan ees 14. perspicillata, D. & B.
II. Two or more large plates on the anal region ;
occipital very small.
Two postnasals; 8 longitudinal series of ventral
Ra hes ie aceeane te cscencu te casce tes cisees cai saan 15. delalandii, M.-Edw.
Two postnasals ; 6 longitudinal series of ventral
plates ..........5. Saedeisvecosecest ErpoconnaeGacca 16. ¢essellata, Smith,
A single postnasal; 6 longitudinal series of
Ventral plates:..cccrcessseressccvsseerescoesevoes 17. teniolata, Smith,
Out of these 17 species, 3 are unrepresented in the British Museum,
viz. L. schreiberi, L. oxycephala, and L. brandti.
II. Genus AcANTHODACTYLUS, Fitz.
ACANTHODACTYLUS BELLI, Gray, Cat. p. 56.
As has been supposed by Strauch, Schreiber, and myself, this
form is the young of A. vulgaris.
744 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE SPECIES OF [June 21,
ACANTHODACTYLUS CAPENSIS, Smith, Ill. Zool. S. Afr. pl. 39;
Gray, Cat. p. 37.
Two specimens, presented by Sir A. Smith, are in the British
Museum. From these, I see that it is not an Acanthodactylus, but
a Scapteira, as has been suspected by Dr. Peters’. I am also con-
vinced that Podarces (Scapteira) cuneirostris, Strauch*, is not
specifically distinct from A. capensis.
ACANTHODACTYLUS SAVIGNYI (Aud.), Gray, Cat. p. 37.
This species is not the Lacerta savignyi, of Audouin, which I have
not yet succeeded in identifying, but the same as that described as
Zootoca deserti by Giinther, and as Acanthodactylus bedriagai by
Lataste. The name deserti, Gthr., though prior to that of dedriagae,
must be cancelled, as there is a Lacerta deserti, Milne-Edwards,
which is also an Acanthodactylus.
ACANTHODACTYLUS INORNATUS, Gray, Cat. p. 38.
Is identical with A. scutellatus.
I am acquainted with ten species of Acanthodactylus. Their
synonymy and principal characters are as follows :—
1. ACANTHODACTYLUS sCUTELLATUS. (Plate LXIII. fig. 2.)
Lacerta scutellata, Aud. Descr. Egypte, Rept. (Suppl.) i. p. 172,
pl. i.f. 7; M.-Edw. Ann. Sc. N. xvi. pp. 74 & 85, pl. vi. f. 3.
? Lacerta olivieri, Aud. 1. c. p. 174, pl. i. fig. 11.
Lacerta dumerilii, M.-Edw. 1. c. pp. 76 & 85, pl. vii. f. 9!
Scapteira inornata, Gray, Ann. Nat. Hist. i. p. 280.
Acanthodactylus scutellatus, Dum. and Bibr. Erp. Gén. v. p. 272;
Gray, Cat. Liz. p. 37; Strauch, Mém. Ac: Se. St. Pétersb. (7) iv.
no. 7, p. 30; Bouleng. Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1878, p. 185.
Photophilus scutellatus, Fitz. Syst. Rept. i. p. 20.
Acanthodactylus inornatus, Gray, Cat. Liz. p. 38.
Snout acutely pointed. Three palpebral shields. Infraocular not
reaching the lip. Front edge of the ear strongly toothed*. Scales
granular, smooth on the front part of the back, rhomboidal, keeled
on the remaining part. Ventral plates not broader than long, in
14-16 longitudinal series. Preeanal plates subequal. Digital denti-
culations very long.
Hab. North Africa; Senegal (Paris Mus.); Syria (British Mus. ;
Brussels Mus.).
2. ACANTHODACTYLUS BOSKIANUS. (Plate LXIV. fig. 2.)
Lacerta boskianus, Daud. Rept. iii. p. 188, pl. xxxvi. f.2; Aud.
loc. cit. p. 174, pl. i. f. 10.
Lacerta aspera, Aud. loc. cit. pl. i. f. 9.
Acanthodactylus boskianus (Fitz.), Wiegm. Herp. Mex. i. p. 10;
1 Monatsh. Berl. Ac. 1869, p. 61.
? Bull. Ac. St. Pétersb. xii. (1867) p. 318.
° This character, however, in this and other species, is subject to a certain
amount of variation, and must be used with caution.
1881.] LACERTA AND ACANTHODACTYLUS, 745
Dum. & Bibr. loc. cit. p. 278; Gray, Cat. Liz. p. 38; Strauch, loc.
cit. p. 38; Bouleng. loc. cit. p. 182.
Three or four palpebral shields. Infraocular not reaching the
lip. Front edge of the ear strongly toothed. Dorsal scales very
much larger on the hinder part of the back, imbricate, strongly
keeled. Ventral plates broader than long, in 10-12 longitudinal
rows. Digital denticulations very long.
Hab. N. Africa; Abyssinia, Arabia (British Mus.); Syria
(British Mus. ; Brussels Mus.).
3. ACANTHODACTYLUs CANTORI. (Plate LXIV. fig. 3).
Acanthodactylus cantori, Giinth. Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 23 ; Stoliczka,
Journ. As. Soc. 1872, pt. 2, p. 91; Blanf. E. Persia, Zool. p. 381.
This species resembles very much A. boskianus. The shape of
the head is different, the snout being here longer and acutely pointed ;
the fronto-nasal and preefrontal shields are consequently more
elongate. As arule, there is a greater number of longitudinal rows
of ventral plates, viz. 12-14. The front edge of the ear is never
strongly toothed.
Hab. N.W. Hindostan; Baluchistan; Persia. °
4, ACANTHODACTYLUS MICROPHOLIS. (Plate LXIII. fig. 3.)
Acanthodactylus micropholis, Blanf. loc. cit. p. 283, pl. xxvi. f. 2.
Three or four palpebral shields, the front one frequently separated
from the following by a row of granules. Ivfraocular generally
forming part of the lip. Front edge of the ear slightly toothed.
Dorsal scales granular on the neck and between the shoulders, larger,
semioval, and sharply keeled on the rest of the back. Ventral
shields broader than long, in 10-12 longitudinal rows. Digital
denticulations not very long.
Hab. Baluchistan.
5. ACANTHODACTYLUs SyRiacus. (Plate LXIII. fig. 4.)
Acanthodactylus boskiana, var. syriacus, Boettger, Ber. Senck.
Ges. 1878-79, p. 69.
Acanthodactylus savigny?, part., Boettger, Jahresb. Senck. Ges.
1879-80, p. 178 (specimens from Syria).
Four palpebral shields. Infraocular not reaching the lip. Tem-
poral scales imbricate, keeled. Front edge of the ear slightly toothed.
Dorsal scales slightly keeled on the neck and between the shoulders,
larger, semioval and acutely keeled on the rest of the back. Ventral
plates broader than long, in 10-12 longitudinal rows. Digital
denticulations not very long.
This species is very closely allied to A. micropholis, from which it
may be distinguished by the larger, imbricate, and keeled scales of
the temporal region, and the more acute keel of the dorsal scales.
A. syriacus is known to me from the description of Boettger, and
from one specimen collected in Palestine by Dr. Anderson.
Hab. Syria.
Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1881, No. XLVIII. 48
746 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE SPECIES OF [June 21,
6. ACANTHODACTYLUS SCHREIBERI.
Acanthodactylus velox, Bonap. Faun. Ital. pl. f. 3.
Acanthodactylus savignyt, Schreib. Herp. Eur. p. 387.
Acanthodactylus savignyi, var. schreibert, Bouleng. Bull. Soe.
Zool. France, 1878, p. 188.
Acanthodactylus savignyi, sp., Boettg. loc. cit. (specimens from
Cyprus).
Four palpebral shields. Infraocular not reaching the lip. Tem-
poral scales granular. Front edge of the ear slightly toothed.
Dorsal scales granular on the neck and between the shoulders, rhom-
boidal and bluntly keeled on the rest of the back. Ventral plates
broader than long, in 8-10 longitudinal rows. Digital denticulations
not very long
I have nothing to add to the description I have given three years
ago of this form, which I erroneously considered a variety of A.
savignyt, a species which is only known from the figure in the
* Description de |’ Egypte.’
Hab. I have stated that the specimens described by me came
from the Crimea. Dr. Strauch believes this to be very unlikely.
Dr. Boettger’s specimens are from Cyprus.
7. ACANTHODACTYLUS BEDRIAGE. (Plate LXIII. fig. 1.)
Acanthodactylus savignyi, Dum. and Bibr. loc. cit. p. 273 (part.) ;
Gray, Cat. Liz. p. 37 ; Strauch, loc. cit. p. 36.
Zootoca deserti, Giinth. P. Z.S. 1859, p. 470, and 1864, p. 488.
Lacerta deserti, Strauch, loc. cit. p. 32,
Acanthodactylus bedriagai, Lataste, Le Naturaliste, 1881.
Three palpebral shields, the anterior frequently divided into two
or three smail shields. Infraocular not reaching the lip. Front
edge of the ear slightly toothed. Dorsal scales granular, rhomboidal,
and swollen or slightly keeled on the hind part of the back. Ven-
tral plates broader than long, in 12-14 longitudinal rows. Digital
denticulations not very long.
Of this species I possess numerous specimens from Egypt and
Algiers, kindly given to me by M. Lataste. I have seen many
other specimens in the Jardin des Plantes and in the British Museum.
I was at first inclined to consider it a variety of vulgaris; but I now
fully agree with M. Lataste that it is perfectly distinct.
Hab, N. Africa; Syria (British Museum).
8. ACANTHODACTYLUS TRISTRAMI. (Plate LXIV. fig. 1.)
Zootoca tristrami, Giinth. P. Z.S. 1864, p. 491.
Acanthodactylus-ineznatus, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ak. 1869, p. 62.
Two palpebral shields, bordered in front with two or three small
ones. Infraocular forming part of the lip. Front edge of the
ear not toothed. Dorsal scales rhomboidal, flat, larger on the
middle of the back, perfectly smooth. Scales at the base of the tail
also perfectly smooth. Ventral plates broader than long, in 8-10
longitudinal rows. Digital denticulations not very long.
1881.] LACERTA AND ACANTHODACTYLUS. 747
The type specimen from the Lebanon is a 2, in a bad state. I have
seen besides four specimens, collected in Palestine by Dr. Anderson,
9. ACANTHODACTYLUS VULGARIS. (Plate LXIV. fig. 4.)
Lacerta velox (non Pallas), M.-Edw. loc. cit. pp. 78 & 85, pl. 6.
f.7, and pl. 7. f. 4; Dugés, Ann. Se. N. xvi. p. 383, pl. 1. f. 6.
Acanthodactylus vulgaris, Dum. & Bibr. loc. cit. p. 268; Strauch,
loc. cit. p. 35; Schreiber, Herp. Eur. p. 390; Bouleng. loc. cit.
p. 195; Bedriaga, Arch. Naturg. 1879.
Acanthodactylus boschianus (non Daud.), Bonap. Faun. Ital. pl. f. 2.
Ctenodactylus vulgaris, Fitz. Syst. Rept. i. p. 20.
Acanthodactylus velox, Gray, Cat. Liz. p. 36.
Acanthodactylus bellit, Gray, loc. cit.
Two palpebral shields. Infraocular generally forming part of the
lip. Front edge of the ear not toothed. Dorsal scales small,
smooth, sometimes slightly keeled on the hind part of the back.
Ventral plates broader than long, in 10 longitudinal rows. Digital
denticulations not very long.
Hab. S. France ; Spain and Portugal ; Algiers.
10. ACANTHODACTYLUS LINEO-MACULATUS.
Acanthodactylus lineo-maculatus, Dum. & Bibr. loc. cit. p. 276;
Gray, Cat. Liz. p. 37 ; Strauch, loc. cit. p. 37 ; Boettg. Abh. Senck.
Ges. 1874, p. 9; Schreiber, loc. cit. p. 385; Bouleng. loc. cit. p. 191.
Chorodromus lineo-maculatus, Fitz. loc. cit.
Two palpebral shields. Infraocular, as a rule, not reaching the
lip. Front edge of the ear veey slightly toothed. Dorsal scales
small, rhomboidal, distinctly keeled. Ventral plates broader than
long, in 10 longitudinal series. Digital denticulations not very long.
Hab. Morocco; Algiers.
Two species are desiderata in the British Museum—A. syriacus
and A. schreibert.
The following scheme exhibits the affinities of the species of
Acanthodactylus;—
A. cantoris.
A. boskianus,
A. micropholis.
A. syriacus. A. scutellatus.
A. schreiberi.
A. lineo-maculatus.
A. vulgaris.—A. bedriagze.
A. tristrami.
48*
748 MR. F. C. SELOUS ON AFRICAN ANTELOPES. [June 21,
4, Field-notes on the Antelopes of Central South Africa,
made during eight years spent in many different districts
of the country. By F.C. Sztovs.
[Received June 17, 1881.]
(Plate LXV.)
The observations which I now offer to the Society have been made
during the different hunting-expeditions which I enumerate below :
they are entirely the results of my own personal experience of the
animals themselves, and are not derived from information supplied
by native or Dutch hunters.
In October 1871 I left the Diamond Fields, and, travelling through
Griqualand, struck the Orange River at Keis, and following its
northern bank reached Uisip, on the borders of Namaqualand, in the
January following, getting back to the Diamond Fields in March.
In April 1872 I again left the Diamond Fields, and travelling along
the eastern border of the Kalahari desert, through Kuruman,
Secheli’s town, and Bamangwato, reached the Matabele country, 300
miles to the north-east of the latter place, in the following August.
A few days later I started for the Mashuna country, and reached the
river Umnyati in September. Here I remained hunting Elephants
(principally in the “fly ’-infested country to the north-east) until
the end of the year. From January to June 1873 I was constantly
travelling about the outskirts of the Matabele country, trading and
shooting. In the beginning of June, I travelled to the country near
the junction of the Gwaiand Shangane rivers, and remained hunting
Elephants in that district and throughout the mountainous country
between the Gwaiand the Victoria Falls until the following November,
at the end of which month I returned to the Matabele country,
From then until the following March I remained in the Matabele
country, making a journey across the open downs to the south-east.
of Inyati and reaching the junction of the Ingezi and Lunti rivers.
In the beginning of May 1874 I left the Tati gold-mine, and tra-
velled with my waggon to Daka, about 60 miles south of the Victoria
Falls. In the beginning of June I went on foot to the Falls, and
then followed the course of the Zambesi and Chobe rivers to the
neighbourhood of Linyanti, where I remained hunting for several
months, returning to the waggon in October. I then made another
hunting-trip amongst the hills to the east of the Victoria Falls. In
the beginning of November (the waggon having started for the
Matabele country) I travelled to the junction of the Gwai and
Zambesi rivers, and from there cut right across country to the waggon-
road, finding the waggon at Thammasetjie. In the end of December
I again reached the Matabele country. In February 1875 I travelled
down country to Natal and returned to England. ;
In March 1876 I again landed at the Cape, and after a five
months’ journey, travelling by bullock-waggon through the Cape
1881.] MR. F. C. SELOUS ON AFRICAN ANTELOPES, 749
colony, Orange Free State, and Transvaal, and thence along the
Marico and Limpopo rivers to Bamangwato, at last reached Tati,
on the south-western frontier of the Matabele country, in August.
Here I remained hunting on several tributaries of the Limpopo until
the following December, when I trekked down to the Diamond Fields,
returning to Tati again in April 1877. I then started at once for
the Zambesi, reaching Daka in May. From that date until the end of
October I was hunting on the Chobe in the neighbourhood of the Sunta
outlet, and in the country between the Chobe and Mababe rivers.
In Nov. 1877, after sending my waggons to the Matabele country,
I crossed the Zambesi on foot at ‘‘ Wankies”’ town, and, following
its northern bank, reached the mouth of the Kafukwe in December.
From here I struck to the north-west through the mountains beneath
which the Kafukwe runs, and, travelling over the Manica plateau,
reached “‘Sitanda’s”’ town, situated near the swampy Lukangariver, in
January 1878. In February I again reached the mouth of the Kafukwe
river, and in the following month, crossing the Zambesi a little to the
west of the mouth of the Sanyati(a tributary from the south), struck
due south across country, and reached the Matabele country once
more in May 1878. Here I was detained doing nothing through
ill-health until August, when [ made a hunting-trip to the north-
eastern part of the Mashuna country in the neighbourhood of the
Ganyane river, returning to the Matabele country in the end of
December. I then went down to the Transvaal, and getting back to
Bamangwato in April 1879, started on a hunting-expedition to the
upper Chobe. ‘Travelling through the desert to the Botletlie river,
I followed its eastern bank for some distance and then struck across
to the Mababe river, which [ reached early in June. From this time
until December I hunted on the Machabe, Sunta, and Chobe rivers,
and then travelling through the great saltpans into which the
Botletlie runs, reached Bamangwato again in Janaury 1880. I then
went down to the Transvaal and Diamond Fields, and in the end of
May got back to the Matabele country again, and at once started
on my last hunting-expedition to North-eastern Mashuna land, where
I remained hunting until the end of the year. On leaving Mashuna
land I travelled down country, and, skirting the western border of
the Transvaal, reached the Diamond Fields in February 1881.
After this slight sketch of my routes, 1 proceed to give my notes
upon the various Antelopes which I met with during these ex-
peditions.
1. OrEAS CANNA.
(Eland of the Dutch and English ; Pofo of the Bechuanas ; Impofo
of the Amandebele ; He-pofo of the Makalakas; Mofo of the Ma-
shunas ; Jnsefo of the Masubias and Batongas ; Oo-schefo of the
Macubas ; Doo of the Masaras.)
The Eland is now extinct in the Cape Colony, Natal, the Orange
Free State, Griqualand West, and the Transvaal, and almost so in
all the countries watered by the tributaries of the Limpopo, to the
west of the Matabele country. In the Kalahari desert to the west of
750 MR. F. C. SELOUS ON AFRICAN ANTELOPES. [June 21,
Secheli’s and Bamangwato it is plentiful, but never now comes as far
eastwards as the waggon-road between those two places. North of
Bamangwato, along the roads leading to the Lake Ngami and to the
Victoria Falls of the Zambesi, there are always a few Elands to be
found, though they are usually very scarce ; at times, however, large
herds wander out of the Kalahari desert, as far eastwards as the
waggon-road leading from Bamangwato to the Zambesi. These mi-
grations usually happen in the months of February and March; and
the Bushmen say that they are to be accounted for by the fact that
at that time of year a particular sort of small bush is in leaf, of which
Elands are very fond. In all the country between the Botletlie and
Chobe rivers, Elands are still to be found in greater or lesser numbers,
and I have often seen herds of overa hundred together. In the dry
desert country through which the Chobe runs they are particularly
plentiful. Again, if we take the country further eastwards, Elands
are still to be found in considerable numbers to the north-east, east, and
south-east of the district inhabited by the Amandebele, and in many
parts with which I am acquainted are very plentiful. In the broken
mountainous country extending all along the Zambesi eastwards,
from the Victoria Falls to beyond the river Gwai, I never saw any
Elands or their spoor; but in the sandy country immediately to the
south they are fairly plentiful. Between the Chobe and Zambesi
rivers I found Eland splentiful ; and so far as I went to the north of
the Zambesi I also found them.
The skins of Elands that I have seen from the Kalahari desert
have no signs of a stripe upon them, and the dark mark above the
knee on the inside of the fore leg is either very faint or altogether
wanting. In April 1879 I shot several Eland cows about 60 miles
north of Bamangwato, on the road to Lake Ngami. I looked at all
of them very carefully, but could not detect the faintest sign of a
stripe, though some of them had the patches on the inside of the
fore legs of a light grey colour. During the following months I shot
many Elands on the eastern bank of the Botletlie river, on the Ma-
babe, and on both sides of the Chobe river. Every one of these
Elands was more or less striped, some so faintly as to be barely per-
ceptible, some very plainly. In the Mashuna country again, to the
north-east of the Matabele country, every Eland cow is very plainly
striped, many of them having the stripes quite as plain as they are
on a Koodoo, and the patches on the inside of the fore legs of a deep
black. The one Eland (a cow) which I shot to the north of the
Zambesi was beautifully marked, having nine broad white stripes on
each side, and a broad black line down the centre of the back. Elands
that are much striped often have a whitish mark across the nose, in
the same place as in the Koodoo.
Old Eland bulls have very little hair on their skins, and look a
dark slaty blue colour, owing to the colour of the skin showing
through the scanty hair ; and on these old animals, naturally enough,
no sign of stripes can be perceived. Old cows also turn to a:slate-
colour from the same cause. In every large herd of Elands, cows
are to be seen of every shade of colour from pale fawn to bluish grey.
1881.] MR. F, C. SELOUS ON AFRICAN ANTELOPES. 751
Therefore your old hunter, who knows of four species of Lions, and
six or seven Rhinoceroses, says that there are two or three distinct
species of Elands, the blue, the yellow, and the striped. An Eland
bull that I shot last year in the Mashuna country, measured 5 ft.
9 in. at the wither. This measurement was carefully taken with a
tape line, between two assegais fixed in the ground parallel to one
another, the one at the fore foot, the other at the wither. This was
an ordinary bull ; and I feel sure that they attain a greater size in the
more desert country further west ; at least that is my impression,
judging by the eye. The longest pair of Eland bull-horns I have
seen measured 2 ft. 6 in. in length, the longest pair of cow-horns
2 ft. 10 in. The horns of very old bulls are often worn down to
little more than a foot inlength. Towards the end of the dry season,
when the old grass is nearly all burnt off and the new has not yet
sprouted, Elands in some parts of the country (in the Mashuna
country, for instance) live entirely upon the leaves of bushes ; and their
flesh then becomes utterly tasteless. Their flesh has been very much
overestimated in my opinion, and is not to be compared for flavour with
that of the Buffalo, Giraffe, Hippopotamus, or White Rhinoceros,
supposing, of course, that the animals are all fat and in good con-
dition. An Eland bull when fat can be easily run down with an
ordinary horse ; but the cows often run with great speed and bottom.
The Elands in the Mashuna country run, I think, much harder than
those in the more desert countries further west. When pursued,
they often bound high into the air, higher than the backs of their
fellows.
Along the Chobe, the Elands drink regularly in the river, usually
during the night or just at daybreak, and then feed away through
the forest-clad sandbelts, and are seldom to be met with in the
middle of the day within six miles of the river. In other parts of
the country, however, where for several months in the year there is
absolutely no water, Elands, in common with Gemsbuck and Giraffe,
live and thrive ; and these desert Elands appear to me to attain to a
greater size than those found in the well-watered parts of the country.
In these deserts at some seasons of the year a small kind of wild
melon, which contains a considerable quantity of water, is plentiful ;
and in September and October, which is the dryest season of the year,
a white bulb, looking much like a turnip and full of water, is also
very common in some parts of the country; and I have no doubt
that these melons and water-containing roots are largely eaten by
Elands and other animals. :
2. STREPSICEROS KUDU.
(Koodco of the Dutch and English; Tolo of the Bechuanas ; Fe-
bala-bala of the Amandebele; EKe-zilarwa of the Makalakas; Noro
of the Mashunas ; Unza of the Masubias ; Unzwa of the Makubas ;
Muzeeloua of the Batongas; Dwdr of the Masaras.)
A few Koodoos still linger in the Cape Colony ; and in parts of
Griqualand West this Antelope isnot uncommon. From the Limpopo
to the Zambesi, however, and in the Manica country to the north of
752 MR. F. C. SELOUS ON AFRICAN ANTELOPES. [June 21,
the Zambesi, it is found in the neighbourhood of every river I have
visited except in those places where the natives have exterminated it.
It is usually partial to hilly country covered with dense thickets; but
hills are by no means necessary to its existence, as it is common in the
thick bush along both banks of the river Chobe, where there are no
hills whatever, and it is also plentiful in the wait-a-bit thorn-jungles
on the lower Molapo just on the edge of the flat and sandy Kalahari
desert. The ground-colour of female Koodoos and young males is a
reddish or greyish brown, with eight or nine white stripes on each side ;
but the old males become a deep blue-grey, which is owing, I think,
as in the case of the Eland, to the colour of the skin showing through
the scanty hair. The longest pair of Koodoo horns I have ever seen
measured 3 ft. 83 in. in a straight line from point to base. A pair
the owner of which I shot in the Mashuna country last year measure
3 ft. 5 in. in a straight line from point to base and 5 ft. 4 in. along
the curve.
3. TRAGELAPHUS SYLVATICUS.
(Boschbok of the Dutch; Bushbuck of the English; Inkonka
(male), Imbabala (female) of the Zulus; Serolobutuku of the
Bamangwatos ; Imbabala (male and female) of the Amandebele,
Batongas, and Masubias; Ungurungu of the Makubas.)
In speaking of this Antelope, I include all the Bushbucks that
I have met with in different parts of the country; for, although
those found on the banks of the Chobe are very different at first
sight, both as regards size and colour, from those met with in the Cape
Colony, I believe all to be specifically identical.
This Antelope is found everywhere in the belt of bush which runs
along the coast-line of the Cape Colony and Natal, and which in some
places extends to a considerable distance inland. Along the Limpopo
and some of its tributaries it is also found, but does not extend its
range far up the latter. Then, if we cross the watershed between
that river and the Zambesi, we again meet with it on the banks of the
latter river and on the lower part of some of its tributaries, such as
the Gwai and Sanyati. In certain districts along the southern bank
of the Chobe it is more common than anywhere else. It is, however,
neyer met with except in places where dense bush comes right down
to the water’s edge; and on the Chobe, where I have seen most of
these Antelopes, I have never found one at a distance of 100 yards
from the river. From the Cape Colony to the Chobe all the Bush-
bucks I have seen have a bare place round the neck, as if they
had worn a broad collar that had rubbed off all the long hair,
leaving nothing but asoft velvety down. It is worthy of remark that
the North-African Bushbuck (Zragelaphus scriptus) has not this
bare place round the neck. In the Cape Colony the adult Bushbuck
rams are of a deep dark brownish-black colour, with only two or three
stnall white spots on the haunch and one or two on the shoulder.
The adult females are of a light reddish brown, with white spots on
the baunches and sometimes a few between the shoulder and the
flank. The young rams are of a reddish brown more or less spotted.
1881.] MR. F. C. SELOUS ON AFRICAN ANTELOPES. 753
On the Limpopo the adult rams are of a brownish grey, often without
a sign of any spots, and the adult females of a dark red with a few
white spots. The hair of the rams is longer than in the Colony.
The young rams, however, are of a red colour and a good deal spotted,
with a few faint transverse stripes ; the young females are also more
spotted than the old ones.
This is the Bushbuck which Gordon Cumming considered to be a
new and undescribed species and named the ** Antelopus roualeynei,’’
or * Bushbuck of the Limpopo.”” These Bushbucks are smaller than
those found in the Cape Colony. If we now take the Bushbucks
found on the tributaries of the Zambesi to the east of the Victoria
Falls, the adult rams are in colour like the young rams found on the
Limpopo, being of a dark red, thickly spotted on the haunches,
shoulders, and sides with small white spots, with three or four faint
white stripes down each side. The adult females are of a pale
yellowish red, beautifully spotted, and also show a few faint white
stripes. If we now take the Bushbucks found on the banks of the
Chobe, we find that the adult male is of a very dark red colour, in
places merging into a deep brownish black, most beautifully spotted
with large white spots, there being as many as fifty on each side in
some individuals, and in some cases as many as eight well-
defined white stripes besides. There is also a mane of white
hair running all down the back from the shoulder to the tail
about 3 inches in length, which the animal can erect at pleasure.
The young ram is of a pale reddish yellow, with the spots and
stripes much more faintly marked than in the adult animal. The
adult female is of a rich dark red, beautifully spotted with white,
and with three or four faint white stripes on each side. There
is also a deep-black line running all down the back. The young
female is of a lighter red and not so much spotted.
It will thus be seen that whereas in the Cape Colony and on the
Limpopo the young Bushbucks are more spotted than the adult
animals, and gradually lose their markings as they become older,
this order of things is exactly reversed on the Chobe and on the
tributaries of the Zambesi, where the adult animals are far more
beautifully marked than those that have not come to maturity. In
the Cape Colony the average length of Bushbuck horns is about a
foot; but they often attain a length of 14 in., and I know of one pair
measuring 167 in. in length. On the Limpopo, Zambesi, and Chobe it
is very rare to get a pair of Bushbuck horns exceeding a foot in length,
4, TRAGELAPHUS SPEKII.
(Nakong of the Batauwani at Lake Ngami; Situtunga, Puvula,
Unzuzu, of the tribes on the Chobe and Central Zambesi; N’zo0é
of the natives of the Lukanga river, north of the Zambesi.)
This Antelope is only met with in the extensive swamps which exist
in some parts of the interior of Africa. In the reed-beds of the
Mababe, T'amalakan, and Machabe rivers it is to be found; and in
the vast marshes through which the Chobe runs it must exist in
considerable numbers, although, as it only emerges from the dense
754 MR. F. C. SELOUS ON AFRICAN ANTELOPES. [June 21,
reed-beds at night, it is scarcely ever to be seen. In 1879 I tried
hard to shoot some of these animals on the Chobe, searching for
them in a canoe amongst the reed-beds at early dawn and after
sunset ; but though I disturbed several, and heard them splashing
away amongst the reeds and papyrus, I only saw one female alive,
though one morning I found a fine ram lying dead that had
evidently been killed fighting with a rival during the night. The
head and feet of this animal I preserved. The female that I saw
was standing breast deep in the water, inthe midst of a bed of reeds,
feeding on the young shoots that just appeared above the water.
When she saw us she at once made off, making a tremendous
splashing as she plunged through the water. The natives told me
that very often when these Antelopes are met with under similar
circumstances they do not attempt to run, but, sinking down in the
water, submerge their whole bodies, leaving only their nostrils above
the surface, and trusting that their enemies will pass them un-
observed ; they (the Kafirs) then paddle close alongside and assegai
them from the canoe. As all the Situtungas the skins of which I
saw had been killed with assegais, and not shot, I have no doubt
that this statement is correct. Another way the natives have of
killing them is by setting fire to the reeds when they become quite
dry, and then waiting for the Situtungas in their canoes in one of the
channels of open water by which the marsh is intersected. Driven
forwards by the advancing fire, the Antelopes are at last obliged to
swim across the open water to gain the shelter of the reeds on the
further side ; and the natives are thus often enabled to cut off and
assegai some of them in mid stream.
I may here remark that it is a curious zoological fact that the
Situtungas found on the Lower Chobe do not possess the power of
being able to sleep beneath the surface of the water, or even of
diving—such as is stated to be enjoyed by the same Antelopes
met with by Major Serpa Pinto only about 200 miles further up the
course of the same river.
An adult male Situtunga Antelope is just about the size of a male
Lee-gwee, with a thick-set heavy body and very powerful neck.
The hair is longer and more silky than in any other species. The
longest pair of horns I have seen measured 2 ft. 1 in. in a straight
line from point to base. The hoofs grow to a great length, and
sometimes become white ; and, as in the Lee-gwee, the space between
the back of the hoof and the dew-claw is devoid of hair. In 1877
I obtained the skin of a foetus Situtunga. The ground-colour was of
a dark blackish brown, something the colour of an English mole’s
skin. This skin was very plainly striped and spotted with bands
and spots of yellowish white, the stripes and spots being arranged as
they are in the adult Bushbucks found along the southern bank of
the Chobe. I had another skin of a very young animal, killed
shortly after birth. This skin was already of a lighter ground-
colour than that of the foetus ; and the stripes and spots had become
much fainter. The skin of the adult animal is of a uniform greyish
brown and altogether devoid of either spots or stripes. Like its
1881.] MR. F. C, SELOUS ON AFRICAN ANTELOPES. 755
congener the Bushbuck, the Situtunga goes in pairs, and is not met
with in herds. The females have not horns on the Lower Chobe, as
as they are stated to have further north by Major Pinto.
5. Oryx GAZELLA.
(Gemsbok of the Dutch ; Gemsbuck of the English ; Kukama of
the Bechuanas and Makalakas ; Ko of the Masaras. )
The Gemsbuck is almost entirely confined to the arid deserts of
South-western Africa. In the Kalahari desert, to the west of Griqua-
land West, it is fairly plentiful; and all along the road leading along
the eastern border of the desert from Kuruman to Bamangwato it is
occasionally to be met with, becoming plentiful if one penetrates into
the waterless country to the westward, but being unknown to the east-
ward, of theroad. Along the waggon-road leading from Bamangwato
to Tati there are a few Gemsbuck about Pelatsi, Serule, and Goqui;
and they are sometimes to be met with on the upper courseof the Mac-
loutsi, Shashi, and Tati rivers. A few sometimes even wander as far
eastwards as the Ramokwebani river. On the road leading from Tati
to the Zambesi Gemsbuck are not often met with; but a few are occa-
sionally to be seen in the neighbourhood of Thammasanka and
Thammasetjie. A little further westwards, however, in the neigh-
bourhood of the great saltpans, they are numerous, as they are also in
all the country between the saltpans and the Botletlie river, whilst to
the west of that river, right through the desert into Damaraland,
they are said to run in large herds. Where I have met with them
the country has either been open or covered with stunted bush;
and along the waggon-road from Bamangwato to the Mababe their
northern range seems to be limited by the heavily timbered sand-
belts which run east and west immediately to the south of that river,
and into which the Gemsbuck does not penetrate. North of the
Mababe, in the direction of the Chobe, although many parts of the
country appear well fitted for them, the Gemsbuck is unknown.
As far as my experience goes, the Gemsbuck is far from being the
fleetest or most enduring Antelope in South Africa, and in these
respects connot be compared with the Tsessebe or Hartebeest. I do
not think it is either fleeter or more enduring than the Sable or
Roan Antelope ; and I have myself run one to a standstill without
firing a shot, and know of several other men having done the same
thing. The horns of the cow become longer than those of the bull,
as a rule; the longest pair of the former I have ever seen measured
3 ft. 103 in., and of the latter 3 ft. 6 in.
6. HippoTRaAGUS LEUCOPHEUS.
(Roan Antelope of the English; Bastard Gemsbok of the Colonial
and Orange-Free-State Dutch ; Bastard Eland of the Transvaal
Dutch ; Qualata of the Northern Bechuanas; Tai-hait-sa of the
Southern Bechuanas; Ke-taka of the Amandebele; Ze-pala-pala
chena (White Sable Antelope) of the Makalakas ; Impengo eetuba
(White Sable Antelope) of the Masubias; Oo-ka-mooh-wee of the
Makubas; Awar of the Masaras.)
756 MR. F. C. SELOUS ON AFRICAN ANTELOPES. [June 21,
I have twice met with the Roan Antelope to the south of Baman-
gwato, once on the Limpopo and once on the Notuani’. In the
neighbourhood of the Tati in South-western Matabele land it is not
uncommon ; and all along the road from there to the Zambesi it may
be met with, though nowhere plentiful; as far as I have been along
the Chobe it is to be found sparingly, and also in the Mababe
country. Throughout the Mashuna country it is tolerably plentiful ;
and in the Manica country north of the Zambesi also I saw a good
many. In fact it is to be found over a vast extent of country in
central South Africa, but is nowhere to be met with in very large
numbers. A herd of twenty together is seldom to be seen. The
Roan Antelopes differ very much one from another in colour, some
being of a strawberry-roan, others of a deep dark grey or brown,
and others again so light in colour as to appear almost white at a
distance. The horns of the Roan Antelope bull seldom measure
more than 2 ft. 6 in. in length measured over the curve, though I
saw one, shot in the Mashuna country in 1878, whose horns measured
2 ft. 9 in.
7. HipPpoTRAGUS NIGER.
(Zwart Wit Pens of the Dutch; Sadle Antelope or Harrishuck of
the English ; Potoqguane of the Southern Bechuanas ; Qualata inchu
of the Bamangwatos and Makalolos; Umtjiele of the Amandebele ;
Pala-pala of the Makalakas ; Impengo of the Masubias ; Ookwa of
the Makubas; Solupe of the Masaras.)
At the present day a few Sable Antelopes are still to be found in
South-western Matabele land, in the neighbourhood of the Ramok-
webani, Shashani, and Samookwe rivers (tributaries of the Shashe).
Along the waggon-road leading from Tati to the Zambesi it may be
met with here and there, but is decidedly scarce. All along the
Chobe river, as far as I have been, I have met with this Antelope,
though sparingly. In the Mababe country and on the road leading
from there to Bamangwato I neither saw a Sable Antelope nor the
spoor of one, and do not think its range extends so far to the west.
In the broken country to the south of the Victoria Falls, in the
neighbourhood of the Pendamatenka and Daka rivers, it is not un-
common ; but its true home is the higher portions of the Mashuna
country to the north-east of the Matabele country. There it is the
commonest Antelope, and may still be met with in herds of over fifty
individuals, the usual number being from ten to twenty. However
large the herd, I have never seen more than one full-grown bull with
it, though there may be several half-grown ones, whilst ina large herd
of any other kind of Antelopes two or more full-grown males are nearly
alwaysto be seen. On the Manica plateau, north of the Zambesi, Sable
Antelopes are also to be met with. The longest pair of male Sable
Antelope’s horns I ever saw measured 45 inches over the curve, the
longest pair of female 33 inches. In the Mashuna country and along
the Chobe the average length of the horns of these animals is greater
than in South-western Matabeleland. Asa rule the Sable Antelope
! A few Roan Antelopes are still to be found in Griqualand West.
1881. ] MR. F. C, SELOUS ON AFRICAN ANTELOPES. 757
runs very swiftly and has good bottom ; but in this respect different
individuals differ considerably, as is the case with all animals; and I
have run down without much difficulty individual Sable Antelopes,
and Roan Antelopes, and one Gemsbuck, whilst others have gone clean
away from me. The Sable Antelope is often very savage when
wounded, and, like the Roan Antelope and Gemsbuck, will commit
terrible havoc amongst a pack of dogs ; indeed I have known one to
kill three with three consecutive sweeps of its long scimitar-shaped
horns.
8. GAZELLA EUCHORE.
(Springbok of the Dutch ; Springbuck of the English; Insaypee
of the Bechuamas ; Het-saypee of the Makalakas.)
The Springbok is still found in the north-western portions of the
Cape Colony, and throughout the Free State, Transvaal, and
Griqualand West, where it has not yet been exterminated. Along
the borders of the Kalahari desert it is common in many parts ; and
on the saltpans between the Botletlie river and the waggon-road
leading from Bamangwato to the Zambesi it is also plentiful. In
common with the Gemsbuck and Hartebeest, however, its northern
range is bounded by the thick forests which run east and west south
of the Mababe river. I believe that to the west of Lake Ngami it
has a more extensive range northwards.
9, AiSPYCEROS MELAMPUS.
(Roode-bok (pronounced Roybok) of the Dutch; Roybuck of
the English ; Pala of the Bechuanas ; Impala of the Amandebele ;
Ee-pala of the Makalakas ; Inzero of the Masubias ; Umpard of the
Makubas; Lubondwee of the Batongas ; Kug-ar (with a click on the
first syllable) of the Masaras.) :
This Antelope I first met with on the Marico and Notuani rivers,
two tributaries of the Limpopo; and from there northwards it is to
be found along the banks of every river and stream wherever I have
been, except in those places where the natives have exterminated or
driven them away. They are nowhere more plentiful than along the
Chobe, and may often be seen in herds of from twenty to a hundred
together. ‘There are very few males in comparison with the number
of females, though I have sometimes seen a herd composed entirely
of rams, ten or fifteen in number. They like thick cover along the
river’s bank, and are seldom seen at a distance of more than a mile
from water, of the proximity of which there is no more certain
sign than the presence of Impala Antelopes. In the rainy season
they will often wander from pool to pool until they get to a consider-
able distance from their usual resort along ariver, and thus are often
found at some of the larger and more permanent vleys, such as
Selinya and Boatlanarma, on the road between Secheles and
Bamangwato. The Impalas found on the banks of the Limpopo are,
I think, larger than those found on the Chobe, and their horns usually
wider set. The largest horns I have ever seen were from the
Limpopo, and measured 1 ft. 9 in. in a straight line from point to
758 MR. F. C. SELOUS ON AFRICAN ANTELOPES. (June 21,
base, with a spread of 18 inches. The largest pair I shot on the Chobe
measured 1 ft. 8 in. in a straight line from point to base, with a
spread of 1 ft. 4 in.; but the generality measure under 1 ft. 6 in. in
length.
10. CERVICAPRA ARUNDINACEA.
(Rietbok of the Dutch ; Reedbuck of the English; Imzee-gee of
the Amandebele; Ee-bee-pa of the Makalakas ; Im-vwee of the
Masubias ; Um-vwee of the Makubas; Bemba of the Masaras.)
The first place I met with this Antelope was on the banks of the
Marico river, though I believe a few are still to be found here and
there in the Transvaal. On the upper portions of the Tati, Shashi,
Ramokwebani, and other tributaries of the Limpopo it is to be
met with; and inthe Matabele and Mashuna countries on both slopes
of the watershed it is very common along the banks of every river,
except, of course, in the inhabited parts, where it has been exterminated.
During a journey along the eastern bank of the Botletlie river in 1879,
I did not see any Reedbucks; but on the Mababe, Tamalakan,
Machabe, Sunta, and Chobe rivers I found them very numerous. On
the tributaries of the Zambesi east of the Victoria Falls, such as the
Pandamatenka, Daka, and Gwai, it is common, as also along the Nata,
a river running from the Matabele country westwards into the great
saltpan. In fact throughout central South Africa it is to be found
wherever there are open grassy or reedy valleys intersected by a stream
of water, or large reed vleys, On the Manica plateau, north of the
Zambesi, Reedbucks were particularly common, and I have there
seen as many as eight feeding in close proximity to one another.
As arule one seldom sees more than three or four together ; and of
these two are usually young. They are animals that go in pairs,
and in this particular differ altogether from the Waterbuck, Leechwee,
or Pookoo Antelopes, which consort together in herds, and amongst
which thereis not morethanone male for every ten females. Although
the Reedbuck is never found far from water, it always keeps on dry
ground; and when chased I have never seen one take to boggy ground,
but have noticed that rather than cross a narrow stream of shallow
water they will make a long detour, often running the risk of being
cut off thereby. When alarmed they give a shrill whistle, very
similar to that emitted by the Chamois. The longest pair of Reed-
buck horns that I have ever seen measured 16 inches along the curve ;
and I have shot two specimens myself whose horns measured 15 inches,
The ordinary Jength is from 12 to 13 inches.
11. Cosus ELLIPSIPRYMNUS.
(Kring: gat of the Dutch ; Waterbuck of the English ; Twmoga
of the Bechuanas; Sidumuga of the Amandebele; He-tumuha of the
Makalakas; e-kulo of the Masubias; Umkulamdumbo of the
Makubas; Mukulo of the Batongas; Gwelung-gwelee of the Masa-
ras.)
The Waterbuck is still found on the upper Limpopo and its tribu-
taries, such as the Shashi, Tati, and Ramokwebani, in herds of from
1881. MR. F. C. SELOUS ON AFRICAN ANTELOPES. 759
ten to twenty individuals. On the Zambesi and all its tributaries
eastward of the Victoria Falls it is very plentiful, but is never found
in herds of more than about twenty together. On the Chobe and
its outlet the Sunta it is to be met with sparingly; but on the Mababe
and Botletlie rivers I did not meet with any at all during my visit
there in 1879. It is most partial to steep stony hills, and is often
found at a distance of more than a mile from the nearest river, for
which, however, it always makes when pursued. Though a heavy-
looking beast, it can clamber with wonderful speed and sureness of
foot up and down the steepest hillsides. It appears to me that the
Waterbucks found on the Upper Zambesi and its tributaries do not
attain to the same size as those found on the Limpopo. On the
latter river the horns often attain to a length of over 30 inches, whilst
on the Zambesi and its tributaries, such as the Omniati and Ganyane
rivers, which take their rise in the high plateau of the Mashuna
country, it is exceptional to obtain a pair measuring over 28 inches ;
and the longest I have met with were a pair the bearer of which I
shot myself last year (1880) on the banks of the Ganyane river.
These horns measured 31 inches along the curve. The flesh of the
Waterbuck is very coarse and rather strong-tasted ; and when they
become fat the fat sticks to the mouth and clogs on the teeth, unless
eaten when very hot. Wherever I have seen them Waterbucks
vary much in colour, some being reddish brown, others a very dark
grey.
12. Cosus varpont. (Plate LXV.)
Heleotragus vardoni, Kirk, P. Z. 8. 1864, p- 657.
(Impookoo of the Masubias.)
The only place where I myself met with this Antelope was in a
small tract of country extending along the southern bank of the Chobe
for about sixty miles westwards from its junction with the Zambesi.
They are never found at more than 200 or 300 yards from the
river, and are usually to be seen cropping the short grass along the
water’s edge, or lying in the shade of the trees and bushes scattered
over the alluvial flats which have been formed here and there by the
shifting of the river’s bed. Now and then a few must wander east-
wards along the southern bank of the Zambesi as far as the Victoria
Falls, as I saw my friend Mr. J. L. Garden shoot one in 1874 which
was standing on the very brink of the precipice. This, however, is
the only one I have ever seen to the east of Umparira, though I have
been several times backwards and forwards along the river’s bank
between that place and the Victoria Falls since. Along the Upper
Zambesi from Sesheke to the Baroutse valley the natives report them
common. Why the Pookoo does not extend its range further west-
wards along the southern bank of the Chobe I am ata loss to under-
stand, as there does not appear to be any change in the character of
the country or vegetation to account for it.
In size this Antelope stands about the same height at the shoulder
as the Impala, but, being stouter built, must weigh considerably
more. The colour is a uniform foxy red, the hair along the back
760 MR. F. C. SELOUS ON AFRICAN ANTELOPES. [June 21,
about the loins being often long and curly. The tips of the ears are
black. The males alone bear horns, which are ringed to within three
inches of the point, and curve slightly forwards. A fine pair will
measure 16 inches along the curve.
These Antelopes are usually met with in herds of from three or four
to a dozen in number ; but in 1874, on one of the alluvial flats near
the mouth of the Chobe, I observed as many as fifty in one herd, and
once I saw twelve old rams together. During the period of anarchy,
however, which ensued after Sepopo was murdered in 1876, a great
many of the natives fled from Sesheke to the southern bank of the
Chobe, and during their sojourn there committed great havoc amongst
b
Horns of Cobus vardoni.
a. Side view; 5. front view.
the numerous herds of Pookoo; so that on my visit to the Chobe in
1877 I never saw more than ten or a dozen in a herd, and not one
for every ten I had seen there in 1874. They are usually found on
dry ground close to the water’s edge, but when pursued do not
hesitate to cross marshes or swim deep rivers. I have often seen
Pookoo and Impala Antelopes feeding together, but have never seen
the former Antelopes in company with Leechwee, for the reason that
on the southern bank of the Chobe near its junction with the Zam-
besi, where the Pookoo are found, there are no Leechwee, whilst in
the swamps on the other bank, where Leechwee abound, there are no
Pookoo.
13. Cous LECHE.
(Leché, Lee-gwee of the Makalolo ; Inya of the Masubias ; Oonya
of the Makuhas.)
This Antelope is first met with in the marshes of the Botletlie river,
Hanhart ump
JSmnut lith
COBUS VARDONI.
=
1881.] MR. F, C. SELOUS ON AFRICAN ANTELOPES, 761
and is very numerous in the open grassy plains which are always
more or less inundated by the Tamalakan, Mababe, Machabe,
Sunta, and Chobe rivers. It is also common along the upper Zambesi.
In the swamps of the Lukanga river, about 150 miles to the south-
west of Lake Bengweolo, which I visited in 1878, I found the Lee-
gwee Antelope in large herds.
After Speke’s Antelope, the Lechee is the most water-loving
Antelope with which I am acquainted, and is usually to be seen stand-
ing knee deep, or even up to its belly, in water, cropping the tops of
the grass that appear above the surface, or else lying just at the water’s
edge. As is the case with Tragelaphus spekii, the backs of the feet
are devoid of hair between the hoof and the dew-claws, whilst in the
Pookoo, as with all other Antelopes, this part is covered with hair.
In some parts of the country Lee-gwee Antelopes are very tame; in
others, where they are much persecuted by the natives, excessively
wild. When they first make up their minds to run they stretch out
their noses, the males laying their horns flat along their sides, and
trot ; but on being pressed they break into a springing gallop, now
and then bounding high into the air. Even when in water up to
their necks, they do not swim, but get along by a succession of bounds,
making atremendous splashing. Of course, when the water becomes
too deep for them to bottom, they are forced to swim, which they
do well and strongly, though not as fast as the natives can paddle ;
and when the country is flooded, great numbers are driven into deep
water and speared. In the adult Lee-gwee the ears are of a uniform
fawn-colour ; but in the young animal they are tipped with black as
in the adult Pookoo. In the flooded grassy plains in the neighbour-
hood of Linyanti on the Chobe, this beautiful Antelope may be seen
in almost countless numbers, and I have counted as many as fifty-two
rams consorting together. Some of these were quite young, with
horns only a few inches in length; but there was not a single ewe
amongst them. The longest pair of Lee-gwee horns that I have
ever seen measured 2 feet 3 inches in length; but it is rare to get them
over 2 feet long measured along the curve. In common with the
Pookoo, they appear to me to be more tenacious of life than other
Autelopes.
14. Nanorracus. scoparius (Schreb.): Brooke, P. Z.S. 1872,
p. 642.
(Oribi or Oribiki of the Dutch ; Oribi of the English.)
North of the Limpopo, this Antelope is only to be met with in
the following districts, viz. in North-eastern Mashuna land from the
river Umzweswe to beyond the river Hanyine, in the open valleys
which occur between the forest belts near the watershed but to the
north of the Machabe hills; on the exposed open downs nearer
the watershed, and lying between the Machabe hills and Intaba
Insimbi, I never saw any. On a large flat about fifty miles to the
south of the junction of the Umfule and Umniati rivers, I saw a
good many Oribi in 1880. Except in this district of the Mashuna
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1881, No. XLIX. 49
762 MR. F. C. SELOUS ON AFRICAN ANTELOPES. [June 21,
country, the only place south of the Zambesi where this An-
telope exists is in the valley of Gazuma, an open boggy flat only
a few hundred acres in extent, which is situated at a distance of
about 30 miles to the south-west of the Victoria Falls. Then againa
few are to be seen on the northern bank of the Chobe, on the open
ground bordering the marsh, in the neighbourhood of Linyanti.
North of the Zambesi they are reported by the natives to be very
common on the Shesheke flat ; and on the open downs of the Manica
plateau I found them very numerous. One never sees more than
two or three of these Antelopes together. The horns of the male
attain to a length of about 5 inches, and are ringed at the base.
15. NANOTRAGUS TRAGULUs (Licht.).
(Steinbok of the Dutch; Steinbuck of the English ; Ingnweena
of the Amandebele; Puruhuru of the Bechuanas ; Le-pen-nee of
the Makalakas ; Kahu of the Masubias; Kimba of the Batongas ;
Gai-ee of the Masaras.)
This little Antelope is found all over South Africa, from the Cape
to the Zambesi, except in the mountainous districts and tracts of
very thick bush ; it is fond of rather open country or open forest.
Its horns attain sometimes a length of 5 inches, though from 3 to 4
inches is the usual size. North of the Zambesi I did not see any
Steinbucks.
16. NanoTraGus MELANOTIs (Thunb.).
(Grys Steinbuck, Sash-lungwan of the Amandebele ; Teemba of
the Makalakas.)
This little animal is only met with, north of the Limpopo, in cer-
tain hilly districts of the more easterly portions of the interior. In
the country inhabited by the Amandebele it exists, but is very
scarce; but to the north and east, in all the hilly country in the
neighbourhood of the Victoria Falls, and throughout the Mashuna
country from the watershed to the Zambesi, it is fairly numerous.
North of the Zambesi, as far as I penetrated, I met with the
Grysbuck.
17. NANOTRAGUS OREOTRAGUS (Schreb.): Brooke, P. Z. 8. 1872,
p. 642.
(Klipbok or Klipspringer of the Dutch and English ; e-go-go of
the Amandebele; IJngululu of the Makalakas; Gereree of the
Batongas; Kululu of the Masaras.)
This little Antelope is found from the Cape to the Zambesi
wherever there are stony hills. North of the Zambesi I did not see
any. Itis particularly plentiful in the curious detached stony hills
of the Matabele and Mashuna countries. The horns of the males
attain to about 4 inches in length, the females being hornless. The
hoofs of this Antelope are very much like those of the European
Chamois, being very short and small, and the hollows in them being
very deep. All four hoofs could easily be placed on a penny piece.
This enables them to obtain a foothold on little projecting pieces
~
1881.] MR. F. C. SELOUS ON AFRICAN ANTELOPES. 763
of rock, as they bound up the sides of rocks that appear as steep as
the side of a house. The coat of the Klipspringer is very peculiar,
each separate hair being hollow. It makes excellent padding for
saddles, being very light and elastic.
18. CePpHALOPHUS MERGENS.
(Duiker of the Dutch and English; Puéi of the Bechuanas ;
Impunzi of the Amandebele ; Pemb-gee of the Makalakas ; Unsa
of the Masubias and Makubas ; Insea of the Batongas; Goo-wah of
the Masaras.)
Wherever I have been, both north and south of the Zambesi,
except in districts devoid of bush or covered with steep rocky hills,
I have met with this Antelope. I have, however, only met with one
species, though different individuals vary very much in colour, even
though shot in the same district. Some skins are of a greenish
colour, others of a reddish brown; and some that I shot on the bor-
ders of the Kalahari had less white about the belly than those I
obtained further to the north-east. The longest pair of Duiker
horns I have seen measured 5 inches in length, the usual length
being 3 or 4 inches. They are ringed at the base. Although the
females are almost always hornless, I have met with three examples
bearing horns. One I shot-myself on the Shashiin September 1876 ;
another was shot by Mr. Thomas Ayres in May 1880, near the
junction of the Marico and Limpopo rivers, anda third by Mr.
Edward Sefton near Zeerust in the Transvaal.
19. ALCELAPHUS CAAMA.
(Hartebeest of the Dutch and English ; Kiama of the Bechuanas ;
Ingama of the Makalakas ; Khama (with a click) of the Masaras.)
The range of this Antelope is very similar to that of the Gemsbuck.
It is still found in Griqualand West, in some parts being fairly
plentiful. All along the eastern border of the Kalahari desert it is
also to be found, and extends as far east as the river Serule on the
road from Bamangwato to Tati. In the neighbourhood of the salt-
pans lying between the Botletlie river and the road from Bamangwato
to the Zambesi it is very plentiful and may be met with in large
herds. It does not, however, extend its range to the north of these
saltpans, and is unknown in all the country between the Chobe and
Mababe rivers, as it is also in the Matabele and Mashuna countries.
It is very fleet and enduring, and only second in these particulars to
the Tsessebe.
20. ALCELAPHUS LICHTENSTEINI.
(Konze of the Masubias ; Inku/anondo of the Mashunas.)
This Antelope I only met with on the open downs of the Manica
plateau, north of the Zambesi. As I have only seen the horns of
the Inkulanondo (which exists in the neighbourhood of the river
Sabi, in South-eastern Mashuna land, and in Unzeilas country), it
may not turn out to be identical with the Konze, though Sir
49*
764 MR. F.C. SELOUS ON AFRICAN ANTELOPES, [June 2],
Victor Brooke, to whom I sent an example of the horns, thinks
it will probably prove to be the same animal.
The Konze very closely resembles the Hartebeest of South Africa ;
the horns, however, are shorter and flatter at the base, and the fore-
head is not nearly so elongated. The black mark down the front of the
face of the Hartebeest is also wanting in the Konze, where the colour
is of a uniform light red. The general colour of the animal is a
little lighter than that of the Ilartebeest, the tail, knees, and front
of all four legs being black. As in the Hartebeest, there is a patch
of pale yellow on the rump; and the insides of thighs and belly are
also of a very pale yellow. One old bull that I shot was of a very
rich dark red colour all along the back and the upper part of the
‘sides. About a hand’s breadth behind each shoulder was a patch of
dark grey about six inches in diameter. A female that I shot also
had these grey patches behind the shoulders. In two other full-
-grown males these patches were wanting.
21. ALCELAPHUS LUNATUS.
(Bastard Hartebeest of the Dutch and English; T'sessebe of the
Bechuanas ; Incolomo and Incomazan of the Amandebele ; Inkweko
of the Masubias; Unchuru of the Makubas ; Inyundo of the Maka-
lakas ; Luchu of the Masaras.)
In travelling up the centre of South Africa the first place in which
this Antelope is to be met with now-a-days is in the neighbourhood of
the Marico river, a tributary of the Limpopo ; and from there it is
found throughout central South Africa wherever I have been, south of
the Zambesi, in all those parts of the country that are suitable to its
habits. I say south of the Zambesi, because during my journey
through the Manica country to the north of that river in 1877-78,
although the terrain appeared well suited to its habits and require-
‘ments, I saw none of these Antelopes. I have heard, however, from
the natives that they are very common in the neighbourhood of
Sesheke.
_ This Antelope is never found in hilly country or in thick jungle,
but frequents the open downs that are quite free from bush, or else
open forest country in which treeless glades are to be met with. On
the Mababe flat at the end of the dry season large herds of these
animals congregate together, and I have often seen, I am sure, several
hundreds of them at once. They are without exception the fleetest
and most enduring Antelope in South Africa. In 1879 all the
Tsessebe and Blue Wildebeest cows calved on the northern bank of
the Chobe during the first week in September, whilst on the Mababe
flat, only about one degree further south, the same animals did not
calve before the first week in November.
22. CATOBLEPAS GORGON.
(Blau Wildebeest of the Dutch ; Blue Wildebeest of the English ;
Kok6n of the Bechuanas ; Inkdne-kOne of the Amandebele; He-vumba
of the Makalakas ; Numéo of the Masubias ; Minyumbwe of the Ba-
tongas; Unzozo of the Makubas.)
1881. | REY. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA. 765
This animal is met with on the western borders of Griqualand
West, and all along the eastern edge of the Kalahari desert, and all
over south Central Africa wherever I have travelled from the Limpopo
to the Zambesi; and from the Mashuna country to Lake Ngami it
is to be found in those districts that are suitable to its habits.
Like the Tsessebe it is partial to open downs devoid of bush, or open
glades in the forest, and is never met with in hilly countries. On
the Mababe flat it congregates in immense herds during the dry
season. In the Manica country, north of the Zambesi, I did not see
any Blue Wildebeest ; but the natives told me that to the west of the
river Kafukwe, in the country of the Mashukulumbwe, they were
plentiful. The horns of the males attain a spread of from 2 feet 2
inches to 2 feet 5inches. It is very common to see one Blue Wilde-
beest feeding in company with a herd of other Antelopes, such as the
Tsessebe, or with a herd of Zebras or Ostriches. The Blue Wilde-
beest is very swift and enduring.
5. On some new Genera and Species of Araneidea. By the
Rev. O. P. Campripen, M.A. &e.
[Received June 7, 1881.]
(Plate LXVI.)
Six Spiders only are described in the present short paper—four
of them from the Amazons, one from Ceylon, and one from Ma-
dagascar. They have not been designedly selected for the pur-
pose ; but, as it happens, two of them represent, perhaps, the most
extreme known instances of eccentric development—one of the
caput, the other of the abdomen. It is difficult to imagine any pos-
sible utility to the Spider in such developments, while it is not
so difficult to conjecture some disadvantages. This, however, in the
absence of information as to the life and habits of the Spiders, is, of
course, mere conjecture. The development of abdomen referred to
is in Ariamnes attenuata, sp. n- In this Spider the posterior ex-
tremity of the abdomen of the male is produced to an extent of very
nearly (if not quite) eight ¢imes its normal length. That of the
female is also much produced, but not to so great an extent. Inthe
other instance, the caput of Eriauchenus workmanni (gen. et sp. nn.)
is not only elevated to an almost unprecedented height, but it fur-
nishes the only instance known to me in which the elevation of the
ocular area (of itself not an unusual occurrence in the Araneidea) has,
as it were, carried up with it the lower margin of the caput, and so
necessitated a corresponding development in the length of the falces.
Of the remaining Spiders, Thwaitesia margaritifera (gen. et sp. nn.)
is one of exceedingly delicate beauty, the silvery pearl-like scales
on its abdomen forming a most beautiful object for the microscope ;
and Bucranium taurifrons (gen. et sp. nn.) has enabled me to fix (I
think, without doubt) the hitherto doubtful systematic position of
7 66 REY. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA. [June 21,
Aphantochilus, Cambr. (P. Z. S. 1870, p. 744). This latter genus
was conjectured to belong to the Myrmecidee; but I have now no hesi-
tation in forming for it and the genus Bucranium a separate family
(Aphantochilidee), near to the Thomisidee. More extended remarks
on all these points will be found in the subjoined descriptions.
Order ARANEIDEA.
Fam. THERIDIID&.
Gen. nov. THWAITESIA.
This genus is nearly allied to Theridion, but may be easily distin-
guished by the conically elevated abdomen, the shorter, stronger
maxille, the more prominent ocular area, the larger eyes, which,
although preserving a similar general arrangement, are divided into
two well separated groups of four each, each group formed by one
of the lateral pairs and the hind and fore lateral eye next to it,
all four being almost, or quite contiguous to each other; the fore
central pair are smallest, and form a shorter line than the hind cen-
trals. The legs also are armed with distinct spines on the genual
and tibial joints of all four pairs ; while the metatarsi and tarsi of the
fourth pair are armed with numerous spine-like bristles, a_row near
the inner side of the tarsi being curved and serrated. This latter
armature, however, is much less strong in the male than in the
female; indeed in the male I could not distinguish any serrations.
The relative length of the /egs, which are rather long and slender, is,
as far as I could judge from the damaged condition of some portions,
4, 1, 2, 3, the difference between those of the first and fourth pairs
being but slight. The falces are weak, straight, and subconical,
and the fang likewise small and weak. The sternum is heart-
shaped.
THWAITESIA MARGARITIFERA, sp. n. (Plate LXVI. fig. 1.)
Length of the adult male 13 line, that of the female being rather
more than 2 lines.
The cephalothorax is pale yellow, some examples having an indis-
tinct reddish-brown central line from the occiput backwards; and
two (females) had a broad brown central band from and including
the eyes to the hinder extremity of the thorax. The thorax is
gibbous above, with the thoracic indentation strong ; the ocular area
of the caput projects forwards, the eyes (disposed as above men-
tioned) occupying the whole of the upper extremity of the caput;
the height of the clypeus considerably exceeds half that of the facial
space, and projects well forwards.
The legs are similar in colour to the cephalothorax, the articula-
tion of the tibiz and metatarsi of the first and fourth pairs having a
tinge of reddish brown, and a portion at the extremities of the meta-
tarsi of these pairs being also dark reddish brown. On the upper
side of each of the genual joints is a distinct black spine ; and on each
of the tibize are two others, one near the middle and one near the
anterior extremity.
1881. ] REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA. 767
The palpi of the male are rather long, and similar to the legs in
colour ; the cubital joint is slightly curved, clavate, anda little longer
than the radial joint, with a strongish, dark, curved, tapering bristle
directed forwards from its anterior extremity, and a similar one at the
extremity of the humeral joint. The digital joints are rather large,
oval, with a strong cleft lobe on the inner side, and of a yellow-brown
colour ; their convex sides are directed towards each other.
The palpal organs are rather complex ; a black, filiform, closely
adhering spine issues from the middle of their outer or (as they stand
in the position in which the palpus is held) upper side, and passing
backwards round their margin, terminates near their fore extremity
on the inner, or lower, side.
The falees, maxille, labium, and sternum are similar in colour to
the cephalothorax.
The abdomen looked at in profile is somewhat quadrate, one
corner (the upper one) being considerably produced, or elevated ;
in the male its height is distinctly less than the length of the
Spider, but in the female it is nearly, and sometimes quite, equal to
the length of the Spider. It is of a dull luteous yellowish colour
(possibly brighter in the living Spider), its upper and lateral sur-
face more or less thickly covered with scale-like plates of a brilliant
silvery pearly nature and of an irregular form. In some examples
these plates show very little space between them ; in others there is
a considerable interval. ‘The genital aperture of the female has a
small but characteristic and prominent process connected with it.
Of all the Spiders I am yet acquainted with this is perhaps the
most delicately beautiful in the abdominal adornment, to which it
would be impossible for any pencil to do adequate justice.
Eight females and one male were included in collections received
several years ago from Ceylon, from Mr, G. H. K. ‘Thwaites, to whom
I have dedicated the new genus considered necessary for the recep-
tion of this pretty Spider.
Gen. nov. ErrAuCHENUS.
Caput elevated, with a long neck, carrying with it not only the
eyes but the falces also, which are abnormally produced so as to
meet the maxille.
Eyes unequal in size, in four pairs; two pairs on each side of the
- caput, near the insertion of the falces; those of the lower pair on
each side represent the ordinary lateral pair, and are contiguous to
each other, while those of the upper pair, on each side, represent
the fore and hind central pairs, the eyes of each of the two latter
pairs being abnormally separated.
Legs long, slender, 1, 2, 4, 3; furnished with hairs only. Ter-
minal tarsal claws three, articulated to a small supernumerary claw-
ioint.
Mazille strong, slightly curved, and inclined towards the labium,
which is large, somewhat pointed at its apex, where it is slightly
notched, and broader across the middle than at the base or apex.
768 REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA. [June 21,
Sternum elongate, strongly dentated or notched on its sides, at
the insertion of the legs.
Abdomen of a subtriangular form, the upper side being consider-
ably and conically elevated.
ERIAUCHENUS WORKMANNI, sp. n. (Plate LXVI. fig. 2.)
Immature male, length from the spinners to the extremity of the
maxillee 22 lines ; height from the sternum to the highest point of the
caput 23 lines.
The cephalothorar converges gradually upwards to the anterior
portion, which is produced perpendicularly into a longish cylindrical
neck, terminating with a large massive caput, the occipital region of
which is rounded, and the upper side somewhat flattened and sloping
gradually to the insertion of the falces ; at the summit of the caput
are four small, pointed, tnbercular eminences in the form of a quadr-
angle whose posterior side is narrower than the rest. The colour
of the cephalothorax, neck, and caput is yellow-brown, marked in
parts with a darker hue, and thinly elethed with short grey hairs;
just beneath the caput the neck is paler, giving the appearance of a
broad pale neck-collar. The whole height of this extraordinarily
developed cephalothorax to the top of the caput equals the length of
the Spider.
The eyes are in two groups, one on each side of the fore extre-
mity of the caput close to the margin. Each group consists of two
pairs, an upper and lower one; the anterior eye of the upper pair
is much the largest of the group, and is seated in front and rather
at the side of a strong bluntish-pointed tubercular prominence, and
close to the margin of the caput ; behind this eye is seated the other
eye of the pair; this posterior eye is much smaller and very difficult
to discern: taking the two posterior eyes, of the upper pair on each
side, as representing the ordinary hind central pair, they are nearer
together than those of the fore central pair, 7. e. the anterior eyes of
the two upper pairs. ‘The lower pair is considerably removed from
the upper one ; its eyes are contiguous to each other, and of a pale
whitish yellow-brown colour, so like that of the surrounding surface
as to be almost imperceptible ; their position is very close to the base
of the falces on the outer side, about an eye’s diameter from the
margin of the clypeus, at the middle of which is a prominent point.
The legs of the first pair are upwards of five times the length of
the Spider, and are considerably longer than any of the rest. All
are of a yellowish-brown hue, the femora clouded in parts with a
deeper colour ; those of the fourth pair are mostly of a paler yellowish
hue with a distinct broadish black-brown annulus about the middle ;
a broader but less distinct annulus is also placed near the hinder
extremity of the tibiz of the third pair; some indistinct annuli, of a
darker yellow-brown thanthe rest of the surface, are also visible on the
more or less mutilated portions of the tibize and of the metatarsi of the
third and fourth pairs. The three terminal tarsal claws, placed at the
extremity of a small supernumerary claw-joint, are small and strongly
bent ; the superior claws appeared to have only one or two denti-
1881. ] REY. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA. 769
culations. The legs are furnished thinly with hairs, some of which
are short and grey.
The palpi are short; the digital joint tumid and longer than
the radial, which is also longer than the cubital. They are similar
in colour to the legs.
The falces are of great length, slender, and rather divergent at the
extremities, which have also a backward bend; their length is
about equal to that of the Spider itself; towards the base, on the
upper side, is a strongish conical point or prominence. Their colour is
similar to that of the cephalothorax, indistinctly but broadly banded
with a deeper hue, furnished thinly with grey hairs, and armed on
the inner sides throughout with a longitudinal series of denticula-
tions increasing in strength from the base to the extremity, being
exceedingly minute at the base, but rather long and strong at the
beginning of the divergent portion, whence to the fang is a series of
another kind with a more direct transverse or lateral direction, and
giving acomb-like appearance. The fang is strong and much curved
at its point.
The mazille are similar in colour to the falces, and the dabium
and sternum are of a darker hue ; the form of these parts is described
in the generic characters given above.
The abdomen, whose height is greater than its length, is yellow-
brown above, much darker on the sides, the one being separated from
the other by a bluntly dentated or zigzag line of short white hairs.
Some indistinct markings formed by lines of white hairs are also
visible on the upper side. The underside is dark brownish, varie-
gated with bars and blotches of white hairs. The spinners are com-
pactly grouped ; those of the inferior pair are two-jointed, and are
the longest and much the strongest of the six.
A single immature example of this most remarkable Spider, found
in Madagascar, was kindly sent tome by Mr. T. Workman of Belfast,
who has also permitted me to describe and figure it. It is of great
interest, not only on account of its singularly elevated caput, but
because the elevation is of a type quite distinct from any thing I have
ever before met with. Some species of Walckenaera have the upper
part of the caput elevated to a great height, and the eyes are (some
or all) carried up with it; but in the present Spider not only the
eyes but the falces also are carried up, necessitating the extraordinary
development of the latter to enable them to meet and cooperate with
the other parts of the mouth. These would otherwise have been left
open and exposed, and the Spider itself would have been in danger
of starvation; since the anterior extremities of the falces, with their
fangs and teeth, are the main instruments for holding and com-
pressing the Spider’s prey, the juices of which flow thence into the
mouth itself.
I have no hesitation in founding a new genus on this Spider ; and
very probably the future discovery of other, allied, species will neces-
sitate the formation of a new family for them. At present I would
place it in the family Theridiidz, in a separate group, near the genera
Argyrodes, Latr., and Ariamnes, Thor.
770 REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA. [June 21,
In the absence of spines on the legs there is a close approach to
Theridion, Walck., while in their relative length they are like Liny-
phia, Latr. Although the development of the caput is so strong,
yet in the adult it would be probably found to be of a still stronger
and more extraordinary nature.
Gen. ArtaMnes, Thor. (Ariadne, Dol.).
ARIAMNES ATTENUATA, sp-n. (Plate LXVI. fig. 3.)
Adult male, length 8 lines; length of cephalothorax ? line ; length
of spinners 12 line; length of abdomen 63 lines.
The whole of the fore part of this Spider, including the legs and
palpi, is of a dull yellow-brown colour. The abdomen is of a still
duller hue, thinly mottled (chiefly on the sides) with small yellowish
silvery spots.
The cephalothoraz is of a rather flattened oblong form, the caput
being a little drawn out and elevated at its fore extremity, ending
in a short, somewhat conical point in the middle of the ocular area,
which is furnished with strong hairs; some of these form a some-
what horn-like tuft and are curved forwards, meeting others curved
in an opposite direction.
The eyes are unequal in size ; those of the fore and hind central
pairs (the first being the largest) form a large square surrounding
the conical eminence of the caput ; the lateral pairs are rather close
to the others on either side; those of each lateral pair being con-
tiguous to each other.
The /egs are long, very unequal in length, 1, 4, 2, 3, slender,
furnished with very short fine hairs only.
The palpi are long; the cubital joint curved, clavate, and longer
than the radial, which is also curved, and enlarged gradually to its
fore extremity ; the digital joint is large, of au oblong-oval form,
somewhat split or bifid at itsfore extremity. The palpal organs are
complex, composed of variously formed corneous processes, but all
tolerably compact.
The falces are rather small and weak, straight, and nearly vertical.
The mawille are strong, especially at their base, inclined towards
the labium, and obliquely truncated at the extremity on their outer
sides.
Labium short, of a somewhat subtriangular form, and its junc-
tion with the sternum scarcely perceptible.
Sternum large, of an elongate triangular shape, strongly hollowed
or indented between the insertions of the legs.
Abdomen narrow, and drawn out at its hinder extremity in an
exceedingly long tapering cylindrical form, terminating gradually ina
fine sharp point. The spinners are compact, and placed beneath the
abdomen at a distance from the cephalothorax rather exceeding the
length of the latter ; the produced portion of the abdomen is more
than seven times the length of the rest, 7. e. from the spinners to the
cephalothorax. The abdomen is furnished with hairs, which become
longer, coarser, and more abundant towards the hinder extremity.
1881.] REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA. 771
The female differs from the male chiefly in the abdomen being not
quite so long, and the caput waating the elevation of the fore part.
This curious Spider is nearly allied to Ariamnes (Ariadne) flagellum,
Dol., but is, I think, quite distinct. The extraordinary development
of the posterior part of the abdomen is perhaps one of the eccentrici-
ties in the Spider world least easy to be accounted for. Both sexes
were contained in the collection of South-American Spiders sent to
me by Prof. Traill, and were found on the Amazons.
Fam. GASTERACANTHID2.
Gen. Murtrna, Cambr.
MovrTIna FURCIFERA, sp.n. (Plate LXVI. fig. 4.)
Length of the adult male 12 line; breadth of the abdomen at its
widest part 13.
This Gaacls formed Spider is nearly allied to Mutina prospiciens,
Cambr. (Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 4, vol. xiv. p. 175, pl. xvii. fig. 3,
1874), described under the generic name of Calydna, which, having
been found to be preoccupied, was changed to Mutina (vide Zool.
Rec. xi. p. 231).
The present Spider, however, may be at once distinguished by the
simpler and more cylindrical form of the remarkable processes at the
extremity of which the lateral pairs of eyes are seated, and especially
by the equally long corneous nose-like process issuing from the
clypeus immediately beneath the four central eyes; this process,
which is of a cylindrical form, is a little bent, and points rather down-
wards; it is smallest in the middle, gradually lessening from the
base, and enlarging again towards its extremity, where it is strongly
and very distinctly bifid or forked.
The cephalothorax is somewhat elongated quadrate, strongly con-
stricted on the margins and sides at the caput. The four central
eyes are placed at the fore extremity of a slightly prominent portion
of the caput ; they are rather large, and describe very nearly a square
whose fore side is rather the shortest. The colour of the cephalo-
thorax is a deep reddish yellow-brown, the fore part being the palest.
The legs are rather short, moderately strong, 1, 2, 4, 3, furnished
with hairs and a very few long bristles; a short strongish spine
issues from a tubercle in front of the femora of the second pair, and
some very short, somewhat tuberculiform spines in a single row along
the underside of the tibize of the same pair. The colour of the legs
is yellow-brown ; the femora and fore part of the tibize of the first and
second pairs strongly suffused with dark brown, as also are the femora
of the fourth pair.
The palpi are very short ; the digital joint is large, and the palpal
organs complex and enormously developed.
The abdomen is of a short heart-shape and of a dull brownish
yellow hue. The upper surface is rather flat, corneous, and presents
traces more or less distinct of the various sigilliform markings cha-
racteristic of the Gasteracanthide. A kind of corneous point ter-
minates the underside of the connecting pedicle, and projects
742 REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA. [June 2],
beneath the posterior extremity of the sternum; but it does not
appear (as was suggested, Ann. N. H. loc. cit.) to be articulated or
fixed to it.
- A single example received from the Amazons was in Mr. Traill’s
collection.
Fam. APHANTOCHILID&.
Gen. nov. Bucranium.
This genus is allied to Aphantochilus, Cambr., but may be readily
distinguished by its shorter form and the absence of constriction on
the posterior part of the cephalothorax.. The dabiwm also, though
very attenuated, is perfectly visible ; and the sternum, instead of being
very narrow and duplex, is of an ordinary and rather broad heart-
shape.
’ The generic characters may be stated as follows :—
Cephalothorax oval, broad, and truncated before, with a strong
marginal lateral constriction at the caput. A strong, curved, tapering
pointed horn-like projection issues laterally and forwards from each
side of the anterior portion of the upper part.
The eyes are unequal in size and placed in two transverse rows ;
the anterior row straight, the posterior strongly curved, the convexity
of the curve directed forward ; those of each lateral pair, which are
the largest of the eight, are widely separated from each other, and
issue from close to the base (before and behind) of the horns. The
four central eyes form a square whose anterior side is shortest.
Legs not very long, slender, subequal in length, 4, 1, 2, 3, or
1, 4, 2, 3; furnished with hairs and a few short spines, the latter on
the femora only. Each tarsus ends with three claws and a very
small claw-tuft.
Mawille long, very strong at their base; the upper parts much
less strong and just meeting over the Jabium, which is long, very
narrow, and pointed at its apex, being in fact of a lanceolate form.
The sternum is short, broad, heart-shaped; the anterior margin
slightly hollowed. The abdomen is short, somewhat oval, and
separated from the cephalothorax by a distinct though not very long
pedicle.
BUCRANIUM TAURIFRONS, sp. n. (Plate LXVI. fig. 5.)
Length of an immature female, 17 line.
The cephalothorax is yellow-brown, palest on the upper part of the
caput ; its surface is covered with small tubercles or granulosities,
among which are ten or twelve stronger ones, armed with long, strong
spines; the two strongest of these tubercles are placed in a short
transverse line close to the thoracic indentation, and each is armed
with two spines, the rest having but one each.
The clypeus is very broad, projecting, and quadrate,with a strong
subconical prominence at each of its lower corners, terminating with
a prominent spine ; the height of the clypeus is equal to nearly half
that of the facial space. Besides the spines already noted, each of
1881.1 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA. 773
the horns is continued by a strong one; and there are others also,
less strong, issuing from the ocular area and clypeus.
The eyes of the lateral pairs are considerably larger than the rest,
the fore laterals being, apparently, rather the largest; the interval
between those of the fore central pair is distinctly greater than that
between each and the fore lateral next to it, while that between the
hind centrals is considerably less than that between each and the hind
lateral next to it.
The legs are yellow-brown, somewhat suffused with a more dusky
hue ; the genual, tibial, and metatarsal joints marked longitudinally
with a white stripe. The ¢arsi are equal in length and strength to
the metatarsi, and cylindrical in form.
The palpi are similar in colour to the legs, short, strong; radial
joint short, digital tapering, and furnished with short strong spines.
_ The falces are short, strong, straight, vertical, subconical ; similar
in colour to the cephalothorax, and furnished with a few prominent
spine-like bristles in front.
The maxille, labium, and sternum are similar to the legs in
‘colour.
The abdomen is of a dull yellowish hue tinged with brown; two
tubercles form a transverse row towards the anterior margin; from
each issues a strong dark vertical spine, two finer spines also form
another transverse row in front below the anterior margin; and
“the surface of the upper side generally is furnished with short and
still finer pale spines. The spinners are small and short.
An example of the female, which had not attained maturity, was
contained in the collection received from the Amazons. The cephalo-
thorax of a considerably larger specimen (wanting the abdomen and
some of the legs) differed in the larger size of the tubercles and granu-
losities, and was of a much deeper hue. This was probably an adult
example.
The genus Aphantochilus, Cambr. (P. Z. 8. 1870, p. 744, pl xliv.
fig. 10), was placed provisionally in the family Myrmecidze. Sub-
sequent examination and consideration, however, led me to conclude
without any doubt that its true position was, if not among, at least
near the Thomiside. The examination of the present genus, which
much resembles, and is closely allied to dphantochilus, induces me
to include the two in a separate family next to the one before men-
tioned.
Fam. PerRIssoOoBLEMMID&,
Gen. nov. PERISSOBLEMMA.
Characters of the Genus.
Cephalothorax rather oblong, oval, with a broad ocular area; very
convex above ; lateral marginal constriction at the caput very slight,
as also are the normal indentations ; thoracic junction prominent and
elevated, and, when looked at in profile, considerably higher than
the ocular area, which occupies the whole width of the fore part of
the caput.
774 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA. [June 21,
Eyes considerably unequal in size; the four smallest form a
slightly curved transverse line a little way above the falces ; in con-
tinuation of the curve, at each end of the line, is a much larger eye,
with another beyond it, behind, and lower down, seated on a strong
tubercular prominence, The eight eyes may thus be said to form
only one long transverse sinuous line, a position very unusual, and, in
fact, almost (so far as I know) unique among the eight-eyed Spiders,
approaching, however, somewhat near to that of Selenops, Dup.
Legs rather short, laterigrade, not very strong, but tapering, not
very unequal in length, (so far as I could ascertain) 1, 2, 4, 3—1, 2
and 4 being very nearly equal, and 3 being not much shorter. They
are furnished with hairs and also with long spines beneath the tibize
and metatarsi, arranged in two (parallel) rows, and terminate with
three tarsal claws, the two superior ones curved and pectinated, the
inferior one very small and most strongly curved.
Palpi moderately long, and terminating with a curved pectinated
claw.
Falces short, conical, strong, and vertical.
Mavxille moderate in length and strength ; enlarged and rather di-
vergent at their extremities, where they are rounded on the outer sides,
Labium somewhat oblong, (apparently) a little rounded at the
apex, and about half the length of the maxille.
Sternum small, oval, pointed at its posterior extremity.
Abdomen short-oval, fitting well up to the base of the cephalo-
thorax. Spinners small, two-jointed. The anal tubercle is apparently
two-jointed, and follows several rather conspicuously marked trans-
verse folds in the epidermis, denoting no doubt obsolete segments of
the abdomen.
PERISSOBLEMMA THOMISIFORME, sp.n. (Plate LXVI. fig. 6.)
Length of an immature female, 1+ line.
The cephalothorax, falces, maxilla, labium, and sternum are
darkish dull brown, slightly tinged with yellow, and with traces of
a paler ill-defined longitudinal central band. The legs and palpi are
yellow, and the abdomen a little paler than the cephalothorax, with
a short, narrow, central, longitudinal stripe of a darker hue on the
fore part.
The two central eyes of the long row in which the eight are dis-
posed are larger than the one next to each, and are further from
each other than each is from the next one to it; the eyes seated
on each of the large tubercles at the extremities of the row are
rather smaller than that next to each.
A single example was contained in the Amazons collection sent to
me by Prof. Traill.
It is impossible to conjecture what size the adult form of this
remarkable Spider may attain. Had it not been for the possession
of three terminal tarsal claws, I should have concluded it to belong
to the Thomisidze. It seems to me impossible to include it in
any at present recognized family. Wherever, however, it may be
eventually placed, the genus is a very distinct one.
J Pl
New Araneidea.
1881.] ON THE GENERIC DIVISIONS OF THE BUCCONIDZ, 7
SI
o
EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXVI.
Fig. 1. Thwaitesia margaritifera, sp. n., p. 766.
a, Spider in profile, enlarged, without legs or palpi; 2, eyes, from
in front; ¢, maxille and labium; d, left palpus, from outer side ;
e, right palpus, from outer side ; f, genital opening and process, from
in front ; g, ditto in profile; , natural length of Spider.
2. Eriauchenus workmanni, sp. n., p. 768.
a, Spider in profile, enlarged, without legs or palpi; }, caput in
profile, more enlarged ; c, caput and falces, from in front ; d, maxille,
labium, and sternum, é, perspective view of caput and falces ;
f, Spider, of natural size.
8. Ariamnes attenuata, sp. u., p. 770.
a, Spider, enlarged, in profile, with legs and palpus on one side
only; 4, right palpus, from outer side; ¢, caput in profile.
4, Mutina furcifera, sp. n., p. 771.
a, Spider enlarged ; 4, caput and falces, from in front; ¢, natural
length and breadth of Spider.
5. Bueranium taurifrons, sp. n., p. 772.
a, Spider, enlarged ; 4, caput, still more enlarged, from above and
behind ; ¢, outline of Spider in profile, enlarged ; d, caput and falces,
from in front ; ¢, maxill, labium, and sternum; /, natural length
of Spider. . :
6. Perissoblemma thomisiforme, sp. n., p. 774.
a, Spider, enlarged ; }, ditto, outline in profile ; c, caput, falces, and
eyes, from in front; d, caput and eyes, from above and behind;
e, maxillx and labium; /, posterior extremity of abdomen, from
above, looking backwards, and showing the anal tubercle and trans-
verse folds; g, natural length of Spider.
6. On the Generic Divisions of the Bucconide, together with
the Description of a new Species of the Genus Nonnula.
By P. L. Sctater, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to the
Society.
[Received June 17, 1881.]
As I now shortly hope to complete my Monograph of the Jacamars
and Puff-birds by the issue of the sixth and seventh parts of that
work, I beg leave to lay before the Society a summary of the generic
divisions which I have adopted in the latter family. It will be no-
ticed that I have made as few changes as possible in the nomenclature
generally used, although I have now found it necessary to distinguish
two aberrant and little-known species by new generic names.
In my ‘Synopsis of the Bucconidz,’ published twenty-seven
years ago, I divided the family into four genera, as follows :—
1. Bucco, Linn., with 15 species.
2. Malacoptila, G. R. Gray, with iene
3. Monasa, Vieill., with An wars
4, Chelidoptera, Gould, with 2° Ws
Total 33 species.
In the new illustrated Monograph of the group, which I am now
bringing to a completion, the following arrangement of the family
into genera has been adopted :—
776 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON NEW GENERA [June 21,
Bierce! Mite eet. sss siete 20 species.
2. Malacoptila, G. R. Gray .....- Fie eg
3. Micromonacha, gen. nov. ...... ae a
ST IVONTUILG TSC)» «os oie eclem eeie e An is
5. Hapaloptila, gen. nov. .......- 1 ey:
6, Monacha, Vieill. 1...5 05 Asses aes
7. Chelidoptera, Gould .......... 2s
Total 42 species.
It will thus be seen that in the present work the genera have been
increased from 4 to 7, and the species from 33 to 42’.
1 append short distinctive characters of the two new genera, and
of a new species of the genus Nonnula, from an example in the
British Museum, which Dr. Gunther kindly allows me to make known.
Micromonachalanceolata. a. Bill, from side; 6. Bill, from above ; ¢. Wing-end,
from within; d. Tail-end, from above; e. Foot.
1 Tt may be noted that Messrs. Cabanis and Heine, who published a revision
ofthe Bucconide in the 4th part of the ‘Museum Heineanum’ in 1862, have
divided the family into 11 genera and recognized 50 species, namely :—
1. Chelidoptera .. 3 species. 7. Chaunornis .. 2 species.
2. Monasa .....;6 45 8. Nothriscus .. 3 -,,
3. Nonnula...... ae 9) Argtcus 2.2 >
4. Malacoptila ..15_,, 10. Bueco ...... 1 A
5.. Nystalus*.3,.5 6" 4, 1l. Notharchus .. 8 rr
6. Hypnelus ...... Fe A
Thavetherefore been able to make a slight consolidation both of genera and species
1881.] AND A NEW SPECIES OF BUCCONIDZ. 777
MrcromMonacua', gen. nov.
Genus generi Malacoptile affine, sed cauda breviore ; necnon a
genere Nonnula rostro breviore, ad basin magis incrassato, et
_ digitis longioribus distinguendum.
Sp. typ. WZ. lanceolata (Bucco lanceolatus, Deville).
HAPALOPTILA”, gen. nov.
Genus generi Monache * affine, sed rostro latiore, fortiter uncinato,
selis omnino obsito, necnon cauda breviore distinguendum,.
Sp. typ. H. castanea (Malacoptila castanea, Verreaux).
I propose to give further comparative characters of these two new
forms in the “ Introduction” to my Monograph now in preparation
a Fig. 2.
Hapaloptila castanea. a. Bill, from side; }, Bill, from above; e. Wing-end,
from within; d. Tail-end, from lower surface ; ¢. Foot.
1 miKpds, parvus, et povayn, monacha,
2 amaXos, tener, et rritorv, penna.
3 Monasa Vieilloti, sed melius Mozxacha seribenda.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1881, No. L. 50
778 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE [June 21,
NONNULA CINERACEA, Sp. nov.
Supra cineracea, dorso alis extus et cauda obscurioribus ; loris et
ciliis oculorum albis : subtus pallide fulva, ventre crissoque albis ;
subalaribus et remigum marginibus internis pallide cinnamomeis ;
rostro obscure plumbeo, ad basin flavicante ; pedibus plumbeis.
long tota 5:0, ale 2°6, caude 2°1, rostro a rictu 1:0.
Hab, Amazonia superior.
Mus. Brit.
Obs. Species N. rubecule proxima, sed colore dorsi cineraceo et
pectoris valde dilutiore distinguenda.
The single specimen of this species is in the British Museum,
where it is marked Nonnula frontalis in the handwriting of the late
Mr. G. R. Gray. Ido not, however, think that it can in any case
be referred to that species. The skin in question was received from
Mr. Bates through Mr. S. Stevens in 1853, and, as Mr. Bates
kindly informs me, was one of a series obtained by him at Ega from
a French collector who had been up the Rio Javari. It is labelled
“iris chatain, bec bleu.”’
‘My specimen of Brachygalba albigularis (see Mon. Galb. et Buce.
p. 45) was procured by the same collector ; and examples of Bucco col-
laris and Malacoptila rufa in Brit. Mus. are from the same source.
7. On the Conformation of the Thoracic End of the Trachea
in the “Ratite” Birds. By W. A. Forsss, B.A.,
F.L.S., Prosector to the Society.
[Received June 21, 1881.]
In the present communication I propose to follow out the line of
work developed by the late Prof. Garrod in his paper on the trachea
of the Gallinze’, by describing in detail the structure of the bifur-
cating trachea in the “ Ratite”’ birds.
So far as I am aware, no proper description of this structure in
the birds in question has ever been given, though the statement,
apparently originally due to Meckel*, that in them “there is no
lower larynx,” has been very generally followed and copied, even in
the latest text-books on the subject *. Prof. Owen has briefly de-
scribed the bifurcating trachea in the Ostrich * and Apteryx°*; and
his accounts, as far as they go, are accurate enough. More recently
E. Alix has very briefly mentioned some peculiarities of this part in
the Rhea; and his account will be found quoted below.
1 «On the Conformation of the Thoracic Extremity of the Trachea in the
Class Aves. Part I. The Galline,” P. Z. S. 1879, pp. 354-380,
2 «Traité général d’Anatomie comparée,’ x. p. 571, 1838.
3 Of. Husley’s ‘ Anatomy of Vertebrates,’ p. 313; Macalister, ‘Morphology
of Vertebrates,’ p. 161. :
4 Catalogue of the Physiological Series of the Museum of the Royal
College of Surgeons,’ ii. p. 103, prep. 1159 (1834).
5 Trans. Zool. Soe. ii. p. 279.
1881. ] TRACHEA IN THE “ RATITE”’ BIRDS. 779
Struthio camelus (figs. 1, 2), on account of its size and simple
structure, may be described here first. The trachea, inferior to the
Fig. 1.
Bifureating trachea of Struthio camelus, from before.
&. Section of wall of trachea, from behind, to show the vocal cord formed
by the thickening of the mucous membrane of the interior. I. II., first two
bronchial semirings. 1, 2, &c., last tracheal rings.
_ Here, and elsewhere in these figures, 0 indicates the last, 00 the penultimate,
000 the antepenultimate tracheal rings.
Fig. 2.
oo?
The same, from behind. About natural size,
insertion of the sterno-tracheales, slightly narrows, having above the |
antepenultimate ring a diameter of about one inch. ‘The tracheal
50*
780 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE [June 21,
rings are here, as elsewhere, entire simple rings, of an average depth
of about °15 inch, and are separated only by very slight interannular
intervals. The trachea is slightly compressed and _ posteriorly
earinated for about the last 7 rings. The last ring but four is
somewhat produced downwards in the middle line, both anteriorly and
posteriorly ; it is, in consequence, narrower laterally than elsewhere.
The antepenultimate ring presents the same features more strongly
developed. In two of the four specimens examined it sends down a
small pessuliform process of cartilage in the middle line behind,
filling the chink left between the posterior extremities of the two
next (incomplete) rings. The penultimate ring is narrower and
more cylindrical than its predecessors ; it is also wider transversely,
and incomplete behind in the middle line, its extremities, however,
being closely approximated to each other. The last tracheal ring
is still wider transversely, and more cylindrical; and it too is incom-
plete posteriorly, to a greater extent than its predecessor; viewed
from the side it is convex upwards, as are its few immediate pre-
decessors in a less degree. The interannular intervals between all
these rings are, when undisturbed, mere chinks filled up by dense
fibrous and elastic tissues. There is no trace of a pessulus, though
the last tracheal ring is slightly produced downwards in front. The
first bronchial semiring, on each side, is narrow and cylindrical,
strongest anteriorly, and somewhat attenuated posteriorly. It is
separated only by a narrow interval from the last tracheal ring.» The
second and third rings are similar, but are more slender and lengthy ;
they are convex downwards, but very slightly so; hence the inter-
annular intervals are small here also, Their anterior ends are very
slightly inturned, impinging but to a small extent on the membrana
tympaniformis, which completes the bronchial tubes internally, and,
in consequence of the absence of any three-way piece, passes con-
tinuously from one bronchus to the other, so closing the tracheal tube
inferiorly. The fourth, fifth, and succeeding bronchial rings are
similar in character ; but their ends, which tend to be dilated pos-
teriorly, are successively more and more incurved to about the tenth.
Nowhere are the bronchial rings complete.
There is, at most, only a trace of a membrana semilunaris, in the
form of a very feeble, scarcely raised, antero-posteriorly directed
fold of mucous membrane.
Internally, the mucous membrane of the interior is greatly
thickened, forming a vocal cord, in the region of the last three
tracheal rings and first two bronchial semirings (vide fig. 1, 6).
There is no trace of any intrinsic voice-muscle ; and the lateral tra-
cheal muscles stop at the point of insertion of the sterno-tracheales.
The genus Apteryx, in the simplicity of the structure of its lower
larynx, stands on the same level as Struthio. In Apterya mantelli
(figs. 3, 4) about the last dozen tracheal rings are quite simple in
form, with narrow interannular intervals, and no anterior and
posterior notching. The penultimate ring is produced slightly
downwards, in a triangular way, both anteriorly and posteriorly, °
The last ring is also produced downwards anteriorly, but is incom-
1881. } TRACHEA IN THE “ RATITE”’ BIRDS. 781
Fig. 3.
Bifurcating trachea of Apteryx mantelli, from before.
Fig. 4.
The same, from behind. About twice the natural size.
plete in the middle line behind; it is slightly wider and stronger
than the preceding rings. ‘The first two bronchial semirings on
each side closely resemble it in form; the first semirings of opposite
sides are almost in contact at both extremities, the next pair being
more widely separated at those joints. There is only a narrow space
between the last tracheal and the first bronchial ring. The suc-
ceeding bronchial semirings are perfectly simple, rather deep and
stout pieces of cartilage, separated by narrow interannular spaces,
and completed internally by a broad membrana tympanifornis ; no-
where do they become complete circles. As in Struthio, there is no
pessulus, and no intrinsic muscle. There is a slight antero-pos~
teriorly directed vertical fold of mucous membrane between the two
bronchial apertures internally, and also a feebly developed vocal
cord on the external wall of the bronchi, where they diverge
from the trachea. The lateral muscles stop some way before the
end of the trachea, at the place where the sterno-tracheales are
inserted. Apteryx australis, A. haasti, and A. oweni have all been
782 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE [June 21,
examined by me, and all agree closely in their tracheal structure
with A. mantelli, My pecimens of 4. australis and A. owent (two)
agree together in having the last three tracheal rings incomplete
posteriorly ; whilst in A. mantelli and A. haasti, of which I have
seen only single specimens, the /as¢ ring alone is incomplete.
In the Cusuariide we meet with peculiarities in the structure
of the bifurcating trachea not existing in the other “ Ratite.”
In Casuarius galeatus (figs. 5, 6, p. 783) the trachea is somewhat di-
lated for the terminal inch or so of its extent, tranversely and also
posteriorly. The last tracheal rings (for a number varying in dif-
ferent specimens, in the specimen in question 12, in another 23) are
incomplete in the middle line behind, though the posterior ends
are closely approximated together *.
These rings are tolerably uniform in breadth posteriorly, tapering
only somewhat at their extremities; the interannular intervals are
mere chinks. Anteriorly, however, the rings being dilated in the
median line and attenuated laterally, theintervals are better developed.
The last 5 or 6 rings are rore and more curved downwards anteriorly,
whilst their posterior moieties are somewhat dilated, their ends
gradually receding more and more from each other in the middle
line. There is no trace of a pessulus.
The first bronchial semirings much resemble tie last tracheal
rings, their anterior extremities being closely approximated together,
and their posterior ones dilated, and somewhat pointed, terminally.
The second, third, and fourth bronchial semirings are simple
cartilaginous hoops, tolerably deep, separated only by narrow in-
tervals, and, as usual, completed internally by a membrana tympani-
formis. The fifth, sixth, and seventh are similar but longer semi-
rings, the sixth and seventh being dilated anteriorly. ‘The suc-
ceeding rings are’ similar’ but quite simple hoops, never forming
anywhere complete circles.
There is no trace of any. intrinsic muscles. The sterno-tra-
cheales are inserted on the trachea at about the twelfth ring from the
last. Anteriorly they expand on the tracheal wall, and are in
contact with each other over the middle line, as is also the case in
Dromeus, though not in the other three genera. A small part of
each muscle runs to be inserted into the posterior wall of the trachea
near the margin. The lateral muscle of the trachea passes between
these two portions of the sterno-trachealis of its side, but does not pass
down further than the commencement of the tracheal tympanum.
1 Between the extremities of each imperfect tracheal ring runs a short band
of connective and elastic tissue, with the fibres running transversely. These
extend the whole length of the trachea, and when well developed have the ap-
pearance of a longitudinal band running along the middle line of the tube
posteriorly. By the contraction of these fibres, the ends of the tracheal rings,
where these are incomplete, or their more slender middle portions where per-
fect, are drawn together, and pressed into the interior of the tube, so forming
what at first sight looks very much like a longitudinal, though incomplete, tra-
cheal septum, such as is found in some Procellariidee and other birds. In con-
sequence of this structure, a transverse section of the tracheal tympanum poste-
riorly presents two strong conyexities separated by a median concayity.
1881.] TRACHEA IN THE “ RATITE”” BIRDS. 783
Fig. 6.
The same, from behind. About natural size. The portion of the sterno-trache-
ales muscles at their insertion is represented im each figure.
784 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE [June 21,
As compared with Séruthio and Apteryz, all the tracheal and
bronchial rings are much less firm and more cartilaginous in Caswarius,
as also in Dromeus.
The membrana tympaniformis completing the trachea below is a
simple membrane, passing continuously from one bronchus to the
other, with no intervening pessulus.
Internally, a very slight thickening of this membrane in an antero-
posterior direction, at the bifureation of the tube, may be seen ; but
there is nothing that can be properly called a membrana semilunaris
present. The external vocal cord, on the other hand, situated over
the first two bronchial semirings, is very well-developed, with a
sharply-defined margin.
On the internal wall of the bronchus there is, in addition, a second,
much slighter and less prominent fold, slightly concave forwards, run-
ning somewhat obliquely backwards and downwards, and supported
by the anterior ends of the third and sixth bronchial semi-rings.
Besides Casuarius galeatus, | have examined trachea of CC. bec-
carii, bennetti, uni-appendiculatus (2 specimens), and westermani ; and
in none of these species can I detect any difference of importance
from the arrangement I have described above. In the last-named
species (an adult specimen) there is a considerable amount of ossifica-
tion in the last tracheal and first bronchial rings. The mucous
fold on the internal walls of the bronchi varies much in develop-
ment in different specimens. In adults there is a great accumu-
lation of the fibrous and elastic tissures of the mucous membrane
in the region of the tracheal tympanum.
Of Dromeus nove-hollandie I have only, as yet, been able to
examine one trachea, and that too from a young specimen.
This closely resembles that of Casuarius; but the number of im-
perfect tracheal rings seems to be considerably smaller, in the
Specimen in question only the last three being incomplete behind.
The third and fourth bronchial semirings are considerably stronger
than the first two and the immediately preceding tracheal rings.
There is no pessulus ; but the membrana semilunaris, especially pos-
teriorly, seems to be better developed.
The insertion of the sterno-tracheales is as in Casuarius. The
lateral tracheal muscles extend down to within about 1°5 inch of the
end of the trachea. N
In the genus Ithea (as represented by F. americana and R. ma-
erorhyncha) a very different condition of things occurs, there being
a highly-specialized and peculiar syrinx, provided with a pair of in-
trinsic muscles}.
* I had observed the peculiar syrinx of Rhea some months before I met with
M. Alix’s short paper on this bird in the “ Bulletin” of the Société Philoma-
tique for 1874 (p. 38), in which he points out. for the first time, the fact that
Rhea possesses a true syrinx. His account, which I here reproduce, runs as
follows :— Il] y a chez le Nandou un larynx inférieur. Les cordes vocales sont
placées 4 Vorigine des bronches, dont les premiers anneaux sont incomplets, en
sort que la paroi interne qui leur correspond a l’aspect d’une membrane tym-
pauiforme.: Le reste des bronches est formé par des anneaux complets.” This
description is, as will be seen, very incomplete, and, in the last statement, in-
correct,
1881.] TRACHEA IN THE “ RATITE’’ BIRDS. 785
In Rhea americana (figs. 7, 8) the average diameter of the trachea
inferiorly is about 1 inch, and it is somewhat compressed from before
backwards. The cartilaginous tracheal rings are complete behind.
Bifureating trachea of Rhea americana, from betore.
Fig. 8.
The same, from behind. About the natural size. The intrinsic muscle has
been removed on the right side. In fig. 8 the fibrous band running down
the middle of the trachea posteriorly, as described above in Caswarius, is
also represented.
and closely approximated to each other. The last four tracheal
rings are soldered together to form a cartilaginous box, the con-
stituents of which are marked out by the interannular sutures, which
are only interrupted in the middle line anteriorly and posteriorly.
786 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE [June 21,
The exact number of tracheal rings which are fused to form this box
varies in different specimens from four to six ; in some cases it is,
apparently, formed by four rings on one side and five on another.
The lowest tracheal ring is strongly concave downwards, but in front
in the middle line is transversely truncated. Posteriorly the tympanic
box is deeply and widely notched. There is a distinct, narrow,
cartilaginous pesswdus, which runs from behind forwards, connecting
the anterior and posterior walls of this box, and interrupting, in
the mid line, the continuity of the membrana tympanifornis, which
completes the bronchial walls internally.
The first bronchial semiring is nearly straight, and of cylindrical
form. It is closely connected at its extremities with the last tracheal
ring ; but between these points is a pretty wide, lunate, interannular
interval. The anterior ends of these first semirings are inturned con-
siderably, but do not meet each other, or the pessulus ; posteriorly
they do not extend inwards, by some way, as far as the preceding or
succeeding rings. The second bronchial semiring is similar in form,
but dilated slightly behind ; it is closely approximated to the pre-
ceding ring in the greater part of its extent, but is anteriorly strongly
curved downwards (in a somewhat sinuous way), so that here a con-
siderable space is left between the two semirings in question. The
third and fourth rings are considerably dilated, and produced in-
wards, posteriorly ; anteriorly, in the particular specimen figured,
they are fused into a comparatively narrow ring. The fifth, sixth, and
succeeding semirings are quite simple incomplete hoops of cartilage,
which become smaller and less complete internally as they approach
the lungs.
Between the pessulus in the middle line and the tracheal box and
first four bronchial semirings, is spread a membrane, completing the
tracheal and bronchial walls at the bifurcation of the tube. This
membrana tympaniformis is thinnest posteriorly; but in the middle
part of its extent, over a triangular area—the base of the triangle
resting on the pessulus, whilst the apex is at the posterior end of the
fourth bronchial semiring—it is thickened and of a fibro-cartilaginous
consistency.
From the sides of about the last ten tracheal rings a single thin
but broad band of muscle arises, the fibres of which, running down-
wards and forwards, are inserted into the anterior halves of the first
five bronchial semirings and the membranes between them, extending,
in some specimens, almest to the anterior tips of the first two semi-
rings. This muscle is therefore in all respects a true intrinsic
syringeal one. The lateral tracheal muscle stops anteriorly to the
origin of the intrinsic one.
Internally, there is a well-marked, sharp-bordered membrana
semilunaris, resting on the pessulus, developed between the bronchi.
In the space corresponding to the interval between the last tracheal
and first bronchial rings, an accumulation of the fibrous and elastic
tissues of the living membrane of the bronchus gives rise to a well-
developed vocal cord.
Rhea macrorhyncha closely resembles, in all respects, R. americana
1881.] TRACHEA IN THE “RATITE”’ BIRDS. 787
in the structure of its syrinx. In the single specimen I have by me,
the tympanic box is anteriorly marked by four sutures on one side,
and by three only on the other, as sometimes happens in 2. ameri-
cana (as, e. g., in the specimen described and figured above).
Reviewing the facts herein detailed, the most striking fact that
comes out is the great difference exhibited by hea when compared
with the four other genera described. In the possession of a tracheal
box formed by the fusion of the few last tracheal rings, in the
greater amount of specialization of the first two bronchial semirings
of each side, in the presence of distinet interannular membrane-covered
fenestre, in the development of a well-marked cartilaginous pessulus,
and in the possession of a pair of true intrinsic syringeal muscles run-
ning from the trachea to the bronchial semirings /hea stands out by
itself as sharply opposed to all the remaining “‘Ratite”’ birds. Of the
latter, Struthio and Apterya, as far as regards tracheal structure,
form one group, the Casuariide another, the difference between the
two being, however, comparatively slight as compared with those
between them generally and Rhea.
Struthio and Apteryx, in the tendency of the trachea to narrow
before its bifurcation, in the greater amount of solidity of the
cartilaginous structures, in the more sharply-defined junction be-
between the two constituent parts of the bifurcating trachea, owing
to the better development of the few last tracheal rings, differ
from the Casuariide, where the terminal part of the trachea tends to
develop into an expanded tympanum, the cartilaginous structures
are softer and more pliant, the terminal tracheal rings are narrower
and tend, especially in Casuarius, to become imperfect posteriorly,
and the junction of trachea and bronchi is less marked. In the
Casuariidze, too, the insertion of the sterno-trucheales is different
from that of the other genera.
As regards the alleged absence of a lower larynx (or “ syrinx ”’)
in these “‘ Ratite”’ birds, it is obviously untrue as regards the genus
Phea. In the other genera, an answer is less easy, and its nature
must depend upon what is meant by the term “ lower larynx.”
The presence of intrinsic voice-muscles cannot be regarded as
essential in the definition of that term, any more than the develop-
ment of a pessulus ; indeed either or both (e. g. Conopophaga) may
be absent in birds with well-developed vocal organs. If the presence
of semirings externally, and of a membrana tympaniformis internally,
forming the walls of the bronchi, and of vocal cords developed in the
interior of those tubes, be held to be sufficient to characterize a
“‘syrinx,”’ then it will be incorrect to say that the Ratite birds have
no voice-organs’. AsI have here shown, all these three structuresare
1 Tt is sometimes, though most erroneously, supposed that because a bird
has no intrinsic yoice-muscles, it is, therefore, mute. Were such the case, all
the Gallinz, Ducks, Chawna, and many other noisy birds should be voiceless.
As regards the Ratite, the statement made by Meckel that they are mute or
nearly so (/.¢. p. 571), is, I believe, equally groundless. J am assured by Mr.
Bartlett that all, except perhaps the Apteryx, have the power of making con-
siderable noises. As regards the Ostrich, indeed, Livingstone states that it
is frequently difficult to distinguish its bellowing from the roaring of the Lion.
788 MR. R. BOWDLER SHARPE ON NEW FLYCATCHERS. [June 2],
present, variously developed, in the genera in question, together
with at least a rudiment of a membrana semilunaris. If a bird
existed with its tracheal rings in no way modified at the bifurcation,
with the bronchi, in their course thence forward to the lungs, com-
pletely encircled by tracheiform rings of simple form, and with no
vocal cords or semilunar membrane, it might be said with truth that
in such a form “there is no lower larynx.” But, so far as I know, no
existing bird possesses so simple an arrangement, though some of
the Cathartide approach such a type very nearly.
8. On some Flycatchers lately added to the Collection of
the British Museum. By R. Bowpier Suarprz, F.L.S.,
F.Z.S., &c., Department of Zoology, British Museum.
[Received June 17, 1881.]
(Plate LX VII.)
The acquisition of the Gould collection has naturally added a large
number of skins to the national collection ; and it has increased our
series of Flycatchers considerably, so that I am enabled to correct
some errors which have crept into the Catalogue of Birds.
Genus Zrocrpnus, Bp.
(Cf. Sharpe, Cat. B. vol. iv. p. 343.)
I have now for the first time seen the adult male of Zeocephus
rufus; and I find it to be a long-tailed bird, resembling a Terpsi-
phone ; and it is doubtful now whether Zeocephus can be separated
as a genus from the above-named one. ‘The male of Zeocephus
rufus is similar to the bird described by me (/.c.), which must have
been a female, but differs in its richer chestnut plumage and in
its elongated central tail-feathers, which measure 7 inches in length.
TERPSIPHONE SMITHII (Fraser).
Muscipeta smithii, Fraser, P. Z. S. 1843, p. 34; Allen and
Thomps. Exped. Niger, il. p. 492.
Tchitrea smithii, Hart]. Orn. West-Afr. p. 91 ; Cass. Pr. Philad.
Acad. 1859, p. 42; Hartl. J. f. O. 1861, p. 168; Gray, Hand-l. B,
i. p. 333, no. 5018.
Terpsiphone smithii, Finsch and Hart]. Vég. Ostafr. p. 312, note.
The type of this species is in the Gould collection; and I was
surprised to find what a good species it really is, and how different
from 7’. rufiventris, with which I had united it. In fact it comes
nearest to 7’. tricolor, from which it differs in its rufous back,
MALURUS CYANOCHLAMYS, Sp. 0.
Malurus cyaneus, Sharpe, Cat. B. iv. p. 286 (nec Ellis).
Adult male. Similar to M. cyaneus of New South Wales, ana,
like that species, having the head, ear-coverts, and mantle of the same
EO
a
J@Keulemans lth
P Z.S 1881. Pl. LXVII
Hanhart imp
RHIPIDURA MACGILLIVRAY]
1881.] MR. R. BOWDLER SHARPE ON NEW FLYCATCHERS. 789
tint, but the blue much lighter, pale, and of a silvery cobalt, instead
of the deep cobalt-blue of MJ. cyaneus. The mantle is also smaller
and more circumscribed.
Hab. Moreton Bay (F. Strange). Gould Coll.
RuIPIDURA MACGILLIVRAYI, sp. n. (Plate LXVILI.)
Adult male. General colour above brown, the head dull ashy
grey ; least wing-coverts like the back ; median and greater coverts
dusky brown, tipped with white, forming a double band across the
wing ; primary-coverts and quills dusky brown, the secondaries
externally margined with fulvous, the innermost with white; upper
tail-coverts blackish ; tail-feathers blackish, all but the centre ones
with white shafts and very narrowly tipped with ashy whitish, which
extends a little way down the end of the inner webs in the outermost
feathers, the last tail-feather being whitish on the outer web, brown
towards the end; lores dusky blackish ; ear-coverts and feathers
below the eye ashy brown; above the lores a spot of dull white,
and changing to ochreous buff above the eye ; chin and fore part of
cheeks dull white, the hinder cheeks ochraceous’ buff like the under
surface of the body, becoming deeper on the thighs and lighter on
the under tail-coverts ; under wing-coverts and axillaries ochraceous
buff; quills dusky brown below, light ashy along the edge of the
inner web. ‘Total length 6-2 inches, culmen 0°45, wing 2°9, tail 3°5,
tarsus 0°7.
Adult female. Similar to the male in colour, Total length 6°2
inches, culmen 0°5, wing 2°7, tail 3-4, tarsus 0°7.
Hab. Lord Howe’s Island, Sept. 13, 1853 (J. Macgillivray).
Gould collection.
Examples of this Flycatcher were found in a box of birds collected
during the voyage of H.M.S. ‘Herald’ which contained several other
rarities from Lord Howe’s Island. The present species (which I
dedicate to the memory of John Macgillivray, who collected the
specimens) is a very distinct one, differing at once from &. albiscapa
and the other allied species by the conspicuous ochreous-buff spot
above the eye, this being white in the other RAipidure enumerated
by me (J. ¢.).
SrpHIA OBSCURA, Sp. 0.
- Adult. General colour above olive greenish, inclining to lighter
olive on the rump and upper tail-coverts ; quills light olive-brown,
edged with the same brighter olive as the rump; wing-coverts dark
olive-green like the back ; quills dusky brown, externally olive-green,
the primaries edged with brighter olive ; crown dark slaty grey, with
a slight wash of olive-green ; lores dusky blackish, surmounted by
a white streak from above the ear-coverts to the base of the bill;
ear-coverts dusky ash-brown with whitish shaft-lines ; cheeks and
under surface of body isabelline-brown, a little whiter on the throat
and centre of the breast ; thighs deeper and more tawny ; under wing-
coverts and axillaries olive, the latter with a tinge of brighter olive-
yellow ; quills dusky brown below, fulvescent along the edge of the
790 MR. R. BOWDLER SHARPE ON THE [June 21,
inner web. Total length 5 inches, culmen 0°55, wing 2°4, tail 2°25,
tarsus 0°9.
Hab. Borneo. Gould collection.
After comparing this dull-coloured Flyeatcher with examples of
several genera of Muscicapidee, I have come to the conclusion that it
is a Siphia belonging to the olive section (cf. Sharpe, Cat. B, iv.
p. 443), but differing from all the species by its olive tail, grey cap,
and white eyebrow.
9. On the Birds of Sandakan, North-east Borneo. By
R. Bowoxer Suarre, F.L.S., F.Z.S., Department of
Zoology, British Museum.
[Received June 21, 1881.]
My friend Mr. W. B. Pryer some time ago forwarded to me
three large collections which he had made in the new district of
Sandakan in North-eastern Borneo ; and a list of the species repre-
sented in them is here given. Unfortunately only one species
appears to be actually new to science; but several birds unknown to
the avifauna of Borneo are recorded, and a few remarks on some of
the rarer species are added. Owing to many calls upon my time, I
have had no opportunity before of describing Mr. Pryer’s collections,
for which I owe him an apology.
In the present paper, I have quoted Count Salvadori’s ‘ Uccelli di
Borneo,’ both as regards nomenclature and classification, departing
therefrom in only a very few instances.
1. Fatco communts, Gm.
Falco communis, Sharpe, Cat. B.i. p. 376; Salvad. Uce. Born. p.1.
A young male. I also saw, a few years ago, a fine adult Peregrine
in the Marquis of Tweeddale’s collection, which had been sold to
him by a dealer as from North-eastern Borneo. Hitherto the occur-
rence of the Peregrine Falcon in Borneo has rested upon a specimen
procured by the late Mr. Motley at Banjermassing.
2. MicrRoHIERAX LATIFRONS.
Microhierax latifrons, Sharpe, Ibis, 1879, p. 237, pl. vii.
One specimen with the broad white forehead characteristic of
the species. Without in the least doubting Mr. Whitely’s good
faith in his correspondent who sent him two specimens of this spe-
cies said to be from the Nicobars (cf. Gurney, Ibis, 1881, p. 274),
I greatly doubt the possibility of such a bird having escaped all the
researches of such naturalists as Mr. Davison and Capt. Wimberley,
who have resided for a long time in these islands and thoroughly
worked their ornithology. As is well known, the members of the
genus Microhierax are very restricted in their range ; andit is scarcely
possible that M. latifrons should inhabit N.W. Borneo and the
Nicobars, with the Malayan peninsula and its species M. fringillarius
interposed. ;
1881.] BIRDS OF SANDAKAN, BORNEO. 791
3. Sprtornis PALLIDUS, Walden.
Spilornis pallidus, Sharpe, Cat. B. i, p. 290.
Spilornis bacha (Daud.), Salvad. ¢. ¢. p. 7.
In the first collection was a female with remains of the young
plumage about the head; in the third collection an adult male.
4. PerNis pTILONORHYNCHUS (Temm.)
Pernis ptilonorhynchus, Salvad. ¢. ¢. p.9; Sharpe, Cat. B. i.
p- 347.
This species of Honey-Buzzard was discovered by Doria and
Beccari near Sarawak, and at the time of writing my Catalogue was
not known as an inhabitant of Borneo. Three specimens have been
sent by Mr. Pryer from Sandakan ; and I am by no means certain
that the Honey-Kite from the Indo-Malayan islands is not a different
species from the bird inhabiting the Indian Peninsula ; but no doubt
a large series would be required for comparison.
5. HaLtastuR INTERMEDIUS, Gurney.
Haliastur intermedius, Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 314.
H. indus (Bodd.), Salvad. é.¢. p. 12.
An adult specimen.
6. SprzAETUS LIMNAETUS (Horsf.).
Spizaetus limnaetus, Salvad. t.c. p. 15.
An adult bird in the uniform dark-brown stage usually met with
in Borneo.
7. Kerupa ketupa (Horsf.)
Ketupa javanensis, Less.; Salvad. Uce. Born. p. 20; Sharpe,
Cat. B. ii. p. 8.
Two specimens, both adult.
8. Ninox scuTuLata (Rafil.).
Ninox scutulata, Sharpe, Cat. B. ii. p. 156.
| Ninox borneensis, Bp., Salvad. t. c. p. 18.
A single adult specimen.
9. Scops Lemprs1 (Horsf.).
Scops lempiji, Sharpe, Cat. B. ii. p. 91; Salvad. ¢.c. p. 19.
10. Loricutus gaLeutus (L.).
Loriculus galgulus, Salvad. ¢. c. p. 26.
An adult bird.
11. Harpacres prarpi (Temm.)
Pyrotrogon diardi, Salvad. t. ec. p. 28.
12. Harpactes KasuMBa (Raffl.).
Pyrotrogon kasumba, Salvad. t. ec. p. 29.
792 MR, R. BOWDLER SHARPE ON THE (June 21,
a”
13. HARPACTES DUVAUCELI (Temm.),
Pyrotrogon duvauceli, Salvad. t.c. p. 29.
14, XANTHOLAHMA DUVAUCELI (Less.).
Xantholema duvauceli, Salvad. t. c. p. 38.
15. CALORHAMPHUS FULIGINOSUS (Temm.).
Calorhamphus fuliginosus, Salvad. ¢. c. p. 39.
16. IyNGOPICUS AURANTIIVENTRIS, Salvad.
Jyngipicus aurantiiventris, Salvad. t. ec. p. 11, tav. iv. fig. 2.
17. XyLoLePes vaLipus (Temm.).
Xylolepes validus, Salvad, ¢.c. p. 43.
18. CALLOLOPHUS PUNICEUS (Horsf.).
Callolophus puniceus, Salvad. t. c. p. 49.
19. ALOPHONERPES PULVERULENTUs (Temm.),
Alophonerpes pulverulentus, Salvad. ¢.c. p. 51.
20. THRIPONAX JAVENSIS (Horsf.).
Thriponax javensis, Salvad. t.c. p. 52.
21. Tiga JAVANENS!Is (Ljung.).
Tiga javanensis, Salvad. t.c. p. 54.
22. Mrietypres Tristis (Horsf.).
Meiglyptes tristis, Salvad. ¢. c. p. 56.
23. MriGLiypTes TUKKI (Less.).
Meiglyptes tukki, Salvad. t. c, p. 57.
24. MicROPTERNUS BADIOosus (Temm.).
Micropternus badiosus, Salvad. ¢. c. p. 58.
25. Curysococcyx XANTHORHYNCHUS (Horsf.).
Chrysococcyx xanthorhynchus, Salvad. t. c. p. 62.
A young specimen in a very interesting stage of plumage, being
white banded with brown below, the head uniform light rufous, the
back also pale rufous with green bands, here and there a purple
feather appearing and distinguishing the species.
26. SurNicuLus LuGusRis (Horsf.).
Surniculus lugubris, Salvad. ¢. c. p. 63.
27. CACOMANTIS MERULINUS (Scop.).
Cacomantis merulinus, Salvad. t.c. p. 64.
28. RuyNorTHA CHLOROPH A (Raffl.).
Rhynortha chlorophea, Salvad. t. c. p. 69.
29. RHOPODYTES BORNEENSIS.
Rhopodytes borneensis, Salvad. t.c. p. 72.
1881.] BIRDS OF SANDAKAN, BORNEO. 793
30. RHopopyTES ERYTHROGNATHUS (Hartl.),
Rhopodytes erythrognathus, Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1873, p. 604.
31. ZANCLosroMus JAVANICcUuS (Horsf.).
Zanclostomus javanicus, Salvad. t.c.p.75.
32. CENTROCOCCYX EURYCERCUS (Hay).
Centrococcyx eurycercus, Salvad. ¢.c. p. 78.
33. ANORRHINUS GALERITUS (Temm.).
Anorrhinus galeritus, Salvad. ¢. c. p. 70.
34. MERopPs sUMATRANUS, Rafil.
Merops bicolor, Salvad. ¢.c. p. 90 (nec Bodd.).
35. NycTIorNIs amicra (Temm.).
Nyctiornis amicta, Salvad. ¢.c. p. 91.
Among the specimens sent is a young one in the green stage of
plumage, with a slight indication of the lilac frontal plumes appearing,
and on the breast some red feathers, which, however, appear to be
more orange-red than scarlet, as in the fully adult birds.
36. PELARGOPSIS LEUCOCEPHALA (Bodd.).
Pelargopsis leucocephala, Salvad. t¢.c. p. 95.
37. CEYX DILLWYNNI, Sharpe.
Ceyzx dillwynni, Salvad. t.c. p. 99.
Three perfectly adult specimens with the characteristic scapulars
of the species.
38. Hatcyon coromAnDa (Lath.).
Callialcyon coromanda (Lath.) ; Salvad. ¢.c. p. 101.
39. Hatcyon concreTta (Temm.).
Caridagrus concretus (Temm.), Salvad. ¢. c. p. 102.
Two adult specimens.
40. Haucyon cutoris (Bodd.).
Sauropatis chloris (Bodd.), Salvad. t. ¢. p. 103.
41. CARCINEUTES MELANOPS (Temm.).
Lacedo melanops (Temm.), Salvad. ¢. ec. p. 104.
A beautiful adult specimen, with the black collar round the hind
neck perfectly developed.
42. EuRYSTOMUS ORIENTALIS, L.
Eurystomus orientalis, Salvad. t.c. p. 105.
43. CoLLocALiA LiINncHI, Horsf. & Moore.
Collocalia linchi, Salvad. ¢.c. p. 121.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1881, No. LI. 51
794 MR. R. BOWDLER SHARPE ON THE [June 21,
44, GERYGONE SULFUREA, Wall.
Gerygone sulfurea, Sharpe, Cat. B. iv. p. 214.
T have compared the single specimen sent by Mr. Pryer with the
type of G. sulfurea, and find that it agrees better with this species
than with G. flaveola, though the latter bird is also said to inhabit
Borneo. In the Gould collection also was a specimen of the present
bird, marked as being from the ‘ Philippines.”
45. Sipura BANyuMAS (Horsf.).
Siphia banyumas, Sharpe, Cat. B. iv. p. 449.
Cyornis banyumas (Horsf.), Salvad. ¢.c. p. 130.
Adult male, female, and young.
46. Hyproruymis occrpitauis (Vig.).
Hypothymis oceipitalis, Sharpe, Cat. B. iv. p. 275.
Hypothymis azurea, Salvad. t. e. p. 133 (nec Bodd.).
47. RurprpurRa JAvVANIcA (Sparrm.).
Rhipidura javanica, Sharpe, Cat. B. iv. p. 332.
Leucocerca javanica (Sparrm.), Salvad. ¢. c. p. 135.
48. Rurpipura PERLATA (Mill.).
Rhipidura perlata, Sharpe, ¢.c. p. 328.
Leucocerca perlata (Miill.), Salvad. ¢. c. p, 136.
49. TeERPSIPHONE AFFINIS (Hay).
Terpsiphone affinis, Salvad. t. c. p. 137.
50. PHILENTOMA VELATUM (Temm.).
Philentoma velatum, Salvad. t.c. p.132; Sharpe, Cat. B. iv. p.365.
51. PHILENTOMA PYRRHOPTERUM (Temm.).
Philentoma pyrrhopterum, Salvad. t. c. p. 138; Sharpe, ¢.c. p. 366.
52. RuINoMyIAS PECTORALIS (Salvad.).
Rhinomyias pectoralis, Sharpe, Cat. B. iv. p. 368.
Setaria pectoralis, Salvad. ¢. c. p. 233, tay. iv. fig. 1.
53. ARTAMUS LEUCORHYNCHUs (L.).
Artamus leucorhynchus, Salvad. ¢.c. p. 140.
54. PERICROCOTUS IGNEUS, Blyth.
Pericrocotus igneus, Salvad. ¢.c. p. 144.
55. LaLaGE TERAT (Bodd.).
Lalage terat, Salvad. ¢. c. p. 145.
56. Lauace cutminata (A. Hay).
Lalage culminata, Sharpe, Cat. B. iv. p. 104.
Volvocivora schierbrandit, Pelz., Salvad. t.c. p. 149.
1881.] BIRDS OF SANDAKAN, BORNEO. 795
57. Hemipus oxzscurvus (Horsf.),
Hemipus obscurus, Sharpe, Cat. B. iii. p. 305.
Myjiolestes obscurus (Horsf.), Salvad. ¢.c. p. 156.
58. IRENA CRINIGERA.
Irena crinigera, Sharpe, Cat. B. iii, p. 267; Gould, B. Asia,
pt. xxxii,
Irena cyanea, Salvad. t.c. p. 151 (nec Begbie).
Adult males and females.
59. DissEMURUS BRACHYPHORUs (Temm.).
Dissemurus brachyphorus, Salvad. t.c. p. 154.
60. TEPHRODORNIS GuLARIs (Raf_l.),
Tephrodornis gularis, Salvad. t.c. p. 156.
61. Lanrus cEPHALOMELAS, Bp. Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1853,
p- 436 ; Walden, Ibis, 1868, p. 70.
Lanius bentet, Horsf., Salvad. ¢. c. p. 158.
L. similis L. bentet, sed capite nuchaque nigris pileum formanti-
bus, interscapulio et dorso superiore clare cineraceis distinguendus.
Long. tot. 9, culm. 0°8, ale 3°52, caude@ 5:1, tarsi 1°05.
Mr. Pryer has sent a specimen of this Shrike, which agrees with
one from Sandakan already in the British Museum. These in turn
agree with Philippe examples, and seem to belong to a distinct race
of L. bentet.
62. PiTyRIAsIS GYMNOCEPHALA (Rafil.).
Pityriasis gymnocephala, Salvad. ¢.c. p. 159.
63. DenpRopuita rrontaLis (Horsf.),
Dendrophila frontalis, Salvad. t.c. p. 161.
64. PrionocHILus xanTHOPYGIUS, Salvad. ¢. c. p. 162,
65. PrionocuiLus THORACICUS (Temm.).
Prionochilus thoracicus, Salvad. ¢. ¢. p. 163,
A large series.
66. PrionocHILus MACULATUs (Temm.).
Prionochilus maculatus, Salvad. ¢.c. p. 164.
67. DiczuM PRYERI, sp. n.
D. simile D. nigrimento, Salvad., sed gutture toto, colli et corporis
lateribus nigris distinguendum. Long. tot. 2°9, culm. 0:4, ale
1°85, caude 1:0, tarsi 0°45.
The first collection sent by Mr. Pryer contained a single spe-
cimen of this Diceum: it appeared to be quite different from
D. nigrimentum, which is in the collection of the British Museum.
Subsequently Mr. Pryer forwarded some more adult males in his
second and third consignments ; and as all of these agree in having
the whole of the throat black, I have no doubt that it is a good
species. ol*
796 MR. R. BOWDLER SHARPE ON THE [June 21,
68. Dicawum TRIGoNostiGMa (Scop.).
Diceum trigonostigma, Salvad. ¢.c. p. 166.
69. ANTHREPTES HYPOGRAMMICA (S. Miill.).
Anthreptes hypogrammica, Shelley, Monogr. Nect. p.305, pl. xcviii.
Hypogramma nuchalis (Blyth), Salvad. ¢. c. p. 172.
70. ASTHOPYGA sIPARAJA (Raffl.).
Aithopyga siparaja, Shelley, t.c. p. 57, pl. xix.
Abthopyga eupogon, Cab., Salvad. t.c. p. 173.
71. CINNYRIS HASSELTI (Temm.).
Cinnyris hasselti, Shelley, ¢.c. p. 127, pl. xlii.
Nectarophila hasseltii (Temm.), Salvad. ¢. c. p. 177.
72. CHALCOSTETHA INSIGNIS (Jard.).
Chalcostetha insignis, Salvad. t. c. p. 177; Shelley, ¢.c. p. 87,
pl. xxx.
73. ANTHREPTES MALACCENSIs (Scop.).
Anthreptes malaccensis, Salvad. t.c. p.178; Shelley, ¢.c. p. 315,
pl. ci. fig. 2, and_pl. cii.
p-
74, ANTHREPTES PH@NICOTIs (Temm.).
Anthreptes phenicotis, Shelley, ¢. c. p. 325, pl. ev.
Chalcoparia singalensis (Gm.), Salvad. ¢.c. p. 180.
75. ARACHNORAPHIS FLAVIGASTRA (Blyth).
Arachnoraphis flavigastra, Shelley, t. c. p. 373, pl. exx.
Arachnothera eytonii, Salvad. t. c. p. 182.
76. ARACHNOTHERA LONGIROSTRA (Lath.).
Arachnothera longirostra, Salvad. t. c. p. 186; Shelley, ¢.c.
. 357, pl. exiv.
77. ASGITHINA VIRIDIS (Bp.).
Tora scapularis, Horsf., Salvad. ¢.c. p. 190.
78. CHLOROPSIS ZOSTEROPS, Vig.
Phyllornis sonneratii (J. & S.), Salvad. ¢.c. p. 193.
79. Pycnonortus anatis (Horsf.).
Pycnonotus analis, Salvad. t.c. p. 197.
80. Pycnonortus stmpLex (Less.).
Pycnonotus brunneus and P. modestus, Blyth, J. A. S. Beng. xiv.
568.
Microtarsus olivaceus, Moore in Horsf. & Moore’s Cat. B. E.I.
Co. Mus. i. p. 249.
Four specimens sent by Mr. Pryer. Mr. Hume (Str. F. 1878,
p- 309) has pointed out the differences between this species and
P. plumosus of Blyth. He calls it Ivos brunneus (Blyth) ; but,
1881.] BIRDS OF SANDAKAN, BORNEO. 797
after a thorough study of the genus, I have no hesitation in consi-
dering it to be the true P. simplex of Lesson ; and this name should
be restored to it.
81. Micropus MELANOCEPHALUs (Gm.).
Brachypodius melanocephalus, Salvad. ¢.c. p. 201.
By comparing the type of the genus Micropus, Swains. (Classif.
B. ii. p. 226), which is Micropus chalcocephalus, with Brachypodius
melanocephalus, which is the type of the genus Brachypodius, it will
be found that they are generically the same ; and hence Brachypo-
dius of Blyth (1845) is asynonym of Micropus of Swainson (1837).
82. Hemixus MALACCENSIS (Blyth).
Hypsipetes malaccensis (Blyth), Salvad. t.c. p. 202.
This species is not a true Hypsipetes, but a Hemixus with well-
developed rictal bristles.
83. TRICHOLESTES CRINIGER (Blyth).
Tricholestes minutus (Hartl.), Salvad. ¢.c. p. 205, tav. v. fig. 1.
84. CriniceR GuTrurRaLis (S. Miill.).
Criniger gutturalis, Salvad. ¢.c. p. 206.
85. CrINIGER PHZOCEPHALUs (Hartl.).
Criniger pheocephalus, Salvad. t. c. p. 207.
86. IoLe otrvacea, Blyth.
Tole olivacea, Salvad. t. c. p. 210.
Two adult specimens.
87. CYANODERMA BICOLOR (Blyth).
Cyanoderma erythropterum (Blyth), Salvad. ¢. c. p. 213.
88. HerrorNIs BRUNNESCENS, Sharpe, Ibis, 1879, p. 257.
89. Macronus ptizosus, J. & S.
Macronus ptilosus, Salvad. ¢.c. p. 216.
90. DRyMOCATAPHUS CAPISTRATOIDES (Temm.).
Drymocataphus capistratoides, Salvad. t. ce. p. 218.
91. BRACHYPTERYX UMBRATILIS (Temm.).
Brachypteryx umbratilis, Salvad. t.c. p. 220.
92. BRACHYPTERYX MALACCENSIs, Hartl.
Brachypteryx malaccensis, Salvad. ¢. c. p. 222.
93. Kenopra striata (Blyth).
Kenopia striata, Salvad. t.c. p. 224, tay. v. fig. 2.
798 MR. R. BOWDLER SHARPE ON THE [June 21,
94, MatacorTeron masvus, Blyth.
Malacopteron majus, Salvad, t.c. p. 225.
95. Pirra ussHERI, Sharpe.
Pitta ussheri, Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1879, p. 94; Gould, B. Asia,
pt. xxix.
A beautiful specimen of this rare Pitta.
96. Prrra CH@RuLEA (Rafil.).
Pitta cerulea, Gould, B. of Asia, pt. xxx.
New to Borneo. Four specimens. One male is marked by
Mr. Pryer ‘‘ Obtained at Upak, March 13, 1878. Eyes brown,
black pupil ; beak black ; legs brown.”
97. Prrra BAvunt, Mill. & Schl.
Pitta baudi, Salvad. ¢. c. p. 243; Gould, B. Austr. pt. xxix.
98. PirrA MUELLERI (Bp.).
Pitta muelleri, Salvad. t. c. p. 240.
99. CaLyPTOMENA VirRInDIs, Raffi.
Calyptomena viridis, Salvad. t. ce. p. 106.
100. EuryLamvus ocHROMELAS, Rafi.
Eurylemus ochromelas, Salvad. ¢.¢. p. 108.
101. CymMBORHYNCHUS MACRORHYNCHUS (Gm.).
Cymborhynchus macrorhynchus, Salvad. ¢.c. p. 109.
102. OrTHOTOMUS CINERACEUS, Blyth.
103. OrTHOTOMUS RUFICEPS, Less.
Orthotomus ruficeps, Salvad. ¢.c. p. 248.
104. Henicurvs rrontatis, Blyth.
Henicurus frontalis, Elwes, Ibis, 1872, p. 259, pl. ix.; Salvad.
t.c. p. 258.
105. CrrrocincLa sTRICKLANDI (Motl. & Dillw.).
Cittocincla stricklandi, Salvad. t.c. p. 253.
106. Corsycuus Amanus (Horsf.).
Copsychus ameenus, Salvad. ¢. ¢. p. 255.
107. AnrHus GusTAvI, Swinh.
Anthus gustavi, Sharpe, Ibis, 1879, p. 262.
108. MuniA ATRICAPILLA (V.).
Munia atricapilla, Salvad. ¢.c. p. 265.
1881.] BIRDS OF SANDAKAN, BORNEO. 799
109. Munta tevcocastra (Blyth).
Munia leucogastra, Salvad. t.c. p. 267.
110. Catornis cHALyB2Zus (Horsf.).
Calornis chalybeus, Salvad. ¢. c. p. 271.
111. OrtoLus xANTHONOTUs, Horsf.
Oriolus zanthonotus, Salvad. ¢.c. p. 277.
112. PrarysmuRus ATERRIMUS (Temm.).
Platysmurus aterrimus, Salvad. t.c. p. 279.
113. Coroner Enca (Horsf.).
Corone enca, Sharpe, Cat. B. iii. p. 43.
Corone validus, Temm., Salvad. ¢.c. p. 281.
114. PLaryLoruus coronatus (Rafil.).
Platylophus coronatus, Salvad. ¢.c. p. 280.
Two specimens agreeing with the Sumatran type.
115. TrRERON VERNANS (L.).
Treron vernans, Salvad. t.c. p. 286.
116. TRERON FULVICOLLIs (Wagl.).
Treron fulvicollis, Salvad. t. c. p. 288.
117. Prinopus samBu (Gm.).
Ptilopus jambu, Salvad. ¢. c. p. 289.
118. CarpopHaGaA 4 NEA (L.).
Carpophuga enea, Salvad. ¢. c. p. 290.
119. Myristicrvora BICOLOR (Scop.).
Myristicivora bicolor, Salvad. Ann. Mus. Civic. Genoy. ix.
p- 276.
An adult specimen.
120. SprLoPeLia TIGRINA (Temm.).
Spilopelia tigrina, Salvad. ¢.c. p. 297.
121. Turrur pussumreRi (Temm.).
Turtur dussumieri, Bp. Consp. ii. p. 65; Wall. Ibis, 1865, p. 392.
Count Salvadori includes in his work on the birds of Borneo
only Streptopelia bitorquata (=Turtur bitorquata) with a query,
the species being included in the Bornean list only on the authority
of Gray. The specimens now sent by Mr. Pryer agree with
Bonaparte’s diagnosis of 7. dussumiert, which must be added
800. MR. R. BOWDLER SHARPE ON BORNEAN BIRDS. [June 2],
to the avifauna of Borneo; and therefore Mr. Wallace’s sugges-
tion (J. ec.) that Bonaparte had made an error in locality, is not
borne out.
122. Mrecaropivus cumINGI, Dillw.
Megapodius cumingi, Salvad. t¢. ce. p. 302.
123. Evptocamus 1enttus (Lath.).
Euplocamus nobilis, Sclater, Salvad. ¢. c. p. 306.
124, RoLLuLus rovLovt (Scop.).
Rollulus rouloul, Salvad. ¢. c. p. 308.
125. SQUATAROLA HELVETICA (L.).
Squatarola helvetica, Salvad. t.c. p. 313.
126. ANGIALITIS GEOFFROYI (Wagl.).
Ai gialitis geoffroyi, Salvad. t.c. p. 318.
127. TRINGOIDES HYPOLEUCUS (L.).
Tringoides hypoleucus, Salvad. ¢. c. p. 326.
128. NuMENIUS UROPYGIALIs, Gould.
Numenius pheopus (1.), Salvad. ¢.¢. p. 333.
129. ERyTHRA PHENICURA (Penn.).
Erythra phenicura, Salvad. t.c. p. 340.
130. ARDEA SUMATRANA, Raffi.
Ardea sumatrana, Salvad. t.c. p. 344.
131. Buroripes savanica (Horsf.).
Butorides javanica, Salvad. t. c. p. 351.
132. Busutcus cornomanovs (Bodd.).
Bubulcus coromandus, Salvad. t.c. p. 340.
133. SuLa FIBER (L.).
Sula fiber, Salvad. ¢. c. p. 369.
A young and a fully adult bird. This species has never been
before recorded from Borneo, though Count Salvadori (/. ¢.) foretold
its occurrence. I fully suspect that the young birds recorded by
me (‘ Ibis,’ 1879, p. 272) from the Lawas river and Sandakan really
belonged to this species, and not to S. piscatrix, to which I re-
ferred them.
134. Purrinus LEUCOMELAS, T. & S.
1881. } ON SOCOTRAN LAND-SHELLS. 801
10. On the Land-Shells of the Island of Socotra collected
by Prof. I. Bayley Balfour. By Lieut.-Colonel H. H.
Gopwin-Avusten, F.R.S., F.Z.S., &c.—Part II. Heli-
cacex’.
(Plates LXVIII., LXIX.)
The most abundant Pulmoniferous shells on the island of Socotra are
those of a subgenus of Buliminus, which Mr. Geoffrey Nevill separated
and distinguished under the title Achatinelloides, upon the then only
known species B. socotrensis of Pfeiffer, one of the most distinct
forms of the group. Achatinelloides (which I propose for the present
to restrict to species of this island until we possess a larger series of
the land-shells of the adjacent mainland, almost unknown at present)
may be divided into two well-marked divisions :—a, with well
costulated sculpture; 4, smooth and polished. A broad, rather
flat columellar margin, more or less plicate, is characteristic of the
subgenus, and is well shown in the type (vide fig. 1 a, Plate LX VIII.).
There is a third group of Bulimini peculiar to Socotra, c, charac-
terized by their thin fragile shells, while the columellar margin still
assimilates to that of the more solid shells of the first group (compare
fig. 5 a, Plate LXVIII., with fig. 9 a, Plate LXIX.). As yet we
know nothing of their anatomy ; but as they approach in form and
coloration B. velutinus, Pfr., which is the type of Albers’s subgenus
Pachnodus, 1 have placed them in that subgenus for the present.
Groups @ and 6 show, in a very interesting manner, how gradually
species have been modified, and yet how close they remain as a
whole. Take, for instance, the markings in 4. socotrensis and
socotrensis var. elongatus, and observe how the spiral markings in
the former have become longitudinal on the sides of the longer
whorls of the latter, and how these last again have been modified in
A. tigris into still more pronounced longitudinal rays of colour,
while the shell has changed into the more elongate form and lost its
ribbed sculpture. Again, in 4. zebrinus we have another modification
of the same spiral bands seen in A. socotrensis, but in a still more
solid glossy shell. In A. balfouri, in the first 4 or 5 whorls only do
we find any coloured bands retained; these, as the shell becomes
mature, are lost altogether. Plain unmarked varieties occur in many
of the species. A. hadibuensis has the coloured patches very irre-
gularly arranged, but still oblique to the costulation ; while in A.
gollonsirensis, the most ornamented of all, this type of coloration is
crossed by a well-marked almost continuous spiral band of colour,
A, semicastaneus presents in its form and coloration quite another
sort of variation in another direction.
In bringing the list of Socotran Land-shells to a conclusion in this
paper, I think it due (as a member of the Committee for the explora-
tion of the island) to express to Prof. Bayley Balfour how much we are
» For Part I. vide supra p. 251 et seqq.
Proc. Zoou, Soc.—1881, No. LII. 52
802 LIEUT.-COL. H. H. GODWIN-AUSTEN ON [June 21,
indebted to him for the fine collection he has succeeded in bringing
together ina few weeks. Having collected myselfin the East, 1 know
he must have worked hard and well to do it, pressed as he was for
time, and that time primarily occupied with his own particular branch
of science, botany. When we consider also the birds, reptiles, and
insects &c. which he brought home, it is seen how very valuable the
results have been, considering the small outlay of money. Far
greater are they, and far more valuable, than those of many better
known and more costly expeditions, subscribed for and sent out by
scientific societies from this country.
Genus BuLIMINUs. ;
Subgenus ACHATINELLOLDES, G. Neville, Dec. 1878 (Handl. Moll.
Ind. Mus. p. 131), as represented in Socotra (= Ovella, Pfr.
Nomen. (ed. Clessin), May 1879).
Group a. With more or less costulated sculpture.
1. socotrensis, Pfr., type.
2. , var. elongatus.
3. hadibuensis.
4, , var. alba.
5. balfouri.
6. gollonsirensis.
S
Group 4, Smooth and polished.
. tigris.
. cebrinus.
. longiformis.
. semicastaneus.
te Go bo
Subgenus Pacunopus, Albers.
Group ec. Smooth, with epidermis, very thin and fragile. Very
abnormal.
1. heliciformis.
2. fragilis.
3. adonensis.
1. Burrminus (ACHATINELLOIDES) socoTRENsIs, Pfr. (Plate
LXVIII. fig. 1.)
(Figured in Conch. Icon. pl. lxiv. fig. 440.)
Shell dextral, rotundately oval, very closely and narrowly rimate ;
sculpture close regular ribbing ; colour white, the last whorl orna-
mented with very oblique regular bands of madder-brown crossing
the costulation at right angles, becoming broader and more irregular
on the apical whorls but still very oblique; spire conical, apex sub-
acuminate; suture shallow ; whorls5,rounded; aperture suboblique,
oval, angular above, with a strong callus on the body-whorl ; peri-
stome thin ; the columellar margin flat, with a strong plication.
Largest specimens, size :—
Major diam. 0°27, alt. axis 0°40, alt. apert. 0°24 inch.
o Se AiO: fe 10°1 a 6°2 millim.
1881.] SOCOTRAN LAND-SHELLS. 803
Var. alba. Among 98 specimens nine were quite plain, but did
not differ in any other respect.
Animal. Many specimens were found to be still alive, and survived
some time, but died off gradually. Eye-tentacles moderately long,
the oral tentacles long and dark ; animal pale-coloured, foot pointed.
The odontophore will be figured hereafter with those of other
species.
[This species is very common on trees (Croton, sp. ind.) on the
plain of the valley at the mouth of which is the village of Gollonsir.
—B. B.]
2. BuLiminus (ACHATINELLOIES) SOCOTRENSIS, var. ELON-
GaTus. (Plate LXVIII. fig. 2.)
Shell rimate, ovately fusiform, very solid; sculpture regular shallow
oblique costulation; colour buffy white, the last whorl below
obliquely and spirally ornamented with regular umber-brown bands,
which on the upper whorls become transverse splashes of colour
slightly oblique to the costulation ; spire elongately pyramidal, sides
flatly convex ; suture shallow ; whorls 6, sides flat ; aperture ovate ;
peristome sharp, only very slightly reflected near the rimation ; colu-
mellar margin with a sharp internal fold.
Size :—
Major diam. 0°25, alt. axis 0°45, alt. apert. 0°22 inch.
”» ” > ” 1] 0, ” G5) millim.
Animal. One alive, pale greenish grey ; eye-tentacles short, dark ;
a white granular short patch on the fore margin of the foot.
[On the stems of Dracena growing on limestone at over 2000 feet.
—B. B.|
This shell is very close to A. socotrensis ; but the form is more
elongate, and the distribution of the bands of colour is very different :
and it might be mistaken for the young of 4. dalfourc; but the
whorls are flatter.
3. BuLIMINUS (ACHATINELLOIDES) HADIBUENSIS, 0. sp. (Plate
LXVIII. fig. 3.)
Shell elongately fusiform, rather broadly rimate in well-grown
shells, closer in the younger specimens, coarse but regular costula-
tion ; colour ochraceous brown with streaks of madder-brown running
parallel to the costulation, these again overlaid with minute specks
of black, apex nearly black; spire elongately pyramidal, slightly
convex, subacuminate; suture shallow, adpressed; whorls 6, body-
whorl the largest, sides very flatly convex; aperture ovate, more
than half the length of the axis; peristome with sharp edge, slightly
reflected over the rimation, regularly curved on the outer margin;
columellar margin straight, with a slight sinuation within the aperture.
Longest specimen :—
Major diam. 04, alt. axis 0°85, alt. apert. 0°5 inch.
fe ey 1) © pear - 12°5 millim.
52*
804 LIEUT.-COL. H..H. GODWIN-AUSTEN ON [June 21,
Shortest specimen :—
Major diam. 0°36, alt. axis 0°77, alt. apert. 0:44 inch.
FP ag A Up & 1937; 9 11:2 millim.
[Most abundant on the trees upon the plain in the vicinity of
Hadibu, on a Croton, which was the commonest undershrub.—B. B. |
This shell is closely allied to 4. balfourt ; but it may be known at
once by its more elongate form, coarser sculpture, and elaborate
ornamentation.
4. Butiminus (ACHATINELLOIDES) HADIBUENSIS, var, ALBA.
(Plate LXVIII. fig. 4.)
Pure white. I give a figure of the base, right side, showing the
rimation; but its narrowness is, I think, due to immaturity, and
not of much value.
Major diam. 0°36, alt. axis 0°82, alt. apert. 0°42 inch.
” » 9°0, oy) 21:0, ” 10°5 millim.
This shell is very close to A. hadibuensis ; but the sculpture is not
80 coarse.
Var. minor has splashes of pale brown upon the whorls, and
measures :—--
Major diam. 0°48, alt. axis 0°13 inch.
2 ” 12:0, ” ue millim.
5. BuLiminus (ACHATINELLOIDES) BALFOURI, n. sp. (Plate
LXVIII. fig. 5.)
Shell narrowly and deeply rimate, ovately fusiform, solid ; sculp-
ture regular close oblique costulation ; colour generally white, with
a few dark distant longitudinal splashes on the four apical whorls ;
spire elongately conoid, sides convex, apex moderately sharp, suture
shallow ; whorls 7, last the largest, sides convex ; aperture elongately
ovate, nearly half the length of the shell, with a strong callus on the
body-whorl in many specimens ; peristome sharp, straight on the
outer margin; columellar margin straight, reflected over the rima-
tion, with a well-marked internal fold.
Longest specimen :—
Major diam. 0°39, alt. axis 0°83, alt. apert. 0°39 inch.
33 >» 10°0, eo: ae oy “A 10°0 millim.
Shortest specimen :—
Major diam. 0°38, alt. axis 0°68, alt. apert. 0°38 inch.
” ” 9°5, ” 17°8, ” 9°5 millim.,
Animal pale ochraceous, with minute speckling of brown ; tentacles
pale, elongate, attenuate, pointed. In some the head is mottled dark
clivaceous ; no pallial line.
Locality. General all over the island.
1881.] SOCOTRAN LAND-SHELLS. 805
6. Butrminus (ACHATINELLOIDES) BALFOURI, var.
Three specimens are mottled spirally below with pale umber and
white, above transversely ; and the apical whorls have dark dashes
near the suture at regular intervals.
Longest specimen :—
Major diam. 0°44, alt. axis 0°87, alt. apert. 0°47 inch.
ab Aye) uals rr 22°5, 99 12°4 millim.
Most tumid specimen :—
Major diam, 0°37, alt, axis 0°65, alt. apert. 0°34 inca.
iby Sabor, 2° Gs in ane HAO; s 9-0 milum.
[From the plain in the vicinity of Kadhoop village on the north
side of the island.—B. B. |
7. Butrminus (ACHATINELLOIDES) GOLLONSIRENSIS, nl. sp.
(Plate LXIX. fig. 10.)
Shell ovately fusiform, narrowly rimate, solid; sculpture regular
rather pronounced costulation ; colour white or pale buff, minutely
mottled with brown, with very irregular jaggy, transverse, short
streaks or patches of darker brown, slightly oblique to the costulation,
which do not reach to the suture above; spire elongately pyramidal,
sides fiatly convex, apex subacuminate, suture shallow; whorls 7, sides
flat ; aperture ovate, considerably more than one third the length of
the axis; peristome sharp, flatly convex on the outer margin and
rounded below; columellar margin reflected, nearly covering the rima-
tion, an internal fold.
Longest specimen :—
Major diam. ()°28, alt. axis 0°66, alt. apert. 0°32 inch.
: 16°8, c 8°0 millim,
EB) ” 2 3)
Shortest specimen :—
Major diam. 0°21, alt. axis 0°50, alt. apert. 0°26 inch.
” ” 5°5, ” 13:0, ” 6°8 millim.
{On trees, not uncommon on hill-slopes; these are from those
bounding the Gollonsir valley —B. B.]
The older specimens lose much of their coloration; but the fine
mottling can generally be made out.
s
8. Buriminus (ACHATINELLOIDES) TIGRIS, n. sp. (Plate
LXVIII. fig. 6.)
Shell rimate, ovately fusiform, solid, smooth and polished ; seulp-
ture lines of strize discernible underlens; colour white and buff-brown,
streaked diagonally below with narrow bands of brown; above, each
whorl ornamented with jagged regularly disposed transverse bands
of the same colour ; spire elongately pyramidal, sides slightly con-
vex; suture shallow; whorls 6, sides slightly convex ; aperture oval,
subvertical ; peristome thick, regularly convex on the outer margin ;
columellar margin with a strong plication, very little reflected.
806 LIEUT.-COL. H. H. GODWIN-AUSTEN ON [June 2],
Longest specimen :—
Major diam. 0-24, alt. axis 0°50, alt. apert. 0°22 inch.
» 3” 6° 0, ” 12: 5, ” a 7 millim.
Shortest specimen :—
Major diam. 0°22, alt. axis 0°42, alt. apert. 0°17 inch.
» ” “0, ” 10°8, ” 4:5 millim.
[Taken on stems of Dracena, on limestone at an altitude of over
2000 feet.—B. B. |
This shell might at first sight be taken for A. gollonsirensis ; but
the much more open rimation and more polished surface distinguish
it. It is again very similar to A. longiformis, but is more attenuate in
form.
9. BuLiminus (ACHATINELLOIDES) ZEBRINUS, u. sp. (Plate
LXVIII. fig. 7.)
Shell rimate, elongately fusiform, polished, solid; sculpture indis-
tinct transverse striee under lens ; colour milky white, with fine well-
defined spiral bands of madder-brown on the last whorl, which near
the suture turn sharply and change toa dark ochre tint; the dark
bands are more irregular and jagged towards the apex; spire
elongately pyramidal, very slightly convex; suture shallow ; whorls
63, sides somewhat flattened; aperture subvertical; peristome
thickened ; columellar margin with a slight fold.
Longest specimen :—
Major diam. 0°19, alt. axis 0°43, alt. apert. 0°20 inch.
” ” 5: 0, ” 10: 8, ” 5° 2 millim.
Shortest specimen :—
Major diam. 0°14, alt. axis 0°37, alt. apert. 0°14 inch.
” ” as 0, ” he 4, ” 4:0 millim.
Locality. On the stems of Dracena on limestone at over 2000
feet, along with A. tigris.
10. Butiminvus (ACHATINELLOIDES) LONGIFORMIS, n. sp. (Plate
LXVIII. fig. 8.)
Shell very narrowly rimate, polished, solid, very elongately fusi-
form ; sculpture indistinct transverse striee ; colour white, with elon-
gate more or less dark-brown streaks of colour extending to apex,
less defined on basal end; spire elongately pyramidal, sides flatly
convex ; suture shallow; whorls 7, sides flat ; aperture ovate, rather
more than half the length of axis; peristome sharp on the outer mar-
gin, which is slightly convex; columellar margin rather thickened,
almost concealing the rimation, with an internal fold.
Longest specimen :—
Major diam. 0°28, alt. axis 0°76, alt. apert. 0°30 inch.
” » 72, Pee Bat + 8°0 millim,
1881.] SOCOTRAN LAND-SHELLs. 807
Medium specimen :—
Major diam. 0°26, alt. axis 0°67, alt. apert. 0°28 inch.
33 33 6:9, ” ] 70, ” “Lo millim.
Locality. Eastern end of the island, on limestone.
11, Buntiminus (ACHATINELLOIDES) SEMICASTANEUS, n. sp.
(Plate LXVIII. fig. 9.)
Shell rimate, solid, fusiform ; sculpture fine oblique striation, to
the naked eye polished ; colour milky white on last two whorls, chest-
nut or sienna-brown on the five apical ; spire elongately pyramidal, be-
coming rapidly attenuate at the apex, sides convex ; suture rather
shallow ; whorls 7, body-whorl tumid, side convex ; aperture ovate,
suboblique ; peristome continuous as a strong callus on the body-
whorl, rather flattened on the outer margin ; columellar margin with
well-marked fold, oblique, somewhat thickened and angulate near
the upper inner margin.
Longest specimen :—
Major diam. 0°22, alt. apert. 0°22, alt. axis 0°39 inch.
4 aft) 2D) te 5:5, ae 10:0 millim.
Shortest specimen :—
Major diam. 0°22, alt. apert. 0°22, alt. axis 0°37 inch.
” ” 5°5, ” 5°), ” 9°5 millim.
Locality. [South side of island on limestone rocks, nearly 1000
feet ; nine specimens were found.—B, B.]
12. Butiminus (ACHATINELLOIDES) SEMICASTANEUS, Var. ALBA
(Plate LXVIII. fig. 10.)
Shell fusiform, narrowly rimate, smooth; sculpture fine oblique
somewhat irregular striation; colour all white ; spireelongate, sides flatly
convex, apex subacuminate, suture very shallow; whorls 6-7, sides
very flat; aperture ovoid, subvertical ; peristome sharp, continued
as a thin callus on the body-whorl ; columellar margin straight, with
an internal plication, slightly reflected over the rimation.
Size :—
Major diam. 0°14, alt. axis 0°36, alt. apert. 0°18 inch.
” ” 3°7, ” 9°3, ” 4°7 millim.
Locality. [S.W. of Gollonsir on the limestone ridge, over 1000 feet ;
only 3 specimens were obtained.—B. B. |
This shell is very close to B. semicastaneus ; but it is much flatter
on the sides and not so tumid in form, and is no doubt a local variety.
There are only three specimens in the collection,
13. Buniminus (PACHNODUS) HELICIFORMIS, n. sp. (Plate
LXIX. figs. 7, 7a.)
Ovately fusiform, tumid, thin, diaphanous ; sculpture thin, a few
transverse lines of growth; colour olive-brown ; spire pyramidal, suture
808 LIEUT.-COL. H. H. GODWIN-AUSTEN ON [June 21,
rather deep; whorls 4, all rounded and the last much swollen ;
aperture broadly ovate ; peristome very thin, as well as the colu-
mellar margin, where there i is a slight reflexion.
Size :—
Major diam.0°20, alt. axis 0°38, diam. apert. 0°20, alt. apert. 0°25inch,
oy) oy 6 705 pre EDs ” is 4 Ob ” 6°5 millim.
Locality. [Only found in one locality, at the base of granite cliffs
above Hadibu.—B. B.]
Only one specimen found. This shell might be taken for a Helix
at first sight ; but its columellar margin shows it to be a close ally of
the two next species, as well as the general coloration and appearance
of the epidermis. Living specimens of this species and its allies would
he very desirable.
14, Butiminus (PACHNODUS) FRAGILIS, n. sp. (Plate LXIX.
fig. 8.)
Shell dextral, narrowly rimate, obtusely pyriform, very thin; sculp-
ture fine irregular transverse lines of growth; colour olive-green; spire
pyramidal, sides flat, apex sharp, tapering rapidly, suture moderate ;
whorls 5, sides flat, last whorl large; aperture oblique, ovate; peri-
stome thin ; columellar margin straight, thin and reflected.
Size :—
Major diam. 0°19, alt. axis 0°30, alt. apert. 0°13 inch.
” Pre a ” 75 2” 3°2 millim.
Locality. [From under granite boulders, hills above Adona, over
2000 feet.—B. B.]
15. Buniminus (PACHNODUS) ADONENSIS, n.sp. (Plate LXIX.
figs. 9, 9 a.)
Shell dextral, ovately fusiform, thin, semitransparent ; sculpture,
under high power, epidermis rough with a few irregular transverse
ridges ; colour olive-brown ; spire elongate, sides flatly convex ; apex
blunt, suture well marked; whorls 6, sides rather flat; aperture
oval, oblique ; peristome thin; columellar margin flat, triangular,
with a slight curve or twist.
Size :—
Major diam. 0°38, alt, axis 0°27 inch.
3? ” 9; d, ” 8°5 millim.
Locality. |From under granite boulders, hills above Adona, over
2000 feet.—B. B.]
16. ENN&ZA pAssaMaana, Petit, Journ. Conch. 1853, p. 366,
pl. xiii. figs. 7, 8. (Plate LXVIII. fig. 11.)
Shell dextral, tumidly fusiform, moderately solid, with deep hollow
rimation ; sculpture distinct well raised costulation ; colour dull grey-
white; spire acutely pyramidal, slightly convex ; suture well impressed,
whorls 6, all well rounded, the last with a deep dentation just behind
1881. ] SOCOTRAN LAND-SHELLS. 809
the aperture on the outer margin ; aperture ear-shaped, contracted ;
peristome thin, reflected, continuous, a small double tooth on the
outer margin, with another strong tooth on the columellar margin.
Largest specimen, size :—
Major diam. 0°27, alt. apert. 0°22, alt. axis 0°48 inch.
" 3 COR bs 5°7, es 12 millim.
Locality. South side of the island, on limestone rocks at nearly
1000 feet. [This shell was first discovered by a French officer of
marines, Monsieur Passama. |
17. ENN4A BALFOURI, un. sp. (Plate LXVIII. fig. 12.)
Shell elongately fusiform, rather solid; sculpture very regular
shallow ribbing ; colour wax-white or dull pale umber ; spire elon-
gate, sides convex, apex blunt; suture shallow; whorls 6, flatly
convex ; aperture subvertical, oval, one flat-shaped tooth on body-
whorl ; peristome continuous, with a narrow notch on the upper
outer margin of the aperture; columellar margin strong, with a
single tooth, and one largely developed triangular tooth on the outer
margin.
Bie
Major diam. 0°24, alt. axis 0°58, alt. apert. 0°24 inch.
” ” 61, ” 14°5, ” 6°2 millim.
Locality. On the slopes of the ridge bounding the Gollonsir
valley.
[The ridge is capped with limestone resting on a granite basis.
This shell I did not find abundantly, and only on the slope of the
hill below the limestone cap ; altitude over 500 feet. —B. B, |
18. Pura socorraNa, n.sp. (Plate LXVIII. fig. 13.)
Shell fusiform, oblate; sculpture smooth, covered with pale
umber epidermis; spire with slightly convex sides ; suture shallow ;
whorls 6; aperture elongately oval, subvertical; peristome mode-
rately thickened, slightly rimate on the middle of the outer margin,
where there is a single rounded solid tooth ; columellar margin strong,
perpendicular, with a well-developed tooth.
Size :—
Major diam. 0°15, alt. axis 0°32, alt. apert. 0°13 inch.
+ een 40; UT Sr0; 9 3°5 millim.
Locality. [Found under granite boulders over 2000 feet.—
B. B.|
19. STENOGYRA GOLLONSIRENSIS, n.sp. (Plate LXIX. fig. 1.)
Shell dextral, elongately turreted; sculpture smooth, with shal-
low lines of growth ; colour dull white ; spire turreted, apex rounded,
solid ; suture moderately impressed; whorls 12, sides very slightly
convex ; aperture fusiform ; peristome thin ; columellar margin solid,
straight, and scarcely reflected.
810 LIEUT.-COL. H. H. GODWIN-AUSTEN ON [June 21,
Size :—
Major diam. 0°74, alt. axis 2°45, diam. apert. 0°35,
” ” 18-2, ” 61°8, ” 9-2,
alt. apert. 0°57 inch.
Bi 14:3 millim.
[On limestone at an altitude of over 1000 feet on the top of the
ridge overlooking Gollonsir village, and on the S.W. of it (Gollonsir
is at the west end of the island); not abundant in this locality.—
B. B.)
In the form of its aperture this shell approaches the subgenus
Bacillum of Theobald, from Eastern India.
20. SreNoGyRA FUMIFICATA, n. sp. (Plate LXIX. figs. 2, 2a.)
Shell dextral, elongately turreted, solid, not rimate; sculpture
irregular-sized fine transverse lines of growth crossed by spiral lines,
giving a cloth-like appearance ; cclour ruddy ochre; spire elongate,
sides convex ; apex contracting rather rapidly at the sixth whorl,
rounded ; suture shallow, but well marked ; whorls 11, regular, flat-
sided; aperture semiovate, angular above, rounded below, nearly
vertical ; peristome thin, columellar margin strong, simple, slightly
curved inwards at base.
Size -—
Major diam. 0°73, alt. apert. 0°70, alt. axis 2°35 inch.
” ” 18°5, ” 17°5, ” 59°0 millim.
[Common on limestone at east end of island. This shell is used
often by the natives for a pipe-bowl.—B. B.]
This is a remarkable form, also with characters somewhat like
those of Bacillum, and may eventually be placed in a subgenus of its
own next to Bacillum and Prosopeas.
21. STENOGYRA JESSICA, n. sp. (Plate LXIX. fig. 3.)
Shell elongately turreted, dextral, decollate in the three specimens
obtained, scarcely rimate; sculpture very fine longitudinal ribbing ;
colour white ; spire long, with sides flatly convex; suture very shal-
low; whorls 8+; sides very flat ; aperture oval, oblique, angulate
above ; peristome thin; columellar margin weak and but slightly
reflected.
Size :—
Major diam. 0°22, alt. axis 0°76, alt. apert. 0°20 inch.
= ia bh Le, PA 50 millim.
Locality. [Not very common. On limestone-ridge 8.W. of Gol-
lonsir, at high altitude; at 1000 feet on south side of the island.—
B. B.]
22. STENOGYRA ADONENSIs, n.sp. (Plate LXIX. figs. 4, 4a).
Shell not rimate, dextral, elongately turreted, glassy, polished ; a
few faint longitudinal shallow lines of growth; colour very pale
ochraceous ; spire high, sides slightly convex ; apex blunt, rounded,
1881. ] SOCOTRAN LAND-SHELLS. 811
and rather rapidly tapering at the fifth whorl; suture shallow, ad-
pressed ; whorls 10,somewhat convex; aperture elongately oval,
subvertical ; peristome thin ; columellar margin thin, straight.
Size :—
Major diam. 0°34, alt. axis 0°97, alt. apert. 0°27 inch.
ss pp HS a3) 248, 9 70 millim.
Locality. (This shell I only found in one locality, east of Hadibu,
near a place called Adona, altitude over 1500 feet, rock granite.—
BB.
This shell approaches somewhat in its general form to B. magi-
lensis, Craven, from Magila, East Africa.
23. StrnoGyRA (SuBULINA?) ENODIS, n. sp. (Plate LXIX.
fig. 5.)
Shell dextral, elongately turreted, not rimate, very thin, glassy,
diaphanous ; no sculpture; colour milky white; spire long, apex
blunt and rounded, suture moderately deep; whorls 9, sides convex, ~
regularly increasing ; aperture quadrate, subvertical (not fully formed) ;
peristome thin; columellar margin straight, vertical.
Size :—
Major diam. 0°17, alt. axis 0°54, alt. apert. 0°12 inch.
ss ae es rape osOs a 2°8 millim.
Locality. [South side of the island, from limestone rocks, altitude
1000 feet.— B. B.]
Only one specimen was found.
24. Stenocyra (OpeEss?) HIRSUTUS, n. sp. (Plate LXIX.
figs. 6, 6 a.)
Shell dextral, elongately turreted, scarcely rimate, covered with a
thick epidermis; sculpture a rough surface with regularly disposed
longitudinal lines of fine hairs; colour dull ochre; spire elongate,
sides flat, apex blunt, suture well impressed; whorls 11, sides
slightly convex ; aperture oval, oblique; peristome thin; columellar
margin thin, slightly reflected.
Size :—
Major diam. 0°12, alt. axis 0°45, alt. apert. 0°8 inch.
a aie bo Oy a LO, PP 2°0 millim.
Locality. [Found underneath granite boulders on hills above
Adona, altitude over 2000 feet.—B. B.]
Only one specimen of this beautiful hairy shell was found.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Puate LXVIL.
Fig. 1, La. Buliminus (Achatinelloides) socotrensis, Pfr., p. 802.
2. Buliminus (Achatinelloides) socotrensis, var. elongatus, p. 803.
3, 3a, Buliminus (Achatinelloides) hadibuensis, n. ap., p. 803. 3, right
side of base, showing rimation.
812 MR. G. E. DOBSON ON THE ANATOMY [June 21,
Fig. 4. Buliminus (Achatinelloides) hadibuensis, vay. alba, p. 804.
5, 5a. Buliminus (Achatinelloides) balfouri, n. sp., p. 804.
6. Buliminus (Achatinelloides) tigris, n. sp., p. 805.
7, —— (——) cebrinus, nu. sp., p. 806.
8. —— (—) longiformis, n. sp., p. 806.
9, —— (——) semicastaneus, n. sp., p. 807.
10. , var. alba, p. 807.
11. Ennea passamaana, Petit, p.808. 114 and 11 4, views of basal portion,
from right side and below.
12. —— balfouri, n. sp., p. 809. 12a and 12d, right side of base, and as
seen from below vertically to columella.
13. Pupa socotrana, n. sp., nat. size, p. 809.
Puate LXIX,
Fig. 1. Stenogyra gollonsirensis, n. sp., nat. size, p. 809.
2,2a. Stenogyra fumificata, n. sp., nat, size, p. 810.
3. Stenogyra jessica, n. sp., p. 810.
4. adonensis, n. sp.,p. 810. 4a, right side of base.
5. Stenogyra (Subulina?) enodis, n. sp., p. 811.
6. ( ig ?) hirsutus, n. sp., p. 811. 6a, epidermal hairs, mag-
unified.
7, 7a. Buliminus (Pachnodus) heliciformis, n. sp., p. 807.
8. Buliminus (Pachnodus) fragilis, n. sp., p. 808.
9. ( ) adonensis, n. sp., p. 808. 9a, the columellar margin,
enlarged.
10. Buliminus (Achatinelloides) gollonsirensis, n. sp., p. 805.
11. Notes on the Muscular Anatomy of Cercopithecus
callitrichus. By G. E. Dosson, M.A., M.B., &c.
[Received April 5, 1881.]
Having lately had occasion, while working at a question on general
comparative anatomy, to dissect partially a fine male specimen of
Cercopithecus callitrichus*, I offer the following notes, then made,
to the Society for publication, as they contain some points of con-
siderable morphological interest.
Anterior bellies of the digastrics greatly expanded and partially
double, occupying the whole intermandibular space, but united by
their fascial margins only, connected posteriorly by an aponeurotic
expansion with the body of the hyoid bone, the greater cornu of
which is also connected laterally by a tendinous band with the well-
developed intermediate tendon above, and behind by a small tendon
with the lower margin of the muscular fibres forming the posterior
part. of the muscle, which are inserted obliquely into the intermediate
tendon, the infero-internal margin of which is seen to be directly
* The following are the measurements of this specimen :—Length of head and
body (along back) 3’ 7'"25; tail 2' 1'-25; ear 1-21"; elbow to end of
middle finger 9”, knee to end of middle toe 11'°75, manus 3'"4, pollex 15,
middle digit 1-5, pes 5’"3, hallux 1'"2, middle digit 2”,
P.Z.S. 188]. Pl. LXVI
; SOCOTRAN LAND SHELLS.
E.G, Oo. 100). Fl LALA
SOCOTRAN LAND SHELLS.
1881.] OF CERCOPITHECUS CALLITRICHUS. 813
continuous with the postero-internal margin of the anterior belly of
the muscle’.
Sterno-mastoid united above with cleido-mastoid ; cleido-occipital
inserted close to, but not united with, trapezius ; omo-hyoid small,
without tendinous intersection.
Trapezius inserted into the whole length of the spine of the scapula,
also into the outer extremity of the clavicle. Pectoralis major arises
from almost the whole length of the clavicle and from the sternum
as far as the xiphoid cartilage. Pectoralis minor consists of two
separate parts: the anterior, from the cartilages of the third to the
sixth rib, is inserted into the capsular ligament of the shoulder-
joint ; the posterior, from the aponeurosis of the external oblique, is
Inserted by an aponeurosis into the outer margin of the bicipital
groove, being connected with the insertion of the anterior part into
the capsular ligament. These divisions do not touch each other,
but pass separately and parallel to their insertions.
Levator clavicule double, from the atlas, forms two large muscles
which are inserted, one behind the other, under cover of the ¢rape-
zius, into the acromion and anterior third of the spine of the scapula ;
from the inferior margin of the anterior muscle a small slip of mus-
cular fibres is detached and inserted into the outer extremity of the
clavicle.
Levator anguli scapule and serratus magnus are so intimately
connected at their insertions, that it is difficult to say where the
origin of one begins or the other ends. The former appears to be
represented by two perfectly separate muscles, of which one arises
from the transverse process of the atlas, and is inserted into the
posterior border of the scapula near its angle; the other, from the
axis, is inserted immediately in front of the preceding; then follow
two other muscular slips arising respectively from the third and
fifth cervical vertebrae, which are continuous at their insertions with
the serratus magnus.
The three scalent are well developed: the posterior is very large,
and inserted by two divisions as far backwards as the fifth mb; the
inferior division passing under cover of the external oblique to its
insertion, the superior is inserted into, and becomes directly con-
tinuous with the fibres of that muscle, which may thus be said to
extend from the neck to the pelvis.
Rectus abdominis et sternalis is very broad ; its fibres end abruptly
anteriorly along an oblique line extending from the sternum behind
the articulation of the fifth rib to the commencement of the osseous
part of the third rib, where it is inserted into a fibrous aponeurosis,
attached internally to the sternum and anteriorly to the first rib.
From the outer margin of this aponeurosis (which equals the rectus
in width, and looks like its continuation forwards, but its fibres are
directed obliquely forwards and outwards) a thin flat muscle, the
sterno-costalis, arises.
The deltoid is well developed; its inferior margin is connected
* See my paper, “ On the Tendinous Intersection of the Digastric,” Prov Roy.
Soe. 3lst March 1881.
814 MR. G. E. DOBSON ON THE ANATOMY [June 21,
with that of the pectoralis major; some of the fibres of its scapular
portion are inserted into the superficial fascia of the arm. Rhom-
boideus consists of two parts of nearly equal extent: the first arises
from the occipital bone under cover of part of the cleido-occipital
and the ¢rapezius, the second from the ligamentum nuche (as far
forwards as the second dorsal spine) and from two or three dorsal
spines, and is inserted into the inner side of the posterior margin of
the scapula external to the insertion of the occipital part.
Latissimus dorsi divides near the axilla into two parts; the smaller
is united to and inserted with the teres major ; the other part, many
times larger, after giving off the dorso-epitrochlearis, suddenly nar-
rows into a small tendon which is inserted into the bicipital groove.
The dorso-epitrochlearis is enormous, covering the greater part of
the posterior and inner side of the arm; it is inserted by a tendinous
expansion.
The coraco-brachialis is closely united with the short head of the
biceps ; it is inserted into the humerus above the middle; but a
fasciculus of muscular fibres continuous with it passes on with the
biceps, and is inserted with the latter into the radius. Covered by
this muscle at its origin, a short but broad muscle, the coraco-bra-
chialis brevis (rotator humeri, Wood) arises, and is inserted into the
neck of the humerus below the lesser tuberosity.
The extensor ossis metacarpi pollicis is very large, and has but
a single tendon, inserted into the proximal extremity of the first
metacarpal bone.
Extensor secundi internodii pollicis is feeble, and has a single
long tendon. Ewtensor communis digitorum sends three tendons to
the three middle digits. Extensor minimi digiti forms two long
tendons in the arm, which are inserted into the outer and inner sides
of the fifth digit. Extensor indicis has also two tendons ; one goes
to the second digit, the other to the third, gives off alsoa tendon
to the fourth digit. There is no trace of an extensor primi inter-
nodii pollicis. :
Palmaris longus, arising with the flexor carpi radialis, is inserted
as usual into the palmar fascia, from which a muscular bundle of
fibres arises on the radial side, and is inserted into the integument
of the palm ; the corresponding integumentary muscle on the ulnar
side is the palmaris brevis, which arises wholly from the pisiform
bone and annular ligament.
Flexor digitorum profundus arises by three heads, which, how-
ever, are closely connected together, the only approximately distinct
one being that arising from the outer side of the ulna, which gives
origin to the tendon for the fifth digit. The tendon for the pollex
arises from the superficial surface of the common tendon; it is very
much smaller than the other tendons.
From the annular ligament near the insertion of the tendon of
the flewor carpi radialis arises a small muscle, the fibres of which
occupy a space scarcely exceeding that which would be taken by a
split pea; this muscle forms a very slender tendon, which, passing
superficially across the large abductor pollicis, gets to the ulnar
1881.] OF CERCOPITHECUS CALLITRICHUS. 815
side of the tendon of the fexor profundus for the pollex, and is in-
serted into the base of the terminal phalanx of that digit. The ab-
ductor, adductor,and opponens pollicis are well developed ; the flexor
pollicis brevis smaller, and quite concealed by the abductor pollicis.
These last four muscles are quite distinct from the small muscle above
described, which arises much higher up, and the tendon of which passes
forwards superficial to all. It is difficult to trace the homology of
this muscle, which corresponds in its insertion to that of the jlewor
pollicis longus of human anatomy, but differs altogether in its origin.
Is it peoparated part of the abductor pollicis or of the flewor pollicis
brevis ?
The abductor minimi digiti is very large, arising by two heads,
one from the pisiform bone, the other from the annular ligament
in common with the fewor minimi digiti ; both unite to form a round
tendon, which has the usual insertion. Flexor minimi digiti is also
well developed, and larger than the flewor ossis metacarpi minimi
digiti. The four /umbricales are well developed ; they arise together
from the palmar surface of the yet united four inner tendons of the
Jlexor digitorum profundus.
Hl.tony. dig.
>
pl.
Cercopithecus callitrichus.
Flexor muscles of right foot, ad, ¢.
ji.br. Flexor digitorum brevis; jl. acc. flexor accessorius; J, /, 1. lumbricales ;
jl. long. dag. flexor longus digitorum (distr. to second and fifth toes) ;
fl. long. hall. flexor longus hallucis (distr. to first, third, and fourth toes) ;
pl. tendon of plantaris.
In the foot the flexor digitorum brevis tendon for the second digit
arises from a bundle of muscular fibres having their origin wholly
from the expanded plantaris tendon ; lower down it is joined by a
few muscular fibres arising from the tendon of the flexor digitorum
longus (fig. 1.), the other flewor brevis tendons having their origin
from muscular fibres arising from the conjoined tendons of the flexor °
digitorum longus and flewor hallucis longus. The three lumbricales
are well developed and have the same mode of origin in both feet,
arising from the inner sides of the flexor tendons for the three outer
toes, into which they are inserted. The transversus pedis is present,
but instead of arising, as in the human foot, from the extremity
of the fifth metatarsal bone, arises from that of the second and by a
fascial aponeurosis from the shaft of the third (fig. 2).
816 MR. G. E. DOBSON ON THE ANATOMY [June 21,
Fig. 2.
Cercopithecus callitrichus.
Adductor muscles and flexores breves vel interossei of right foot, imm. 9.
a. Adductor hallucis; a’. adductor indicis; @''. adductor annularis; @’’. ad-
ductor minimi digiti; 2", 2’, av, 2v. plantar interossei (second to fifth
toes); ¢. p. transyersus pedis; fl. %. tendon of flexor longus hallucis.
The adductors of the second, fourth, and fifth digits arise together
in close connection, partially under cover of the origin of the adduc-
tor hallucis; that for the second digit is much smaller than the
others. The plantar flewores breves vel interossei are well developed,
a pair for each digit inserted into the sides of the base of each first
phalanx ; the innermost of the pair for the middle digit is strength-
ened by receiving near its insertion an additional strong muscular
fasciculus arising from the scaphoid bone.
The specimen from which the above notes have been taken, was
sent from Barbadoes (into which island it was no doubt imported
from the west coast of Africa), and corresponds in all respects to
specimens in the British Museum labelled ‘* Cercopithecus sabeus ;”’
but this name is restricted by Schlegel! to a closely allied species
from Eastern Africa. In the ‘Proceedings’ of this Society for Jan.
1865, pp. 43-46, Mr. Mivart has published ‘ Notes on the Myo-
logy of a specimen of Cercopithecus sabeus ; but my specimen (if
belonging to the same species) presents many important differences
in its anatomy, which may be briefly exhibited as follows :—
* Monographie des Singes, 1876, p. 75.
1881.]
C. callitrichus (Dobson).
1. Omo-hyoid present.
2. Trapezius partially inserted iuto
the clavicle.
3. Pectoralis major arose from al-
most the whole length of the clavicle,
4. Pectoralis minor consisted of two
very distinct portions, one of which
was inserted into the capsular ligament,
the other into the edge of the bicipital
groove.
5. Levator clavicule partially in-
serted into the clavicle.
6. Extensor ossis metacarpi pollicis
had but a single tendon.
7. Extensor indicis gave off (in addi-
tion to those for the second and third
digits)a tendon for the fourth digit also.
8. Lumbricales had similar origins
in both feet.
9. Plantar interossei inserted by
pairs into the sides of the proximal
OF CERCOPITHECUS CALLITRICHUS,
C. sabeus (Mivart).
1. No omo-hyoid.
2. Trapezius had no insertion into
the clavicle.
3. Peetoralis major without the cla
vicular origin.
4. Pectoralis minor consisted of two
very distinct portions, which were
together inserted into the capsular
ligament.
5. Levator clavicule not at all in-
serted into the clavicle.
6. Extensor ossis metacarpt pollicis
gaye rise to two tendons.
7. Extensor indicis gave off tendons
to the second and third digits only.
8. Lumbricales had different origins
in both feet.
9. Plantar interossez inserted like
the palmar interossei of the human
extremities of the phalangeal bones. hand.
Other less important differences might also be noted in the con-
nections of other muscles as described; but these might be found
between any two specimens of the same species. If Mr. Mivart’s
specimen really belonged to the same species as mine does, the mus~
cular differences above noted are exceedingly remarkable.
Since writing the above, I have been enabled, through the kind-
ness of Mr. W. A. Forbes, Prosector to the Society, to dissect
another specimen of this species, a yeung female which had lately
died in the Society’s Gardens. The general conformity in its mus-
cular structure with that of the robust male above-described was
remarkable, the slight differences observable being almost confined
to the extremities. The omo-hyoid was even better developed, and
was united, at about an inch from its insertion, with. the outer margin
of the sterno-hyoid ; the trapezius had not only a clavicular insertion
but occupied fully one third of that bone; although the levator
clavicule arose by a single head from the atlas, it soon divided into
two large muscles as above described. In the right forearm a
remarkable individual peculiarity was found: the tendon of the
extensor secundi internodit pollicis ended abruptly above the carpus
by being inserted into the interosseous ligament, and the tendon for
the pollex was derived from the extensor indicis, which, as in Mr.
Mivart’s specimen, sent a tendon to the third but none to the fourth
digit. The small anomalous muscle described above as arising from
the annular ligament near the insertion of the tendon of the flewor
carpi radialis, and inserted into the terminal phalanx of the pollex
was notfound. Inthe foot the only differences noticeable were found
in the short flexor tendon for the second digit, which was not con-
nected by muscular fibres with the tendon of the flexor digitorum
langus, and in the presence of a separate muscular slip which arose
Proc. Zoot, Soc,—1881, No. LIII. 53
818 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [ Nov. 15,
with the ¢ransversus pedis from the extremity of the second meta-
tarsal bone, and became united with the fibres of the adductor
hallucis (fig. 2).
November 15, 1881.
Prof. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
The Secretary read the following reports on the additions made
to the Society’s Menagerie during the months of June, July, August,
September, and October, 1881:—
The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-
gerie during the month of June was 153, of which 46 were by birth,
69 by presentation, 31 by purchase, and 7 were received on deposit.
The total number of departures during the same period by death
and removals was 120.
The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the
month of July were 94 in number; of these 31 were acquired by
presentation, 20 by purchase, 14 by exchange, 18 by birth, and 11
were received on deposit. The total number of departures during
the same period by death and removals was 97.
The most noticeable additions during the month were :—
1. Eight Menobranchs (Menobranchus lateralis) from North
America, examples of this singular Amphibian with external gills
not having been previously received.
2. A Surucucu Snake (Lachesis mutus) from Pernambuco, Brazil,
presented by C. A. Craven, Esq., July 27th.
This deadly Serpent forms a new and most interesting addition to
the series of Venomous Snakes in the Snake-house.
The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mane-
gerie during the month of August was 111; of these 66 were ac-
quired by presentation, 30 by purchase, 3 by birth, 10 were received
on deposit, and 2 in exchange. The total number of departures
during the same period by death and removals was 72.
The total number of registered additions to the Scciety’s Mena-
gerie during the month of September was 112; of these 53 were
acquired by presentation, 38 by purchase, 4 were bred in the Gardens,
and 17 were received on deposit. The total number of departures
during the same period by devth and removals was 68.
The most interesting acquisition of the month was a specimen of
the Rubiginous Cat (Felis rubiginosa) from Ceylon, presented by
Charles E, Pole Carew, the species being new to the Society's
collection.
1881.] REPORTS ON THE INSECT-HOUSE. 819
The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-
gerie during the month of October was 114, of which 4 were by birth,
71 by presentation, 27 by purchase, and 12 on deposit. The total
number of departures during the same period by death and removals
was 101.
The most noticeable additions during the month were :—
1, An example of the little-known Bornean Carnivore Hemigalea
hardwickii', new to the Society’s collection. The specimen mea-
sures about 2 feet long in the body, the tail 18 inches. It is very
shy and fierce, and nocturnal in its habits. When handled it ejects a
highly acrid and skunk-like secretion from its anal glands.
2. Two female Beatrix Antelopes (Oryx beatrix), obtained from
the great desert behind the mountainous district of Oman, Muscat,
by Lieut.-Col. S. B. Miles, British Consul at Muscat, and presented
to the Society by Lord Lilford, F.Z.S.
This rare Antelope has, so far as I know, been only three times
previously bronght alive to this country. (Cf. P. Z.S8. 1872, p. 603,
and 1878, p. 789.) One of the present examples is in good con-
dition ; the other is unfortunately much injured about the head.
The following Reports on the Insect-house, by Mr. W. Watkins,
were also read :—
Report of the Insect-house for July 1881.
Cage No. 1. This cage has been tenanted with cocoons of Samia
gloveri ; two cocoons still appear likely to emerge. i
No. 2. Samia cecropia.—The eggs obtained from this species, like
the preceding, hatched ; and the larvee fed rapidly, attaining over an inch
in length ; but in three days the whole brood died, being attacked with
diarrhoea. An entomological friend of mine had a large number of im-
ported cocoons from the same source as those belonging to the Society ;
and the progeny, to the number of some thirteen hundred, all died
soon after moulting for the first time, from the same cause, which I
attribute to degeneration, the cocoons imported having been obtained
in confinement. A further small supply of larvee was obtained from
Madame Simon of Brussels ; and these larve are doing quite well at
present, only one having died, and that from some injury received
en route. No further imagos have emerged during July ; the case,
however, has been kept furnished with cocoons until larve are of
sufficient size to transfer to it from bell-glasses.
No. 3. Aétacus cynthia.—Imagos of this species emerged at inter-
vals during the greater part of the month, and eggs for succession were
obtained; these have hatched and are feeding inside a muslin bag
attached to a lilac tree near the Insect-house, and growing slowly, as
desired, for late exhibition. Another and earlier brood are exhibited
1 Viverra hardwickii, Gray, Spicil. Zool. ii, p. 9 (1880); Viverra boiei,
Mill. & Schl. Verh, Zool. p. 120, t. 18; Hemigalea hardwickii, Gray, P. Z. 8.
1864, p. 524. :
53
820 REPORTS ON THE INSECT-HOUSE. [Noy. 15,
in the case, and are now a nice size, doing quite well; they will pro-
bably spin during August.
No. 4. Attacus pernyi.—The eggs obtained of this hardy species
hatched and fed up well, and a fine group of larve were exhibited
throughout the month; there are now about 40 full-sized cocoons in
the case, which will produce imagos during August for second brood.
This species thriving well upon evergreen oak, can be fed far into
the autumn.
No. 5. Aétacus atlus—Imagos of this species were: exhibited
alive in the case throughout the month. A fine group of 11 perfect
insects emerged on Sunday, 24th instant. This is an extremely
difficult species to induce to copulate. I have tried honey sponge
and other methods unavailingly, so that only about 10 per cent.
of the imagos have copulated, which, however, have given a nice let
of eggs.
The first brood of larve died after first moulting. The second
brood, hatched June 20, have done very well, and have been exclu-
sively fed upon a shrub (evergreen) common in the gardens; so that
this, like the preceding species, can be fed into the late autumn.
No. 6. Attacus mylitta.—Fine imagos of this species appeared on
the 3rd, 10th, 12th, 20th, and 24th, unfortunately at too wide in-
tervals to obtain eggs. There appear to be ten more cocoons still
likely to emerge.
[The insect bred on the 3rd unfortunately escaped, flying with
great rapidity out of the cage when it was opened, and through the
narrow window at the end out into the open. A good search was
made ; but it was not found. Some very fine specimens of unusually
bright colour have been preserved. |
No. 7. Actias selene.— Perfect specimens appeared on the 7th,
10th, and 23rd instant, and, being in very fine condition, were
preserved. Unless the sexes emerge same day, there is little likeli-
hood of procuring fertile eggs; and the species will not retain its
beauty after one night; invariably on the following morning the
insect is in a very battered condition.
No. 8. Actias luna.—One specimen of this species emerged on
the 6th instant ; there appear to be others yet likely to come out.
No. 9. Telea promethea.—Small larvee of this species have been
exhibited from eggs obtained in June; but the little brood of 17
larvee died on the 10th instant. I hope for more later on.
No. 10. Anther@a yama-mai.—A fine female of this. species
emerged on the 22nd instant from eggs hatched April 16th, being
3 months and 6 days reaching maturity. I expect others to emerge,
and so to get second brood.
No. 11. Hybrids between Attacus pernyi and Attacus roylei.—
Five larve, reputed to be these, were kindly deposited by Lord
Walsingham on the 4th instant. One died the following day ; three
have formed cocoons ; and the fifth is still feeding, but growing very
slowly, if at all. I have been unable to detect any difference between
these larvee and those of Attacus pernyi.
No. 12, dAglia tau.—Five fine larve of this species were deposited
1881.] REPORTS ON THE INSECT-HOUSE. 82]
by Lord Walsingham on the 4th instant. Four have spun up ia
the moss and, I hope, changed to pupz ; but it is best not to disturb
them at present. One has died. This cage now contains the larve
of Atétacus atlas.
No. 13. Papilio machaon.—Small larvee were obtained from the
Cambridge fens on the first day of the month and placed in the
cage. They grew rapidly, feeding upon carrot-top, and spun up in
10 days ; they are now (August) emerging perfect and of full size.
This is the second brood of this species. All the pups obtained
changed on the top of the cage, and were not, as usual, of a pale
yellow-green deepening to a fine dark green along the back, but were
dirty white, changing to a dark amber-colour along the back. I
have seen pupz of this species of the same colour from Germany and
France (reared in confinement), but only very rarely in England.
No. 14. Deilephila euphorbie.—Pupzx of this species emerged
during the month in fine condition; and the imagos were much
admired. ‘Two of these were observed hovering over the flowers in
a most natural manner.
No. 15. Hrebia medea.—The larvee of this species placed in the
cage in June produced fine imagos almost every day during July.
No. 16. Lycena corydon.—Larve of this pretty little Butterfly
were obtained from Canterbury and fed up, changing to healthy
pup, and producing many imagos during the early part of the
month. The cage is now tenanted with Smerinthus ocellatus.
No. 17. Polyommatus phleas.—Larvee of this little Butterfly were
obtained and placed in the cage, and fed upon Rumev ; they pro-
duced perfect specimens about the middle of the month for some
days. After this species was over, the cage was stocked with Sphinw
ligustri.
No. 18. Saturnia carpini.—Larve obtained from eggs spun up
on the 17th instant; a further supply of larvae which was obtained
produced cocoons about the same time, a nice lot of which are reserved
for next spring.
No. 19. Vanessa antiopa.—Larve of various growths and pupe
of this species were obtained from Germany; and imagos appeared
from the 21st instant, the three stages being exhibited alive. The
imagos feasted upon over-ripe plums placed in the cage for them.
No. 20. Zygena filipendula—Larve and pupe of this species
were obtained from the South coast, and the imagos emerging in a
few days made a yery pretty exhibition during most of the month
in this cage,
No. 21. Cherocampa elpenor.—A full-fed larva of this species
was presented by Mis. Frances Smith on the 16th instant, having been
found in her garden devouring the fuchsias ; it spun up under the
moss the following day. A further supply of the larvee was obtained
a few days later ; some of them have spun up; others are still feeding
upon Virginian Creeper, an excellent substitute for Galium, their
usual food-plant.
No. 22. Lasiocampa quercifolia.—Imagos of this species have
been exhibited throughout the month; many fertile eggs were also
822 REPORTS ON THE INSECT-HOUSE. [Nov. 15,
obtained, some of which have hatched, and are kept in the studio in
a proper vessel for hibernation. An experiment is being tried with
some few of these larvee in order to force them to become imagos
before winter; they are growing slowly at present.
No. 23. Cerura vinula.—A nice lot of small larve of this species
was presented by Mrs. Blandford. A part of these placed at once in
this cage fed up quickly, and are now in cocoons, having spun up in
a piece of cork placed in the cage for them; the other half are now
in the cage as larvee of different growths.
No. 24. Cossus ligniperda.—Almost every day a larva of this
species has come out of the piece of willow exhibited in the cage ;
after crawling about, it has reentered the branch. There are two
growths in the wood—those of last year’s hatching and of the pre-
vious year.
No. 25. Lasiocampa quercus.—Larvee of this species have been
exhibited, but at present no cocoons formed; it is a difficult larva
to breed.
No. 26. Orgyia antiqua.—A plentiful supply of the larve of this
abundant species has been obtained from the gardens; and when
a female has freshly emerged in this cage, it has attracted from the
outside a number of males. One morning the cage was quite beset
with those amorous little creatures, which refused to be driven away,
and could easily be picked up by the fingers; at other times this is
not an easy species to capture.
In the small cages at the end of the house, and on the tables,
have been exhibited in succession such insects as appear at this season.
Pupe of Lithosia quadra were obtained from the New Forest, but
a small percentage of imagos appeared, the majority being infested
with Ichneumon flies.
Liparis monacha, also received from the same locality in the same
condition. Larve of Biston hirtaria, Acronycta psi and A. megace-
phala, and other common species occurring about London, have been
gathered and exhibited ; also larvee of the Ladybirds (Coceinellide),
Lacewing flies (Hemerobiide), the larvee of which are named Aphis-
lions, from feeding upon Aphides.
Perfect specimens of the Ant-lions (Myrmeleon) commenced to
emerge this month, and some fine ones have been preserved.
Selenia illustraria.—Some eggs of this pretty species were pre-
sented to the Society during the month by Miss Golding Bird, and
hatched the following day, the 20th instant. A part of these are now
exhibited in a tube; the others are retained for future exhibition.
HHeterogynis pennella,—These little larvee, presented by Lord Wal-
singham, grew to about half size and died; their proper food may
perhaps be obtained in a future season.
Orgyia, sp. inc.—Lord Walsingham deposited two larvze of an
unnamed Orgyia from North America. I was able to breed a fine
specimen on the 26th instant, which has been preserved.
Some mangolds infested with the larva of the Dipteron Anthomyia
bete were sent in reply to a request of mine, and exhibited with a
short notice.
1881.] REPORTS ON THE INSECT-HOUSE. 823
Aretia parasita.—Larvee of this species were deposited by Lord
Walsingham, and all are now in pupa, kept in the cool studio.
General Remarks.—During the past month I have communicated
with many entomologists throughout the world; and I hope by this
means that the Society will in due course receive many nice specimens
from abroad for the Insect-house. A correspondent in Rio (Mr.
Bonninghausen) has already expressed his willingness to assist, and is
for that purpose feeding up Atéacus auratus and other Saturniidee for
exhibition later on. I have also asked for cocoons of the giant
Cetonias Goliathus torquatus &c., from a correspondent, Mr. Fuller,
of Camaroons, West Africa.
Report of the Insect-house from August si to
September 17th, 1881.
Case No. 1. Samia gloveri.—No alteration has occurred in this
rase since preceding report.
No. 2. Samia cecropia.—The larvee of this species have not done
well in the house—those obtained from Brussels growing very slowly,
and diminishing by death till the last one died Sept. 8, having
only attained about half-growth.
No.3. Attacus cynthia.—Four cocoons were obtained from the larvee
hatched in July ; and a perfect insect appeared from one of these on
Sept. 4. <A nice lot of the larvee, nearly full fed, are now in the
cage.
No. 4. Aééacus pernyi.—The cocoons obtained in July produced
fair-sized imagos for the summer brood; and throughout August living
moths were exhibited. A very large number of eggs were obtained.
These hatched on August 29 ; and there are now in this case and in
glass vessels about 300 larvee feeding up; these will continue feed-
ing into November.
No. 5. Attacus atlas.—Imagos were exhibited alive throughout
the month cf August. I obtained four fair-sized cocoons from the
larvae reported on last month ; and these, I anticipate, will emerge
in October. These are now exhibited.
No. 6. Attacus mylitta.—The sexes of this species not emerging
together, no fertile eggs were obtained from our stock. I procured a
few eggs from a correspondent ; but these were not fertile ; so I pro-
cured 50 small larvee, which are now feeding nicely, and will, Lhope,
produce cocoons, although started so late ; however, they feed nicely
upon the evergreen oak, which can be procured as long as required.
No. 7. Actias selene—No change has taken place in this case
since my last Report.
No. 8. Actias funa.—The same remark applies to this case as to
no. 7; as, however, both hold cocoons that appear alive, they had
best be retained as they are.
No. 9. Zelea promethea.—No change has been made in this case.
No. 10. Antherea yama-mai.—No more cocoons have emerged.
No. ll. Attacus auratus.—My friend, Mr. Bonninghausen, of
Rio, has sent me 8 cocoons of this fine species (hitherto not
recorded as bred in this country) by post; on arrival 5 were found
824 REPORTS ON THE INSECT-HOUSE. [Nov. 15,
to have emerged in transit ; the other 3 I deposited in this case, and
had the pleasure of seeing a fine female emerge on August 19. I
kept her some days, hoping for a male; but no more have yet
appeared. My correspondent afterwards sent 6 more cocoons, which
came by steamer through agents ; but these, unfortunately, had all
emerged en route. I have given him further instructions, which I
hope may result in getting over a number of a later brood. This
gentleman also sent me 5 apparently healthy pup of the lovely
Ceratocampa ixion, which I deposited in a suitable vessel, under
mould: two splendid imagos have already emerged, on the 9th and
10th September respectively, both in perfect condition; and I am
hoping for others daily.
No. 12. Hybrids between Attacus pernyi and A. roylei, deposited
by Lord Walsingham.—A female specimen of these emerged on
August 10th, anda male on the 15th; they are both preserved for his
Lordship. I cannot discern any difference between these and Attacus
pernyt.
No. 13. Papilio machaon.—Larve were exhibited nearly all
through August, and some nice pupe obtained for next year.
No. 14. Papilio podalirius.—Some nice larve of this species were
obtained from Germany, and exhibited in that and the pupa-stage
throughout August ; all are now in the latter stage ; two are exhibited
in this case, and the remainder reserved in the cool for next year.
No. 15. Deilephila galii—This species followed that of Hrebia
medea in this case ; and several larve were obtained for succession
from Germany. A few pupz have been procured from these, and
are now exhibited in this case.
No. 16. Smerinthus ocellatus.—A few larvee were obtained at in-
tervals to illustrate this species ; and there are now some nice pup:
some are exhibited, and the remainder retained in the back room for
next season.
No. 17. Sphinx ligustriimLarve of this handsome species were
exhibited throughout August; and some healthy pupz have been
obtained.
No. 18. Saturnia carpini.—Some late larve of this species were
obtained from the North and occupied this case during August.
Cocoons are now exhibited; and I have a good supply for next
season.
No. 19. Vanessa antiopa—From July till early in present month
imagos of this interesting species have been seen alive in the case,
and have been much admired on account of their great rarity in
England ; those exhibited are of continental origin.
No. 20. Stauropus fagi.— Following Zygena filipendule in this
case came the very curious larve of this species, which I obtained
from eggs. Five larvee attained nearly full growth, but died one by
one. I had, however, a succession at hand, and the case has been
continually supplied with these interesting larve; two are now
tenants of it, and exhibit at present no signs of failing. [Mrs. Hut-
chinson, of Leominster, kindly sent me a larva of this species; but I
fear it was injured in transit, as it died two days after arrival. ]
1881. ] REPORTS ON THE INSECT-HOUSE. 825
No. 21. Cheerocampa elpenor.—A succession of these larvae have
been obtained and are still feeding ; some healthy pups are reserved
in the cool for next year.
No. 22. Deilephila euphorbie.—The handsome larve of this
species have been exhibited from the beginning of August to the
present time, and some healthy pupz have been obtained.
No. 23. Cerura vinula.—A piece of cork containing many cocoons
of this species is exhibited in order to show how well concealed these
cocoons lie in the bark, where they are almost unperceivable to an
unpractised eye.
No. 24. Cossus ligniperda.—A larva of this species has been seen
almost every day, wandering about the cage out of the wood and
entering it again.
No. 25. Acherontia atropos.—I obtained 3 larve from Germany,
which are now in pupa: a fourth was presented by Master King-
church on September 2nd, and immediately went to earth. A living
Moth was likewise sent by Mr. Temple of Warwick on the 10th
instant, but died two days after. It is a good specimen, and has
been duly preserved.
No. 26. Vanessa c-album.—Mrs. Hutchinson, of Leominster,
kindly sent me some small larvie of this species, which is now local
in England, although very common in former years around London.
These were placed in the cage and have changed to pup. One
perfect insect appeared on the 17th instant.
In the small cases at the end of the house there have been ex-
hibited larvee of Notodonta dicta and N. ziczac, Acronycta megace-
phala, A. psi, and A.aceris, Smerinthus populi, and Bombyz rubi, of
all of which, with the exception of the latter, there are pups for
next year.
In the tubes &c. on the table, amongst Lepidoptera, there are at
present larvae of Lasiocampa quercifolia, Callimorpha dominula,
Arge galathea, and Dipthera orion; there are also retained in my
back room for later exhibition larve of Orgyia pudibunda, Dicranura
Ffurcula, Bombyx quercus, and Halias prasinana. Some of the above
will hibernate, but can nevertheless be exhibited at intervals, being
low plant feeders. The Tiger-moths can be bred all through the
winter months, if it is desired. Amongst aquatic forms many inter-
esting additions have been made ; and among these are now exhibited
larvee and pup of Libellula depressa, Ranatra linearis, various
Trichoptera, and of the following Coleoptera :—
Dytiscus marginalis.
Hydrous piceus.
Pelobius hermanni.
Hydroporus rufifrons.
Tlybius ater.
uliginosus,
Agabus abbreviatus.
Helophorus aquaticus.
Hydrobius fuscipes.
Philhydrus testaceus.
——/
At present in the House,
826 ON THE SKINS OF A DARTER AND CORMORANT. [Nov. 15,
Haliplus elevatus. \
Hyphydrus ovatus. |
Be Seca: ace: Retained in the cool for
olymbetes exoletus. future exhibition,
grapei.
Agabus dispar. |
Noterus sparsus. )
All these, except the first three, were presented by Mr, W. A.
Forbes, having been from Askham Bog, near York,
On the 22nd of August a specimen of Cholus forbesi’ was pre-
sented by Dr. Wallace of Colchester, who found this rare Rhyncho-
phore amongst some South-American orchids; it is now exhibited
upon one of these plants in a suitable glass vessel. A specimen of
the Great Green Grasshopper (Aerida viridissima) was presented by
Mr. Forbes on the same day, but died a few days after. I obtained
some more larvee of the Ant-lions early in present 1aonth; and there
are still many of their pits exhibited. Some imagos have also been
bred from earlier larvee obtained.
On September 3rd a number of Heliz pomatia were hatched from
eggs deposited by the specimens presented by Lord Arthur Russell,
F.Z.S., in April last.
The Rey. Canon Tristram exhibited skins of a Darter and a Cor-
morant, and nine eggs of the former bird, procured on the Lake of
Antioch, and made the following remarks :—
“{ have the pleasure of exhibiting the skins of two birds procured
by me in June of this year on the Lake of Antioch, which may be
of some interest to ornithologists. The Bahr el Abiad, or ‘* White
Sea,” as it is called, is the only piece of fresh water of any extent
in Northern Syria, and is formed at the junction of several affluents
with the Orontes river, in the great plain which extends from
Antioch (to within a few miles of which city the lake reaches) almost
as far as Aleppo.
“The northern part of the lake is very shallow, and full of hundreds
of little islets, being, in fact, rather a marsh than a lake. These
islets are covered with reed (Arundo donax) and occasional marsh-
shrubs. Ducks and Waders of all kinds abound; and the Common
Tern (Sterna hirundo) breeds there. I saw no other Tern, though
the lake is not twenty miles in a straight line from the sea; but Iam
told that several smaller species of Terns are found here.
“There were many Buff-backed and Squacco Herons and a few
Night-Herons to be seen. I obtained a few eggs of the Buff-backed.
But the most remarkable inhabitant was the Darter of South Africa
(Plotus levaillanti), of which I exhibit a male specimen and a few
eggs. ‘There is a very large colony of these birds breeding on the
islets in society, with nests in no way differing from those of the
Cormorants. Along with them is a Little Cormorant (Phalacrocorax
pygmeus) in some plenty, breeding also in communities, but not on
the same islets. I did not succeed in obtaining their eggs. I could
* Pascoe, Proc, Ent. Soc. 1876, p. xxx.
1881.] ON LODDIGESIA MIRABILIS. 827
not reach their breeding-places, and have a suspicion, from the
behaviour of the birds, that they had already hatched.
“‘ The Darter I take to be undoubtedly the African bird ; and if so,
this is a very remarkable northward extension of its hitherto known
range. I was told that the birds are never seen there in winter, and
that they leave as soon as their young are fledged.
“The Darter is not mentioned by Shelley as found by him in Egypt.
Von Heuglin gives Lake Tchad, Senegambia, the Niger, Gaboon, as
well as South Africa, as its habitat. Pollen and Van Dam state that
the Indian, not the African, species is foundin Madagascar. Schlegel
mentions a specimen at Leyden from Sennaar, which is the nearest
point to Antioch where I can trace it. Altogether, as Dr. Sclater
and Mr. Forbes have pointed out to me, its occurrence in North-
western Syria is most extraordinary.”
Prof. Newton, V.P., exhibited the specimen of Hmberiza rustica,
recorded by Mr. William Eagle Clarke in the current number of
‘The Zoologist’ (p. 465) as having been shot at Easington, on the
coast of Yorkshire, on the 17th of September last, remarking that
it was only the second example of the species reported to have occurred
in this country, and also that on the very same day another specimen
was obtained in Heligoland by Herr Gatke, C.M.Z.S.
Mr. Sclater exhibited a specimen of the Glossy Ibis (Plegadis
falcinellus), belonging to Sir Henry Mildmay, Bart. The specimen
in question had been shot on one of the lakes of Dogmersfield Park,
Hampshire, on the 5th of September, 1881, by one of the under
keepers, and had been mounted by Mr. G. Clothier, of Odiham.
Mr. Sclater had examined the specimen, which had been ascertained
to be of the male sex, in the flesh.
The following papers were read :—
1. Notice sur la Loddigesia mirabilis (Bourc.).
Par L. 'Taczanowskt et J. StonzMann,
[Received September 9, 1881.]
Une belle série d’exemplaires de ce magnifique oiseau-mouche
nous permet de donner la description de cette espece, beaucoup plus
complete qu’elle ne était jusqu’’ ce temps. Le mile adulte est
connu depuis plus de quarante ans, sa description cependant n’était
pas satisfaisante, les couleurs 4 ce quwil nous parait ne sont pas ex-
actement définies, de méme que plusieurs détails, ce qui nous a
décidé 4 commencer par la description du male dans son plumage le
plus parfait. On ne connaissait rien sur les habitudes de cet oiseau ;
nous présentons done tous les détails qui nous sont connus et qui
paraissent étre intéressants.
Trochilus mirabilis, Boure. P.Z.S. 1847, p. 42; Rev. Zool.
1847, p. 253.
828 MM. TACZANOWSKI AND STOLZMANN ON [Nov. 15,
Loddigesia mirabilis, Gould, Monogr. Troch. vol. iii. tab. elxi. ;
id. Intr. Tr. p. 99 (1861); Gr. H.-list B. Brit. Mus.i. p. 144 (1871);
Scl. et Salv. Nomenel. Av. Neotr. p. 85 ; Muls. H. N. Ois.-Mouches,
ili. p. 252; Elliot, Class. and Synops. Troch. (1879) p. 145.
Mulsantia mirabilis, Bp. Consp. Gen. Av.i. p. 80 (1850) ; Reichb.
Aufz. d. Colib. p. 12 (1853); Troch. Enum. p. 9, tab. deccxxx.
f. 4888 (1855).
Loddigiornis mirabilis, Bp. Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1854, p. 256.
Thaumatoéssa mirabilis, Hein. Jour. f. Orn. 1863, p. 210.
L. supra aureo-viridis, pileo toto squamoso splendidissime violaceo-
sapphirino ; subtus isabellino-albida ; fascia jugulari squamosa
viridi, sapphirino micante, limbo aureo circumscripto ; vitta medi-
ana abdominali nigra, hypochondrits aureo-viridibus ; alis violaceo
nigricantibus, tectricibus dorso concoloribus; cauda singulari,
rectricibus mediis brevissimis, externis corpore triplo longioribus,
maxima parte denudatis et curvatis, apice in palmulam indigoti-
nam dilatatis ; subcaudalibus binis posterioribus angustis, corpore
multo longioribus, dimidio basali viridibus, terminali cyaneo-
nigris et macula alba terminatis. Fem. supra aureo-viridis,
pileo grisco ; subtus isabellino-albida ; hypochondriis aureo-viri-
dibus, lateribus colli viridi maculatis ; rectricibus mediis latis cor-
pore brevioribus viridibus, externis duplo longioribus modice atte-
nuatis, griseis, apice dilatatis et indigotinis ; subcaudalibus poste-
rioribus attenuatis, quam rectrices externe brevioribus, totis albis.
Le mile adulte dans son plumage le plus parfait a le sommet de
la téte couvert de plumes squamiformes, trés lisses et graduellement
prolongées sur sa partie postérieure, en y formant une huppe plate
dépassant distinctement les plumes de la nuque; cette plaque est
dune belle couleur bleue de saphir, changeant dans certain jour en
violet également splendide, le reste des parties supérieures du corps
est d’un vert doré, tirant plus au cuivreux au cou, sur le devant
du dos et sur les tectrices alaires. Le dessous du corps est d’un
blanc légérement isabelle, orné sur la gorge d’une grande cravate,
étendue jusque prés des yeux, puis retrécie graduellement et pro-
longée par son angle postérieur jusqu’au haut de la poitrine, formée
de plumes squamiformes d’un beau vert clair fort brillant, passant
dans les autres directions de la lumiére en outremer saphiré, le plus
fort au milieu de la cravate et tirant au violet sous certaine incli-
naison ; cette cravate est entourée dans sa moitié inférieure en com-
men¢ant au dessous des yeux d’une bordure d’un doré cuivreux,
bordée extérieurement de noir presque mat ; le milieu de la poitrine
est occupé dans toute sa longueur par une large raie noire veloutée,
prenant un éclat cuivreux dans d’autres directions de la lumiére, cette
bande est moins large au bas-ventre et d’un éclat vert beaucoup plus
brillant que dans sa partie antérieure ; les flancs de abdomen sont
couverts de plumes vertes dorées, en laissant une bande blanchatre
bordant dans toute sa longueur la raie médiane foncée. Rémiges
brunes avec un léger éclat violatre. Queue trés singuliére et fort
compliquée, 4 quatre rectrices; les rectrices médianes, d’un vert foncé,
sont courtes et couvertes en entier par les tectrices ; les externes fort
1881. ] LODDIGESIA MIRABILIS. 829
prolongées, dépassant plus de trois fois la longueur du corps sans bec,
trés brievement barbées jusque prés de leur extrémité, qui est terminée
brusquement par une grande palette de couleur indigo fonceé, travers¢e
de nombreuses lignes plus foncées, bien distinctes sous certain jour ;
cette palette est aussi longue que large, élargie d’avant en arricre
jusqu’a la moitié de sa longueur, offrant dans ce point sa plus grande
largeur, en ogive postérieurement ; ces deux rectrices sont courbées
en demicercle dans presque toute leur longueur, de sorte que dans la
position naturelle de la queue elles se croisent entre elles deux fois,
e’est a dire prés de leur base et dans le tiers de leur longueur ; la partie
posterieure de ces rectrices prend alors la position latéro-perpendicu-
laire & axe du corps de l’oiseau; les autres rectrices paraissent
manquer complétement. Les couvertures inférieures de la queue
sont longues en général, mais les deux postérieures fort prolongées,
beaucoup plus longues que le corps, atténuées graduellement vers
Pextrémité et terminées en pointe, sont d’un vert bronzé obscur dans
leur moitié basale, passant au bleu noiratre dans la terminale, 4 pointe
méme blanchatre ; les autres tectrices vertes, entourées d’une bordure
blanchftre. Bec noir, presque droit, 4 peu prés aussi long que la
téte ; pattes brunes, 4 tarse garni jusqu’aux doigts de petites plumes
blanchatres ; iris presque noir,
La femelle est en dessus d’un vert moins doré que chez le male ;
le sommet de la téte est d’une couleur grise, plus ou moins lustrée
de bronz¢, surtout dans certaines directions de la lumicre ; les par-
ties inférieures du corps sont d’un blanc lavé légcrement d’isabelle,
avec les cotés du cou maculés de quelques taches vertes et les flancs
de l’abdomen vert doré. Les ailes sont distinctement plus longues
que chez le male et de la méme cculeur. La queue complete, com-
posée de rectrices larges, médiocrement longues, dépassant considéra-
blement les tectrices, 4 médianes jusqu’aux subexternes presque égales,
ces derniéres un peu plus longues que les précédentes ; les externes
deux fois aussi longues que les autres, droites, peu larges dans les
deux tiers de leur longueur, puis doucement élargies en une palette
oblongue subelliptique ; les deux médianes sont d’un vert brillant,
les autres vertes A la base et d’un noir bleuadtre & lextrémité; les
deux externes grises dans la partie atténuée et d’un bleu indigo sur
la palette ; les sous-caudales d’un blanc isabelle, les deux postérieures
graduellement atténuées, atteignant les trois quarts des rectrices ex-
ternes, sont d’un blanc presque pur.
Le jeune mile dans sa deuxiéme année présente certaines affinités
aux deux séxeg des adultes: il a le vert du dessus du corps et de la
téte aussi doré que le male adulte ; la cravate également développée
mais d’un vert moins brillant et tirant sur le doré, passant dans les
autres directions de la lumitre en bleu moins intense et moins pur,
a bordure dorée a peine distincte ; les cotés du cou fort tachetés de
doré cuivreux ; le milieu du haut de abdomen a peine noiratre,
lustré de vert doré, cette bande foncée indiquée sur le reste du ventre
par une série de taches vertes brillantes sur un fond blanchatre ; les
flanes verts-dorés plus largement que chez les adultes. La queue est
comme celle de la femelle, mais plus longue, 4 rectrices meédianes
830 MM. TACZANOWSKI AND STOLZMANN ON -_ [Nov. 15
vertes dorées, plus ou moins terminées de bleu; les tectrices sous-
caudales postérieures plus longues, atteignant presque l’extrémité
des rectrices externes, vertes bronzées dans leur plus grande moitié
basale, et blanches dans la terminale; les autres tectrices vertes
dorées entourées d’une bordure blanchatre.
Les autres jeunes males, probablement plus adultes, ont le sommet
de la téte comme le précédent, la couleur de la cravate presque aussi
forte comme chez l’adulte, et presque également bordée de doré; la
bande foncée sur la poitrine presque aussi large et aussi intense que
dans l’adulte ; les cotés du cou et de la poitrine plus blanes que chez
le précédent; les sous-caudales postérieures, dépassant plus ou moins
les rectrices externes et presque aussi Jongues que celles de l’adulte,
ont les couleurs disposées comme chez ce dernier, mais l’extrémité
blanche est beaucoup plus longue.
Les autres jeunes males, 4 sommet de la téte entiérement ou en
grande partie couvert de plumes squamiformes bleues, ont la cravate
presque anssi brillante que ladulte et la bande foncée pectorale plus
ou moins prolongées sur l’abdomen.
Les métamorphoses des jeunes males présentent quelques irrégu-
larités ; et surtout dans le développement des sous-caudales prolongées,
il arrive souvent que les individus dont la coloration est plus avancée
sur le corps et au sommet de la téte ont ces tectrices moins longues
et terminées plus longuement de blanc que dans les individus qui
n’ont encore rien de bleu sur la téte. D’aprés l’examen des nom-
breux exemplaires en transition, on peut supposer que la cravate se
forme la premiére, puis la plaque céphalique, les deux tectrices et la
bande foncée abdominale ; les deux rectrices externes sont les der-
nicres & se développer. Stolzmann a eu un exemplaire, dans lequel
une rectrice externe était droite et courte, propre au jeune age, et
celle de autre cdté de la queue completement développée. On peut
done présumer avee quelle célérité ces plumes doivent se développer,
voyant qu'une d’elles était toute formée, tandis que sa congéncre
n’avait pas encore bougé de place.
gad. <ojeune. 2
Longueur depuis l’extrémité du bec mm. mm. mm).
jusqu’au bout des sous-
euudales oon. hee ee ay 122
fe Ga vole. soy tee ee 101 108 E
3 dela rectrice externeen are 160-170 .. x
Me ~ ie en corde 125 50 46
a de laspaletie..)) .53. of.e 30 19 18
Largeur de la palette.............. 27 8-10 8
Longueur des sous-caudales postérieures 80 42-70 35
Distance entre le croisement postérieur
des rectrices etla base .......... 45 Sc a
Longueur des rectrices médianes .... 11 16 20
55 dp Tile, freee ne et nek 40 43°5 43-45
er da heen cee erates 21 21 21
Largeur de la partie atténuée des rec-
trices externes ...... aarti de 3
Longueur de la rectrice subexterne .. .. ie 25
1881.] LODDIGESIA MIRABILIS. 831
Les jeunes males ont le minimum du vol 107 mm., maximum 111
mm.; dans des adultes le minimum est 100 mm.,le maximum 102mm.
Dans la description du male de cet oiseau Bourcier a commis une
erreur en prenant les deux plumes droites et prolongées du milieu
de la queue pour les rectrices médianes, quoique on peut reconnaitre
au premier coup d’wil que ce ne sont que les deux tectrices posté-
rieures du dessous de la queue aussi fortement développées. La
position de leur base sous la surface inférieure du croupion, la cour-
bure de leurs deux barbes vers le haut, en y formant une goutticre
ouverte en dessus, et leur baguette traversée dans toute la longueur
de la surface supérieure d’un sillon creux, ne laisse aucun doute sur
la nature de ces deux plumes. Chez la femelle et chez le jeune
mille c’est encore plus évident, car leurs rectrices médianes jusqu’aux
subexternes sont bien développées et assez longues; on peut done les
compter facilement et voir que les rectrices sont en nombre normal
de dix, tandis que les deux tectrices allongées et attenuées presentent
les caractéres indiqués plus haut, et se trouvent appliquées 4 la
surface inférieure de la queue.
Tlest évident que le développement extraordinaire des deux rec-
trices externes du male est en relation avec l’avortement des autres
rectrices ; les deux médianes qui restent sont petites et cachées en-
tigrement dans les tectrices caudales ; il parait aussi que les rémiges,
d’aprés la loi de compensation, sont considérablement moins dévelop-
pées que chez la femelle et les jeunes males. Le male adulte pré-
sente aussi une particularité remarquable dans ses rémiges secondaires,
dont les baguettes sont plus épaisses qu’ordinairement, fort roides
et courbées au bout, et produisent un son sec en vibrant.
On sait depuis longtemps que la Loddigesia habite les environs
de Chachapoyas, chef-lieu du département ‘‘ Amazonas”’ dans le
Pérou septentrional, et parait étre localisée dans le bassin d’Utcu-
bamba, petite riviére de la rive droite du systéme du Maraion.
Cette contrée est dépourvue de grandes foréts, et c’est seulement
dans sa partie méridionale que se trouve la forét (Montafia) de
Puma-ureu, qui, comme on le dit, communique avec les foréts de
Huayabamba, c’est-d-dire la masse principale des foréts péruviennes.
Il parait qu’une belle Alstremeria, & couleur rouge (Bomaria for-
mosissima, Lerb.), est-sa-fleure de prédilection, on peut au moins
étre sur que 1a ot se trouve cette fleur on rencontrera notre oiseau.
Cette plante fleurit depuis le mois d’aoiit jusqu’a la fin de novembre.
Comme cette fleur n’est pas visitée par la Lesbia gracilis, principale
persécutrice de notre oiseau, le chassant des autres fleurs, la Loddi-
gesia peut s’en servir & son aise. La Lesbia parait avoir un certain
dedain pour cette fleur: Stolzmann pendant ses nombreuses excur-
sions dans la contrée n’a vu qu’une seule fois une Lesbia s’en ap-
procher momentanément, et s’¢loigner aprés y avoir enfoncé son bee.
Elle aime aussi a visiter les eure: @un framboisier épineux et d’un
certain arbre nommé par les indigénes “ tolo”’ (probablement une
espéce de myrthe). On rencontre quelquefois les femelles sur les
petites fleurs violettes d’une espece de piment, connu dans la contrée
sous le nom d’ “ aji.”
832 MM. TACZANOWSKI AND STOLZMANN ON _ [Nov. 15,
On ne peut pas dire que ce colibri soit commun; au contraire on
peut prétendre qu'il est peu nombreux ; les males adultes paraissent
étre beaucoup plus rares que les femelles et les jeunes males.
Du matin au soir ces oiseaux sont en mouvement continuel. Tandis
que les autres oiseaux-mouches paraissent avoir leurs heures de repos,
et quelques-uns d’entre eux s’adonnent alors au chant, comme
Y Amazilia leucophea, on ne voit jamais la Loddigesia rester inactive
pendant un temps un peu prolongé. Les femelles sont en général
moins farouches que les males adultes. Leur vol n’offre aucune
différence de celui des autres colibris, mais ce quwil y a de surpre-
nant c’est qu’elles passent avec une rapidité incroyable les fourrés les
plus épais ot elles sont obligées de changer de direction plusieurs
fois dans une seconde pour pouvoir éviter tous les obstacles qu elles
trouvent continuellement sur leur route. En s’arrétant aux calyces
des fleurs elle remue sa queue de haut en bas A la maniére des
Lesbia et des autres oiseaux-mouches. Le bourdonnement produit
an vol par une femelle se distingue facilement 4 l’aide d’une certaine
expérience de celui de la Lesbia gracilis, il est d'un diapason plus
élevé, ce qui s’explique par ses ailes plus courtes. Le male, dont
les ailes sont encore plus courtes que celles de la femelle, produit un
bourdonnement encore plus ¢levé, et on peut parvenir 4 reconnaitre
par louie la présence du male adulte sans le voir.
Les deux rectrices latérales du male adulte se dressent au vol a ce
point que les deux palettes s’appliquent mutuellement. Cette position
se produit machinalement. Ces rectrices peuvent se tourner jusqu’a
un certain point dans leur tube basal et un léger obstacle de Vair
suffit A leur donner une pareille position. On peut s’en convaincre
sur les exemplaires immédiatement aprés leur mort, avant quils
soient devenus raides. Dans une pareille position les rectrices ex-
ternes restent croisées et le point de leur croisement postérieur a lieu
tout prés de la naissance des palettes.
Une espéce des réunions exécutées par les Loddigesia est un fait
le plus intéressant de leurs habitudes. Les observations ont été
faites d’abord 4 Osmal, oti on a vu deux ou trois jeunes males se ré-
unissant ; puis le chasseur de Stolzmann a découvert 4 Tamiapampa
Pendroit dans lequel 5 jusqu’d 8 males, également non adultes,
s’assemblaient habituellement pour manceuvrer d’une maniére la plus
curieuse. Ce dernier endroit ne promettait pas la présence de ces
oiseaux ; c’¢tait un plateau découvert, parsemé de quelques buissons
donnant trés peu d’ombre ; il n’y avait pas des fleurs, et les oiseaux
n’y arrivaient que pour exécuter leurs évolutions. ;
Deux jeunes males s’arrétent dans l’air, l’un vis-a-vis de l’autre, le
corps suspendu verticalement, ouvrant tour 4 tour leur queue 4 ce
point que les rectrices externes 4 palettes forment une ligne droite,
perpendiculaire 4 l’axe de loiseau, ou méme relevées un peu en haut,
et se lancent sur les cotés (Voyez la figure, p. 833). Chaque fois
que l’oiseau ouvre sa queue, on entend un petit son sec, semblable au
claquement produit par deux ongles d’une main, ou au bruit qu’on
entend en fermant une montre. Les observations postérieures faites
sur les Manakins, et l’analogie des baguettes dang les rémiges secon-
1881.] LODDIGESIA MIRABILIS. 833
daires de ces deux oiseaux nous conduisent 4 croire que ce sont les
choes mutuels de ces baguettes qui peuvent produire ce bruit. On
peut l’entendre & dix pas de distance. Les deux sous-caudales allon-
gées restent alors dans leur position naturelle, comme indépendantes
du systéme des muscles du croupion, qui dans la Loddigesia st
fort developpés.
div tidbit
yaaa titllldda
SSG
Z; Se Dizi Zi
Loddigesia mirabilis (jeune male, manceuyrant).
Cette manceuvre se prolonge pendant une vingtaine de secondes.
Ordinairement elle est exécutée par deux jeunes males ; mais quelque-
fois, comme il est dit plus haut, un plus grand nombre se rassemble.
Presque toujours on entend dans le voisinage la voix de la femelle,
tsi-tsi-tsi-tsi . . . . Une fois Stolzmann a remarqué une pareille
scéne exécutce par un jeune male de notre oiseau devant une Detal-
lura smaragqdinicollis.
A Tamiapampa il ne se passait pas dix minutes sans que ces
manceuvres ne se soient répétées, et les oiseaux ont des endroits
de prédilection pour ce but. Sur le plateau mentionné plus haut,
ils avaient un buisson favori ; 4 Osmal il y avait deux pareils, et rare-
ment les oiseaux manceuvraient ailleurs. En se placant tranquille-
ment dans le voisinage on pouvait les observer tant qu’on voulait.
Une fois Stolzmann a été temoin d'une évolution encore plus
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1881, No. LIV. 54
§34 ON LODDIGESIA MIRABILIS. [Nov. 15,
bizarre. Un jeune male restait suspendu au dessous d’une branchette
fine, tandis qu’un autre manceuvrait au dessus de lui, étalant sa queue
et claquant; les réles se changeaient en un clin d’ceil, le dernier se
suspendait et l’autre prenait son tour; ensuite ils se sont éloignés.
Il serait curieux de connaitre le but de pareilles évolutions.
Serait-ce une espéce d’exercice ou une rivalité? Mais sil en était
ainsi, pourquoi les males adultes paraissent-ils rarement y prendre
part? quoique ils y passent souvent. Une seule fois Stolzmann a vu
de loin un adulte s’arrétant devant un jeune.
Les adultes étalant également la queue donneraient a leurs rec-
trices externes une position extraordinaire, les deux palettes se
placeraient au dessus de la téte. L’unique mouvement de la queue
d’un adulte qu’a observé Stolzmann, était représenté par le dressement
en haut ; les palettes recouvrent alors la téte, et le corps de loiseau
se penche en avant.
Gould prétend que les deux rectrices de la Loddigesia servent a
lui aider 4 se maintenir dans lair. Ce que nous avons dit plus
haut sur Vapplication des deux palettes au vol parait contester
Yopinion du savant ornithologiste. L/orifice des fleurs de l Alstre-
meria est tourné en bas; en sucant donc l’oiseau-mouche reste sus-
pendu au dessous de la fleur. Les rectrices restent pli¢es dans cette
position. Du reste les ailes du male ne sont pas aussi petites rela-
tivement au corps pour qu’elles exigent la coopération de la queue ;
il y a des colibris 4 ailes relativement beaucoup moins grandes et
volant parfaitement, comme les Acestrures. Une queue rigide parait
étre mieux déstinée 4 ce but que deux rectrices longues et flexibles,
car les autres rectrices abortives ne peuvent étre de grande utilité.
On peut donc prétendre que ces plumes magnifiques de la Loddigesia
lui servent d’ornement, comme celles du paon ou d'un oiseau de
paradis.
Souvent il est plus facile d’apercevoir les deux palettes que
Voiseau méme, et quelquefois en tirant on vise sur elles, surtout
quand l’oiseau est tourné vers le chasseur et sa poitrine variée se
confond facilement avee les objets voisins. Quelquefois quand
Voiseau vole dans l’ombre les palettes en mouvement sont plus faciles
a distinguer.
Une fois Stolzmann a observé un male adulte buvant l’eau d’un
ruisseau. Il avait choisi une petite cascade, et on peut prétendre
que c’est seulement dans ces derniéres qwil peut apaiser sa soif.
Les cascades ne manquent pas dans la contrée habitée par la Loddi-
gesia. C’était avant le coucher du soleil, et l’oiseau était observé
a trois pas de distance.
La voix de la femelle et du jeune male est un ¢si-tsi-tsi. . ...
rapidement répété. L/’oiseau se fait entendre en visitant les fleurs
et pendant ses manceuvres. Posé il garde la tranquillité. La voix
du male adulte n’a pas été jamais entendue. En novembre une
femelle ramassait la mousse pour la construction du nid. C’était a
l’époque des manceuvres.
1881.] A NEW SPECIES OF MUSTELA. 835
2. Description d’une nouvelle espéce du genre Mustela du
Pérou nord-oriental. Par L. Taczanowsk1, C.M.Z.S.
[Received August 16, 1881.]
MUSTELA STOLZMANNI, 0. sp.
Obscure castaneo-brunnea ; capite, pedibus apiceque caude con-
coloribus ; subtus flavido-ochracea, vitta abdominali mediana
brunnea, lata; labio supero latissime albo ; cauda gradatim
attenuata, quam corpus nulto breviore.
Hab. Peruvia orient. Yurimaguas (Stol/zmann).
Une femelle adulte, tuée aux environs de Yurimaguas, est beau-
coup plus grande que la M. macroura des environs de Junin, &
queue relativement plus courte et vers son extrémité légérement
atténuée et terminée en pointe; 4 moustaches n’atteignant pas le
bord postérieur de l’oreille ; plante dans toutes les pattes parfaite-
ment nue, d’une couleur grise, tandis que dans la M. macroura elle
est jaune ; les poils convrant le dessous des doigts moins abondants
que dans l’espéce citée ; les membranes interdigitales plus longues
que dans la 1. macroura et parsemées seulement de quelques poils
rares ; les canines relativement plus épaisses et moins longues ; les
griffes plus courtes.
La mode de la coloration est semblable, cependant les nuances des
couleurs sont différentes; tout le dessus du corps est d’un brun
marron plus foncé que dans toutes les espéces également colorées,
sans cette nuance rougeatre caractéristique dans l’espéce avec la-
quelle je la compare; 4 base des poils plus pale que l’extrémité
sans nuance jaunitre, propre a cette derniére belette ; l’extrémité
de la queue et les pattes sont concolores au dos; cependant le devant
méme du museau est un peu plus foncé, ainsi que l’extrémité méme
du pinceau caudal dont la couleur est un peu plus sombre que celle
de la queue ; tout le dessous du corps et le cété interne de la cuisse
et du haut des jambes, ainsi que celui du milieu des pattes antérieures
jusqu’a la plante dénudée est d’un ocreux jaunatre, trés différent
de la couleur des deux autres espéces péruviennes & longue queue ;
avec une large bande brune parcourant le milieu du dessous depuis
le bas de la poitrine jusqu’d la deuxiéme paire des mamelles, en
s’atténuant dans sa partie terminale; le dessous de la téte est d’un
blanc jaunatre, s’étendant sur la lévre supérieure jusqu’au nez et pas-
sant presque en ligne droite a 2 millimétres au dessous de |’ceil et
touchant ensuite le bord inférieur de la conque auriculaire, tandis
que dans la M. macroura et dans la M. jelskii la lévre supérieure est
toute foncée, et la ligne de la démareation de ces deux couleurs
commence 4 la commissure et passe loin du bord inférieur de |’ceil
(12 mill. dans la M. macroura) sans toucher la conque auriculaire ;
les conques auriculaires sont parsemées de rares poils de la couleur
analogue & celle du dos, quelques poils blancs forment au bord
supéro-antérieur une strie bien distincte ; moustaches brunes noira-
tres; ongles d’un gris corné.
54*
836 ON THE STRUCTURE OF THE PALATE IN TROGONS. [Noyv. 15,
Dimensions.
millim.
Longueur totale ...... PaO Siisteie) ge
5 dé la téterss) 2 2.1. ees Soaeeeees 53
“5 GU COT PS! re. stele eeeiatee icaei tan 260
By de la queue avec le poil ...... 224
” » «= gs, SS SpOl! |. ep
fs du tarsejusqu’au bout desongles 54
Cet exemplaire posséde moins de fausses molaires que les autres
espéces de la section des putois, c’est-a-dire une dans la machoire
supérieure et deux dans linférieure; il est cependant possible qu'il
les a pu perdre dans son 4ge avancé, car il présente des intervalles
libres pour placer ces dents antérieures. En général ses dents sont
plus fortes que celles de la M. macroura.
Cette belette a été prise dans la forét, et il parait que lespéce est
exclusivement forestiére, car elle est inconnue aux habitants de la ville.
Toutes les espéces péruviennes connues précédemment, provenaient
des régions élevées & 8000 jusqu’a 11,000 pieds d’altitude, tandis
que celle-ci a été trouvée dans la grande plaine de Maynas, élevée
& peine a 500 pieds au dessus du niveau de la mer. Les premiéres
habitent les contrées non boisées, tandis que celle-ci habite la forét
humide.
3. Note on the Structure of the Palate in the Trogons
(Trogonide). By W. A. Forsus, B.A., Prosector to the
Society.
[Received September 23, 1881.]
It is my desire in the present communication to correct an error
which, though it has been before the ornithological world some years,
has hitherto apparently escaped attention—the more so, as it has
some bearing upon the general question of the classification of birds.
The only description of the palate of the Trogons I have met with
is that contained in Prof. Huxley’s celebrated paper on the Classifi-
cation of Birds in this Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ for 1867. It runs
as follows’:—‘*The only Trogon skull I have had the opportunity
of examining is that of 7. reinwardti. It possesses basipterygoid
processes, in which respect it resembles Caprimulgus, and is unlike all
the other genera which remain to be mentioned. The palatines have
a general resemblance to those of the Musophagide ; the vomer
seems to be equally rudimentary ; and the mawillo-palatines, though
less spongy, unite in the middle line.” The Trogonide are there-
fore included in Prof. Huxley’s Desmognathous series.
Recent examination of the skulls of several species of Neotropical
Trogons (including Trogones puella, mexicanus, atricollis, and cali-
gatus, and Pharomacrus mocinno), for the opportunity of which I am
indebted to the kindness of Mr. Salvin, as well as of one of Harpactes
reinwardti (the species described by Prof, Huxley) from the Eyton
1 Lie. p. 444.
1881.] ON THE POSITION OF EUPETES MACROCERCUS. 837
collection, has convinced me of the incorrectness of the last part of
Prof. Huxley’s description. In fact, the Trogons are not in the
slightest degree desmognathous, but schizognathous, Prof. Huxley’s
error having probably been due to the imperfect preparation of the
specimen which he inspected.
As will be evident from the drawing I now exhibit (see figure) of
Palate of Pharomacrus mocinno.
the palate of Pharomacrus mocinno, the somewhat spongy and re-
markably transverse maxillo-palatines do no¢é unite with each other,
or with any median ossification, across the central line. On the con-
trary, their inner ends are free both from each other, from the lower
border of the nasal septum, which is ossified, and from the thin and
filiform vomer, which runs between their ends to terminate in a
point a little anteriorly to them. The same is the case in the other
five species already named.
The Trogons being thus, as I have shown, not desmognathous,
would have, if Prof. Huxley’s group of “ Coccygomorphe ” were
retained, to be removed thence to some other position, presumably
in his suborder ‘‘ Schizognathe.” But, in fact, as we now know
from Prof. Garrod’s investigations’, the so-called Coccygomorphee
are an artificial group, made up of at least three very distinct series
of birds. Furthermore, the fact that the Trogons are schizogna-
thous, whereas their near allies, such as the Bucconide, Galbulide,
Coraciidze, Podargus, &c., are desmognathous, shows that the struc-
ture of the palate has not that unique and peculiar significance that
has been claimed for it in the classification of birds.
4. Note on the Systematic Position of Eupetes macrocercus.
By W. A. Forszs, B.A., Prosector to the Society.
[Received September 23, 1881.]
Some months ago Mr. R. B. Sharpe directed my attention to the
remarkable similarity in general facies of Hupetes macrocercus to the
1 ‘Scientific Papers,’ pp. 214, 215, &e.
838 ON THE POSITION OF EUPETES MACROCERCUS, [Nov. 15,
genus Mesites, and suggested that that bird might be in reality
closely allied to the last-named one, and not at all congeneric with
the other species usually included in the genus Hupetes.
Our knowledge of the internal structure of Mesites is due to M.
Alphonse Milne-Edwards, who, in the ‘‘ Annales des Sciences Natu-
relles”?! has described its osteology, with some remarks on the
muscles and other points. From its osteology, as well as from the
presence of two carotid arteries, and of the ambiens and accessory
femoro-caudal muscles, the non-passerine nature of Mesites is ren-
dered absolutely certain. M. Milne-Edwards associates it with the
Rails. From the presence of powder-down patches’, combined with
the schizorhinal nature of the skull, I should prefer to locate it
near Lurypyga and Rhinochetus in my group Pluviales*.
It is to be regretted that M. Milne-Edwards has not in any way
touched upon the pterylosis of Mesites; and as yet I have been
unable to obtain any skin of that form to supplement. this deficiency.
From a skin of Hupetes macrocercus I have, however, been able to
ascertain a sufficient number of points to show that, unlike Mesites,
this form is certainly Passerine.
The pterylosis is quite Passerine, there being a nude oil-gland,
twelve rectrices, and nineteen remiges, of which ten are primaries.
Of these last the tenth (or so-called ‘ first”) is half as long as the
ninth. The saddle of the dorsal tract is covered by very long
feathers, some being as much as 3 inches in length. The aftershaft
is apparently quite absent, as is the case in some other Passeres
(e. g. Artamus and Eurylemus) according to Nitzsch. There are
no traces of any powder-down patches.
In the leg there is no plantar vinculum, as in all the Eleuthero-
dactylous Passeres*, and as in them only, if we except Upupa and
certain Ardeide,
The arrangement of the terminal tendon of the tensor patagii
brevis is also Passerine, as described by Garrod®, with the slight
difference that, as in Menura and Atrichia®, the recurrent tendon
is more or less intimately blended with that of the ewtensor metacarpi
subjacent to it.
The skull, extracted from the skin, is also typically Passerine, with
the characteristically truncated vomer of those birds. The maxillo-
palatines are long and thin, and recurved apically ; the transpalatines
well developed. Like ali other known Old-World Passeres, Hupetes
is holorhinal.
The exact place in the Passerine series of Hupetes has yet to be
determined ; judging, however, from the bilaminate tarsal planta, it
is a truly Oscine form, and therefore very probably to be included in
the “ Timeliide.”
1 Ge série, Zool. t. vii. art. no. 6, pl. vii.
2 First discovered by Mr. E. Bartlett, vide P. Z.S. 1877, p. 299.
8 Antea, p. 639,
* P.Z.8. 1880, p. 391.
5 ‘Scientific Papers,’ pp. 356, 857.
6 Lc. p. 358, pl. xxiv. fig. 2.
1881.] MR. E. L. LAYARD ON C@LIAXIS LAYARDI. 839
5. Note on Pycnoptilus floccosus, Gould.
By E. P. Ramsay, C.M.ZS.
[Received August 2, 1881.]
The true habitat of the rare bird named Pyenoptilus floccosus by
Gould has been somewhat a mystery ever since its discovery ; the
belts of the Murray River were always put down as the locality from
whence the original specimens came. Some years ago Mr. James
Ramsay met with it on the Murrumbidgee River, but only on
one occasion. Ornithologists, therefore, may be pleased to hear
that the bird is an inhabitant of the coast-ranges near Sydney,
New South Wales, whence I have recently seen some beautiful
specimens, obtained by Mr. A. J. Thorpe, our skillful taxidermist.
These birds were carefully sexed ; but the sexes show no difference in
the plumage. A pair measure as follows :—
inches. inches.
otal tenet ome s serae ee eee 20 6
IUCN Se clive eetsie ta etree ere oye. 2° abe) 2°45
MPa ee an ee eon nee Saas eee TS: 2°9
Marsusteee eee teeters eis see 1-1
Billotrony torehedd . aacw cee oen. 20 O07 0:7
PE OWE ORG seater sles Meiae is 2 - = 0°75 0°73
The occurrence of Pachycephala olivacea, Glycyphila albifrons, and
Campephaga jardinii within a few miles of Sydney is also worth
recording.
Australian Museum, Sydney,
May 27, 1881.
6. Note on Celiaxis layardi, Angas.
By E. L. Layarp, F.Z.S.
[Received August 3, 1881.]
Some years ago Mr. G. F. Angas described, in the ‘ Proceedings’
of this Society (P. Z.S. 1865 p. 54), a curious shell sent to him by
me, under the name of Sudulina (Celiawxis) layardi, of which the
only specimens known were dead decorticated examples found on
the sand-hills around East London, at the mouth of the Buffalo
River, in the Cape colony. Mr. Angas, therefore, in his diagnosis,
described itas ‘‘ candida.”
In 1870 I visited the Eastern province and the neighbourhood
whence this shell had been procured, and, aided by my kind friend
Thomas Holden Bowker, Esq., soon unearthed the first living speci-
mens of this remarkable shell from under the sand, beneath the
bushes in the neighbourhood of his residence at Tharvield. I then
found that the colour of the living shell was a pale horny-grey, as
was the animal, if my memory does not deceive me. My sudden
840 MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE GENUS CHILINA. [Nov. 15,
departure from the Cape necessitated the packing of my shell-
collection before I had time to record the capture of the living
mollusk ; and my cabinets remaining unopened till a few weeks back,
I thought no more of my discovery. Lately, however, I have become
aware of a point in the economy of Celiaris layardi that may be of
interest to conchologists ; and I therefore communicate this note. In
picking out some specimens for exchange with a gentleman in Sydney,
I was surprised to find a minute specimen fall from one I held in
my hand. On tapping it gently, eight or ten more fell ; and on ex-
amining others, I obtained several more. It is thus clear that this
curious shell (which resembles a small Megaspira ruschenbergiana) is
a viviparous species. The young shells show all the beautiful strice
of the parent; and the young animal, showing through the pellucid
shell, is of a reddish-buff colour.
Noumea, New Caledonia,
May 20, 1881.
7. Notes on the Genus Chilina, with a List of the known
Species. By Epcar A. Smita.
[Received August 22, 1881.]
The object of the present paper is specially to point out several
errors which appear in a monograph by Sowerby in the ‘ Conchologia
TIeconica,’ written in 1874, and to contradict the statement that many
of the figures are taken from specimens in the British Museum.
This is most important, as hereafter it might be supposed that the
shells in question had been lost or in some way removed from the
Museum collection. The figures in the monograph referred to are
but copies in many instances of those which appeared thirty years
ago in the ‘ Conchological Illustrations’ by the same author. The
figures on plate i. which are taken from the old monograph are the
following :—fig. la (C. fluviatilis); fig. 26 (C. fluminea) ; figs. 3a,
36 (C. major); fig. 4b (C. dombeyana); and figs. 5a, 56 (C.
robustior).
On plate ii. the following are copies :—fig. 6¢ (C. ovalis); figs.
7a, 76 (C. fluctuosa); fig. 8a (C. ampullacea) ; and figs. 9a, 96
(C. gibbosa).
On plate iii., fig. 10 (C. puelcha), fig. 12a, 126 probably (C.
tehuelcha), fig. 14 (C. tenuis), and fig. 17 (C. parchappii), are
likewise copies.
In each instance, with the exception of fig. 14 (C. tenuis), Mr.
Sowerby states that the figures are from specimens in the British
Museum. This, I am bound to observe, is totally incorrect. Not
in a single case is such the fact; for neither the collection of Mr.
Cuming nor that of the Museum contain any shells answering to
these drawings. The only figures representing shells actually in the
Museum are figs. 6a, 66 (C. acuminata), fig. 2 ¢ on plate iii. (C.
Sluminea, var.), fig. 11 (C. patagonica), fig. 13 (C. elegans), fig. 15
(C. fasciata), and fig. 16 (C. subcylindrica). Unfortunately I am
1881.] MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE GENUS CHILINA. 841
compelled to say that all these seven figures are very badly drawn
and wretchedly coloured, and, in fact, are very unlike the speci-
mens they are supposed to delineate. This will be readily believed
by any one who will compare the figures in the ‘ Conchologia Iconica,’
which are mere copies, with the originals, and see the rough manner
in which they have been executed.
I am unfortunate in having to follow Mr. Sowerby’s work ; for it
always provokes censorial criticism, which is very distasteful to me;
but having under my immediate charge the coilections which form
the material upon which most of his monographs are founded, I feel
it a duty to point out and correct such errors as I meet with, in
order that it may be known that these do not exist in the Museum.
The descriptive portion of this monograph is very defective, espe-
cially with regard to references. Species 1, C. fluviatilis, is attri-
buted to Gray as if a manuscript name in the Museum, whereas it
was described by Maton in the ‘ Linnean Transactions’ of 1809.
Species 2, C. fluminea, is likewise assigned to Gray, who, although
the first to place the species in the section Chilina, was not the
author, it having been originally named by Maton at the same time
he described C. fluviatilis, of which it is considered but a variety
by d’Orbigny and myself.
Species 4, C. dombeyana, is said to be of Sowerby instead of
Bruguiére.
Species 10, C. pueleha (wrongly numbered 11), is quoted as of
d’Orbigny’s manuscripts, whereas it has been fully described and
figured by that author in the ‘ Voyage dans l’ Amérique méridionale ;’
and the same observations apply to C. tehuelcha.
Species 13 (14 in the work), C. elegans, is stated to be a manu-
script name of Fairfield in the British Museum. This absurdity
shows Mr. Sowerby’s complete ignorance of Frauenfeld’s (the true
author of the species) paper on this genus, published in the ‘ Verhand-
lungen der zoologisch-botanischen Gesellschaft in Wien’ for 1866.
Species 15 (erroneously numbered 16), C. fasciata, is quoted as
of Gould, followed by a —?, indicative of Mr. Sowerby’s doubt
whether any description had ever been published. It was described
in 1847 as Dombeya fasciata by Gould in the ‘ Proceedings of the
Boston Society of Natural History,’ and subsequently figured in the
Atlas of Wilkes’s Exploring Expedition.
Finally, species 17 (wrongly lettered 18), C. parchappii, is referred
to ‘‘Orbigny, Synopsis.” This is extremely vague, being but the
initial word of d’Orbigny’s paper in the ‘ Magasin de Zoologie’ for
1835, entitled ‘Synopsis terrestrium et fluviatilium Molluscorum in
suo per Americam meridionalem itinere ab A. d’Orbigny collec-
torum.”
The localities given in the ‘Conchologia Iconica’ are quite as mis-
leading and unsatisfactory as the figures. C. fluviatilis, from the
Rio de la Plata according to Maton and d’Orbigny, is said to be
Chilian by Sowerby. C. fluminea, which is but a variety, and de-
scribed by Maton from the same river, has the comprehensive habitat
«°S. America” attributed to it. Several others, viz. C. major, C.
842 MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE GENUSCHILINA. [Nov. 15,
robustior, C. fluctuosa, C. ampullacea, C. gibbosa, C. tehuelcha, C.
tenuis, and C. fasciata, have the same vague geographical distribution
assigned to them, although in some instances their precise localities
were already known. a4 ‘
Certain species are quoted from Baldivia and Boldivia, which are
misspellings of Valdivia in Southern Chile. These are C. acumi-
nata, C’. puelcha, and C. elegans.
The collection of this genus in the Museum contains the actual
types described and figured by d’Orbigny, also the series from Mr.
Cuming’s collection which was recorded and named by Frauenfeld,
and the types of the new species described in the ‘ Conchologia
Iconica.’ Of the nineteen species hereafter enumerated, the following
are wanting—namely C. angusta, Philippi, C. globosa, Frauenfeld,
C. parva, Martens, C. portillensis, Hidalgo, and Pseudochilina lim-
neformis, Dall.
Family CuH1Linipa,
Dall, Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. York, 1870, vol. ix. p. 357.
Genus CuiLina.
Bulimus (part.), Bruguiére; Conovulus (part.), Lamarck; Auricula
(part.), Lamarck and Lesson; O¢is(part.), Humphreys ; Voluta (part.),
Maton; Chilina (subgen.), Gray ; Dombeia, d’Orbigny and Gould ;
Limneus, VOrbigny ; Chilinia, Woodward ; Potamophila, Swainson.
1. Cur~InA DOMBEIANA, Bruguicére.
Bulimus dombeianus, Brug. Encyclo. Méth. Hist. Nat. Vers,
tome vi. p. 335, no. 66.
Conovulus bulimoides, Lamarck, Tab. Ency. Méth. pl. 459. f. 7a.
Auricula dombeyana, Lamarck, An. s. Vert. vol. vi. p. 140;
ed. 2, vol. viii. p. 331.
Chilina dombeyana, Gray, Spicil. Zool. p.5; Kiister, Conch.-Cab.
p- 66, pl. 9. f. 18,19; Sowerby, Conch. Ill. f. 11; id. Conch. Icon.
f. 4a, 6; id. Conch. Man. f. 300; d’Orbigny, Voy. Amér. mérid.,
Mollusques, p. 333; Hupé, Gay’s Hist. Chile, vol. viii. p. 128;
Frauenfeld, Verhandl. zool.-botan. Gesellsch. Wien, 1866, vol. xvi.
pp. 192-195.
Auricula fluviatilis, Lesson, Zool. Voy. Cogqille, p. 342.
Limneus dombeianus, d Orb. Mag. de Zool. 1835, p. 25.
Chilina fluctuosa, Sow. (non Gray) Conch. Ill. f. 2; id. Conch.
Icon. f. 2; Reeve, Conch. Syst. pl. 189. f. 2.
Hab. Rio de Maule (d@’ Orbigny) ; river Peneo, near Concepcion,
Chile (Lesson).
2. CHILINA FLUCTUOSA, Gray.
Otis fluctuosa, Humphreys, Mus. Calonnianum, p. 62.
Auricula (Chilina) fluctuosa, Gray, Spicil. Zool. p. 5, pl. vi. f. 19.
Chilina fluctuosa, @ Orb. Voy. Amér. mérid. p. 334, pl. 43. f. 13-
16 ; Kiister, Conch.-Cab. p. 64, pl. 9. f. 7-9; Frauenfeld, Verhandl.
zool.-botan. Gesellsch. Wien, 1866, pp. 192-197; Martens, Mal.
Blat. 1869, p. 217; Hupé, Gay’s Chile, vol. viii. p. 128.
1881.] MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE GENUS CHILINA. 843
Var. = Chilina tenuis, Sowerby, Conch. Ill. f. 12; id. Conch. Icon.
f.14; Hupé, loc. cit. p. 129, pl. 3. f. 11?
Var.= Chilina ovalis, Sowerby, Conch. Ill. f. 6; Kiister, f. 12-14;
dentition by Dall, Ann. Lye. N. York, 1870, vol. ix. p. 347.
Var. = Chilina elegans, Frauenfeld, loc. cit. p. 196 (woodcut).
Hab. Near Valparaiso, on the coast, in small streams which fall
in cascades from the rocks and cliffs (d’ Orbigny) ; Rio Concon (id.) ;
South Chile, near Puerto Moutt (Martens).
3. CHILINA FLUMINEA, Maton.
Voluta fluminea, Maton, Trans. Linn. Soc. 1809, vol. x. p. 330,
pl. 24. f. 14, 15.
Voluta fluviatilis, Maton, loc. cit. f. 13.
Chilina fluminea, Gray, Spicil. Zool. p. 5; Sowerby, Conch. IIl.
f. 7; id. Conch. Icon. pl. 1. f. 2a, b, pl. 3. f. 2¢; Reeve, Conch. Syst.
pl. 189. f. 7; Kiister, Conch.-Cab. p. 66, pl. 9. f. 15-17, pl. 10.
f. 10,11; d’Orbigny, Voy. Amér. mérid. p. 337, pl. 43. f. 19, 20;
Martens, Mal. Blit. 1868, p. 184; Heynemann, Mal. Blat. 1868,
vol. xv. p. 112, pl. 5. f. 11 (dentition).
Limneus flumineus, d’Orb. Mag. de Zool. 1835, p. 25.
Hab. Rio de la Plata (Maton); Buenos Ayres (d’Oré.); “Im
Guahyba bei Porto Alegre” (Martens).
4. CHILINA BULLOIDES, d’Orbigny.
Limneus bulloides, Orb. Mag. de Zool. 1835, p. 24.
Chilina bulloides, d Orb. Voy. Amér. mérid. p. 335, pl. 43. f. 18;
Hupé, Gay’s Hist. Chile, vol. viii. p. 129, Atlas, pl. 3. f. 10-104.
Chilina ampullacea, Sow. Conch. Ill. f. 3 ; id. Conch. Icon. f. 8 a, 4;
Reeve, Conch. Syst. pl. 189. f. 3; Kiister, Conch.-Cab. p. 62, pl. 10.
f. 12 (after Sowerby); Frauenfeld, Verhandl. zool.-botan. Gesellsch.
Wien, 1866, pp. 192-194.
Hab. Island of Chiloe (d’Oré.).
5. Curiina parcuaprn, d’Orbigny.
Limneus parchappii, dV Orb. Mag. de Zool. 1835, p. 25.
Chilina parchappii, d’Orb. Voy. Amér. mérid. p. 338, pl. 43. f. 45 ;
Sowerby, Conch. Ill. f. 8; Kiister, Conch.-Cab. p. 67, pl. 10. f. 5-7 ;
Frauenfeld, Verhandl. zool.-botan. Gesellsch. Wien, 1866, pp. 192-
196; Sowerby, Con. Icon. f. 17.
Hab. Arroyo de las Achiras, Pampas du sud, and Arroyo Salado,
Pampas Répub. Argentine (d’ Orbigny).
6. Curimna GiBBosa, Sowerby.
Chilina gibbosa, Sowerby, Conch. Ill. 1841, f. 4; id. Conch. Icon.
f. 9a-b; Reeve, Conch. Syst. pl. 189. f.4; Kiister, Conch.-Cab.
p- 68, pl. 10. f. 13-14.
Chilina tehuelcha, d’Orb. 1817, Voy. Amér. mérid. p. 336, pl. 43.
f. 6, 7; Sow. Conch. Ill. f. 9; id. Conch. Icon. f. 12 a, 6; Frauen-
feld, Verhandl. zool.-botan, Gesellsch. Wien, 1866, pp. 192-196.
Hab. Rio Negro, Patagonia (d’ Orbigny).
844 MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE GENUS CHILINA. [Nov. 15,
7. CHILins. RoBusTIOR, Sowerby.
Chilina robustior, Sowerby, Conch. Ill. f. 1; id. Conch. Icon.
f. 5a, 6; Kiister, Conch.—Cab. p. 67, pl. 10. f. 1, 2 (copied from Sow-
erby); Frauenfeld, Verhandl. &c. pp. 192-196; Reeve, Conch. Syst.
pl. 189. f. 1 (the same plate as in the ‘ Conchological Illustrations’).
Hab. S. America (Sowerby).
The series of specimens of C. gibbosa in the Museum appear
almost to connect it with the present species. The latter, never-
theless, may be distinct, on account of the development of the upper
fold, or that above the large columellar one.
8. CHILINA MAJOR, Sowerby.
Chilina major, Sowerby, Conch. III. f. 10; id. Coneh. Icon. f. 3a, 8;
Kiister, Conch.-Cab. pl. 9. f. 1-2??; Frauenfeld, Verhandl. zool.-
botan. Gesellsch. Wien, 1866, pp. 192-195.
Hab. 8. America (Sowerby); Valdivia (Mus. Cuming).
This species is hardly distinguishable from C. dombeiana, and
ought, perhaps, to be considered a large and rather broad variety of
it. The figure in Kiister’s work does not accord with that in the
‘ Conchological Ilustrations ;’ nor does his description apply to it.
9. CuiLtina PuELcHA, d’Orbigny.
Chilina puelcha, Voy. Amér. mérid. p. 336, pl. 43. f. 8-12;
Sowerby?, Conch. Ill. f. 13 ; Kiister, Conch.-Cab. p. 63, pl. 9. f. 5, 6 ;
Woodward, Man. Moll. fig. 96; ed. 3, fig. 129 (as C. pulchra).
Hab. Rio Negro, Patagonia (d’Orb.).
10. Curiina opovata, Gould.
Dombeya obovata, Gould, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 1847, vol. ii.
p- 211; id. Otia Conch. p. 41; id. Moll. Wilkes’s Explor. Exped.
p- 124, pl. 9. figs. 143, 143 a.
Chilina obovata, Gould, Otia, p. 244; Frauenfeld, loc. cit. pp. 192—
195.
Hab. Coneon River, Chile (Gould).
11. Curtina parya, Martens.
Chilina parva, Martens, Malacozool. Blitter, 1868, vol. xv. p. 185.
Hab. In the primeval forest at Rédersberg, South Brazil, in small
streamlets (Martens).
12. CuinIna FascraTA, Gould.
Dombeya fasciata, Gould, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 1847, vol. ii.
p- 211 id. Otia Conch. p. 41; id. Moll. Wilkes’s Explor. Exped.
p- 123, Atlas, pl. 9. figs. 145, 1454.
Chilina fasciata, Gould, Otia Conch. p. 244 ; Frauenfeld, loe. cit.
pp- 192-195 ; Sowerby, Conch. Icon. f. 15 (bad).
Chilina acuminata, Sow. Conch. Icon. f. 6a—0.
Hab. River Concon, Chile (Gould).
There are four bands on the last whorl, as depicted in Sowerby’s
wretched figure, and not three, as stated by him in the text. They
1881.] MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE GENUS CHILINA. 845
are of a brownish colour, and not strongly marked, and more like
those represented in the figure of C’. aeuminata, which is undoubtedly
the same species.
13. Curiina anGusta, Philippi.
Chilina angusta, Philippi, Reise durch die Wiiste Atacama, 1860,
p- 185.
“Ch, testa tenuiuscula, fere lanceolata, strigis fleruosis fuscis in-
terdum via conspicuis ornata; spire peracute anfractibus parum
convewis, ultimo spiram bis equante ; apertura pyriformi, supe-
rius peracuta ; plica parum prominente. Long. 7% lin., latit.
obliqua 4 lin., longit. aperture 5 lin., latit. ejus 2 lin.
“In den meisten Quellen der Kiiste der Wiiste Atacama. Von
allen verwandten Arten unterscheidet sich diese leicht durch hre
schlanke Form und die schwache Spindelfalte”? (Philipp?).
14. Curiina GLososa, Frauenfeld.
Chilina globosa, Frauenfeld, Verhandl. zool.-botan. Gesellsch.
Wien, 1866, p. 197 (woodcut).
Hab. La Plata (Prauenfeld).
This is a very globular form, bearing relationship to C. fluminea.
15, Cur~ina PATAGONICA, Sowerby.
Chilina patagonica, Sowerby, Conch. Icon. f. 11 (bad).
The outline of the above figure is fairly correct ; but the colouring
in the copy of the monograph before me is altogether misleading.
The epidermis is olivaceous yellow, marked at intervals with a longi-
tudinal brown narrow stripe, indicative of periods of growth. The
transverse spotting is in four principal bands; anda fifth, less con-
Spicuous, is noticeable immediately beneath the suture. The next
beneath is the broadest band. The aperture is not yellow, as repre-
sented by Sowerby, but whitish, bluish white, or sometimes tinged
with brown. The fold, too, on the columella is not nearly so pro-
minent as it appears in the illustration referred to.
16. CH1LINA SUBCYLINDRICA, Sowerby.
Chilina subcylindrica, Sowerby, Conch. Icon. f. 16.
Hab. Ancud, on the north of the island of Chiloe, South Chile
(Dr. R. O. Cunningham).
The specimen forming the type of this species, together with
others, were collected hy Dr. Cunningham during the Surveying Ex-
pedition of H.M.S. ‘ Nassau’ in 1868. The figure is incorrect, both
as regards outline and colour. ‘The penultimate whorl appears deci-
dedly too high, making the spire too elongate. The colour is stated
to be ‘‘ purplish brown,” which is altogether imaginary. The spe-
cimens which Mr. Sowerby had before him were coated with a
blackish earthy deposit. On removing a portion of this, the ordinary
greenish-olive epidermis is discovered beneath, while the shell is
ornamented with four transverse bands of brown more or less arrow-
head-like spots and lines. The aperture is of a somewhat pale
846 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES FROM JAPAN. [Noyv. 15,
pinkish-brown colour, and exhibits, more or less distinctly, the ex-
ternal banding. The columella is white or pinkish white, and bears
a single distinct but not very strong fold exactly in the middle;
and the “lower small one” mentioned by Sowerby does not exist,
for neither the specimens themselves nor the figure exhibit a trace
of it. The species is rather thick and strong for its size, and consists
of five whorls.
17. Cuinina AMa@NA, Smith.
Chilina ameena, Smith, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1881, p. 37, pl. iv.
f. 18, 18a.
Hab. From a lake near Tom Bay, west of South Patagonia (Dr.
Coppinger, H.M.S. ‘ Alert’).
This species is remarkable for its fragility, the slenderness of its
form, and the vividness of the markings.
18. CuiLrna PortTILLeNsts, Hidalgo.
Chilina portillensis, Hidalgo, Journ. de Conch. 1880, vol. xxviii.
p. 322, pl. xi. figs. 1-1 a.
Hab. Portillo, Argentine Republic, at an altitude of “4000
métres.”’
Subgenus Psrupocui1ina,
Dall, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. York, 1870, vol. ix. p. 357.
“Shell thin, covered with a rough fibrous epidermis ; spire
elevated, acute’? (Dail).
19. PsruDOCHILINA LIMNEZFORMIS, Dall.
Pseudochilina limneformis, Dall, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. York,
1870, vol. ix. p. 357.
Hab. Chile.
‘The curious epidermis and broad plicate columella alone distin-
guish this singular shell from a Limnea” (Dall).
8. On Butterflies from Japan, by Arruur G. Burier, F.L.S.,
F.Z.8., &c.; with which are incorporated Notes and
Descriptions of new Species by Monracur Funvon.
[Received September 8, 1881.]
The present paper gives an account of the Butterflies observed in
Hokkaido by Mr. Fenton, together with one or two species subse-
quently obtained from other sources. Some of the specimens have
been in my hands since 1878; but without seeing all those included
in Mr. Fenton’s notes it was impossible for me to publish any thing
concerning them. Now that the whole of the species have beeu sub-
mitted to me, I gladly make them known to science.
Writing from Tokio University on the 9th of November, 1878,
Mr. Fenton says :—‘‘I have received all my collections from Hok-
1881.] MR. A.G. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES FROM JAPAN. 847
kaido (Yesso) in safety. In looking them over I was able to see
some varieties and some species new to me, some of which I have
described, and the others I have transmitted to you.
«Mr. Janson sent me a copy of the ‘ Cistula Entomologica’ for
June 30th, 1878, containing your remarks on, and descriptions of
some Japanese Rhopalocera sent home by me.
“ Page 281.
« Argynnis rabdia (No. 79).
‘* I have a specimen of this measuring 2! 8!"".
‘* Melita niphona (No. 84).
“The size of this species varies considerably. The smallest I have
measures 1” 3", while the largest is 1’ 11'” in expanse.
“ Melitea scotosia (No. 83.)
«Specimens caught in May, at Koganenohdra, 18 miles east of
Tokio, are of a bright velvety tawny ; while those taken on the plain
at the foot of Asama, in July, are very dingy and are somewhat
melanized.
“* Neptis eacellens (No. 58).
*‘T have since found this species just outside Tokio in May, at
Somei ; took two also in Shiribets, Hokkaido, last August.
** Pararge achinoides (No. 39),
“In the male you described the ‘ additional indistinct ocellus near
anal angle ;’ it becomes distinct in the female.
“« Lyceena argia (No. 103 a).
*‘T have examined all my specimens of this, and am obliged to
conclude it distinct. A less difference exists between “. japonica
and ZL, argia than between the latter and L. alope.
“© Chrysophanus phiceas (99) and Gonepteryx rhamni (12).
‘I find that these came from an old collection of English insects
in Japan’.
“* Thecla orientalis (No. 98 6).
‘This varies slightly from the specimens taken southwards:
‘Bandai’ is the name of a mountain on the north side of Inawashiro
lake in Iwashira. The Japanese call all Butterflies and Moths
‘Cho, the only exceptions being some local names for Papilio
demetrius and P. memnon.
“© Pamphila jansonis (No. 125).
“« ©.*The additional white spot between the first and second of
the oblique discal series’ present also above.”
Xs #
“Owing to the wildness of Hokkaido, I was obliged to keep to
1 In my paper I doubted the authenticity of the habitat “Japan” for these
two species, stating that they differed in no respect from the British species.—
A. G. B.
848 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES FROM JAPAN. [Nov. 15,
the beaten tract, and thus I caught only those that crossed my
path ; besides, there were such countless myriads of female blood-
sucking Diptera (including two species of Chrysops, three of
Tabanus, one seemingly T. lineola, and one of Stmulium) that I could
do little else than defend my person.
“From Tomakomai to Shimamatou, a distance of thirty miles,
Lycena hellotia had collected in patches of hundreds, drawing in
the moisture from the road. They looked like fleets of miniature
yachts. By one sweep of my net, I secured a hundred and six.
“T saw in Hokkaido and in Rikuoku, in the north of the main
island, Luripus japonica: itis much smaller than those taken further
south, measuring only 2! 7!”
* * *
“Mr. Pryer has kindly allowed me to put my insects with some
things that he is sending home by the English mail of the 12th inst.
Among his bottles of preserved animals will be found one containing
a small snake (No. 1) that had taken up its quarters in an old bam-
boo in my garden in Tokio, another (No. 2) in the road near »
Junsainuma near Hakodaté, a red tick (No. 3) found all over
Hokkaido: I sometimes had as many as twenty on my legs; they
are rather indifferent feeders, attacking horses, deer, and even the
Ainos.”
Enclosed is a list of ‘ Butterflies seen in Hokkaido in July and
August, over a distance of 345 miles between the parallels 41° 25’
and 43° 4! N.”
Mr. Fenton’s list is arranged according to the now almost obsolete
classification of Doubleday and Hewitson; and therefore I have
thought it better for convenience of reference to remodel it, at
the same time filling in such specific names as were left blank.
NYMPHALIDA.
SATYRINA.
1. Satyrus bipunctatus, Motsch. 6. Pararge achinoides, Butt.
2. schrenkii, Brem. 7. Lethe diana, Bui.
3. Neope gaschkevitschii, Mén. 8. sicelis, Hewits.
4. callipteris, Budl. 9. Evebia scoparia, Buti.
5. —— fentoni, Buti, 10. Ypthima argus, Buti.
NYMPHALIN&.
11. Apafura substituta, Bu/l. 24. Vanessa xanthomelas, Denis,
12. Hestina japonica, Feld. 25. connexa, Butler.
13. Limenitis sibilla, Ochs. 26. io, Linn.
14. Neptis excellens, Butl. 27. antiopa, Linn.
15. ludmilla, H.-Sch. 28. glauconia, Motsch.
16. intermedia, Pryer. 29. Argynnis sagana, Doubl.
17. Araschnia fallax, Jans. 30. paphioides, Butt.
18. -—— obscura, Fenton. 31. —— lysippe, Jans.
19. Pyrameis cardui, Linn. 32. japonica, Mén.
20 indica, Herbst. 33. rabdia, Buti.
21. Vanessa angelica, Cram. 34. locuples, Buti.
22 lunigera, Butt. Sia) fortuna, Jans.
23. —— y-album, Denis.
1881.] MR. A. G. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES FROM JAPAN. 849
ERYCINID2.
LisyTHEIN.
36. Libythea lepita, Moore,
LYCANIDA.
37. Lampides hellotia. Mén. 49. Thecla ibara, Butl.
38. Lycena pryeri, Murr. 50. orsedice, Budi.
39, —— ladonides, De I’ Orza, 51. —— butleri, "Fenton.
40, —— lycormas, Buti. 52. —— enthea, Jans,
41. —— euphemus, Herbs¢. 53. —-— regina, Butt,
42 pseudeegon, Butl. 54. —— japonica, Murr.
43, —— alope, Fenton. 55. —— orientalis, Murr.
44, —— iburiensis, Butt. 56. —— arata, Murr.
45. Scolitantides sedi, Mabr. 57. —--- signata, Butt.
46. Chrysophanus timeus, Cram. 58. —— mera, Jans.
47. Thecla lutea, Hew. 59. Strymon fentoni, Buzl.
48, -—— jonasii, Jans,
PAPILIONID&.
PIERINE.
60. Colias simoda, De l’ Orza, 63, Synchloé megamera, Buti.
61. Aporia crategi, Linn. 64. —— crucivora, Boisd.
62. Synchloé melete, Mén. 65, Leptosia morsei, Fenton.
PAPILIONINZE.
66. Papilio hippocrates, Feld. 69. Papilio maackii, Brem,
67. —— xuthus, Linn. 70, —— tutanus, Fenton.
68. —— alcinous, Klug.
HeEsPeRiip&.
71. Pamphila pellucida, Murr. 73. Pampbila venata, Brem.
72, yaria, Murr. 74. —— sylvatica, Brem.
Of species not described as new in the present paper Mr. Fenton
forwards the following notes :—
Limenitis sibilla was taken at ‘Hokkaido in July and August.” a
Neptis ludmilla at ‘Iburi, Hokkaido, in the third week in July ;”
Vanessa wxanthomelas in July ; Argynnis Japonica, the same; 4.
vabdia in ‘‘ Southern Hokkaido in July ;”? Lycena ladonides at
© Hokkaido in July and August ;” Z. lycormas, Hakodaté, third
week in July; Scolitantides sedi at ‘‘ Kuramatsunai, Shiribetsu,
Hokkaido, in August.”
Descriptions of new Species’.
ERrsiA SCOPARIA, Butler.
Allied to £. niphonica, but broader and altogether different on the
under surface. Wings above rich sericeous fuliginous brown; pri-
maries darker than the secondaries; the disk crossed by a broad,
irregular, bright ochreous band not reaching the costal or inner mar-
gins, enclosing three black ocelli with white pupils, the two upper
ones confluent and placed upon the radial interspaces, the third
' The species described by myself haye my name appended to them ; and those
by Mr. Fenton have his. ‘ Several of the specific names used by me were sug-
gested by Mr. Fenton.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1881, No. LV. 55
850 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES FROM JAPAN. [Nov. 15,
placed upon the first median interspace: secondaries with three
white points on the median and radial interspaces, only the first (on
the first median interspace) distinct and snow-white: thorax fuligi-
nous brown, abdomen blackish. Primaries below nearly as above, but
the internal area greyish and the external border bright chocolate-
brown; secondaries much as in £. medea, bright chocolate-brown,
with faint indication of a slightly more olivaceous broad angular belt
just before the middle ; the disk slightly greyish, showing the white
dots of the upper surface distinctly, the first of these is black-edged ;
fringe of all the wings dull black mottled with testaceous; pectus
fuliginous brown, legs and venter pale brown. Expanse of wings
2 inches 1 line.
Kuramatsunai, Shiribetsu, Hokkaido, second week in August.
Coll. M. Fenton.
This is an interesting and well-defined new species.
ARASCHNIA OBSCURA, Fenton.
Allied to A. fallax, O. Janson (Cist. Ent. 1878, p. 271). Male above
soot-black : primaries with four short narrow transverse lines in the
cell, and one below the median vein near the base, pale ochreous ;
the transverse interrupted band on the disk extending quite to the
costal edge at one end, but only to the submedian vein at the other,
very pale ochreous; four spots in a curved row near the apex, the
first and second, and a small linear spot about the middle and close
to the margin, pale ochreous, the third (the smallest) and the fourth -
(the largest) and a small spot between the second and third median
veinlets pure white; no irregular submarginal lunular reddish-sienna
spots: secondaries produced at the middle of outer edge ; no undula-
ting reddish-sienna lines; fringe with white sinuations interrupted by
black at the end of the nervures. Below pale ochreous ; the irregular
marks at the base reddish chocolate ; the apical third occupied by a
broad band of the same colour bordered inwardly with black, inter-
rupted by the nervures: primaries with an additional small white
spot in the band, between the first and second median veinlets ; the
markings below the cell black, dusted in some specimens with red-
dish chocolate. Expanse of wings 1 inch 8 lines.
Forest-lands in Hokkaido, August. Coll. M. Fenton.
I have not examined the type ofthis species of Mr. Fenton’s ;
but, from a photograph which he has shown me, I should judge it
to be perfectly distinct.
VANESSA LUNIGERA, Butler.
Allied to V. fentoni, but altogether duller in colour; the black
spots above considerably larger ; the lunate subconfluent spots on the
external area of secondaries replaced by a series of small lunules:
under surface with all the bands considerably darker and broader,
the silvery white J-shaped marking on the secondaries replaced by
a J-shaped character. Expanse of wing 2 inches 5 lines.
N. Iburi, Hokkaido, July. Coll. M. Fenton.
This species has the costal margin of the primaries more produced
1881.] MR. A. G. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES FROM JAPAN. 851
and the apical area distinctly narrower than in V’. fentoni: it differs
from the latter in pattern and coloration much as V. faunus of North
America does from V. satyrus.
VANESSA CONNEXA, Butler.
Allied to V. urtice of Europe, but the second black costal patch
on the primaries united to the interno-median patch and the latter
to the inner margin, so as to form a broad central angulated black
band right across the wing ; no trace of blue submarginal lunules on
the primaries ; the red discal area of the secondaries much narrower
and the brown area darker. Wings below considerably darker, the
secondaries even darker than in V. californica, the disk being
densely striated with purplish brown; the black-edged green sub-
marginal stripe rather lunate than sagittate, and almost wholly black
on the primaries ; the brown-edged lilac marginal stripe better de-
ants and more lunulate in character. Expanse of wings 2 inches
2 lines.
Toshima, Hokkaido ; July. Coll. B.M. and Fenton.
This is quite distinct from the imperfectly banded form named by
Dr. Staudinger V. polaris. Mr. Fenton writes respecting it;—‘I -
have examined more than 30, and I find that they do not vary at all
from the form I send you. I think it is distinct from V. urtice.”
LYCANA PSEUDZGON, Butler.
Nearest to Z. @gon of Europe, the same colours. The male smaller
and with a very narrow black outer border to the wings; fringe nar-
rower, submarginal black spots of secondaries rather smaller ; female
very faintly shot with steel-blue at the base of primaries, submar-
ginal orange lunules obsolete ; secondaries darker, purplish towards
the base, bluish at the base; the whole of the black submarginal
spots bounded internally by orange lunules and externally by white
ones. Under surface greyer than in L. @gon, both sexes washed with
pale greenish blue at the base; black spots smaller, but arranged
exactly in the same way ; submarginal orange spots of the primaries
of the male extremely pale; those of the secondaries destitute of
metallic spots in both sexes. Expanse of wings, ¢ 1 inch 2 lines,
2 1 inch 3 lines.
Iburi, Hokkaido, July. Coll. M. Fenton.
LycaNA ALOPE, Fenton.
Allied to Z. japonica and L. argia. Male deeper violet than L. argia,
Ménétr.: above, the dark marginal border to primaries broader; below,
the black spot absent from cell of primaries ; the third, fourth, fifth
and sixth of the discal row of spots in the secondaries form an are of
a larger circle than the corresponding ones in LZ. argia; the second
spot lies much nearer the junction of the first and second subcostal
veinlets. Average expanse of wings 1# line less.
Appears to be confined to the river-bed, which the Oshiukaido
crosses at Akutsu, Shimodziike ; middle of July. Coll. M. Fenton,
I have not seen the type of this species described by Mr. Fenton;
852 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES FROM JAPAN. [Nov. 15,
but we have what I take to be the species in the Museum: our ex-
ample has avery unusually prominent submarginal series of broad
dusky lunules on the under surface.
Lyc2nA IBURIENSIS, Builer.
Allied to L. argus, but more nearly of the size and colour above
of L. lycaumas. Pale silvery blue with brown veins aud broad smoky-
brown external borders ; fringe very narrow and snow-white ; secon-
daries with broad brown costal area; body above rather darker than
the wings : under surface chalky bluish white ; the base, especially in
the secondaries, suffused with pale bluish green; black spots arranged
asin L. argus, but large and intensely black; the orange lunules
wanting in the marginal ocelloid spots of the primaries, paler in those
of the secondaries; no metallic pupils to the black spots of the se-
condaries; pectus bluish. Expanse of wings 1 inch 5 lines.
Iburi, Hokkaido ; July. Coll. M. Fenton.
A very distinct and pretty species.
Tuecta 1BARA, Butler.
Q. Upper surface similar to 7. mera, sericeous fuliginous brown:
primaries with broad diffused blackish external area and costal bor-
der ; fringes snow-white, spotted with black at the extremities of the
veins : head olivaceous varied with snow-white. Under surface of wings
golden stramineous ; a discal series of black-edged orange lunate spots
followed by a series of oval pearl-white spots from the upper radial
of primaries to the second median branch of secondaries, the third
and fourth of the primaries bounded externally by a few black scales,
the fifth (or last) on the primaries bounded by a large black spot,
the orange lunule also almost wholly covered by its black border ;
the fifth and last of secondaries bounded by a small black spot; a
broad orange patch, in continuation of the discal spots, at anal angle,
its inner edge bounded by two slender black lituree ; a large submar-
ginal black spot on the inner half of the orange patch, which is
bounded by the first median interspace and two black marginal spots
in the angles of the outer half, upon interno-median interspace ;
these two spots are connected by a silvery-blue line; all the wings
with a black marginal line ; fringe snow-white, spotted with black.
Body below snow-white ; legs banded with black. Expanse of wings
1 inch 9 lines.
Ibara pass, Dewa, second week of July. Coll. M. Fenton.
This on the under surface is one of the most beautiful of the true
Thecle.
THECLA ORSEDICE, Butler.
2. Upper surface much like the females of Iolaus pseudolonginus
and Pithecops intensa. Primaries pale bluish grey, or greyish white,
with very broad black-brown apical area and external border ; median
branches brackish; costal border pale bronzy brown, faintly shot
with violet ; fringe tipped with white: secondaries fuliginous brown,
with the abdominal area and discoidal cell washed with pale ash-grey ;
1881.] MR. A. G, BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES FROM JAPAN. 853
a slender snow-white submarginal line; fringe tipped with white:
head somewhat olivaceous; body greyish; abdomen sordid brownish.
Wings below pale shining dove-brown, with white submarginal line,
white-tipped fringe ; a disco-submarginal series of white-edged black
spots and an irregular white-edged black discal line: primaries with
the discal line straight from the third subcostal to the first median
branch, where it is interrupted ; the disco-submarginal spots subconi-
eal, almost orbicular, increasing in size from the costa to the external
angle ; internal border white : secondaries with the discal line near to
the middle of the wing, oblique and terminating in a W-shaped
character ; the disco-submarginal spots lunate, the sixth interrupted
by a large orange spot with black centre, and the seventh divided by
an orange-and-black trifid streak which extends to the anal angle:
body below white. Expanse of wings 1 inch 6 lines.
Iwashiro, second week in July. Coll. M. Fenton.
Allied to 7. eretria of Hewitson.
THECLA BUTLERI, Fenton.
Allied to J. attilia; colour the same; margin of primaries
straighter. Above, the submarginal row of white spots in the se-
condaries larger and more distinct, the third, fourth, and the one near
the anal angle centred with black : below, the ground-colour slightly
duskier, becoming still more so towards the margin ; in the primaries is
a transverse bar in the middle of the cell, extending from the subcostal
to the submedian vein, and almost diviged by the median into two
spots; the discal bar ceases abruptly at the third median veinlet ; an
extra small spot, just on the division between the middle and apical
thirds, between the third median veinlet and the submedian vein: se-
condaries with a transverse row of three black spots at the base in a
descending series from the costal vein, ashort bar at the end of the
cell as in primaries ; a transverse irregular bar in the middle third, ex-
tending from the costal and narrowing towards the independent vein ;
a row of three oblong spots, the first two with the longer axis placed
transversely, the third near the inner edge, almost at right angles to
the second ; a submarginal row of whitish spots centred with black,
more distinct and enclosed in the aforesaid dusky colour ; the orange-
red at the base of the tail and at the anal angle more suffused. Expanse
of wings 1 inch 33 lines.
Middle of August. Coll. M. Fenton.
On the top of the peak, 1060 feet high, overlooking Hakodaté, I
took one specimen that had become involved in a circular wind ed-
dying round the mountain and carried upwards in company with
numbers of Papilio hippocrates, Papilio maackii, Pieris megamera,
Neope fentoni, Satyrus bipunctatus, Argynnis pallescens', Thecla
japonica, Lycena ladonides, and Lyccena hellotia—all more or less
shattered ; some ascended still higher, until they were lost to view.
THECLA REGINA, Butler.
2. Allied to 7’, querciis of Europe and T. fasciata of Japan. Pri-
1 Possibly A. locuples—A. G. B,
854 MR.A.G, BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES FROM JAPAN. [Nov. 15,
maries above with the basi-internal half, excepting the costal border
and veins, bright cobalt-blue changing to ultramarine, the remainder
of these wings dark shining cupreous-brown, the fringe tipped with
white : secondaries cupreous-brown, paler than the primaries except-
ing towards the outer margin, fringe tipped with white: body grey-
ish brown. Under surface with almost the pattern of T. fasciata, but
greyer in tint and with all the markings sharply defined, the white
stripe purer in colour, broader and more curved ; the primaries with
two slender submarginal whitish lines in continuation of the lunu-
lated lines of the secondaries, and enclosing two distinct and a third
indistinct blackish spot on the inferior half of the external area ;
orange spots of secondaries deeper in colour. Expanse of wings
1 inch 5 lines.
Toshima and Iburi; July. Coll. M. Fenton.
T. regina is of the usual size of 7. querciis.
THECLA SIGNATA, Butler.
Allied to T. avata and T. tyrianthina. Primaries above with the
discoidal cell, the interno-median interspace almost to outer margin,
and the basal half of the median interspaces bright pure lilac, the
remainder of the wing and the veins dark brown shot with lilac ;
secondaries rather pale fuliginous brown with bronzy reflections, the
discoidal cell sprinkled with lilac scales. Wings below pale golden
brown: primaries with two slightly darker spots in the cell, margined
and partly connected by silvery-white lines ; a slightly oblique band
from costa to first median branch, edged on both sides with silvery-
white lines ; a submarginal series of indistinct white lunules, the last
two of which bound two dusky spots ; internal area shining whitish;
fringe dusky: secondaries with two abbreviated silvery-white lines
across the base of the subcostal area, the inner one curved ; a nearly
M-shaped character of the same colour crossed by the median vein ;
two widely angulated, slender, interrupted white lines from the abdo-
minal margin to the median vein; an oblique white line from the
costal margin to the first median branch, and a chain-like double
white line from the apex to the second median branch ; a large black
spotted orange spot on the anal area (the anal third of the wing is
ragged on both sides; but from what remains of the anal patch, it
appears to be of the same character as that of 7’. arata). Body white,
the venter creamy, the tarsi annulated with black. Expanse of wings
1 inch 3 lines.
Kuramatsunai, August. Coll. M. Fenton.
Thecla signata may be placed between 7. arata and T. tyrianthina,
although in some respects very unlike either.
STRYMON FENTONI, Butler.
Nearly allied to S. w-album of Europe, but quite as large as S,
spini; under surface like the latter species in tint, but with almost
the pattern of S. w-aléum ; the discal line of the primaries, however,
is more arched and continuous, that of the secondaries is more trans-
verse, and therefore does not run inwards in the direction of the base ;
1881.] MR. A. G. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES FROM JAPAN. 855
the submarginal spots are more dome-shaped, of a bright orange
instead of red colour ; and there is a distinct submarginal'white line,
Expanse of wings 1 inch 5 lines.
Shiribetsu, Hokkaido, August. Coll. M, Fenton.
Leprosia morset, Fenton.
Allied to Z. amurensis. Wings rounder, not produced at the apex ;
the black apical patch lighter: average expanse of Z.amurensis, 3
Linch 113 lines, 2 2 inches 4 line; of Z. morsei, $1 inch 11 lines,
2 2 inches.
Iburi, Hokkaido, end of July. Colls. Fenton and B.M.
The example sent to us by Mr. Fenton certainly bears out the dis-
tinctions laid down in his above description ; and I have little doubt
that this is a genuine species.
PAPILIO DEHAANT, var. (?) TUTANUS, Fenton.
d. Primaries sharper above than typical P. dehaani; the scattered
atoms are slightly brighter and greener’ and are aggregated in a
transverse discal bar: below, the broad whitish discal dash of the
primaries of P. dehaani much narrower and less distinct, and obso-
lete in some specimens; the scattered ochreous scales of the secon-
daries are somewhat paler and are aggregated (densely in some
examples) in a curved transverse discal bar ; the violet scales over-
arching the red submarginal lunules more numerous. There is the
same difference between the sexes; both sexes vary ina like degree
inter se. Generally larger. Expanse of wings, ¢ 4 inches 8 lines to
5 inches 6 lines; 2 5 inches 6 lines to 5 inches 9 lines.
Toshima and Iburi, Hokkaido. Colls. Fenton and B.M.
The summer brood makes its first appearance about the 26th of
July, and is on the wing till the middle of September.
P. tutanus and P. dehaani*, near Hakodaté, in the south of Hok-
kaido, are found feeding together on the same excrement, though I
never saw the males of the latter in conflict with those of P. tutanus,
or chasing the females, or vice versd. Further north I did not seea
single specimen of P. dehaani, and P. tutanus became more abundant.
The following Lyczenid was unwittingly omitted from my descrip-
tions of new species from Nikko.
AMBLYPODIA TURBATA, Sp. 0.
d. Form and size of A. diardi; but the secondaries comparatively
rather larger, the wings above dark blue instead of violet, and witha
rather broad black external border: under surface more like A.
apidanus in pattern and coloration, but the costal thirds of all the
wings washed with lilac, across which the olive-brown bands run ;
1 The colour was noted before the specimens were transferred to the cabinet.
The fumes of carbolic acid, present in the drawers, turn them very green.
* The species sent home by Mr. Fenton under this name is P. maackii; and
therefore, excepting in this description (which characterizes what I believe to be
a distinct species much nearer to the true P. dehaani), I haye corrected Mr,
Fenton’s name.—A. G. B.
856 MR. H. J. ELWES ON THE BUTTERFLIES [Nov. 15,
the abdominal half of secondaries crossed by three irregularly arched
nebulous blackish bands, increasing in intensity and in extent as they
approach the outer margin ; the basal area also ashy instead of dark
brown, and the markings on the basal half of the primaries small and
more feebly indicated than those of the external half. Expanse of
wings 1 inch 11 lines.
@. Primaries above bright ultramarine, with a very broad black
apical area and external border; secondaries and body blackish
brown ; wings below more like A. centaurus than the male, the
arched abdominal bands obsolete, replaced by a continuation of the
ordinary pale-edged macular bands. Expanse of wings 1 inch 11
lines.
Six examples, Nikko (C. Maries). Soll. B.M.
PROTEIDES CHRYSAGLIA, Sp. n.
Olivaceous brown, the wings with bright golden or yellowish cu-
preous reflections, and with the basal three fourths densely sprinkled
with fulvous hair-like scales ; fringe creamy whitish: primaries with
an indication of four or five increasing oval discal buff-coloured spots,
which, however, are concealed in certain lights by the shot colouring
of the wing : head bright fulvous; thorax densely clothed with fulvous
hair ; palpi jet-black with a broad yellow band. Under surface oliva-
ceous, with slight golden reflections: primaries with the pale buff
spots distinet, forming a pyramidal patch, the base of which is ex-
panded and occupies the whole internal border, divided by the me-
dian branches ; a small bifid yellow spot within the end of the cell,
and a few radiating scales of this colour beyond the cell ; secondaries
with yellowish abdominal area: tibize and tarsi bright orange. Ex-
panse of wings 1 inch 10 lines.
Four examples, Yesso (C. Maries). Coll. B. M,
9, On the Butterflies of Amurland, North China, and Japan.
By H. J. Exwers, F.L.S., F.Z.S.
[Received November 15, 1881].
Our knowledge of the Lepidoptera of N.E. Asia has received large
accessions during the last few years; but no attempt has yet been
made to enumerate the Butterflies which are found there. It is still
far too soon to do this with any thing like completeness, as we
know nothing of the insects of China except in a few scattered loca-
lities ; and when we consider the enormous extent of the country,
and the number of years required by so indefatigable a naturalist as
the late Mr. Swinhoe to gain a fair knowledge of the birds, it is
evident that a good list of the Chinese Butterflies must be for many
years impossible. Having recently been requested by Mr. Godman
to work up a collection made in China by Mr. Pryer, I soon found
that the relation between the Butterflies of North China, Amurland,
and Japan was so close that they could only be studied as a whole.
1881,] OF AMURLAND, NORTH CHINA, AND JAPAN. 857
The materials at hand for this purpose were the extensive collections
formed by Messrs. Jonas, Pryer, and Fenton in Japan, nearly com-
plete series of which, received through Mr. Janson, are in Mr. God-
man’s and my own collections. I also received from Dr. Staudinger
a nearly complete series of the Amurland Butterflies collected by
Christoph ; and from Askold I had a majority of the species collected
by Jankowsky. In Mr. Godman’s collection are also a number of
rare species from Amurland. I have further consulted, as far as my
time and opportunities allowed, the British-Museum and Hewitson
collections. Lastly, and most important of all, I had through Dr.
Staudinger’s kindness an opportunity of comparing most of the
doubtful Japanese forms with specimens in his unrivalled collection,
which contains long series of nearly all the species known in Amur-
land. I do not propose, however, to treat of these in detail, as
I hope that they may be shortly monographed in a thorough and
complete manner by Dr. Staudinger himself.
The large number of new species which have been recently de-
scribed from Japan by Mr. Butler, would no doubt lead one to suppose
that the fauna of that country was an extremely peculiar one. Know-
ing beforehand that the birds and plants of Japan have a very close
affinity with those ef Eastern Asia and Europe, I was not surprised
to find that many of these new species were really only varieties
of well-known European insects; and the more | studied them, the
more convinced I became that a better knowledge of the Japanese
Butterflies will confirm my views. Many Japanese insects which at
first seemed distinct, proved, on comparison with a really fine Palee-
arctic collection, which unfortunately does not exist in England, to be
at best local forms of them ; and the remarkable variations which exist
among them tend to prove this. It is, however, as yet impossible
to speak with certainty about many of these species, which have been
described from single, faded, and imperfect specimens, or even in some
cases from drawings ; and until the distribution, variations, and con-
ditions of life under which these varieties are produced have been
studied on the spot by a competent naturalist well acquainted with
the Palearctic Lepidoptera, any conclusions on the question must be
doubtful. The time has gone by when species could be described
wholesale without comparison with the allied forms in neighbouring
regions; and for this reason I venture to think that such bare
descriptions as have been published in various periodicals are not
calculated to advance scientific knowledge.
The literature of the Lepidoptera of these countries is extremely
scattered and imperfect: with the exception of Bremer’s and Méné-
triés’s lists of the Lepidoptera of Amurland, no extensive papers
have been published; and at the time these papers were written
Japanese Lepidoptera were unknown.
The most important papers are as follows :—
Bremer & Grey. Beitriige zur Schmetterlings-Fauna der nérd-
lichen China. St. Petersburg, 1853.
Contains a list of species collected near Pekin by Tatarinoff
858 MR. H. J. ELWES ON THE BUTTERFLIES __[Nov. 15,
and Gaschkevitsch, with 2 plates. The remaining novelties in
this collection are figured by
Méneérriés. Enumeratio Corporum Animalium Musei Imp.
Petropoli. St. Petersburg, 1863.
Quoted as Cat. Mus. Fetr.
Bremer. Lepidopteren Ost-Sibiriens. Mém. Acad. Imp.
Sciences de St. Pétersbourg, 1864.
Published as a separate paper, and contains a very full list
of the Amur Lepidoptera collected by Radde, Maack, and
Wulffius, with 8 plates, 4to, and descriptions of many species.
Ménertrits. Lépidoptéres de la Sibirie orientale (Schrenk’s Amur.
Reise, vol. ii.). St. Petersburg, 1859.
Contains a full list of the collections made by von Schrenk
and Maack in Amurland and Eastern Siberia, with notes on
their geographical distribution and descriptions of new species,
many of which are figured on five 4to plates. Quoted as Mén.
Schrenk’s Reise.
This paper is so lettered in the French edition, which appears
to have been published in Mélanges biol. Acad. St. Pétersbourg,
1859, vol. i.
FeLper. Wiener entomologische Monatschrift, vol. vi. Vienna,
1862.
Contains a list of species collected at Ningpo by Dr. Muir-
head, with several descriptions of new species.
OxsertTHiR. Etudes d’Entomologie. Livraison ii. 1876. Rennes.
Contains descriptions, with beautifully executed figures, of
some of the most interesting species collected by the Abbé
David in Western and Northern China.
Osertuir. Etudes d’Ent. Livraison v. 1880.
Contains an account of the collection made by Jankowsky at
Askold, an island on the coast of Amurland near Vladivostock,
with descriptions and beautiful plates of new species.
Morscuutsky. Etudes Entomologiques. Neuviéme année, 1860.
Helsingfors.
Contains an account of a small collection made by Madame
Gaschkevitch in Japan, and description of 5 species.
De t’Orza. Les Lépidoptéres japonnais a la Grande Exposition
Internationale de 1867. Rennes, 1869.
Contains a list of 75 species, many of which are either wrongly
identified, or have not been sent from Japan since, and descrip-
tions of some new species.
Besides these separate publications there are a number of scattered
descriptions in various periodicals, the most important of which
are :—
Murray. Notes on Japanese Butterflies, with Descriptions of new
Genera and Species. Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine, Dec.
1874.
Contains an account of H. Pryer’s Yokohama collection,
1881.] OF AMURLAND, NORTH CHINA, AND JAPAN, 859
Murray. List of Japanese Butterflies. Ent. Mo. Mag. July 1876,
p. 33.
A compilation from various sources, in which Mr. Murray
shows that he shares my views as to the validity of many of
Mr. Butler’s species.
W. B. Pryer. List of Rhopalocera of the Chekiang and Kiangsoo
provinces, China. Ent. Mo. Mag. Aug. 1877.
A list of 86 species, with an account of a visit to the Snowy
Valley near Ningpo, where many new species were found. The
novelties in this collection were described partly by Butler
and partly by Moore. The collection, with many additional
species from other parts of China, is now in Mr. Godman’s
museum.
Burter. Journal of the Linnean Society, Zool. vol. ix. p. 50.
1862.
A list of the Diurnal Lepidoptera collected by Mr. Whitely
at Hakodadi.
Butter. Cistula Entomologica, vol. ii. p. 281 (June 1878).
On Butterflies from Japan collected by Mr. Fenton. Describes
several new species.
Burier. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, ser. 5, vii.
(March 1881).
Describes a number of new species, and gives a list of 130
species collected by Maries in the district of Nikko, Japan,
now in the British Museum.
O. Janson. Cistula Entomologica, vol. ii. p. 153 (May 1877).
Describes the new species in Mr. Jonas’s collection, of which
a complete set is now in Mr. Godman’s museum.
O. Janson. Cist. Ent. vol. ii. p. 269 (June 1878).
Remarks on Japanese Butterflies, and descriptions of five new
species figured on plate 5 (uncoloured).
With regard to the geographical limits of this paper, I have deter-
mined to exclude Southern and Western China—the first because
its climate and fauna is tropical rather than palzearctic, and because
our knowledge of the Butterflies is infinitesimal. It is extraordinary
that out of the great number of Englishmen who for nearly a century
have resided at various ports on the coast of China, not one has
ever studied Lepidoptera scientifically, and no traveller has ever col-
lected more than a few specimens in any one place, so far as I am
aware. Nearly as much was known by Donovan 90 years ago of the
insects of South China as we know now ; and there is perhaps hardly
another place in the world of equal interest and with half the faci-
lities for travel which has been so much neglected by naturalists.
Of Western China we know nothing except from the travels of that
excellent and intrepid naturalist the Abbé David. It is much to be
deplored that his extensive collections of insects have lain unnoticed
for so long in Paris. M. Oberthiir, of Rennes, has done much to
give an idea of their novelty and interest. It is evident, however,
that this fauna must be studied in connexion with that of Sikkim,
860 MR. H. J. ELWES ON THE BUTTERFLIES __[Nov. 13,
with which, as I have shown io Proc. Zool. Soc. 1873, p. 645 e¢
seq., it is so intimately connected.
The same remark applies to Formosa, which T have also excluded.
Of the Butterflies of North China we know almost nothing; but the
little we know shows what a rich harvest is to be reaped there by a col-
lector. The countries between China proper and Amurland are terre
incognite ; but Amurland itself has been recently well worked by
several good entomologists: Messrs. Christoph, Dorries, Jankowsky,
and Hedemann have all collected largely in various localities, from the
Schilka river on the Upper Amur, down to Blagovestchensk, Raddef-
skaia or Raddefka, and Khabarofka, all of which are situated on the
main stream. The Bureija Mountains north of the river also yielded
a rich collection to Radde ; but do not seem to have been revisited.
That part of the river which lies between the junction of the Ussuri
at Khabarofka and Nikolaiefsk at the mouth of the Amur does not
seem to have been much worked, the climate becoming much more
severe on the north-east coast.
The southern part of the maritime province near Vladivostock and
the island of Askold seems to have many species not occurring on
the Amur which were previously only known from Japan; and it
is probable that the insects of Corea are very similar. An account
of Christoph’s journey, giving interesting particulars of the country,
is published in the ‘Stettiner entomologische Zeitung’ for 1870,
pp- 201 and 401. I have included one or two species which seem
to occur only on the Sea of Ochotsk to the northward of Amurland
proper ; but very little is known of that region or of the great island
of Saghalien.
The only part of Japan which seems to have been at all thoroughly
worked by lepidopterists is the neighbourhood of Tokio and Yoko-
hama; and in most cases no exact indication of locality is given for
Japanese insects. Of the great southern islands of Sikok and Kiusiu
little or nothing is known, though it is possible that some of De
VOrza’s species came from there. The climate of Southern and Cen-
tral Japan is so different from that of the north, that the large pro-
portion of species of Indian affinity which is found there can be
easily accounted for; and when we consider the great extent of
mountainous unexplored country, it is clear that much must be done
before any thing like a good account of the Lepidoptera of Japan can
be given.
The climate of N. China and Amurland is generally very cold in
winter, the Peiho and Amur rivers being closed by ice for several
months. In the summer it is warm and wet on the coast region, but
much drier in the interior, especially in the north of China and Man-
tchuria. South of Shanghai the winter becomes so much milder that
tropical forms of animal and vegetable life rapidly take the place of
temperate ones ; but some species of thoroughly tropical affinities and
appearance extend far into North-eastern Asia and Japan, in the
same way that some tropical birds migrate to Amurland and North
China during the breeding-season.
In this paper I have taken the genera for the most part as I found
1881. ] OF AMURLAND, NORTH CHINA, AND JAPAN, 861
them, without attempting to study the generic affinities of the
species, as this would be a work beyond my time or power, With
respect to the species described by old authors, I have also as a
rule accepted the verifications of previous writers, believing that
when a species is well known under any name it is better to adhere
to it than, for the sake of a few years’ priority, to make a change,
founded as such changes must often be on very doubtful identifi-
cations of descriptions. In many genera, such as Colias, Argynnis,
or Lycena, the best descriptions by modern authors are of very little
use in making out doubtful species; how much more, then, must it be
the case when old authors are referred to. Only good figures or the
examination of the type specimens can really be depended on; and
even then doubts will often crop up as to what the insects are. For
instance, who could follow Mr. Butler’s descriptions of species of T'ertas
in the Trans. Ent. Soc. 1880, p. 198, without the plates? and who
could form an opinion of the species of Japanese Colias from descrip-
tions, however elaborate, of such species as C. elwesi, C. pallens, or
C. subaurata? With regard to the species included in Staudinger’s
Catalogue, I have adopted his nomenclature, as I believe that it is as
nearly accurate as such a work can possibly be made, and it is
generally adopted by European lepidopterists. There must be
numerous errors in my work, especially as regards the Hesperide,
inseparable from a paper which cannot be written at home with the
whole of the specimens before one, but must be put together from
notes often taken under circumstances unfavourable to accuracy. For
these errors and for errors of judgment I beg the indulgence of those
who may have occasion to refer to my work; and I assure them,
that if any of my conclusions are faulty, as undoubtedly some must
be, I have endeavoured to put together the scattered materials at my
disposal with a regard for scientific truth only, and not with any
wish to throw discredit on the observations of others. Finally, I
must express my thanks to Mr. Godman and Dr. Staudinger for the
great facilities which they have given me in examining their collec-
tions (from every point of view the two best in the world), and to
Messrs. Kirby and Butler, of the British Museum, whose time I have
so often taken up in a manner which I think most unreasonable, but
which under the present regulations of the Museum is unavoidable.
On making an analysis of the distribution of the species I get the
following results, which, though they must be considered as approxi-
mate only, will, I believe, give a very fair idea of the character of the
Butterflies in each country.
AMURLAND.
Species common to and characteristic of the Palearctic region 895
Peculiar to the Eastern part of this region, but mostly of —
Palecaretio Senera iia 2 oe o.ccre awe eres > ws pi a eS 80
Belonging to genera characteristic of the Indian region, or
cosmopolitan in Old World ........ eee evenness ]
Common to Amurland and Japan, 78. 175
862 MR. H. J. ELWES ON THE BUTTERFLIES [Nov. 15,
CHINA.
Species common to and characteristic of the Palearctic
EUAN aja le Ws ois ete ge oan oh ee 22
Peculiar to the Eastern part of this region, but mostly belong-
ing to genera of Palzearctic affinity .......... gene
Belonging to genera characteristic of the Indian region, or
cosmopolitan in Old World . 2 ae ee yi ashe a
Common to China and Japan, 67. 136
JAPAN.
Species common to and characteristic of the Palearctic
Besant 2)! Ue/ null Series et ee tees han eae ee
Peculiar to the Eastern part of this region, but mostly belong-
ing to genera of Palearctic affinity ............ sor
Common to Indian region, or ‘atria in Old World.. 44
Common to Amurland, China, and Japan, 33. 147
The genera peculiar to the Eastern Palearctic region are :-——
Sericinus. Allied to Thais?, containing 2 or 3 species peculiar to
North China.
Liihdorfia. Allied to Thais, containing 1 species found in the coast-
region of South Amurland, China, and ?Japan.
Paraplesia. A monotypic genus of Nymphalide, peculiar to the
Ningpo hills.
Genus novum!?, allied to Argynnis and Melitea, peculiar to North
China, 1 species (A. maculata).
Paleonympha. A monotypic genus of Satyride, peculiar to the
Ningpo hills.
Satsuma. A section of Thecla, containing 1 species in Amurland
and Japan, allied to N.-American insects.
Niphanda. A genus of uncertain affinity ; 1 species in Amurland,
China, and Japan.
Genera common to and characteristic of the Palearctic Region :—
Parnassius. 7 species, of which only one occurs in Japan, and
none are as yet known in North China, though it doubtless
occurs there.
Colias. 4 or 5 species, in Amurland and Japan.
Anthocharis. 3 species, of which one, allied to a Californian species,
occurs in Japan and China, one in Amurland, and one in
China.
Aporia. 1 species in Japan, and 1 peculiar to Amurland.
Leucophasia. 1 or 2 species in Amurland, J apan, and China. Only
one other known species of the genus exists, which is local
in Europe.
Gonepteryx. | or 2 species in Amurland, Japan, and China.
Polyommatus. 4 species, of which 3 are confined to Amurland,
one also in Japan and China.
1881. ] OF AMURLAND, NORTH CHINA, AND JAPAN. 863
Arge. 1 species confined to Amurland and China.
Argynnis. Many species in Amurland, Japan, and China.
Melitea, Several species in Amurland, 2 of which extend to
Japan, but only 1 to China.
Erebia. Several species in Amurland, of which one extends to
Japan, but none are known in China.
Satyrus. Only 1 species in Amurland and Japan.
Epinephele. 1 species only in Amurland and Japan.
Cenonympha. 4 species, of which one or two extend to Japan
and China.
eae nk 1, or perhaps 2, species in Amurland, and probably
apan.
Cineis. 4 species in Amurland and China.
Genera common to and characteristic of the Himalayan subregion :-—
A section of Thecla represented by 7’. smaragdina. 4 species in
Amurland and Japan.
Lethe. 5 or 6 species in Amurland, Japan, and China.
Neope. 2 or 3 species in Japan and China.
With regard to the Hesperide, I think it better to omit the genera
when considering questions of geographical distribution. Many of
of them are so obscure and apparently so much more cosmopolitan
than other. families, that itis difficult to base sound ideas upon them.
Speaking generally, however, I may say that Ismene, represented
by three species in China, Japan, and Amurland, is of Indian affinity.
Nisoniades is represented by one species only, common to Amur-
land, China, and Japan, which comes closest to N.-American species.
In the southern part of our limits the largest proportion of the
Hesperidx are tropical, whilst in Amurland they nearly resemble
European species or are of more or less peculiar forms. Generally
the family is well represented in all parts of the region.
GroGrapHicaL DistRIBUTION OF BuTTERFLIES IN N.E. AsIA.
Species, Amurland. China. Japan. General.
PariLionip#,
Papilio machaon ...... * * « (var. | Palearctic & Nearctic
(var. asiatica,)| hippocrates.)| regions.
(var. asiatica.)
RGAE (s)s ovinl-aian nie * * *
LIrEnN ay oe epee reba Hen Emrcncer aceon *
TWAGCKL ..cccasacess * * *
Aghaanlicn-cetieaml) | ceaceccisersem | fle onesies *
PUGUENON Pcenscyeae | di enneas tones See! HG rene India, South China.
HOMPLEEBkapencactle Mircea | * *
TIACIIGNUUS, scurecoal) . coosisarscsyas * *
ICINGUAcescacewasecli® ocaeswateseseae | lie) © eastie *
NCHCLUS.cecasceceve| an gacnaneeed *
864
Species,
PAPILIONIDE (con-
tinued).
Papilio aristoluchiz...
| pammon .........
helenus ......... =
MeMNon ......6+-
sarpedon
agamemmnon ......
erithonius ......... |
| alebion: -..cesee. A
WAALIOSUN es scat eet a
Sericinus telamon
telmona.........+. .|
| Lithdorfia puziloi......
Parnassius nomion ...
tenedius..........++
eversmanni ......
| Terias hecabe ..........
leeta, var. jaegeri...
| bethesba
| ONCMONHE —siccss ses
mandarina ......'
MR. H. J. ELWES ON THE BUTTERFLIES
Geographical Table (co
Amurland.
(Coast-region
only.)
*
*
*
(North-east only.)
bremeri...... wee *
felderi ...... iaichielat *
stubbendorffi ...... *
| glacialis............ meshieais
| » PIERIDs#,
|
| Aporia crateegi.........{ *
| hippia .........6.. *
| Pieris brassiesx, var.
| CYUCIVONA ....60...! %
melete ...... seuceat *
napi ...... Deastsnce *
daplidice ...... aa *
Bliciria’ .<.5.<0.. vee SSR
| Anthocharis scolymus. chnbonace
bambusarum ...... | Be OCC :
cardamines ...... *
| Leucophasia sinapis...| %
var. amurenslis.| *
| Rhodocera rhamni ... *
var. aspasia ...| *
Colias paleno ......... *
yale sccsserss sete *
melinos .. *
BULOLA etetsnaee ae x
\2Colias erate ...... Susser #?
eeeeseeeeeee
China.
[Noy. 15,
ntinued).
Japan. | General.
Scot India &e.
* India, 8. China, &c.
* do,
* do.
| * | India &e.
x? _ do.
Bande do.
*?
Peete Siberia.
Neve | Alaska.
* Europe; N. Asia.
oe |
| *
* | Palearctic & Nearctic.|
ane. Palxarctic.
ete. India, 8. China.
>
sada Palxarctic,
* do.
*
* Palzarctic.
*
* Arctic regions
generally.
* Palearctic.
*?
* | Indian region, &e.
* | India, &e.
*
: |
*
1881.]
Species.
Lycxnip2z. .
Miletus hamada ......,
Lampides?, sp. .........
Lycexna?, sp. nova ...
Curetis acuta .........
truncata............
Amblypodia japonica .|
turbata
Niphanda fusca ......
| Dipsas lutea ............
| ORGS sa. ocesveeness
raphaelis
michaelis .,.......
| Thecla smaragdina ...
japonica .........
orientalis .........
saphirina .........
cerulea ..........0.
avidiena............
micans
arata
eet e we eeeee
eee eeeenes
w-album ?
grandis
spini ?
Seer enree
prunoides .........
phyllodendri......
rubi
Satsuma? fridvalskyi .
Polyommatus phleas.
virgaures .........
amphidamas...... |
hippothoé ...... co
Lycena beetica.........
argiades..........4.
fischeri ...:........
AE PIG Ricadadusns css a
lysimon .........++-
cleobis
eee eneeenes
tee eeeeee
NOR stetece sease eas
amanda...... Bisead
eumedon
sepistriata ......) %
J
Geographical Table (continued).
OF AMURLAND, NORTH CHINA, AND JAPAN.
865
*
*
Amurland.
ee eeeeeesnce
|
*
Found only |
in the lit- |
toral pro-
vinces.
seer eeeeeeee
weet e ee eeeee
Proc. Zoou. Seca Tee, Wa LVI.
}
China. | Japan.
|
* *
*
aes *
* | *
* |
eeeeee ) *
Nesass | %
* *
Boos *
oR: *
eeccee *
|
* *
Pesce *
arcite *
*
*
*
* *
wees *
oreicar *
oe ee eee
*
*? *?P
ee *
Siwave *?
sates * (ferrea)
* *
edie | anaeee
A Poee or
* *
* *
aa, bo ly haa aees
* *
x *?
* *
ae *
* enene
|
General.
Sikkim ?
Palearctic region.
Palearctic region.
Palearctic & Nearctic.
Palearctic & Nearctic.
Palzarctic.
do.
do.
Palearctic & Indian
regions.
Palearctic & Nearctic.
Siberia.
India, §. China, &e.
India, 8, Europe,
| Palearctic & Nearctic.
Palzarctic region,
do.
56
[Nov. 15,
866 MR. H. J. ELWES ON THE BUTTERFLIES
Geogr iiiaaia Table keanemyee?:
a ee
Species. ae pegekland. China. Japan.
Lycxnipx (continued). rae
Lycena biton ......... *
argiolus.......++++. * * *
AMIUMTVTNG, siecle soo * | See seas
Semiargus .........! * one meee
cyllarus...,........ | * eecmes Seas
lycormas % Sense *
arionides H * aha | *
BIO ersacac mes 2 ia] * fone Peecier
POY OL aecckercessee * Reeds *
euphemus ......... | * Rowan *
Lemonup.
Thibythea lepita.........| sessesserese eles %
Zemeros flegyas ...... ailiweces * wont
NyMPHALID&.
Charaxes narceus..... SLO ORaCO0: *
Dichorragia nesima-
GUUS Bota seeees aaieoc nope aon x
Apatura iris ............ * Sees “een
MBs cssvesasss<sesd * * x
Euripus charonda ... Sigaasnsooge eae *
Japonica............ Spee oe nas ieee *
Adolias ? schrenki .., *
Plestina assimilis:,...23] ~ .iaweresseus awals *
Paraplesia adelma ... satecest * ae
Athyma sulpitia ......) Sedhaser< che x
PLEYEL kes acesesec| esoeeciyexes *
Limenitis nycteis...... *
OPW eiecxsemtecs. x
BYGYI s...ssceccines- eRe e Neils © Dende x?
var. latifasciata *
amphyssa ......... % webs *?
helmanni ......... * eset *?
? var. homeyeri. *
Ribilllas) -ectssdece.« x apees *
sinensium ......... Sears sats *
Neptis? raddei......... *
Neptis thisbe............ *
philyra: a.bitsst: *
var. ? speyeri... *
philyroides ...... *
BOOTIS s'dovsnemvtecth. * * *
lucilla ....... Soe * casas *
PLY CTL Ggaseasnseree * % *
BANGAICA.........08. Se nsaetieses *
eurynome ...,..... epess cai * |
alWina, jawesctvs cape ppieeuniewess *
excellens? ......... pieeeeene Brees *
| Tunonia lemonias...... TOR oneeN #? *P
Palearctic region.
Palwarcti¢ region.
|
Indian region.
General.
Palearctic region.
do.
do.
do.
Himalaya.
Indian region.
Himalaya.
Palearctic region.
do.
India.
Genus
China.
peculiar to
Siberia.
Siberia,
Palearctic region.
Palearctic & Indian
regions,
Palearctic region.
1881.]
Geographical Table (continued).
Species.
NympPuauipz (con-
tinued).
Junonia almana ......
asteria ......... ais
orithya ............
Vanessa levana.........
burejana........./
PERU BUD 05 00000s 00s .
e-album_.........
WERIGD isis sone |
Oa teaancray |
antiopa ............
CATO ccesacc nes el
|
charonia .........
Melitza maturna......|
Aurelia ..........0.
plotina ............
Argynnis ? maculata. .
Argynnis niphe....... rs
childreni .:.......
selenis ...... reece
ROIONE son wasess ces
| OSCALUS .....60000.
angarensis.........!
DANAID&.
Danais tytia...........
chrysippus
Amurland.
Heat eee eeeee
Bente eeneeee
KK OK OK OK KOK OK KOK
sean eeeeeeee
China.
seeees
seeeee
seeeee
se leee
teens
Japan.
peeeee
OF AMURLAND, NORTH CHINA, AND JAPAN. 867
General.
Indian region.
do
do.
Palearctic region.
Palearctic & Nearetic.
do.
N. Asia, E. Europe.
| Palearctic region.
Palearetic & Nearctic.
General.
Palearctic region.
do.
do,
do.
Palearctic region.
do.
do.
Genus peculiar to N,
China.
India.
do.
Palzarctic region.
Ayrctic regions.
Europe & Asia.
Palearctic region,
do.
do.
do.
Palearctic region.
Asia & E. Europe.
Himalayas.
General.
56*
Neope gaschkevitschii.
|
868 MR. H. J. ELWES ON THE BUTTERFLIES
Geographical Table (continued). .
T ] |
Species. Amurland. China. Japan.
|
Morruip#.
Thaumantis howqua.,, — ssesseeeseee *
| Saryripz,
| Melanargia halimede .| %
yar. meridionalis.| despesbanenc *
Debis europa............ [Rae genre poeee * abs
AViGlaritIN UCU <--,.0rc] | | consusonanns *? *
| Mycalesis gotama....... ssessss.e0-- * *
WELCICCAS ee -cseebal Ms Gn cniesase ee # *
Ypthima baldus ...... * * %
motschulskyi...... * * *
PISO cl onncte ss ssce Ht = Aetna sss * *
megalomma ...... | teeeeeeee a *
| Paleonympha opalina.) siaseeusie nee * sesees
| Erebia medusa......... x ayrees rseegs
parmenio ......... #
| sedakovii ........- % seotes *
eyclopius .........) *
LRISGIN «se eceee iano *
discoidalis......... * oecses taeeee
(North coast only.)
| saxicola .........+6- paresteteees *
IND Ssaannnresaonoe *
Uda meserecorsscss=| *
ajanensis .........| x
(Coast-region.)
GUT Epa eerie | * te Bates
(North coast.)
Gneissculda .........! *
OUR ewesarclecseni ss Se tr Cg ead Dear ae ries ed eer
RU teieeces ne couneas| *
MHONPOMCAeacecdres|| - seontuceeeder *
Satyrus dryas ......... Wee be es che ee *
Pararge achine......... * ew *
deidamia ......... x * *
Pararge ? maackii...... Se fs ae eons *
Epinephele hyperan-
CHUN Se. se see trees * siapae *?
Lasiommata ae
bremeri ...... sacecteisy |e AaoaGsencoac *
BYTCIS........000- Sat Wi encecnocbeeeas *
JHNANIB sacoseeeseeel| 1b fosaepeerenes *
satyrina............ manaete 33553 *
epimenides ...,.. * Sasass *
yar. epaminon-
dase Senet *
BICELIS. et ee cee teen eee % *
schrenkii . Mae all hi casas *
diana...... cowpeas =peanenos Pees *
whitelyi..........:. SAGE ial ee eee | *
efaee ss x? *
|
1
[Nov. 15,
General.
— —
Indian region,
do.
Himalayas.
Genus peculiar to
China.
Palearctic region.
Arctic America.
Arctic regions, Old
World.
Arctic regions, Old
World.
Palearctic region,
do.*
Palearctic region.
1881.].
Species.
SaryripH (continued).
Neope ? calipteris.....,
Neope? muirheadi ...
Triphysa neryosa......
var. ? albovenosa.
Ccenonympha cedipus..
amaryllis .........
HERO Maceehs concn vac
iphis ........
a eeeeee
HEsPERIDE.
Casyapa thrax .........
Tagiades nymphalis...
Ismene benjamini......
septentrionalis ...
aquilina,.:.........
Hesperia? alexis ......
Plesioneura _—curvi-
BAB CLM sacs redex sosee=
bifasciata .........
Plesioneura ? phodicus
Pterygospidea macu-
losa
SINICA. .2...000i00s
Daimio tethys .........
Antigonus vasava .....
Pamphila mencia......
sinensis? .........
mathias............
OCEIB cicsencseoeeeoes
lamprospilus......
WAELG oe teneceecowes
guttata ...........-
fortunei? .........
pellucida .........
jansonis? .........
Pamphila ? confucius .
Hesperia sylvanus ...
COMMA ...eeeseeees
sylvatica .........
Seen e eee eeereetens
leonina? .........
ochracea ........-
vikuchina? ......
lineola ..........2+
Hesperia? flava ......
Hesperia? maro ......
Carterocephalus palz-|
MMOD Weeiscceedecrcesss
SYlVIUS .......0008
argyrostigma......
Cyclopides morpheus.
Ornatus ........+.--
unicolor.......0006-
|
}
1
OF AMURLAND, NORTH CHINA, AND JAPAN,
Geographical Table (continued).
Amurland.
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
see eeeeenees
eee enone
enters eats
eee eeee
teeeeone
*
sesee Oeecees
teeeeeeees
Peeeeeeesees
see eeeeeenes
teveeeeee
teeeeeeeees
teeeereeee
eee reeeeeeee
*
*
*
*
*
peeeeecerees
OK OK OK
*
China. | Japan.
|
*
eeceoe *
wanes *
* Sener
* aoccen
*
* %
*
ae i
* |
* |
%
i f
* *
* *
* #2
*
*
* x
*
* *
* *
*
eeeees *
*
* *
eeeees *
oe *
Somes *
Meaet | *
|
* | *
* | *
869
Palearctic region.
do.
do.
do.
Indian region.
Himalayas.
Himalayas.
Palxarctie region.
do,
| Palzearctic region.
do.
do.
| Palsearctic region.
t
870 MR. H. J. ELWES ON THE BUTTERFLIES [Nov. 15,
Geographical Table (continued).
| Species. Amuriland. | China. Japan. General.
HrspErip@ (con- | |
tinued). | |
Pyrgus inachus......... * |
PIPES (ecaine saci satese *
Speyeri ......000.-- | x |
cribellum ......... % eA Oe Aare Sate Palearctic region.
alveus ...... Be I Aer ats Ae Pea do.
serratulee * TRA PR ES PMI Ae: ; do.
malys ... Ho2! * aeeEer “inet do.
orbifer ?...... oe Ne | AE caeecisa
cynarse ?
Syricthus maculatus .. * * *
Mcolothricaona ? veeces|> Lesecateseees *?
Nisomades tages ...... HET Ahem eased” WIS Meee Palearctic region.
montanus ......+.. * | % * |
waneee do.
|
t
PAPILIo MACHAON, Linn. S. N. x. p. 462.
Var. astatica, Mén. Enum. i. p. 70 (1855).
P. asiatica, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1881, vii. p. 133.
Var. urippocrarteEs, Feld. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. xiv. p. 314.
P. hippocrates, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1881, vii. p. 133.
Bureiga (Radde); Ussuri(Maack) ; Askold (Jankowsky) ; Japan
(Maries); Ningpo, Shanghai (Pryer); Pekin (Bremer); Japan
(Maries, Pryer); Hakodadi (Wihitely).
The forms of P. machaon found in-N.E. Asia seem to be
similar to the European ones, though usually larger. In Kam-
tschatka, according to Ménétriés, the variety which he calls asiatica
(also found in Japan, the Himalaya, and China) occurs. It differs
generally in the broader black band and markings, which, however,
vary extremely, and gradually increase until in the var. hippocrates
(which | have only seen from China and Japan) the yellow is half
obliterated by the black markings. After comparing numerous
specimens, I am unable to see where a line can be drawn to separate
these three forms, which, taken singly, are distinct enough.
P, xutuus, Linn. S. N. xii. p. 751.
Var. wuthulus, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 4, t. i. fig. 2.
Bureija (Radde); Ussuri (Maack); Askold (Jankowshky) ;
Shanghai (Pryer); Japan (Pryer, Maries); Pekin (Bremer) ;
Ningpo (Pryer). .
Very variable in size and in the amount of black on the upper-
side, some specimens from Japan having the yellow much filled up
in the same way as in P. machaon, var. hippocrates. The small form
P. xuthulus is now shown to be only a seasonal form of P. cuthus.
The green-tailed Papilios found in China and Japan are very
puzzling, and so variable that it is not easy to say where one species
1881.] OF AMURLAND, NORTH CHINA, AND JAPAN. 871
begins and another ends. Indeed, I think it very probable that they
are all forms of one species from a broad point of view. :
In the Himalayas this is not so; for out of hundreds of specimens
which I have seen, I have found none which could not be easily
distinguished ; and in Sikkim no less than four species—viz. P. paris,
arcturus, ganeesa, and krishna—are all found together.
In the south of China P. paris occurs, but, as far as I know, not
within my present limits.
In Central China we find
Papiito BrANOoR, Cr. Pap. Ex. ii. t. 103. f. C (1779).
I have seen specimens from N. China (? Shanghai, Fortune),
Ningpo? (Pryer), and Mongolia? (Mus. Godman and Salvin). Both
sexes are of a less brilliant green than the Japanese and Amur forms.
The male is distinguished by a black velvety patch on the fore wing.
Further north we have :—
P. maackI, Mén. Schrenk’s Reise, p. 10, t.i.,
which occurs in the Bureija mountains (Radde), on the Ussuri
(Maack), in Askold (Jankowsky), and in Central Japan (Fenton,
Pryer). In Amurland it has a small and very different-looking
seasonal form, P. raddei, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 3, t. i., which has
been, I believe, proved by breeding to be the spring brood.
From Newchwang, in N. China, I find a specimen in Pryer’s coll.
which is rather larger than the average of those from the Amur,
and has the blackish band on the hind wing less distinct.
In Japan it seems to vary little from the Amur type; but there
are three other forms which may be varieties or species, namely :-—
P, peHAanu, Feld. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. xiv. p. 323 (1864).
P. alliacmon, De Orza (ex Boisd.), Lep. Jap. p. 9 (1869).
This is common in Central Japan (Maries, Pryer), and occurs at
Hakodadi(Whitely). What is perhaps a dwarted form, or seasonal
variety of it is
P. BIANOR, var. JAPONICA, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. ix,
p- 50 (1866).
P. japonica, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vii. p. 133,
in which I can see no characters by which it can be certainly known.
A new species lately described, or to be described, is
P. tuTanus, Fenton’,
At first sight easily distinguished by the broad yellowish band on
underside of hind wing. This character, however, is variable, and
in some specimens is almost absent, when the insect nearly resembles
P. maacki. Specimens of P. maacki in Dr. Staudinger’s collection
have this band as strongly marked as in P. tutanus.
The next group of Papilios is that represented in the south and
centre of China by the Indian species
1 Vide antet, p. 855,
872 MR. H. J. ELWES ON THE BUTTERFLIES [Nov. 15,
Parinio PROTENOR, Cr. Pap. Ex. i. t. 49. f. A, B (1779),
which I have seen from Formosa, Hongkong, and is recorded by
Felder from Ningpo. It is quoted, probably by mistake, by Mot-
schulsky from Japan, where it is represented by
P. pemetrivs, Cr. Pap. Ex. iv. t. 385 (1782).
Common in Central Japan (Pryer, Jonas), N. China (Sommer),
and occurring in the Fungwhan hills near Ningpo, whence speci-
mens collected by Pryer are in Godman’s and my own collection,
which agree very well with Japanese specimens. The larva, ac-
cording to De l’Orza, feeds on orange-trees.
P. macrtentvs, Janson, Cist. Ent. ii. p. 158, t. v. fig. 1 (1877).
The male of this resembles generally that of the next species in
colour, but is easily distinguished by the long narrow wings and long
tails. The female is larger, and seems rare. It occurs at Oyama
(Jonas), and elsewhere in Japan.
Forms of this or of the last species, probably not worthy of sepa-
ration, are P. tractipennis, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,
vil. p. 139, from Nikko (Maries), and P. scevola, Oberthiir, Et.
Ent. iv. p. 37 (1879), from China, which is identified with P. maci-
lentus by Mr. Butler.
P. atcinous, Klug, Neue Schmett. t. i. (1836).
P. spathatus, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vii. p, 139.
Japan (Pryer, Jonas) ; Yesso (Maries).
This species has the male black, with brown spots on the hind
wings and tails beneath ; whilst the female is of a pale fawn, or light
brown colour. It is common in Japan; but I cannot see any good
reason for distinguishing from it the species lately described by
Mr. Butler, and I believe that a good series of specimens in this, as
in other cases, would break down the characters on which he relies.
The larva of P. alcinous, according to De l’Orza, feeds on Aristo-
lochia.
Another form which Felder, as I think, rightly says is probably
a local variety of P. alcinous, is
P. mencrus, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. vi. p. 22 (1862).
? P. plutonius, Oberthiir, Et. Ent. ii. p. 16, t. iii. fig. 2 (1876).
Described by Felder from Ningpo. I have specimens from
Shanghai (Pryer), and have seen it from Kiukiang (Maries).
If P. plutonius, Ober., is the same, as I suspect, its range extends
to North China, probably near Pekin (David).
It differs from P. alcinous principally in having the spots pink
instead of fawn, and in other characters which seem variable. The
sexes, however, are much less distinct in colour than in P. alcinous,
the males being paler and the females darker.
P. aRISTOLOCHI&, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 443 (1775).
Specimens from the Ningpo hills (Pryer) are smaller than usual,
1881.] OF AMURLAND, NORTH CHINA, AND JAPAN. 873
Pariiio pamMoN, Linn. Mus. Ulr. p. 189 (1764).
P. pammon, var. borealis, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. vi. p. 22 (1862).
Japan (De TOrza), Yokohama (Pryer); Shanghai (Pryer),
Ningpo (Zelder).
I cannot follow in Shanghai specimens the characters by which
Felder separates the variety dorealis; the female, however, differs
from any I have seen in the absence of the white spots on the hind
wing above, which are replaced by pinkish.
P. neLENvs, Linn. Mus. Ulr. p. 185 (1764).
P. nicconicolens, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vii. p. 139.
The Japanese insect, which seems rare, differs, according to
Butler, in the form of the spots on the hind wing. I have, however,
compared the type of P. nicconicolens (a name which should be re-
jected, as barbarous) with Indian and Chinese specimens, and think
that it can at most be considered as a variety of helenus, some spe-
cimens of which from Hongkong and Darjeeling are very near it.
P. memnon, Linn. Mus. Ulr. p. 193 (1764).
P. thunbergii, Siebold, Hist. Nat. Jap. p. 16 (1824).
P. thunbergii, Sieb., Butler, Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vii.
p- 133.
If this species presented a constant variation in Japan, there
might have been some reason for separating it; but the few
specimens I have seen from Japan are not all alike, and vary as
they do elsewhere. The females seem to be tailless in Japan. I
have not seen it from Central or North China.
P. sarpepon, Linn. Mus. Ulr. p. 202.
P. teredon, Feld. Reise Nov. Lep. i. p. 61 (1865).
Not rare in Central Japan.
The form described by Felder as P. teredon is from Ceylon ; and
I cannot see why the Japanese insect, which appears identical with
Himalayan specimens, should be referred to it, as has been done b
Mr. Butler in his list of the Butterflies of Nikko (Ann. & Mag,
Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vii. p. 133).
P, AGAMEMNON, Linn. Mus. Ulr. p. 202.
Recorded by De l’Orza from Japan ; but I have seen no specimens
from there, though it occurs in Pryer’s collection from Shanghai,
P, rritHontivus, Cram. Pap. Ex. iii. t. 232 (1782),
I have only seen specimens from Foochow (Pryer).
P. aesion, Gray, Cat. Lep. B. M. i. p. 30, t. xii. fig. 6.
North China, ? Shanghai (Fortune) ; Kiukiang (Maries).
The Chinese representative of P. glycirion.
P. tamerlanus, Oberthiir, Et. Ent. ii. p. 13, t. ii. fig. 1 (1876),
from Moupin, which I have seen in Dr. Staudinger’s collection,
seems the same as P, alebion.
874 MR. H. J. ELWES ON THE BUTTERFLIES [Nov. 15,
Papintio MARrEsII, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vii.
p- 23, t. iv. fig. 4.
Described from a single specimen collected by Maries at Kiu-
kiang. Very near the last, but distinguished by the absence of the
submarginal band on fore wings and narrower discal belt of hind
wings. I notice that in a series of P. glycerion these bands are
variable in breadth and distinctness.
SERICINUS TELAMON.
$ Pap. telamon, Don. Ins. China, t. xxvii. fig. 1 (1798) ; Mén.
Cat. Mus. Petr. t. vi. fig. 3.
S. montela, Gray, P. Z.S. 1852, p.71; Cat. Lep. B. M. i. p. 78,
t, xili. figs. 1, 2.
2 S. fortunei, Gray, P.Z.S. 1852, p. 72; Cat. Lep. B. M. i.
p- 79, t. xiii. fig, 5.
2 S. fasciatus, Brem. Grey, Schm. nordl. China, p. 5; Mén.
Cat. Mus. Petr. t. vi. fig. 1.
Q S. eressoni, Reak. Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. iii. p. 499 (1864).
S. retmona, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1852, p. 72; Cat. Lep. B. M.i. p. 78,
t. xiii. fig. 3.
2 S. greyi, Brem. Grey, Schm. nérdl. China, p. 6, t. i. fig. 2.
There is considerable difficulty in deciding as to the species of
this genus, unless one has a series from various parts of China.
The specimens which I have seen vary extremely among themselves,
especially as regards the presence or absence of red spots; and these
can no more be considered as specific characters than in Parnassius.
IT should suppose, however, that there are two distinct forms :—one,
S. ¢elamon, Don. 3, S. fasciatus, Brem. & Grey 2, inhabiting the
neighbourhood of Pekin; and the other, §. ¢elmona, Gray, which
appears to be found in the same part of China. Neither of them,
as far as I know, occurs in Central China.
Lureuporria puzixot, Ersch.
L. puziloi, Oberthiir, Et. Ent. v. p. 12, ¢. v. fig. 2 (1880).
This is one of the most interesting and beautiful additions to our
knowledge of the Palearctic fauna which have been recently made.
It appears to be common in spring on the coast-region of Amurland
at Nikolaiefsk, Vladivostock, and Askold, and is reported to oceur
also in Japan.
The female has a sort of pouch on the abdomen, analogous to that
of the female Parnassius; but, according to M. Oberthiir, this is
probably not developed till after copulation has taken place. ‘The
species is also said to occur in North China.
PARNASSIUS NOMION, Fisch. de Waldh. Ent. ii. p. 242, t. vi.
This species seems to be the eastern representative of P. apollo,
to which indeed it comes very close. In all the specimens I have
seen from the Amur, and, according to Bremer, in the numerous
varieties which he has examined, it may be distinguished from the
Siberian forms of P. apollo by the dark borders of the wings.
1881.] OF AMURLAND, NORTH CHINA, AND JAPAN. 875
PARNASSUS BREMERI, Feld. MSS., Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 6, t.i.
figs. 3, 4.
Found in many parts of the Amur region flying in thick woods, as
I am informed by Dr. Staudinger.
It is variable in the amount of red spots, like other members of
the genus, the common form having no red spots on the fore wing
like Bremer’s fig. 3. His plate is wrongly numbered and does not
agree with the text.
P. renepivus, Eversm. Bull. Mose. 1851, ii. p. 621; Meén.
Schrenk’s Reise, p. 14, t. 1. fig. 3, 2.
Of this very rare species I have seen specimens in Dr. Staudinger’s
collection from the Schilka. It appears to be rather an inhabitant
of Central Siberia than of Amurland.
P. evERSMANNI, Mén. Cat. Mus. Petr. i. p. 73, t. i. fig. 2.
? P. wosnesenskii, Mén. loe. cit. p. 74, t. i. fig. 3.
Of this extremely rare species I have only seen specimens in
Mr. Godman’s, Dr. Staudinger’s, and the Hewitson collection. It
appears to inhabit the north-eastern parts of Asia and N.W. America,
but has not been found by any recent collectors.
P. exacrauis, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. ix. p. 50 (1866).
Discovered by Whitely at Hakodadi, and found also in Central
Japan’. It is nearly allied to P. stubbendorfi, which varies con-
siderably ; but all the Japanese specimens I have seen may be
readily distinguished by the different shade of white, blacker veins,
and deeper-black border on inner margin of hind wings.
I think there seems little doubt that this insect was described
as P. citrinarius by Motschulsky (Bull. Mosc. 1866, i. p. 189), as
his description seems to apply very well; but as this cannot be
proved without seeing the type, I refrain from changing the name,
especially as the priority of date is doubtful.
P. strusBenporrt, Mén. Desc. Ins. Lehm. p. 57, t. vi. fig. 2.
Seems to be common in the Amur region and at Askold.
P. reLpERI, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 6, t. i. fig. 5.
Discovered in the Bureija by Radde, and taken at Raddefskaia on
the Amur by Christoph, whence numerous specimens are in Dr.
Staudinger’s collection. It is allied to the P. mnemosyne group ;
but is readily distinguished by the bright yellow hair on the body,
not shown in Bremer’s plate. The variety with red spots as figured
by him is rare.
AportA H1ppiA, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 7, t. ui. fig. 1 (1864).
Found in the Amur region generally, sometimes flying in the
1 T have since received from Mr. H. Strecker a note on Butterflies from Corea,
among which was a female of P. glacialis.
876 MR. H. J. ELWES ON THE BUTTERFLIES _ [Noy. 13,
same place and at the same time as 4. crategi. It may, however, be
certainly distinguished from that species not only by the shape of
the wings, which are longer, especially behind, but by the yellow
spot at the base of the hind wing below, a character which only
failed in one specimen of a long series which I examined in Dr.
Staudinger’s collection,
Aporta CrATHGI, Linn. Syst. Nat. x. p. 467.
Found in various parts of the Amur region and in Japan, but
not in China as far as I know at present. Agrees perfectly with
European specimens.
Pieris Brassic#, Linn., var. cructvora, Boisd. Sp. Gén. i.
p. 522 (1830).
The form of P. brassice found in Japan, which is not mentioned
by Bremer, differs from the European form in the male having the
spots on fore wing showing on the upper surface more or less dis-
tinctly, and in the colour of the hind wings below, which are paler
and less covered with black specks ; the female is of a more shining
white, the fore wings clouded over the greater part of their surface
with blackish, and the cell and costa of fore wings beneath greenish,
which character is also observable in the male. In fact the Japanese
specimens seem to me more nearly allied to P. rape than to
P. brassice.
I have males from Shanghai and Amurland which agree with
Japanese males. The latter is considered by Dr. Staudinger a form
of P. rape, which is said by Bremer to be found in the Bureija
Mountains. It is, however, rare in Amurland.
The form described by M. Oberthiir as P. rape, var. orientalis,
Ober. Et, Ent. v. p. 13 (1880), from Askold, Japan, and North
China, is probably the same as what I have mentioned above.
P. meLetE, Mén. Cat. Mus. Petr. p. 113, t. x. figs. 1-2 (1855).
The summer form of this is well figured by Ménétriés, and is
easily distinguished; but the spring brood is much nearer to
P. napi.
One male sent me by Dr. Staudinger, from Amurland, is almost
devoid of the heavy markings on the upperside, and, except in tint,
which is less yellow, resembles the male summer form P. castoria
from California. I have from Askold and from Yokohama female
specimens which are intermediate between P. me/ete and P. napi on
the upper surface, and resemble P. dryonie beneath. According to
Boisduval P. melete is found in the Himalaya; and I have specimens
from the Khasia hills and Sikkim quite undistinguishable from Japa-
nese and Askold specimens.
Pieris ajaka, Moore, from the N.W. Himalaya, seems very nearly
allied; and P. davidis, Oberthiir, from Moupin, must be studied in
connexion with this group.
1881.] OF AMURLAND, NORTH CHINA, AND JAPAN. 877
Pieris nari, Linn. Syst. Nat. x. p. 468.
P. aglaope, Motsch. Et. Ent. 1860, p. 28.
P. megamera, But). Cist. Ent. i. p. 173 (1873).
P. napi, var. orientis, Oberthiir, Et. Ent. v. p. 13 (1880).
The difficulty which exists in understanding the forms of P. napi
found in America has not been overcome, though for many years
many good observers were working on the spot. Mr. Edwards’s
admirable monograph in ‘ Papilio’ for June 1881 has made clear
one thing to my mind; and that is, that there can be no greater
mistake than to decide hastily in such intricate questions as these.
The East-Asiatic forms of P. api are puzzling in the extreme; and as
we at present know little or nothing of their distribution, seasons,
and larval states, I can only say that I believe the synonyms quoted
above apply to what I should consider a form of P. napi common in
Japan and Amurland, but not hitherto seen from China. P. aglaope
seems analogous to the European form P. bryonie, considered, as I
think justly, by Mr. Edwards as the parent stock of this species.
P. guicrria, Cram. Pap. Ex. ii. t. 171.
P. claripennis, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, xix. p. 96.
P. sordida, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, xix. p. 96.
I have examined the types of P. claripennis and P. sordida, both
of which are in Pryer’s Chinese collection.
In P. claripennis from Shanghai the spots do not show through the
upperside of fore wing, but I see no characters of note by which to
separate it. P. sordida, from the Snowy Valley near Ningpo, seems
intermediate between P. rape and P. gliciria, having the spots on
outer margin of hind wing partly obsolete, and those on fore wing
smaller than in Shanghai specimens of P. gliciria, which nearly corre-
spond with Himalayan ones, though not quite so heavily marked.
I have not seen P. gliciria from Japan or Amurland.
P. papuipice, Linn. Syst. Nat. x. p. 468.
I have two specimens of this from China, locality uncertain, but
probably Shanghai. Ihave not seen it from Japan, though Del’Orza
includes it in his list. Bremer mentions it as found at Pekin and
on the Amur. He also includes the spring form P. bellidice, Ochs.,
under the name of
Anthocharis belemida, var. orientalis, Br. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 8,
which was found on the Onon by Radde, though not seen by Dr.
Staudinger from Amurland.
ANTHOCHARIs SCOLYMUS, Butl. Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. ix. p. 52
(1866).
A, thunbergii, De VOrza, Lep. Jap. p. 14 (1869).
This distinct species, which seems most nearly allied to the Cali-
fornian A. lanceolata, Bdl., is found in Northern and Central Japan
and at Shanghai, the latter specimens agreeing perfectly with
878 MR. H. J. ELWES ON THE BUTTERFLIES [Nov. 15,
those from Japan. The male has the point of the fore wing marked
with orange.
ANTHOCHARIS BAMBUSARUM, Oberthiir, Et. Ent. ii. p. 20, t. iti.
fig. 4 (1880).
Of this rare species, described from a single specimen taken in
April in the province of Tchekiang by Abbé David, I have seen one in
Pryer’s collection from the Ningpo hills. It seems quite distinct,
though allied to A. cardamines.
A. CARDAMINES, Linn. Syst. Nat. x. p. 468.
According to Bremer this was found by Schrenk at Nikolaiefsk,
and at Bureija by Radde. Oberthiir says that David found it in East
Tibet at 9000 feet elevation. I have seen no specimens from any
part of Asia.
Levucopuasta sinapis, Linn. Syst. Nat. x. p. 468.
Var. amurensis, Mén. Schrenk’s Reise, p. 15, t. i. figs. 4, 5.
L. sinensis, Butl. Cist. Ent. i. p. 173 (1877).
L. vilibia, Jans. Cist. Ent. ii. p. 272 (1878).
According to Bremer there are intermediate forms of Leucophasia
in Amurland which connect the type form with Z. amurensis; and
this is borne out by specimens from Amurland in Mr. Godman’s
collection and by others in my own from Japan. I have specimens
from Amurland and Japan, which, though rather larger, agree in
shape with Z. sinapis ; others from Shanghai (LZ. sinensis, Butl.) and
Tokio have the longer and differently shaped fore wings which distin-
guish LZ. amurensis. The type of L. vilibia, which I have examined,
is not in sufficiently good condition to be sure what it is; but I
have little doubt that all the forms of Leucophasia found in Eastern
Asia may be referred to one species.
RHODOCERA RHAMNI, Linn. Syst. Nat. x. p. 470.
Var. aspasia, Mén. Schrenk’s Reise, p. 17, t. i. fig. 8.
Var. nipalensis, Doubl. Gen. D. Lep. p. 71 (1847); Gray, Lep.
Nep. t. v. fig. 1 (1831).
Var. acuminata, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. vi. p. 23 (1862).
Found in Amurland, Japan, and China under various forms} to
which I am unable, as far as my present knowledge extends, to
allow specific rank.
The European form &. shamni was found in the Bureija Mountains
by Radde, and, according to Bremer, at Pekin.
The form called 2. aspasia occurs in various parts of the Amur
region, and is usually known by its rather smaller size and paler
colour, and, according to Ménétrids, may be certainly distinguished
by the shape and venation of the wings, though I am unable to follow
the distinctions he draws in the specimens beforeme. The Japanese
form is like the one described by Felder as 2. acuminata, which he
says differs in its larger size, brighter colour, more distinct discal
spots, and in having the apex of fore wing more produced. ‘These
1881.] OF AMURLAND, NORTH CHINA, AND JAPAN. 879
characters I can perceive in a Shanghai specimen before me, but do
not consider them of much importance.
Chinese specimens in Dr. Staudinger’s collection are more like
R. aspasia ; and Bremer states that a Chinese specimen he examined
agrees with R. rhamni; so that the differences are evidently not
constant.
The Himalayan form distinguished as 2. nipalensis is known by its
bright colour, and by the wings having the marginal spots more
conspicuous than usual in R. rhamni, which, however, it resembles
more in colour and shape than it does 2. aspasia.
Butler includes both R. nipalensis and R. aspasia as distinct species
in his list of Maries’s Nikko collection (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,
vii. p. 133); so that the result of a comparison of authorities is clearly
to show that not one of these forms is constant in any one locality,
though no one has been able to bring together a sufficient series to
prove this.
Blanchard, in Comptes Rendus de ’Académie des Sciences, vol.
Ixxii. p. 810, mentions, though he does not fully describe, two species
of Rhodocera from Moupin, one of which, 2. amintha, is a third
larger than 2. rhamni; and the other, 2. alvinda, is said to be very
near Jt. aspasia and R. rhamni.
CoxiAs PALENO, Linn. Faun. Suec. p. 272.
? C. pallens, Butl. Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. ix. p. 50.
Found in various parts of the Amur countries, and in the moun-
tains of Central Japan at 7000 feet elevation.
Both sexes agree perfectly with European specimens.
The type of C. pallens, Butl., from Hakodadi, which I have ex-
amined, is a miserably worn faded specimen, of no value for scientific
purposes, and may be either a female of this or a small pale C. hyale.
CoxtAs HYALE, Linn. Syst. Nat. x. p. 469.
? C. poliographus, Motsch. Et. Ent. p. 29 (1860).
C. simoda, De Y Orza, Lep. Jap- p. 16 (1869).
1 C. nereine, Fisch., Motsch. Et. Ent. p. 29.
C. erate, Esp., Murray, Ent. M. Mag. 1876, p. 34.
C. erate ab helictha, Led., Brem. Ost-Sib., Nachtrag, p. 93.
C. subaurata, Butl. Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vii. p. 138.
C. elwesii, Butl. loc. cit. p. 135,
The number of names under which the forms of this type found
in Japan have been mentioned by various authors show the difficulty
in dealing with them.
I have already given my opinion on the question in the Trans.
Ent. Soc. Lond. 1880, p. 144, and further in Ann. & Mag. Nat.
Hist. ser. 5, vol. vii. p.464. I will say no more, except that the form
of C. hyale which is usually known as C. simoda occurs’abundantly in
Japan, at Askold, though apparently not generally in Amurland,
and also at Pekin and Shanghai, the specimens agreeing well with
the ordinary Japanese type.
880 MR. H. J. ELWES ON THE BUTTERELIES _[Nov. 15,
I have never seen C. erate from N.E. Asia, though it is recorded
by Bremer from Possiet Bay and by Murray from Japan. The
yellow form of C. hyale, which is so like the female of C. erate, that
I could not tell them apart, has probably been mistaken for it.
I would here take the opportunity of saying, in answer to Mr.
Butler’s repeated assertion (see Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vii.
p. 137) that C. helictha, Led., cannot be a hybrid, that Iam assured
by Dr. Staudinger that the two species C. edusa and C. erate which
produce it do fly together in abundance at Sarepta on the Volga, and
that Kinderman, Becker, and Christoph have not once, but repeatedly,
taken them in copuld. Mr. Strecker also tells me that hybrids
between Colias philodice and C. eurytheme are not uncommon in both
sexes in the United States, and that they look much like the Russian
hybrid C. helictha. .
P.S. Mr. Strecker writes me that he has true erate from Japan
smaller than the Russian ones, the female darker on upperside of
hind wings, but the male has the unspotted border just like the
Russian examples, In a second letter he writes that ‘“ the Japanese
male C. erate is undoubted ; what I take to be the female, and which
I got along with it, is like the female Russian C. erate suffused with
dark scales on the upperside of hind wing, whilst in C. simoda
(C. hyale, var.) the clear lemon-yellow prevails.”
CoxiAs MELINOS, Evers. Bull. Mosc. 1847, iii. p. 72.
Found on the Schilka and the Amur by Radde, but appears very
rare in collections. It is nearly allied to C. phicomone.
C. aurora, Esp. t. 83. f. 3.
Found at Raddefskaia, Blagovestchensk on the Ussuri, and other
places in Amurland ; but the females seem rare. ‘There are two forms
of this sex, as in other species of this section of the genus—C. chloé,
Evers. Bull. Mosc. 1847, t. iv. figs. 3, 4, being the pale-coloured one ;
the other is extremely bright reddish orange. This species represents
C. edusa in North-eastern Asia; no species of that section is known
to me in Japan or China at present.
TreRIAS LaHTA, Boisd. Sp. Gén.i. p. 674; var. sacErt, Mén.
Cat. Mus. Petr. p. 84, t. ii. fig. 1 (1855).
The variety found in China and Japan differs from the majority
of Indian specimens in having a narrower black border to the fore
wings, which is sharply interrupted near the hind margin in the
way shown in Ménétriés’s figure.
Some Himalayan and Khasia specimens have the band interrupted
in the same way; but the Japanese examples can, as far as I have
seen, be distinguished. Ménétriés, by mistake, says that 7. jaegert
came from Hayti, where, of course, no such insect exists. It seems
common in Japan, and is found at Shanghai.
1881. } OF AMURLAND, NORTH CHINA, AND JAPAN. 881
TeRIAS BETHESBA, Janson, Cist. Ent. ii. p. 272 (1878).
As far as I can judge, this is a good species, intermediate between
T. leta and T. hecabe. The females are easily known, being of a
pale dull lemon-colour, more or less clouded with dusky scales. It
seems very like the figure and description of 7’. venata, Moore.
T. HEecABE, Linn. Mus. Ulr. p. 249 (1764).
T. hecabeoides, Mén. Cat. Mus. Petr. p. 85, t. ii. fig. 2.
? T. sinensis, Luc. Rev. Zool. 1852, p. 429.
T. mariesi, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1880, p. 198, t. vi. figs. 1-7.
This wide-ranging and variable species is common in China and
Japan. Mr. Butler’s paper on the Japanese species of Terias gives
full details of the variations and supposed hybrids between this
species and the next.
I can see no reason for separating J’, mariesi, the difference in the
shade of yellow which Mr. Butler relies on being variable in my spe-
cimens from Yokohama.
T. anemone, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. vi. p. 23 (1862); Butl.
Trans. Ent. Soc. 1880, p. 199, t. vi. figs. 8-11.
Found in Japan, where, according to Mr. Butler, it connects
ZT. hecabe with T. mandarina by almost insensible gradations.
With regard to this species Mr. Butler says (Trans. Ent. Soc. 1880,
p- 200) :—* So far as I have been able to judge, the 7’. hecabe and
T. mandarina of China are constant; the intermediate 7’. anemone
does not come from that country, in which case hybridization caunot
modify the typical forms.”
Mr. Butler appears to have entirely overlooked the fact that the
type of 7. anemone is expressly stated to have come from Ningpo.
It is also quoted in Pryer’s list of Rhopalocera of Chekiang and
Kiangsoo provinces, in Ent. Mo. Mag. 1877, p. 52; and there are
specimens in Pryer’s collection marked ‘Snowy Valley, Ningpo.”
T. MANDARINA, De l’Orza, Lép. Jap. p. 18 (1869); Butl. Trans,
Ent. Soc. 1880, p. 199, t. vi. figs. 13-18.
Common in Japan, and occurs also in Formosa, whence two speci-
mens are in Pryer’s collection. I have, however, seen none from
China, though Mr. Butler says it occurs there.
With regard to the supposed hybrids named and figured by
Butler in the Trans. Ent. Soc. 1880, p. 197 et seg., I would call
attention to the utter want of evidence of the hybrid origin of the
specimens which he names 7’. hybrida (No. 7) and T. connexiva
(No. 12). Judging from the plates, the differences between Nos. 6,
7, 8, and 10 are extremely trifling, and equally so are the differences
between Nos. 12, 13, 14,and 15. Weare informed that the absence
of 6 specimens out of 150, which are presumably represented by
figs. 7 and 12, will leave the three species as sharply defined as any
in the genus, and we are asked to believe without further evidence
that on this account the six specimens are hybrids.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1881, No. LVII. 57
382 MR. H. J. ELWES ON THE BUTTERFLIES [ Nov. 15,
Mivetus HAMADA, Druce, Cist. Ent. i. p. 361 (1875).
A distinct species, unlike any thing I have seen fromChina or Japan,
but nearly allied to a specimen in my collection from Darjiling, which
differs in having an indistinct whitish patch on the fore wing, which
may be sexual. I have seen a specimen from Shanghai collected by
Christoph, which comes very close to, if itis not identical with, those
from Sikkim in Dr. Staudinger’s collection. There is a single
specimen in Pryer’s collection, without indication of locality, which
differs considerably from M. hamada beneath, but agrees with it above.
Lampipes? sp.
An apparently new species, which will no doubt be described by
Mr. Butler, is in the British-Museum collection from Kiukiang
(Maries).
Lyczna? sp. nov.
A very distinct species, from Mr. Fenton’s collection, of which I
have only seen one specimen at Mr. Janson’s. It is of a deep
shining blue, with black border above and pale green beneath.
Curetis acuta, Moore, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, xx. p. 50.
Nearest to Curetis (Anops) bulis, Hew., but differs in both sexes
in the prolongation of the apical angle of fore wing. The specimens
from Shanghai (Pryer) and Japan (Pryer, Jonas), which I have
seen, agree fairly.
The female, which is of a blue-grey colour, seems much rarer than
the male.
C. rruncata, Moore, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, xx. p. 50.
From Shanghai (Holdsworth). I have not seen this species, and
can say nothing as to its specific difference.
AmBLyrop1A jApvonica, Murray, Ent. Mo. Mag. 1875, p. 170.
Allied to A. rama, Koll., from the Himalaya; the fore wings
more produced at the apex, and the hind wings without a tail.
Found at Yokohama, but seemingly not common in Japan. This
species has been referred by Mr. Butler to A. asinarus, Feld. Reise
Nov. ii. p. 235, 1865 ; but as this species comes from Cochin and 3s
not figured, I am doubtful as to the identification.
A. TURBATA, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vii. p. 133.
This species is named but not described by Mr. Butler, though
the specimens in the British Museum appear to be fully distinct
from A. japonica, being larger, differently shaped, and with con-
spicuous tails to the hind wings, which A. japonica never has.
A, turbata is from Nikko. ‘There is a specimen resembling this in
i collection, without indication of locality, but probably from
Ina.
1881.] OF AMURLAND, NORTH CHINA, AND JAPAN. 883
NIPHANDA FUSCA.
Thecla fusca, Brem. & Grey, Schm. nérdl. China, p: 9 (1853).
Thecla fusca, Mén. Cat. Mus. Petr. i. t. iv. (1855).
2 Amblypodia dispar, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 24, t. iil. (1864).
Polyommatus fuscus, Oberthiir, Et. Ent. ii. p. 20, t. iv.
This species is recorded from the Amur and Pekin (Bremer).
I have specimens from Ningpe (Pryer) and Japan (Pryer) which
agree very well with Bremer’s and Oberthiir’s figures. ‘The female
differs considerably from the male. There are specimens in Dr.
Staudinger’s collection from Raddefskaia and Baranfsky. This
species is referred by Butler to Moore’s genus Niphanda, of which
the type is WV. tessellata, Moore, P.Z.S. 1874, p. 572, t. Ixvi.
fig. 6. It does not, however, seem to resemble the figure of this insect
in form or colour.
Diesas sapestriata, Hew. Ill. Diurn. Lep. p. 67, t. xxvi.
(1865).
This species seems common in Japan, and occurs also at Vla-
divostoek, where it was taken by Dorries.
D. tutes, Hew. Ill. Diurn. Lep. p. 67, t. xxvi. (1865).
This species also occurs in the same localities as the last, but does
not seem so common.
D. sonast, Jans. Cist. Ent. ii. p. 157.
Taken at the Yokawa river in Japan by Jonas. A single specimen
from Askold, collected by Dérries, is in Dr. Staudinger’s collection.
D. RaPHAELIs, Oberthiir, Et. Ent. v. p. 20, t. v. fig. 1 (1880).
This species, which is allied to the last, is from Askold, where it
appears to be not common.
D. micwae.is, Oberthiir, Et. Ent. v. p. 19, t. v. fig. 2 (1880).
This species, which is also from Askold, appears to belong to the
same group as the four preceding, though the yellow of the upper
surface is much overlaid with brown.
THECLA SMARAGDINA, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 25, t. ili. fig. 5.
T. taxila, Brem. loc. cit. p. 26, t. iii. fig. 7.
The group of Thecle with green males and brown or purplish
‘females is very well represented in Amurland and Japan, as also in
the Himalayas. ‘There is, however, much difficulty in making out
some of the forms, and it was only after I had consulted Dr, Stau-
dinger that I came to any conclusion on the subject. Bremer
figures 7’. ¢axila twice over, what he considers as the female being I
believe the female of 7’. smaragdina, and what he calls the male being
probably the female of a form of 7. japonica occurring in Amurland.
No male insect of that colour is yet known among the various species
of this group. of Thecla; and if 7. tawvila is a distinct species, we
57*
884 MR. H. J. ELWES ON THE BUTTERFLIES [Nov. 15,
have no male for it or female for 7’. smaragdina, M. Oberthiir having
made a mistake when he said that he had males of 7’. tazila.
The species is common in the littoral region of Amurland, and as
far up the river as Raddefskaia. I think it also occurs in Yesso ;
but the specimens from thence are smaller, and do not perfectly
agree with those from the mainland.
T. smaragdina is easily distinguished in the male sex by the short
bar across the underside of fore wing; but this bar does not seem
to be constantly present in the female, which, however, may be
known by the colour of the underside.
Turcua sapontca, Murray, Ent. Mo. Mag. xi. p. 169 (1874).
? Dipsas taxila, Hew. Ill. Diurn. Lep., Supp. p. 16, t. vi. figs. 16,
17.
Var. a.?.T. fasciata, Jans. Cist. Ent. ii. p. 272, t. v. fig. 4 (1878).
LT. smaragdoides, Staudinger in litt.
T. taxila, Oberthir, Et. Ent. v. p. 18; ? Bremer, t. viii. fig. 2.
Ab 6. aurorina, Oberthiir, loc. cit. (flavo-maculata),
This species is easily distinguished from 7. smaragdina by the
darker colour of the underside. The variation of the female has
given rise to much confusion in the nomenclature of this insect ; but
I believe the synonymy above is correct. The females appear to be
dimorphic, as, until it can be shown that there is a male different
from 7’. japonica which can be assigned with certainty to 7’. fas-
ciatu, I fail to see the propriety of separating that form, which
corresponds very fairly with similar female aberrations in Amurland.
M. Oberthiir has females from Askold which, he says, are a
perfect transition between the types of 7. aurorina and J’. fasciata.
There is also a form, of which Dr. Staudinger has three males and
one female from Vladivostock and Askold, which comes very near
7’. japonica from Amurland, but which is perhaps only a variety or
hybrid between it and 7’, orientalis, both of which occur in the same
localities.
Lastly, we have a form separated by Dr. Staudinger as
T. SAPHIRINA, Stdgr. MSS.,
which differs from any of the others in the colour and markings of
the underside, in which it is nearest to 7’. attilia. Of this only one
male and two females are known, from the coast-region of Amur-
land.
T. orteNTALIS, Murray, Ent. Mo. Mag. ser. 4, x. p. 169 (1875).
? 7. diamantina, Oberthiir, Et. Ent. v. p. 18, t. i. fig. 1 (1880).
This species, which is easily distinguished by its larger size and
paler colour, occurs not uncommonly in both Japan and the coast-
region of Amurland. Specimens from Askold agree perfectly with
Japanese examples.
T. diamantina is considered by Dr. Staudinger a synonym of
this species ; but the figure of it agrees, I think, more closely with
the true 7’. smaragdina, which I have from Amutland.
1881.] OF AMURLAND, NORTH CHINA, AND JAPAN. 885
Taxcxa arata, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 25, t. iii. fig. 6 (1864).
? 1. tyrianthina, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. vii.
p- 34, t. iv. fig. 5.
I have seen specimens of this from the Amur, Japan, Yesso (Mus.
Hew.), Kiukiang, China (Maries). It is also found at Pekin
(Bremer). The Yesso specimen is smaller than the others; but the
one described as 7’. tyrianthina from Kiukiang appears to be nearly
the same as 7’. arata, though the specimens are too much worn to
be relied on.
T. micans, Br. & Grey, p. 9; Mén. Cat. Lep. Mus. Petr. t. iv. fig. 4
? 2. betuloides, Blanch., Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser, 5, Vi
p- 34, t. iv. fig. 2.
Of this species the male only is described by Bremer, from Pekin ;
but a female specimen is in Pryer’s collection from Shanghai which, I
think, must belong to it. What I think is probably the same insect
is also mentioned by Butler as 7’. betuloides, from Kiukiang (Maries).
It is allied to Z. se¢ira, Moore, from the north-west Himalaya.
Three specimens, two males and one female, from Chefoo, in Dr.
Staudinger’s collection differ slightly in being of a yellower ground-
colour below than in my specimen; and the male has the red on disk of
fore wing more distinct than in Bremer’s figure.
T. Aviprena, Hew. Ent. Mo. Mag. 1877, p- 108.
A very distinct species, which I have seen from Shanghai (Pryer)
and Kiukiang (Maries). ‘The disks of both wings above are bluish ;
beneath it is of a reddish brown, with a broad silvery Y-shaped bar
on the hind wings.
T. carutescens, Motsch. Bull. Mose. 1866, i. p. 191.
I am unable to identify this species, which is described as like the
next but without yellow spots.
T. c#ruueEa, Brem. & Grey, p. 8 (1853); Mén. Cat. Lep. Mus.
Petr. t. iv. fig. 4.
I have never seen this species, which has hitherto only been found
at Pekin. It is unknown in any of the collections I have seen.
T, arritia, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 24, t. ii. fig. 3.
Found in the Bureija Mountains by Radde ; also in Japan.
It seems allied to Z. odata, Moore, trom the N.W. Himalaya. It
does net seem to occur generally in the Amur region, as Dr. Stau-
dinger has never seen it in collections from there.
YT. Grannis, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. vi. p. 24 (1862).
T. eretria, Hew. Ill. Diurn. Lep. p. 114, t. 42 (1869).
Felder’s description, which was taken from a single bad specimen
from Foochow, agrees very well with Hewitson’s figure, and with a
specimen in Pryer’s collection from Ningpo. It is a large insect,
resembling 7’. w-alwm in markings, but with the costa of fore wings
more curved,
886 MR. H. J. ELWES ON THE BUTTERFLIES [Nov. 15,
? Tuecia w-aLsum, Knoch, Beitriige, ii. p. 85 (1781).
Found at Pekin (Bremer); a specimen from there is in the British
Museum. Also at Shanghai (Pryer).
Differs from the European insect in having usually a larger blue
spot at the anal apex, and a double line of pale lunular markings on
the fore part of the hind wing below. No specimen in Dr. Stau-
dinger’s collection quite agrees with this, which may be a distinct
species.
T. mera, Jans. Cist. Ent. ii. p. 157 (1877).
This species, found at Matzabaro, Japan, by Mr. Jonas, is allied
to T. pruni of Europe; but the few specimens I have seen differ
sufficiently from that species.
TL’. stygiana, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1881, vii. p. 35, t. iv.,
fig. 6, from Nikko, seems very near it ; but the type specimen is not
fresh enough to be described with accuracy.
T. prunoipEs, Stdgr. MSS.
This was taken at Vladivostock by Christoph ; but though very
near 7’. w-album, the markings of the hind wing beneath are, as Dr.
Staudinger thinks, sufficiently different to separate it from that
species. He has also a specimen from the Altai.
T. pruni, Linn. Syst. Nat. x. p. 482.
Occurs at Vladivostock and on the Lower Ussuri.
T, PHYLLODENDRI, Stdgr. MSS.
A distinct species allied to 7’. pruni, but distinguished by a double
line of black spots on the underside of both wings. It was taken at
Vladivostock by Christoph, and at Baranofsky by Dorries.
?T. sprint, Schiff. 8. V. p. 186.
Recorded by Bremer from Pekin, and by De l’Orza from Japan ;
but I have seen no specimens from Asia, and Dr. Staudinger has
none from any locality east of the Caspian.
T. rust, Linn, Syst. Nat. x. p. 483.
Recorded by Bremer from Onon (Radde), and by De V’Orza
from Japan; but I have seen no specimens from Eastern Asia.
T. ENTHEA, Jans. Cist. Ent. ii. p. 157 (1877).
A very distinct species, easily known by the coloration and spots
of the under surface.
It was described from the Yokawa river, J apan, collected by Jonas,
but is rare in collections. I have seen a specimen in Dr. Stau-
dinger’s collection from Vladivostock (Christoph). which agrees
perfectly with it.
1881. ] OF AMURLAND, NORTH CHINA, AND JAPAN. 887
THECLA FRIVALDSZKYI, Led. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1855,
p- 100, t. i. fig. 1.
? Lycena ferrea, Butl. Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. ix. p. 57 (1866).
Satsuma ferrea, Murray, Ent. Mo. Mag. xi. p. 168 (1874).
I was disposed to consider the Japanese and Amur form of this
species distinct till I saw the series of 7’. frivaldszkyiin Dr. Staudinger’s
collection. He, however, judging from a typical Japanese specimen
I showed him, thinks them identical. As a rule the Japanese in-
sect is deeper in colour on the underside; but a specimen in Hewit-
son’s collection from Yesso, where I believe the type of T. ferrea was
taken, is nearer to the Amur form.
Mr. Murray considers this species to form a distinct genus; and
it is certainly very unlike any other European or Asiatic Thecla,
though apparently very nearly allied to Theela irus, God., and other
North-American species.
PoLYOMMATUS VIRGAURE, Linn. Syst. Nat. x. p. 484.
Found at Pekin (Bremer) and in the Apfelgebirge by Radde, also
on the Upper Amur by Hedemann.
P. AMPHIDAMAS, Esp. t. 58. fig. 4 (1779).
Found at Schilka by Hedemann, and Onon by Radde.
P. nrpporHod, Linn. Faun. Suec. ii. p. 274 (1761).
Found at Pekin and on the Amur at Raddefskaia and the Ussuri
by Christoph.
P. poumas, Linn. Faun. Suec. p. 285.
Var. eleus, Fab. Suppl. Syst. Ent. 430.
P. phleas, var. chinensis, Feld. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xii.
p- 488 (1862).
Found in Amurland, Japan, and China.
Dr. Staudinger says the Amur variety resembles the American
one, having the red line on underside of hind wings more conspicuous
than in European specimens.
I see nothing remarkable in the Chinese insect, of which I have
three from Ningpo; one of these is much larger than European
specimens. All the Japanese and one of the Chinese specimens are
of the dark summer brood (e/eus, Fab.).
Lycana sarica, Linn. Syst. Nat. xii. p. 789.
Found in Japan and at Shanghai, but not known in Amutland,
L. arGIADES, Pall. Reise, xii. p. 472.
L. hellotia, Mén. Cat. Mus. Petr. 124, t. x. (1857).
? L. praxiteles, Feld. Reise Nov. p. 281, t. xxxv.
This species seems to be widely distributed through Northern and
Eastern Asia, China, and Japan. I have compared many specimens
from Amurland, Shanghai, and Japan, and find them so very variable,
both in size, colour, and the spots of the hind wing, that [ am unable
888 MR. H. J. ELWES ON THE BUTTERFLIES — [Nov. 15,
to see how the larger and brighter specimens described as Z. hellotia
and ZL. praxiteles can be separated from LZ. argiades. As a rule
the Oriental and Japanese specimens are larger and more richly
spotted, especially at Tokio, Japan; but some of those from Askold
(Jankowsky) and Shanghai (Pryer) are quite as small as German
specimens of L. polysperchon, Berg. This variety also occurs on
the Ussuri at Raddefskaia and Askold.
~ Lycana FISCHERI, Evers. Bull. Mosc. 1843, p. 537, t. ii.
Found at Vladivostock and Askold, also at Shanghai, but not,
so far as I know, in Japan. Chinese specimens do not agree per-
fectly with Siberian ones. ‘They are smaller, and the blue eyes do
not show through the hind wing of female ; but I do not think they
can be separated. There is in Pryer’s collection a species marked
“ flicaudis, Pryer, type,” of which I can find no published descrip-
tion, and which I think belongs to this species.
L. arora, Mén. Cat. Mus. Petr. 125, t. x. (1857).
? ZL. japonica, Murray, Ent. Mo. Mag. xi. p. 167 (1874).
This species is a very puzzling one, and, without seeing the type
specimens, impossible to decide upon.
I have specimens which agree perfectly with Ménétriés’s descrip-
tion, and others from the same localities agreeing with Murray’s
description of L. japonica, of which he only knew the female. Méné-
triés’s plate, however, represents an insect which might well be a faded
male of ZL. egon; and in his description he compares the species
with LZ. optilete.
From Shanghai are other specimens, referred by Moore to L. ous,
Fab. ; and in various collections I find specimens of the same or a
nearly allied species referred to ZL. maha, Koll., from Kashmir,
L. chandala, Moore, from Shanghai, Hongkong, LZ. diluta, Feld.,
from Swatow. There are also specimens in my own and Hewitson’s
collection from Sikkim, Caleutta, and N.W. Himalaya coming very
close. I am quite unable to say what are the limits and distinctive
characters of these various species, if they are distinct.
L. tystmon, Hiibn. Eur. Schmett. t. 535. f. 5.
Of this wide-ranging species I have specimens from Shanghai, and
one doubtfully from Japan which comes very close to it. There are
specimens referred to this species in Dr. Staudinger’s collection from
Amoy, Foochow, and Macao.
L. cirosts, Brem. Bull. Acad. Petr, iii. p. 472 (1861).
L. egonides, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 28, t. iii. fig. 8 (1864).
From Raddefskaia, Baranofsky, and other parts of the Amur region.
Some specimens of the Japanese L. argus 2 come very near this; but
L. cleobis may be distinguished by its broad white fringe and darker
tint, especially in the male sex.
1881. | OF AMURLAND, NORTH CHINA, AND JAPAN. 889
Lycana Arcus, Linn. Syst. Nat. x. p. 483.
This species occurs at Askold, Vladivostock, and in Japan, where
the specimens are very large and dark, and the females have con-
spicuous ocelli showing through the upperside of the hind wing.
I have also specimens from Pryer’s collection from Shanghai, which
I should be disposed to refer to this species, though they are pro-
bably what Murray has described, in Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874, p. 523,
t. x., as L. chinensis from North China. His figure, however, shows
a more distinct brown band, as in LZ. pylaon, and no blue ocelli, as in
L. argus, which my specimens certainly have. It is probable that
L. chinensis, whatever it is, refers to the species which Bremer calls
L. pylaon in his Pekin list. Dr. Staudinger, however, has never seen
L. pylaon from any part of Eastern Siberia.
L. xeon, Schiff. 8. V. p. 185 (1776).
L. micrargus, Butl. Cist. Ent. 1878, p. 283.
Found in various parts of the Amur region, and less commonly in
Japan. I have a pair, collected by Fenton near Tokio, which I
believe to be the same as Mr. Butler’s L. micrargus, of which I have
seen the type in the British Museum.
L. orton, Pallas, Reise, t.i. p. 471 (1771).
Found in various parts of the Amur region and at Pekin, but not
as yet in Japan.
L. Baton, Berg. Nom. t. 60. 6-8 (1779).
Only seen from Askold and Vladivostock.
L. AsTRARCHE, Berg. Nom. iii. p. 4, t. 49.
I have seen one specimen from Askold in Dr. Staudinger’s col-
lection, and others of the variety al/ous, Hiibn., from various parts of
Amutrland.
L. rcarvs, Rott. Naturf. vi. p. 21 (1775).
A single, very large and well-marked specimen is recorded by
Bremer from the Lower Ussuri ; but I have seen none from Eastern
Asia.
L. ERos, Ochs. i. 2, p. 42 (1808).
Recorded by Bremer from the Bureija Mountains, but I have seen
no Amur specimens.
L. amanpaA, Schn. N. Mag. iv. p. 428 (1792).
A variety of this species from the Amur has the red spots on
margin of hind wing beneath larger and brighter than in European
= It is recorded by Bremer from the Bureija and Lower
ssuri.
890 MR. H. J. ELWES ON THE BUTTERFLIES [Nov. 15,
LyczZNA EUMEDON, Esp. 52, 2 (1780).
Of this species I have only seen a single Amur specimen in Dr.
Staudinger’s collection.
L. stron, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 30, t. iii. fig. 9.
Of this species, found by Maack between the mouth of the Ussuri
and the Amur, I know nothing beyond Bremer’s figure. It seems
allied to ZL. donzelit, Boisd.
L, arcrouvs, Linn. Syst. Nat. x. p. 483.
L. ladonides, De Y Orza, Lép. Jap. p. 20.
Common in the Amur region, Japan, and found by Pryer at
Shanghai.
L. mrnma, Fuessl. Verz. p. 31 (1775) (alsus, Schiff.).
Only found in the Bureija by Radde.
L. semrareus, Rott. Naturf. vi. p. 20 (1775) (acis, Schiff.).
I have one specimen from the Amur; it is recorded from the
Bureija and Lower Ussuri by Bremer.
L. cyLLARuS, Rott. Naturf. vi. p. 20 (1775).
Found in the Bureija and on the Ussuri, whence I have seen one
specimen in Dr. Staudinger’s collection.
L. arronrpes, Stdgr. MSS.
. Of this species, which Dr. Staudinger considers distinct, I have
one specimen from Japan, collected by Fenton, agreeing with those
from the Amur in his collection.
It may be only a form of LZ. arion, and resembles the var. eyanecula,
Evers., on the upper surface, but has not so much green below. It
is best distinguished by the large confluent black spots on under-
side of fore wings.
L. tycormas, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. ix. p. 57 (1866).
L. scylla, Stdgr. MSS.
I have examined the type of L. lycormas from North Japan in the
British Museum, and believe that L. seylla, of which I have speci-
mens from Askold (Jankowsky) and the Amur, are identical with it.
It is allied to Z. cyllarus, but differs in the conspicuous black
spots on the underside of hind wing, and has much less blue on the
underside, and the white fringe more conspicuous.
L. pryeri, Murray, Ent. Month. Mag. x. p. 126 (1873).
A large and distinct species, which seems abundant in Japan, and
of which I have seen specimens from Vladivostock, Raddefskaia,
and the Ussuri in Dr. Staudinger’s collection.
1881.] OF AMURLAND, NORTH CHINA, AND JAPAN. 891
Lyczna Arron, Linn. Syst. Nat. x. p. 483.
Of this I have only seen one specimen, from Raddefskaia; and
Radde took a single very large one in the Bureija Mountains.
L. rvupuemus, Hb. 254-256.
? L. kazamoto, Druce, Cist. Ent. 1875, p. 361.
The type of Z. #azamoto, which I have examined in Godman
and Salvin’s collection, is very dark, the spots hardly showing ; but
T think it is only a variety of LZ. euphemus, which seems extremely
variable in Japan, It is marked as taken at 6000 feet elevation.
Japanese specimens vary much in the expanse of the wings; and most
of them have a black spot at the base of the fore wing below, which
does not appear in European specimens.
This species seems common in certain parts of Central Japan, and
occurs also at Yesso (Whitely) and at Raddefskaia in Amurland.
LisyTHEA, sp.
L. lepita, Moore, Cat. Lep. E.I. C. Mus. p. 240.
The Japanese species of Libythea has been referred by authors to
L. lepita, Moore, from the Himalayas, which is described as differing
from L. myrrha, Godt., in the ferruginous streak from base of fore
wing being divided into two portions—the first within the discoidal
cell, the second a round terminal spot beyond its extremity.
Six specimens from Sikkim and Nepal in my collection all belong
to Z. myrrha; and a specimen from Japan is intermediate between
that and the European L. celtis, to some specimens of which it comes
near in the arrangement of the markings. The band on the hind
wing is narrower than in either Z. myrrha or L. celtis; and the
colour of the underside different.
ZEMEROS FLEGYAS, Cr. Pap. Ex. iii. t. 280.
A single specimen was in Pryer’s Shanghai collection; and it is
included in his list of Chinese Butterflies in Ent. Month. Mag.
1877, p. 52.
CHARAXES NARCEUs, Hew. Ex. Butt. 1. Nymph. t. 1.
Var. mandarinus, Feld. Reise Nov. p. 437.
Found at Shanghai by Pryer.
DicHoRRAGIA NESIMACHUs, Boisd., Cuv. Régne An. Ins. ii.
t. 139 bis (1836).
Not uncommon in Japan, and probably found in China, though
I have seen no specimens from there. It agrees with Sikkim speci-
mens, though the white markings at the apex of the fore wing are
shorter.
Apatura iris, Linn. Syst. Nat. x. p. 476.
Found in the Bureija Mountains by Radde, and at Raddefskaia
and Askold. It is reported to exist in Japan; but I have never
seen specimens from there.
892 MR. H. J, ELWES ON THE BUTTERFLIES [Nov. 15,
The Amur specimens are somewhat larger than European
examples.
Apatura 111A, Schiff. S. V. p. 172.
Var. elytie, Schiff. S. V. p. 321.
A. here, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. vi. p. 27 (1862).
A, substituta, Butl. Cist. Ent. i. p. 159 (1873).
Found in Amurland, at Pekin, Shanghai, and in South and Cen-
tral Japan. The form described as A. here, from Ningpo, is said by
Felder to differ constantly in the termination of the interior band of
the hind wing, less easily seen in the male than the female; but
Dr. Staudinger agrees with me in uniting it with A. elytie. Oberthir
says Askold specimens do not differ from the French type; and the
Japanese form, though varying somewhat, is probably the same as
the Chinese insect. Some specimens come very close in colour to the
var. metis from Sarepta, but have the anal ocellus as large as in A. ilia.
Hestina Assim1uis, Linn. Mus. Ulr. p. 300 (1764).
Found in Central China and in Japan, though I have no speci-
mens from the latter country.
Evurirus cuaronpa, Hew. Ex. Butt. iii. t. 1. fig. 1 (1863).
Not rare in Japan, but extremely difficult to take in good condi-
tion, on account of its strong and high flight.
Perfect specimens of this splendid insect are very rare in collec-
tions.
E. syapontca, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. vi. p. 27 (1862).
Common in Central Japan.
Apo.ias SCHRENKI, Mén. Bull. Acad. Péters. xvii. p. 215 (1859);
Schrenk’s Reise, ii. p. 31, t. iii. fig. 2.
Taken at Raddefskaia, on the Ussuri, and elsewhere in Amurland.
PARAPLESIA ADELMA, Feld. Wien, ent. Mon. vi. p. 20 (1862).
Isodema adelma, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. vii. p- 109; Reise Nov.,
Lep. iii. t. 54. figs. 1, 2.
Of this fine species I have seen two specimens from the Ningpo
hills in Pryer’s collection.
In this genus the discal cell is completely closed by a vein, which,
though not very apparent on the upper surface, is strongly deve-
loped below.
AtTuyMa sutpitti4, Cr. Pap. Ex. iii. t. 214 (1782).
A, sulpitia, var. ningpoana, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. yi. p. 26.
The variety described by Felder from the Ningpo hills is said
to differ from the form found in South China in having the spots
of the cell confluent, forming a stripe, and in other characters. There
is a specimen from the Snowy Valley which is probably this, as it
does not agree well with Cramer’s plate.
1881.] OF AMURLAND, NORTH CHINA, AND JAPAN. 893
ATuyMA pryert, Moore, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, xx. p. 47.
From the Snowy Valley, near Ningpo (Pryer).
This species seems very near the last, but has the second white
band on the hind wings reduced to a line of spots margined with white.
LimENITIS HELMANNI, Lederer, Verh. zool.-bot. Gesellsch. Wien,
1853, p. 356, t. i. fig. 4.
Found at Askold, Blagovetschensk, Onon, the Ussuri, and also,
according to De l’Orza, in Japan, though I have seen no specimens
from there. Specimens from the Altai have the bands and spots
narrower than Amur specimens.
?L. nomeyent, Taneré, Ent. Nach. 1881, p. 120.
Seems to me but a variety of L. he/manni, though some specimens
have a distinct marginal white line on upper surface of hind wings,
which is faint or absent in L. helmanni.
Found at Raddefskaia, Blagovetschensk, and the Ussuri.
L. ampnyssa, Mén. Schrenk’s Reise, p. 21, t. in. fig. 1.
Found in many parts of the Amur region, and, according to De
VOrza, in Japan ; but I have never seen specimens from the latter.
L. sypyr, Led. Verh. zool.-bot. Gesell. Wien, 1853, p. 357, t. i.
fig. 3.
Var. latifasciata, Mén. Schreuk’s Reise, p. 30, t. iii. fig. 1.
De l’Orza says that Japanese specimens (which, however, I have
never seen) hardly differ from Altai specimens. This is probably an
error, as ZL. sydyi has not been found on the Amur, and the variety
L. latifasciata is very distinct in all the specimens I have seen, having
the white bands on both wings nearly twice as broad as in typical
L. sydyi. Indeed, if no intermediate foris occur, I think it might
fairly be separated.
L. vorutt, Linn. Syst. Nat. x. p. 476.
Found at Raddefskaia, on the Ussuri, and in the Bureija Mountains.
The males from Amurland have the white bands as broad as in
females from Europe, and differ remarkably from European males,
which are, in some localities at least, usually of the form known as
L. tremule, Esp. 114.
L. nycrers, Mén. Schrenk’s Reise, p. 28, t. ii. fig. 11.
Athyma cassiope, Mén., loc. cit. p. 27, t. ii. fig. 10.
Found at Raddefskaia and on the Ussuri. A distinct species.
The insect described as Z. cassiope, from a single female taken by
Maack, does not seem to have been discovered by later collectors,
and is thought by Dr. Staudinger to be an aberration of L. nycteis.
L. stpyLuA, Linn. Syst, Nat. x. p. 781.
Common in Japan, where it agrees very well with European
specimens ; but in Amurland Dr. Stauding@r finds that the white
bands are always narrower.
894 MR. H. J. ELWES ON THE BUTTERFLIES [ Nov. 15,
LimENITIS sINENsIuM, Oberthir, Et. Ent. ii. p. 25, t. iv. fig. 8.
A very distinct species, only found by Abbé David in the Chinese
province of Kiangsi.
Neptis ? RAppEI, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 18, t. 1. fig. 9.
This is so unlike any other species of Nepéis that I doubt the
propriety of including it in the genus; the female is very rare, and
agrees with the male in colour.
It is found at Blagovetschensk, Raddefskaia, and at Askold.
N. Tutspe, Mén. Schrenk’s Reise, p. 26, t. ii. fig. 9.
A distinct species, resembling some of the Himalayan species in
coloration. The female, which is very rare, is rather paler in colour.
Bremer says that in a variety from the Ussuri the bands and spots
are almost white.
N. puityra, Mén. Schrenk’s Reise, p. 25, t. ii. f. 8.
Found at Raddefskaia, on the Ussuri, and elsewhere. It is pro-
bable that some of the specimens in collections under this name
belong to the following.
N. puityrorpes, Stdgr. MSS.
From Raddefskaia and the Ussuri. Seems commoner than the
last, from which it is distinguished by two white spots on the costa,
and by the paler colour of the underside. The female, which is rare,
has the same chatacteristics.
N. speyert, Stdgr. MSS.
Of this species, which is intermediate between N. aceris and
N. philyra, Dr. Staudinger has only two specimens from the Ussuri.
N. Luciia, Schiff. 8S. V. p. 173; Fab. Mant. 55.
Var. ludmilla, Herr.-Schaff. vi. p. 6, t..546.
Found in many parts of the Amur region.
I have two varieties from Japan, one of which agrees with the
European JN, lucilla, and one with N. ludmilla. The two forms,
however, seem to run into each other.
N. aceris, Lepechin, Reise, i. p. 203, t. xvii. figs. 5, 6 (1768-70).
Var. intermedia, Pryer.
Found in most localities in Amurland, Japan, and at Ningpo.
I can find no published description of NV. intermedia ; but the type,
which was in Mr. Pryer’s collection from the Snowy Valley, near
Ningpo, appears to be a form of N. aceris. The same form also
occurs in Japan. It differs from European specimens of N. aceris in
being darker underneath and having narrower bands; the Japanese
specimens T have seen are variable in this respect, and appear to
connect the Chinese with the European form; but I doubt the
propriety of separating them. Those from North Japan are closest
to European specimens.
1881.] OF AMURLAND, NORTH CHINA, AND JAPAN. 895
Neptis pryert, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1871, p. 561; Lep. Ex.
t. 63; Jans. Cist. Ent. ii. p. 155.
Limenitis arboretorum, Oberthiir, Et. Ent. ii. p. 24, t. ui. (1876).
Yound in Japan by Jonas and Maries, at Ningpo by Pryer, Kiangsi
by David, and at Vladivostock by Christoph.
I have no Japanese specimens ; but Mr. Janson says that several
taken at the foot of Oyama by Jonas, agree perfectly with Ober-
thiir’s figure of N. arboretorum.
I may say the same of those from Vladivostock in Dr. Staudinger’s
collection.
N. sanearca, Moore, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, xx. p. 47.
Said to be most nearly allied to N. alompra from Assam ; but the
type specimens from Ningpo in Pryer’s collection seem to me very
near NV. eurynome, Westw., thovgh distinguished by the absence on
both sides of hind wing of the marginal lunules. The intermediate
white band is almost obsolete.
N. euryNoME, Westw. in 2nd edit. Donov. Ins. China, p. 66
(1842).
Papilio leucothoe, Donov. Ins. China, t. 35, fig. 3 (1798), nec
Cram.
From the Ningpo hills (Pryer).
N. atwina, Brem. & Grey, Schm. nordl. China, p. 7, t. i. fig. 4
(1853).
? Limenitis kempferi, De VOrza, Lép. Jap. p. 40 (1869).
?.N. evcellens, Butler, Cist. Ent. ii. p. 282 (1878).
Three specimens from Japan in my collection differ but very
little from Bremer’s tigure of N. alwina, which comes from Pekin,
though the spots on upperside of fore wing are not quite so large or
well formed. ‘Two specimens from Chefoo in Dr. Staudinger’s col-
lection also come very close to N. alwina.
L. kempferi is probably the same ; but the description is obscure.
As regards N. ewcellens, Butler, I find that the type of this insect
in the British Museum isa paper figure stuck on a pin, the ‘ excel-
lent drawing’’ from which the species was described (see Cist.
Ent. ii. p. 282). I believe specimens have since been received cor-
responding with this figure; but it seems to me that the practice
of describing from figures in such a ease as this can only lead to
confusion, and that there can be no excuse for it when the specimens
from which the figures are taken are believed to exist.
The excellence of a drawing for scientific purposes consists in its
likeness to the original, which cannot be known without comparison
‘with the specimen.
JUNONIA LEMONIAS, Linn. Mus. Ulr. p. 277.
Recorded by De l’Orza from Japan.
896 MR. H.J.ELWES ON THE BUTTERFLIES — [Nov. 15,
JUNONIA ALMANA, Linn. Mus. Ulr. p. 272.
In Pryer’s collection, from Shanghai.
J. asTerta, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 769.
In Pryer’s collection from Shanghai.
J. ornrraya, Linn. Mus. Ulr. p. 278.
Recorded from Japan by Murray.
VANESSA LEVANA, Linn. Syst. x. p.480.
Var. prorsa, Linn, Syst. Nat. x. p. 480.
Ab. porima, Ochs. i. 1, p. 134.
Araschnia fallax, Jans. Cist. Ent. ii. p. 271 (1878).
This species occurs in both its spring and summer forms in various
parts of the Amur region, V. evana having been taken in June, and
both forms at Raddefskaia by Christoph. I have also seen what I
believe to be a form of the same species in Dr. Staudinger’s collec-
tion from some part of North China; and, if I am correct in refer-
ring V. fallax to this species, it is also found in Japan. Mr. Janson
says that Mr. Jonas finds VY. durejana and V. fallaw in Japan at the
same season and in different localities, and infers from this that it
cannot be a form of V. durejana, to which he considers it most nearly
allied. In fact it is hardly distinguished from some European spe-
cimens of the form known as V. porima, which is believed to be the
produce of pupz of VY. /evana which from some cause have been
checked in their development; and Dr. Staudinger tells me that
this variety can be bred by exposing the pupze to cold.
V fallax differs from V. porima only in having the transverse band
rather more yellow in colour ; and it may possibly be a single-brooded
Japanese form of V.levana. The Chinese specimens, though much
larger, come nearer to the Japanese than to the Amur form.
Blanchard, in ‘Comptes Rendus Acad. Sciences,’ 1871, p. 810,
mentions Vanessa prorsaas being found by Abbé David in E. Thibet,
and also names Vanessa prorsoides and a variety levanoides, which
he says differ from V’. prorsa and V. levana in being larger.
V. BUREJANA, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 15, t. i. fig. 8.
Araschnia strigosa, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. ix. p. 54
(1866).
This species is found in most parts of the Amur region, and less
commonly in Japan.
I think there is little doubt of the identity of V. strigosa, though
I have seen but few specimens of the Japanese insect.
V. L-ALBUM.
Only seen from the Ussuri and from Japan, where it seems rare.
The Japanese insect seems intermediate between the European and
the American form known as j-alwm; but probably the latter is
not really separable. Mr. Strecker says (in his Catalogue, p. 133)
that the European and American forms cannot be separated.
1881.] OF AMURLAND, NORTH CHINA, AND JAPAN. 897
VANESSA C-ALBUM, Linn. Syst. Nat. x. p. 477.
V. fentoni, Butler, Cist. Ent. ii. p. 281 (1878).
V. hamigera, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, xix. p. 92.
V. c-album, Strecker, Cat. Amer. Lep. p. 130.
I have little doubt that the supposed species described as above
are only varieties of V. c-album; at least it will require much better
evidence than we have to prove the contrary. The Japanese speci-
mens which I have seen are variable in the colour of the underside,
but not more so than European and American specimens. Butler
says that V. fentoni is nearest to V. satyrus. 1 have a series of
specimens from Washington Territory supposed to belong to four or
five distinct species, but which seem to me to be all forms of one,
which, until the confusion which exists in this difficult group is
cleared up, I prefer to call V. c-album. Some of them with greenish
underside agree with a Japanese specimen ; and I have a specimen
of V, c-album from Norway very black below, agreeing with others,
which are called by American coilectors V. satyrus. A specimen
from Zurich agrees with what I had from Mr. Janson as V. fentoni
in all important characters. ‘The species seems not common, but
occurs in Central Japan and Amurland.
V. c-aurrum, Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. xii. p. 778.
V. angelica, Cr. t. 388; Jans. Cist. Ent. ii. p. 271.
I need not go into the much-argued question as to the correct
name of this, but am disposed to think that as Linnzus’s descrip-
tion is applicable, and he distinctly says it is from Asia, we may take
his name in preference to that of V. angelica, Cr.
The species is common in Japan and China, but has not yet
been found in the Amur region.
V. pryert, Janson, Cist. Ent. ii. p. 269 (1878).
This, though allied to the last species, is, I think, clearly distinct.
It is brownish or chocolate below, with the L-shaped mark on the
hind wings large and distinct, whilst /. c-awreum is always of a paler
yellowish colour below.
V. urtica#, Linn. Syst. Nat. x. p. 477.
Occurs uncommonly in Amurland and Japan, if, as I believe, the
variety which Mr. Fenton calls V. dutleri, MSS., is the same. Those
I have seen from Raddefskaia have the hind part of fore wing and
basal two thirds of hind wing much suffused with black.
V. catuiruok, Fab. 8. E. 473 (1775).
Papilio atalanta indica, Herbst, t. 180. fig. 12 (1794).
Occurs in Japan, China, and Amurland.
V. carput, Linn. Syst. Nat. x. p. 475.
Occurs in Amurland and Japan, doubtless also in China,
Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1881, No. LVIII. 58
898 MR. H. J. ELWES ON THE BUTTERFLIES _[Nov. 15,
Vanessa 10, Linn. Syst. Nat. x. p. 472.
Seen from Raddefskaia, Askoid, and Japan.
V. cuarontA, Drury, Ex. Ent. i. t. 15 (1773).
Var. glauconia, Motsch. Et. Ent. ix. p. 28 (1860).
I have not seen this ; nor is it Fh from the Amur ; but it is
common in Japan and China. The form described as V’. glauconia
by Motschulsky has the spot on the fore wing pale or whitish in
colour; but I have Sikkim specimens almost as pale, though, as a
rule, the Japanese can be distinguished from Indian specimens.
V. XANTHOMELAS, Schiff. S. V. p. 175, n. Cat.
Common in Japan, and in all localities where collections have been
made in Amurland.
V. antiopa, Linn. Syst. Nat. x. p. 476.
Occurs in Japan and Amurland, but apparently not common.
Me.ir#A MATURNA, Linn. Syst. Nat. x. p. 480.
M. maturna, var. intermedia, Mén. Schrenk’s Reise, p. 22, t. i.
M. intermedia, Bremer, Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 12.
Found at Khotoum by Maack, and at Schilka by Radde.
I have seen two specimens from the Ussuri in’ Dr. Staudinger’s
collection, which he considers the same as the European M. maturna,
though larger.
M. auriniA, Rott. Naturf. vi. p. 5 (1775).
Found at Blagovestchensk by Hedemann, and at Schilka aa Radde.
It is, however, rare in Amurland.
Var. stprrica, Stdgr. Cat. p. 17 (1871).
This variety, found on the Upper Amur by Hedemann, somewhat
resembles the variety defontainesii of Godart. Judging from the
specimens I have seen, it can hardly be called ‘ pallidissima.”
M. pipyma, Ochs. Schm. Eur. i. 1, 30 (1807).
Var. didymoides, Ev. Bull. Mosc. 1847, iii. p. 67, t. figs. 3, 4.
Ab. 2 latonigena, Kv. loc. cit. p. 66, figs. 1, 2.
I have seen specimens of M. didyma from Raddefskaia and
Baranofsky ; also of the form M. didymoides, which Dr, Staudinger
considers identical with M. latonigena from the Amur. De l’Orza
includes this species in his list of Japanese Lepidoptera; but I have
seen nothing which could be mistaken for it from Japan as yet.
M. picrynna, Esp. t. 48. fig. 2 a, b (1779).
Var. protomedia, Mén. Schrenk’s Reise, p. 23, t. it, figs. 6, 7.
Dr. Staudinger considers M. protomedia to be only the Eastern
form of M. dictynna. It seems common at most places in the
Amur region and variable, some of the specimens being hardly distin-
guishable from the European M. dietynna. .
1881.] OF AMURLAND, NORTH CHINA, AND JAPAN. 899
Meira arcersi, Br. Lep. Ost-Sib, p. 15, t. i. fig. 7.
Of this form, which Dr. Staudinger considers a good species, I
have seen specimens from Raddefskaia (Christoph). It appears to
be more common in Dahuria, where it was discovered by Radde.
M. pua@re, Schiff. 8. V. p. 179.
Var. sibirica, Stdgr. MSS.
Var. etheria, Ev. Lep. Ross. p. 73, t. ix.
MM. scotosia, Butler, Cist. Ent. ii. p. 282 (1878).
The forms of M. phebe found in Amutland are variable, but agree
in being larger and darker than European specimens. It occurs at
Pekin (Bremer) in the forms figured by Ménétriés as M. melanina,
also in North China (Lhrenkéuig), whence I have seen specimens
in Dr. Staudinger’s collection, also in Japan under the name of
M. scotosia, agreeing with Amur specimens very fairly.
Bremer does not distinguish it from M. phebe; but all the
oriental specimens I have seen are large and brightly coloured.
M. trivia, Schiff. S. V. p. 179.
According to Ménétriés and Bremer this species was found on the
Amur by Schrenk, and at Bureija by Radde; but Dr. Staudinger
has seen none from the Amur region.
M. arnatia, Rott. Naturf. vi. p. 5 (1775).
Var. dubia, Stdgr. MSS.
Var. orientalis, Stdgr. MSS.
M. niphona, Butler, Cist. Ent. ii. p. 281 (1878).
The forms of M. athalia found in Eastern Asia are somewhat
different from the European ones; but the Japanese M. niphona
is like those from Askold. The variety M. orientalis from the
Ussuri differs, in the female sex, in having whitish instead of
yellowish spots beneath. The variations, however, in the Melitee,
as in many insects, are hardly to be described in words, and can only
be understood when seen. Even then the genus is an extremely
puzzling one, and requires au immense series of specimens to illus
trate it’.
M. aurettA, Nick. Syn. Lep. Bohm. p. 12 (1850),
Dr. Staudinger has specimens of this from Ussuriand Raddefskaia,
and considers them distinct from the following.
M. PLorina.
M. britomartis, var. plotina, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 14, t. iii. fig. 2
bod ae
Found at Raddefskaia and on the Ussuri, with the last, to which
it comes nearest, though constantly differing in the pattern of the
upper surface. It seems to me, however, to be very close to
M., aurelia.
' Mr. Strecker has received a variety of M, athalia from Corea,
*
900 MR. H. J. ELWES ON THE BUTTERFLIES [Nov. 15,
Meuirx#a macuxata, Br. & Grey, Schmett. nordl. China, p. 7,
t. i. fig. 3 (1853).
Argynnis leopardina, Lucas, Aun. Soc. Ent. France, 1866, p. 221,
t. iil.
This curious insect seems to be the type of a new genus. Lucas
says it forms a transition between Argynnis and Melitea; but I
have not seen specimens good enough to enable me to form an
opinion. It has been found at Pekin only by Bremer and David.
One specimen is in Pryer’s Chinese collection, without indication of
locality. Lucas figures both sexes, and says that the female differs
in having the wings more rounded, the spots lighter, and the colour
less brilliant. It is extremely rare in collections.
ARGYNNIS NIPHE, Linn. Syst. Nat. xii. p. 785.
Seems rare in Japan, but commoner at Shanghai (Pryer).
A. CHILDRENI, Gray, Zool. Mise. p. 33 (1831).
Never seen by me; but Felder says that he received one female,
larger and brighter than Indian specimens, from Ningpo.
A. seLents, Eversm. Bull. Mose. 1837, i. p. 10.
Specimens from Raddefskaia do not quite agree with those from
South Russia in Dr. Staudinger’s collection, It has not been found
in China, though recorded by Motschulsky from Japan.
A. SELENE, Schiff. 8. V. p. 371 (1776).
Specimens from the Amur and Ussuri agree perfectly with Euro-
pean ones, though usually somewhat larger.
A. oscarvus, Eversm. Bull. Mose. 1844, iil. p. 588, t. xiv.
From Raddefskaia and Vladivostock. This appears to be most
nearly allied to 4. ewphrosyne; but differs constantly from it in the
absence of the silver spot on the middle band of the hind wing
beneath. It is very rare at present in collections’.
A. ANGARENSIs, Ersch, Bull. Mose. 1870, i. p. 1.
Of this species I have only seen a single specimen in Dr. Staudinger’s
collection from Raddefskaia. The species, described as Melitea am-
philochus, Mén. Schrenk’s Reise, p. 21, t. ii., has never been seen by
Dr. Staudinger, who thinks it may probably be a variety of the last.
A specimen in Mr. Janson’s collection from Japan is also nearly
allied, but may belong to a new species.
A. rreia, Thunb. Diss. Ent. ii. p. 34, fig. 14 (1791).
Found at Schilka and Raddefskaia. The Amur specimens are
more like the Labrador than the Lapland form.
A. THORE, var. BOREALIS, Stdgr. Cat. i. p. 9 (1861).
From the Ussuri and Raddefskaia. Much paler than European
specimens.
* Mr. Strecker has a species from Corea which is near A. selene and nearer
to 4. myrina, but which is neither A. oscars nor A. selene, The black marks
are all yery large, but with no tendency to confluence.
1881.] OF AMURLAND, NORTH CHINA, AND JAPAN. 901
ARGYNNIS DAPHNE, Schiff. S. V. p. 177 (1776).
A. daphne, Butl. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. ix. 1866 ; Lucas, Aun.
Ent. Soe. France, 1866, p. 220.
A, rabdia, Butl. Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, xix. p. 93.
Found at Pekin (David), Raddefskaia, Hakodadi, and Central
Japan. It differs from the European 4. daphne in being usually
larger, darker, and, according to Mr. Butler, in having the outer
margin of the fore wings concave rather than convex. He says that
the palpi are also longer; but it appears to me that there is no reason
for separating it as a species; and Dr. Staudinger concurs in this
opinion. It appears to vary in the Kast as it does in Europe; and
Mr. Butler himself says that the Hakodadi specimens are closer to
A. daphne than those from Central Japan.
A. no, Esp. t. Ixxvi. fig. 1 a, 5 (1782).
Common in most localities where collections have been made in
Amurland, and varies remarkably in size, some specimens being one
half larger than others. De lOrza quotes it from Japan; but I
have seen nothing resembling it as yet from there.
A. aguata, Linn. S. N. x. p. 481.
2A. fortuna, Jans. Cist. Ent. ii. p. 154 (1877).
Common at Askold, Vladivostock, and Baranofsky, and also found
in Japan if I am right in uniting A. fortuna with it. I was
-disposed to consider this as a distinct species ; but the characters on
which Mr. Janson relies are broken down on comparison with the
fine seriesin Dr. Staudinger’s collection. I have also seen A. aglaia
in the Atkinson collection from Kashmir. The Amur specimens are
larger than the average of European ones; but this does not seem
to be the case in the few Japanese specimens I have seen’.
A. appre, Linn. Syst. Nat. xii. p. 786.
Var. chlorodippe, Herr.-Schiiff. vi. p. 5.
A. pallescens, But]. Cist. Ent. i. p. 164 (1873).
A, vorax, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1871, p. 403; Lep. Ex. t. liv.
Var. nerippe, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. vi. p. 24 (1862).
A. locuples, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vii. p. 134,
Var. cleodoxa, Ochs. iv. p. 118.
This very variable species has been described under a number of
different names, one of which, I think (A. nerippe, Feld.), may be
considered a well-marked variety or species. It occurs commonly
in every part of this region where collections have been made. In
China and Japan the variety 4. nerippe, which is larger and brighter,
most distinctly spotted with chocolate on the hind wings beneath, is
found with it. Specimens from Japan (A. pallescens, Butl.) agree
1 Mr. Strecker has received an A. aglaia from Corea which does not quite agree
with Amur or European specimens. From the same place he has an exact
transition form between A. adippe and A. nerippe, belonging as much to one as
the other; two male specimens look at first like females, from the very broad
round wings,
902 MR. H. J. ELWES ON THE BUTTERFLIES [Nov. 15,
well with those from the Amur. The larger and brighter varieties
agree with those from the Taurus (var. ¢aurica, Stdgr.). The type of
A. vorax from Shanghai which I have examined is undistinguishable
from some Askold specimens ; but other specimens from Askold are
without silver spots beneath, like the European var. cleodoxa. Felder
says that 4. nerippe may be distinguished from A. chlorodippe by
the wings being less dentate and by the marginal markings ; but [
should find it impossible at present to define any of these forms in
such a way as to include all the intermediate ones. The females of
A. nerippe differ more from the males than in the other varieties,
and have a whitish mark on the costa near the apex of the fore wing.
ARGYNNIS ANADYOMENE, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. vi. p. 25 (1862).
A, ella, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 94, t. viii. fig. 1 (1864).
Seems to be common in Amurland and Japan, and occurs at
Ningpo.
A. paputa, Linn. Syst. Nat. x. p. 481.
A, paphioides, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vii. p. 134.
Except that it is generally larger and the females rather darker in
colour, there is no difference between the Japanese form described by
Mr. Butler as A. paphioides and European specimens. It is common
also in Amurland ; but I have seen no specimens from China.
A. saGana, Doubl. Gen. t. xxiv. fig. 1, ¢ (1850).
A. paulina, Nordm. Bull. Mose. 1851, iv. p. 440, t. xii. figs. 1,2, 2.
Found in Amurland, Japan, and China, and does not vary as far
as I have seen. The female, as is now well known, is very different in
colour from the male, and quite unlike any other species of Argynnis.
A. taonicer, Pall. Reise, i. p. 470 (1771).
Var. japonica, Mén. Cat. p. 152, t. x.
Common in Amurland, Japan, and China. Usually larger than
Russian specimens, and, if the form figured by Ménétriés were con-
stant in Japan, easily distinguished from it by the colour of the
underside. It varies, however, too much, I think, in this respect to
be looked upon as more than a local variety.
A. rustANA, Motsch. Bull. Mose. 1866, iii.
A. lysippe, Janson, Cist. Ent. 1877, p. 164.
This species comes very near the last ; but may be distinguished
by the shape of the fore wings, which are longer and less rounded
than in A. laodice. There is also a good structural character shown
me by Dr. Staudinger—namely, that three of the median veins of
the fore wing in the male are dilated as in A. paphia, whilst in
A, laodice only two are similarly developed. It is found at Raddef-
skaia, Askold, and Japan, the specimens agreeing perfectly together.
Danais TyT1A, Gray, Lep. Ins. Nep. p. 9, t. ix. fig. 2.
Found at Askold by Jankowsky, at Shanghai by Pryer, and in
Japan,
1881.] OF AMURLAND, NORTH CHINA, AND JAPAN, 903
Danats curysippus, Linn. Mus. Ulr. p. 263 (1764).
Found in China and Japan, but not, as far as I know, in Amur-
land.
Danais limniace is found at Foochow, and may extend further
north; but I have seen no specimens from Shanghai or Ningpo.
THAUMANTIS HOwaQUA, Westw. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1851, p- 174.
Stichophthalma howqua, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. vi. \p. 27 (1862).
This splendid species is found at Shanghai and Ningpo, and also
in Formosa. It is the only representative of the Morphidze occurring
within my limits, though Clerome eumcus occurs in South China.
Desis rvropa, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 500 (1775).
Occurs at Kiukiang (Maries), and possibly elsewhere. A spe-
cimen in the Hewitson collection from Amoy resembles the variety
nilgherriensis, Guér.
MEeLANITIs LEDA, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 773 (1767).
Found in Nikko, Japan, by Maries, and in Formosa; but I have
seen no specimens from Central or North China.
MeELANARGIA (ARGE) HALIMEDE, Mén. Schrenk’s Reise, p. 37,
t. iii. figs. 6, 7.
Var. meridionalis, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. vi. p. 29 (1862).
The type form of this distinct species is found commonly at
Askold and elsewhere in Amurland. It occurs also at Moupin in
East Tibet, according to Oberthiir, in a paler form. At Shanghai
and Ningpo is found the curious melanism described by Felder as
M. meridionalis, four specimens of which, in Pryer’s collection,
though varying in the intensity of their blackness, are all remarkably
different from the northern form.
Mycatesis corama, Moore, Cat. Lep. E.I.C.i. p. 232 (1857).
Sadarga gotama, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1880, p. 158.
Found in Japan and China, where it seems common at Shanghai.
Specimens from Silhet in the British Museum, marked “ostrea,
Westw.,” agree nearly with this, but are rather larger.
M. verpiccas, Hew. Ex. Butt. iii. Mye. t. iii. fig. 15 (1862).
Gareris perdiccas, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1880, p. 157.
? M. sangaica, Butl. Aun. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, xix. p. 95.
Martanda sangaica, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1880, p. 169.
This species is distinguished from the last by the band on under-
side of wings having a blue-grey instead of a yellowish tinge.
It seems common at Shanghai and in Japan.
Specimens in the British Museum from Nankow Pass, between
China and Mongolia, seem to belong to this species; and I am
doubtful as to separating M. sangaica, the type of which from
Shanghai I have seen. This species, however, is considered distinct,
904 MR. H. J. ELWES ON THE BUTTERFLIES’ [Noy. 15,
and placed in a different genus by Moore in his recent paper on the
genus.
YruTHIMA BALDUS, Fab. Syst. Ent. p. 323 (1793).
? Y. argus, Butl. Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. ix. p. 56 (1866).
I follow Dr. Staudinger in considering the common Amur species
as Y. baldus, Fab., though in such a genus it is difficult to be sure.
I think there is little doubt that the Japanese Y. argus is identical
with the Amur insect, though the underside, as a rule, is paler.
It appears to be common in Japan.
Y. morscuutsky1, Brem. & Grey, Schmett. nérdl. China, p. 8
(1853).
Satyrus motschulskyi, Mén. Cat. Mus. Petr. t. vi. fig. 5.
Distinguished from the last by having one ocellus on the upper-
side of hind wing instead of two or three, and three on the under-
side, of which that at the anal angle is double. It is extremely near
to, if not identical with, Y. nareda, Moore, from the N.W. Himalaya.
Specimens referred to this latter species are in Dr, Staudinger’s
collection from Japan; and a Himalayan specimen referred to
Y. motschulskyi is in the British Museum. It occurs also at Pekin ;
and a very similar, though smaller form, is in Pryer’s collection from
Shanghai.
?Y. ampuiruea, Mén. Schrenk’s Reise, p. 41, t. iii. fig. 10.
Nothing is known of this species except Ménétriés’s figure and
description, based on a single specimen from the Amur. I very
much doubt whether it can be recognized in life.
Y. zop14, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1871, p. 402.
A small species with the underside of the hind wings very pale,
and the ocelli reduced to mere points. It comes very near Y. methora
from India, and is perhaps hardly separable. It is found in the
Snowy Valley, hills of Ningpo, whence I have three specimens col-
lected by Pryer.
YL. evanescens, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vii. p. 134, from
Nikko, Central Japan, seems to be a mere synonym of this—though,
as it is described from a single specimen, it is impossible to say with
certainty. It is described as resembling “‘ Y. Lisandra, Cr., above, _
and Y. zedia beneath ; the ocelli arranged as in Y. stellera.’”
Y. mEGALomMaA, Butl. Cist. Ent. i. p. 236 (1874).
This really does seem to be a good and distinct species, easily
known from any I have seen by its shape and large ocelli.
Discovered by Pryer on the Ningpo hills.
PALEZONYMPHA OPALINA, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1871, p- 404 ;
Lep. Ex. p. 86, t. xxxiii. fig. 3,
This genus appears to be peculiar to Central China. It was dis-
covered by Pryer at the same time and place as the last (see Ent.
Month. Mag. 1877, p. 53).
1881. ] OF AMURLAND, NORTH CHINA, AND JAPAN. 905
Eresia MEpDusA, Schiff. S. V. p. 167; Fab. Mant. 40 (1787).
A single specimen in Dr. Staudinger’s collection is all I have seen
of this species, which was not found by Radde or Schrenk in Amur-
land. This one was collected by Hedemann, probably between
Schilka and Blagovetschensk, and agrees with European examples.
E. parmEnrto, Bob. Nouv. Mém. Mose. ii. p. 306 (1809).
This species somewhat resembles FZ. afra, Esp., beneath, but has
very differently shaped wings. It was found on the Amur by
Maack, and at Schilka by Radde.
E. sepaxovit (Ev.), Bull. Mose. 1847, ii. p. 70, t. i. figs. 5, 6.
E. niphonica, Jans. Cist. Ent. ii. p. 153, t. v. fig. 5 (1877).
I have compared Japanese specimens from Mr. Janson with some
of E. sedakovii in Dr. Staudinger’s collection, and find that they are
the same. It occurs on Mount Assamayama at 7000 feet, and in
Nikko. Radde found it on the Apfelgebirge, and Hedemann at
Habarofka. It is more nearly allied to 2. ethiops, Esp. (Medea),
than to #. stygne, with which Janson compares it.
E. piscorpauis, Kirby, Faun. Bor.-Amer. p. 298, t. iil. figs. 2, 3.
This species, though hardly coming within the limits of my present
work, is recorded by Ménétriés as having been found by Maack at
Oujan, on the Sea of Ochotsk. I have specimens of it from Mr. H.
Strecker, taken at Fort York, British Columbia, and also from Hudson
Bay, through Herr Moschler. ‘They agree very well together, and
appear ost nearly allied to Hrebia glacialis, Esp., though very dif-
ferent on the underside.
E. cyctortus, Ey. Bull. Mose. 1844, iii. p. 590, t. xiv. fig. 3 a, 6.
E. cyclopides (laps. cal.), Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 19.
Found at Raddefskaia, Blagovestchensk, Schilka, and elsewhere in
Amurland. This, with the next three or four species, form a group
of large dark-coloured Lredie¢ peculiar to North-eastern Asia,
E. rristis, Brem. Bull. Acad. 1861, iii.
E. wanga, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 20, t. i. fig. 1.
Bremer changes the name L. ¢ristis, which he had first given to
this insect, as it had previously been applied by Herrich-Schaffer ; but
as his Z. tristis (t. 387-390) is a synonym of ZL. eriphyle, Freyer,
it can be retained for the present species. It seems to be common
on the Amur, and is found in the Bureija Mountains.
E. saxicoxa, Oberthir, Et. Ent. ii. p. 32, t. iv. fig. 1.
Found by Abbé David on the Ourato Mountains, Mongolia.
Seems to be allied to HZ. tristis, but distinct.
E. ero, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 20, t. xi. fig. 2.
Found by Radde on the Apfelgebirge. Allied to 2, disa, but
differs in having the underside spotted with white.
906 MR. H. J. ELWES ON THE BUTTERFLIES [Nov. 15,
Eresia eppA, Mén. Midd. Reise, t. iii. f. 2 (1851).
Found at Schilka by Radde. Of the same group as ¥, ¢ristis,
to which it is allied; but the ocelli differ in colour.
BE. asAnensis, Mén.
E. ligea, var. ajanensis, Mén. Cat. Mus. Petr. 104.
E. eumonia, Mén. Schrenk’s Reise, p. 34, t. iii. fig. 4.
Of this species, which was taken at Hadshi, on the coast of
Mantchuria, in lat. 49°, and at Nikolaiefsk, I have seen no specimens ;
but, from the plate, it is evidently nearly allied to ZH. ligea.
E. emsua, Thunb. Diss. Ent. ii. p. 38, t. viii. fig. 8 (1791).
Does not occur in Amurland, but was found on the Sea of Ochotsk
by Maack.
(nets (= Curonosas) scuLDA (Ey.), Bull. Mose. 1851, 1. p. 612.
Found by Hedemann on the Upper Amur, but not included in
Ménttriés’s or Bremer’s works. A species, or perhaps a variety of
this, is in Dr. Staudinger’s collection, collected by Hedemann.
C. sutra, Hb. t. 914-5.
Found by Maack, according to Bremer, on the south side of the
Amur, but not seen by Dr. Staudinger.
CE. urpA (Ev.).
Hipparchia urda, Ev. Bull. Mose. 1847, ii. p. 69, t. ii. figs. 1-4.
Chionobas nanna, Mén. Schrenk’s Reise, p. 38, t. iil. fig. 5.
Seems not uncommon at Blagovestchensk, Raddefskaia, and else-
where in Amurland.
CE. Moncoxica, Oberthiir, Et. Ent. ii. p. 31, t. iv. fig. 6 (1876).
Found in the mountains of Eastern Mongolia by Abbé David.
Seems very nearly allied to @, ¢arpeva.
Saryrus DRyAs, Scop. Ent. Carn. p. 153 (1763).
S. bipunctatus, Motsch. Et. Ent. ix. p. 29.
Var. sibirica, Stdgr. Cat. p. 29.
Found in the Bureija Mountains, and common on the coast-region
of Amurland; also common in Japan. The Japanese form agrees
very fairly with European examples, though generally larger and
more strongly marked.
The form found at Askold is the var. sidirica, Stdgr., and differs,
as a rule, in having the markings of the underside almost obsolete.
The form described as 8. bipunctatus by Motschulsky I presume
to be merely an aberration of 8S. dryas, with two spots on the hind
wings. I have seen one or two specimens which have them.
PARARGE ACHINE, Scop. Ent. Carn. p. 156 (1763).
P. achinoides, Butl. Cist. Ent. ii. p. 283 (1877).
Found at Baranofsky, Raddefskaia, and Askold, also in Japan,
1881. ] OF AMURLAND, NORTH CHINA, AND JAPAN. 907
The Japanese form P. achinoides, Butl. (though this name should
perhaps be ignored, as having been given to a drawing), is not
materially different from Amur or European specimens, though it
usually has larger ocelli.
PARARGE DEIDAMIA (Ev.), Bull. Mose. 1851, 1. p. 617.
P. ménétriésii, Brem., Mots. Et. 1852, p. 59; Brem. & Grey,
Schmett. nordl. China, p. 8 ; Mén. Cat. Mus. Petr. t. vi. fig. 4.
Found in Amurland at Raddefskaia, also in North and Central
Japan, and at Chefoo by Pryer. A female specimen from Japan
agrees very well with Ménétriés’s figure.
P. maacxit, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 22, t. iii. fig. 2.
Lasiommata marginalis, Motsch. Bull. Mosc. 1866, i. p. 190.
From Ussuri and Baranofsky in Amurland ; found also at Tokio,
Japan, by Fenton.
EPINEPHELE HYPERANTHUS, Linn. Syst. Nat. x. p. 471.
Common in Amurland, where the type is larger, with larger spots
than in Europe. At Askold, however, it agrees very well with the
French type, according to Oberthiir. It is included by Murray in
his list of Japanese insects ; but I do not know on what authority.
LASIOMMATA BREMERI, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. vi. p. 28 (1862).
Described from Ningpo. I have never seen a specimen of this
species.
Lerue syrcis, Hew. Ex. Butt. iv. Ded. t. iii. figs. 13, 14; Ober-
thiir, Et. Ent. vi. t. vii. fig. 3.
This species appears not uncommon in Central China. I have
specimens from Ningpo; and it occurs at Shanghai (Swinhoe) and
at Kouytcheou (Largeteau).
L, uanaris, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, xix. p. 95.
The type of this species, which I have seen, is from the Ningpo
hills, and what I believe is the same species is in the Hewitson
collection from Amoy.
L. saryrina, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1871, p. 402.
The male of this species is in Mr. Godman’s collection from
Chekiang ; and the female is inthe British Museum. It seems to be
a form intermediate between Lethe and M/ycalesis.
L. eprmenipes, Mén. Schrenk’s Reise, p. 39, t. iii. figs. 8, 9.
Neope fentoni, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, xix. p. 91.
Not uncommon in various parts of the Amur region, and also
found in Central Japan. I see no difference of importance between
them.
A variety of this species is distinguished as var. epaminondas,
Stdgr. MSS., from Raddefskaia, Baranofsky, and Blagovestchensk,
It differs in its smaller size and more yellowish tint,
908 MR. H. J. ELWES ON THE BUTTERFLIES [Noy. 15,
Butler says “there can be no question that whereas the male
of L. epimenides figured by Ménétriés is a Perarge, the female is a
Neope near NV. gaschhevitschii, and is nearer to Neope callipteris than
to the male associated with it.” I can only say that the figures in
question are very faithful ones of the two sexes as sent me by Dr.
Staudinger; and if there can be no question that they belong to
different genera, as Mr. Butler thinks, the sooner the two genera are
united the better.
LeruHe sicevis, Hew. Ex. Butt. iil. Ded. t. i.
Found in the Ningpo hills by Pryer and in Japan, though seem-
ingly not common.
L. (PRONOPHILA) SCHRENKI, Mén. Schrenk’s Reise, p. 33, t. iii.
fig. 3.
Of this fine species I have specimens agreeing very well from
Raddefskaia and other parts of Amurland, and from Central Japan.
It was found also in Yesso by Maries. It seems to belong to the
same genus as L. epimenides.
L. pana, Butl. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. ix. p. 55 (1866).
Common in Central Japan.
L. waITeEyt, Butl. Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, xix. p. 403,
ear. a Tae
From various parts of Japan. The markings are similar to the
last; but the whole insect is darker.
?L. consaneuts, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vii. p. 133.
I think that this, of which I have seen the type, is only a variety
of the last. It differs in the brighter zones of the ocelli.
NEOPE GASCHKEVITSCHII, Mén. Cat. Mus. Petr p. 121, t. x. fig. 4
(1855).
Common in Japan, but not found in Amurland to my knowledge.
Felder says it occurs at Ningpo.
A variety or species is described as N. niphonica, Butl. Aun. &
Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vii. p. 133. From Tokio.
I am very doubtful whether this can be considered distinct ; but
if it is, it must bear the name of N. gaschkevitschii instead of the
commoner form generally known as such; for it agrees exactly with
Ménétriés’s excellent figure in the points in which N. niphonica is
said to differ from the common form.
N. cauutrrertis, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser, 4, xix. p. 92.
370 miles from Tokio (Fenton), Nikko (Maries).
This species seems to me more nearly allied to Lethe than to
Neope, and, like the next species, is very similar in form and markings
to some of the Himalayan Satyridee.
1881.] OF AMURLAND, NORTH CHINA, AND JAPAN. 909
Nrore? mvuIRHEADI, Felder, Wien. ent. Mon. vi. p. 28 (Jan.
1862).
? Debis segonaa, Hew. Ex. Butt. iii. Dedis, t. i. (June 1862).
? N. segonacia, Oberthiir, Et. Ent. vii. fig. 4. Kiangsi.
These names all appear to refer to one species, of which three spe-
cimens from Ningpo are in Pryer’s collection,
Tripuysa NERVOSA, Motsch. Bull. Mosc. 1866, p. 189.
I know nothing of this species, and have seen no specimens of
the genus from Japan.
T. ALBovENosA, Ersch, Horze Ent. 1877, p. 336.
I have seen typical specimens in Dr, Staudinger’s collection from
Schilka and Blagovetscheusk. There are also two specimens, col-
lected by Hedemann in Amurland, which are intermediate between
this species and 7’. phryne, of which perhaps 7’. albovenosa is an
extreme development.
Ca@NoNyMPHA c&p1PUus, Fab. Mant. 31 (1787).
C. annulifer, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, xix. p, 91.
This species occurs generally in Amurland and also locally in Japan.
The only difference worth noticing between Japanese and European
specimens is the larger size of the ocelli, which in such a variable
species is a character of very slight importance.
C. amaryLuts, Cram. Pap. Ex. t. 391.
Found generally in Amurland and also at Chefoo by Pryer, and at
Pekin (fide Bremer).
I found no specimens in Dr. Staudinger’s collection quite agreeing
with the figure of C. rinda, Mén. Schrenk’s Reise, p. 42, t. iv.
fig. 1, which is probably taken from a faded specimen. A single
one only was taken on the Amur by Maack.
C. nero, Linn. Faun. Suec. 271.
Found at Raddefskaia and on the Ussuri’.
Var. persEts, Led. Ver. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien. 1853, p. 360.
Of this larger paler form I have specimens from Amurland. It
is found also at Askold.
C. reuis, Schiff. 8. V. p. 321.
Included by Bremer, who says it was found at the Bureija and
Apfelgebirge by Radde; but Dr. Staudinger has never seen speci-
mens from Amurland.
Casyapa THRAX, L. Syst. Nat. ii. p. 794 (1767); Don. Ins.
Ind. t. 49.
One specimen from Foochow (Pryer).
‘ Mr. Strecker has specimens from Corea larger, darker below, and with much
larger ocelli than European specimens.
910 MR. H. J. ELWES ON THE BUTTERFLIES [ Nov. 15,
TAGIADES NYMPHALIs, Speyer, Stett. ent. Zeit. 1879, p. 348.
This fine large species is described from three specimens taken at
Vladivostock. Speyer states that it differs slightly from Chinese speci-
mens. The species resembles Satarupa gopala, Moore, from Sikkim,
in the size, shape, and marking of the fore wings; but the hind wings
are very different.
I have seen it from N. China in Dr. Staudinger’s collection.
IsMENE BENJAMINI, Guér. Deless. Sonn. Inde, ii. p. 79, t. 22.
I. benjamini, var. japonica, Murr. Ent. Mo. Mag. 1875, p. 4.
Specimens from Japan (Pryer) and Ningpo (Pryer) agree with
each other and hardly vary from the Himalayan insect, though the
yellow and black markings on the anal angle below are not usually
so bright or conspicuous.
I. sEPTENTRIONALIS, Feld. Reise, Nov. p. 525, t. 73. fig. 3
(? 1866).
I. striata, Hew. Ex. Butt. v. t. 43. figs. 6, 7 (? 1867).
This species, described from Shanghai (Muirhead) and from China
(Hewitson), I have not seen; but the figures quoted seem :to agree
very well. The species is easily distinguished from I. benjamini by
the absence of the anal markings and the banded body. The colora-
tion of its upper surface (not figured by Felder) is nearer that of the
following.
I. AquizinA, Speyer, Stett. ent. Zeit. 1879, p. 346.
I. jankowshkii, Oberthiir, Et. Ent. v. p. 23, t. i. fig. 2 (1880).
Vladivostock, Askold (Jankowsky); Japan (Mus. Brit. § Hew.).
The species is plain brown in colour, with pale indistinct patch on
the fore wing. It is allied to I. harisa, Moore, from Sikkim, though
quite distinct.
Hesperia? Auexis, Fab., Butler, Fab. Ins. p. 269, t. iii.
A specimen which agrees very fairly with Butler’s plate is in
Pryer’s collection from Shanghai.
The whitish band of hind wing below is very faint, except where
it joins the dark spot at anal apex ; and the insect closely resembles
a specimen from Queensland (MacLean) in Mus. Godman and Salvin,
PLESIONEURA CURVIFASCIA, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. vi. p. 29
(1862).
From Ningpo (Muirhead), Said to be near P. feisthamelii,
Boisd., from the Moluccas.
P. prrascrata, Brem.
Eudamus bifasciatus, Br. & Grey, p. 10 (1858).
Gonoloba bifasciata, Mén. Enum. t. v. fig. 3 (1855).
A species I know only from the plate. It was found near Pekin
(Bremer).
1881.] OF AMURLAND, NORTH CHINA, AND JAPAN. 911
PLESIONEURA PHODICUS, Hew.?
I cannot find any reference to the description of this species,
which was so named in Pryer’s collection.
From China, without any locality indicated ; other specimens are
in Godman and Salvin’s collection, marked Mongolia.
It is nearly allied to Satarupa sambara, Moore, P.Z.S. 1865,
p- 781, which has very similar markings, though larger and other-
wise distinct.
PreRYGOSPIDEA MACULOSA, Feld. Reise Nov. p. 528, t. 73.
no. 7 (1867).
Described from Shanghai. In Hewitson’s collection this species has
been identified with Plesioneura pulomaya, Moore, from Sikkim ; but
Chinese specimens of what I believe is Felder’s species differ con-
siderably from P. pulomaya in the marking of the hind wings beneath.
P. sintca, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. vi. p. 39 (1862).
Ningpo.
? Daimio felderi, Buti. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vii. p. 140.
Japan (Maries).
I do not know whether I am right in uniting these, but the
Japanese insect, which I have seen, appears to agree fairly with
Felder’s description and agrees with an insect from Ningpo in Pryer’s
collection.
Daimio TetHys, Murr.
Pyrgus tethys, Mén. Enum. p. 126, t. x. fig. 8 (
Daimio tethys, Murr. Ent. Mo. Mag. 1875, p. 1
Pyrgus tethys, Oberthiir, Et. Ent. v. p. 24.
Japan (Pryer), Askold (Jankowsky), N. China (David).
Murray creates the genus Daimio for this insect, on account of
the formation of the antenne and palpi.
It is common in Japan; and I have also specimens from Askold
and N. China. It is very variable in size and in the markings of
the hind wings, which in some specimens have an ill-defined trans-
verse white band.
M. Oberthiir says he has varieties from North China and Amur-
land, which 1 should imagine from the description may be inter-
mediate between this species and the last.
ANTIGONUS vaSsAvA, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 786.
Described from Darjiling. A single specimen is in Pryer’s col-
lection from Shanghai; and it is reported to occur in Japan.
PampPHILA MENCTA, Moore, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, xx.
p- 92.
Of this obscure species I have only seen one specimen, from
Shanghai, collected by Pryer. Moore says the wings are much
broader than in P. sinensis, Mabille, and the hind wing not lobed.
Of this P. sinensis I know nothing, and can find no published de-
scription of it.
912 MR. H. J. ELWES ON THE BUTTERFLIES [Nov. 15,
PAMPHILA MATHIAS, Fabr. Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 433 (1798) ;
Butl. Cat. Fabr. t. iii. fig. 6.
It is difficult to understand the group of species of which I take
this as the type. They are numerous and variable, and their syno-
nymy and distribution most puzzling. A number of supposed species
are included in Hewitson’s and other collections under the name of
P. mathias, which, if I have rightly identified it, has a group of
transparent spots on fore wing and on the hind wing a group of
small ones which do not show on the upper surface.
I have seen it from Shanghai (Pryer) and from Japan.
P. LAMPROSPILUS.
Isoteinon lamprospilus, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. vi. p. 38 (1862).
Pamphila vitrea, Murr. Ent. Mo. Mag. 1875, p. 171.
I believe this identification is correct, though I have not seen
Chinese specimens. It is described by Felder from Ningpo, and
seems common in Japan. It is distinguished by a group of large
transparent spots showing through the fore wing, and by nine small
ones showing only on the underside of the hind wing.
? P. ocnra, Hew. Desc. Hesp. p. 31 (1868).
An insect so named in Pryer’s collection from Shanghai does not -
agree with Hewitson’s description.
It is of the size and shape of P. mathias, with eight transparent
spots on the fore wing anda black tuft of hairs on the ceatre of
hind wing, but no spots.
P. oceia is described from the Philippines.
P. varra, Murr. Ent. Mo. Mag. 1875, p, 172.
This species is known by the colour of the underside, which is
ochraceous with darker veins. It seems common in Japan; but I
have seen no specimens from elsewhere.
P. GUTTATA,
Eudamus guttatus, Brem. & Grey, Schmett. nordl. China, p. 10
(1855).
Gonoloba guttata, Mén. Cat. Mus. Petr. t. v. fig. 4 (1857).
Common in Japan. Found also at Shanghai (Pryer) and Pekin
(Bremer).
It belongs to the group of olive-coloured Pamphile having trans-
parent spots on the fore and hind wings.
P. rorTuNEI, Feld. Reise Nov. t. 72. fig. 11.
From Shanghai. I have not seen this; but, judging from the
figure, itis very near P. guttata.
P. pettucipa, Murray, Ent. Mo. Mag. 1875, p. 172.
Very near the last; but distinguished by the spots of the hind
wing being arranged in an alternate line instead of a straight row
1881. ] OF AMURLAND, NORTH CHINA, AND JAPAN. 913
asin P. gutéata. All the specimens I have seen are from Japan,
where it seems common.
PaMpHILA JANSONIS, Butl. Cist. Ent. ii. p. 284 (1878).
Mr. Butler says this insect is widely distinct from the last; but
the type in the British Museum seems very similar to it, though in
some specimens the spots on the hind wings are partly obsolete.
P. conructvus, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. vi. p. 29.
From Ningpo (Muirhead).
I have not seen this species, which is said to be near P. augias,
Linn.
HESPERIA SYLVANWS, Esp. t. xxxvi. fig. 4.
? Pamphila herculea, But). Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. vii.
- 140.
; ? Hesperia subhyalina, Br. & Grey, p.10; Mén. Cat. Mus, Petr.
t. v. no. 7,
? Hesperia venata, Br. & Grey, p. 11; Mén. loc. cit. no. 8.
The forms of H. sylvanus found in China, Japan, and Amurland
are usually larger than the European ones; but in Dr. Staudinger’s
opinion we are not justified by our present knowledge in keeping
them separate. Specimens of H. sylvanus from Astrabad in his
collection agree with Ménétriés’s figure of H. subhyalina aud
with specimens I possess from Japan and China, also with forms of
HI. sylvanus from Baranofsky and Raddefskaia.
H. venata, Brem., as figured, seems to be an aberration of H. syl-
vanus; but may be a distinct species. Dr. Staudinger has a speci-
men quite like the figure but smaller, collected by Hedemann in
Amurland.
I have seen the type of H. herculea, which is, I think, a Japanese
form of H. sylvanus.
H. sytvatica, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 34, t. iii. fig. 10.
Found in various parts of Amurland and at Tokio.
It is a small species allied to H. acteon of Europe, but with paler
disks margined with brown and the underside marked with con-
spicuous dark veins.
Very near it is
H. teonina, Butl. Cist. Ent. ii. p. 286 (1878).
According to Mr. Butier, this is ‘‘ markedly distinct ;” but, except
that it is brighter in colour and less overlaid with brown, I do not
see much to distinguish it.
H. ocuracea, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 33, t. i. fig. 11.
Allied to the last two, but distinct. I have it from Japan,
Askold, and Raddefskaia. Near it is
H. rikucuina, Butl. Cist. Ent. ii. p. 285 (1878).
According to Mr. Butler, “‘a very distinet species; but I can
Proc. Zoot, Soc.—1881, No. LIX. a 59
914 MR. H. J. ELWES ON THE BUTTERFLIES [Nov. 15,
see nothing in his description, or in the specimen which I have of it,
to justify this remark.
Hesperia LINEOLA, Ochsen. i. p. 230.
From Ema (Maack), and Baranofsky (Dérries).
Those seen in Dr. Staudinger’s collection agree with European
examples.
H. comma, Linn. Syst. Nat. x. p. 484.
?Pamphila florinda, Butl. Cist. Ent. ii. p. 285 (1878). From Japan.
As far as I can judge from the type specimen, this is only a
variety of H. comma, larger and with the spots indistinct.
Two specimens from Baranofsky and the Amur appear to resem-
ble the Japanese insect, though I have not been able to compare
them.
H. ruava, Murray, Ent. Mo. Mag. xii. p. 4 (1875).
Nearly allied to a species from Sikkim. I have it from Shanghai
and Japan.
A specimen in Mr. Janson’s collection from Japan, named P. sunias,
Feld., by Moore, is very near this, and only differs slightly in the
markings of the hind wings.
H. mAro, Fab, Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 432.
Cyclopides maro, Butl. Cat. Fabr. t. ii. fig. 12.
Specimens from Shanghai in Pryer’s collection which are named
Pamphila dara, Koll., agree fairly with the figure of what Butler
considers to be P. maro, Fab., from Ceylon. It is allied to P. dara,
Koll., from the Himalayas, to P. camertes, Hew., from Singapore,
and P. mesa, Moore.
There is a single specimen, not fresh enough for identification, of
a species allied to this, in Mr. Pryer’s Shanghai collection. It has
the yellow spots on the wings very much smaller.
CARTEROCEPHALUS PAL&MON, Pally Reise, i. p. 471 (1771).
Found by Radde at Bureija, and on the upper Amur by Hede-
mann.
C. syivius, Knoch, Btr. t. 5. figs. 1, 2 (1781).
Found at Schilka and Bureija by Radde, and at Raddefskaia by
Christoph.
C. arcyrostiema, Evers. Bull. Mose. 1851, ii. p. 624.
Found at Onon by Radde, and on the upper Amur by Hedemann.
CycLopipEs MorPHEUS, Pall. Reise, i. p. 471 (1771).
From Baranofsky and the Ussuri.
C. ornatus, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 33, t. ii. fig. 5.
Seems rare in Amurland, but found by Radde at Bureija, and at
1881.] OF AMURLAND, NORTH CHINA, AND JAPAN. 915
Raddefskaia by Christoph. It is easily distinguished by two silver
longitudinal bands on the underside of the hind wing.
CaRTEROCEPHALUS UNICOLOR, Br. & Grey, Schmett. nérdl.
China, p. 10; Mén. Cat. Mus. Petr. t. v. fig. 6.
This species, found at Pekin, differs from the last in the pale
ochreous colour of the underside of the hind wings, on which the
silver bands are absent. I have seen several specimens from Japan
which appear to me to agree very well with this species, though
there is some indication of the silver stripes. ‘They come nearer to
C. unicolor than to C. ornatus.
Pyreus rnacuvus, Mén. Schrenk’s Reise, p. 46, t. iv. fig. 2.
Rare in Amurland, whence I have only seen two or three spe-
cimens in Dr. Staudinger’s collection. Specimens from Japan col-
lected by Jonas agree with it; but two from Shanghai in Pryer’s
collection differ in the size, shape, and markings. They are not,
however, fresh enough to describe.
P. gigas, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib., Nachtrag, p. 96, t. viii. fig. 3.
Of this species, the largest of all the Palzearctic species, I have
seen specimens from Askold and Vladivostock. Dr. Staudinger
thinks it may possibly be a variety of P. tesselium; but it is much
larger and darker, and seems sufficiently distinct.
P. spryERI, Stdgr. MSS.
This species, found at Baranofsky by Dérries, belongs to the
group of P. alveus. Dr. Staudinger thinks it may be a variety of
it, near P. fritillum, Hb.
P. criBELLUM, Evy. Bull. Mosc. 1841, p. 25.
Specimens in the Hewitson collection from Amurland, and in
Dr. Staudinger’s collection, vary very slightly from the European
form.
P. auvrus, Hb. t. 401-3.
One specimen from Blagovetschensk in Dr. Staudinger’s collection
is considered by him to be the same as P. alveus.
P, serRATULA&, Ramb. Fn. And. t. vili. fig. 9.
Found at Bureija by Radde; and one specimen from Amurland
is in Dr. Staudinger’s collection.
P. maLv, Linn. Syst. Nat, x. p. 485.
Found at Bureija by Radde; and two specimens are in Dr. Stau-
dinger’s collection from Schilka.
P. orpirer, Hb. t. 803-6,
Bremer says it was taken at Bureija by Radde; but Dr. Stau-
dinger has seen no specimens from Amurland,
59*
916 MR. H. J. ELWES ON BUTTERFLIES. [Nov. 15,
Pyreus cynar#, Ramb. Fn. And. t. viii. figs. 4, 5.
Found by Radde on the Onon according to Bremer; but Dr.
Staudinger has never seen Amur specimens.
SyricutHus macuLatus, Br. & Grey, Schmett. nordl. China,
p. 11.
Pyrgus maculatus, Mén. Cat. Mus. Petr. t. y. no. 5.
P. sinicus, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xix. p. 96.
The specimens from Shanghai, described by Mr. Butler as P. sini-
cus, differ somewhat from Amur specimens in having the outer band
of spots on the hind wing indistinct or absent. A Japanese specimen
is intermediate in these respects. I should have been inclined to
look on it as a good local variety or species; but Dr. Staudinger
thinks it only an aberration of S. maculatus. The latter is common
in Amurland.
ScELOTHRIX ZONA, Mab. Bull. Ent. Soc. Fr. 1875, p. cexiv.
Described from specimens collected by David at Pekin, which
seem from the description very near S. maculatus. I have never
seen this insect.
Nisonrapes TAGES, Linn. Syst. Nat. x. p. 485.
Found at Schilka and on the Amur by Radde (fide Bremer), and
mentioned by Bremer from Pekin, but never seen from the Amur
by Dr. Staudinger.
N. montanvus, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 31, t. xi. fig. 4.
N. rusticanus, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. ix. p. 58 (1866).
Specimens of this species from Askold, Japan, and Shanghai agree
very well with each other. The female is distinguished by a pale
band across the fore wing. ;
November 29, 1881.
Dr. A, Ginther, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.
The following extract was read from a letter addressed to the
Secretary by Dr. A. Frenzel, of Freiberg, Saxony :-—
“ Being informed by my friend Dr. Meyer, of Dresden, that he has
mentioned in his communication on Eclectus riedeli that I have
been endeavouring for some time to induce birds of this genus to
breed in my aviary, but without success until recently, I beg to
state that. since the 3lst of October a young Eelectus (or young
Eclecti) have been living in my aviary. I cannot decide whether
there is only one or two, because the breeding-box is fastened in such
a way that I cannot get to it without disturbing the birds.
“The parents are a green Lclectus polychlorus and a red Eclectus
grandis. 'The green one, the father, feeds the red one, the mother ;
and she, again, feeds the young.
1881.] DR. Av B. MEYER ON A NEW ECLECTUS, 917
“T hope to be able to send you soon a detailed account of this
experiment, which is, so far as I am aware, the first successful
one, and which will put Dr. Meyer’s discovery as to the sexual
differences of Eclectus beyond any doubt.”
The following papers were read :—~
1. On a new Species of Eclectus from the Timorlaut Islands.
By A. B, Mryer, M.D., C.M.Z.S., Director Royal Zoo-
logical Museum, Dresden.
[Received October 18, 1881.]
In a collection of birdskins which Mr. Riedel, the well-known
Dutch Resident formerly at Gorontalo and Timor Kupang, and
now at Amboina, has recently sent to the Dresden Museum from
the islands of Sumba, Timor, and the smaller ones to the east as far
as Aru, and on which I hope to be able soon to publish some notes,
I immediately perceived, when unpacking them, the skin of a red
Eclectus which differs from all others known to me.
It may be described thus :—
EcLecrus RIEDELI, sp. nov.
Foem. Capite et collo coccineis ; dorso, uropygio, supracaudali-
bus, tectricibus alarum, remigibus secundariis externe, subalari-
bus minoribus, pectore et abdomine rubro-puniceis ; margine
alarum et pogonio externo remigum primariorum cyaneis ; sub-
caudalibus caudeque apice pulchre flavis; cauda supra rubro-
punicea, subtus flava, busin versus aurorescente; rostro pedibusque
nigris. Long. tot. cirea 360 millim., al. 220, caud. cirea 130,
rostri 30 (culmin. 40), tarsi 20.
Hab. in ins. Timorlaut: Cera.
Although no sex has been assigned to the specimen by the hunter,
I nevertheless, judging from analogy, do not doubt the least that it
is the female of a green Zclectus which still remains to be dis-
covered ; besides, on raising the red feathers, green spots and
greenish tints come into appearance here and there.
Eclectus riedeli resembles E. cornelia, Bp. (P. Z.8. 1849, pl. xi.),
with the exception of the tail and under tail-coverts, which are
rather those of EH. roratus (P. L. S. Mil.) female (2. grandis
auct.), with the difference only that the underparts of the tail are
more yellowish than reddish. Its specific difference from the last-
named bird is obvious at a glance, there being no viclet at all on
the back and belly in HZ. riedeli ; and the same character distinguishes
it from EF, cardinalis (Bodd.) female, as well as from L. pectoralis
(P. L. S. Mill.) female (Z. linnei auct.), from which last species it
stands furthest apart. The red hue of the head differs somewhat from
that in all three species named. I cannot compare this hue with that
of £. cornelia, of which no specimen is within my reach ; and ag to the
918 DR. A, B. MEYER ON A NEW ECLECTUS. [Nov. 29,
hue of a colour the consultation of a plate is not satisfactory. The
red colour of the back agrees rather well with that of H. cardinals.
The bill of Z. riedeli is weaker than those of EZ. pectoralis fem. and
E. roratus fem., even smaller than that of H. cardinalis. EE. riedeli,
therefore, proves to be a well-defined species, in the same sense as
the other species of the genus, viz. an insular variation from one
and the same stock.
Good luck having put into my hands a new species from a locality
‘which has been suspected to be the habitat of E. cornelia, 1 am
obliged to give way concerning my doubts as to the specific value
of the last-named bird (see ‘ Verhandlungen der k.-k. zool.-bot.
Gesellschaft zu Wien, 1874, p. 184), and now suppose that its
habitat will be somewhere in these eastern parts of the Malay Archi-
pelago. Unfortunately, only one specimen of Z. riedeli has been
sent by Mr. Riedel, and no other £clectus at. all from any of the
dozen or more islands from which he forwarded specimens. I do
not suppose that LZ. westermanni, Bp., is the male of Z. riedeli, as
the size of these two birds appears to differ; but this question can
only be decided when actually green specimens arrive from Cera or
its close neighbourhood. After this discovery of a red Eclectus
without blue or violet on the breast, belly, and back, not in captivity,
but directly from the forest, I am rather inclined now to look on
E. westermanni also as a good species (see l. 8. ¢.).
The island of Cera, or Cerra, or Sejrah, belongs to the Tenimber or
Timorlaut group, and is situated on {the west of the larger island of
Timorlaut, only separated from it by a small sea-arm. The small
islands to the west of Timorlaut are celebrated for their tortoise-
shell; and therefore dealers from Amboina and Banda go there every
year ; Cera has about 2500 inhabitants. I mention these data,
which are not generally known to ornitholcgists, in the hope that
Some one, travelling in the far east, may profit by them and make a
trip to Cera from Amboina or Banda.
The species of Eclectus which occurs on the nearest island is Z.
pectoralis, on Kei (about 150 miles distant from Cera, the shortest
distance between the Timorlaut islands and Kei being only about 90
miles), the female of which (Z. linnei auct.) differs most considerably
from E. riedeli. We now know five forms of red Eelecti, which
differ from another much more than do the green males—a very
interesting fact, showing that, if variation occurs at all in conse-
quence of insular isolation, both sexes are not always liable to it in
the same degree. It is to be hoped that we may soon learn
more about EL. westermanni, EF. cornelia, and FE. riedeli, and about
other links of the chain, if such still exist. The more forms known
the more instructive appears the insular variation and the extra-
ordinary sexual diversity of this genus. Thanks to the researches
of Dr. Krukenberg of Heidelberg, we now know that the yellow pig-
ment (zoofulvin) which produces the green colour of the male
Lclecti is chemically the same as that which gives the yellow colour
to the under tail-coverts and the apical parts of the tail of Z. roratus
female (Z. grandis auct.), and that the red colour of the female
1881.] MR, R. B, SHARPE ON SCH@NICOLA AND CATRISCUS. 919
Eclecti is produced by the same pigment (ara-red) as the red
which adorns the breast of the male Zelecti (see Dr. C. Vr. W. Kruken-
berg, ‘Vergl. physiologische Studien,’ ii. p. 161 seq., Heidelberg, 1881;
and A. B. Meyer, ‘ Mitth. d. ornith. Vereins zu Wien,’ p. 83 seq.,
1881)—facts which not only do not contradict the statement that the
green and red Eclecti sexually belong together, but directly support it.
They, besides, give a clue to the occurrence of yellow in the females
and of red in the males: in the first case the male influence comes
into appearance in the female dress, in the second the female influence
in the male dress. Only a partial mixture of colour takes place in
Eclectus, whereas in the majority of birds the mixture of male and
female characters is a more complete one.
But, however this may be, the doubts which some ornithologists
still entertain as to the “theory”’ promulgated by myself in 1874, will
finally vanish only after successful breeding-experiments in captivity.
Our hopes that this may be soon accomplished are founded on the
fact that Dr. Frenzel, of Freiberg in Saxony, has already succeeded
twice so far that two couples of young Eelecti have been developed
in the eggs, ready to emerge, when they died from unknown causes.
These four specimens are now preserved in spirit in the Dresden
Museum. But Dr. Frenzel informs me that now again his pair
(green and red) of /. pectoralis are sitting vigorously on fertilized
eggs. If he succeeds in rearing up the young ones, we shall have
the pleasure of observing the change of plumage from red into green,
or of stating that the sexual difference of colour exists from the
beginning—a question which is, as far as I see, not yet finally settled.
9. A Note on the Genera Schenicola and Catriscus. By R,
Bowptzr Suarrer, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c., Department of
Zoology, British Museum.
[Received October 21, 1880. ]
During the last two years a great deal of interest has been shown
in India with respect to Jerdon’s Schenicola platyura, a little Reed-
bird, which was described by him as Timalia platyura (Madr. Journ.
xiii. p. 170), and was afterwards made the type of the genus Sche-
nicola by Blyth (J. A. S. Beng. xxxili. p.374). The typical speci-
men was lost; and the bird remained unidentified for years, merely
receiving a short notice, in 1863, from Jerdon in his ‘ Birds of
India’ (ii. p. 73). In_1878, however, Mr. Frani Bourdillon met
with the species in Southern Travancore, as recorded by Mr. Hume in
the 7th volume of ‘Stray Feathers’ (p.37). Again, in Capt. Legge’s
‘ Birds of Ceylon,’ reference is made to a specimen which had been
since 1854 lying undetermined in a box in the British Museum ; but
Capt. Legge (somewhat inconsistently, in my opinion) only gave it a
place in his work in a foot-note. There is not the slightest reason for
believing that the specimen in question is not a genuine Ceylonese skin,
1 See Dr, Frenzel’s letter above, p. 916,
920 MR. SHARPE ON SCH@NICOLA AND CaTriscus. [Noy. 29,
as it was purchased by the Museum from Mr. Cuming, who received
it doubtless from one of his correspondents, perhaps Mr. Thwaites or
Mr. Layard. Anyhow, I have no doubt that the bird occurs in Ceylon,
and has escaped observation there, just as it did for so long in India.
Tn the ninth volume of ‘Stray Feathers’ several notices of this
bird are published. At p. 209 Mr. W. Edwin Brooks, who has
made the Warblers of India his especial study, gives a minute ac-
count of the generic features of Schwnicola, based on the Travancore
specimen procured by Mr. Bourdillon (Mus. A. O. Hume); and at
p- 211, Mr. Hume gives an editorial note, with additional informa-
tion from Mr. Bourdillon, recording the capture of three more spe-
cimens. ‘Two of these have since passed into the collection of the
British Museum, and are marked by the collector as “‘ breeding,” a
statement on which Capt. Butler afterwards comments. At p. 234,
Mr. Hume records the capture of a specimen by Captain Butler at
Belgaum, and suggests the possibility of Schenicola being identical
with the African genus Catriscus. Lastly, at p. 260 of the same
volume of ‘Stray Feathers,’ Mr. Hume gives an excellent résumé
of the history of Schenicola platyura as far as known, and Capt.
Butler adds some most interesting notes on the nesting of the species
at Belgaum. In the space of two years, therefore, this interesting
bird has been rescued from the oblivion into which it had fallen, and
we now know a good deal about its habits and general economy.
It is with the object of answering Mr. Hume’s question as to the
possibility of the Indian bird being identical with the African
Catriscus apicalis, that I write these few lines. A perception of
affinities has been one of Mr. Hume’s most noticeable qualities as an
ornithologist ; and his association of Schenicola with Catriscus turns
out to be perfectly correct ; but the Indian species is not exactly the
same as the African one. The following I believe to be the literary
history of the genus, with its two species :—
SCHGNICOLA.
Schenicola, Blyth, J. A. 8. Beng. xiii. p. 374 (1844,
vateicgl 200s (SEL) Re ERe Rae ERR noe A Satine S. platyura,
Catriscus, Cab. Mus. Hein. Th. i. p. 43 (1850) .. S. apicalis.
Type.
Clavis specierum.
a. Saturate rufescenti-brunneus, regione parotica pileo concolori;
hypochondriis saturate rufescenti-brunneis ; subcaudalibus ful-
vescentibus vel rufescenti-brunneis .,....csscsssesesseccescevenscwesaes platyura.
6, Pallide rufescenti-brunneus, regione parotica pallide brunnea ;
hypochondriis fulvescentibus; subcaudalibus nigricantibus pal-
INGO AAEM alts easesese see neneesnasennscersceeeepeancnsaasnence ts censhere apicalis.
1. SCH@NICOLA PLATYURA.
Timalia platyura, Jerdon, Madr. Journ. xiii. p. 170 (1844) ; Gray,
Hand-l. B. i. p. 315, no. 4706.
Schenicola platyura, Blyth, J. A. S. Beng. xiii. p. 874 (1844);
Jerd. B. Ind. il. p. 73 (1863); Hume, Str. F. 1878, vol. vil. p. 37;
id. Str. F. 1879, p. 97; Brooks, Str. F. 1880, p. 209; Hume, t. cit.
1881.] MR, G. A. BOULENGER ON A NEW ANOLIS. 921
p- 211; Legge, B. Ceylon, p. 532, note (1880); Hume, Str. F.
1880, pp. 234, 260; Butler, Cat. B. of South Bombay Pres. p. 43
(1880).
The Indian Broad-tailed Reed-bird inhabits Southern India, and
has been procured by Capt. Butler at Belgaum in 16° N. lat. ; also
by Jerdon in the Goodalore Ghat, Wynaad, 11° 80' N. lat.; again,
in Southern Travancore, in 8°30! N. lat. (Bourdillon) ; and extends
into Ceylon (spec. in Mus. Brit.), the exact locality being unknown,
though Mr. Hume suggests about 7° N, lat.
2. SCH@NICOLA APICALIS.
Sylvia apicalis, Licht. MS. in Mus. Berol., undé
Catriscus apicalis, Cab. Mus. Hein. Th. i. p. 43 (note); Gurney,
Ibis, 1863, p. 323; id. Ibis, 1866, p. 140; Heugl. Ibis, 1869, p. 81;
id. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 273, tab. ix. (1869); Shelley, Ibis, 1875,
p- 71; Sharpe, ed. Layard B. 8. Afr. p. 283 (1876).
Bradypterus brevirostris, Sundev. K. Vet.-Akad. Férh, Stockh.
1850, p. 483.
Cettia apicalis, Licht. Nomencl. Av. Berol. p. 29.
Spheneacus alewine, Heugl. J. f. O. 1863, p. 166.
Drymoica apicalis, Layard, B. S. Afr. p. 96, no. 173 (1867);
Gray, Hand-l. B. i. p. 201, no. 2833 (1869).
Calamodyta brevirostris, Gray, Hand-l. B. i. p, 209, no. 2958
(1869).
In North-eastern Africa the African Broad-tailed Reed-bird was
met with by Heuglin in the vast grass-lands on the affluents of the
Gazelle river. In South Africa it appears to be found only in
Natal.
3. Description of a new Species of Anolis from Yucatan.
By G. A. BouLencrr.
[Received October 28, 1881.]
ANOLIS BECKER], Sp. 0.
Head moderate, much longer than the tibia, its width contained
once and three fourths in its length. Snout convex, rounded, as
broad as long, with rather indistinct canthus rostralis. No facial
ruge. Prefrontal concavity slightly marked. Nostril lateral, sepa-
rated from rostral by a granule and a small scale. Front halt of
snout covered with granular, the remainder with moderate-sized
hexagonal smooth scales. Canthal scales four. Superciliary semi-
circles formed of seven or eight large scales, in contact in the middle,
or separated by only one row of narrow scales. Supraorbital disk
with moderate-sized smooth scales, separated from superciliaries by
two rows of granules. Occipital twice the diameter of ear-opening,
surrounded with small irregular scales, and separated from super-
ciliaries by two rows of scales. Three rows of loreal scales. 8-10
922 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Noy. 29,
supralabials, separated from orbital by a single row of infraorbitals.
10 infralabials. Temporal region covered with minute granules.
Gular fan small (@ ).
Body scarcely compressed, covered with small smooth granular
scales, those on the belly a little larger. Tail cylindric, not much
longer than head and body, covered with elongate, slightly keeled
scales.
Limbs short, extended forwards, the extremity of longest finger
reaches the nostril, and the extremity of longest toe the shoulder.
Tibia two thirds the length of the head. Fingers and toes short,
with well-developed dilatations.
Light grey above (not bleached), with pure white spots and a
dark-brown network ; tail encircled by complete dark-brown annuli.
Beneath white, with a few dark spots.
(tail ssaereds Half-grown.
Length from tip of snout to extremity of tail.. 0°113 0-089
Length of head to ear-opening ............ 0°014 0-011
Length of body from ear-opening to vent .... 0°041 0028
Lenptia of tal Fit. ai aig edn chdnct caps here Oe 0:058 0°050
Leneth of fore limbiw. 2. 222. Gale tcitas ice MOTORS SOG
Length of hind limb.” ..0'70,6 6 tise Jeeta. - 0029 0°0215
Two specimens of this very distinct species have been recently
obtained by the Royal Belgian Museum from M. A. Boucard,
together with other Reptiles and Batrachians from Yucatan. Among
these were several specimens of the highly interesting T'riprion
petasatus, Cope (Proc. Acad. N.S. Phil. 1866, p. 127), a Frog
which does not appear to have reached European collections before.
This Anolis is named in honour of my friend M. Léon Becker,
the distinguished Belgian Arachnologist.
4, On the Mollusca procured during the ‘ Lightning’ and
‘ Poreupine’ Expeditions, 1868-70. (Part IV.'!) By
J. Gwyn Jerrreys, LL.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S.
[Received November 4, 1881.]
(Plates LXX., LXXI.)
CONCHIFERA (concluded).
Family XVI. Macrrip#.
1, AMPHIDESMA CASTANEUM, Montagu.
Donax castanea, Mont. Test. Brit. App. p. 578, t. 17. f. 2.
A, castaneum, B. C. ii. p. 413, pl. vili. f. 1; v. p. 188, pl. xliii.
fae
‘ For Part I. see P. Z.8. 1878, p. 893; for Part II. see P. Z. 8. 1879, p. 553;
for Part IIT. see P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 693.
1881.] ‘LIGHTNING AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 23
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Vigo B., Setubal B., C. Sagres,
26, 30, 36; Med. Algesiras B., 50, Benzert Road, Adventure Bank,
off Rinaldo’s Chair.
Distribution. W. Ireland and 8. England to the Archipelago,
Madeira, Canaries, and Azores; 12-162 fms.
Fossil. Miocene: Vienna Basin, Hungary, S.W. France, Calabria,
Madeira. Upper Tertiaries: S. France, Italy, Rhodes. Post-tertiary :
Calabria.
Erycina pusilla of Philippi.
v 2, AMPHIDESMA CORNEUM, Poli.
Mactra cornea, Poli, Test. utr. Sic. i. p. 73, t. 19. f. 8-11.
A, corneum, B.C. ii. p. 414; v. p. 188.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 26 (valve).
Distribution. Carnac in Brittany (J. G. J.) to Syria, Adriatic,
Black Sea; 0-2 fms.
Fossil. Miocene: Vienna and Touraine Basins, Hungary. Upper
Tertiaries : S. Frarice, Italy. Post-tertiary ; Calabria.
Donax plebeia, Pennant, Amphidesma donacilla, Lamarck, Dona-
cilla lamarcki, Philippi.
1. Macrra souipa, Linné.
M. solida, L. S. N. p. 1126: B. C.-ii. p. 415, pl. viii. f. 2;
y. p. 188, pl. xliii. f. 2, 2a.
‘Lightning’ Exp. St. 5 (typical); 4, 5, 7, Faroe Isles (var.
elliptica).
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: 13, 15, Lough Foyle, 68, The Minch.
1870: Atl. Vigo B., Setubal B., C. Sagres (var. intermedia); Med.
Capo de Gata (valve, var. elliptica).
Distribution. Iceland and Finmark to N.W. Spain, Adriatic (on
several authorities), Mediterranean? ; 0-205 fms. The typical
form is littoral, the variety edliptica from deeper water.
Fossil. Upper Tertiaries and Post-tertiary: Iceland, Norway,
British Isles, Belgium ?, Germany ?, Biot, Italy ; 0-130 ft.
M. vulgaris, Chemnitz, M. truncata, Montagu, M. castanea and
M. crassatellu, Lamarck, M. elliptica, Brown, and other synonyms
for recent and fossil varieties. Not M. solidu of Payraudeau, which
is M. stultorum, var. corallina.
2. MacTRA SUBTRUNCATA, DaCosta.
Trigonella subtruncata, DaCosta, Brit. Conch. p. 198.
M. subtruncata, B. C. ii. p. 419; v. p. 188, pl. xii. f. 3.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 9, 19 (valve). 1870: Atl. 10,
Vigo B., 13, C. Sagres, 30, 36, Tangier B. ; Med. Algesiras B., 50,
G. Bona, Adventure Bank.
Distribution. Finmark to the Morea and Black Sea, Adriatic,
Mogador, Madeira ?, Canaries? ; 0-60 fms.
Fossil. Miocene: Vienna and Bordeaux Basins, Switzerland,
Germany, Transylvania, Calabria. Pliocene: Coralline and Red
924 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Noy, 29,
Crag, Belgium, 8.W. & S. France, Italy, Greece, Algeria. Post-
tertiary: Scandinavia, British Isles, Calabria, Rhodes; 0-50 ft.
M. triangula (Renier), Brocchi, and many other synonyms. M.
lateralis of Say is closely allied, if it be not a variety of the present
species.
< subjoin a description of the animal of a small variety from 5 to
7 fathoms in Balta Sound, Shetland :—Bopy pale yellowish-white :
mantle having its edges fringed with numerous short cirri, which
are slightly tubercular at their tips: tubes conical, rather short,
covered for the greater part with a leathery sheath, separate at their
extremities, minutely speckled with bistre; orifices encircled by two
rows of cirri, the outer cirri being longer and thicker than those
forming the inner row, which latter are usually bent back on the
margin of the sheath; all these cirri are more or less tubercular at
the tips ; valve of upper tube large and hyaline : foot white, tongue-
shaped, long, and finely pointed.
3. Macrra STULTORUM, Linné. ;
M. stultorum, L. 8. N. p. 1126: B. C. ii. p. 422; v. p. 188,
pl. xlii. f. 4.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 2, Lough Swilly, L. Foyle. 1870:
Med. Adventure Bank (fragment).
Distribution. 8. Norway to Egypt and Black Sea, Adriatic,
Mogador, Canaries; 0-35 fms. Not Red Sea, as given by Ehren-
berg.
Poeail: Upper Tertiaries: British Isles, Italy.
1. Lurraria RuGosA, Chemnitz.
Mactra rugosa, Chemn. Conch.-Cab. vi. p. 236, t. 24. f. 236.
‘Poreupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Vigo B. Valves rather abundant
on the shore, as well as at Cadiz, whence Chemnitz received it.
Distribution. Lusitanian coasts, Gibraltar, various parts of the
Mediterranean on the European and African shores, Mogador,
Canaries ; 0-4 fms. According to Messrs. Adams the only habitat
for this shell is the coast of Guinea !
Fossil. Miocene: Vienna and Bordeaux Basins, Switzerland.
Upper Tertiaries: Bracklesham, Biot, Italy, Greece, Rhodes. Post-
tertiary : Selsea.
It is the type of Gray’s genus Hastonia ; but there is no sufficient
character to separate it from Lutraria.
y 2. LuTRARIA ELLIPTICA, Linné.
Mactra lutraria, L. 8. N. p. 1126.
L. elliptica, B.C. ii. p. 428, pl. viii. f. 3; v. p. 188, pl. xliv. f. 1.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Med. St. 50.
Distribution. Norway to Malta and the Morea, Adriatic ; 0-22
fms.
Fossil. Upper Tertiaries: Coralline and Red Crag, Belgium,
S.W. France, Italy, Morea. Post-tertiary : Lancashire, Scotland,
Calabria, Rhodes.
t
1881.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 925
Another short account of the animal, from my own observation,
may not be useless. It was taken from a specimen which connected
the typical form with the variety alterutra=L. gracilis, Conti.
Bony yellowish-white : mantle very thick ; margin protruded beyond
the front edges of the shell: woes united throughout, and encased in
a membranous sheath, which extends far beyond the tubes when the
latter are not in action ; both tubes are mottled with reddish-brown ;
they are nearly equal in size, and are studded with tubercles (which
are occasionally branched) at their orifices: foot yellowish-brown,
tongue-shaped, very large and fleshy.
Mr. Duprey says he has seen a specimen extend its tubes 5 inches
beyond the shell. Both he and Mr. McAndrew have found this
species living in company with the next.
3. Lurraria oBLONGA, Chemnitz.
Mya oblonga, Chemn. Conch.-Cab. vi. p. 27, t. 2. f. 12.
L. oblonga, B. C. ii. p. 430; v. p. 189, pl. xliv. f. 2.
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Med. St. 50.
Distribution. 8. England and W. Ireland to the Mediterranean
and Adriatic, Mogador, Senegal, Cape Verd Is. ; 0-20 fms.
Fossil. Miocene: Austro-Hungarian Empire, Switzerland, Bor-
deaux Basin, S. France. Pliocene: Coralline Crag, Italy. Post-
tertiary: Belfast, Selsea, Rhodes.
The terminal cirri are cream-colour with a purplish base. It is
difficult to distinguish some specimens of this species from L. elliptica.
y» 1. ScposrcuLAria PIreRata (Belon), Gmelin.
Mactra piperata, L. 8. N. ed. Gmel. p. 3261.
S. piperata, B. C. ii. p. 444, pl. viii. f. 4; v. p. 189, pl. xlv. f. 5.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. Galway B.
Distribution. Bergen to Sicily, Adriatic, Mogador, Senegal ?,
Japan ; 0-4 fms. .
Fossil. Upper Tertiaries: Red? and Mammalian Crag, Sicily.
Post-tertiary : Scandinavia, British Isles, N.W. Germany ; 0-50 ft.
Chama piperata of Belon and Aldrovandi, with 15 synonyms,
Sold in the markets of Venice and Trieste (Senoner).
\, 2. ScropicuLaRIA CoTrarpI, Payraudeau.
Lutraria cottardii, Payr. Cat. Moll. Corse, p. 28, t. 1. f. 1, 2.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Vigo B. (hinge-fragment).
Distribution. Gibraltar to the Algean and Adriatic; 0-20 fms.
Fossil. Post-tertiary : Morea.
Syn. <Amphidesma sicula, G. B. Sowerby, sen.; 8. trigona,
Brusina, is a variety; Y'ellina rubiginosa, Poli, and Erycina ovata,
Philippi, ave the younger state.
3. SCROBICULARIA NITIDA, Miiller.
Mya nitida, Mill. Prodr. Zool. Dan. p. 245.
S. nitida, B.C. ii. p. 436: v. p. 189, pl. xlv. fi. 2.
‘Porcupine’ Exp, 1869: St. 1, 2, 10, 17, 18, Donegal B., 61,
926 DR.GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Nov. 29,
Little Minch. 1870: Atl. 3, Vigo B., 13, 16, 17a, Setubal B.,
24, C. Sagres, 26, 29, 30; Med. 45.
Distribution. Iceland and Loffoden I. to Sicily and the Adriatic ;
3-400 fms. :
Fossil. Upper Tertiaries: S. Italy. Post-tertiary: Norway ;
0-10 ft.
Besides the synonyms given in ‘ British Conchology,’ this species
is Erycina fabula of Brusina.
Bopy whitish, with minute flake-white specks: manéle having its
edges closely fringed with short but rather stout tentacular processes
or cirri, which are studded with tubercular points and are sometimes
branched: ¢udes separate throughout, remarkably long and cylin-
drical; incurrent or lower tube microscopically veined lengthwise
and marked on the inner side with two white lines; its orifice is
furnished with slight tooth-like points; orifice of excurrent tube
contracted when at rest: foot tongue-shaped, thick and expansile.
4, ScROBICULARIA LONGICALLUS, Scacchi.
Tellina longicallus, Sc. Notizie, p. 16, t. 1. f. 7.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 5, 37, 38, 45-450, Little Minch.
1870: Atl. 1, 3, 6, 8, 9, Vigo B., C. Sagres, 26-34, 36, Tangier B. ;
Med. 45, Capo de Gata, 51, 55, Adventure Bank, off Rinaldo’s
Chair.
Distribution. Loffoden I. to the A.gean and Adriatic, off the Cana-
ties (‘ Challenger’ Exp.), E. Mexico (Blake’s Exp.) ; 50-1125 fms.
Fossil. Upper Tertiaries: Biot, Italy. Post-tertiary: Norway.
Syndosmya tellinella, Seguenza; in the younger state Ligula pro-
fundissima, Forbes. Philippi misquoted Scacchi’s specific name,
and called it ‘‘ longicallis”’ instead of longicallus, which is more in-
telligible if not more classical than the other.
This shell is larger and more compressed and thinner than S. aléa,
is not so oval, and is somewhat flexuous at the posterior side; the
cartilage and its pit are elongated and much narrower. In S. alba
the pit is spoon-shaped. The lateral teeth are far longer in the
present species. Excellent figures of S. longicallus are given in
Professor G. O. Sars’s work on the arctic Mollusca of Norway. It
is also a British species, and was regarded by me as a large form or
variety of S. alba. The range of depth at which S. longicallus has
been found living is very remarkable, extending according to the
‘Porcupine’ Expedition from 20 to 2435 fms.
5. SCROBICULARIA ALBA, W. Wood.
Macira alba, W. Wood, in Linn. Trans, vi. p. 165, t. xvi. f. 9-12.
S. alba, B. C. ii. p. 438, pl. viii. f. 4; v. p. 189, pl. xlv. f. 3
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 3, North Channel, 40 (var. radiata),
near Belfast. 1870: Atl. Vigo B., C. Sagres; Med. Cartagena B.,
50, G. Bona.
Distribution. Finmark to Sea of Marmora, Adriatic, Mogador ;
2-400 fms. Bay of Biscay (‘ Travailleur’ Exp.) ; 504-645 fms.
1881.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 927
Fossil. Miocene: Vienna Basin. Upper Tertiaries : English and
Belgian Crags, S. France, Italy. Post-tertiary : Scandinavia, British
Isles, Calabria, Rhodes ; 0-460 ft.
There are many synonyms, including Tellina apelina of Renier,
Mactra boysii of Montagu, and Erycina renieri and L. similis of
Philippi. Renier never described this species. He seems to have
taken the name apelina from Gmelin, who altered it from opalina
of Chemnitz, a very different shell said to inhabit the Nicobar Isles.
y 6. ScrosicuLarta prisMaTIcA, Montagu.
Ligula prismatica, Mont. Test. Brit. Suppl. p. 23, t. 26. f. 3.
S. prismatica, B. C. ii. p. 435; v. p. 189, pl. xlv. f. 1.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 6, 14, 23a, 25, North Channel,
33, 35, 40, 51, 68. 1870: Atl. 10, 16; Med. 50, G. Bona, Benzert
Road, G. 'Tunis, Adventure Bank.
Distribution. Iceland and Hammerfest to the Aigean and Adriatic ;
0-150 fms. :
Fossil. Upper Tertiaries : Coralline and Red Crag, Belgium, Biot,
Italy. Post-tertiary.: Norway, Scotland, Calabria.
Tellina angulosa of Renier, but not described, nor Gmelin’s species
of that name; 7’. stricta, Brocchi, Ligula donaciformis, Nyst, and
Erycina vitrea, Danilo and Sandri.
Family XVII. SonenipZ.
1. SotecurTus scopuLa, Turton.
Psammobia scopula, Turt. Conch. Brit. p. 98, pl. vi. f. 11, 12.
(1822).
S. candidus, B. C. iii. p. 3; v. p. 190, pl. xlvi. f. 1.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870; Med. St. 50.
Distribution. Shetland Is. to the Morea, Adriatic, Madeira,
Canaries; 0-80 fms. It has not been noticed in that part of the
Norwegian seas which is in the same latitude as Shetland.
Fossil. Upper Tertiaries: Belgium, Italy. Post-tertiary: Scot-
land, Rhodes.
I give a fuller description of the animal :—Bopy dirty white, with
a faint tinge of brown: mantle thick, protruded beyond the valves of
the shell; edges finely and minutely ciliated: éwbes united in a
fleshy sheath to within a short distance from their extremities, where
they diverge and become strangulated or corrugated ; both tubes
are finely ciliated in longitudinal rows; orifices fringed with short
papille ; the incurrent or larger tube is sometimes speckled with
orange towards the point; the excurrent tube is somewhat narrower,
but often longer than the other; the tubes vary in their relative
length: foot tongue-shaped, very thick and fleshy. Inhabits the
sand at low-water mark, Herm.
I must repeat my doubt that the Solen candidus of Renier was
this species, or any thing more than a white variety of Solecurtus
strigilatus. Renier’s specific name has not been adopted by later
writers on Mediterranean conchology. Scacchi in 1836 described
928 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Nov. 29,
and figured the present species as Solen multistriatus ; but that was
fourteen years after Turton. The late Dr. Nardo referred Renier’s
shell to Solecurtus candidus of de Blainville ; the specific name given
by the latter, however, was albus (Dict. Se. Nat. xlix. p.420); and
the date of his publication is 1827, tive years after that of Turton.
2. SoLECURTUS ANTIQUATUS, Pulteney.
Solen antiquatus, Pult. Cat. Dors. p. 28, pl. iv. p. 5.
Solecurtus antiquatus, B. C. iii. p. 6, pl. i. f. i.; v. p. 190,
pl. xlvi. f. 2.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 10. 13, Setubal B., C. Sagres,
36, Tangier B. ; Med. Capo de Gata, Cartagena B., 50, 50a, Benzert
Road, G. Tunis, Adventure Bank.
Distribution. Bohusliin (S. Sweden) to the Morea, Adriatic,
Madeira, Canaries ; 4—50 fms.
Fossil. Miocene: Vienna Basin and throughout a considerable
part of the European continent. Upper Tertiaries : Coralline Crag,
Belgium, Biot, Italy, Morea. Post-tertiary: Belfast, Calabria,
Rhodes, Cyprus.
Not Solen coarctatus of Gmelin. The habitat given by Chemnitz
(from whose figure Gmelin named it) was the Nicobar Isles, and the
size 27 inches.
CERATISOLEN LEGUMEN, Linné.
Solen legumen, L. 8. N. p. 1114.
C. legumen, B. C. iii. p. 10, pl. i. f. 25 v. p. 190, pl. xlvi. f. 3.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Med. St. 50.
Distribution. Scandinavia (Miller), 8. & W. England and Ireland
to Egypt, Adriatic, Mogador, Senegal?, Guinea?, Port Said? ;
0-20 fms. ~
Fossil. Miocene: Vienna and Bordeaux Basins, Switzerland. Upper
Tertiaries: Italy. Post-tertiary: Belfast, W. Scotland, Rhodes.
1. SoLEN PELLUCIDUS, Pennant.
S. pellucidus, Penn. Br. Zool. iv. p. 84, pl. Ixvi. f. 23: B.C. ii
p- 14; v. p. 190, pl. xlvi. f. 4.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 2, 9, 18, 33, 68, Little Minch,
near Belfast. 1870: Atl. Tangier B.; Med. 51, G. Bona (var.
minor, rectior=S. tenuis).
Distribution. Loffoden Is. to the Agean and Adriatic ; 0-85 fms.
Fossil. Upper Tertiaries: Coralline and Red Crag, Belgium, Italy.
Post-tertiary: Aldeby, Belfast.
S. pygmeus, Lamarck: Var. S. tenuis, Philippi: Cultellus sut-
tonensis, Searles Wood ; not his C. tenuis (afterwards C. culiellatus).
Not S. pellucidus, Spengler, from Chemnitz.
2, SoLeN rnsis, L.
S. ensis, L. 8. N. p. 1114: B. Gc iii. p. 163 ve p. 190, pl. xvii.
fis
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Med. St. 50, 50a.
1881.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS, 929
Distribution. Finmark and Faroe Is, to Sicily, Adriatic, Black
Sea ; 0-23 fms. Philippi, in his letter to Scacchi, dated 2nd Noy.
1844, stated that this species, as well as S. siliqua, from the German
Ocean and North Atlantic, were probably different from those of the
Mediterranean ; but he gave no reason for his opinion.
Fossil. Miocene: Madeira. Upper Tertiaries: Iceland, Coralline
and Red Crags, Belgium, Italy. Post-tertiary: Norway, British
Isles, Calabria; 0-80 fms. Not S. ensis of Philippi, from the
Tertiaries of N.W. Germany, which is the S. rollec of Hornes.
Mr. David Robertson tells me that, during a very low spring-tide
at Cumbrae, he found three living specimens fixed upright in the
sand, with about an inch and a half of the shells exposed, to which
portion in each of the specimens two or three common mussels were
attached, so as to completely prevent the Solens getting further down
or burrowing. They appeared to be healthy.
v 8. Soren vacrna, Linné.
S. vagina, L.S. N. p. 1113: B.C. iii. p. 203 v. p. 190, pl. xlvii.
f. 3.
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. C. Sagres, 26 (fragments).
Distribution. Norway to Egypt, Black Sea, Adriatic, Red Sea?,
Azores ; 0-10 fms.
Fossil. Miocene: Vienna aud Bordeaux Basins, Switzerland,
Poland, Calabria. Upper Tertiaries: §. France, Italy, Algeria.
Post-tertiary: Belfast, Sicily, Morea.
S. marginatus, Pulteney. The habitat given by Linné is “M.
Europeo, Indico.” The Indian species has been named S. truncata
by W. Wood.
Family XVIII. Panporips.
PANDORA INZQUIVALVis, Linné.
Tellina inequivalvis, L, 8. N. p. 1118.
Pandora inequivalvis, B.C. ii. p. 24, pl. i. f. 45 v. p. 190, pl.
xlviii. f. 1, la.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869; St. 1, 6, 10, 13, 14, 23a, 25, 45a, 458,
Little Minch (all var. pinna). 1870: Atl. 16, Vigo B., 13, Setubal
B., C. Sagres, Tangier B.; Med. Algesiras B., Cartagena B., G, Bona,
G. Tunis, Adventure Bank (all vars. pinna and intermedia).
Distribution. Spitzbergen and Arctic Ocean, Siberian coasts, and
N.E. America (as P. glacialis) to the Aigean, Adriatic, Mogador,
Madeira, and Canaries (as P. inequivalvis and P. pinna or obtusa);
type, laminarian zone; vars. glacialis and pinna or obtusa, coralline
zone to 130 fms. An intermediate form occurs on the western coast
of France and at Corunna. Although this species is not uncommon
off the coasts of Shetland, it has not been noticed by modern writers
in any part of the Scandinavian seas. Chemnitz said that, accord-
ing to Gronovius, it inhabits the coast of Norway.
Fossil. Miocene: Vienna Basin and Switzerland. Pliocene; Co-
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1881, No. LX. 60
930 DR.GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA Or THE [Nov. 29,
ralline and Red Crag, S. France and Italy. Post-tertiary: Hopton
in Suffolk and Calabria.
1. Lyonsia norvecica, Chemnitz.
Mya norvegica, Chemn. Conch.-Cab. x. p. 345, t. 170. f. 1647,
1648.
L. norvegica, B.C. iii. p. 29, pl. ii. f. 1; v. p. 190, pl. xlviii. f. 2.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 1,10, 14, 18, 23a, 35, 68. 1870:
Med. G. Bona, Benzert Road, Rasel Amoush.
Distribution. Loffoden I. to the Augean and Adriatic, and (accord-
ing to Dr. Philip Carpenter), Seniavine Straits in the North Pacific ;
2-162 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Sicily.
Not ZL. norvegica of Middendorff, which is Z. arenosa, but pro-
bably Mya membranacea of Gmelin from Miiller’s ‘ Prodromus,’ and
Osteodesma inflatum of Danilo and Sandri. For other synonyms see
‘ British Conchology,’ ili. pp. 31, 32.
2. Lyonsia Formosa’, Jeffreys. (Plate LXX. fig. 1.)
SHELL oval, equivalve, pearly, thin, and semitransparent : sculp-
ture, numerous and close-set rows of minute tubercles, arranged
lengthwise ; the posterior side is also marked with from six to eight
diagonal flexuous ribs or folds, of which the innermost is the strong-
est and forms a keel; there are, besides, traces of other flexuous ribs
in the middle and on the anterior side ; the posterior side has like-
wise a few rows of short but irregular prickles as well as the tuber-
cles: colour silvery-white: epidermis filmy and only perceptible on
the edges of the shell: margins rounded on the anterior side, gently
curved in front, with a slight sinuosity and contraction towards the
posterior side, which is somewhat truncated ; dorsal margin incurved
on each side of the umbo: deaks triangular, inclined to the anterior
side: ossicle pearly, heart-shaped or notched at the posterior end :
cartilage brownish-yellow, enclosing the ossicle; pit oval, with
thickened edges: hinge-plate long and thick: inside highly polished
and iridescent: muscular scars broad and distinct. LL. 0:4, B. 0:65.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869; St. 23. 1870: Atl. 3a; Med. 55.
Distribution. ‘Challenger’ Exp. off Gomera, Canaries, 620 fms. ;
off Carysfort in the Gulf of Mexico (Pourtales), 349 fms.; Bay of
Biseay (‘ Travailleur’ Exp.), 552-600 fms.
A most lovely shell, and one of the prizes of the deep-sea dredger,
who might be classed in the former part of Wordsworth’s category as
“They who rather dive than soar.”
3. LYONSIA ARGENTEA®, Jeffreys. (Plate LXX. fig. 2.)
SHELL triangularly oval, rather solid, opaque, and of a dull hue:
sculpture, a few slight ribs longitudinally radiating from the beak in
the right valve, none in the other valve, which, however, is strength-
1 Beautiful. ? Silvery.
1881.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 931
ened by a rib on the upper part of the posterior side; the whole sur-
face is covered with minute prickly tubercles arranged lengthwise in
numerous rows: colour yellowish-white; epidermis inconspicuous :
margins in front slightly curved, fibrous at the edges: beaks trian-
gular, somewhat incurved ; umbones prominent : hinge-plate thick :
inside of a silvery lustre. L. (about) 0°5, B. (about) 0°8.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 23a. 1870: Atl. 27-29. Frag-
ments only.
Distribution. Palermo (Monéerosato); 65 fms. (120 m.).
¥ 1. Peccuioia AByssIcoLa, M. Sars.
Lyonsiella abyssicola, M. Sars, Vid.-Selsk. Forh. 1868, p. 257.
P. abyssicola, G. O. Sars, ‘On some remarkable Forms of Animal
Life from the great deeps of the Norwegian coast,’ i. p. 25, pl. iii.
f. 21-43 ; Moll. Reg. arct. Norv. p. 82, t. 20. f. 5, a-d.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 1, 6, 23a, 39. 1870: Atl. 16, 17,
17a.
Distribution. Spitebergen to the Skagerack, ‘ Valorous’ Exp.;
Davis Strait, New England ; 50-1450 fms.
Bopy yellowish, streaked with pink at the sides: mantle thick:
tubes sessile ; the larger tube is wide and exposes the gills, and it is
fringed with a few short orange-colour tentacular cirri; the smaller
or excretal tube (which is situate at the broader end of the shell) is
circular : foot conical and white, protruded at the narrower end of
the shell.
I feel myself compelled by the laws of scientific nomenclature to
use the generic term Pecchiolia instead of Verticordia. The latter
name was proposed in 1844 by Mr. Searles Wood for a Crag shell
which was figured by Mr. James Sowerby in his ‘ Mineral Concho-
logy’ (plate 639); but, in consequence of the publication of the
second volume of Philippi’s work on the Mollusca of the two Sicilies
in the same year (1844), Mr. Wood and Mr. Sowerby gave up Ver-
ticordia and adopted Hippagus, under the supposition, which they
shared with Philippi, that their fossil shell belonged to Lea’s genus
Hippagus. Uowever, I have elsewhere shown, and it is quite clear,
that the last-named genus is the same as Crenedla, and referable to
another division of the Conchifera. Whether the author of the name
Verticordia had a right to repudiate it and erroneously substitute
another for it may be questionable. Verticordia had been long
previously established by de Candolle for a genus of Myrtacez, and
is now commonly used by botanists. Pecchiolia was proposed in
1851 by Meneghini for a well-known Miocene shell, the Chama
argentea of Mariti, 1797 =C. arietina, Brocchi, 1814. In Peechiolia
the beak is incurved as in Isocardia, leaving a more or less deep
lunule, which is impressed on the hinge, and gives the appearance
of a tooth-like projection in some species. But I am by no means
satisfied that Pecchiolia is distinguishable from Lyonsia by any
sufficient charaeter.
60*
932 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Nov. 29,
2. Peccaroxia susquaprata |, Jeffreys. (Plate LXX. fig. 3.)
Swett forming a short oblong, or squarish, very convex, thin,
semitransparent, and glossy; sculpture, numerous but irregular
microscopic tubercles, which penetrate the outer layer of the shell ;
these are larger in front and on each side: colour pale yellowish-
white: margins short and rounded on the anterior side, broad and
gently curved in front, rounded but somewhat truncated on the
posterior side, nearly straight at the back: beaks small, blunt, and
slightly incurved ; umbones prominent: dunule short and deep:
hinge-line obtuse-angled: hinge-plate rather thick, considering the
texture of the shell: cartilage long, pale yellowish: ¢eeth none:
inside polished: scars inconspicuous. L. 0°], B. 0°15.
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 47. 1870: Atl. 16, 17.
Differs from the young of P. abyssicola in shape and sculpture.
3. PECCHIOLIA INSCULPTA’, Jeffreys. (Plate LXX. fig. 4.)
Suexi globular, with a square outline, equivalve, very thin, pearly,
semitransparent, and glossy: sculpture, about 25 delicate riblets or
striee, which radiate from the beak in each valve, besides micro-
scopic and numerous concentric striz in the interstices of the riblets,
and irregular lines of growth; the anterior end is smooth: colour
white: epidermis membrancus, sometimes partially incrusted with
mud: margins bluntly angular on the anterior side, nearly straight
in front, obliquely sloping or truncated on the posterior side, nearly
straight at the back: beaks sunken, small, incurved ; umbones pro-
minent: dunule heart-shaped: ossicle white, solid, obliquely twisted,
unequally forked on the broader end towards the posterior side:
eeplote short, thickened : inside glossy: scars slight. L. 0°25,
. 0°25.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 1, 10, 22. 1870: Med. Off Jijeli
(a larger valve).
Distribution. Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’ Exp.) ; 552-645 fms.
Palermo (Monterosato); 162 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Messina (Seguenza, as Verticordia ecostata,
and afterwards V. insculpta).
4. Preccnroxia stnvosa’, Jeffreys. (Plate LXX. fig. 5.)
Sux t of an irregular shape, but somewhat triangular and sinuous,
convex, thin, opaque and lustreless: sculpture, close-set microscopic
tubercles arranged in longitudinal rows; they are easily rubbed off,
and then the surface becomes quite smooth and glossy: colour
white: epidermis filmy: margins imperfect, but rounded on the
anterior side, apparently sloping obliquely in front, nearly straight
at the back: deaks very small, incurved: Jwnule excavated, enclosed
by a slight ridge: hinge-plate narrow, twisted, and presenting the
appearance of having a short notch or fold under the beak : inside
nacreous : sears indistinct. L. 0:3, B. 0°35.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 16 (fragments only).
* Squarish. 2 Engraved. 3 Full of folds, sinuous,
1881.] ‘LIGHTNING? AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 933
Allied to Verticordia awinoides of Seguenza, a Sicilian Pliocene
fossil, but very much smaller and not so deeply sinuated on the pos-
terior side.
5. PeccuroLia ANGULATA’, Jeffreys. (Plate LXX. fig. 6.)
SuExt lengthwise oblong or shaped like a Myéilus, angular and
crooked, gibbous in the middle, rather solid, opaque, and lustreless :
sculpture, numerous minute tubercles or short prickles arranged
lengthwise in rows: colour yellowish-white: epidermis apparently
wanting ; margins rounded on the anterior side, sloping in front,
nearly straight on the posterior side, triangular at the back; beak
blunt, twisted inwards: /unule small: cartilage-pit narrow : hinge-
plate rather broad, folded outwards : inside nacreous: scars incon-
spicuous. L. 0°35, B. 0°2.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 24 (a single and imperfect
valve).
Distribution. Off the Josephine Bank (‘ Josephine’ Exp.); 340-
430 fms. A small-single valve.
6. PECCHIOLIA GRANULATA, Seguenza.
Verticordia granulata, Seg. in Journ. Conch. viii. (1860), p. 293,
pl. x. f. 2, f-h.
V. trapezoidea, Seg. Acc. Se. fis. e mat. 1876, p. 7.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 2, 3, 6, 8, 9, 27-29; Med. 55,
Adventure Bank, off Rinaldo’s Chair.
Distribution. Off Tripoli coast in ‘Shearwater’ Exp., Palermo,
Hydra Channel G. Egina, G. Mexico off Boca Grande, Gotto Is.,
Japan ; 66-162 fms.
Fossil. Miocene: Calabria, Madeira. Pliocene: Calabria, Sicily.
Verticordia multicostata, A. Adams, 1862. I regard V. trape-
zoidea of Seguenza as the young of the present species. Both
occurred in the ‘Porcupine’ Expedition. The size of my largest
specimen is 33 tenths long and the same in breadth. ‘The right
valve has a tooth-like callosity under the lunule, and a laminar lateral
tooth on the posterior side.
7. Peccuronia AcuTICcosTATa, Philippi.
Hippagus acuticostatus, Phil. Moll. Sic. ii. p. 42, t. xiv. f. 19,
a, bye.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 24-28@; Med. 55 (fragment).
Distribution. G. Mexico off Rebecca I., off Barbadoes (‘ Blake’
Exp.), Azores (‘ Josephine’ Exp.), Japan; 71-600 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Coralline Crag, Calabria and Sicily.
Hippagus verticordius, S. V. Wood, MS.; WH. cardiiformis, J.
Sowerby; Verticordia deshayesiana, Fischer; V. japonica, A.Adams.
My largest specimen is 55 by 42 tenths. The tooth-like protuber-
ance is very prominent. Coralline Crag specimens are smaller and
flatter ; the tubercles (or “ spinule,’’ as Mr. Wood called them) are
* Angular,
934 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Nov. 29,
distinctly observable in these as well as in recent specimens. Mr.
Dall says that the number of ribs varies from 14 to 17.
PHOLADOMYA LOVENTI’, Jeffreys. (Plate LXX. fig. 7.)
SHEL inequilateral, wedge-shaped, gaping at the posterior end,
convex, of a pearly nature, thin, partly semitransparent, lustreless :
sculpture, 10-12 longitudinal ribs, besides some intermediate strize ;
these are more or less interrupted by strong periodical marks of
growth, so as to give the ribs a nodulous appearance; the sides are
ribless; the whole surface is covered with minute prickly tubercles :_
colour white: margins rounded on the anterior side, inclining up-
wards towards the other side, which is also rounded but slightly
truncate, sloping at the back from each side of the umbo: beaks
bluntly triangular, turned inwards ; umbones prominent: ligamental
pit in the right valve obtuse-angled, placed outside underneath the
beak, and defined outwards by a thin plate: Ainge-line sloping to-
wards the posterior side: hinge-plate thin, sinuous, reflected : teeth
none: inside highly glossy and nacreous: scars inconspicuous.
L. 0°4, B. 0°5.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 22, 28a; Med. 55. None of
the specimens are quite perfect. One of them indicates twice the
size given in the description. That figured is from the ‘ Josephine’
Expedition.
Distribution. Palermo, fragments (Monterosato); 162 fms.: off
Marseilles (‘'Travailleur’ Exp. 1881); Villa franca, Azores (‘ Jose-
phine’ Exp.) ; 320-600 fms.
Monterosato doubtfully refers this species to the Thracia pholado-
myoides of Forbes from the Algean; but Forbes knew too well the
hinge-structure of Thracia as well as of Pholadomya to have made
such a mistake in the genus. His description is as follows (1844) :—
“Fam. Pyloride. Genus Thracia, Leach.
“ Thracia pholadomyoides, sp. nov.
“T. testd ventricosd, sinuosd, granulatd, concentrice sulcaté,
sulcis longitudinalibus paucis (6) decussatd ; umbonibus acutis.
Long. 05%, lat. 15%, une. Cape Artemisium (1808).”
12
I cannot guess the meaning of the last figures. Forbes gives also
two other species of Thracia, viz. phaseolina and pubescens, I
should have been inclined to consider his 7. pholadomyoides a young
T. corbuloidea but for that part of his description which mentions
the decussation of concentric furrows by six longitudinal furrows.
P.zanclea of Seguenza, from the Sicilian pliocene formation, is allied
to the present species ; but it is more rounded, and is not produced
or extended at the anterior side. If our species be that of Forbes,
the name pholadomyoides would be inappropriate.
* Named in honour of Professor Loyén, the eminent Swedish zoologist.
1881.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘ PORCUPINE” EXPEDITIONS, 935
Family XIX. Anatrnip2.
1. THRACIA PRETENUIS, Pulteney.
Mya pretenuis, Pult. Cat. Dors. p. 28, pl. iv. f. 7.
T. pretenuis, B. C, iti. p. 34; v. p. 190, pl. xlviii. fi. 3.
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 10 (young), Galway B., 17 (young).
Distribution. Iceland and Loffoden Is. to Algiers and Sicily ;
0-50 fms.
Fossil, Pliocene: Coralline Crag, Italy, Rhodes. Post-tertiary ;
Norway, England, Calabria ; 0-130 ft.
» 2, THRACIA PAPYRACEA, Poli.
Tellina papyracea, Poli, Test. Sic. i. p. 43, t. xv. f. 14, 18.
Thracia papyracea, B,C, ili. p. 36, pl. ii. f. 2; v. p. 191, pl. xlviii.
f. 4, 4a.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 10, 25, 33, 36 (fragment), 68.
1870: Atl. 10, Vigo B., 26-28a; Med. Cartagena B., 55 (frag-
ment).
Distribution. Iceland and Loffoden Is. to the Aigean, Adriatic,
Morocco, Madeira, Canaries, ?G. Mexico (‘ Blake’ Exp.) ; 0-640?
fms.
Fossil. Miocene: Vienua Basin. Pliocene: Coralline Crag, Italy.
Post-tertiary: Norway, Sweden, Great Britain and Ireland, Cala-
bria ; 0-130 ft.
3. THRACIA PUBESCENS, Pulteney.
Mya pubescens, Pult. Cat. Dors. p. 27, pl. iv. f. 6.
T. pubescens, B. C. iii. p. 38; v. p- 191, pl. xviii. f. 5.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Setubal B., C. Sagres (fragmen-
tary), 36 (valve); Med. Capo de Gata (fragment).
Distribution. 8. England to G. Egina, Adriatic, Morocco, Cana-
ries; 1-130 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Coralline Crag, Italy. Post-tertiary: York-
shire, Scotland, and Ireland, Calabria.
4. TuHracta convexa, W. Wood.
Mya convexa, W. Wood, Gen. Conch. i. p. 92, pl. 18. f. 1.
T. conveva, B. C. iii. p. 39 ;'v. p. 191, pl. xlviii. f. 6.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. Loch Torridon. 1870: Atl. 10, 16,
C. Sagres, 27-28a; Med. off Rasel Amoush. All the specimens
are fragmentary.
Distribution. Bergen to Sicily and the Adriatic, Sitka (Dall, as
T. curta of Conrad) ; 4-628 fms.
Fossil. Miocene: Vienna Basin and Switzerland. Pliocene : Co-
ralline Crag, Italy. Post-tertiary: Norway, Scotland and Ireland,
Calabria ; 0-500 ft.
Besides the synonyms given in ‘ British Conchology,’ I may men-
tion 7. trigona of Aradas and 7’. hiatelloides of Brusina,
936 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Noy. 29,
ly 5. THRACIA CORBULOIDEA, de Blainville.
T. corbuloidea, de Blainv. Dict. Sc. Nat. xvi. p. 514; Atlas,
pl. 76. f. 7.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Med. St. Cartagena B. (fragment).
Distribution. S.W. France, Mediterranean and Adriatic.
Fossil. Pliocene: Red? and Coralline Crag, Italy. Post-tertiary :
Calabria.
Syn. T'. inflata, J. Sowerby, 7’. subtilissima of Renier according
to Nardo, 7. maravigne, Aradas and Calcara according to Aradas
and Tiberi. The young is 7’. meneghiniana of Aradas. The spe-
cific name is erroneously spelt corbuloides by modern authors.
Family XX. CorBuLip&.
1. Poromya GrANULATA, Nyst & Westendorff.
Corbula granulata, Nyst & West, Coq. Foss. d’Anvers, p. 6, pl. iii.
3
P. granulata, B.C. iii. p. 45, pl. ii. f.3; v. p. 191, pl. xlix. f. 1.
‘Lightning’ Exp. St. 2.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 1, 23a. 1870: Atl. 10, 24, C.Sa-
eres, 24, 26-30, 36; Med. Cartagena B., 50, Benzert Road, Adven-
ture Bank, off Rinaldo’s Chair.
Distribution. Loffoden Is. to the Augean and Adriatic, Madeira,
G. Mexico, off Barbadoes and Sombreros (‘ Blake’ Exp.), New Eng-
land and Maine; 15-300 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Coralline Crag, Antwerp Crag, S. France,
Calabria and Sicily. Not P. granulata of Philippi from the Miocene
formation of N.W. Germany.
2. Poromya NEZROIDES, Seguenza. (Plate LXX. fig. 8.)
P. neeroides, Seg. Boll. d. R. Com. geol. 1877, p. 270.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 23a, 24, 28a. Valves.
Distribution. G. Mexico; 114 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Calabria and Sicily.
P. tuberata, Jeffreys MS. The present species differs from
P. granulata in haying greater breadth in proportion to the length,
in not being strongly angulated on the posterior side, and especially
in the sculpture, which consists of close-set longitudinal lines of
minute prickly tubercles instead of irregularly disposed granules.
A. Smooth. Typical.
1, Neara rRuNcATA’, Jeffreys. (Plate LXX. fig. 9.)
SHELL squarish, very convex, moderately solid, opaque, glossy :
sculpture, smooth, with the exception of irregular but rather nume-
rous lines of growth ; rostrum short but broad, separated or defined
by a gradual indentation ; it has two slight ridges or keels extending
outwards from the beak at an acute angle: colour whitish: margins
Lopped off,
1881.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘ PORCUPINE” EXPEDITIONS. 937
rounded on each side, gently curved in front, straight at the back :
beak small and pointed, recurved towards the anterior side ; umbones
very prominent ; cartilage-pit oval, minute, placed obliquely under
the beak: hinge-line straight : Ainge-plate narrow: teeth consisting
of only a slight lateral on the posterior side: tnside glossy: scars
indistinct. L. 0°25, B. 0°3.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 16 (a single valve and a frag-
ment).
Distribution. Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’ Exp.), a living and
perfect specimen ; 733 fms.
2, Newra susrorta, G. O. Sars.
N. subtorta, G. O. Sars, Moll. reg. arct. Norv. p. 87, t. 6. f. 6, a-e.
‘Lightning’ Exp. St. 1, 3.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 62.
Distribution. Spitzbergen, Norwegian arctic Expedition, Finmark,
Kara Sea; 30-123 fms.
Fossil. British North-Polar Expedition, lat. 82° 33'; 40 ft.
» 3, Nemra sutcrFera’, Jeffreys. (Plate LXX. fig. 10.)
SHELL obliquely oval, convex, thin, semitransparent, rather glossy :
sculpture, irregular lines of growth, which become curved striz
on the upper part of the anterior side; rostrum short and broad-
ish, separated from the rest of the shell by a furrow, as if pinched
up: it has a single ridge or keel in the middle, extending from the
beak to the posterior end: colour white: epidermis fibrous: margins
rounded on the anterior side and in front, terminating on the posterior
or rostral end in a blunt curve, and sloping at the back on each side
of the umbo: beaks blunt, slightly incurved ; umbones prominent :
cartilage-pit forming a small narrow and oblique slit: ¢ee¢h as in
N. truncata: inside glossy, exhibiting there the underside of the
furrow as a ridge: scars indistinct. L, 0°25, B. 0°35.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 40. 1870: Atl. 9, 13, C. Sagres,
27, 28.
Distribution. Bay of Biscay (‘ Travailleur’? Exp.) ; 552-628 fms,
This species differs from N. sub¢orta in being somewhat broader
and not twisted, and in having a blunter rostrum, which is marked
by aridge in the middle and separated by a furrow from the rest
of the shell. The last characters serve to separate it also from
N. obesa.
4, Ne=ra osesa, Lovén.
N. obesa, Lov. Ind. Moll. Scand. p. 48; G.O. Sars, Moll. reg.
arct. Norv. p. 86, t. 6. f. 4, a-e.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 37 (young, living). 1870: Atl.1, 3.
Distribution. Spitzbergen, Norway, Skager Rack and Cattegat,
Azores, N.E. America, Catania? ; 20-1000 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Calabria ?
1 Marked with a furrow.
938 DR.GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Noyv. 29,
Syn. N. pellucida of Stimpson, N. ardiniana of Biondi?, accord-
ing to Monterosato ; var. N. glacialis of G. O. Sars. Not N. obesa
of S. V. Wood.
5. Ne#RA CUSPIDATA, Olivi.
Tellina cuspidata, Olivi, Zool. Adr. p. 101, t. iv. f. 3.
N. cuspidata, B. C. iii. p. 53, pl. ii. f.45 v. p. 191, pl. xlix. f. 5.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 1, 6, 9, 18, 23a, 25 (var. curta),
55, 61, 68, 69, Little Minch, off Lerwick. 1870: Atl. 10 (var.
curta), 13 (var. curta), C. Sagres, 36 (and var. eurta) ; Med. Capo
de Gata, 55 (fragment), G. Bona, Benzert Road, Rasel Amoush,
Adventure Bank, off Rinaldo’s Chair (and var. acutalis, smaller,
running to a point).
Distribution. 8. Greenland, Spitzbergen, and Finmark to the
AMgean and Adriatic, Madeira, Canaries, China Sea?; 12-733 fms,
Fossil. Miocene: Vienna Basin, Baden, 8, France. Pliocene:
Coralline Crag ?, Belgium, Italy. Post-tertiary: Norway, Calabria;
0-50 ft.
6. Nera GRactuis’, Jeffreys. (Plate LXX. fig. 11.)
Suewu forming a rather long oval, convex, not very thin, opaque,
lustreless : sculpture, slight and irregular but numerous strize in the
line of growth, which become wrinkled towards the rostrum : colour
whitish : epidermis slight, caducous: margins rounded on the ante-
rior side, gently curved in front; posterior side or rostrum broad,
abruptly terminating, somewhat keeled or angular, and having the
striee in this part arranged lengthwise or at a right angle to the con-
centric strie; dorsal margin incurved; Jeaks mamillar, slightly
inflected towards the anterior side; umbones small, but prominent,
and projecting behind: eartilage-pit small, oblique, and sunken:
hinge-line raised on the anterior and incurved on the posterior side:
hinge-plate folded back on the anterior and thickened on the other
side: teeth, a triangular and nearly upright lateral, continuous with
the cartilage-pit on the posterior side of the right valve: inside
glossy: scars irregularly triangular. LL. 0°4, B. 0°6.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 16. A perfect but dead speci-
men.
Differs from NV. 7ostrata in being more compressed, and in having
a short, broad, and keeled rostrum, which is not, as in that species,
abruptly pinched up and elongated. I should have preferred the
specific name eleyans for the shell which I have now described ;
but it has been used by Mr. Hinds for a species from the ‘ Sulphur’
Expedition.
7. NE#RA ROSTRATA, Spengler.
Mya rostrata, Spengl. in Skrivt. Selsk. iii, p. 42, t. ii. f. 16.
N. rostrata, B.C. iii. p. 51; v. p.191, pl. xlix. f. 3.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 1, 6, 10, 13, 14,18, 25,61. 1870:
1 Slender, $
1881.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 939
Atl. 6, 9, 13, 17, 24, 25, C. Sagres, 27-28a, 36; Med. Capo de
Gata, Cartagena B., 55, Adventure Bank, off Rinaldo’s Chair.
Distribution. Loffoden Is. to Shetland and the North Sea, Bay ef
Biscay, Mediterranean and Adriatic, New England, G. Mexico, off
Barbadoes (‘ Blake’ Exp.), off Patagonia; 10-645 fms.
Fossil. Miocene: N.W. Germany. Pliocene; Monte Mario and
Sicily.
Ci allied to N. chinensis of Gray. According to Aradas and
Benoit the present species is NV. ardiniana of Biondi. The animal is
pale yellowish-white:; mantle having its edges pouting and folded
back: ¢ude cylindrical, extensile, and white, fringed with a few
short cirri, which are bulbous at their extremities: foot tongue-
shaped, white.
vy 8. Nera BICARINATA’, Jeffreys. (Plate LXXI. fig. 1.)
N. bicarinata, Jeffr. in Ann, & Mag. N. H. Dec. 1876, p. 496.
SueEu slightly inequivalve, pear-shaped, somewhat compressed,
thin, semitransparent, and glossy: sculpture, irregular concentric
strie, which in a fragment of a larger specimen become wrinkles ;
the rostrum has two slight ridges or keels running outwards from
the beak, the upper being nearly parallel with the hinge-line, and
the lower forming with it an acute angle: colour whitish: margins
rounded on the anterior side, having a less degree of curvature in
front ; the rostrum or posterior side is defined by a shallow indenta-
tion; it is broad and angular, with a blunt point ; dorsal margin
straight: Geaks calyciform, incurved towards the auterior side;
umbones slightly prominent: cartilage-pit small, obliquely oval :
hinge-line straight: hinge-plate thin, except under the beak: teeth,
a short and neatly erect lateral on the posterior side of the right
valve: inside glossy: muscular scar on the posterior side triangular
and distinct. L. 0°3, B. 0°45.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 16, 17 (valves).
Distribution. North Atlantic (‘ Valorous’ Exp.; a fragment), Bay
of Biscay (‘Travailleur’ Exp.) ; 690-733 fms.
v 9. Nuara teres’, Jeffreys. (Plate LXXI. fig. 2.)
SHELL triangular, convex, thin, semitransparent and glossy:
sculpture, smooth, with the exception of some wrinkly striee across
the rostrum and a ridge or keel extending diagonally from the beak
to the lower extremity of the rostrum ; occasionally there is a second
but fainter ridge, as in the last species: colour whitish: epidermis
thin, light yellowish-brown: margins rounded on the anterior side
and in front ; rostrum short, separated or defined by a slight inden-
tation, and ending in a somewhat truncated point ; dorsal margin
nearly straight: beaks small, calyciform, incurved anteriorly ; um-
bones prominent: cartilage-pit small, oblong, and placed obliquely :
hinge-line raised on the anterior, and somewhat incurved on the
posterior side: ¢ee¢h, a short triangular lateral on each side of the
1 Double-keeled. > Rounded off.
940 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Nov. 29,
right valve, that on the posterior side extending through the middle
of the rostrum; inside polished: scars strongly marked on the pos-
terior side. lL. 0:275, B. 0°35.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 16,17, 17a, 22, 31-34. Several
valves and a small living specimen.
Distribution. Off Josephine Bank and the Azores (‘ Josephine’
Exp.), G. Mexico; 138-790 fms.
“10. Nema pepressa’, Jeffreys. (Plate LXXI. fig. 3.)
SuExx oval, wedge-shaped on the posterior side, depressed or
somewhat flattened, thin, semitransparent, rather glossy : sculpture,
fine and close-set minute concentric striz in front and on the rostrum,
besides occasional lines of growth: colour whitish: epidermis filmy,
apparent only on the front edge and rostrum: margins rounded on
the anterior side and more gently curved in front; rostrum wedge-
shaped, not defined by any indentation, somewhat truncated at the
extremity ; dorsal margin raised and parallel with the beak on the
anterior side, sloping and slightly incurved on the other side: beaks
blunt, scarcely incuryed ; umbones small and not very prominent :
cartilage-pit small, obliquely projecting inwards, and resembling a
tooth : hinge-line curved on the anterior and sloping on the other
side: hinge-plate thickened near the beak on each side: teeth, a
single laminar lateral on the posterior side of the right valve, nearly
parallel with the hinge-plate: inside glossy: scar of the posterior
adductor muscle acutangular, defined beneath by a ridge. L. 0-2,
B. 0:3.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 16, 17, 17a. Numerous
valves.
Differs from N. exigua in not being globose, having close-set con-
centric strize in front and on the posterior side, and in the rostrum
being angulated and straight. The lateral tooth also is quite differ-
ent; and the ridge which defines the posterior adductor muscle in
the present species is characteristic.
B. Striated concentrically. AULACOPHORA.
11. Ne#ra LAMELtoss, M. Sars.
N. lamellosa, M. Sars, Arct. Molluskf. vy. Norges nordlige Kyst
(1858), p. 62.
N. jugosa, G. O. Sars, Moll. reg. arct. Norv. p. 88, t. 6. f. 9, a-c.
‘Lightning’ Exp. St. 2, 3.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 23, 23a, 25, 61. And var. koreni:
more or less smooth or wanting the concentric ridges, and having a
broader rostrum. 1870: Atl. 3, 9, 12.
Distribution. Finmark to Bergen coast, Bay of Biscay, Palermo,
New England ; 50-552 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene; Calabria and Messina.
Iam now inclined to consider the recent species distinct from
N. jugosa of the Coralline Crag. The fossil species is regularly tri-
Depressed.
1881.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘ PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 941
angular and has no distinct rostrum; but it may have been the
ancestor of the recent species.
12. Neara conrracta’, Jeffreys. (Plate LXXI. fig. 4.)
Sue transversely oblong, convex, thin, opaque, lustreless :
sculpture, 25-30 riblets or raised strize in the line of growth, those
on the rostrum being at a right angle to the rest: the rostrum is
sometimes angulated and keeled: colour whitish: margins rounded
on the anterior side, contracted and gently curved in front, whence
there is a gradual slope tothe snout-like rostrum ; posterior side having
a truncated extremity ; dorsal margin somewhat incurved: beaks
small, blunt, intorted and sunken ; umbones prominent : cartilage-pit
narrow, oblique: hinge-line slightly curved on the anterior and nearly
straight. on the posterior side: enge-plate reflected anteriorly, and
somewhat thickened posteriorly: ¢eeth, a single slight laminar lateral
on the posterior side of the right valve, parallel with the hinge-plate,
and extending to the upper end of the rostrum: inside glossy :
muscular scars large and distinct. L. 0°2, B. 0°35.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 16, 17, 17a. Several valves.
Kasily distinguishable from N. lamedlosa, not merely by its greater
size, but by its narrow or contracted shape and proportionally large
rostrum; the lateral tooth also, in N. lamedlosa, is triangular and
short, not laminar and elongated as in the present species. Another
species, from the ‘ Challenger’ Expedition, has been named coarctata
(coartata) by Mr. Watson.
13. Nemra semistricosa”, Jeffreys. (Plate LXXI. fig. 5.)
SuHE.z oval-oblong, convex, thin, semitransparent, and rather
glossy : sculpture, 12-15 delicate concentric riblets on the posterior
side only ; the rostrum is closely wrinkled across ; and the rest of the
shell is smooth: colour clear white: margins rounded, somewhat
wedge-shaped on the anterior side, gently conyex in front, and
sloping upwards to the posterior side; rostrum slightly upturned,
short and broad, defined by a shallow indentation, with a truncated
extremity ; dorsal margin interrupted by the umbo, raised on the
anterior, and nearly straight on the other side: deais sunken, small,
and mamillar; umbones prominent: cartilage-pit pear-shaped,
lying obliquely under the beak: Ainge-line corresponding with the
dorsal margin: hinge-plate thin, reflected on the anterior side: teeth,
along laminar lateral on each side of the right valve, that on the
posterior side being triangular in the middle: inside polished: mus-
cular sears triangular and large. L. 0°25, B. 0°4.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 16, 17, 17a.
Allied to N. notabilis; but the shape of the present species is
more oval or oblong, the concentric ridges are less numerous and
are confined to the posterior side, the rostrum is broader and not
keeled and is separated by a shallow indentation, and the lateral
teeth are much larger.
1 Contracted. 2 Half-wrinkled,
942 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Nov. 29,
14, Nera crecinata, Jeffreys. (Plate LXXI. fig. 6.)
N. circinata, Jeffr. in Aun. & Mag. N. H. Dec. 1876, p. 497.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 23 (a fragment). 1870: Atl. 16
(a small valve).
Distribution. Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’ Exp.), N. Atlantic
(‘ Valorous’ Exp.), W. of Azores (‘ Challenger’ Exp.) ; 600-1450
fms.
N. imbricata, Jeffr. MS., is a synonym.
15. Neara RvuGINosA’, Jeffreys. (Plate LXXI. fig. 7.)
Suez roundish-oval, somewhat depressed, thin, semitransparent,
and rather glossy: sculpture, numerous fine and concentric minute
strie, which become wrinkly towards and on the posterior side:
colour white: margins rounded equally on the anterior side and in
front ; rostrum very short and obliquely truncated; dorsal margin
lying beneath the umbo, short and scarcely curved on the anterior
side, half as long again and straight on the other side: beaks mi-
nute, circular, and sunken ; umbo small and prominent: cartilage-
pit minute, narrow, and placed obliquely: hinge-line nearly straight :
hinge-plate thin, slightly reflected on the anterior side: teeth, none
in the left valve, the right valve not having been found: inside
polished : scars inconspicuous. L, 0:1, B. 0°15.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 17, 17a. Three left valves
only.
This small species might be mistaken for the young of WM. circi-
nata ; but the sculpture is very different, and the rostrum is much
shorter.
VY 16. Neara tnriata’, Jeffreys. (Plate LXXI. fig. 8.)
SHELL equivalve, roundish-oval, with an oblique outline, gaping
posteriorly, globose, rather solid, semitransparent, and glossy: scwlp-
ture, very numerous, fine, and close-set concentric striae, which are
observable with the naked eye ; they are more irregular and some-
times wanting, or become wrinkly, on the rostrum: colour pale
yellowish-white: epidermis filmy: margins rounded on the anterior
side and in front ; rostrum short and bluntly pointed, appearing as
if pinched up, and separated or defined by a shallow indentation ; it
is occasionally somewhat angulated and marked by a slight keel or
ridge, which is more distinct in the young; dorsal margin upraised
on the anterior and down-sloping on the posterior side: beaks tri-
angular, incurved towards the anterior side; umbones very prominent :
cartilage-pit oblong, narrow, and obliquely projecting inwards:
hinge-line obtuse-angled : hinge-plate thin, a little reflected ante-
riorly : ¢eeth, a small upright triangular cardinal and a long laminar
lateral on each side in the right valve, besides a long laminar lateral
on the posterior side, and parallel with the hinge-plate in the left
valve : znside polished, furnished on the posterior side in each valye
with a strong and curved laminar process or ridge, which apparently
? Wrinkled. 2 Swollen.
1881.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 943
supports the adductor muscle on that side: sears otherwise incon-
spicuous. L. 0-4, B. 0°65.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 39. 1870: Atl. 16, 17a.
Distribution. Off Gomera, Azores (‘Challenger’ Exp.) ; 620 fms.
C. Keeled. TrRoprporHora.
7
17. NewRA ABBREVIATA, Forbes.
N. abbreviata, Forb. in Proc. Zool. Soc. 1843, p. 75: B. C. iii.
p- 48; v. p. 191, pl. xlix. f. 2.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 10, 13, 18. 1870: Atl. 9, 36;
Med. 55, Adventure Bank, off Rinaldo’s Chair.
Distribution. Finmark to W. Scotland, W. France and Bay of Bis-
cay, N. Spain, Mediterranean from Naples to the Mgean ; 4-552 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Belgium, S. France, Sicily,
N. vitrea of Loyén, and Corbula reflexa of O. G. Costa according
to Aradas and Benoit. The shell frequently wants the concentric
plaits or folds.
18. Neawra aneutaris, Jeffreys. (Plate LXXI. fig. 9.)
N. angularis, Jeffr. in Ann. & Mag. N. H. Dec. 1876, p. 498.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 16,17, 17a. A living speci-
men and a few valves.
Distribution. G. Mexico (Pourtales), N. Atlantic (‘ Valorous ’
Exp.) ; 290-1785 fms.
A lovely shell.
D. Ribbed lengthwise. Sparnopnora.
v 19. Newra curta’, Jeffreys. (Plate LXXI. fig. 10.)
N. curta, Jeffr.in Ann. & Mag. N. H. Dec. 1876, p. 495.
SHELL roundish-oval, with an oblique outline, globose, thin,
opaque, and lustreless, but semitransparent and glossy when young :
sculpture, numerous longitudinal sharp ribs on the posterior side,
and strize in the same direction on the other side, as well as usually
on the rostrum; the sculpture of the rostrum, however, is irregular,
sometimes consisting of a single transverse riblet, and in other
specimens of more than a dozen striz, and occasionally the rostrum
is quite smooth; there are also close-set and wavy concentric lines
of growth, which are crossed by the longitudinal sculpture: colour
white: margins rounded on the anterior side, with an oblique trun-
cature above, gently curved in front; rostrum short, abruptly pinched
up and rounded at the point; dorsal margin on a level with the
umbo on the anterior side and incurved on the other side: deaks
minute, inflected, and sunk; umbones prominent: cartilage-pit
small, triangular, placed immediately below the beaks: hinge-line
flexuous : Atnge-plate thin and reflected on the anterior side, thick-
ened on the posterior side: ¢eeth, a short strong triangular lateral
1 Short.
944 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Nov. 29,
on the posterior side of the right valve, which becomes laminar to-
wards the upper part of the rostrum ; it commences below the beak,
and is connected on the side with the outer ridge or wall of the
cartilage-pit: inside glossy ; edges notched by the ribs: muscular
scars triangular, large, and well marked on the posterior side, and
strengthened by a short upright plate. L. 0°4, B. 0°55.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl St. 16, 17, 24-284.
Distribution. Off Bermuda (‘ Challenger’ Exp.), Azores (‘ Jose-
phine’ Exp.) ; 200-600 fms.
May be distinguished at all ages from J. costellata by its more
globular shape and much shorter rostrum, and by the greater con-
tinuity of the ribs on the posterior side. See also my remarks in
the ‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural History’ for December 1876
in comparison of the present species with N. striata.
20. Ne@RaA COsTELLATA, Deshayes.
Corbula costellata, Desh. Expl. Scient. Mor. (Géol.), p. 86,
t. vil. f. 1-3.
N. costellata, B.C. iii. p. 49; v. p. 191, pl. xlix. f. 3.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 1, 6, 10, 13,14, 25, 35,61. 1870:
Atl. 1, 2, 3, 3a, 9, 10, 13, Setubal B., C. Sagres, 26-29; Med.
Cartagena B., 55, Rasel Amoush, Adventure Bank.
Distribution. Bergen to G. Egina, Adriatic, Madeira, Canaries,
Jamaica?, G. Mexico? (‘ Blake’ Exp.), New England; 10-250 fms.
Fossil. Miocene: W. Indies? Pliocene: Belgium, N. France,
Italy, Morea.
Anatina radiata and A. ruggeri of Maravigna, according to
Aradas and Benoit, besides other synonyms given in ‘ British Con-
chology.’
21. Nemra striata, Jeffreys. (Plate LXXI. fig. 11.)
N. striata, Jeffr. in Ann, & Mag. N. H. Dec. 1876, p. 495.
‘Lightning’ Exp.: St. 4, 6 (living). :
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 23 (living), 23a (fragment).
Distribution. N. Atlantic (‘ Valorous’ Exp.), between Norway
and Novaya Semblia (‘ Voringen’ Exp.), between the Butt of
Lewis and the Faroe Isles (‘ Knight Errant’ cruise), Bay of Biscay
(‘ Travailleur ? Exp.), New England? ; 85-1450 fms.
Probably N. multicostata of Verrill and Smith; but I have not
yet been favoured with the promised opportunity of comparing
specimens.
1, CorBULA GIBB, Olivi.
Tellina gibba, Olivi, Zool. Adr. p. 101.
C. gibba, B. C. iii. p. 56, pl. ii. f. 5; v. p. 192, pl. xlix. £.6.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 1, 2 (and var. rosea), 6, 9, 16, 18
(fry), Donegal B. (var.), 19 (fry), 21 (fry), 23a, 25. The Minch,
Loch Torridon, off Lerwick. 1870: Atl. 10, Vigo B., 13, Setubal
B., C. Sagres, 26, Tangier B.; Med. Cartagena B., 50, 55 (fry),
G. Bona, Benzert Road, Rasel Amoush, Tunis B., Adventure Bank.
1881.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 945
Distribution. Hammerfest to the Aigean ; coast of Syria and Sea
of Marmora, Adriatic, Mogador, Canaries ; 0-130 fms.
Fossil. Miocene: Vienna Basin and the greater part of the Kuro-
pean continent, Calabria, ‘“‘ America’? (Lyell)? Pliocene: Coral-
line and Red Crag, Belgium, 8.W. and S. France, Lisbon, Italy,
Algeria, Greece, Kos, Crete, Rhodes, and Cyprus. Post-tertiary :
Norway, Sweden, British Isles, Calabria; 0-1360 ft. Not C.
gibba of Philippi, from N.W. Germany, nor C. striata of Lamarck,
which is an Eocene fossil from Grignon. Mr. Searles Wood
adopted as a specific name striata of Walker and Boys; but that
was a sentence, and not a name in accordance with the binomial
method. There are many other obsolete synonyms.
¥ 2. CoRBULA MEDITERRANEA, Costa.
C. mediterranea, O. G. Costa, Descr. Test. Sic. 1828, p. 182; Cat.
Sist. 1829, p. xxvi, t. 1. f. 6: B.C. iii. p.58; v. p. 192, pl.c. f. 8.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. 26, Tangier B.; Med. Algesiras B.
Distribution. Cork and Guernsey (valves only), Mediterranean
and Adriatic ; 20-120 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Sicily. Post-tertiary : Isle of Bute, Calabria.
Syn. Tellina parthenopea of D. Chiaje (Philippi), and C. phy-
soides of Deshayes. (. ovata of Forbes, which is closely allied to the
present species, is the same species as C. amurensis of Schrenck,
and perhaps C. /evis of Hinds. The late Dr. Mérch informed me
that Prof. Kroyer had found two specimens of the last-mentioned
species at Christiansund, and that specimens (kindly sent me by
Mérch) were from the collection of Fabricius, who might have taken
them either in Greenland or Norway. Fabricius was a clergyman,
and had the charge of a parish in Norway after he had been a
missionary in Greenland. Forbes’s specimen may have come from
one of the glacial deposits in the Isle of Man, which have been de-
scribed by the Rev. J. Clifton Ward in the ‘Geological Magazine’
for January 1880.
Family XXI. Myr.
& 1. Mya truncata, Linné.
M. truncata, L. S. N. p. 1112: B. C. iii. p. 66, pl. ili. £15 v.
p- 192, pl. 1. f. 2.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. Donegal B., 70 (var. uddevallensis,
a semifossil valve).
Distribution. Circumpolar in the northern hemisphere, ranging
southwards in the N. Atlantic to S.W. France on the east and to
Cape Cod on the west, and in the N. Pacific to N. Japan on the
east and Vancouver I. on the west, Tuscany ?, Adriatic?, Black Sea?;
0-1333 fms. Living down to 80 fms.; at the greatest depths
valves only from the walrus or cod.
Fossil. Pliocene: English Crag. Post-tertiary : from Spitzber-
gen and Siberia to Sicily on the east, aud from N. lat. 82° 35! to
Canada on the west; 0-1360 ft.
Proc. Zoou,. Soc.—1881, No, LXI. 6i
946 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE | Nov. 29,
Synonyms numerous. The shell referred to by Gmelin for his
Mya membranacea from the figure in Olafsen and Povelsen’s ‘ Voyage
to Iceland’ (t. xi. f. 10) is apparently the young of Mya truncata.
That which Miiller described and Gmelin named also Mya membra-
nacea was probably Lyonsia norvegica.
2. Mya BINGHAM], Turton.
Sphenia binghami, Turt. Dith. p. 36, t. 3. f. 4, 5, and t.19. f. 3.
M., binghami, B. C. iii. p. 70; v. p- 192, pl. 1. f. 3.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Tangier B.
Distribution. Loffoden Is. to Bay of Naples and Tunis ; 43-40 fms.
Fossil. Miocene: Lapugy in Transylvania. Pliocene: Coral-
line and Red Crag. Post-tertiary: Larne, co, Antrim.
The genus Sphenia of Turton is a mere synonym of Mya. All
the characters given by him to distinguish it from Mya are the same
in both. His S. swainsoni is the young of MW. truncata.
Family XXII. Saxrcavyipz.
Panopra piicaTa, Montagu.
Mytilus plicatus, Mont. Test. Brit. Suppl. p. 70.
P. plicata, B. C. iii. p. 75, pl. iii. f. 2; v. p. 192, pl. li. f. 1.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 9,18, Donegal B. 1870: Atl. Vigo
B., 24; Med. Adventure Bank.
Distribution. Loffoden Is. to Algiers and Sicily, Canaries, Korea ;
5-628 fms.
Fossil. Miocene: Cassel. Pliocene: Coralline and Red Crag,
Belgium, Italy. Post-tertiary: Belfast.
There are several generic and specific synonyms.
SaxIcAva ruGosA, Linné.
Mytilus rugosus, L. 8. N. p. 1156.
S. rugosa, B. C, iii. p. 81, pl. iii. f. 3; v. p. 192, pl. li. f. 3, 4.
‘Lightning’ Exp.: St. 1, 2, 4, 5.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 1, 2, 6. 9, 10, 14, 17, 23a, 35, 62,
65 (and semifossil valve of arctic or glacial type). 1870: Atl. 3,
3a, 9, 10, 12, Vigo B., 13, Setubal B., 26-28, 36; Med. G. Bona,
Rasel Amoush, G. Tunis, Adventure Bank.
Distribution. Type and variety arctica, apparently everywhere in
every sea throughout the world, at every depth from low water to
1622 fms.
Fossil. Miocene, Pliocene, and Post-tertiary : nearly every part
of Europe, northern Asia, and North America; 0-1360 ft.
This ubiquitous and variable shell has received more than twenty
names in respect of its genus and species. Linné placed the type
and some of the varieties in Mytilus, Solen, and Mya. The date
of publication is the same for Mytilus rugosus and Mya arctica; but
the former specific name is more generally used. I have therefore
treated the latter name as varietal.
1881.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘ PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 947
Family XXIII. Poorapip#.
’ PHoLAs CANDIDA, Linné.
P. candidus, L. 8. N. p. 1111.
P. candida, B. C. iii. p. 107; v. p. 193, pl. lil. f. 2.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Med. St. 50 (fragment).
Distribution. Coasts of Scotland to Sicily, Adriatic, Black Sea,
Mogador ; low water’.
Fossil. Pliocene: S. Miniato, Tuscany. Post-tertiary: Norway,
England, and Belfast ; 0-600 ft.
XYLOPHAGA DORSALIS, Turton.
Teredo dorsalis, Turt. Conch. Dict. p. 185.
X. dorsalis, B. C. iii. p. 120, pl. iv. f. 3; v. p. 193, pl. liii. f. 4.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 5 (valves). 1870: Cartagena B.
(in floating wood), Adventure Bank (valves).
Distribution. Loffoden Is. to Sicily, Adriatic, G. St. Lawrence to
Cape Cod ; 0-650 fms.
Fossil. Miocene: Vienna Basin, Calabria. Pliocene and Post-
tertiary : Calabria.
SUMMARY OF THE FOREGOING List.
Families. Genera. No. of species,
XVI. MACTRIDA ...... AMPHIDESMA ..... Pe.
MacTRA ....... EOS
LuTrRaRIA ....... aoe ce
SCROBICULARIA ....2. 6
XVII. SOLENIDA........ SOLECURTUS .....0.. 2
CERATISOLEN,..... pies |
SOLEMN aiken See ass 3
XVIII. PANDORIDZ ...... PANDORA LKyD kiss Seco 1
TLV GNSTAI SG wire cote 60s aw
PECCHIOLIA ........ 7
PHOLADOMYA........ 1
XIX. ANATINIDZ ...... THRACIA..... eae 5
XX. CORBULIDA ...... POROMYAEGR SooeGned.., 2
Nirmars JStnrccdsevnd. 21
CoRBULAs ss 0% es aitebe de
SE MYIDA 6. CE canal. Secehe euslosonebews 2
XXII. SAXICAVIDA...... IPANGOPEAT cb eie Grebe 4 1
HAKICAVART pea Wetec s 1
XXIII. PHOLADIDA...... PHOLAS*’...<- BAST as 3 1
: XYLOPHAGA ge 1
Totale way cane 6. 68
! Professor Lovén gave Norway as a habitat on Spengler’s authority; but
P. papyraceus of Solander, referred to by Spengler in the ‘Skrivter af Natur-
historie-Selskabet’ (ii, i. 92), is there stated to be ‘medio sulco notata,” which
character belongs to P. crispata, and not to P. candida; and the habitat given
by Spengler was Schleswig or South Jutland in the North Sea. Spengler’s
figure, however, represents P. candida. is
61
948 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Noyv. 29,
In concluding the lists of the Brachiopoda and Conchifera pro-
cured during the Expeditions of H.MLS. ‘Lightning’ and ‘ Porcupine’
from 1868 to 1870, I may explain that the delay of publication,
although considerable, was unavoidable ; but it has not been without
some compensation. Since that period several important and exten-
sive deep-sea explorations have been made from Germany, Norway,
Holland, France, Italy, the United States, Canada, and Great Britain,
the results of which have greatly tended to increase and improve our
knowledge of the geographical and hydrographical distribution of the
Mollusca in the North Atlantic. Moreover the careful investigation
of the Tertiary and Post-tertiary shells by Professor Seguenza and a
host of other able paleontologists has enabled us to ascertain more
exactly the range of their geological position. I should be inclined
to regard as last in the order of scientific value the discovery of what
are called ‘‘new species.” We know very little—too little—of the
abyssal fauna ; but it is evident that every exploration of the oceanic
bed must produce an endless number of hitherto unpublished forms,
to say nothing of those forms which some naturalists, anxious for
that kind of fame, continually contrive to manufacture out of the
varieties of recorded species.
SuprLeMENT TO Parts I., II., IIL.
Part I., P. Z.S. 1878 :—
Page 398. With respect to the so-called genus Waldheimia, my
friend Mr. Davidson, in his Report on the Brachiopoda
from the ‘Challenger’ Expedition, says that “there
exists in the dorsal valve of Waldheimia a median septum,
which is not present in Terebratula.’ But some of
those species of Terebratula which he there places in
Waldheimia (e.g. T. cranium and T. tenera) have no
such septum. hynchonella psittacea has no septum,
while R&. sicula has one. That character, therefore,
will not serve for generic distinction.
P. 399. Argiope cistellula. Fossil. Calabria.
» Platydia anomioides. Fossil, Calabria.
P. 400. Rhynchonella sicula. Fossil. Calabria.
3 Crania anomala. Fossil. Monte Mario and Calabria.
P. 401. Terebratula caput-serpentis. The range of depth for other
localities, besides those given for the ‘ Lightning’ and
‘ Porcupine’ Expeditions, should be 400 fms. The
variety mediterranea is T. emarginata of Risso.
P. 402. Terebratula tuberata. North of Spain (‘Travailleur’
Exp., 1881).
» Lerebratula subquadrata. Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur?
Exp.), very young specimens; 645 fms.
P. 404. Terebratula vitrea, var. sphenoidea. N. Spain (‘ Travail-
leur’ Exp., 1881).
P. 405. Terebratula cranium. Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’ Exp.)
1011 fms.
3
EP Aary.
. 413.
» 415.
rod
‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 949
. Terebratula septata. N. Spain and off Marseilles (‘ Tra-
vailleur’ Exp., 1881); 295 fms.
. Terebratella spitebergensis. Barentz Sea; 128 fms.
. Argiope capsula. Jersey, at low water; specimens nearly
twice the recorded size. See ‘Annals & Magazine of
Natural History,’ December 1880, fora further account
of the skeleton. There is no septum.
. Platydia anomioides. Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’ Exp.),
North of Stornoway (‘ Knight Errant’ cruise), off Cuba
and West Indies (‘ Blake’ Exp.) ; 88-645 fms.
Megerlia truncata. Bay of Biscay (‘ Travailleur’ Exp.) ;
236 fms.
Thecidea mediterranea. G. Mexico (‘ Blake’ Exp.); 163 fms.
Rhynchonella sicula. N. Spain (‘ Travailleur’ Exp., 1881).
Discina atlantica. Off the coasts of N. Australia (‘ Chal-
lenger’ Exp.) ; 200, 360, and 1400 fms.
Part II., P. Z.S. 1879 :—
P. 554.
P. 555.
P. 556.
Anomia ephippium. Fossil. Miocene: Calabria (Seguenza).
Anomia patelliformis. Fossil. Miocene: Calabria (Seg.).
Ostrea cochlear. Fossil. Post-tertiary : Calabria.
Spondylus gussoni. Gulf of Mexico, Bay of Biscay
(‘Travailleur’ Exp.) ; 270-645 fms. Fossil. Post-
tertiary : Calabria.
. Pecten pes-felis. Fossil. Post-tertiary: Calabria.
Pecten pes-lutra. 'The depth ranges from 5 instead of 10 fms.
Pecten sulcatus. Fossil. Add Calabria.
Pecten philippii. Cap Breton. Fossil. Post-tertiary :
Calabria.
Pecten flecuosus. Fossil. Post-tertiary: Sussex.
Pecten striatus. ‘ Lightning’ Exp. St. 5.
Pecten teste. Fossil. Pliocene and Post-tertiary: Calabria.
Pecten similis. Range of depth to 645 fms. Fossil.
Miocene: Calabria (Seg.). For synonymy of this and
other species see ‘ British Conchology.’
Pecten groenlandicus. Barentz Sea, Bay of Biscay (‘'Tra-
vailleur’ Exp.) ; 128-645 fms.
Pecten fragilis. Azores and Marion I. (‘Challenger’ Exp.),
Bay of Biscay (‘ Travailleur’ Exp.); 146-1375 fms.
Pecten vitreus. North Sea, Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’
Exp.); 186-733 fms. Fossil. Add Calabria. P. abys-
sorum is not even a well-marked variety.
Amussium fenestratum. Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’
Exp.), New England?; 86-1011 fms. ossi/. Add
Calabria. This specific name has the priority of eleven
years over inequisculptus. Names cannot be arbitrarily
changed because they are not so appropriate as those of
later date. In the present instance the newer name is
applicable to all the species of the genus. Peclen
hyalinus ig also a species of Amussium.
950 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Noyv. 29,
P. 562. Amussium hoskynsi. North Sea; 106 fms. N. Spain and
off Marseilles (‘Travailleur’ Exp., 1881), 295 fms. ;
New England (Verrill), 86 fms. Syn. Pecten mammil-
latus, M. Sars, Pleuronectia dissimilis, Seguenza.
Amussium lucidum. Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’ Exp.),
600-733 fms.; Caribbean Sea and G. Mexico (‘ Blake’
Exp.), 13-805 fms.
» Lima sarsii. North Sea; 135-217 fms. Fossil. Mio-
cene and Pliocene: Calabria.
P. 563. Lima elliptica. Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’ Exp.), 536-
600 fms.; G. Mexico, 169 fms.
» Lima subovata. New England, 255-500 fms.
P. 564, Lima hians. Fossil. Add Calabria.
», Lima excavata. Fossil. Add Calabria.
P. 565. Avicula hirundo, var.? New England, 65-192 fms.
» Mytilus edulis. Black Sea. Fossil (var. ungulata).
Post-tertiary : Calabria.
P. 566. Mytilus adriaticus. Black Sea; Jersey, living between
tide-marks.
P. 567. Mytilus barbatus. Fossil. Post-tertiary: Calabria.
», Mytilus phaseolinus. For 3000 read 300 fms.
P. 568. Modiolaria marmorata. Bay of Biscay (‘ Travailleur’
Exp.), 591 fms.; Firth of Forth, living at low water.
»» Modiolaria discors. Fossil. Pliocene and Post-tertiary :
Calabria.
» Modiolaria subclavata. Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’
Exp.); 591 fms. Fossil. Pliocene: Calabria.
P. 569. Orenella decussata. Barbadoes (‘ Blake’ Exp.) ; 100 fms.
Specimen from Queen-Charlotte Islands measuring nearly
twice the usual size.
», Dacrydium vitreum. Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’ Exp.),
1011 fms.
P. 570. Arca barbata. Fossil. Post-tertiary : Calabria.
» Arca lactea. Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’ Exp.), 628
fms.; Bermuda.
P. 571. Arca noe. Fossil. Post-tertiary : Calabria.
» Arca antiquata. Fossil. Post-tertiary : Calabria.
P. 572. Area obliqua. Fossil. Post-tertiary: Calabria.
» Area glacialis. Barentz Sea, 128 fms.; New England,
southern coast, 85-500 fms. Professor Verrill con-
siders A. pectunculoides a variety of the present species,
» Arca pectunculoides. New England, southern coast, 85-
225 fms. ; G. Mexico (‘ Blake’ Exp.), 400-1568 fms.
P. 573. Var. septentrionalis. Novaya Semblia, 210 fms.; Bay of
Biscay (‘Travailleur’ Exp.), 552-733 fms. Fossil.
Miocene: Calabria (Seg.).
P. 574. Leda pernula. Barentz Sea, 128 fms.
» Leda minuta. ‘Lightning’ Exp. St. 5.
P. 575. Leda fragilis. Fossil. Post-tertiary : Calabria.
» Leda pella. Fossil. Post-tertiary : Calabria,
1881.]
‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 951
P. 576. Leda messanensis. Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’ Exp.),
thd
Pp.
9
367-1011 fms.; G. Mexico (‘ Blake’ Exp.), 100-1002
fms.
Leda pustulosa. Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’ Exp.),
1011 fms.
Leda frigida. New England, 365 fms. Fossil. Mio-
cene: Calabria (Seg.). Post-tertiary: Glasgow.
Leda tenuis. Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’ Exp.), 645 fms.
Leda striolata. Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’ Exp.), 733
fms.
Leda intermedia. Barentz Sea, 128 fms.
Leda lucida. North Sea, 100-320 fms. ; Bay of Biscay
(‘ Travailleur’’ Exp.), 552-1011 fms.
Leda pusio, var. latior. Bay of Biscay (‘ Travailleur’
Exp.), 552-1011 fms.; G. Mexico, 638 fms.
. Ledasericea. Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’ Exp.), 1011 fms.
Leda jefreyst. Bay of Biscay (‘ Travailleur’ Exp.), 367—
1011 fms; Palermo; off Ascension (‘Challenger’ Exp.).
Var. quadrangularis, Dall. G. Mexico (‘ Blake’ Exp.),
1568 fms.
. Leda micrometrica. Fossil. Pliocene: Calabria.
Leda expansa. Bay of Biscay (‘ Travailleur’ Exp.), 645
fms.; New England ?, southern coast.
Leda pusilla. Off Malta; 310 fms.
Nucula tenuis. Barentz Sea, 128 fms.; G. Mexico (‘ Blake’
Exp.), 175-450 fms.
Nucula egeensis. Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’ Exp.),
367-645 fms. Fossil. Post-tertiary: Calabria.
. Nucula corbuloides. Bay of Biscay (‘ Travailleur’ Exp.),
367-1011 fms.
Nucuila delphinodonta. New England, southern coast. Fos-
sil. Add Calabria.
Nucula tumidula. Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’ Exp.),
552-733 fms.; North Sea, 100-365 fms.
. Nucula reticulata. I find that this specific name had been
preoccupied by Mr. Hinds for another species from the
Philippine Isles (P. Z.S. 1843, p. 100); and I would
therefore substitute that of cancellata for my species.
Nueula striatissima. Bay of Biscay (‘ Travailleur’ Exp.),
645 fms.
Nueula sulcata. Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’ Exp.), 183-
236 fms.; off Marseilles (‘ Trayailleur’ Exp., 1881),
295 fms.
Nucula nucleus. ‘Lightning’ Exp., St. 5. Jersey, living
between tide-marks. Var. radiata. Coast of Jutland.
P. 584. Pectunculus nummarius. Fossil. Post-tertiary : Calabria.
P. 585. Limopsis aurita. G. Mexico, 30-447 fins. ; off Cuba, 450
fms. N. Spain and off Marseilles (‘Travailleur’ Exp.,
1881), 295 fms. ossil. Post-tertiary : Calabria. Syn.
Pectunculus corrugatus, Caleara,
952 MOLLUSCA OF ‘LIGHTNING’ ETC. EXPEDITIONS. [Noyv. 29,
P. 585. Limopsis cristata. Bay of Biscay (‘ Travailleur’ Exp.),
586 fms.; New England, 65-155 fms.? G. Mexico
(‘ Blake’ Exp.), 640 fms.
»» Limopsis minuta. Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’ Exp.),
536-733 fms.; off Marseilles (‘Travailleur’ Exp., 1881),
295 fms. New England, 115-500 fms. G@. Mexico
(‘Blake’ Exp.), 30-805 fms. Fossil. Post-tertiary :
Calabria.
P. 586. Malletia obtusa. Bay of Biscay (‘ Travailleur’ Exp.), 536-
733 fms.; North Sea, 135 fms.
»» Malletia cuneata. Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’ Exp.),
600-733 fms. N. Spain and off Marseilles (‘ Travail-
leur’ Exp., 1881), 295 fms.
Part III., P. Z. 8. 1881 :—
P. 693. Pythina setosa. The Marquis de Monterosato has satisfied
me that Dunker’s species is only the young of Cypri-
cardia lithophagella ; and I must therefore substitute
for setosa the specific name given by Conti, viz. caillati,
which is several years older than either of the names
proposed by Dr. Fischer.
I take this opportunity of offering to the Marquis
the best thanks of myself and other conchologists for
his extremely careful and conscientious labour on the
Mediterranean Mollusca, in respect not only of his critical
examination of all the literature which has been pub-
lished on the subject, but also of his exact comparison
of typical specimens described by many authors in col-
lections widely dispersed throughout Europe.
P. 711. Astarte. I regret that I cannot agree with Mr. Edgar
Smith (see ‘Journal of Conchology’ for 1881) as to
the crenulation of the front margin in certain species
being a sign of maturity, which involves the question of
specific distinction.
P. 715. Venus multilamella. Off Marseilles (‘ Travailleur’ Exp.,
1881); 295 fms.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Puate LXX.
Fig. 1. Lyonsia formosa, p. 930. | Fig. 7. Pholadomya loveni, p. 934.
2. argentea, p. 980. 8. Poromya neeroides, p. 936.
3. Pecchiolia subquadrata, p.932. 9. Neera truncata, p. 936.
4. inseulpta, p. 932. 10, —— sulcifera, p. 937.
5, -—— sinwosa, p. 932. il. gracilis, p. 938.
6. —— angulata, p. 933. j
Prats LXXI.
Fig. 1. Neera bicarinata, p. 939, Fig. 4 Neera ruginosa, p. 942.
2. teres, p. 939. 8. —— inflata, p. 942.
3. depressa, p. 940. 9. —— angularis, p. 943.
4. contracta, p. 941. 10. curta, p. 943.
5. —— semistrigosa, p. 941. 11. —— striata, p. 944.
6. —— circinata, p. 942,
SS [88].P1.LXX
PL
© Berjean del eblith Hanhart.imp
MOLLUSCAOF THE LIGHTNING AND
‘PORCUPINE EXPEDITIONS
PZ. Tool. PLR.
CBeryeu del et lith Hanhart imp.
MOLLUSCA OF THE LIGHTNING AND
EXPEDITIONS
1881. ] ON BIRDS FROM SOCOTRA AND S. ARABIA. 953
5. On the Birds collected in Socotra and Southern Arabia
by Dr. Emil Riebeck. By Dr. G. Harruavs, F.M.Z.S.
[Received November 4, 1881.]
(Plate LX XII.)
The birds to which I invite attention were collected during excur-
sions to the island of Socotra and to Southern Arabia in April last.
In the former place Dr. Riebeck was accompanied by the celebrated
African traveller Dr. Schweinfurth.
The Socotran collection contains 42 specimens, referable to 20
species :—
Passerts:+ 365... 0h WOvepdeies:
IRICATIReke. sraieierercoue once. less
Hierodio €8:.4 sen ae Log
AMSeYeS.. «2.002 sores sce al > M5
@olumbzexiiccnlec seme Bess
Limicole ............ Rieter
Gavice iy Marin, ala ote shel s ss oe 1 ”
In it there are 7 species not obtained by Prof. Balfour, including
a fine novelty. These species are :—
. Rhynchostruthus riebecki, n. sp.
. Ena capensis. '
. Ardea purpurea.
. Totanus glareola,
. Fuligula nyroca.
. Phalacrocoraz lucidus.
. Gallinula chloropus.
NOOB WN
Dr. Schweinfurth writes me the following notes on the Socotran
localities mentioned by Dr. Riebeck on his labels :—
“In Socotra we were only on the north coast; and besides the
immediate environs of Golonsir and a short excursion made by
Dr. Riebeck to the west of Tamarida, we explored only the country
about this latter place and. the central granite mountains.
“ Our longest stay we made in a mountain-valley ‘ Wadi Dilal ’
(or Digal), and at a place called ‘ Keregnigi,’ which abounds with
boulders of grey granite and caverns.
‘‘ Gebel Firi is the name of one of the numerous granitic peaks of
the Haygier.
“The uppermost part of Wadi Dilal is named Rischen. The
country to the south of this place (above 900 metres) is situated on
the northern slope of the central granitic mountains to the S.E. of
Tamarida.
“ Dr. Riebeck collected many birds in the plains to the east and
S.E. of Tamarida, upon the rivulet conducting to the Belled el Schech,
and others on the rivulet which opens near Tamarida.”’
954 DR. G. HARTLAUB ON BIRDS [Nov. 29,
Dr. Riebeck being still in India, the scientific compilation of the
ornithological portion of his collection has been confided to me by
Prof. H. Welcker, of the Anatomical Institution at Halle. It con-
tains the following species :—
I, SOCOTRA.
a. PASSERES.
1. CisticoLa 1ncANA, Sclat. & Hartl. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1881,
p- 166, pl. xv. fig. 1.
One adult male, agreeing in every respect with the specimen col-
lected by Prof. Balfour.
* Tris black.” Gebel Firi.
2. Lantus uncrinatus, Scl. & Hartl. Proc. Zool. Soc, 1881,
p- 168, ¢. fig. cap.
One adult specimen.
** Tris dark brown.” Karegnigi.
3. ZOSTEROPS HABESSINICA, Gueér.
Zosterops habyssinica, Weugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 413; Hartl.
Monogr. in Cab. J. f. O. 1865, p. 9; Scl. et Hartl. P. Z. S. 1881,
p- 168.
One adult specimen.
“ Tris greyish brown.” Tamarida,
4, NECTARINIA BALFOURI, Scl. & Hartl. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1881,
p- 169, pl. xv. fig. 2. ;
Two adult males and one female are in the collection.
“ Tris brownish red.’”’ Karegnigi and Wadi Sjahi.
5. RHYNCHOSTRUTHUS RIEBECKI, n. sp. (Plate LXXII.)
Supra fusco-cinerascens, pileo fuscescenti-nigro, frontem versus
nigriore, gula fusco-nigricante ; macula majore regionem paro-
ticam occupante circumscripte sericeo-alba, nonnihil fulvescenti
adumbrata ; remigibus primariis fuscis ; tectricibus majoribus
remigumque tert. marginibus externis lete et dilute flavis, vit-
tam longitudinalem valde conspicuam formantibus ; scapula-
ribus et tectricibus alarum minoribus dorso concoloribus ; sub-
alaribus albido flavidoque variis ; rectrice extima tota obsolete
Susca, duabus intermediis fuscis, vix distincte flavido fimbriatis,
reliquis fusco-nigricantibus, marginibus externis lete flavis ;
subcaudalibus albidis ; pectore et abdomine griseo-fulvescenti-
bus; rostro nigro. Long. tot. cirea 152 millim., culm. 14,
al. 85, caud. 27, tars. 19.
Foem. Non diversa, exceptis pectore et abdomine purius griseis.
Of this second species of the Socotran genus Rhynchostruthus
there is a fine adult pair in the collection. The species is quite
typical in its structure, but very different in colour, and easily recog-
nizable by the dark hue of the crown, the silky white spot on the
<< e
1
NY
4
10 deo
1
Yd SNAINULSOHOINAHY
WAY aug "Pp
1881.] FROM SOCOTRA AND S. ARABIA. 955
sides of the head, the uniform colour of the underparts, the distri-
bution of the yellow on the wing, &c.
** Tris brown, feet flesh-coloured.”’ Karegnigi, April 28.
6. EmperizA sepremsrriata, Rupp.
E. tahapisi, Heugl. (nec A. Smith) Orn. N.O,-Afr. p. 665.
One adult male.
‘Tris dark brown, feet flesh-coloured.” Wadi Dilal.
Compared with a pair of the same species from the Kir station,
on the Bahr el Gebel, the only difference consists in the more rufous
ground-colour of the Socotran bird, this colour_being dark brown in
the continental specimens.
7. PyRRHULAUDA MELANAUCHEN, Cab.
Coraphites melanauchen, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 672; Sclat.
& Hartl. P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 172.
A fine pair in the collection.
“ Tris dark brown, feet reddish white.’ Tamarida.
8. Amyprus BLYTHI, Hartl.
Amydrus blythi, Hartl. Cab. Journ. 1859, p. 31.
A, riippelli, Blyth, J. As. Soc. Beng. 1856, p. 301; Finsch &
Hartl. Orn. Ostafr. p. 867; Sclat. & Hartl. P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 171.
Specimens of both sexes from Gollonsir, Karegnigi, and Gebel
Firi.
Tris dark brown.”
9. AMYDRUS FRATER, Scl. & Hartl. P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 171.
There are two adult males in the series from Tamarida, and a
third one from Gebel Firi.
* Tris greyish brown, feet brown.”
It is much to be regretted that the female of this fine new species
continnes unknown to us. ‘What may be the colour of its head?
One of the three specimens obtained was kindiy presented to me,
and now enriches the complete collection of Lamprotornithidz in the
Bremen Museum.
10. Corvus umBrinus, Hedenb.
Corvus umbrinus, Sundev. Act. Stockh. 1838, p. 199; Heugl.
Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 505.
C. infumatus, Wagn. Minchn. Gel. Anz, 1839.
Male and female from Tamarida.
Tris dark brown.”
6. P1IcaARI£.
11, CenTrropus supERCILIOsus, Hempr. & Ehr.
Centropus superciliosus, Heugl. loc. cit. p. 791.
Male and female from “ Beled Shak.’
“Tris blood-red and black.”
956 DR. G. HARTLAUB ON BIRDS [Nov. 29,
ce. HERODIONES.
12, ARDEA PURPUREA, L.
Ardea purpurea, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 1051.
One specimen, a female.
Not obtained by Prof. Balfour.
d. ANSERES.
13. FurieuLa nyroca (Giild.).
Aythia nyroca, Heugl. loc. cit. p. 1343.
A female from Gollonsir.
The occurrence of this Duck on the island of Socotra is rather
curious, no specimen of it being known as yet from Eastern Africa
or the shores of the Red Sea.
Not obtained by Prof. Balfour.
e. COLUMB&.
14. TRERON wAAtia (Gm.).
Treron waalia, Heugl. loc. cit. p. 117; Sclat. & Hartl. P. Z. S.
1881, p. 175.
Four examples from Gebel Firintz.
** Tris red and blue.”
15. TurTUR SENEGALENSIS (L.).
Turtur senegalensis, Heugl. loc. cit. p. 817; Sclat. & Hartl.
P. Z.S. 1881, p. 173.
Two males from Karegnigi.
‘* Tris dark brown, feet red.”
16. Gina capensis (L.).
Gna capensis, Heugl. loc. cit. p. 848.
An adult male from Gollonsir.
© Tris black.”’
Not in the Balfour collection.
J. Limico.a.
17. ToTANuUS GLAREOLA, L,
Totanus glareola, Heug). loc. cit. p. 1163; Finsch & Hartl. Ostafr.
p- 750.
An adult female from Gollonsir.
“ Tris pale brown, feet yellowish green.”
Not in the Balfour collection.
18. TRINGoIDEs HyPoLEvcus (L.).
Tringoides hypoleucus, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 1172; Finsch
& Hartl. Ostatr. p. 745.
A male from Gollonsir.
1881.] FROM SOCOTRA AND S, ARABIA. 957
19. GALLINULA cHLOROPUs (L.).
Gallinula chloropus, Heugl. loc. cit. p. 1224; Finsch & Hartl.
Ostafr. p. 787.
Five adult specimens.
Not obtained by Prof. Balfour.
g. STEGANOPODES.
20. PHALACROCORAX LucipDUus, Licht.
Phalacrocorax lucidus, Heug). loc. cit. p. 1490; Finsch & Hartl.
Ostafr. p. 846.
Halieus lucidus, Licht. Doubl. p. 86; Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr.
p- 1490; Finsch & Hartl. Ostafr. p. 846.
An adult female from Tamarida.
“Tris yellowish white.”
Not in the Balfour collection.
Il. SOUTHERN ARABIA.
1, DryM@CA TENELLA (?).
Drymeca tenella, Cab. in v. d. Deck. Reise in Ostafr. iii. p. 29,
t. li. fig. 1; Reich. Cab. Journ. 1877, p. 30.
One mile from Bolhaf. “Iris red, with a yellow ring.”
In colour very much like C. tenella, from Lado, but with the
beak smaller and slenderer. Long. culm. 8 mm., al. 46, caud. 60,
tars. 18.
2. NECTARINIA METALLICA, Licht.
Nectarinia metallica, Licht. Doubl. p. 15; Hempr. & Ehr. Symb.
Physic. Av. t. 1; Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 224.
Five adult specimens. Shagra and Bolhaf.
There are Arabian specimens of this bird inthe Berlin Museum.
3. Merors cyAnopurys, Cab.
Merops cyanophrys, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 203, pl. vi.; Cab.
Mus. Hein. iii. p. 137.
Male and female from Hami.
“Tris brick-red.”” April.
This fine and little-known species was discovered by Hemprich
and Ehrenberg near Qonfudah. It seems strictly confined to
Arabia.
I add a short description of the birds before me, as that in Heug-
lin’s work has evidently been taken from a much livelier-coloured
specimen :—
Supra obsolete et pallide eruginoso-virens, subcerulescenti lavatus,
subtus magis in cerulescentem vergens ; gula, fronte et super-
ciliis lete cyaneis ; torque latiusculo gutturali striolaque per
oculum ducta nigris ; remigibus prim. in pogonio externo obsolete
virentibus, in pogonio interno pallide fulvescentibus ; tertiartis
958 DR. G. HARTLAUB ON BIRDS [Nov. 29,
dilute cinnamomeis, extus virescenti limbatis lateque nigro termi-
natis, supra- et subcaudalibus pallide beryllino-cerulescentibus ;
rectricibus duabus intermediis in mare modice elongatis, parte
apicali angustata et acuminata ; ala interna fere tota cinnamo-
meo-fulva.
4. Pycnonotus nigricans, Vieill.
Pycnonotus nigricans, Heug). loc. cit. p. 397; Finsch & Hartl.
Ostafr. p. 297.
A pale-coloured male specimen from Shugra.
This bird was already known from Wadi Firan, in Arabia Petreea.
5. LANrus ISABELLINUS, Hempr. et Ehr.
Lanius isabellinus, Hempr. & Ehren. Symb. Phys. Av. fol. ce. ;
Heug!. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p.475; Walden, Ibis, 1867, p. 224, t. v.
fig. 1.
“Tris black.”
Two fine males from Shugra and Bolhaf.
Discovered by Hemprich and Ehrenberg in the mountains near
Qonfudah. The late Dr. John Gould collected it in Scinde; and
there are specimens from Lado (Dr. Emin Bey) in the Bremen
Museum.
6. TcHITREA MELANOGASTRA, Sw.
Techitrea melanogastra, Heugl. loc. cit. p. 441; Finsch & Hartl.
Ostafr. p. 300.
A young male from Hami.
This is the first time, I believe, that this well known and widely
distributed African species has been found in Arabia.
7. UrRoLoncHA CANTANS (Gm.).
Uroloncha cantans, Heugl. loc. cit. p. 594.
Spermestes cantans, Finch & Hartl. Ostafr. p. 435.
Two males from Shugra.
Arabia is a new locality for this common African species.
8. CHRYSOSPIZA EUCHLORA (Licht.),
Chrysospiza euchlora, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 639; Heugl.
Cab. Journ. 1868, p. 89.
Auripasser euchlorus, Bonap. Consp. p. 519; Cab. Mus. Hein. i.
p» 157, note.
One of the most interesting discoveries of Hemprich and Ehren-
berg in the mountains of Qonfudah, and in Abyssinia. Examples
from both localities are in the Berlin Museum. Recent collectors
have not met with this bird in Abyssinia. Is it really to be found
there?
The descriptions of Heuglin and Bonaparte being incomplete and
1881.] FROM SOCOTRA AND S. ARABIA. 959
not very good, I add a few remarks upon the birds (five specimens)
before me :—
Ad. lete citrino-flava, rectricibus, remigibus et scapularibus
Susco-nigricantibus, pallide ochroleuco marginatis ; tectricibus
alarum minoribus et subalaribus lete flavis; subcaudalibus
pallide flavidis; rostro nigricante. Jun. minus lete tincta,
supra sordide adumbrata, capite et pectore purius flavis ; man-
dibula pallida, apice nigricante. Juv. flavedine viv ulla; no-
t@o toto sordide et obsolete ex flavido fulvescente; subtus pal-
lidior ; rostro pallescente.
The colour of the young bird is very curious and indistinct. In
the adult the dark blackish-brown tertials and scapulars, broadly
margined with pale isabelline, form a most prominent feature.
A second species of the genus Chrysospiza is Fringilla lutea of
Licht. (Temm. Pl. Col. 365), from Sennaar (ef. Heugl. loc. cit.
p- 637).
9. HyPHANTORNIS GALBULA, Riipp.
Hyphantornis galbula, Heugl. loc. cit. p. 557, t. xviii. fig. d (fig.
med.); Riipp. N. Wirb. Abyss. p. 92, t. 32.
Two adult males from Hami. ‘Iris orange-red.’’
From Qonfudah, in the Berlin Museum, by Hempr. & Ehrenb.
10. Garertpa cristata (L.).
Galerida cristata, Heugl. Orn, N.O.-Afr. p. 680; Hartl. &
Finsch, Ostafr. p. 460.
One specimen. Shugra.
Well known from the Gulf of Aden.
11, ARDEA BREVIPES, Hempr. & Ehrenb.
Ardea brevipes, Hempr. & Ehrenb. Symb. Phys. Av. fol. M;
Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 1082.
An adult male from Bolhaf.
It remains doubtful to me whether this bird is really to be con-
sidered distinct from A, atricapilla, or merely a local variety of
this species, confined, as Heuglin maintains, to the coasts of the Red
Sea and the Gulf of Aden.
12. Larus LEUCcoPHTHALMoOs, Licht.
Larus leucophthalmos, Heugl. loc. cit. p. 1396; Finsch & Hartl.
Ostafr. p. 821.
Two specimens, an adult and a younger male, from Hami.
“Tris grey; beak of a uniform greyish black.”
960 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE INCUBATION _[Nov. 29,
6. Observations on the Incubation of the Indian Python
(Python molurus), with special regard to the alleged
Increase of Temperature during that process. By W.A.
Forszs, B.A., Prosector to the Society.
[Received September 27, 1881.]
The first exact observations of the incubation of their eggs by the
females of the constricting Serpents included in the genus Python
were made, forty years ago, by M. Valenciennes in the Jardin des
Plantes at Paris, his account having been published in the 13th volume
of the ‘Comptes Rendus’ for 1841’. In this case the species
observed was Python bivittatus: a female, about 10 feet long, which
had been in company with a male of the same species of rather
smaller size, and with which she had been seen several times in copuld,
laid at the beginning of May fifteen eggs, round which she coiled
herself up, and so remained for fifty-six days, when eight of the
eges hatched, producing young snakes about half a metre in length.
During the period of incubation Valenciennes observed a marked
increase of temperature in the female, highest at the commencement
of incubation and gradually diminishing thence till its close. His
observations on the temperature are recorded in a table appended to
the memoir already cited; and to them I shall have further occasion
to refer in the sequel.
In the year 1862, a large female Python sebe laid a number of
eggs, and also incubated on them, in this Society’s Gardens, as
described by Mr. Sclater at length’. The period of incubation
lasted 82 days; at the end of that time the eggs were removed, as
none had hatched, and they were evidently decomposing. On exa-
mination five or six were found with embryos inside, one of these
being eleven inches in length. A few observations on the tempera-
ture of the female were taken, that of the male in the same com-
partment being taken at the same time. In every ease, the female
was found to be several degrees warmer than the male, the difference
ranging between 2°°8 F. and 12°:4 F. when the surface temperature
was recorded, and between 6°8 F. and 20°:0 F. when that between
the folds of the animals was measured.
During the past summer we have again had an opportunity of
observing the incubation of a Python in the Society’s Gardens. A
female Python molurus, about 12 feet long, which had been living
in company with two somewhat smaller males (one of this species,
the other being a Python bivittatus), deposited during the night
of June 5th-6th a number of eggs, about twenty. Round these
she coiled herself up, in the same way as already observed by
Valenciennes and Mr. Sclater, the eggs being nearly entirely con-
cealed from view by her folds. In this position she remained for
six weeks, without once eating, and with only one break in her
1 Tom. cit. pp. 126-133. 2 P.Z.8, 1862, pp. 365-868.
1881.] OF THE INDIAN PYTHON. 961
incubation, in the early part of July, when she left her eggs for a
few hours, returning to them again however and coiling herself up
as before, though now the regularity of her folds was not so great
as it had been previously. On July 18th (that is, after a period of
forty-three days from the date of laying), as the eggs were evidently
decomposing, they were removed; and their state on examination
was found to be very similar to that observed by Mr. Sclater
on the previous occasion. Several of those examined showed no
traces of haying been impregnated ; at least, no signs of any develop-
ment inside remained ; one or two, however, contained embryos, one
of which was about 11 inches long, and had its scales well developed.
From the discrepancies existing between the observations of Valen-
ciennes and those made here previously on the temperature of the
incubating Pythoness, it seemed highly desirable to utilize the
opportunity afforded by this last instance for a further and more
extensive series of observations on the phenomenon in question.
Mr. Zambra, of the well-known firm of Negretti and Zambra, who
had himself taken part in the observations made in 1862, was kind
enough to give me his most valuable aid and assistance in this inves-
tigation. He not only supplied us with excellent self-registering
thermometers of the newest pattern and most delicate make, but was
also kind enough to attend regularly—often, I fear, at consider-
able inconvenience to himself—to superintend and take the ne-
cessary readings. With the assistance of Mr. Bartlett, Mr. Clarence
Bartlett, and the keeper of the reptiles, J. Tyrrell, Mr. Zambra and
I were thus enabled to take a very considerable number of observa-
tions on the point in question, with instruments of a more accurate
kind than had been available for our predecessors. Our first obser-
vations were taken on June 14th, about nine days after the eggs were
laid; and they were continued thence without intermission, at intervals
of two or three days, till the eggs were removed on July 18th. The
readings were always taken about the same time of day, from 12 to
2 o’clock, in order to avoid any differences that might be due to the
diurnal variation of temperature. Following Mr. Sclater’s example,
we took a double series of observations, one set on the incubating
female, another on the male of the same species, which, after it had
been removed from the female when the eggs were laid, was kept in
the cage next to that of the female under conditions practically
identical. The temperature of the Snakes was ascertained, first by
placing the thermometer on the surface of their bodies, and then by
placing it between the folds of their coils. In each case their bodies
were covered by the blankets under which they usually rest ; and, as
far as possible, the different readings, of which we usually took three
in each set, were obtained in as many different places in the coils,
one towards the centre, the others more towards the outside. The
temperature of the air was taken by suspending a thermometer a
little way above the floor of the cages; that of the gravel in the cages
by burying the bulb of the thermometer in the gravel, in the same
position in each cage, and over the hot-water pipes which run beneath
the floors of the cages.
Proc. Zoou. Sec.—1881, No. LXII. 62
962 ON THE INCUBATION OF THE INDIAN PYTHON. [Nov. 29,
The observations are given iz ewtenso, as we took them, in Table I.
(p.964). In Table II. (p. 967) I have given the average temperatures
of the two Snakes, as deduced from these observations, as well as the
difference for each set of readings in the temperature in the two sexes.
In the disgrams (figs. 1 and 2, p. 963) I have recorded these averages
in a graphic form, the upper line marking the average temperature be-
tween the folds and the middle line the average on the folds, whilst the
lowest one indicates the temperature of the air in the respective cages.
This last curve is nearly identical in the two cases, that in the male’s
cage averaging, however, a trifle higher. Although this is the case, it
will nevertheless be observed that doth the temperature-curves of the
female are higher than the corresponding ones for the male, especially
the upper one. All four are clearly influenced by the variations in
the external medium, the maxima temperatures of the snakes’ bodies
being attained when the air is hottest or nearly so.
Not only are the temperature-curves of the female higher, but, as
shown by their less amount of angularity, the temperature of the
female continues more constant throughout the time observed. This,
no doubt, may in part be due to the fact of the female being in a
condition of repose throughout, with no variations produced by
exercise, the assimilation of food, or other causes.
Taking the averages of the first four columns of Table II., we get
respectively 82°98 F. and 86°°03 F. as the temperature of the male,
and 84°38 F, and 89°07 F. as that of the female, according to
whether the temperature is taken on the surface or between the folds.
These figures give a difference of 1°4 F. and a little over 3°0 F.,
the difference being in each case in favour of the female.
The maaima readings obtained were, as may be seen from Table I.,
89°°6 F. (July 4) and 89°°8 (July 15) for the male (surface and
folds), and 89°-8 F. (July 15) and 92°:8 F. (July 1) for the female.
The maximum observed by Valenciennes was 41°5 C. (106°-7 F.),
or nearly 14° higher than the highest I observed.
The greatest difference between the temperature of the air and
that of the surface of the two Snakes was &°'3 F. (on June 16th) in
the case of the male, and 9°°6 F. (on June 18th) in the case of the
female. The greatest differences between the air and the coils were
also observed on the same days, and amounted to 11°°6 F. in the
case of the male, 16°°7 F. in the female. Valenciennes found on
one occasion the difference, as measured between the coils, as much
as 21°5 C. (between 18°:0 C. and 39°°5 C.) or 38°:7 F., a difference
enormously greater than any we observed.
It would seem therefore that, if bis observations are to be relied
on, throughout the case recorded by Valenciennes the female deve-
loped a far greater amount of heat than ours did, though she was
kept in a cage that was apparently considerably colder'. As in this
? The extreme temperatures of the air recorded by Valenciennes—who took his
observations when the cages were coldest, 7. e. before the fresh hot water was put
in—are 17° C. and 28° C. (62°°6 F. and 78°°4 F.) respectively. The temperature
of the two cages in which our animals were kept was only on three occasions
less than the highest in Valenciennes’ series.
q
=
on
8)
=|
3
ry
o)
2
°
ro)
=|
u
=)
=)
=|
D
ro
u
YY 40 ae Eee
Funai} —\\ |
| \
| : \
| yi SEE ANG ee ae
= = waa - = | £ ae _ =~
'
ae
4.
“=
=
|
]
|
ZOvIMNS
| Vv ” \__f
Sa10s__ | | | ae 5 3 —~ | coed : \ g -—| i +
N7IMILFG | : |
964 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE INCUBATION [Noy. 29,
case more than half the eggs hatched out, it may be that the failure
of our animal to do the same was due to the lack of heat. There is
also in our case none of that steady fall in temperature, from the
commencement to the close of incubation, observed by Valenciennes.
In his case, at the commencement of incubation the female had a
temperature of 41°°5 C. (106°°7 F.) between the folds (the highest
observed at all), falling at the end to 28° C. (82%4 F.). In our
case, the maximum temperature was very nearly obtained on three
different occasions.
The second set of observations, those made here in 1862, are
hardly complete enough to allow of much comparison ; but through-’
out that series the differences between the sexes are greater, though
the absolute temperatures are considerably lower! than the average
ones I obtained.
Renewed observations will be required to satisfactorily settle the
amount of the increase of temperature—a fact of which there can
now, I think, be no doubt—which is produced in these reptiles by
the process of incubation. The average difference of 3° F. which
I have obtained is, it may be observed, very nearly identical with
that which occurs in the case of the temperature of fever-patients
as compared with the normal. And as the increase of heat in an
incubating bird is essentially of the same nature as that produced
by an inflammation of a tissue, and such is also presumably the case
in an incubating reptile, the nearness of the results thus arrived at is,
in itself, an argument in favour of the correctness of my observations.
Tape I,
Record of Observations on the Temperature of the incubating (Female)
and non-incubating (Male) Pythons.
j
a |
3 |
od fe) Ls) =|
Fo] ~ al cs
a = a I 2
Date. a ra} a = 8 = E Remarks.
S| oe ohcesullia at alese alle vee tees
5 ae} = is 3) oS 5
q q a io) Ee) — a
“A =) =< o o =
a w s = ral | q q
-— 7a | uy here (3) o
4/3/36 == | elles | | &
_ | — a — ee — eal —_
° ° ° ° Xe) fe} °
June 14...) fo | | 84:8 | 86'9 | 89:5
| 86°7 88:5
2 ge 87-6 88-9
75:0 | 77-2 | 825 | | | 88:7
{ Re | | | |
1 Except in the case of one reading of 96° F., taken on the female, which was
on that day 20° F. warmer than the male. This observation, however, is, I
think, open to doubt.
1881.] OF THE INDIAN PYTHON. 965
TABLE I, (continued).
etait
} wn | a |
| P fet ./ 8)
| | é Ms + | a= 8 |
Date. ~ | Sa bee Soke at edo Remarks.
&p a = | B = o
Se iS) Q
8 < i a | @ Io o
pn fa nga |e ad ee |
i - = o o
His |@igeisi2|é
aq/4a/so/a/83 |e] &
June 16... “fs ‘ e | 86-7 88-1 36 J0'8 | An observation ta-
766 83:5 | 87-1 || 86°99 |88:8 | ken on the tail of
2 84:6 | 87:5 | 83:5 |90'3 | the rea gave
7 | mo. : 86-7 82°°3. Two on
TOT | 78-7 | 833 another male on
the tree in cage
gave 76°°7 (each
time).
+3) ASuadly ce 82-6 | 86:3 | 84:4 |91°3 | Themalehad fed the
75°5 |'79°6 | 84:5 || 83°5 | 83°8 | 85:4*/ 90-0 | previous night,
Q 83°6 | 86:5 || 84:0 | 91°7 | * Tail,
75:0 | 81:3 | 83:8 |
rel eel aires 84:0 | 87-9 || 85:0 | 88°6*) * The blanket over
78:0 | 77:2 | 86:3 || 84:5 | 88:0 | 82°9 |92-7t) here was wet.
Q 84:5 | 89°6 || 82-7 oh tT Tail.
; i 88:4 || 2°
sl 7-e ers g 773 | 845 || 809 | 88:9 | The temperature of
77-4 |79:1 | 847 ||'79°8 | 82:8 || 83:4 |89-7 | an egg, on the ex-
2 Ba 83:8 || 85:9 | 89-9 | posed surface, was
pe ae : 8-6 88°°3 (two obser-
77°8 | 82°3 | 84-0 | vations). :
597s avalon 79:2 | 84-4 | 78°3 | 88:7 | Temperature of an
76:3 |'73°7 | 83:5 ||'78'6 | 84-4 || 80°6 |89°3 | egg 88°.
9 '80°'7 | 84:3 || 818 | 88:0
74-4 |73°9 |79'5
sate | oat |
746 |'75:4 |83°8 || 81:0 | 85°6 || 82:4 | 87-9
ete, Rue ae
Fs ’ 86° ‘6
734 | 76:2 | 82:0 87-2
ee 3 78°6 |'79°3 | 83:0 | 85:0
76°6 |'79°8 | 83:0 || 76:9 | 80-4 || 83°6 | 89-0
Q 77-0 | 82:2 | 81-0 87:5
74-0 |782 \a22 |) 777) 828 thas
966 ON THE INCUBATION OF THE INDIAN PYTHON. [Noyv. 29,
TaB_e I. (continued).
|
3 2-1 |
a . | || ed a.
aU fo. |. Sa ee oe
Date. ee | Nee S x 8 = | & Remarks,
0) mH a & = 5 o
Biss fo a ee aes
q = ra rs) 2 = &
a5 | S e a 5 a 3
CBE oes coe Cee
4/4 /o] a} a) em] es |
if
July 1...) ¢ }° |° 1187-0 [880 || 88-4 |908 |
81:5 | 85-4 || 85°2 | 85°5 || 85°8 | 91°5
Ce) 87:0 | 89°6 || 87-6 | 92°8
yn 4d oS " |/ 88:2 | 89-2 || 86-2 | 90-0
87-0 | 86°6 | 90-6 || 88:6 | 89°6 || 85:6. | 90-0
Q 89°6 | 89°8 || 888 | 90°8
866 |82-4 | 89-0 ste FOS
110 fof 81-4 | 82°6 || 80:2 | 90:0 |
788 |82°6 | 89-2 || 81-0 | 87-0 || 83°7 | 90-0
Ce) 80-4 | 84-0 || 85-2 | 83-8t) tT On neck.
Bp tebed! rss 79-8 | 83-0 ||'78°6 | 85:0 |
728 | 77:2 | 84:0 || 79°3 | 83-2 ||'79°6 | 86-2
fc) 79:0 | 804 || 79-4 | 85°4 |
723 |762 |s20} | 884
so peees|ie. ses ... ||848 |86°6 || 80:8 | 86:8 | Two observationson
3 | 83:0 | 85-2 || 84-4 | 85-8 || 81-7 |85°5 | a male that had
803 || 85:6 | 86'8 || 83:3 |87:1 | been in the water
86'6 | gave 80° 4 and
g 79:0 | 79°°8, between the
80:2 80-3 | 8+8 | folds.
rma Fee lee 83:4 | 85:5 || 85-4 |88°7 | The eggs are all ex-
79°3 | 80°7 | 85'1 || 83:3 | 85-9 || 86-2 |89°6 | posed.
° S49 /85'1 | 871 | 89 .| {A male that had
79'2 |83:3 | 83:8 ‘ | been in the water
| gaye82°1 between
the folds.
9 LD og 87-7 | 89°8§|| 86°8 | 90-9 | § Only one obser-
87:1 | 87-7 | 90-3t!| 88-7 87:8 |91:2 | vation, the male
Ce) || 88°6 89'8 | 92-2 pen teee 5
; 91-7 oa (¢') in the
87-1 | 86-0 | 89-4 same cage gave
pn 18ic\ eG || 85:1 | 88:0 || 86:2 | 88:0 | also 89°°8 as its
82:2 | 86-0 | 89-2 || 84-5 | 87-4 || 85°7 |86°6 | temperature be-
Q 85:4 | 86:2 ||84:3 | 88:8 | tween the folds,
1881.] THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE, 967
Taste II,
Showing the Averages of the Observations recorded in Table I., and
the Differences in Temperature between the two sexes.
!
Male. Female. Difference.
Date, aM aula an jas
S Sa =) = 9S S a
S$) 22 | S8 | 2S | 68 | eS
a | ao a | 3 a}ao
° Oo
Fane TA. ccssick. cp Tal taac) bee leavas ds bes
ar tG a. le 84:9 | 87-4 || 846} 90-0 3 | 26
oN Sis c tee 83:2 | 85:5 || 846] 91:0 || 14 |] 55
ey. peer Zp. 84:3 | 885 |} 835] 904 || -8] 1:9
et ee 790 | 83-7 || 834] 895] 44 ] 58
aS 7 Peon sie es 795 | 844 || 802] 887 | -7 | 43
Se ee 794 | 855 || 804] 879 | 10 | 24
Pa eae ay 776 | 806 | 826} 882'| 50 | 7-6
July ice. ane 86:0 | 87-9 | 86-9 | 91:5 9 | 36
peg A Oa eve. 888 | 89:9 | 869 | 904 | 1:9 5
ABO goat ® Sf 809 | 84-7 || 827] 881] 18] 34
At TSA (2088 794 | 82:5 || 7921 855 | °2 | 30
RA eT © 848 | 865 || 81:9] 86:5 | 2:9
ae eae ene 837 | 855 | 862] 893 | 25 | 38
Fan faba 88:3 | 89:8 || 882! 91-5 ce inh ey
rabeetress DATE Si 85:0 | 871 || 854] 878 | 4 ‘7
| |
Average...... 82:98] 86:03} 84:38] 89-07
_ N.B. The figures in black type point out when the difference of temperature
is in favour of the male. Such cases, it is to be observed, only occur when the
surface-temperature is observed.
December 13, 1881.
Prof. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
The Secretary read the following report on the additions made
to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of November 1881 :—
The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-
gerie during the month of November was 136, of which 46 were by
birth, 36 by presentation, 33 by purchase, 15 were received on
deposit, and 6 in exchange. The total number of departures during
the same period, by death and removals, was 101.
The most remarkable additions during the month of November
were as follows :—
1, Forty-six young Nose-horned Vipers (Vipera nasicornis), pro-
ced ali ve by a large female of this Serpent acquired on the lst of
968 MR. H. SEEBOHM ON THE RUSTY GRACKLE. [Dec. 13,
October last. But few of them long survived their birth; but the
large number of young produced on one occasion by this venomous
Snake is remarkable, and worthy of record.
2. A Vinaceous Amazon (Chrysotis vinacea), purchased Novem-
ber 30, being of a species new to the Society’s collection.
Mr. Sclater exhibited two skins of a Rail obtained from Macquarie
Island, south of New Zealand, and transmitted to him by Sir George
Grey, K.C.B., F.Z.S. The skins were in bad condition and hardly
suitable for exact determination, but appeared to belong to the
species lately described by Captain Hutton as Rallus macquariensis
(Ibis, 1879, p. 454).
Mr. Sclater proposed to deposit these specimens in the British
Museum.
Mr. Henry Seebohm, F.Z.S., exhibited a specimen of the Rusty
Grackle (Scolecophagus ferrugineus), which had been shot on the
4th of October last, by a workman engaged as a wheelwright, within
a mile of Cardiff, on the grassy flats between the sea and the moun-
tains which are known there as “ moors.”’ It had been brought a few
hours after being killed to Mr. Robert Drane, F.L.S., by the man who
shot it, and who was in the habit of bringing to that gentleman any
rare bird that he happened to meet with. It had been shot on the wing;
and the plumage was in such a perfect condition, that the idea of its
haying escaped from a cage seemed untenable. Mr. Drane had known
the man some time as an intelligent though uninformed workman,
fond of birds, and believed perfectly in his bona fides. This bird had
never before been recorded as a British one. It was said to breed
in the arctic regions of the American continent up to the limit of
forest-growth from Labrador to Alaska. The example obtained at
Cardiff appeared to be an adult male in autumn plumage.
Mr. Seebohm also exhibited a specimen of Pallas’s Great Grey
Shrike (Lanius major), which had been shot in the April of the
present year, by a gamekeeper, twenty miles west of Cardiff, and
sent in the flesh to a bird-preserver in that town, who had shown it
to Mr. Drane before skinning it, and in whose possession it had
remained. ‘This species was known to breed from North Scandi-
navia eastwards throughout Siberia, but had not been recorded before
from the British Islands,
The following papers were read ;—
1881.] THE WHALE-FISHERY OF THE BASQUE PROVINCES. 969
1. On the Whale-Fishery of the Basque Provinces of Spain.
By Cuements R. Marxnam, F.R.S. (Communicated
by Professor FLower.)
{Received November 14, 1881.]
My attention was originally drawn to the Basque Whale-Fishery
by observing, during my study of Arctic literature, and especially
while editing the voyages of William Baffin, that the first English
whaling vessels were in the habit of shipping a boat’s crew of
Basques to harpoon the whales. I was informed that a whale,
the Balena biscayensis, had frequented the coasts of the Basque
provinces from time immemorial; but that it had become nearly
extinct in the 17th century, when the Basques began to extend
their voyages further north and across the Arctic Circle. Hence the
Basques had become dexterous whale-fishers long before any other
European people had entered upon that perilous occupation.
I found that several naturalists had investigated the history of the
Biscayan whale, notably Eschricht and Reinhardt in Denmark, M.
Fischer in France, and Professor Flower in this country. Full in-
formation respecting these investigations is contained in Eschricht
and Reinhardt’s memoir published by the Ray Society in 1866 ; and
many interesting particulars have sinee been brought to light re-
specting the whale-fishery so far as it relates to the French Basques,
and to the ports of Bayonne, Biarritz, Guétary, St Jean de Luz, and
Ciboure.
But in looking through the books and papers on the subject, a
list of which was kindly furnished to me by Professor Flower last
June, I did not find any particulars respecting the Spanish ports,
where the Basque sailors are more numerous than in France, and
inhabit a more extensive line of coast. I therefore thought it
possible that, by visiting those ports and making inquiries respecting
the literature of the provinces in which they are situated, and the
local traditions, I might be able to collect some further information
touching the whale-fishery of the Basques. It has now been sug-
gested to me that such particulars as [ have succeeded in bringing
together, from their bearing on the history of the Balena bis-
cayensis, a nearly extinct animal, would be interesting to the Zoolo-
gical Society. I therefore have pleasure in communicating the
following notes on the subject.
The coast which I personally visited this summer extends from the
French frontier to the Cabo de Pefias, including the Basque provinces
of Guipuzcoa and Vizcaya, and the purely Spanish provinces of
Santander and the Asturias. It is for the most part bold and rocky,
with lofty cliffs of cretaceous limestone, haying strata hove up at
great angles. Occasionally there is a stretch of sand, generally at
the mouths of rivers, and here and there a rocky little boat-harbour.
Forests of oak and chestnut clothe the mountains, with occasionally
open spaces of fern and heather and bushes of arbutus and myrtle.
970 MR, C. R. MARKHAM ON THE WHALE-FISHERY OF [Dec. 13,
In some places the chestnut-groves come down almost to the water’s
edge.
site this coast there are many small fishing-towns. Fuenter-
rabia, on its picturesque hill, overlooks the French frontier. Fol-
lowing the coast to the westward the next port is Pasajés ; and then
comes the city of San Sebastian, which was the centre of the old
whale-fishery. Zarauz is a town stretching along the shores of a
sandy bay. Guetaria is built in a cleft of rocks which are shel-
tered behind the island of San Anton. Zumaya and Deva are at
the mouths of rivers; and Motrico is a picturesque little town built
on steep slopes like Clovelly, overlooking a rocky bay. These are
the ports of Guipuzcoa.
Ondarroa, at the mouth of its river, where small schooners are
still built, is the first port of Vizcaya, coming from the east. Le-
queitio is a large and more important place, sending out about a
hundred fishing-boats. Next come Mundaca, at the mouth of the
river Guernica, Bermeo, another populous fishing-town with as
many boats as Lequeitio, Plencia, and Portugalete and Santurce in
the bay of Bilbao. These are the principal Vizcayan ports.
The province of Santander has Castro-Urdiales, Laredo and San-
tofia on the shores of a large harbour, Santander itself, and San
Vicente de la Barquera.
In the Asturias are the ancient ports of Llanes, Rivadesella,
Villaviciosa, the important town of Gijon, Candas, and Luanco,
From the little village of Luanco to the end of the Cabo de las Peftas
is a walk of eight miles; and this was the most western point I
reached.
The Basque fishermen are a handsome race. They go away on
their fishing-voyages for many days, and are brave, honest, and
industrious; while both men and women are always cheerful and light-
hearted. They belong to a people who, for centuries, have repelled
foreign invasion, have enjoyed free institutions, and made their own
laws. The Basque fishermen are the descendants of the old whalers,
and retain their traditions. They have, from time to time, produced
naval worthies whose names are historical. Among them are Se-
bastian del Cano, a native of the little fishing-town of Guetaria, who
was the first cireumnavigator of the globe; Legaspi, the conqueror
of the Philippine Islands; Machin de Munguia, the Spanish Gren-
ville ; and Churruca, whose gallantry at the battle of Trafalgar won
for him the admiration of his English foes.
Such men were the product of the whale-fishery, which was for
the Basques, as it has since been for the British, an admirable nursery
for seamen.
My first inquiries had reference to the antiquity of the Basque
whale-fishery. The following facts show that it was a well estab-
lished trade in the 12th century; so that it probably existed at
least two centuries earlier. King Sancho (the Wise) of Navarre
granted privileges to the city of San Sebastian in the year 1150. In
this grant there is a list of articles of merchandise, with the duties that
must he paid for warehousing them; and whalebone has a prominent
1881.] THE BASQUE PROVINCES OF SPAIN. 971
place in the list: “ Carga de boquinas-barbas de ballenas.....2
dineros.” The same privileges were extended by Alfonso VIII. of
Castille to Fuenterrabia in 1203, and to Motrico and Guetaria in
1204. Ferdinand III., in a royal order dated at Burgos the 28th
September 1237, gave similar priviliges to Zarauz. And this docu-
ment contains further proof of the antiquity of the whale-fishery ;
for a claim is made that, in accordance with custom (“ sicut forum
est’’), the King should have a slice of each whale, along the back-
bone, from the head to the tail. The custom here referred to in-
dicates the antiquity of the fishery. At Guetaria it was the custom
to give the first fish of the season to the King, who usually returned
half.
Another proof of the importance of the whale-fishery on the
northern coast of Spain, and probably also of its antiquity, is the
fact that no less than six of the towns have a whale for their coat
of arms. This charge is in the arms of Fuenterrabia. Over the
portal of the first house in the steep old street of Guetaria there is
a shield of arms consisting of a whale amidst waves of thesea. At
Motrico the town arms consist of a whale in the sea, harpooned,
and a boat with men holding the line. The same device is carved
on the wall of the Town Hall of Lequeitio. The arms of Bermeo
and Castro-Urdiales also contain a whale.
I was assured that vigias or look-out posts were established on the
headlands, and high up the mountains overlooking the fishing-towns,
whence notice was given directly a whale was seen spouting in the
offing ; and soon the boats were in pursuit. On the mountain of
Talaya-mendi (‘‘ Look-out mountain”) above Zarauz, there are some
ruined walls, which, according to Madoz, are the remains of one of
these watch-towers, whence warnings were sent down the moment a
whale was in sight.
In some of the towns there are records which throw light on the
whale-fishery ; but (chiefly during the French occupation) most of the
ancient archives have been destroyed or are lost. Fortunately this
is not universally the case. In the town of Lequeitio eight of the
“libros de fabrica”’ or fabric rolls of the church, commencing from
the year 1510, have been preserved, which contain much interesting
information.
The most ancient document relating to whales in the Lequeitio
archives is dated September 11th, 1381. It is there ordered and
agreed by the Cadildo that the whalebone taken shall be divided
into three parts, two for repairing the boat-harbour, and the third
for the fabric of the church. The same order is repeated in another
document dated 1608.
In the “libros de fabrica de la iglesia de Lequeitio’’ there is a
list of the whales killed, in various years, by the boats of Lequeitio,
from 1517 to 1661.
1517, Two whales killed.
1525, Returns in money value.
1531, January and February, two large and one small whale killed.
1532, None killed,
972 MR.C,R. MARKHAM ON THE WHALE-FISHERY OF ([Dec. 13,
1586. Two large whales and one small.
1538. Six whales killed.
1542. Two whales killed.
1543. One whale wounded by the Lequeitio people, but captured at Motrico.
Divided between the two towns.
1543. Two whales killed, mother and young. The Mayor-domo working
all day at the whalebone, and received 2 rials.
1546, February 24 a whale killed in front of St. Nicholas Island. The
bones yielded 93 ducados.
1550. Two whales killed.
1570. One whale killed.
1576. One whale killed.
1578. One whale killed.
1580. Three and a young one.
1608. One whale killed.
1609, Three whales killed.
1611. Two small whales killed, in concert with the men of Andarroa,
which led to a law suit,
1617. One whale killed,
1618. One whale killed.
1619. One whale killed,
1622. One whale killed with its young.
1649. Two whales killed.
1650. Two whales killed.
1657. Two whales killed and two young.
1661. One whale killed.
In the “‘libro de fabricu”’ including the years from 1731 to 1781
there is no mention of a whale, nor in the two succeeding books.
The sailors went long voyages in search of them. But in 1712,
fifty years after the last entry in the books, there were boats and
apparatus for catching whales. In 1740 it was said that there were
no sailors in Lequeitio, all having gone on long whaling voyages.
In a record of a marriage at Lequeitio on July 15th, 1712, among
the goods of the bride are mentioned a whale-boat with sails, lines,
harpoons, and apparatus complete. Of the bridegroom it is said
that “he was clothed decently, having four coats of London cloth,
a good chest to keep his clothes in and another for travelling, a
mattrass, pillow, and blanket, and needful clothes for going to sea.”’
So that between them they were well prepared for a whaling expe-
dition. .
These entries at Lequeitio indicate that during the sixteenth cen-
tury the whales were abundant; for if this was the eatch of only
one village out of at least twenty along the coast, we may fairly
multiply it by at least ten for the average yield of the fishery.
In the books of the “‘ Cofradia de Marchantes” of Zarauz there are
similar records, from which it appears that between the years 1637
and 1801 as many as 55 whales were killed by the Zarauz people,
whose prowess was known throughout the Cantabrian coast. There
is one noteworthy tradition at Zarauz, to the effect that two young
sailors, without any help, chased, harpooned, and killed a large whale,
and brought it safely to the beach. This deed is immortalized on im-
perishable stone. Over the portal of a house in Zarauz, no. 13 Calle
de Azara, there is an inscription, now in the greater part rendered
illegible by time, but with letters of the shape and style used in the
1881.] THE BASQUE PROVINCES OF SPAIN. 973
sixteenth century. To the left of the inscription there is carved a
harpooned whale, with the line fastened to a boat, in which are two
men. Don Nicolas de Soraluce, the learned historian of Guipuzcoa,
told me that an old resident in Zarauz, named Belaunzardn, had
often spoken to him of the feat recorded on this stone slab, adding
that he used to hear his grandmother explain that the carving
represented the harpooning and killing of a whale by two young
sailors in a single boat. This deed was considered worthy of being
handed down to posterity ; and the stone was therefore placed over
the door of the house of these two brothers, or, as some say, a father
and son.
There are some other records as to the disposition of the whalebone.
By an order dated Nov. 20th, 1474, the town of Guetaria gave half
the value of each whale towards the repair of the church and of
the boat-harbour. In San Sebastian, according to an ancient custom,
the whalebone was given to the ‘‘ Cofradia’’ (brotherhood) “ of
San Pedro.”
It is clear that the whales, close along the coast, became very
scarce in the middle of the seventeenth century, when the entries
at Lequeitio cease, and that the Basque sailors then began to seek
the means of exercising their special craft by making long voyages,
even to the Arctic regions. Such voyages were occasionally made
at a still earlier period. It is stated by Madoz that a pilot of Zarauz
named Matias de Echeveste was the first Spaniard who visited the
banks of Newfoundland, and that, according to a memoir written by
his son, he made 28 voyages from 1545 to 1599, the year of
his death. In the accounts of the first English whaling voyages
to Spitzbergen, in the collection of Purchas, we read of Basque
ships from San Sebastian frequenting those Arctic seas in search of
whales, and of the overbearing way in which their captains were often
treated by the English. Nevertheless the English were glad to
obtain the help of the Basque sailors to do for them the most perilous
and difficult part of the work, namely the harpooning and killing of
the whales.
I gather from Eschricht and Reinhardt’s memoir that this
Biscayan whale was known to the French Basques as the “Sarde,”
and was the same as the “‘ Nordkaper”’ of the Dutch and North
Germans, and the “ Sletéag”’ of Iceland, a whalebone whale, but
smaller and more active than the great "Greenland Whale. The
Konge-speil (an ancient Norwegian record) has a passage to the effect
that ‘* those who travel on the sea fear it much; for its nature is to
play much with vessels.’’ Belonging to the temperate North Atlantic,
it is described as much more active than the Greenland Whale, much
quicker and more violent in its movements, more difficult and
dangerous to catch. It is smaller and has less blubber than the
B. mysticetus, the head shorter, and the whalebone much thicker
but scarcely more than halfas long.
For centuries the Basques had attacked and captured this for- -
midable Cetacean ; and they, in fact, monopolized all the experience
and skill which then existed in connexion with the craft and mys-
974 MR.C. R. MARKHAM ON THE WHALE-FISHERY OF [Deec. 13,
tery of whale-fishing. To the sailors of all other nations it was
an unknown business, appearing all the more perilous from their
lack of knowledge. So it was natural that the hardy and in-
trepid fishermen from the Cantabrian coast should be in requisition
as harponeers as soon as the English and Dutch entered upon the
Arctic whale-fishery, early in the seventeenth century. Along with
their services, we also borrowed their words. Harpoon is derived
from the Basque word Arpoi, the root being ar, ‘to take quickly.”
The Basque Harpoinari is a “‘ harponeer.”’
There is a letter still extant at Alcala de Henares, from James I.
of England to the king of Spain, dated 1612, in which permission is
asked to engage the services, on board English vessels engaged in the
Arctic whaling-trade, of Basque sailors skilled in the use of the
harpoon. The fact that Basque boats’ crews were frequently shipped
seems to show that this request was granted. In the whaling fleet
fitted out for Spitzbergen in 1613, under the command of Benjamin
Joseph, with Baftin on board the general’s ship as pilot, 24 Basques
were shipped. Orders were given that “ they were to be used very
kindly and friendly, being strangers and leaving their own country
to do us service.” The English seem to have adopted the fishing-
rules of the Basques, as well as to have benefited by their skill and
prowess. Thus we read of an order being given because “the order
of the Biscaines is that whoso doth strike the first harping-iron into
him, it is his whale, if his iron hold.” The Basques went out to
attack the whales in the offing, while the English got ready for
boiling-down. We read :—‘ News was brought to us this morning
that the Basks had killed a whale; therefore we hasted to set up our
furnaces and coppers, and presently began work; which we con-
tinued, without any want of whales, till our voyage was made”—
thanks to the Basques. In another place Baffin calls the Basques
*‘our whale strikers.”
Of course the English, in due time, learnt to strike the whales
themselves ; but the Basques were their instructors ; and it is there-
fore to this noble race that we owe the foundation of our whaling
trade.
In travelling along the coast, I found a universal tradition of the
whale-fishery ; and often the families of fishermen had the harpoons
hanging in their houses, which had been there for generations.
They still have occasion to use them when porpoises come within
range; and on board one of the Gijon steamers there was a
man with unerring aim. But many harpoons hang on the walls as
relics of the old whaling days. At Laredo the fishermen brought
me a harpoon of peculiar construction. The point was narrow and
very slightly barbed ; but there was a hinge halfway up the point,
which was kept in line with the shaft by a ring. When the harpoon
entered a whale, the ring slipped, the hinge turned, and the point
came at right angles to the shaft, making it impossible for the har-
poon to come out again. Baron Nordenskidld informs me that this
kind of harpoon is used by the Norwegians to kill the white whales.
At Llanes, in Asturias, I found a large palatial house which was
1881.] THE BASQUE PROVINCES OF SPAIN. 975
formerly the ‘ Casa de Ballenas,” or house where business connected
with the whale-fishery was transacted. At Gijon there is aiso a
* Casa de Ballenas,” and a street called Whale-lane. These names,
with the coats of arms and traditions, are all relies of the old whaling
days. At San Sebastian, too, there are enormous tinajas, or
earthenware jars, in which the oil was stored.
It was at one time supposed that the Balena biscayensis had
become quite extinct ; but this is certainly not the case. Whales
are seen on the Cantabrian coast at intervals of about ten years. In
1844 a whale was seen off Zarauz. Boats went out, and it was hit ;
but it broke the lines, and got away with two harpoons and three
lances in its body, after having towed the boats for six hours. On
the 25th of July 1850, early in the morning, a whale appeared off
Guetaria. Boats quickly pursued it; but the harponeer missed his
aim, and the whale went off, heading N.W. In January 1854 a
whale and her two young entered the bay of San Sebastian. One of
the young whales was singled out for attack; but the mother made
desperate efforts to defend it, and once broke the line. Eventually the
mother and one calf escaped, while the other was secured. Of
course, with proper boats and apparatus, and if the fishermen had
had a little of their ancestor’s experience, all three would have been
caught. It was the skeleton of this young whale that Professor
Eschricht purchased at Pampluna. It is now at Copenhagen.
While I was at Gijon, in the Asturias, I was told by an old
fisherman that a whale had been caught, about twenty years ago,
by the villagers near the lighthouse on Punta de Peftas. “The story
was not believed by merchants and otliers of whom I made inquiries ;
so I thought it best to investigate the matter myself. I therefore
went westward to the little fishing-village of Luanco, and next day
proceeded on foot across a wild mountainous country to the light-
house of Punta de Pefias—a distance of 16 miles there and back.
There, in the courtyard of the lighthouse was a whale’s jaw-bone ;
and the man in charge corroborated the story. But he added the
curious statement that the whale was dead and half flensed, drifting
in under the land, when the villagers first saw it and went out in
their boats to tow it on shore. I also found parts of the rib-bones
in the granary of a farm-house at Viodo, a hamlet near the light-
house.
The last whale of which I obtained intelligence was sighted be-
tween Guetaria and Zarauz on the 11th of February 1878. Many
boats went out from those two places, and one boat from Orio. The
first harpoon that kept fast was thrown by a smart young sailor of
Guetaria, the countryman of Sebastian del Cano, the first circum-
navigator of the globe. He is now in the Spanish navy. Even-
tually the whale was killed and towed on shore. No one derived
any benefit, because there was a law-suit tried at Azpeitia. It
appears that the harpoon was of Guetaria, but that the line belonged
to Zarauz. Meanwhile the whale became unpleasant and had to
be blown up. The authorities of San Sebastian, however, through
the intervention of Don Nicolas Soraluce, secured the bones ; and the
976 MESSRS. LISTER AND FLETCHER ON THE [ Dec. 13,
skeleton is now carefully set up in the small museum in that city.
It is 48 feet long; and part of the whalebone remains in the jaw.
There are also bones of a whale found in the sands at Deva, in the
same museum. I was given part of a whale’s rib dug up on the
Lequeitio beach ; and a jawbone, which was long in the courtyard
of the palace of the Marques de San Estevan at Gijon, is now pre-
served in the Jovellanos Institute of the same town. Of course
there must be any number of bones buried in the sand of the beaches
where so many hundreds of whales have been flensed in former
centuries.
In 1878 the accomplished historian of Guipuzcoa, Don Nicolas
Soraluce, printed a pamphlet at Vitoria on “the origin and history
of the whale and cod fisheries,” which contains much interesting
information. I may add that Seftor Soraluce is preparing some
additional chapters on the whale-fishery, and that he expects to
obtain copies of interesting documents relating to the same subject
from the archives of the Ministry of Marine at Madrid.
2. On the Condition of the Median Portion of the Vaginal
Apparatus in the Macropodide. By J. J. Lisrmr, B.A.,
F.Z.8., St. John’s College, Cambridge, Demonstrator
of Comparative Anatomy in the University of Cam-
bridge, and J. J. Fuercuer, M.A. (Syd.), B.Sc. (Lond.).
[Received November 8, 1881.]
In the Marsupialia, as is now well known, the female reproductive
organs consist of two ovaries, two oviducts, two uteri, two vaginee,
a urogenital sinus, and a clitoris. The vagine are variously compli-
cated in the various families comprising the order ; but in the Kan-
garoos the vaginal apparatus may be described in general terms as
consisting of a median portion (formed by the union and more or
less complete coalescence of the portions of the Miillerian ducts
which succeed the uteri), and of the two lateral portions (which
curve outward and backward somewhat like the handles of a vase,
and open distally, but without making any projection, into the uro-
genital chamber). They are what are usually known as the two
vaginee. The median portion is usually described as approaching
the urogenital chamber more or less closely, but as ending blindly,
thus forming a cul-de-sac, and as being connected with it simply by
connective tissue.
A considerable number of observers have met with the median
vaginal portion in a condition very different from that just described,
inasmuch as its tissue was found to be continuous with that of the
urogenital passage, and, what is still more interesting, the two
chambers communicated with one another by an aperture situated
immediately above that of the meatus urinarius.
1881. ] VAGINAL APPARATUS IN THE MACROPODID%. 977
Though several anatomists have met with uterine foetuses in situ,
no one as yet seems to have had the good fortune to find an embryo
in any part of the vaginze ; consequently there has been much con-
troversy as to the route taken by the embryo in passing to the uro-
genital passage. Some writers maintain that it comes down one of
the lateral canals ; while others aflirm that these serve only for the
conveyance of the semen, and that the embryo passes directly from
the median vaginal canal into the urogenital chamber.
We have ventured to bring the subject under the notice of the
Society for several reasons. First, because we have found the open
condition in some species in which it has not hitherto been recorded ;
secondly, because the text-books ased by students in this country
either refer to the subject only very briefly, as in Prof. Owen’s ‘ Com-
parative Anatomy,’ vol. iii., or nor at all, as in the manuals of Profs.
Gegenbauer, Huxley, and Macalister; thirdly, because, with the
exception of Home and Owen, no English observers seem to have
noticed the open condition of the median cul-de-sac, while it has, as
we shall show presently, attracted the attention of a considerable
number of continental investigators. As will be pointed out later
on, many of the observations already recorded are almost valueless,
because the observers have not referred their specimens to any genera
or species, or because they have been unable or have neglected to
offer any evidence as to whether the animals they are dealing with
had certainly produced young or not.
Before giving the details in connection with our specimen, it will
be interesting to state briefly the results already obtained. As far
as we ean learn, the observers who have investigated the condition
of the median vaginal canal, and have published the results arrived
at, are the following— Home, Cuvier, Seiler, G. St.-Hilaire, Owen,
Carus, Vrolik, Poelman, Alix, Luci, Pagenstecher, Garrod, and
Brass.
Sir E, Home’, who published an account in 1785, seems to have
been the first to give a description of the female reproductive organs
of the Kangaroo. This writer says that impregnated uteri had reached
John Hunter before his death, but that from want of leisure the
illustrious anatomist was prevented from giving them the attention
they deserved. Home does not say how many specimens came under
his own observation, nor to what species they belonged. In one of
his specimens he found the median vaginal portion (uterus of Home)
a veritable cul-de-sac. In another specimen he found the median
vaginal portion (uterus of Home) in communication, by a small
aperture, with the urogenital chamber (vagina of Home). Finding
what he took to be an embryo in the median vaginal canal (uterus
of Home), he supposed that he was dealing in this case with an im-
pregnated uterus, aud in the previous case with one in the virgin
condition; and he came to the conclusion that the median vaginal
portion was impervious in the virgin state, that during pregnancy
1 Phil. Trans. lxxxv. 1785, pp. 222-230; also Lect. on Comp. Anat. vol. iii.
pp. 341-370.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1881, No. LXIII. 63
978 MESSRS. LISTER AND FLETCHER ON THE _ [Dec. 13,
an orifice large enough to admit a hog’s bristle was to be met with,
and that “immediately after parturition, the parts are nearly brought
back into their original state ; the only circumstance deserving note
is, that the opening leading directly from the uterus (that is the
median vaginal canal) to the vagina (urogenital sinus), which is not
met with in the virgin state, after being enlarged by the passage of
the foetus, forms a projecting orifice and almost wholly conceals the
meatus urinarius.””
Concerning the views of Cuvier and of Geoffroy St.-Hilaire we are
not able to say much. From allusions in several of the papers shortly
to be mentioned, it would appear that Cuvier was opposed to the
view that a direct communication existed between the median vaginal
and the urogenital chambers, while G. St.-Hilaire was in favour of
such a view. Owing to the want of satisfactory references, we have
been unable not only to meet with the original papers in which these
two distinguished authors enunciated their views, but also to find
any descriptions of actual dissection. In the English edition of the
‘Régne Animal,’ however, the following passage occurs :—‘The matrix
of the animals of this order (Marsupialia) does not open by a single
orifice into the extremity of the vagina, but communicates with the
canal by two bent lateral tubes.”
In 1828 Seiler’ published his observations on a ‘ Kangaroo”
which had a mammary foetus in the pouch. He says :—‘‘ Noch
immer findet man in mehreren neuern Schriften die alte Meinung
wiederholt, es entstehe zur Zeit der ersten Geburt des Fotus eine
Oeffnung in dem Gebiarmutterhalse, gleich hinter der Harnrohren-
miindung, durch welche der Embryo geboren werde. So unwahr-
scheinlich mir auch immer diese Ansicht erschien, so sprechen doch
Home’s Beobachtungen dafiir, und ich untersuchte daher nicht nur
die Gebiirmutter ganz genau, sondern fiillte sie auch von einer Mut-
tertrompete aus mit Quecksilber so stark an, dass sie ganz gespannt
ausegedehnt wurde: allein es zeigte sich keine Spur einer Oeffnung,
und est ist mir nun gar nicht mehr zweifelhaft, dass der Embryo
dureh die seitenkanale der Gebiirmutter geboren werde, deren Ueber-
gangsbildung zu den Eyergiingen Geoffroy St. Hilaire sehr richtig
nachweist.”
In 1834 Prof. Owen? published his paper ‘‘On the Generation of
the Marsupial Animals, with a Description of the impregnated Uterus
of the Kangaroo,” from which we quote the following passage :—
“The foetus has been conjectured to pass into the urethro-sexual cavity
by a direct aperture formed after impregnation at the lower blind
end of the cul-de-sac; but I have not been able to discover any trace cf
such a foramen in two Kangaroos which had born young, and besides
I find that this part of the vagina is not continuous by means of its
proper tissue with the urethro-sexual canal, but is connected to it by
cellular membrane only; and the structure is agreeable to what is
presented in the simpler forms of the marsupial uterus, as in Didelphys
dorsigera and the Petauri, in which the culs-de-sac do not even come
1 Tsis, 1828, pp. 475-477.
2 Phil. Trans. exxiv. 1834, pp. 333-364.
1881. | VAGINAL APPARATUS IN THE MACRGPODID. 979
into contact with the urethro-sexual passage.” Almost identically the
same statement is repeated on page 316 of the same writer’s article
on “ Marsupialia”’ in vol. iii. of Todd’s ‘Cyclopedia of Anatomy
and Physiology’ (1839-1847). On page 319 of the same article,
moreover, the following words occur :—*“ I have already shown that
one of the chief grounds of the theory of marsupial generation there
proposed (that is Home Joc. cit.) is untenable, the supposed remains
of the foetus, described as being situated in the corpus uteri (vaginal
cul-de-sac) being nothing more than a portion of the inspissated
secretion commonly present both in this sae and the lateral canals.
The temporary orifice by which the foetus is stated to pass immedi-
ately from the so-called corpus uteri into the vagina (urogenital pas-
sage) does not exist.” We do not understand why Prof. Owen uses
the term “ temporary orifice.’ The passage of Home’s already
quoted seems to show that after parturition he regarded the orifice
as being permanently established. Apart from this, however, it
would seem that Prof. Owen did not accept either the conclusions or
the facts of Home. As we shall point out further on, in 1868 Prof.
Owen made the very important admission that in I. bennetti the
aperture of communication between the median cul-de-sac and the
urogenital canal is doubtless normal, at least, after parturition.
Carus in his Manual? (1834) speaks of having dissected a Kan-
garoo which had a young one about 8 inches long inthe pouch. He
found a means of communication between the two chambers. It is
true that in this, as in other cases, the aperture was glued up, or
plugged with mucus; but this is a matter which has nothing to do
with the question whether the median vaginal portion is always
and under all circumstances a blind sac, or whether during and after
parturition there is not a possible means of communication between
the median vaginal portion and the urogenital sinus.
In the same year Prof. Owen® published an account of the female
organs of a specimen of Macropus parryi; and alluding to the mesial
cul-de-sac of the vagina, the author says that it ‘did not extend quite
so far down in M. parryi as it does in the better-known species.”
No allusion is made to the breeding of the animal; but its history
is well known and has been recorded both by Bennett’ and by Water-
house’. If this female, whose history is so minutely recorded, had
ever produced young, no doubt such an event would not have been
passed over in silence. As it is we think it extremely probable that
the animal died a virgin.
In Vrolik’s paper’, “Ontleed en naturkundige aanteekeningen
over den grooten Kangaroo (JZ. major),”’ published in 1836, the
female organs are described and figured. With the aid of a friend
we have been able to make out that he found the mesial cul-de-sac
The italics are our own.
Lehrbuch der vergl. Zootomie, 2nd ed., 1854.
P. Z. 8. 1834, p. 152.
Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. i. 1833-1835, pp. 295-800.
Nat. Hist. of Mammalia, vol. i. pp. 113-114.
Hoeven en Vriese, Tijdschr. iii. pp. 291-356.
auf ©
63*
980 MESSRS. LISTER AND FLETCHER ON THE [ Dec. 13,
closed; but we do not know if he had any evidence whether the
animal had ever had young.
In 1851 Prof. Poelman', of Gand, published an account of his
observations on a female specimen of Halmaturus bennetti, in which
he found ‘‘que la méme partie (median vaginal canal) communique
librement avec le vestibule genito-urinaire.’” Prof. Owen was the
first who met with this condition in this species. We subjoin his
account of his discovery, which was published in 1852°;:—‘“In a
specimen of Macropus (Halmaturus) bennetti which I dissected in
1845, I detected a natural apertnre of communication between the
median cul-de-sac and the urogenital canal. I had the pleasure of
showing the specimen to Dr. Poelman during a recent visit of that
eminent comparative anatomist to the Hunterian Museum, and of
thus confirming the observation which he had, independently, made
of a similar modification of the female generative organs in a speci-
men of the M. ennetti dissected by him at the University of
Gand.”
Prof. Owen, in his “ Notes on the Anatomy of Dendrolagusinustus,”
published in 1852%, says:—‘* The lateral bent vaginal canals are
shorter in proportion than in M. major; but the median vaginal
cul-de-sac was closed, as in that species.” This specimen was the
first living representative of the species exhibited in Europe. It
lived in the Society’s Gardens for four years. Of its early history
there is no record, as far as we know; but it was probably captured
when young. If this rare animal had bred during its sojourn in the
Menagerie, such an interesting event would naturally have been
mentioned in Prof. Owen’s paper. Thereis no allusion to any such
event ; and it would seem very probable that the female in question
was a virgin.
In a paper published in 1857*, Vrolik described the anatomy of
a female specimen of Dendrolagus inustus. From this we gather
that he found the median canal closed.
In 1866 Alix® met with the open condition in a female of Halma-
turus bennetit, and, being unaware of the papers of Owen and Poel-
man, published his discovery as a newone. ‘Tothis Profs. Poelman®
and Owen? promptly replied. From the former’s reply we subjoin
the following extract (p. 399) :—“ J’ajouterai que, depuis la publi-
cation de ce travail [that is, bis paper already referred to] j’ai eu
Poccasion de vérifier cette disposition anatomique [that is, the open
condition} chez d’autres individus appartenant a la méme espéce
(H. bennetii), et en ce moment je ne conserve plus aucun doute sur
son existence constante.” From Prof. Owen’s reply we quote as
’ Bull. de l’Acad. Roy. de Belgique, xviii. 1851, p. 599.
* P. Z. 8.1852, p. 106.
3 bid.
4 W. Vrolik, “Ontleed kundige nasporingen omtrent Dendrolagus inustus,”
Verhandelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van Wettenschappen, &c. &c. Amster-
dam, vol. y. of series iy., 1857.
° Compt. Rend. Paris, Ixii, 1866, pp. 146-148.
® Ibid. pp. 399-400.
7 Ibid. pp. 592-596,
1881.] VAGINAL APPARATUS IN THE MACROPODID. $81
follows :—‘‘ Dans le Macropus, les culs-de-sac vaginaux communi-
quent entre eux, et la cavité commune s’étend jusqu’au vestibule
urétro-génital, mais sans y déboucher. CO’ est ce que j’ ai constaté chez
des femelles de l’ espéece M. major, qui avaient fait les petits au moins
deux fois. Dans ! Halmaturus, le cul-de-sac non seulement atteint
le fond du vestibule urétro-génital, mais il y débouche, comme on I’a
montré depuis longtemps.”
In 1867 Prof. Luci published the result of his investigations made
upon three females, two of which belonged to H. éennetti, and the
third to H. billardiert. The latter and one of the former were adult ;
and in both cases Luci found a direct communication between the
median vaginal portion and the urogenital sinus. In the third speci-
men, which was a not full-grown female, he found the median vaginal
cul-de-sac closed.
In 1868 Prof. Owen’s Comp. Anat, vol. iii. was published, in which
the only reference to the subject is as follows (p. 683):—*“ In H. ben-
netti I found an aperture of communication between the median cul-
de-sac and the urogenital canal; and, as the same structure has been
observed in two other specimens, it is doubtless normal, at least after
parturition. The fact, however, does not justify the conclusion that
the lateral vaginal canals convey exclusively the semen for impregna-
tion, and that the median canals, which, as a rule, are closed and
distinct from each other, serve only to transmit the foetus to the
urogenital passage.”
In 1869 Luca? published an account of his examination of a
second adult specimen of H. dennetti, which had a mammary feetus
2-23 inches long in the pouch. In this case also the median vaginal
canal communicated with the urogenital sinus.
In 1871 Prof. Pagenstecher*, of Heidelberg, published an article
“ Ueber den Embryo von M. major.” This observer found a foetus
in the left uterus ; and he says :—‘ dass Owen ganz Recht hat, indem
er sagt dass bei M. major tberhaupt eine Communikation des mit-
tleren Scheidenblindsacks mit dem von ihm als Vorhof bezeichneten
Abschnitt nicht besteht, wogegen H. rujicollis (bennetii) die voll-
stiindig offene Verbindung zeigt.”
In 1875, Prof. Garrod*, in speaking of H. luctuosus (Dorcopsis
luctuosa) writes :—‘ The uterus is perfectly Macropine, as are the
vagine. No direct communication could be found between the
uterine pouch of the vaginz and the common vaginal canal.”
In a paper by Brass* published in 1880, examples of three genera
of Macropodide are described and figured. In no instance is it
stated whether young had been born or not. <A specimen of
‘* Macropus giganteus”’ was found to have the median vaginal canal
ending blindly ; and the figure shows its posterior end quite free from
the urogenital chamber.
1 Der zool. Garten, viii. 1867, p. 418 & p. 471,
2 Der zool. Garten, x. 1869, p. 61.
8 Halle Zeitschrift, iii. 1871, p, 526. Spe Ais 18 FOys Da Oe
5 Beitraige zur Kenntniss des weiblichen Urogenitalsystems der Marsupialen,
yon Arnold Brass, Leipzig, 1880.
982 MESSRS. LISTEK AND FLETCHER ON THE [Dées 133
In three specimens of Halmaturus bennett the condition of the
median canal is alluded to. In one (p. 17), ‘Der durch die Ver-
schmelzung der oberen Theile der vaginee zu Stande gekommene
mittlere Theil desselben, welcher uns bisher [z. e. in the forms before
described} als Blindsack entgegentrat ... . bleibt bei Macropus
bennetti nicht Blindsack, sondern 6ffnet sich direct gegen den sinus
urogenitalis hin.” Another specimen, named Macropus bennetti, and
having its generative organs fully developed, agreed with this in all
respects except that there was no median communication, a quite
thin partition separating the two chambers. This circumstance led
to doubt in the author’s mind as to the identity of the species. The
open condition was also found “ bei einem noch nicht ausgewachsenen
Examplare von M. bennetti.”’
In a specimen of the genus Hypsiprymnus (sp. ?) the median por-
tion of the vaginze is described and figured as extending nearly as
far back as the urogenital sinus, but not t coalescing therewith.
In 1879" Alix published the following :—“En étudiant en 1866 les
organes de la génération d’un Halnaturus bennettii j'avais trouve que
le fond du vagin médian s’ouvrait directement dans le vestibule uro-
genital et j’avais cru pouvoir en conclure que cet orifice devait don-
ner passage au foetus conformément 4 l’opinion admise autrefois par
Everard Home—opinion combattue par Cuvier et par M. R. Owen
qui n’ont trouvé aucune trace de cet orifice sur le Kangaroo géant.
Depuis ce moment cette question n’a pas cessée de me préoccuper,
mais je n’ai trouvé que bien rarement V’occasion de faire de nou-
velles vérifications. Les Halmaturus etant beaucoup plus communs
en Europe, j’ai pu renouveler plusieurs fois ma premiére observation ;
mais de l’autre part je n’ai pas trouvé de communication entre le vagin
médian et le vestibule urogénital soit sur le Sarigne, soit sur le
Péraméle, et je n’en ai pas trouvé non plus chez un Kangaroo géant
(Macropus major) ou le fond du vagin médian était comme sur
les sujets disséqués par Cuvier et par M. R. Owen, séparé du vesti-
bule par une petite couche de tissu conjonctif.
“Ces faits me portaient 4 admettre definitivement que les Halma-
twrus réalisaient une exception, quand de nouvelles observations
m/’ont faire voir que la question ne peut pas encore étre résolue de
cette manicre.
1°. Sur une Phascolome wombat le vagin médian communiquait
avec le vestibule urogénital par un petit pertuis bien distinct. Une
injection d’eau poussée dans la poche sortit par cet orifice, et un petit
stylet introduit doucement par louverture pénétra dans la poche.
“2°, Svr deux Kangaroos roux (MV. rufus) la communication se
faisait par un large orifice. L’un d’eux avait produit un petit, mais
chez ce petit, qui etait une femelle et dont la taille atteignait le 4
de celle de la mére, la communication n’existait pas et la conforma-
tion était semblable 4 celle que l’on a observée jusquici chez le
M, major.
“En voyant que chez le J. rufus la communication ne se fa
qu apres la naissance on est porté & penser qwil pourrait bien
' Bulletin Société Zoologique de France, 1879, p. 118.
1881.] VAGINAL APPARATUS IN THE MACROPODID. 983
étre de méme chez le M. major et que la question ne sera entiére-
ment résolue pour cette espece quaprés Yexamen de lappareil
génital d’une femelle qui aura certainement accompli l’acte de la
parturition.”
We will state here what we have been able to gather trom the
preparations in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons which
have any bearing on this point.
The preparation 2739 of the Physiological series is an example
of the generative organs of a young Macropus major, in which the
median canal is stated in the Catalogue to be closed.
No. 2740 and 2740 B exhibit preparations of the same species,
in which it is also closed.
No. 2740 c also exhibits the closed condition in the median canal
“of the Kangaroo.”
No. 2740 p has the following note relating to it in the corrected
copy of the Catalogue (vol. iv. p. 157) :—‘* No. 2740 p. The female
organs of a small species of Kangaroo (M. penicillatus), showing a
direct communication, through which a bristle is passed between
the common mesial cul-de-sac and the urogenital sinus. (In Museum
before 1861, but not catalogued.)”
In vol. v. p. 115 there is the following entry :—‘ 3460p. The
female generative organs of the same species [| JZ. major, Shaw] of
Kangaroo, killed towards the close of uterine gestation, with the left
impregnated uterus laid open, showing a portion of the thin unvas-
cular chorion which enclosed the embryo and its appended sacs.
«« Prepared by Mr. Owen from a specimen presented by Dr. Sweat-
man.”
On examining the specimen itself it is found to be in the following
condition :—The urogenital sinus has been slit up ; and a window has
been cut in the wall of the median vaginal chamber. Through the
window in the latter the upper end of a brown glass rod is distinctly
seen, while its lower portion is as plainly seen in the urogenital sinus.
Now, in regard to this structure, upon which the catalogue is silent,
the question naturally arises, to what is the glass rod intended to call
attention? If its presence does not mean that there was naturally
a communication between the two chambers, then what does it mean ?
If it be true that the two chambers really did communicate, then
it is remarkable that such a unique specimen should never have been
described.
In the article ‘* Marsupialia’’ Prof. Owen speaks of having re-
ceived an impregnated uterus (no gen. or sp. given) from Dr. Sweat-
mau. It is possible that this specimen is identical with no. 3460 p
in the Coll. of Surgeons Museum. In the same article there is also
a reference to an impregnated uterus of Macropus penicillatus, which
may possibly be identical with no. 2740 p quoted above ; but neither
in the Catalogue nor in the article is there any indication whether
these specimens had already produced young or not.
The following specimens have come under our observation :-—
Macropus rufus (4).
a. Adult, with young in pouch.
984 MESSRS. LISTER AND FLETCHER ON THE [Dec. 13,
b. Young of a.
e. An adult.
d, Nearly adult, not bred.
Macropus major (2). ’
a, Adult, bred.
b. Adult (?) from the Museum of Comparative Anatomy at
Cambridge.
Halmaturus hennetti (1), adult.
Halmaturus derbianus (1), adult from Museum of Comparative
Anatomy at Cambridge.
Halmaturus ualabatus (2).
a. A young one, not bred.
é. An adult, bred.
Petrogale xanthopus (3).
a. An adult, bred.
6. An adult, bred.
e. Young of 6, not bred.
Dendrolagus inustus (1), probably not bred.
Hypsiprymnus gaimardi (1), bred.
For permission to examine the two specimens from the Museum
at Cambridge we are indebted to the courtesy of Mr. J. W. Clark.
The other specimens are from the Gardens of the Society, and have
been most liberally placed at our disposal by Mr. W. A. Forbes.
In the cases in which it is not stated whether young have been
born or not, we have been unable to ascertain this point.
It will be convenient to commence the account of our specimens
with the description of the Macropus rufus (a).
The animal died in the Society’s Gardens on Oct. 12th. It was
an adult ; and a young one (2) only 14 in. long was found attached
toateat. The diminutive size of the young showed that it had
only recently been born, and hence that the generative organs were
in a condition most favourable for the study of the point under dis-
cussion, as they had just passed their condition of functional activity
when the animal died.
External examination of them showed a corpus luteum, measuring
a little more than 1 in. in its longest diameter, in the left ovary. The
blood-vessels supplying the region were much dilated, giving it a very
lurid appearance. The median vaginal chamber appeared more
dilated, especially at its posterior part, than in the other specimens
we have examined.
On opening the median chamber from the dorsal side (fig. 1, p. 985)
the mucous membrane presented a red, highly vascular appearance,
and it was covered with a soft mucous secretion. When the uro-
genital canal was opened, the median chamber was seen to open into
it posteriorly by a distinct projecting orifice + inch in diameter.
Immediately below this opening is another, that of the urethra (probe
b). These two openings are situated in the middle line; on either
1881.] VAGINAL APPARATUS IN THE MACROPODID&,
Fig. 1.
~ J
\ EW, i
S 777°
Probe a
Probeb
The vaginal apparatus of Macropus rufus, natural size,
The median vaginal canal and the urogenital sinus have been laid open from
the dorsal side. A probe, @, is passed through the posterior unopened
part of the median canal; the projecting orifice of the latter is seen
between the two longitudinal folds, lying just dorsad of the opening of
the urethra, through which probe dis passed. ¢c, the posterior openings
of the lateral vaginal canals; c'c’, their anterior openings; d, the
opening of the left uterus; e/, the lateral vaginal canals; wr, the
ureters ; wz, the uteri.
986 MESSRS. LISTER AND FLETCHER ON THE _ [ Dec. 13,
side the ventral wall of the urogenital chamber is raised into two
large distinct folds nearly 3 in. high, which run from the anterior
end parallel with the long axis for some 1$ in., gradually sub-
siding as they proceed back. When the urogenital chamber was
opened from the dorsal side, these folds were seen meeting one another
in the middle line and quite shutting off from view the two orifices
situated between them. This is just what Luca observed in Halma-
turus billardieri. The orifices of the lateral canals are outside
these folds at the anterior end of the urogenital chamber. The folds
thus divide off a ventral median from a dorsal compartment. The
latter is most spacious at the sides where it is continuous with the
lateral canals. The walls of the urogenital chamber are covered with
fine papille.
With regard to the condition of the lateral vaginal canals, the
lining membrane was of the usual yellowish-white colour ; there was
no appearance whatever either of special vascularity, or of their
having been recently dilated by the passage of so large a body as the
foetal young. A small delicate ridge on the ventral median wall of
the anterior end of the median chamber, and a low rounded one at
its posterior end, are the only evidences of its origin from two
canals.
The condition of the urogenital organs of the specimen 6 will be
described later. (See Note.)
With regard to ce, we have not been able to obtain any direct
evidence whether it had given birth to young or not. The urogenital
organs presented a similar structure to those of a; but the walls of
the median canal were much less vascular. The median canal
opened by a well-marked orifice into the urogenital chamber.
The specimen d was bred in the Gardens, and was known not to
have produced young.
The median vaginal chamber is well developed and somewhat
dilated below. Its walls appear quite continuous with those of
the urogenital chamber. The dorsal wall of the median vaginal
chamber was opened; and the canal was found to end blindly
posteriorly immediately dorsal to the orifice of the urethra; a thin
semitransparent septum divided its cavity from that of the urogenital
chamber. The two longitudinal folds in the latter are as well marked
as in specimen a.
The first specimen (a@) of Macropus major which has come into
our possession had produced young in the Society’s Gardens.
In this species the lateral canals describe a wider arch and the
median canal became more narrow posteriorly than in WZ. rufus.
In other respects the arrangement is similar. The median canal,
instead of ending blindly as in the specimens hitherto described,
communicates by a distinct and wide aperture with the urogenital
sinus, in the same position as in M, rufus a and ec. There are,
however, no distinct longitudinal folds in the urogenital chamber.
The muscular constrictions toward the posterior part of the lateral
canals are well marked, so that a small probe was admitted with diffi-
culty ; a small fold of mucous membrane projects from the outer wall
188t.] VAGINAL APPARATUS IN THE MACROPODID. 987
into the cavity of the canal just beyond the constriction, which is so
arranged as to form a valvular barrier to a body passing up the
canal.
We have been unable to obtain any history of the second specimen
of M. major, from the Museum at Cambridge.
The median vaginal canal had been opened in order to display the
interior. The remains of a median septum were visible, and, besides
this, two low crescent-shaped folds of the lining menbrane, which
extend with their concavity forward from the middle line of the ventral
wall to the sides. The median canal when traced back becomes
much narrowed ; it can, however, be followed to a point where it abuts
against the left lateral canal just as this opens into the urogenital
chamber—at a point, that is, just to the left of the middle line.
Although our specimen thus agrees with those of other observers,
in the fact that the median chamber is a cul-de-sac, it differs from
them in the fact that the walls are continuous by means of their
proper tissue with those of the lateral and urogenital canals.
Halmaturus bennetti exhibits the open condition of the median
canal. There were well-marked muscular thickenings in the lateral
canals, but no valvular folds.
Halmaturus derbianus (no history) was in a similar condition ; but
the valvular fold was well marked.
The specimen a of Halmaturus ualabatus was the first example
in which our attention was drawn to the subject.
It died in the Society’s Gardens on June 30th. The measurement
from the nose to the root of the tail was 16 inches—that is, 12 inches
shorter than its mother. It was bred in the Gardens, and was
taken on the list of the Society’s collection on May 19th, 7. e. at the
time when it was old enough to leave the mother’s pouch.
The evidence that she had not born young appears to us
conclusive.
It will be observed that only 42 days had elapsed between the date
of entry on the list and the date of death; so, if young had been pro-
duced, it must have been during that period. The period of gestation
which Prof. Owen gives for Macropus major is 39 days. Assuming
a period of about the same length for H. walabatus, we must sup-
pose that, if young had been produced, it was born towards the
end of those 42 days, so that lactation would be at its height at the
time of death. Now it was observed at the time (1) that there were no
young in the pouch, and (2) that the teats were so small as not at
first to be recognized ; for we find from the notes taken at the time
that it was not till after a second more careful examination that the
four minute teats were seen, arranged in a crescentic line on the body-
wall of the pouch.
We may take it for certain, then, that the specimen examined had
not born young.
The arrangement found was as follows (see fig. 2, p. 988):—The
median vaginal canal was wide in front and gradually contracted
posteriorly, where it passed by a distinct opening into the urogenital
chamber just above the opening of the urethra. - The lateral canals
988 MESSRS. LISTER AND FLETCHER ON THE _ [Dec. 13,
did not open immediately at the sides of this, but by a common
opening about 3 in. further back. The constriction in the lateral
canals was very distinct.
Fig. 2.
The generative organs of a young Halmaturus ualabatus (not bred).
The bladder, urethra, and urogenital sinus have been cut open along the ventral
median line. a, the opening of the median vaginal canal into the uro-
genital sinus; a. g, anal glands; }, the common opening of the lateral
canal into the urogenital sinus; B/, the bladder ; /. c, the lateral vaginal
canal; m.c, the median vaginal canal; ov, ovary; R, rectum; r. uw,
right uterus; wr, ureter,
The other specimen (4) of this species was an adult which had
born young in the Gardens, ‘The median vaginal canal is distinetly
1881.] VAGINAL APPARATUS IN THE MACROPODIDZ. 989
open. The two folds in the urogenital canal are well marked. In this
specimen the lateral canals end, as usual, by the sides of this median
opening, and not further back as in the young one (a). This may
have been an individual peculiarity of a.
Fig. 3.
The vaginal apparatus of Dendrolagus inustus, natural size.
The left uterus, the median canal, the left lateral canal, and the urogenital sintts
have been cut open along the dorsal aspect. J. /. ¢, left lateral vaginal
canal; 7./.c, right lateral vaginal canal; U, the orifice of the urethra in
the urogenital sinus; wr, the ureters; wz, the right uterus,
The constriction and cross fold in the lateral canals are very dis-
tinct.
Of the Rock-Kangaroos (Pefrogale xanthopus), specimen a bore
a minute young one inthe pouch. The median vaginal chamber
990 MESSRS. LISTER AND FLETCHER ON THE [ Dec. 13,
exhibits a rather peculiar structure. The thin median septum—the
remains of the coalesced inner walls of the primitively distinct canals
—remains more perfect than usual ; and at a point rather behind the
middle of the median chamber the septum leaves the middle line
and becomes joined to the right side, thus forming a right cul-de-sac.
The left part of the chamber, however, is continued onward, becomes
more spacious where the right-hand one has ceased, and opens by a
distinct orifice in the usual position. The lateral canals are long,
and show the constriction distinctly. The cross fold, though not
prominent, is visible.
It may be remarked that when the lateral canals were opened they
were found to be filled with a yellowish custard-like substance, in
which lay several fibrous irregular structures. Similar hard bodies
were found in the lateral canals of a specimen (2740 B) in the
Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons. Microscopic examination
showed no trace of spermatozoa. :
The specimen 6 had a young one (measuring 83 in. from the
snout to the root of the tail) in its pouch. The young was also a
female.
The condition of the vaginal canals of the mother was just as
in specimen a, except that the median septum was less distinct, and
the lateral canals were empty.
The minute generative organs of the young (c) (which of course
had not bred) were dissected ; and the median canal was found to end
in two ceecal pouches separated from the urogenital chamber by a
thin partition. Externally there is no indication whatever of separa-
tion between the end of the median chamber and the urogenital
canal.
The specimen of Dendrolagus inustus was obtained young by the
Society, and had lived alone in the Gardens for nearly three years.
In all probability, then, it had not born young.
In this animal (fig. 3) the lateral vaginal canals are so closely applied
to the median canal that dissection is required to separate them. They
exhibit the constriction and cross fold very distinctly. The median
canal has a well-marked median fold along its ventral wall; and
delicate trabecule traversing the chamber complete the septum
here and there. Posteriorly the canal terminates blindly in two
lateral caeca, which are bounded by a thin wall at the sides, where
they abut against the part where the lateral canals open into the
urogenital chamber. The middle line is occupied by a short parti-
tion formed by the coalesced inner walls of the converging lateral
canals, see p. 989.
The specimen of Hypsiprymnus gaimardi had undoubtedly born
young. ‘The uteri open on prominences into the anterior end of the
median vaginal canal; but the orifices are situated near one another
on the dorsal wall, not at the sides as in other forms. ‘The anterior
part of the median septum is complete, and separates the two open-
ings. The median canal is long and narrow, and passes down with
a median ridge, but no further septum, and ends in two lateral culs-
de-sac, one on either side of the middle line; but there is no opening,
1881.] | VAGINAL APPARATUS IN THE MACROPODIDA, 991
The lateral canals pass at first directly outward from a point rather
anterior to the uterine orifices ; they then turn sharply backward, and
after a long even course terminate as usual in the urogenital canal.
The chief peculiarity of the lateral canals is that there is no thicken-
ing of the muscular walls at any point, and no contraction and no cross
fold; the canal pursues an uninterrupted course.
In his paper (already cited) Brass describes a specimen of the genus
Hypsiprymnus (species not given) which had a large bladder-like
prolongation forward of the region, common to the median and lateral
canals. The median canal is moreover represented as terminating
some distance from the urogenital chamber. In both these points
our specimen differs from his. His figure shows the clear passage
down the lateral canal, with no muscular thickening and no con-
striction, very distinctly.
In the following Table the condition of the median canal in the
foregoing examples is stated, and also the fact, where it has been
ascertained, as to whether young have been born.
Pus ie Condition of
Species. ie is wa ts he median vaginal | Observers.
m | chamber.
or not. |
Kangaroo (gen.? sp.?) ..... | ? Closed. | Home.
e hs NCH | ? Open. a
sf 55 elie PEF Yes. Closed. | Seiler.
(2) ‘ Fh SCD CEC (es. ie Owen.
| “ ee ERC hee Yes. | Open. | Carus.
(2) Macropus major ............ ! Yes. Closed. Owen '.
| “A A ? Ps Vrolik.
| * BEE ree s aca ? A Pagenstecher.
53 PP Fae easiness ? Alix.
4 ot eRe tat No (?) x R.C.S. no. 2739.
| (2) Fe qieiel atuisane ces fs 7 R.C.S. nos. 2740 &
| 2740 B. |
. ak cattawacdtes ? Open. | R.C.S. no. 3460 p.|
ks Bd sectenans Yes. iL. & F. |
4 ra Mb ebedtedcocca ? Closed. | L. & F.(Camb. sp.).
| (2) Macropus rufus ............| Yes. Open. Alix.
| . DTP ee No (young). Closed. re
(2) ti 7 ekerapte St Yes. Open. | L. & F.
Fr te earner) No. Closed. _
Macropus parryi ...........- | ? . Closed. | Owen.
Macropus penicillatus* be ? Open. | R.C.S. no. 2740 p. |
| | |
1 Tt is possible that these two are identical with the “ Kangaroos” quoted
above.
2 We are informed by Mr. Forbes that this animal is properly a Petrogale.
(3)"
992 MESSRS, LISTER AND FLETCHER ON THE [Dec. 13,
TABLE (continued).
witandecetee Condition, of
Species. median vaginal Observers,
P have been born aaa Bes
or not.
Halmaturus bennetti ...... ? Open. Poelman.
3 JROE BS ? ie Owen.
FA lta weet ? Ar Alix.
9 ree Pere te A Luca.
» » Yes. » »
+ s. meaeeeee No (young). Closed. 0
5 Rr eh i ? Open. Brass.
a te RR 2 Closed. 5
bs 3 No (young). Open. o
‘5 5 apace oe ? ¥ L.& F.
Halmaturus ruficollis
(berinetiti) 22. sere cpearsste ? Open. Pagenstecher.
Halmaturus billardieri ? Open, Luca.
Halmaturus ualabatus...... No. Open. L. &F.
FF Pa Vesccdece Yes. er, :
Halmaturus derbianus ? Open. L.&F.(Camp. sp.).
Halmaturus agilis ......... ? Open. Forbes.
Petrogale xanthopus ...... Yes. Open. L.& BF.
3 spies oo Ghee Yes. _ Ar
1) og ksh ahaenyee No (young). Closed. oo
Dorcopsis luctuosa .........| Probably not. Closed. Garrod.
Dendrolagus inustus ...... ? Closed. Owen.
- st Fade Probably not. L. & F.
75 oe fi ? S Vrolik.
Hypsiprymnus gaimardi... Yes. Closed. L. & F,
Hypsiprymnus (sp.?) ...... ? Closed. Brass.
Hypsiprymnus murinus a ? Closed. Owen.
Leaving aside for the present the ‘‘ Kangaroos” which have not
been referred to any genus or species, we will proceed to the evidence
relating to Macropus major. ‘The condition of the median canal in
11 instances is recorded. 1n two of these young had been produced,
and it wasclosed. In one young had been produced, and it was open.
In one young had probably not been produced, for it was a young one,
and the median canal was closed. As to the remaining seven, in which
the question is uncertain, six of them had the canal closed, and
one only had it open. If it be true, as we shall afterwards try
* Three is the smallest number (“ plusieurs” in addition to the original
one.)
* Mr. W. A. Forbes has informed us of this example since the paper was read.
1881.] VAGINAL APPARATUS IN THE MACROFODID. 993
to show, that when the median canal is open and young have been
born the young has passed through this opening on its way to the
exterior, then the fact that this difference should exist among
females which have born young—a difference not only in form
but also in function—appears most strange.
With regard to the other species the evidence is far more satis-
factory.
Six specimens of Macropus rufus have been examined: four of them
had born young, and the median canal was open; two of them had
not born young (one was not full-grown), and the canal was closed.
This seems to show that in VW. rufus an opening is formed in the
median chamber either during pregnancy or at the time of parturition.
The two other species of Macropus are isolated examples, and do
not throw any additional light on the subject.
The twenty examples of the genus Halmaturus may be con-
sidered together. It will be observed that in one young one (Luci’s
H. bennetti) and in one adult (Brass’s 17. Gennetti) the median canal
was found to be closed, and that in all the rest, including two other
young ones (Brass’s H. bennetti and our H. ualabatus), it was
open. This seems to show that in the genus Halmaturus the median
canal may become open before the young have arrived at maturity,
but that the thin septum which divides it from the urogenital sinus
may remain perfect till after maturity is reached. In either case what
evidence there is shows that after young have been born the canal
is open.
Our three examples of Petrogale xanthopus bear out the same
idea; but whether the cul-de-sac is converted into an open canal
early (as in some Wallabies), or not till young are about to be born
(as in M. rufus), the evidence is not sufficient to decide.
As to the specimen of Dorcopsis luctuosa and the three of Dendro-
lagus inustus, the evidence as to whether young had been born or
not is not conclusive. As far as it goes, however, it isin favour of the
latter supposition. That the canal would be open when young had
been born, however, in the present state of the evidence it would be
rash to assert.
The genus Hypsiprymnus offers a different condition from any we
have considered: it had undoubtedly brought forth young; and as
undoubtedly the median canal is closed. So far our specimen agrees
with the examples of Macropus major described by Prof. Owen, and
with the ‘ Kangaroo”’ described by Seiler. It differs from the
former, however, in the fact that the muscular thickening and con-
striction in the lateral canals, which are present in all our other
specimens, are here absent. Thus in this case, in which the young
passed down the lateral vaginal canals, we find a condition of these
canals different from that of any of the other Macropodide which
we have examined.
The observations on the Kangaroos whose species are not given
are in agreement with those already considered. Home’s two ex-
amples are similar to those of Macropus rufus already described ; but
it is not stated whether young had been born.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1!881, No. LXIV. 64
994 MESSRS. LISTER AND FLETCHER ON THE [ Dec. 13,
Carus’s specimen, which had bred, corresponds with our example of
Macropus major, with the other species of Macropus, and with the
genera Halmaturus and Petrogale.
Seiler’s specimen agrees with Prof. Owen’s examples of Macropus
major; but the extent to which the canals are sometimes found
plugged with mucus renders his experiment with quicksilver not
perfectly conclusive.
It appears not improbable that Prof. Owen’s examples are identical
with those of Macropus major referred to in his answer to Alix.
These have been already considered.
With regard to the course taken by the young in its passage from
the uteri, when the median canal is closed it must, of course, pass by
one of the lateral canals, whether they be thin-walled and with an even
diameter all the way, as in Hypsiprymnus, or narrowly constricted at
part of their course as in Macropus. When the canal is open, how-
ever, it appears probable that the young passes through that open-
ing, because it is the directer route and there is no narrow strait to
traverse—a view which is supported by the condition in which we
found the vaginal canals in the specimen of Macropus rufus which
had lately produced young, and also by the evidence with regard to
the species M. rufus; for there is one nearly full-grown example
which had not produced young in which the median canal is closed,
while in four others which had produced young the canal was open.
Conclusion.
The following statements appear to be borne out by the evidence
before us :—
In the very early condition of the Macropodidee the median canal is
closed.
In some genera, viz. Macropus, Halmaturus, Petrogale (Dorcopsis
and Dendrolagus?) an opening is formed in the median canal to give
passage to the young. This may take place early in life (Halma-
turus), or not till young are about to be produced (Macropus).
In the species Macrepus major, however, this opening may or
may not exist, and the young may be transmitted either through the
median or the lateral canal.
In the genus Hypsiprymnus the median canal remains closed,
and the young passes down the lateral canals, which differ in their
structure from those of the genera above quoted.
Many more observations will be necessary before the question can
be settled for the Macropodide; and Alix’s note on the Wombat
shows that the open condition may be found outside the limits of this
group.
Note.—It may be well to state here the condition of the vaginal
canals in the young specimen (6) of Macropus rufus.
Owing to the very rudimentary condition of the reproductive organs,
it is not easy to determine the sex from them. The structure was
examined by means of sections cut transverse to the long axis of the
1881.] | VAGINAL APPARATUS IN THE MACROPODID. 995
body. The sections of the genital gland were compared with sections
of the ovary and testes of the young Rabbit (22-30 days)'; and the
structure was found to resemble the former rather than the latter,
although the state of preservation of our specimen is not good enough
to allow us to be certain, More satisfactory evidence is afforded by
the fact that two oblique folds meeting behind are situated on the
ventral abdominal wall, enclosing a rudimentary pouch. As we are
not aware that any such rudiment is found in the male, we conclude
that the specimen is a female.
Our sections show the Miillerian ducts opening anteriorly into
the abdominal cavity. They pass backward along the margin of the
Wolffian body by the side of the Wolffian ducts ; as these two ducts
Fig. 4,
a
a. Sketch of urogenital organs of young Macropus rufus, from the left yentro-
lateral aspect, magnified.
6, Diagram showing the arrangement of the ducts: B/, bladder; M.d, Miillerian
duct; ov, ovary; w.g, urogenital sinus; wu, ureter; W. B, Wolffian body;
W. d, Wolffian duct.
pass backward they approach the middle line, the Miillerian duct
being the inner, the Wolffian duct the outer of the two, while the ure-
ters are external to the Wolffian ducts. Thus at first the Miillerian
ducts of the two sides converge ; they do not meet, however, the dis-
tance between them at their nearest point is three times the diameter
of the Miillerian duct. After converging, the ducts pass directly
outward, each accompanied by the Wolffian duct, to the outer region
of the mass of mesoblast, in which all three sets of ducts (Miillerian,
Wolffian, and ureters) are here embedded. They then turn backward
again, while the ureters pass inward to the bladder. From this
point the Miillerian and Wolffian ducts again converge. Posteriorly
1 These sections were kindly lent us by Mr. F. M. Balfour.
64*
996 REV. CANON TRISTRAM ON A NEW FRUIT-PIGEON. [ Dec. 13.
the Miillerian and Wolffian ducts unite, thus leaving a single duct
on each side; and these unite with one another and with the urethra
at the same point to form the rudimentary urogenital chamber.
It is thus interesting to observe that the course of the Miullerian
ducts in the young of the Kangaroo is essentially the same as that
in the adult Opossums.
8. Description of a new Fruit-pigeon of the Genus Cafpo-
phaga from the Louisiade Archipelago, By H. B.
Tristram, F.R.S.
[Received December 9, 1831.]
I have lately received from Lieut. G. E. Richards, R.N.,a collection
of birds made by him in the Solomon Islands, New Britain, and several
neighbouring islands.
The collection from New Britain and the Louisiade Archipelago
consists of 62 species, 10 of which are represented in the collec-
tion both from Blanche Bay, New Britain, and from St. Aignan’s
Island, Louisiades. These are chiefly species which call for no re-
mark, such as Lorius hypenochrous, Esacus magnirostris, Charadrius
Sulvus, &e.
But there is one fine Fruit-pigeon which appears to me quite new,
and which is represented by three specimens, one male and two
females, all from St. Aignan’s, Louisiade group. This I propose to
describe as
CaARPOPHAGA SALVADORII, Sp. Nov.
C. capite, collo et thorace pallide vinaceis, annulo albo constricto ad
basin cujusque mandibule, pectore et dorso superiore lete vinaceis,
hoc colore sensim transeunte in castaneum quo abdomen et crissum
tinguntur ; scapularibus resplendenti-nigris, figuram conspicuam
tanquam YY conjunctim formantibus ; alis et dorso inferiore
schistaceis ; supracaudalibus et cauda nigris; hae fascia lata
alba duos pollices ante terminum instructa ; rostro cinereo ; tarsis,
pedibus et iride rubris.
Long. tot. 16°75, ale 10°3, caude 6.
Hab. St. Aignan’s Island, Louisiade Archipelago.
I have named this bird in compliment to Prof. Salvadori, to whom
naturalists owe so much for his unwearied labours in elucidating the
avifauna of Papuasia.
C. salvadorii differs from C. pinon, to which it is closely allied, by
its rosy-coloured head, while the head of its congener is ashen grey,
by the richer maroon colour of its upper back, by its lower back and
rump being black instead of slate-grey, and by the light maroon of its
upper back becoming more intense as it descends, instead of being,
as in C. pinon, vinous shading off into slate-grey. The white tail-
band is also much wider. The sexes are identical in plumage.
APPENDIX.
LIST OF ADDITIONS TO THE SOCIETY’S MENAGERIE
Jan.
DURING THE YEAR
1881.
. 1 American Bison (Bison americanus), 2. Purchased.
2 Common Swans (Cygnus olor). Presented by Salisbury Bax-
endale, Esq., F.Z.S.
. 13 Indian Fruit-Bats (Pteropus medius). Presented by Messrs.
Davies and Jolliff.
. 1 Common Ocelot (Felis pardalis). Presented by Dr. Arthur
Stradling, C.M.Z.S,
1 Thick-necked Tree-Boa (Zprcrates cenchris). Presented by
Dr. Arthur Stradling, C.M.Z.S.
. 1 Yellow-lored Amazon (Chrysotis xantholora). Purchased.
. 1 Smooth-bellied Snake (Homalosoma lutrix). Presented by
the Rey. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S.
1 Rufescent Snake (Leptodira rufescens). Presented by the Rev.
G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S. -
. 2 Black-footed Penguins (Spheniscus demersus). Presented by
William Catton Branford, Esq.
. 1 White-nosed Saki (Pithecia albinasa). Purchased. See P.Z.S.
1881, p. 258, pl. xxix.
1 Brown Peete (Callithrix brunnea). Purchased.
1 Three-banded Douroucouli (Nyctepithecus trivirgatus). Pur-
chased.
1 Tana Tupaia (Zupata tana). Purchased.
. 1 Collared Fruit-Bat (Cynonycteris collaris). Born in the Me-
nagerie.
1 Pied Wagtail (Motacilla yarrellii). Purchased.
. 1 Little Grebe (Podiceps minor). Presented by J. H. Gurney,
jun., Esq., F.Z.S.
. 1 Serval (Fels serval), Presented by Captain Barrow.
2 Bell’s Cinixys (Cinixys belliana), Presented by Captain
Barrow.
. 1 Common Coot (Fulica atra). Purchased.
. 1 Malbrouck Monkey (Cercopithecus cynosurus), 3. Presented
by Reginald Chauncy, Esq.
2 Pileated Broadtails (Platycercus pileatus). Purchased.
7. 2 Cirl Buntings (Emberiza cirlus). Purchased.
. 1 Ocelot (Felis pardalis). Presented by Lieutenant C. E. F. C,
Graham, R.N.
10.
12.
14.
165.
16.
We
18.
19.
21.
APPENDIX.
1 Common Barn-Owl (Strix flammea). Presented by Mr. F. Page.
1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 2. Presented by
George Comyns, Esq.
. 1 Hooper Swan (Cygnus musicus). Presented by Osgood H.
Mackenzie, Esq.
. 1 Red-fronted Lemur (Lemur rufifrons). Presented by Captain
Romer.
5 Alpine Choughs (Pyrrhocorax alpinus). Purchased.
. 2 Black Lemurs (Lemur macaco), ¢ 2. Purchased.
1 Black-headed Lemur (Zeman brunneus), Purchased.
1 Red-fronted Lemur (Lemur rufifrons). Purchased.
1 Californian Quail (Callipepla californica), 2. Received in
exchange.
1 Brush Bronze-wing Pigeon (Phaps elegans), $. Deposited.
2 Red-throated Divers (Colymbus septentrionalis). Purchased.
3 Oyster-catchers (Hematopus ostralegus). Purchased.
2 Brant Geese (Bernicla brenta), Purchased.
. 2 Spanish Ichneumons (Herpestes widdringtoni). Presented by
Fleetwood Sandeman, Esq., F'.Z.S. From Spain,
1 Herring-Gull (Larus argentatus). Presented by Mr. C. Hunt.
. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Presented by A.
Dowling, Esq.
1 Black-crested Cardinal (Gubernatrix cristatella). Presented
by E. M. Ringrose, Esq.
1 Koala (Phascolarctus cinereus), ¢. Purchased.
. 1 Rude Fox (Canis rudis). Presented by Mr. William Petty.
1 Hybrid Muntjac (between Cervulus sclatert and C. muntjac), 9 .
Born in the Menagerie.
1 Common Swallow (Hirundo rustica). Purchased.
2 Yellow-billed Sheath-bills (Chionis alba). Presented by Capt.
James Ritchie.
1 Red-eyed Ground-Finch (Pipilo erythrophthalmus). Pur-
chased.
4 Globose Curassows (Crax globicera),1 g and 3 9. De-
posited.
1 Fringed-lipped Lampern (Petromyzon branchialis). Presented
by A. H. Cocks, Esq., F.Z.8.
1 Yaguarundi Cat (Felis jaguarundi). Presented by Dr. Louis
F. H. Birt.
1 Ring-tailed Lemur (Lemur catta). Purchased.
1 Arctic Fox (Canis lagopus). Presented by Miss Margeny
May.
4 Comiaon Swans (Cygnus olor), Presented by John Hargreaves,
Sq:
2 Mottieee (Ovis musimon), ¢ and 2. Presented by the Duke
of Marlborough, F.Z.S.
2 Common Chameleons (Chameleon vulgaris). Presented by J.
Blackstone, Esq., F.Z.S.
1 Demeraran Cock of the Rock (Rupicola crocea), ¢. Received
in exchange.
1 Pennsylvanian Mud-Terrapin (Cinosternon pennsylvanicum).
Deposited.
1 Miihlenburg’s Terrapin (Clemmys muehlenburgi). Deposited.
A Collection of Sea-Anemones. Purchased.
2 Globose Curassows (Crax globicera),2 2. Purchased.
1 White-browed Amazon (Chrysotis albifrons). Purchased.
Feb.
Mar.
22.
16.
ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE, 999
1 Mona Monkey (Cercopithecus mona), 3. Presented by W.
Macmillan Scott, Esq.
. 2Common Peafowls (Pavo eristata),2 2. Presented by Mrs,
Edward Brown.
1 Stump-tailed Lizard (Trachydosawus rugosus). Presented by
F. O, Maitland, Esq.
. 1 Bactrian Camel (Camelus bactrianus), 2. Presented by Col.
St. John, F.Z.8. See P.Z.8. 1881, p. 409.
. 1 Horsfield’s Tortoise (Testudo horsfieldi). Deposited.
. 1 Blandford’s Wild Sheep ( Ovis blandford:), 3. Presented by
Capt. W. Cotton, F.Z.S. See P. Z.S. 1881, p. 409.
1 Roseate Cockatoo (Cacatua roseicapilia). Presented by Miss
Mary J. Richardson.
. 1 Indian Leopard (Felis pardus), 3. Presented by His Grace
the Duke of Buckingham and Chandos.
1 Entellus Monkey (Semnopithecus entellus), 2. Deposited.
. 4 Indian Rat-Snakes (Ptyas mucosa). Purchased.
1 Matamata Terrapin ( Chelys matamata). Purchased.
2 Derbian Sternotheres (Sternotherus derbianus). Purchased.
1 Bungoma River-Turtle (Zmyda granosa). Purchased.
. 1 Greater Sulphur-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua galerita). De-
posited.
1 Blue-fronted Amazon (Chrysotis festiva). Deposited.
. 1 Chinese Quail (Cofurnix chinensis). Presented hy Mons. J. M.
Cornély, C.M.Z.S.
1 Wedge-tailed Fruit-Pigeon (Teron sphenura). Presented by
Mons. J. M. Cornély, C.M.Z.S.
2 Red-chested Whydah Birds (Vidua ardens). Presented by
Mons. J. M. Cornély, C.M.Z.S.
2 Calandra Larks (DMelanocorypha calundra). Presented by
Mons. J. M. Cornély, C.M.Z.S.
2 Variable Lizards (Agama ruderata). Presented by Mons.
J. M. Cornély, C.M.Z.8.
2 Fire-tailed Finches (Zrythrura prasina). Presented by Mons.
J. M. Cornély, C.M.Z.S.
. 1 Water-Vole (Arvicola amphibius). Purchased.
1 Ornamental Ceratophrys (Ceratophrys ornata). Presented by
E. W. White, Esq., F.Z.S.
bit aoe Dogs (Canis dingo). Born in the Menagerie.
1 Gold Pheasant (Zhaumalea picta), 3. Presented by W. H.
St. Quintin, Esq.
. 1 Azara’s Fox (Canis azare). Presented by Mr. Wm. Petty.
1 Common Lobster (Homarus vulgaris). Presented by Mr. F.
Trotman.
. 1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus radiatus), 2. Presented by R. W.
Okes-Voysey, Esq.
. 1 Rough-eyed Cayman (Alligator sclerops). Presented by Arthur
C. Ponsonby, Esq.
. 1 Tigrine Cat (Felis tigrina). Deposited.
1 Black-winged Peafowl (Pavo nigripennis), g. Presented by
J. Marshall, Esq.
2 Bar-headed Geese (Anser indicus), § and 9. Purchased.
1 Common Badger (Meles tavus). Presented by Mrs. Rocke.
1 Gooral Antelope (Nemorhedus goral), 3. Purchased. See
P.Z.S. 1881, p. 450.
1 Javan Chevrotain (Tragulus javanicus), On approval.
1000
Mar.
Apr.
17.
18.
19,
21.
23.
24,
25.
29.
380
31.
APPENDIX.
1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), ¢. Deposited.
1 Ring-tailed Coati (Nasua rufa). Presented by Mrs. Fuller.
1 White-fronted Capuchin (Cebus albifrons), 2. Presented by
C. Drake Sewell, Esq.
1 Twelve-wired Bird of Paradise (Seleucides nigra). Purchased.
See P.Z.S. 1881, p. 450.
1 Red Bird of Paradise (Paradisea rubra). Purchased. See
P.Z.S. 1881, p. 450.
1 Black Manucode (Manucodia atra). Purchased. See P.Z.S.
1881, p. 450.
1 Horrid Rattlesnake (Crotalus horridus). Presented by C. A.
Craven, Esq.
1 Deadly Snake (Trigonocephalus atrox). Presented by Dr. A.
Stradling, C.M.Z.8.
1 Tiger (Felis tigris), $. Born in the Menagerie.
1 Long-snouted Snake (Passerita mycterizans). Presented by
H. H. Black, Esq.
1 Egyptian Gazelle (Gazella dorcas), $. Presented by the Karl
of March, F.Z.8.
1 Amherst Pheasant (Thawmalea amherstie), §. Purchased.
1 Black Swan (Cygnus atratus), 9. Purchased.
1 Common Genet (Grenetta vulyaris), ¢. Presented by the Rev.
F. P. Voules.
1 Sambur Deer (Cervus aristotelis), 9. Born in the Menagerie.
1 Giant Toad (Bufo agua). Presented by Mr. Carl Hagenbeck.
1 Tarantula Spider. Presented by Mr. Carl Hagenbeck.
1 Hybrid Camel, bred between (Camelus bactrianus 2 and Ca-
melus dromedarius $ ). Born in the Menagerie.
2 Four-horned Antelopes (Tetraceros guadricornis), g and 2.
Received in exchange.
1 Burrhel Wild Sheep (Ovis burrhel), $. Received in exchange
from the Zoological Gardens, Calcutta.
1 Javan Adjutant (Leptoptilus javanicus). Received in exchange.
1 Two-spotted Paradoxure (Nandinia binotata). Presented by
A. W. Forbes, Esq.
2 Golden Sparrows (Passer euchloris), § and 2. Presented by
J. A. Abrahams, Esq.
2 ABlian’s Wart-Hogs (Phacocherus africanus). Purchased.
1 Dusky Parrot (Pionus violaceus). Purchased.
8 Ceylonese Hanging Parrakeets (Loriculus asiaticus). Pur-
chased.
1 Yellow Troupial (Xanthosomus flavus). Purchased.
1 Fork-tailed Jungle-fowl (Gallus furcatus). Deposited.
1 Rock-hopper Penguin (Ludyptes chrysocome), Received in
exchange.
. 1 Chukar Partridge (Caccabis chukar), Presented by Mons. J.
M. Cornély, C.M.Z.S.
1 Grey Francolin (Francolinus ponticertanus). Presented by
Mons. J. M. Cornély, C.M.Z.8.
1 Common Crayfish (Astacus fluviatilis). Presented by H.
Balfour, Esq.
2 Indian Antelopes (Antilope cervicapra),2 3. Deposited.
. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Presented by R.
J. Short, Esq.
1 Common Paradoxure (Paradovurus typus). Presented by C.
W. C. Fletcher, Esq.
“I
li.
12.
18.
ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 1001
5. 2 Short-headed Phalangers (Belideus breviceps). Presented by
D. W. Barker, Esq.
. 3 Paradise Whydah Birds (Vidua paradisea),3 $. Presented
by Maurice C. Angel, Esq., F.Z.S.
1 Pin-tailed Whydah Bird (Vidua principalis), g. Presented
by Maurice C, Angel, Esq., F.Z.S.
1 Red-shouldered Weaver Bird (Urobrachya axillaris). Pre-
sented by Maurice C. Angel, Esq., F.Z.S.
1 Wiener’s Finch (Pytelia wienert), Presented by Maurice C.
Angel, Esq., F.Z.8.
1 Red-beaked Weaver Bird acueien sanguinirostris). Presented
by Maurice C. Angel, Esq., F.Z.S.
2 Yellow-rumped Seed-eaters (Crithagra chrysopyga). Pre-
sented by Maurice C. Angel, Esq., F.Z.S.
1 Common Marmoset (Hapale jacchus). Deposited.
4 Chestnut-eared Finches (Amadina ep SAR 2g and29Q.
Purchased.
. 1 Indian Cheyrotain (Tragulus meminna). Purchased.
3 Common Crowned Pigeons (G'oura coronata). Purchased.
1 American Tantalus (Tantalus loculator). Purchased.
. 1 Indian Darter (Plotus melanogaster). Received in exchange
from the Zoological Gardens, Calcutta. See P.Z.S. 1881,
626.
Ps
2 Laughing Kingfishers (Dacelo gigantea). Presented by Ed-
ward Trelawny, Esq.
1 Viverrine Cat (Felis vivervina). Presented by Major C. R.
Oxley.
1 Common Lobster (Homarus vulgaris). Presented by Mr. F.
Trotman.
. 2 Sclater’s Curassow (Craw sclateri), $ and 2. Purchased.
1 Alexandrine Parrakeet (Paleornis alexandri), $. Presented
by Mr. Henry Day.
2 Red-billed 'Tree-Ducks (Dendr eyes autumnalis). Presented
by G. H. Hawtayne, Esq., C.M.Z.S.
1 Soot Amphisbeena Soap cae fuliginosa). Presented by
G. H. Hawtayne, Esq., C.M.Z
1 Common Gannet (Sula rus Presented by Mr. G.
Randall.
6 Weeper Capuchins (Cebus capucinus). Purchased.
1 Red-faced Saki (Brachyurus rubicundus). Deposited.
1 Beisa Antelope (Oryx betsa), 2. Born in the Menagerie. See
P. Z.S. 1881, p. 626, pl. liv.
1 Banded Ichneumon (Herpestes fasciatus). Born in the Me-
nagerie.
1 Squirrel-like Phalanger (Belideus sciwreus). Born in the Me-
nagerie.
1 Brown Bear ( Ursus arctos). Deposited.
1 Common Rhea (Rhea americana). Presented by A. D. M.
Stewart, Esq.
1 Horrid Rattlesnake (Crotalus horridus). Presented by Dr.
Arthur Stradling, C.M.Z.S.
1 Undulated Grass-Parrakeet (Melopsittacus undulatus). Pre-
sented by H. H. Johnston, Esq.
2 Californian Quails (Calhipepla californica), 2 3. Presented
by H. H. Johnston, Esq,
2 Common Quails (Cotw'ner communis). Presented by H. H.
Johnston, Esq.
1002
Apr. 13,
14.
15.
25.
26.
APPENDIX.
1 Barred Dove (Geopelia striata). Presented by H. H. John-
ston, Esq.
1 Nutmeg-Finch (Munia undulata). Presented by H. H. John-
ston, Esq,
1 Greenfinch (Ligurinus chloris), Presented by H. H. Johnston,
Esq.
1 Goldtinch (Carduelis elegans). Presented by H. H. Johnston,
Esq.
2 Chattinches (Fringilla celebs), Presented by H. H. Johnston,
E
sq.
2 Coennaoti Crossbills (Zoxia curvirostra). Presented by H. H.
Johnston, Hsq.
1 Common Lapwing (Vanellus cristatus). Presented by H. H.
Johnston, Hsq.
2 Rufous-necked Weaver Birds (Hyphantornis textor). Pre-
sented by H. H. Johnston, Esq.
2 Mecca Pigeons (Columba livia, var.). Presented by H. H.
Johnston, Esq.
2 Ursine Dasyures (Dasyurus ursinus). Deposited.
1 Great Kangaroo (Macropus giganteus). Deposited.
3 Vulpine Phalangers (Phalangista vulpina). Deposited.
1 Mountain Ka-Ka (Nestor notabilis). Presented by Dr. A. de
Latour, M.R.C.S. See P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 626.
2 Young Turtles (Chelone viridis). Presented by J. C. Robin-
son, Hsq.
1 Common Viper (Vipera berus). Presented by J. Poyer Poyer,
E
Sq.
2 Common Snakes ( Tropidonotus natrix). Presented by J. Poyer
Poyer, Esq.
cok
. 1 Vulpine Phalanger (Phalangista vulpina). Born in the Me-
nagerie.
e
. 1 Collared Fruit-Bat (Cynonycteris collaris). Born in the Me-
nagerie.
. 3 Entellus Monkeys (Semnopithecus entellus), 2 3, andl 9.
Purchased.
1 Common Otter (Zutra vulgaris), 2. Received in exchange.
. 1 Lion (Felis leo), 2. Received in exchange.
1 Lion (Felis leo), 9. Received in exchange.
38 Green Lizards (Lacerta viridis). Presented by E. H, Bland,
Esq.
3 Short-tailed Wallabies (Halmaturus brachyurus). Presented
by Sir Harry St. George Ord, C.B., H.M.Z.S.
. 1 Common Carp (Cyprinus carpio). Presented by F. Roberts,
sq.
1 Bitaad Rat Kangaroo (Hypsiprymnus rufescens). Presented
by Mr. A. W. W. Wyatt.
1 Japanese Teal (Quergquedula formosa), g. Received in ex-
change.
1 Green-billed Toucan (Rhamphastos dicolorus). Purchased.
2 Matamata Terrapins (Chelys matamata). Purchased.
1 Eyed Lizard (Lacerta ocellata). Presented by James Welford,
E
Sq.
1 indian Cobra (Nata tripudians). Presented by Mr. A. H.
Jamrach.
2 Humboldt’s Lagothrix (Lagothrix humboldit). Purchased.
3 Saddle-billed Storks (Xenorhynchus senegalensis). Purchased.
3 Roseate Spoonbills (Platalea ajaja). Purchased.
Apr. 28.
29.
May 1.
10.
11.
12.
ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 1003
1 Ludio Monkey (Cercopithecus Iudio), 29. Purchased.
83 Upland Geese (Bernicla magellanica), 2 g and 1 9. Pur-
chased.
1 Silver Fox (Canis fulvus, var. argentata). Presented by
Robert H. 8. D. Lydston-Newman, Esq.
1 Goldfinch (Carduelis elegans), Q. Presented by Robert
Fletcher, Esq.
1 Snow-Bunting (Plectrophanes nivalis), 2. Presented by
Robert Fletcher, Esq.
2 Common Carp (Cyprinus carpio). Presented by F. Roberts,
Esq.
1 Pike (sox luctus). Presented by F. Roberts, Esq.
. 1 Vulpine Phalanger (Phalangista vulpina), 3. Presented by
Mrs. J. 8S. Henderson.
1 Reeve’s Muntjac (Cervulus reevest), §. Born in the Mena-
gerie.
. 4 Cuming’s Octodons (Octodon cumingi). Born in the Mena-
gerie.
4 River-Lampreys (Petromyzon fluviatilis). Presented by A.
H. Cocks, Esq., F.Z.S.
1 Collared Peccary (Dicotyles tajacu). Presented by Mr. E. H.
Dance.
1 Black-faced Spider Monkey (Ateles ater). Presented by Mr.
E. H. Dance.
. 1 Lesser White-nosed Monkey (Cercopithecus petaurista), 9.
Purchased.
2 Squirrel Monkeys (Saimaris sciureus). Purchased.
4 Negro Tamarins (Midas ursulus). Purchased.
. 1 Blue-shouldered Tanager (Zanagra cyanoptera). Deposited.
. 1 Roseate Cockatoo (Cacatwa roseicapilla). Presented by Sir
Charles C. Smith, Bart.
1 Swift (Cypselus apus). Presented by H. H. Johnston, Esq.
A collection of Sea-Anemones &c. Purchased.
2 Edible Snails (Helix pomatia). Presented by Lord Arthur
Russell, M.P., F.Z.S.
. 1 Indian Fruit-Bat (Pteropus medius). Presented by Edwin H.
Maskell, Esq.
A collection of Hermit Crabs. Presented Mr. F, Trotman.
2 Hybrid Peccaries (between Dicotyles tajacu and D. labiatus).
Born in the Gardens.
1 Wood-Brocket (Cariacus nemorivagus), g. Presented by
Capt. Mackenzie.
2 Hawfinches (Coccothraustes vulgaris), g and 2. Presented
by Dr. Bree.
1 Three-striped Paradoxure (Paradorurus trivirgatus). Re-
ceived in exchange from the Zoological Gardens, Calcutta.
1 Javan Adjutant (Leptoptilus javanicus). Received in exchange
from the Zoological Gardens, Calcutta.
3 Red-crested Whistling Ducks (Fuligula rufina). Bred in the
Gardens.
1 Common Adder (Vipera berus). Presented by Mr. G. H.
King.
1 OSmiien Hare (Lepus ewropeus). Presented by Mr. Wormald.
1 Egyptian Gazelle (Gazella dorcas),3. Presented by Mrs. J. J.
ones,
1 Blue-and-yellow Macaw (Ara ararauna), Deposited,
1004
May 13.
14.
16,
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24,
25.
APPENDIX.
6 Rose-coloured Pastors (Pastor voseus). Purchased.
1 Geoffroy’s Dove (Peristera geoffrow). Born in the Gardens.
3 Viperine Snakes (Z'ropidonotus viperinus). Deposited.
2 Mandarin Ducks (Azw galericulata), $ and 9. Purchased.
1 Bordeaux Snake (Coronella girondica). Presented by John
Wellford, Esq.
2 Green Lizards (Lacerta viridis). Presented by John Wellford,
Esq.
1 Deed Lizard (Lacerta ocellata), Presented by John Wellford,
Esq.
4 vEReune Snakes (Tropidonotus viperinus). Presented by John
Wellford, Esq.
8 Lacertine Snakes (Celopeltis lacertina). Presented by John
Wellford, Esq.
A collection of Marine Fishes. Presented by Mr. F. Trotman.
2 Green Lizards (Lacerta viridis). Received in exchange,
1 Eland (Oreas canna), ¢. Born in the Menagerie.
1 Chipping Squirrel (Tamas striatus). Presented by W. Bas-
sano, Esq.
1 Planbein-S diene (Seturus plantani). Presented by W. Bas-
sano, Esq.
1 African Gieciah (Felis jubata). Presented by James 8. Jame-
son, Esq.
1 Secretary Vulture (Serpentarius reptilivorus). Presented by
James 8S. Jameson, Esq.
1 Chacma Baboon (Cynocephalus porcarius). Presented by
James S. Jameson, Hsq.
1 Ceylonese Hawk-Eagle (Spizaetus ceylonensis). Presented by
G. Lyon Bennett, Esq.
6 Speckled Terrapins (Clemmys guttata). Purchased.
2 Painted Terrapins (Clemmys picta). Purchased.
1 Loggerhead Turtle (Thalassochelys caouana). Presented by
Earl Brownlow, F.Z.S.
3 Bull Frogs (Rana mugiens). Presented by Hugo Miiller,
Esq.
1 Noisy Frog (Rana clamata). Presented by Hugo Miller,
E
8q.
1 Hybrid Bison (between Bison americanus, g , and hybrid Bos
rontalis), 2. Born in the Gardens.
3 Spotted-billed Ducks (Anas pecilorhyncha). Bred in the
Gardens.
1 Bennett’s Gazelle (Gazella bennetti?), §. Presented by Bri-
gadier-General Tanner.
1 Moufion (Ovis musimon), 2. Born in the Gardens.
1 Slowworm (Anguis fragilis). Presented by Mr. G. Mengee.
1 Common Marmoset (Hapale jacchus). Presented by C. Stew-
art, Esq.
1 lack eared Marmoset (Hapale penicillata). Presented by C.
Stewart, Esq.
1 = ae (Ovis aries, var.), 9. Presented by H. Druce,
Esq., F.Z.S.
1 Gumeon Paradoxure (Paradoxurus typus). Presented by H.
Druce, Esq., F.Z.S.
3 Peacock Pheasants (Polyplectron chinquis), 2 $ and 1 9.
Deposited.
1 Chaema Baboon (Cynocephalus porcarius), Presented by Mrs.
Findlay.
May 25.
27.
June 1,
Oe
10,
ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE, 1005
2 Ring-necked Pheasants (Phasianus torquatus), g and 9°.
Purchased.
2 Swinhoe’s Pheasants (Zuplocamus swinhoti), g and 9. Pur-
chased.
1 Cashmere-Shawl Goat (Capra hircus, var.), 9. Born in the
Gardens.
. 1 African Wild Ass (Equus teniopus), 2. Purchased. See
P.Z,8. 1881, p. 734,
4 Chilian Pintails (Dajfila spinicauda). Purchased.
1 White-marked Duck (Anas specularis). Purchased. See
P. Z.8. 1881, p. 734.
1 Antarctic Skua (Stercorarius antarcticus). Purchased.
1 Dominican Gull (Larus dominicanus). Purchased.
1 Two-spotted Paradoxure (Nandinia binotata). Presented by
W. H. Hart, Esq., C.M.Z.S.
3 Variegated Sheldrakes (Tadorna variegata). Bred in the
Gardens.
- 1 Globose Curassow (Crax globicera), 9. Presented by Alan
Lambert, Hsq.
. 2 Cuming’s Octodons (Octodon cuming?). Born in the Gardens.
1 Vulpine Phalanger (Phalangista vulpina). Presented by
Master H. Berridge.
1 Prince Albert’s Curassow (Craz alberti),?. Purchased.
2 Ostriches (Struthio camelus), $ and 2. Deposited.
2 Golden Agoutis (Dasyprocta aguti), 2. Purchased.
2 Boas (Boa constrictor). Purchased.
. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Presented by Mr,
Wn. Nugent.
5 Himalayan Monauls (Lophophorus impeyanus). Bred in the
Gardens.
. 4 Peacock Pheasants (Polyplectron chinquis). Bred in the Gar-
dens.
1 White-backed Piping Crow (Gymnorhina leuconota). Depo-
sited,
1 Laughing Kingfisher (Dacelo gigantea). Deposited.
10 Green Lizards (Lacerta viridis). Presented by H. N. Moseley,
Esq., F.Z.S.
. 1 Ruddy Sheldrake (Tadorna rutila). Bred in the Gardens.
. 1 Japanese Deer (Cervus sika). Bred in the Gardens.
. 1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus erythreus). Born in the Mena-
erie.
1J Eiceon's Gull (Larus jameson). Bred in the Gardens.
. 1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus erythreus). Presented by Hamil-
ton Kerr, Esq.
. 1 Common Ocelot (Felis pardalis), 3. Presented by P. Leckie,
Esq.
1 Cape Buffalo (Bubalus caffer). Born in the Menagerie.
1 Pileated Jay (Cyanocoraz pileatus). Presented by W. Young,
Esq.
|
. 1 Lesser Sulphur-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua sulphurea). De-
posited.
9 Summer Ducks (Atx sponsor). Bred in the Gardens.
1 Chacma Baboon (Cynocephalus porcarius), 3. Presented by
Mrs. Robert Ross Robertson.
1 Japanese Deer (Cervus sika). Born in the Menagerie.
5 Waxwings (Ampelis garrula). Purchased,
1006
June ll.
13.
14,
165.
16,
17,
18,
20.
a1,
22.
23.
24,
APPENDIX.
1 Malbrouck Monkey (Cercopithecus cynosurus), 3. Presented
by H. Aylesbury, Esq., Steam-Yacht ‘ Albion.’
2 Common Peafowls (Pavo cristatus), g and 2. Presented by
George Stevenson, Esq.
1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus erythreus). Born in the Menagerie.
1 Cape Buffalo (Bubalus caffer). Born in the Menagerie.
1 Blue Jay (Cyanocitta cristata). Purchased.
1 Common Rook (Corvus frugilegus). Purchased.
7 Australian Wild Ducks (Anas superciliosa). Bred in the
Gardens.
5 Chiloe Wigeons (Mareca chiloensis), Bred in the Gardens.
1 Mandarin Duck (Aza galericulata), Bred in the Gardens.
1 Chacma Baboon (Cynocephalus porcarius), 2. Presented by
Mr. Thornburgh-Cropper.
1 Horrid Rattlesnake ( Crotalus horridus). Presented by Dr. A.
Stradling, C.M.Z.S.
4 Harvest-Mice (Mus minutus). Presented by Henry Laver,
Esq.
2 Geatkoy’s Doves (Peristera geoffroti), ¢ and 9. Bredin the
Gardens.
2 Turquoisine Parrakeets (Euphema pulchella). Bred in the
Gardens. 3
1 Patas Monkey (Cercopithecus ruber). Purchased.
1 Banded Grass-Finch (Poéphila cincta). Presented by Mrs.
Hylton Jolliffe.
2 Yellow-billed Liothrix (Liothrix luteus). Presented by Mrs.
Hylton Jolliffe.
1 Red-legeed Partridge (Caccabis rufa), 2. Presented by Arthur
Morrell, Esq.
10 OcellatedjBladder-Frogs (Cystignathus ocellatus). Presented
by Dr. A. Stradling, C.M.Z.S.
2 Robust Gerbilles (Gerbillus robustus). Presented by Mons.
Alphonse Milne-Edwards.
1 Red-throated Amazon (Chrysotis collaria). Deposited.
1 D'Orbigny’s Snake (Heterodon d’orbignyt). Presented by Dr.
A Stradling, C.M.Z.S.
1 Long-headed Snake (Xenodon rhabdocephalus). Presented
by Dr. A. Stradling, C.M.Z.S.
2 Red-handed Tamarins (Midas rwfimanus). Presented by John
Pesque, Esq.
1 Leadheater’s Cockatoo (Cacatua leadbeatert). Presented by
Mrs. Martin Smith.
1 Undulated Grass-Parrakeet (Melopsittacus undulatus). Pre-
sented by the Countess of Ellesmere.
1 Horned Tragopan (Ceriornis satyra). Bred in the Gardens.
1 Himalayan Monaul (Lophophorus impeyanus). Bred in the
Gardens.
1 Stanley Crane (Tetrapteryx paradisea). Presented by J. Sex-
ton, Esq.
1 Senegal Chameleon (Chameleon senegalensis). Presented by
J. Sexton, Esq.
3 Moustache-Monkeys (Cercopithecus cephus). Purchased.
1 Diana Monkey (Cercopithecus diana). Purchased.
1 Talapoin Monkey (Cercopithecus talapoin). Purchased.
2 Green Monkeys (Cercopithecus callitrichus). Purchased.
1 White-coloured Mangaby (Cercocebus collaris). Purchased.
1 Grey-cheeked Monkey (Cercocebus albigena). Purchased.
June 24,
27.
29.
30.
July 1.
s 2. 1 Squirrel Monkey (Chrysothrix sciurea), 3. Purchased.
12,
13.
ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 1007
2 Water Chevrotains (Hyomoschus aquaticus). Purchased.
1 Peba Armadillo (Tatusia peba). Purchased.
1 Tamandua Anteater (7amandua tetradactyla). Purchased.
1 Red-billed Toucan (Ramphastos erythrorhynchus). Pur-
chased.
1 Crested Guinea-fowl (Nwmida cristata). Purchased.
1 Hawk’s-billed Turtle (Chelone imbricata). Purchased.
1 Puff Adder (Vipera arietans). Purchased.
. 2 Laughing Kingfishers {(Dacelo gigantea). Presented by Sir
Hubert Sandford.
1 Marsh-Harrier (Circus @ruginosus). Presented by J. Wolfe
Murray, Esq.
1 Lesser Kestrel (Tinnuneulus cenchris). Presented by W.
Brodrick, Esq.
1 Military Macaw (Ara mihitaris). Purchased.
1 Wapiti Deer (Cervus canadensis), 2. Born in the Gardens.
1 Daubenton’s Curassow (Crax daubentoni), ¢. Presented by
Capt. King.
1 Hawk’s-billed Turtle (Chelone imbricata), Presented by Capt.
King,
1 Rough Terrapin (Clemmys punctularia). Presented by Lech-
mere Guppy, Esq.
10 Green Turtles (Chelone viridis). Presented by Messrs. Weil
Brothers.
2 Yellow Snakes (Chilobothrus inornatus). Presented by Chas.
B, Masse, Esq.
1 Purple-faced Monkey (Semnopithecus leucoprymnus). Pre-
sented by Lieut. W. V. Anson, R.N.
1 Chacma Baboon (Cynocephalus porcarius). Deposited.
2 Hybrid Paradoxures (between Paradoxurus leucomystaxr Q
and Paradoxurus larvatus 3). Born in the Gardens.
2 Hybrid Gulls (between Larus fuscus and Larus argentatus).
Bred in the Gardens.
. 1 Tawny Eagle (Aquila nevioides), Purchased.
. 1 Central-American Agouti (Dasyprocta isthmica). Presented
by Mr. A. Melhuish.
8 Common Wigeons (Mareca penelope). Bred in the Gardens.
1 Common Rhea (hea americana), Purchased.
. 1 Weeper Capuchin (Cebus capucinus). Presented by J. S.
Chappelow, Esq.
1 Grey Ichneumon (Herpestes griseus),3. Presented by Arthur
Tower, Esq.
1 Reeves’s Muntjac ( Cervalus reevest),. Born in the Gardens,
2 Pileated Jays (Cyanocorax pileatus). Presented by A. A.
Dowly, Lsq.
2 Scarlet Ibis (Zudocimus ruber). Bred in the Gardens.
. 1 Cape Adder ( Vipera atropus). Presented by Borradaile Pil-
lans, Esq.
. 8 Menobranchs (Menobranchus lateralis). Purchased. See
P.Z.8. 1881, p. 818.
. 1 Grey Ichneumon (Herpestes griseus). Presented by Mrs. C.
Hassell.
3 Common Peafowls (Pavo cristatus). Bred in the Gardens.
8 Vulturine Guinea-fowls (Numida vulturina). Deposited.
1 Sykes’s Monkey (Cercopithecus albogularis). Deposited.
1008
July 18.
14,
16.
20.
23.
25.
26.
27,
28.
30.
31.
Aug. 2.
APPENDIX.
1 Red-handed Tamarin (Midas rufimanus). Presented by Mr.
Keiser.
1 Grey [chneumon (Herpestes griseus). Presented by Mr. C. R.
Smith.
1 American Black Bear (Ursus americanus), 2. Presented by
the Earl of Caledon, F.Z.S., and the Hon. Charles Alexander.
1 Common Raven (Corvus corax). Presented by Major Bott.
1 Siamese Pheasant (Luplocamus prelatus). Bred in the
Gardens.
2 Cheer Pheasants (Phasianus wallichii). Bred in the Gardens.
2 Horned Tragopans (Certornis satyra). Bred in the Gardens.
. 1 Carrion-Crow (Corvus corone). Presented by Miss Mortimer.
1 Indian Monitor (Monitor dracena). Presented by E. Linstedt,
Esq.
2 Black-tailed Parrakeets (Polytelis melanurus), 2 g. Pre-
sented by Gerald Arbuthnot, Esq.
2. 1 Silver Fox (Canis fulvus, var. argentata). Presented by S. R.
Platt, Esq.
3 Hedgehogs (Erinaceus ewropeus). Presented by W. Dunn,
Esq., C.M.Z.S.
6 Black-and-white Geese (Anseranas melanoleuca). Received
in exchange.
7 Australian Wild Ducks (Anas superciliosa). Received in ex-
change.
1 Green Tree-Frog (Hyla arborea). Presented by Mrs. Hum-
ry.
a Abeyexintad Pentonyx (Pelomedusa gehafi). Deposited.
1 Common Adder (Vipera berus). Presented by Mr. J. Snow.
1 Guinea Bahoon (Cynocephalus sphinx), 2. Deposited.
2 Common Jays (Garrulus glandarius). Presented by Arthur
F. Astley, Esq.
A collection of Marine Fishes. Purchased.
1 Surucuru or Bush-master (Lachesis mutus). Presented by C.
A. Craven, Esq. See P. Z.S. 1881, p. 818.
4 Common Wigeon (Mareca penelope), 2 ¢ and 2 9. Pur-
chased.
2 Common Squirrels (Sciwus vulgaris). Presented by C. B.
Barber, Esq.
1 Common Boa (Boa constrictor), Presented by G. H. Haw-
tayne, Esq.
29. 1 Common Cuckoo (Cuculus canorus), Presented by Mr. H.
Morrison.
A collection of Sea-Anemones. Purchased.
2 Blossom-headed Parrakeets (Palgornis cyanocephalus). Pur-
chased.
1 Laughing Kingfisher (Dacelo gigantea). Presented by Mr.
Douglas.
1 Osprey (Pandion haliaetus). Purchased.
2 Common Marmosets (Hapale jacchus). Presented by the Lord
W. Gascoyne Cecil.
2 Getulian Ground-Squirrels (Xerus getulus). Presented by Dr.
Wm. Hume Hart.
2 Green Lizards (Lacerta viridis). Presented by Claud Rus-
sell, Esq.
. 1 Sykes’s Monkey (Cercopithecus albogularis), 2. Presented by
FF;
H. W. M. Shewell, Esq., R.N.
ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 1009
Aug. 3. 1 Common Polecat (Mustela putorius). Presented by Mr. H.C.
10.
ih
16,
16.
Brooke.
2 loads Caalh (Syrnium aluco), Presented by H. T. Archer,
dsq.
1 Common Chameleon (Chameleon vulgaris). Deposited.
1 Benneit’s Wallaby (Halmaturus bennetti), g. Born in the
Gardens,
1 Bateleur Eagle (Helotarsus ecaudatus), Presented by W.
Waters, Esq.
1 Slowworm (white var.) (Anguis fragilis), Presented by A.
Phipson, Esq.
. 1 Erxleben’s Monkey (Cercopithecus erxlebent), 2. Purchased.
2 Black Storks (Crconia nigra). Presented by Dr. Rudolph
Blasius.
1 Black-footed Penguin (Spheniscus demersus). Presented by
Capt. J. C. Robinson.
. 2 Topela Finches (Munia topela). Purchased.
2 Common Mynahs (Acridotheres tristis). Purchased.
2 Serin Finches (Serinus hortulanus), Purchased,
1 Fraser’s Eagle-Owl (Bubo poensis). Purchased.
2 Derbian Zonures (Zonurus derbianus). Purchased.
2 Aldrovandi’s Skink (Plestiodon auratus). Purchased.
2 Pantherine Toads (Bufo pantherinus). Purchased.
1 Orange-winged Amazon (Chrysotis amazonica). Presented by
Richard Seyd, Esq., F.Z.S.
. L Grey Ichneumon (Herpestes griseus). Presented by Sir Patrick
Colquhoun, F.Z.S.
1 Herring-Gull (Larus argentatus). Presented by E. A. Brown,
E
Sq.
1 Nutmeg-Finch (Munia punctularia), Purchased.
1 Bar-breasted Finch (Mumia nisoria). Purchased.
1 White-crested Touracou (Corythaix albocristatus). Presented
by Capt. T. G. Steer.
1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), $. Presented by
Mr. H. Dummett.
2 Common Marmosets (Hapale jacchus), ¢ and 2. Deposited.
1 Black-eared Marmoset (Hapale penicillata). Presented by
Mrs. Alsop.
A collection of Marine Fishes. Purchased.
. 1 Bay-Antelope (Hyomoschus aquaticus). Purchased.
13.
1 American Tapir (Tapirus terrestris), $. Presented by Fritz
Zurcher, Esq.
2 West-Indian Agoutis (Dasyprocta cristata). Presented by
H. J. Burford Hancock, Esq., F.Z.S.
2 Martinican Doves (Zenaida martinicana). Presented by H. J.
Burford Hancock, Esq., F.Z.S.
3 Garden’s Night-Herons (Nycticorax gardeni). Presented by
H. J. Burford Hancock, Esq., F.Z.8.
2 Wood-Pigeons (Columba palumbus). Presented by A. E. C.
Streatfield, Esq.
A collection of Sea-Anemones. Purchased.
1 Ring-tailed Lemur (Lemur catta). Presented by E. O. Brook-
field, Esq.
2 Vulpine Phalangers (Phalangista vulpina), g and 9. Pre-
sented by Mr. Geo. White.
1 Lesser White-nosed Monkey (Cercopithecus petaurista), 3
Purchased.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1881, No. LXV. 65
1010
APPENDIX.
Aug. 16, 1 Lesser Sulphur-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua sulphurea). Pre-
sented by Mrs. Beard.
1 Spider Crab. Presented by Mr. J. Ward.
17. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 9. Presented by
Mr. R. Edge.
1 White-collared Mangabey (Cercocebus collaris). Presented by
James Jameson.
2 Pluto Monkeys (Cercopithecus pluto), 2 2. Purchased.
1 Pampas Deer (Cariacus campestris). Born in the Menagerie.
18. 1 Royal Python (Python regius). Presented by G. H. Garrett,
Es
1 Tench (Tinea vulgaris). Presented by Mr. R. W. Thompson.
. | Diana Monkey (Cercopithecus diana), 9. Presented by Louis
Wyatt, Esq.
2 Wonga-Wonga Pigeons (Leucosarcia picata). Presented by
J. Burnham, Esq.
1 Zebu (Bos indicus). Born in the Gardens.
20. 1 Grey Parrot (Psittacus erithacus). Deposited.
23.
24,
25.
26.
27.
29.
30.
. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 2. Presented by
the Rev. George Cuffe.
2 Arabian Gazelles (Gazella arabica), 2 g. Presented by Re-
ginald Zohrab, Esq.
3 Domestic Pigeons (Columba enas, var.). Presented by Regi-
nald Zohrab, Esq.
2 European Scops Owls (Scops giv). Purchased.
2 Guinea Baboons (Cynocephalus sphinx), 2 3. Presented by
Lionel Hart, Esq.
1 Grivet Monkey (Cercopithecus griseo-viridis, var.). Presented
by Lionel Hart, Esq.
1 Cinereous Sea-Hagle (Haliaetus albicilla). Deposited.
1 Red-and-blue Macaw (dra macao). Presented by Mrs.
Supple.
2Common Barn-Owls (Strix flammea). Presented by C. T.
Foster, Esq.
2Common Kestrels (Tinnunculus alaudarius). Presented by
Mr. J. Edwards.
1 Upland Goose (Bernicla magellanica), 2. Presented by A.
Nesbitt, Hsq.
2 Common Squirrels (Sciu-us vulgaris). Presented by Lieut.-
Col. F. D. Walters, 82nd Regt.
1 Ring-tailed Coati (Nasua rufa), Q. Presented by L. H.
Haworth, Esq.
1 Collared Peccary (Dicotyles tajagu). Presented by Capt. W.
F. Wardroper.
1 Common Marmoset (Harpale jacchus). Deposited.
1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus radiatus). Deposited.
1 Central-American Agouti (Dasyprocta isthmica). Presented
by J. E. Sharpe, Esq.
1 eae Sulphur-crested Cockatoo (Cacatwa galerita). De-
osited.
1 Werk headed Caique (Caica melanocephala). Purchased.
1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Presented by
James W. Duncan.
1 Greater Sulphur-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua galerita). De-
posited.
2 ee Pigeons (Columba livia). Presented by R. Zohrab,
Sq.
Sept. 1.
10.
18.
14,
16.
i,
18.
19.
ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 1011
3 Common Chameleons (Chameleon vulgaris). Presented by
A. R. Rogers, Esq.
2 Spotted Cavies (Calogenys paca). Presented by Dr. Portella.
» 2 Malbrouck Monkeys (Cercopithecus cynosurus). Presented by
H. P. Sherlock, Esq.
. 1 Brazilian Tanager (Ramphoceelus brasilius), 2. Presented by
Dr. Arthur Stradling.
1 Green Lizard (Lacerta viridis). Presented by the Misses
Parry.
. 1 Grey Parrot (Psittacus erithacus). Deposited.
4 Passerine Parrots (Psittacula passerina). Deposited.
2 Lineated Finches (Spermophila lineata). Deposited.
1 Blue-shouldered Tanager ( Tanagra cyanoptera). Presented by
Ernest L. Marshall, Esq.
2 Pantherine Toads (Bufo pantherinus). Presented by R. E.
Holding.
. 1 Goffin’s Cockatoo (Cacatua goffint). Deposited.
2 Greater Black-backed Gulls (Larus marimus). Presented by
Mr. A. Allen.
6 Common Chameleons (Chameleon vulgaris). Purchased.
1 Wall-Lizard (Lacerta muralis). Presented by J. Lewis, Esq.
6 Common Lizards (Lacerta vivipara), Presented by J. T.
Mann, Esq.
2 Smooth Snakes (Coronella levis). Presented by J. T. Mann,
E
sq.
2 She Lines (Lacerta agilis). Presented by J.T. Mann, Esq.
1 Black-faced Spider Monkey (Afedes ater). Purchased.
1 Diamond-Snake (Morelia spilotes). Presented by C. CO.
Skarratt, Esq.
1 Rusty-spotted Cat (Felis rubiginosa). Presented by Charles
E. Pole Carew, Esq. See P. Z. 5. 1881. p. 818.
1 Common Lobster (Homarus vulgaris). Presented by Mr.
Milestone.
2 Common Lobsters (Homarus vulgaris). Purchased.
1 Malbrouck Monkey (Cercopithecus cynosurus), g. Presented
by Mrs. Paterson.
1 Brown Bear (Ursus arctos). Presented by Messrs. Morgan,
Gellibrand, & Co.
2 Spanish Terrapins (Clemmys leprosa). Presented by Major
ooke.
2 Dwarf Chameleons (Chameleon pumilus). Presented by
Duncan W. B. Swaine, Esq.
2 Chukar Partridges (Caccabis chukar). Presented by Col.
Thos, Pierce, 16th Regt. Bombay N. I.
1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Presented by
Harding Cox, Esq.
2 Cape Crowned Cranes (Balearica chrysopelargus). Deposited.
2 Wattled Cranes (Grus carunculata). Deposited.
A collection of Sea-Anemones. Purchased.
1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus radiatus), 3. Presented by J.
Thompson, Esq.
. 1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus radiatus), 9. Presented by Mr. C,
Green.
1 Banded Ichneumon (Herpestes fusciatus), 2. Presented by
W. Cubitt, Esq.
1 Collared Fruit-Bat (Cynonycteris collaris). Born in the Me-
nagerie,
65*
1012 APPENDIX.
Sept. 21. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolyus). Presented by Mr.
W. Thomson.
4 Zebra Waxbills (Estre/da subflava). Purchased.
2 Grenadier Weaver Birds (Zuplectes oryx, var. sundevalli).
Purchased.
2 Crimson-crowned Weaver Birds (Euplectes flammiceps). Pur-
chased.
2. 2 Common Otters (Lutra vulgaris). Presented by H. Mitchell,
Sq.
3 Teculaied Grass-Parrakeets (Melopsittacus undulatus). Bred
in the Gardens.
23. 1 American Black Bear ( Ursus americanus). Presented by Lady
Brassey.
1 Bleck-ormind Eagle (Lophoaetus occipitalis). Presented by
Mr. E. A. Harland.
1 Red-legged Partridge (Caccabis rufa). Presented by J. E.
Clayton, Esq.
24. 1 Common Cuckoo (Cuculus canorus). Presented by Master
; Alfred Beart.
25. 1 Brush-Turkey (Talegalla lathami). Presented by Capt. F. M.
Burke, 8.8. ‘ Cheybassa.’
26. 1 Tennant’s Squirrel (Scezwrus tennanti), 2. Presented by Mrs.
8. A. Cottrell.
2 Greater White-crested Cockatoos (Cacatua cristata). De-
posited.
2 Common Cormorants (Phalacrocorax carbo). Deposited.
1 Tarantula Spider (Wygale, sp.inc.). Presented by Mrs, John
Leechman.
17 Prussian Carp (Carassius vulgaris). Purchased.
A collection of Sea~-Anemones. Purchased.
28. A Common Marmoset (Hapale jacchus),9. Presented by J. N.
Palmer, Esq.
1 Green Lizard (Lacerta viridis), Presented by James Thorn, Esq.
29. 4 Pied Wagtails (Motacilla yarrellii). Purchased.
30. 1 Chacma Baboon (Cynocephalus porcarius), 9. Presented by
W. H. Long, Esq.
1 Leucoryx Antelope (Oryx leucoryx), 2. Presented by John
M. Cook, Esq.
Oct. 1. 2 Blossom-headed Parrakeets (Paleornis cyanocephalus), 23.
Purchased.
1 Nose-horned Viper (Vipera nasicornis), 9. Purchased.
1 Long-nosed Crocodile (Crocodilus cataphractus). Purchased.
2 Leopards (Felis pardus), young. Presented by Eustace L,
Burnside, Esq.
5 Robben-Island Snakes (Coronella phocarum). Presented by
Rey. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S.
8. 1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus erythreus),2. Presented by Frank
Smyth, Esq.
1 Hybrid Muntjac (between Cervulus lacrymans g and Cervulus
muntjac 2), §. Bred in the Gardens.
1 Leopard Tortoise (Testudo pardalis). Presented by Sir John
Kirk, C.B., C.M.Z.S.
1 Radiated Tortoise (Testudo radiata). Presented by Sir John
Kirk, C.B., C.M.Z.S.
3 Bell’s Cinixys (Cinixys belliana). Presented by Sir John
Kirk, C.B., O.M.Z.8,
Oct.
6.
10,
Ue
ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 1013
1 Hybrid Mesopotamian Fallow Deer (hetween Cervus mesopo-
tamicus g and Cervus dama 2), g. Bred in the Mena-
gerie.
1 Common Viper (Vipera berus, black var.), Presented by L. A.
Sandford, Esq.
. 2 Beautiful Parrakeets (Psephotus pulcherrimus), SandQ. Pre-
sented by Mr. T. H. Bowyer Bower.
2 Ceylonese Hanging Parrakeets (Loriculus asiaticus). Pre-
sented by Mr. T. ‘i. Bowyer Bower.
1 Chinese Quail (Coturnix chinensis), $. Presented by My. T.
H. Bowyer Bower.
1 Regent Bird (Sericwlus melinus), ¢. Presented by Mr. T. 1.
Bowyer Bower.
1 Blue-beaked Weaver Bird (Spermospiza hematina). Pre-
sented by Mr. T. H. Bowyer Bower.
2 Banded Grass-Finches (Poephila cincta), § and 2. Presented
by Mr. T. H. Bowyer Bower.
2 Bicheno’s Finches (Zstrelda bichenovii). Presented by Mr. T.
H. Bowyer Bower.
1 Melodious Finch (Phonipara canora), 3. Presented by Mr.
T. H. Bowyer Bower.
1 Black-headed Finch (Munia malacca). Presented by Mr. T.
H. Bowyer Bower.
3 Modest Grass-Finches (Amadina modesta), 2g and 19. Pre
sented by Mr. T. H. Bowyer Bower.
. 2 Axolotls (Stredon mexicanus). Presented by Dr. Heneage
Gibbs, F.Z.8.
. 2 Dunlins (Tringa emelus). Presented by Edmund A. 8. Elliot,
Esq., M.R.C.S.
1 Ringed Plover (4%gialitis hiaticula). Presented by Edmund
A. 8. Elliot, Esq., M.R.C.S.
1 Hog Deer (Cervus porcinus). Born in the Gardens.
1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus radiatus).. Deposited.
1 Naked-footed Owlet (Athene noctua). Presented by Mr. R. J.
Marlton.
1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 9. Presented by
G. E. Jarvis, Esq.
_ 1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus radiatus), 2. Presented by G. E.
Jarvis, Esq.
1 Vervet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandii), g. Presented by
Mr. Brassey.
1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus radiatus), 2. Deposited.
2 Leopards (Felis pardus). Presented by Lieut.-Col. J. S.
Armitage, F.Z.S.
1 Osprey (Pandion haliaetus). Purchased.
1 Common Kestrel (Tinnunculus alaudarius). Presented by Mr.
W. K. Stanley.
- 1 Common Hare (Lepus ewropeus). Presented by Mr. W. K,.
13.
Stanley.
1 Hardwicke’s Hemigale (Hemigale hardwickii). Purchased.
See P. Z.S. 1881, p. 819.
1 Paradise Whydah Bird (Viduwa paradisea). Presented by T.
H. Bowyer Bower, Esq.
6 ee ne Jerboas (Dipus hirtipes). Presented by N. H.
eyts.
1 White-rumped Gerbille (Gerlillus pygargus). Presented by
N, H. Beyts.
1014
Oct. 13
14
17.
18.
19.
20,
21.
22.
24,
25,
26.
29.
APPENDIX.
. 2 Egyptian Ouarans (Psammosaurus scincus). Presented by N.
H. Beyts.
. 1 Mesopotamian Fallow Deer (Cervus mesopotamicus), 2. Pre-
sented by Lord Lilford, F.Z.8.
2 Beatrix Antelopes (Oryx beutrix),29. Presented by Lord
Lilford, F.Z.S. See P. Z.S. 188], p. 819.
2 Arabian Gazelles (Gazella arabica), 3 and 9. Presented by
Lord Lilford, F.Z.S.
1 Bell’s Cinixys ( Cinivys belliana). Deposited.
1 Sooty Mangabey (Cercocebus fuliginosus), §. Purchased.
1 Ariel Toucan (Ramphastos ariel). Purchased.
1 Naked-footed Owlet (Athene noctua). Purchased.
1 Ornamented Hawk-Eagle (Spizaetus ornatus). Purchased.
1 Black Tortoise (Testudo carbonaria). Purchased.
2 Radiated Tortoises (Testudo radiata). Purchased.
1 Argentine Tortoise (Testudo argentina). Purchased.
1 Black-headed Gull (Larus ridibundus). Presented by Master
Rew Lloyd.
1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus),9. Presented by G.
R. J. Glennie, Esq.
1 Malbrouck Monkey (Cercopithecus cynosurus), 2. Presented
by Mr. J. Pope.
1 Black-faced Kangaroo (Macropus melanops), 3. Presented by
Miss Drax.
1 Snow-Bunting (Plectrophanes nivalis). Presented by H. A.
Macpherson, Esq.
A collection of Marine Fishes. Purchased.
1 Gaimard’s Rat-Kangaroo (Hypsiprymnus gaimardi). Born in
the Gardens.
2Common Kestrels (Tinnunculus alaudarius). Presented by
Masters John and Charles Godfrey.
1 Chinese Rhesus Monkey (Macacus lastotus). Deposited.
1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus erythreus), 9. Presented by Miss
Richardson.
1 Smooth-headed Capuchin (Cebus monachus), 3. Deposited.
1 Richardson’s Skua (Stercorarius crepidatus). Deposited.
1 Green Monkey (Cercopithecus callitrichus). Presented by Mr.
G, Aldridge.
1 Hooded Crow (Corvus corniz). Purchased.
2 Grey Plovers (Squatarola helvetica). Purchased.
1 Ruff (Machetes pugnax). Purchased.
1 Bar-tailed Godwit (Limosa lapponica). Purchased.
1 Common Rook (Corvus frugilegus).
1 Green-cheeked Amazon (Chrysotis viridigenalis). Pur-
chased.
1 Finsch’s Amazon (Chrysotts finschi). Purchased.
2 Tuatera Lizards (Sphenodon punctatus). Deposited.
2 Tuatera Lizards (Sphenodon punctatus), Presented by C.
Smith, Esq.
1 Ring-tailed Coati (Nasua rufa). Presented by Francis B.
Norcliffe, Esq.
1 Tarantula Spider (Mygale, sp.ine.). Presented by Charles A.
Craven, Esq.
1 Malte (Julus, sp.inc.). Presented by Charles A. Craven,
Isq.
. 1 Tiger eos Q. Presented by Col. Owen Williams,
.P., F.Z.8.
Noy. 1.
10.
11.
ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 1015
1 American Black Bear (Ursus americanus). Presented by
Capt. M‘Pherson.
. 1 Young Ostrich (Struthio camelus). Presented by Wm. Jerram,
Esq.
4
. 1 Great Eagle-Owl (Bubo maximus). Deposited.
. 2 Polecats (Mustela putorius), Presented by Mons. M. P. Pichot.
1 Hybrid Finch (between Ligurinus chloris and Linota
cannabina), Presented by H. A. Macpherson, Esq.
A collection of Sea-Anemones. Purchased.
. 2 Red-throated Divers (Colymbus septentrionalis), Purchased.
. 46 Nose-horned Vipers (Vipera nasicornis), Born in the Gar-
dens. See P.Z. 8. 1881, p, 967.
. 1 Ring-necked Parrakeet (Paleornis torquata). Presented by
the Countess Dowager of Lonsdale.
. 1 Pluto Monkey ( Cercopithecus pluto), ¢. Purchased.
1 Sykes’s Monkey (Cercopithecus albogularis). Purchased.
1 Darwin’s Rhea (hea darwini). Purchased.
1 Picazuro Pigeon (Columba picazuro). Purchased.
2 Spotted Zenaida Doves (Zenaida maculata). Purchased.
2 Dominican Gulls (Larus dominicanus). Purchased.
1 Dufresne’s Amazon (Chrysotis dufresniana). Deposited.
1 Yellow-cheeked Amazon (Chrysotis autwmnalis). Deposited.
1 Orange-winged Amazon (Chrysotis amazonica). Deposited.
2Grey Wagtails (Motacilla sulphurea). Presented by Mr.
Swaysland.
2 Vulpine Phalangers (Phalangista vulpina),2$. Presented by
F. J. Horniman, Esq., F.Z.5S.
1 Rufous Rat Kangaroo (Hypsiprynmus rufescens), 3. Pre-
sented by F. J. Horniman, Esq., F.Z.S.
"1 Red-fronted Lemur (Lemur rufifrons). Purchased.
12.
14,
16.
18.
21.
23.
2 Long-eared Owls (Aso otus). Presented by the Rey. J. A.
Wix.
1 Moustache-Monkey (Cercopithecus cephus), 3. Presented by
Frank G. 8. Laye, Esq.
2 Herring-Gulls (Larus argentatus). Presented by Mrs. Greaves.
2 Chilian Sea-Hagles (Geronaetus melanoleucus). Purchased.
1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus radiatus), 9. Presented by the
Rev. R. H. Manley.
1 Sclavonian Grebe (Podiceps cornutus). Purchased.
1 Red-breasted Merganser (Mergus serrator). Purchased.
1 Guillemot (Uria troile). Purchased.
1 Bar-tailed Godwit (Limosa lapponica). Purchased.
1 Weasel (Mustela vulgaris). Purchased.
1 Blackbird (Turdus merula). Presented by Edward Lawrence,
Esq.
2 Sona Tatisliés (Turdus musicus). Presented by Edward
Lawrence, Esq.
2 Sky-Larks (Alauda arvensis). Presented by Edward Lawrence,
sq.
1 Greanfinel (Ligurinus chioris). Presented by Edward Law-
rence, Esq.
2 Chaftinches (Frngilla celebs). Presented by Edward Law-
rence, Esq.
2 Common Quails (Coturnix communis), Presented by Edward
Lawrence, Esq.
2 Orange-cheeked Waxbills (Zstrelda melpoda). Deposited.
2 Common Waxbills (Zstrelda cinerea). Deposited.
1016
Noy. 23.
24,
25.
26.
28,
30.
APPENDIX.
2 Maja Finches (Munia maja). Deposited.
1 Black-headed Finch (Munia malacca). Deposited.
1 Indian Silver-Bill (Munia malabarica). Deposited.
1 Song-Thrush (Turdus musicus). Deposited.
1 Black-winged Peafowl (Pavo nigripennis), 9. Presented by
J. Marshall, Esq.
2 Mandarin Ducks (Aix galericulata), § and 2. Received in
exchange.
2 Brazilian Teal ( Querquedula brasiliensis), § and 2. Received
in exchange.
1 Geoffroy’s Dove (Peristera geoffroii). Received in exchange.
1 Bar-tailed Godwit (Limosa lapponica). Purchased.
2 Razorbills (Alea torda). Purchased.
2 Common Lapwings (Vanellus cristatus). Purchased.
2 Golden Plovers (Charadrius pluvialis). Purchased.
2 Knots (Tringa canutus). Purchased.
1 Black-throated Diver (Colymbus arcticus). Purchased.
1 Vervet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandii). Presented by R. M.
Edger, Esq.
1 Grecian Ibex (Capra egagrus), $. Deposited.
1 Spotted Ichneumon (Herpestes auropunctatus). Received in
exchange.
1 Common Kestrel ( Tinnunculus alaudarius). Presented by Mr.
A. Lidbury.
1 Common Snake (Tropidonotus natrix). Presented by H.
Dawson, Esq.
1 Tawny Eagle (Aquila mnevioides). Presented by Mr. —
Southey of Cape-town.
1 Red-faced-Spider Monkey (Ateles paniscus). Purchased.
3 Red-billed Tree-Ducks (Dendrocygna autumnalis). Pur-
chased.
1 Vinaceous Amazon (Chrysotis vinacea). Purchased. See
P. Z.S. 1881, p. 968.
1 Carrion-Crow (Corvus corone). Presented by F. H. Worsley
Benison, Esq.
1 Grey-breasted Parrakeet (Bolborhynchus monachus). Pre-
sented by J. Lloyd, Esq.
1 Black-headed Conure (Conurus nanday). Presented by J.
Lloyd, Esq.
. 1 Black-eared Marmoset (Hapale penicillata). Presented by
Mrs. George Willins.
1 Geoflroy’s Dove (Peristera geoffrotw’), 2. Bred in the Gardens.
1 Redshank ( Totanus calidiis). Purchased.
2 Dunlins (Tringa cinclus). Purchased.
1 Grey Plover (Squatarola helvetica). Purchased.
2 Razorbills (Alcea torda). Purchased.
1 Curlew (Numenius arquatus). Purchased.
. 2 Talpacoti Ground-Doves (Chamepelia talpacoti), 3 and 9.
Presented by Dr. A. Stradling, C.M.Z.S,
1 Plumbeous Snake (Ozyrrhopus plumbeus). Presented by Dr.
A. Stradling, C.M.Z.S.
2 Taraguira Lizards (Taraguira smithi). Presented by Dr. A.
Stradling, C.M.Z.S.
1 Orange-flanked Tree-Frog (Phyllomedusa hypochondrialis).
Presented by Dr. A. Stradling, C.M.Z.S.
. 2 Cape Crowned Cranes (Balearica chrysopelargus). Deposited.
Dec, 5.
10.
12.
16.
20.
21.
22,
24.
ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 1017
1 Mocassin Snake (Tropidonotus fasciatus), Born in the
Gardens.
. 1 Horrid Rattlesnake (Crotalus horridus), Presented by Dr. A.
Stradling, C.M.ZS.
1 Giant Toad (Bufo agua). Deposited.
. 1 Pomatorhine Skua (Stercorarius pomatorhinus). Presented by
Mr. G. H. Baxter.
. 2 Common Kestrels (Tinnuneulus alaudarius). Presented by F.
Usher, Esq.
1 Common Tench ( Tinea vulgaris). Presented by F. Usher, Esq.
1 Red Kangaroo b dal he rufus), &. Born in the Gardens.
1 Common Jay (Garrulus glandarius). Presented by J. Young,
Esq.
1 Dwarf Chameleon (Chameleon pumilus). Presented by Major
Hunt.
1 Green Monkey (Cercopithecus callitrichus). Deposited.
2 Squirrel Monkeys (Chrysothrix sciwrea). Presented by F. N.
Apthorp, Esq.
4 Snow-Buntings (Plectrophanes nivalis), 2g and 22. Pur-
chased.
. 2 Common Siskins (Chrysomitris spinus), ¢ and 2. Purchased,
2 Ferrets (Mustela furo). Presented by Mrs. J. F. Faed.
. 1 Mona Monkey (Cercopithecus mona). Deposited.
1 Black-backed Jackal (Canis mesomelas), Presented by Capt.
C. Holled Smith.
1 Bosch-bok (Tragelaphus sylvaticus). Presented by E. W.
Berryman, Esq.
1 Rose-coloured Pastor (Pastor voseus), Presented by F, Lub-
bock, Esq.
6 Dwarf Chameleons (Chameleon pumilus). Presented by Col.
Hassard, R.E.
1 Chacma Baboon (Cynocephalus porcarius), 2. Presented by
Capt. Wyld.
1 Herring-Gull (Larus argentatus), Presented by E. W. Ebs-
worth, Esq.
1 Greater Black-backed Gull (Larus marinus). Presented by
E. W. Ebsworth, Esq.
1 Cerastes Viper (Vipera cerastes). Deposited.
1 Black-throated Diver (Colymbus arcticus), Purchased,
2 Oyster-catchers (Hematopus ostralegus). Purchased.
1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus erythreus), 2. Deposited.
1 Malbrouck Monkey (Cercomthecus cynosurus), 9. Presented
by C. A. Rose, Esq.
1 Guemul Deer (Furecifer chilensis), §. Purchased. See P.Z.S.
1882, p. 97.
4 Undulated Grass-Parrakeets (Melopsittacus undulatus), Bred
in the Gardens.
1 Common Kite (Milvus ictinus). Presented by G. H. Tod-
' Heatley, Esq.
1 Germain’s Peacock Pheasant (Polyplectron germaini), ¢.
Purchased. See P. Z.S. 1882, p. 97.
1 Javan Parrakeet (Paleornis javanicus). Purchased.
1 White-browed Amazon (Chrysotis albifrons). Purchased.
1 White-headed Parrot (Pionus senilis). Purchased.
2 Chestnut-breasted Ducks (Anas castanea), d and 2. Pur-
chased.
1 Chilian Teal ( Querquedula creccoides), $. Presented by Mons.
J. M. Cornély.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1881, No. LXVI. 66
1018
Dec. 24.
26.
28.
29,
30.
APPENDIX.
1 Greater Sulphur-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua galerita). De-
osited.
1 siigeettocd Lark (Calandrella brachydactyla), Presented by
H. A. Macpherson, Esq.
1 Pike (Hsox luctus). Presented by George Seaton, Esq.
1 Kusimanse (Crossarchus obscurus). Purchased.
1 Blue-crowned Parrot (Tanygnathus luzonensis). Purchased.
1 White-eared Conure (Conurus leucotis). Purchased.
1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus erythreus), 2. Presented by Mr.
Wm. Trent.
1 Black-footed Penguin (Spheniscus demersus). Presented by
Capt. H. H. Stockham.
1 Marsh-Ichneumon (Herpestes paludosus, rufous yar.). Pre-
sented by Ernest Wells, Esq.
1 Molucea Deer (Cervus moluccensis), 2. Bred in the Gardens.
. 1 Kinkajou ( Cercoleptes eardivolvulus). Deposited.
1 Indranee Owl (Syrniwm indranee). Presented by Commander
Burkitt.
Ablabes
melanocephalus, 215.
Abrostola
subapicalis, 618.
Acanthocyclus
gayi, 63, 69.
Acanthodactylus
bedriage, 746, 747.
bedriagai, 744, 746.
bellii, 743, 747.
boskiana, var. syriacus,
745.
boskianus, 744, 747.
cantori, 745, 747.
capensis, 744.
inornatus, 744, 746.
lineo-maculatus, 747.
micropholis, 745, 747.
savignyi, 744, 745, 746.
svar.schreiberi,746.
schreiberi, 746, 747.
scutellatus, 744, '747.
syriacus, 745, TAT.
tristrami, 746, 747.
velox, 746, 747.
vulgaris, 743, 747.
Acantholipes
affinis, 618.
Hlavisigna, 371.
hypenoides, 372.
nigrisigna, 372.
vetustalis, 372.
Achatina
craveni, 283, 300.
hamillei, 282, 300.
kirkii, 288.
petersi, 282.
thomsoni, 283, 300
(Limicolaria) cadllaudi,
284, 300.
) rectistrigata,
284, 300.
Achatinelloides
balfouwri, 801, 802, 803,
804.
INDEX.
Achatinelloides
gollonsirensis, 801, 802,
806
hadibuensis, 801, 802,
804.
longiformis, 802, 806.
semicastaneus, 801, 802,
807.
socotrensis, 801, 802,
805.
, var. alba, 802,803.
——,, var. elongata, 801,
02.
tigris, 801, 802, 806.
zebrinus, 801, 802.
Acherontia
atropos, 825.
morta, 613.
Acidalia
distracta, 616.
Acosmetia
nebulosa, 350, 380.
nigrescens, 350.
Acriea
neobule, 177, 180.
Acrida
viridissima, 826.
Acrobata
pygmed, 186.
Acrodactyla
degener, 259.
Acronycta
aceris, 825.
bicolor, 332.
megacephala, 822, 825.
pst, 822, 825,
Actzea
rufo-punctata, 63, 68.
Actias
luna, 653, 820, 823.
selene, 653, 820, 823.
nivea, 102.
Adelostoma
bicarinatum, 470, 475,
478,
Adisura
atkinsoni, 368, 379.
delicia, 368.
dulcis, 368, 380.
leucanivides, 368, 369.
marginalis, 368, 369.
pallida, 369.
similis, 369.
Adolias
schrenki, 866, 892.
A&dophron
phlebophora, 361.
ea
alaskensis, '78.
belliceps, 78.
harfordi, 78.
nove-zelandia, 78.
punctulata, 64, 77, 78,
139.
/ARgialites
hiaticula, 644.
Aigialitis
cantiana, 174.
curonica, 174.
geoffroyi, 800,
nivosa, 15.
AEgithina
viridis, 796.
/Egocera
venulia, 614.
AEpyceros
melampus, 757.
/Ethopyga
eupogon, 796.
stparaja, 796,
7&tole
bella, 824.
Agabus
abbreviatus, 825.
dispar, 826.
Agama
agilis, 671, 672, 673,
374, 676.
aralensis, 672, 674,
Slavimaculata, 672, 673.
66*
1020
Agama
persica, 674, 676.
sanguinolenta, 672, 674.
Savignii, 673.
sinaita, 676.
(Trapelus) ruderata,
672.
Agastya
flavomaculata, 379.
hybleoides, 379.
Ageleus
imthurni, 213, 214.
thilius, 213.
Aglia
tau, 820.
Agriopus
peruvianus, 20.
Agriornis
maritima, 8.
Agrotis
aguilina, 851.
christophi, 351.
costigera, 350.
hastifera, 351.
Junctura, 351.
labyrinthica, 350.
modesta, 351.
placida, 350.
plagiata, 352.
plagifera, 352.
quadrisigna, 350, 617.
spectabilis, 352.
Alaria
lanceolata, 366.
Alata
aniicalis, 623.
hastiferella, 623.
subaurella, 628.
Alcedo
cristata, 567.
picta, 568.
Alcelaphus
caama, 763.
lichtensteini, 763.
lunatus, 764,
Aleyonium
asbestinum, 129.
purpureum, 129,
Alebion
genetria, 125.
proximum, 119, 120,
125, 131, 140.
Alecto
disposita, 58.
Aletia
angulifera, 338,
conigera, 333.
distincta, 338, 879.
vitellina, 333.
Aloa
emittens, 614.
INDEX.
Alophonerpes
pulverulentus, 792.
Alpheus
sp., 74.
euchirus, 74.
scabrodigitus, 63, 73,
74.
Alurnus
batesii, 264.
cassideus, 265.
lansbergi, 265.
mutabilis, 265, 269.
saunderst, 265.
Amazilia
leucophea, 832.
Amblyospiza
unicolor, 589.
Amblypneustes
ovum, 4138.
pallidus, 434.
Amblypodia
apidanus, 855.
asinarus, 882.
centaurus, 856.
diardi, 855.
dispar, 883.
Japonica, 865, 882.
rama, 882.
turbata, 855, 865, 882.
Amorphina
sp., 125, 131.
Amphidesma
castaneum, 922.
cornewm, 923.
donacilla, 923.
rhodomelas, 222.
stcula, 925,
Ampullaria
ampullacea, 632,
gradata, 289, 300.
kordofana, 289.
lucida, 289.
purpureus, 290.
speciosa, 289.
ovata, 289,
wernei, 289.
Amussium
fenestratum, 949.
hoskynsi, 950.
inequisculptum, 949.
lucidum, 950.
Amydrus
blythi, 171, 172, 955.
rater, 171, 172, 955.
morio, 584.
rueppelli, 583, 955.
walleri, 584.
Amyna
cephusalis, 617.
Anzeretes
parvulus, 8,
Anarta
gemmifera, 618.
Anas
cristata, 13.
specularis, 734.
Anatina
radiata, 944.
ruggert, 944.
Andropadus
flavescens, 576.
Angulus
macandrei, 720.
Anolis
alligator, 243.
eneus, 243.
beckeri, 921.
biporcatus, 241.
bivittatus, 241.
boulengert, 242, 245.
bouviert, 248.
buckleyi, 243.
fusco-auratus, 243.
gracilis, 242,
nasicus, 242.
nummifer, 241.
punctatus, 241, 242.
viridieneus, 243.
vittigerus, 241.
(Draconura) chrysole-
pis, 241.
Anomia
ephippium, 949.
patelliformis, 949.
Anorrhinus
galeritus, 793.
Anous
cinereus, 16.
Antarctia
glauca, 81.
Antelopus
roualeynet, 753.
Anthexcia
cardui, 361.
cognata, 361,
cora, 361.
dorsilutea, 361.
lynx, 361.
pulchra, 361.
yama-mai, 653.
Antherza
yama-mai, 820, 828.
Anthocharis
bambusarum, 864, 878.
belemida, var. orienta-
lis, 877.
cardamines, 652, 653,
864, 878,
etrida, 609.
lanceolata, 877.
scolymus, 864, 877.
thunbergti, 877.
Anthodiseta
collaris, 571.
zambesiana, 571.
Anthomyia
bete, 822.
Anthophila
divergens, 361.
lineata, 361.
marginalis, 368.
Anthreptes
hypogrammica, 796.
malaccensis, 796.
phenicotis, 796.
zambesiana, 571.
Anthus
arboreus, 409.
gustavi, 798.
pyrrhonotus, 573.
raaltent, 578.
sordidus, 167.
Antigonus
vasava, 869, 911.
Apamea
basalis, 346.
cuprina, 345, 380.
latifasciata, 345.
leucostigma, 345.
mucronata, 345, 380.
nubila, 346, 380.
pannosa, 345.
strigidisca, 346, 380.
undicilia, 346.
Apate
Prion: 472.
nitidipennis, 470, 472.
terebrantis, 472.
Apatura
elytie, 892.
here, 892.
ilia, 654, 866, 892.
iris, 652, 653, 866,
891.
metis, 892.
substituta, 848, 892.
“Aphnzeus
acamas, 607.
vulcanus, 607.
Apbritis
gobio, 20.
Aphriza
ee 15.
Apbroceras
caminus, 135, 136,
141.
crassior, 1385, 136.
sericatum, 134, 141.
(Leucandra) asperwm,
135
(34 ananas, 135.
Apis
ite; 649.
INDEX.
Apithesis
obesa, 470, 477, 478.
Aplysina
regularis, 108, 131,
140.
Apogon
arafure, 650, 651.
ellioti, 650, 651.
nigripinnis, 650.
Aporia
crategi, 652, 653, 849,
864, 876. ;
hippia, 864, 875.
Appana
indica, 355.
Appias
Dean: 611.
narendra, 611.
Apsarasa
Jigurata, 359.
radians, 359.
wallacei, 359.
Apteryx
eae 781, 782.
haasti, 781, 782.
mantelli, 780, 781,
782.
82.
owen, 781, 782.
Arachnoraphis
flavigastra, 796.
Arachnothera
eytonii, 796.
longirostra, 796.
Areolepia
subfasciella, 303, 325.
amus
scolopaceus, 644.
Araschnia
fallax, 848, 850.
896.
obscura, 848, 850.
strigosa, 896.
Arca
antiquata, 950.
barbata, 950.
glacialis, 950.
lactea, 950.
noe, 950.
obliqua, 950.
pectunculoides, 950.
septentrionalis, 950.
Arcinella
levis, 698.
Arctia
parasita, 823.
Arctica
alle, 641.
Arctocephalus
australis, 4,
Arctomys
canis 198, 204.
1021
Arcturus
oom 64, 75,
139.
lineatus, '76.
ctus
ursus, 63.
atricapilla, 959.
brevipes, 959.
bubuleus, 599.
garzetta, 599.
gularis, 173.
intermedia, 599.
melanocephala, 599.
minuta, 599.
podiceps, 599.
purpurea, 953, 956.
sturmi, 599.
sumatrana, 800.
Ardetta
minuta, 599, 600.
pusilla, 599.
sturmi, 599.
Arescus
emulus, 266, 269.
histrio, 266.
labiatus, 265, 266.
perplexus, 265, 266,
9:
26
pulcher, 266, 269.
Arge
ence 825.
Argiope
capsula, 949.
cistellula, 948.
Argiva
hieroglyphica, 619.
rgya
iden, 575.
Argynnis
sp. nova, 867.
adippe, 867, 901.
aglaia, 867, 901.
anadyomene, 867,
2,
angarensis, 867, 900.
anna, 83.
childreni, 867, 900.
ehlorodippe, 901,
902
cleodowa, 901, 902.
cytheris, 83.
daphne, 867, 901.
ella, 902.
euphrosyne, 900.
fortuna, 848, 901.
Sreija, 867, 900.
ino, 867, 901.
japonica, 848, 849,
902. :
1022
Argynnis
laodice, 867, 902.
lathonioides, 83.
leopardina, 900.
locuples, 848, 901.
lysippe, 848, 902.
maculata, 862, 867.
montana, 83.
myrina, 900.
nerippe, 867, 901, 902.
niphe, 867, 900,
oscarus, 867, 900.
pallescens, 853, 901.
paphia, 867, 902.
paphioides, 848, 902.
paulina, 902.
rabdia, 847, 848, 849,
901.
ruslana, 867, 902.
sagana, 848, 867, 902.
selene, 867, 900.
selenis, 867, 900.
taurica, 902.
thore, 867, 900.
vorax, 901, 902.
Ariamnes
attenuata, 765, 770,
5
775.
(Ariadne) flagellum,
771.
Artamus
leucorhynchus, 794.
Arucha
indicatalis, 623.
Arundinicola
leucocephala, 437.
Arundo
donax, 826,
Arvicola
amphibius, 4.
bengalensis, 526, 528.
blanfordi, 206, 907.
hydrophilus, 530.
indica, 524.
roylet, 207,
stracheyi, 207.
Ascetta
primordialis, var. po-
terium, 133.
Aspavia
brunnea, 272.
grandiuscula, 272, 276.
Assara
albicostalis, 623.
Astarte
acuticostata, '724.
bipartita, 713.
compacta, 712.
compressa, 712.
erebricostata, 712.
crebrilirata, 712.
INDEX.
Astarte
crenata, 711.
digitaria, 718.
forbesit, 713.
lens, '712.
longirostra, 42.
magellanica, 41, 138.
parva, 713,
pusilla, '713, 724.
richardsoni, '712.
sulcata, 710, 712.
triangularis, 712.
warhami, 712.
Asteracanthion
webbianum, 497.
Asterias
acervata, 494, 501, 502,
504, 506.
acutispina, 494, 500,
503, 506.
e@qualis, 494, 501, 504,
506.
africana, 494, 505,
50
6.
alba, 92, 140, 494, 498,
501, 505, 506.
albulus, 496.
amurensis, 494, 501,
505, 506.
angulosa, 496.
antarctica, 92, 94,
494, 496, 501, 505,
506".
arenicola, 496, 498.
aster, 493, 498.
atlantica, 496.
aurantiaca, 496.
australis, 497.
berylinus, 497.
bootes, 493, 494, 498,
501.
borbonica, 494, 501,
506.
borealis, 497, 498, 501,
504, 506.
brachiata, 494, 6501,
506
brandti, 91, 92, 94, 140,
494, 498, 501, 502,
504, 506.
brevispina, 494, 501,
506.
calamaria, 494, 497,
498, 500, 503, 506.
camtschatica, 494, 501,
506.
capensis, 494, 500, 503,
506.
capitata, 494, 501, 505,
506.
clathrata, 497,
Asterias
clavatum, 494, 501,
506.
compta, 494, 501, 506.
conferta, 494, 501, 505,
06
506.
ertbraria, 494, 501, 505,
506.
cunninghami, 98, 495,
501, 505, 506.
disticha, 495, 506.
douglasi, 497, 501, 504,
506.
echinata, 493.
epichlora, 495, 501, 505,
506,
fabricii, 497, 498.
Jjissispina, 495, 501,
505, 506.
Sorbesi, 495, 496, 497,
501, 505, 506.
Sulgens, 495, 498, 501,
506.
fulva, 495, 501, 502,
504, 506.
Sfungifera, 495, 501,
506.
gelatinosa, 495, 497,
500, 504, 506.
gemmifer, 495, 500,
504.
germaini, 495, 6501,
502, 504, 506.
gigantea, 497.
glacialis, 495, 496, 497,
501, 505, 506, 508,
pie
glohifera, 497, 498.
granifera, 497.
grenlandica, 495, 501,
504, 506.
hexactis, 495, 501, 504,
506
506.
hispida, 495, 501, 506,
507, 508, 509, 510.
holsatica, 497.
ianthina, 495, 506.
wmermis, 512, 515.
Japonica, 495, 591, 505,
506, 514, 515.
Jehennesi, 497, 498.
katherine, 495, 497,
500, 504, 506.
linckii, 495, 506.
littoralis, 495, 501, 505,
506.
luetkeni, 495, 501, 505,
506.
lurida, 495, 501, 502,
504, 506.
madeirensis, 497, 498.
Asterias
margaritifera, 495, 501,
506.
meridionalis, 91, 94,
495, 501, 502, 504,
506, 512.
mexicana, 495, 501,506,
microdiscus, 497.
minuta, 497.
mitis, 495, 501, 506.
mollis, 91,
501, 506.
508, 510, 511
multiradiata, 493.
neglecta, 94, 140, 495,
498, 501, 502, 504,
506.
nove-boracensis, 497.
nuda, 495, 501, 502,
504, 506.
obtusispinosa, 92, 149,
495, 498, 502, 504,
506.
ochotensis,
505, 506.
ochracea, 495, 506.
pulcocrystallus, 497.
pullida, 497, 498.
panopla, 495, 500, 505,
506.
495, 501,
paucispina,
505, 506.
pectinata, 495, 506.
perrieri, 94, 495, 498,
500, 502, 504, 506.
philippit, 511, 515.
pas 495, 497, 501,
504, 507.
polyplas, 495, 500, 503,
495, 501,
problema, 497,
rarispind, 495,501,505,
507.
rodolphi, 496, 500, 504,
507.
rollestont, 514, 515.
roseus, 497.
rubens, 93, 496, 497,
500, 501, 595, 506,
507, 508, 509, 510.
rugispina, 94, 496, 501,
507.
rupicola, 93, 496, 501,
507.
rustica, 497.
savaresit, 497.
scabra, 496, 501, 502,
504, 507, 512.
sertulifera, 496,
507.
495, 498,
muelleri, 495, 506, 507,
INDEX.
Asterias
sinusoida, 496,501,502,
504, 507.
spectabilis, 92, 496, 501,
502, 504, 507.
spinosa, 497.
sptrabilis, 513, 515.
spitzbergensis, 507.
stellionura, 496, 501,
504, 507.
stimpsoni, 497, 498,
striatus, 497.
studert, 91, 496, 498,
501, 504, 507.
sulcifera, 94, 496, 501,
504, 507.
tenera, 496, 501, 505,
507.
tenuispina, 496, 497,
499, 500, 502, 503,
507.
troscheli, 496, 501, 505,
507.
vancouvert,
504, 507.
varia, 496, 501, 507.
verrilli, 5138, 515.
violacea, 497, 507.
vulgaris, 496, 497, 501,
505, 507.
webbiana, 497, 505.
wilkinsonit, 493, 498.
Asterina
Junbriata, 97.
Asterocanthion
miillert, 510.
Astrogonium
paxillosum, 95.
Astropecten
articulatus, 97.
Astrophyton
lymani, 99, 100.
muricatum, 99.
pourtalesi, 99, 100.
Astur
polyzonoides, 563.
Asturinula
meridivnalis, 563.
monogrammica, 562.
Atelecyclus
spinulosus, 68,
Ateuchus
sacer, 470.
Athene
capensis, 563.
Athyma
cassiope, 893.
preyeri, 866, 893.
sulpitia, 866, 892.
, var. ningpoana,
2.
496, 501,
1023
| Attacus
atlas, 653, 820, 821,
823.
auratus, 823.
cynthia, 653, 819, 823.
mylitta, 652, 653, 820,
823.
pernyi, 652, 658, 820,
823, 824.
roylei, 820, 824.
Attagis
falklandica, 12.
gayi, 644.
Atychia
quiris, 378.
Aulexis
elongatus, 440.
Auranius
robustus, 447.
Auricula
fluviatilis, 842.
Jude, 635.
(Chilina) fluctuosa, 842.
Auripasser
euchlorus, 958.
Auriyilliana
lurida, 273. 276.
Avicida
orientalis, 562.
verreauai, 562.
Avicula
hirundo, 950.
Axinella
cinnamomea, 115, 181.
mastophora, 115.
Axinopsis
orbiculata, 702.
Axinus
croulinensis, 703.
cycladius, 704.
eumyarius, 703.
JSerruginosus, 703, 704.
flexuosus, 701, 702.
granulosus, 702.
zncrassatus, 703, 724.
intermedius, 703.
oblongus, TO4.
orbiculatus, 702, 724.
pusillus, 703.
subovatus, 704, 724.
tortuosus, 702, 724.
(Kellia) orbdicularis,
2.
Axohelia
brueggemanni, 102,139.
lia
albivena, 342.
fasciata, 341.
irrorata, 341.
putris, 341.
renalis, 341
1024
Aythia
nyroca, 956.
Balena
biscayensis, 969, 975.
mysticetus, 973,
Balanus
levis, 64, 79.
Bankia
angulifera, 373.
erecta, 308.
lativitta, 373.
Barbatula
olivacea, 593.
Batis
pririt, 577.
senegalensis, 577.
Baza
verreaurt, 562.
Belenogaster
saussuret, 649.
Belenois
abyssinica, 179.
Belideus
breviceps, 186, 188.
sciureus, 186, 190.
Bernicla
antarctica, 13.
Bernieria
madagascariensis, 196,
197.
Berrhza
albinota, 356.
aurigera, 356.
megastigma, 356, 357.
olivacea, 357.
Bessornis
heuglini, 574.
natalensis, 574.
Betzeus
scabrodigitus, 73.
Biston
hirtaria, 822.
Boletia
granulata, 431.
heteropora, 413.
Bolina
obstructa, 328,
Bombyx
neustria, 654.
quercus, 825.
rubi, 825.
Borolia
fasciata, 334, 379.
Surcifera, 334.
Botaurus
minutus, 599.
pusillus, 599.
Brachyceelia
concolor, 80.
virescens, 80.
INDEX.
Brachygalba
albigularis, 778.
Brachypodius
melanocephalus, 797.
Brachypteryx
malaccensis, 797.
umbratilis, 797.
Bradyornis
modestus, 578.
pallidus, 578.
subalaris, 578.
Bradypterus
brevirostris, 921.
Bronchocela
cristatella, 215.
Bryophila
alge, 332.
glandifera, 331.
literata, 331.
mediana, 332.
modesta, 332.
nilgiria, 332.
Buarremon
albinuchus, 485.
castaneifrons, 486.
comptus, 485.
eleoprorus, 485.
gutturalis, 485.
amornatus, 485,
leucopis, 486.
melanolemus, 485.
melanops, 485,
nationt, 485.
personatus, 486.
spodionotus, 485.
taczanowskii, 485.
tricolor, 485.
Bubo
cinerascens, 564.
maculosus, 568, 564.
magellanicus, 10.
Bubulcus
coromandus, 800.
ibis, 599.
Buccinum
teniolatwum, 30.
Bucco
collaris, 778.
lanceolatus, 777.
Buceros
abyssinicus, 591.
buccinator, 591.
eristatus, 591.
melanoleucus, 591.
Buchanga
assimilis, 578.
Bucorvus
abyssinicus, 591.
Bucranium
taurifrons, 765, 772,
775.
Budytes
flavus, 168.
viridis, 168.
Bufo
melanostictus, 216.
Buliminus
kirbyi, 282.
obesa, 281.
patoensis, 635.
socotrensis, 801.
velutinus, 801.
(Achatinelloides) alba,
804, 807, 811, 812.
ae balfouri, 804,
—) elongatus, 803,
Anis gollonsirensis,
805, 812
ae hadibuensis, 803,
— longiformis, 806,
cae minor, 804.
(——) semicastaneus,
807, 812.
( ) socotrensis, 802,
811.
(=) tigris, 805, 812.
(——) zebrinus, 806,
812
(Pachnodus) adonensis,
808, 812.
(ay fragilis, 808,
812.
(225 heliciformis,
807, 812
Bulimus
dombeianus, 842.
notabilis, 277, 282, 300.
tristis, 290.
(Amphidromus) ad-
amsi, 630.
( ) interruptus, 835.
(Buliminus) kirbyi,
00.
2,
(Rhachis) braunsii,
281, 300
(Stenogyra) patoensis,
630.
Bungarus
fasciatus, 216.
semifasciatus, 216.
Bursa
(Apollon) proditor, 31.
Butalis
grisola, 577.
Butastur
rufipennis, 562.
Buteo
rufipennis, 562.
Butorides
javanica, 800.
Bycanistes
buccinator, 591.
ceristatus, 591.
Cacomantis
merulinus, 792.
Cacotus
calcaratus, 19.
coppingeri, 19.
Calamaria
longiceps, 218.
Calamodyta
brevirostris, 921.
Calantica
polita, 302, 325.
Calidris
arenaria, 16, 600.
Caligus
chemichthys, 79.
Callenia
pullata, 358.
Callialeyon
coromanda, 793.
Callianassa
uncinata, 63, 73.
Calliderma
emma, 96.
grayi, 95, 140.
Callidryas
thisorella, 611.
Callimorpha
dominula, 652, 654, 825.
Callisphyris
schythei, 82.
Callithraupis
cyanictera, 213.
Callithrix
brunnea, 258.
Oallolophus
puniceus, 792.
Callophis
bivirgatus, 216.
intestinalis, 216.
Callopistria
latreillei, 374.
Callorhynchus
antarcticus, 19.
Callyspongia
bullata, 111, 112.
Calophasia
cashmirensis, 358.
linaria, 358.
lobifera, 358.
Calorhamphus
fuliginosus, 792.
Calornis
chalybeus, 799.
Calotes
versicolor, 215.
INDEX.
Calyptomena
Dnidis, 798.
Calyptraea
costellata, 32.
Calysisme
anynana, 175.
socotrana, 175, 180.
Camelus
bactrianus, 409.
Campephaga
jardinii, 839.
migra, 578.
Cancellaria
scalata, 638.
wilmeri, 637, 639.
Cancer
arctus, 63.
edwardsti, 638, 67.
— , var. annulipes,
63, 67.
planatus, 70.
plebejus, 63, 67.
ursus minor, 63.
variegatus, 69.
Canda
sp., 45.
Canis
Jubatus, 165.
laniger, 202.
lupus, 201.
pallipes, 202.
apra
5 koe 208, 209.
megaceros, 209.
sihirica, 208.
Caprimulgus
fosset, 564.
mossambicus, 564.
Carabus
suturalis, 80.
Caradrina
arenacea, 849.
delecta, 349, 380.
kadeni, 349.
Carcineutes
melanops, 793.
Cardita
aculeata, 705.
calyculata, 705.
corbis, 705.
flabellum, 43.
minuta, 705.
nuculina, 70d.
semen, 43.
spurea, 42.
tegulata, 43.
gets od compres-
sus, 42.
(—)velutinus, 42,138.
Carditella
pallida, 43, 138.
1025
Cardium
aculeatum, 706.
ciliare, 706.
ciliatum, 707.
deshayesii, 707.
echinatum, 706, 707.
edule, 708.
erinaceum, 707.
exiguum, 707.
fasciatum, 708.
islandicum, TOT.
kochi, 707.
minimum, 709.
mucronatum, 707.
nodosum, 'T08.
norvegicum, 709.
papillosum, 707.
paucicostatum, 706.
pygmeum, 708.
roseum, 708.
rubrum, 699.
rusticum, 707,
tuberculatum, 707.
Cariama
cristata, 1.
Caridagrus
concretus, 793.
Carpophaga
e@nea, 799.
pinon, 996, 997.
salvadorii, 996.
Carteriospongia
otahitica, 109.
Carterocephalus
argyrostigma, 869, 914.
ornatus, 915.
palemon, 869, 914.
sylvius, 869, 914.
unicolor, 915.
Cascellius
gravesii, 80.
kingit, 80.
nitidus, 80.
Cassicus
persicus, 214.
Castnia
erycina, 141, 142, 145.
Casuarius
beccarii, 784.
bennetti, 784.
galeatus, 782, 783, 784.
uniappendiculatus,
784.
westerman, 784.
Casyapa
acs 869, 909.
Catachlena
diadema, 678, 679.
Catamenia
inornata, 486.
rufirostris, 486.
1026
Cathartes
aura, 9.
Catoblepas
gorgon, 764.
Catocala
fraxini, 654.
sponsa, 654. «
Catochrysops
enejus, 605.
contracta, 605, 606.
ella, 606.
pandava, 606.
Oatopsilia
pyranthe, 611.
pyrene, 178.
thisorella, 611.
Catriscus
apicales, 920, 921.
Cecropis
rustica, 565.
Celena
sikkimensis, 348, 380.
Cellepora
bilabiata, 54.
dichotoma, 5d.
fusca. 55.
hyalina, 49.
mammillata, 54.
pumicosa, 54,
tubigera, 54.
turrita, 5d.
Centrites
niger, 8.
Centrococcyx
eurycercus, 793.
Centropus
senegalensis, 595.
superciliosus, 172, 595,
955.
Centropyx
altamazonicus, 228.
dorsalis, 228.
pelviceps, 228.
Centrotrachelus
asmussi, 677.
loricatus, 677.
Cephalodonta
lycoides, 260, 269.
Cephalolia
affinis, 201.
alternans, 261, 269.
angustata, 268.
angusticollis, 263, 269.
antennata, 262, 269.
corallina, 261.
degandei, 261.
felix, 263, 269.
flavipennis, 261.
grayi, 262.
leta, 260, 262, 269.
laticollis, 262.
INDEX.
Cephalolia
ornata, 261, 269.
princeps, 261.
pulchella, 261.
succincta, 262.
Cephalophus
mergens, 763.
Cephonodes
hylas, 613.
Ceratisolen
lequmen, 928.
Ceratodus
Sosteri, 659.
Cerberus
rhynchops, 215.
Cerbia
Sugitiva, 619.
Cerchneis
cinnamomina, 10.
Cercopithecus
callitrichus, 812, 815,
816, 817.
sabeus, 816, 817.
Cercosaura
ocellata, 228, 229,
schretbersii, 230, 231.
(Pantodactylus) argu-
lus, 229, 231.
( ) reticulata, 230,
245.
(Prionodactylus)
manicata, 231, 245.
Cerithidea
charbonnieri, 635.
obtusa, 634.
Cerithium
(Brittium) celatum, 32.
Cerostoma
alpella, 308.
brassicella, 306.
canariella, 309, 325.
cervella, 307, 325.
dentiferella, 308, 325.
falciferella, 307, 325.
frustella, 309, 825.
instabilella, 306, 307.
lucella, 308.
parent hesella, 308.
radiatella, 3807.
sublucella, 308, 825.
sylvella, 308.
xylostella, 306.
Cerura
vinula, 822, 825.
Cervicapra
arundinacea, 758.
Ceryle
rudis, 568.
stellata, 9.
Cettia
apicalis, 921
Ceuthmocharis
e@neus, 595.
australis, 595.
Ceyx
dillwynni, 798.
Cheenichthys
esox, 20.
Cherocampa
celerio, 613.
Sraterna, 613.
nessus, 613.
oldenlandie, 613.
Chaleoparia
singalensis, 796.
Chalcopelia
afra, 596.
chalcospilos, 596.
tympanistria, 597.
Chaleostetha
insignis, 796.
Chalina
argus, 110.
coppingerz, 110, 131,
140.
gracilenta, 131.
granti, 126.
limbata, 111.
Chalinula
granti, 127.
Chama
aculeata, 705.
argentea, 931.
arietina, 931.
bicornis, 710.
calyculata, 705.
cavernosa, 710.
circinata, 710.
cor, 710.
ryphica, 710.
hay he 709.
piperata, 925.
sinistrorsa, 710.
squamata, 710.
Chamzleon
monachus, 464.
Charadrius
Fulvus, 996.
Charaxes
balfouri, 176, 180.
mandarinus, 891.
narceus, 866, 891.
varanes, 176.
Chariclea
taurica, 361.
Chasmognathus
granulatus, 63, 69, 70.
Chatachlein
diadema, 678.
Chatamla
flavescens, 326.
nigrescens, 326.
Chaunosia
fragilis, 45, 189.
hirtissima, 46.
Chazaria
incarnata, 861.
Chelonia
caja, 654.
villica, 654.
Chersotis
quadrisigna, 617.
rectangula, 617.
Chettusia
inornata, 598.
melanoptera, 598.
Chilina
acuminata, 840, 842,
844, 845.
amena, 37, 138, 846.
ampullacea, 840, 842,
843
angusta, 842, 845.
bulloides, 843.
dombeyana, 840, 841,
842, 844.
elegans, 840, 841, 842,
843.
fasciata, 840, 841, 842,
844
fluctuosa, 840, 842.
fluminea, 840, 841, 843,
845
fluviatilis, 840, 841.
gibbosa, 840, 842, 844.
globosa, 842, 843, 845.
major, 840, 841, 844.
ohovata, 844.
ovalis, 840, 843.
parchappii, 37, 840,
841, 843.
parva, 842, 844.
patagonica, 840, 845.
portillensis, 842, 846.
puelcha, 840, 841, 842,
844.
pulchra, 37, 844.
robustior, 840, 842,
844.
suheylindrica, 840, 845.
tehuelcha, 840, 841, ©
842, 843.
tenuis, 840, 842, 843.
Chione
sp., 38.
gayi, 38.
mesodesma, 38.
Chionis
alba, 644.
Chionobas
nanna, 906.
Chirodota
purecurea, 101.
INDEX.
Chiromys
madagascariensis,
© 9)
Chiropotes
albinasa, 258.
Chiton
albus, 35.
bowenii, 35.
viridulus, 35.
(Callochiton) @Jdwmi-
natus, 35.
(Ischnochiton) iita-
tor, 35, 188.
(Plaxiphora) carmi-
chaelis, 35.
(Tonicia) fastigiatus,
35
Chloephaga
antaretica, 18.
poliocephala, 13.
Chloropsis
zosterops, 796.
Cheerocampa
alpenor, 821, 825.
Cholus
forbesi, 826.
Chorodromus
lineo-maculatus, 747.
Chrysoclista
lineella, 324.
Chrysococcyx
cupreus, 594,
xanthorhynchus, 792.
Chrysopelea
ornata, 215.
Chrysophanus
phleas, 847.
timeus, 849.
Chrysospiza
euchlora, 958.
Chrysotis
augusta, 627.
bouqueti, 627.
cyanopis, 627.
guildingi, 627.
nichollsi, 627.
versicolor, 627.
vinacea, 968.
Chthoneis
marginicollis, 449.
Churia
maculata, 360.
nigrisigna, 360, 379.
ochracea, 360.
Cicindela
campestris, 655.
Cidaria
sp., 84.
Filvata, 84.
Cidaris
tribuloides, 411.
1027
Cinclodes
Suscus, 8.
patachonicus, 8.
Cinnyris
balfouri, 169.
gutturalis, 570.
hasselti, 796.
Jardine, 570.
kalckreuthi, 571.
kirbyi, 571.
microrhynchus, 570.
obscura, 169.
Ciocalypta
ealva, 115, 131, 140.
leet, 116, 181.
penicillus, 116.
tuberculata, 107, 116.
Circaétus
cinereus, 562.
Circe
minima, 489, 713.
Circus
eruginosus, 563.
cinereus, 10.
Cirrochroa
aoris, 604.
mithila, 604.
swinhoet, 604.
thais, 604.
Cisticola
hematocephala, 571.
incana, 166, 954.
isodactyla, 571.
rhodoptera, 572.
Cittocinela
stricklandi, 798.
Cladochalina
armigera, 112, 114,
131.
—, var. pergamentacea,
112, 114, 131, 140.
Clathrina
coriacea, 132.
poteriwm, 132, 133.
Clausilia
sumatrana, 631.
Clausina
croulinensis, 7038.
Clea
bockii, 635.
Jfasciata, 635.
maxima, 635.
nigricans, 635.
Clerome
ewmeus, 903.
Clione
lobata, 130.
Cobus
ellipsiprymnus, 758.
leche, 760.
vardont, 759, 760.
1028
Cocecystes
ae 594.
albonotatus, 594.
Jacobinus, 594.
pica, 594.
serratus, 594.
Ceeliaxis
layardi, 839, 840.
Ceelopeltis
lacertina, 680.
Ccenonympha
amaryllis, 869, 909.
annulifer, 909.
hero, 869, 909.
iphis, 869, 909.
edipus, 869, 909.
perscis, 909,
rinda, 909.
Colaptes
rupicola, 488.
stolemanni, 488.
Colaspoides
amazona, 448.
Colasposoma
antennale, 444.
apicale, 441.
barbatum, 446.
chloris, 444.
Semorale, 442, 444.
gibbicolle, 441, 444.
agneicolle, 445.
instabile, 442, 446.
longipes, 442.
melancholicum, 448.
ornaticolle, 444.
ornatum, 445.
pretiosum, 446.
pubescens, 443.
robustum, 446.
sellatum, 446.
senegalense, 444.
subcostatum, 443.
tarsale, 442.
thoracicum, 443.
variabile, 443.
varians, 446.
vestitum, 448.
Colias
aurora, 864, 880.
chiloé, 880.
chrysotheme, 602.
edusa, 880.
elwesi, 861, 879.
erate, 602, 607, 864,
879, 880.
eurytheme, 880.
helictha, 879, 880.
hyale, 864, 879, 880.
leucotis, 590.
melinos, 864, 880.
nereine, 879.
INDEX.
Colias
nilgiriensis, 607.
puleno, 864, 879.
pallens, 861, 879.
phicomone, 880.
philodice, 880.
poliographus, 879.
pyrene, 178.
simoda, 849, 879, 880.
subaurata, 861, 879.
Collocalia
linchi, 793.
Collonia
cunninghami, 83, 138.
Colobocentrotus
atratus, 415, 421.
mertenst, 421.
Colymbetes
exoletus, 826.
grape, 826.
Colymbus
minor, 602.
Cometes
caroli, 487.
Compsosoma
melanurwm, 215.
Concholepas
peruviana, 31.
Conopophaga
aurita, 435, 437.
lineata, 436, 437.
melanops, 435.
Conovulus
bulimoides, 842.
Conus
bocki, 636, 637, 639.
gloynet, 637, 639,
lombei, 637, 639.
pastinaica, 636.
prevosti, 636, 639.
striatus, 637.
sulcatus, 637.
terebellum, 636.
thomasi, 635, 636,
639
virgo, 636.
Copeoglossum
cinctum, 237.
Copsychus
ales 798.
Coracias
caudata, 566.
garrula, 566.
nevia, 566.
Corallana
acuticauda, 64, 78,
9
Coralliophaga
setosa, 698.
Coraphites
melanauchen, 172, 955.
Corbicula
gracilis, 633.
radiata, 277.
Corbula
ambigua, 694.
amurensis, 945.
costellata, 944.
gibba, 944, 945.
granulata, 936.
mediterranea, 945.
levis, 945.
ovata, 945.
physoides, 945.
refleca, 943.
rosea, 944.
striata, 945.
Corma
horsfieldi, 827.
rafflesi, 327.
‘Corone
enca, 799.
validus, 799.
Corvus
infumatus, 955.
scapulatus, 582.
umbrinus, 172, 955.
Corythaix
Jischert, 590.
porphyreolophus, 590.
Corythornis
cristatus, 567.
eyanostigma, 567, 568.
Cosmetornis
vexillarius, 564.
Cosmia
hypenoides, 354, 380.
Cosmopsarus
unicolor, 583.
Cossus
ligniperda, 654, 822,
825.
Cossypha
heuglini, 574.
natalensis, 574.
Cotanda
placodoides, 374.
Coturnix
communis, 178.
delegorgit, 259.
Crambus
sabulinus, 623.
Crania
anomala, 948.
Crassaiella
bellula, 490.
knockeri, 491.
Crassina
depressa, 712.
elliptica, 711.
Crateropus
Jjardinei, 575.
Crateropus
kirki, 575.
rubiginosus, 575.
Creatonotos
emittens, 614.
Crenella
decussata, 950.
Crepipatella
dilatata, 32.
pallida, 32.
Cribrillina
radiata, 47.
Cricetus
fulvus, 205.
isabellinus, 205.
pheus, 205.
Criniger
gutturalis, 797.
pheocephalus, 797.
strepitans, 575.
Criserpia
dichotoma, 59.
Crithagra
butyracea, 589, 590.
chrysopyga, 589, 590,
Crossleyia
xanthophrys, 196,
1S,
Crypticus
quisquilius, 477.
Cryptodon
obesus, 702.
Cryptolechia
tentoriferella, 312.
Ctenodactylus
vulgaris, 747.
Ctenodiscus
cristatus, 495.
Ctenomys
magellanicus, 6.
Ctypohippus
arenivolans, 85.
Cucullia
albescens, 357.
atkinsont, 357.
Cuculus
poliocephalus, 593.
Culasta
indecisa, 377.
Cultellus
cultellatus, 928.
suttonensis, 928.
Cuneus
vittatus, 728.
Cuon
primevus, 202.
Curzeus
aterrimus, 7.
Curetis
acuta, 865, 882.
phedrus, 605.
INDEX.
Curetis
truncata, 865, 882.
(Anops) bulis, 882.
Cursorius
gallicus, 173, 644.
senegalensis, 598.
Ourubasa
calamaria, 367.
cruentata, 367.
lanceolata, 366.
marginata, 367.
Cuscus
maculatus, 185, 188.
Cuvieria
antarctica, 100.
Cyamium
minutum, 699.
Cyanicterus
venustus, 213.
Cyanoderma
bicolor, 797.
erythropterum, 797.
Cybister
africanus, 470.
Cycethra
simplex, 96, 140.
Cyclophorus
eximius, 631.
hildehrandti, 277.
magiiensis, 277.
planorbulus, 631.
tuba, 632.
wahlbergi, 277.
Cyclopides
maro, 914.
morpheus, 869, 914.
ornatus, 869, 914.
unicolor, 869.
Cyclostoma
albicans, 253, 254.
goudotianum, 278.
gratum, 251.
insulare, 277, 278,
300.
kraussianum, 278.
ligatum, 278.
lineatum, 278.
naticoides, 252.
(Lithidion) lithidion,
257.
Cyclotopsis
ornatus, 257, 258.
semistriatus, 252.
Cygnus
nigricollis, 14.
Cylindrophis
lineatus, 215, 217, 218,
227.
maculatus, 218.
melanonotus, 218,
rufus, 215, 218.
1029
Cylindrorrhinus
angulatus, 82.
Cymborhynchus
macrorhynchus, 798.
Cymochorea
leucorrhoa, 736.
Cymodocea
darwinii, 79.
yon
alpinus, 202.
primevus, 202,
Cyornis
banyumas, 794.
Cyphon
patagonica, 82.
Cypreea
decipiens, 558.
Jimbriata, 638.
macula, 638.
pyriformis, 638.
smithi, 638.
thersites, 558.
Cypricardia
caillati, 952.
lithophagella, 952.
Cyprina
tslandica, 710, 716.
montagut, 712.
Cyrena
radiata, 295.
(Corbicula) radiata,
95
Cystignathus
bibronii, 18.
macrodactylus, 18.
Cystophora
cristata, 154, 158,
Cytherea
lunaris, 714.
multilamella, 715.
Dacrydium
vitreum, 950.
Dadica
lineosa, 349.
Dafila
spinicauda, 14.
Daimio
felderi, 911.
tethys, 869, 911.
Danais
chrysippus, 175, 867,
903
limniace, 603, 903.
nilgiriensis, 603.
tytia, 867, 902.
Daphnis
nerei, 618.
Daption
capensis, 12.
1030
Debis
europa, 868, 903.
segonax, 909.
Decipula
ovata, 696.
Deilephila
euphorbia, 821, 825.
galit, 824.
livornica, 613.
Deiopeia
pulchella, 179, 602,
614.
thyter, 614.
Demotispa
elegans, 261.
Dendrobates
namaqueus, 593.
schoénsis, 593.
Dendrocygna
viduata, 601.
Dendrolagus
inustus, 980, 984, 989,
990, 992, 993.
Dendrophila
Srontalis, 799.
Dendrophis
caudolineata, 215.
picta, 215.
Dendropicus
Julviscapus, 593.
Dentalium
sp., 34.
Depressaria
adspersella, 314.
angelicella, 315.
applana, 316.
argillacea, 313, 325.
arnicella, 314, 325.
astrantié, 316.
atrodorsella, 312, 319.
ciliella, 316.
cinereocostella, 312.
einiflonella, 315.
clausella, 312.
enicella, 317.
confertella, 312.
_ emeritella, 318.
eupatoriella, 312.
fernaldella, 312.
georgiclla, 312.
grotella, 312.
hepatariella, 317.
heracliana, 312.
hilarella, 312.
klamathiana, 814, 325.
lecontella, 312.
nanatella, 3138.
nebulosa, 312.
nervosa, 317.
novi-mundi, 318.
nubiferella, 316, 325,
INDEX.
| Depressaria
ocellana, 314.
pallidochrella, 312.
parilella, 317, 318.
posticella, 315, 325.
psoraliella, 317, 325.
pulvipumella, 312.
rileyella, 312.
robiniella, 312.
sabulella, 313, 325.
scabrella, 312.
subpropinquella, 313.
umbraticostella, 318,
325.
versicolorella, 312.
yeatiana, 314, 316.
Dermestes
vulpinus, 470.
Derrima
henrietta, 361.
stellata, 361.
Desmacidon
fruticosum, 116.
Dianthecia
confluens, 354, 380.
Diasemia
geometralis, 622.
Diastopora
patina, 56.
Diceeum
nigrimentum, 799.
pryeri, 795.
trigonostigma, 796.
Dichorragia
nesimachus, 866, 891.
Dicranura
furcula, 825.
Dicrurus
atripennis, 578.
divaricatus, 578.
fugax, 578.
Dicrocercus
hirundinaceus, 569.
Didelphys
dorsigera, 978.
Dineutes
ereus, 470.
Diomedea
melanophrys, 12.
Diuca
grisea, 7.
speculifera, 486.
Diplodonta
apicalis, 705.
astartea, 705.
intermedia, 705.
lamellata, 38, 138.
rotundata, 704, 718.
trigonula, 705.
Dipsas
eynodon, 215.
| Dipsas
dendrophila, 215.
gonasi, 865, 883.
lutea, 865, 883.
michaelis, 863, 883.
raphaelis, 865, 883.
sepistriata, 865, 883.
taxila, 884.
Dipthera
orion, 825.
Dipus
gaculus, 552.
Discina
atlantica, 949.
Discophora
tullia, 605.
Discopora
trispinosa, 53.
Discoporella
complicata, 58.
grignonensis, 57.
Dissemurus
brachyphorus, 795.
Dity pophis
vivar, 462.
Docela
affinis, 618.
vetustalis, 372.
Dombeya
fasciata, 841, 844,
obovata, 844.
Donacilla
lamarcki, 923.
Donax
bellardii, 724.
castaneum, 922.
irus, 716.
plebeia, 923.
trunculus, 723.
venustus, 723.
vittatus, 728.
Dorcopsis
luctwosus, 981, 992,
993.
Dorika
aureola, 363.
sanguinolenta, 363.
Doris
sp., 36.
tuberculata, 36.
Dromzus
nove-hollandie, 784.
Dromas
ardeola, 174, 259,
599, 644.
Dromicia
nana, 186.
Drymocataphus
capistratoides, 797.
Drymeeca
hesitata , 166, 167.
Drynceca
* madagascariensis, 166,
167.
tenella, 957.
Drymoica
apicalis, 921.
ésodactyla, 571.
mentalis, 572.
stulta, 571.
Dryoscopus
affinis, 580.
ceubla, 580.
orientalis, 580.
salime, 580.
sublacteus, 580,
Dynamene
darwinii, 64, 79.
Dysdercus
antennatus, 275, 276.
superstitiosus, 276.
Dytiscus
marginalis, 655, 825.
Harias
Jfrondosana, 614.
tristrigosa, 614.
Echidna
hystrix, 737.
Echinocidaris
dufresnii, 87.
punetulata, 413.
Echinometra
lucunter, 415, 421,
422, 423.
macrostoma, 415, 424.
oblonga, 414, 415.
subangularis, 415, 421,
423.
vanbrunti, 415, 421,
423.
viridis, 415, 421, 424.
Echinostrephus
molare, 414, 415, 483.
Echinothrix
turcarum, 413.
Echinus
albocinctus, 91.
esculentus, 4138.
magellanicus, 87, 90.
margaritaceus, 90.
Echis
carinata, 463, 682.
colorata, 463.
Kelectus
cardinalis, 917, 918.
cornelia, 917, 918.
grandis, 915, 917, 918.
linnei, 917, 918.
pectoralis, 917, 918,
919,
INDEX,
Eelectus
polychlorus, 916.
riedeli, 916, 917,
918.
roratus, 917, 918.
westermanni, 918.
Eepleopus
(Euspondylus) guen-
theri, 235, 245.
( ) maculatus, 236.
(——) strangulatus,
236.
Eleginus
maclovinus, 20.
Emalodera
obesa, 82.
Emberiza
rustica, 827.
septemstriata, 171,
955.
speculifera, 486.
tahapisi, 171, 955.
Emiinia
olivacea, 228.
Enna
balfourt, 809, 812.
passamaand, 808, 812.
Ennea
levigata, 281, 300.
obesa, 281.
ovoidea, 281.
Enyalius
heterolepis, 239, 241,
246, 247.
laticeps, 238, 239.
microlepis, 238, 245,
246, 247.
oshaughnessyi, 246,
247.
planiceps, 238.
prestabilis, 240, 245,
246, 247.
Epacromia
collecta, 85.
Epialtus
dentatus, 68, 66,
marginatus, 63, 66.
Epilachna
chrysomelina, var. reti-
culata, 470.
Epinephele
hyperanthus, 868, 907.
Epomophorus
comptus, 690, 693.
franqueti, 686, 687,
689, 690, 691, 692,
693.
gambianus, 690.
labiatus, 690, 692.
macrocephalus, 393,
690, 691, 692.
1031
, Epomophorus
minor, 393, 690,
692.
monstrosus, 690, 693.
pusillus, 690, 693,
Equus
teniopus, 734.
Erastria
albiorbis, 372.
marginata, 372, 380.
pallidisca, 372, 380.
Erebia
ethiops, 905.
aanensis, 868, 906.
afra, 905.
cyclopius, 868, 905.
disa, 905.
discoidalis, 868, 905.
edda, 868, 906.
embla, 868, 906.
eriphyle, 905.
ero, 868, 905.
eumonia, 906.
glacialis, 905.
ligea, var. ajanensis,
906.
meded, 821, 824, 850.
medusa, 868, 905.
niphonica, 849, 905.
parmenio, 868, 905.
saxicola, 868, 905.
scoparia, 848.
sedakovii, 868, 905.
stygne, 905.
tristis, 868, 905, 906.
wanga, 905.
Hremias
balfouri, 468.
guttulata, 469.
pardalis, 467.
(Mesalina) balfouri,
464, 467.
( ) pardalis, 469,
Eriauchenus
workmanni, 765, 768,
779.
Erinaceus
algirus, 402, 407.
blanfordi, 402, 403,
407, 408.
concolor, 402, 407.
deserti, 402, 404, 407.
diadematus, 402, 407.
europeus, 398, 399,
400, 401, 402, 403,
404, 405, 407, 408.
grayti, 402, 407.
heterodactylus, 402,
405, 407.
macracanthus, 402,
407.
1032
Hrinaceus
micropus, 402, 404,
407.
niger, 402, 407.
pictus, 402, 404, 407.
Eriocottis
fuscanella, 624.
Eriopus
latreillei, 374.
placodoides, 374.
quieta, 374.
Hronia
pingasa, 612.
Errina
Jissurata, 107.
Erycina
fabula, 926.
geoffroyi, 694.
ovata, 925.
pusilla, 923.
reniert, 927.
similis, 927.
vitrea, 927.
Brythra
phenicura, 800.
Hsacus
magnirostris, 996.
Eschara
radiata, 47.
unicornis, 50.
Esperia
bowerbanki, 119.
intermedia, 110.
magellanica, 116, 117,
131, 140.
nodosa, 119, 131.
rhopalophora, 119.
tunicata, 119.
Estrelda
cyanogastra, 588.
Etiella
decipiens, 623.
Eubrachys
apicalis, 446.
Euceratia
castella, 310, 325.
securella, 311, 825.
Euchetomys
rufescens, 534.
Euchalcia
cashmirensis, 376.
modesta, 376.
uralensis, 376.
- HKudzxmonia
argiphontes, 144.
Eudamus
bifasciatus, 910.
guttatus, 912,
Eudendrium
arbuscula, 108.
rameum, 108.
INDEX.
Eudromias
morinellus, 644,
modesta, 15.
EKumeces
chinensis, 215, 216.
mabouia, 236.
pavimentatus, 217.
Eumeta
horsfieldi, 327.
raffiesi, 327.
Eupagurus
comptus, 63, 72.
, var. latimanus,73.
Eupetes
macrocercus, 837, 838.
Euplectes
capensis, 586.
Slammiceps, 585.
nigriventris, 586.
wanthomelas, 586.
Euplexia
distorta, 354, 380.
Euplocamus
ignitus, 800.
nobilis, 800.
Euplea
vermiculata, 603.
Euprepes
isseli, 469.
perrotteti, 464, 469.
Euripus
charonda, 866, 892.
Japonica, 848, 866.
Eurocephalus
anguitimens, 582.
Eurois
auriplena, 618.
Euryechinus
disjunctus, 426,
neglectus, 427.
Eurylemus
ochromelas, 798.
Eurypodius
audouinit, 64, 65.
brevipes, 64, 65.
latreillei, 63, 64, 65.
septentrionalis, 64,
65.
tuberculatus, 64.
Eurypyga
helias, 644.
Eurystomus
afer, 565.
orientalis, 793.
Euschema
flavescens, 326.
nigrescens, 326.
Eusirus
cuspidatus, 62,
Eustephanus
galeritus, 9.
Husyntelia
balfouri, 470, 474, 47:
ebenina, 470, 474.
glabra, 470, 475, 478.
EKutelia
siccifolia, 375.
viridatriz, 375.
Euthria
atrata, 29, 138.
meridionalis, 29, 138.
Falco
communis, 790.
cuviert, 562.
peregrinus, 172.
Felis
isabellina, 201,
lynx, 201.
rubiginosa, 818,
uncia, 201.
Feronia
(Creobius) eydouxii
80.
Fissurella
alba, 34.
picta, 34,
Flustra
lacroixi, 46,
Francolinus
grantii, 597.
nudicollis, 597.
Fregata
grallaria, 11.
Fringilla
bengalus, 588.
lutea, 959.
Frondipora
cellulosa, 53.
Fulica
leucopygia, 14,
Fuligula
nyroca, 953, 956.
rufina, 409.
Fulmarus
glacialoides, 11.
Fusus
albidus, 28.
corrugatus, 28.
Jjimbriatus, 28.
liratus, 28.
Galathea
gregaria, 73.
subrugosa, 73.
Galaxias
attenuatus, 21.
coppingeri, 21.
Galerida
cristata, 959.
Gallinago
gallinago, 174.
Gallinago
paraguaia, 15,
scolopacina, 409.
stricklandi, 15.
Gallinula
angulata, 601.
chloropus, 953, 957.
pumila, 601.
Gallirex
chlorochlamys, 590.
Gambetta
melanoleuca, 16.
Ganoris
gliciria, 611.
mannii, 612.
rape, 612.
Gareris
perdiccas, 903.
Gazella
euchore, 757.
Gecko
guttatus, 215.
Gelechia
liturella, 319.
Geositta
cunicularia, 8.
Geronticus
hagedash, 600.
Gerygone
Jjlaveola, 794,
sulfurea, 794,
Gigantopora
Senestrata, 48.
lyncoides, 47, 139.
Girpa
optatura, 620.
Glareola
pratincola, 598, 644.
Glaucidium
capense, 563.
nanum, 11.
perlatum, 5638,
Glaucothoé
peronii, 63.
rostrata, 62, 63.
Glycyphila
albifrons, 889.
Glyphipteryx
Piashiata, 821,392, 325.
california, 320, 325.
loricatella, 320.
quinqueferella, 322,
325
regalis, 319, 325.
unifasciata, 822, 825.
Glyphodes
wnivocalis, 622.
Godara
incomalis, 622.
Goliathus
torquatus, 823.
INDEX,
Golunda
ellioti, 557.
meltada, 550, 554.
Gomeza
serrata, 63, 68.
Gonepteryx
rhamni, 847.
Goniodactylus
buckleyi, 238, 245.
concinnatus, 237, 245.
Suscus, 238.
ocellatus, 238.
Goniodiscus
singularts, 95.
Gonoloba
bifasciata, 910.
guttata, 912.
Gouldia
australis, 490, 491.
cerina, 489, 490, 491.
dilecta, 490, 491.
fastigiata, 490.
guadaloupensis,490,491.
tsabella, 490.
lamellosa, 490, 491.
mactracea, 490, 491.
martinicensis, 490.
minima, 490, 491.
modesta, 490, 491.
pacifica, 489, 490.
parva, 489, 490, 491.
pfeifferi, 490, 491.
varians, 490.
Graculus
africanus, 602.
Grammodes
stolida, 602.
Grantia
coriacea, 132.
atlantica, 136, 141.
Graphiphora
flavirena, 352, 380.
neglecta, 352.
nigrosigna, 352, 880.
Grapsus
personatus, 69.
planifrons, 69.
strigilatus, 69.
variegatus, 69.
Grimothea
gregaria, 73.
Grus
americana, 644.
australasiana, 644.
cinerea, 644,
Guttera
pucherani, 597.
Gymnelis
pictus, 20, 188.
Gymnodactylus
caudiscutatus, 238,
Proc, Zoor. Soc.—1881, No. LXVII.
1033
Gymnura
raffesti, 389, 891, 393,
398, 399, 400, 401,
405, 407, 408.
Gypohierax
angolensis, 561.
Habropyga
astrild, 587, 588.
cinerea, 588.
minor, 587, 588.
Habryntis
seita, 355.
Hadena
adjuncta, 357.
albiflexura, 357.
albinota, 356.
auriplena, 618.
constellata, 357.
megastigma, 356.
satura, 397.
siderifera, 357.
tenebrosa, 348.
Hematopus
ater, 15.
leucopus, 15.
ostralegus, 644.
Haleyon
albiventris, 567.
chelicutensis, 567.
chloris, 7938.
concreta, 793.
coromanda, 793.
trroratus, 566.
orientalis, 567.
semicerulea, 567.
senegaloides, 566.
variegatus, 567.
Halecium
delicatulum, 108.
Halias
prasinana, 825,
Haliastur
indus, 791.
intermedius, 791.
Halicareinus
planatus, 63, 70.
Halicherus
grypus, 380, 381,
Halichondria
aspera, 125.
hyndmant,
9;
ingalli, 120.
pattersoni, 120, 181.
Halieus
lucidus, 957.
Haliplus
elevatus, 826.
Halmaturus
agilis, 992.
67
119,
1034
Halmaturus
bennetti, 979, 980, 981,
982, 984, 987, 992,
993.
villardieré, 981, 986,
eis
9)
$92.
luctuosus, 981.
ruficollis, 981, 992.
ualabatus,
988, 992, 993.
Halobates
micans, 86.
Halyomorpha
reflexa, 271.
versicolor, 271, 276.
Hapaloderma
constantia, 566.
narina, 566.
Hapaloptila
castanea, 777.
Haplochiton
zebra, 22.
Hapsifera
eburnea, 623.
Harpactes
diard?, 791.
duvauceli, 792.
kasumba, 791.
reinwardti, 836.
Harpiocephalus
leucogaster, 201.
suillus, 200, 201.
tubinaris, 200, 201.
Helicarion
sumatrensis, 680.
Helice
granulata, 69.
Heliodines
extraneella, 328, 325.
resella, 324.
Heliophobus
sp., 83.
Heliothis
adunceta, 360.
armigera, 360, 362.
delicia, 368
dipsacea, 360.
diversipennis, 329.
incarnata, 360.
lucilinea, 361.
maritima, 360.
ononidas, 360.
peltigera, 360, 361.
perigcoides, 361.
succined, 362.
Helix
africana, 279.
caseus, 629.
granaria, 635.
984, 987,
984, 987,
INDEX.
Helix
hugonis, 629.
lyrata, 36.
maarseveeni, 629, 633,
635.
mindaiensis, 629, 633,
5
635.
pellucida, 279.
pomatia, 826.
pyramidea, 279.
rufo-filosa, 635.
saxatilis, 37.
smithit, 629, 635,
troglodytes, 279.
(Camcena) tomentosa,
28 .
(Geotrochus) rzufo-
jilosa, 630.
(Nanina) granaria,628.
(
) maarseveent,
629.
(Patula) a ak
36, 1
(
36, 1
(atocea suma-
trana, 628.
(Trochonanina) Je-
nynst, 279.
) mozambicensis,
279, 300.
(Videna) metealfei, 635.
( ) planorbis, 635.
eh nage lanica,
(Zonites) ordinaria, 36,
38.
Hellula
undalis, 622.
Helophorus
aquaticus, 825.
Hemidactylus
homeolepis, 464, 465.
(Liurus) homeolepis,
464.
Hemigalea
hardwickii, 819.
Hemipodius
varius, 644.
Hemipus
obscurus, 795.
Hemixus
malaccensis, 797.
| Henicurus
frontalis, 798.
Hepatus
chiliensis, 68, 71.
| Herbstia
ovata, 62.
| Hermonassa
chalybeata, 353, 380.
Hermonassa
consignata, 353.
cuprind, 353.
sinuata, 353, 380.
Herodias
alba, 599.
garzetta, 599.
intermedia, 599.
Herpornis
brunnescens, 797.
Herpystichus
eremita, 478.
Hesperia
actgom, 918.
elianus, 606.
alexis, 869, 910.
enejus, 605.
comma, 869, 914.
flava, 869, 914.
galba, 613.
Jjucunda, 179, 180.
karsana, 612.
leonina, 869, 913.
lineola, 869, 914.
maro, 869, 914.
mathias, 612.
ochracea, 869, 913.
plinius, 606.
rikuchina, 869, 918.
subhyalina, 913.
sylvanus, 869, 913.
sylvatica, 869, 913.
taranis, 179.
venata, 913.
Hesperomys
lutescens, 5.
philippit, 5.
Spry tae coppingeri,
4, 5.
(Habrothrix) avantho-
rhinus, 5.
Hestima
assimilis, 866, 892.
japonica, 848.
Heterocentrotus
mammillatus, 419, 420.
trigonarius, 415, 419,
420.
Heterodon
diadema, 678.
Heterogynis
penelia, 655, 822.
Heteropelma
igniceps, 214.
Himantopus
nigricollis, 642, 644.
Hipistes
hydrinus, 215.
Hippagus
acuticostatus, 933.
cardiiformis, 933,
Hippagus
verticordius, 933.
Hipparchia
urda, 906.
Hippoglossina
macrops, 21,
microps, 21,
Hippoglossus
vulgaris, 387.
Hippothoa
Jenestrata, 47.
Hippotragus
leucopheus, 755.
niger, 756.
Hircinia
hispida, 109, 131.
Hirundo
monteiri, 565,
puella, 565.
rustica, 565.
Histeromorphus
plicatipennis, 470, 478,
8
478.
plicatus, 470, 473.
Homalispa
collaris, 264, 269.
eribripennis, 264, 269.
Javeti, 264.
Homeomma
stradlingi, 683, 685.
versicolor, 683.
Homolopsis
buceata, 215.
Homoptera
vetusta, 618.
Hoplocercus
annularis, 244, 245.
spinosus, 244, 245.
Hyzena
crocuta, 188, 516, 517,
518, 519, 520, 521.
striata, 520.
Hyas
edwardsit, 66.
Hydrecia
khasiana, 342, 379.
petasitis, 342,
Hydralector
cristata, 642.
gallinacea, 647.
Hydrelia
conjugata, 369.
Hydrobius
fuscipes, 825.
Hydrophasianus
africanus, 641.
chirurgus, 640, 641,
642, 644, 646.
Hydrophilus
piceus, 655.
Hydrophis
cyanocineta, 680.
INDEX,
Hydrophis
robusta, 682.
stokesi, 216, 223.
temporalis, 681.
viperind, 216, 224.
Hydroporus
linearis, 826.
rufifrons, 825.
Hydrosaurus
sp., 215, 216.
salvator, 215, 216.
Hydrous
piceus, 825,
Hymedesmia
polita, 121, 122, 131,
140.
zetlandica, 122.
Hypanis
cora, 177.
polinice, 605.
Hypargos
niveiguttata, 588.
Hypargus
T ecigadtaian 588.
Hyperythra
phantasma, 615.
swinhoei, 614, 615.
Hyphantica
ethiopica, 585.
Hyphantornis
aureoflavus, 584.
cabanis?, 584.
galbula, 959.
nigriceps, 584.
nigrifrons, 584,
velatus, 584.
Hyphanturgus
melanoxanthus, 585,
nigricollis, 585.
Hypbydrus
guineensis, 470,
ovatus, 826.
Hypogramma
nuchalis, 796.
Hypolimnas
bolina, 604.
dorippus, 604.
misippus, 604,
Hypothymis
_azurea, 794.
occipttalis, 794.
Hypositta
corallirostris, 438.
Hypotia
vulgaris, 621.
Hypsipetes
PP iiaie 797.
Hypsiprymnus
sp., 982, 992.
guimardi, 984, 990,
2.
murinus, 992.
| I
1038
Hypsirhina
bennetti, 226.
maculata, 226.
maculosa, 226.
Tassus
lucidus, 87.
This
ethiopica, 600.
caffrensis, 600.
hagedash, 600.
rubra, 644.
Tbycter
chimango, 10.
Idmonea
milneana, 56.
serpens, 58.
transversa, 56.
Idotea
annulata, 64, 76.
argentea, 77.
Tlattia
calamistrata, 348.
cephusalis, 617.
cervina, 348, 380.
monilis, 348, 380.
Ilybius
ater, 825.
uliginosus, 825,
Inachoides
microrhynchus, 63,
65,
Tnachus
mitis, 66.
Indicator
variegatus, 598.
Tolaus
pseudolonginus, 852.
Tole
olivacea, 797.
ora
scapularis, 796.
| Ipagrus
aubieus, 593.
Tpoctonus
hartlaubi, 593.
Trena
crinigera, 795.
cyanea, 799.
Tridina
elongata, 296.
nilotica, 296.
| Trrisor
cyanomelas, 570.
erythrorhynchus, 570.
senegalensis, 570.
| Ismene
aquilina, 869, 910.
benjamini, 869, 910.
, Var. japonica,
0.
harisa, 910.
67*
1038
Ismene
jankowskii, 910.
septentrionalis, 869,
910.
striata, 910,
Isocardia
cor, 710.
crassa, 710.
fraterna, 710.
lunulata, 710.
rustica, 710.
Tsodema
adelma, 892.
Tsodictya
mirabilis, 127, 128.
Tsoteinon
lamprospilus, 912,
Ispidina
picta, 568.
Ixos
brunneus, 796.
Tyngopicus
amen 792.
Julodis
clouet, 470.
Junonia
enone, 604.
almana, 604, 867, 896.
asteria, 604, 867, 896.
lemonias, 604, 866,
895.
orithyia, 604, 867, 896
Jyngipicus
aurantiiventris, 792.
Kellia
abyssicola, 710.
bullata, 41.
eycladia, 704.
Serruginosa, 703.
macandrewi, 693.
magellanica, 41, 138.
orbicularis, 704.
pumila, 699.
rubra, 699.
suborbicularis, 41, 698,
700.
transversa, 703.
Kelliella
abyssicola, 710,
Kenopia
striata, 797.
Kerala
punctilineata, 330.
Ketupa
javanensis, 791.
ketupa, 791,
Labidiaster
luetkeni, 95,
INDEX.
| Labiopora
antarctica,105,106, 107.
moseleyi, 106, 139.
Lacedo
melanops, 793.
Lacerta
agilis, 742.
aspera, 744.
boskianus, 744, '745,
TAT.
brandti, 743.
danfordi, 741, 748.
delalandz, 743.
deserti, 744, 746.
dumerilii, 744.
galloti, 740, 748.
Judaica, 741, '742.
levis, 741, 742, 748.
muralis, 740, 741, 748.
, var. fusca, 740,
TAL.
——,, var. neapolitana,
741.
ocellata, 7438.
olivieri, 744.
oxycephala, 740, 743.
perspicillata, 743.
punctata, 743.
sanguinolenta, 672, 674.
savignyt, 744.
schreiberi, 743, 747.
scutellata, 744.
stirpium, 742, 743.
strigata, 742.
tenolata, 743.
taurica, 743.
tessellata, 743.
velox, TAT.
viridis, 742, 7438.
vivipara, 740, 743.
Lachesis
mutus, 818.
meridionalis, 28, 138.
Lafoea
dumosa, 103.
Lagomys
auritus, 207.
macrotis, 207.
pusillus, 625.
Lagonosticta
minima, 588.
polionota, 588.
Lalage
culminata, 794,
pacifica, 451.
terat, 794.
Lamellaria
antarctica, 33.
putagonica, 32, 188.
perspicua, 32.
pretenuis, 33.
Lamellaria
producta, 32.
Lampides
sp., 865, 882.
elianus, 606.
contracta, 606.
hellotia, 849, 853.
Lamprocolius
melanogaster, 583.
sycobius, 583.
Lamprospherus
gigas, 439.
subcostatus, 439.
Lamprotornis
melanogaster, 583.
Laniarius
affinis, 580.
cubla, 580.
orientalis, 580.
saline, 580.
sublacteus, 580.
sulfureipectus, 580.
sulphureipectus, 580.
Lanistes
affinis, 290, 300.
ellipticus, 290.
nyassanus, 290.
ovum, 290.
purpureus, 277, 290.
solida, 290.
Lanius
bentet, 795.
caudatus, 579.
cephalomelas, 795.
collurio, 579.
fallax, 168.
isabellinus, 958,
major, 968.
olivaceus, 581.
uncinatus, 168, 954.
Larentia
Jjissiferata, 617.
Larus
affinis, 174.
cirrhocephala, 16.
dominicanus, 17.
glaucodes, 16.
leucophthalmos, 959.
marinus, 174.
Lasxa
pumila, 699.
rubra, 699.
Lasiocampa
quercifolia, 654, 821,
825.
quercus, 822.
Lasiommata
bremeri, 868, 906.
marginalis, 907.
Leda
expansa, 951.
Leda
fragilis, 950.
frigida, 951.
intermedia, 951.
jeffreysi, 951.
latior, 951,
lucida, 951.
lugubris, 39,
messanensis, 951.
micrometrica, 951.
minuta, 950.
pella, 950.
pernula, 950.
pusilla, 951.
pusio, 951,
pustulosa, 951.
quadrangularis, 951.
sericea, 951.
striolata, 951.
tenuis, 951.
Leggada
booduga, 553.
buduga, 547, 552, 553,
D4, 555, 556,
557.
Jerdoni, 555, 557.
lepida, 553.
minutoides, 556.
platythrix, 550, 558,
504, 555, 556, 557.
spinulosa, 555.
Leiocephalus
aculeatus, 2438.
carinatus, 244.
herminieri, 243.
tridescens, 248,
trachycephalus, 244.
Leposoma
bucktenn; 233, 245.
carinicaudatum, 2838,
234.
dispar, 234.
scincoides, 234.
Lepralia
affinis, 52.
appressa, var. vinosa,
51, 139.
bispinosa, 50.
galeata, 48.
labiosa, 49.
landsborovii, 52.
lata, 51.
marsupiwm, 48, 49.
monoceros, 50, 56.
pertusa, 51.
reticulata, 52.
, var. inegualis,
spinifera, 49.
trispinosa, 53, 54.
violacea, 706.
INDEX.
Lepralia
(Mucronella) cocemea,
51
( ) violacea, 51.
Leptasthenura
andicole, 487.
pileata, 487.
Leptograpsus
gay?, 69.
variegatus, 63, 69.
Lepton
acerum, 695.
nitidum, 694.
sqguamosum, 694.
sulcatulum, 694.
Leptopoma
arbatum, 634.
duplicatum, 634.
lowi, 634.
massend, 634,
subconicum, 6384,
Leptosia
amurensis, 855.
morsei, 849, 855.
quinaria, 371.
Lepus
biddulphi, 208.
cuniculus, 624, 625,
9
626.
tibetanus, 207, 208.
timidus, 624, 625,
626.
Lepyrodes
geometralis, 622.
Lesbia
gracilis, 821, 882.
Lestris
antarctica, 17.
Lethe
consanguis, 908.
diana, 848, 868, 908.
epimenides, 868, 907,
908.
, Var. epaminon-
das, 868, 907.
lanaris, 868, 907.
satyrina, 868, 907.
schrenki, 868, 908.
sicelis, 848, 868, 908.
syrcis, 868, 907.
whitelyi, 868, 908.
Leucandra
caminus, 135.
eyathus, 137.
Leucania
abdominalis, 338.
adusta, 335.
albicosta, 338, 379.
albistigma, 337, 379.
album, 338.
aureola, 363.
1037
Leucania
bistrigata, 334, 335,
80.
380.
bivittata, 365.
canaraica, 339.
compta, 336, 379.
confertissima, 362.
consimilis, 336, 380.
decissima, 335, 336,
340.
dharma, 837, 338,
880.
griseofasciata, 339.
howra, 387, 380.
impura, 335.
lanceata, 340.
lineatipes, 335.
loreyi, 617.
modesta, 339, 379.
nainica, 337, 380.
penicillata, 335.
prominens, 339.
rufistrigosa, 337.
subsignata, 336.
uniformis, 339.
Leucocerca
javanica, 794,
perlata, 794.
Leucophasia
sinapis, 878. ;
, var. amurensis,
864, 878.
sinensis, 878.
vilibia, 878.
Libellula
depressa, 655, 825.
Libythea
sp., 891.
celtis, 891.
lepita, 849, 866, 891.
myrrha, 891.
Lichenopora
grignonensis, 57, 139.
hispida, 58.
Ligula
donaciformis, 927
profundissima, 926.
substriata, 698.
Lima
elliptica, 950.
excavata, 950.
hians, 950.
sarsii, 950.
subovata, 950.
Limenitis
amphyssa, 866, 893.
arboretorum, 895.
cassiope, 893.
helmanni, 866, 89°.
homeyeri, 866,.893.
kempferi, 895
1038
Limenitls
latifasciata, 866, 893.
nycteis, 866, 893.
populi, 866, 893.
procris, 604.
sibylla, 653, 848, 849,
866, 893.
sinensium, 866, 894.
sydyi, 866, 893.
tremule, 893.
Limnza
natalensis, 277, 295.
Limneus
bulloides, 843.
Jlumineus, 843.
parchappii, 843.
Limnocorax
mosambicus, 601.
niger, GOI.
Limnopsis
aurita, 951.
cristata, 952.
minuta, 952.
Limnotrochus
kirki, 277, 286, 800.
thomsoni, 277, 280,
300.
Limosa
melanura, 644,
Linaria
inornata, 486.
Lingula
prismatica, 92
Linyphia
obscura, 259.
zebrina, 259,
Liodira
gravenhorstii, 18.
Liolaemus
nigromaculatus, 18.
Liparis
monacha, 822.
Lironeca
lata, 77.
nove-zealandie, 64,
Lith
Listronyx
nigriceps, 82,
testaceus, 82,
Lithidion
depressum, 257,
desciscens, 257.
marmorosum, 256,
niveum, 257.
souleyetianum, 257.
suleatum, 257.
Lithodes
antarcticus, 63, 71.
granulosus, 72.
verrucosus, 71.
INDEX,
Lithoglyphus
neritinoides, 287, 300.
erie 287, 288,
ee 287.
Lithosia
quadra, 822,
Liurus
ornatus, 465.
Loddigesia
mirabilis, 827, 828,
833,
Loddigiornis
mirabilis, 828.
Loligo
brasiliensis, 25,
gahi, 24, 25.
patagonica, 24, 25,
138.
Lophoaétus
occipitalis, 562,
Lophoceros
melanoleucus, 591.
Lophotus
nodipennis, 82.
Lophoxanthus
bellus, 68.
Loriculus
galgulus, 791,
Loripes
divaricatus, 700.
Sragilis, 700.
lacteus, '700,
pertenuis, 41, 188.
Lorius
hypenochrous, 996.
Loxechinus
albus, 413.
Loxochila
mutans, 615.
smaragdus, 615.
Loxopholis
rugiceps, 234,
Lucina
bipartita, 713.
borealis, 701, 714.
commutata, 701,
Jragilis, 700.
gibbosula, 718,
leucoma, 700,
sinuosa, 702.
spinifera, 701.
Lucinopsis
corrugata, 718,
andata, '718.
Lihdorfia
puziloi, 864, 874.
Lutra
Felina, 8.
nair, 203.
vulgaris 203.
Lutraria
cottardiz, 925.
elliptica, 924, 925.
, var. alteruira,
25
gracilis, 925,
oblonga, 925.
rugosa, 924.
Lux
vespertinad, 723.
Lycena
sp., 865, 882.
acamas, 607.
acis, 890.
egon, 851, 865, 888,
889.
egonides, 888.
alope, 847, 849, 851,
alsus, 890.
amanda, 865, 889.
argia, 847, 851, 865,
888.
angeades, 865, 887,
888
argiolus, 866, 890.
anges 852, 865, 888,
wore ‘866, 890, 891.
arionides, 866, 890.
astrarche, 865, 889.
betica, 865, 887.
baton, 865, 889.
biton, 866, 890.
chandala, 888.
chinensis, 889.
cleobis, 865, 888.
enejus, 605, 606.
contracta, 606.
corydon, 821.
eyanecula, 890.
cyllarus, 602, 607, 866,
890
diluta, 888.
eros, 865, 889.
eumedon, 865, 890.
euphemus, 849, 866,
891.
ferrea, 887.
Jischeri, 865, 888.
Sugitiva, 606.
hellotia, 848, 887,
888
iburiensis, 849, 852.
icarus, 865, 889.
japonica, 847, 851,
888.
kazamoto, 891.
ladonides, 849, 858,
890.
lycaumas, 852.
lycormas, 849, 866, 890.
Lycena
lysimon, 865, 888.
maha, 888.
micrargus, 889.
minima, 866, 890.
nara, 606.
optilete, 888.
orion, 865, 889.
otus, 888.
persica, 606.
polysperchon, 888.
praxiteles, 887, 888.
pryeri, 849, 866,
890.
pseudegon, 849, 851.
pylaon, 889.
scylla, 890.
semiargus, 866, 890.
zephyrus, 606, 607.
Lycodon
aulicus, 216.
Lycodes
latitans, 20,
Lyonsia
arenosa, 930.
argentea, 930, 952.
formosa, 930, 952.
norvegica, 930.
Lyonsiella
abyssicola, 931.
Lysianassa
magellanica, 62.
Lytechinus
variegatus, 413.
Mabouia
chinensis, 216.
unimarginata, 237.
Mabouya
cepedit, 236, 237.
Mabuia
ened, 236, 237.
Macaria
myandaria, 616,
Machimia
tentoriferella, 312.
Machetes
pugnax, 642, 644.
Macronus
ptilosus, 797.
Macronyx
croceus, 573, 574.
striolatus, 578, 574.
tenellus, 574.
Macropus
bennetti, 982.
giganteus, 981.
major, 979, 980, 981,
982, 983, 984, 986,
987, 991, 992, 993,
994.
INDEX.
Macropus
parryi, 979, 991.
penicillatus, 983, 991.
rufus, 982, 983, 984,
985, 986, 991, 993,
994, 995.
Macrorhinus
angustirostris, 160,
161.
falklandicus, 162.
kerguelensis, 162.
leoninus, 145, 150, 151,
160, 162.
proboscideus, 160, 162.
Mactra
alba, 926.
boysii, 927.
castanea, 923.
corallina, 923.
corned, 928.
crassatella, 928.
edulis, 39.
elliptica, 923.
intermedia, 923.
lateralis, 924.
lutraria, 924.
piperata, 925.
rugosa, D24.
solida, 923.
stultorum, 923, 924.
subtruncata, 923.
triangula, 924.
triangularis, 712.
truncata, 928.
vulgaris, 925.
(Mulinia) /evicardo, 39,
138.
Majaqueus
equinoctialis, 12.
Malaconotus
icterus, 581.
sublacteus, 580.
Malacopteron
majus, 798.
Malacoptila
castanea, 777.
rufa, 778.
Malletia
cuneata, 952.
magellanica, 39, 138.
obtusa, 952.
Mallodon
arabicus, 470, 478.
Malurus
cyaneus, 788.
cyanochlamys, 788.
Mamestra
sp-, 83.
adjusta, 346.
brassice, 347, 357.
culta, 347.
1039
Mamestra
serratilinea, 347.
stoliczke, 347.
Manatus
americanus, 456.
australis, 456,
Manucodia
chalybea, 450,
areca
chiloensis, 13.
sibilatrix, 13.
Mariposa
phenicotis, 588.
Martanda
sangaica, 903.
Martes
foina, 202, 203.
Masalia
trrorata, 364.
radiata, 364.
Maynea
patagonica, 20, 138.
Megalomastoma
sectilabrum, 632.
Megalophrys
nasuta, 216.
Megapodius
eumingi, 800.
Megasema
cinnamomea, 352, 380.
triangulum, 352.
Megaspira
ruschenbergiana, 840.
Megerlia
truncata, 949,
Meiglyptes
tristis, 792.
tukki, 792.
Meladomus
bulimoides, 290.
olivaceus, 290.
Melanargia
halimede, 868, 903.
, var. meridionalis,
868, 903.
Melania
bockii, 632.
beana, 632.
brevis, 293.
datura, 632.
Serruginea, 294.
horei, 292, 300.
levigata, 632.
lirata, 632.
malayana, 632.
nassa, 277, 559.
parva, 293.
polymorpha, 291.
provisoria, 632.
semigranosa, 632.
sumatrensis, 632.
10-40
Melania
tanganyicensis, 291,
292, 300.
tuberculata, 277, 291.
zanguebarica, 294.
(Melanella) xassa, 292,
300.
(Sermyla) admirabilis,
291, 800.
Melanitis
ismene, 603.
leda, 568, 903.
Melanostigma
gelatinosum, 21, 188.
Melicleptria
scutosa, 361.
speciosa, 361.
Melitza
etheria, 899.
amphilochus, 900.
arcesia, 867, 899.
athalia, 867, 899.
aurelia, 867, 899.
aurinia, 867, 898.
britomartis, var. plo-
tina, 899.
cinaia, 654.
defontainesii, 898.
dictynna, 898.
didyma, 867, 898.
didymoides, 898.
dubia, 899.
intermedia, 898.
latonigena, 898.
muculata, 900.
maturna, 654, 867, 898.
niphona, 847, 899,
orientalis, 899.
phebe, 867, 899.
plotina, 867, 899.
protomedia, 898.
robertsii, 605.
scotosia, 847, 899.
sibirica, 898, 899.
trivia, 867, 899.
Melittophagus
cyanostictus, 569.
pusillus, 569.
Mella
dymnusalis, 623.
zinckenella, 6238.
Melocichla
mentalis, 572.
Melolontha
glacialis, 82.
testacea, 82.
Membranipora
curvirostris, 46.
lacroixi, 46.
Menesta
rubescens, 319, 325,
INDEX,
Menesta
tortriciformella, 319.
Menobranchus
lateralis, 8, 18.
Mergus
australis, 1.
brasiliensis, 1,
Meristes
olivaceus, 581.
Merops
egyptius, 568, 569.
apiaster, 568.
bicolor, 793.
cyanophrys, 957.
hirundineus, 569.
minutus, 569,
nubicus, 569.
pusillus, 569.
sumatranus, 798.
superciliosus, 568.
Mesites
unicolor, 644.
Mesodesma
exiguum, 698,
Mespila
globulus, 434, 435.
_ whitmei, 433.
Messaras
erymanthis, 605.
Metallura
cupreicauda, 488. |
opaca, 484, 488.
smaragdinicollis, 883.
Metaxycera
amazona, 269.
quadriguttata, 268,
269.
Methille
cuneata, 86, 87.
Methorasa
latreillei, 374.
Metopidius
africanus, 601,639, 640,
641, 642, 646.
albinucha, 642, 648,
644, 645, 646.
indicus, 642, 644, 646.
Micra
roseana, 370.
Microciona
tuberosa,
131.
Microhierax
Sringillarius, 790.
latifrons, 790.
Micromonacha
lanceolata, 776, 777.
Microphrys
platysoma, 67.
Microphysa
contracta, 861.
121, 122,
Micropisa
ovata, 62.
Micropternus
badiosus, 792.
Micropterus
cinereus, 13.
Micropus
chalcocephalus, 797.
melanocephalus, 797.
Microtarsus
olivaceus, 796.
Miletus
hamada, 865, 882.
Milvago
chimango, 10.
Mimus
thenca, 7.
Modiana
scitivitialis, 623.
Modiolaria
discors, 950.
marmorata, 950,
subclavata, 950.
Moduza
procris, 604.
Molva
vulgaris, 387.
Monoceros
calcar, 31.
Monoplocus
dorsalis, 228.
Montacuta
bidentata, 697, 698,
699.
cuneata, 697.
cylindrica, 698.
donacina, 697.
elevata, 698.
elliptica, 698.
ferruginosa, 696, 697.
ovata, 698, 724.
pellucida, 697, 724.
substriata, 697, 698.
truncata, 698.
viring?, 697.
Monticola
saxatilis, 575.
Mosehus
moschiferus, 209.
Motacilla
alba, 167.
flava, 5738.
vidua, 573.
Mulsantia
mirabilis, 828.
Munia
atricapilla, 798.
leucogastra, 799.
Munida
gregaria, 63, 73.
subrugosa, 73.
Murex
magellanteus, 31.
us
equicaudalis, 533.
albidiventris, 547, 548,
553, 555.
alexandrinus, 204, 205,
531, 533, 535, 536,
587, 538, 539, 542,
543, 544, 545, 557.
. var. nitidus, 526,
536, 540.
——, var. rufescens,
540, 543
andamanensis, 528.
arboreus, 533.
arianus, 532, 548, 549,
550.
asiaticus, 533.
bactrianus, 532, 544,
545, 546.
bandicota,528,529, 580.
beavani, 553, 554.
blanfordi, 531, 584,
541, 542,
550, 552, 557.
brunneus, 532.
buduga, 547, 548.
caudatior, 537.
eervicolor, 532,547,548,
554, 555, 557.
ceylonus, 534.
cinnamomeus, 537.
cowinga, 537, 540,
crassipes, 533.
cunicularis, 548.
daccanensis, 526.
darjeelingensis, 544.
decumanoides, 532, 533.
decumanus, 527, 529,
581, 532, 536, 540.
dubius, 526, 544.
dumecolus, 556, 557.
erythronotus, 205, 548,
550.
exulans, 540.
flavescens, 533.
fulvescens, 531, 587,
588, 539, 540, 557.
fulvidiventris, 558,
555.
gerbillinus, 546.
giganteus, 528.
hardwickei, 524.
homourus, 544.
horeites, 533.
huttoni, 524.
indicus, 524, 528, 533,
535.
wfralineatus, 584, 536,
537.
543, 544,
INDEX.
Mus
jerdoni, 530, 631, 537,
539, 541.
kandianus, 534,
kok, 526, 527.
lanuginosus, 550, 554.
lepidus, 553, 554,
55D.
longicaudatus, 556.
macropus, 529, 530.
malabaricus, 528.
manei, 544, 545.
mettada, 532, 544, 550,
551, 552, 554.
minimus, 552.
minutoides, 552.
morungensis, 526.
musculus, 536, 544,
545, 546.
myothrix, 557.
nemoralis, 534.
nemorivagus, 529, 530.
nepalensis, 544.
nilagiricus, 557.
nitidulus, 532, 540,
550, 557.
nitidus, 533.
niveiventer, 5381, 539,
504.
octomammis, 537, 589.
oleraceus, 556.
perchal, 528.
platythria, 552, 6
plurimammis, De
povensis, 556, 557.
pyctoris, 526, 533.
rama, 544, 545,
rattoides, 533.
rattus, 533, 536.
robustulus, 534.
robustus, 205, 535.
rufescens, 204, 205,
532, 533, 534, 586,
543.
setifer, 528, 5380.
setulosus, 552.
strophiatus, 547, 548.
sublimis, 545.
sylvaticus, 205, 548,
549, 550.
tarayensis, 526.
terricolor, 553, 554,
555.
tetragonurus, 534.
tytlert, 544, 545.
theobaldi, 546.
urbanus, 532, £36, 544,
545, 546, 550.
(Leggada) buduga, 540,
547, 553.
(——) platythrix, 553.
1041
Mus
a ee giganteus,
2
( ) providens, 526.
(Nesokia) dandicota,
524, 528, 529, 533.
) barelayanus,
526, 528.
(—) bengalensis, 524,
526,
(eee blythianus, 526,
527.
529,
pais: giganteus, 529.
( ) hardwickii, 524,
526.
( ) huttoni, 524,
26,
yaar
——) nemorivagus,
524, 529, 535.
) providens, 527.
(Rattus) xiviventer,
540
(Vandeleuria) dumeti-
cola, 556.
( ) oleraceus, 556.
Muscicapa
grisola, 577.
Muscisaxicola
mentalis, 8,
Muscipeta
smithit, 788.
Mustela
agilis, 648.
alpina, 203.
altaica, 203.
erminea, 647, 648.
frenata, 648.
foina, 202.
jelskit, 647, 835.
macroura, 647, 648,
649, 833, 836.
stolzmanni, 835.
temon, 203.
Mutela
exotica, 296.
Mutina
Surcifera, 771, 775.
ya
arctica, 946.
bidentata, 698.
binghami, 946.
convexa, 93).
ferruginosa, 696.
membranacea, 930, 946.
nitida, 925.
norvegica, 930, 946.
oblonga, 925.
pretenuis, 935.
pubescens, 935.
1042
Mya
rostrata, 938.
suborbicularis, 700.
truncata, 945, 946.
uddevallensis, 945.
Mycalesis
gotama, 868, 903.
perdiccas, 868, 903.
sangaica, 903.
Mygale
bistriata, 320.
versicolor, 683.
Mygnimia
extranea, 649.
prodigiosa, 650.
vindex, 650.
Myiolestes
obscurus, 795.
Myopotamus
coypu, 6.
Myristicivora
bicolor, 799.
Myrmeleon
formicarius, 655.
Mystacornis
crossleyi, 196.
Mytilus
sp., 44.
adriaticus, 950.
barbatus, 950.
chilensis, 44.
chorus, 43, 44.
edulis, 950.
Jischerianus, 43, 44.
magellanicus, 44.
phaseolinus, 950.
plicatus, 946.
rugosus, 946.
ungulata, 950.
Myxilla
rubiginosa, 120.
Myxine
australis, 22.
Myzomela
chermesina, 451.
Naja
tripudians, 216, 223.
Nanina
(Ariophanta) fove-
ata, 628.
(Hemiplecta) densa,
628.
(
628.
(Rhyssota) brookei,
633,
(Xesta) consul, 633.
( ) malaceana,
628
) schumacheriana,
INDEX.
(Nannophryne
variegata, 18,
Nanotragus
melanotis, 762.
oreotragus, 762.
scoparius, 761.
tragulus, 762.
Naranga
e@nescens, 359.
diffusa, 359.
Nardoa
pelagica, 133, 141.
(Ascandra) echi-
noides, 134,
Nassa
teniolata, 30, 138.
Nera
abbreviata, 948.
acutalis, 938.
angularis, 943, 952.
ardiniana, 938, 939.
bicarinata, 939, 952.
chinensis, 939.
circinata, 942, 952,
coarctata, 941.
contracta, 941, 952.
costellata, 944.
curta, 938, 948, 952.
cuspidata, 938.
depressa, 940, 952.
elegans, 938.
exigua, 940,
glacialis, 938.
gracilis, 938, 952.
imbricata, 942.
inflata, 942, 952.
qugosa, 940,
korent, 940.
lamellosa, 940, 941.
multicostata, 944,
notabilis, 941.
obesa, 937, 938.
pellucida, 938.
rostrata, 938.
ruginosa, 942, 952.
semistrigosa, 941, 952.
striata, 944, 952.
subtorta, 937.
suleifera, 937, 952.
teres, 939, 952.
truncata, 986, 9837,
952.
vitrea, 943.
Nectarinia
balfouri, 954.
collaris, 571.
guituralis, 570.
jardinei, 570.
kalckreuthi, 571.
(Tritia) coppingeri, 30,
138.
Nectarinia
metallica, 957.
Nectarophila
hasselti, 796.
Nemeobius
lucina, 654.
Nemorhedus
goral, 450.
Nemoria
Srequens, 616.
pruinosa, 616.
Neocharis
Suivicollis, 448,
Neomixis
striatiqula, 195, 196.
Neope
callipteris, 848, 869,
908.
fentoni, 848, 853, 907.
gaschkevitschii, 848,
868, 908.
murheadi, 869, 909.
niphonica, 908.
segonacia, 909.
Neophron
percnopterus, 172.
Neophrynichthys
latus, 20, 188.
Neothauma
tanganyicense, 293.
epa
cinerea, 695.
Nepheronia
hippia, 612.
pingasa, 612.
valeria, 612.
Neptis
aceris, 866, 894.
alompra, 8995.
alwina, 866, 895.
eurynome, 866, 895.
excellens, 847, 848,
866, 895.
intermedia, 848, 894.
lucilla, 866, 894.
ludmilla, 848, 849,
894.
philyra, 866, 894.
philyroides, 866, 894.
pryeri, 866, 895.
raddei, 866, 894.
sangaica, 866, 895.
speyert, 866, 894.
thisbe, 866, 894.
Neritina
depressa, 635.
piperina, 6385.
(Clithon) aculeata,
635.
Nerops
auratus, 241.
Nesokla
bengalensis, 525, 528,
540.
blythianus, 527.
elliotanus, 530.
griffithii, 524, 526.
hardwickei, 524, 526,
527.
huttoni, 524, 526.
hydrophila, 529,
530.
indica, 526.
providens, 527.
Nestor
notabilis, 626.
Nettapus
auratus, 661,
Neuria
ineisa, 344.
separata, 343.
simillima, 344.
simulata, 343, 380.
Neusticurus
bicarinatus, 229.
ecpleopus, 228, 229.
Niecania
banksti, 712.
crenata, 711.
Nicator
gularis, 581.
Ninox
borneensis, 791.
seutulata, 791.
Niphanda
Jusca, 865, 883.
tesseliata, 883.
Nisoniades
montanus, 870,
916.
tages, 870, 916.
rusticanus, 916,
Nisus
badius, 563.
Noctua
conigera, 333.
loreyi, OT.
ulula, 619.
Noda
unicostata, 440.
Nonnula
cineracea, 778.
frontalis, 778.
rubecula, 778.
Norraca
longipennis, 340.
Notauges
superbus, 583.
Noterus
sparsus, 826,
Nothoprocta
perdicaria, 18.
INDEX,
Notodonta
dictea, 825.
ziczac, 825.
Notonecta
glauca, 655.
Notothenia
cornucola, 20.
longipes, 20.
macrocephala, 20.
tessellata, 20.
Nucula
egeensis, 951.
cancellata, 951.
corhuloides, 951.
delphinodonta, 951.
nucleus, 951.
pisum, 39.
radiata, 951.
reticulata, 951.
striatissima, 951.
sulcata, 951.
tenuis, 951.
tumidula, 951.
Numenius
arquatus, 642, 644.
hudsonicus, 16.
pheopus, 644, 800.
uropygialis, 800,
Numida
ellioti, 597.
pucherani, 597.
Nyctemera
lacticinia, 614.
Nycticorax
obscurus, 12.
Nyctiornis
wmicta, 793.
Nyctipithecus
trivirgatus, 259.
Nymphophidium
aden 220,
221.
subannulatum, 215,
219, 220, 221.
Oceanites
grallaria, 11.
leucogastra, 11,
oceanica, 11.
oceanicus, 736.
Ochropleura
consanguined, 303.
magellanica, 83.
renalis, 353.
Ochtheeca
leucometopa, 487.
murina, 214,
Ocnera
setosa, 470.
Octodon
degus, 6.
{
1043
Odonestis
potatoria, 654.
Odontomus
subannulatus, 215,
219, 220, 221.
Odontota
sp. inc., 268.
annulipes, 268, 269.
apicipennis, 268.
CEdicnemus
vermiculatus, 598.
(dipoda
aurifera, 85.
chloris, 85.
flava, 86.
ochraceipennis, 85.
Cina
capensis, 597, 958,
956.
Cineis
Jutta, 868, 906.
mongolica, 868, 906.
sculda, 868, 906.
tarpeia, 906.
urda, 868, 906.
Cistrelata
defilippiana, 11.
Ogmorhinus
leptonyx, 4.
Oligostigma
curvifera, 180.
incommoda, 180.
Onychoteuthis
banksii, 26.
Susiformis, 26.
ingens, 25, 26, 138.
Opatrum
costiferum, 470, 476,
478.
Ophiactis
asperula, 98.
magellicana, 98.
Ophichthys
dicellurus, 22.
Ophideres
hypermnestra, 619.
Ophiolepis
asperula, 98.
Ophiophagus
elaps, 216.
Ophioscolex
coppingeri, 98, 140.
Ophites
subcinctus, 216, 222,
227.
Opisthocomus
cristatus, 259.
Opisthoporus
euryomphalus, 634.
Orchesticus
ater, 218.
1044
Oreas
canna, 749.
Orgyia
Bp., O24.
antiqua, 822.
gonostigma, 654,
pudibunda, 825.
Oria
sanguinea, 361.
Oriolus
auratus, 576.
brachyrrhynchus, 576.
galbula, 575.
larvatus, 576.
notatus, 576.
rolleti, 576.
avanthonotus, 799.
Orthogonys
cyanicterus, 213.
Orthosia
erubescens, 618,
rectivitta, 358.
Orthotomus
cineraceus, 798.
ruficeps, 798.
Ortygis
lepurana, 598.
Ortygocichla
rubiginosa, 452.
Ortygometra
nigra, 601.
Oryx
heatrix, 819.
beisa, 626.
gazella, 755.
xanthomelas, 586.
Ossifraga
gigantea, 11.
Osteodesma
inflatum, 930.
Ostrea
cochlear, 949.
Otaria
gillespii, 453.
Jubata, 4.
Jluctuosa, 842.
Otonycteris
hemprichi, 199.
Otopoma
albicans, 251.
auriculare, 253.
balfouri, 253, 257.
clathratulum, 254.
, var, minor, 255.
, var. socotrana,
254, 257.
complanatum, 254, 257.
conicum, 255, 257.
guillani, 252, 258.
hinduorum, 252.
INDRY.
Otopoma
modestum, 251.
naticoides, 252, 257.
turhinatum, 255, 258.
Ovis
blanfordi, 409.
eycloceros, 409.
poli, 198, 209.
vignii, 209.
Ovulum
vidleri, 638, 639.
Oxycalamus
longiceps, 215, 218.
Oxylabes
cinereiceps, 197.
madagascariensis, 197.
Oxythyrea
helene, 470.
Oxyurus
spinicauda, 9.
Pachnobia
alpina, 84.
coppingeri, 84.
Pachnodus
adonensis, 802.
fragilis, 802.
heliciformis, 802.
Pachycalamus
brevis, 461, 462.
Pachycephala
olivacea, 839.
Pachydema
puncticeps, 470, 471.
Pagurus
comptus, 72.
forceps, 72.
Palxonympha
opalina, 868, 904.
Palimpsestis
alternata, 831, 379.
cuprina, 331, 379.
ocularis, 331.
Paludina
capillata, 293.
hamiltoni, 682.
ingallsiana, 632.
olivacea, 290.
robertsoni, 294.
sumatrensis, 632.
Paludomus
africanus, 294.
Serrugineus, 294, 300.
Pamphila
camertes, 914.
confucius, 869, 913.
dara, 914.
florinda, 914.
fortunei, 869, 912.
guttata, 869, 912, 913.
herculea, 913.
Pamphila
gansonis, 847, 869,
913.
karsana, 612.
lamprospilus, 869, 912.
mesa, 914
maro, 914.
mathias, 612, 869,
2.
mencia, 869, 911.
oveia, 869, 912.
pellucida, 849, 869,
912.
sinensis, 869, 911.
sunias, 914.
sylvatica, 849.
varia, 849, 869, 912.
venata, 849.
vitrea, 912.
Pandalus
dane, 75.
franciscorum, 75.
gurneyi, 75.
leptorhynchus, 75.
paucidens, 63, 74, 75,
139
pubescentulus, 74.
Pandora
glacialis, 929.
inequivalvis, 929.
intermedia, 929.
obtusa, 929.
pinna, 929.
wardiana, 40, 41.
(Kennerlia) brazilien-
sis, 40, 138.
Panopea
plicata, 946.
Papilio
agamemnon, 864, 873.
aglea, 603.
alcinous, 849, 863,
WD)
872.
alebion, 864, 873.
alliacmon, 871.
arcturus, 871.
aristolochie, 864, 872.
asiaticus, 870.
atalanta indica, 897.
beticus, 605.
bianor, 863, 871.
borealis, 873.
buddha, 612.
cardui, 177.
castor, 479, 480, 481,
482, 483, 484.
chrysippus, 175.
daplidice, 611.
dehaani, 855, 863,
871.
——, var. futanus, 855.
Papilio
demetrius, 847,863, 872.
diphilus, 612.
dissimilis, 480.
dravidarum, 482, 483,
484.
erate, 607.
erithonius,
864, 873.
erymanthis, 605.
ganeesa, 871.
gliciria, 611.
glycirion, 873.
helenus, 864, 873.
hippocrates, 849, 853,
870.
480, 612,
hordonia, 604.
japonica, 871.
krishna, 871.
leucothoe, 895.
maacki, 849, 853, 863,
871.
machaon, 480, 652, 653,
821, 824, 863, 870.
macilentus, 863, 872.
mahadesa, 482.
mariesi, 864, 874.
memnon, 847, 864,
873.
mencius, 863, 872.
mesentina, 611.
misippus, 604.
nicconicolens, 873.
palephales, 480.
pammon, 864, 873.
‘panope, 480.
paris, 871.
phedrus, 605.
phestus, 480, 481.
plutonius, 872.
podalirius, 480, 824.
polinice, 605.
pollux, 479, 480, 481,
482, 483, 484.
protenor, 863, 872.
raddei, 871.
rape, 612.
sarpedon, 864, 873.
scevola, 872.
spathatus, 872.
tamerlanus, 873.
telamon, 874.
teredon, 873.
thunbergii, 873.
tractipennis, 872.
tullia, 605.
tutanus, 849, 855, 871.
vuleanus, 607.
xenocles, 481.
cuthulus, 870.
xuthus, 849, 863, 870.
INDEX,
Paractis
Paradisea
rubra, 450,
Paralomis
granulosus, 72.
verrucosus, 68, 71.
Paramelania
crassigranulata, 560.
damoni, 559.
nassa, 560, 561.
Parantica
aglea, 603.
nilgiriensis, 603.
Paraplesia
adelma, 866, 892.
Pararge
achine, 868, 906.
achinoides, 847, 848,
906, 907.
deidamia, 868, 906.
maackii, 868, 906.
ménétriésti, 907.
Parasalenia
gratiosa, 415.
Paraxanthus
hirtipes, 63, 67.
Parnassius
apollo, 874.
bremeri, 864, 875.
citrinartus, 875.
eversmanni, 864, 875.
felderi, 864, 875.
glacialis, 864, 875.
mnemosyne, 875.
nomion, 864, 874.
stubbendorfi, 864, 875.
tenedius, 864, 875.
wosnesenskii, 875.
Parra
enea, 640.
africana, 601, 640, 641.
gymnostoma, 642, 646.
jacana, 639, 641, 642,
6438, 644, 646, 647.
jassana, 640.
sinensis, 640.
(Hydralector) cristata,
640
(Metopidius) africana,
640, 641.
Parthenos
virens, 604.
arus
albiventris, 578.
Passer
diffusus, 589.
gularis, 589.
insularis, 169,
motitensis, 169, 170.
1045
Passer
swainsoni, 589.
Patagona
gigas, 9.
Patella
(Nacella) mytilina, 34.
(Patinella) enea, 34.
Pecchiolia
abyssicola, 931.
acuticostata, 933.
angulata, 933, 952.
granulata, 933.
insculpta, 932, 952.
sinuosa, 932, 952.
subquadrata, 932, 952.
Pecten
abyssorum, 949.
flexuosus, 949,
fragilis, 949.
roenlandicus, 949.
yalinus, 949.
mammillatus, 950.
patagonicus, 44.
wpes-felis, 949.
pes-lutre, 949.
philippii, 949.
similis, 949.
striatus, 949.
sulcatus, 949.
teste, 949.
vitreus, 949,
Pectunculus
corrugatus, 951.
Jasciatus, 715.
nummarius, 951.
sulcatus, 711.
Pedicellaster
paleocrystallus, 497.
Pedicellina
americana, 60, 61.
australis, 60, 61, 139.
belgica, 60, 61.
Pelamis
bicolor, 216.
Pelargopsis
leucocephala, 793.
Pelecanoides
garnoti, 12.
urinatria, 12.
Pelobius
hermanni, 825.
Pelopeeus
egyptius, 650.
Peltarion
magellanicus, 68.
spinulosum, 63, 68.
Pentagonaster
pacxillosus, 95.
singularis, 95, 96.
Penthetria
axillaris, 586.
1046
Pergesa
acteus, 613.
Pericrocotus
égneus, 794.
Periphanes
delphinii, 361.
Perissoblemma
thomisiforme, 774,
775.
Peristera
tympanistria, 597.
Pernis
ptilonorhynchus, 791.
Petascelisca
foliaceipes, 274, 276.
laminipes, 274.
velutina, 273, 276.
Petasia
cassinea, 360,
nubeculosa, 360.
Petrocincla
saxatilis, 575.
Petrodromus
tetradactylus, 164.
Petrogale
azanthopus, 984, 989,
992, 993.
Phedra
buckleyi, 439,
Phakellia
cinnamomea, 115.
egregia, 114, 115, 131,
140
folium, 115.
robusta, 115.
tenax, 115.
ventilabrum, 115.
Phalacrocorax
africanus, 602.
carunculatus, 11,
imperialis, 11.
lucidus, 953, 957.
magellanicus, 11.
pygmeus, 826.
Phalzena
hypermnestra, 619.
hyppasia, 629,
lacticinia, 614.
sacraria, 617.
undalis, 622.
venulia, 614.
Phalangista
vulpina, 185, 190.
Phalaropus
hyperboreus, 409,
Phalga
sinuosa, 375, 3879.
Pharomacrus
mocinno, 836, 837.
Phascolarctos
cinereus, 180.
|
INDEX.
Phascolomys
wombat, 186, 190.
Philagrus
melunorhynchus, 585.
Philentoma
pyrrhopterum, 794,
velatum, 794.
Philhydrus
testaceus, 825.
Phlogophora
indica, 355.
Phoca
barbata, 381.
elephantina, 160.
leonina, 146, 160.
prohoscidea, 160.
vitulina, 154, 157, 380.
Pholadomya
loveni, 934, 952.
Pholas
candida, 947.
erispata, 947.
papyraceus, 947.
Pholeoptynx
cunicularia, 10.
Pholidauges
leucogaster, 582, 583.
verreauat, 582, 583.
Phothedes
bipars, 373, 380.
captiuncula, 373.
Photinus
sp., 82.
coruscus, 82.
obscurus, 82.
Photophilus
scutellatus, 744. -
Phricodia
humeralis, 83.
Phryganeopsis
brunnea, 3802, 325.
Phrygilus
aldunatii, 486.
Sruticeti, 7, 486.
gayi, 7, 486.
speculifer, 486.
Phycis
etiella, 623,
zinckenella, 623.
Phycodes
hirundinicornis, 377,
378.
maculata, 378.
minor, 378.
quiris, 378.
tortricina, 878.
Phyllornis
sonneratii, 796.
Phyllostrephus
sharpei, 575.
strepitans, 575.
_ Physa
nyassana, 295.
Physalus
sp., 6.
Piazomias
vermiculosus, 470, 478.
Picus
Sulviscapus, 598.
hartlaubi, 593.
minor, 453.
nubicus, 593.
pubescens, 458.
schoénsis, 593.
Pieris
aglaope, 877.
ajaka, 876.
bellidice, 877.
brassice, 864, 876.
bryonie, 876, 877.
castoria, 876.
claripennis, 877.
crucivora, 864, 876.
daplidice, 602, 864, 877.
darada, 611.
davidis, 876.
gliciria, 864, 877.
megamera, 877.
melete, 864, 876.
mesentina, 602.
napt, 864, 876, 877.
, Var. orientis, 877.
rape, 602, 876, 877.
sordida, 877.
Pinarolestes
vitiensis, 451.
Pinnixa
transversalis, 63,70, 71.
Pinnotheres
transversalis, 70.
Pionea
incomalis, 622.
Pionias
fuscicapillus, 591.
Pipilo
mystacalis, 485.
Pisoides
celatus, 67.
edwardsti, 68, 66.
tuberculosus, 66.
tumidus, 67.
Pithecia
albinasa, 258.
Pithecops
intensa, 852.
Pitta
baudi, 798.
cerulea, 798.
muelleri, 798.
ussheri, 798.
Pitylia
cinereigula, 588.
Pityriasis
gymnocephala, 795.
Plagusetes
elatus, 69.
Planorbis
sudanicus, 294.
Planorbula
alexandrina, 294.
Platalea
ajaja, 644.
leucorodia, 173, 644.
Platurus
scutatus, 216.
Platycarcinus
edwardsii, 67,
Platydia
anomioides, 948, 949.
Platylophus
coronatus, 799.
Platymera
gaudichaudii, 63,71.
Platyonychus
bipustulatus, 63, 68.
purpureus, 68.
Platysmurus
aterrimus, 799.
Platystira
peltata, 577.
senegalensis, 577.
Plecotus
auritus, 199,
Plegadis
falcinellus, 827.
Pleiodon
speke?, 296, 300.
Plesioneura
bifasciata, 869, 910.
eurvifascia, 869, 910.
feisthamelii, 910.
phodicus, 869, 911.
pulomaya, 911.
Pleuronectia
dissimilis, 950,
Pleurotoma
sp., 26.
(Bela) cunninghami,
27, 138.
(Mangelia) coppingeri,
27, 138.
Plica
umbra, 245.
Plocepasser
mahaii, 585. :
melanorhynchus, 585.
Ploceus
ethiopicus, 585.
nigricollis, 585.
Plotus
anhinga, 247, 626.
levaillanti, 626, 826.
melanogaster, 626.
INDEX.
Plusia
gemmifera, 618.
verticillata, 618.
Plutella
albidorsella, 305, 825.
annulatella, 304.
cruciferarum, 304, 306.
hufnagelii, 306.
interrupta, 304, 325.
porrectella, 305.
vanella, 305, 325.
vigilaciella, 305.
Podarces
(Scapteira) cunetros-
tris, 744.
Podarcis
Judaica, 741, 742.
Podiceps
minor, 602.
rollandi, 17.
Podilymbus
podiceps, T34.
Pceocephalus
Suscicapillus, 591, 592.
Pceopterus
lugubris, 582.
Pogonorhynchus
albicauda, 592.
trroratus, 591, 592.
leucocephalus, 592.
melanopterus, 592.
torquatus, 591, 592.
Poliornis
rufipennis, 562.
Polyborus
tharus, 10.
Polydesma
vetusta, 618.
Polyommatus =~
amphidamas, 865, 887.
beticus, 605.
eleus, 887.
fuscus, 888.
hippothoé, 865, 887.
karsandra, 607.
nyseus, 607.
phieas, 865, 887.
phleas, 821.
virgauree, 865, 887.
Polyonymus
caroli, 484, 487.
Pomatorhynchus
erythropterus, 579.
Pontia
dynamene, 609.
mannii, 612.
Porella
antarctica, 105.
Porellina
(Lepralia) ciliata, 48.
svar.chinensis,887.
1047
Porina
galeata, 48.
Poromya
granulata, 936.
neeroides, 936, 952.
tuberata, 936.
Porzana
notata, 641.
Pradatta
artaxoides, 366.
beatrix, 365.
bivittata, 365.
decorata, 365.
modesta, 366.
Priene
cancellata, 31.
magellanica, 31.
Primnoa
australasie, 103.
Primnoella
australasie, 103.
Prionochilus
maculatus, 'T95.
thoracicus, 795.
avanthopygius, 795.
Prionops
graculinus, 581.
scopifrons, 582.
talacoma, 581.
Pristurus
flavipunctatus, 465,466.
insignis, 464, 466.
longipes, 465, 466.
rupestris, 464, 465, 466.
Procellaria
Sregata, 735.
nerets, 739.
pelagica, 735, 736.
(Thalassidroma) fre-
gata, 735.
Proctoporus
Fraseri, 236.
Prosopodonta
costata, 261.
scutellaris, 260, 269.
Prospalta
leucospila, 347.
stellata, 347.
Proteides
chryseglia, 856.
Psammobatis
rudis, 19.
Psammobia
costata, 723.
costulata, 722.
Serréensis, 722.
fusca, 719.
intermedia, 723.
scopula, 927.
tellinella, 723.
vespertina, 723.
1048
Psammosaurus
caspius, 677.
scincus, 677,
Pseudoboletia
granulata, 431, 432.
a 431, 482,
Beste 431.
stenostoma, 431,
Pseudochilina
limneformis, 842, 846,
Pseudosquilla
lessonit, 64, 75.
marmorata, 75.
Pterelas
magnificus, 78.
Pterocyclos
lowianus, 634,
mindaiensis, 634, 635.
Pteroptochus
albicollis, 8, 436,
Pterygospidea
maculosa, 869, 911.
sinica, 869, 911.
Ptilopus
jambu, 799,
Ptyas
korros, 215, 221,
mucosa, 215, 221,
Puffinus
leucomelas, 800.
australis, 66.
gracilis, 66.
richii, 66.
Pupa
socotrana, 809, 812.
Pupina
superba, 631.
Pyecnonotus
analis, 796.
brunneus, 796.
layardi, 576, 577.
modestus, 796.
nigricans, 576, 577,
958.
plumosus, 796.
simplex, 796, 797.
Pycnoptilus
Jloccosus, 8389,
Pygarrhicus
albigularis, 9.
Pyralis
hybridalis, 622.
sericealis, 620,
Pyrameis
cardui, 177, 604, 848.
indica, 848.
Pyrgus
alveus, 870, 915.
INDEX,
Pyrgus
ile 870, 915.
cynare, 870, 916.
evanidus, 612, 618.
Sritillum, 915.
galba, 613.
gigas, 870, 915.
inachus, 870, 915.
maculatus, 916.
malve, 870, 915.
orbifer, 870, 915.
serratule, 870, 915.
sinicus, 916.
speyeri, 870, 915.
tessellum, 915.
tethys, 911.
Pyromelana
capensis, 586.
flammiceps, 585.
nigriventris, 586.
Pyronestes
albifrons, 589.
unicolor, 589.
Pyrotrogon
Vara, 791.
duvauceli, 792.
kasumba, 791.
Pyrrhia
marginata, 361.
purpuritis, 361.
Pyrrhulauda
melanauchen, 172,
955.
Pytelia
minima, 588,
phenicotis, 588.
Pythina
geoffroyi, 694.
setosa, 698, 694, 952.
Python
bivittatus, 960.
curtus, 216, 222.
molurus, 222, 960.
regius, 223,
reticulatus, 216, 222,
2238.
sebe, 960,
Quelea
ethiopica, 585,
Querquedula
crecca, 173.
cyanoptera, 14,
oxyptera, 14.
Raghuva
confertissima, 362.
Rahinda
hordonia, 604.
Rallus
antarcticus, 14.
Rallus
aquaticus, 640, 645.
macquariensis, 968.
Ramphomicron
olivaceum, 488.
Rana
fusca, 226.
macrodon, 216, 225,
226, 227.
Ranatra
linearis, 825,
Ranella
kingit, 31.
tumida, 31.
vexillum, 31.
Recurvirostra
avocetta, 644,
Remigia
opatura, 620.
Reniera
fortior, 126, 127, 131,
141.
Retepora
altisulcata, 538, 1389.
beaniana, 54.
cellulosa, 53.
Rhacophorus
dennysi, 216, 224,
227.
maculatus, 225.’
malabaricus, 225,
maximus, 224, 225,
reinwardti, 224, 225.
Rhantus
darwinit, 81.
miatus, 81.}
varius, 81.
Rhaphidotheca
affinis, 119.
Rhea
americana, 784, 785,
786.
macrorhyncha, 784,
786
Rhinoceros
bicornis, 725, 727, 728,
731, 732.
keitioa, 727, 731, 782,
738.
oswelli, 727, 728."
simus, 725, 727, 731.
Rhinochetus
Jubatus, 644,
Rhinogryphus
aura, 9.
falklandicus, 10.
Rhinolophus
Serrum-equinum, 199.
hipposideros, 198, 199,
Rhinomyias
pectoralis, 794.
BRhinopomastes
eyanomelas, 570.
Rhinosaurus
gracilis, 242.
Rhipidura
albiscapa, 387 , 388,789.
brenchleyi, 388.
bulgeri, 388.
flabellifera, 388.
javanica, 794.
macgillivrayt, 789.
pelzelni, 387, 388.
perlata, 794.
preissi, 387, 388.
saturata, 388.
Rhizogramma
indica, 342.
inextricata, 342, 619.
petrorhiza, 342.
Rhodaria
arida, 621.
Rhodocera
acuminata, 878.
alvinda, 879.
amintha, 879.
nipalensis, 878, 879.
rhamni, 878, 879.
——, var. aspasia, 864,
878
Rhopodytes
borneensis, 792.
erythrognathus, 793.
Rhyncheea
capensis, 600.
semicollaris, 16.
Rhynchocyon
chrysopygus, 164.
cirnet, 163, 164.
macrurus, 163.
petersi, 164,
Rhynchonella
psittacea, 948.
sicula, 948, 949.
Rhynchopora
bispinosa, 50.
Rbynchostruthus
riebecki, 953, 954.
socotranus, 170, 171.
Rhynortha
chlorophea, 792.
Risoba
diversipennis, 329.
literata, 329.
obstructa, 328.
prominens, 329.
repugnans, 328.
vialis, 329.
Rivula
sericealis, 620.
Rollulus
rouloul, 800.
INDEX.
Roscius
circumdatus, 275, 276.
quadriplagiatus, 275.
Rossia
patagonica, 22, 138.
Sadarga
gotame, 903.
Samia
cecropia, 652, 819,
823.
gloveri, 652, 819, 823.
Sappho
caroli, 487.
Saragus
levicollis, 476.
Sarcidiornis
africanus, 601.
melanotus, 601.
Saronaga
albicosta, 330.
Sasunaga
tenebrosa, 3435.
Satarupa
gopala, 910.
sambara, 911.
Satsuma
Serrea, 887.
fridvalskyi, 865.
Saturnia
arnobia, 142, 145.
brachyura, 144, 145.
carpim, 652, 654, 821,
824.
hyperbius, 143, 145.
tole, 144, 145.
rt, 652.
ea 143, 145.
sergestus, 143, 145.
(Hudemonia) argi-
phontes, 144, 145.
Satyrus
bipunctatus, 848, 853,
906.
dryas, 868, 906.
motschulskyi, 904.
schrenkii, 848.
sibirica, 906.
Sauropatis
chloris, 793.
Saxicava
sp., 40.
antarctica, 40.
arctica, 40.
rugosa, D46.
Saxicola
deserti, 167, 453.
isabellina, 167.
montana, 167.
enanthe, 572.
shelleyi, 572.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1881, No. LX VIII.
1049
Scacchia
ovata, 704.
tenera, 696, 724.
Scapteira
inornata, 'T44.
Scarabus
borneensis, 634.
Schedophilus
medusophagus, 73.
Schizoporella
hyalina, 49, 53, 59.
incrassata, 49.
labiosa, 49.
marsupium, 48, 139,
spinifera, 49.
tuberculata, 49.
(Lepralia) venzusta,
49.
Schizorhis
leopoldi, 591.
personatus, 591.
Schmidtia
aulopora, 127, 128,
131.
Scheenicola
apicalis, 920, 921.
platyura, 919, 920.
Scincus
conirostris, 677.
hemprichiz, 678.
meccensis, 678.
mitranus, 678.
officinalis, 677, 678.
Scintilla
recondita, 693.
rotunda, 695, 724.
Sciocoris
odiosus, 86.
Sciuropterus
Jimbriatus, 204.
Scleothrix
zona, 870, 916.
Scleroptera
granti, 597.
Sclerostomus
femoralis, 81.
Scolecophagus
ferrugineus, 968,
Scolitantides
nyseus, GOT.
sedi, 849.
Seolopax
oan. 409.
Scops
capensis, 564.
giu, 564.
lempijt, 791.
Scopus
umbretta, 600.
Scotomera
tristis, 628.
68
1050
Scotosia
sp., 84.
dubiosata, 617.
Scrobicularia
alba, 697, 926.
cottardi, 925.
longicallus, 926.
nitida, 925.
piperata, 925.
prismatica, 927.
radiata, 926.
trigona, 925.
Seyllarus
arctus, 63.
Scyllium
canicula, 662, 663, 664,
670.
catulus, 664.
chilense, 19.
stellare, 662, 666, 670,
671.
Sebastes
oculatus, 19.
Segmentina
(Planorbula) aleaxan-
drina, var. tanganyi-
censis, 294, 300.
Selenia
tllustraria, 822.
Selepa
docilis, 619.
Seleucides
alba, 450.
Sericinus
cressoni, 874.
Sasciatus, 874.
JSortunei, 874.
greyt, 874.
montela, 874.
telamon, 864, 874.
telmona, 864, 874.
Sericoides
glacialis, 81.
reichei, 81.
Serolis
fabricii, 76.
orbignyana, 76.
paradoxa, 76.
scythei, 64, 76.
Sertularella
johnstoni, 104.
kerguelenensis, 104.
polyzonias, 104.
Sertularia
dumosa, 103.
episcopus, 105.
fusiformis, 105.
trispinosa, 104.
Sesarma
angustipes, G2,
70.
INDEX,
Sesarma
cinerea, 70.
stimpsonii, 70.
Setaria
pectoralis, 794,
Sigmodus
graculinus, 581,
2.
scopifrons, 582.
tricolor, 581, 582.
Simotes
ancoralis, 219.
brevicauda, 219.
catenifer, 218, 219.
cochinchinensis, 218,
219.
dennysi, 215, 218,
227
diadema, 678.
octolineatus, 215.
(Chatachlein) dia-
dema, 678.
Simyra
confusa, 340.
conspersa, 340.
Siphia
banyumas, 794.
obscura, 789.
Siphonaria
lessoni, 34,
Siphonochalina
ullata, 112.
fortis, 111, 112, 181,
140.
Smerinthus
ocellatus, 821, 824.
popult, 825.
Smitlia
affiinis, var. acuminata,
52.
landsborovi, 52,
reticulata, 52.
trispinosa, var. liqulata,
?
Solecurtus
albus, 928.
antiquatus, 928.
candidus, 928,
scopula, 927.
strigilatus, 927.
Solen
antiquatus, 928.
candidus, 927.
coarctatus, 928.
ensis, 928, 929.
leguimen, 928.
marginatus, 929.
multistriatus, 928.
pellucidus, 928.
pygmeus, 928,
rollei, 929.
Solen
siliqua, 929.
squamosus, 694.
tenuis, 928.
truncata, 929.
vagina, 929.
Sophaga
sinuata, 368.
Speelotis
undulans, 617.
Spalacomys
indica, 524,
Sparganura
yee 487.
Spatangus
purpureus, 697.
Spatha
tanganyicensis, 296,
300.
Speotyto
Sea 10.
Spermestes
cantans, 958.
cucullatus, 587.
Spermophaga
niveiguittata, 588.
Spheerechinus
granularis, 415, 430,
431.
Spheroma
gigas, 64, 79.
Sphenia
binghami, 946.
swainsoni, 946.
Spheniscus
magellanicus, 17.
Sphenceacus
alexine, 921.
Sphex
eqyptie, 650.
spirifex, 650.
Sphiax
acteus, 618.
ligustri, 82)
824.
: nessus, 613.
ilopelia
eo, 799.
Spilornis
bacha, 791.
pallidus, 791.
Spiralis
bistorta, 285.
Spizaétus
bellicosus, 561.
limnaetus, 791.
occipitalis, 562.
Spodoptera
cilium, 617.
Spondylus
Dae 949,
Spongia
arborescens, 111.
bullata, 112, 131.
coriacea, 132.
hispida, 109, 181.
Sporophila
rufirostris, 486,
Sportella
caillati, 693.
Squatarola
helvetica, 800.
Squilla
armata, 75.
cerisii, 75.
gracilipes, 64, 75, 139.
lessonii, 75.
monoceros, 75.
spinifrons, 75.
Stauropus
Sagi, 824.
Steganura
sphenura, 587.
Stellio
aralensis, 672, 674.
nuptus, 676.
Stellonia
webbiana, 497,
Stemmatophora
ingrata, 621,
Stenogyra
adonensis, 810, 812.
fumificata, 810, 812.
gollonsirensis, 809, 812.
jessica, 810, 812.
(Opeas) hirsutes, 811,
812
(Subulina) enodis, 811,
812.
Stenopsis
bifasciata, 9.
Stenopteryx
hybridalis, 622.
Stenorhynchus
leptonyx, 4, 157.
Stephania
puniceago, 361.
Stercorarius
chilensis, 17.
Sterna
bergit, 174.
cassint, 16.
hirundinacea, 16.
hirundo, 826.
Sterrha
sacraria, 617.
Stethispa
bonvouloiri, 269.
Stichaster
albulus, 496, 497.
aurantiacus, 496.
voseus, 497.
INDEX.
Stichophthalma
howgua, 903.
Stomopneustes
variolaris, 425.
Strepsiceros
kudu, 751.
Strepsilas
interpres, 15, 451.
Streptaxis
candida, 280.
eravent, 277, 280, 281,
300.
enneoides, 280.
gigas, 277, 279, 300.
kirki, 280.
mozambicensis, 280,
300
Streptopelia
bitorquata, 799.
Strongylocentrotus
Zn 89, 139.
albus, 88, 89, 415, 425,
429, 430.
armiger, 426, 429, 430.
bullatus, 88, 89, 90, 139,
415, 426, 429, 430.
depressus, 426, 429,
4
30.
drobachiensis, 427, 429,
43
erythrogrammus, 428,
429, 430.
franciscanus, 88, 89,
415, 428, 429, 430.
gaimardi, 429.
gibbosus, 89, 428, 429,
430.
intermedius, 429, 430.
lividus, 89, 428, 429,
430
mexicans, 430.
nudus, 430.
purpuratus, 429, 430.
tuberculatus, 429, 430.
Struthio
camelus, 779.
Strymon
Fentoni, 849, 854.
spin, 854.
w-album, 854.
Sturnella
militaris, 7.
Styloniscus
magellanicus, 64, 77.
Subulina
lenta, 284, 300.
solidiuscula, 285, 300.
(Ceeliaxis) layardi,
839.
| Succinea
magellanica, 37.
1051
Suceinea
patagonica, 37, 138.
Sula
Jiber, 800.
piscatrix, 800.
Surniculus
lugubris, 792.
Sus
papuensis, 165.
Sycalis
lutea, 487.
Sycobrotus
kersteni, 584.
melanoxanthus, 585.
nigricollis, 585.
Sylvia
apicalis, 921.
Symphoricarpus
mollis, 309.
Synchloé
anomala, 178, 180.
crucivora, 849.
daplidice, 611.
megamera, 849,
melete, 849.
protodice, 178.
Syndosmya
radiata, 697.
tellinella, 926.
Synia
beatrix, 365.
ynotus
barbastellus, 199.
darjilengensis, 199.
Syntelia
balfouri, 475.
Syrichthus
maculatus, 870, 916.
nium
woodfordi, 564.
Syrnolopsis
lacustris, 288, 300.
Tabanus
lineola, 848.
Tachyeres
cinereus, 13.
Tachymenis
chilenis, 18.
vivax, 461.
Teenioptera
pyrope, 8.
Tagiades
nymphalis, 869, 910.
Tanagra
olivina, 213.
Tanaorhinus
smeragdus, 615.
Tapes
aureus, 718.
geographicus, 717.
1052
Tapes
hoernesi, 717.
pullastra, '717.
virgineus, 717.
Tarucus
nara, 606.
plinius, 606.
Tatochila
demodice, 83.
Tehitrea
melanogastra, 958.
smithii, 788.
Tectura
(Pilidium) coppingeri,
35, 138
( ) fulva, 35.
Tedania
suctoria, 125, 131.
tenuicapitata, 123, 124,
125, 131, 140.
Tegna
hybleella, 377.
Telea
promethea,653,820,823.
Telephonus
anchiete, 579,
erythropterus, 579.
minutus, 579, 580.
trivirgatus, 579.
Tellimya
nivea, 697.
Tellina
albida, 723.
angulosa, 927.
apelina, 927.
balaustina, 718.
balthica, 719.
caduca, 718.
calcaria, 719.
compressa, 720.
crassa, 718.
cuspidata, 938.
daniliana, 719.
depressa, 719.
digitaria, 713.
distorta, 720, 721.
divaricata, 700.
donacilla, '720.
donacina, 721, '722.
exiqua, 720.
fabula, 720.
ferréensis, 722.
flexuosa, 701, 702.
fusca, 711.
gibba, 944.
grenlandica, 719.
inequivalvis, 929.
incarnata, 719, 720.
inconspicua, 719.
lactea, 700.
lata, 719.
INDEX.
Tellina
longicallus, 926.
mesta, 719.
obliqua, 719.
oudardii, 720.
ovata, 719.
papyracea, 935.
parthenoped, 945.
pretenuis, 719.
proxima, 719.
pulchella, 720.
pusilla, 721.
pygmea, 721.
rostrata, 720.
rotundata, 704.
rubiginosa, 925.
sabulosa, 719.
serrata, 720.
solidula, 719.
sordida, 719.
squalida, 719.
striatula, 720.
stricta, 927.
strigilata, 720.
tenella, 724, 721.
tenuis, 720.
trigona, 705.
Temnopleurus
spinipennis, 470.
toreumaticus, 413.
Tephrodornis
gularis, 795.
Teracolus
bimbura, 610.
candidus, 178, 180.
demagore, 177.
dirus, 610.
duleis, 610.
dynamene, 609.
etrida, 609, 610.
evagore, 177.
liagore, 177.
niveus, 177, 178, 180.
ochreipennis, 609.
protractus, 609.
puellaris, 608.
purus, 609, 610.
solaris, 609.
vestalis, 608, 609.
Terebratula
caput-serpentis, 948.
cranium, 948.
emarginata, 948.
mediterranea, 948.
septata, 949.
sphenoidea, 948.
spitzbergensis, 949.
subquadrata, 948.
tenera, 948.
tuberata, 948.
vitrea, 948.
Teredo
dorsalis, 947.
Terias
esiope, 608.
anemone, 864, 881.
bethesba, 864, 881.
connexiva, 881.
hecabe, 864, 881.
hecabeoides, 608, 881.
hybrida, 881.
jegeri, 880.
leta, 608, 881.
——, var. pegeri, 864,
8
mandarina, 864, 881.
mariest, 881.
sinensis, 881.
venata, 881.
Terpsiphone
affinis, 794.
cristata, 577.
Serreti, 577.
melanogastra, 577.
perspicillata, 577.
rufiventris, 788.
smithii, 788.
tricolor, 788.
Tetragonoderus
flavovittatus, 470,
471.
quadrum, 471.
Thalassidroma
gracilis, 11.
nereis, 735, 736.
segethi, 11.
Thalassceca
glacialoides, 11.
tenwirostris, 11.
Thalera
thymiaria, 616,
Thalpochares
albida, 370,
bifasciata, 371,
divisa, 370.
Jlavida, 371.
parva, 369.
parvula, 369.
quadrilineata, 370,
380.
rivula, 370.
roseana, 370.
trifasciata, 370, 380.
Thalpophila
abbreviata, 474.
callopistrioides, 344.
indica, 344.
texta, 344.
Thalysias
subtriangularis, 127.
Thaumantis
howqua, 868, 903.
Thaumatoéssa
mirabilis, 828.
Thecadactylus
rapicauda, 237.
Thecidea
mediterranea, 949.
Thecla
arata, 849, 854, 865,
885.
attilia, 853, 865, 884,
D.
aurorina, 884.
avidiena, 865, 885.
betuloides, 885.
butleri, 849, 853.
cerulea, 865, 885.
cerulescens, 885.
diamaniina, 884.
enthea, 849, 865, 886.
eretria, 858, 885.
fusciata, 853, 854, 884.
ferrea, 887.
jflavo-maculata, 884.
Srivaldszkyi, 887.
fusca, 883.
grandis, 865, 885.
ibara, 849, 852.
trus, 887
japonica, 849, 865, 883,
884.
jonasii, 849.
lutea, 849.
mera, 849, 852, 865,886.
micans, 865, 885.
odata, 885.
orientalis, 847, 849, 865,
884.
orsedice, 849, 852.
phyllodendri, 865, 886.
pruni, 865, 886.
prunoides, 865, 886.
querctis, 853, 854.
regina, 849, 853, 854.
rubi, 865, 886.
saphirina, 865, 884.
setira, 885.
smaragdina, 863, 865,
885, 884.
smaragdoides, 884.
signata, 854.
spini, 865, 886.
stygiana, 886.
taxila, 883, 884.
tyrianthina, 854, 885.
w-album, 865, 885, 886.
Theridion
simile, 259.
Thilius
major, 215, 214.
Thinocorus
@ orbignyanus, 644.
INDEX.
Thinocorus
rumicivorus, 644,
Thracia
convexd, 935,
corbuloidea, 934,
936.
curta, 935.
distorta, 702.
hiatelloides, 935.
inflata, 936.
maravigre, 936.
meneghiniana, 936.
papyracea, 939.
phaseolina, 934.
pholadomyoides, 934.
pretenuis, 935.
pubescens, 934, 935.
subtilissima, 986.
trigona, 935.
zanclea, 934.
Thria
Sugitiva, 619.
inepta, 620.
robusta, 620.
Thriponax
javensis, 792.
Thwaitesia
margaritifera, 765,
766, 775.
Thyatira
albicosta, 380.
batis, 328.
decorata, 328, 379.
repugnans, 328.
ga
jgavanensis, 792.
Tiliqua
ened, 236.
chinensis, 216.
Timalia
platyura, 919,
920.
Tinea
glabrella, 623.
pulchella, 179.
rosella, 323.
spilotella, 304.
Tinnuneulus
alaudarius, 173.
sparverius, 10.
Tiphobia
horei, 293, 300.
Tiracola
plagiata, 352.
spectabilis, 352.
Tirumala
limniace, 608.
Tmetoceros
abyssinicus, 591.
Toecus :
melanoleucus, 591.
1053
Tockus
melanoleucus, 591.
Totanus
calidris, 642.
canescens, 174, 600.
glareola, 953, 956.
Toxopneustes
brevispinosus, 413.
drobachiensis, 414.
lividus, 415.
(Strongylocentrotus)
drobachiensis, 412.
Trachea
atriplicis, 300.
Trachurus
trachurus, 20.
Trachyphonus
cafer, 592.
Trachytedania
spinata, 122, 131,
140.
Tragelaphus
scriptus, 752.
spekii, 753, 761.
sylvaticus, 752.
Tragops
prasinus, 215.
Trapelus
flavimaculatus, 672,
673, 674.
megalonyx, 676.
rubrigularis, 676.
ruderatus, 673, 676.
savignii, 676.
Treron
delalandiz, 595,
fulvicollis, 799.
maxima, 8d.
tridens, 333.
vernans, 799,
waalia, 956.
wakefieldi, 595.
wlalia, 173.
Trichoglossus
palmarum, 452.
rubrigularis, 491.
rufiguiaris, 451.
Tricholestes
eriniger, 797.
minutus, 797.
Trigonella
subtruncata, 928.
Trigonodes
hyppasia, 620.
Trigonophora
albosignata,’ 355.
empyred, 300.
Trimeresurus
erythrurus, 216.
gramineus, 216.
maculatus, 224.
1054
Trimeresurus
wagleri, 216, 224.
Tringa
canutus, 644.
cinclus, 644.
fuscicollis, 16.
Tringoides
hypoleucus, 174, 800,
956.
Triphysa
alhovenosa, 869, 909.
nervosa, 869, 909.
phryne, 909.
Tripneustes
ventricosus, 413.
Triprion
petasatus, 922.
Triton
cancellatum, 31.
ranelliformis, 31.
Trochatella
pileolus, 32.
Trochilus
mirabilis, 827.
Trochita
(Clypeola) corrugata,
32.
Trochus
alabastrum, 34.
bicarinatus, 34.
luctuosus, 34,
pileus, 32.
(Chlorostoma) ater,
34
(Photinula) ceru-
lescens, 38.
( ) violaceus, 33.
(Ziziphinus) consimiles,
34, 138.
Trogon
atricollis, 836.
caligatus, 836.
mexicanus, 836.
narina, 566,
puella, 836.
reinwarati, 836.
Trophon
crispus, 28, 29.
Jimbriatus, 28, 138.
geversianus, 28, 31.
laciniatus, 28.
muriciformis, 28.
Tropicorypha
formosa, 270.
Tropidonotus
hydrus, 680.
quincunciatus, 215.
rhodomelas, 215,
221.
stolatus, 215.
trianguligerus, 210.
INDEX.
Tropidophora
articulata, 252.
balfouri, 256, 258.
barelayana, 252.
socotrana, 255, 258.
Tubipora
serpens, 58.
Tubulipora
dichotoma, var, serialis,
59, 139.
flabellaris, 59,
grignonensis, 57.
organizans, 58, 59,
60.
patina, 56.
serpens, 58, 59.
transversa, 56.
Tupaia
peguana, 259,
Turacus
erythrolophus, 590.
Jischeri, 590.
meriani, 590.
Turdus
falklandicus, 7.
libonyanus, 574.
magellanicus, 7.
tephronotus, 574.
varius, 260.
Turnix
lepurana, 598, 644.
Turtur
albiventris, 596.
bitorquata, 799.
capicola, 596.
damarensis, 596.
dussumieri, 799.
lugens, 596.
semitorquatus, 596.
senegalensis, 173, 956.
Tyoma
eryptoryncha, 271.
porrecta, 271, 276.
Typhlina
lineata, 215.
Typhlops
sp., 462.
Unio
egyptiacus, 297.
aferula, 298.
burtoni, 297, 298,
300.
dimotus, 633.
horei, 299, 300.
kirkii, 298.
niloticus, 296, 297.
nyasse, 298.
nyassaensis, 277,
298,
Unio
tanganyicensis, 298,
300.
thomsoni, 299, 300.
Uniophora
globifera, 497.
granifera, 497.
Upucerthia
dumetoria, 9.
Upupa
ee 570.
minor, 570.
Urginthus
phenicotis, 588.
Uraniscodon
umbra, 245.
Uranocentrum
flaviceps, 245.
Urobrachya
axillaris, 586.
zanzibarica, 586.
Uroloncha
cantans, 958.
Uromastix
princeps, 245,
Uroplata
bispinosa, 267, 269.
deplanata, 267, 269.
rugata, 267, 269.
Uropteryx
sambucata, 654.
Ursus
arctos, 204.
isabellinus, 203, 204.
leuconyx, 208, 204.
Valvaster
striatus, 497.
Vandeleuria
dumetieola, 557.
oleracea, 537, 556,
557.
Vanellus
cayenennsis, 14.
cristatus, 644.
occidentalis, 14.
Vanessa
angelica, 848, 897.
antiopa, 821, 824, 848,
867, 898.
atalanta, 483.
burejana, 867, 896.
butleri, 897.
c-album, 825, 867,
897.
c-aureum, 867, 897.
californica, 851.
callirhoé, 867, 897.
cardui, 867, 897.
charonia, 867, 898.
oe
Vanessa
Seong 848, 851.
fallax, 896.
faunus, 851.
fs 850, 897.
lauconia, 848, 898.
migera, 897.
to, 483, 848, 867,
'898.
y- -albwm, 896.
l-album, 867, 896.
levana, 867, 896.
levanoides, 896.
lunigera, 848, 850.
polaris, 851.
polychloros, 483.
porima, 896.
prorsa, 896.
prorsoides, 896.
pryeri, 867, 897.
satyrus, 851, 897.
strigosa, 896.
urtice, 851, 867, 897.
v-album, 848.
«xanthomelas, 848, 849,
, 898.
Varnia
Fenestrata, 376.
Venus
sp., 37, 38.
aurea, 718.
borealis, 701.
4, 715:
brongniarti, 715.
casina, 715.
chione, 716, 717.
compressa, 711, 712,
cumingit, 38.
eygnus, 715.
‘ossa, 714,
exoleta, 714.
fasciata, 715.
fra ilis, 719.
ga ina, 711, 716.
ayi,
ps ce Mi
incompta, 718.
inerassata, 711.
inquinata, 718,
islandica, 710.
lamellosa, 715.
lincta, 714.
literata, 717.
lupinus, 714.
miliaris, 710.
minima, 713.
modesta, 38.
multilamella, 715,
952.
INDEX,
| Venus
multilamellosa, 715.
nur, 715,
ovata, 716.
pullastra, 717.
rudis, 714.
rugosa, 715.
spinifera, 701.
spuria, 714.
verrucosa, 707, 715.
virginea, 717.
undata, 718.
Verticordia
axinoides, 933.
deshayesiana, 933.
ecostata, 932.
granulata, 933.
insculpta, 932.
Japonica, 933.
multicostata, 933.
orbiculata, 702.
trapezoidea, 933.
Vesperugo
borealis, 200.
discolor, 199.
pipistrellus, 200.
Vidua
paradisea, 586,
principalis, 587.
serena, 587.
splendens, 587.
verreauxi, 586, 587.
joa
cartert, 129, 130, 131,
141
41.
Johnstoni, 129, 130.
schmidtii, 130.
Vipera
nasicornis, 967.
obtusa, 682.
Vireolanius
ines Soe 213.
isang 212,'213.
Vitrin
mae 631, 635.
milligani, 631.
Viverra
hardwichii, 819.
Voluta
Sluminea, 843.
Sluviatilis, 843.
Volvocivora
schierbrandii, 794.
Vulpes
Sflavescens, 202.
rifithi, 202.
i jae 202.
montana, 202.
Waldheimia
dilatata, 44.
Waldheimia
magellanica, 44.
Woodia
digitaria, 713.
Xanthiodes
intersepta, 618.
Xantho
bellus, 68.
leucomanus, 68.
Xanthodes
diffusa, 859.
hemphilliana, 67.
Xantholema
duvauceli, 792.
Xanthomixis
zosterops, 196.
Xenodon
rhodomelas, 222.
Xenopeltis
unicolor, 215.
Xiphocera
sp., 85.
Xiphus
margaritifer, 65.
Xylocopa
estuans, 649.
Xylolepes
validus, 792.
Xylophaga
dorsalis, 947.
Xylophasia
indica, 342.
Yphthima
amphithea, 904.
argus, 848, 904.
baldus, 868, 904.
evanescens, 904.
lisandra, 904.
megalomma, 868,
904
methora, 994.
motschulskyi, 868,
904
nareda, 904.
stellera, 904.
zodia, 868, 904.
Zamenis
caspius, 680.
cliffordi, 679.
diadema, 679.
elegantissimus, 461,
ravergieri, 680.
rhodorachis, 680.
socotre, 463.
ventrimaculatus, 680,
1056 INDEX.
Zanclostomus Zeocephus | Zootoca
e@reus, 59D. rufus, 788. taurica, 740, 743.
australis, 595. Zerzoumia tristrami, 741, '746.
javanicus, 793. blanci, 740. Zophosis
Zebrouia Zizera equalis, 470, 473.
aurolinealis, 622. karsandra, 607. elongata, 473.
Zemeros Zonctrichia orientalis, 473.
flegyas, 866, 891. canicapilla, 7. Zosterops
Zenaida Zootoca habessinica, 954.
maculata, 9. danfordi, 741. habyssinica, 168.
Zenzera derbiana, 740. Zygeena
indica, 327. deserti, 741, 444, 746, Jilipendula, 821, 824.
multistrigata, 327. galloti, 740.
paucipunctata, 327. oxycephala, 740. /
THE END.
Printed by Tayuor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.
ba AN
ALT TS
ie Ve
ae
ee
act iy
ai i! ti i 4 i
ie i - aS,
ip
vis
\: uy bys
xy A the
epg Pt sip im lg Kage 2
° - os "
_—
»
be Shen sd ye
: bel
ae
ae